Orestes


Prefatory material (argumenta/hypotheseis) for Orestes

Or. Arg. 1: Ancient epitome: ὑπόθεσις Ὀρέστου

1Ὀρέστης τὸν φόνον τοῦ πατρὸς μεταπορευόμενος ἀνεῖλεν Αἴγισθον καὶ Κλυταιμνήστραν·  2μητροκτονῆσαι δὲ τολμήσας παραχρῆμα τὴν δίκην ἔδωκεν ἐμμανὴς γενόμενος.  3Τυνδάρεω δὲ τοῦ πατρὸς τῆς ἀνῃρημένης κατηγορήσαντος κατ’ αὐτοῦ ἔμελλον κοινὴν Ἀργεῖοι ψῆφον ἐκφέρεσθαι περὶ τοῦ τί δεῖ παθεῖν τὸν ἀσεβήσαντα.  4κατὰ τύχην δὲ Μενέλαος ἐκ τῆς πλάνης ὑποστρέψας νυκτὸς μὲν Ἑλένην εἰς ἄστυ ἀπέστειλε, μεθ’ ἡμέραν δὲ αὐτὸς ἦλθεν.  5καὶ παρακαλούμενος ὑπ’ Ὀρέστου βοηθῆσαι αὐτῷ ἀντιλέγοντα Τυνδάρεων μᾶλλον ηὐλαβήθη.  6λεχθέντων δὲ λόγων ἐν τοῖς ὄχλοις ἐπηνέχθη τὸ πλῆθος ἀποκτείνειν Ὀρέστην.  7⟨      ⟩ ἐπαγγειλάμενος αὑτὸν τὸν βίον προΐεσθαι·  8συνὼν δὲ τούτοις ὁ Πυλάδης φίλος αὐτοῦ συνεβούλευσε πρῶτον Μενελάου τιμωρίαν λαβεῖν Ἑλένην ἀποκτείναντας.  9αὐτοὶ μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐλθόντες διεψεύσθησαν τῆς ἐλπίδος θεῶν τὴν Ἑλένην ἁρπασάντων·  10Ἠλέκτρα δὲ Ἑρμιόνην ἐπιφανεῖσαν ἔδωκεν εἰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς, οἱ δὲ ταύτην φονεύειν ἔμελλον.  11ἐπιφανεὶς δὲ Μενέλαος καὶ βλέπων ἑαυτὸν ἅμα γυναικὸς καὶ τέκνου στερούμενον ὑπ’ αὐτῶν ἐπεβάλλετο τὰ βασίλεια πορθεῖν.  12οἱ δὲ φθάσαντες ὑφάψειν ἠπείλησαν.  13ἐπιφανεὶς δ’ Ἀπόλλων Ἑλένην μὲν αὐτὸς ἔφησεν εἰς θεοὺς διακομίζειν, Ὀρέστῃ δὲ ἐπέταξεν αὐτῷ μὲν Ἑρμιόνην λαβεῖν γυναῖκα, Πυλάδῃ δὲ Ἠλέκτραν συνοικίσαι, καθαρθέντι δὲ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον Ἄργους δυναστεύειν.   —MBOVAAaAbCCrFGKMlMnPcPrRRfRwSSa, XXaXbYYfGrZaZbZcZuAdOx; 1–2 ορεστ[ης … τολμη[ and 10–13 α]υτοιϲ … δυναστευε[ιν] P. Oxy. 2455 = Π

TRANSLATION:   Orestes, pursuing (vengeance for) the murder of his father, killed Aegisthus and Clytemnestra. Having dared to commit matricide he paid the penalty immediately, becoming mad. And after Tyndareus, the father of the murdered woman, brought an accusation, the Argives were about to issue a public vote about him, concerning what the man who had acted impiously should suffer. Menealus, by chance having returned from his wandering, sent Helen into the city at night, and himself arrived during the day. When he was called upon by Orestes to help him, he instead showed careful deference to Tyndareus, who was speaking for the opposite. And when the speeches had been made among the rabble, the multitude was aroused to put Orestes to death. ⟨lacuna: e.g., Orestes was allowed to return to the palace⟩ having promised that he himself would commit suicide. Being involved in these events, Pylades, his friend, advised him that they should first take vengeance on Menelaus by killing Helen. So then, they themselves, having gone on their way with this plan, were cheated of their expectation when the gods snatched Helen away, but when Hermione arrived (back at the palace) Electra gave her into their hands, and they were about to kill her. But Menelaus, upon arriving and seeing that he was being deprived of both his wife and his child by them, tried to break into the palace. But they anticipated him and threatened to set fire (to the palace). Apollo appeared and said that he himself was conveying Helen to the gods, and ordered Orestes to take Hermione as wife himself, to give Electra in marriage to Pylades, and to rule over Argos after he had received purification for the killing of his mother.

POSITION: In FG this is between Arg. 2c and Arg. 2b.      

APP. CRIT.:   heading: εὐριπίδου ὑπόθεσις ὀρέστου ARfXXbYf, ὑπόθεσις τῆς ἠλέκτρας δράματος Xa, εὐριπίδου ὀρέστης C, [ὑ]πόθεσις [ε]ὐριπίδου [τ]οῦ [δ]ευτέρου [δ]ράγματος Ox (rubricator failed to add initial letters), om. AbCrFGYGr; in addition to ὑπόθεσις ὀρέστου, Rw has in larger ornamental lettering ὑπόθεσις εὐριπίδου ἑκάβης   |    in marg. μαξ Y, an attribution to Maximus Planudes [placed so that the label could apply to arg. 1 or arg. 2a, but it may be assumed to apply to arg. 1]   |    1 τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς φόνον K [Π]   |    μεταπορευόμενος] s.l. ἐκδικῶν B2, μεταπορευόμενος καὶ ἐκδικῶν CrFGMlPrOx, μετερχόμενος Zb, ἐκδικησάμενος AaAbMnPcRSSa (]πορευομ[ Π1, and space fits μεταπορευόμενος)   |    αἴγιστον AaCKMnPrZcZaZbZu, a.c. AdOx and perhaps B (ιγισθο in erasure by B3d), αἴγεισθον Rw a.c. [Π]   |    κλυταιμνή‑ all, as usual in mss (κλυταιμνῆ‑ Rf, κλυτεμν‑ Yf); κλυταιμή- eds. [Π]   |    after κλυτ. add. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ μητέρα Ad   |    2 δὲ om. AbR   |    δέδωκε τὴν δίκην Za   |    καὶ add. before ἐμμανὴς F   |    3 τυνδάρεως MAaMlPrRf   |    δὲ om. FPr(perhaps R a.c.), δὲ παρὰ Zb   |    τοῦ πατρὸς transp. after ἀνῃρ. Ad   |    ἐκδικήσαντος Rw (κατηγορή‑ Rw s.l.)   |    κατ’ αὐτοῦ om. in line, add. in marg. Pc   |    κατ’ om. CZb, κ’ M   |    punctuation before, not after, κατ’ αὐτοῦ XbYGr   |    ἀργεῖοι κοινὴν transp. VACrMl(ἀργείων οἱ)SaOx, κοινὴν om. Rf   |    ψῆφον] γνώμην F   |    ἐκφέρεσθαι om. Ad, ἐκφέρειν ZbZu   |    περὶ] παρὰ OF   |    τοῦ] app. τοῦτ before erasure O, τούτου MnPcRSSa   |    τί δεῖ] AaAbMnPcRSSa, add. s.l. G, om. others   |    αὐτὸν τὸν ἀσεβ. A, τοὺς ἀσεβήσαντας M   |    4 ἐκ om. Ad   |    ὑποστρ. ἐκ τῆς πλάνης transp. F   |    ὑποστρέ‑ at end of page (fol. 37v) Za, rest omitted (38r begins with arg. 4)   |    μὲν om. MlAd, Y a.c. (s.l. add. p.c.)   |    εἰς ἄστυ ἀπέστειλε C, ἀπέστειλε V, εἰσαπέστειλε(ν) others, ἀπέστ. εἰς ἄστυ vel εἰς ἄργος ἀπέστ. conj. Diggle (removing hiatus)   |    αὐτὸς δὲ μεθ’ ἡμέραν transp. BFG   |    ἡμέρας Ox   |    δὲ] καὶ Ml   |    αὐτὸς] αὐτῆς Xa, καὶ αὐτὸς AaCrOx   |    εἰσῆλθε BFGK, ἀνῆλθε V   |    5 παρεκαλούμενος Ox   |    ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀρ. VR   |    βοηθῆσαι om. Ml   |    τυνδάρεων τὸν αὐτοῦ πενθερὸν Sa   |    6 δὲ] τῶν Pr, δὲ τῶν AaAbPc   |    ἐν om. Xa   |    ἐπηνέχθη … προιεῖσθαι] ἐψηφίσθη τοῖς δικασταῖς ἀποκτεῖναι λίθοις ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτοῦ. καὶ ὃς ἐπηγγείλατο αὐτοχειρίᾳ ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἀποσφάξαι Zb   |    ἀπηνέχθη X   |    ἀποκτεῖναι CrMnSZcZuOx   |    τὸν ὀρέστην Y   |    7 lacuna posited by Porson   |    ἐπαγγειλάμενος … προιεῖσθαι om. RS   |    ἐπαγγειλάμενον BAbFPrRwZcZuSaXa, p.c. Gr, ‑μενοι GPr [RS]   |    ἑαυτὸν BFZc, p.c. Gr, αὐτῷ CrOx, αὐτὸν others [RS]   |    τὸν βίον Pc, βίον PrAd, ἐκ τοῦ βίου BVFGZc, p.c. G, εἰς τὸν βίον others (ἐπὶ τ. β. Sa) [RS]   |    8 ἐπεὶ δὲ συνὼν τούτοις Sa   |    τούτοις om. CrOx   |    ὁ om. Zb (and Va, acc. to Diggle)   |    φίλος om. Y (add. Ya), transp. before ὁ Rf, transp. after αὐτοῦ Aa, ὁ φίλος V, καὶ φίλος Xa, φίλοις Zb   |    αὐτῶ VF, αὐτοῖς ὢν ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Zb, ὢν add. s. l. G   |    συνεβούλευσαν F   |    τιμ. λαβ. μεν. ἑλ. Pr, τιμ. μεν. λαβ. ἑλ. RfSa, μεν. τιμ. ἑλ. λαβ. G, μεν. τιμ. ἑλ. A   |    μενέλαον FGMnSZc, Pc a.c. (‑ου p.c.), ου s.l. G   |    ἀποκτείναντα CrOx, ‑αντες AaAd(-ανταις)Ml, perhaps ‑αντος Pr   |    9 οὖν om. Rf   |    ἐπὶ τοῦτο εἰσελθόντες Wecklein, (ἐπὶ τούτοις om.) συνελθόντες Ad   |    ἐλθόντος Yf, om. CrOx   |    ἐψεύσθησαν Ml   |    ἐλπίδος κτλ om. Zb (τῆς at end of fol. 32v; a page lost)   |    διελύθησαν CrOx   |    10 ἠλέκτρα … ἐπιφανεῖσαν] τὴν δὲ ἑρμιόνην δείξας ὁ ἀπόλλων MnRS, corr. (with γρ.) R; τὴν δὲ ἑρμιόνην δείξας ὁ ἀπόλλων ἐπιφανεῖσαν Pc, with correct version in marg. γρ. καὶ οὕτως ἠλέκτρα … αὐτοῖς   |    ἠλέκτραν Y a.c.   |    ἑρμιόνης F   |    φανεῖσαν CrOx   |    ἀπέδωκεν Pr   |    αὐτοῖς] αὐτῶν V, ἀστοῖς Pc (αὐτοῖς Pcγρ), αὐτῆς p.c. Ml (]υτοις Π)   |    after ταύτην add. τὴν ἑρμιόνην MnS   |    φονεύειν ταύτην transp. O   |    11 ἐπιφανεὶς] ἐπιστὰς CrOx   |    δὲ om. Aa   |    ὁ μενέλ. VSa, μενέλεως GXa [Π]   |    αὐτὸν OCrKOx, a.c. S, ἑαυτὸν changed to αὐτὸν Zu (ε[α]υτον app. Π1)   |    ἅμα καὶ OY [Π]   |    γυναικὶ MnS, γυναικῶν transp. before ἅμα Rw, γυναικὸς transp. before ἅμα Zu   |    τέκνου] τέκνων AaAbGKMlPcRfRw, τέκνω MnS, τέκνον Y, παιδὸς Zu [Π1]   |    ἐστερημένον AaAbPcR, ‑μένω MnS, ὑστερούμενον Ml [Π]   |    ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ XXbYGr [Π]   |    ἐπεβάλλετο MCGKZc, ἐπεβάλετο BOAaAbCrPPcPrRSXXaXbYGrAd; ὑπεβάλετο A, ὑπεβάλλετο RwZu, ἐπέβαλε V, ἐπεβούλετο F, ἐπεβουλεύετο Sa [Π]   |    12 between οἱ δὲ[ and ]είλησαν Π appears to have has several more letters than the known text; Meccariello suggests it was οἱ δὲ [φθάσαντες ταῦτα] ὑ̣φ̣[ά/ψειν ἠπ]είλησαν; Turner and Diggle suggested the papyrus read κατηπ]ε̣ίλησαν   |    φθάσαντας Xa, φθασάντων Ml, φθείραντες a.c. S   |    ὑφάπτειν Cr, ὑφάψειν τῶν ἀνακτόρων Sa, ὑφ’ ἕψος Rf   |    ἠπείλουν AaAbMnPcRS (ὑπεί‑ S)   |    13 δ’ Π, δὲ all mss   |    μέν om. R   |    αὐτὸς Π, om. all mss   |    ἔφησεν om. S, ἔφη CrOx (corr. Ox2)   |    ὀρέστη(ι) BOAAbCrGPcZcOx (conj. Brunck), ὀρέστην others [Π1]   |    δὲ] δὲ καὶ Zu, om. Ml   |    ἐπέτ. … ἑρμιόνην app. Π, ἑρμιόνην ἐπέταξε (αὐτῷ μὲν om.) mss (ἐπ. ἑρμ. transp. KSa, corr. K1c; ἑρ. ἐπέτασσε Rw, ἑρμ. ὑπέταξε F, ἑρμ. om. Ml)   |    [λαβεῖ]ν γυνα[ῖκα] ΠAd, γυναῖκα λαβεῖν Xa, λαβεῖν (γυν. om.) others   |    πυλάδην VGRfZcXa, app. Mn a.c., πυλάδης FZu   |    ἠλέκτρα(ι) MVAaAbCCrGMlRRfRwXXaXbYYfGrOx [Π]   |    συνοικίσαι RfSa (conj. Brunck), om. R, συνοικῆσαι others [Π1]   |    καὶ καθ‑ VSa [Π]   |    καθαρθέντα R, Pc p.c.(‑τι a.c.), ‑τας K, ‑τες CrFGOx (‑τι p.c. G), ‑τος S, ‑των XaZcZu, καθαρθέντ() Mn   |    δὲ (after καθαρθ.) om. Sa   |    τὸν [τῆς μητρὸς φόνον] or τὸν [φόνον τῆς μητρὸς] Π1, τὸν φόνον (τῆς μητρὸς om.) MOACKPrRfRwSaZaZbYs, τοῦ φόνου VAaAbCrFMlMnPcRSXZcZuPr1sXXaXbYYfGrAdOx, τῶν φόνων BGR1s, Pc s.l.   |    ἄργους om. Pc, add. in marg.; transp. after ἔχειν Sa   |    δυναστευε̣[ιν] Π, ἄρχειν mss (ἔχειν Zc, ἔχειν transp. before ἄργους Sa)   |    after ἀρχειν add. ἠξιώθη G, ἠξιώθησαν XaZcZu, add. ὁρέστη Ad   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 initial ὀ of ὀρέστης om. ZaZu, perhaps Ad   |    ἀνῆλεν Ab   |    2 μητροκτόνης app. Ad   |    παρὰ χρῆμα FPr   |    3 ἀνῃρηρημένης a.c. G, ἀναιρημένης Aa   |    κατιγορ‑ Ad   |    κινεῖν a.c. Ad   |    ἀργείοι Mn   |    4 εἰς ἀπέστειλεν Ab(‑λε)RfZcZu(‑λλ‑)   |    μεθημέραν FG   |    ἦλθε AAaAbCCrMlPcPrRRfRwSaXbYYfGrZbZcZu   |    5 ὑπ’ XaZu, ὑπὸ others   |    βοηθῆσε Ad   |    τυνδάρεον Zu, τυνδάρεω MlYf   |    εὐλαβήθη MFGKXXaXbYYfGrZcAd, perhaps Π; ἠβλαβήθη Pr, ἠλλαβήθη Ml   |    6 λόγον Ad   |    ἐπενέχθη Ml   |    ἀπὸκτεῖνον Ad   |    ὁρέστην Ad   |    7 πρόσσθαι Ml   |    8 συνῶν MAd   |    -ευσεν Ad   |    μελανέου Rw   |    ἀπὸκτεῖνανταις Ad   |    9 διεψεύστησαν Mn   |    θεὼν Aa   |    ἀρπασ‑ Ad   |    10 ἡλέκτρα MlAd   |    ἐρμιόνην Ad   |    11 ὑπ’ αὐτον Yf(with circumflex on omicron), ὑπ’ αὐτὸν Ad   |    πορθῆν Ad   |    12 ὑφάψην Ad   |    ἠπίλησαν Xa, ὑπείλησαν Zu   |    13 ἑλένη Ml   |    ὁρέστη Ad   |    ἐπέταξαι Ad   |    ἑρμηόνην RAd   |    πηλάδη Ab, πληλάδη Ml   |    ἡλέκτραν Ad   |    φώνου Ad   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Meccariello 2014: 253–254; Diggle III.186,1–187,22; Schw. I.92,1–20; Dind. II.3,1–4,12

COMMENT:  For Π see Diggle 1989 [= Diggle 1994: 327–340]; Rossum-Steenbeek 1988: 207–208; and Meccariello 2014: 252–261. I have not seen the original or images.   |   For the phrase (7) τὸν βίον προΐεσθαι, see Meccariello, 259, who rightly notes that there are no parallels for ἐκ τοῦ βίου προΐεσθαι, whereas προΐεσθαι τὸν βίον/τὸ ζῆν often refers to voluntary death or suicide. Misunderstanding of ἑαυτὸν as object of the infinitive rather than subject will have led to the addition of εἰς to govern βίον, and ἐκ τοῦ βίου will be a deliberate adjustment of εἰς τὸν βίον intended to restore some kind of sense.   

COLLATION NOTES:   At 3 περὶ τούτου in S there is a smudge partly covering the superscript final του, but autopsy suggests that this in not a correction (to περὶ τοῦ) but accidental damage.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Planudes   


Or. Arg. 2a: Hypothesis of Aristophanes of Byzantium: Ἀριστοφάνους γραμματικοῦ ὑπόθεσις

1Ὀρέστης διὰ τὴν τῆς μητρὸς σφαγὴν ἅμα καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων δειματούμενος καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀργείων κατακριθεὶς θανάτῳ,  2μέλλων φονεύειν Ἑλένην καὶ Ἑρμιόνην ἀνθ’ ὧν Μενέλαος παρὼν οὐκ ἐβοήθησε, διεκωλύθη ὑπὸ Ἀπόλλωνος.  3παρ’ οὐδενὶ κεῖται ἡ μυθοποιία.   —MBVCAaAbFMnPPcRSSa, XaYYfGZcZu

TRANSLATION:   Orestes, on account of the slaying of his mother, at the same time being terrified by the Erinyes and having been condemned to death by the Argives, being on the point of murdering Helen and Hermione because Menelaus, despite his presence, had not helped him, was prevented by Apollo. The plot is not found in anyone else.

POSITION: Arg. 2a is positioned first in FG; it is located in the marginal scholia block beside Arg. 1 (written in the text column) in B; it follows arg. 2b in V, it follows args. 2b–2d in AaAbPcXaZc; added in the marg. in Y (and label μαξ could belong to it rather than arg. 1, but arg. 1 is the more likely reference).      

APP. CRIT.:   heading: ἀρ. γρ. ὑπ. B, (καὶ prep. Aa) ἄλλως ἀρ. γρ. ὑπ. AaAbPc (in all three placed before Arg. 2b, since 2a is displaced after 2d), ὑπ. ὀρέστου ἀρ. γρ. F, ὀρέστου ὑπ. P, ἄλλως MMnRSSaZu; om. VAaCGPcXaYYfZc.   |    1 δὴ διὰ Xa   |    προσφαγὴν R   |    ἅμα] ἐμμανὴς app. B3   |    first καὶ om. XaZc   |    δειμαγωγούμενος Zu   |    καὶ …. θανάτῳ] ἔμελλε φονευθήσεσθαι· καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ P   |    κατακριθεὶς θανάτῳ om. BFG, καταδικασθεὶς θανάτῳ Y   |    2 φονεύσειν P   |    ἑλ. καὶ ἑρμ.] ἑρμ. καὶ ἑλ. BFG, ἑρμιόνην P, ἑλένην Y   |    ἐκωλύθη AbPcR, ἐκολήθη MnS   |    ὑπὸ] ὑπὸ τοῦ BGPXaZc, περὶ τοῦ app. F   |    3 παρ’ … μυθοποιία om. XaZcZu   |    οὐδενὶ] οὐδενὶ δὲ GMnPS, οὐδετέρῳ Dind.   |    μυθοποιία BFGP, μυθολογία others [XaZcZu]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐρινύων MCRS, ἐριννύων others (ἐρ ννύων Ab. with blank space)   |    2 ἑρμηόνην R   |    ἀνθὼν S   |    ἐβοήθησεν AaAbMnPPcRSY   |    μυλογία Ab   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Diggle III.188,23–27; Schw. I.93,1–4; Dind. II.4,14–5,4

COLLATION NOTES:   For the second ὑπὸ in 1 S is reported by Diggle to have ἀπὸ; but the breathing is certainly rough, and below the breathing is an upsilon to which the preceding καί compendium is ligatured, creating a somewhat misleading appearance. In 2 F has a very unusual compendium for περὶ, which Diggle doubtfully interpreted as περὶ τοῦ (producing περὶ τοῦ τοῦ), but Pr has an almost identical compendium for περὶ in arg. 1, so I believe F intended simply περὶ.   

KEYWORDS:   Aristophanes of Byzantium   


Or. Arg. 2b: Anonymous comment

1ἡ μὲν σκηνὴ τοῦ δράματος ὑπόκειται ἐν Ἄργει·  2ὁ δὲ χορὸς συνέστηκεν ἐκ γυναικῶν Ἀργείων, ἡλικιωτίδων Ἠλέκτρας, αἳ καὶ παραγίνονται ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ Ὀρέστου πυνθανόμεναι συμφορᾶς.  3προλογίζει δὲ Ἠλέκτρα.   —MBVAAaAbCFKMlMnPcPrRRfRwSSa, XXaXbYYfGGrZcZuAdOx2, (partial) P, CrOx

TRANSLATION:   The scene of the drama is set in Argos. The chorus consists of Argive women, age-mates of Electra, who in fact arrive asking about Orestes’ misfortune. Electra speaks the prologue.

POSITION: Arg. 2b follows arg. 1 in BAbFG (as well as in others that omit 2a), follows dram. pers. in CrYfOx, also in P after an interposed metrical note (arg. 7c below). Ox2 adds the full version in the bottom margin of 73v (Ox’s incomplete version is on 74r).      

APP. CRIT.:   heading: ἄλλως RS, in marg. Mn, ἄλλως ἀριστοφάνους γραμματικοῦ ὑπόθεσις AaAbPc(καὶ prep. Aa; ἀριστοφάνου Pc)   |    1 ἡ om. X (ornamental letter not added)   |    2 δὲ om. AaPc   |    ἐξ τῶν γυν. Ml   |    ἀργείων] παρθένων CrOx, omitting ἡλικιωτίδων … συμφορᾶς   |    συνηλικιωτίδων F   |    ἠλέκτρας om. AaMnS, ἠλέκτρα F, ἠλέκτραν Pc, δι’ ἠλέκτρας ZcZu   |    2–3 αἳ καὶ κτλ om. P (adding first sentence of arg. 2c)   |    2 αἳ] ἣν F, ἃς Ad   |    καὶ om. KZcZu   |    περιγίνονται Aa, παραγίγνονται eds.   |    ὑπὲρ om. Ab, ὑπὸ MlRfSa   |    τῆς om. MlMnSSa   |    τοῦ om. MOx2   |    3 δὲ BVCrFGKXZcGr, om. others   |    ἡ ἠλ. VAbCrPrXXb   |    after ἠλέκτρα CrOx add ἐλεεινολογοῦσα διὰ τὸν τάνταλον (see arg. 8b); after ἠλέκτρα add. high stop, τέλος, and three-dot punctuation S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δράγματος Ox   |   2 χωρὸς Zc   |    2–3 ἡλέκτρ‑ in both places Ad, in second place Aa (om. in first)   |    πυννόμεναι Ab   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Diggle III.188,28–31; Schw. I.93,5–8; Dind. II.5,4–7

COMMENT:   It is usually assumed that a notice about the composition of the chorus and the prologue-speaker was a standard part of the brief information provided by Aristophanes of Byzantium for each play. I classify this version as anonymous because I judge that the Aristophanic core has been expanded by the later addition αἳ καὶ παραγίνονται κτλ.   

KEYWORDS:   Aristophanes of Byzantium   


Or. Arg. 2c: Anonymous comment

1τὸ δρᾶμα κωμικωτέραν ἔχει τὴν καταστροφήν.  2ἡ δὲ διασκευὴ τοῦ δράματός ἐστι τοιαύτη·  3πρὸς τὰ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος βασίλεια ὑπόκειται Ὀρέστης κάμνων ὑπὸ μανίας καὶ κείμενος ἐπὶ κλινιδίου, ᾧ προσκαθέζεται πρὸς τοῖς ποσὶν Ἠλέκτρα.  4διαπορεῖται δὲ τί δήποτε οὐ πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ καθέζεται·  5οὕτω γὰρ ἂν μᾶλλον ἐδόκει τὸν ἀδελφὸν τημελεῖν, πλησιαίτερον προσκαθεζομένη.  6ἔοικεν οὖν διὰ τὸν χορὸν ὁ ποιητὴς οὕτω διασκευάσαι.  7διηγέρθη γὰρ ἂν Ὀρέστης ἄρτι καὶ μόγις καταδραθεὶς, πλησιαίτερον αὐτῷ τῶν κατὰ τὸν χορὸν γυναικῶν παρισταμένων.  8ἔστι δὲ ὑπονοῆσαι τοῦτο ἐξ ὧν φησιν Ἠλέκτρα τῷ χορῷ [140]· ‘σῖγα σῖγα, λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης’.  9πιθανὸν οὖν ταύτην εἶναι τὴν πρόφασιν τῆς τοιαύτης διαθέσεως.   —MBVAAaAbCFKMlMnPcPrRRfRwSSa, XXaXbYYfGaGrZcZuAdOx2, (partial) GbP

TRANSLATION:  The drama has its conclusion in a rather comic form. And the theatrical arrangement of the drama is as follows. Adjacent to the palace of Agamemnon Orestes is represented as being ill because of his madness and lying on a bed, and Electra sits beside him at his feet. The question is traditionally asked why indeed she does not sit by his head. For in that way she would seem to take greater care of her brother, by sitting closer to him. Now then, it appears that it is because of the chorus that the poet has arranged things in this way. For Orestes would have been awakened, after just recently and with difficulty having fallen asleep, if the women of the chorus positioned themselves closer to him. One can infer this from what Electra says to the chorus: ‘Quietly, quietly, subtle step of shoe…’. So it is persuasive that this is the reason for such an arrangement.

POSITION: Continued without break from 2b in AAaAbKMlPcRfYfAd (likewise, from shortened 2b in P); arg. 2c follows arg. 2a and precedes arg. 1 in FG; Ga is the full version after arg. 2a, Gb is a partial version (after arg. 2b) repeating the first lines in a more correct form; added in bottom margin 73r and 74r Ox2.      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 Gb has only τὸ δρᾶμα … κάμνων ὑπὸ μανίας, adding at end ὡς ανωθεν ἔφημεν, as correction of faulty version of Ga   |    1 τὸ δὲ BAFGaGb, τέλος τὸ SSa   |    δὲ add. after δρᾶμα Ad   |    καταστροφήν] κατασκευήν FSa   |    2–9 ἡ δὲ διασκευὴ κτλ om. P   |    2 διασκευὴ] κατασκευὴ FSa, p.c. R, σκευὴ a.c. R, διαστροφὴ Rf   |    τοῦ δράματος] αὐτοῦ BF, αὐτῷ Ga   |    τοιαύτη] τοιαῦτα B, om. Ga   |    3 πρὸς τὰ … βασίλεια] περὶ τοῦ ἀγαμ. βασιλέως Ga   |    ὁ add. before ὀρέστης Ml   |    ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας καὶ κείμενος K (conj. Nauck), καὶ κείμενος Sa, καὶ κείμενος ὑπὸ μανίας others (καὶ om. F; ὑπὸ τῆς μ. Zu)   |    ἐπὶ] ὑπὸ GaSaY   |    κλινιδίῳ FGa   |    προκαθέζεται MKRRwSSa (προσ‑ s.l. Sa), and after erasure Ga   |    3–4 πρὸς τοῖς … καθέζεται om. S   |    3 πρὸ τοῖς MK   |   ἡ add. before ἠλέκτρα Ox2   |    4 διαπορεῖται] διαπορεῖ GaZu   |    after δὲ add. τῆσδε Zu   |    τί] ὅτι Aa   |    οὐ add, before καθέζεται Rf   |    καθέζεται om. XXaXbYYfGrOx2   |    5 γὰρ ἂν Wecklein (after Nauck and Kirchhoff), γὰρ C, δ’ ἂν Ad, καὶ Aa, δὲ others   |    ἐδόκει transp. before μᾶλλον Pr, after ἀδελφὸν K   |    τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ Mn, s.l. RS   |    τημελεῖν] φροντίζειν s.l. R, τουμπελεῖν Pr, τὸ μελεῖν Ab    |    πλησ. προσκαθ. APrXXaXbYYfGrZuAdOx2, πλησ. οὕτω(ς) προ(σ)καθ. MBVCFGaKRfSaZc, οὕτω παρακαθ. πλ. MnRS; οὕτω προκαθ. πλησιαίτερον Rw, οὕτω καθημένη πλησ. AaAbPc)   |    πλησιέστερον BFMlMnRRfSZu, πλησιαίστερον SaAd, πλησιώτερον Pra   |    προσκαθ‑ BAFGaPrXXaXbYZu, προκαθ‑ MCKMlRfZc, παρακαθ‑ VMnSSa, καθ‑ R, προκαθημένη Rw, καθημένη AaAbPr   |    6 οὖν om. F, οὖν ἡμῖν K   |    διὰ τὸν χορὸν transp. after ὁ ποιητὴς AaAbPcXa; διὰ τὸν χρόνον RfXXbYfGr(corr. s.l. Gu)Ox2, διττὸν χορὸν Zc   |    οὕτω Ad, conj. Wecklein; om. others   |    χορὸν] χρόνον Ml   |    οὕτω om. Ml   |    διασκευάσασθαι ZcZu, διασκευάσθαι GaMl   |    7 διηγέρθησαν SXbYGr(corr. s.l. Gu)   |    γὰρ ἂν] γὰρ AbFSOx2, ἂν AXbY, δὲ VMl   |    ὁ add. before ὀρέστης Ml   |    ἄρτι] ἄρτιος Ox2,τότε s.l. R, om. Zc   |    καὶ om. AaAbPc, s.l. add. Pc   |    μόγις MBVAK, μόλις others   |    καταδρασθεὶς AbCZc, καταδαρθεὶς FMlMnSaXXaXbYYfGrZuAdOx2, κοιμηθῆ· καταδραθεὶς S, κοιμηθεὶς add. s.l. AbR, κοιμηθῆ s.l. Mn   |    πλησιαίτερον] πλησιαίστερον SaXaZu, πλησιέστερον BFMl, ἐγγὺς VMnRS, om. Ga   |    αὐτοῦ Pc   |    τῶν] τῶι MSa, τὸν Zc   |    κατὰ τὸν χορὸν] τοῦ χοροῦ s.l. Gu, κατὰ χορὸν Ga, κατὰ τὸν χρόνον Pc, a.c. Ox2   |    τῶν add. before γυναικῶν RwXbYGr   |    παρισταμένω Sa, ἱσταμένων K, a.c. Rw, παρ‑ s.l. Rw   |    8–9 om. Ox2   |   8 ἡ ἠλέκτρα V, ἡλέκτρα Aa   |    τῷ χορῷ om. MVACRSa   |    σῖγα σῖγα GaXXaXbYGr, σίγα σίγα others (both accents A, σίγα σίγᾶ Vc)   |    λεπτὸν VAaMnRSZc, p.c. Ga, λεκτὸν M, λευκὸν s.l. R, a.c. Ga, others   |    ἀρβύλην R (ὑποδήματος s.l.), ἀρβύλ() MnSSa, ἀρβύλας Björck   |    after ἀρβ. add. τιθεῖσα F   |    9 πιθανὴν VAbGaMnPcRSSaZu, πιθανὴν οὖν συμβαίνει s.l. Gu   |    οὖν] οὖν καὶ Zu, δὲ MnS, νοὖν Ad   |    ταύτῃ εἶναι Ga, εἶναι ταύτην transp. AbFKMnPc(εἶναι om, s.l. add.)PrRSSa, εἶναι φασὶ ταύτην V, εἶναι (ταύτην om.) Aa   |    τὴν om. Ml   |    ὑποθέσεως F, κατασκευῆς AbPc   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δράμα AaMnFKRRfSYZc   |    2 κατασκεβὴ Mn   |    δράματος ἐστὶ Ml   |    3 ὁρέστης Ad (also in 7)   |    κάμνω Ml   |    ἐπι Ml   |    κινιδίου Ab   |    πρὸς καθέζεται Zc   |    ἡλέκτρα Ad (also in 8)   |    4 διαπορεῖται δὲ written twice in A, second instance deleted later   |    τί δηποτὲ Ml   |    τὴ κεφαλὴ Aa   |    5 οὕτω AaRSXXaXbYGr, οὗτος K, οὕτως others   |    τῆμετεῖν Ad   |    6 ἔοικε F, εἴοικεν K   |    διασκευᾶσαι MnKSSa   |    7 κατὰ τῶν χωρῶν Ml   |    8 φησὶν Ml   |    9 πυθανὴν FSa, πιθανεῖν AbR, πυθανὴ S   |    τιαύτην Ad   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Diggle III.188,32–189,42; Schw. I.93,9–19; Dind. II.5,7–6,8

COMMENT:  The term διασκευή is more commonly used of rhetorical arrangement or the arrangement or rearrangement (revision) of a text or of a dramatic plot (or the orchestration of non-theatrical events in the manner of a dramatic plot). For reference to theatrical arrangement, that is, staging, the closest parallel seems to be the use of διασκευή in reference to the presence or absence of a chorus in old vs. new comedy in the Prolegomena de comoedia (Sch. Arist. I:IA:13,3 and 10; 41,51 and 56 Koster).   

KEYWORDS:   comic ending   |   comedy   |   staging, setting or props   |   staging, position or gesture of actors   


Or. Arg. 2d: Anonymous comment

τὸ δρᾶμα τῶν ἐπὶ σκηνῆς εὐδοκιμούντων, χείριστον δὲ τοῖς ἤθεσι. πλὴν γὰρ Πυλάδου πάντες φαῦλοι ἦσαν.  —MBVAAbCFGKMlMnPcPrRRwSSa, XXaXbYYfGrZcZuAd

TRANSLATION:   The drama is one of those that are (were) much admired on the stage, but it is very bad in its characters. For apart from Pylades they were all inferior (mean, ignoble).

POSITION: arg. 2d follows arg. 2a in B, follows 2b in F, follows repeated first part of 2b in G      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ] τὸ δὲ FAd   |    after δρᾶμα add. κωμικωτέραν ἔχει τὴν καταστροφήν· F, s.l. B2B3   |    σκηνῆς MVCRSSa, τῆς σκηνῆς others   |    εὐδοκιμ-] τῶν δοκιμ‑ Rw   |    δὲ om. Rw   |    πάντες] πάνυ Pr   |    φαῦλοι transp. before πάντες F, after ἦσαν G   |    φαῦλον ἦσαν Aa, φαῦλοί εἰσιν Nauck, φαῦλοι (ἦσαν del.) Weil   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὸ] ὸ XXa (ornamental initial not added)   |    δράμα MnRRfSZcAd   |    εὐδοκιμοῦντον Ad   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Diggle III.189,43–44; Schw. I.93,20–21; Dind. II.6,9–10

KEYWORDS:   popularity   |   performance   |   character, critique of   


Or. Arg. 3: Anonymous comment

1ἡ κατάληξις τῆς τραγῳδίας ἢ εἰς θρῆνον ἢ εἰς πάθος καταλύει, ἡ δὲ τῆς κωμῳδίας εἰς σπονδὰς καὶ διαλλαγάς.  2ὅθεν ὁρᾶται τόδε τὸ δρᾶμα κωμικῇ καταλήξει χρησάμενον·  3διαλλαγαὶ γὰρ πρὸς Μενέλαον καὶ Ὀρέστην. 4ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἀλκήστιδι ἐκ συμφορῶν εἰς εὐφροσύνην καὶ ἀναβιοτήν.  5ὁμοίως καὶ ἐν Τυροῖ Σοφοκλέους ἀναγνωρισμὸς κατὰ τὸ τέλος γίνεται, καὶ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν πολλὰ τοιαῦτα ἐν τῇ τραγῳδίᾳ εὑρίσκεται.   —MBVCAaCrMnNePrRRwSSaXaXfGuZc, also in PaPkLbXmXuZlZx2

TRANSLATION:   The ending of tragedy resolves itself either in lamentation or in suffering, but that of comedy in truce and reconciliation. Therefore this drama is seen to have employed a comic ending. For there is reconciliation between Menelaus and Orestes. But also in Alcestis (the plot moves) from misfortunes to happiness and renewal of life. In the same way also in Sophocles’ Tyro a recognition takes place at the end, and, simply put, many such things are found in tragedy.

POSITION: arg. 3 follows arg. 2a in XaZcXm(all with subscription = sch. 1693.01 following it); in Xu in bottom margin below other arg. and dram. pers.; in MBCAaMnPrRRwZlZx2 it is located at end of play, after τέλος εὐρ. ὀρ. and again with subscription following (except in AaMnPrS); similarly in Cr it is first in a block of three notes after the end of the play (followed by subscription and genealogical note, from Io to sons of Oedipus); in VSGuNePkLb as last sch.; in Sa cont. without punct. from sch. 1691, which is second to last scholion (last is sch. 1680, out of order).      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κατάλυσις Sa   |    τῆς τραγωδίας p.c. Pa, a.c. τοῦ δράματος   |    (first) ἢ om. Mn   |    θρήνους Sa   |    second εἰς om. R   |    καταλήγει RwNeXaXfXuCrGuZcZl, LbPkZx2   |    τῆς κωμ. … διαλλαγάς] κωμωδία γέλωσι καὶ εὐφροσύναις ἐνύφανται GuZl, LbPkZx2 (cf. arg. 5)   |    (third) εἰς] εἰ M   |    2 ὁρᾶτε M2   |    τόδε om. CS, transp. after δρᾶμα Gu   |    κωμικὸν MC, κωμικὴ μὲν Sa, κωμωδικῆ Pr   |    3 διαλλαγὰς BRw   |    γὰρ] δὲ S, om. Rw   |    ὀρέστην] ὀρέστης Sa, ὀρέστη· προλογίζει δὲ καὶ ἠλέκτρα ὀρέστην XaXf   |    4 ἐν] ἐκ app. Lb   |    ἀλκήστιδι] ἀλκίδι δὲ Xa, app. Xf(ἀλκ and δὲ visible, rest concealed in binding on image)   |    ἐκ φορῶν Sa   |    καὶ add. before εἰς Ne   |    ἀφροσύνην Sa   |    καὶ ἀναβιοτήν om. AaPr, LbPk   |    ἀναβίωσιν SaGuZlZx2   |    5 ὁμοίως καὶ] ὁμ. τε καὶ Pa, om. LbPk   |    ἐν τύρ. ὁμοίως transp. (καὶ om.) MnS, ὅμως καὶ ἐν τῆ ῥήσει Sa   |    τυροῖ eds., τύροις all (except τοῖς Ne); perhaps read τυροῖ αʹ?   |    ἀναγνωρισμοῖς Ne, ἀναγνώρισμα Pk, Lb, ἀναγνωρισμὸν a.c. Aa   |    τέλος] γέλως LbPk   |    εἰπεῖν om. MnS   |    τῇ om. VCr   |    τραγωδίαις Cr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἡ om. Xa (ornamental letter not added)   |    2 δράμα VAaCNeRXaXfZcZl, LbPk, δραμα Rw   |    καταλίξει Zx2   |    4 ἄλλα a.c. Pk   |    4 ἀλκίστιδι VCMnNeSXu, ἀλκήστηδι Pr, a.c. Rw, ἀλκείστιδι Cr   |    ἀναβιωτήν M, ἀνὰ βιοτὴν Mn, ἀναβιότην S (a.c. ἀναβει‑)   |    5 σοφοκλέος NeSa, σοφοκλοῦς R   |    ἀπλῶς Xf   |    γίγνεται Pa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  (as sch. Or. 1691) Schw. I.241,8–14; Dind. II.347,5–11

COMMENT:   Matthaie prints Τυροῖ as if in Gu; Dind. reports τύροι for Gu; but Gu has τύροις.   

COLLATION NOTES:  Yet to be checked: EsLv (reported by Schartau 1973: 81–82 n. 24 to have this item).   

KEYWORDS:   comic ending   |   comedy   |   tragedy   |   Euripides, Alcestis   |   Sophocles, Tyro   


Or. Arg. 4: Synopsis of Thomas Magister: τοῦ αὐτοῦ σοφωτάτου Μαγίστρου σύνοψις τῆς ὑποθέσεως τοῦ ὑποκειμένου δράματος

1ὅτε κατὰ τῶν Τρώων ἡ Ἑλλὰς ὥρμησεν, Ἀγαμέμνων στρατηγὸς ᾑρέθη τοῦ στόλου παντός, ἅτε προέχειν τῶν ἄλλων δοκῶν ἀρχῆς τε μεγέθει καὶ πλήθει νεῶν.  2ἑκατὸν γὰρ ναῦς εἰς τὴν τοῦ στόλου συντέλειαν οὗτος εἰσέφερε.  3καὶ ὃς μέλλων ἀνάγεσθαι καταλείπει τῶν οἴκοι πραγμάτων αὐτοῦ ἐπιμελητὴν καὶ προστάτην Αἴγισθον.  4ἐπεὶ δὲ πολὺς ἠνύετο χρόνος καὶ Ἀγαμέμνων οὔκετ’ ἐπανῄει, οἷα δὴ πολλὰ γίνεται, συνῆλθεν ἀθέσμως Αἴγισθος Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ, τῇ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος γυναικί.  5μαθόντες δὲ Κλυταιμνήστρα καὶ Αἴγισθος τήν τε Τροίαν ἁλοῦσαν καὶ Ἀγαμέμνονα μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων οἴκαδε πλέοντα, βουλεύονται τοῦτον τῆς οἰκίας ἐπειλημμένον ἀποκτενεῖν, ἵνα μὴ τούτῳ γνωσθέντος τοῦ σφῶν πονηρεύματος αὐτοὶ παραδοθεῖεν θανάτῳ.  6ὃ δὴ καὶ ἤνυσαν, καὶ ἐπανελθόντα τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ἀποκτείνουσι.  7χιτῶνα γὰρ μὴ διεξόδους κεφαλῆς καὶ χειρῶν ἔχοντα μετὰ τὸ λουτρὸν ἐνδιδύσκουσι καὶ οὕτω πελέκει τοῦτον φονεύουσι.  8μεταξὺ οὖν τοῦ Ἀγαμεμνονείου φόνου Ἠλέκτρα τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ὀρέστην, ἵνα μὴ καὶ οὗτος ἀναιρεθείη, κλέψασα καί τινι δοῦσα παιδαγωγῷ εἰς Φωκίδα παρὰ Στρόφιον πέμπει, φίλον καὶ συγγενῆ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς τυγχάνοντα.  9Ὀρέστης δὲ εἰς ἄνδρας ἥκων, παραλαβὼν Πυλάδην τὸν παῖδα Στροφίου, ἐφ’ ᾧ μετ’ αὐτοῦ Αἴγισθον καὶ Κλυταιμνήστραν τιμωρήσαιτο, καταλαμβάνει λάθρα τὸ Ἄργος.  10καὶ χρησμὸν παρὰ τοῦ Πυθίου δεξάμενος τοῦτο ποιεῖν, πρῶτον μὲν ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν πατρὸς τάφον καὶ θύει, εἶτά τι μηχανᾶται τοιόνδε·  11τὸν γὰρ παιδαγωγὸν, ᾧ παρὰ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας πάλαι πιστευθεὶς ἧκεν, ὡς ἔφημεν, εἰς Φωκίδα, τοῦτον προπέμπει εἰς Αἴγισθον καὶ Κλυταιμνήστραν λέγοντα ὡς Ὀρέστης ἐν Πυθικοῖς ἄθλοις ἀνῃρέθη καὶ νῦν ἄνδρες τὰ τούτου ὀστᾶ ἐν κιβωτίῳ κομίζουσιν, ἵνα πατρῴων γοῦν τάφων τύχῃ.  12ὑπαχθέντες δὲ τῇ τοιαύτῃ ἀπάτῃ Κλυταιμνήστρα καὶ Αἴγισθος, ἵνα μὴ μακρολογῶ, ἀναιροῦνται ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου καὶ Πυλάδου, πρώτη μὲν Κλυταιμνήστρα, ὕστερος δὲ Αἴγισθος.  13μητροκτονήσας τοίνυν Ὀρέστης Ἐριννύσι παραχρῆμα τὴν δίκην ἔδωκε, μανείς.  14Μενέλαος δὲ ἐκ Τροίας ἐλθών, ὕστερος γὰρ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἐπανῆκε, καὶ τῷ Ναυπλίῳ λιμένι προσσχών, νυκτὸς μὲν Ἑλένην προπέμπει πρὸς Μυκήνας, μεθ’ ἡμέραν δὲ αὐτὸς εἰσῄει.  15καὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην μεμηνότα εὑρών, παρακαλεῖται μὲν ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου καὶ Ἠλέκτρας σῶσαι αὐτούς·  16ὁ γὰρ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας πατὴρ Τυνδάρεως πάντας Ἀργείους κατ’ αὐτῶν ἐκίνησεν, ἵνα τούτους ὡς μητροκτόνους ἀνέλοιεν·  17ὡς δὲ τὸν Τυνδάρεων ἀντιλέγοντα εὗρε καὶ ἅμα καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπολογιζόμενος ὡς εἰ Ὀρέστης ἀναιρεθείη βασιλεὺς αὐτὸς ἔσται τοῦ Ἄργους, οὐκ ἤθελεν Ὀρέστῃ καὶ τῇ ἀδελφῇ συμμαχεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὸ τῶν Ἀργείων πλῆθος ἔλεγεν εὐλαβεῖσθαι.  18πρῶτον μὲν οὖν Ὀρέστης καὶ Τυνδάρεως διηλέχθησαν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὁ μὲν ὡς οὐ δικαίως ἀνείλετο Κλυταιμνήστρα δεικνύς, Ὀρέστης δὲ ὡς καὶ μάλα δικαίως, εἰ καὶ μυριάκις αὐτὴν ἔδει τεθνάναι.  19ἔπειτα ἐκκλησίας ἐν ἀκροπόλει Μυκηνῶν γενομένης καὶ συνιόντων τῶν προυχόντων ἐν Ἄργει, Ὀρέστης ὑπὸ Πυλάδου φοράδην ἐκεῖσε κομίζεται.  20λόγων δὲ πολλῶν γινομένων, καὶ τῶν μὲν βοηθούντων Ὀρέστῃ, τῶν δὲ ἐναντιουμένων, τέλος ἐνίκησαν οἱ κακοί.  21καὶ κατακρίνεται Ὀρέστης αὐτός τε καὶ ἡ ἀδελφὴ λίθοις βληθέντες ἀποθανεῖν.  22Ὀρέστης δὲ ἐπηγγείλατο πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος αὐτοχειρίᾳ ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἀποσφάξαι.  22καὶ ὁ φίλος Πυλάδης καὶ παρὰ τὴν συμφορὰν φίλος ἔμεινε καὶ κοινωνεῖν αὐτῷ τῆς τελευτῆς ἠξίωσε προθυμότατα.  24ἐπεὶ δὲ σφίσι τοῦτο παθεῖν προύκειτο, συμβουλεύει Πυλάδης Μενέλεω πρῶτον τιμωρίαν λαβεῖν, λέγων ὡς οὐ δεῖ τοῦτον τρυφᾶν ἡμῶν ἀπιόντων.  25ὅθεν εἰσελθόντες εἴσω τῶν βασιλείων, Ἑλένης δῆθεν δεησόμενοι ἵνα μὴ περιίδῃ σφᾶς ὀλλυμένους ἀλλὰ χεῖρα ὀρέξῃ καὶ Μενέλεων καὶ ἄκοντα πρὸς σωτηρίαν κινήσῃ, ἐπεὶ ταύτην φονεύειν ἔμελλον, ταύτης μὲν ἥμαρτον ὑπὸ Ἀπόλλωνος ἁρπασθείσης κελεύσει Διός, Ἑρμιόνην δὲ συλλαμβάνουσιν ἐκ τοῦ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ἐπανηκούσαν τάφου.  26πρώην γὰρ αὐτὴν Ἑλένη πεπόμφει τῇ ἀδελφῇ θύσουσαν.  27λαβόντες δὲ Ἑρμιόνην καὶ ἔνδοθεν τὰς τῶν βασιλείων ἀσφαλίσαντες πύλας ἀνῆλθον ἐν μετεώρῳ τῶν βασιλείων ἔχοντές τε τὴν Ἑρμιόνην καὶ ξίφος πρὸς τῇ δέρῃ αὐτῆς, καὶ μέλλοντες μετὰ τὴν ταύτης διαχείρισιν, ἂν μὴ σφᾶς Μενέλεως σώσῃ, καὶ τοὺς δόμους ὑφάψειν πυρί.  28Μενέλεως μὲν οὖν ὑπὸ τούτων Ἑλένην τεθνάναι μαθών, ἵνα κἂν σώσῃ τὴν παῖδα, ἐλθὼν ἤρξατο πορθεῖν τὰ βασίλεια.  29ἐπιφανεὶς δὲ Ἀπόλλων διήλλαξε τούτους, Ἑλένην μὲν εἰς οὐρανοὺς φήσας διακομίσαι, Μενέλεων δὲ ἑτέραν λαβεῖν κελεύσας γυναῖκα, Ὀρέστῃ δὲ Ἑρμιόνην συνάψαι μετὰ τὴν τοῦ φόνου κάθαρσιν·  30ἧς Ἀθήνησιν ἔτυχε μετὰ Ἐριννύων εἰς Ἄρειον πάγον κριθείς· ὅτε καὶ καταδικασθῆναι μέλλοντα ὑπὸ πάντων θεῶν Ἀθηνᾶ ψῆφον βαλοῦσα νικῆσαι τοῦτον ἐποίησε.  31καὶ οὕτως Ὀρέστης ὕστερον Ἐρμιόνην γυναῖκα λαμβάνει κατὰ τὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος θέσπισμα, καὶ Ἄργους κρατεῖ, Πυλάδῃ δὲ Ἠλέκτραν δίδωσι, τὴν καὶ πρότερον ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ κατεγγυηθεῖσαν τούτῳ.  —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  When Greece launched its attack against the Trojans, Agamemnon was selected as commander of the entire army, because he seemed to surpass the others in size of realm and number of ships. For he contributed one hundred ships to the complement of the expeditionary force. And being about to depart, he leaves Aegisthus as overseer and guardian of his affairs at home. Since a long time was passing and Agamemnon was still not returning, Aegisthus, as often happens in such cases, unlawfully had intercourse with Clytemnestra, Agamemnon’s wife. When Clytemnestra and Aegisthus learned that Troy had fallen and that Agamemnon was sailing homeward along with the others, they make a plan to kill him once he reaches home, so that they themselves not be put to death when their own sinful behavior became known to him. And this in fact they did accomplish, and they kill Agamemnon when he returned. For they enrobe him after his bath in a garment with no openings for head and arms, and in that condition they murder him with an axe. Now then, in the midst of the killing of Agamemnon Electra, secreting Orestes so that he not be killed too and giving him to a certain tutor, sends him to Phocis to Strophius, who was a friend and kinsman of her father. When he reached manhood, Orestes, taking Pylades the son of Strophius as his companion, returns secretly to Argos in order, with his help, to punish Aegisthus and Clytemnestra. And since he received an oracle from the Pythian god to do this, he first goes to the tomb of his father and makes sacrifice, and then he devises a plan of the following sort. For the tutor to whom he was entrusted long ago by Electra and thus arrived, as we said, in Phocis—this tutor he sends ahead to Aegisthus and Clytemnestra saying that Orestes has been killed in the Pythian Games and now some men are bringing his bones in a chest, so that he may receive at least burial in the tombs of his forefathers. Taken in by such a ruse, Clytemnestra and Aegisthus—not to make the story too long—are killed by Orestes and Pylades, first Clytemnestra and later Aegisthus. Having committed matricide, then, Orestes immediately paid the price to the Erinyes, by having gone mad. And Menelaus, arriving from Troy—for he voyaged homeward later than Agamemnon—, and having landed at the harbor Nauplion, he sends Helen ahead to Mycenae during the night, and he himself enters by day. Having found Orestes suffering from madness, he is entreated by Orestes and Electra so save them. For Tyndareus, the father of Clytemnestra, stirred up all the Argives against them so that they would put them to death as matricides. And when Menelaus found Tyndareus arguing in opposition, and at the same time himself calculating that if Orestes should be killed he himself would be king of Argos, he was unwilling to help Orestes and his sister in their struggle, but he said he was wary of the common people of the Argives. Now, first of all, Orestes and Tyndareus disputed with each other, the latter showing that Clytemnestra was not justly put to death, but Orestes that it was indeed very justly done, even if she were required to die countless times over. Later, an assembly took place on the acropolis of Mycenae and the men who were prominent in Argos came together, and Orestes is brought their with Pylades’ physical assistance. Many speeches being made, and some assisting Orestes and others opposing him, ultimately the wicked ones won out. The verdict is given that Orestes himself and his sister be stoned to death. But Orestes volunteered the promise to the people that he would kill himself and his sister by his own hand. And his friend Pylades remained his friend even during the misfortune and with great eagerness considered it right to share with him his death. Once the plan to suffer this was before them, Pylades advises that they first exact vengeance from Menelaus, saying this it is not proper for him to luxuriate while we are leaving life. Therefore, entering the palace—as if they were going to entreat Helen not to allow them to perish but to lend a helping hand and incite Menelaus, even against his will, to save them—, when they were on the point of killing her, they failed to strike her because she was snatched away by Apollo at the command of Zeus; but they seize Hermione as she was returning from the tomb of Clytemnestra. For earlier on Helen had sent her to make offerings to her sister. Having captured Hermione and secured the gates of the palace from inside, they went up to the roof of the palace with Hermione and with a sword at her neck, also intending after killing her, if Menelaus does not save them, even to set the house on fire. Now then, Menelaus, having learned that Helen had died at their hands, having come to save at least his child, began to demolish the palace. But Apollo suddenly appeared and reconciled them, saying that he had conveyed Helen to the skies and ordering Menelaus to take another wife and to join Hermione in marriage to Orestes after he is purified of the murder. Which purification he obtained in Athens after being put on trial at the Areopagus with the Erinyes, when, even as he was about to be condemned by all the gods, Athena cast a ballot and caused him to triumph. And thus Orestes later takes Hermione as wife in accordance with the utterance of Apollo and he rules Argos, and to Pylades he gives Electra, who had even earlier been betrothed by him to that man.

APP. CRIT.:   heading thus in T (αὐτοῦ σοφωτάτου om. Ta); ἡ ὑπόθεσις τοῦ δράματος ἔστι τοιαύτη Zm; om. ZZaGu   |    1 παντὸς τοῦ στόλου transp. Gu   |    2 ἑκατὸν] ρ̅ ZZa   |    5 ἀποκτανεῖν ZZa   |    6 κτείνουσι, ἀπο add. s.l. Za   |    7 κεφαλῆς καὶ χειρῶν] χειρῶν καὶ κεφαλῆς ZZa; om., s.l. add. Zm   |    καὶ οὕτω πελ. τ. φον.] TZmmargGu(ἐν τῷ in place of οὕτω); om. ZZaZm   |    8 γοῦν Gu   |    ἵνα μὴ om., μὴ s.l. add. Za   |    9 πυλάδην om., s.l. add. Zm   |    τιμωρήσασθαι Za   |    10 τοῦ om. ZZa   |    11 εἰς τὴν φωκίδα Gu   |    γοῦν om. Zm   |    12 πρῶτον … ὕστερον ZZa also   |    (second) Αἴγισθον Z   |    14 προσσχὼν Matt., προσχών all   |    προπέμπει ZZa   |    15 ὑπὸ Ἠλέκτρας καὶ Ὀρέστου ZZa   |    16 κλυταιμνήστρας] ἑλένης ZZa   |    17 ὡς εἰ ] ὡς καὶ Z, ὡς καὶ εἰ Za   |    18 διηλ‑ ZZaZmT, a.c. Gu, διειλ‑ p.c. Gu, Ta; διελέχθησαν Matt.   |    Κλυταιμνήστρα all, ‑αν Matt., Dind. (see Comment below)   |    (second) ὡς (before καὶ μάλα) om., s.l. add. Gu   |    20 γενομένων ZZa   |    22 αὐτὸν a.c. Z   |    24 τοῦτο σφίσι transp. ZZa   |    παρὰ Μενέλεω Za   |    25 εἰσελθόντων Gu   |    ὀρέξῃ s.l. Z, ὀρέξαι ZZa   |    κινῆσαι Za   |    τάφου ἐπανήκουσαν transp. Gu   |    26 θύσουσα ZZa   |    27 διαχείρησιν ZZaGu   |    28 οὖν om. Gu   |    29 τοῦ om. ZZa   |    30 βαλοῦσα] λαβοῦσα ZZa, βαλοῦσα s.l. Za   |    31 τὸ om. ZZa, s.l. add. Za   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἠρέθη ZaGu   |    8 ἀγαμεμνονίου Za   |    11 ὀστὰ Z   |    14 ναυπλοίῳ ZZa   |    ἑλλένην Z a.c., Gu   |    μεθημέραν Ta [not T]   |    15 καὶ τὴν ὀρέστην Zm   |    17 τυνδάρεω Gu   |    19 ἐκκλισίας Z   |    25 μενέλαον Za (only μενέλ() Z)   |    συλλαβάνουσιν Z, συλλαμβάνουσι, ν add. s.l. Za   |    29 ἑλλένην Gu   |    30 ἔτυχεν Zm   |    μετ’ ἐριν. Za   |    ἐρρινύων Zm   |    31 ἠλέκτρα Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.7,13–9,23

COMMENT:   In general I have printed the version in ZmTGu where ZZa differ; it is possible that ZZa present a careless version by Thomas himself that has been made more precise by Triclinius or someone else in the circle, but also possible that ZZa offer a corruption of the other version (note the many other slips in ZZa or in one of the two).   |   On 18 διηλέχθησαν: augment of this compound verb with ει or η (under the influence of the perfect διειλ‑) is not uncommon in postclassical and Byzantine texts, and one need not correct it here with Matthiae.   |   On 18 ἀνείλετο Κλυταιμνήστρα: on rare occasions Byzantine writers slip up and use the middle of the strong aorist in a passive sense. That is what Thomas should be assumed to do here (‘Clytemnestra was killed’). There is an exact parallel for the passive sense in a scholion on Or. 991 attested in Mn and R (τότε δὲ οὕτω νικηθεὶς δόλῳ καὶ ἀναιρούμενος κατηράσατο τῷ Μυρτίλῳ γνοὺς τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν, ἵνα ὑπὸ Πέλοπος ἀνέληται, ‘and then [Oenomaus], having thus been defeated by trickery, and being killed, having understood the plot against him, cursed Myrtilus, praying that he be killed by Pelops’). Matthiae and Dindorf emended to make Clytemnestra the accusative object, but the middle ἀνείλετο means ‘pick up’ not ‘kill’ and one would have to emend the verb to ἀνεῖλε. Similarly at Or. 991 Dindorf in his apparatus says ‘immo ἀναιρεθῇ’, taking offense at the Byzantine slip.    |   On 27: both διαχείρησις and διαχείρισις are found in Sch. Aesch. and Sch. Soph. with the sense ‘killing’; both forms also used in many periods in the more common sense ‘management’.   

COLLATION NOTES:   According to Turyn 1957:, 30, fol. 47r–v of Ang. 14 (T) were written entirely by Triclinius, and the beginning of the Thoman argument was added by him on 46v, a page with text written by the original scribe. The high-quality digital image confirms this (black ink, rounded breathings, that is Tt1 in Diggle’s terms or Tr1 in De Faveri’s).   |   

KEYWORDS:   Thomas Magister   |   


Or. Arg. 5a: Thoman general note

1ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι πᾶσα τραγῳδία σύμφωνον ἔχει καὶ τὸ τέλος·  2ἐκ λύπης γὰρ ἄρχεται καὶ εἰς λύπην τελευτᾷ.  3τὸ παρὸν δὲ δρᾶμα ἔστιν ἐκ τραγικοῦ κωμικόν, λήγει γὰρ εἰς τὰς παρ’ Ἀπόλλωνος διαλλαγάς, ἐκ συμφορῶν εἰς εὐθυμίαν κατηντηκός.  4ἡ δὲ κωμῳδία γέλωσι καὶ εὐφροσύναις ἐνύφανται.  —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   One should be aware that all tragedy has its ending also consonant (with its tragic nature). For it begins from grief (pain) and ends in grief (pain). But the present play is comic after being tragic, for it ends in the reconciliation brought about by Apollo, thus having arrived at happiness out of misfortunes. But comedy is woven in with laughter and good cheer.

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅτι om. Za   |    2 ἐκ] ἐὰν Z   |    ἔρχεται Z   |    3 γὰρ] δὲ ZZa   |    συμφορᾶς Zm   |    4 γέλωτι ZZa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 δράμα Zm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.9,23–27

COMMENT:   An adaptation of arg. 3 above. Cf. the interpolation of 4 γέλωσι καὶ εὐφροσύναις ἐνύφανται into sentence 1 of arg. 3 in Gu and a few others.   

KEYWORDS:   Thomas Magister   |   comic ending   |   comedy   |   tragedy   |   


Or. Arg. 5b: Thoman general note

1ἰστέον ὅτι πρὸ τούτου τοῦ δράματος ἔστιν ἁρμόδιον ἀκοῦσαι τινὰ τὸ δεύτερον τοῦ Σοφοκλέους,   2ἐπεὶ ἐκεῖνο μὲν τὴν ἐκδίκησιν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἱστορεῖ ὅπως Αἴγισθον καὶ Κλυταιμνήστραν ἐφόνευσαν,  3τοῦτο δὲ τὴν μετὰ τὸν φόνον ἐκείνων μανίαν Ὀρέστου καὶ τὰ μετ’ αὐτὴν συμβάντα.   —ZZa

TRANSLATION:   One should be aware that it is suitable that one study before this play the second play of Sophocles (Electra), since that one tells of the avenging of Agamemnon, how they killed Aegisthus and Clytemnestra, while this one tells of Orestes’ madness after killing them and what occurred after the madness.

POSITION: In Z beside lines 1288–1292 of Hecuba on 32v (after a few more lines, an ornament, and the τέλος phrase, arg. 4 begins in bottom half of 32v); in Za on fol. 37v beside the incomplete arg. 1 (of which Za has first 6 lines only, broken off in midword).      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκδίκησιν] ἐκκίνησιν Z   

COMMENT:   The vague ‘they’ of 2 ἐφόνευσαν could suggest Orestes and Electra, Orestes and Pylades, or all three.   

KEYWORDS:   Thomas Magister   |   Sophocles, Electra   |   


Or. Arg. 6: Anonymous general note

σατυρικὸν τὸ δρᾶμα διὸ ἀρχόμενον ἀπὸ θλίψεως καὶ λήγον εἰς χαράν.  —GPrYrAd

TRANSLATION:  The drama is satyric because beginning from suffering and ending in joy.

POSITION: GPrAd have this after dram. pers. (arg. 8); Y above line 1.      

APP. CRIT.:   σατ. τὸ δρ.] τὸ δρᾶμα τοῦτο δὲ σατ. Pr, then δὲ app. deleted; τὸ δρᾶμα ἔστι σατ. G; φασὶ τινὲς τὸ δράμα τοῦτο κομικὸν λέγεσθαι Ad   |    διὸ Y, τὸ Pr, ὡς Ad, om. G   |    καὶ om. YAd   

KEYWORDS:   satyr-play   |   comic ending   


Or. Arg. 7: Anonymous general note

εἰς τὴν σύστασιν τῆς τραγικῆς ὑποθέσεως εὐδόκιμόν ἐστι καὶ ἐπιτυχὲς τὸ δρᾶμα, εἰς δὲ τὰ ἤθη τῶν προσώπων ἀδόκιμον. δαιμονᾷ γὰρ Ὀρέστης καὶ ἡ ἀδελφὴ δαιμονῶντι διακονεῖται καὶ ὡς ἐπίπαν τὰ ἤθη τῶν προσώπων ηὐτελισμένα ἐστιν.  —Gu2

TRANSLATION:   The play is well regarded and successful with respect to the arrangement of the tragic plot, but with respect to the ethical traits of the characters it is disapproved. For Orestes suffers a divinely-inspired madness and his sister attends to him in his madness, and in general the ethical traits of the characters have been made disreputable.

POSITION: This appears in the margin of fol. 27v beside the dram. pers., and is added by a hand later than Gr or Gu.      

COMMENT:   A rephrasing of arg. 2d.   

KEYWORDS:   popularity   |   character, critique of   |   tragedy   |   


Or. Arg. 7a: Anonymous general note

1ἐνταῦθα ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἀπὸ τῆς μέσης ὑποθέσεως ἄρχεται.  2παρέλιπε γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἀνατροφήν, ὅπως ἀνετρέφετο παρὰ τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ εἰς τὸν Στροφίου οἶκον τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ Πυλάδου·  3φίλος γὰρ ἦν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ὁ Στρόφιος·  4καὶ ὅπως μηχανήσαντες ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν ὅ τε Ὀρέστης ⟨καὶ⟩ ὁ Πυλάδης καὶ παιδαγωγὸς φέροντες ταύτῃ καὶ κιβώτιον πεπληρωμένον τῆς κόνεως τοῦ Ὀρέστου.  5μέμνηται δὲ τούτου ὀ Σοφοκλῆς, καὶ οὗτος ἐν ἑτέρῳ δράματι.   —Yf

TRANSLATION:   Here Euripides begins from the middle of the story. For he omitted the upbringing of Orestes, (namely) how he was brought up by the pedagogue at the house of Strophius, the father of Pylades. For Strophius was a friend of Agamemnon. And (he also omitted) how, by a contrivance, Orestes and Pylades and a tutor came back to Clytemnestra bringing to her as well a little chest filled with the ashes of Orestes. Sophocles mentions this story, and this poet (Euripides) does so in another play.

POSITION: This follows arg. 2a in Yf.      

APP. CRIT.:   4 ⟨καὶ⟩ ὁ Matt. (misreported by Dind.)   |    ταύτῃ Dind., ταύτην Yf   |    κιβώτιον Matt., κιβωτίου Yf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.6,12–7,7; Matt. VI.137

COMMENT:   ἐν ἑτέρῳ δράματι must be a reference to Euripides’ Electra, indicating that this note comes from a milieu in which the alphabetic plays were known (mostly likely in the circle of Triclinius where L and P were produced).   

KEYWORDS:  prologue technique   |   Sophocles, Electra   |   Euripides, Electra   


Or. Arg. 7b: Anonymous general note

1ἔθος τοῖς τραγικοῖς τὸ ἐν προοιμίῳ ὡς ἐν ὀλίγῳ παραδηλοῖν τοῦ ὅλου δράματος τὴν ἔννοιαν, ὡς καὶ ἐνταῦθα ποιεῖ ὁ Εὐριπίδης καὶ πανταχοῦ.  2τὸ δὲ δρᾶμα τῆς Ἑκάβης καὶ τοῦ παρόντος δράματος τὸ τέλος ἀπὸ πένθους ἄρχονται καὶ λήγουσιν εἰς χαράν.   —Yf

TRANSLATION:   It is the customary practice of the tragedians to suggest in the opening, as in a small compass, the basic idea of the entire play, as Euripides does both here and everywhere. The play Hecuba and the end of the present play begin from grief and end in joy.

APP. CRIT.:   1 παραδηλοῦν (silently) Matt., but in late Greek infinitives such as δηλοῖν, ζηλοῖν, κατορθοῖν, ἀναπληροῖν, βιοῖν, βεβαιοῖν, ἐκτυφλοῖν are attested.   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.7,8–11; Matt. VI.137

COMMENT:  From the generalization that follows, it seems that προοίμιον here may refer to the prologue as a whole rather than just the opening lines of Electra’s speech, as in sch. 1.02, 1.12.   |   The mention of Hecuba is odd (is it a corruption or a sign of an inferior teacher?); Alcestis is the play that is usually paired with Orestes in remarks about a happy or ‘comic’ ending.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Matthiae and Dindorf present arg. 7a and 7b as one text, neglecting Yf’s separation of them with three-dot punctuation and cross at end of 7a, while 7b begins on a new line with prefixed cross.   |   


Or. Arg. 7c: Anonymous metrical note

1ἔχει δὲ τὰ μέτρα οὕτω·  2τὸ [Phoen. 239] ‘νῦν δὲ μοι πρὸ τειχέων’ δίμετρον τροχαϊκόν· 3τὸ [Or. 1389, Phoen. 1530] ‘ὀττοτοί’ διποδία τροχαϊκή· 4καὶ μέχρι μὲν τῶν Πυλάδου λόγων [Or. 729] ἰαμβικόν· 5τοὐκεῖθεν δὲ τροχαϊκὸν τετράμετρον καταληκτικόν· 6καὶ ἔνθα Ὀρέστης καὶ Φρὺξ διαλέγονται [Or. 1506–1536], τὸ αὐτὸ τηρεῖται μέτρον.  —P

POSITION: This follows arg. 2a and precedes arg. 2b in P.      

APP. CRIT.:   δίμετρον] τρίμετρον P   

COMMENT:   Phoen. 239 is generally a lecythion in the manuscripts, which is a dimeter, so P’s τρίμετρον is likely to be a careless scribal error.   |   Triclinius’ analysis of Or. 1389 in T treats ἐριννύν· ὀττοτοῖ as a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter; at Ph. 1530 in T he creates an anapaest by writing ὀτοτοῖ ὀτοτοῖ.   


Or. Arg. 8a: Dramatis personae

τὰ τοῦ δράματος πρόσωπα· Ἠλέκτρα, Ἑλένη, χορός, Ὀρέστης, Μενέλαος, Τυνδάρεως, Πυλάδης, ἄγγελος, Ἑρμιόνη, Φρύξ, Ἀπόλλων.  —MBOVAAaCCrFGKMlMnPPcPrRRwSSa, XXaXbYYfGrZcZuAdOx

APP. CRIT.:   Correct order of names in OPZc and Xa(om. φρύξ, add. καὶ before ἀπ.); also correct in the Thoman version (arg. 9) in ZZmT. The order in the others (except CrOx) is essentially ἠλ. πυλ. ἑλ. ἄγ. χο. ἑρ. ὀρ. φρ. με. ἀπ. τυ., derived from reading across the successive rows of two columns of names rather than reading down the first column and then down the second column. Minor deviations from the second pattern: A omits ἠλ.; MnRRwS transp. ἑλ. πυ.; Zu transp. τυ. ἀπ.; Sa transp. πυ. after ἀπ.; καὶ add. before τυ. AaRwSa; ἑρ. ὀρ. om. Ml; G has ἠλ. ἑλ. πυλ.. ἄγ. χο. ὀρ. με. ἑρ. τυ. φρ. ἀπ.; XAd omit first letter of every name (decorated initials never added); Y2, repeating the list in the bottom margin, omits τὰ τοῦ δρ. πρ. and transp. με. τυ. to follow ἑλ. CrOx present a unique order, correct at beginning and end but scrambled in the middle: ἠλ. ἑλ. χορὸς ἐκ παρθένων γυναικῶν ὀρ. πυ. ἑρ. τυ. με. ἀγ. φρ. ἀπ.   |    Zc has ἀπὸ τοῦ διὸς τάνταλος between ἄγγελος and ἑρμιόνη in the penultimate line of the dram. pers.; the phrase probably belongs with the genealogical diagram that is written in the left margin.   |    Ab follows the dram. pers. (at bottom of recto, with line 1 of play at top of verso) with ἠλέκτρα λέγει ταῦτα.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δράγματος Ox   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Mn has dram. pers. twice, once on 7v and again on 8v, with no differences between the two.   |   


Or. Arg. 8b: Prologue-speaker notation

προλογίζει Ἠλέκτρα ὡς ἀδελφὴ Ὀρέστου ἐλεεινολογοῦσα διὰ τὸν Τάνταλον.  —AaAbMnPcRRfS, CrXaOxAd

POSITION: after 8a in MnRRfSXa (Mn has 8a twice, and 8b twice as well; Xa has it twice, after 8a and again at top of next page above line 1); in CrOx after the first sentence of 2b (which follows 8a in CrOx); in Aa at bottom of fol. 38r after a page of scholia, and preceding 8a at top of fol. 38v; in AbPc after 2a and before 8a; after play title and within ornamentation Ad.      

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ ἡ add. after προλογίζει CrOx, ἡ add. Mn(first location)RfXa(both places)   |    ὡς ἀδελφὴ ὀρέστου ἐλ. om. RfXaAd, ὡς ἀδ. ὀρέστου om. CrOx   |    ἐλεεινοῦσα AaAbPc   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προγίζει R, s.l. ἤγουν προλέγει R; πολογίζει Ad   |    ἡλέκτρα AaAd   |   


Or. Arg. 9: Thoman Dramatis personae

1ἡ μὲν σκηνὴ τοῦ δράματος ὑπόκειται ἐν Ἄργει·  2ἔστι δὲ τὰ τούτου πρόσωπα·  3Ἠλέκτρα προλογίζουσα ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρὸς βασιλείοις τε οὖσα καὶ παρακαθημένη Ὀρέστῃ καθεύδοντι, Ἑλένη, χορὸς ἐξ ἐπιχωρίων γυναικῶν αἳ παραγίνονται πρὸς Ἠλέκτραν πυνθανόμεναι περὶ τῆς τοῦ Ὀρέστου συμφορᾶς, Ὀρέστης Μενέλαος Τυνδαρεως Πυλάδης ἄγγελος Ἑρμιόνη Φρὺξ Ἀπόλλων.  —ZZaZmT

APP. CRIT.:   1 βασιλείοις] βασιλέως Za, βασιλ() Z   |    3 παρεγένοντο Za, παραγίνονται intended by Za s.l.   

COMMENT:   Thomas mixes in small details from older arg.: cf. arg. 2b for sentence 1 and for the relative clause about the chorus in sentence 3; arg. 2c for the specific location and Electra’s posture in sentence 3.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Diggle’s OCT lists the dram. pers. in Ang. 14 as Tz, but this is an oversight. Fol. 47v is entirely by Triclinius. See remarks above on arg. 4.   |   



Scholia to Orestes

Or. 1.01 (1–139) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ἡ εἴσθεσις τοῦ δράματος ἐκ μονοστροφικῆς ἐστι περιόδου. οἱ δὲ στίχοι εἰσὶν ἰαμβικοὶ τρίμετροι ἀκατάληκτοι ρληʹ [= 138]. ὧν τελευταῖος [139] ‘τόνδ’ ἐξεγεῖραι συμφορὰ γενήσεται’. ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς.  —T

TRANSLATION:  The introduction to the drama consists of a unit formed by a single strophe. The verses are 138 acatalectic iambic trimeters, of which the last is ‘it will be a misfortune to awaken this man’. At the section-breaks a paragraphos (is written), and at the conclusion a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ρλθʹ Dind., correcting Triklinios’ careless count   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.10.3–6; de Fav. 45

COMMENT:  Paragraphoi and coronides in T are recorded in the sequence of scholia, labeled as tri and metr. In 1–138 paragraphoi mark the end of Electra’s monologue (70), the ends of two speeches of several lines (80 and 87), the end of stichomythia (109), and the end of Helen’s final speech before she reenters the palace (125).   


Or. 1.02 (1–5) (vet exeg) 1κατασκευὴν ποιούμενος ὁ ποιητὴς τῆς ἰδίας προτάσεως τῆς ὅτι πάντα φέρει τὰ δεινὰ ἡ ἀνθρωπότης, ἐπιφέρει ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ οἱ μακάριοι καὶ ὄλβιοι δόξαντες ἄνθρωποι οὐκ ἄμοιροι συμφορῶν καὶ παθῶν γεγόνασιν·  2ἐξ ἑνὸς δὲ τοῦ Ταντάλου καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους παραδηλοῖ.  3τὸν Τάνταλον δὲ καὶ οὐκ ἄλλον τῇ ὑποθέσει προσείληφε διὰ τὸ ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦ γένους καὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην κατάγεσθαι.   —VPraPrbRw

TRANSLATION:  The poet, carrying out a proof of his particular premise, that humankind endures all the terrible sufferings, adds next that even the very humans who have seemed to be blessed and prosperous have not turned out to be free of misfortunes and sufferings. From the single example of Tantalus he implies also other humans. And he has attached Tantalus and no other person to his claim because Orestes too is descended from that family.

POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, page before start of text; in VRw follows sch. 2.12, in Pr cont. from sch. 2.12 (both places)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ prep. Rw   |    ποιούμενος om. Pra   |    φέρει πάντα transp. Prb   |    ἀνθρωπότητος (ἡ om.) Prb   |    ἄνθρωποι om. Prb, leaving blank space   |    2 ἄλλους πάντας Pra   |    3 διὰ τοῦ Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,5–10; Dind. II.32,9–14

KEYWORDS:   rhetorical analysis   


Or. 1.03 (1–5) (rec rhet) κατασκευή  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατασκευ(ὴν) Mn   


Or. 1.04 (1–3) (vet exeg) οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινόν: 1οὔτε ἀκοῇ οὔτε θέᾳ ἔστιν οὕτω δεινὸν ὅπερ οὐχ ὑφίσταται τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ φύσις.  2τοῦτο δέ φησι παρόσον ἔκτοπον καὶ ἀλλόκοτον ὑπέστη τιμωρίαν ὁ Τάνταλος·  3ἢ διὰ τὰς τοῦ γένους συμφοράς· ἢ δι’ ἑαυτὴν ὡς ὅτι τλημόνως συνυποφέρει τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὴν τύχην·  4ἢ διὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην.   —MBVCCrPrRbRfRwY2Ox, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Neither to hearing nor to sight is there anything so terrible that human nature does not endure it. She says this because Tantalus endured an unusual and extraordinary punishment; or because of the misfortunes of the family, or on her own account because she wretchedly bears the misfortune together with her brother; or on account of Orestes.

LEMMA: all except MOCrOx (δεινὸν om. VRb, οὐδὲν om. Rf)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινὸν prep. V (other form of lemma, incorporated)   |    ἀκοῇ Schw., ἀκοὴ all except ἀκοὴν Rb   |    θέᾳ Schw., θέα all (app. V) except θέαμα M, θράσος Rb   |    ἔστιν om. VPrRwY2   |    οὕτω] RbRf, οὔτε MBOCY2, οὔτ’ ἄλλο τι VPrRw (οὔτε Pr), εἴτε CrOx   |    ὅπερ] ὃ O   |    ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις MRb; app. O (ἡ τῶν lost in cut margin)   |    2–4 om. O   |    2 παρόσον] καθόσον C   |    ἔκτοπον καὶ] ἐκ παντὸς CrOx   |    ἔκτοπον] ἔκτυπον Pr   |    τιμωρίαν ὑπέστη transp. Pr   |    3 ἢ διὰ τὰς] ἢ εἰς τὰς διὰ CrOx   |    τὴν τοῦ γένους τούτου συμφοράν VPrRwY2, τὸ τοῦ γένους καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ συμφοράν Rb   |    3–4 ἢ δι’ ἑαυτὴν κτλ om. Rb   |    3 δι’ ἑαυτὴν] διὰ τοῦ υἱὸς CrOx   |    ἑαυτὴν] αὐτὴν MCRf(διαυτὴν)Y2   |    ὡς ὅτι Schw., ὡς ὅτε CRf, ὅτι VPrRw, ὥστε M, ὥς γε B, ἥ γε Y2, ὅτε CrOx   |    συμφέρει MRf, ἐπεισφέρει Rw   |    καὶ add. before τῷ ἀδ. CrYOx2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀλόκοτον C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94,5–8; Dind. II.30,1–5

COMMENT:   Redundant ὡς ὅτι is common in late, subliterary, and scholiastic Greek; ὥς γε is rather rare in scholiastic Greek.   


Or. 1.05 (1–3) (vet paraphr) ἄλλως· ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος:  ἤγουν ὡς ἐν συντόμῳ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν, οὐκ ἔστι τι δεινὸν, οὔτε πάθος οὔτε συμφορὰ, ἧς οὐκ ἂν τὸ βάρος ἡ τῶν βροτῶν φύσις ὑπενέγκοιτο.  —BVPrRw

TRANSLATION:   That is, to put it in a brief phrase, there is nothing terrible, neither suffering nor experience, the weight of which the nature of mortals would not endure.

LEMMA: ἄλλως in margin, remainder in line B; ἔπος om. Rw; Pr adds ἡ σύνταξις and three-dot punctuation before ἄλλως      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. B   |    ὡς om. Pr   |    λόγῳ om. B   |   ὑπενέγκοιτο Schw. (after Matt.), ἀπενέγκοιτο all   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94,10–12; Dind. II.30,5–8


Or. 1.06 (1–3) (thom exeg) 1ἐπειδὴ ἡ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς δυστυχία ὑπερῆρεν ἁπάσας, διὰ τοῦτο αὕτη γνωματευομένη ταῦτα φησὶ καθ’ αὑτήν.  2δείξει δὲ ὡς ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὸ γένος αὐτῆς συμφοραῖς ὑπέκειτο.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Since the misfortune of her father surpassed all others, for this reason she says this to herself, speaking in terms of a maxim. And she will demonstrate that her family was subject to untoward events from the beginning.

POSITION: follows sch. 1.06 in Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπειδήπερ Zb, ἐπεὶ T after erasure or damage (ἐπειδὴ Ta)   |   μαντευομένη Za   |    καθ’ αὑτήν om. ZZa   |    2 ἐπέκειτο Gu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καθ’ αὐτὴν Zb   |   ἐξαρχῆς Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.29,3–5

COMMENT:   The middle γνωματεύομαι is common in this sense in Eustathius.   


Or. 1.07 (1–3) (thom exeg) 1ἵνα μὴ καθέκαστον ἀπαριθμῆται τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις κακά, περιλαμβάνει διὰ τοῦ γενικοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ δεινοῦ, διαιρουμένου εἰς πάθη καὶ συμφοράς, καὶ πάθη μέν ἐστι τὰ συμπίπτοντα τοῖς σώμασι νοσήματα, συμφοραὶ δὲ αἱ ἐπερχόμεναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις θλίψεις.  2καὶ τὸ ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος διὰ τοῦτο ἔφη διότι καθολικῶς ἐξήνεγκεν.  3ἐπεὶ δὲ πάθος καὶ συμφορὰν εἴρηκε, προτιμᾷ τὸ θηλυκὸν τοῦ οὐδετέρου, ἀποδιδοὺς τὸ ἧς πρὸς τὸ συμφορά.  4γίνωσκε δὲ ὅτι ὅταν εὑρεθῶσι δύο ὀνόματα, ἀρσενικὸν καὶ θηλυκόν, μάλιστα μὲν τὸ ἀρσενικὸν προτιμᾶται τοῦ θηλυκοῦ, συμβαίνει δὲ ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ τὸ ἀνάπαλιν.  5ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λόγος ἐστὶ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν θηλυκῶν καὶ οὐδετέρων.  6ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῦτο πολλάκις γίνεται· κειμένου γὰρ ἀρσενικοῦ καὶ θηλυκοῦ καὶ οὐδετέρου ὀνόματος, ἀποδίδοται ἡ σύνταξις πρὸς τὸ οὐδέτερον, ὡς εἰς πρᾶγμα.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   In order to avoid enumerating one by one the evils that befall humans, he (the poet) encompasses (the notion) through use of the generic term ‘the terrible’, which is divided into sufferings (‘pathē’) and untoward events (‘sumphorai’); and sufferings are the diseases that affect their bodies, while untoward events are the afflictions that come upon humans (from outside). And he used the expression ‘so to speak’ for this reason, because he made the utterance in general terms. And after he has said ‘suffering’ (neuter noun ‘pathos’) and ‘occurrence’ (feminine noun ‘sumphora’), he favors the feminine over the neuter, making the relative pronoun agree (in gender) with the former (‘sumphora’). Understand that whenever two nouns are found, a masculine and a feminine, for the most part the masculine is favored over the feminine (for agreement), but sometimes the opposite occurs instead. The same rule applies also to feminines and neuters. More than that, often the following too occurs: when a masculine and a feminine and a neuter noun are present, the agreement is made with respect to the neuter, as if for a thing.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm (to δεινὸν)      POSITION: continued from previous, adding δὲ, T; precedes sch. 1.06 in Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διαιρουμένη Zb   |    μέν ἐστι] μέν εἰσι Zb   |    3 πάθος] πάθη ZZaZbT   |    συμφορὰν] uncertain whether ‑ὰν or ‑ὰς Za; Z perhaps ‑ὰς corrected to ‑ὰν   |    4 μὲν om. Zm   |    τοῦ θηλυκοῦ] τὸ θυλικὸν Z   |    5 δὲ om. Zb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμβάντα a.c. Za   |   ὑπαρχόμεναι Zb   |   1 καὶ τοῦ ὧδ’ Zm   |   ἐξήνεγκε Zb   |   4 μάλλιστα Z   |   συμβαίνειν Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.29,6–18

COMMENT:  This note appears to be an expansion of what is found in sch. 1.11 and 2.01.   

KEYWORDS:   rhetorical analysis   |    grammar, agreement of gender   |   vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 1.08 (1–3) (rec exeg) καὶ Ὅμηρός φησι [Hom. Il. 24.49] ‘τλητὸν γὰρ μοῖραι θυμὸν θέσαν ἀνθρώποισιν’.  —RbY2ZmGu

POSITION: continued from sch. 1.04 RbY2; marg. Zm      

APP. CRIT.:   φησι om. RbY2   |    θυμὸν om. Rb   |    ἔθεσαν Y2    

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.31,19–20


Or. 1.09 (1–3) (pllgn paraphr) οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινὸν καὶ χαλεπὸν πρᾶγμα οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφορὰ θεήλατος καὶ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐλθοῦσα ὅπερ οὐχ ὑφίσταται ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις.  —Y2Yf2

POSITION: in marg. Yf2      

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross; check original Y for marginal word beside note.   |   


Or. 1.10 (1–3) (pllgn paraphr) οὐδὲν ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ὅπερ οὐ πάσχουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι.  —Y2


Or. 1.11 (1–2) (rec gram) οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινόν: 1τὸ δεινὸν ὄνομα γενικόν ἐστι, διαιρεῖται δὲ εἰς πάθος καὶ συμφοράν.  2καὶ πάθος μὲν λέγεται τὰ νοσήματα, συμφορὰ δὲ αἱ τοῦ βίου δυστυχίαι καὶ περιπέτειαι.   —VPrRwSaY2

LEMMA: V (om. οὐδὲν)      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, page before start of text; between sch. 2.01 and 2.09 Rw; between sch. 12.01 and sch. 13.01 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐστὶ γενικὸν transp. PrSaY2   |    2 πάθη PrSaY2   |    λέγονται Pr   |    τὰ νοσήματα om. Sa   |    συμφοραὶ PrSaY2    |    περιπαθείαι Pr (sic)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94.1–3; Dind. II.29,19–21

COLLATION NOTES:   Pr cross in front.   |   

KEYWORDS:   vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 1.12 (pllgn rhet) ἐξ ὑπολήψεως τὸ προοίμιον καὶ ἔστιν ἐπιτήδειον εἰς προοιμίου τύπον.  —Yr

TRANSLATION:   The proem (is drawn) from assumption/presupposition/prejudice, and it is suitable as a model of a proem.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐξυπολ(ήψ)εως Yr   

COMMENT:  Rhetorical manuals and their scholia claim that a proem ἐξ ὑπολήψεως is the best type.   

KEYWORDS:  ὑπόληψις   


Or. 1.13 (pllgn diagr) Diagram: triangle with ὡς at apex and ὧδε and οὕτως at the lower corners  —Zu

POSITION: after the dram. pers.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὠς Zu   


Or. 1.14 (pllgn diagr) Diagram: forking lines, at top καθολικῶς τὸ δεινὸν, below πάθος ἐπὶ σώματος and συμφορὰ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς  —Gu

POSITION: left margin      


Or. 1.15 (rec diagr) Diagram: forking lines, at top τὸ δεινὸν, below εἰς πάθος and καὶ συμφορὰν  —Pr

POSITION: margin      


Or. 1.16 (pllgn diagr) Diagram: forking lines, at top δεινὸν, forking lines to πάθος and συμφορὰ; from πάθος forking lines to ἢ εἰς ἀνάλυσιν· ἢ εἰς ἀνάστασιν; from συμφορὰ line down to ἢ εἰς τὸν θάνατον  —GuZcZu

POSITION: right margin Gu, after argumenta Zc(bottom margin)Zu      

APP. CRIT.:   Gu instead labels the two forking lines from δεινὸν with πάθος and συμφορὰ, and has all three phrases across the bottom below both descenders.   |    ἀνάλυσιν] ἀνάστασιν Zu, ἀνάμνησιν Zc   |    second ἢ om. Zu   |    τὸν om. Zc   

COLLATION NOTES:   Zu’s diagram divided into two parts, with πάθος and συμφορά at base of one fork, a separate fork for first two lowest terms, and third term below with line from συμφορά.   |    θάνατον lost to cut margin in Gu, only part of initial θ visible in inner margin of Zc.   


Or. 1.17 (rec rhet) πρότασις  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   run together without punct. following sch. 1.18 and 1.28 Sa   

KEYWORDS:   rhetorical analysis   |   πρότασις   


Or. 1.18 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδέν δεινὸν⟩: πάντα τὰ πάθη  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   run together between sch. 1.17 and 1.28 Sa   


Or. 1.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐκ ἔστιν⟩: οὐχ ὑπάρχει  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 1.20 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐδὲν⟩: τι  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.21 (rec gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: πρᾶγμα  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.22 (mosch gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: χαλεπὸν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrAa2CrZcOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ὑπάρχει add. CrOx   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   In Aa this is added above a crossed out gloss (app. ἐπιτήδειον), by the same hand.   |   


Or. 1.23 (thom gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: κακὸν  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: ὄνομα γενικὸν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ὡς ἐν συντόμω εἰπεῖν, ὡς ἡ παροιμία λέγει.  —VFL2Rwr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. L2   |    after συντόμω add. λόγω FRwr   |    ὡς ἡ κτλ om. FL2   |    καὶ add. before ἡ Rwr   |    λέγει om. Rwr   


Or. 1.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ὡς ἐπέρχεται  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: καὶ οὕτως ἐν συντόμῳ εἰπεῖν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.28 (recThom paraphr) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ἤγουν ἐν συντόμῳ εἰπεῖν λόγον  —AaAb1MlMnPcPrRSSaZbZmGuY2

POSITION: s.l.; run together without punct. between sch. 1.18 and 1.17 in Sa; on fol. 8v Mn (second instance of Or. 1–3; cf. sch. 1.29)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] ἀντὶ τοῦ Sa, καὶ οὗτος ἄρχομαι S, καὶ οὕτως Mn, ὧδε Ml, καὶ Aa, ὡς Y2, om. AbPcPrbR   |    ἐν om. Ab   |    εἰπεῖν om. Mnb   |    λόγον ZmGu, καὶ λόγον app. S, λόγῳ AaMn, om. SaZbY2    |    at the end Pc adds ὡς λέγει ἡ παροιμία (cf. sch. 1.25)   |   


Or. 1.29 (rec exeg) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ἤγουν ἐν συντόμῳ εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ἀξίωσιν ⟨ἢ⟩ συγκατάβασιν· ἐνταῦθα δὲ εὑρίσκονται τὰ δύο.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   That is, to express in a brief phrase positive assessment(?) or agreement (concession?). And here the two are (both) found.

POSITION: s.l. on f. 7v (first instance of Or. 1–3, which are repeated on f. 8v; cf. sch. 1.28)      

APP. CRIT.:   λόγ() Mn   

COMMENT:   The sense is very uncertain. The translation offered assumes this is one note and that truncated λόγ() conveys the dative. If instead it indicates the accusative, one may add ἤγουν before the two following accusatives, or assume a lacuna, e.g. ⟨ἡ παροιμία σημαίνει⟩, before ἀξίωσιν ⟨ἢ⟩ συγκατάβασιν. In either case, it is not clear how exactly these two terms differ. Joshua Benjamins (private communication) wonders whether ἀξίωσις could mean ‘general principle, maxin’.   


Or. 1.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ὡστε λαληθῆναι ἐν συντόμω  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ὡς ἐν τῷ μεταξύ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.32 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν⟩: ὡς οὕτως εἰπεῖν  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦδ’ εἰπεῖν⟩: ὡς συντόμῳ εἰπεῖν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.34 (rec gloss) ⟨ὦδ’ εἰπεῖν⟩: ὡς ἔστιν εἰπεῖν  —Pc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.35 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὧδ’⟩: οὕτως  —RZZbZmTGZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZZc   |   


Or. 1.36 (rec exeg) ⟨ὧδ’⟩: τὸ ὧδε ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.37 (thom gloss) ⟨εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ἐστὶν  —ZZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.38 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ἢ νὰ εἴπωμεν τὸ, Ἀττικόν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Presumably ἔπος is to be understood with τὸ.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cramped and tiny writing is ambiguous; probably τϊ corrected to τὸ.    |   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 1.39 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔπος⟩: λόγον  —CrRfr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.40 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔπος⟩: λόγον. περισσὸν, Ἀττικῶς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrOx

POSITION: s.l.; T as two separate items, cross at περισσὸν      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   |    λόγον om. G   |    περ. ἀττ. om. Ox, ἀττ. om. Yf   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   περιττὸν G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.30,13

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 1.41 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἔπος⟩: τὸ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr   


Or. 2.01 (2–3) (vet gram) οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν: 1διὰ τί εἰρηκὼς ἔπος καὶ πάθος πρὸς τὸ θηλυκὸν τὰ ἑξῆς συνέταξε φάσκων ἧς οὐκ ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἄχθος;  2φαμὲν οὖν ὅτι προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου τὸ θηλυκὸν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς αὐτὸ ἐποίησε τὴν σύνταξιν.   —MVCCrPrRbRfRwOx, partial OMnaMnbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Why, having said ‘epos’ and ‘pathos’ (neuter nouns), did he (the poet) make the following phrase agree with the feminine in saying ‘of which (fem.) it would not take upon itself the burden’? We say, then, that the feminine is given preference over the neuter and therefore he made the agreement with it.

LEMMA: M, οὐδὲ πάθος R, ἧς οὐκ ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἄχθος C; labels ἀπορία and λύσις in marg. VPr, applied to the two sentences      REF. SYMBOL: MRSa (Sa to line 1)       POSITION: twice in Mn (which has Or. 1–3 on both 7v and 8v)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τί εἰρηκὼς] ]εἴρηκεν O (margin trimmed, perhaps room for τί before it), διὰ τί εἶπεν CrOx, διήρηξ() app. R, εἰπὼν, with διὰ τί transp. after πάθος MnaMnbS   |    τί] τὸ C   |    ἔπος om. S   |    καὶ om., s.l. add. Rw   |    πρὸς] πρὸς δὲ O   |    τὸ om. MnaMnb   |    τὰ ἑξῆς transp. after συνέταξε ORf, om. CrMnaMnbSOx, τὸ ἑξῆς C, τοὺς ἑξῆς Pr   |    συνέταξας M, συντάξας R   |    φάσκων om. M, φάσκων … ἄχθος om. OMnaMnbS   |    ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἂν M, ἄραιτ’ ἂν Rw, ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἀνθρώπου φύσις CrOx   |    2 καὶ add. before φαμὲν PrRw   |    2 φαμὲν οὖν om. OMnaMnbS   |    οὖν om. VRRfRw   |    ὅτι] ὡς O, διότι MnaMnbS   |    προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου] προτιμοτέρου ὄντος τοῦ οὐδετέρου O   |    τὸ θηλυκὸν om. O, transp. before προτιμᾶται all except M(τὸ om. Pr), after τὸ θηλυκὸν add. γένος M   |    καὶ διὰ κτλ om. OSa   |    καὶ om. CrOx   |    αὐτὸ] ταῦτα R   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1–2 θηλυκὸν] θετικὸν Ox (both places)   |    2 προτιμεῖται Rw™   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94,13–16; Dind. II.31,14–17

COLLATION NOTES:   Same sch. Ra, but margin cut leaves only last three words extant.   

KEYWORDS:   grammar, agreement of gender   


Or. 2.02 (2–3) (vet gram) ⟨οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν⟩: εἰς θηλυκὸν δὲ ἐξ οὐδετέρου τὸν λόγον ἀπέδωκεν ἐπειδὴ προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου τὸ θηλυκὸν.  —B

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) made the phrase agree with the feminine, (transitioning) from the neuter, since the feminine is given preference over the neuter.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1.04      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94 app.; Dind. II.30,8–9

KEYWORDS:   grammar, agreement of gender   


Or. 2.03 (2–3) (rec gram) ⟨οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν⟩: 1εἰπὼν ἔπος καὶ πάθος διὰ τί πρὸς τὸ θηλυκὸν συνέταξεν;  2διότι τὸ θηλυκόν προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου, διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς αὐτῷ.  —MlPc

REF. SYMBOL: Ml      POSITION: in right margin running vertically, partly obscured in binding Pc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τί] τὸ Ml   |    θηλυκὸν] θνητὸν Ml   |    2 θηλυκὸν] θνητὸν Ml   |    last two words lost to damage Pc   

KEYWORDS:   grammar, agreement of gender   


Or. 2.04 (2–3d) (pllgn gram) ⟨οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν⟩: ἔπος καὶ πάθος εἰπὼν πρὸς τὴν συμφορὰν συνέταξεν· προτιμᾶται γὰρ τοῦ οὐδετέρου τὸ θηλυκόν.  —Yr

APP. CRIT.:   πάθος Mastr., πλῆθος Y   |   

KEYWORDS:   grammar, agreement of gender   


Or. 2.05 (mosch gram) οὐδὲ πάθος: 1πάθος ἐπὶ σώματος τὸ τραῦμα καὶ ἡ πληγή, ἣν ξίφει τις ἐπλήγη ἢ τοιούτῳ τινί, ὃ ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ ποιοῦντος λέγεται πρᾶγμα καὶ πρᾶξις, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ πάσχοντος πάθος, ὥσπερ τὸ λῆμμα ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ λαμβάνοντος λέγεται λῆμμα, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ διδόντος δῶρον.  2ἀπὸ τούτου πάθος καὶ ἐπὶ ψυχῆς ἡ ἧττα, ἣν ἡττήθη τις ὑπὸ ἀδικίας, ἢ ἀκολασίας, ἢ τοιούτου τινός.  3λέγεται πάθος καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ ἀδικία καὶ ἡ ἀκολασία καὶ ἡ δειλία καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα προσβάλλει ἡμῖν, ὥσπερ λέγεται βέλος καὶ τὸ πεμπόμενον καὶ τὸ τραῦμα τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς βολῆς τοῦ βέλους.  4τούτων δὴ τῶν παθῶν τῶν προσβαλλόντων, ἤγουν τῆς ἀδικίας, τῆς ἀκολασίας, καὶ τῶν τοιούτων, ἐπικρατεῖν ὁ λογισμὸς δύναται, οὐ καταλύων αὐτά, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὑπείκων αὐτοῖς.  5τὰ δὲ ἕτερα, ἤγουν αἱ πληγαὶ καὶ αἱ ἧτται αἱ ὑπὸ τούτων, ἀφανίζεται ἰατρευόμενα, ὡς μηδὲ οὐλὴν καὶ ἴχνος τι αὐτῶν καταλείπεσθαι.  6ἐνταῦθα δὲ πάθος λέγει σώματος ἤγουν πληγὴν καὶ κάκωσιν.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   ‘Pathos’ when applied to the body is the wound or blow that someone has received with a sword or some such thing, a thing which, by the agent doing it, is called a deed or action, while, by the person suffering it, it is called a ‘pathos’ (‘suffering’), exactly as the term ‘lēmma’ is said to be an ‘income, gain’ by the person receiving it, but a ‘gift’ by the person giving it. By derivation from this, ‘pathos’ also is used in reference to the soul, meaning the damage (loss) which one has suffered from injustice or licentiousness or the like. And injustice itself and licentiousness and cowardice and all such things that attack us are also called ‘pathos’, just as ‘belos’ is used of both the thing thrown and the wound that results from the throwing of the missile. Now these ‘pathē’ that attack us, that is, injustice, licentiousness, and such things, can be mastered by reason, which does not disable and remove them, but does not yield to them. But things of the other sort, that is, blows and the damages that come from them, are removed when they are treated and cured, so that not even a scar or any trace of them is left behind. In this passage he speaks of a ‘pathos’ of the body, that is, a blow or inflicted harm.

LEMMA: G       REF. SYMBOL: T      POSITION: in vacant space after arg. on previous page (fol. 47v) T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ add. before first πάθος G   |    ἣν … ἐπλήγη om. Yf, add. s.l.   |    (second) μὲν om. Gr   |    2 πάθους Y   |    ὑπὸ] ἀπὸ Y   |    3 πάθη TYfGGr   |    ἡ ἀκολ. καὶ ἡ ἀδικία transp. Yf   |    ἡ δειλία] ὁ δόλος G   |    προβάλλει G   |    4 δὴ] δὲ G   |    προβαλλ‑ G   |    οὐχ om. Yf   |    5 (second) αἱ om. Gr, add. s.l.   |    ἀφανίζονται G   |    οὐλὴ TY   |    6 ἤγουν] ἢ Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.30,15–31,3

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   

KEYWORDS:   vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 2.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨πάθος⟩: πάθος λέγεται τὸ σωματικὸν νόσημα, οἷον λώβη καὶ ἕτερα ὅσα ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος ἀναδίδονται. συμφορὰ δὲ θεήλατος ἡ ἀπὸ θεοῦ πεμπομένη, οἷον λοιμικὸν νόσημα λιμὸς καὶ ἐπιδρομὴ ὑετοῦ.  —Y2Yf2

APP. CRIT.:   οἷον λοιμικὸν νόσημα] λοιμὸς Y2   |   καὶ om. Y2   |   υἱετοῦ Yf2, ἐθνῶν Y2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.31,4–6

COMMENT:   Turyn 1957: 57 believed this to be Planudean.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   

KEYWORDS:   vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   |   Planudes   


Or. 2.07 (mosch gloss) πάθος: κάκωσις πληγή  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X; GZc separate πληγή and place it above συμφορὰ      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   


Or. 2.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάθος⟩: τὸ ἐκ τοῦ σώματος  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 2.09 (vet exeg) οὐδὲ συμφορὰν θεήλατον: 1γράφουσί τινες οὐδὲ συμφορὰ θεήλατος, ἀγνοοῦντες δέ·  2ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γὰρ ληπτέον τὸ οὐκ ἔστιν ⟨εἰπεῖν⟩.   —MBVCCrPrRfRw

TRANSLATION:   Some write ‘nor god-driven misfortune’ (in the nominative case), but because they fail to understand. For the expression ‘it is not possible to speak of’ is to be taken in common (so that the accusative ‘misfortune’ is governed by it).

LEMMA: M      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg. B; C follows sch. 5.01 C; cont. from sch. 1.03 Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 γράφουσί τινες] γρ(άφεται) καὶ B; γράφουσιν ἔνιοι CrRf, φύσιν ἔνιοι C, γρ(άφετ)αι in marg. C   |    οὐδὲ om. Rf   |    συμφορὰν θεήλατον Cr   |    ἀγνοοῦντες δέ om. B   |    δέ om. VCrPrRw   |    2 γὰρ] δὲ B   |    ἔστιν ⟨εἰπεῖν⟩] suppl. Dind., ἔστι B, ἔστι δεινόν M, ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινόν VCCrPrRfRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,1–3; Dind. II.31,12–13

COLLATION NOTES:  In Rf the letters from μφορὰ to the end are written (in line) in red ink.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: τινες   |   variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 2.10 (rec exeg) ⟨συμφορὰ θεήλατος⟩: 1γρ. (συμφορ)ὰν (θεήλα)τον·  2ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γὰρ ληπτέον τὸ οὐκ ἔστιν ⟨εἰπεῖν⟩.   —O

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 2.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨συμφορὰ θεήλατος⟩: δυστυχία ἡ ἐπελθοῦσα  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.; twice, on fol. 7v and 8v      


Or. 2.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συμφορὰ θεήλατος⟩: ἤγουν λοιμικὸν νόσημα καὶ λιμὸς καὶ ἐπιδρομὴ ἐθνῶν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 2.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ξυμφορὰ⟩: δυστυχία  —ZZaZbZmTGuVrec

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 2.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξυμφορὰ⟩: ὀργὴ. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 2.15 (rec gloss) θεήλατον: θεόθεν ἐπερχομένην  —VPraPrbRw

LEMMA: Rw, θεήλατ() V, θεήλατος PraPrb      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v (before start of text); appended to sch. 2.09 Rw; Pra after sch. 1.05, Prb after sch. 14.08 (both with 1.02 appended)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπερχόμενον Rw, ἐπερχομένη PraPrb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,4; Dind. II.31,9


Or. 2.16 (rec gloss) ⟨θεήλατον⟩: ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐπερχομέν()  —V

LEMMA: θεήλατον in text, with θεήλατος s.l. V       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 2.17 (rec gloss) ⟨θεήλατος⟩: καὶ ἀπὸ θεοῦ ποιουμένη  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 2.18 (rec gloss) ⟨θεήλατος⟩: πεμφθεῖσα παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ  —AaPcPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πεμφ. transp. to end Aa   |   τοῦ om. AaPc   


Or. 2.19 (rec gloss) ⟨θεήλατος⟩: πεμφθεῖσα ὑπὸ θεῶν  —AbZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πεμφ. transp. to end Zc   


Or. 2.20 (recMosch gloss) θεήλατος: ἀπὸ θεοῦ πεμπομένη  —MlMnXXaXbT+YYfGGr

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X; Mn twice in Mn(Or. 1–3 on both 7v and 8v)      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπὸ XT   |    πεμπόμενος Ml   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.31,9–10


Or. 2.21 (thom gloss) ⟨θεήλατος⟩: ἐκ θεοῦ παραγενομένη  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.31,10–11


Or. 2.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεήλατος⟩: ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐρχομένη  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 2.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεήλατος⟩: καὶ ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐλθοῦσα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 2.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεήλατος⟩: ἐκ θεοῦ ἐλθοῦσα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 2.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεήλατος⟩: ἡ ἔξωθεν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l., displaced to left because of other glosses      


Or. 3.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἧς⟩: τῆς συμφορᾶς  —KPcRfrZuY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῆς om. PcRf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   συμφορὰς Pc   |   


Or. 3.02 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἧς⟩: προεκρίθη τὸ θηλυκὸν τοῦ οὐδετέρου  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   θυλικὸν Gu   


Or. 3.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἧς⟩: καὶ ἧστινος  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 3.04 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐκ ἂν ἄραιτ’⟩: οὐχ ὑφίσταται  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 3.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄραιτ’⟩: εὕρη  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 3.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄραιτ’⟩: βαστάσαι  —VrecCrF2RRfrY2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    βαστάσαι RRfrY2Ox, βαστάσειε Vrec, perhaps F2   


Or. 3.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄραιτ’⟩: βαστάσῃ  —AaAbPrMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |   


Or. 3.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄραιτ’⟩: βαστάζει  —Zb1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 3.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄραιτ’⟩: ὑπομείνῃ  —MlMnMlMnSZmZuG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπομένη MlS, ὑπομείναι G   


Or. 3.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄραιτ’⟩: ἢ λάβῃ ἢ πάθῃ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 3.11 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἄραιτ’⟩: λάβοι  —XXaXbYYfGGrZZaZmZuT*ZcB3b

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λάβη ZmZu   


Or. 3.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄραιτ’⟩: ἀπενέγκοιτο  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 3.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄραιτ’⟩: φέροιτο  —AbPc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 3.14 (tri metr) ⟨ἄραιτ’⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 3.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄχθος⟩: βάρος  —VAa2CrF2PcRfrGuGOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ prep. Aa2F2Pc, καὶ τὸ prep. CrOx   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.31,19


Or. 3.16 (mosch gram) ⟨ἄχθος⟩: ἄχθος ἐπὶ σώματος, ἄχος ἐπὶ ψυχῆς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.31,18

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 3.17 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄχθος⟩: τὸ  —PrSZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 3.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνθρώπου φύσις⟩: ἤτοι ἡ ἀνθρώπου φύσις  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 3.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀνθρώπου⟩: τοῦ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 3.20 (rec artGloss) ⟨φύσις⟩:  —PcS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.01 (4–10) (pllgn exeg) θέλουσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἵνα παραστήσῃ τὸν γνωματευτικόν λόγον ὅνπερ εἶπεν ἄρχεται ἀπὸ τοῦ μείζονος κεφαλαίου, ἤγουν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ταντάλου, λέγουσα ‘ὁ γὰρ μακάριος’ Τάνταλος εἶτα διὰ μέσου ‘καὶ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω τὰς τύχας’· οὐ γὰρ ὀνειδίζουσα τὸν Τάνταλον ἡ Ἠλέκτρα διηγεῖται τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ’ ἵνα παραστήσῃ τὸν λόγον ὃν εἶπεν ἀληθῆ, φέρει τὴν τοῦ Ταντάλου διήγησιν, λέγουσα ὅτι οὗτος ὁ Τάνταλος ἔχων παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀξίωμα κοινὸν τραπέζης, ἤτοι συνδιαιτώμενος μετὰ τῶν θεῶν συναναστρεφόμενος καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν γινώσκων μυστήρια, οὐκ ἐφύλαττε ταῦτα, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν κατερχόμενος ἔλεγε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν τῶν θεῶν βούλησιν, ὅτι τάδε βούλεται ποιῆσαι ὁ Ζεὺς. ἔσχε τοίνυν ἐκεῖνος ὁ Τάνταλος γλῶσσαν ἀκόλαστον. οὐκ ἐφύλαττε τὰ τῶν θεῶν μυστήρια.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Electra, wishing to prove the gnomic statement she has spoken, begins from the stronger point of argument, that is, from Tantalus, saying ‘for the exceedingly happy’ Tantalus, and then parenthetically ‘and I do not reproach his fortunes’. For Electra tells his story not reproaching Tantalus; but in order to establish as true the claim she made, she brings in the story of Tantalus, saying that this Tantalus, when he had from the gods the special privilege of sharing their table, that is, passing his life and spending his time in association with the gods and getting to know their secrets, did not keep these to himself, but going back down to earth he told humans the will of the gods, that Zeus intends to do such and such. Thus, that famous Tantalus did have an unbridled tongue; he did not keep the secrets of the gods.

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 4.02 (vet exeg) ὁ γὰρ μακάριος: μακάριον γὰρ αὐτὸν καλῶ καὶ οὐ δυστυχῆ, ἵνα μὴ ὀνειδίσω αὐτῷ.  —MBVCMlMnaMnbPcPrRbRfRwS

TRANSLATION:   I call him ‘blessed’ and not ‘unfortunate’ in order that I not reproach him.

REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlRb      POSITION: Mna on 7v, Mnb on 8v; cont. from sch. 2.09 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ om. BVPrRw   |    καλῶ αὐτὸν transp. Rf   |    καλῶ] καλῶ φησιν V, καλεῖ Rw, καλεῖ φησιν Pr   |    οὐ om. Rf   |    δυστυχεῖ S   |    μὴ om. MlMnaMnbPcRbS   |    ὀνειδίση Pr   |    αὐτῷ M, αὐτόν others, ἄλλως Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὀνειδήσω Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,11–12; Dind. II.32,15–16


Or. 4.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ὁ ποτὲ μακάριος. οὐ γὰρ ὀνειδίσουσά φησιν, ἀλλὰ βουλομένη παραστῆσαι ὅτι πάντα τὰ δεινὰ ὑφίστανται οἱ ἄνθρωποι.  2καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 24.49]· ‘τλητὸν γὰρ Μοῖραι θυμὸν θέσαν ἀνθρώποισι’.   —MBVCPrRfRw

TRANSLATION:   The man who once was very happy. She does not say this intending to reproach, but wishing to prove that human beings endure all terrible things. And Homer (attests this view): ‘for the Fates have placed an enduring spirit in humans’.

LEMMA: MVRfRw, in marg. B      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὀνειδίζουσα BVCPrRfRw   |    τὰ πάντα τὰ Rw   |    οἱ om. MC   |    2 καὶ ὅμηρος κτλ om. Rf   |    καὶ] ὡς BC, ὡς καὶ VPrRw   |    ὅμηρος φησὶ VPrRw   |    θέασαν ἀνθρώποισιν C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,13–15; Dind. II.32.16–18


Or. 4.04 (rec exeg) [ἐκ τοῦ] Ταντάλου παραστῆσαι θέλει ὅτι πάντα τὰ δεινὰ ὑφίστανται οἱ ἄνθρωποι.  —O

LEMMA: lost in cut margin or never present      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκ τοῦ Mastr. (cut margin)   |   


Or. 4.05 (rec exeg) οὐκ εἰρωνικῶς λέγων· νῦν οὐκ ἔστι· ⟨λείπει⟩ γὰρ ποτε.  —Sa

TRANSLATION:   Not speaking ironically (in using ‘makarios’): now he is not (fortunate). For the word ‘once’ is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps read λέγω{ν} or λέγει (but λέγων could refer to the poet)   |   punctuation and λείπει suppl. Mastr. (cf. sch. 4.03, 4.09, 4.10)   |   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   |   εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 4.06 (pllgn exeg) οὕτως δὲ διηγούμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, οὐχ ὡς ὀνειδίζοντες ἐκείνους ἀλλ’ ἵνα παραστήσωμεν τὸν λόγον ἡμῶν ἀληθῆ.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   And thus we too tell the story of Adam and the others, not as reproaching those figures but in order to establish our claim as true.


Or. 4.07 (mosch exeg) ὁ γὰρ μακάριος: 1ἐπαινεῖταί τις ἐφ’ οἷς ποιεῖ καλοῖς καὶ ψέγεται ἐφ’ οἷς ποιεῖ κακοῖς· μακαρίζεται δὲ ἐφ’ οἷς ἔχει καλοῖς, ἢ ἀπολαύει.  2ἀφ’ οὗ μακάριος ὁ μακαρισμοῦ ἄξιος ἐφ’ οἷς ἔχει καλοῖς, ἢ ἀπολαύει.  3καὶ μακάριον τέλος οὗ ὁ τυχὼν μακαρίζεται.  4καὶ μακάριον ἔργον ἐφ’ ᾧ ὁ ἐργασάμενος μακαρίζεται.  5ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸ μακάριος κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν λέγεται· οὐ γὰρ ἀπέλαυσεν ὁ Τάνταλος καλῶν ἵνα διὰ ταῦτα μακαρίζηται, ἀλλὰ κακώσεων μᾶλλον καὶ κολάσεων.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Someone is praised for the fine things he does and is reproached for the bad things he does. And he is considered very fortunate for the fine things he has or enjoys. As a result, ‘makarios’ (very fortunate) is applied to the one who deserves to be strongly congratulated for the fine things he has or enjoys. And a fortunate end is one for which the person attaining it is strongly congratulated. And a fortunate deed is one for which the agent is strongly congratulated. But in this passage the word ‘makarios’ is spoken euphemistically: for Tantalus did not enjoy fine things, so that he would be congratulated because of them, but rather (he experienced) harms and punishments.

REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: in vacant space after arg. on previous page (fol. 47v) T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 sch. 4.20 prep. T   |    first καλοῖς] κακοῖς Yf   |    2 ἐφ’ οἷς … ἀπολαύει om. G   |    4 ἐργαζόμενος X   |    5 καλῶν transp. before ἀπέλαυσεν XT   

APP. CRIT. 2:   5 εὐφημησμὸν XXbYf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.32,21–33,2

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   |   εὐφημισμός   


Or. 4.08 (pllgn exeg) ὁ γὰρ μακάριος: κατ’ εὐφημισμόν  —GY

LEMMA: G       POSITION: s.l. G, marg. Y      

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 4.09 (rec gloss) ⟨μακάριος⟩: ἢ ποτὲ —OG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ om. G   


Or. 4.10 (rec gloss) ⟨μακάριος⟩: ὁ ποτὲ μακάριος  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.11 (thom exeg) ⟨μακάριος⟩: εὐδαίμων διὰ τὴν τῶν θεῶν συνήθειαν  —ZZaZbTGu

TRANSLATION:   Bleesed with good fortune because of his intimacy with the gods.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.33,3

COLLATION NOTES:   This note omitted in Ta.   


Or. 4.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μακάριος⟩: ποτὲ ὑπάρχων  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.13 (rec gloss) ⟨μακάριος⟩: ταλαίπωρος, κατ’ εὐφηισμόν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μακάριος⟩: ἄθλιος  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μακάριος⟩: καὶ εὐτυχὴς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μακάριος⟩: ὁ ἐπαινετός  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.17 (rec exeg) ⟨μακάριος⟩: διστακτικῶς  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Said in a doubtful tone.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.18 (rec exeg) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: ‘οὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας’ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα προσέθετο, ἵνα δείξῃ ὅτι οὐχὶ ὀνείδη τῷ πάππῳ προφέρουσα ταῦτα λέγει, ἀλλ’ ἵνα τῆς ἀνθρωπείας φύσεως ἐκ τῆς ἐνδοξότητος τούτου ἀποδείξῃ τὸ εὐτελὲς καὶ ὅτι πᾶς ἄνθρωπος πάθεσι καὶ συμφοραῖς ὑπόκειται.  —VPr

TRANSLATION:   Electra added ‘I do not reproach his fortunes’ in order to show that she says these things not bringing forward reproaches against her grandfather, but in order to demonstrate from this man’s high repute the insignificance of human nature and the fact that every human is subject to sufferings and misfortunes.

POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, page before start of text; Pr after second version of sch. 1.02      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,16–19; Dind. II.33,4–7


Or. 4.19 (rec exeg) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: αὐτὸν. καλοῦσα αὐτὸν δυστυχῆ καὶ μὴ μακάριον  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.20 (mosch exeg) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: 1καὶ οὐ λέγω ἄθλιος καὶ ταλάντατος εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν προφέρουσα τὰς τύχας·  2ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν συμβεβηκότων αὐτῷ ἄθλιος μᾶλλον ἦν καὶ ταλάντατος.   —XXaXbT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:   And I do not say (Tantalus is) wretched and most miserable (‘talantatos’) as one bringing forward his misfortunes to reproach him. For as a result of what befell him he was, instead, wretched and most miserable.

POSITION: s.l. except XT; between lemma and content of sch. 4.07 T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 (second) καὶ om. T   |    εἰς] ὡς G   |    ταλάντατος] τάνταλος X   |    προσφέρ‑ Y   |    2 ἄθλιος om. XaY   |    ταλάντατος] τάνταλος X   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.33,7–9


Or. 4.21 (recThom rhet) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: προδιόρθωσις  —MnZmGu

POSITION: s.l. Zm, between columns in Gu; above μακάριος in Mn      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.31,21

KEYWORDS:  rhetorical analysis   |   προδιόρθωσις   


Or. 4.22 (rec rhet) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: μεσεμβόλημα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This is a late rhetorical term for a parenthetic phrase, often used in the scholia to Oppian.   

KEYWORDS:  rhetorical analysis   |   μεσεμβόλημα   


Or. 4.23 (pllgn rhet) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδιζω τύχας⟩: ἐπιδιόρθωσις  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐπιδιόρθωσις   


Or. 4.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐκ ὀνειδίζω⟩: οὐ διασύρω  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀνειδίζω⟩: καὶ λοιδορῶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.26 (rec gloss) ⟨τύχας⟩: τὰς δυστυχίας  —VZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.27 (thom gloss) ⟨τύχας⟩: τὰς δυστυχίας αὐτοῦ  —ZZaZbZmT

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   This note omitted in Ta.   


Or. 4.28 (rec gloss) ⟨τύχας⟩: δυστυχίας λέγουσα κατ’ εἰρωνείαν  —B3c

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰρον‑ B3c   |   

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 4.29 (rec gloss) ⟨τύχας⟩: τὴν εὐτεκνίαν αὐτοῦ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εὐτεκνείαν R   


Or. 4.30 (rec artGloss) ⟨τύχας⟩: τὰς  —F2MnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 5.01 (vet exeg) Διὸς πεφυκώς: 1Τμώλου καὶ Πλουτοῦς υἱὸς ὁ Τάνταλος, Ταντάλου δὲ καὶ Εὐρυανάσσης Πέλοψ, Βροτέας, Νιόβη.  2Πέλοπος δὲ καὶ Ἱπποδαμείας Ἀτρεὺς, Θυέστης, Δίας, Κυνόσουρος, Κόρινθος, Ἵππαλκμος, Ἵππασος, Κλεωνὸς, Ἀργεῖος, Ἀλκάθους, Ἕλειος, Πιτθεὺς, Τροιζὴν, Νικίππη, Λυσιδίκη καὶ ἔκ τινος Ἀξιόχης νόθος Χρύσιππος.  3τούτῳ φθονοῦντες οἱ Πελοπίδαι ὡς προκρινομένῳ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀναπείθουσιν ἅμα τῇ μητρὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτάτους Ἀτρέα καὶ Θυέστην ἀνελεῖν τὸν παῖδα.  4οἱ δὲ ἀποκτείναντες εἰς φρέαρ ἐνέβαλον.  5ὁ δὲ Πέλοψ ὑπόπτους ἔχων τοὺς παῖδας ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος ἐπαρασάμενος.  6τούτων ἄλλοι μὲν ἄλλῃ ᾤκησαν, Ἀτρεὺς δὲ καὶ Θυέστης ἐν τῇ Τριφυλίᾳ κατῴκησαν ἐν Μακέστῳ.  7καὶ Ἀτρεὺς μὲν Κλεόλαν τὴν Δίαντος ἀγαγόμενος ἔσχε Πλεισθένη τὸ σῶμα ἀσθενῆ, ὃς Ἐριφύλην γήμας ἔσχεν Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Μενέλαον καὶ Ἀναξιβίαν.  8νέος δὲ τελευτῶν ὁ Πλεισθένης καταλείπει τῷ πατρὶ τοὺς παῖδας.  9Θυέστης δὲ λαβὼν Λαοδάμειαν ἔσχεν Ὀρχομενὸν, Ἀγλαὸν, Καλαόν.  10τῶν δὲ Ἡρακλειδῶν κατασχόντων Πελοπόννησον ἔχρησεν ὁ θεὸς αὐτοὺς μὲν ἀποστῆναι Λακεδαίμονος, τοὺς δὲ Πελοπίδας βασιλεῦσαι.   —MBVCAaMlMnPcPrRaRbRwS, partial CrOx

TRANSLATION:   Tantalus was the son of Tmolus and Plouto, and the children of Tantalus and Euryanassa were Pelops, Broteas, and Niobe. Born of Pelops and Hippodameia were Atreus, Thyestes, Dias, Cynosourus, Corinthus, Hippalcmus, Hippasus, Cleonus, Argeius, Alcathous, Heleius, Pittheus, Troizen, Nicippe, Lysidice, and from a certain Axioche the illegitimate son Chrysippus. The sons of Pelops, jealous of him because he was favored by their father, along with their mother persuade the eldest, Atreus and Thyestes, to kill the boy. They killed him and threw him in a well. Pelops, suspecting his sons, cursed them and expelled them from their fatherland. Of these, different ones dwelt in different places; Atreus and Thyestes settled in Macestus in Triphylia. And Atreus, having married Cleola the daughter of Dias, fathered Pleisthenes, who was weak in body and who married Eriphyle and fathered Agamemnon and Menelaus and Anaxibia. Dying at a young age Pleisthenes left his children to his father’s care. Thyestes married Laodameia and fathered Orchomenus, Aglaus, and Calaus. And when the sons of Heracles captured the Peloponnese, the god gave them an oracle instructing that they should withdraw from Lacedaemon and that the sons of Pelops should become kings.

LEMMA: all except Pr; ἱστορία in marg. B3cS; marginal labels πλησθένης and ταντάλου γενεαλογία add. B4, with label περὶ ἀτρέως καὶ θυέστου in margin at 6       REF. SYMBOL: MBVRaRbOx      POSITION: follows sch. 5.20 in BVCRw, follows sch. 5.09 in Aa (in block before play, fol. 38r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 υἱὸς transp. before τμώλου AaMlMnPcRaS (in Ml also punct. as last word of lemma)   |    πλουτοῦς … ταντάλου δὲ καὶ om. S   |    ταντάλου … νιόβη om. C   |    (second) καὶ om. Mn   |    βροντέας Tzetzes, variant in Paus. 2.22.3 (but not in 3.22.4), βροτέος Pr, βροτόας Aa   |    2 κυνόσουρος καὶ ἕτεροι (om. κορίνθιος … λυσιδίκη) Rw   |    Κόρινθος] Tzetzes and Et. Magn. 529,48; κορίνθιος all   |    Ἵππαλκμος] Tzetzes, Sch. Pind. Ol. 1.144d–e; ἱππάλακμος AaPcRa(ἱπα‑ AaRa), ἵππαλμος others (ἵπτ‑ MnOx) [Rw]   |    Κλεωνὸς] Tzetzes, κλέωνος CRa, κλέων others (κλεών S) [Rw]   |    ἀργείων AaMlMnS   |    Ἕλειος] Dind. (cf. Sch. Hom. Il. 19.116b2 Erbse, Suda ε 824), ἔλειος M, ἑλεῖος AaRb (Mant. Prov.), ἐλεῖος CMnPcRaS, ἐλεῖ ὁ Ml, αἴλιος B, ἔλιος Cr, ἕλιος Ox, ἐλεῖος αἴλιος V, ἔλειος αἴλιος Pr   |    3 τούτῳ] τούτων Ml, τοῦτον AaMnRaRbS, τούτον δὲ app. Ox, τούτου δὲ Cr, τοῦτο Pr   |    φθονήσαντες BVPrRw   |    οἱ λοιποὶ πελ. AaMnPcRaRbS, οἱ λοιποὶ Ml   |    ὡς] om. CrOx (Ox before erasure app. ϊ)   |    προκεκριμένω PcRaRb, προκριμένω Aa, προκεκριμένον MnS, προκρινομένου CrOx   |    3–10 παρὰ τοῦ κτλ om. CrOx (both run on with sch. 37,08)   |    3 παρὰ] περὶ MlMnS   |    ἀλλὰ πείθουσιν Pr, ἀπείθουσι Rw   |    τῇ μητρὶ τοὺς] τῆς μητρὸς τοὺς Aa, τῆς μητρὸς τῆς s.l. Ra, τῇ μητρὶ τοὺς with (τ)ῆς added above τοὺς Rb   |    τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους VPr (Pc ambig. abbrev.), τῆ πρεσβυτάτη MlMnS   |    ἀτρέως καὶ θυέστου Pr   |    4 οἱ δὲ] οἷον Pr   |    ἀνέβαλον MnRaRb, ἐνέβαλεν S   |    5 ἐκ om. BVAaMlMnPcPrRaRw   |    ἐπαρώμενος Rb, s.l. Mn, ἐπαρωσάμενος Ml   |    6 τούτων] τούτους AaMlMnPcRaRbS, with punct. after this word, not before   |    ἄλλοι] ἄλλος Rb   |    μὲν transp. before ἄλλοι Pr, μὲν οὖν MlMnRaS   |    ἄλλῃ] ἄλλοι MlS, ἄλλο Pr   |    ἀτρεὺς δὲ ... punct. as new sch. Ml   |    ἀτρεὺς … κατῴκησεν om. Rw   |    after θυέστης add. ἐλθόντες AaMlMnPcRaRbS   |    κατῴκησαν] BC, om. M, ὤκησαν others (ὤκισαν Mn) [Rw]   |    μακέστοις (or ‑ους?) M   |    7 τὴν κλεόλαν Rw   |    τὴν om., add. s.l. Rw   |    δίαντος] τοῦ δίαντος C, δίακτος M   |    ἀγόμενος AaMlPr   |    ἔσχεν υἱὸν VPrRw   |    πλεισθένη om. Rw   |    τῶ σώματι M, τῶ σῶμα S, καὶ σῶμα Rb   |    ὃς] ὡς Ml   |    7–8 γήμας … τελευτῶν om. Aa   |    8 δὲ om. Ml   |    9 λαβὼν] λιπὼν Ra   |    δὲ om. Pr   |    Λαοδάμειαν] RaRbMn (and Mant. Prov.), λαιδάμειαν p.c. S(a.c. δάμειαν), ‑δάμην BVCPr, ‑δάμ M, λαομάδην app. Rw   |    Ἀγλαὸν] Tzetzes, ἀγαυὴν MBV, ἀγάβην Rw, ἀγανήν CAaMlMnPcRbS, ἀγανὰν Pr, om. Ra   |    Καλαόν] Schw. (cf. Pausan. 7.17.9, Sch. Soph. OC 1320–2a Xenis), κάλλαιον BVPrRw, κάλλεον MCPc, κάλλεων Rb, κάλλεα Ml(καλέα)Mn(κάλεα a.c.)S, καλεήν Aa, om. Ra   |    10 κατεχόντων Pr   |    τὴν πελοπ. MlMnPcPrRa, τὸν πελοπ. RbS   |    αὐτοὺς] τούτους MlMnS, app. Pc   |    μὲν οὖν Rb   |    λακεδ. om. Mn, λακεδαίμονας Aa   |    -δαίμονος … βασιλεῦσαι no longer extant in Pc (margin trimmed or damaged)   |    (second) δὲ om. Rb   |    βασιλεῦσαι] ἐπιβασιλεύσαι Ml, om. S (cont. without punct. into lemma sch. 5.19)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 εὐρυανάσης C, ἀνυάσσης R   |    2 ἱπποδομείας S, ἱπποδαμίας Ml, ἱπποδαμνείας Mn, ὑποδαμείης Pr, ὑποδαμείας Aa   |    Δίας] δια M   |    κονίσουρος CrOx   |    ἵππασσος Mn, ἵππουσος Pr, ἵπτεισος Ox, ἴππομος S   |    Ἀλκάθους] ἀλήσθους C, ἀρκοθεύς Ra, ἀλμαθοῦς Aa, ἀλκαθοῦς MlMnPc, οἰκαθοῦς app. S, ἀλκάθη app. CrOx   |    πιτεθεύς Pc   |    νικίπη AaRaRb, νικήπη S, νηκίπη Ml, νικιπήλη Mn, νικηπ() Pc, νικίπτη Ox   |    λυσιδούκη Ox   |    ἀξιοχῆς Ra, ἀξιόχνης Ox, ἀξιώχης S (perhaps corrected to ἀξιό‑), ἐξιόχης Ml, ἀξιόθης AaPc, ἀξιώθης Rb   |    3 πελωπίδαι a.c. Mn   |    προσκεκρυμένων Ml   |    ἀναπειθοῦσιν Aa   |    ἅμα] ἄννα Pr   |    4 ἐνέβαλλον V   |    5 ἐκβάλει VRa, ἐβάλλει Mn   |    τῆς] τῆ Mn   |    6 ἄλλοι] ἀλλ’ οἱ S   |    ἄλη Mn   |    Τριφυλ-] AaMnPcRa, τρεφυλ‑ B, τρυφιλ- VPr, τρυφηλ‑ Rb, τρυφυλ‑ CS, τοιφιλ‑ M [Rw]   |    μοκεστῶ Pc, perhaps Ra, μηκεστῶ MlMnS, μηκεσῶ Aa   |    7 κλαιόναν Rb, κλαιόλαν Pc (αι app. erased)   |    διάντος Mn   |    (first) ἔσχεν Mn   |    πλεισθένην VCAaMlPcPrRbS, πλησθένην CRb, πλειστένην Mn   |    ἐριφύλη M, ἐριφύλον Pr, ἐριφύην Rb, ἐριφύλαν Rw, ἐρίφυ Ml   |    (second) ἔσχε Mn   |    ἀναξιζοΐαν S   |    8 πλησθένης CR   |    τελευτὼν S   |    9 ὀρχενὸν S, ἐρχόμενον Rb, ἀρχομενὸν Pr   |    10 πελοπόννησον B, πελοπόνησον others   |    ἔχρησε Mn   |    πέλοπας Ml   |    ἀποσθῆναι MnRa, app. Pc, ἀπωσθῆναι MlS, ἀντιστῆναι Aa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,20–96,11; Dind. II.33,11–34,3

COMMENT:   Cf. Tzetzes, Exeg. in Il. 1.7 (source of readings referred to in app. above); Mantissa proverbiorum 2.94 [Paroem. Gr. II.772–773 Leutsch]; also Tzetzes, Chil. 5.444 (Plouto) and 4.419 (Euryanassa), Chil. 1.4.418–427 (killing Chrysippus, exile and settlement in Triphylia).   |   On the dispute whether or not to see Hellanicus as the source of this scholion, see Fowler, EGM II.432–434. On the sons of Pelops see Fowler, EGM II.436–439. (Note that Fowler refers to this as ‘scholion on Or. 4’ because Schwartz accidentally omitted the numeral that should have been placed before the lemma at I.95,20.)   

KEYWORDS:  mythography, genealogical   |   Tzetzes   |   Hellanicus   


Or. 5.02 (pllgn exeg) τὴν δὲ ἱστορίαν τοῦ Ταντάλου ζήτει ἔμπροσθεν εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ Σοφοκλέους.  —Yf2

POSITION: left margin      

COMMENT:   A note at the foot of 42v runs: τοῦτο τὸ βιβλίον ἔχει τρεῖς ποιητὰς· εὐριπίδ()· αἴσχυλον· σοφοκλῆ. The reference in the present scholion (on 43r) is to a narrative about Tantalus trying to feed Pelops to the gods and Pelops’ revival and ivory shoulderblade. It is found on fol. 211r of Yf, the Soph. portion of which begins on fol. 207r with the Life of Sophocles, followed by arg. to Ajax and miscellaneous short texts. The Tantalus narrative is followed by a narrative of Atreus and Thyestes, including the murder of Chrysippus, the adultery of Thyestes and Aerope, and Atreus’ revenge.   |   

KEYWORDS:  mythography; ἱστορία   


Or. 5.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Διὸς πεφυκὼς⟩: νόησον μοι τὸν Δία ἀρχὴν εἶναι τῶν Τανταλιδῶν καὶ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ κατάγεσθαι Τάνταλον, ἀπὸ Ταντάλου Πέλοπα, ἀπὸ Πέλοπος Ἀτρέα, ἀπὸ Ἀτρέως Ἀγαμέμνονα, ἀφ’ οὗ ὁ Ὁρέστης.  —Sa

REF. SYMBOL: Sa      

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   


Or. 5.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Διὸς πεφυκὼς⟩: ⟨Ζ⟩εὺς Τάνταλος Πέλοψ, οὗ Ἀτρεὺς καὶ Θυέστης. ἐκ τοῦ Ἀτρέως Ἀγαμέμνων καὶ Μενέλαος. ἐκ τοῦ Θυέστου Ἀγλαὸς Ὀρχομενὸς Καλαός. ἐκ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος Ἠλέκτρα Χρυσόθεμις Ἰφιγένεια Ὀρέστης. ἐκ τοῦ Μενελάου μόνη ἡ Ἑρμιόνη.  —Gu

APP. CRIT.:   enlarged initial for ζεὺς not added   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κάλαός (two accents) Gu (cf. sch. 5.01)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.34,5–9

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   


Or. 5.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Διὸς πεφυκὼς⟩: Τμώλου καὶ Πλουτοῦς υἱὸς ὁ Τάνταλος· τούτου Πέλοψ· Πέλοπος Ἀτρεὺς καὶ Θυέστης.  —Pr

APP. CRIT.:   πέλοψ· πέλοπος· πέλοπος Pr   

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   


Or. 5.06 (pllgn diagr) ⟨Διὸς πεφυκὼς⟩: genealogical diagram: Ζεύς to Τάνταλον to Πέλοπα to fork to Ἀτρέα and Θυέστης (sic), with fork from Ἀτρέα το Ἀγαμέμν() and Μενέλ()  —Zm

POSITION: located in empty margin below sch. 12.29      

APP. CRIT.:   a.c. a line down from ἀτρέα to θυέστην, p.c. θυέστην crossed out, line from ἀτρέα extended into fork for his sons, forking line added from πέλοπα to θυέστης   

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   


Or. 5.07 (pllgn diagr) ⟨Διὸς πεφυκὼς⟩: genealogical diagram: Ζεύς to Τάνταλος to Πέλοψ, fork to Ἀτρεύς and Θυέστης; Ἀτρεύς has fork to Ἀγαμέμνων and Μενέλεως, and from Ἀγαμ. line to Κλυταιμνήστρα, forking lines to Χρυσόθεμις, Ἰφιγένεια, Ἠλέκτρα, Ὀρέστης; under Μεν., line to Ἑλένη, line to Ἑρμιόνη  —ZcZuTa2Ox2

POSITION: in left margin beside arg. 3 and arg. 7 Zc; in blank space after dram. pers. Zu, fol. 45r; beside lines 1–3 Ta; in left margin beside arg. 1 Ox2      

APP. CRIT.:   Zu breaks diagram into separate pieces   |    Zc adds τμῶλος to diagram between ζεύς and τάνταλος.   |    ZcZu have ἀγαμ. on right, μεν. on left of left of fork   |    Zu places wives’ names (κλυτ., ἑλ.) beside husbands (no line) rather than below them (with line), as in Zc   |    κλυταιμνήστρα and ἐλένη and ἑρμιόνη om. Ta2Ox2   

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   


Or. 5.08 (rec diagr) ⟨Διὸς πεφυκὼς⟩: genealogical diagram: Τμώλος over Πλουτώ, line to Τάνταλος over Εὐρυάνασσα, line to Πέλοψ over Ἱπποδάμεια, line to branches to Ἀτρεύς Θυέστης, under Ἀτρεύς Κλεόλα, line to Πλεισθένης over Ἐριφύλη, line branching to Ἀγαμέμνων Μενέλαος  —Rb

POSITION: in margin 87v (scholia section of ms), same hand, different ink      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀνυάσση R (cf. sch. 5.01)   |    app. κλύλονα or κλύδονα R   |   πλησθένης R   

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   


Or. 5.09 (rec exeg) ὁ Ζεὺς ἐγέννησε τὸν Τάνταλον· ὁ Τάνταλος τὸν Πέλοπα· ὁ δὲ Πέλοψ Ἀτρέα καὶ τὸν Θυέστην· ὁ Ἀτρεὺς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Μενέλαον. —AaPc

POSITION: in scholia block before play (38v) Aa, between sch. 25.09 and 5.01      

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   


Or. 5.10 (rec gloss) ⟨Διὸς⟩: υἱὸς  —AaAbPcPrMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l. (AbPc above πεφυκὼς)      


Or. 5.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨Διὸς⟩: ἀπὸ  —KMnRw2XXaXbT+YGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ add. MnTZc   


Or. 5.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Διὸς⟩: ἐκ τοῦ  —F2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 5.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨Διὸς⟩: τοῦ  —AbS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 5.14 (recThom gloss) ⟨πεφυκὼς⟩: γεννηθεὶς  —VAa2CrKRwSaZZaZbZmTGuGZuOxB3c, perhaps Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὁ prep. CrOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   γενηθεὶς MnZu, changed to this B4   

COLLATION NOTES:   Mn damaged, ενη visible with parts of suspended ending.   |   


Or. 5.15 (rec gloss) ⟨πεφυκὼς⟩: ὤν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 5.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πεφυκὼς⟩: γενόμενος  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 5.17 (tri metr) ⟨πεφυκὼς⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 5.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πεφυκὼς⟩: καταγόμενος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 5.19 (vet exeg) ὡς λέγουσι: καλῶς τὸ ὡς λέγουσι· οὐ γὰρ πείθομαι τὸν Δία τοὺς ἰδίους παῖδας οὕτως αἰκίζεσθαι.  —MBOVaVbCAaMlMnPcPraPrbRaRbRfRwSSaaSab

TRANSLATION:   Well-put the phrase ‘as they say’: for (Electra is thinking) I do not believe that Zeus mistreats his own children in this way.

LEMMA: MCAaMnPcRfS, ὡς μὲν λέγουσιν Vb, ὡς λέγ. καλῶς Rb, ὡς λέγ. τάνταλος Ml      REF. SYMBOL: MRaRbRfSaa; at ὡς (8) Pc      POSITION: cont. from sch. 4.03, add. δὲ, BPraRw; follows sch. 4.03 C; follows sch. 5.05 Prb; Vb at end of sch. block on same fol.; Sab cont. from Saa, which follows sch. 15.01; follows sch. 7.01 in Pc; in sch. block before play (38r) Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   καλῶς …λέγουσι app. om. O (cut margin)   |    καλῶς εἶπε Saa   |    λέγουσι προσέθηκεν BVaPraRw; λέγων Saa [O]   |    οὐ πείθει γὰρ Prb   |    πειθομαι φησὶν VaPraRw, πειθητικὸν ὡς Saa    |    τὸν δία τοὺς] ὡς δίαν οὺς Saa, τὸν δία διὰ τοὺς Sab, τὸν δία τῆ Mn, τοῦ διὰ τοὺς Ml   |    ἰδίους] ἰδία Mn, οἰκείους VaRwSaa   |    οὕτως om. PrbSaa   |    αἰκίζεσθαι] αἰωνίζεσθαι Sab    |    at the end add. ἢ ὀνειδίζει αὐτῷ τοσοῦτον τοὺς ἰδίους ἐγγόνους κολάζοντι Prb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λέγουσιν MPcPrbRbSabRf   |    οὕτω O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.96,12–13; Dind. II.32,19–20 and app.

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 5.20 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: τὸ ὡς λέγουσι οὐκ ἐνδοιάζουσά φησιν εἰ παῖς ἦν τοῦ Διὸς ὁ Τάνταλος, ἀλλ’ ὀνειδίζουσα τῷ δαίμονι ὅτι τοὺς ἰδίους ἐκγόνους τοσοῦτον ἐν ταῖς δυσδαιμονίαις παρορᾷ.  —MBVaVbCAaMlMnPcPrRaRbRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   She does not say ‘as they say’ because she is in doubt whether Tantalus was the son of Zeus, but reproaching the god because he neglects his own descendants in their misfortunes.

LEMMA: MB(in marg.)VaVbPrRw, ἀλλὰ CAaMlMnPcRaRbRfSSa       POSITION: Vb at end of sch. block on same fol.; in sch. block before play (38r) Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ὡς λέγουσι om. M; after this Va has προσέθηκεν οὐ γὰρ πείθομαι, but phrase deleted with dots   |    λέγουσι] λαβοῦσα RaRb   |    ἐκδοιάζουσα Aa   |    εἰ] ὅτι εἰ RfSa, ὅτι MlMnPcRaS, ὅτι εἴτε Aa   |    παῖς ἦν] παῖς εἴη Rb, πως εἴη Vb, οὐκ ἔστι MlMnPcRaS, παῖς ἐστὶ RfSa, ἔστι Aa   |    ὅτι] om. Pr, παρόσον VbRb, ὃς Rf, in marg. Aa, ὡς AaMlMnS   |    δυσειδαιμονίαις C, δυσμενίαις RbSa   |    παρορᾶν AaMnPcS, ἐπαρωρὰν Ml   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λέγουσιν BAaRfSa   |    οὐκενδυάζουσα M, οὐκ ἐνδιάζουσα Vb, οὐκ(εν) διάζουσα Ml    |    φησὶ AaMl   |    ἀλλὰ Ml   |    ἐγγόνους MlPrRb, ἐκγγόνους Mn, ἐγκόνους AaS   |    δυσδαιμονείαις Ml   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.96,14–16; Dind. II.34,9–11 and app.


Or. 5.21 (pllgn exeg) οὐ πείθεται γὰρ τὸν Δία τοὺς ἰδίους παῖδας αἰκίζεσθαι ἢ ὀνειδίζει αὐτῷ τοσοῦτον τοὺς ἰδίους ἐκγόνους κολάζοντι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 5.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς λέγουσι⟩: ὡς ἱστοροῦσιν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 5.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς λέγουσι⟩: κολαστικὸν  —B3a

TRANSLATION:   Corrective.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This is a rhetorical label, marking the hedging quality of ‘as they say’; for this sense I find a possible parallel in Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.402 τάχ’· ταχέως, κολαστικὸν, συντόμως, where it glosses the sense ‘perhaps’ as alternative to the sense ‘quickly’.   

KEYWORDS:  rhetorical analysis   |   κολαστικόν   


Or. 5.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγουσι⟩: οἱ ἄνθρωποι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 5.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Τάνταλος⟩: πρόπαππους ταύτης  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The nominative πρόπαππους or προπάππους (in place of classical πρόπαππος/-ον) is Byzantine vernacular.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 5.26 (rec gram) ⟨Τάνταλος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ τλῶ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 5.27 (pllgn gram) ⟨Τάνταλος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ τάλας Τάνταλος ὠνόμασται, οἱονεὶ ταλάντατος· ἀθλιώτατα γὰρ πέπονθεν.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  Tantalus has been named from the word ‘talas’ (‘wretched’) for being, as it were, most wretched. For his sufferings were extremely miserable.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὠνομάσθαι Lp, corr. Matt.   |    γὰρ ἀθλιώτατα transp. Lp, corr. Matt.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οἷονει Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.34,12–13

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 5.28 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Τάνταλος⟩:  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 6.01 (thom exeg) ἐκ τούτου καὶ παροιμία Ταντάλου φόβον φοβοῦμαι, ἔτι τε πρὸς τὴν ἑτέραν ἱστορίαν, Ταντάλου δίψαν διψῶ, Ταντάλου κῆπον τρυγῶμαι.  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Because of this (impending rock) there is in fact a proverb ‘I experience the fear of Tantalus’, and also in relation to the other version of the story, ‘I have the thirst of Tantalus’, ‘I harvest the garden of Tantalus’.

POSITION: marg. Zm      

APP. CRIT.:   ταντ. κ. τρυγῶμαι om. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.34,17–18

COMMENT:   Cf. Michael Apostolius 16.1 [Paroem. Gr. II.656 Leutsch], Ταντάλου κῆπον τρυγᾷς: ἐπὶ τῶν μάταια ποιούντων; [Plato], Axiochus 371e Ταντάλου δίψος; Sch. rec. Pind. Ol. 1.91 Abel καὶ μαρτυρεῖ ἡ παροιμία· Ταντάλου δίψα. The expression Ταντ. φόβον φοβοῦμαι is not found in TLG.   


Or. 6.02 (rec exeg) 1Ταντάλου δίψαν διψῶμεν· φόβον φοβούμεθα Ταντά(λου). ⟨Ταντάλου λει⟩μῶνα τρυγῶμεν·  2[Hom. Il. 24.49] ‘τλητὸν γὰρ μοῖραι θυμὸν θέσαν ἀνθρώποισι’.   —Mn

POSITION: Mn has this twice, with the same readings and corruption, on 7v and 8v (both in bottom margin, sep. from short bottom block on 8v).      

APP. CRIT.:   1 suppl. Mastr., ἀμπελῶνα Dind. (based on misreading μῶνα as λῶνα)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 διψώμεν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.32,18 app.

COMMENT:   The second sentence is a displaced fragment of sch. 4.03.   |   


Or. 6.03 (mosch paraphr) κορυφῆς ὑπερτέλλοντα: τὸν ὑπεράνω τῆς κορυφῆς δεδοικὼς πέτρον  —XXaXbTYfYGGr

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X; G separates δεδ. πετ. over end of line      

APP. CRIT.:   κορυφῆς] κεφαλῆς G   |    δεδιὼς Gr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.34,14–15


Or. 6.04 (rec gram) ⟨κορυφῆς⟩: κερατοφυής τις οὖσα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -φυὴς τίς Pr   |   

COMMENT:   An etymological note, but elsewhere κορυφή is connected to κρύπτω or to κάρα and ὀροφή (Et. Magn., Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. κορυφή).   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 6.05 (rec gloss) ⟨κορυφῆς⟩: αὐτοῦ ἤτοι τοῦ Ταντάλου  —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι om. MlMnS   


Or. 6.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨κορυφῆς⟩: αὐτοῦ  —AaAb2PcPrZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 6.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κορυφῆς⟩:  ὑπεράνω τῆς —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς om. Zu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑπὲρ ἄνω Zu   |   


Or. 6.08 (rec gloss) ⟨κορυφῆς⟩: ὑπὲρ τῆς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 6.09 (rec gloss) ⟨κορυφῆς⟩: τὸν ὑπὲρ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 6.10 (vet gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντα⟩: ὑπερκείμενον  —MOCAaAb2KMlMnPcPrRRfS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸν prep. S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.96,17; Dind. II.34,15–16


Or. 6.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντα⟩: ὑπὲρ ἄνω τῆς κε(φαλῆς) κείμενον  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 6.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντα⟩: κείμενον  —F2YrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν prep. F2   


Or. 6.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντα⟩: ὑπερέχοντα  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 6.14 (thom gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντα⟩: ὑπερκρεμάμενον  —ZZaZbZmTGuZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -κρεμμ‑ ZZaZc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.34,16


Or. 6.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντα⟩: ἀναφαινόμενον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.34,16


Or. 6.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντα⟩: καὶ τὸν ὑπεράνω κείμενον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 6.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντα⟩: ἄνω κείμενον  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 6.18 (recThom gloss) ⟨δειμαίνων⟩: φοβούμενος  —VAb2CrF2RRRfrMnPcPrSZZaZbTGuZcOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ab2CrSOx   |    πέτρον add. S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.34,16–17


Or. 6.19 (rec gloss) ⟨πέτρον⟩: τὸν λίθον  —AaAb2CrF2KMlMnPcPrRY2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    τὸν om. AaAb2F2MlPcPr   |   


Or. 6.20 (rec gloss) ⟨πέτρον⟩: τὴν πέτραν  —AaSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ πετρ[ (cut margin) Aa   


Or. 6.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέτρον⟩: τὴν μεγάλην πέτραν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 6.22 (rec exeg) ⟨πέτρον⟩: ἀρσεν(ικῶς) εἴρηται  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 6.23 (thom artGloss) ⟨πέτρον⟩: τὸν  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 6.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέτρον⟩: Ἰωνικὸν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 7.01 (vet exeg) ἀέρι ποτᾶται: 1ἐπεὶ διὰ γλωσσαλγίας ἥμαρτεν ὁ Τάνταλος, σιωπῇ αὐτὸν κολάζει ὁ Ζεύς.  2οὔτε γὰρ ἐν οὐρανῷ αὐτὸν τιμωρεῖται, ἵνα μὴ συνδιαλέγηται θεοῖς ἢ λαλούντων ἀκούῃ,  3οὔτε ἐπὶ γῆς, ὅπως μὴ ἐξείποι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἅτινα εἶδεν ἐν οὐρανῷ,  4οὔτε καθ’ Ἅιδου, ὡς μὴ καὶ ἄλλους ὁρῶν κολαζομένους ἁμαρτωλοὺς παραμυθοῖτο,  5ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀέρι μετέωρον, ὅπως μηδενὶ προσφθεγγόμενος μᾶλλον ἀνιῷτο.   —MBOVCMlMnPcPrRaRbRfRwSSaY2

TRANSLATION:   Since Tantalus sinned through his unbridled tongue, Zeus punishes him with silence. For he punishes him neither in heaven, so that he may not converse with gods or hear them speaking, nor on earth, so that he may not reveal to humans what he saw in heaven, nor in Hades, so that he may not be comforted by seeing other sinners being punished as well, but aloft in the air, so that, not speaking to anyone, he may be more afflicted.

LEMMA: MBVCMlMnRaRbRwS      REF. SYMBOL: BVMlPcRb       POSITION: follows sch. 5.01 BVRw; follows sch. 2.09 C; follows sch. 10.11 MlRaSY2; cont. from sch. 5.19 Sa; follows sch. 12.01 Pc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπεὶ διὰ] ἐπειδὴ Rf, ἐπειδὴ διὰ CMlMnPcS   |    1–2 ἥμαρτεν … ἢ lost to cut margin in O   |    1 ὁ τάντ. om. Ml   |    1 σιωπᾶν PcRw   |    αὐτῶ Ml   |    ἐκόλασεν BCMnPrRfSY2, ἐκώλυσεν VPcRw   |    ὁ ζεύς] ὁ θεός B, om. VMlMnPcPrRaRwS   |    2 οὔτε] οὕτω Rf, οὔτε γὰρ Ml   |    αὐτὸν ἐν οὐρ. transp. Y2   |    ἐν τῶ οὐρ. MlPcRaRbS   |    αὐτὸν τιμωρεῖται] οὔτε Pr   |    αὐτὸν] αὐτὸς Sa, αὐτῶ Ml   |    τιμωρεῖται] τιμωρεῖ οὔτε ἐν τῇ γῇ οὔτε καθ’ ἅδου, ἐν μὲν τῶ οὐρανῷ Y2   |    συνδιαλέγεται Rf, a.c. M, corr. s.l. M   |    θεοῖς] πάλιν θεοῖς VRw, τοῖς θεοῖς Sa   |    ἢ λαλ. ἀκούῃ om. Pr   |    ἀκούῃ] τούτων ἀκούη VRw, θεῶν ἀκούει Y2, ἀκούειν PcRbSa, ἀκούει Ml, ἀκούοι M, s.l. Rf, perhaps a.c. S [O]   |    3 οὔτε ἐπὶ γῆς] οὔτε ἐν τῆ γῆ MlMnPcRaRbS, οὔτε ἐν γῆ Pr, ἐν δὲ τῆ γῇ Y2   |    ὅπως] ἵνα VRwY2, ὥσπερ Ml   |    ἐξείπη OVMnPcRaRbRwSaSY2, ἐξείπει Ml, εἴπη Pr   |    ἅτινα] ἅπερ MlMnPcRbRaS, ἃ OPr   |    εἶδεν ἐν οὐρανῷ] ἀκούει changed to ἀκούῃ Y2   |    οἶδεν Pr   |    ἐν τῶ οὐρ. MlMnPcRaRbSSa   |    4 οὔτε καθ’] μήτε καθ’ Y2   |    καθ’] ἐν VMnPcPrRaRbRwS   |    ᾅδηον corr. to ᾅδον app. Mn   |    ὡς] ἵνα BOVCPrRfRwSaY2, εἰ Mn   |    μὴ καὶ om. O   |    καὶ], ἐπὶ Ml, om. RfRwY2   |    ἄλλους] ἑτέρους Pr   |    κολαζομένους] τιμωρούμεθα Pr   |    ἁμαρτωλοὺς om. PrRfSaY2, transp. before κολαζομένους MlMnPcRaRbS   |    παραμυθεῖται Sa   |    5 ἀλλ’ ἐν κτλ] ὑπεράνω δὲ τῆς κεφαλῆς τούτου ἐκρέμασαν καὶ λίθον ἵνα εἰ πολλάκις μέλλ() ἐνατενίσαι ἐπάνωθεν, φοβούμενος τὸν λίθον κύπτει κάτωθεν πάντοτε καὶ οὕτω πειράζεται Y2   |    μετέωρον om. Sa   |    μηδενὶ προσφθεγγόμενος] μηδένα βλέπων MlMnPcPrRaRbS   |    φθεγγόμενος BVC   |    ἀνιοῖτο M [O], ἀνιᾶται Rw, ἀνιᾶτο Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 γλωσαλγ- Ml    |   ἤμαρτεν Rf, ἥμαρτεεν Ml   |    σιωπὴ Y2   |    4 πσραμυθεῖτο Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.96,18–97,2; Dind. II.35,6–12

COLLATION NOTES:   2 ἀκούοι app. M, but recheck original M.   

KEYWORDS:  theology, divine punishment   


Or. 7.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀέρι ποτᾶται⟩: 1τινὲς μέν φασιν, ὧν ἐστι καὶ Εὐριπίδης, ἐν ἀέρι τὸν Τάνταλον κρέμασθαι κἀνταῦθα τὴν δίκην ὑπέχειν ὧν ἐξήμαρτεν ἐξειπὼν τοῖς βροτοῖς τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀπόρρητα (τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ ‘ἀκόλαστον ἔσχε γλῶτταν’) καὶ τῆς ἀμβροσίας μεταδούς.  2ἕτεροι δὲ λέγουσιν ἐν ᾍδου τοῦτον κολάζεσθαι, ἱστάμενον μέσον ὕδατος ἄχρι τοῦ πώγωνος καὶ διψῶντα.  3ἡνίκα δὲ ἐπιχειρήσῃ πιεῖν, ἀθρόον τό τε ὕδωρ ἀφίσταται καὶ ὁ ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ πέτρος κάτεισιν, ὡς δῆθεν τοῦτον πατάξων.  4οὐ μόνον δὲ οὗτος ἐν ᾍδου κολάζεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ Σίσυφος καὶ Τιτυὸς καὶ Ἰξίων καὶ αἱ Δαναοῦ παῖδες.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Some say—and Euripides is one of these—that Tantalus is suspended in the sky and there he undergoes the punishment for the wrong he did in revealing to mortals the secrets of the gods—for that is the meaning of ‘he had an undisciplined tongue’—and in sharing (with mortals) their ambrosia. Others say this figure is punished in Hades, standing in the middle of water up to his chin and being thirsty. And whenever he tries to drink, all at once the water withdraws and the rock at his head comes downward, as if it is going to strike him hard. Not only is this figure punished in Hades, but also Sisyphus and Tityos and Ixion and the daughters of Danaus.

REF. SYMBOL: ZaZm, perhaps Zb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ ἐξειπὼν Zb   |    τῶν om. Za   |    τὴν γλῶτταν T, γλῶττα Z   |    2 μέχρι Zb   |    3 πέτρος] πρότερος Zm   |    τοῦτον πατάξων] πατ. αὐτὸν Gu   |    αἱ om. Zb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κρέμεσθαι Z   |    1 γλῶσσαν Gu   |    2 ἄδου T (ἅδου Ta)   |    3 ἐπιχειρήσει ZmZbGu   |    4 τιτυὸς] πιτιὸς Gu   |    ἰξὼν Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.34,19–35,5

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 7.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀέρι⟩: κατὰ τὸν ἀέρα  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.35,13


Or. 7.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀέρι⟩: ἐν  —AaF2SZaZbOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ add. AaF2S   


Or. 7.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ποτᾶται⟩: μετεωρίζει  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Possibly a mistake for μετεωρίζεται (sch. 7.08), but there are a few intransitive or absolute uses of μετεωρίζω in LSJ and note the use of the active beside other intransitive glosses in Hesych. α 2855 †ἀλεκταίνει· ἰσχύει. γαυριᾷ. μετεωρίζει; Sch. Thuc. 2.37.2 Hude ἐπειδή ποτε οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, Ἀλκαμένη ἐν προαστείῳ θεασάμενοι μετεωρίζοντα, κακῶς ἐχρήσαντο; Sch. Plat. Laws 672e Greene ἀκταίνειν· γαυριᾶν, ἀτάκτως πηδᾶν, ἢ μετεωρίζειν, ἢ ὁρμᾶν, ἢ ἐξᾴττειν.   


Or. 7.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ποτᾶται⟩: πέτεται  —VAa2AbCrMlMnPrRRfrSZcOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |   


Or. 7.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ποτᾶται⟩: πέτεται ὁ Τάνταλος  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 7.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ποτᾶται⟩: μετεωρίζεται  —SaYrGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.35,13–14


Or. 7.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ποτᾶται⟩: ἀναστρέφεται  —PcPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 7.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ποτᾶται⟩: ἐξήπλωται  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.35,13

COMMENT:   The gloss seems to be applied carelessly because it is customary with πετάννυμι (and other verbs meaning ‘spread’, including (ἐκ)τείνω, (ἐκ)τανύω), and because somes forms of πετάννυμι and πέτομαι were confused (or regarded as etymologically related). Cf. ps.-Zonaras 775,8 ἐξεταννύσθη· ἐξετάθη. ἐξηπλώθη; Sch. rec. Aesch. Pers. 667 Massa Positano, Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Nub. 212b Holwerda, Sch. D Hom. Il. 17.371 πέπτατο. ἐξήπλωτο ἡ λαμπηδών; Eust. in Od. 6.45 (I.237, 37) τὸ δὲ πέπταται ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξήπλωται, ἀπὸ μικροπρεποῦς λέξεως εἰς μέγα πρᾶγμα τέτραπται. κυρίως γὰρ ἐπὶ πτηνῶν ἡ λέξις. ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἁπλῶς τὸ χύμα τῆς ἄνω αἰθρίας δηλοῖ.   


Or. 7.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ποτᾶται⟩: κρέμαται  —RwXXaXbT+YYfGGrZuF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 7.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ποτᾶται⟩: φέρεται ὥσπερ πτηνός  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πτηνὸν Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.35,14


Or. 7.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨ποτᾶται⟩:  1διὰ τί γρ(άφεται) στρωφάω στρωφῶ καὶ νωμῶ καὶ τρωπῶ μέγα, ποτάω δὲ ποτῶ μικρόν;  2φαμὲν γοῦν ὅσα ῥήματα βαρύτονα δισύλλαβα εὑρίσκονται ἀναλυόμενα εἰς δευτέραν συζυγίαν τῶν περισπωμένων, ἔχουσι δὲ καὶ ἀντιπαρακείμενον ὄνομα, γράφεται διὰ τοῦ ω μεγάλου, οἷον ἀπὸ τοῦ στρέφω βαρυτόνου ῥήματος γίνεται δευτέρᾳ συζυγίᾳ τὸ στρωφάω στρωφῶ, καὶ ἀντιπαρακείμενον ὄνομα ἡ στροφή.  3ἀπὸ τοῦ τρέπω τρωπάω τρωπῶ.  4τὸ δὲ πέτω ἀναλύσαιμεν εἰς δευτέραν συζυγίαν τὸ ποτάω ποτῶ.  5οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ἀντιπαρακείμενον ὄνομα.  6πότος μὲν ἐστὶν ἀλλὰ τὸ συμπόσιον λέγεται, οὐ μὴν δὲ τὸ πέτασμα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο γράφεται μικρόν.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Why are ‘strōphaō/strōphō’ and ‘nōmō’ and ‘trōpō’ written with omega (in the first syllable), but ‘potaō/potō’ with omicron? We explain, at any rate, that all the disyllabic verbs not accented on the last syllable (scil. verbs without contraction) that are found modified into a derivative belonging to the second conjugation of the contract verbs, but have also a corresponding noun, are written with omega: for instance, from ‘strephō’, a verb not accented on the last syllable, there is formed in the second conjugation ‘strōphaō/strōphō’ and ‘strophē’ as a corresponding noun; from ‘trepō’ there is formed ‘trōpaō/trōpō’. Let us modify ‘petō’ into a derivative belonging to the second-conjugation, ‘potaō/potō’; but it does not have a corresponding noun. To be sure, ‘potos’ exists, but it means ‘drinking-party’, not ‘flight’, and for this reason it (‘potaō/potō’) is written with omicron.

POSITION: placed between sch. 14.09 and sch. 17.09 in block written by Y 2 at top of fol. 105r      

APP. CRIT.:   2 σύλλαβα in lin., δι add. s.l.   

COMMENT:   Eustathius and others mention patterns like στρέφω, στρωφάω, and Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. πωλῶ notes that πέτω, ποτάω is an exception. But I find no parallel for this exact explanation, although Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:1.240,25–37 illustrates this type of argument for an exception.   


Or. 7.14 (recThom gloss) ⟨τίνει⟩: ἀνταποδίδωσι  —VCrMlMnRSZZaZbZmZuTGuOxB3cC2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMlSOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ωσιν B3c   |   


Or. 7.15 (rec gloss) ⟨τίνει⟩: ἀποδίδωσι  —PcPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Pc   


Or. 7.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τίνει⟩: δίδωσι  —AbSaXXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AbZc   


Or. 7.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίνει⟩: ὑφίσταται  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 7.18 (rec gloss) ⟨δίκην⟩: τιμωρίαν  —VAb2CrF2KMlMnRSZuGuGOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. Ab2KMlRSGOx, καὶ τὴν prep. CrMn   


Or. 7.19 (rec gloss) ⟨δίκην⟩: ἐκδίκησιν  —Pc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 7.20 (mosch artGloss) ⟨δίκην⟩: τὴν  —XXaXbTYYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   T omits cross.   


Or. 8.01 (thom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: καθὰ  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 8.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μὲν⟩: οὐκ ἀπέδωκε τῷ μέν τὸν δέ.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   He did not provide a (particle) ‘de’ to answer to the (particle) ‘men’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ μὲν τὸ δέ C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -δωκεν M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,3; Dind. II.35,16


Or. 8.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨μὲν⟩: μὴν  —XXaXbYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 8.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγουσι⟩: ὡς ἱστοροῦσιν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 8.05 (rec gloss) ⟨λέγουσι⟩: οἱ ἄνθρωποι  —CrPcOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 8.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅτι⟩: διότι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 8.07 (rec gloss) ⟨θεοῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῖς om. F2   


Or. 8.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ὤν⟩: ὁ Τάνταλος  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 8.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ὤν⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχων  —F2Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 9.01 (rec gloss) ⟨κοινῆς τραπέζης⟩: μετέσχεν  —SSa

LEMMA: Sa has κοινὰ τρ. in text      POSITION: s.l. S; S has inserted the gloss in the line between κοινῆς and τραπ.      

APP. CRIT.:   μετέσχον Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μετέσχε S   |   


Or. 9.02 (rec gloss) ⟨κοινῆς τραπέζης⟩: καὶ μετέλαβε  —S

POSITION: s.l. above μετέσχε, which S has in the text here after κοινῆς      


Or. 9.03 (rec gloss) ⟨κοινῆς τραπέζης⟩: ἕνεκα  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 9.04 (rec gloss) ⟨κοινῆς⟩: τοῖς θεοῖς  —Ab2MlMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 9.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κοινῆς⟩: λέγω  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 9.06 (vet exeg) ἀξίωμ’ ἔχων ἴσον: παρὰ τὸ ‘δαιτὸς ἐίσης’ [Hom. Il. 1.468, etc.].  —M

TRANSLATION:   Modelled on (the Homeric phrase) ‘of the equal feast’.

REF. SYMBOL: M      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,4; Dind. II.35,19


Or. 9.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀξίωμ’ ἔχων ἴσον⟩: 1κοινῆς τραπέζης ἀξιούμενος ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν.  2ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡ κοινὴ τράπεζα τὴν αὐτὴν τιμὴν τοῖς μεταλαμβάνουσιν αὐτῆς δίδωσιν, λέγει ‘ἀξίωμ’ ἔχων ἴσον’.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   He should have said ‘being deemed worthy of a shared table’. But since the shared table gives the same (degree of) honor to those partaking of it, he says ‘having an equal (portion of) esteem’.

POSITION: s.l. except X and in marg. T      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἡ] καὶ G   |    αὐτῆς] αὐτῆ Y   |    ἀξίωμ’] ἀξίως μ’ XXa   |    ἔχει X   |    ἴσον om. G   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ‑λαμβάνουσι Yf   |   δίδωσι YYfGr   |    ἶσον Χ   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.35,20–22


Or. 9.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀξίωμ’ ἔχων⟩: ἀξιούμενος  —KXXbT+GZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   |    κοινῆς τραπέζης prep. Zc   


Or. 9.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀξίωμ’⟩: τιμὴν  —AaAbCrMlMnPcPrRSZZaZbZmTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AaCrSOx   |   


Or. 9.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀξίωμ’⟩: τίμημα app.  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 9.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἴσον⟩: ὅμοιον  —AaAbMlMnPcPrSZZaZbGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AaS   |    ὁμοίαν MlPc, ὅμοιάν Ab (in agreement with separate gloss τιμήν)   |    τοῖς θεοῖς add. Mn   


Or. 9.12 (pllgn metr) ⟨ἴσον⟩: ὅρα ἐνταῦθα ὅπως χρῆται ὁ ποιητὴς τὸ ἴσον τὸ ι̅ ὡς βραχύ· οὐ γάρ ποτ’ ἐν τέλει στίχου ποὺς εὑρίσκεται συγκείμενος ἐκ μακροῦ καὶ βραχέος, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   Note here how the poet uses the word ‘ison’ with the iota as short. For never at the end of an (iambic trimeter) verse is there found a foot consisting of long and short, but rather the reverse.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.35,22–25


Or. 10.01 (vet exeg) ἀκόλαστον: 1ἐπὶ ἀκολάστῳ τινὶ λόγῳ φασὶν αὐτὸν κολάζεσθαι.  2εἰ γὰρ μετέδωκε τῆς ἀμβροσίας κατὰ τὸν Πίνδαρον [Pind. Ol. 1.60–63] τοῖς βροτοῖς, μᾶλλον ἂν τῆς φιλανθρωπίας παρὰ θεῶν ἐθαυμάζετο.   —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   They say he was punished for some unbridled speech. For if he had shared ambrosia with mortals as in Pindar’s version, he would instead have been admired by the gods for his benevolence to his fellow men.

LEMMA: MB, ἀκόλαστον ἔσχε γλῶσσαν C, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: follows sch. 10.11 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπὶ] ἐπεὶ MBV   |    ἀκολάστως M   |    2 τοῖς om. V   |    (second) τῆς om. BVC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,5–7; Dind. II.35,26–36,2

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   |   citation of literature other than Homer   |   Pindar   


Or. 10.02 (vetThom gloss) ⟨ἀκόλαστον⟩: ἄσεμνον  —MVCAaAbCrMlMnPcPrRSZZaZbZmTGuYrOx

POSITION: s.l.; in Thoman witnesses follows gloss ἀπαίδευτον (sch. 10.04)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AaCrSOx   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.36,9


Or. 10.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀκόλαστον⟩: ἀκράτητον  —V3FSaYB3ar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 10.04 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἀκόλαστον⟩: ἀπαίδευτον  —RfrRwXXaXbYYfGGrZZaZbZmT*Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.36,7


Or. 10.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀκόλαστον⟩: ἄτιμον  —PcPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 10.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀκόλαστον⟩: ὑβριστικὸν ἄτιμον ἀνουθέτητον. κολάζω κατὰ Ἀττικοὺς τὸ νουθετῶ.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.36,7–8

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   


Or. 10.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀκόλαστον⟩: ἄπαυστον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 10.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔσχε⟩: ἐκτήσατο  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 10.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔσχε⟩: εἶχε  —F2SaZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 10.10 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨γλῶσσαν⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 10.11 (vet exeg) αἰσχίστην νόσον: 1τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν φησὶν αἰσχίστην νόσον,  2ὅτι πορνεία μὲν καὶ γαστριμαργία καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάθη σὺν τῇ βλάβῃ ἔχουσί τι καὶ τερπνὸν, ἡ δὲ γλωσσαλγία καὶ τούτου ἐστέρηται,  3καὶ ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα πάθη τὸν χρώμενον βλάπτει, αὕτη δὲ καὶ κατὰ τοῦ θείου ὁπλίζεται.   —MBVCAaMlMnPcPrSaRaRbRfRwSY2, O partial

TRANSLATION:   He calls an unbridled talkativeness a most shameful sickness because fornication and gluttony and the rest of the sinful dispositions involve together with their harmfulness also something pleasant, but talkativeness is lacking even in this, and because the other bad dispositions harm the one who experiences them, whereas this one arms itself even against the divine.

LEMMA: C; ἀκόλαστον ἔσχε γλῶσσαν Rw, ἀκόλαστον γλῶσσαν V, ἀκόλαστον AaMlMnPcRaRbS      REF. SYMBOL: M to αἴσχιστον, V to ἀκόλαστον, Sa to γλῶσσαν      POSITION: cont. from sch. 10.01 in B, add. δὲ; precedes 10.01 V; follows sch. 5.14 AaPcRaRbS; in Aa in block before play (fol. 38r)      

APP. CRIT.:   M mostly washed out here, much unreadable.   |    1–2 τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν … γαστριμαργία καὶ om. O   |    1 τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν φησὶν αἰσχίστην νόσον] Schw. (implying that M carries this; but M om. αἰσχ. νόσον), τὴν γλ. φ. νόσον αἰσχ. VRw, τὴν γλ. μὲν αἰσχ. νόσον φησίν C, τὴν γλ. αἰσχ. νόσον φ. AaMlMnRfS(τὴν om. MlMnS), τῆς γλωσσαλγίας αἰσχ. νόσον φησὶν Sa, τὴν γλ. γὰρ αἰσχ. νόσον φ. PcRa, τὴν γλῶσσαν γὰρ αἰσχύνην νόσον φασὶν Rb (later corr. to αἰσχίστην s.l.), αἰσχίστην (δὲ add. B) νόσον τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν φησὶ BY2, αἴσχ. νόσον φησὶ τὴν γλ. Pr   |    2 ὅτι πορνεία … πάθη] τὰ γὰρ λοιπὰ πάθη Pr   |    ὅτι πορνεία] πορνεία γὰρ Y2   |    ἡ πορνεία AaMlPcRaS, ὑπορνεία Mn, πορρίμενον app. Rb   |    μὲν καὶ γαστρ. om. Rw   |    μὲν om. VAaMnPcRaRbSY2   |    ἡ γαστριμ. AaMlPcRaS, γαστριμαργίαν Rb   |    καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ … βλάβῃ] μὴ Rb   |    τὰ λοιπὰ] τἄλλα CSa, τὰ γὰρ ἄλλα O   |    ἔχει MlMnS   |    τι καὶ] τι OAaMl(τὶ)PcRaS, καὶ PrSa, τὸ Mn   |    τερπνά Sa, τέρπον app. O   |    ἡ δὲ γλωσσαλγία] αὕτη δὲ AaMlMnPcPrRaS, ἡ δὲ γλῶσσα O, ἡ δὲ γλῶσσα ὑγειῆ Rb   |    δὲ om. Y2   |    2–3 καὶ τούτου … αὕτη δὲ om. O   |    2 καὶ τούτου ἐστέρηται] καὶ βλαβὴν φέρει καὶ τοῦ τερπνοῦ ἀπεστέρηται VRw, σιέλην μόνην εἰσφέρει Aa   |    καὶ (before τούτου) om. MlRb   |    τούτων Sa, τοῦτο Mn   |    after ἐστέρηται add. μαθόντες τοῦτο οἱ θεοὶ ἐκρέμασαν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν ἀέρα Y2, then cont. with sch. 7.01   |    3 καὶ ὅτι τὰ κτλ om. Y2   |    ὅτι τὰ … καὶ om. AaMlMnPcPrRaS   |    τὸν χρώμενον] om. Sa, τὸν χέρονον μὲν Rb   |    αὐτὴν Sa   |    δὲ καὶ] δὲ BVRf [M], καὶ Sa   |    καὶ κατὰ … ὁπλίζεται om. here Rb (αὕτη δὲ treated as start of next sch.), but κατὰ … ὁπλίζεται present later as intrusion within sch. 12.01)   |    τοῦ θείου] θεοῦ πολλάκις AaMlMnPcRaS, τὸ θεῖον Rf   |    at end add. καὶ ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα πάθη τὸ χρόνομεν (or χρώ‑) βλάπτει, αὕτη δὲ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν Aa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τοῦτου M   |    τρε*πνόν S (perhaps τρερπνόν a.c.)   |    3 ὀπλίζεται CS   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,8–11; Dind. II.36,2–6

COMMENT:   The fact that M omits αἰσχίστην νόσον fits with the different positions that the phrase takes in different witnesses.   


Or. 10.12 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχίστην νόσον⟩: τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 10.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰσχίστην νόσον⟩: δεινὸν πάθος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 10.14 (rec artGloss) ⟨αἰσχίστην⟩: τὴν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 10.15 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχίστην⟩: χαλεπὴν  —AaAb2MlMnPcPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 10.16 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχίστην⟩: κακίστην  —VGZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 10.17 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχίστην⟩: μισητὴν  —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μησιτὴν MlMn   |   


Or. 10.18 (thom exeg) ⟨αἰσχίστην⟩: κακίστην· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀθυρογλώσσου φαυλότερον.  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Worst. For there is nothing more contemptible than a person with unbridled tongue.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.36,9–10

COLLATION NOTES:   γὰρ om. Ta   


Or. 10.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰσχίστην⟩: κακὴν  —CrZbOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |   


Or. 10.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰσχίστην⟩: μεγίστην  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 10.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰσχίστην⟩: λέγω  —GGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 11.01 (vet exeg) οὗτος φυτεύει Πέλοπα: 1ἐξ Εὐρυθεμίστης τῆς Ξάνθου·  2ἢ Κλυτίας τῆς Ἀμφιδάμαντος, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Φερεκύδης [Pherecydes FGrHist 3 F 40 = Fowler, EGM fr. 40] ἐν ι̅·  3ὡς δὲ ἱστορεῖ ⟨      ⟩ ἐξ Εὐρυανάσσης τῆς Πακτωλοῦ.   —MBC

TRANSLATION:   From Eurythemiste the daughter of Xanthus. Or from Clytia the daughter of Amphidamas, as Pherecydes records in Book 10. But as ⟨lacuna: some other source⟩ records, from Euryanassa the daughter of Pactolus.

LEMMA: BC (and perhaps M, washed out here)      REF. SYMBOL: MB; marginal label ἡ τοῦ πέλοπος μήτηρ add. B3a       

APP. CRIT.:   2 τῆς om. C   |    ἐν ι̅· ὡς Schw. (after Dind.), ἐνί(ως) MC, blank space of ca. 4 letters B; alternatively, Φερεκύδης· ἔνιοι δὲ ἱστοροῦσιν tentatively conj. Fowler   |    3 Schw. reports ἱστορεῖσθαι M, but this cannot be seen now.   |    Ἑλλάνικος suppl. Robert, Heldensage 289 n. 2; cf. Fowler, EGM I.215, II.432–434.   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,12–14; Dind. II.36,11–13

COMMENT:   There is no other trace of Eurythemiste daughter of Xanthus or Clytia daugher of Amphidamas in extant texts. Euryanassa is also recorded as mother of Pelops in sch. 5.01 above as well as in Plutarch, Parallela minora 313D, and in Tzetzes (Sch. Lyc. Alex. 52 Scheer; Exeg. in Il. 1.7).   

KEYWORDS:  mythography, genealogical   |   citation of historian or scholar   |   Pherecydes   |   Hellanicus   


Or. 11.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨οὗτος⟩: ὁ Τάνταλος  —V1AaAbFMlMnPcPrRSZZaZbZmTGuB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. V1AaZmZb   |    Τάνταλος] ταῦτα S   |   


Or. 11.03 (vet exeg) ⟨φυτεύει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ γεννᾷ, μεταφορικῶς ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   In the sense of ‘begets’, metaphorically from (planting) trees.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C   |    δένδρων Schw., ἀνύδρων MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,15; Dind. II.36,15–16

KEYWORDS:  mythography, genealogical   


Or. 11.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φυτεύει⟩: μεταφορικῶς  —GuYr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   


Or. 11.05 (recThom gloss) ⟨φυτεύει⟩: γεννᾷ  —V1AaAbCrRRfrMlMnPcPrSSaZZaZmZbOxB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. V1CrMnSOx   |   


Or. 11.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨φυτεύει⟩: γεννᾷ· ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐγέννησεν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Plants’ means) ‘begets’, (with the present tense here) used for the (past) ‘he begat’.

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐγέννησε GYf   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   This note omitted in Ta.   |   


Or. 11.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φυτεύει⟩: ἐφύτευσεν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 11.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φυτεύει⟩: ἐγέννησεν  —FZcZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐγέννησε Zc   |   


Or. 11.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨Πέλοπα⟩: τὸν  —AaF2MnRSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πέλοπα add. S   


Or. 11.10 (rec gloss) ⟨τοῦ δ’ ἀπὸ⟩: καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου  —CrL2ROx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. L2   


Or. 11.11 (rec gloss) ⟨τοῦ⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ Πέλοπος  —V1AaMlMnRfSB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τοῦ] ἤγουν ἀπὸ τοῦ S, ἀπὸ τοῦ MlMn, om. Rf   


Or. 11.12 (rec gloss) ⟨τοῦ⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ Πέλοπος ⟨καὶ⟩ Ἀερόπης  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 11.13 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τοῦ⟩: ἀπὸ  —PcSXXaXbTYYfGGrZcZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπὸ τοῦδε Pc   

COLLATION NOTES:   T omits cross.   |   This note omitted in Ta.   


Or. 11.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῦ⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 11.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἀτρεὺς⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 11.16 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔφυ⟩: ἐγεννήθη  —VAbCrF2PrMnPcRfrSZZaZbZmZuTGuGOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMnSOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐγενήθη VS, γεννήθη Mn   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   This note omitted in Ta.   


Or. 12.01 (vet exeg) ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασα:  1τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς στέφανον.  2Αἰσχίνης γὰρ στέμματα τὰ ἔριά φησιν ἀπὸ τοῦ στέφειν τὰς ἠλακάτας·  3ἐξ ὧν γίνονται οἱ στέφανοι τῶν βασιλέων. ||  4ξήνασα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ προξενήσασα καὶ παρασχομένη.  5ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἡ τῷ Ἀτρεῖ τὴν βασιλείαν περιποιησαμένη θεὰ πόλεμον καὶ ἔριν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐπέκλωσε. ||  6γράφεται δὲ καὶ Ἔρις, ἵν’ ᾖ ἡ θεὰ Ἔρις τὸν πόλεμον ἐπέκλωσε Θυέστῃ καὶ Ἀτρεῖ.  7οὐ παράλογον δὲ καὶ ἄλλον θεὸν ἐπικλώθειν ὡς καὶ τὰς Μοίρας.  8Ὅμηρος γοῦν φησι [Hom. Od. 1.17]· ‘τῷ οἱ ἐπεκλώσαντο θεοὶ οἶκόνδε νέεσθαι’.   —MBVC, (partial) MnPcRaRb1Rb2Rb3RfSaSbSa

TRANSLATION:   The crown of rule. For Aeschines says that ‘stemmata’ refers to the wool threads, by derivation from their wreathing (‘stephein’) the distaff. Out of these (wool threads) the crowns of kings are made. || ‘Having carded’ is here used in the sense ‘having procured’, ‘having provided’. And the sense is: ‘The goddess who secured the kingship for Atreus ordained warfare and strife with his brother’. || The reading ‘Strife’ (in the nominative) is also found, so that the sense would be: ‘The goddess Strife ordained warfare for Thyestes and Atreus’. And it is not unreasonable that another god too (is said to) weave (a man’s fate) just like the Fates (Moirai). At any rate, Homer says: ‘in which (year) the gods ordained (wove the fate) for him that he return home’.

LEMMA: BCRb3(ξείν‑ R, a.c. B; ‑ας CR); ᾧ στέμματα MV (but unclear whether M had ᾧ or not)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVSaRaRb2; Pc has ref. symbol for separated sentence 6 to line 13; marginal label τὸ στέμμα add. B4, with another label ξήνασα in margin at 4       POSITION: Sa punctuates as if new sch. begins at 4 ξήνασα; three partial versions in Rb: first two conflated with parts of sch. 10.11, third as separate note; Sa has 4–5 below the line (other glosses occupy space above line), Sb part of 6 separately in block on next page; in Pc beginning of note (1–3) omitted or possibly lost to trimming of bottom margin of facing verso (where sch. 5.01 was cut off near end), the portion 4–5 precedes sch. 7.01, while 6 occurs later in block, between sch. 14.02 and 13.01      

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 τὸν τῆς … ἀδελφὸν ἐπέκλωσε om. Sb   |    1–3 τὸν τῆς … βασιλέων om. MnPcRaSa   |    1–4 τὸν τῆς … ξήνασα δὲ] αὕτη τὴν βασίλειαν ξήνασα Rb1   |    1 prep. ἔρια φησὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ στέφειν τὰς ἠλακάτας· ἐξ ὧν γὰρ οἱ στέφανοι τῶν βασιλέων: κατὰ τοῦ θείου ὁπλίζεται [from sch. 10.11] στέφανον Rb2   |    τὸν] στέμματα τὸν CSa, τὰ στέμματα τὸν Rb3Rf   |    στέφανον] θρόνον λέγει Rf   |    2 γάρ] δὲ C   |    2–8 τὰ ἔριά φησιν κτλ om. Rb3   |    τὰ om. Rf   |    2 ἀπὸ τοῦ] παρὰ(?) τοῦ Rb2   |    3–8 τῶν βασιλέων κτλ om. Rb2   |    δὲ om. Mn   |    4 προξενήσασα] ξενήσασα MMn, ἐριουργήσασα καὶ κατασκευάσασα ἢ ἀντί τοῦ προξενήσασα V   |    καὶ om. M, καὶ παρασχ. om. Rb1   |    after παρασχομένη add. ὡς εἶναι διὰ διφθό(γγου) τὸ ξεῖ V, add. ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐριουργήσασα κατασκευάσασα B   |    5 ὁ δὲ νοῦς] ὁ νοῦς CRb1, ὁ δὲ νοῦς τοῦ ὅλου τοιοῦτος V, ἢ Sa   |    ἡ … θεὰ] ὅτι τῷ ἀτρεῖ προξενήσασα ἡ θεὰ τὴν βασιλείαν Rf   |    ἡ τῷ] ᾧ τῷ MnPcRaSa   |    περιποιησαμένη τὴν βασιλείαν transp. BVC   |    περιποιησαμένη] ποιησαμένη MnPcRaSa   |    ἡ θεὰ MnPcSa   |    πόλεμον] ὁμοῦ MnPcRaRfSa, in marg. add. Mn κλωθὼ ὁμοῦ ἔθηκεν ἔριν καὶ πόλεμον   |    after ἀδελφὸν add. θυέστην V   |    6–8 γράφεται κτλ om. MnRb1SaSa   |    6 γράφεται δὲ καὶ ἔρις om. Ra   |    γράφεται] γράψον V   |    δὲ καὶ] καὶ M, om. Sb   |    ἡ om. RfSb   |    θεὰ om. V   |    τὸν] τε PcSb   |    6–8 θυέστῃ καὶ … νέεσθαι om. PcRaSb   |    6 θυέστῃ καὶ ἀτρεῖ om. Rf, τῶ θυέστη καὶ τῶ ἀτρεῖ V   |    7 ἄλλον τινὰ θεὸν Rf   |    ὡς καὶ] ἢ Schw.   |    8 some words om. M (washed out), perhaps γοῦν/γὰρ … οἱ   |    γοῦν] CRf, γὰρ BV [M]   |    ἐπεστήσαντο θεοὶ οἶκον δὲ νέσται Rf   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 αἰσχίνης] αἰσχύνου Rb2, αἰσχύνης Rb3   |    ἔριά] ἀέρι Sa   |    τὰς] τοὺς Rb2   |    ἡλακάτας MSa, ἡλακάτους Rf (breathing perhaps changed from smooth to rough)   |    4 ξείνασα Mn   |    5 ἡ] εἰ Rb1   |    ἐπέκλωσεν MnPcRb1S   |    6 ἐπέκλωσεν Rf   |    8 ὑπεκλώσαντο V   |    θεοὶ] θοὸν C   |    ναίεσθαι C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,16–23; Dind. II.37,8–16

COMMENT:   No one has identified Aeschines here (the name also appears in sch. Or. 1371). Aeschines may be the name of an obscure scholar/teacher of late antiquity or the ninth century (as Dindorf assumed in his Index Scriptorum), or the name may derive from some corruption. See also Prelim. Stud. 23. Cf. Suda κ 792 κατάστεψον πέδον: ἀντὶ τοῦ μεθ’ ἱκετηριῶν ἀφηγοῦ. [Soph. OC 467] ‘τὸ πρῶτον ἵκου καὶ κατεστέψας πέδον’. στέμματα ἔλεγον καὶ τὰ ἔρια. ‘ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασ’ ἐπέκλωσεν θεά’; Et. Magn. s.v. εἰρεσιώνη: … ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν στεμμάτων. στέμματα γὰρ τὰ ἔρια λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀττικοί; Sch. Soph. OC 474a2 Xenis ὅτι στέμματα ἔλεγον καὶ τὰ ἔρια. καὶ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ‘ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασ’ ἐπέκλωσεν’.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Mn marginal note on 5 partly obscured in image, check original Mn; in B a faint marginal note at end of this note, check original B   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 12.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασα⟩: ἡ θεὰ ἡ τῷ Ἀτρεῖ τὴν βασιλείαν παρασχομένη πόλεμον καὶ ἔριν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἀπέκλωσεν.  —O


Or. 12.03 (vet exeg) ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασα: 1τοῦτό φησιν ὅτι ἡ Μοῖρα βασιλείαν μελετήσασα τῷ Ἀτρεῖ οὐ καθαρὰν ταύτην αὐτῷ ἐχαρίσατο, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ἀδελφικῆς συμφορᾶς.  2δύο γὰρ ὄντοιν ἀδελφοῖν Πελοπίδαιν Θυέστου καὶ Ἀτρέως, τῆς βασιλείας ὀφειλομένης τῷ Θυέστῃ ὡς πρωτοτόκῳ, ταύτην ἡ Μοῖρα τῷ δευτέρῳ, Ἀτρεῖ, περιεποιήσατο.  3ἐκεῖνον μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις ἐκάλει πρὸς τὴν ἀρχήν, τοῦτον δὲ ἡ πονηρία καὶ ἐπιτέχνησις εἰς τὸ κράτος ἀνήγαγε.  4ταύτην γὰρ τὴν πονηρίαν καὶ ἐπιτέχνησιν Μοῖραν ἐμυθεύσαντο οἱ σοφοί·  5μόρος γὰρ λέγεται ἡ κακοπάθεια καὶ μορεῖν τὸ κακοπαθεῖν·  6ὅθεν προσλήψει τοῦ ἰῶτα μοῖρα·  7ἡ γὰρ πονηρία μετὰ πλείστης κακοπαθείας καὶ μόχθου νικᾷ τὴν εὐθύτητα.  8διὰ τοῦτο καὶ λέγεται ἡ Μοῖρα κλώθουσα καὶ ξαίνουσα.   —VPr

TRANSLATION:   He says this because Moira, having carefully arranged a kingship for Atreus, did not gift this to him in an unalloyed form, but by means of the misfortune of his brother. For there being two brothers, sons of Pelops, Thyestes and Atreus, and the kingship being owed to Thyestes as the first-born, Moira provided this kingship to the second-born, Atreus. For the natural right of birth was calling the former to the office of ruler, but knavery and machination raised the latter to power. For clever men have interpreted this knavery and machination in mythological terms as Moira. For suffering is called ‘moros’ and (the corresponding verb) to suffer is ‘morein’. And from this (‘moros’) by the addition of iota comes ‘moira’. For knavery, with a very great deal of suffering and toil, overcomes honesty. And for this reason Moira is spoken of as spinning and carding (wool).

LEMMA: V(ὦ)Pr      POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, before start of text; between two instances of sch. 5.19 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   2 περιεποιήσατο Dind., προσεποιήσατο VPr   |    4 γὰρ] δὲ Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δύω Pr   |    ὠφειλομένης V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,1–11; Dind. II.36,17–37,7

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   allegory   


Or. 12.04 (pllgn paraphr) ᾧ καὶ ᾧτινι τῷ Ἀτρεῖ ἡ θεὰ ἡ Κλωθὼ ξήνασα καὶ παρασχοῦσα ἢ ἐριουργήσασα τὰ στέμματα καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἐπέκλωσε καὶ ἐπέδωκεν ὤστε θέσθαι καὶ ποιήσασθαι ἔριν καὶ πόλεμον τῷ Θυέστῃ ὄντι συγγόνῳ καὶ ἀδελφῷ.  —Y2

LEMMA: abbrev. for σύνταξις in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἱερουργήσασα Y2, corr. Mastr.   


Or. 12.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασ’⟩: ἤγουν τῷ Ἀτρεῖ τὰ τῆς βασιλείας κατασκευάσασα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: Ἀτρεῖ  —V3AaKRfSaZZaZbZmTYGuGB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ prep. V3AaKSaY   


Or. 12.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: ᾧτινι τῷ Ἀτρεῖ  —CrMnSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   (ᾧ)τινι MnS   


Or. 12.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ᾦ⟩: ᾧτινι  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τούτῳ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: οὖν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨στέμματα ξήνασ’⟩: τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς στέφανον περιποιησαμένη  —V3PrYr

POSITION: s.l. V3, marg. Y, appended to sch. 10.11 Pr      


Or. 12.12 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨στέμματα⟩: βασιλείαν  —VAaFSaXXaXbYYfGGrZZaZbZmT*ZcB3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. VAaSa   |    ἤτοι prep. ZZbZmT   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.37,21


Or. 12.13 (rec gloss) ⟨στέμματα⟩: στέφη  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στέμματα⟩: βασιλεία· ἀπὸ συμβόλου τὸ κύριον.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.37,22


Or. 12.15 (rec artGloss) ⟨στέμματα⟩: τὰ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: προξενήσασα  —OVAaAbCrMlMnPcPrRRfRwSYrGuOx

LEMMA: O has ξήνασα in text; S ξείνας, Ml ξείνασ’; Pr has ει s.l. (ξείνασ’)       POSITION: s.l., except in marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMnOx   |    προξενήσας V, προσεξένησα Mn   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προξενείσασα Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.37,22–23


Or. 12.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: γρ. ξείνασα ἤγουν προξενήσασα  —F

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 12.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: ξείνασ’  —KYr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: διαχειρίσασα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: ἐριουργήσασα καὶ κατασκευάσασα  —VF

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. F   


Or. 12.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: ἐριουργήσασα  —SaGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.37,23


Or. 12.22 (mosch gloss) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: κατασκευάσασα  —XXaXbT+Zb1YYfGrZcL2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.37,22


Or. 12.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: διαλύσασα  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: εὐτρεπίσασα  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: ὑφάνασα  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: νοήσασα  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ξαίνω τὸ διαλύω. ἐπεὶ γὰρ εἶπεν ἐπέκλωσεν, ἀναγκαῖον ὅτι τὰ κλώσματα πρῶτον ξαίνονται, εἶτα κλώθονται.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:  (The form ‘xēnasa’ is) from ‘xainō’ meaning ‘card, unravel’. For since he (or she) said ‘she spun the thread (of fate)’, it is necessarily the case that the threads are first carded, and then are spun.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 12.28 (tri metr) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 12.29 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐπέκλωσε θεὰ⟩:  1τρεῖς εἰσὶ Μοῖραι, Κλωθώ, Λάχεσις καὶ Ἄτροπος.  2τούτων ἡ μὲν Κλωθὼ τὰ ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ μέλλοντα συμβήσεσθαι κλώθει καὶ κατασκευάζει, ἡ δὲ Λάχεσις λαγχάνει καὶ κληροῖ καὶ ἐπικυροῖ ταῦτα καὶ οἷον ἐπισφαγίζει, ἡ δὲ Ἄτροπος ἄτρεπτα καὶ ἀμετακίνητα καὶ ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως γενησόμενα τίθησι.  3τὸ δὲ ξήνασα διὰ τοῦτο προσέθηκε, διότι ἐπέκλωσεν εἶπε.  4ξαίνουσι γὰρ πρῶτον τὸ ἔριον αἱ βουλόμεναι νῆμα κατασκευάσαι γυναῖκες.   —ZZaZbZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   There are three Moirai, Clotho, Lachesis, and Atropos. Among these, Clotho spins and arranges what is destined to befall each single person; Lachesis casts the lots and assigns by lot and confirms these things and as it were puts the seal on them; Atropos makes them incapable of being turned aside or changed and such that they could not turn out otherwise. And he (the poet) added ‘having carded (the wool)’ for this reason, because he said ‘spun (the thread) for’. For women who want to create thread first card the wool.

REF. SYMBOL: Z to ἐπέκλωσε, ZaZm to θεά      

APP. CRIT.:   2 κλωθὼ om. Ox   |    ἑκάστου Zb   |    συμβήσεσθαι μέλλοντα transp. ZZa   |    οὐκ ἂν] κἂν Zb, οὐκ Ox   |    γενησόμενα] γενήσονται Zb   |    τίθησι transp. before καὶ ὡς Ox   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 λαχάνει Zb   |    κατασκεβάζει Ox   |    ἐπέκλοσεν εἶπεν Ox   |    4 κατασκευᾶσαι Z, with both acute and circumflex (app.) Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.37,17–21, 23–25


Or. 12.30 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπέκλωσεν⟩: τὸν Ἀτρέα  —AaAbMlMnPcPrRS

REF. SYMBOL: Ab       POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The accusative τὸν Ἀτρέα is meant to be subject acc. of θέσθαι.   


Or. 12.30a (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπέκλωσεν⟩: ἐπέθηκεν  —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -θηκε S (Mn ambig.)   |   


Or. 12.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπέκλωσεν⟩: undeciphered gloss, τ(ὴν) or τ(ῶν) followed by το (app. with ων sign above) and ξειας(?) or ξεί(?)  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Y 104v   


Or. 12.32 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐπέκλωσεν⟩: εἱμαρμένον ἐποίησεν  —XaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.; possibly intended to be continuation of gloss προξενήσασα (12.16)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ εἱμαρμένη Y   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σε XXa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.37,25


Or. 12.33 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπέκλωσεν⟩: κατεσκεύασεν  —MlMnSGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.37,26


Or. 12.34 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπέκλωσεν⟩: διήγειρε  —RZu

REF. SYMBOL: R      POSITION: R marg., Zu s.l.      


Or. 12.35 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπέκλωσεν⟩: ἐποίησε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.36 (rec gloss) ⟨θεά⟩: Ἥρα ἢ Κλωθώ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.37 (rec gloss) ⟨θεὰ⟩: ἡ Ἥρα  —V1AbCrMlMnPcPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. V, app. Sa1, καὶ prep. Cr   |    ἡ ὥρα Ml   


Or. 12.38 (rec gloss) ⟨θεὰ⟩: ἔρις  —Pc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.39 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεά⟩: ἡ ἔρις ἢ ἡ Μοῖρα ἢ ἡ θεὰ ἡ Ἔρις  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.40 (rec gloss) ⟨θεά⟩: Μοῖρα  —RfrRw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.41 (mosch gloss) ⟨θεά⟩: ἡ Μοῖρα ἡ Κλωθώ  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.37,26


Or. 12.42 (thom gloss) ⟨θεά⟩: Κλωθώ  —ZZaZmZbTZcAaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν ἡ prep. Aa, ἡ prep. TZcB3a   


Or. 12.43 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεά⟩: ἡ Κλωθὼ ἐποίησεν· ἡ εἱμαρμένη  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.44 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεά⟩: Κλωθὼ καὶ ἡ Ἥρα  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.45 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεά⟩: Κλωθὼ Λάχεσις καὶ Ἄτροπος  —B3a

POSITION: in marg. at 10      


Or. 12.46 (rec gloss) ⟨θεά⟩: ἡ τύχη  —GKZuGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.37,26


Or. 12.47 (tri metr) ⟨θεά⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 12.48 (rec artGloss) ⟨θεά⟩:  —SOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 13.01 (rec exeg) ἔριν Θυέστῃ: 1ἔριν πόλεμον ἀρσενικὸν, τὸν ἐριστικὸν.  2ὡς τὸ Ἡσιόδειον [Hes. Op. 191–192] ‘μᾶλλον δὲ κακῶν ῥεκτῆρα καὶ ὕβριν / ἀνέρα τιμήσουσιν’.   —MnPcRaRbS

TRANSLATION:   ‘Strife war’ (with feminine noun to be taken as adjectival modifying the following noun as if) masculine, ‘the strife-filled’. Just as the Hesiodic example (Op. 191–192, with feminine noun ‘hubrin’ used adjectivally) ‘they will honor more the doer of evils and the arrogant man’.

LEMMA: Rb      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: Ra cont. from sch. 12.01      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔριν πόλεμον om. Mn   |    τὸν Dindorf (cf. sch. 13.02, 13.03, 13.06), τ’ all   |    ὡς] εἰ Rb   |    κακὸν Mn   |    ὑβριστὴν Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ῥεχθῆρα Rb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.38,1–3

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Hesiod   


Or. 13.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔριν⟩: ἀρσενικὸν ἤγουν τὸν ἐριστικὸν πόλεμον  —VYr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν κατὰ τὸν Yr   


Or. 13.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔριν⟩: ἐριστικὸν —B3aL2RPcPr

POSITION: s.l.; Pr has ἐριστικὸν over ἔριν (its supralinear reading, ἔρις in line)      


Or. 13.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔριν⟩: πολεμικὸν  —AbRPc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 13.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρις⟩: ἐριστική, ἢ ἔριν καὶ ἐριστικόν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 13.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔριν⟩: πόλεμον τὸν ἐριστικὸν  —MlMn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn   |   πολέμιον a.c., πόλεμον τὸν p.c. Mn   |    τὸν om. Ml   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.38,1


Or. 13.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔριν⟩: ζῆλον  —B3a

POSITION: s.l., joined to previous gloss with ἢ      


Or. 13.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔριν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς φιλονεικίας αὐτῶν  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (‘Strife’) in the sense ‘the cause of their quarrel’.

POSITION: M s.l. (above θέσθαι 14)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,12; Dind. II.38,5


Or. 13.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔριν⟩: καὶ ἔρια πλέξασα ἡ Ἥρα  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν ἥραν Sa, corr. Mastr.   

COMMENT:   Does the mention of Hera here and in sch. 12.26, 12.27 have something to do with an etymologizing connection with ἔρια and/or ἔρις? The Iliadic strife of Zeus and Hera and the strife of the three goddesses occasioning the judgment of Paris are often alluded to, but no commentator seems to make an etymological connection.   


Or. 13.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔριν⟩: μάχην  —Zb1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 13.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔριν⟩: καὶ φιλονεικίαν καὶ πόλεμον  —CrZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ πόλεμον om. CrOx   |   

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 13.18 below.   


Or. 13.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔριν⟩: αὐτὴν ἐποίησε  —Rw

POSITION: in left marg. beside 13, 15, 17 (two-column layout)      


Or. 13.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔρις⟩: ἤγουν ἡ θεά  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 13.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔριν⟩: γρ. ἔρις  —Pc

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 13.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἔριν⟩: τὴν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 13.16 (recMosch artGloss) ⟨Θυέστῃ⟩: τῷ  —SXXaXbTYYfGrAaF2Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   T omits cross.   


Or. 13.17 (rec gloss) ⟨πόλεμον⟩: πολεμικὸν  —PrGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 13.18 (tri exeg) ⟨πόλεμον⟩: ἀσυνδέτως τοῦτο λέγει.  —T

TRANSLATION:   He utters this word (‘polemon’, ‘war’) in asyndeton (i.e., with ‘erin’, ‘strife’).

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 13.11 above.   

COLLATION NOTES:   brownish ink, written at latest stage   |   


Or. 13.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόλεμον⟩: ὥστε θέσθαι δηλονότι λέγω —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 13.20 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὄντι συγγόνῳ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸς Θυέστην ὄντα σύγγονον θέσθαι  —MVCYr

TRANSLATION:   (The dative phrase is used) in the sense of ‘create against Thyestes, who is a brother’.

POSITION: s.l. (above θυέστῃ MYr)      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ πρὸς om. MC   |    τὸν θυ. Yr   |    ὄντα … θέσθαι om. Yr   |    σύγγονον θέσθαι] συνθέσθαι V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,13; Dind. II.38,3–4


Or. 13.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ὄντι⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχοντι  —CrF2MnOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. F2   


Or. 13.22 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨συγγόνῳ⟩: ἀδελφῷ  —VAaAbKMlMnPcPrRRf2SSaXXaXbYYfGGrZZaZbZmT*ZcZuOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SOx, τῶ prep. Aa   |    αὐτοῦ add. AaAbPcPrRZu, τῷ ἀτρεῖ add. MlMnSSa   

COLLATION NOTES:   Rf faint brown ink, prob. same hand   |   


Or. 13.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συγγόνῳ⟩: αὐτοῦ τοῦ Ἀτρέως  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 13.24 (rec exeg) ⟨συγγόνῳ⟩: ὁ Θυέστης καὶ Ἀτρεὺς ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν ἄμφω, υἱοὶ δὲ Πέλοπος.  —Pc

POSITION: between sch. 13.01 and sch. 15.02      


Or. 13.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συγγόνῳ⟩: ὁ Θυέστης καὶ ὁ Ἀτρεὺς ἦσαν ἀδελφοί  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 13.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συγγόνῳ⟩: αὐταδέλφῳ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.01 (rec gloss) ⟨θέσθαι⟩: ὥστε  —V3Aa2MnSSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.02 (rec gloss) ⟨θέσθαι⟩: ποιῆσαι, βαλεῖν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨θέσθαι⟩: ὥστε ποιῆσαι  —XXaXbT+YYfGrL2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ add. before ποιῆσαι L2   

COLLATION NOTES:   T’s cross lost to repair (may have been a cross above, if ποιῆσαι actually written earlier as Thoman gloss (next); Ta has cross before, but is unreliable about the distinction.   


Or. 14.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨θέσθαι⟩: ποιῆσαι  —AbCrGKMnPcZZaZbZmZcZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrKMnOx   |   


Or. 14.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θέσθαι⟩: ποιήσασθαι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.38,6


Or. 14.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θέσθαι⟩: γενέσθαι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.07 (vet exeg) τί τἄρρητα ἀναμετρήσασθαι:  1διὰ τοῦ ἀναμετρήσασθαι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν ἐσήμηνεν.  2ἢ οὖν ὡς πολλὰ, ἢ ὡς ἄτοπα παραπέμπεται.  3ἢ ὡς παρθένος παραιτεῖται λέγειν διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν Θυέστου, ἢ τὴν ἄθεσμον Αἰγίσθου γονήν.  4ἐκ γὰρ Πελοπείας τῆς θυγατρὸς {ἢ Στερόπιδος} ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν Θυέστης.   —MBVCMlMnPcRaRbRfSSa

TRANSLATION:   By using ‘to measure out’ she indicated the great quantity of the ills. They are, then, dismissed (or: she dismisses them) either because they are numerous or because they are extraordinary; or as a virgin she excuses herself from speaking (them) because of the adultery of Thyestes, or the unlawful birth of Aegisthus. For from his daughter Pelopeia Thyestes sired him.

LEMMA: B, τί τἄρρ. ἀναμετρ. με δεῖ Ml(τί π’ἄρρητ’)MnS(ἄρρητ’ἄρρητ); τί τἄρρ. VRb, ἀναμετρ. CPc      REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlPcRbSa; marginal label αἴγιστος (app.) add. B4      POSITION: follows sch. 10.11 in Pc, follows 7.01 in Ml      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τοῦ ἀναμ.] διαμετρήσασθαι C, διὰ τὸ ἀναμ. MlPcRbRfSSa, διὰ τὶ ἀναμ. Mn   |    2 οὖν om. Sa, ἂν Rf   |    second ὡς om. Rb   |    ἄνομα καὶ add. before ἄτοπα M   |    παραμέμπεσθαι a.c. Mn, περιπέμπονται Ml   |    3 διὰ om. M   |    τοῦ θυέστου M   |    second ἢ om. Ra   |    τὴν … γονήν Sa, τὴν … γονὴν σιωπᾶ PcMnS, τὴν … γονὴν σιωπᾶν (app. changed from -ᾶς) Ml, τὴν … γονὴν σιωπῆ RaRb, τὴν … γυνὴν σιωπὴν Rf, τὸν… γάμον MBVC   |    4 ἐκ γὰρ Πελοπίας PcRfRaRb, ἐκ γὰρ τῆς πελοπίας Ml(-πέας)Mn(ἐπελοπίας)S; ἐκ γὰρ πέλοπος Sa; οὗτος γὰρ ἦν παῖς πελοπίας M(πελοπείας)BVC   |    τῆς θυγατρὸς ἢ στερόπιδος] MBV(add. ἀπὸ after ἢ)CRf(ἀστερόπιδος), τῆς θυγατρὸς στεροπίδος MlMnPcRaRbS, τῆς πελοπίδος θυγατρὸς Sa; ἢ στερόπιδος del. Schw.   |    αὐτὴν Ra, perhaps Sa   |    θυέστης om. S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐσήμανεν BCMlPcRbRfS, ἐσήμενε Mn, ἐσήμινεν M, ἐδάμηνεν Sa [Ra]   |    παραιτῆται Mn   |    2 first ἢ] ἡ Ml   |    3 παραιτεῖται] παρεῖται καὶ Ml   |    ἄσθεσμον Ml   |    αἰγίστου MnRaRf, αἰγύστου Ml   |    ἠστεροπιδος M, ἠστερόπ(ι)δος C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,23–26; Dind. II.38,25–39,1

COMMENT:   This Pelopeia is also named in Lucian, de saltatione 43. M’s spelling Πελοπείας matches that attested for a daughter of Pelias (sister of Acastus) in Apoll. Rh. 1.326 and ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. 1.95 (Πελοπείαν changed to Πελόπειαν by Wagner), whereas Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 175 has Πελόπιαν (thus accented in Scheer), and forms of Πελοπία are found elsewhere for Thyestes’ daughter, for a daughter of Niobe, and for the mother of Cycnus.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ra cut off at beginning (trimming).   


Or. 14.08 (vet exeg) τί τἄρρητα:  1ἐπειδὴ ἡ ἔρις τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς γέγονε διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν τῆς Ἀερόπης, ἣν γυναῖκα οὖσαν Ἀτρέως ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ Θυέστης ἐμοίχευσε καὶ ὤφειλεν ἐνταῦθα λαληθῆναι τὸ τῆς ἔριδος αἴτιον,  2διὰ τὸ ἄρρητον καὶ ἄφραστον τῆς ὑποθέσεως καὶ μηδὲ πρέπον διὰ κόρης τῆς Ἠλέκτρας ἐκλαληθῆναί φησιν ὁ ποιητὴς δι’ αὐτῆς τί τἄρρητ’ ἀναμετρήσασθαί με δεῖ,  3ἤγουν τί με δεῖ τὰ μὴ ἐνδεχόμενα λαλεῖσθαί τινι καὶ μάλιστα ἐμοὶ ὡς παρθένῳ ἀναμετρήσασθαι καὶ ἀπαριθμῆσαι {χρεών}.  4ἤτοι ἀπαριθμήσασθαι, ἐν τῷ ἀριθμῷ τῶν λεγομένων ἐκθεῖναι.   —VPr

TRANSLATION:   Because the strife arose among the brothers because of the adultery of Aerope, whom his brother Thyestes seduced even though she was the wife of Atreus, and because the cause of the strife ought to have been spoken here, on account of the unspeakable and unsayable quality of the story and its being not even suitable to be spoken openly by the maiden Electra, the poet declares through her ‘why must I measure out the unspeakable deeds’, that is, why must I measure out and enumerate things which it is not acceptable for anyone to speak, and especially not for me as a virgin. That is, (the verb used) means count off, put forth in the series of things spoken.

POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, before start of text; follows sch. 5.20 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 λαληθῆ Pr   |    2 διὰ δὲ τὸ Pr   |    πρέπη Pr   |    3 χρεών del. Schw.   |    4 ἤτοι Schw., ἢ τὸ V, ἢ τῶ Pr   |    ἀριθμήσασθαι Prὁ μὲν βραδυσμὸς ἐστρόβει τὴν καρδίαν   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 μὴ δὲ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,14–22; Dind. II.38,7–15


Or. 14.09 (pllgn exeg) τί τἄρρητα ἀναμετρήσασθαι με δεῖ:  1ἢ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν παρῃτήσατο λέγειν αὐτὰ ἢ διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν τοῦ Ἀτρέως τὴν μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ Θυέστου ὡς παρθένος ἡ Ἠλέκτρα οὐκ ἠνέσχετο ἐξειπεῖν ταῦτα.  2λέγουσι γὰρ ὡς ὁ Ἀτρεὺς μοιχεύσας τὴν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ Θυέστου γυναῖκα εἶχον πολέμους καὶ ἔριδας εἰς τὸ ἑξῆς,  3ὥστε σφάξαι τὸν Ἀτρέα τὰ τοῦ Θυέστου τέκνα καὶ παραθεῖναι αὐτῶ ταῦτα εἰς τροφήν.  4ἀπελθὼν γοῦν ὁ Θυέστης εἰς τὸ μαντεῖον τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐζήτει χρησμὸν πῶς ἂν ⟨      ⟩ λάβῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀτρέως εἰς τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ ἣν ἐμοίχευσε καὶ εἰς τὸν φόνον ὃν εἰργάσατο τῶν παίδων αὐτοῦ.  5ἐχρησμοδοτήθη τοίνυν ὡς ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ Αἴγισθος μοιχεύσει τὴν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀτρέως τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος γυναῖκα, εἶτα συμβῆναι μέσον αὐτῶν μάχας καὶ πολέμους, ὅπερ καὶ ἐγένετο.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Either because of the large number of the ills she excused herself from speaking them, or because of the adultery of Atreus with the wife of Thyestes Electra, as a virgin, could not bear to say this openly. For they say that when Atreus had seduced the wife of his brother, they had episodes of warfare and strife thereafter, such that Atreus killed the children of Thyestes and set them before him as food. In any case, Thyestes went off to the oracle of Apollo and sought an oracle as to how he might exact ⟨vengeance⟩ from Atreus in regards to his wife, whom Atreus had seduced, and the murder of his sons which he had committed. So then, the oracular response was that his son Aegisthus would commit adultery with the wife of Atreus’ son Agamemnon, and then battles and warfare would take place between them, which in fact came about.

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἰπεῖν a.c.   |    4 e.g. ⟨τιμωρίαν⟩ λάβῃ   

APP. CRIT. 2:   5 ἐχρησμωδοτήθη Y2   


Or. 14.10 (pllgn exeg) τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν δηλοῖ διὰ τοῦ ἀνα[μ]ετρ[ήσασθαι]  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.11 (pllgn rhet) κατὰ παράλειψιν  —B3a

TRANSLATION:   Using deliberate omission.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παράλειψις   


Or. 14.12 (pllgn rhet) τὸ σχῆμα ἐπιτρέχον  —B3a

TRANSLATION:   The schema is ‘epitrechon’ (treating quickly and cursorily, with rapid shift to next topic).

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The schema is referred to in Hermogenes, περὶ ἰδεῶν 1.11, 2.1 along with various commentators on Hermogenes. Cf. percursio, ἐπιτροχασμός, Lausberg §§881–882 (related to praeteritio, thus to the alternative terms in 14.11 and 14.13).   

KEYWORDS:  ἐπιτρέχον   


Or. 14.13 (pllgn rhet) παρασιώπησις τὸ σχῆμα  —Zu

TRANSLATION:   The schema is ‘parasiōpēsis’ (refraining from stating).

REF. SYMBOL: Zu      POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The term is usually applied to any omission made by refraining to state something, but Tryphon, περὶ τρόπων, Rhet.Gr. III:199,261 Spengel, gives a narrower definition as stating one of two related facts and omitting the other.   

KEYWORDS:  παρασιώπησις   


Or. 14.14 (mosch gloss) ⟨τί⟩: κατὰ τί, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδὲν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X (in addition to sch. in margin, X has κατὰ only s.l.)      

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ … τοῦ om. G   |    κατὰ τί] κατ’ αἰτίαν T, κατὰ Y, om. Zc   


Or. 14.15 (rec exeg) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: ἢ ὡς πόλλα ἢ ἄτοπα παραπέμπεται.  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.16 (mosch exeg) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: τὰ μὴ πρέποντα λέγεσθαι ὡς αἰσχρὰ. λέγει δὲ τὰ τῆς μοιχείας τοῦ Θυέστου.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:   The things that should not be said because (they are) shameful. And she means the business of Thyestes’ adultery.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς αἰσχρὰ κτλ om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.39,3–4


Or. 14.17 (rec gloss) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: μὴ δυνάμενα λεχθῆναι  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.18 (thom exeg) τἄρρητ’: τὰ μὴ δυνάμενα ῥηθῆναι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος ἢ διὰ τὸ εἶναι δύσφημα  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Things that cannot be spoken because of their great quantity or because they are scandalous.

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ om. Gu   |    διὰ … δύσφημα om. Zb   |    ἢ ὡς ἄπειρα add. at end Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.39,4–5


Or. 14.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: ⟨ὡς⟩ δύσφημα ἢ ὡς πολλὰ ἢ ὡς ἄτοπα παραπέμπεται, ἢ ὡς παρθένος παραιτεῖται λέγειν διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν Θυέστου.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: καὶ τὰ ἄλεκτα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: ἤγουν κακόφημα  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.22 (rec gloss) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: τῶν κακῶν δηλονότι αὐτῶν  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: ἄξια σιγῆς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.24 (rec artGloss) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: τὰ  —KS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.25 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩:  1‘ἀνεμέτρει τὸ χωρίον’ παρ’ Ἀριστοφάνει [Arist. Nub. 152] ἀντὶ τοῦ διεμέτρει·  2ἀναμετρήσασθαι δὲ ἐνταῦθα ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναλαβεῖν καὶ διηγήσασθαι, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν τὰ μετρηθέντα ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀναλαμβανόντων καὶ μετρούντων.  3καθὸ λέγεται καὶ τὸ ‘ἀνακοινωσώμεθα τὸν λόγον’ παρὰ Πλάτωνι [Plato, Cratyl. 383a] ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀναλαβόντες κοινωσώμεθα.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   (The verb ‘anametreō’ is also used in) ‘he measured the distance’ in Aristophanes, in the sense ‘he measured across (from one end to the other)’. But here the word ‘anametreisthai’ is used in the sense ‘take up from the beginning and narrate’, by a metaphor from those taking up the measured items from the beginning and measuring them. In a similar fashion ‘let us share anew (‘anakoinōsōmetha’) the argument’ is used in Plato to mean ‘having taken it up from the beginning, let us share it’.

LEMMA: ἀναμετρήσασθαι με δεῖ G       REF. SYMBOL: Gr      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἀναλαβεῖν] ἀναμετρεῖν G   |    3 ἀνακοινωσόμεθα XaY, ἀνακοινώσασθαι X   |    κοινωσόμεθα Y   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 παρὰ ἀριστ. TYG   |    2 μεταφοροῦς app. Y   |    3 ἀναλαμβόντες Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.38,17–21

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes; Plato   


Or. 14.26 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: ἀναψηφίσασθαι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν  —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep., τὸ … κακῶν om. S   |    ἀναφίσασθαι Ml   


Or. 14.27 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: τὸ ἀναμετρήσασθαι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξαριθμῆσαι καὶ καταλέξαι καὶ εἰπεῖν.  —ZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  ‘Measure out’ used in the sense ‘count out and enumerate and say’.

POSITION: marg. Zm; cont. from sch. 14.25, add. δὲ, T      

APP. CRIT.:   only ἐξαριθμῆσαι καταλέξαι εἰπεῖν Gu   |    second καὶ om. or lost to damage Zm   


Or. 14.28 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: διηγορήσασθαι  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps διηγ{ορ}ήσασθαι (cf. 14.31, 14.32)   

COMMENT:   There is one apparent instance of διηγορέω in TLG (13th cent.: Georgius Metochites, Hist. dogmat. 1.49,14, διηγορήσαντες). The unexpected middle form here is perhaps under the influence of the ‑ήσασθαι of the lemma, unless Sa’s form is simply a corruption of διηγήσασθαι.   


Or. 14.29 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: ἀναριθμῆσαι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: ἀριθμήσασθαι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: ἀναλαβεῖν καὶ διηγήσασθαι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.39,6


Or. 14.32 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: διηγήσασθαι  —Zb2YG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: ἱστορῆσαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.34 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: καὶ ἐξειπεῖν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.35 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: διελθεῖν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.36 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: ἀναλογίσασθαι  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.37 (rec gloss) ⟨δεῖ⟩: πρέπει  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 15.01 (vet exeg) ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν: 1μετὰ τὸ ψωμισθῆναι τὰ τέκνα τὸν Θυέστην ἐχρήσθη ἐν τῇ Πυθοῖ ἐρωτῶντι πῶς τιμωρήσαιτο τὸν ἀδελφόν,  2μιγῆναι τῇ θυγατρὶ Πελοπείᾳ καὶ τὸν ἐκ ταύτης γενόμενον δεινὰ κατεργάσεσθαι τοὺς Ἀτρείδας {Αἴγισθον}.   —MBOVCMlMnPcRbRfSSa

TRANSLATION:   After Thyestes had been fed his children in little pieces, an oracle was given to him in Delphi when he inquired how he was to get vengeance on his brother, that he should have intercourse with his daughter Pelopeia and the child born from her would do terrible things to the sons of Atreus.

LEMMA: BVC(οὔ νιν)MlMnPc(prep. ἄλλως)Rb(prep. καὶ ἄλλως)Rf(add. in marg.)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbRf      POSITION: cont. from sch. 14.07 Sa, follows sch. 15.02 MlMnPcS      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπειδὴ prep. B, ἐπεὶ prep. C   |    μετὰ … τέκνα om. Rf in block, but added in outer margin   |    τὸ om. MnSa, τοῦ Ml   |    ψωασθῆναι Mn   |    τὸν] τοῦ Ml, om. V   |    ἐχρήσθην Sa, after ἐχρήσθη add. ὁ θυέστης MlMnPcRb, add. ὅτι ὁ θυέστης S   |    τῇ Πυθοῖ Schw., τῇ πυθ() M, τῇ πυθίᾳ BOVCRf, τῶ πύθω others (πύθ() Pc, πίθω Mn, πειθ() Rb)   |    ἐρωτῶντι Sa, ἐρωτῶν others   |    πῶς om. M, ὅτι Sa   |    τιμωρήσεται Sa (app. τιμωρήσετο a.c., ‑αιτο p.c. Mn)   |    τὸν ἀδελφόν ἤτοι τὸν ἀτρέα Ml(ἔτι)MnPcRbS   |    2 τῆ θυγατέρα Ml   |    πελοπείᾳ O (see on 14.07), πελοπίᾳ others except πελοπι** M(partly washed out), πελοπίδι Sa   |    ἐξ αὐτῆς MC   |    γενόμενον RfSa, either γιν‑ or γεν‑ M, γεννώμενον B, γινόμενον OCMnPcRbS, τεχθησόμενον V   |    δεινὸν MlMnPcS, τὰ δεινά Sa   |    κατεργ. κτλ om. Sa   |    κατεργάσεσθαι Schw., ‑σασθαι all   |    τοὺς ἀτρέας Rf, τοῖς ἀτρείδαις V   |    Αἴγισθον] om. Rf (del. Schw.), οὗτος δ’ ἦν αἴγισθος V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ψομισθῆσαι Ml   |    τιμωρῆσαι τὸ τὸν Ml   |    2 καπεργάσασθαι Ml   |    ἀτρεῖδας S, ἀτρίδας Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,1–3; Dind. II.39,23–26.

COMMENT:   Schw. emends to τῷ Θυέστῃ, but ψωμίζω is used with two accusatives from the Septuagint onward, and there are several instances of retained accusative of the food eaten with the aorist and perfect passive of the verb: so here, ‘after Thyestes had been fed his children in little pieces’.   


Or. 15.02 (rec exeg) ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν: ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἔσφαξε τοὺς παῖδας τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ τουτέστι τοῦ Θυέστου, καὶ εἶθ’ οὕτως παρέβαλε τῷ Θυέστη καὶ ἔφαγεν αὐτοὺς.  —MlaMlbMnaMnbPcaPcbRbSaSb

TRANSLATION:  Atreus, for his part, slaughtered the sons of his brother, that is, of Thyestes, and then in this way set them before Thyestes (to eat) and he (Thyestes) ate them.

LEMMA: MlaMnaSa      REF. SYMBOL: MlaPca       POSITION: RbSb cont. from sch. 15.27 (Rb2 version); MlaMnaSa separately preceding sch. 15.01; MlbMnb after sch. 16.05; Pca preceding sch. 15.01, Pcb in inner margin perpendicular to text      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔσφαξε] ἐφόνευσε MlbMnb(‑εν)PcbSb   |    τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ …τουτέστι om. MlbMnbSb, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ … τουτέστι τοῦ om. Pcb, αὐτοῦ τουτέστι om. MlaMnaSa, τουτέστι τοῦ om. Pca   |    καὶ om. MlbMnbPcbSb   |    ἔφαγεν] ἔσφαγεν Mla, ἔσφαγξεν Mna   |    αὐτὰ MlaMnaSa, αὐτὰς Mlb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰθ’ MlaMlaMnaRb   |    παρέβαλλε MlaMlb   |    τῶ θυέστην Mlb   |   


Or. 15.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν⟩: καὶ ἔθρεψεν αὐτὸν τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,1


Or. 15.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν⟩: ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ἑστιᾶσαι τὰ ἑαυτοῦ τέκνα ἃ καὶ ἠσθίασεν.  —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔδοκε Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,2–3

COMMENT:   In TLG there are a few forms ascribed ἑστιάομαι (see LBG s.v.), and the single similar active form ἠσθίαμεν (τοὺς ἰχθύας οὓς ἠσθίαμεν) is tentatively analyzed as a Byzantine form of ἐσθίω. The form in Lp provides the first evidence of a similar aorist.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   |   Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 15.05 (rec exeg) ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν:  ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἐφόνευσε τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θύεστου, ὁ δὲ Θυέστης ἔγημε τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀτρέως, ἥτις ἦν Ἀερόπη.  —Rb, partial MlMnPcS

LEMMA: cont. from prev. (MlMnPcS each from b-version)      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ μὲν … θυέστου om. MlMnPcS   |    ἐφόνησε Rb   |    γυναῖκα τοῦ om. S   |    ἦν Ἀερόπη] ἀερό[ Rb (end of note lost in binding, ἦν transp. or om.), ἦν[ Pc (last word lost to damage)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔγημεν Mnb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,18–21


Or. 15.06 (vet gloss) ἔδαισε: ἐδείπνησεν  —MOAaMlMnPcRaRbSLp

LEMMA: ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν AaMlMnPcRaRbS      POSITION: s.l. MOLp; first sch. in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐδείπνισεν Aa(‑σε)LpMl, s.l. Pc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,27; Dind. II.39,23


Or. 15.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔδαισε⟩: εὐώχησεν  —VAaAbMlMnPcPrRRfSSaXXaXbT+YYfGGrZmZcZu

POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ησε AaPcPrRRfSaYZmZcZu, ἐβείχησαν Ml   


Or. 15.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδαισε⟩: εὐωχθῆναι ἐποίησε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 15.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔδαισε⟩: ἐψώμισε  —VCrYrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |   


Or. 15.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔδαισε⟩: ἔθρεψε  —ZZaZbZmTGuOxL2Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν T   


Or. 15.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδαισε⟩: εἱστίασεν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 15.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδαισε⟩: συνεδείπνισε  —Yr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 15.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔδαισε⟩: ἔδωκε αὐτὰ φαγεῖν αὐτῶ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 15.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδαισε⟩: εἰς βορὰν παρέθηκεν  —Y2

REF. SYMBOL: Y2       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 15.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδαισε⟩: φαγεῖν ἐποίησε τὸν Θυέστην  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 15.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔδαισε⟩:  ]ηδ*μ(α)τ()  —Mn

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   beginning of word lost in binding; blotted letter could be η, ου, ω, υ, and app. a circumflex is attached   |   


Or. 15.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δ’ οὖν⟩: ὅμως  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 15.18 (recMosch gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὸν τὸν Θυέστην  —VSXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcLp

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   T simply added αὐτὸν (with cross before it) in front of Thoman gloss 15.19).   |   


Or. 15.19 (recThom gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: τὸν Θυέστην  —AaAbCrKMnPcPrRRfrSaZZaZbZmZuTOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν om. Zu   


Or. 15.20 (mosch gloss) ⟨τέκν’⟩: τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ τοῦ Θυέστου  —XXaXbT+YYfGrGZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc   |    τὰ τέκνα om. XaYYfGr   |    τοῦ θυ. om. Zc   


Or. 15.21 (thom gloss) ⟨τέκν’⟩: αὐτοῦ  —ZZaZbZm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 15.22 (rec gloss) ⟨τέκν’⟩: τοῦ Θυέστου  —MlSSaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ θ(εο)ῦ ἐστὶν Ml   


Or. 15.23 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τέκν’⟩: τὰ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 15.24 (tri gloss) ⟨ἀποκτείνας⟩: αὐτὰ  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 15.25 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποκτείνας⟩: καὶ φονεύσας  —F2Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. F2   


Or. 15.26 (rec rhet) ⟨ἀποκτείνας⟩: πρωθύστερον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  πρωθύστερον   


Or. 15.27 (vet exeg) Ἀτρεύς: ἐπειδὴ κακῆς πράξεως ὑπεμνήσθη, διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν ὁ πάππος ὁ ἐμός, ἀλλ’ ὁ Ἀτρεύς.  —MVCAaMlMnPcPrRaRb1Rb2RfS

TRANSLATION:   Since Electra has called to mind an evil action, for this reason she did not say ‘my grandfather’, but ‘Atreus’.

LEMMA: Rb2; ἀτρεὺς δὲ Rf; τέκν’ ἀποκτείνας ἀτρεύς C, ἀποκτείνας ἀτρεὺς Pr      REF. SYMBOL: Ra(to ἔδαισε)Rb2      POSITION: MV s.l.; cont. from sch. 15.02 in AaMnPcRaRb1S; Rb2 version follow sch. 15.01; cont. from sch. 15.01 Rf; cont. from 15.06 Ml; between displaced sch. 4.18 and sch. 7.01 Pr; in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπειδὴ … οὐκ om. Rf   |    ἐπεὶ PcRaRb1, ἐπὶ AaMlMnS(ἐπι)   |    κακῆς πράξεων Rb1, πράξεως κακῆς Pr, κατὰ τῆς πράξεως Ml   |    ἐπεμνήσθη MC, ἐμνήσθη AaMlMnPcRaRb1S   |    ὁ πάππος] ὅτι πάππος Pr   |    ἀλλ’ ἀτρεύς MlMnPcRaRb1Rb2RfS   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἁτρ‑ Rb2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,4–5; Dind. II.40,4–5


Or. 15.28 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἀτρεύς⟩:  —F2MnOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 16.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨Ἀτρέως⟩: ἀπὸ  —V3AaAb2CrL2MlMnPrRSSaXXaXbTYYfGGrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπὸ τοῦ CrMnPrRSSaOx, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀτρέως Ab2MlPc   

COLLATION NOTES:   T omits cross.   


Or. 16.02 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἀτρέως⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ πατρὸς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 16.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀτρέως⟩: ἐκ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 16.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἀτρέως⟩: τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 16.05 (vet exeg) ⟨τὰς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ σιγῶ τύχας⟩: πάλιν τὴν μοιχείαν Ἀερόπης αἰνίττεται ἢ τὴν γονὴν ⟨ … ⟩ Πλεισθένους, ὃν ἀνείλε⟨το⟩ Θυέστης.  —MOCAaMlMnPcRaRbS, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   Again she hints at the adultery of Aerope or the birth ⟨lacuna: e.g., of Aegisthus, and the murder (by Atreus)⟩ of Pleisthenes, whom Thyestes took up as his own.

LEMMA: 18 ἀερόπης ἄπο MC; 17 ὁ κλεινὸς Rb, 17 ὁ κλεινὸς εἰ δὴ κλεινός AaMlMnPcRaS      REF. SYMBOL: M to 18 ἀερόπης; Rb to 17      POSITION:  s.l. O at 16 τύχας; intermarg. M; cont. from sch. 17.10 Pr; between 18.01 and 21.02 C; in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   πάλιν om. OPr   |    ἢ τὴν κτλ om. Pr   |    lacuna Schw. (proposing Αἰγίσθου ἢ τὸν φόνον)   |    ἀνείλετο Schw., ἀνεῖλε all (‑εν MRb)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μοιχίαν ἀερώπης Ml   |    αἰνίπτεται Aa   |    πλεισθ- Pc, πλισθ- Ml, πλησθ‑ others (p.c. πλειστ‑ Mn)    |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,6–7; Dind. II.40,17–18

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s proposed restoration here is based on Hyg. Fab. 86 ‘at is [scil. Thyestes] Atrei filium Plisthenem, quem pro suo educauerat, ad Atreum interficiendum misit, quem Atreus credens fratris filium esse imprudens filium suum occidit’. If the scholion did originally give three different events, the second and third are out of chronological sequence. Without a lacuna, γονὴν Πλεισθένους would have to refer to Pleisthenes’ birth as really illegitimate (not just in Atreus’ supposition).   

COLLATION NOTES:   O partly lost in binding: end of αἰνίττεται and any intervening words before πλησθένους no longer extant; Dindorf repeats Matthiae’s version, which reports τὴν γυναῖκα in place of τὴν γονὴν.   |   final four words of Pc survive only in tops of taller letters (trimming or damage to lower margin), but spelling of πλεισθένους is secure and space suggests that Pc too had ἀνεῖλε.   


Or. 16.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ σιγῶ τύχας⟩: ἐν μέσῳ τύχην λέγει τὴν μίξιν τοῦ Θυέστου τὴν μετὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ θυγατρὸς Πελοπείας, ἀφ’ ἧς ἔτεκε τόν Αἴγισθον τὸν μοιχὸν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   Πελοπείας] πελίπας (or πηλ-?) Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,8–10


Or. 16.07 (thom rhet) ⟨τὰς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ σιγῶ τύχας⟩: παρασιώπησις  —ZmGu

POSITION: marg. Zm, s.l. Gu      

KEYWORDS:  παρασιώπησις   


Or. 16.08 (rec rhet) ⟨τὰς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ σιγῶ τύχας⟩: μεσεμβόλημα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  μεσεμβόλημα   


Or. 16.09 (thom exeg) τὰς ἐν μέσῳ τύχας: τὰ συμβάντα πρὸς ἀλλήλους κακὰ καὶ τὴν τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ πρὸς Θυέστην μοιχείαν, καὶ ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο κατὰ θαλάσσης ταύτην ἀφῆκεν.  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The evil deeds against each other that came about and the adultery of his wife with Thyestes, and the fact that on account of this he cast her into the sea.

LEMMA: thus T      POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,5–7

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu has cross prefixed.   |   


Or. 16.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς ἐν μέσῳ … τύχας⟩: ἤγουν τὰς συμφορὰς τὰς γεγονυίας μέσον τῶν δύο  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 16.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὰς ἐν μέσῳ⟩: τὰς γενομένας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 16.12 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μέσῳ⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 16.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σιγῶ⟩: σιωπῶ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 16.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τύχας⟩: δυστυχίας  —CrF2GuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |   


Or. 16.15 (rec gloss) ⟨τύχας⟩: ἀτυχίας  —Ab2MlMnPcPrRS

POSITION: s.l.; in R misplaced between γυναικὸς and ἀπώλετο in sch. 17.10      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς prep. Pr, καὶ prep. S, καὶ τὰς prep. Ab2   


Or. 17.01 (17–18) (rec exeg) ἀπὸ τῆς Χρυσίππης ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων, ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀερόπης ὁ Μενέλαος  —MnSa

POSITION: Sa s.l., Mn in lower marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   χρισίππης Mn   |   

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   


Or. 17.02 (pllgn rhet) ἐπίκρισις ἐστὶ τὸ σχῆμα, ἡ καὶ ἐπιδιόρθωσις καλουμένη  —Zu

TRANSLATION:   The schema is ‘epikrisis’, which is also called ‘epidiorthōsis’ (correction added immediately after).

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Epikrisis is the insertion after a phrase of a judgment of the speaker: most examples illustrate the speaker endorsing the previous idea, but here it applies to qualifying it. For the second term see Lausberg §§ 785–786.   

KEYWORDS:  ἐπίκρισις   |   ἐπιδιόρθωσις   


Or. 17.03 (pllgn exeg) ἐὰν δέχηται καλέσαι αὐτὸν κλεινὸν διὰ τὴν τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ μοιχείαν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 17.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁ κλεινὸς⟩: ὁ περίφημος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 17.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁ κλεινὸς⟩: ποῖος Ἀγαμέμνων  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 17.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ὁ κλεινὸς⟩: ὡς ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος εἰς Τροίαν στρατεύσας  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘The famous one’ is said) insofar as he campaigned against Troy on behalf of Greece.

POSITION: T marg., rest s.l.      


Or. 17.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁ κλεινὸς⟩: ὁ ἔνδοξος  —Ab2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 17.08 (pllgn exeg) εἰ δὴ κλεινὸς:  1τινὲς ὡς ἐνδοιάζουσαν τὴν Ἠλέκτραν φάναι τοῦτο.  2πρότερον μὲν γὰρ κλεινὸς ἦν ἀρχηγὸς πάντων Ἑλλήνων γενόμενος.  3εἶτα μοιχευθείσης τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι τοῦτο εἰς ἀτιμίαν.  4ἕτεροι δὲ ἀνενδοιάστως λέγουσιν εἰπεῖν τοῦτο τὴν Ἠλέκτραν.  5πῶς γὰρ ἔμελλεν ἐνδοιάζεσθαι εἰς τὸν πατέρα αὐτῆς, λέγουσα οὑτωσὶ ‘ὁ κλεινὸς Ἀγαμέμνων’ †εἲ† ἐπειδὴ κλεινὸς ὑπῆρχεν.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Some (say that) Electra says this as if expressing doubt. For previously he was glorious, having become commander-in-chief of all the Greeks, and then (they argue) when his wife was seduced that occurrence caused dishonor. Others say that Electra uttered this without any expression of doubt. For how was she going to be doubtful in regard to her father, when she says baldly ‘the glorious Agamemnon’, since he was in fact glorious?

POSITION: on following page (prev. page crowded)      

APP. CRIT. 2:   1–4 ‑δοιά-] ‑δυά‑ (thrice) Y2   |    1 φᾶναι Y2   |   


Or. 17.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰ δὴ κλεῖνος⟩: εἰ δεῖ κλεινὸς ὀνομάζεσθαι ὁ ἀθλίως φονευθεὶς  —V3Yr

LEMMA: δὴ in text VY, but note assumes reading δεῖ       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ δεῖ κλεινὸς om. V3, expressed by Yr with εῖ above δὴ, letting εἰ and δ of δεῖ and κλεινὸς be understood from words in verse   |    ὁ] οὕτως V3, perhaps read ὁ οὕτως   

COMMENT:   The nominative is Byzantine syntax.   


Or. 17.10 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ δὴ κλεῖνος⟩: ἐπειδὴ ἀπὸ τῆς γυναικὸς ἀπώλετο.  —V3Ab2MlMnPrRRbS

LEMMA: ἄλλως Rb       POSITION: s.l. V3Pr, marg. (beside 18) Ab, s.l. above 16 MlMnRS, follows 16.05 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπὸ V3Rb   |   τῆς om. Ab2   |   γυναικὸς] γαμετῆς Pr, γυναικὸς ἀτυχίας R (conflation of gloss 16.15)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπιδὴ Ml   |   ἀπόλετο MlR   |   


Or. 17.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰ δὴ κλεῖνος⟩: ἐπεὶ ἀπὸ τῆς γυναικὸς ἐφονεύθη  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 17.12 (thom exeg) εἰ δὴ κλεινὸς: ὡς ἀθλίως ἀποθανών  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς om. Zb   |    καὶ τὴν τῆς γυναικὸς ὑποστὰς μοιχείαν add. Gu   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross prefixed in Gu.   |   


Or. 17.13 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ δὴ⟩: εἰ ἦν ποτε  —AaAbMlMnPcRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ ἦν] εἰς ἦν Ml, ἦ Pc, ἦν Aa, om. Ab   


Or. 17.14 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ δὴ⟩: εἰ καὶ τέως  —RwB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ καὶ om. B3a   


Or. 17.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰ δὴ⟩: ἐὰν καὶ ὑπῆρχε ποτὲ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 17.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰ δὴ⟩: καὶ ἐπειδὴ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 17.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰ δὴ⟩: ἐπεὶ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 17.18 (rec gloss) ⟨second κλεινὸς⟩: ἦν ποτε  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 17.19 (moschThom gloss) ⟨second κλεινὸς⟩: ἦν  —XXaXbYYfGrZZmTZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 17.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second κλεινὸς⟩: ἔντιμος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 17.21 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνων⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 17.22 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔφυ⟩: ἐγεννήθη  —Ab2CrF2MnPcSZcZaZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMnPcSOx   |   


Or. 17.23 (tri metr) ⟨ἔφυ⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 18.01 (vet exeg) Μενέλεως τε Κρήσσης:  1οὐ γὰρ ἂν Ἑλληνὶς γυνὴ τοιαῦτα ἔπραξε.  2τοῦτο οὖν προσέθηκεν ἐλευθερῶν μὲν τὰς Ἑλληνίδας, κωμῳδῶν δὲ τὰς Κρήσσας.   —MaMbVCAaMlMnRaRbRfSSa

TRANSLATION:   For a Greek woman would not have done such deeds. So he (the poet) added this (the epithet Cretan), freeing Greek women from blame, but mocking Cretan women.

LEMMA: MbVAaMl(μενέλαος)MnRbSSa; κρήσσης ἄπο Rf      REF. SYMBOL: MbCMlRaRbSa      POSITION: cont. from to sch. 9.06 Ma; intermarg. Mb; follows sch. 46.02 Sa; in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 οὐ … προσέθηκεν] κρήσσης μὲν Rf   |    1 ἂν om. MbCRb   |    ἑλληνικὴ MlMnSSa   |    ἦν add. before γυνὴ V   |    2 τούτου Ml   |    οὖν] om. Mn, γοῦν Sa   |    δὲ] καὶ RbRf, om. Sa    |    τὰς Κρήσσας] κρήσσας Rb, κρήτας AaMlMnS, τοὺς κρήτας Sa    

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τοιαῦτ’ Rb   |    ἔπραξεν Ml   |    2 προσἔθηκεν Mn   |    τοὺς ἑλληνίδας Rb    |    κωλλωδῶν Aa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,8–10; Dind. II.40,12–14

KEYWORDS:  amelioration, protecting sense of Greek superiority   


Or. 18.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Μενέλεως τε Κρήσσης⟩: καὶ κωμῳδῶν τὰς Κρήσσας· οὐ γὰρ ἂν Ἑλληνὶς τοῦτο ἐπέπραχειν. —Pr

POSITION: cont. from 16.05      

APP. CRIT.:   (ἐπέπραχ)εν s.l. Pr   

KEYWORDS:  amelioration, protecting sense of Greek superiority   


Or. 18.03 (mosch metr) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩: συνίζησις  —XXaXbYfTYGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45

COLLATION NOTES:   T omits cross.   |   


Or. 18.04 (rec artGloss) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩:  —F2MnPcPrROx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. MnPcPrR   


Or. 18.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Κρήσσης⟩: διατί ὀνομάζεται; αἱ Κρητικαὶ γυναῖκες ἀσελγεῖς καὶ ἀβέβηλοι  —MnSa

TRANSLATION:   Why is she (so) named? Cretan women are wanton and profane.

REF. SYMBOL: Sa      POSITION: marg. Sa, Mn in lower margin      

APP. CRIT.:   διατί] δίκαιον Sa   |    ὀνομάζεται p.c. Mn, ‑εσθαι Sa, a.c. Mn   

COMMENT:   The reading of Sa after correction would be translated instead ‘It is proper (for her) to be named (thus): Cretan woman are wanton and profane’. The ‘why’ question is more usual in scholiastic idiom, whereas δίκαιον is unusual (one would expect καλῶς τὸ Κρήσσης or the like).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Sa readable to ἀσελ[, rest of note lost to damage at corner of page.   |   


Or. 18.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨Κρήσσης⟩: Κρητικῆς  —VAbAaCrMlMnPcPrRZZbZmZuTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῆς prep. CrMnOx, τῆς prep. Ml   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κριτικῆς Ml   |   


Or. 18.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Κρήσσης⟩: τῆς ἀπὸ τῆς Κρήτης χώρας  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 18.08 (rec exeg) ⟨Κρήσσης⟩: διὰ τὸ φιλόπορνον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 18.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Κρήσσης⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 18.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨Κρήσσης⟩: τὸ ἀρσενικὸν Κρής, καὶ κλίνεται Κρητός· τὰ γὰρ εἰς η̅ς̅ ὀξύτονα μονοσύλλαβα περιττοσυλλάβως κλινόμενα διὰ τοῦ τ̅ο̅ς̅, οἷον Κρής Κρητός, βλής βλητός, σής σητός.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  The masculine form (corresponding to the feminine ‘Krēssēs’, ‘Cretan woman’) is ‘Krēs’ (‘Cretan man’), and it is inflected (based on the stem seen in the genitive) ‘Krētos’. For oxytone monosyllabic words ending in ‘-ēs’ when declined with an additional syllable (are inflected) with ‘tos’: for instance, ‘Krēs, Krētos’, ‘blēs, blētos’ (‘thrown’), ‘sēs, sētos’ (‘moth’).

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,14–16


Or. 18.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: ὑπάρχει (app.)  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   only ὑπάρ() Ab2   


Or. 18.12 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 18.13 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀερόπης ἄπο⟩: ἀντιστροφὴ ἀπὸ Ἀερόπης  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  antistrophe (of word order)   


Or. 18.14 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἀερόπης⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 18.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἀναστροφή  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 19.01 (rec gloss) ⟨γαμεῖ⟩: εἰς γάμον λαμβάνει  —AaK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 19.02 (mosch exeg) γαμεῖ: εἰς γυναῖκα λαμβάνει, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα ἔλαβεν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcC2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Gamei’, ‘marries’ here means) ‘he takes to wife’ (with the present used) in the sense of (the past) ‘he took to wife’.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. C2   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ om. ZcC2   |    ἀντὶ … γυναῖκα] ἢ G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔλαβε Gr   |   


Or. 19.03 (rec gloss) ⟨γαμεῖ⟩: λαμβάνει  —AbPcPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 19.04 (rec gloss) ⟨γαμεῖ⟩: καὶ εἰς γάμον ἄγει  —CrF2PrMnOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. B3aF2   |   ἄγει εἰς γάμον transp. F2   


Or. 19.05 (thom gloss) ⟨γαμεῖ⟩: εἰς γάμον ἠγάγετο  —ZZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 19.06 (rec exeg) ⟨δ’⟩: τὸ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ  —Pr

POSITION: between sch. 18.02 and 21.07      

COMMENT:   This probably applies to verse 19 because of its position, but Pr features a lot of displacement in the order of its scholia, so the assignment is uncertain. If the note belongs here, the marriages and their consequences are taken to explain 17 εἰ δὴ κλεινός.   


Or. 19.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὴν θεοῖς στυγουμένην⟩: ἣν στυγήσειαν καὶ ἣν μισήσειαν οἱ θεοί  —FSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἣν στυγ. καὶ om. F   


Or. 19.08 (rec gloss) ⟨θεοῖς⟩: παρὰ τοῖς  —SGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 19.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεοῖς⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν  —L2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. L2   


Or. 19.10 (rec artGloss) ⟨θεοῖς⟩: τοῖς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 19.11 (vet exeg) στυγουμένην: οὐχ ὡς μισουμένην παρὰ θεῶν προφανῶς ἡ Ἠλέκτρα εἶπεν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐν εὐχῆς τρόπῳ καὶ ὡς ἐὰν οὕτως εἶπεν· ἣν μισήσειαν οἱ θεοί.  —VZu

TRANSLATION:   Electra did not say this (of Helen) as being hated by the gods openly, but rather in the figure of a curse and as if she had said as follows: ‘whom may the gods detest’.

LEMMA: V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, before play; marg. Zu      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν θεῶν Zu   |    καὶ ὡς] εἶπε καὶ Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,11–13; Dind. II.40,22–24


Or. 19.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: οὐχ ὡς μισουμένην παρὰ τῶν θεῶν φανερῶς ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἔφη τὴν Ἑλένην· ἐκείνη γὰρ μᾶλλον ἠγαπᾶτο παρ’ αὐτῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐν ἀρᾶς τρόπῳ οἷονπερ εἴθε μισήσειαν οἱ θεοί, ὡς ἔμπροσθεν [120] φησί.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Electra did not speak of Helen as being openly hated by the gods, for she was instead loved by them, but (she said this) rather as in the figure of a curse, as if to say ‘may the gods detest her’, as she says further along.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 19.13 (rec exeg) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: τὸ στυγουμένην ἀντὶ τοῦ εἴθε στυγηθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν  —Pr

POSITION: between sch. 30.06 (Pra version) and sch. 32.10 Pr      


Or. 19.14 (rec gloss) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: μισουμένην  —V1CrRZb2GuOxC2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὴν prep. CrOx, καὶ prep. C2   |   


Or. 19.15 (rec gloss) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: μισητὴν  —AaAbPcPrMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μυσιτὴν S, μισιτὴν Ml   |   


Or. 19.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: τὴν θεομίσητον  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,24


Or. 19.17 (thom exeg) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: διὰ τὸ πολλῶν κακῶν αἰτίαν γενέσθαι  —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Detested’) because she became the cause of many ills.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ τῶν Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,24–25


Or. 19.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: ἥντινα οἰ θεοὶ ἂν μισήσειαν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 19.19 (rec gram) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: παρὰ τὸ Στὺξ πηγὴ ἐν τῷ ᾍδῃ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 20.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩: λέγω  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 20.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩: συνίζησις  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 20.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩:  —MnOxC2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μὲν add. MnC2   


Or. 20.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἑλένην⟩: γαμεῖ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 20.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἑλένην⟩: τὴν  —MnSOxC2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 20.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁ δὲ⟩: ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων  —F2MnGuC2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ om. MnC2   


Or. 20.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ὁ δὲ⟩: γαμεῖ ἔξωθεν  —ZcZa

TRANSLATION:  ‘Gamei’ (‘he marries’, is to be supplied) from outside (i.e., from the previous clause).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 20.08 (rec exeg) ὁ δὲ: πάλιν εἰς γάμον ἄγει  —B3a

POSITION: s.l. at end of line      


Or. 20.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁ δὲ⟩: γαμεῖ καὶ εἰς γάμον ἤγαγε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 20.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁ δὲ⟩: γαμεῖ  —Zb2Ox

POSITION: s.l.; Zb above λέχος      


Or. 20.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨Κλυταιμνήστρας λέχος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν περιφραστικῶς  —XXaT+YYfGGrF2ZcZlC2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Bed of Clytemnestra’ is used) in the sense of ‘Clytemnestra’, by periphrasis.

LEMMA: ὁ δὲ κλυταιμνήστρας X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. F2GZlZu   |    τὴν om. C2   |    περιφρ. τὴν κλυτ. transp. G, περιφρ. om. F2ZlZu, perhaps C2 (faded and uncertain)    

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 20.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Κλυταιμνήστρας λέχος⟩: ἤγουν αὐτὴν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 20.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨Κλυταιμνήστρας⟩: τῆς  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 20.14 (rec gloss) ⟨λέχος⟩: τὴν κοίτην  —AaCrRPcGuOxC2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AaCrOx   |    τὴν om. PcGuC2   


Or. 20.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέχος⟩: κοίτην· ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 20.16 (rec gloss) ⟨λέχος⟩: κλίνην  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 20.17 (pllgn gram) ⟨λέχος⟩: ἐτυμολογεῖται ἀπὸ τοῦ λύειν τὰ ἄχη  —X

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Multiple sources offer ἄχος λύειν as an etymology of the names Achilles and Achelous. This etymology is paralleled only in Tzetzes, Exeg. in Il. 1.121: λέχος δὲ καὶ εὐνὴ διαφέρουσιν· λέχος μὲν γὰρ ἡ κοίτη, παρὰ τὸ λύειν τὰ ἄχη, λύαχος, λύχος καὶ λέχος, ὡς πέλυκυς πέλεκυς.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   Tzetzes   


Or. 20.18 (rec artGloss) ⟨λέχος⟩: τὸ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 20.19 (rec gram) ⟨λέχος⟩: γυνὴ οἱονεὶ γονὴ  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 21.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπίσημον εἰς Ἕλληνας⟩: περίφημον ὂν εἰς τοὺς  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 21.02 (vet exeg) ἐπίσημον: 1τὸ ἐπίσημον ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ ἔφη, ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 2.265]·  2‘ἡ δή τοι τὸ πρὶν μὲν ἀναίνετο ἔργον ἀεικὲς δῖα Κλυταιμνήστρη· φρεσὶ γὰρ κέχρητ’ ἀγαθῇσιν’.  3ἢ οὖν πρὸ τούτου ἐπίσημον ἢ νῦν ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ ἐπίσημον.   —MBVCAaPrRbRf

TRANSLATION:   She said ‘notable’ (of Clytemnestra’s marriage-bed) in reference to chastity, as Homer says: ‘At first she refused the unseemly deed, brilliant Clytemnestra; for she employed wits that were good’. So then, (the sense is) either ‘notable before this’ or ‘notable now for adultery’.

LEMMA: MBCRb, ἐπίσημος Aa, ἐπ. εἰς ἕλληνας VPr      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: Rf cont. from sch. 18.01; Pr between sch. 36.10 and sch. 30.06 (Prbversion); in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἐπίσημον om. BAa, transp. after ἔφη(σεν) V(τὸ om.)Pr(τὸ om.)Rb   |    τὸ om. Rf   |    ἔφη] ἔφησεν VPr, om. AaRf   |    ὡς] om. AaRf, ὡς καὶ BRb   |    2 τοι om. Rf, τι Aa   |    μὲν and δῖα Κλυτ. om. RbRf   |    ἀναίνετο] ἀνέθετο Aa   |    ἀγαθαῖσι Rf   |    πρὸ τούτου] τὸ πρὸ τοῦ AaRf   |    3 τούτου] τούτου νοητέον ἐπὶ σωφροσύνη VPr(‑σύνης Pr), τὰς τὸν Rb   |    ἐπὶ … ἐπίσημον] διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν φανερὸν Rf, διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν Aa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἤδή C, ἢ δὴ Rf, ἡδύ Aa   |    αἰνάνετο app. a.c. Rb, ἀναίνετον Rf   |    ἔργονα ἀεικεὺς Aa   |    διὰ λυταιμνήστραν (sic) Aa   |    δία M   |    κλυταιμνήστρα V, κλυτεμνήστρη M   |    κ’ ἐχρῆτ’ Aa   |    ἀγαθῇσι Rb, ἀδαγαθῆσιν Aa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,14–17; Dind. II.40,36–41,3

COMMENT:   This note illustrates two characteristic tendencies of the ancient and medieval commentators. First, the citation of Homer leads to an overprecise claim about why the marriage was notable, since any elite marriage may be notable (whether or not there is any allusion to a competition for Clytemnestra’s hand, as West 1987 suggests). Second, the critics cannot resist applying their knowledge of the most famous features of a myth (here, adultery and husband-murder) or of what is said later in the play. The same adjective is indeed used ironically by Electra in Or. 249, but we have no way of knowing whether the actor as directed by Euripides pronounced the word here with a sarcastic tone (Willink 1986 believes it was meant to be so performed, agreeing with the view seen here and in some of the following notes, esp. 21.15).    

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 21.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἤτοι φανερὸν καὶ διάδηλον καὶ περίφημον ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ  —VPr

POSITION: cont. from prev. VPr      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99 app.; Dind. II.40 app.


Or. 21.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: διάδηλον φημιζόμενον ἢ ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ ἣν πρότερον εἶχεν ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα ἢ ἐπ’ αἰσχρουργίᾳ ἣν ἐπ[ει]σήξατο ὕστερον —V

TRANSLATION:   Conspicuous or much talked about either for the chastity which Clytemnestra had before or for the shameful behavior which she brought in later.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπ[ει]σείξατο V   

COMMENT:   ἐπεισήξατο from ἐπεισάγω gives good sense, although the late aorist ἦξα is rarely attested in middle forms: see, however, μετάξασθαι in Photius, De spiritus sancti mystagogia 2,19; ἀπαξάσθωσαν in Sch. rec. anon. Arist. Nub. 1142a beta Koster; προσῆξο in Gennadius Scholarius, orat. 10.8, 32. Emending to ἐπεδείξατο could also be considered, but is unnecessary.   


Or. 21.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἢ διὰ τὴν προτέραν σωφροσύνην ἢ διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν ἣν ἐποίησεν ὕστερον  —Sa

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 21.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: τὸ ἐπίσημον ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ ἢ διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν  —RMnS

POSITION: marg. R, s.l. MnS      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. Mn   |    τὸ … σωφροσύνῃ] ἐπίσημος S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   σοφροσ‑ Mn   |   


Or. 21.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἢ ἐπὶ σωφροσύνην ἢ ἐπὶ μοιχ() ἐπίσημον  —Pr

POSITION: cont. from sch. 19.06      


Or. 21.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: διάδηλον  —Aa2L2Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸ prep. L2, τὸ prep. Pr   


Or. 21.09 (mosch exeg) ἐπίσημον: διάδηλον διὰ τὸν φόνον  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘Notable’ here mean) ‘conspicuos because of the murder’ (that Clytemnestra later committed).

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   |    ἐπίδηλον G   |    διὰ τὸν φόνον om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,4


Or. 21.10 (thom exeg) ἐπίσημον: τὸ διάδηλον περιβόητον διὰ τὴν ἀνυπέρβλητον ὕστερον αὐτῆς κακίαν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Notable’ here means) ‘conspicuous, notorious because of her unsurpassed evil behavior later’.

LEMMA: T      POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ διάδηλον om. Gu   |    add. καὶ before περιβ. T   |    ὕστερον] om. ZlZm, ὑπὲρ Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,4–6


Or. 21.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: καὶ τὸ περιβόητον  —Ab2CrMlMnSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. MlMn, καὶ τὸ om. Ab2   


Or. 21.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἐπίσημον καὶ ἐπὶ καλοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ κακοῦ, ἐνταῦθα ἐπὶ κακοῦ  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,5–6

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross prefixed Gu.   |   


Or. 21.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἔνδοξον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,4


Or. 21.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: καὶ τὸ λαμπρὸν διὰ τὴν σωφροσύνην ἣν εἶχε πρότερον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 21.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: κατ’ εἰρωνεία⟨ν⟩  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατειρωνεία Rw   

COMMENT:   A noun κατειρωνεία is not attested in TLG and the force of the prefix would be uncertain (κατειρωνεύομαι exists, but there the prefix is normal).   

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 21.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: τὸ μέγα  —B3a

POSITION: left marg.      


Or. 21.17 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: τὸ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 21.18 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἕλληνας⟩: τοὺς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 21.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνων⟩: λέγω  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 22.01 (22–24) (mosch paraphr) τὸ ἑξῆς ᾧ παρθένοι μὲν τρεῖς ἔφυμεν ἐκ μιᾶς μητρὸς ἀνοσιωτάτης, ἡ Χρυσόθεμις καὶ ἡ Ἰφιγένεια καὶ ἐγὼ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα καὶ ἄρσην ὁ Ὀρέστης.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr, partial Aa

LEMMA: G writes ᾧ παρθ. … τρεῖς as lemma; Aa has lemma ᾧ] παρθένοι μὲν (margin damaged)       POSITION: Gr s.l.; in Aa part of block before play on fol. 37v–38r      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἑξῆς om. G   |    ἡ χρυσόθ. κτλ om. Aa   |    ὁ om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   παρθέναι Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.38,22–24

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 22.02 (vet exeg) ᾧ παρθένοι μὲν τρεῖς:  1Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.145]· ‘Χρυσόθεμις καὶ Λαοδίκη καὶ Ἰφιάνασσα’.  2οὗτος Ἰφιγένειαν τὴν Ἰφιάνασσαν καλεῖ, Ἠλέκτραν δὲ τὴν Λαοδίκην διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον ἴσως τῆς παρθενίας οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις οὖσα,  3ὡς αὐτός φησιν [71–72]· ‘ὦ … / παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’.   —MBVCRfYf2

TRANSLATION:  Homer (writes): ‘Chrysothemis and Laodice and Iphianassa’. This poet (Euripides) calls Iphianassa Iphigenia and calls Laodice Electra because of the long period, perhaps, of her virginity, as if she were an unbedded (a-lectr‑) one; as he (Euripides) himself says: ‘O … Electra maiden for a great length of time’.

LEMMA: MVC, χρυσόθεμις BRf      REF. SYMBOL: MBV; marginal label αἱ θυγατέρες τοῦ ἀγαμέμνονος add. B4      POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ὅμηρος … τὴν λαοδίκην] ὅμηρος τὴν ἠλέκτραν λαοδίκην καλεῖ. οὗτος δὲ ἠλέκτραν καλεῖ Yf 2   |    1 ὅμηρος] καὶ ὅμηρος BRf, ἃς καὶ ὅμηρος λέγει V   |    first καὶ om. MC   |    2 οὗτος] καὶ οὗτος B, καὶ οὕτως Rf   |    ἰφιάνασσαν τὴν ἰφιγένειαν καλεῖ transp. Rf   |    ἰφιγένειαν] τὸ ἰφ. C, ἰφ. μὲν B   |    ἠλέκτρα Rf   |    ἴσως transp. before διὰ Yf2   |    οἱονεὶ Rf   |    3 αὐτὸς] Yf2 (cf. next sch.), αὐτὸς οὗτος B, καὶ αὐτὸς V, οὕτως C, εἶναι οὕτως M, αὐτὸς καὶ οὕτως Rf   |    ὦ παρθένε om. CYf2, ὦ del. Schw.   |    μακρὰν V   |    δὴ] δὲ Rf   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἰφιάνασα C   |    2 ἰφιάνασαν C   |    ὂιον M   |    3 ἠλέκτραν app. M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,18–100,2; Dind. II.41,7–11

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s deletion of ὦ is not mandatory, since the quotation may be a reduced form of 71–72 with internal omission. The same quotation with the ὦ is in Et. Magn. 426,5–9 s.v. Ἐλέκτρα: ἡ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ Λαοδίκη, διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον τῆς παρθενίας, οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις, ὡς Εὐριπίδης, ‘ὦ … παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 22.03 (rec exeg) ᾧ παρθένοι μὲν τρεῖς:  1Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.145]· ‘Χρυσόθεμις καὶ Λαοδίκη καὶ Ἰφιάνασσα’.  2Ἰφιγένειαν μὲν οὖν φησὶν τὴν Ἰφιάνασσαν παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ λεγομένην, Ἠλέκτραν δὲ τὴν Λαοδίκην ὑπὸ Ὁμήρου λεχθεῖσαν διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον ἴσως τῆς παρθενίας οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις οὖσα,  3ὡς αὐτός φησιν [72]· ‘{ὦ} παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’.   —AaMlMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:  Homer (writes): ‘Chrysothemis and Laodice and Iphianassa’. He calls Iphigenia the Iphianassa spoken of in Homer, and Electra the Laodice who was mentioned by Homer, because of the long period, perhaps, of her virginity, as if she were an unbedded (a-lectr‑) one; as he himself says (72): ‘Electra maiden for a great length of time’.

LEMMA: all (with ὦ Sa) except lemma ᾧ παρθένοι Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MlRbSa      POSITION: in block before play Aa, between sch. 25.09 and 25.10      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅμηρος] καὶ ὅμηρος AaMlMnSa, perhaps Ra, ἃς καὶ ὅμηρος λέγει Rb; om. S    |    first καὶ om. AaSa   |    2 μὲν om. Sa, οὖν perhaps om. Ra   |    φασὶ Aa   |    τὴν add. before παρ’ S   |    λέχθῆσα Ml, λεχθεῖσι Rb   |    ἴσως] ἤδη Sa   |    οἷον om. MnSSa   |    ἄλεκτρα or ἀλέκτρα ambig. Mn   |    3 ὡς αὐτὸς κτλ om. AaMlRaSSa   |    ὡς αὐτὸς] καὶ οὗτος Rb   |    ὦ del. Schw.   |    δὴ] ἂν Rb   |    χρόνον Rb    

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἰφιάνασα Ra, φιάνασσα Mn   |    2 ἰγένειαν Aa   |    φησι Sa   |    λεγομένη Mn   |    ἡλέκτραν AaMn   |    ἄλεκτρος] ἀλλ’ ἔκτρα* Ml   |    τίς Ml   |    3 φησὶν Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,7–11 app.

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 22.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι  —VAaAbCrMlMnPcPrRRfSSaYf2GuOxB3aC2

POSITION: s.l., except Ab in upper margin (above line 20)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὧτινι prep. CrOx, ὧτινι prep. AbPcPrC2, ἤγουν prep. Aa   |    τῷ om. AbPcPrR   


Or. 22.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος  —V3GZuYr

POSITION: s.l., except marg. V      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν add. before τοῦ Zu   |    τοῦ om. V3, τοῦ ἀγαμ. om. G   


Or. 22.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τούτῳ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 22.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρθένοι⟩: θυγατέρες  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 22.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔφυμεν⟩: ἐγεννήθημεν  —AaAbCrF2MlMnPcRSZcZaZbZlZuYf2Ox

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐγενήθημεν Ab   |   


Or. 22.09 (tri metr) ⟨ἔφυμεν⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 22.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκ μιᾶς⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας  —V1AaAbPcPr

POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι V   |    ἀπὸ om. AaAbPcPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κληταιμ‑ Ab   |   


Or. 22.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μιᾶς⟩: ἐκ Κλυταιμνήστρας  —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκ] ἐν κλυταιμνήστ() Ml   


Or. 22.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκ μιᾶς⟩: μητρὸς ἀνοσιωτάτης  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 22.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μιᾶς⟩: μητρὸς δηλονότι  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλ. om. Zl   


Or. 22.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μιᾶς⟩: γυναικὸς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 23.01 (pllgn exeg) οὗτος ὁ ποιητὴς τρεῖς λέγει θυγατέρας γεννηθῆναι τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι, ὁ δὲ Σοφοκλῆς ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ δράματι [Soph. El. 157] τέσσαρας μετὰ τῆς Ἰφιανάσσης.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  This poet says that three daughters were born to Agamemnon, but Sophocles in the second play (of the triad, Electra) says four, including Iphianassa (along with the three named in Euripides).

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,12–14

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer   |   Sophocles   


Or. 23.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Χρυσόθεμις⟩: τὴν μὲν Χρυσόθεμιν ἥρπασεν ὁ Ἀπόλλων, τὴν δὲ Ἰφιγένειαν ἔθυσαν τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι κατὰ τὸν χρησμὸν τὸν δοθέντα τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.  —AaPcPrRb

REF. SYMBOL: AaRb      POSITION: preposed to this in R is Rb1 version of sch. 25.04; s.l. Pr; between sch. 4.02 and 5.01 Pc      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤρπαζεν Rb   |    ὁ om. AaPr   |    τῆ δὲ ἰφιγένεα Aa   |    ἔθυσαν om. Pr   |    first τὸν om. PcRb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔθησαν Rb, ἔθησ() Aa   |   

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 23.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Χρυσόθεμις⟩: καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.145]· ‘Χρυσόθεμις καὶ Λαοδίκη καὶ Ἰφιάνασσα’  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 23.04 (pllgn metr) ⟨Χρυσόθεμις⟩: δάκτυλος  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   A dactyl (that is, in the three-syllable first foot of the verse).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 23.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨Χρυσόθεμις⟩:  —CrF2MnSOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 23.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰφιγένεαί τε Ἠλέκτρα τ’⟩: Ἰφιάνασσα καὶ ἡ Λαοδίκη  —Yr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 23.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἰφιγένειά⟩: τὴν Ἰφιάνασσαν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The accusative here because the name is extracted without adjustment from a sentence like that in sch. 22.02 Ἰφιγένειαν τὴν Ἰφιάνασσαν καλεῖ.   


Or. 23.08 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἰφιγένειά⟩: ἡ πρὶν Ἰφιάνασσα  —VZu

POSITION: s.l. (misplaced over ἠλέκτρα V)      


Or. 23.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰφιγένειά⟩: αὕτη ἐν τῇ Αὐλίδι τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι τέθυται τὰς πνοὰς ἐπισχούσῃ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὅτε κατὰ τῶν Τρώων ἀνάγεσθαι ἔμελλον εἰς ἄμυναν τῆς ἁρπαγῆς τῆς Ἑλένης.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:  This figure (Iphigeneia) was sacrified in Aulis to Artemis because she held back the winds for the Greeks when they were about to sail against the Trojans to avenge the kidnapping of Helen.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 23.10 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἰφιγένειά⟩:  —CrF2MnOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 23.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first τ’⟩: καὶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 23.12 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: παρὰ τὸ ἄλεκτρον αὐτὴν εἶναι διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον τῆς παρθενίας  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   πολυχρ[όνιον], with final letters lost in margin.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 23.13 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: τὴν ἀλλαχοῦ Λαοδίκην  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For the accusative, see comment on sch. 23.07.   


Or. 23.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: ἡ πρὶν Λαοδίκη  —V3ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ πρὶν] ἡ B3a, ἢ V3 (adding to misplaced 23.08)   


Or. 23.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: 1ἱστοροῦσι τινὲς ὡς Ἠλέκτρα πρῶτον μὲν ἐκαλεῖτο Ἰφιάνασσα, διὰ δὲ τὸ παραταθῆναι εἰς μακρὸν τὸν τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς καιρὸν καὶ ἄνανδρον μεῖναι μέχρι πολλοῦ, οὕτως ἐκλήθη,  2ὡς ἔστι συμβαλεῖν τοῦτο ἀπὸ τῆς ἐτυμολογίας τοῦ ὀνόματος·  3ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου [καὶ] τοῦ λέκτρον ἡ κοίτη.   —Gu

TRANSLATION:  Some report that Electra was at first called Iphianassa, but because the period of her maidenhood was long drawn out and she remained without a husband for a long time she was called thus, as this can be inferred from the etymology of the name. For (it is formed) from the alpha-privative particle and ‘lektron’ meaning ‘marriage-bed’.

APP. CRIT.:   3 καὶ lost to cut margin   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,14–19

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 23.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩:  —CrF2MnOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 23.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second τ’⟩: καὶ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 24.01 (vet exeg) ἄρσην τ’ Ὀρέστης: τὸ ἄρσην Ὁμηρικῶς, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Od. 1.1] ‘ἄνδρα μοι ἔννεπε Μοῦσα’.  —MOVCAaMnRS

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘arsēn’ (‘male’) is used in Homeric fashion, as (seen in) the phrase ‘Muse, speak of the man’.

LEMMA: C(ὀρέστην), Aa ([ἀρ(?)]ση τ’ ὀρέστην)      POSITION:  marg. MR, intermarg. C, s.l. VS; in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἄρσην om. V   |    ἄρσην τ’ M   |    τὸ] τὸν C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔνεπε MVMn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,3–4

COMMENT:   This note seems to allude to the discussions of the sense of ἄνδρα in Od. 1.1 (whether it should be taken as ‘brave’ or ‘man (= male rather than female)’).   


Or. 24.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄρσην⟩: ἀνὴρ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 24.03 (rec gram) ⟨ἄρσην⟩: Αἰολικῶς  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἰολικ() Rfr, which could alternatively be αἰολικόν (but see next)   |   


Or. 24.04 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἄρσην⟩: ἄρρην μὲν κοινὸν ἄρσην δὲ Αἰολικῶς τροπῇ τοῦ ρ εἰς σ ὡς τὸ πυρρὸς πυρσὸς καὶ θαρρῶ θαρσὸς.  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu      

COMMENT:   This and the previous note reflect a strange view (or confusion). The standard doctrine is that ‑ρρ‑ forms are Attic vs. the common ‑ρσ‑ forms (e.g. Etym. Gud. s.v. θαρσῆσαι, Thom. Mag., Ecl. vocum att. s.v. θαρρῶ). The shift of rho to sigma is nowhere else (to my current knowledge) described as Aeolic.   


Or. 24.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄρσην⟩:  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 24.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τ’⟩: καὶ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 24.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ὀρέστης⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 24.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: ἀπὸ μιᾶς  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 24.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: ἀπὸ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 24.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: ἤγουν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 24.11 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 24.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνοσιωτάτης⟩: διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν καὶ τὸν φόνον  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 24.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνοσιωτάτης⟩: μιαρωτάτης  —AaAbMlMnPcPrSYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -τάτην S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μαρωτάτης Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,20


Or. 24.14 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἀνοσιωτάτης⟩: ἀδικωτάτης  —XXaXbYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmT*CrZcOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    -ώτατος a.c. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,20


Or. 24.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνοσιωτάτης⟩: τῆς ἀδίκου  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.01 (25–26) (pllgn paraphr) ἥτις ἀπέκτεινεν τὸν πόσιν καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν ἑαυτῆς δηλόνοτι τῷ ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσα ὑφάσματι. —C2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐαυτῆς C2   |   


Or. 25.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἣ⟩: ἥτις ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα  —VAaMnRfrB3aZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἥτις] ἤγουν Aa, om. MnRfB3a   


Or. 25.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἣ⟩: καὶ ἥτις  —CrMnPcSGOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. GPcYf2   


Or. 25.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἣ⟩: ἡ μήτηρ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.05 (rec gloss) ⟨πόσιν⟩: τὸν αὐτῆς  —F2RS

POSITION: marg. R, s.l. F2S      

APP. CRIT.:   παῖδα add. S   

COLLATION NOTES:   F2 obscure.   |   


Or. 25.06 (rec gloss) ⟨πόσιν⟩: τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς  —Ab2CrMlPcPrROx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, ἤτοι prep. Ab2   |    αὐτῆς om. CrROx, transp. before ἄνδρα Ml   


Or. 25.07 (thom gloss) ⟨πόσιν⟩: ἄνδρα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨πόσιν⟩: τὸν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.09 (vet exeg) ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι: 1ἡ γὰρ Κλυταιμνήστρα χιτῶνα ὕφανεν οὔτε ταῖς χερσὶν οὔτε τῇ κεφαλῇ ἔκδυσιν ἔχοντα,  2ὅπως μὴ Ἀγαμέμνων ἀμύνασθαι δύναιτο τοὺς φονεύοντας.   —MBVCAaMlRb1Rb2RfRwS

TRANSLATION:   For Clytemnestra wove a chiton that had no opening either for the hands or for the head, so that Agamemnon would be unable to ward off his killers.

LEMMA: MC, ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσα Rb2, ἣ πόσιν ἀπείρω BVAaMlRf(ἢ VAaRf), ἣ δὲ πόσιν ἀπείρω S, ω πόσιν ἀπείρω Rw (ω sic Rw)r      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb2Rf      POSITION: marg. M; Rb1 preposed to sch. 23.02, with a ref. to 23; Rb2 in the normal sequence; follows 25.10 MlS; follows sch. 28.13 Rw; follows 22.03 Aa, in block before play      

APP. CRIT.:   1 γὰρ] δὲ AaMlRb1S   |    ὕφανεν] τὸν ἀγαμέμνονα ἐνέδυσεν V   |    ταῖς χερσὶν] τὴν σχέσιν Rb1   |    οὔτε τῇ] ἢ Rb2   |    ἔχοντα ἔκδυσιν transp. Rb2   |    2 μὴ ἀγαμ. ἀμύν.] ὁ ἀγαμέμνων ἐνδυσάμενος τοῦτον μὴ ὁρᾶν μήτ’ ἀμύν. AaMlRb1S (ὁ om. R, ἐκδυσ‑ R, τοῦτον ἡμορᾶν μήτε Ml)   |    ἀγαμ. μὴ transp. V   |    δύναιτο] Schw., δύναται MCAaMlRb1Rb2S, δύνητο V, δύνηται BRfRw   |    φονευτάς AaRb1S    

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κλυτεμν‑ M   |    ἔκδησιν Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,5–7; Dind. II.42,1–3


Or. 25.10 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ χιτῶνι.  2ἄπειρον ὃ οὐκ ἦν διαπερᾶσαι χερσὶν ἢ κεφαλῇ, ὥσπερ ἄπειρον δίκτυόν φασιν.  3καὶ Αἰσχύλος δέ φησιν [Aesch. fr. 365 Radt]· ‘ἀμήχανον τέχνημα καὶ δυσέκδυτον’.  4καλῶς δὲ τὸ πόσιν· εἰ γὰρ εἶπε τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα, δι’ ἑαυτὴν ἐδόκει ἂν κατηγορεῖν τῆς μητρός.   —MCAaMlRaRbRfbRwS, partial BVRfa

TRANSLATION:   (Woven garment) meaning chiton. ‘Apeiros’ meaning that which it was impossible to pass through with hands or head, as people speak of a (fishing or hunting) net as ‘apeiros’. And Aeschylus too says ‘an artful device impossible to deal with and hard to get out of’. Well-chosen here the word husband (‘posin’): for if she had said ‘my father’ she would have seemed to accuse her mother on her own behalf.

LEMMA: MC(om. καὶ)Rb(add. ἢ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ), ἢ πόσιν ἀπείρω AaMlS      REF. SYMBOL: Ml      POSITION: marg. M; cont. from prev. BRfaRw(add. δὲ); Rfb later in block, in disordered series, between sch. 21.02 and 28.02; between 24.01 and 22.03 Aa, in block before play; precedes prev. in MlS      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἀντὶ … φασιν om. BVRfa   |    1 ἀντὶ τοῦ χιτῶνι om. AaMlRaRbRfbRwS; ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rw   |    τοῦ om. C   |    2 ἄπειρος S, ἀπείρω Rw (ἀπείρῳ conj. Schw.)   |    ὃ] ᾧ CRw, ὡς M   |    ἦν] ἔστι Rw   |    διαπερᾶσαι] πέρας MCRw   |    ἢ add. before χερσὶν RaRbRfbS   |    ὥσπερ … φασιν om. Rfb   |    3 καὶ αἰσχύλος … δυσέκλυτον here V, transp. to end others, except om. Rfb   |    first καὶ om. MCRfa   |    δὲ om. AaMlRbS   |    ἀμήχανον] ἀμή / ἐφύλαξεν Ml (end of verso, beginning of verso)   |    τέχνημα Rw (conj. Nauck TGF ed. 1, p. 87 on Aesch. fr. 365), τεύχημα MBVCRfa, εὐτύχημα AaMlRaRbS   |    second καὶ om. AaRaRbS   |    δυσέκδυτον Nauck (TGF ed. 1, Addenda, p. XIV) and Dind. (cf. ἔκδυσιν in prev.), δυσέκλυτον all except δισέκλιτον Ml, δυσέκβλητον Rw   |    4 τὸ] εἷπεν ἣ BV, εἶπεν ἢ Rfa, om. Rfb   |    πόσιν] ποίησιν C   |    εἰ] οὐ Aa   |    γὰρ] δὲ Rb   |    τὸν om. Rfb   |    δι’ ἑαυτὴν transp. after ἂν V, om. Rfb   |    ἔδοξεν V   |    ἂν V, om. others   |    τῆς μητρὸς] τοῦ πατρὸς S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 διαπεράσαι RfbS   |    κεφαλὴ Aa, κεφαλὴν Ml   |    δίκτυον φασὶν Ml   |    3 εὐτύχοιμα Rb   |    4 καλαλῶς S   |    εἰ] ἡ Ml   |    εἶπεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,8–12; Dind. II.42,3–7

COMMENT:   Compare Joannes Philoponus, in Aristot. Physic., CAG 16:390,19–21 ὥσπερ καὶ τὸν κύκλον ἄπειρόν φαμεν τῷ μὴ ἔχειν πέρατα, καὶ ‘χιτῶνα ἄπειρόν’ φασι τὸν μὴ ἔχοντα διαίρεσιν, ‘ἣ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι’; Et. Magn. 120,445–50 s.v. ἄπειρος: ὁ μὲν ἀμαθὴς, παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν πεῖραν· ὁ δὲ μέγας, παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν πέρας, ἄπερος καὶ ἄπειρος. λέγει δὲ Ὦρος, ὅτι σημαίνει χιτῶνα διέξοδον μὴ ἔχοντα, ὡς παρὰ Σοφοκλεῖ ἐν Πολυξένῃ, ‘χιτών σ’ ἄπειρος ἐνδυτήριος κακῶν’, καὶ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ἐν Ὀρέστῃ, ‘ἣ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι’.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aeschylus   


Or. 25.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: διὰ τὸ μήτε ταῖς χερσὶ μήτε τῇ κεφαλῇ ἔκδυσιν ἔχειν, ᾧ πέρας οὐκ ἦν  —Pr

APP. CRIT.:   ταῖς] τοῖς Pr   


Or. 25.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: διὰ τὸ μήτε ταῖς χερσὶ μήτε τῇ κεφαλῇ ἔκδυσιν ἔχειν ὡς παρ’ Αἰσχύλῳ  —Yr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: μὴ ἔχοντι διεξόδους κεφαλῆς καὶ χειρῶν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Apeirōi’, ‘limitless’, here means) ‘not having openings for the head and arms’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διεξ. ἔχοντι transp. Gu   |    διέξοδον T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,22–23


Or. 25.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: μὴ ἔχοντι πέρας  —OVAb2KMlPcPrRSB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ prep. V   |    ἔχοντα   |    κε(φα)λῆς καὶ χειρῶν add. K   |   


Or. 25.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: τῷ ἀτραχηλώτῳ  —VYr, app. F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ om. Yr   |    ἀτραχηλώτω Yr, app. p.c. F, ἀτραχηώτ() app. V, ἀτραχηώτω app. a.c. F   

COMMENT:   For ἀτράχηλος in this context cf. ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. epit. 6.23a: Ἀγαμέμνων δὲ καταντήσας εἰς Μυκήνας μετὰ Κασάνδρας ἀναιρεῖται ὑπὸ Αἰγίσθου καὶ Κλυταιμνήστρας· δίδωσι γὰρ αὐτῷ χιτῶνα ἄχειρα καὶ ἀτράχηλον, καὶ τοῦτον ἐνδυόμενος φονεύεται, καὶ βασιλεύει Μυκηνῶν Αἴγισθος· κτείνουσι δὲ καὶ Κασάνδραν. Perhaps ἀτραχηλώτω is a corruption of ἀτράχηλος, since it is not a likely formation: this unattested word (‘not provided with a neck-hole’?) would imply a unattested verb *ἀτραχηλόω.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 25.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: κυκλοτερεῖ  —SaXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa3

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,22


Or. 25.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: ἀδιεξιτήτῳ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: ἀπεράστῳ, πέρας καὶ διέξοδον μὴ ἔχοντι  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: ἀδιεξοδεύτῳ  —RwGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: ἀπεράτῳ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: ἀτρυπήτῳ  —L2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: τροπικὴ λ(έξις)· ἀπεράντῳ, ἀπλέτῳ  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   very faint, abbrev. obscure; cannot rule out τροπικὴ (or ‑ὼς with incorrect accent?) λ(έγεται)   


Or. 25.23 (rec gloss) ⟨περιβαλοῦσ’⟩: σκεπάσασ’  —AbMl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   σπεπάσασα Ml   |   


Or. 25.24 (recThom gloss) ⟨περιβαλοῦσ’⟩: ἐνδύσασα  —AaCrL2PcPrRRwZZmZuTGuGOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    τὸ ἱμάτιον add. Pr, ἱμάτιον add. Pc   |   


Or. 25.25 (thom gloss) ⟨περιβαλοῦσ’⟩: περικαλύψασα  —ZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨περιβαλοῦσ’⟩: app. περιδιδοῦσα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.27 (pllgn gram) ⟨περιβαλοῦσ’⟩: ὡς τὸ περίβαλε τὸν ἅγιον τοῖς δεσμοῖς  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   No parallel for this phrase in TLG texts.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross prefixed Gu.   |   


Or. 25.28 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑφάσματι⟩: ἐνδύματι  —VAb2CrMlMnSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |   


Or. 25.29 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὑφάσματι⟩: χιτῶνι  —VF2SaZZaZlZmZbZuGuYf2

POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above 24 ἀνοσιωτάτης Sa)      

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross prefixed Gu.   |   


Or. 25.30 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑφάσματι⟩: πετάσματι  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πέπασμα (sic) S, corr. Mastr.   


Or. 25.31 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὑφάσματι⟩: ἱματίῳ  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.32 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑφάσματι⟩: περιβολ(ῇ)· τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ περιβολή  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   περιβολ() Pr   


Or. 25.33 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὑφάσματι⟩: ὕφασμα τὸ ὑφανθέν  —Zm

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 26.01 (26–27) (rec rhet) τὸ παρὰ τοῖς ῥήτορσιν λεγόμενον παράλειψις καὶ παρασιώπησις  —Sa

TRANSLATION:   The (schema) called among the rhetors ‘paraleipsis’ (leaving out, omission) or ‘parasiōpēsis’ (refraining from stating).

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   παράληψις Sa   

KEYWORDS:  παράλειψις   |   παρασιώπησις   


Or. 26.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔκτεινεν⟩: ἐφονεύθη ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων ὡς [3–4 letters] βοῦς ἐπὶ φάτνης  —Mn

POSITION: in lower margin of fol. 10 (Or. 30–41)      

APP. CRIT.:   damage, perhaps either ἤγετ() or ὅμηρ(ος), but neither seems fully compatible with the traces   

COMMENT:   Cf. Od. 4.535, 11.411, ὥς τίς τε κατέκτανε βοῦν ἐπὶ φάτνῃ. In later Greek the genitive is common in the phrase βοῦς ἐπὶ φάτνης.    


Or. 26.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔκτεινεν⟩: καὶ ἐφόνευσεν  —AaCrF2MnOxY

POSITION: s.l., except marg. Y      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. F2Y   |   


Or. 26.04 (mosch paraphr) ὧν δ’ ἕκατι: ἤγουν ὧν χάριν ἔκτεινε δηλονότι, οὐ καλὸν ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ λέγειν παρθένῳ οὔσῃ  —XaXbT+YYfGGr

LEMMA: T       POSITION: s.l., except T      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν and δηλονότι and ἐστὶν om. G   


Or. 26.05 (pllgn exeg) 1ὧν δὲ τρόπων χάριν ἐφόνευσε τοῦτον οὐ καλὸν καὶ οὐ σεμνὸν πρᾶγμα ὑπάρχει λέγειν ἐμοὶ τῇ παρθένῳ.  2ἐῶ τοῦτο ἄλεκτον ἐν τῷ κοινῷ ὥστε σκοπεῖν καὶ νοεῖν τοῦτο.  3πάντες γὰρ ἐγίνωσκον τὴν μοιχείαν.   —Y2Yf

TRANSLATION:  ‘And to say because of what traits (of her behavior) she murdered this man is a thing not decent and not dignified for me, a virgin. I leave this detail unspoken in public, for people to consider and identify this.’ (She says this) because everyone knew of the adultery.

POSITION: marg. Y2      

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 26.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧν δ’ ἕκατι⟩: ἐφονεύθη  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 26.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧν δ’ ἕκατι⟩: ἐφόνευσεν ἐκεῖνον  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 26.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ὧν δ’ ἕκατι⟩: ἔκτεινε  —ZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -εν Zm   


Or. 26.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧν δ’ ἕκατι⟩: ἔκτεινε τοῦτον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 26.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧν δ’ ἕκατι⟩: ἐγέγονε —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 26.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧν δ’ ἕκατι⟩: γέγονε ταῦτα —CrMlMnSOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 26.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧν δ’ ἕκατι⟩: χάριν τίνος  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 26.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: τίνων  —VF

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 26.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: ἀνθ’ —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 26.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: καὶ ὧντινων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 26.16 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἕκατι⟩: ἕνεκα —VAbPcPrZZa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἕνεκεν AbPcZZa   


Or. 26.17 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἕκατι⟩: χάριν —VAaF2MlMnRwSCrOxZZbZlZmTZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   


Or. 26.18 (rec gloss) ⟨παρθένον⟩: ἐμὲ οὖσαν —AaMlMnPcRS

LEMMA: παρθένω in text Ml       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 26.19 (rec gloss) ⟨παρθένῳ⟩: λείπει ἐμοὶ ὡς οὔσῃ  —PrB3a

LEMMA: παρθένω s.l. Pr, παρθέν** B3a      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὔσῃ ἐμοὶ transp. B3a   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 26.20 (rec gloss) ⟨παρθένω⟩: ἐμοὶ  —V3Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 26.21 (rec gloss) ⟨παρθένω⟩: οὔσῃ ἐμοὶ παρθέν()  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὖσαν Sa   


Or. 26.22 (thom exeg) ⟨παρθένον⟩: οὐ γὰρ προσήκει παρθένοις μοιχείας καὶ μιασμάτων ἀνόμων μεμνῆσθαι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For it is not proper for maidens to mention adultery and unlawful acts of impurity.

POSITION: s.l., except T      

APP. CRIT. 2:   παρθένοις] θένοις Za   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.42,8–9

COLLATION NOTES:   Zm does not omit ἀνόμων (contra Günther).   |   


Or. 26.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγειν⟩: ὑπάρχει  —B3aYfZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ καλὸν prep. B3a   


Or. 26.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγειν⟩: ὀνομάζειν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ καλὸν⟩: οὐκ ἐπαινετὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καλόν⟩: σεμνὸν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.03 (thom gloss) ⟨καλόν⟩: ἐστί —ZZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐῶ⟩: καταλιμπάνω  —AaAb2CrPcPrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 27.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐῶ⟩: ἀφίημι  —ZZaZbZlTGuG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐῶ⟩: σιγῶ —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.07 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἀσαφὲς⟩: ἄδηλον —VMlPrXXaXbGrZbZlZmZuT*YB3a

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3a      

APP. CRIT. 2:   σὸν δῆλον Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.42,9


Or. 27.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀσαφὲς⟩: ἄρρητον —V3Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.42,10


Or. 27.09 (rec rhet) ἀσαφὲς: κατὰ παράλειψιν ἀγνώριστον καὶ κατὰ παρασιώπησιν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   παράληψιν Mn   

KEYWORDS:  παράλειψις   |   παρασιώπησις   


Or. 27.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀσαφὲς⟩: καὶ ἄγνωστον  —SCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.11 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀσαφὲς⟩: σκοτεινὸν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.42,9


Or. 27.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀσαφὲς⟩: ἀνόητον —ZbZlZm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀσαφὲς⟩: ἀνεκδιήγητον —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀσαφὲς⟩: ἀνερμήνευτον —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν κοινῷ σκοπεῖν⟩: ἐν τῷ μέσῳ σκοπεῖσθαι  —V3Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σκοπεῖσθαι om. V3   


Or. 27.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐν κοινῷ σκοπεῖν⟩: παρὰ τοῖς κοινοῖς ὥστε καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κοινῷ⟩: ἤγουν τῷ λαῷ —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κοινῷ⟩: δήμῳ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨κοινῷ⟩: τῷ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.20 (recMosch gloss) ⟨σκοπεῖν⟩: ὥστε  —MnSXXbT+GGuYf2V3CrF2L2OxB3a

POSITION: s.l., and also repeated in marg. B3a      


Or. 27.21 (rec gloss) ⟨σκοπεῖν⟩: νοεῖν  —SYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   καὶ prep. S   |   


Or. 27.21a (rec gloss) ⟨σκοπεῖν⟩: καὶ ἐπιτηρεῖν  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.22 (mosch gloss) ⟨σκοπεῖν⟩: σκοπεῖσθαι  —XXaXbYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 27.23 (tri gloss) ⟨σκοπεῖν⟩: λογίζεσθαι  —T

POSITION: s.l., cont. 27.20 (ὥστε)      


Or. 27.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σκοπεῖν⟩: γνωρίζειν  —V3

POSITION: s.l., cont. 27.20 (ὥστε)      


Or. 27.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σκοπεῖν⟩: λέγειν —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.; cont. 27.20 (ὥστε) F2      

APP. CRIT.:   ὥστε om. F2   


Or. 27.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σκοπεῖν⟩: τηρεῖν —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 28.01 (pllgn rhet) προδιόρθωσις  —ZmGu

POSITION: marg. Zm; above 29 πείθει Gu      

KEYWORDS:  προδιόρθωσις   


Or. 28.02 (vet exeg) Φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν μέν:  1ἐν ἤθει ταῦτα·  2φησὶ μὲν γὰρ οὐ κατηγορήσειν τοῦ θεοῦ,  3ὅμως γε μὴν ὕστερον ὑπερπαθήσασα καταβοᾷ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος  4καὶ δι’ ὧν ἐδόκει μὴ κατὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος λέγειν, διὰ τούτων ἐλέγχεται αὐτοῦ κατηγοροῦσα.   —MBVCMlRaRbRfaRfbS

TRANSLATION:  These words she says ironically. For she says she will not accuse the god, but nevertheless later on becoming very distressed she decries Apollo, and through the very words in which she seemed not to speak against Apollo she is proven to be accusing him.

LEMMA: MBCRa(μὲν om.)Rb, φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν V(φοίφου)RaRfa(τ’)Rw, ἀδικίαν Rfb, φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν μέντοι δεῖ κατηγορεῖν Ml, ἀδικίαν τί δεῖ λέγειν S      REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlRaRb      POSITION: follows sch. 10.11 RwSa, follows sch. 25.10 (Rfa version) Rfa, (Rfb version) Rfb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐν ἤθει ταῦτα om. MlRaS   |    ταῦτα νοητέον VRw   |    2 φασὶ MC, φαμὲν Sa   |    μέν γὰρ] μὲν Rfa (and punctuates after this, not before φησὶ), γε μὴν MlRaRbS, γοῦν Rfb   |    γὰρ οὐ] γὰρ ὡς οὐ δεῖ VRw   |    κατηγορήσας M, κατηγορῆσαι Rw   |    3 μὴν] μὲν CS et perhaps M (washed out)   |    ὑπερμαθ‑ (sic) M   |    -ήσασα βοᾶ corr. to –ησα καταβοᾶ M, acc. to Schw. (washed out)   |    καταβῶ app. Rfa, καταβᾶ app. Rfb   |    3–4 τοῦ ἀπόλλ. … κατηγοροῦσα] αὐτοῦ Rfb   |    4 καὶ δι’ … ἀπόλλωνος om. M, καὶ δι’ … λέγειν om. Ra   |    καὶ δι’ ὧν] δι’ ὧν δὲ CMlSSa   |    δοκεῖ MlSa   |    κατὰ τοῦ ἀπόλλωνος] κατὰ ἀπόλλωνος Sa, κατ’ αὐτοῦ BVRfaRw   |    λέγειν om. MlS   |    διὰ τοῦτον CRw   |    κατηγοροῦσα αὐτοῦ transp. VRw   |    αὐτοῦ] αὐτῶν Sa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 κατὰ βοᾶ Ml   |    ἀπόλλωνος] ἀπώλλωνος a.c. Rb, ἀπόλλονος S   |    4 ἐλέγχθηται Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,13–16; Dind. II.42,18–21


Or. 28.03 (rec exeg) 1ἐν ἤθει ταῦτα·  2ὅμως δι’ ὧν δοκεῖ μὴ κατηγορεῖν ἐλέγχεται κατηγοροῦσα τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος.   —Pr


Or. 28.04 (pllgn exeg) 1τὴν δὲ ἀδικίαν τοῦ Φοίβου τί δεῖ κατηγορεῖν;  2ὁ γὰρ Φοῖβος προσέταξε φονεῦσαι τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν, ἔκτοτε δὲ οὐκ ἐβοήθησέ τι τὸν Ὀρέστην.  3ὅμως δὲ οὐ πρέπον ἐστὶ κατηγορεῖν τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα εἰς ὅπερ ἔπραξεν.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   What need is there to condemn the injustice of Phoebus? For Phoebus ordered the killing of Clytemnestra, but thereafter he did not give any aid to Orestes. But nevertheless it is not proper to condemn Apollo for what he did.

POSITION: s.l. Y2      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὴν δὲ … κατηγορεῖν om. Y2   |    τι om. Y2   |    3 πρέπον ἐστὶ Y2, πρέπει Yf2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἔπραξε Yf2   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 28.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ Φοῖβον ὑπολαμβάνειν ἄδικον  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 28.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨Φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν⟩: ὡς τὸ κατηγορῶ σου ἀμαθίαν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 28.07 (pllgn rhet) ⟨Φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν⟩: κατὰ παράλειψιν  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παράλειψις   


Or. 28.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨Φοίβου⟩: Ἀπόλλωνος  —AaAb2MlMnPcSZZaZbZlGuCrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τοῦ prep. CrOx, τοῦ prep. S, ἤγουν τοῦ prep. Aa    


Or. 28.09 (rec gram) ⟨Φοίβου⟩: φα⟨ο⟩βίου —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   φοιβίου s.l. Pr   

COMMENT:   Cf. Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. Φοῖβος, παρὰ τὸ φάος ὃ δηλοῖ τὴν λαμπρότητα, φαόβιος, φοίβιος, καὶ συγκοπῇ φοῖβος, ὁ λαμπρότοξος.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 28.10 (rec gloss) ⟨Φοίβου⟩: ἢ κατὰ τοῦ —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σοῦ Pr   


Or. 28.11 (rec artGloss) ⟨Φοίβου⟩: τοῦ —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 28.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀδικίαν⟩: τὴν —AbF2PcPrMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. Pr   


Or. 28.13 (vet paraphr) τί δεῖ κατηγορεῖν:  1τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἦν·  2ὁ δὲ Ἀπόλλων οὐκ ἄδικος μέν, ὅμως πείθει Ὀρέστην ἀποκτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα·   —MBVCMlRaRbRfRwS

TRANSLATION:   The (simple) word order was: Apollo is not unjust, to be sure; nevertheless he persuades Orestes to kill his mother.

LEMMA:  MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. M; cont. from 28.02 BVMlRbRfRwS (add. δὲ all except S)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἀκόλουθον ἦν· ὁ δὲ om. Rb   |    1 ἀκολουθοῦν MC   |    ἦν] μὲν ἦν VRw, οὕτως MlRaS   |    2 ἄδικα Rf, ἀδίκως RaRb, ἀδικῆ Ml   |    ὅμως κτλ om. MlRaS, all cont. instead with sch. 31.02   |    ὅμως] οὐδὲ Rb   |    μητέρα αὐτοῦ VRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,17–18; Dind. II.42,21–43,1


Or. 28.14 (thom exeg) ⟨τί δεῖ κατηγορεῖν⟩:  1οὐ γὰρ παρὰ θεοῖς ἀδικία.  2ἀγαθῶν γὰρ δωτῆρές εἰσι.  3τοῦτο δὲ λέγει ὥσπερ δυσχεραίνουσα διὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μανίαν·  4δοκεῖ γὰρ τοῦτο λογιζομένη, ὡς εἰ δικαίως παρὰ τοῦ Φοίβου ὁ τῆς μητρός φόνος ἐθεσπίσθη Ὀρέστῃ, οὐκ ἔδει τοῦτον μανῆναι θεῷ ὑπακούσαντα.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For there is no injustice in the gods. For they are givers of good things. But she says this as if disgruntled because of the madness of her brother. For she seems to be reasoning thus, that if the murder of his mother was justly proclaimed in an oracle to Orestes by Phoebus, then he should not have gone mad after obeying a god.

REF. SYMBOL: Zb(to ἀδικίαν)ZlZmT      POSITION: s.l. ZZa; 1–2 s.l., 3–4 in marg. T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 παρὰ] om. Zb, πρέπει Matt.   |    θεῶν T   |    3 δὲ om. T   |    ὥσπερ] ὡς a.c. Z, om. Zb   |    4 εἰ* (erasure) Za   |    θεῷ] θεῶν Zm   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἰσίν T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,4–8

COLLATION NOTES:   Zl barely legible in parts.   |   


Or. 28.15 (mosch exeg) ⟨τί⟩: κατὰ τί, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδέν  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION:  ‘In what respect?’, equivalent to ‘not at all’.

POSITION: s.l. except X, which also has κατὰ alone s.l      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδέν om. Zc   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,8


Or. 28.16 (rec gloss) ⟨δεῖ⟩: πρέπει —SGuCrOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SCrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,9


Or. 28.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεῖ⟩: χρεία ὑπάρχει —ZlZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 28.18 (rec gloss) ⟨δεῖ⟩: ἐμὲ —PrSB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 28.19 (mosch gram) ⟨κατηγορεῖν⟩:  1κατηγορεῖ τὸ σκυλάκιον τὸ προελθὸν πρῶτον τῆς μητρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ἀντὶ τοῦ δεικνύει ἐν ἑαυτῷ.  2κατηγορεῖν καὶ τὸ κατά τινος ἀγορεύειν.  3καὶ ἔχει τὴν σύνταξιν ἀπὸ γενικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικὴν, οἷον κατηγορῶ σου φόνον, κατηγορῶ σου ἀδικίαν.  4καὶ ἔστι μὲν ἡ τετελεσμένη σύνταξις αὐτοῦ αὕτη.  5ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ μετὰ γενικῆς μόνης λέγεται.  6τὸ τοιοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις συμβαίνει πλείστοις.  7οἷον τὸ προσέχω ἐντελῶς λεγόμενον ἐν τῷ λόγῳ ἔχει καὶ τὸν νοῦν, οἷον προσέχω τὸν νοῦν τοῖς λεγομένοις.  8λέγεται δὲ καὶ προσέχω τοῖς λεγομένοις χωρὶς ἐκείνου.  9καὶ τὸ φθονῶ ἐντελῶς μὲν ἔχον τῆς συντάξεως ἀπὸ δοτικῆς εἰς γενικὴν συντάσσεται οἷον φθονῶ σοι τοῦδε.  10λέγεται δὲ καὶ φθονῶ σοι μόνον καὶ ἔτι φθονῶ τῆς σῆς ἀρετῆς.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  The first pup that emerges from his mother accuses (‘katēgorei’) the father, in the sense ‘makes obvious in itself’. ‘Katēgorein’ also means to speak against someone. And it governs syntax with the genitive shifting to the accusative, for example, ‘I accuse you (genitive) of murder (accusative)’, ‘I accuse you (genitive) of injustice (accusative)’. And this is the complete form of the syntax of it. But sometimes it is used with the genitive alone. This sort of usage occurs also in very many other instances. For example, ‘prosechō’ (‘I apply’) when it is spoken in its complete form of syntax has also ‘the mind’ (‘ton noun’) in the phrase, as in ‘I apply my mind to (pay attention to) what is being said’. But there is also the expression ‘I attend to (‘prosechō) what is being said’ without that (‘ton noun’). Also, ‘phthonō’ (‘I envy, begrudge’) when in its full syntax is construed with the dative shifting to the genitive, as in ‘I begrudge you (dative) this thing (genitive)’. But there is also the expression ‘I begrudge you (dative)’ alone and furthermore ‘I am envious of your virtue (genitive)’.

LEMMA: τί δεῖ κατηγορεῖν G      POSITION: test      

APP. CRIT.:   2 καὶ] δέ ἐστι G   |    3 σου φόνου Y   |    4 ἡ μὲν transp. Y   |    αὐτοῦ σύνταξις transp. GTa (not T)   |    6 πλείστοις] παρίσοις G   |    7 οἷον τὸ … τὸν νοῦν om. T   |    after ἐντελῶς add. μὲν YYfGGr   |    ἔχει δὲ καὶ Y   |    8 λέγεται δὲ … λεγομένοις om. G   |    ἄνευ ἐκείνου Xa   |    9 ἔχον τὴν σύνταξιν XaY   |    10 ἔτι] ἔστι X   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 κατηγορῶ] κατηγοροῦ Yf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43, 9–20

COMMENT:   For the first point, κατηγορεῖν as proving paternity by similarity, cf. Arist. Byz., historiae animalium epitome 2.182 [CAG suppl. 1.1] ὁ κύων πολλὰ μὲν τίκτει σκυλάκια, τὸ δὲ πρῶτον προελθὸν τῆς ὠδῖνος ὁμοιότατόν ἐστι τοῦ πατρός. ἔοικε γὰρ ἡ φύσις προτιμᾶν τὰ κρείττονα; Aelian, de natura animalium 9.5 ἡ κύων εἰ καὶ πολλὰ τίκτει σκυλάκια, ἀλλὰ γοῦν τὸ πρῶτον τῆς μητρὸς προελθὸν καὶ τῆς ὠδῖνος πρεσβύτατον ὂν κατηγορεῖ τὸν πατέρα ἐκείνῳ γοῦν ὁμοιότατον τίκτεται πάντως, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα ὡς ἂν τύχῃ. ἔοικε δὲ φιλοσοφεῖν ἐν τῷδε ἡ φύσις, προτιμῶσα τοῦ ὑποδεχομένου τὸ σπεῖρον; Sch. Ael. ad loc. (Meliadò) κατηγορῶ σοῦ τόδε καὶ κατηγορεῖ τὸ σκυλάκιον τὸ προελθὸν πρῶτον τῆς μητρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ἤγουν δεικνύει ἐν ἑαυτῷ.    |   


Or. 28.20 (rec gloss) ⟨κατηγορεῖν⟩: λέγειν καταβάλλειν  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 28.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατηγορεῖν⟩: λοιδορεῖν —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 28.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατηγορεῖν⟩: ὀνειδίζειν —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 28.23 (rec gloss) ⟨κατηγορεῖν⟩: εἰπεῖν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 28.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατηγορεῖν⟩: καὶ μέμφεσθαι —AaCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 29.01 (rec gloss) ⟨πείθει⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ἀπόλλων  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 29.02 (rec gloss) ⟨πείθει⟩: ἤτοι ὁ Φοίβος  —AaPcPrMlMnRSZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι om. Zb, ἤγουν MnPcS   


Or. 29.03 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πείθει⟩: ἔπεισε  —CrF2RfXXaXbT+Zb2YYfGGrZcOxB2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrZbOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν RfT   |   


Or. 29.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πείθει⟩: κατέπεισε  —Zb

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 29.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πείθει⟩: καταπείθει  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 29.06 (tri gloss) ⟨δ’⟩: γὰρ  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 29.07 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ὀρέστην⟩: τὸν  —F2SYf2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 29.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨μητέρ’⟩: τὴν  —F2SYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὲ S   |   


Or. 29.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥ⟩: ἥτις  —AaAbCrF2MnPcSOxYf2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMnSOx   |    ὅστις S, ὅτι Ab   


Or. 29.10 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨σφ’⟩: αὐτὸν  —AbKMlMnPcPrRSXXaXbYYfGGrZcZaZb2ZcZlZuT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AbPrS   |   


Or. 29.11 (rec gloss) ⟨σφ’⟩: αὐτὸν ἤτοι τὸν Ὀρέστην  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 29.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σφ’⟩: τοῦτον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 29.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨σφ’⟩: σφίν καὶ νίν καὶ μίν ἐπὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις πτώσεσιν οὐχ εὑρίσκονται.  —Lp

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πτώσαισιν Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,22–23


Or. 29.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐγείνατο⟩: ἐγέννησε  —VAaAbCrF2MlMnPcPrSZb2ZlZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMnPrSOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν VMlMnS   |   


Or. 29.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐγείνατο⟩: ἔτεκε  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 30.01 (rec gloss) ⟨κτεῖναι⟩: ὥστε  —MnSZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 30.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτεῖναι⟩: φονεῦσαι  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Ox   


Or. 30.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας … φέρον⟩: ποιῆσαι ἔργον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l., above φέρων [sic Zu]      


Or. 30.04 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας … φέρον⟩:  ⟨κατὰ⟩ μετάληψιν, ποιῆσαι πρᾶγμα  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ add. Mastr.   

COMMENT:   κατὰ μετάληψιν is apparently ‘by change of construction’, referring to the inferring of the different infinitive ποιῆσαι to explain how the neuter ἔχον can follow κτεῖναι. What we would call an internal accusative in apposition to the sentence had to be explained in different terms by ancient and medieval teachers.   

KEYWORDS:  μετάληψις/μεταλαμβάνειν   


Or. 30.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας … φέρον⟩: τὸ δὲ κτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα, οὐκ ἄλλο τι, ἀλλὰ ἔργον τοιοῦτον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 30.06 (vet exeg) πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας:  1οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπῄνουν αὐτόν, οἱ δὲ οὔ.  2διὸ τὸ πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας εἶπεν.   —MVCPrbRb, partial OAbPraRaSSa

TRANSLATION:   For some people were praising him and others were not. Therefore he said ‘in the eyes of not all’.

LEMMA: CRaRbS, πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας εὔκλειαν φέρον Prb;      REF. SYMBOL: ref. MRb      POSITION: s.l. VAbSa, marg. MRaS; cont. from sch. 28.03 Pra, follows displaced sch. 21.02 Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 γὰρ om. AbSa   |    ἐπῄνουν αὐτόν] ἐπηνετὸν Sa   |    οἱ δὲ οὔ om. M   |    οὐχὶ Ab   |    2 διὸ κτλ. om. OAbPraRaSSa   |    διὸ τὸ] διὰ τοῦτο VRb(τὸ add. s.l. Rb)   |    εἶπεν om. VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐπῄουν app. Ra   |   2 εἶπε Prb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,19–20; Dind. II.43,24–25


Or. 30.07 (vet exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας δὲ εὔκλειαν φέρων εἴρηκεν ἐπειδὴ οἱ μὲν ἐπῄνουν αὐτὸν, οἱ δὲ οὔ.  —BVRf

TRANSLATION:   And he said ‘bearing good repute not in the eyes of all’ since some people were praising him and others were not.

POSITION: cont. from 28.03 all      

APP. CRIT.:   φέρων V, φε() B, φέρειν Rf   |    ὁ μὲν Rf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.42,1–3


Or. 30.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: οὐχ ὑπὸ πάντων ἐπαινούμενον  —AaPcPrMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -μενος Pr   |   


Or. 30.09 (thom exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: οὐ γὰρ ἅπαντες ἀποδέχονται τοῦτο, ἀλλ’ οἱ μέν, οἱ δ’ οὔ.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  For not everyone approves this, but some do and some do not.

REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: s.l., except marg. T      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπιδέχ. ZbZl, ἀπεδέχοντο T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,26


Or. 30.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπῄνουν ⟨αὐ⟩τὸν ὡς καλῶς πράξαντα, οἱ δὲ οὐδαμῶς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 30.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: οὐκ ἐν πᾶσι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 30.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: πρᾶγμα  —AaGKPrMnXXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. (GPrY above φέρον)      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ prep. AaGPrY   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,25


Or. 30.13 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐχ⟩: μὴ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 30.14 (vet exeg) εὐκλείαν φέρον:  1ἐκτατέον τὸ α̅ τοῦ εὐκλεία.  2Ἀττικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκλείαν φέροντος, τοῦ κτεῖναι δηλονότι.   —MVCAbPrRb

TRANSLATION:   The alpha of ‘eukleia’ is to be scanned as long. In the Attic manner, (the accusative ‘bringing’ is used) instead of ‘bringing (genitive) good repute’—the act of killing, that is.

LEMMA: M(φέρων app., ambig. abbrev.)C       REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: s.l. V, marg. MAb; cont. from 30.06 VPrRb (Pr from Prb version of 30.06)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐκτατέον … εὐκλεία om. AbPr   |    ἐκτακτέον VC, ἐκτάσσεον Rb   |    τὸ] τῶ Rb   |    τοῦ] τὴν Rb   |    no punct. after εὐκλεία V   |    2 ἀττικὸν C, τὸ δὲ φέρον ἀττικὸν Pr   |    τοῦ om. C   |    εὐκλείαν om. Pr   |    φέροντος] φέροντος ἀττικὸν C, φέροντος ἀττικῶς M, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκλείαν (repeated) Ab   |    τοῦ κτεῖναι δηλ.] τὸ κτεῖναι Ab   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 εὔκλεια MC   |    2 εὔκλειαν MCRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,21–22; Dind. II.43,26–28

COMMENT:   Lacking the concept of internal accusative, the grammarian tries to explain the acc. participle as absolute, an ‘Attic’ variation on the gen. absolute.   |    On the long alpha, see Eratosthenes apud Photius s.v. Εὐκλεία, 43 F 11 Bagordo.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 30.15 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐκλείαν φέρον⟩: Ἀττικῶς εὐκλείαν, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκλείαν φέρον τὸ κτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   In the Attic manner, ‘eukleian’ (with long alpha); equivalent to ‘the killing of his mother bringing good repute’.

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 30.16 (rec gloss) ⟨εὔκλειαν⟩: αἶνον  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 30.17 (rec gloss) ⟨εὔκλειαν⟩: ἔπαινον  —F2Mn

POSITION: s.l.; above ἅπαντας Mn      


Or. 30.18 (mosch gloss) ⟨εὔκλειαν⟩: καλὴν φήμην  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,28–29


Or. 30.19 (thom gloss) ⟨εὔκλειαν⟩: δόξαν  —ZZaZuTGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,29


Or. 30.20 (thom gloss) ⟨εὔκλειαν⟩: τιμήν  —ZTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,29


Or. 30.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὔκλειαν⟩: εὐδοξίαν  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 30.22 (rec exeg) ⟨φέρον⟩: τὸ πρᾶγμα· ἢ Ὀρέστης  —MlMnPcRS

LEMMA: φέρον in text MnPc, φέρων in text MlRS, s.l. Pc      POSITION: s.l., except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ πρᾶγμα] οὐ πρύμ() app. Ml   |    ἢ] ἤγουν ὁ Pc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πράγμα S   |   

COMMENT:   The nominative interpretation implies punctuation after κτεῖναι (R has a comma; PcZu have a dot, but also the same at the end of 30); compare perhaps the paraphrase in O, sch. 31.01.   


Or. 30.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φέρον⟩: ἔχον τὸ πρᾶγμα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 30.24 (rec gloss) ⟨φέρον⟩: τοῦτο τὸ πρᾶγμα δηλονότι  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δῆλον Sa   


Or. 30.25 (rec gloss) ⟨φέρον⟩: ἔργον  —RwB2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 30.26 (thom gloss) ⟨φέρον⟩: τοῦτο τὸ κτεῖναι  —ZmGuOx2

POSITION: s.l. GuOx, marg. Zm      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλ(ονότι) add. Gu   


Or. 30.27 (rec gloss) ⟨φέρον⟩: σολοικοφανές  —RfRw

POSITION: s.l. Rf, marg. Rw      

KEYWORDS:  σολοικοφανές   


Or. 30.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φέρον⟩: φέροντος  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 30.29 (rec gram) ⟨φέρον⟩: τί ἐστι μεταπλασμός; λῆξις λέξεως εἴς τι συγγενὲς τελικόν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   What is ‘metaplasmos’? It is the termination of a word in some kindred ending.

COMMENT:   The term is often applied to gender variation like μῆρα/μηροί, λύχνα/λύχνοι. Here it must refer to the interpretation of φέρον as used for φέρων (or φέρων for φέρον if the author of the comment had φέρων in his text). The definition is close to Eust. in Il. 1.104 (I.94, 2–4) ἔστι γὰρ μεταπλασμὸς μετάθεσις καὶ μετασχηματισμὸς λήξεως λέξεως εἰς ἕτερον συγγενὲς τελικόν (cf. Et. Symeonis ε 136 Baldi).   |   

KEYWORDS:  μεταπλασμός   


Or. 31.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅμως δ’ ἀπέκτειν’⟩: καίπερ οὐκ ἐπαινούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὄμως  —O


Or. 31.02 (rec exeg) ὅμως δ’ ἀπέκτειν’: καίπερ οὐχ ὑπὸ πάντων ἐπαινούμενος  —CMlRaRbS

LEMMA: Ra(δὲ, ‑κτεινεν)Rb       POSITION: intermarg. C; run on from sch. 28.13 MlRaS      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅμως prep. MlRaRbS   |    οὐχ ὑπὸ] οὐχὶ ὑπὸ MlS, οὐχὶ Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὐχ’ C   |   


Or. 31.03 (rec gram) ⟨ὅμως δ’ ἀπέκτειν’⟩: μονόσχημον· ἀπὸ γὰρ αἰτιατικῆς μετέπεσεν εἰς εὐθεῖαν —S

TRANSLATION:   Monoschemic; for he shifted from the accusative to the nominative.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   μονόσχημον is of uncertain meaning, and there is another uncertain use in sch. 314.06 (see comment there). The word appears in rhetorical texts with the meaning ‘uniform’ (usually implying ‘monotonous’) or, with reference to the hexameter, indicating a line in which the first five feet are all dactyls or all spondees. Apollonius Dyscolus uses μονοσχημάτιστος of the uninflected impersonal δεῖ or λείπει and his commentators use it of other uninflected words. Therefore, here it may indicate ‘indeclinable’ on the theory that φέρον in 30 is an indeclinable form agreeing with Ὀρέστης. Compare sch. 30.22, perhaps sch. 30.28, 30.30 (also sch. 30.08 with the variant ἐπαινούμενος in Pr). Or it may mean ‘unusual, unique in construction’ as perhaps in 314.06.    |   

KEYWORDS:  μονόσχημον   


Or. 31.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπέκτειν’⟩: ἐφόνευσε  —CrF2OxYf2Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν CrOx   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   In Zb, over this line there had been a longer paraphrase (starting ἤγουν, the rest illegible) by the first hand in red, but it has been erased, and Zb2’s two glosses take up part of the erasure.    |   


Or. 31.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐκ ἀπιθήσας θεῷ⟩: οὐκ ἀπειθὴς γενόμενος  —YYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐκ om. Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,30–31


Or. 31.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐκ ἀπιθήσας θεῷ⟩: μὴ παρακούσας τοῦ θεοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 31.07 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐκ ἀπιθήσας⟩: ἀλλὰ πεισθεὶς  —GSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πειθεὶς Sa, om. ἀλλὰ   |   

COMMENT:   Sa’s πειθεὶς could alternatively be a corruption of ἀπειθὴς (see next gloss).   


Or. 31.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπιθήσας⟩: ἀπειθὴς φανεὶς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπειθεὶς Zu   


Or. 31.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπιθήσας⟩: δυσπειθήσας  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 31.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπιθήσας⟩: ἀθετήσας  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 31.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπιθήσας⟩: παρακούσας  —CrYYf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.; app. consolidated with 31.05 and 31.12 as a single paraphrase in YYf2      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

COMMENT:   Turyn 1957: 58 proposes that the consolidated version of YYf2 is Planudean, but his criteria for suspecting Planudean origin are suspect (see Prelim. Stud. 105).   

KEYWORDS:  Planudes   


Or. 31.12 (rec gloss) ⟨θεῷ⟩: τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι  —VAaAbMlMnPcSSaYYf2ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. AaZu   |    τῷ om. AbPcB3a   


Or. 31.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θεῷ⟩: τῷ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 32.01 (rec gloss) ⟨μετέσχον⟩: μετέλαβον  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 32.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μετέσχον⟩: συνεκοινώνησα  —VZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 32.03 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μετέσχον⟩: ἐκοινώσησα  —CrF2RfXXaXbT+YYfGGrZb2ZcOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.44,18


Or. 32.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μετέσχον⟩: συνεκοινώνησα διὰ λόγων δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 32.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μετέσχον⟩: συνεβούλευσα —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 32.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μετέσχον⟩: ἐν μετοχῇ ἐγενόμην  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 32.07 (vet exeg) οἷα δὴ γυνὴ φόνου:  1ὥσπερ ἀδύνατος ἡ γυναικεία φύσις μεταλαβεῖν φόνου·  2οὐ γὰρ κεκοινώνηκε τοῦ φόνου Ἠλέκτρα,  3ὡς Ὀρέστης φησί [284]· ‘σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπένευσας τάδ’, εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοί’.   —MBVCRf

TRANSLATION:   As woman’s nature is unable to participate in murder. For Electra did not have a share in the killing, as Orestes says: ‘You encouraged this, but it was carried out by me’.

LEMMA: MC(φησὶ for φόνου)V, κἀγὼ μετέσχον οἷα δὴ γυνή B, (conflated with lemma of 52) ἐλπίδα δὲ δή τιν’ ἔσχομεν κἀγὼ μετέσχον Rf      REF. SYMBOL: MBV; to 52 ἐλπίδα δὲ Rf      POSITION: follows combined sch. 51.01 + 48.08 Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὥσπερ] ταῦτα φησὶν ὅτι V   |    ἀδύνατον MC   |    γυναικῶν s.l. Rf   |    μεταβαλεῖν M   |    2 ἐκοινώνησε V   |    φόνου τῶ ἀδελφῶ V   |    ἡ ἠλέκτρα BV   |    3 ὡς καὶ BVRf   |    σὺ μὲν] σύ με Rf   |    γὰρ om. V   |    δ’ om. Rf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101.1–3; Dind. II.44,1–3

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of   


Or. 32.08 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ζητεῖται, τί δήποτε ἀνωτέρω παρθένον ἑαυτὴν εἰρηκυῖα, ὅπου φησὶν [26]  2‘ὧν δ’ ἕκατι, παρθένῳ λέγειν οὐ καλόν’, ἐνταῦθα γυναῖκα ἑαυτὴν λέγει.  3λεκτέον δὲ ὅτι οἷα δὴ γυνή πρὸς τὸ θηλυκὸν γένος σκοπουμένη,  4ὡς οὐδὲν μὲν ἔπραξεν, ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἂν γυνή τις ἐργάσαιτο.   —MBVCRfaRfbRw

TRANSLATION:   The question is posed, why, having spoken of herself as a maiden above, where she says ‘and the reason why, it is not proper for a maiden to say’, does she here term herself a woman. One must say that (she here says) ‘like a woman’ with a view to the female sex in general, because she did not carry out any action, but did just so much as any woman might do.

LEMMA: M, οἷα δὴ γυνὴ φησὶ C (ἄλλως in marg.)      POSITION: cont. from prev., add. δὲ, BVRfb; Rfa in normal sequence, Rfb in out-of-sequence series on following page      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ζητεῖται …καλὸν] ἧ δ’ ἕκατι Rw   |    1 ζητεῖται om., in marg. add. Rfa   |    ἀνωτέρω …φησὶν] ἀνωτέρω εἰρηκυῖα παρθένω MC (εἰρήκυι M)   |    ἀνωτέρω … εἰρηκυῖα] εἰποῦσα ἀνωτέρω παρθένον Rfa   |    ἀνωτέρω] ἀνωτερον app. Rfb   |    αὐτὴν εἴρηκεν Rfb   |    1–2 ὅπου … καλόν om. Rfa   |    1 ὅπου] ἔνθα V   |    2 παρθένον Rfb   |    λέγειν οὐ καλόν om. MC   |    αὐτὴν Rfb   |    3 λεκτέον δὲ] ῥητέον οὖν Rfa   |    δὲ] δὴ M   |    ὅτι] ὅτι τὸ VRfa, om. Rw   |    οἷα δὴ om. Rfa, οἷα δὲ Rfb   |    γένος om. MC   |    σκοπουμένη] σκοπῶμεν καὶ φαμὲν V, σκοποῦμεν Rfa, σκοπουμένης Rw   |    4 οὐδὲν μὲν] οὐδὲ μιᾶς Rfb   |    ἔπραξε πλέον V   |    τοσοῦτον] τὸ τοῦτον M, perhaps corrected to τοσοῦτον   |    ἐργάσοιτο BVRfb, εἰργάσατο Rfa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,4–8; Dind. II.44,4–8

KEYWORDS:  ζητεῖται   


Or. 32.09 (vet exeg) οἷα δὴ γυνὴ:  1ὡς γυνὴ, συμβουλεύσασα, παραθαρρύνασα, ὑπομνήσασα τοῦ πατρός.  2οὐ γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονε τῆς μητρὸς, ἀλλὰ λόγοις παρώρμησε κατ’ αὐτῆς τὸν ἀδελφόν.  3τάχα δὲ διὰ τοῦ οἷα δὴ γυνή παρονειδίζει τῇ μητρί·  4ἐκείνη γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονε τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος οὐ κατὰ γυναῖκα.   —MBVCMlRaRbRfbS, partial Rfa

TRANSLATION:   As a woman, having counseled him, emboldened him, reminded him of his father. For she did not become the murderer of her mother by her own hand, but used words to arouse her brother against her. Perhaps by saying ‘as a woman’ she is indirectly reproaching her mother, for she did become the murderer of Agamemnon by her own hand, not (behaving) in the manner natural for a woman.

LEMMA: BCRfb, ἰστέον αὐτὸ ἄλλως· οἷα δὴ γυνὴ V, ἄλλως M, in marg. B; κἀγὼ μετέσχον Ml(μετέσχων)RaRbRfaS      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: Rfa in normal sequence, Rfb follows Rfb version of 32.08 on following page      

APP. CRIT.:   1 συμβουλεύουσα S   |    παραθαρσύνουσα MC, παραθαρρύνουσα Rfb, περιθαρρύνασα Ml   |    1–4 ὑπομν. τοῦ πατρὸς κτλ] οὐ γὰρ κεκοινώνηκα τοῦ φόνου, ὡς Ὀρέστης Rfa (cf. 32.07)   |    1 τοῦ πατρός] τῶν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀγαθῶν V   |    2 αὐτόχειρ αὕτη V   |    λόγος MRb   |    κατ’ αὐτῶν S, κατ’ αὖτὸν Ml   |    3 διὰ τοῦ] om. Rb, τὸ MlRaS   |    οἵα δὴ] τοιᾶδε Ml   |    γυνὴ δὴ transp. S   |    4 τοῦ om. V   |    καὶ add. before οὐ MlRaS   |    οὐ κατὰ γυναῖκα om. Rfb   |    κατὰ γυναῖκας MCMlRaRb, κατὰ τὰς γυναῖκας S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 γέγονεν M   |    παρώρμισε B, παρώρμησεν MMl   |    4 γέγονεν M, also V(om. τοῦ)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,9–13; Dind. II.44,8–12


Or. 32.10 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩:  1τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ θηλέως σκοπουμένη τοῦτο εἶπε·  2τοσοῦτον γάρ φησι κεκοινώνηκα, λόγῳ μόνῳ προσορμήσασα, ὅσον ἂν γυνὴ ἐργάσαιτο.   —Pr

TRANSLATION:   She said this with a view to the inability of the female, for, she says, having stirred him to action with speech only, I shared in the deed only to the extent that a woman might act.


Or. 32.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩:  1ὅσον δὴ δύνανται αἱ γυναῖκες εἰς φόνον πρᾶξαι, ὥσπερ ἀδύνατος ἡ γυναικεία φύσις μεταλαβεῖν φόνου.  2τοσοῦτον ἔπραξα ὅσον ἂν γυνή τις ἐργάσηται, συμβουλεύσασα, παραθαρρύνασα, ὑπομνήσασα τοῦ πατρός.  3οὐ γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονε κἀκείνη εἰς τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς, ἀλλὰ λόγοις παρώρμησε ἱσταμένη ἔξωθεν καὶ περισκοποῦσα.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   As much as women are able to accomplish in regard to murder, since woman’s nature is unable to participate in murder. I did so much as a woman may do, having counseled him, emboldened him, reminded him of his father. For she did not also become the murderer of her mother by her own hand, but she stirred him to action with words, standing outside the house and looking around (as if on watch).

REF. SYMBOL: Y2      POSITION: bottom marg. Y2      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅσον δὲ Yf2   |    3 κἀκείνω Yf2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 γυνὴ τίς Y2Yf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.44,13–18

COMMENT:   The author of this note is recalling Sophocles’ Electra.   


Or. 32.12 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: συμβουλεύσασα· οὐ γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονα τῆς μητρός. —O


Or. 32.13 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: μετὰ αἰδοῦς ἑστῶσα καὶ πεφρικυῖα  —AaAb2MlMnPrS

TRANSLATION:   Standing in diffident hesitation and terrified.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ab2   |    μεταδοὺς Aa, μ(ε)τ(α) αἰδῶ Ab2, μεταδοῦσα Pr   |    καὶ om. Pr, καὶ πεφρ. om. Aa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστῶσα AaAb2   |    περιφρακυῖα Ml   |   

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of   


Or. 32.14 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ αὐτοχείρως ἀλλὰ μετὰ συμβουλῆς  —MnSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Mn   


Or. 32.15 (mosch exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: καθὰ ἂν μετάσχοι γυνή  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  In the way that a woman might participate.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἂν] δὴ G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.44,18


Or. 32.16 (thom exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἀπέκτεινα ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνοι, ἀλλὰ συνεβούλευσα. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  That is, I did not kill her, as they (Orestes and Pylades) did, but I counseled (them to do so).

POSITION: s.l.; misplaced over 31 Zl      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκεῖνος ZZl   


Or. 32.17 (pllgn rhet) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: ἐμφαντικὸν  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   Suggestive (expression).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐμφαντικὸν   


Or. 32.18 (rec gloss) ⟨οἷα δὴ⟩: καθὰ  —AaF2RZb2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 32.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἷα δὴ⟩: ὥσπερ  —Za

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 32.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γυνὴ⟩: πεφυκυῖα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 32.21 (pllgn gram) ⟨φόνου⟩: μετέχω γενικῇ· μετέχω τοῦ πλόυτου  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 32.22 (rec artGloss) ⟨φόνου⟩: τοῦ  —AaAbF2PrRMnS

POSITION: s.l.; over μετέσχον R      


Or. 33.01 (vet exeg) Πυλάδης:  1Φώκου παῖδες Κρῖσος καὶ Πανοπεύς.  2τούτων ὁ Κρῖσος ἔκτισε τὴν νῦν Κίρραν, τότε Κρῖσαν καλουμένην,  3καὶ παῖς αὐτῷ ἐξ Ἀντιφατείας τῆς Ναυβόλου Στρόφιος ἐγένετο,  4οὗ Ἀστυδάμεια καὶ Πυλάδης ἐκ Κυδραγόρας τῆς ἀδελφῆς Ἀγαμέμνονος.   —MBVCRbRf

TRANSLATION:   The children of Phocus were Crisus and Panopeus. Of these, Crisus founded the place now called Cirra, but then called Crisa, and a son Strophius was born to him by Antiphateia daugher of Naubolus, and from Strophius (were born) Astydameia and Pylades by Kydragora the sister of Agamemnon.

LEMMA:  BRf, Πυλάδης θ’M, Πυλάδης θ’ ὃς ἡμῖν CRb, lemma Πυλάδης θ’ ὃς ἡμῖν συγκατείργασται τάδε V; marg. labels φῶκος and πυλάδης B4, label ἰστορία (sic) B3b       REF. SYMBOL: MBRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φύκου Rb   |    παυροπεὺς Rb   |    2–3 τούτων … ναυβόλου] παῖς δὲ τῶ κρίσω Rb   |    2 τούτων] τούτοις MBC, ἱστορ() τούτων Rf   |    ἔκτισε] ἔκτεινεν Rf   |    3 ἀντιφάης V, ἀφαντείας MC, ἀντιφαντείας Rf   |    ναυβούλου B, ναβούλου Rf   |    στρόφος V   |    ἐγένετο om. Rb   |    4 κυδαγόρας V, κυδραγόνας Rf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κρῖσος p.c. M, κρίσος Rb, κρίσσος BVCRf, app. κρῖσσος a.c. M   |    2 κρῖσος M (accent corr. from acute), κρίσσος BVCRf [Rb]   |    ἔκτισεν M   |    Κρῖσαν] Dindorf, κρίσσαν all [Rb]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,14–17; Dind. II.44,20–45,3

COMMENT:   The name Antiphateia is not extant other than in this scholion; the name Astydameia occurs elsewhere for various other figures: daughter of Amyntor and wife of Acastus (Peleus story), or daughter of Pelops, or of Phorbas, etc. Part of this genealogy appears in Hes. fr. 58 M–W (Phocus and Asterodeia parents of Crisus and Panopeus). For Crisa and Cirra, see Steph. Byz. s.v. Κρῖσα· πόλις Φωκίδος. Ἑκαταῖος Εὐρώπηι. ἀπὸ Κρίσου Φώκ⟨ου ὑ⟩ιοῦ. τὸ ἐθνικὸν Κρισαῖος καὶ Κρισαῖον πεδίον … τινὲς δὲ ⟨τὴν⟩ αὐτὴν τῆι Κίρραι φασί. Naubolus is elsewhere named as son of Ornytion and father of Iphitus. This and other Or. sch. are the only sources for Kydragora (instead of Anaxibia) as mother of Pylades. Anaxibia, in contrast, is the name of several mythological figures; as sister of Ag. and Men. she is mentioned several times in sch. on Or. (and Mantissa proverbiorum 2.94 [Paroem. Gr. II.772–773 Leutsch], closely related to sch. 5.01) and Eust. in Il. 2.591–602 (I.458,2). See also Paus. 2.29.4 Κρίσου δὲ ἦν ἀπόγονος τρίτος Πυλάδης, Στροφίου τε ὢν τοῦ Κρίσου καὶ Ἀναξιβίας ἀδελφῆς Ἀγαμέμνονος. Cf. sch. Or. 765 Ἀναξιβίαν τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀδελφὴν Στρόφιος ἔγημεν, ἐξ ἧς ἔφυσε τὸν Πυλάδην, ὅθεν ἀνεψιοὶ Ὀρέστης καὶ Πυλάδης, sch. Or. 1233 παρόσον ὁ Στρόφιος Ἀναξιβίαν {Κυδραγόρας} ἔγημε τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀδελφὴν, ἐξ ἧς ἐγένετο Πυλάδης, ὡς φησὶ Κράτης [the name may be corrupt]. ἢ ἐπεὶ ὁ Στροφίου πατὴρ Κρῖσος (M, κρίσος BRw, κρίσσος Mn, κρῖσσος changed to κρίσσος Rf) Ἀτρέως θυγατέρα ἐγάμει {αὐτὴν} τὴν Κυδραγόραν. Cf. sch. Thom. Or. 1552 τὸ Ἀτρεῖδαι ἢ διὰ μόνον τὸν Ὀρέστην λέγει, ἢ καὶ δι’ ἀμφοτέρους· φασὶ γὰρ ὡς ἡ τοῦ Πυλάδου μήτηρ Κυδραγόρα ἀδελφὴ ἦν Ἀγαμέμνονος. διὸ καὶ πρόσθεν φησὶν, ὦ συγγένεια πατρός.   |   


Or. 33.02 (rec gloss) ⟨Πυλάδης θ’⟩: καὶ ὁ  —CrSOxY2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 33.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: Πυλάδης υἱὸς Ἀναξιβίας. ἡ Ἀναξιβία ἀδελφὴ Ἀγαμέμνονος —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 33.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: ὁ Πυλάδης ἐκ Κυδραγόρας τῆς ἀδελφῆς μὲν Ἀγαμέμνονος, Στροφίου δὲ γυναικός  —Pr

APP. CRIT.:   γυναικός] θυγατρός Pr   |   


Or. 33.05 (rec gloss) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ⟨Στροφίου⟩  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 33.06 (rec gloss) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: τοῦ Φαν[οτ]έως υἱὸς  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 406.03 for Phanoteus.   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   The word is obscured by a repair and the identification of the hand is uncertain.   |   


Or. 33.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: Ἀναξιβία καὶ ὁ Ἀγαμέμνον καὶ ὁ Μενέλαος ἦσαν ἀδελφοί, ἐξ ἧς ὁ Πυλάδης.  —Sa

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 33.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: μετέσχε δηλονότι  —XXaXbYYfGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ὃς prep. X   |    δηλ. add. later by T, om. ZcZZaZbZlZm   


Or. 33.09 (rec gloss) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: ἦν  —AaAb2PrMnRSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 33.10 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 33.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὃς⟩: καὶ ὅστις  —CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 33.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡμῖν⟩: σὺν  —KPrYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 33.13 (recMosch gloss) ⟨συγκατείργασται⟩: συνέπραξε  —VXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcCrOxL2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. V, καὶ prep. CrOx   |    συνεπράξετο B3a   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν VT   |   


Or. 33.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συγκατείργασται⟩: ἔπραξε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 33.15 (recThom gloss) ⟨συγκατείργασται⟩: συνειργάσατο  —AaAb2PrMlMnSZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Aa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   συνεργ‑ S, συνηργ‑ app. Aa, σὺν εἰργ- Ml   |   


Or. 33.16 (rec gloss) ⟨συγκατείργασται⟩: εἰργάσατο —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 33.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συγκατείργασται⟩: συνήργησε  —F2G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 33.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συγκατείργασται⟩: συνεφονεύσατο  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 33.19 (rec gloss) ⟨συγκατείργασται⟩: ἐβουλεύσατο  —AaAbPrMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Aa   


Or. 33.20 (rec gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: ταῦτα  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 33.21 (rec gloss) ⟨τόδε⟩: καὶ τοῦτο  —Mn

LEMMA: τόδε in text Mn       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐντεῦθεν⟩: καὶ ἀπ’ ἐκείνου τοῦ καιροῦ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐντεῦθεν⟩: ἐξ ἐκείνου  —XXaXbT+YYfGGuZc

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,17


Or. 34.03 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐντεῦθεν⟩: ἤγουν ἐκ τῆς αἰτίας ταύτης  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. ZaGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,18

COLLATION NOTES:   No cross in T, correctly, but Ta has cross.   |   


Or. 34.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐντεῦθεν⟩: ἐκ τούτου, μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι τὸν φόνον  —ZuGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,18


Or. 34.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐντεῦθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τότε  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐντεῦθεν⟩: καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦδε  —CrMnOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐντεῦθεν⟩: μετὰ τὴν μητροκτονίαν  —V3AaSaYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,17


Or. 34.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐντεῦθεν⟩: μετὰ τοῦτο  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ συντακεὶς νόσῳ⟩: μανίᾳ ἐγκινηθείς  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ … νόσῳ⟩: ἀγρίαν νόσον τὴν μανίαν λέγει  —Yf2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 34.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ⟩: ἀγριοτέρᾳ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ⟩: μανικῇ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ⟩: χαλεπῇ  —AaAbPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ⟩: κακῇ  —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn   |    κακὴ MnS   


Or. 34.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ⟩: δεινῇ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ⟩: ἀγριότητος ποιητικῇ  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ική XaYTa (not T)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,19


Or. 34.17 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ⟩: ἀφορήτῳ  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,20

COLLATION NOTES:   This note omitted by Ta.   |   


Or. 34.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ⟩: μεγάλῃ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,20


Or. 34.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ⟩: ἐν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.20 (rec gram) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ⟩: οἱονεὶ μὴ ἐγειρομένῃ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Apparently an etymology, as if ἄγριος were from ἀ‑ + ἐγειρω.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 34.21 (vet gloss) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ συγκολληθείς  —MO

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,18; Dind. II.45,20


Or. 34.22 (rec gloss) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩: καὶ δαμασθεὶς  —CrRMlMnSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. MlR   


Or. 34.23 (rec gloss) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩: πιεσθεὶς  —AaPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩: κατασχεθεὶς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩: συμπλακεὶς  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,21


Or. 34.26 (mosch gloss) συντακεὶς: συμφθαρεὶς, συμμιγεὶς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   συμμιγεὶς om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,21


Or. 34.27 (thom gloss) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩: ἑνωθεὶς κολληθεὶς  —ZZaZbZlTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἑνωθεὶς om. Za   |    κωλυθεὶς ZZbZl   


Or. 34.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩: τήκω, ὁ μέλλων τήξω, ὁ ἀόριστος ἔτηξα, ὁ δεύτερος ἔτακο[ν], ὁ παθητικὸς ἐτάκην, ἡ μετοχὴ ὁ τακεὶς καὶ μετὰ τῆς σὺν προθέσεως συντακείς. λέγεται δὲ κυρίως ἐπὶ πίσσης κηροῦ καὶ χιόνος, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐρώντων. ἀ[πὸ] τούτου κατὰ μεταφορὰν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν νοσούντων καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅταν κατὰ μικρὸν ἀναλίσκωνται.  —Pr2

TRANSLATION:   ‘tēkō’, future ‘tēxō’, aorist ‘etēxa’, second aorist ‘etakon’, aorist passive ‘etakēn’, the participle ‘takeis’, and ‘suntakeis’ with the prefix ‘sun’. It is used properly of pitch, wax, and snow, and in application to those in love. From this use, metaphorically, it is also applied to those who are sick and to other things whenever they are expended/exhausted little by little.

POSITION: added at bottom of scholia column in space left blank by main scribe      

COMMENT:   Cf. Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. τακεὶς: ἐκ τοῦ τήκω, ὁ β ἀόριστος ἔτακον, ὁ παθητικὸς ἐτάκην, ἡ μετοχὴ ὁ τακείς. (The second aorist was app. invented by grammarians to etymologize the aorist passive form; ἔτακον not found outside of grammarians.)   |    For τήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ χίονος cf. Porphyrius, quaest. Hom. 1.125 Sodano; for addition of pitch and wax, cf. Eust. in Od. 8.522 (I.314,12), Sch. Aesch. Prom. 526b Herington, sch. Mosch. Hec. 433 τὸ τήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ χιόνος λέγεται καὶ κηροῦ καὶ τῶν κατ’ ὀλίγον ἀναλισκομένων, καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου ἐπὶ τῶν καταπιπτόντων ὑπὸ λύπης καὶ διαρρεομένων.   


Or. 34.29 (pllgn gram) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩:  1τὸ συντήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ δύο λέγεται πρὸς ἄλληλα μιγνύμενα, οἷον ἐπὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου·  2τούτων γὰρ τῶν δύο λυομένων εἰς ἓν συνέρχονται.  3ἀπὸ τούτου λέγεται καὶ ἐπὶ φιλίας ὅταν συγκραθῶσι τὰ ἤθη καὶ εἰς ἓν συναφθῶσι.   —Zb2

TRANSLATION:   ‘To be melted together’ is properly applied to two things mixed with each other, such as bronze and silver; for when these two are softened they come together into one substance. From this it is also used in connection with friendship whenever the character traits (of friends) are blended together and joined together into one.

REF. SYMBOL: Zb2       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩: κατὰ κηροῦ καὶ χιόνος  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   


Or. 34.31 (rec rhet) ⟨νόσῳ νοσεῖ⟩: παρήχησις τὸ σχῆμα  —AaMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ σχῆμα om. MnS   

KEYWORDS:  παρήχησις   


Or. 34.32 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νόσῳ νοσεῖ⟩: οὐκ ἐνόσει σωφρονῶν ἀλλὰ μαινόμενος  —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l. Y, marg. Yf      

APP. CRIT.:   συμφρονῶν Yf   


Or. 34.33 (mosch gloss) ⟨νόσῳ⟩: τῇ μανίᾳ  —XXbTYGZl

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τῇ om. TG   


Or. 35.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τλήμων⟩: παρὰ μὲν τῷ ποιητῇ τλήμων ὁ ὑπομονητικός, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς τραγικοῖς τλήμων ὁ δυστυχής. —MVCPrRaRb

TRANSLATION:   In the poet (Homer) ‘tlēmōn’ is used of one who is capable of enduring (difficulties, pain), whereas in the tragedians ‘tlēmōn’ is used of one who is unfortunate.

LEMMA: ὀρέστης VCRa      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: s.l. Pr; marg. M; after sch. 41.18 V      

APP. CRIT.:   μὲν om. MCPrRa   |    δὲ om. Ra   |    second τλήμων om. CPrRa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,19–20; Dind. II.45,22–23

COLLATION NOTES:   In V the note is in lighter ink, probably because pen was not re-inked rather than because it was added later than the previous note (the last word of 41.18 is equally light in appearance).   |   


Or. 35.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τλήμων⟩: ὁ δυστυχὴς παρὰ τοῖς τραγικοῖς, παρὰ δὲ τῷ ποιητῇ ὁ ὑπομονητικός.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 35.03 (rec gloss) ⟨τλήμων⟩: ὁ ὑπομονητικὸς  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 35.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τλήμων⟩: ὁ δυστυχὴς  —V3Gu

POSITION: s.l., added to V gloss 35.03 with ἢ      


Or. 35.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τλήμων⟩: ὁ καρτερικὸς ἢ ὁ δυστυχὴς  —Pr

POSITION: between sch. 38.12 and 36.10 Pr      

APP. CRIT. 2:   καρτερηκὸς Pr   


Or. 35.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τλήμων⟩: ὁ ταπεινὸς  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 35.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τλήμων⟩: καὶ ὁ ἄθλιος  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὁ om. Zl   


Or. 35.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨τλήμων⟩:  —AbF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 35.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁ δὲ⟩:  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 35.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὁ δὲ⟩: ὃς  —XaXbYYfGGrAa

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,24


Or. 35.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁ δὲ⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ὀρέστης  —F2MlMnSZuYf2

LEMMA: ὃ δὲ in text Zu       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. F2   


Or. 35.12 (rec gloss) ⟨δὲ⟩: καὶ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 35.13 (rec gloss) ⟨δὲ⟩:  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 35.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν δεμνίοις⟩: ἐν τῇ κλίνῃ  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 35.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν δεμνίοις⟩: ἐν κοίταις  —AaAbCrMlMnRSZb2ZuGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrS   |    ἐν om. AbMlMnRZb   |    ταῖς add. before κοίταις ZuOx   |    κοίτοις AbZb2   


Or. 35.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐν δεμνίοις⟩: ἐν τῇ κοίτῃ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 35.17 (rec gloss) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: στρωμναῖς  —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   στρομναῖς MlS   |   


Or. 35.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: στρώμασι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 35.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐν δεμνίοις⟩: ἐν κραββάτοις  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 35.20 (rec gram) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: ἀπὸ τοὺ μένειν τὸ δέμας ἐκεῖ ἐν τοῖς στρώμασι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 36.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεῖται⟩: ἡσύχως δηλαδή  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.02 (rec artGloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: τῆς  —MnSYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.03 (tri gloss) ⟨δ’⟩: γὰρ  —TGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,25


Or. 36.04 (recMoschThom gloss) αἷμα: ὁ φόνος  —AaF2KSSaXXaXbYYfGZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*GuB3a

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. SB3a   |    ὁ om. ZZmZb   


Or. 36.05 (rec exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: φόνου σταλαγμοὶ ἤτοι αἵματος  —K

POSITION: in upper margin above column of which line 36 is first line      


Or. 36.06 (rec gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: ἢ αὐτῆς ἢ εἰς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.07 (rec artGloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: τὸ  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.08 (rec gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὸν τὸν Ὀρέστην  —VYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.09 (rec gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὸν  —Ab2F2MlMnRfSZZaG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. MnS   


Or. 36.10 (vet exeg) τροχηλατεῖ:  1κατεπείγει·  2οἷον μετὰ τροχοῦ καὶ ἁρμάτων ἐλαύνει.  3τρόχος γὰρ ὁ δρόμος.   —MBOVaVbCPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   Causes to hurry. As if to say drives with a wheel and chariot. For a race course is (called) a ‘trochos’.

LEMMA: MVaCRw, αἷμα νιν τροχηλατεῖ Vb(νῦν)Rb      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg. Sa; cont. from sch. 37.08 BVa, prep. τροχηλατεῖ δὲ; Vb is a second version in lighter ink at end of sch. block on same page      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Va   |    1–2 κατεπείγει … ἐλαύνει] ἤγουν μετὰ τροχῶν καὶ ἁμμάτων (sic) κατεπείγει ἐλαύνειν Sa   |    κατεπείγει om. VbRb, κατεπάγει app. O   |    2 οἷον … ἐλαύνει om. O; transp. after δρόμος Schw.   |    οἷον] om. Pr, οἱονεὶ Va   |    μετὰ τροχῶν Pr   |    ἐλαύνεται C   |    3 τρόχος κτλ om. Pr   |    δρόμος λέγεται Va   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   perhaps τρόχὸς Va, τροχὸς VbRwSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,21–22; Dind. II.45,25–26

COMMENT:   Hesych. τ 1526 τροχηλατεῖ· ἐλαύνει; cf. Photius τ 607, Suda τ 1068, etc. τροχηλατεῖν: ἐλαύνειν    |   


Or. 36.11 (rec gloss) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: συγκινεῖ θορυβεῖ ἐπέρχεται  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.12 (recMosch gloss) τροχηλατεῖ: ταράσσει  —VXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcB2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ταράττει GZc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,1


Or. 36.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἔρχεται  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὁπίσω R   


Or. 36.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: περικυκλεῖ δίκην τροχοῦ καὶ δρόμου καὶ ταχὺ κινεῖσθαι ποιεῖ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.15 (rec gloss) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: περικυκλεῖ  —AaAb

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ταχ(έως) κινεῖσθαι ποιεῖ ὧδε κἀκεῖσε δίκην τροχοῦ  —B3aLp

POSITION: marg. B3a      

APP. CRIT.:   τάχ. κιν. ποιεῖ] ἤγουν ποιεῖ κινεῖσθαι Lp   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,26–46,1


Or. 36.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: συστρέφει δίκην τροχοῦ  —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l. MnS, marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn   |    συστρέφει transp. after MlMnS   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τροχοῦ] προχε Ml   |   


Or. 36.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ταράσσει μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ δίκην τροχοῦ  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ταράσσει] δράσσει Sa   |    ποιεῖν Sa   


Or. 36.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ἐκφρενοῖ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.; joined to gloss 36.15 with καὶ      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκφρένει Aa   |   

COMMENT:   The only form of ἐκφρενόω attested in TLG is ἐκφρενούμενος (once).   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 36.20 (mosch gloss) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ἐλαύνει  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X; cont. from 36.12 X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,2


Or. 36.21 (thom paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ἐλαύνει κινεῖ δίκην τροχοῦ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐλαύνει om. Gu (already written by Gr)   |    κινεῖ om. ZaF   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,2


Or. 36.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ἤγουν δίκην τροχοῦ ἐλαύνει  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   app. τροχῆς L2   


Or. 36.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ἐλαύνεσθαι ποιεῖ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: κινεῖ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.25 (rec gloss) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: διώκει  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.26 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ἤγουν ταράσσει καὶ παρακινεῖ δίκην τροχοῦ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.27 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: καὶ δίκην τροχοῦ περιστρέφεται  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.01 (rec gloss) ⟨μανίαισιν⟩: μετὰ τῶν μανιῶν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μανίαισιν⟩: ἤγουν ὑπὸ μανιῶν  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μανίαισιν⟩: νόσοις μανικαῖς  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,3


Or. 37.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μανίαισιν⟩: ἐν ταῖς  —KSSaYf2Zu

POSITION: s.l.; over 38 εὐμενίδας Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῖς om. KSaZu   


Or. 37.04a (rec gloss) ⟨μανίαισιν⟩: κατὰ τῶν Ἐρινύων  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μανίαισιν⟩: ἤγουν ἐν ταῖς Ἐριννύσι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανίαισιν⟩: τὰς Ἐριννύας λέγει  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μανίαισιν⟩: ἐν ἐπιληψίᾳ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.08 (vet exeg) ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς:  1τὰς Ἐρινῦς.  2οὐκ ὀνομάζουσι δὲ, ἀλλ’ εὐφημιζόμενοι σεμνὰς θεὰς ἢ Εὐμενίδας καλοῦσιν.  3ὀνόματα δὲ τῶν Ἐρινύων Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα Ἀληκτώ.   —MBVCCrRbRfRwOx, partial Ab2PraMlPrbMnRaSaSb

TRANSLATION:   (Namely,) the Erinyes. And people do not refer to them by (their actual) name, but euphemistically they call them revered goddesses or Eumenides. And the names of the Erinyes are Tisiphone, Megaera, Alecto.

LEMMA:  MBCPraRf, ὀνομάζειν δ’ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς V, ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι Rb, 38 εὐμενίδας MlRwSa      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      POSITION: marg. Ab2Ra, s.l. Sb; follows sch. 39.09 C, sch. 38.13 MlSa, follows sch. 33.01 BRf; run on after truncated sch. 5.01 CrOx; Pra on prev. page, Prb first on page that begins with 37      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς (repeated lemma) prep. BVC; τὰς θεὰς prep. Ra; καὶ εὐμένιδας prep. Pra   |    1–2 τὰς … καλοῦσιν om. MnSb   |    1 τὰς ἐρινῦς om. PrbRw   |    after ἐριν. add. φησὶν Rf   |    2–3 οὐκ … ἐρινύων om. Pra   |    2 οὐκοῦν Rb. perhaps Ra   |    δὲ] γὰρ ταύτας V, οὕτως Ab2MlPrbRaRbS   |    ἀλλὰ φημιζόμενοι Rf, app. Ab2   |    εὐφημοῦντες V, ἐκφημιζομένη Rw, ἐκφημιζόμενος CrOx   |    σεμνὰς and ἢ om. CrOx   |    2–3 ἢ εὐμ. κτλ om. Ab2   |    2 ἢ] λέγει ὡς Rw   |    καλοῦσιν om. (with sch.-ending punct. after εὐμένιδας) Prb (but καλοῦσι present after intervening sch. 38.22 + 38.18)   |    3 ὀνόματα κτλ om. MlPrbRaSa   |    ὀνόματα] ὄνομα Sb   |    δὲ om. MnSb   |    τῶν ἐρινύων] αὐταῖς Rf   |    after μέγαιρα add. καὶ MnPrRb(μέγαιρα added in blank space p.c. by Rb)RwSb   |    at end add. ἀλλ’ ὅμηρος ἄλλα φησὶν Mn   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννῦς CrOx, ἐριννὺς Rf, ἐρινύας Rb, s.l. Ra, ἐριννύας Ab2Ml, ἐρρινύας Sa   |    2 οὐκονομάζουσα Ml   |    τᾶς θεᾶς Ml   |    εὐγενίδας Ml   |    3 ἐριννύων VCrMnRwSbOx   |    τισηφόνη Rw, τησιφόνη Sb, τάς τε σιφώνη Pra   |    μέγαιρρα M, μέγαιραι Mn, μέγαρε or μέγαιρε S, with α above final ε   |    ἀλλήκτω M, ἀλληκτῶ B, ἀλητῶ Mn, λητώ Pra   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102.1–3; Dind. II.46,4–6

COMMENT:   In a couple of verse passages (trimeters in Lucian, Podagra 6; hexameters in a couple of late hymns) Ἀλληκτώ is guaranteed by the meter, and ἀλλ‑ is in MB here. Prose attestations, however, including in many scholia, use the spelling Ἀληκτώ, which I have preferred here, despite MB. See also sch. 27.09, 27.22, 38.01, 38.07, 238.07, 256.04, 323.15.   |   Cf. garbled addition to sch. 46.02 in Rf.   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Schw. wrongly records V as having καὶ after μέγαιρα.   |   

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 37.09 (rec exeg) 1τρεῖς εἰσὶ θεαὶ τιμωρητικαὶ·  2Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα Ἀληκτώ, αἵτινες Ἐριννύες λέγονται.   —PcR

POSITION: at bottom of fol. 44r (after arg. 2d) R, in bottom margin of 49r (under arg. 2c) Pc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τιμωρικαὶ R   |    2 μάχαιρα καὶ ἀλεκτώ Pc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐρυννυ(ες), αι above ες abbrev. Pc   |   

COMMENT:   τιμωρητικαί (sometimes with δαίμονες or θεαί or δυνάμεις) is applied to the Erinyes in several lexica and scholia, but not earlier. The juncture may have arisen in a Christian context.   


Or. 37.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς⟩:  1τουτέστιν εὐλαβοῦμαι λέγειν ὅτι αἱ Εὐμενίδες ἤγουν αἱ Ἐριννύες ποιοῦσιν αὐτὸν μαίνεσθαι,  2αἳ τοῦτον ἐξαμιλλῶνται καὶ ἐλαύνουσιν ἐν φόβῳ.  3ἔστι δὲ σχῆμα τὸ κατὰ παράλειψιν.  4ὃ γὰρ ηὐλαβεῖτο λέγειν εἴρηκεν.  5οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ οὕτω νοοῦσιν·  6αἰδοῦμαι τὰς Εὐμενίδας λέγειν θεάς, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐλαβοῦμαι λέγειν αὐτὰς εἶναι τοῦ θείου γένους ὡς κακῶν παρεκτικάς.  7οὓς αὐτὸς χαίρειν ἔα ὡς ὑπερβάλλοντας ἀναισθησίᾳ.  8εἶπε δὲ τὸ ἐξαμιλλῶνται ἐπειδὴ οἱ ἀγωνιζόμενοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐν γυμνασίοις ἄνω καὶ κάτω στρέφονται τοῖς ἀγωνίσμασιν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu, partial Ox2

TRANSLATION:   That is, I hesitate to say that the Eumenides, that is, the Erinyes, who make him race and drive him in terror, cause him to be insane. This is the schema of ‘paraleipsis’ (leaving out, omission). For that which she was hesitating to say she has said. Most understand this line as follows: I shrink from calling the Eumenides goddesses, meaning I shrink from saying that they are of the divine race because they produce bad things. As for yourself, dismiss these interpreters as being surpassingly tasteless. And she (or he, the poet) said ‘make him race’ because those competing with each other in athletic exercises turn themselves upwards and downwards in their contests.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa to 38 εὐμενίδας; ZmT to ὀνομάζειν, Zb to αἰδοῦμαι]      

APP. CRIT.:   3 δὲ τὸ σχῆμα κατὰ Z   |    παράληψιν ZbZlT, a.c. Zm   |    5–8 οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ κτλ om. Ox2   |    7–8 οὓς … ἐξαμιλλῶνται] τὸ δὲ ἐξαμιλλῶνται εἶπεν Gu   |    7 χαίρειν om. T   |    ἀναισθησίᾳ] ἀμαθία T   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ποιοῦσι Ox2   |    4 ἤρηκεν Za   |    4 εὐλαβεῖτο ZZa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46.8–15

COMMENT:   For the rejected interpretation, cf. gloss εἶναι in R, sch. 37.25.   |   

COLLATION NOTES:  Some words lost in Zl because margin trimmed. Günther misreports Zm as having ἀναισθησίας: above iota is a small alpha and the acute accent.   

KEYWORDS:  παράλειψις   


Or. 37.11 (rec rhet) ⟨ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς⟩: κατὰ παράλειψιν σχῆμα  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παράλειψις   


Or. 37.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ὀνομάζειν⟩: λέγειν  —ZZaZbTOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.12a (rec gloss) ⟨ὀνομάζειν⟩: Τισιφόνη  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὀνομάζειν⟩: λέγειν τροχηλατεῖν τοῦτον  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀνομάζειν⟩: καλεῖν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.15 (thom gram) ⟨ὀνομάζειν⟩: ὄνομα ἡ λέξις καὶ ὀνομάζειν τὸ λέγειν  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l. Gu; marg. Zm      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,7


Or. 37.16 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰδοῦμαι⟩: καὶ ἐντρέπομαι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰδοῦμαι⟩: αἰσχύνομαι  —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.18 (thom gloss) ⟨αἰδοῦμαι⟩: εὐλαβοῦμαι  —ZZaZmTGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 37.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰδοῦμαι⟩: ἀπαρέσκομαι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰδοῦμαι⟩: ὀκνῶ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰδοῦμαι⟩: ἀπαναίνομαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεὰς⟩: τὴν Τισιφόνην τὴν Μεγαίραν καί τὴν Ἀληκτὼ  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.23 (rec gloss) ⟨θεὰς⟩: τὰς Ἐρινύας  —PrSZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. S   |    τὰς om. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐρινν‑ PrZu   |   


Or. 37.24 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θεὰς⟩: τὰς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.25 (rec gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: εἶναι  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See on 37.10.   


Or. 37.26 (recMoschThom gloss) Εὐμενίδας: τὰς Ἐριννύας  —V3AaAbMnXXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZmT*

LEMMA: X, perhaps ση(μειωτέον) in marg. Aa       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. AaMn   |    τὰς om. V3GZc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐρρινύας AbZc, ἐρινύας V3   |   


Or. 38.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: Ἀληκτὼ Μέγαιραν καὶ Τισιφόνην  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀλητὼ Zm   |   


Or. 38.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμόν  —FMnPrRfSaZmGGu

POSITION: s.l., except marg. MnZm; misplaced over 37 αἰδοῦμαι Sa      

COLLATION NOTES:   Mn partially damaged (κατευφη with kappa faint and only traces of rest of word).   |   

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 38.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν ὡς καὶ τὸν Χάρωνα ἀπὸ τοῦ χαίρω  —Y

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   For Charon’s name as from χαίρω by euphemism or antiphrasis, see Sophronios, Gram.Gr. 4:2.398,18–19, Eust. in Il. 1.3 (I.27,13–14), Tzetzes Sch. Arist. Plut. 1187 Massa Positano.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   |   εὐφημισμός   


Or. 38.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: κατ’ ἀντίφρασιν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις   


Or. 38.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: Εὐμενίδας φησὶν αὐτὰς κατ’ ἀντίφρασιν. μᾶλλον γάρ εἰσι δυσμενίδες ἢ εὐμενίδες· τὴν γὰρ τῆς μανίας νόσον αὗται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις προσάγουσιν ἐπεκδικοῦσαι.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  She calls them Eumenides (‘kindly-minded’) using the opposite term. For they are (actually) ‘hostile-minded’ rather than ‘kindly-minded’. For these are the ones who bring upon humans the sickness of madness, punishing them.

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τὸν Lp, corr. Matt.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπικδικοῦσαι Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,16–18

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις   


Or. 38.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: δυσμενίδας  —Aa

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 38.07 (pllgn gram) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: 1τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν Εὐμενίδων ἤγουν τῶν Ἐριννύων Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα καὶ Ἀληκτώ.  2καὶ Τισιφόνη μὲν ἐτυμολογεῖται ἀπὸ τοῦ τίω τὸ ἀνταποδίδωμι και τοῦ φόνος, ἡ τίουσα καὶ ἀνταποδιδοῦσα τοὺς φόνους,  3Μέγαιρα ἀπὸ τοῦ μεγαίρω τὸ φθονῶ,  4Ἀληκτὼ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ λήγω τὸ παύω, ἡ μὴ λήγουσα καὶ παύουσα τιμωρεῖν τοὺς φονεῖς.   —Aa

TRANSLATION:  The names of the Eumenides, or Erinyes, are Tisiphone, Megaera, and Alecto. And Tisiphone is etymologized from ‘tiō’ meaning ‘pay back, give back in return’ and ‘phonos’ (‘killing’), the one who pays back and gives back in return killings. Megaera is from ‘megairō’ meaning ‘begrudge’, and Alecto from the alpha-privative particle and ‘lēgō’ meaning ‘cease’, the one who does not cease and stop avenging killers.

REF. SYMBOL: Aa      

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀληκτῶ a.c. Aa   |    2 ἀνταποδίδουσα Aa   |   4 ἀληκτῶ Aa   |   

COMMENT:   Compare sch. 238.07 in G. For the content cf. esp. Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 406 (II.151,22–28 Scheer): … ἀλληγορικῶς δὲ Ἐριννύες *αἱ* τιμωρητικαὶ δυνάμεις παρὰ τὸ ἐν τῇ ἔρᾳ καὶ τῇ γῇ ναίειν ἢ παρὰ τὸ τὰς ἀρὰς ἀνύειν. Τισιφόνη παρὰ τὸ τίνειν τοὺς φονέας, Μέγαιρα παρὰ τὸ μεγαίρειν καὶ φθονεῖν τοῖς κακοῖς, Ἀληκτὼ παρὰ τὸ μὴ λήγειν τιμωρεῖν τοὺς τοιούτους, Κρόνου δὲ καὶ Νυκτὸς παῖδες διὰ τὸ ἀφανῶς καὶ ἀοράτως τὰς ἐκδικητικὰς ταύτας δυνάμεις ἐπέρχεσθαι.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 38.07a (rec gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: ἤγουν κατὰ τῶν Ἐρινύων  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 38.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: εὐφημιζόμενοι  —Ab

POSITION: s.l., over ἐξαμιλλῶνται Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐφημιζόμεναι Ab   |   

COMMENT:   This gloss seems to have originated as an excerpt from 37.08 εὐφημιζόμενοι … Εὐμενίδας καλοῦσιν. If so, the gender has been adjusted, secondarily, to that of the subject of the relative clause.   


Or. 38.09 (rec gloss) ⟨αἳ⟩: καὶ αἵτινες  —CrSOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Yf2   


Or. 38.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἳ⟩: αἱ Ἐριννύες  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 38.11 (rec gloss) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: τοῦτον  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 38.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 38.13 (rec paraphr) ἐξαμιλλῶνται φόβῳ: συνεχῶς καὶ ἀδιαλείπτως φοβοῦσι τῷ φόβῳ  —CMlPrRaS

LEMMA: αἳ τόνδ’ ἐφαμιλλῶνται φόβω MlRaS(τὸν δ’)      REF. SYMBOL: Ml      POSITION: marg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   αἳ prep. Pr   |    after συνεχῶς add. αὐτοὶ (sic) Pr   |    ἐκφοβοῦσιν Pr, φοβοῦσαι RaS, φοβοῦσα Ml   |    τῷ φόβῳ om. Pr, τῷ om. Ml   

COLLATION NOTES:   C’s margin here damaged by fire: [συν]εχῶς, [ἀδ]ιαλείπτως.   |   


Or. 38.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται φόβῳ⟩: συνεχῶς φοβοῦσι  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,21


Or. 38.15 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ταράσσουσιν  —Ab2CrMnRSXXaXbT+YYfGrOx

LEMMA: αἳ τόνδε X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ταράττ‑ T   |   


Or. 38.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: εἰς ἀγῶνα ἐμβάλλουσιν  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from prev. X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐμβάλουσι Zc   |   


Or. 38.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: καὶ φοβοῦσι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 38.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἐκφοβοῦσι  —RfV3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 38.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἐκδειματοῦσιν  —Pr


Or. 38.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: καὶ ἔξω τοῦ ἀγῶνος ἐκβάλλουσι ἢ ἐκφοβοῦσι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 38.21 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: καταγωνίζονται μάχονται πολεμοῦσιν. τὸ γὰρ ὅλον ἐκφοβοῦσιν καὶ κατατρύχουσιν  —Sa

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 38.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: δίκην τῶν ἁμιλλωμένων κινεῖσθαι ποιοῦσιν  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,20–21


Or. 38.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: τιμωροῦσιν  —AaPr

POSITION: s.l. Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Aa   


Or. 38.24 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἐλαύνουσι  —FKZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -σιν Za (also Ta, not T)   


Or. 38.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἐν διαδοχαῖς ἐλαύνουσι βάλλουσι  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 38.26 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἐκ τοῦ καθεστηκότος ἐλαύνουσι  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,18–19


Or. 38.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: διώκουσι  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 38.28 (rec rhet) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: τροπικὴ ἡ λέξις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 38.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβῳ⟩: φόβον  —V2/3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 38.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβῳ⟩: ἤγουν διὰ φόβου  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 39.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἕκτον … ἦμαρ⟩: ἕκτη ἡμέρα  —AaF2Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὕτη add. before ἡμέρα F2   


Or. 39.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἕκτον⟩: ἐστὶν  —SGu

POSITION: s.l.; over ἦμαρ Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐστὶ Gu   


Or. 39.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νιν⟩: γρ. δὴ  —Z

LEMMA: νιν for δὲ δὴ in text Z       POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. Za which has traces of erased νιν in the line, δὲ s.l.   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 39.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δὴ⟩: οὖν  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 39.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόδ’ ἦμαρ⟩: αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 39.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἦμαρ⟩: ἡμέρα  —VYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ prep. Yf2   


Or. 39.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ἦμαρ⟩: ὑπάρχει  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.; over ἕκτον Zu      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑπάρχη Za   |   


Or. 39.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἦμαρ⟩: τὸ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 39.09 (vet exeg) ἐξ ὅτου σφαγαῖς:  1φησὶν Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.309]·  2‘ἤτοι ὁ τὸν κτείνας δαίνυ τάφον Ἀργείοισιν· 3αὐτῆμαρ δέ οἱ ἦλθε’.   —MBVCPrRbRf

TRANSLATION:   Homer says: ‘Indeed he (Orestes), after slaying him (Aegisthus), was hosting a funeral banquet for the Argives; and on the same day (Menelaus) came to him (Orestes)’.

LEMMA: BPrRf, ἐξ ὅτου σφαγαῖς θανοῦσα μήτηρ V, ἄλλως C, ἄλλως δὲ Rb       REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb       POSITION: follows sch. 36.10 C, sch. 37.08 RbRf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅμηρος φασὶν V, καὶ ὅμηρος (φησιν om.) BPrRf   |    2 ἤτοι … ἀργείοισιν om. Rb   |    ἤτοι om. VRf   |    κτάνας a.c. B   |    δαίννυται Rf, δαίνυται Pr   |    3 ἦλθε om. PrRf   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἥτοι M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,4–5; Dind. II.46,22–23

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 39.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐξότου⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ  —F2SaZmGuYf2, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφοῦ ZmGu   


Or. 39.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξότου⟩: ἀφότου  —AaB3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 39.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξότου⟩: αἵματος· Ἀττικὸν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   αἵματος probably originated as a mistake for ἥματος. If ‘Attic’ applied to ἧμαρ, it is used in the late meaning ‘in classical literary language’.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 39.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξότου⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ αἵματος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 39.14 (rec gram) ⟨ἐξότου⟩: τὰ συγκοπέντα ψιλοῦνται  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This grammarian’s principle derives from doctrine about ‘Aeolic’ psilosis found in Homer scholia, Etymologica, Eustathius and Tzetzes (on Hesiod, Homer, Aristophanes), explaining words like ἐπάλμενος vs. ἅλλομαι. Here apparently applied sophomorically to ἐξ ὅτου > ἐξότου. (Unless the comment was intended for ἦμαρ, but grammarians and scholia explain its smooth breathing as the result of μετασχηματίζεσθαι, not syncope.)   |   


Or. 39.15 (rec gloss) ⟨σφαγαῖς⟩: σφαγεῖσα  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 39.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨σφαγαῖς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ σφαγῆς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. GZc   |    διὰ τῆς GZc   


Or. 39.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σφαγαῖς⟩: τῇ σφαγῇ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 39.18 (rec gloss) ⟨σφαγαῖς⟩: ἐν  —SZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 40.01 (rec artGloss) ⟨μήτηρ⟩:  —MnY2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 40.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πυρὶ καθήγνισται⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐκαθάρθη  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   |    ὑπὸ] διὰ Xa   |    τοῦ om. XTGr   |    ἐκαθ. om. TZc (but T already had separate Thoman gloss 40.19)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47,2


Or. 40.03 (rec gram) ⟨πυρὶ⟩: πῦρ ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν στοιχείων κατὰ ἀναγραμματισμὸν ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ φύρω τὸ μολύνω.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. πυρὰ: παρὰ τὸ πῦρ, τοῦτο παρὰ τὸ φύρω ἢ φύω.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 40.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πυρὶ⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 40.05 (vet exeg) καθήγνισται δέμας:  1καθωσίωται, κέκαυται.  2ἁγνείαν γὰρ ἐκάλεσε τὴν διὰ πυρὸς φθορὰν τοῦ σώματος.   —MBVCPrRbRfSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Has been purified (sanctified)’, ‘has been burned up’. For he (the poet) has called the destruction of the body by fire purity.

LEMMA: MC, καθήγνισται RwSa, ἐξότου καθήγνισται PrRf; marg. label ἁγνεία B4      REF. SYMBOL: MSaRb      POSITION: cont. from 39.09 prep. καθήγνισται δὲ BV(καθήγγιται); follows sch. 40.06 + 40.07 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πυρὶ prep. Rb, ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. V   |    καθωσίωται], καθοσιο(τατον) Sa, καθωσίωνται PrRf   |    καὶ add. before κέκαυται V   |    κέκαυνται PrRf   |    ἄνοιαν PrRf   |    γὰρ] om. Sa, καὶ Rf   |    τὴν om. Rf   |    διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς CRw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 καθοσίωται MC   |    2 ἀγνείαν M   |    ἐκάλεσεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,6–7; Dind. II.46,24–25


Or. 40.06 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: κεκάθαρται· πάντα γὰρ καθαίρει τὸ πῦρ. —MBVCMlPrRaRbRfaRfbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Has been purified’. For fire cleanses all things.

LEMMA: ἄλλως MCPrSaRfb, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, ἰστέον αὐτὸ ἄλλως V; καθίγνησται MlRb(changed from καθήγνησται)S, καθήγνισται RaRfa       REF. SYMBOL: Ml      POSITION: separated by mark and space in B, κεκάθαρται treated as lemma; Rfa at top of 115v, Rfb at bottom of same page; follows sch. 37.08 Ml      

APP. CRIT.:   κεκάθαρται written as if a lemma B   |    τὸ πῦρ om. Rfb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κεκάραρται Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,8; Dind. II.46,25–47,1


Or. 40.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἁγνὰ γὰρ δοκεῖ εἶναι τὰ καιόμενα, τὰ δὲ ἄταφα μεμιασμένα.  —MBOVCPrRaRbRfaRfbRwSSa, partial Ml

TRANSLATION:   For things that are burned seem pure, but things unburied/lacking funeral rites seem polluted.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ MC, ἀλλὰ Rw      POSITION: cont. from prev. BVPrRaRbRfaRfbSSa (prep. καὶ BVPrRfb); Rfa at top of 115v, Rfb at bottom of same page      

APP. CRIT.:   κέκαυται prep. O   |    ἁγνὰ γὰρ δοκεῖ] ἀναδοκεῖ Rfb   |    ἁγναὶ Rfa   |    γὰρ] om. BOVPr(Rfb)Rw, καὶ Rfa (with high stop before it)   |    δοκεῖ κτλ om. Ml., cont. without punct. with sch. 83.02   |    εἶναι δοκεῖ transp. VRw   |    εἶναι τὰ καιόμενα] γίνεσθαι τὰ καιόμενα Rfa, τὰ καιόμενα γίνεσθαι RbS, τὰ καιόμενα γενέσθαι Ra   |    τὰ δὲ κτλ om. Rfa   |    μεμιαμένα MOC, μιασμένα Ra   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀγνὰ app. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,9–10; Dind. II.47,1–2


Or. 40.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: τὰ γὰρ καιόμενα ἁγνὰ, τὰ δὲ ἄταφα μεμιασμένα  —V3

POSITION: intermarg.      


Or. 40.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: τὰ γὰρ ὑπὸ πυρὸς καιόμενα εἰσὶν ἁγνά  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 40.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩:  1κάθαρσιν ἔλεγον οἱ Ἕλληνες τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τοῦ σώματος τὴν διὰ πυρὸς καῦσιν καὶ φθορὰν τούτου.  2πάντα γὰρ καθαίρει τὸ πῦρ καὶ ἁγνὰ εἶναι δοκεῖ τὰ καιόμενα, τὰ δὲ ἄκαυστα μεμιασμένα.   —Y2Yf2

APP. CRIT.:   1 κάθαρσιν ἄγνοιαν ἔλεγον Yf2   |    2 δοκεῖ εἶναι transp. Yf2   


Or. 40.11 (rec gloss) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: καθωσίωται  —VGuY2Yf2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 40.12 (rec gloss) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: κέκαυται  —VAb2MlSZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κέκαυσται MlS   


Or. 40.13 (rec gloss) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: κατεκαύθη  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 40.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: καὶ κατακέκαυται  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατακέκαυθαι CrOx   


Or. 40.15 (rec gloss) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: καθηγίωται  —MlS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 40.16 (rec gloss) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: ἡγίασται  —MnRf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑγίασται MnRf   

COMMENT:   ὑγίασται is an attested form of ὑγιάζω, but the sense is clearly less apposite.   


Or. 40.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: καθηγίασται  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 40.18 (rec gloss) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: κεκαθάρισται  —PrYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 40.19 (thom gloss) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: ἐκαθάρθη  —ZZaZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Z   


Or. 40.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: κεκάθαρται  —FGuB3a

POSITION: s.l. FGu, marg. B3a      


Or. 40.21 (rec gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: σῶμα  —VAb2CrF2GuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸ prep. CrOx, τὸ prep. Ab2F2   


Or. 40.22 (rec gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: σῶμα αὐτῆς δηλονότι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 40.23 (rec gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ σῶμα τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας  —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 40.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: ταύτης  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 40.25 (rec artGloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 40.26 (rec gram) ⟨δέμας⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ δέεσθαι καὶ ἐλλ⟨ε⟩ίπεσθ⟨αι⟩ αἵματος, ⟨σῶμα⟩ ἀπὸ τοῦ σῶον αἵματος  —S

POSITION: s.l., above 39–40 ἧμαρ … μήτηρ (layout in S does not always respect the verse structure)      

COMMENT:   A less farfetched etymology of the two words is offered in sch. Hec. 368 (VSa) … τὸ δὲ σῶμα ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀψύχου οἱονεὶ σῆμά τι ὂν τοῦ ποτε ζῶντος.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 41.01 (vet exeg) ὧν οὔτε σῖτα:  1ἀφ’ ὧν ἢ δι’ ὧν, ἓξ ἡμερῶν, οὐκ ἔφαγεν.  2ἐμφαίνει δὲ ὡς προσηνέχθη μὲν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ τροφὴ, ἀλλὰ καταπιεῖν οὐκ ἠδύνατο.   —MBVCPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   From which, or during which, six days, he has not eaten. He (the poet, or the speaker) suggests that food was brought up to his mouth but he was not able to swallow it.

LEMMA: MBCPr(σίτα)Rf, ὧν οὔτε σῖτα διὰ δέρης ἐδέξατο V, ὧν οὔττ (sic) Rb, σῖτα διὰ δέρης Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRbRf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ δι’ ὧν] ἡδιων or ἱδιων app. M, ἰδίων CSa, ἡμῶν RB, om. Rw   |    ἓξ om. Pr, ἐξ M   |    οὐκ ἔφαγεν] οὐ κατέφαγεν Rb   |    2 προσήχθη V, προσηνέχθαι Sa   |    μέν om. Sa   |    ἀλλὰ καταπιεῖν οὐκ] οὐ μὴν καταπιεῖν Rb, οὐ μὴν δὲ καταπιεῖν Rf   |    ἠδυνήθη BPrRbRwSa, ἐδυνήθη Rf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατιπιεῖν Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,11–13; Dind. II.47,3–5


Or. 41.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὧν οὔτε σῖτα⟩: δι’ ὧν οὔτε τροφὴν διὰ τοῦ λαιμοῦ  —X


Or. 41.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὧν⟩: δι’ ὧν ἡμερῶν ἢ ἀφ᾽ ὦν  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: διὰ ὧν ἡμερῶν ἕξ  —MlMn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: διὰ τῶν ἡμερῶν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Written as one gloss, but this could be a mistaken representation of separate glosses διὰ and τῶν ἡμερῶν (41.11 as in Rf), or τῶν could be a corruption of ὧν.   


Or. 41.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: δι’ ὧν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὧν om. XG   


Or. 41.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ὧν⟩: δι’ ὧν πρὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: ἀφ’ ὧν  —OPrAb

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὧν om. O   


Or. 41.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: καὶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἡμερῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: ἤγουν ἀφ’ ὧν ἓξ ἡμερῶν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐξ CrOx   


Or. 41.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: ἡμερῶν  —Ab2FRRfZZaZbZlZmTGuYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὧν prep. R, τῶν prep. Rf   |   

COMMENT:   Alternatively, Ab2may have meant to add to Ab’s ἀφ’ ὧν (sch. 41.08).   


Or. 41.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: τῶν ἓξ ἡμερῶν  —SB2/3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: ἐπὶ  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 41.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: καὶ ὧντινων  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.15 (rec gloss) ⟨σῖτα⟩: βρώματα  —VAb2MlMnRZuGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   βρῶμα Ab2   


Or. 41.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨σῖτα⟩: τροφὴν  —XaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.17 (thom gloss) ⟨σῖτα⟩: σιτία  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.18 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ δέρης⟩: τουτέστι διὰ τοῦ λάρυγγος· δέρην ὠνόμα(σεν) ἀπὸ τοῦ περιέχοντος δηλῶν τὸ περιεχόμενον.  —V

TRANSLATION:   That is, through the throat: he used the word ‘neck’, indicating the thing contained by that which contains.

REF. SYMBOL: perhaps V (or V3)       POSITION: in lighter ink at end of sch. block, after sch. 47.01 and followed by displaced sch. 36.10 (Vb version)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,14–15 (incomplete)

KEYWORDS:  περιέχον/περιεχόμενον   


Or. 41.19 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ δέρης⟩: διὰ λαιμοῦ, ἀντὶ τοῦ μέρους  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἀπὸ Pr   


Or. 41.20 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ δέρης⟩: λαιμοῦ, ἀπὸ τοῦ καθόλου τὸ μερικὸν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ δέρης⟩: τὸ πᾶν ἀντὶ τοῦ μέρους  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.22 (rec gloss) ⟨διὰ δέρης⟩: καὶ διὰ λαιμοῦ  —CrFSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. F   


Or. 41.23 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δέρης⟩: τοῦ λαιμοῦ  —AaAbF2MlMnRXaXbT+YYfGrZcZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn   |    τοῦ om. AaAbMlRZcZl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.5


Or. 41.24 (rec gloss) ⟨δέρης⟩: τραχήλου  —VB2/3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.25 (rec gloss) ⟨δέρης⟩: λάρυγγος  —VZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τοῦ prep. Zu   


Or. 41.26 (thom gloss) ⟨δέρης⟩: φάρυγγος  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.5–6


Or. 41.27 (mosch gram) δέρης: τράχηλος καὶ αὐχὴν τὸ ὄπισθεν, δέρη καὶ δειρὴ τὸ ἔμπροσθεν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   ‘Trachēlos’ and ‘auchēn’ refer to the back part (of the neck), ‘derē’ and ‘deirē’ to the front part.

LEMMA: διὰ δέρης ἐδέξατο G       POSITION: marg. TGr      

APP. CRIT.:   δέρη δὲ καὶ T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.6–7


Or. 41.28 (rec artGloss) ⟨δέρης⟩: τῆς  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.29 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐδέξατο⟩: ἔφαγεν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.30 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐδέξατο⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης  —PrRMlMnSZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ om. MlR   


Or. 41.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐδέξατο⟩: ὁ ἐμὸς ἀδελφός  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 42.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ λούτρ’ ἔδωκε χρωτί⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἐνίψατο  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. GZc   


Or. 42.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ λούτρ’ ἔδωκε χρωτί⟩:  1οὐ κεκαθάρισται τῷ προσώπῳ καὶ οὐκ ἐνίψατο, ἢ οὐκ ἐλούσατο.  2οἱ γὰρ Ἕλληνες συνεχῶς καὶ σχεδὸν καθ’ ἡμέραν ἐλούοντο.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   He has not been cleansed on his face and he has not washed his hands, or he has not bathed. For the Greeks used to bathe continuously and almost every day.

POSITION: s.l. Y      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ … ἐλούσατο om. Y2   |    2 γὰρ om. Y2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 καθημέραν Y2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.8–10


Or. 42.03 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ⟩: οὔτε  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 42.04 (thom gloss) ⟨λούτρ’⟩: καθάρσια  —ZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 42.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λούτρ’⟩: καθάρματα χάριν τοῦ φόνου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 42.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λούτρ’⟩: καθάρματα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 42.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨λούτρ’⟩: λουτρὰ  —F2MnZZa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn, οὐ prep. F2   


Or. 42.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨λούτρ’⟩: λουτρὸν τὸ καθαρτικὸν· λοῦτρον τὰ ἀπόλουσμα.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Loutron’ (with final syllable accented) means that which cleanses. ‘Loutron’ (with first syllable accented) means the offscouring.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:  Cf. Photius λ 409 λούτριον· ἀπόλουμα καὶ ἀπόνιμμα; Suda λ 693 λοῦτρον: τὸ ἀπόλουμα, τὸ ῥυπαρόν, τὸ ἀπόλουτρον; esp. Eust. in Il. 15.676 (III.784,8–11) τὰ εἰς τρον λήγοντα μονογενῆ οὐδέτερα βαρύνεται· σεσημείωται τὸ λουτρὸν πρὸς διάφορον σημασίαν. ἔστι γὰρ καὶ λοῦτρον Ἀττικῶς παρὰ τῷ Κωμικῷ τὸ ἀπόλουμα, οἷον ‘κἀκ τοῦ βαλανείου πίεται τὸ λοῦτρον’; and Eust. in Od. 6.216 (I.250,31–2) ὅτι δὲ καθὰ λόεσθαι λοῦσθαι οὕτω καὶ λοετρὸν καὶ λουτρὸν, δῆλόν ἐστι. λοῦτρον μέντοι μοναχῶς, τὸ ἀπόλουμα βαρυτόνως. For the existence of both accentuations in manuscripts, see GLRBP s.v. λουτρόν (‘sometimes λοῦτρον’), LBG s.v. In the passage quoted by Eust., Arist. Eq. 1401, the mss attest both forms, but for metrical reasons the two-syllable word cannot be right, and Elmsley’s λούτριον is now accepted in our texts (the reading is reflected in the entry for λούτριον in Hesych., Photius, etc.). If the variation in accent really existed at some stage in the language, it cannot be established that there was a semantic distinction such as Eust. proposed.    


Or. 42.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδωκε⟩: εἰσέφερε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 42.10 (rec gloss) ⟨χρωτί⟩: τῷ σώματι  —V1Ab2CrF2MlMnSYf2ZlZuGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zu, καὶ prep. CrMnSOx   |    τῷ om. V1Ab2Zl   


Or. 42.11 (rec gloss) ⟨χρωτί⟩: προσώπῳ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 42.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨χρωτί⟩: τῷ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 42.13 (rec exeg) ⟨χλανιδίων⟩: τῶν ἁπαλῶν σκεπασμάτων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης  —VGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.10–11


Or. 42.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χλανιδίων⟩: ἤγουν τῶν ἁπαλῶν ἱματίων ἢ σκεπασμάτων τῶν ἐπὶ κοίτης  —Zu

LEMMA: χλανίδων a.c. in text Zu       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 42.15 (recThom gloss) ⟨χλανιδίων⟩: ἱματίων  —AaAb2CrF2MlMnPrSZZaZbZlZmTGuOx

LEMMA: χλανίδων in text PrZZm, a.c. Za       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῶν prep. CrMnSOx, τῶν prep. F2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.11


Or. 42.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨χλανιδίων⟩: τῶν  —SYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 42.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔσω⟩: ἔνδον  —Rf, perhaps Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Aa has εν + damage and stain.   |   


Or. 43.01 (rec gloss) ⟨κρυφθεὶς⟩: κρυβεὶς  —Aa, perhaps F2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Traces of first two and last two letters, space may be suitable for remaining three letters F2.   |   


Or. 43.02 (rec gloss) ⟨κρυφθεὶς⟩: κεῖται  —Ab2

LEMMA: κρυπτεὶς in text Ab       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 43.03 (43–45) (thom exeg) ⟨ὅταν μὲν σῶμα κουφισθῇ νόσου⟩:  1ὅταν μὲν κουφισθῇ τῆς μανίας, εἴσω τῶν στρωμάτων κρυβεὶς λυπεῖται ἐξ οἵων ἄρα εἰς οἷα ἐμπέπτωκε λογιζόμενος.  2ὅταν δὲ τῇ μανίᾳ κάτοχος ᾖ, ἄνω καὶ κάτω φέρεται ἁλώμενος καὶ οὐκ ἐν δεμνίοις κεῖται,  3ἀλλ’ ἀποπηδᾷ δρομαῖος ὥσπερ πῶλος ἀπαλλαγεὶς τοῦ ζυγοῦ.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   When he is relieved from his madness, he conceals himself inside his bedclothes and is anguished when he reckons from what beginnings he has fallen into what (a wretched) state. But when he is possessed by the madness, he is borne aimlessly this way and that and does not lie in his bedding, but he jumps away at a run just like a colt released from its yoke.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZb(to κουφισθῇ) ZmT(to ὅταν μὲν), Zl(to σῶμα)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅταν μὲν] ἵνα Zb   |    καὶ add. before εἰς ZZa   |    3 ἀλλὰ πηδᾶ ZbZl   |    ἀποπηδᾶ μὲν Gu   |    Zl app. has an illegible add. word before τοῦ ζυγοῦ   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κριβεὶς Zb   |    2 ἁλλόμενος Zm, ἀλλώμενος Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.13–17


Or. 43.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σῶμα⟩: ἐκείνου  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 43.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σῶμα⟩: κατὰ τὸ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.18


Or. 43.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨σῶμα⟩: τὸ  —Ab2F2Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 43.07 (vet exeg) κουφισθῇ νόσου: ἀκόλουθον τῷ [3] ‘ἄραιτ’ ἄχθος’ τὸ ‘κουφισθῇ νόσου’.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   ‘Be lightened from (the weight of) his madness’ is consonant with (the metaphor used in) ‘would bear up the weight’.

LEMMA: MC       REF. SYMBOL: M      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ] Dindorf (without note), τὸ MC   |    τὸ] τῶ C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,16–17; Dind. II.47,12–13


Or. 43.08 (rec gloss) ⟨κουφισθῇ⟩: ἐλαφρωθῇ  —AaMnRSOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλαφροθῆ S, ἐλαφρηθῆ R   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.19

COLLATION NOTES:   Mn damaged (hole), but ωθῆ certain.   |   


Or. 43.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κουφισθῇ⟩: ἐλαφρυνθῇ  —CrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr   


Or. 43.10 (thom gloss) ⟨κουφισθῇ⟩: ῥαΐσῃ καὶ ἀπαλλαγῇ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ῥαΐσῃ καὶ om. Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.18


Or. 43.11 (mosch gloss) νόσου: ἀπὸ τῆς μανίας  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except XG      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπὸ om. T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.19


Or. 43.12 (rec gloss) ⟨νόσου⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς  —AaCrPrZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 43.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨νόσου⟩: τῆς  —F2MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 44.01 (vet exeg) ἔμφρων δακρύει:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμφρων γενόμενος.  2ἄμεινον δὲ ὑφ’ ἕν ἔμφρων δακρύει.   —MCRbRf

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘having become sound of mind’. But better taken together in one phrase, ‘(when) in his right mind he weeps’.

LEMMA: MCRbRf       REF. SYMBOL: MRb       POSITION: follows sch. 57.06 Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ om. C   |    2 δὲ] δὲ νῦν Rb   |    ἓν] οὗ Rf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,18–19; Dind. II.47,20–21

COMMENT:   The ὑφ’ ἕν recommendation seems to imply that some took ἔμφρων with the preceding subordinate clause instead of with the following δακρύει; mss generally have comma at end of 43, but B3d has apparently added a comma after ἔμφρων in B.   |   


Or. 44.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: λείπει γεγονὼς  —VRf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει om. Rf   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 44.03 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: γενόμενος  —AaAb2CrKL2MlMnRSSaXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcZuOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γιν‑ Ab2MlMnR, -μενον Ml   |    δηλονότι add. L2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.21


Or. 44.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: ἐμφρόνως ἔμελλεν εἰπεῖν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ Ὀρέστης εὐθεῖαν ἐξήνεγκε.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:  She was about to use the adverb ‘sensibly, rationally’, but expressed it (the word ‘emphrōn’) in the nominative in agreement with (the subject) ‘Orestes’.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 44.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: δέον ἐμφρόνως εἰπεῖν πρὸς τὸ Ὀρέστης ἔμφρων εἷπεν.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  Although she should have said ‘emphronōs’ (adverb), she said ‘emphrōn’ (nominative adjective) in agreement with (the subject) ‘Orestes’.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.21–22


Or. 44.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: σῶας ἔχων τὰς φρένας  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.22–23


Or. 44.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: εὐαίσθητος γενόμενος  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 44.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: φρόνιμος  —Ab2Cr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr   


Or. 44.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: γρήγορος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 44.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: γενόμενος ὁ †τῆς φερήτη† νοῦς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Alternatively, this could be two separate glosses, but close spacing suggests they are one. The corruption perhaps comes from a misreading of τοῦ ὀρέστου.   |   


Or. 44.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δακρύει⟩: κλαίει  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 44.12 (rec gloss) ⟨δεμνίων ἄπο⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν δεμνίων  —V1Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δεμνίων om. Gu   


Or. 44.13 (rec gloss) ⟨δεμνίων ἅπο⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης  —F2Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπὸ om. Sa   


Or. 44.14 (recThom gloss) ⟨δεμνίων⟩: στρωμάτων  —MnZZa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῶν prep. Mn   


Or. 44.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεμνίων⟩: καὶ τῶν κοιτῶν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 44.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨δεμνίων⟩: τῶν  —SZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 44.17 (pllgn gram) δεμνίων: δέμνια λέγονται τὰ †ἅπερ† οἷα εἰσὶ οὖλα τὰ [τὸ] δέμας ἤγουν τὸ σῶμα καλύπτοντα [ἐν] τοῖς στρώμασιν ἤγουν ἐν οἷς τὸ σῶ[μ]α μένει καὶ ἀναπαύεται —Zl

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὗλα Zl   |   

COMMENT:   The word marked as corrupt is damaged and uncertain. For the content cf. ps.-Zonaras 483,6–9 δέμνια· τὰ ἐγκοίτια στρώματα, ἀπὸ τοῦ σῶμα ἐν αὐτοῖς μένειν. [ἢ παρὰ τὸ δέμω ῥῆμα. ὡς παίζω παίγνιον, οὕτως δέμω δέμνιον, τὸ εἰς σώματος ἀνάπαυσιν οἰκοδομηθὲν ἢ συνδεθέν.]; Et. Magn. 255,45–50 δέμνια: ἐγκοίτια στρώματα· ἀπὸ τοῦ τὸ δέμας ἐπ’ αὐτὰ μένειν. ἢ ὡς παίζω παίγνιον, ἀράσσω ἀράχνιον, οὕτως δέμω δέμνιον, τὸ εἰς σώματος ἀνάπαυσιν οἰκοδομηθὲν, ἢ συνδεθέν. ἔνθεν Ὅμηρος, μαλακῷ δεδμημένοι ὕπνῳ. καὶ τὴν τοῦ κοιμᾶσθαι παραιτίαν νύκτα, δμήτειραν; Et. Gud. (de Stefani) s.v. δέμνια· ἐγκοίτια στρώματα. ἀπὸ τοῦ δέμας εἰς αὐτὰ μένειν δέμνιον· ἢ παρὰ τὸ δέμω δέμνιον ὡς παίζω παίγνιον, τὸ εἰς σώματος ἀνάπαυσιν ᾠκοδομημένον· ἢ συνδεθέν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ δεδεσμῆσθαι ἡμᾶς κοιμωμένους μηδὲν πράττοντας.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 44.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨44 ἄπο⟩: μακρὰν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 44.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἀναστροφὴ, ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ μακράν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 45.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πηδᾶ⟩: κινεῖται  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 45.02 (rec gloss) ⟨δρομαῖος⟩: ταχὺς  —AaRYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 45.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δρομαῖος⟩: ταχέως  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 45.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δρομαῖος⟩: σπουδαῖος  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 45.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δρομαῖος⟩: δρομικός  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 45.06 (rec gloss) ⟨δρομαῖος⟩: ποταπὸς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 45.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πῶλος ὣς⟩: ὡς πῶλος· ἀναστροφὴ ὁ τρόπος.  —V

TRANSLATION:   Like a colt: the schema is anastrophe.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 45.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῶλος ὡς⟩: ἀναστροφὴ τὸ σχῆμα, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ζυγοῦ †ἐκυρώθη† ὡς ⟨πῶλος⟩ ἀδάμαστος  —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   χῆσμα Aa   

COMMENT:   ἐκυρώθη has intruded from gloss on 46 ἔδοξε; one expects ἐπήδησε or the like.   |   

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 45.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὣς⟩: ἀναστροφή  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe   


Or. 45.10 (mosch gloss) πῶλος ὣς: καθὰ πῶλος  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 45.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πῶλος ὣς⟩: ὡς ἵππος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 45.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πῶλος⟩: καὶ ἵππος  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 45.13 (vet exeg) ὣς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ: ὁ ἄπωθεν τοῦ ζυγοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἀδάμαστος —MVCMlMnRaRbS

TRANSLATION:   The one that is distant from the yoke, that is, unbroken.

LEMMA: RaRb(ὡς in both)      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: s.l. VMlMnS; marg. M, intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ om. Ml   |    ἄπωθεν C, ἄποθεν MMlMnRaRbS, ἄπο V   |    ὅ ἐστιν] τουτέστιν V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,20; Dind. II.47,24

COMMENT:   This note and the derivative uses of ἀδάμαστος in nearby items reflect an incorrect interpretation, whereas 45.16 λυθείς recognizes the meaning correctly.   


Or. 45.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ὣς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ⟩: ἀδάμαστος  —OAaAbZu

POSITION: s.l.; over πῶλος OAb, over δρομαῖος Zu      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι prep. Zu   


Or. 45.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὣς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ⟩: τουτέστιν ὡς ἀδάμαστος  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 45.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ⟩: λυθείς —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 45.17 (thom gloss) ⟨ὣς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ⟩: πηδᾷ  —ZmZuGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 45.18 (rec rhet) ⟨ὡς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ⟩: σύντομος εἰκών  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   Concise (elliptical) simile.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  σύντομος εἰκών/παραβολή   


Or. 45.19 (rec rhet) ⟨ὡς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ⟩: σύντομος παραβολὴ  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Concise (elliptical) simile.

POSITION: marg., in intercolumnar space between 45 and 46      

APP. CRIT.:   σύνις Pr   

KEYWORDS:  σύντομος εἰκών/παραβολή   


Or. 45.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ὣς⟩: καθὰ  —CrGMnZbZcZlOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 45.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ὣς⟩: ὥσπερ  —Aa2Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 45.22 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ζυγοῦ⟩: τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 46.01 (46–47) (pllgn paraphr) ἔδοξε δὲ τῷ Ἄργει ἤγουν τῷ λαῷ μήτε δέχεσθαι ἡμᾶς ἐν ταῖς στέγαις καὶ ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις μητροκτονοῦντας καὶ φονεύσαντας τὴν μητέρα, μήτε δέχεσθαι ἐν πυρί, ἤγουν ἐν ταῖς θυσίαις, μήτε προσλαλεῖν ἡμᾶς τινά.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.48.28–49,3

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 46.02 (vet exeg) ἔδοξε δ’ Ἄργει τῷδε:  1φανερὸν ὅτι ἐν Ἄργει ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ δράματος ὑπόκειται.  2Ὅμηρος δὲ ἐν Μυκήναις φησὶ τὰ βασίλεια Ἀγαμέμνονος, Στησίχορος [216 PMG] δὲ καὶ Σιμωνίδης [549 PMG] ἐν Λακεδαίμονι.   —BVCPrRaRbRfRwS, partial MSa

TRANSLATION:   It is manifest that the scene of the drama is in Argos. But Homer says that the palace of Agamemnon is in Mycenae, and Stesichorus and Simonides say it is in Lacedaemon.

LEMMA: BVRb, ἔδοξε δ’ Ἄργει MCPrRf, 49 ἀργείων πόλις S, lemma in Ra lost to trimming       REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: follows sch. 47.01 SSa, first instance of 47.01 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 φανερὸν … ἀγαμέμνονος om. Sa   |    1–2 φανερὸν … φησὶ now missing in Ra, lost to trimming   |    1 φανερὸν ὅτι] φανερῶς Rf, ἰστέον ὅτι Rw   |    ἡ] ἐστι (compend.) M   |    1–2 ὑπόκειται κτλ om. M   |    1 ἀπόκειται S   |    2 ἐν μυκ. φησὶν εἶναι VRaRw, ἐν μυκ. εἶναι φησὶ Rf, φησὶν ἐν μυκ. transp. Rb, φησὶν ἐν μυκ. εἶναι S   |    μυκήνῃ BVPr, κυκήνη Rw   |    ἀγαμέμνονος κτλ om. Rf, adding at end (cf. sch. 37.08) οὐκ ὀνομάζουσι δὲ τὸ καὶ ἐριννύας οὕτως· ἀλλ’ εὐφημιζόμενοι σεμνὰς θεάς   |    τοῦ ἀγαμ. VRw   |    ὁ δὲ στησ. καὶ Sa   |    λακεδαίμονι] Rb, perhaps Ra, λακεδαιμονίᾳ BVCPrRwS, λακεδαιμονίω Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 στησείχορος a.c. Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,21–24; Dind. II.48,19–22

COLLATION NOTES:   In Ra the trimming at the top of the page means that the position of the accent on λακεδαιμονι cannot be determined; ‑νι is followed by :~, but it is impossible to exclude the possibility that alpha was written in suspension above iota on the part of the sheet that is now missing.    |   


Or. 46.03 (mosch paraphr) ἔδοξε δ’ Ἄργει: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκυρώθη τοῖς Ἀργείοις ἡμᾶς μήτε ἐν οἴκοις μὴ πυρὶ ἤγουν θυσίαις δέχεσθαι  —X


Or. 46.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔδοξε⟩: ἐνομίσθη  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 46.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔδοξε⟩: ἤρεσε  —Ab2CrMlMnPrRSOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σεν R, s.l. add. ν Mn   |   


Or. 46.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔδοξε⟩: ἐκυρώθη  —AaKPrRfXaXbT+YYfGGrZcZu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.4


Or. 46.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔδοξε⟩: ἀρεστὸν ἐφάνη  —ZmGuL2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐφάνη om. L2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.4


Or. 46.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔδοξε⟩: ἐκρίθη ἐτυπώθη  —VGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.4

COLLATION NOTES:   The gloss is obscured by a repair in V, and it is uncertain whether the hand is V or V1.   |   


Or. 46.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδοξε⟩: app. ἐγνώσθη  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 46.10 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἄργει τῷδε⟩: ἤτοι τοῖς Ἀργείοις τοῖσδε  —CrMlMnRSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν CrOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀργοίοις Mn   |   


Or. 46.11 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τοῖς Ἀργείοις  —AaAb2PrRfXaXbT+YYfGGrZcZlB2/3a

TRANSLATION:  (‘To Argos’ is used) in the sense ‘to the Argives’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν AaAb2PrRfB2/3aZl, om. GZc   |    τοὺς ἀργείους Zl   


Or. 46.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ περιέχοντος τὸ περιεχόμενον  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.48.28

KEYWORDS:  περιέχον/περιεχόμενον   


Or. 46.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: ἤγουν τῇ Ἑλλάδι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 46.14 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 46.15 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μήθ’ ἡμᾶς⟩: ἡμᾶς μήτε ἐν οἴκοις μὴ πυρὶ ἤγουν θυσίαις δέχεσθαι  —XaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μήτε ἐν πυρὶ T   |    πυρὶ om. Y   


Or. 46.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στέγαις⟩: οἰκήμασι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 46.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στέγαις⟩: καὶ ἐν οἴκοις  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἐν] τοῖς F2   


Or. 46.18. (pllgn gloss) ⟨στέγαις⟩: αὐτῶν  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 47.01 (vet exeg) μὴ πυρὶ δέχεσθαι:  1τὸ ἑξῆς μήθ’ ἡμᾶς στέγαις δέχεσθαι.  2πρὸς δὲ τὸ πῦρ οὐδὲν ἀνταπέδωκεν.  3ἔξωθεν οὖν ἀκουστέον τὸ ἐναύειν, καί ἐστι σχῆμα Ἀττικὸν, μὴ πυρὶ ἐναύειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ μήτε πυρὸς ἐναύειν.  4οὐ γὰρ τὸ δέχεσθαι πρὸς τὸ πῦρ ληπτέον.   —MBVCPrRaRb1Rb2RfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The construction is ‘nor receive us under their roofs’, but he did not give any corresponding verb to govern ‘fire’. Therefore one must understand from outside the verb ‘kindle’ (‘enauein’), and this is an Attic schema, ‘not to kindle with fire’ (dative), instead of ‘nor to kindle some fire/from fire’ (genitive). For the verb ‘receive’ should not be taken as governing ‘fire’.

LEMMA: MC, μήθ’ ἡμᾶς στέγαις μὴ πυρὶ δέχεσθα Rb2, μήθ’ ἡμᾶς Rf, μήτε πυρὶ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MSa      POSITION: cont. from 46.02 BVPr, add. δὲ (δ’ V); cont. from sch. 45.13 Rb1      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς om. RaRb1RwSSa   |    after ἑξῆς add. ἔδοξε δ’ ἄργει BPr, ἔδοξε δ’ ἄργει τῶδε V   |    στέγας M, στέγη Pr   |    ἐγδέχεσθαι Rw   |    2 δὲ om. Rb1   |    οὐδὲν] οὐδ’ M, οὐδὲ Pr, om. Rw   |    3 οὖν] γὰρ V, om. RaRb1S   |    προσυπακουστέον V, ὑπακουστέον RaRb1Rf   |    after (first) ἐναύειν add. ὅ ἐστι φωνεῖν S (compare Mn, sch. 47.10)   |    καὶ ἔσται Rf, καὶ ὅτι Rw   |    καὶ … (third) ἐναύειν om. Rb2   |    σχῆμα om. V   |    μὴ] τὸ μὴ Rf   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ … ἐναύειν om. V   |    μήτι πυρὸς ἐναύειν] προσάπτειν Rf   |    μήτε] μὴ τοῦ S, μήτ() Rb1, μηδὲ Sa, μὴ Pr, μήτι Schw.    

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μῆθ’ app. M, μήτε Rf   |    3 first ἐναύειν] ἐναύνειν SaRb2, ναύνειν Rb1   |    second and third ἐναύειν] ἐναύνειν Rb1   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,25–103,2; Dind. II.48,23–27

COMMENT:   Schw. emends μήτε πυρὸς to μήτι πυρὸς, perhaps to give governance to πυρός. Acc. πῦρ with ἐναύειν is extant dozens of times, but there is a single instance of gen. (either partitive or of source) in fragment 245 of Claudius Aelianus quoted in Suda ε 1136 s.v. ἐναύειν: … ἐπεὶ μήτε ὕδατος ἐκοινώνουν αὐτῷ, μήτε πυρὸς ἐναύειν ἐβούλοντο. This supports πυρός without τι, and μήτε is in fact to be expected in a clarifying paraphrase.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 47.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴ πυρὶ⟩: μήτε φῶς  —Ab2Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 47.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ⟩: μήτε  —B2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 47.04 (rec exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: λ(είπει) τὸ προσαύειν.  —M

POSITION: intermarg.      


Or. 47.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: Ἀττικὸν τὸ σχῆμα· λείπει τὸ ἐναύειν.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   λείπει   


Or. 47.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: [λείπει ἐ]ναύειν Ἀττικῶς. —V

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   λείπει   


Or. 47.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: λείπει τὸ ἐναύειν.  —B2/3a

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐνναύειν B2/3a   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 47.08 (rec gloss) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: ἤγουν ἐναύειν  —PrB4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. B4   


Or. 47.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: μὴ θυσίαις προσεγγίζειν, μὴ πυρὶ ἐναύειν καὶ φωτίζειν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 47.10 (rec exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: μήτε πυρὸς ἐναύειν †φωνεῖν†. θυσίᾳ ἐναύειν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For φωνεῖν compare the added ὅ ἐστι φωνεῖν in S in sch. 47.01 above. Since it probably arose as a paraphrase of προσφωνεῖν, perhaps the word is to be transposed to the end and supplemented as ⟨μήτε⟩ φωνεῖν.   


Or. 47.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: καὶ ταῖς θυσίαις προσψαύ{σ}ειν —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 47.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: ψαύειν πυρὸς  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 47.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πυρὶ⟩: λείπει τὸ θυσιάζει⟨ν⟩  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 47.14 (rec gloss) ⟨πυρὶ⟩: διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς  —Pr

POSITION: under line (s.l. space already full)      


Or. 47.15 (rec gloss) ⟨πυρὶ⟩: θυσίᾳ  —Ab2CrMlRRfSOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν ἐν τῇ prep. S   |    καὶ prep. CrOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   θυ() Ab2   |   


Or. 47.16 (thom gloss) ⟨πυρὶ⟩: θυσίαις  —ZZaZbZmTGuGYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν ταῖς prep. Yf2   


Or. 47.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέχεσθαι⟩: ἔδοξε  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 47.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέχεσθαι⟩: προσ(δέχεσθαι)  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 47.19 (rec gloss) ⟨δέχεσθαι⟩: θυσιάζειν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 47.20 (rec gloss) ⟨δέχεσθαι⟩: αὐτὸν  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.; over 46 στέγαις Mn      


Or. 47.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσφωνεῖν τινα⟩: καὶ χαιρετίζειν ἡμᾶς ἄνθρωπον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   χαιρετίζον Zu   


Or. 47.22 (rec gloss) ⟨προσφωνεῖν⟩: λαλεῖν  —AaAb2RMlMnSY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AaAb2MlMn   


Or. 47.23 (thom gloss) ⟨προσφωνεῖν⟩: προσλαλεῖν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuCrF2OxY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Z, καὶ prep. CrOxY2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.5


Or. 47.24 (moschThom gloss) ⟨προσφωνεῖν⟩: χαιρετίζειν  —XXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*Aa

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Aa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.5


Or. 47.25 (thom gloss) ⟨προσφωνεῖν⟩: ἡμᾶς  —ZZbTGuFYf2

POSITION: s.l., except marg. F      

APP. CRIT.:   δῆλον add. F   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.5


Or. 47.26 (rec gloss) ⟨τινα⟩: λείπει ἀφ’ ὑμῶν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 48.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μητροκτονήσαντας  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZu

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. GYZu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.7


Or. 48.02 (thom gloss) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντας⟩: τὴν μητέρα φονεύσαντας  —ZZaZbZlZmTCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὡς prep. CrOx   


Or. 48.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντας⟩: τὴν μητέρα φονεύσαντας, κατ’ ἀντιχρονισμὸν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.7–8

KEYWORDS:  ἀντιχρονισμός/ἀντιχρονία   


Or. 48.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντας⟩: ὁ ἐνεστὼς ἀντὶ παρῳχημένου εἴληπται  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 48.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντας⟩: ἡμᾶς τοὺς  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 48.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντας⟩: ἡμᾶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 48.07 (rec artGloss) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντας⟩: τοὺς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 48.08 (48–51) (vet paraphr) κυρία δ’ ἥδ’ ἡμέρα: κέκριται, φησὶν, ἡμᾶς τελευτῆσαι· πότερον δὲ λίθοις βληθέντας ἢ ξίφει, σήμερον κρινοῦσιν —MBOVCPrRaRbRfS

TRANSLATION:   It has been decided, she says, that we die, but whether (we die) stricken by stones or by the sword, today they will decide.

LEMMA: V, ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντας BPr, ἢ φάσγανα θήξαντε S      REF. SYMBOL: B(to 51)V(to 47);      POSITION: cont. from sch. 51.01 MCRaRbRf (add. δὲ MC)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κέκριται om. C (i.e. cont. from sch. 51.01 with δὲ φησὶν)   |    φησὶν om. O   |    2 πρότερον Ra   |    δὲ ἢ λίθοις V   |    λίθῳ (βληθέντας om.) O   |    τήμερον M   |    κρινοῦμαι M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 κρινοῦσι BOPr, κρίνουσιν RaRbS   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  (assigned to 51) Schw. I.103,5–6; Dind. II.49,22–24

COMMENT:   The misleading explication of the passage (that they have already been condemned to death) is conditioned by the presence of the interpolated line 51.   


Or. 48.09 (rec gloss) ⟨κυρία⟩: τετυπωμένη  —VGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.10


Or. 48.10 (rec gloss) ⟨κυρία⟩: ὡρισμένη  —VAaAbCrFRMlMnSSaSOxGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AaCrFSOx, καὶ τῆ prep. Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.10


Or. 48.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κυρία⟩: ἐν ταύτῃ ἐστὶ τὸ κῦρος  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐστὶ om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστὶν Xb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.9


Or. 48.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κυρία⟩: τεταγμένη  —Z

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 48.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨κυρία⟩: κεκυρωμένη  —KPrZcZaZbZlZmZuG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ prep. Zm   |    ἐκκυρωμένη Pr   

COMMENT:   Pr’s variant seems to be an anagrammatic error rather than a form (perfect without reduplication?) of the otherwise unattested ἐκκυρόω.   


Or. 48.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κυρία⟩: κυρωθεῖσα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.9–10


Or. 48.15 (rec gloss) ⟨κυρία⟩: ἡ προθεσμία ἡ κυρία  —K

POSITION: marg      


Or. 48.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κυρία⟩: κέκριται app. —Cr3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 48.17 (rec artGloss) ⟨κυρία⟩: τῇ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 48.18 (tri metr) ⟨κυρία⟩: long mark over upsilon and over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 48.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥδ’⟩: αὕτη  —AbF2SSaCr3OxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr3S   


Or. 48.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡμέρα⟩: ἤγουν ἡ σήμερον  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.10


Or. 48.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡμέρα⟩: ἤγουν ἕκτη ἡμέρα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 48.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡμέρα⟩: ὑπάρχει  —AaCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 48.23 (tri metr) ⟨ἡμέρα⟩:  long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 49.01 (49–51) (pllgn exeg) τῆς ψήφου γὰρ ἀποφηναμένης θανεῖν αὐτοὺς διὰ ξίφους, οἱ δὲ αὐτόχειρα μᾶλλον τὸν φόνον αὐτῶν ποιήσασθαι εἵλοντο.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  The vote having declared that they should die by the sword, they (the citizens?) chose rather to make their killing self-inflicted.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.14–16

COMMENT:   The translation of this clumsy remark is uncertain. It is possible that τὸν φόνον αὐτῶν is reflexive (usually τὸν αὐτῶν φόνον or in more carefully ‘Attic’ writers τῶν ἑαυτῶν φόνον) and that οἱ δὲ refers to Orestes and Electra.   


Or. 49.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν ᾗ⟩: ἡμέρᾳ  —Aa2CrCr3Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆ prep. Cr   


Or. 49.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ᾗ⟩: καὶ ᾗτινι  —Ab2CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἥτινι Ox   |   


Or. 49.04 (rec gloss) ⟨διοίσει⟩: φανεῖ γνώ(μην) —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 49.05 (rec gloss) ⟨διοίσει⟩: κομίσει  —VAb2RGuZu

POSITION: s.l.; comb. with gloss 49.07 ἐπιφέρει with ἢ … ἢ Zu      

APP. CRIT.:   app. κομείσει a.c. Ab2, p.c. ποιήσει   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.12


Or. 49.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διοίσει⟩: διακομίσει  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 49.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διοίσει⟩: ἐπιφέρει ἡμῖν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 49.05 with ἢ      


Or. 49.08 (rec gloss) ⟨διοίσει⟩: πληρώσει  —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn   


Or. 49.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨διοίσει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξοίσει  —KXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcCr3

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ Cr3, om. GKZc   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐξήση Cr3   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.12


Or. 49.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διοίσει⟩: ἡ διὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξ, ὡς τὸ ‘διεγράψατέ με τῆς πολιτείας’, ἤγουν ἔξω ἐβάλετε. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.13–14

COMMENT:   The juncture διαγράφω τῆς πολιτείας is not found elsewhere, but for relevant uses cf. Libanius, epist. 221.4, μὴ διάγραφε τὰς Χάριτας τοῦ καταλόγου τῶν θεῶν, Declam. 43.2.31 ὅρα μὴ πολλοὺς διαγράφειν ἐπιχειρῇς τοῦ καλλίστου τῶν τυραννοκτόνων κύκλου, DGE s.v. διαγράφω II.1.   


Or. 49.11 (rec gloss) ⟨διοίσει⟩: ἐξάξει  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 49.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διοίσει⟩: ἤγουν ἐκβαλεῖ  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 49.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨διοίσει⟩: ἐξενέγκῃ  —AaCrFMlMnSZZaZbZlZmTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἐξενέγκοι Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -κει AaCrMlZaGuOx   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.12


Or. 49.14 (rec gloss) ⟨διοίσει⟩: ἐπενέγκῃ  —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 49.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διοίσει⟩: ἐνέγκῃ  —B3c

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 49.16 (thom gloss) ⟨ψῆφον⟩: ἀπόφασιν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAaCrCr3OxYf2L2

POSITION: s.l.; above πόλις Cr (thus Cr3 adds it above ψῆφον)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrCr3   


Or. 49.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψῆφον⟩: δόγμα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 49.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψῆφον⟩: κρίσιν  —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. F2, δηλονότι prep. Zu   


Or. 49.19 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἀργείων πόλις⟩: ἤτοι πάντες οἱ Ἀργεῖοι  —VPrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν Zu   


Or. 49.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀργείων πόλις⟩: οἱ πάντες Ἀργεῖοι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 49.21 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἀργείων πόλις⟩: οἱ Ἀργεῖοι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 49.22 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀργείων πόλις⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ περιέχοντος τὸ περιεχόμενον  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περιέχον/περιεχόμενον   


Or. 49.23 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἀργείων⟩: τῶν  —Aa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 49.24 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πόλις⟩:  —Aa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 50.01 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩:  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 50.02 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐπειδὴ  —FSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 50.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ χρὴ⟩: [εἰ τ]οῦτο εἴπῃ ἡ ψῆφος  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 50.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρὴ⟩: πεπρωμένον ὑπάρχει  —FGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   |    ὑπάρχει om. F   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.17


Or. 50.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρὴ⟩: ἄξιον ὑπάρχει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 50.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρὴ⟩: ἀπόκειται  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 50.07 (rec gloss) ⟨χρὴ⟩: καὶ πρέπει  —CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 50.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρὴ⟩: ἐνδέχεται  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 50.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θανεῖν νῶ⟩: καὶ λιθολεύστους γενέσθαι ἡμᾶς —Cr3Ox

LEMMA: νῶϊ in text CrOx       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡμᾶς transp. before λιθ. Ox   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λιθωλεύσθους Cr3Ox   |    γενῆσθαι Ox   


Or. 50.10 (vet exeg) ⟨νὼ⟩: τὸ νώ δυικῶς, ὅ ἐστιν· ἡμεῖς οἱ δύο.  —M

TRANSLATION:   The (pronoun) ‘nō’ is used in the dual, that is: we, the two (of us).

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,3; Dind. II.49,18


Or. 50.11 (vetMoschThom gloss) ⟨νῶ⟩: ἡμᾶς  —MOVAaAbCrFKPrMlMnSSaXXaXbZaZbZlZmZuTYYfGGrZcB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFS   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.18


Or. 50.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ πετρώματι⟩: βολαῖς πετρῶν  —B2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.19


Or. 50.13 (rec gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθασίμῳ  —M2MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn, καὶ ἐν prep. S   


Or. 50.14 (rec gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: ἤγουν ἐν λιθολευθήσει  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 50.15 (rec gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθώδει  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 50.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθοβολησίμῳ  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc, app. F2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.19–20

COMMENT:   There is also a reference to this phrase in Sch. Mosch. Hes. Erga 540 Grandolini … ὀφείλων γὰρ εἰπεῖν μὴ τελεσφόρους ποιήσωσιν, ὁ δέ φησι τελεσφόρους κραίνωσιν ἐκ παραλλήλου, ὡς ‘πετρώματι λευσίμῳ’ ἐν ἄλλοις, ἤγουν λιθοβολισίμῳ … The spelling with eta (3 times in sch. Eur.) is justified because ‑ησιμος is a productive suffix for verbs in ‑έω (λιθοβολέω). The spelling with iota is found only in the Hesiod scholia as edited by Grandolini (whose apparatus excludes matters of spelling of this sort). Although ‑ισιμος is productive with verbs in ‑ίζω, λιθοβολίζω is unattested (though it might have been formed on the analogy of ἀκροβολίζω).   


Or. 50.17 (thom gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθολεύστῳ  —ZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λιθοβολεύστῳ Zm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.19


Or. 50.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: καὶ λιθαστικῶ  —Cr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 50.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθίνῳ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 50.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: θανασίμῳ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 50.21 (rec gram) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ λεύω τὸ λιθάζω  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 50.22 (recThom gloss) ⟨πετρώματι⟩: λιθάσματι  —AaAb2PrZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.21


Or. 51.01 (vet exeg) ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντ’: δυικῶς τὸ θήξαντε —MCRaRbRf

TRANSLATION:   (The elided form ‘thēxant’’ is to be taken) in the dual number, ‘thēxante’.

LEMMA: Ra(θήξαντε app.), ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντας M(θήξαντος)CRb      REF. SYMBOL: MRbRf      

APP. CRIT.:   δυ. transp. after θήξ. Rf   |    τὼ C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,4; Dind. II.49,22


Or. 51.02 (rec gram) ⟨ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντας⟩: σχῆμα Ἀττικὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 51.03 (rec gloss) ⟨φάσγανον⟩: ξίφος  —VCrF2GuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 51.04 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨φάσγανον⟩: σπάθην  —TZlYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 51.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨φάσγανα⟩: τὰ  —S

LEMMA: φάσγανα in text S       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 51.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨θήξαντ’ ἐπ’ αὐχένος⟩: ἀκονήσαντ() ἡμεῖς τὰ ξίφη ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐχένος ἡμῶν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 51.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨θήξαντ’ ἐπ’ αὐχένος⟩: ἀκονήσαντα τινὰ ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐχένος ἡμῶν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐχ. om. G, with ἡμῶν as sep. gloss   |    βαλεῖν add. at end T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.24


Or. 51.08 (rec exeg) ⟨θήξαντε⟩: δυϊκὸν  —KMlMnSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   θήξαντε prep. K   


Or. 51.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨θήξαντας⟩: ἀκονήσαντας  —CrF2SOxZaZb2T

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   


Or. 51.10 (thom gloss) ⟨θήξαντας⟩: ἡμᾶς  —ZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.25


Or. 51.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θήξαντας⟩: τινας  —Cr3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 51.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θήξαντας⟩: εὐτρεπίσαντας ἡμᾶς δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 51.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θήξαντας⟩: †ἕκουσιν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 51.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπ’ αὐχένος⟩: ἐπὶ τοῦ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 51.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὐχένος⟩: τραχήλου  —CrF2GuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τοῦ prep. CrOx, τοῦ prep. F2   


Or. 51.16 (rec gloss) ⟨αὐχένος⟩: †θελῶς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 51.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨βαλεῖν⟩: ἢ βαλεῖν φάσγανα θήξαντε ἡμᾶς τὰ φάσγανα ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐχένος ἡμῶν  —PRaS

LEMMA: λαβεῖν in text R       POSITION: s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   βαλεῖν] λαβεῖν all (λαβεῖν in text R)   |    θήξαντε κτλ om. Pr   |    ἡμεῖς RaS   |   


Or. 51.18 (rec gloss) ⟨λαβεῖν⟩: βαλεῖν  —Ab

LEMMA: λαβεῖν in text Ab       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 51.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βαλεῖν⟩: τρῶσαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 51.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βαλεῖν⟩: ἐμβαλεῖν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 51.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βαλεῖν⟩: θεῖναι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 51.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βαλεῖν⟩: ἤγουν ἵνα φονευθῶμεν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 52.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλπίδα … ἔχομεν⟩: ἤγουν θαρροῦμεν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   θαροῦμεν Zl   |   


Or. 52.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλπίδα⟩: ἀπανδοχὴν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This word for hope is a medieval and modern Greek spelling of ἀπαντοχή, derived from ἀπαντέχω: see Kriaras and Triantafyllides.   


Or. 52.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τιν’⟩: μίαν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 52.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχομεν⟩: καὶ κεκτήμεθα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 52.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θανεῖν⟩: ἀποθανεῖν  —OxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 53.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἥκει γὰρ εἰς γῆν⟩: προφοιβάζει  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   προφοιβάζω (‘foretell, prophesy’) is attested from the 11th century on; of 46 instances in TLG, only one is from scholia, Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Plut. 431 Massa Positano.   


Or. 53.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἥκει γὰρ εἰς γῆν⟩: ἔρχεται εἰς τὸ Ἄργος  —Ab2Sa

POSITION: s.l.; as two sep. glosses Ab2      


Or. 53.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἦλθε  —CrF2SOxZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν CrZOx   |   


Or. 53.04 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν⟩: τὴν ἡμετέραν δηλονότι, εἰς τὸ Ἄργος  —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν ἡμετ.] ἕτερον Ml   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὴν ἡμετέραν] ἡ μητέρα Mn   |    ἄλγος Mn   


Or. 53.05 (mosch exeg) εἰς γῆν: τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δηλονότι, ἤγουν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘To the land’ means) ‘to his own’ (land), obviously, that is, ‘to his fatherland’.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν … ἤγουν om. G   |    ἤγουν κτλ om. Aa2Zc   |   


Or. 53.06 (thom gloss) ⟨γῆν⟩: τήνδε  —ZZaZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 53.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γῆν⟩: ταύτην δηλονότι —V3L2Zu

POSITION: s.l., above ἥκει V3      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλονότι om. Zu   |   


Or. 53.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩:  —Aa2F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 53.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Τροίας⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 53.10 (rec artGloss) ⟨Τροίας⟩: τῆς —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 53.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἀναστροφή  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 54.01 (vet exeg) λιμένα δὲ Ναυπλίειον:  1Ναύπλιος Ἀργεῖος ἀνὴρ ναυτικῆς ἔμπειρος λιμένα κατασκευάσας ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐκάλεσε Ναυπλίειον.  2ἦν δὲ υἱὸς Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀμυμώνης.  3ἢ ὅτι περὶ τὸν λιμένα διέτριβεν, ἐκ τούτου ὁμώνυμος αὐτῷ ὁ λιμήν.   —MBVCAaCrPrRaRbRfRwSaOx, partial Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Nauplius, an Argive man skilled in seamanship, built a harbor and named it Nauplieion after himself. He was the son of Poseidon and Amymone. Or because he spent his time around the harbor, for this reason the harbor shared his name.

LEMMA: MBVCPr(ναύπλιον MBPr), ναύπλιον Rb; marg. label ναύπλιος B4      REF. SYMBOL: MBVAaRb      POSITION: cont. from sch. 54.20 SSa(ἱστορία in marg. S), follows sch. 54.20 Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   much of note washed out in M   |    1 γὰρ add. after ναύπλιος M   |    ἦν add. after ναύπλιος AaRaRbSSa, after ἀνὴρ Rf   |    ἀργεῖος om. Rf   |    ναυτ. ἔμπ.] ἔμπειρος τῆς ναυτικῆς ὃς Rf   |    ναυτικὸς Sa, μαντικῆς Y2, ναυτί* a.c. Yf2 (began writing ναυτίλος or ναυτίας?)   |    λιμένα δὲ AaRaRbSSa, λιμένας CrOx   |    παρασκευάσας Aa   |    ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ Rw   |    ἐκάλεσε] ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὸν CAaRaRbSSa, καὶ ἐκάλεσε CrOx, ἐκέλευσε Pr, ὠνόμασε Y2Yf2   |    ναύπλιον BAaCrRfRwSY2YfOx2, app. M; ναύτιλον Rb   |    2–3 ἦν δὲ κτλ om. Y2Yf2   |    2 ἦν δὲ … ἀμύμωνης om. Rf   |    οὗτος add. before υἱὸς V   |    καὶ ἀμ. om. CrOx   |    3 περὶ τὸν λιμένα] Rf, τὸν λιμένα RbRw, λιμένα MC, εἰς τὸν λιμένα AaRaSSa, κατὰ τὸν λιμένα Cr, κατὰ τὴν λίμναν Ox, ἐν λιμένι BVSa   |    διέτριβε καὶ C   |    ἐκ τούτου om. Rf   |    after ὁμών. add. ἦν Rf   |    αὐτοῦ Aa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ναύπλειος S   |    2 ἀμυμόνης Ra, ἀμώνης Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,7–10; Dind. II.49,26–29


Or. 54.02 (rec gloss) ⟨λιμένα δὲ Ναυπλίειον⟩: τὸν ἐν τῷ Ἀναπλίῳ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνάπλω K   

COMMENT:   Ἀναύπλιον and Ἀνάπλιον are Byzantine vernacular names of Nauplia/Nauplion. K’s error was probably induced by the common Byzantine phrase ἐν τῷ Ἀνάπλῳ, referring to a place near Byzantium, on the left as one sails into the Black Sea (e.g., in Procopius, de aedificiis 1.8.2). See also sch. 242.01.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 54.03 (rec gloss) ⟨λιμένα⟩: εἰς τὸν  —F2RB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν om. B2   


Or. 54.04 (rec gloss) ⟨λιμένα⟩: εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν  —AbMl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.05 (rec gloss) ⟨λιμένα⟩: ἤτοι τὴν θάλασσαν  —MnR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.06 (rec exeg) ⟨λιμένα⟩: τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ναυπλίου οὕτως λεγόμενον  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λιμένα⟩: τοῦ αἰγιαλοῦ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨λιμένα⟩: λιμὴν περιεκτικὸν καὶ καθολικὸν  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   Harbor (‘limēn’) is a noun denoting a place containing multiple things and a general term.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨λιμένα⟩: τὸν  —Cr3Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν Ox (with λίμνα in text)   


Or. 54.10 (thom exeg) ⟨Ναύπλιον⟩:  1Ναύπλιος λιμὴν ἐκλήθη ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς Ναυπλίου, ἀνδρὸς Ἀργείου υἱοῦ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀμυμώνης εὑρόντος πρώτου τὰ ναυτικά.  2ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἕτερος ἀνὴρ Ναύπλιος πατὴρ Παλαμήδους,  3ὃς ἀμυνόμενος τοὺς Ἕλληνας διὰ τὸν ἐν Τροίᾳ τοῦ παιδὸς φόνον, ἐπιτηρήσας ὅτε ἀνέστρεφον ἐκεῖθεν, οὓς ἂν αὐτῶν εὗρε χειμαζομένους τῷ θαλάσσης βυθῷ παρεδίδου.  4ἔστι δὲ οὗτος ὁ λιμὴν ἐν Ἄργει.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu, partial Ox2

TRANSLATION:   A harbor Nauplius was named after a man Nauplius, an Argive man, son of Poseidon and Amymone, who was first to invent seamanship. There is another man Nauplius, father of Palamedes, who, taking vengeance on the Greeks because of the murder of his son at Troy, having watched for when they were returning from there, gave over to the deep of the sea any of them that he found tossed by storms. This harbor is in Argos.

LEMMA: ναύπλιον in text all except T      REF. SYMBOL: all except Ox2 (Zl faint, uncertain)      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl partly illegible   |    1–3 ναύπλιος … παρεδίδου om. Ox2   |    1 ναύπλον λιμὴν Zb   |    first ἀνδρὸς om. T   |    ἀνδρὸς ἀργείου om. Zl   |    πρῶτον Zl   |    3 ἐν τῇ τροίᾳ Gu   |    ἀνέτρεφον Zb   |    ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ Zb   |    οὓς ἂν εὗρε χειμ. ἀπ’ αὐτῶν Gu   |    τὸ τῆς θαλ. Zm   |    περιεδίδου Zb   |    4 δὲ καὶ οὗτος ZbZl   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀμυμόνης ZZa, ἀμυμάνης Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50,1–7


Or. 54.11 (rec exeg) ⟨Ναύπλειον⟩: ὁ Ναύπλιος γὰρ υἱὸς Ποσειδῶνος αὐτὸν κατεσκεύασεν  —O

LEMMA: thus in text O       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.12 (pllgn exeg) Ναύπλιον: ἀπό τινος Ἀργ(είου) υἱοῦ Ποσειδῶ[νος] / ὁ τόπος τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ἔ[σχεν]  —B3d

REF. SYMBOL: B3d       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 54.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ναυπλίειον⟩: ἀπό τινος Ναυπλίου οὕτω καλούμενον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.14 (rec gloss) ⟨Ναύπλιον⟩: ὄνομα λιμένος  —AbMlMnPrR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίειον⟩: τὸν τοῦ Ναυπλίου  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν om. G   |    τοῦ om. TYf   


Or. 54.16 (pllgn exeg) Ναυπλίειον: ὃν ἔκτισεν ὁ Ναύπλιος  —Yf2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 54.17 (rec gloss) ⟨Ναύπλιον⟩: υἱὸν Ποσειδῶνος  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.18 (thom exeg) ⟨Ναύπλιον⟩: γρ. Ναυπλίειον  —ZZaZbZm

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 54.19 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ναύπλιον⟩: τὸν  —Cr3F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.20 (vet exeg) ἐκπληρῶν πλάτῃ:  1τὴν ὁδὸν. διαπεπερακὼς ταῖς κώπαις τὸν λιμένα προσορμίζεται ταῖς ἀκταῖς.  2ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν πλατῶν τὰς ναῦς σημαίνει.  3πλάτη δὲ τὸ πλατὺ τῆς κώπης, ὃ καθίεται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν.   —MBVCAaCrPrRwSSaOx, partial Rf

TRANSLATION:   (Having completed(?)) the journey. Having crossed the harbor with oars he moors at the shore. With ‘oars’ (‘platai’) he indicates the ships. ‘Platē’ is the flat part of the oar, which is dipped into the sea.

LEMMA: SSa, πλάτῃ MCRw      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: cont. from sch. 54.01 BVPr, adding ἐκπληρῶν δὲ πλάτῃ; follows sch. 22.03 Sa; precedes sch. 54.01 Rf; cont. from sch. 54.01 Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 τὴν … σημαίνει om. Rf   |    1 τὴν ὁδὸν om. Aa   |    ἤτοι τὴν BVPr   |    punct. after ὁδὸν add. Schw., forming two separate notes.   |    ὁδὸν τῆς θαλάσσης VPr   |    διαπεπερακότ(ες) M, διαπεπρακὼς S   |    τὸν λιμένα om. BVPr   |    προσορμίζει Aa   |    ταῖς om. M   |    2 τῶν πλατῶν] τῆς πλάτης Aa   |    ἐσήμαινε V, ἐσήμανε Pr   |    3 πλάτη δὲ κτλ om. CrSaOx, transp. before the lemma in S   |    πλάτην V   |    δὲ] γὰρ Rf   |    πλατὺ] πλάτος RfS   |    ὃ καθ. κτλ om. Aa   |    καθίεται] καθέζεται Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὀδὸν S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,11–13; Dind. II.50,8–11

COMMENT:   The text was adjusted in the version of BVPr to make sense of the two accusatives ὁδὸν and λιμένα, and this version is thus secondary. The most likely solution is that of Schwartz, who treats the first accusative as a separate explanation (compare O’s gloss, 54.22), apparently meant to supply a clearer object (clearer than λιμένα) of ἐκπληρῶν taken in the postclassical sense ‘accomplish’ or ‘complete’; but perhaps the text is lacunose, because for greater clarity one would except something like (ἐκπληρῶν) τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν διὰ τοῦ λιμένος or τὴν διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης (note the addition of θάλασσης, a further adjustment found in VPr). Without the added punctuation, one could change to ⟨εἰς⟩ λιμένα (cf. sch. 54.03, 54.04), but the result is less satisfactory: ‘having traveled across the path/journey with oars into the harbor, he moors at the shore’. For the assumption that ἐκπληρῶν means ‘complete’ here, compare Eust. in Il. 1.43 (I.199,33–200,3) ὅτι δὲ ὅρμος κυρίως ἐστὶ τὸ τοῦ λιμένος πρὸς τῇ γῇ πέρας, δηλοῦται σαφῶς καὶ ἐν τῷ ‘λιμένα Ναύπλιον ἐκπληρῶν πλάτῃ ὁρμεῖ’, ὡς μὴ ἂν ἄλλως ἐξὸν ὂν ὁρμισθῆναι νῆα τοιαύτην, εἰ μὴ κώπαις ἐκπληρώσασα τὸν ὅλον λιμένα πρὸς τῇ γῇ γένηται.   


Or. 54.21 (rec exeg) ἐκπληρῶν πλάτῃ: διαπεπερακὼς δὲ ταῖς κώπαις τὸν λιμένα προσορμίζεται ταῖς ἀκταῖς. ἢ τὸ πληρῶν πλάτῃ ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸν λιμένα πληρώσας ἤγουν γεμίσας τὰς ναῦς ἀπὸ τῆς κώπης περιφραστικῶς.  —Rf

TRANSLATION:   And having crossed the harbor with oars he moors at the shore. Or ‘filling with oar’ in the sense ‘having filled the harbor’, that is, filling it with ships, (ships being understood) from the oar by periphrasis.

LEMMA: λιμένα δὲ ναύπλιον λιμένα ἐκπληρῶν Rf (first three words in red, last two in black)       POSITION: follows sch. 40.07 (Rfb version)      

COMMENT:   γεμίζω, a standard gloss on πληρόω, is found with the accusative instead of the genitive to express what fills something else in Paus. 3.13.3 γεμιζούσῃ τῇ θυγατρὶ ὕδωρ συντυχόντες (the juncture γεμίζειν ὕδωρ is found elsewhere later, and Paus. has probably slipped into a colloquialism here), and the acc. is attested in vernacular postclassical and medieval texts, and found occasionally in scholiastic language, as in Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Nub. 669a Holwerda διαλφιτώσω] ἄλευρα γεμίσω, Sch. Hec. 658, where γεμίσαι τὸ ὕδωρ is in MBOVPrSa but Schwartz printed Arsenius’ classicizing correction κομίσαι.   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   |   Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 54.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: τὴν ὁδὸν —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: διαπεπερακὼς —OVPr

REF. SYMBOL: O       POSITION: s.l. VPr, marg. O      


Or. 54.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: διαπεράσας  —GZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: διαπερῶν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.11–12


Or. 54.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: ἐκπερῶν  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: ἐκπεπερακὼς —AaMn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ῶς AaMn   


Or. 54.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: ἀποπεπερακὼς  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.29 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: πεπερακὼς  —Sa

POSITION: s.l., above λιμένα Sa      


Or. 54.30 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: ἀποσωθεὶς  —Ab2MlMnR

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀποσωθὲν Ml   


Or. 54.31 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: ἐξερχόμενος —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.32 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: διερχόμενος  —KSB3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: ἐλθών  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.34 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: φθάσας —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.35 (mosch gloss) ἐκπληρῶν: ἀντὶ τοῦ διανύσας  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνύσας TZc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.11


Or. 54.36 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: ἐκτελῶν  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.11


Or. 54.37 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν⟩: καὶ διαπλεύσας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.38 (rec exeg) ⟨πλάτῃ⟩: κώπαις· τὸ πλάτος τῆς κώπης, ὃ καθίεται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, δηλοῖ δὲ τὴν ναῦν.  —O


Or. 54.39 (rec gloss) ⟨πλάτῃ⟩: κώπαις  —FR

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῖς prep. F   


Or. 54.40 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πλάτῃ⟩: κώπῃ  —Aa2AbCrKMnPrRfSaXXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*OxB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῇ prep. CrOx, τῇ prep. Aa2Yf, ἐν τῇ prep. G   


Or. 54.41 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλάτῃ⟩: ἐν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 55.01 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀκταῖσιν ὁρμεῖ⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἡ λέξις παρ’ Ἀριστείδῃ.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   The expression is found in Aristides.

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.13

COMMENT:   This is a confused reflection of an observation of Thomas Magister in ecl. voc. attic. 264,12–17 Ritschl: ὁρμίζω τὸ ἐλλιμενίζω καὶ ὁρμέω ὁρμῶ· Θουκυδίδης πολλάκις. Εὐριπίδης ἐν Ἑκάβῃ [‘immo Ὀρέστῃ’ Ritschl]· ἀκταῖσιν ὁρμεῖ. Ἀριστείδης ἐν τῷ Παναθηναϊκῷ [100,26 Jebb]· ‘τοῖς αἰγιαλοῖς ἐφορμούντων’. καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ [110,17 Jebb]· ‘ἐπὶ δυοῖν ὁρμεῖν ἔδοξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες’.   


Or. 55.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀκταῖσιν ὁρμεῖ⟩: ](?)λιμένι(?) ἐπαμβαίνει  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   repair covers part of lambda, uncertain whether τῷ preceded   |    ἐπαμβάνει R   


Or. 55.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀκταῖσιν ὁρμεῖ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῷ αἰγιαλῷ ἐνελιμένισεν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   |    τῷ om. Y   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐνελλίμενισεν p.c. Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.14–15


Or. 55.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀκταῖς⟩: τοῖς αἰγιαλοῖς —VF2Zb2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῖς om. F2Zb2Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.14


Or. 55.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀκταῖς⟩: ἐν τῷ λιμένι  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 55.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁρμεῖ⟩: ὁρμίζεται  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 55.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁρμεῖ⟩: ἐλλιμενίζει τὴν ναῦν  —VPrSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν ν. ἐλλ. transp. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἑλλημενίζει Sa   |   


Or. 55.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁρμεῖ⟩: ἐλλιμενίζεται  —AaRf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 55.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὁρμεῖ⟩: ἐλλιμενίζει  —AbMlCrZZaZbZlZmZuTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἐλλιμένιζεν Ox, ‑ζει changed to ‑ζεν Cr3   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.14


Or. 55.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρμεῖ⟩: ἐλίμενισε  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐλλιμενίσθαι app. Zc2   


Or. 55.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρμεῖ⟩: τὴν νῆα  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 55.12 (rec gloss) ⟨δαρὸν⟩: πολὺν  —M2VAa2Ab2CrF2L2PrRSaZcZuOx

POSITION: s.l. (above χρόνον Aa2Zu)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, ἐπὶ prep. Pr   |    χρόνον add. Aa2Ab (not Ab2)   |    καὶ prep. CrOx, ἐπὶ prep. Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πολλὺν Zc   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.16

COMMENT:   Eust. in Il. 2.435f. (I.382,17–19) τὸ δὲ δηρόν ἐπιρρηματικόν ἐστι κἀνταῦθα δι’ ἔλλειψιν τοῦ χρόνον. τὸ δὲ ἐντελὲς παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ἐν τῷ ‘δαρὸν ἐκ Τροίας χρόνον πλαγχθείς’.    


Or. 55.13 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δαρὸν⟩: ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπεὶ X   |    πολλὴν Ml   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.16


Or. 55.14 (thom gloss) ⟨δαρὸν⟩: ἐπὶ πολὺ —ZZbZlZm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπιπολὺ ZZbZl   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Z is obscure, but the final fuzzy letter has both what looks like a trema and a definite grave, so it is upsilon and not nu, as Günther read it.   |   


Or. 56.01 (56–60) (mosch paraphr) τὸ ἑξῆς οὕτως· τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον Ἑλένην προύπεμψεν εἰς τὸ δῶμα τὸ ἡμέτερον νύκτα ἐπιτηρήσας ἵνα μή τις ἰδὼν καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  The (sense with the straightforward) word order is as follows: ‘and Helen, the cause of many lamentations, he sent ahead to our house, waiting for nighttime so that no one, having seen—and so forth’.

APP. CRIT.:   ὑμέτερον app. p.c. Y   |    καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς om. Gr   


Or. 56.02 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἄλαισι⟩: πλάναις —M2VAaAb2Cr3MlPrRSXXaXbYYfGrZcZaZbZlZmT*

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr3, app. Ab2   |    πάναις Za, πλάνην Ml   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.17


Or. 56.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄλαισι⟩: πλάνῃ  —GOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ πλάνη δὲ Ox   |   


Or. 56.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄλαισι⟩: ἀπάταις  —F2

LEMMA: ἅλαισι in text F       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 56.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πλαγχθεὶς⟩: πλανηθεὶς  —M2VAaAbCrF2L2MlRSaXXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*OxB2

POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMlOx   |    πλανεῆς or πλανθῆς app. Ab   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.17


Or. 56.06 (rec gloss) ⟨πλαγχθεὶς⟩: †διαρρήσσον  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   If this is a phonetic error for διαρρήσσων, then ‘breaking open/apart’ is not a suitable gloss here. If the gloss is misplaced, the only verb denoting violence nearby is 59 εἰς πέτρων ἔλθῃ βολάς, where one would expect a gloss to be finite subjunctive, not a participle.   


Or. 56.07 (56–60) (rec wdord) word order α (προύπεμψεν), β (νύκτα), γ (τὴν δὲ δὴ), δ (ἡμέραν στείχουσαν), ε (ὧν), ϛ (παῖδες), ζ (ἰλίω), η (ἔλθοι)  —Pr


Or. 56.08 (rec wdord) word order α (τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον), β (προύπεμψεν), γ (φυλάξας), δ (μή τις), ε (εἰς πετρῶν), ϛ (ἰδὼν), ζ (μεθ’ ἡμέραν), η (ὧν), θ (παῖδες), ι (τεθνᾶσιν), ια (ὑφιλίῳ) —M2


Or. 56.09 (56–60) (rec wdord) word order α (φυλάξας), β (ἑλένην), γ (τὴν πολυστ.), δ (προύπεμψεν), ε (νύκτα), ϛ (εἰς δ. ἡμ.) ζ (μή), η (εἰσιδὼν), θ (τις), ι (στείχουσαν), ια (μεθ’ ἡμέραν), ιβ (ὧν), ιγ (παῖδες), ιδ (τεθνᾶσιν), ιε (ὑπ’ ἰλ.), ιϛ (ἔλθοι), ⟨ιζ (εἰς)⟩, ιη (πετρ.), ιθ (βολὰς)  —Ab

APP. CRIT.:   ιζ om. Ab   


Or. 56.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν πολλῶν στεναγμῶν αἰτίαν γενομένην  —M2V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γεν. om. V   


Or. 56.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν στεναγμῶν πολλῶν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   στεναγμῶν πολλῶν] στελλ() πολλοῖς Sa   


Or. 56.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν πολλῶν στεναγμῶν αἰτίαν —XXaXbT*YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   at end add. ἀξίαν T a.c., ἢ ἀξίαν T p.c., add. ἢ τὴν ἀξίαν Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.18–19

COLLATION NOTES:   T’s position for the cross indicates that he recognized the strong similarity to 56.13, even though he here adopted the Moschopulean word order.   


Or. 56.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν αἰτίαν πολλῶν στεναγμάτων, ἢ τὴν ἀξίαν  —ZZaZbZlZmGu(T)

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   Gu adds ἢ τὴν ἀξίαν to Gr’s gloss 56.12, leaving Gr’s word order πολ. στεν. αἰτίαν; cf. T at 56.12.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.19


Or. 56.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν αἰτίαν πολλοῦ στόνου  —B3d, app. F

POSITION: s.l. B3d, marg. F      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. F   |    στόνου πολλοῦ transp. F   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.18


Or. 56.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν αἰτίαν πολλῶν θρήνων —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 56.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν γεγονυῖαν πολλῶν στεναγμάτων αἰτίαν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 56.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: δι’ ἣν πολλοὶ ἐστέναξαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 56.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν πολλοὺς στεναγμοὺς ποιήσασαν  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 56.19 (rec gloss) ⟨πολύστονον⟩: πολυστένακτον  —Ab2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὴν prep. CrOx   


Or. 57.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἑλένην⟩: τὴν —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 57.02 (vet exeg) φυλάξας νύκτα:  1ἐδεδίει γὰρ ἡ Ἑλένη ἡμέρας ἐπιπολούσης εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ τῶν πατέρων, ὧν κατὰ Ἴλιον οἱ παῖδες ἔπεσον, ἀναιρεθῇ.  2αὕτη γὰρ τούτου αἰτία καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν.  3διὰ τοῦτο νυκτὸς ἐπικαταλαβούσης εἰσῄει μή †τινα ἔχουσα κατ’ ὄψιν†   —VRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   For Helen was afraid to enter the city when daylight approached (or prevailed?), lest she be slain by the fathers whose sons fell at Ilion. For this woman was to blame for this and for many other things. For this reason she entered after night overtook (day), lest †having someone in sight† …

POSITION: cont. from sch. 63.09 all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπτολούσης app. Rb, ἑπιπολοῦσα Sa   |    κατὰ τὴν ἴλ. Sa   |    ἔπεσον] ἔπλεον RbSSa   |    ἀναιρεῖν Rb, ἀναιρεθείη SSa   |    2 τούτου] τούτων RbSSa   |    ἑτέρων] τούτων SSa   |    3 καταβούσης Rb, λαβούσης Sa   |    e.g. μή τις εἴσω στείχουσαν κατ’ ὄψιν ἴδῃ or μή τινι εἴσω στείχουσα κατ’ ὄψιν ἐντύχῃ/ἀπαντήσῃ/φανῇ; μή τινι ἔλθῂ κατ’ ὄψιν Schw.   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 τιν’ ἔχουσα Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,18–21; Dind. II.51,10–13

COMMENT:   The active ἐπιπολέω is very rare (and late); LSJ Rev. Suppl. takes the meaning in Sch. Hes. Theog. 2 to be ‘go up to or upon’ (BDAG gives ‘climb’), but it is possible that the verb was used as an alternative form of ἐπιπολεύω, for which see LBG (‘an die Oberfläche treten, überfluten; beherrschen, regieren’).   


Or. 57.03 (recMosch gloss) ⟨φυλάξας⟩: ἐπιτηρήσας  —M2AaCrFKMlPrRRfSaOxXXaXbT*YYfGGrZcB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |   -τηρήσασα Sa   


Or. 57.04 (thom gloss) ⟨φυλάξας⟩: τηρήσας  —ZZaZbZbZlZm(T)

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 57.05 (rec gloss) ⟨φυλάξας⟩: σκοπήσας  —Ab2MlPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 57.06 (vet exeg) νύκτα μή τις εἰσιδών:  1οὐκ ὀρθῶς νῦν ποιοῦσί τινες τῶν ὑποκριτῶν πρῲ εἰσπορευομένην τὴν Ἑλένην καὶ τὰ λάφυρα.  2ῥητῶς γὰρ αὐτὴν φησὶ νυκτὸς ἀπεστάλθαι, τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὸ δρᾶμα ἡμέρᾳ συντελεῖται.   —MBVCPrRbRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Certain of the actors nowadays incorrectly have Helen entering early in the day, and the spoils too. (They are wrong to do so) because he (the poet, or she, the character) says explicitly that she was sent away (from the ship) at night, whereas the events of the play are carried out by day.

LEMMA: M(ἰδὼν)C, μή τις εἰσιδών BVPr, ἑλένην φυλάξας RbSSa, μή τι εἰσιδὼν Rw, 58 μεθ’ ἡμέραν στείχουσαν Rf      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbSa, ref. to 58 μεθ’ ἡμ. στ. Rf      POSITION: follows sch. 72.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 νῦν om. Pr   |    τινες] τὴν MC, αὐτὴν BVPrRw   |    πρῲ εἰσπορευομένην] Schw., πρὸ εἰσπορευομένην Rb, προ εἰσπορ. S, προεισπορ. MBVCRw, προπορ. Sa, προσεισπορ. PrRf   |    τὴν ἐλένην RbRfSSa, om. others   |    καὶ om. Sa   |    τὰ λάφυρα om. Rw (punct. before καὶ, i.e., καὶ ῥητῶς γὰρ)   |    λάφυρα] RbSSa, λαφ. προεισπορευόμενα MBVCPr, λάφυρα μεθ’ ἡμέραν Rf   |    2 ῥητῶς] RbRfRwSSa, ἀρρήτως BVPr, ἀρρήτω MC   |    φησὶ νυκτὸς ἀπ.] RbSSa, νυκτὸς ἀπ. φησὶ others   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ποιοῦσιν BVPr   |    2 ἀπεστᾶλθαι M   |    δράμα MVCPrRfS   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,14–17; Dind. II.50,21–24

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   actors   


Or. 57.07 (rec gloss) ⟨νύκτα⟩: νυκτὸς  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 57.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨νύκτα⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 57.09 (57–59) (pllgn exeg) ⟨μή τις εἰσιδών⟩:  1ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος ὅστις μέλλει ἰδεῖν ταύτην εἰς πετρῶν βολὰς ⟨ἔλθῃ⟩ ἤγουν λιθοβολήσῃ αὐτὴν.  2ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου δηλοῖ καὶ τοὺς πάντας.   —Yf

TRANSLATION:   That man, whoever is going to spot this woman, may come to casting of stones, that is, may stone her. From the single man she indicates all men.


Or. 57.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μή τις⟩: ἵνα  —KXXaXbTYYfGrZcCr3Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 57.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τις⟩: ἄν(θρωπ)ος  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 57.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἰσιδών⟩: περισσὴ ἡ εἰς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ εἰς om. Yf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   περιττὴ G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.20

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 57.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰσιδὼν⟩: θεασάμενος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 57.14 (thom gloss) ⟨εἰσιδὼν⟩: αὐτὴν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAa2Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 57.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰσιδὼν⟩: ταύτην  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 58.01 (pllgn gram) μεθ’ ἡμέραν: μεθ’ ἡμέραν Ἀττικῶς, καθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ εἰς ἡμέραν κοινῶς —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.24–25

COMMENT:   μεθ’ ἡμέραν is in fact common in all sorts of formal prose authors into the Byzantine period, even those not noted for Atticism (Atticism is sometimes just a term for ‘learned style’ or non-vernacular); the claim is taken from Suda μ 421 μεθ’ ἡμέραν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ· Ἀττικῶς. Ἀριστοφάνης Πλούτῳ· οἴμοι τάλας, ἀποδύομαι μεθ’ ἡμέραν. οὕτως Ἀττικῶς φασιν, οὐκ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ; see also Lex. Vindob. μ 2 (Guida/Nauck) μεθ’ ἡμέραν ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν. Μάξιμος; Sch. in Aeschin. 3.133 μεθ’ ἡμέραν μίαν] ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ; Sch. rec. Arist. Plut. 930 Chantry μεθ’ ἡμέραν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ. Ἀττικὸν δὲ τὸ σχῆμα· (μεθ’ ἡμέραν γάρ φασιν, οὐκ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ.); Sch. Demosth. 24.228a ‘μεθ’ ἡμέραν’ λέγει ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘ἐν ἡμέρᾳ’; Sch. Lucian. 19.27 τὰ μεθ’ ἡμέραν] τὰ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ.    

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross prefixed in Gu.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 58.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθ’⟩: κατὰ  —Aa2FPrSaGZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν add. Aa2Pr   


Or. 58.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεθ’⟩: εἰς  —ZuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ prep. Zu (for ἢ)   


Or. 58.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨στείχουσαν⟩: πορευομένην  —VXXaT+YYfGGrZcCrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 58.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στείχουσαν⟩: βαδίζουσαν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 58.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὧν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: ὧντινων οἱ παῖδες τεθνήκασιν εἰς Ἴλιον  —Ab2PrR

POSITION: s.l. Ab2Pr, marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   τεθν. εἰς ἴλ. om. Ab2   


Or. 58.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὧν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: ἀπ’ ἐκείνων ὧν οἱ παῖδες ἀπέθανον ὑπὸ τῷ Ἰλίῳ  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπ’ om. T   |    οἱ om. X   |    ὑπὸ] ἐν Y   


Or. 58.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὧν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: ἀφ’ ὧν παῖδες ἀπέθανον ἐν τῇ Ἰλίῳ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 58.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: ἀφ’ ὧν  —B3dZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 58.09a (rec gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: ὧντινων  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 58.09b (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: εἰς Ἴλιον  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 58.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: ἐν τῇ  —F2Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 58.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: παρόντες  —Z

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 58.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: καὶ τῇ Τροίᾳ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 58.13 (pllgn gram) ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ: ἡ ὑπὸ ὅταν σημαίνει τὴν ὑποκάτω κατὰ κοινοὺς γενικῇ, κατὰ δὲ Ἀττικοὺς δοτικῇ.  —Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.26–27

COMMENT:   Sch. Gu Hec. 764 (ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ) ὑπὸ μετὰ δοτικῆς κατὰ Ἀττικούς· κατὰ δὲ κοινοὺς γενικῇ καὶ αἰτιατικῇ; Sch. (Mosch.?) Hes. Erga 147quater, 13–14 ἡ δοτικὴ δὲ μετὰ τῆς ὑπὸ, τὴν ὑποταγὴν δηλοῖ καὶ ἧτταν Ἀττικῶς;Timaeus Lex. Platon. p. 1006a, 20–25 ὑπό. τὴν ὑπέρ πρόθεσιν τὴν ἐπάνω σχέσιν δηλοῦσαν πρὸς γενικὴν ἐκφέρουσιν Ἀττικοί, Ἕλληνες δὲ πρὸς αἰτιατικήν. ὡσαύτως καὶ τὴν ὑπό. Πλάτων ἐν τῇ τοῦ Σωκράτους Ἀπολογίᾳ [18b7–8]· ‘τά τε μετέωρα φροντιστὴς καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ γῆς πάντα ἀνεζητηκώς’. καὶ αὖθις ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ [19b5]· ‘ζητῶν τά τε ὑπὸ γῆς καὶ τὰ ἐπουράνια’.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   


Or. 59.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨παῖδες⟩: οἱ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   


Or. 59.02 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨τεθνᾶσιν⟩: ἀπέθανον  —VXXaXbYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmZuT*F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 59.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τεθνᾶσιν⟩: καὶ τεθνήκασιν —CrMlOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Ml   


Or. 59.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨εἰς πετρῶν ἔλθῃ βολάς⟩: ἤγουν λιθοβολήσῃ αὐτὴν  —VZZaZbZlZmTGu

LEMMA: πέτρῶν in text all except TGr(Gu)       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Gu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σει VZa   |   


Or. 59.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨εἰς πέτρων ἔλθῃ βολάς⟩: λιθοβολήσῃ  —XXaXbT*YYfGr

LEMMA: πέτρων in text all except πέτρον a.c. Y       POSITION: s.l., except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.1


Or. 59.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨πέτρων⟩: ἡ εὐθεῖα ὁ πέτρος.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  The nominative case is ‘ho petros’ (‘stone’; that is, not ‘hē petra’, ‘stone’).

LEMMA: πέτρων in text all except πετρῶν G, πέτρον a.c. Y       POSITION: s.l., except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.1


Or. 59.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πετρῶν⟩: λίθων  —F2

LEMMA: thus in text F       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 59.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλθῃ⟩: ὁ ἄνθρωπος  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 59.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλθῃ⟩: ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἄνθρωπος  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 59.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλθῃ⟩: μήπως  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 59.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄξει⟩: γρ. ἔλθῃ —Zcr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 59.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλθῃ⟩: ἄξῃ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 59.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βολάς⟩: λιθοβολίας  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 59.14 (thom gloss) ⟨βολάς⟩: ῥίψεις  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   For 59 Günther also reports for Zm a gloss παρουσίας, but it is not in Zm, so the siglum seems to be a typographic error.   |   


Or. 59.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βολάς⟩: τρώσεις  —ZuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ εἰς prep. CrOx   


Or. 60.01 (recThom gloss) ⟨προύπεμψεν⟩: προαπέστειλεν  —VZZaZbZlZmZuTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Z   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προαπέστ()λ() V   |    -λε Zu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.4


Or. 60.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨προύπεμψεν⟩: ἔμπροσθεν ἔπεμψεν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.3


Or. 60.03 (rec gloss) ⟨προύπεμψεν⟩: καὶ προέπεμψεν  —Ab2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 60.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δῶμα⟩: οἴκημα  —VGuCrF2OxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸ prep. CrOx, τὸ prep. F2   


Or. 60.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἡμέτερον⟩: τὸ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 60.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔστιν δ’ ἔσω⟩: ἤγουν ἡ Ἑλένη  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 60.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔσω⟩: τοῦ ἡμετέρου δώματος  —ZmZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡμετέρου om. Zm   


Or. 60.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔσω⟩: ἐντα[ῦθα]  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 60.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔσω⟩: καὶ ἔσωθεν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔσωμεν Ox   


Or. 61.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κλαίουσα⟩: θρηνοῦσα  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 61.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴν⟩: τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν  —VAaCrGMlPrRSaZZaZbZlTGuOx

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R, below line Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι prep. Sa, ἤγουν prep. AaCrMlOx   |    τὴν om. R   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κρυται- Ml   |   


Or. 61.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴν⟩: αὐτῆς  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 61.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴν⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 61.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨συμφοράν τε δωμάτων⟩: τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς δωματίοις ἀτυχίαν  —Pr

LEMMA: συμφοράν in text Pr       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 61.06 (thom exeg) ⟨συμφοράν⟩:  1συμφορὰ οὐ μόνον ἡ δυστυχία ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ συνέλευσις.  2ὡς ἔχει καὶ τὸ τοῦ Σοφοκλέους [Soph. El. 1230–1231] ‘κἀπὶ συμφορᾶ⟨ισί μοι⟩ / γεγηθὸς ἕρπει δάκρυον ὀμμάτων ἄπο’.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   ‘Sumphora’ is not only ‘misfortune’, but also ‘coming together’. As illustrated also by the Sophoclean passage ‘and at this coming together a joyful tear flows from my eyes’.

LEMMA: συμφοράν in text all except Gr(Gu)       REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlT      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἔχεις καὶ τοῦτο τοῦ Zb   |    κἀπεὶ συμφορὰ γεγηθὼς Zb   |    συμφοραῖσί μοι Soph. mss, συμφορᾶ ZmTGu, συμφορὰ Zb, συμφορᾶς ZZa [Zl lost to damage]   |    γεγηθὼς ZaZb, a.c. Z   |    ὀνομάτων ἄπο Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.5–7

COMMENT:   Andrea Cuomo has kindly informed me that Ven. Marc. gr. 470 (Mt of Sophocles) has as sch. El. 1230 συμφορὰ οὐ μόνον ἡ δυστυχία ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ συνέλευσις· ἁπλῶς λαμβάνεται ὡς κἀνταῦθα (since this is unmarked in Mt, it is assumed to be Thoman); also, in the same manuscript and one other the supralinear gloss συνελεύσεσι(ν) is found.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Sophocles   


Or. 61.07 (thom gloss) ⟨συμφοράν⟩: δυστυχίαν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

LEMMA: συμφοράς in text Gr(Gu)       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 61.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨συμφοράν⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 61.09 (thom gloss) ⟨δωμάτων⟩: ἐκείνης  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 61.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δωμάτων⟩: οἰκημάτων  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 61.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δωμάτων⟩: τῶν οἴκων —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 62.01 (62–66) (pllgn paraphr) ὁ Μενέλαος ἐξελθὼν ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης καὶ εἰς τὴν Ἴλιον ἀποπλεύσας, ἐπεὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτοῦ ἡ Ἑρμιόνη οὐχ εἶχε τὸν μέλλοντα ἀναθρέψαι ταύτην, ἐξερχόμενος παρέδωκεν αὐτὴν τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ. ἐλθοῦσα δὲ ἡ Ἑλένη εὗρε ταύτην ἤγουν τὴν θυγατέρα ταύτης τὴν Ἑρμιόνην ὡς παραμυθίαν.  —Yf2

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 62.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: ἡ Ἑλένη  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 62.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλγέων⟩: τῶν θλίψεων  —VAaCrGF2SaYf2Ox

LEMMA: ἀχέων in text F       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    τῶν om. AaSaG   


Or. 62.04 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀλγέων⟩: τῶν αὐτῆς θλίψεων  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   θλίψ. om. Za   


Or. 62.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παραψυχήν⟩: τὴν Ἑρμιόνην  —M3B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 62.06 (rec gloss) ⟨παραψυχήν⟩: παρηγορίαν  —VF2SaGuB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.8


Or. 62.07 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨παραψυχήν⟩: παραμυθίαν  —OVAaCrXXaXbYYfGGrZcZZbZlZmZuT*Ox

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.8


Or. 62.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨παραψυχήν⟩: ἀόριστον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   ἀόριστον indicates that so far the source of comfort is undefined, unspecified to the hearer; compare sch. 63.05 ἣν γὰρ, where Zu notes that the uncertainty is resolved by labeling it ὡρισμένον.   


Or. 63.01 (63–66) (mosch paraphr) ἣν γὰρ κατ’ οἴκους ἔλιπεν:  ἣν γὰρ ὁ Μενέλαος ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης ἀγαγὼν ἔλιπε κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους ὅτε ἔπλει εἰς Τροίαν καὶ τῇ ἐμῇ μητρὶ παρέδωκεν ἀνατρέφειν, τὴν παρθένον λέγω τὴν Ἑρμιόνην, ταύτῃ γέγηθε, καὶ ἐπιλήθεται τῶν κακῶν. —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (With simpler word order:) ‘For the one whom Menelaus brought from Sparta and left in the house when he sailed to Troy, and entrusted to my mother to raise, I mean the maiden Hermione, in this one she rejoices and forgets her troubles.’

LEMMA: G      


Or. 63.02 (63–65) (pllgn wdord) word order α (ἣν), β (παρθένον), γ (ἑρμιόνην), δ (ἀγαγὼν), ε (μενέλαος), ϛ (σπάρτης), ζ (παρέδωκε), η (τρέφειν), θ (ἐμῇ), ι (ἔλιφ’), ια (κατ’ οἴκους), ιβ (ὅτ’), (ιγ) ἔπλει, (ιδ) εἰς τροίαν  —Y2


Or. 63.03 (63–65) (pllgn wdord) word order α (ἣν), β (παρθένον), γ (ἑρμιόνην)  —B3a


Or. 63.04 (63–64) (rec wdord) word order α (παρθένον), β (ἣν γὰρ)  —M2


Or. 63.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἣν γὰρ⟩: ὡρισμένον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὠρισμένον Zu   |   

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 62.08.   


Or. 63.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἣν⟩: Ἑρμιόνην  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 63.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατ’ οἴκους⟩: εἰς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 63.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨οἶκον⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 63.09 (vet exeg) ἔλιφ’:  1τίς ἔλιπεν; 2δηλονότι ὁ Μενέλαος, ὅνπερ ἑξῆς ἐπάγει.  —MCVRbRwSSaaSab

TRANSLATION:   Who left her? Clearly, Menelaus, whom he (the poet, or she, the speaker) mentions subsequently.

LEMMA: Rb, ἔλιφ’ ὅτ’ ἐς Τροίαν VRwSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: intermarg. C; Saain scholia block, Sab s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς ἔλιπεν om. all except MC   |    2 ὁ Μενέλαος δηλονότι transp. VRbSSaa   |    ὅνπερ κτλ om. Sab   |    ὅνπερ] Dindorf, ὅπερ MCRwSaa, ὧπερ VRbS   |    τὸ ἑξῆς M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,22; Dind. II.51.9–10


Or. 63.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλιφ’⟩: Μενέλαος  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 63.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔλιφ’⟩: κατέλειψεν  —VV3ZZaZbZlTGuY2Yf2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    κατέλιψα V, corr. by V3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ψε V3Zl   |   


Or. 63.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔλιφ’⟩: κατέλιπε  —ZmGuAa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν F2   |   


Or. 63.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλιφ’⟩: ἀφῆκεν  —PrGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ε Gu   |   


Or. 63.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅτ’⟩: ἡ Ἑλένη  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 63.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅτ’⟩: ἡνίκα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 63.16 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἐς Τροίαν⟩: εἰς τὴν  —Aa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 63.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔπλει⟩: ἀπέπλει  —XXsXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 63.18 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔπλει⟩: ἔπλεε  —ZZaZbZlZmGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἔπλεεν CrOx   


Or. 63.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔπλει⟩: ἔπλευσε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 64.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρθένον⟩: τὴν θυγατέρα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 64.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμῇ τε μητρὶ⟩: τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ  —VGuZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 64.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐμῇ⟩: τῇ  —Aa2AbF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 64.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρέδωκε⟩: ἐπαφῆκε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 64.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨τρέφειν⟩: ἀνατρέφειν  —XXaXbYYfGGrZcZl, app. F2

POSITION: s.l., except marg. F2      


Or. 64.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τρέφειν⟩: ὥστε  —Aa2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ταύτην add. Zu   


Or. 65.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩:  —Aa2F2ZcOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 65.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγαγὼν⟩: ἄξας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 65.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγαγὼν⟩: καὶ φέρων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.; above 64 ἐμῇ τε CrOx (repeated in the correct place Ox)      


Or. 65.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνην⟩:  1ἡ Ἑρμιόνη θυγάτηρ ἦν τοῦ Μενελάου καὶ τῆς Ἑλένης.  2ἡ δὲ Ἑλένη εἶχεν ἀδελφὴν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν.  3ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι ὁ μὲν Μενέλαος βασιλεὺς ἦν Σπάρτης τῆς Λακεδαίμονος, ὁ δὲ Ἀγαμέμνων κατά τινας μὲν Ἄργους, κατά τινας δὲ Μυκήνης.   —RbSSa

TRANSLATION:  Hermione was the daughter of Menelaus and Helen. Helen had Clytemnestra as a sister. One should know that Menelaus was king of Sparta (a city) of Lacedaemon, whereas Agamemnon (was king) of Argos according to some, but of Mycene according to others.

REF. SYMBOL: Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἣν add. before εἶχεν S   |    3 δὲ om. Sa   |    τῆς (after σπάρτης)] καὶ SSa   |    λακεδαιμονίας Sa   |    κατά … ἄργους om. S   


Or. 65.05 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἑρμιόνην⟩: ταύτην  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 65.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἑρμιόνην⟩: τὴν  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 65.07 (rec gloss) ⟨Σπάρτης ἄπο⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς Λακεδαιμονίας  —MlSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Ml   |    τὴν om. Ml   


Or. 65.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Σπάρτης⟩: καὶ τῆς Λακεδαιμονίας —CrOxB3d

POSITION: s.l.; above 64 παρέδωκε τρέφειν CrOx      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῆς] πόλ(ις) B3d   


Or. 65.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Σπάρτης⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 65.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἀναστροφή —GZu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe   


Or. 66.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ταύτῃ⟩: τῇ Ἑρμιόνῃ —KSaGZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. K   


Or. 66.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨ταύτῃ⟩: ἐπὶ  —XXaXbYYfGGrZcAaL2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. L2   |    ταύτῃ add. Yf   


Or. 66.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταύτῃ⟩: ἐν  —F2CrZu

POSITION: s.l.; above 65 μενέλαος Cr      


Or. 66.04 (rec gloss) ⟨γέγηθε⟩: Ἑλένη  —OV3Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   prep. ἡ Zu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλένη V3   |   


Or. 66.05 (rec gloss) ⟨γέγηθε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἑλένη γέγηθε  —C

POSITION: intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτ(ῆ) τῆ ἑλέν() C   


Or. 66.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨γέγηθε⟩: χαίρει  —VCrF2RXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcZlZmOx

POSITION: s.l.; above 65 ἀγαγὼν Cr (partly erased), repeated in correct position      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross omitted by Ta.   |   


Or. 66.07 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀπιλήθεται⟩: καὶ ἐπιλανθάνεται —VCrF2OxYf2Zl

POSITION: s.l.; above 65 σπάρτης ἄπο CrOx      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Yf2Zl   


Or. 66.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀπιλήθεται⟩: ἐπιλησμοσύνην λαμβάνει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 66.09 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀπιλήθεται⟩: καὶ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 66.10 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπιλήθεται⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 66.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: τῶν δυστυχιῶν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. Zc   


Or. 66.12 (thom gloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: τῶν αὐτῆς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 66.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: τῶν ἰδίων  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 66.14 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: τῶν  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 67.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βλέπω⟩: ὁρῶ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 67.02 (rec gloss) ⟨πᾶσαν εἴσοδον⟩: τὰς εἰσόδους  —AaPr

POSITION: s.l.; above βλέπω in both      


Or. 67.03 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴσοδον⟩: εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 67.04 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴσοδον⟩: δίοδον  —VGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.14


Or. 67.05 (recThom gloss) ⟨εἴσοδον⟩: ὁδόν  —RZZaZbZlZmTGuG

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.14

COLLATION NOTES:   This note omitted in Ta.   |   


Or. 67.06 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴσοδον⟩: διέλευσιν  —VGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.14


Or. 67.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἴσοδον⟩: τὴν διέλευσιν τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 67.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴσοδον⟩: καὶ ἔλευσιν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l., above 66 κἀπιλήθεται CrOx, repeated in correct place Ox      


Or. 67.09 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴσοδον⟩: θύραν  —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   θέαν Sa   


Or. 67.09a (rec gloss) ⟨εἴσοδον⟩: δηλονότι τὰς θύρας  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 67.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴσοδον⟩: ναὸν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 67.11 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨εἴσοδον⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 67.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὄψομαι⟩: θεάσομαι  —AaF2PrZl, app. Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Mostly washed out in Ab.   |   


Or. 67.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄψομαι⟩: θεάσω —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The active of this verb is a Byzantine usage.   


Or. 67.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄψομαι⟩: καὶ ἴδω  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.; a second instance above 66 κακῶν Cr (partly erased)      


Or. 68.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Μενέλαον⟩: τὸν  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 68.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκονθ’⟩: ἐρχόμενον  —CrF2OxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.16–17


Or. 68.03 (68–70) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς τά γ’ ἄλλ’⟩:  κατὰ τὰ ἄλλα γὰρ ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς ῥώμης κρεμμάμεθα, ἤγουν οὐδεὶς ἕτερός ἐστιν ὁ βοηθήσων ἡμᾶς ἐὰν μὴ παρὰ τοῦ Μενελάου σωθῶμεν. —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   κρεμμα‑ with double mu is an attested Byzantine spelling, mostly in the participle, but also, e.g., in κρεμμᾶται, κρέμμανται, κρεμμάνυσιν; see also 68.11, 69.06.   


Or. 68.04 (68–69) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς τά γ’ ἄλλ’⟩: ὡς τὰ πολλὰ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀσθενοῦς ῥώμης ἤγουν ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς μέρους τυγχάνομεν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 68.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς τά γ’ ἄλλ’⟩: ὅτι κατά γε τὰ ἄλλα  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X; ὅτι as sep. gloss T      


Or. 68.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι  —AaAbMlPrRSaXZZaZbZlZmTGZc2Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 68.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ἡμεῖς  —AaAbMlPrR

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁμοῦ (or ἡμοῦ?) R   


Or. 68.08 (rec gloss) ⟨τά γ’ ἄλλ’⟩: κατὰ  —GKL2ZcZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ ἄλλα add. KZc   


Or. 68.08a (rec gloss) ⟨τά γ’ ἄλλ’⟩: εἰς τὰ  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν Ml   


Or. 68.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τά γ’ ἄλλ’⟩: τὸ λοιπὰ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 68.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς δυνάμεως φερόμεθα  —BCV3

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘we are borne along (relying) upon a weak power’.

POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. CV3      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V3   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.15

COLLATION NOTES:   V3 by adding ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς δυνάμεως above 69.05 gloss φερόμεθα, written earlier by V3.   |   


Or. 68.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀσθενοῦς⟩: ἀδυνάτου ῥώμης κρεμμάμεθα  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Separately Yf2 has the latter two words also as glosses 69.01, 69.06.   |   


Or. 68.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀσθενοῦς⟩: ἀδυνάτου  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 68.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀσθενοῦς⟩: καὶ ἀνωφελοῦς  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 69.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ῥώμης⟩: δυνάμεως  —AaAb2MlRZuYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 69.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ῥώμης⟩: ἰσχύος  —F2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 69.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ῥώμης⟩: καὶ ἐλπίδος  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 69.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀχούμεθα⟩: θαρροῦμεν  —AaAbMlRRf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   θαροῦμεν Aa   


Or. 69.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὀχούμεθα⟩: φερόμεθα  —OV3CrFPrSaXXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*Ox

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    φερούμεθα Zu, φερόμεσθα Y   


Or. 69.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀχούμεθα⟩: κρεμμάμεθα  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 69.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀχούμεθα⟩: καβαλλικεύομεν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This Byzantine vernacular verb is used to gloss ὀχέω in a few other scholia recentiora (on Aristophanes, Homer, Oppian).   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 69.08 (rec gram) ⟨ἤν τι μὴ⟩: συκίνη ἐπικουρία  —K

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   For this proverb for weak and ineffectual assistance, see e.g. Libanius, epist. 228.3, Suda σ 1324 s.v. σύκινον (…καὶ ἑτέρα παροιμία· συκίνη ἐπικουρία, ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνωφελῶν.   


Or. 69.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἤν⟩: ἐάν  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 69.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τι⟩: ἐπ’ ὀλίγον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 69.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨κείνου πάρα⟩: παρὰ τοῦ Μενελάου, ἐὰν μὴ παρ’ ἐκείνου  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 69.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κείνου πάρα⟩: ὡς ἂν παρ’ ἐκείνου τοῦ Μενελάου  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 69.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κείνου πάρα⟩: παρ’ ἐκείνου  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 69.14 (rec gloss) ⟨κείνου⟩: τοῦ Μενελάου  —AaAb2MlRSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι prep. Sa   |    τοῦ om. Ml   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλενα (sic) Ml   |   


Or. 69.15 (rec gram) ⟨κείνου⟩:  ἀφαίρεσις τῶν Ἰώνων· συγκοπὴ τῶν Αἰόλων· ἀποκοπὴ τῶν Ἀττικῶν,  —V1

TRANSLATION:   Aphaeresis (is typical) of the Ionians, syncope of the Aeolians, apocope of the Attics.

POSITION: added by V1 after block of V-scholia on 24v (preceding play)      

COMMENT:   Cf. Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.186: κείνοις· Ἰωνικὴ ἀφαίρεσις. ἡ ἀφαίρεσις τῶν Ἰώνων, ἡ συγκοπὴ τῶν Αἰολέων, ἡ ἀποκοπὴ τῶν Ἀττικῶν. Hence, I attribute the note to κείνου here, the first instance in the play of such aphaeresis.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   |   aphaeresis   |   apocope   |   syncope   


Or. 70.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σωθῶμεν⟩: ζήσωμεν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 70.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄπορον χρῆμα δυστυχῶν δόμος⟩: ἄπορον χρῆμα ὑπάρχει ὁ δόμος τῶν δυστυχῶν, ἤγουν τοὺς δυστυχοῦντας οὐδείς ἐστιν ὁ βοηθῶν αὐτούς.  —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἄπορον … δυστυχῶν om. Y2   |    αὐτούς erased in Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.19–20


Or. 70.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἄπορον χρῆμα δυστυχῶν δόμος⟩: ἤγουν οἱ δυστυχοῦντες ἀποροῦσιν ὅτι καὶ δράσουσι.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., except T      

APP. CRIT.:   δράσωσι ZZa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δράσουσιν TZl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.21


Or. 70.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄπορον⟩: καὶ ἀπαραμύθητον —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 70.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄπορον χρῆμα⟩: ἀμήχανον εἰς σωτηρίαν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 70.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄπορον⟩: ἀδύνατον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 70.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄπορον⟩: κακὸν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 70.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄπορον⟩: γὰρ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 70.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρῆμα⟩: ὑπάρχει  —GGuYf2Zu

POSITION: s.l.; over δόμος G      


Or. 70.10 (rec gloss) ⟨χρῆμα⟩: πρᾶγμα  —CrMlF2OxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸ prep. CrOx   


Or. 70.11 (rec gloss) ⟨δυστυχῶν⟩: ἀνθρώπων  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 70.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυστυχῶν⟩: δυστυχούντων —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 70.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨δυστυχῶν⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 70.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόμος⟩: ὁ οἶκος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 70.15 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 71.01 (vet exeg) ὦ παῖ Κλυταιμνήστρας:  1τοῦ προσήκοντος ἤθους ἐξέπεσεν ὁ Εὐριπίδης.  2νῦν γὰρ πρῶτον ἀλλήλας βλέπουσι καὶ ἀήθως πάνυ οὔτε ἀσπάζονται ἀλλήλας οὔτε προσφωνοῦσι.  3καὶ ἡ μὲν Ἑλένη ἔξεισιν ἔχουσα χοὰς καὶ τὸν βόστρυχον ἀποτετμημένον,  4ἅμα δὲ δυσωπεῖ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν καὶ λυπεῖ ὑπομιμνήσκουσα τοῦ ὀνόματος Κλυταιμνήστρας καὶ προτάσσουσα. ||  5ἀ⟨να⟩κολούθως δὲ καὶ τὸ διὰ μέσου.  6τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος χρόνου παρθένε, Ἠλέκτρα, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ πολυχρόνιε παρθένε.   —MBVCPrRbRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Euripides has failed to express the fitting character. For they (Electra and Helen) now see each other for the first time, and in a manner entirely lacking character they neither embrace each other nor greet each other with affection. And Helen comes out with libations and her cut-off lock of hair, and at the same time she annoys Electra and causes her pain by recalling the name of Clytemnestra and by placing it first (in her speech). (?)In addition, the phrase in between is added without proper concord/with change of construction. The word order is: ‘maiden for a long length of time, Electra’, equivalent to ‘o maiden of long standing’.

LEMMA: MBVCRfRw, ὦ παῖ RbSSa, ὦ κλυταιμνήστρα Pr      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbRfSa      POSITION: after sch. 80.06 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ] τούτω Rb, p.c. S, τοῦτω a.c. S, τοῦτο Sa   |    1 προσηκόντως RbSa, προσηκόντος S   |    ὁ εὐρ. om. Rw, ὁ om. VRf   |    2 γὰρ] δὲ C   |    πρώτως MVCPrRfRw   |    first ἀλλήλας] ἀλλήλους RbS   |    βλέπουσι BVPrRwSa, ἀποβλέπουσιν M, βλέπουσαι Rb, βλεπούσας Rf, βλέπουσα S   |    καὶ ἀήθως πάνυ om. Rf   |    εὐήθους V, ἀείθους Rb, ἀληθῶς Sa, ἄνθως S   |    second ἀλλήλας om. Rf   |    3 καὶ ἡ μὲν … ἀποτετμημένον] transp. here Schw. (citing Rf, in which 4–5 are omitted), om. VSSa, transp. after 5 διὰ μέσου (with initial καὶ om.) MBCPrRbRw   |    3 ἔξεισιν om. Rw   |    τετμημένον Rf   |    4 ἅμα] ἄλλως Rf   |    δὲ om. Sa   |    λυπεῖ om. VSa   |    ὑπομιμνήσκουσα] διυπομ. V, ὑπομιμνήσκουσαν αὐτὴν Rf   |    τῶν ὀνομάτων τῆς κλυτ. Sa   |    4–5 καὶ προτάσσουσα … μέσου om. Rf   |    4 προστάσσουσα BVSRw, προστάττουσα Rb   |    5–6 ἀ⟨να⟩κολούθως κτλ om. VSSa; punct. as sep. sch. Rb with lemma μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος and sep. ref.   |    5 ἀ⟨να⟩κολούθως suppl. Schw.   |    τὸ διὰ] Schw.; τόδε διὰ MBPrRw, τὸ δέ διὰ C, τὸ γνω(μικὸν), διὰ Rb   |    6 παρθένε μακρὸν μῆκος χρόνου transp. Rf (om. δὴ)   |    παρθένε ἠλέκτρα χρόνου transp. MC   |    first παρθένε] παρθένου Rb   |    ἠλέκτρα κτλ om. RfRw (continuing with sch. 72.01)   |    τοῦ om. C   |    πολυχρονία Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 προσφωνοῦσιν PrSSa, ‑ῶσιν Rb   |    3 τὸν] τὸ Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,23–104,6; Dind. II.52,3–10

COMMENT:  It is likely that ἀήθως (2) derives its precise meaning here from the preceding τοῦ προσήκοντος ἤθους. That is, the complaint is not that there is no expression of character in the words and accompanying stage-action, but that the critic does not find the rhetorical ἦθος embodied in the speeches the two women address to each other to be optimal in rhetorical terms. I plan to discuss elsewhere instances in the Euripides scholia where speeches are criticized rhetorically almost in abstraction from the dramatic purposes of the author.    |    ἀποβλέπουσι (2) in M with plain accusative is very rare (with the sense ‘look to as a model, admire’), whereas βλέπω is common either with a plain acc. or with εἰς/πρὸς.   |    On 5: the sense is very doubtful and Schwartz’s solution to the corruption may not be right. In scholia one expects ἀκόλουθος/ἀνακόλουθος to refer to presence or lack of grammatical concord, or a change of construction, or analogical vs. anomalous inflection. The adverb is unlikely to mean here (without the emendation) ‘in accordance with the preceding manner’ (scil. of alleged impoliteness), but with the emendation it is not clear what is to be viewed as irregular. Likewise, the transmitted τόδε διὰ μέσου could be a corruption of τὸ ὅδε διὰ μέσου and this could be a misplaced remnant of a note on 74 (the Thoman sch. 74.13 makes just this claim about ὅδε). Another possibility is suggested by sch. 72.12, which appears to treat the whole of a line διὰ μέσου; but if that is intended, ἀνακολούθως would still be an odd usage.   

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 71.02 (pllgn exeg) 1θέλουσα ἵνα λυπήσῃ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν ἡ Ἑλένη ὑπομιμνήσκει αὐτὴν τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς πρότερον ὀνόματος.  2ἀήθως δὲ πάνυ πρὸς ἀλλήλας βλέπουσι καὶ οὔτε ἀσπάζονται ἀλλήλας οὔτε προσφωνοῦσιν.  3ὀνειδίζουσα αὐτοὺς λέγει ὡς μητροφονοῦντας.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Wanting to pain Electra, Helen reminds her of her mother’s name earlier (than that of her father?). And in a manner entirely lacking character, they look at each other without either embracing each other or greeting each other with affection. She (Helen) speaks reproaching them (Orestes and Electra) as being matricides.

APP. CRIT.:   3 αὐτοὺς Y2, αὐτὴν Yf2   |    μητροφόντας Yf2, a.c. Y2   |   


Or. 71.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨p⟩: ἐξιοῦσα τῶν δωμάτων ἡ Ἑλένη κατέχει χοὰς καὶ βόστρυχον τῶν οἰκείων τριχῶν ἀποτετμημένον.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   Exiting from the house, Helen carries libations and a lock cut off from her own hair.

POSITION: twice in Gu, once s.l. G, once marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   δομάτων Gus   |    ἀποτετμημένων Gumarg   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.52.13–14


Or. 71.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παῖ⟩: θύγατερ  —Aa2F2G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 71.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Κλυταιμνήστρας⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 71.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τε⟩: καὶ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 71.07 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀγαμέμνονος⟩: καὶ τοῦ  —PrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 71.08 (tri metr) ⟨κἀγαμέμνονος⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 72.01 (vet exeg) ἄλλως· παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος:  1ὅ ἐστι· πολλῷ χρόνῳ παρθενευομένη.  2τοῦτο δὲ ὑβρίζουσα αὐτήν φησιν ὡς αἰτίαν ἐχούσης καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μὴ γαμουμένης.  3καὶ διὰ τούτου παρεμφαίνει ὅτι εὐμοιρίας νομίζει τέλος τὸν γάμον.   —MBVCCrPrRfRwOx

TRANSLATION:   (Explained) in another way: ‘maiden for a long time’: which means ‘living as a maiden for much time’. She (Helen) says this by way of insulting her (Electra), as if she is to blame and for this reason unmarried. And through this phrase she (or he, the poet) subtly suggests that she (he) considers marriage to be the ultimate end of a good portion in life.

LEMMA: MC (ἄλλως in marg. C), παρθένε μακρὸν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: cont. from 71.03 BPrRfRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅ ἐστι] ἤτοι B, εἴτουν Pr, ἥ ἐστι Rf; ἐστὶ Ox   |    πολὺν χρόνον VPr   |    παρθενεύουσα V   |    2 δὲ καὶ ὑβρ. BVPrRw   |    αὐτὴν om. V   |    ἐχούσης] MC, ἐχούσῃ VCrRwOx, ἔχουσαν BPr, ἔχουσα Rf   |    γαμουμένης] Schw., γαμουμένη VCCrRwOx, γαμουμένην MBPrRf   |    3 καὶ διὰ κτλ om. VRf   |    καὶ διὰ … παρεμφαίνει] παρεμφαίνει δὲ διὰ τούτου BPr(om. δὲ), ἔμπροσθεν οὖν παρεμφαίνει Rw   |    τούτου] τοῦτο M   |    τὸ τέλος CrRwOx   |    τῶν γάμων s.l. Rw, τοῦ γάμου CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,7–10; Dind. II.52.10–13, 15–17

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of   


Or. 72.02 (rec exeg) ὦ πολλῷ χρόνῳ παρθένε. τοῦτο ὑβρίζουσα φησί.  —O


Or. 72.03 (rec paraphr) ὦ πολύχρονον Ἠλέκτρα χρόνον παρθενεύουσα —Ra

APP. CRIT.:   Only parts of the bottom of most letters survive (trimmed upper margin), so the reading is not certain.   |   


Or. 72.04 (rec paraphr) ὦ πολυχρόνιε Ἠλέκτρα μακρὸν χρόνον παρθένος οὖσα  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.; over 71 Ab      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πολυχρόϊε Ab   


Or. 72.05 (rec paraphr) ὦ πολυχρόνιε Ἠλέκτρα εἰς μακρὸν χρόνον οὖσα παρθένος  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.06 (pllgn paraphr) πολυχρόνιε, ἡ πολλῶν χρόνων παρθενευομένη  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.07 (pllgn paraphr) ἥτις ἦσθα παρθένος ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον· διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐκλήθης πολὺν χρόνον οὖσα παρθένος.  —Lb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.62,18–19


Or. 72.08 (rec exeg) ⟨παρθένε⟩: τὸ παρθένον ὀνειδιστικῶς, δι’ ἣν εἶχεν ἀσθενείαν γυναικείαν πολυχρόνιον.  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   γυναικεῖαν Sa   |   


Or. 72.09 (rec gloss) ⟨παρθένε⟩: ὦ πολυχρόνιε Ἠλέκτρα  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρθένε⟩: λέγω  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.11 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨παρθένε⟩:  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος⟩: ἔστιν δηλονότι, ἐξ ὅτου οὐκ εἶδα ὑμᾶς. παρασιώπησις.  —Lp

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.52,17

KEYWORDS:  παρασιώπησις   


Or. 72.13 (rec gloss) ⟨μακρὸν⟩: εἰς  —KRGuZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.14 (mosch gloss) ⟨μακρὸν⟩: ἐπὶ  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ crossed out, τὸ written beneath it, p.c. Yf   


Or. 72.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μακρὸν⟩: κατὰ τὸ  —V3ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. Zu, uncertain scribble in B3a   


Or. 72.16 (thom gloss) ⟨μακρὸν⟩: πολὺ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuCrF2GOx

POSITION: s.l.; repeated by CrOx above 74 ὀρέστης μητρὸ      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    πολὺν Z   |   


Or. 72.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μακρὸν⟩: ἐπιπολὺ  —B2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μακρὸν⟩: σκωπτικὸν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.19 (rec gloss) ⟨δὴ⟩: ἤδη  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μῆκος⟩: διάστημα  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μῆκος⟩: παράτασιν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μῆκος⟩: οὖσα παρθένος —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.23 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: Ἠλέκτρα πρώην μὲν ἐκαλεῖτο Ἰφιάνασσα, διὰ δὲ τὸ παρελθεῖν τὸν δωδεκαετῆ χρόνον καὶ μὴ λαβεῖν πόσιν ἐκαλέσθη Ἠλέκτρα, ἀπὸ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ λέκτρον· ἡ τοῦ λέκτρου στερηθεῖσα.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:  Electra was earlier called Iphianassa, but because she had passed the twelve-year period and not taken a husband, she was given the name Electra, from the alpha-privative particle and ‘lektron’ (‘bed’), (thus) the one who has been deprived of the (marriage-)bed.

POSITION: between sch. 54.01 and sch. 57.06 in Pr      

COMMENT:   Cf. Eust. in Il. 9.145 (II.684, 4–9) Ὅρα δὲ ὅτι ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἐνταῦθα οὐ κεῖται, ἀλλά φασί τινες τὴν Λαοδίκην ταύτην εἶναι, Ἠλέκτραν ἐπικληθεῖσαν ἢ κατὰ τρόπον διωνυμίας ἢ διὰ τὸ κατ’ ὄψιν ἠλεκτρῶδες καὶ χρυσοειδὲς ἢ κατὰ λόγον τινὰ σκώμματος διὰ τὸ πολὺν χρόνον ἄλεκτρον μεῖναι χόλῳ Κλυταιμνήστρας, ὃ δὴ ἐμφαίνεται καὶ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ἐν τῷ ‘παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’; Et. Magn. s.v. Ἠλέκτρα: Ἡ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ Λαοδίκη, διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον τῆς παρθενίας, οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις, ὡς Εὐριπίδης [quoting Or. 72].   |    ‘Passed the twelve-year period’ apparently means ‘had reached puberty’, unless the commentator has somehow calculated that Electra has been unmarried for twelve years since puberty (but how would he have arrived at that number?).   |    Cf. also sch. 22.02, 22.03.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 72.24 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ λέκτρον ἡ κοίτη  —Sa

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   λέκτρα Sa   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 72.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: ἐτυμολογ()· μακρὸν χρόνον  —F

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐτυμολογεῖται or ἐτυμολογεῖ (or ἐτυμολογία?)   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 72.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: οἱονεὶ ἄλεκτρός τις οὖσα, ἡ μὴ σχοῦσα λέκτρα  —Y2

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄλεκτρος τίς Y2   |   


Or. 72.27 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.28 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨χρόνου⟩: τοῦ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 73.01 (vet exeg) πῶς ὦ τάλαινα:  1διὰ τούτου ὠνείδισεν αὐτὴν ὡς μητροφόνου ἀδελφήν.  2οἱ δὲ τοῖς ἐναγέσι προσφθεγγόμενοι καὶ αὐτοὶ δοκοῦσι μιαίνεσθαι, ὡς καὶ ἐν Ἡρακλεῖ [Eur. Her. 1219] καὶ Ἰξίονι [Eur. fr. 427] δέδεικται.   —VRw, partial RbSSa

TRANSLATION:   With this phrase she (Helen) reproached her (Electra) as being sister of a matricide. And those who speak to polluted persons seem even themselves to be defiled, as has been shown also in (commentaries on?) Heracles and Ixion.

LEMMA: V, 75 προσφθέγμασιν Rb(προσφθέγγουσι)SSa      REF. SYMBOL: V, Rb(app. at 75), Sa (no corresponding mark at text)      POSITION: follows sch. 57.02 in Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ .. ἀδελφήν om. RbSSa   |    διὰ τούτου] Schw., διὰ τοῦτο VRw   |    ὡς (tacitly) Dind., ὦ VRw   |    μητροφόνοι ἀδελφοί Rw   |    2 ἐνάγουσι Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,11–13; Dind. II.52,20–22

COMMENT:   Presumably a note of some antiquity, since it refers to the lost Ixion and the non-select play Heracles, or possibly to commentaries on them.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer   |   Euripides, Heracles   |   Euripides, Ixion   


Or. 73.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πῶς⟩: λείπει τὸ εἰπέ —AbPrRSa

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R; above 75 προσφθ. Ab, above 75 οὐ μιαίνομαι Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. AbPrSa   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 73.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πῶς⟩: κατὰ τίνα τρόπον  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 73.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλαινα⟩: ἔχετε δηλονότι  —XXaXbYYfGrFGB3d

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X; over σύ τε G      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλονότι om. GB3d, δῆλον F   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.52.22


Or. 73.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἔχεις  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 73.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ὑπάρχετε  —ZuGu

POSITION: s.l.; over πῶς Zu      


Or. 73.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἔφυ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 73.07a (rec gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἔτυχε  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 73.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἀθλία  —OxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὦ prep. Ox   


Or. 73.09 (rec gram) ⟨σύ τε κασίγνητός τε⟩: σχῆμα συνεκδοχικὸν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This term refers elsewhere to real or apparent transitions from singular to plural or from plural to singular; thus here it refers to the plural subject followed by the singular verb in 74.   

KEYWORDS:  synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν   


Or. 73.10 (rec gram) ⟨σύ τε κασίγνητός τε⟩: (?)σχῆ]μα(?) ἐπίζευξις  —K

COMMENT:   As with the previous, this explains the plural subject with singular verb in next line. Epizeuxis has various senses. It can refer to a type of anadiplosis or epanaphora or other repetition (ps.-Hdn. de figuris 48 Hadjú; Phoebammon (Rhet.Gr. III Spengel), de figuris 1.3,7 and 2.4,49 and 73; Sch. A Hom. Il. 1.364b1, etc.; or to ἀπὸ κοινοῦ or zeugma (for the latter Photius epist. 166, 147; Joannes Rhet., Commentarium in Hermogenis librum περὶ ἰδεῶν, Rhet.Gr. VI.80, 16–17 Walz: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, ὃ ζεῦγμα καλοῦσιν ἢ ἐπίζευξιν); cf. also (of a singular noun and multiple appositives) Sch. Aeschin. 3.105 αἰσχύνη] τοῦτό φησιν Ἀψίνης ἐπίζευξιν εἶναι, ἐπειδὴ ἑνικῷ ὀνόματι πολλὰ ἐπιφέρει ὀνόματα. εἰπὼν γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ ψήφισμα ἐπήγαγεν· αἰσχύνη, ἔλεγχος, κατηγορία. GLRBP gives a sense ‘concord, in grammar’ with one citation. On zeugma as applying both to uncomplicated coordination or to complicated coordination (with some syntactic or semantic slippage), see Lausberg §§692–708.   

KEYWORDS:  synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν   


Or. 73.11 (thom gloss) ⟨κασίγνητός⟩: αὐτάδελφος  —ZZaZbZlGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ prep. F2Gu   


Or. 73.12 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨κασίγνητός⟩: ἀδελφὸς  —AaCrOxT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὁ prep. CrOx   


Or. 73.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨σός⟩:  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 74.01 (thom gloss) ⟨τλήμων⟩: δυστυχὴς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 74.02 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τλήμων⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 74.03 (rec gloss) ⟨Ὀρέστης⟩: ἔχετε δηλονότι  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 74.04 (rec artGloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: τῆς  —F2Ml

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μητρὸς add. Ml   


Or. 74.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: δεικτικὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς   


Or. 74.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: οὗτος  —MlZZaZbZlZmTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 74.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ἐκεῖνος  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 74.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ὅστις  —V3AaCrFRfZuGuB3aOx

POSITION: s.l.; Gu over φονεὺς, AaCrOx over ὀρέστης      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 74.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ὃς  —XXa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 74.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ὅστις ἢ ἀναφορικὸν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἴ τις Sa   


Or. 74.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ὅ δεικ[τικὸν] ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅ[στις]  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 74.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧδε⟩: καὶ οὕτως —Ab

LEMMA: ὧδε in text Ab       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 74.13 (thom exeg) ἔφυ:  1δέον ἔφυτε εἰπεῖν ἐπειδὴ ἀμφότεροι τὸν φόνον εἰργάσαντο, ἡ μὲν βουλευσαμένη, ὁ δὲ πράξας, ὁ δὲ εἰπὼν σύ τε κασίγνητός τε σὸς πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ἀπέδωκε,  2διὰ μὲν τοῦ συμπαραλαβεῖν ἀμφοτέρους δεικνύων βουλευσαμένους τὸν φόνον, διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἔφυ μόνον τὸν Ὀρέστην εἰργασμένον.  3ἢ οὕτω· δέον εἰπεῖν πῶς ἔχετε, ὦ τάλαινα, σύ τε κασίγνητός τε σὸς τλήμων Ὀρέστης,  4ὁ δὲ τὴν ὁρμὴν τῆς προτάσεως, οἷον τὸ ἔχετε, ἐάσας, ἐπειδὴ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐφόνευσε τὴν μητέρα, πρὸς τοῦτον τὴν ἀπόδοσιν ἐποιήσατο.  5ἀγνοοῦντες δὲ τινὲς τὸ ὅδε ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅστις φασίν·  6ἔστι δὲ καὶ τὸ ὅδε διὰ μέσου δεικτικόν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   One should say ‘you (pl.) became’ because both carried out the murder, the woman by advising it and the man by doing it, but he (the poet), after saying ‘you and your brother’ (as subject), made the predicate agree with Orestes, thus showing, by grouping them together, that both planned the killing, and by using (the singular verb) ‘he became’, that Orestes alone did the deed. Or (explain it) as follows: one should say ‘in what state, poor woman, are you (pl.), you and your unhappy brother?’, but he (the poet), dismissing what is implied by the first part of the sentence (the plural subject), namely, (the plural verb) ‘echete’, instead, because Orestes killed his mother, applied the predicate to him. Some interpreters, not understanding this, say that ‘this man’ (‘hode’) is used as equivalent to ‘whoever’. But the word is in fact the deictic pronoun in a parenthetic construction.

LEMMA: Ta (not T),      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl partly washed out, partly lost to trimming   |    1 ἐπειδὴ καὶ ZbTGu   |    2 συμπαραβαλεῖν Zb   |    συμβουλευσαμένους Zb   |    3 τὴν ὁρμὴν τῆς ὁρμὴν τῆς προτ. Z   |    4 οἷον] ἤτοι ZbZlTGu   |    second ὁ om. TZbZl   |    πρὸς τοῦτο ZbZlGu   |    6 καὶ om. ZmTGu [Zl]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.52,24–53,9

COMMENT:   The view criticized by Thomas (74.08–11) is not specifically Moschopulean; indeed 74.09, being only in XXa, barely qualifies as Moschopulean compared to the others so identified.   

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   |   δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς   |   Thomas critical of another view   


Or. 74.14 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔφυ⟩: ὑπῆρξεν  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcV3Aa2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ξε V3Aa2GZc   |   


Or. 74.15 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔφυ⟩: ἐγένετο  —Ab2CrFPrRRwSaZcZaZbZlZmZuTGuOx

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R; not clearly sep. from prev. gloss 74.10 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSaOx   |    †αἰτὸν add. Sa   


Or. 74.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔφυ⟩: ἐγενήθη —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 74.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔφυ⟩: ἔχει  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 74.18 (tri metr) ⟨ἔφυ⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 75.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσφθέγμασι γὰρ⟩: νόμος ἦν τοὺς φονεῖς μὴ λαλεῖν τισιν ἔστ’ ἂν καθαρθῶσι  —V3

LEMMA: -μασι in text V (as in almost all mss)       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 75.02 (rec paraphr) ἤγουν λαλοῦσα ἀντίον σοῦ, οὐχί  —R

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   After οὐχί one is to understand μιαίνομαι from the verse below.   |   


Or. 75.03 (mosch paraphr) κατὰ γὰρ τὴν πρός σε ὁμιλίαν οὐ μιαίνομαι  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ om. G   |    πρὸς σὲ YfG, σὴν Zc   |    οὐ μιαίνομαι om. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.53.10–11


Or. 75.04 (pllgn paraphr) κατὰ γὰρ τῆς αὐτῆς ὁμιλίας οὐ μιαίνομαι  —Aa2

REF. SYMBOL: Aa       POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   αυτ with attached circumflex, could be αὐτοῦ.   |   


Or. 7..04 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσφθέγμασι⟩: κατὰ τὴν πρὸς σὲ ὁμιλίαν  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 75.05 (rec gloss) ⟨προσφθέγμασι⟩: ἐρωτήσεσι  —AaPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 75.06 (rec gloss) ⟨προσφθέγμασι⟩: ταῖς ἐπιμιξίαις σαῖς  —Sa

POSITION: s.l., misplaced above 82 συμφοραῖσι Sa      

COMMENT:   The gloss makes no sense at line 82, but seems a possible paraphrase of προσφθέγμασιν … σέθεν. Perhaps read ⟨ταῖς⟩ σαῖς.   


Or. 75.07 (thom gloss) ⟨προσφθέγμασι⟩: προσρήμασι —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 75.08 (thom gloss) ⟨προσφθέγμασι⟩: ὁμιλίαις προσλαλιαῖς  —ZbZlZmTGu

LEMMA: -μασιν in text T       POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.53.11–12


Or. 75.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσφθέγμασι⟩: τοῖς χαιρετίσμασιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 75.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσφθέγμασι⟩: τοῖς προσλαλήμασι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 75.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσφθέγμασι⟩: προσφωνήμασι  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.53.10


Or. 75.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσφθέγμασι⟩: καὶ ταῖς λαλιαῖς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 75.13 (rec gloss) ⟨προσφθέγμασι⟩: του  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 75.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ μιαίνομαι⟩: οὐ κοινωνῶ τοῦ φόνου σου  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 75.15 (rec gloss) ⟨μιαίνομαι⟩: μιασμὸν δέχομαι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 75.15a (rec paraphr) ⟨μιαίνομαι⟩: ἔνοχος εἰμὶ τοῦ θανάτου  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   app. ἔχο changed to ἕνοχο Ml   


Or. 75.16 (thom gloss) ⟨μιαίνομαι⟩: μολύνομαι  —ZaZbZlZmTGuAaF2L2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ prep. ZbTF2   


Or. 75.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σέθεν⟩: σοῦ  —B2CrF2OxZ

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 75.18 (thom exeg) ⟨σέθεν⟩: ἀπὸ σοῦ· σύναπτε δὲ πρὸς τὸ μιαίνομαι.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  ‘From you’: construe (this) with ‘I am stained with pollution’.

POSITION: s.l., except marg. Z      

APP. CRIT.:   ZZl only partially legible   |    ὑπὸ Za   

APP. CRIT. 2:   σύναπται Zm, perhaps Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.53.12–13


Or. 75.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σέθεν⟩: ἀπὸ σοῦ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 76.01 (vet exeg) εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν:  1καὶ τοῦτο πανούργως.  2ἀναμάρτητον γὰρ τὸ θεῖον.  3ἐμφαίνει οὖν ὡς καταψευδομένων αὐτῶν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος.   —MBVCCrPrRaRb1Rb2RfRwSSaOx

TRANSLATION:   This too is said maliciously. For the divine is infallible. She (or he, the poet) intimates therefore that they are falsely accusing Apollo.

LEMMA: MC, εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα BVPrRf, εἰς Φοῖβον Rb1Rw, καὶ ἄλλως Rb2      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb1Rf      POSITION: cont. from sch. 73.01 SSa; Pr has this (and sch. on following lines as well) after sch. 101.06; Rb has this twice in succession      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. RaRb2SSa   |    ταῦτα Rb1   |    2 γὰρ τὸ θεῖον om. Rf   |    3 οὖν MVRb1Rw, γοῦν CrOx, δὲ Rb2Sa, ὁ ποιητὴς BPr(B punct. after ποιητής, not after θεῖον), οὖν ὁ ποιητὴς Rf   |    ὡς om. Rb1   |    καταψευδ.] καὶ ψευδ. MC, μάτην ψευδ. RaRb2SSa   |    ψευδομένην αὐτὴν τὸν ἀπόλλων(α) RaRb2SSa   |    ἀπόλλωνος] ἡλίου V   |    at end add. προστάξαι φονεύειν τὴν μητέρα RaRb2SSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐμφαίνε M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,14–16; Dind. II.53,14–16

KEYWORDS:  κακούργως   |   theological amelioration   


Or. 76.02 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα⟩: καταψεύδεται γὰρ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος. τὸ θεῖον γὰρ ἀναμάρτητον.  —O

POSITION: first half in left margin, remainder in right margin O      


Or. 76.03 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα⟩: τὸ θεῖον ἀναμάρτητον  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 76.04 (pllgn rhet) ⟨εἰς Φοῖβον⟩: κακόηθες  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 76.05 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰς Φοῖβον⟩: ὡς ἐπιτάξαντα τὸν φόνον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘To Phoebus’) as the one who ordered the murder.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 76.06 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰς Φοῖβον⟩: εἰς τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα  —Ab2CrF2MlOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς τὸν om. Ab2F2Ml   


Or. 76.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναφέρουσα⟩: σύ  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 76.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναφέρουσα⟩: σύ, ἢ ἐγὼ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 76.09 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἀναφέρουσα⟩: ἀνατιθεῖσα —Aa2MlRwXXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ml   |    ἀνκτισθεῖσα Zb   


Or. 76.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναφέρουσα⟩: ἀνάγουσα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 76.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἁμαρτίαν⟩: τὸν φόνον  —AaAbPrRSZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς prep. AaPr, ἤγουν prep. Zm   


Or. 76.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁμαρτίαν⟩: ἢ τὴν αἰτίαν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 76.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ἁμαρτίαν⟩: τοῦ φόνου  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 76.14 (thom gloss) ⟨ἁμαρτίαν⟩: ὑμῶν  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from gloss sch. 76.11 Gu      


Or. 77.01 (pllgn gram) καίτοι: σημ(είωσαι) ὅτι τὸ καίτοι μετὰ μετοχῆς ⟨οὐ⟩ συντάσσεται εἰ μὴ κατὰ στιγμὴν ᾖ. —Gu

TRANSLATION:  Note that the particle ‘kaitoi’ is not construed with a participle unless it is in a full sentence.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ add. Mastr.    

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.53.18–19

COMMENT:   Another idiosyncratic note by Gu, of uncertain meaning. I take the condition to be short for ‘unless the particle is part of the full main clause, marked off by a full stop, and thus not part of any participial subunit marked off by a minor pause’. For κατὰ στιγμήν in this sense see Sch. Aesch. Pers. 262 Massa Positano ὄντως διὰ τοῦτο μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος καιροῦ βεβιώκαμεν, ἵνα τοιούτων συμφορῶν ἀκουσταὶ γινώμεθα. ἀναγνωστέον δὲ ἢ κατὰ στιγμὴν καὶ ὑποστιγμὴν (‘with a full stop and a minor pause’) ἢ κατὰ στιγμὴν μόνην (‘with only a full stop, as one continuous phrase’)· οὕτω γάρ ἐστι βέλτιον. Compare also Sch. Opp. Hal. 4.616 (on Πετραίην δὲ σκίαιναν ἐπὴν φόβος ἦτορ ἵκηται, with double acc. of the whole and the part) Πετραίην δὲ σκίαιναν· ἡ σύνταξις τρισσῶς, ἢ κατὰ στιγμὴν, ἢ κατ’ ἐπένθεσιν εἰς προθέσεως, ἢ κατ’ ἀντίπτωσιν (‘as an independent phrase on its own(?), by supplying the preposition εἰς, or as an instance of exchange of case [acc. for gen.]’).   


Or. 77.02 (rec gloss) ⟨στένω⟩: στενάζω  —Aa2MlZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   στενάξω Aa2   


Or. 77.03 (thom gloss) ⟨στένω⟩: θρηνῶ  —ZZaCrOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 77.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στένω⟩: κλαίω  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 77.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν Κλυταιμνήστρας μόρον⟩: διὰ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 77.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨Κλυταιμνήστρας⟩: τῆς  —Aa2F2MlS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 77.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨μόρον⟩: θάνατον  —MlZZaZlAa2CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸν prep. CrOx, τὸν prep. Aa2   


Or. 78.01 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐμῆς⟩: τῆς  —F2MlS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 78.02 (vet exeg) ἣν ἐπεὶ πρὸς Ἴλιον:  1ἣν οὐκ εἶδον ἀφ’ οὗ εἰς τὴν Ἴλιον ἔπλευσα·  2διὰ μέσου γὰρ τὸ ‘ὅπως ἔπλευσα’, εἶτα ὥσπερ αἰτίαν λέγουσα τοῦ πλοῦ ‘θεομανεῖ πότμῳ’ φησὶν,  3ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ εἱμαρμένης μανεῖσα, ἢ μοίρᾳ θεοῦ μανεῖσα.   —MBVCCrPrRfRwSSaOx

TRANSLATION:   Whom I did not see ever since I sailed to Ilion. For the phrase ‘however I sailed’ is parenthetic, and then as if telling the cause of the voyage she says ‘by a fate of divinely-inspired madness’, meaning having gone mad because of destiny, or having gone mad by a fate imposed by a god.

LEMMA: M(ἢν)CRw, ἣν ἐπεὶ πρὸς Ἴλιον ἔπλευσα BV(ἥλιον),      REF. SYMBOL: MBVSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὴν] τὸν M   |    2–3 as sep. sch. Rf (punct. and space after 1 ἔπλευσα)   |    2 διὰ … ἔπλευσα om. Ox   |    γὰρ] δὲ Rf   |    τὸ om. MC   |    ὅπως ἔπλ.] ὅπως δ’ ἔπλ. V, ὅπως διέπλευσα SSa   |    ὥσπερ αἰτίαν] ὡς παραιτία Pr   |    ὥσπερ] ὡς VRf, ὡσπερεὶ Ox   |    αἰτίαν om. Ox   |    λέγουσα] λέγει SSa, S with punct. after πότμῳ and adding πότμῳ γὰρ before φησὶν, Sa with punct. after πλοῦ and space and ref. as if new sch. starting θεομανεῖ (Rf also has high stop after πλοῦ)   |    τοῦ πλοῦ om. V   |    φησὶν] τὴν εἱμαρμένην φησὶ V   |    2–3 φησὶν … (first) μανεῖσα om. C   |    3 ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ om. V   |    μανεῖσα … μανεῖσα] ἐλαθεῖσα κρύπτει δὲ τὴν μοιχείαν Rf (cf. next sch.)   |    θεῶν Sa   |    second μανεῖσα om. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἢν M, ἧν S   |    ἀφοῦ RwSa   |    3 εἰμαρμένης vel ἐμαρμ. M, ἡμαρμένη Ox   |    ἢ] ἡ Pr   |    μοῖρα BCCrRwOx   |    (second) μανοῦσα B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,17–19; Dind. II.53,20–23; 54,1–2

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 78.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ἣν οὐκ εἶδον ἀφ’ οὗ πρὸς Ἴλιον ἔπλευσα·  2εἰ δὲ θέλεις γνῶναι πῶς ἔπλευσα, γίνωσκε ὅτι θεομανεῖ πότμῳ.  3κρύπτει δὲ τὴν μοιχείαν καὶ ὑπὸ δαίμονός τινος βίᾳ ἦχθαι εἰς Τροίαν φησίν.  —MBCPrRaRb, partial VSSa

TRANSLATION:   Whom I did not see ever since I sailed to Ilion. And if you want to understand how I sailed, know that it was by a fate of divinely-inspired madness. She conceals her adultery and claims that she was led to Troy by force by some divinity.

LEMMA: MPr, in marg. B; cont. from prev. VSSa      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: follows sch. 82.08 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἣν … πότμῳ om. VSSa   |    1 εἶδον φησὶν Ra   |    ἔπλευσα] ἔπνευσα Ra   |    2 εἰ δὲ … ἔπλευσα om. Ra   |    ἐν add. before θεομανεῖ Pr   |    3 δὲ om. Rb   |    βίᾳ] Schw., om. VSSa, καὶ βίας M, βίας CRb, βίας transp. before δαίμονος BPrRa   |    τινος om. RaRb, τίς Sa, p.c. S   |    εἰς τὴν Sa   |    φησίν om. MS, transp. before ἦχθαι Sa   |    φησὶν ἑλένη Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἦν RaRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,21–23; Dind. II.53,23–26


Or. 78.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἣν⟩: λείπει τὸ οὐκ εἶδον  —M

TRANSLATION:   (To govern the relative pronoun) ‘I have not seen’ is to be understood.

REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. M      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,24

COMMENT:   If this is not a careless way of saying that the relative pronoun depends on the verb two lines later in 80, then this explanation is given because the mss almost all have a ὅπως δ’ in 79 and thus 80 οὐκ εἶδον appears to be part of a separate clause and unable to govern the pronoun in 78.   |   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 78.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἣν⟩: καὶ ἥντινα  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 78.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπεὶ πρὸς Ἴλιον⟩: ἐπεὶ ἔπλευσα πρὸς τὴν Τροίαν, οὐκ ἐθεασάμην αὐτὴν.  —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπεὶ om. Y2, adding the rest to Y gloss ἀφοῦ (sch. 78.08)   |    αὐτὴν om. Yf2   


Or. 78.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπεὶ πρὸς Ἴλιον⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ καιροῦ εἰς(?)[  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Doubtful εἰς distorted and obscured on image because of curvature of binding. Check original Rw, 14v, 4th line from bottom of right column of verses.   |   


Or. 78.08 (recMoschThom gloss) ἐπεὶ: ἀφοῦ  —V3AaAb2F2KPrSSaRXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcZ2ZaZb2ZlB2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S, ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. XXa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφ’ οὗ V3AaPrSaRGGrZcZaZb2   |   


Or. 78.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπεὶ⟩: ἀφότου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 78.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρὸς⟩: ἐπὶ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 78.11 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἴλιον⟩: Τροίαν  —Aa2CrMlOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πρὸς τὴν prep. Ml, πρὸς prep. Aa2, καὶ τὴν prep. CrOx   |   


Or. 78.12 (tri metr) ⟨Ἴλιον⟩: long mark over first iota  —T


Or. 78.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἴλιον⟩: τὴν  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 79.01 (pllgn exeg) κρύπτει τὴν μοιχείαν αὐτῆς καὶ εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀναφέρει τοῦτο ἢ εἰς τὴν εἱμαρμένην.  —Y2Yf2

POSITION: marg. at 77–78 Y2; between sch. 71.02 and 80.22 Yf       

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ εἰς τὴν εἱμ. om. Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.53,16–17 (inaccurate)

COMMENT:   Condensed from sch. 78.03.   


Or. 79.02 (rec exeg) τῇ τῶν θεῶν βουλήσει καὶ τῇ ἐμῇ δυστυχίᾳ  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῇ κτλ om. Ab, ἐμῆ δυστυχίας add. Ab2   


Or. 79.03 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔπλευσ’⟩: ἀπέπλευσα  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπέπλευσα X, ἀπέπλευσας Ml   


Or. 79.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅπως δ’ ἔπλευσα … πότμῳ⟩: οὐ γινώσκω  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 79.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅπως δ’ ἔπλευσα⟩: διὰ μέσου θέλεις νοῆσαι πῶς ἔπλευσα  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 79.06 (mosch exeg) ὅπως δ’ ἔπλευσα: 1διὰ μέσου ταῦτα·  2ἤγουν ὁ τρόπος δὲ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀπόπλου ὑπὸ δυστυχίας ἦν θεομανοῦς.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  These words (‘and however I sailed’) are parenthetic. That is, ‘and the manner of my sailing away was under the influence of a misfortune of divinely-imposed madness’.

LEMMA: all; lemma in red, then repeated in black (with punct.) before note G (δὲ in second instance)      

APP. CRIT.:   2 δὲ om. Y   |    θεομανής T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.53.27–28

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 79.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅπως δ’ ἔπλευσα⟩: οἶδας  —ZuGu

POSITION: s.l.; Gu over θεομανεῖ      


Or. 79.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅπως⟩: ἐθέλει[ς] [γνῶ]ναι πῶς ἔπλε[υσα;] ἡσυχάσασ[α τὰ] καθ’ ἕκαστα θρηνῶ τὰς ἐμὰς δυστυχίας, ἀν[α]λογιζομένη τὰς πράξεις μου, ἡ ἀξία οὖσα ἐλέ{ν}ου ἢ ἀπολειφθ[εῖ]σα καὶ μονωθεῖσα καὶ στερηθεῖσα τῆς ἀδελφῆς μου.  —V3

REF. SYMBOL: V3       POSITION: in outer margin      


Or. 79.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὅπως⟩: πῶς  —AbKZZaZmTGuG

POSITION: s.l.; over ἔπλευσ’ Ab      


Or. 79.10 (rec gloss) ⟨θεομανεῖ πότμῳ⟩: ἐν θεϊκῇ μοίρᾳ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 79.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεομανεῖ πότμῳ⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς εἱμαρμένης  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 79.12 (mosch gloss) θεομανεῖ: ἀπὸ μήνιδος θείας  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   |    ἢ ὑπὸ δυστυχίας ἦν θεομανοῦς add. G (from sch. 79.06)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.54,4


Or. 79.13 (thom gloss) ⟨θεομανεῖ⟩: θεηλάτῳ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 79.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεομανεῖ⟩: ἐν  —FZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 79.15 (rec gloss) ⟨πότμῳ⟩: συμφορᾷ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 79.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πότμῳ⟩: δυστυχίᾳ  —Aa2CrMlRSXXaXbT*YYfGrZcOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.54,4

COLLATION NOTES:   T adds cross above the word in the Thoman version and also a comma to indicate separation.   |   


Or. 79.17 (thom paraphr) ⟨πότμῳ⟩: δυστυχίᾳ ἤγουν μήνιδι Ἀφροδίτης  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   partly washed out in ZZl   |    ἢ Zb   |    μήνιδι] ὀργῆ ZZa   

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu added last three words to Gr’s δυστ.   |   


Or. 79.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πότμῳ⟩: τύχῃ  —Zu

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 79.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πότμῳ⟩: μανίᾳ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 79.20 (rec gloss) ⟨πότμῳ⟩: θανάτῳ  —Ab2Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 79.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πότμῳ⟩: ὀργῇ  —AaB2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 79.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πότμῳ⟩: πάντως  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 79.23 (rec gloss) ⟨πότμῳ⟩: ἔπλευσα  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐκ εἶδον⟩: οὐ γινώσκω  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐκ εἶδον⟩: οὐκ ἔγνων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἶδον⟩: ἐθεασάμην  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.04 (rec gloss) ⟨εἶδον⟩: ἣν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἶδον⟩: τὴν ἀδελφήν μου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.06 (vet exeg) ἀπολειφθεῖσα δ’ αἰάζω τύχας: ἄδηλον τίνος ἀπολειφθεῖσα θρηνεῖ, τοῦ {μὴ} ἰδεῖν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν ἢ τοῦ γνῶναι τῆς πορνείας τὴν αἰτίαν —MBVCCrPrRbRfRwSSaOx

TRANSLATION:   It is unclear what it is that she has been separated from to cause her to lament, her {not} seeing Clytemnestra or her understanding the cause of her adultery.

LEMMA: MC, ἀπολειφθεῖσα VRbRwS(ἀπολειφθεῖς)      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: intermarg. B; after sch. 81.09 SSa (with lemma 73 in Sa); cont. from 78.03 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ μὴ γνωρίσασα τῶν αἰτιῶν τῆς πορνείας prep. Sa   |    ἀπολειφθῆναι Rf   |    first τοῦ] τὸ Pr   |    μὴ del. Schw.   |    ἰδεῖν] V, εἰδέναι others   |    ἢ τοῦ … αἰτίαν] ἀπολειφθεῖσα τοῦ γνῶναι τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἐμῆς φυγῆς Rb, ἀπολειφθεῖσα τοῦ γνῶναι τὸν δρόμον τῆς φυγῆς S   |    ἢ] καὶ Pr   |    τῆς πορν. τ. αἰτίαν] τῆς μοιχείας τ. αἰτίαν Sa, τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς μοιχείας Rf   |    at end add. ἢ τοῦ φόνου RfSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄδηλον τινὸς MRf, ἄδηλόν τινος Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,25–105,2; Dind. II.54,5–7, 2–4

COMMENT:   Note that the second half of the comment is based on the presence of δ’ in 79.   |    It is not certain that the deletion of μὴ is needed, since it could be a redundant negative after the idea of deprivation (but rhetorical balance is better without it). Its presence is imitated in the derivative sch. 80.08, 80.09.   |   


Or. 80.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: ἢ τοῦ καταλαβεῖν ζῶσαν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν ἀπολειφθεῖσα ⟨ἢ⟩ τοῦ γνῶναι τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἐμῆς φυγῆς  —V

POSITION: cont. from prev. V      

APP. CRIT.:   first τοῦ Schw., τὸ V   |   ἢ suppl. Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,3–4; Dind. II.54,7–8


Or. 80.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: τοῦ μὴ εἰδέναι τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς πορνείας  —Pr

REF. SYMBOL: Pr       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 80.09 (pllgn exeg) ἤγουν τὸ μὴ γνῶ[ναι] τὸν θάν[ατον] τῆς ἐμ[ῆς ἀδελφῆς] ἢ τὴν ἐμ[ὴν] μοιχεί[αν]  —F

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ perhaps deleted by scribe   


Or. 80.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: ἤγουν ὄπισθεν τῆς ἀδελφῆς μου  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: ἐγὼ τῆς ἀδελφῆς  —PrRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: τοῦ θανάτου αὐτῆς  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: ἐκείνης  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.14 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: στερηθεῖσα  —Aa2MlPrSXXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: καὶ στερηθεῖσα ἐγὼ τῆς ἀδελφῆς μου  —V2Ab2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐγὼ om. V2   |    μου om. Ab2CrOx   |    τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας add. V3   


Or. 80.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: μονωθεῖσα  —F2G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.17 (recThom gloss) ⟨αἰάζω⟩: θρηνῶ  —Ab2CrFKMlRSOxZZaZbZlTGuB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 80.18 (rec exeg) ⟨τύχας⟩: τὰς ἐμὰς ἢ τὰς ἐκείνης  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.19 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τύχας⟩: τὰς δυστυχίας  —Aa2SXXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς om. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.54,9


Or. 80.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τύχας⟩: ἢ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς πορνείας  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.21 (pllgn gram) ⟨τύχας⟩: ἡ τύχη μέση λέξις ἐστὶ καὶ ἐπὶ δυστυχίας λαμβάνεται καὶ ἐπὶ εὐτυχίας, ὡς ἡ ὀσμὴ καὶ ἐπὶ εὐωδίας λαμβάνεται καὶ ἐπὶ δυσωδίας.  —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:  ‘Tuchē’ (‘fortune’) is an indeterminate term (‘mesē lexis’) and is applied both to misfortune and good fortune, just as ‘osmē’ (‘smell’) is applied both to a beautiful scent and to a foul odor.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δυστυχίαν Y2   |    λαμβανομένη Yf2   |    ὡς καὶ Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.54,9–11


Or. 80.22 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 81.01 (81–82) (pllgn paraphr) τί εἴπω σοι ἂν ἥτις παροῦσα ὁρᾶς σὺ ἡ χρηματίσασα Ἑλένη, καὶ πρόξενος θρήνου εἰς τὸν γόνον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἐν συμφοραῖσι σαῖς  —Zu

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   σοῖς Zu   

COMMENT:   For πρόξενος θρήνου see sch. 81.13.   


Or. 81.02 (vet exeg) Ἑλένη, τί σοι λέγοιμ’ ἄν:  1πρὸς πάσας τὰς ὕβρεις ἀντέθηκε τὸ Ἑλένη, ὅθεν καὶ χιάζεται ὁ στίχος·  2σεσημείωται γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς Ἑλένης.  3αἰνίττεται δὲ ὅτι πονηρῶς κερτομεῖ περὶ τούτων πυνθανομένη περὶ ὧν παροῦσα ὁρᾷ.   —MBVCCrPrRfRwOx

TRANSLATION:   In response to all the insults Electra has opposed the word ‘Helen’, for which reason the chi is affixed to the line. For the name of Helen has been marked as significant. And Electra implies indirectly that Helen is maliciously criticizing when she inquires about things that she sees before her.

LEMMA: MCRf, ἑλένη τί σοι V, ἑλένη BPrRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πάντας Rw   |    ἀνατέθεικε (or ‑θηκε?) V, ἀνθέστηκε Rf, ἀντέθηκεν Rw   |    τῆ ἑλένη CrOx   |    ὄθεν om. Pr   |    σχίζεται RfRw, χλευάζεται CrOx   |    2 γὰρ om. V   |    3 πονηροῦ changed to πονήρου M, πονήρους Pr   |    first περὶ] παρὰ Rw   |    περὶ ὧν] παρὰ ὧν Rw, ἃ Rf, περὶ del. Schw.   |    ὁρᾷς MCrOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 πονήρως BCCrRwOx   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,5–8; Dind. II.54,19–22

KEYWORDS:  αἰνίττομαι   |   πονηρῶς   


Or. 81.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: εἰρωνικῶς  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 81.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: ὀνειδιστικῶς  —AaGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: ἡ ἀξία θρήνων πολλῶν, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔλεγος ὁ θρῆνος  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 81.06 (rec gram) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: διὰ τὸ πολυσύμφορον τῆς Ἑλένης  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 81.07 (pllgn gram) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: ἤτοι αἰτία θρήνων ὀνειδιστικῶς  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 81.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩:  —Aa2F2Zb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.09 (vet exeg) τί σοι λεγοιμ’ ἂν ἅ γε καὶ παροῦσα:  1τί χρεὼν εἰπεῖν ἅτινα ὁρᾷς;  2τί δὲ ὁρᾷς;  3[81] ‘ἐν συμφοραῖσι τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον’.  4δῆλον δὲ ὅτι οὐ τὸν Ὀρέστην μόνον λέγει ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον.  5περὶ τῶν δύο γὰρ ἡ Ἑλένη ἐπύθετο λέγουσα [73] ‘πῶς, ὦ τάλαινα, σύ τε κασίγνητός τε σός’.  6εἰκότως οὖν καὶ αὐτὴ ἐπάγει τὴν ἑαυτῆς ἄυπνον κηδεμονίαν καὶ τὴν Ὀρέστου νόσον.   —BVCPrRfRw, partial Sa

TRANSLATION:   What need is there to say the things you see? And what do you see? ‘The offspring of Agamemnon in misfortunes’. It is obvious that with ‘offspring of Agamemnon’ she speaks not just of Orestes but also of herself. For Helen asked about the two when she said ‘How, poor girl, you and your brother …’ Justifiably, therefore, she too follows up with her own sleepless solicitude and Orestes’ sickness.

LEMMA: B(παροῦ()), τί σοι λέγοιμ’ ἂν Pr, ἄγε καὶ παροῦσ’ ὁρᾶς· ἣν ἐπεὶ προσίλιον ἔπλευσα· ἄγε καὶ παροῦσ’ ὁρᾶς· C, λέγοιμ’ ἂν ἣν ἐπεὶ πρὸς ἴλιον ἔπλευσας παροῦσα εἰσορᾶς Rw, 73 πῶς ὦ τάλαινα κασίγνητός τε σὸς Sa      REF. SYMBOL: Sa (at sch., not at text)      POSITION: cont. from sch. 81.02 PrRf, cont. from 82.08 V; between 65.04 and 80.06 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 τί χρέων … σός om. Sa   |    1 οἷον prep. Rf, ὁ δὲ νοῦς prep. V   |    τί χρεὼν] Schw., τί ἔχων V, τί ἔχω CRfRw, τίς χωρεῖ Pr, τίς χρεία B   |    εἰπεῖν] διηγήσασθαί σοι B, διηγήσασθαι Pr   |    ἅτινα] ἃ VRf   |    ὁρᾷς] παροῦσα ὁρᾶς Rf   |    3 ἐν συμφοραῖς B, om. Rf   |    4 δῆλον … γόνον om. Rf   |    δῆλον δὲ ὅτι] δηλονότι VC   |    4–5 οὐ τὸν … τῶν δύο γὰρ] ἐμὲ καὶ ὀρέστην καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὴ περὶ τὸν βωμὸν V (from misreading β̅ = δύο)   |    4 λέγει μόνον transp. Rw   |    ἀγαμ. γόνον om. Pr   |    5 παρὰ Rw   |    γὰρ] γὰρ καὶ BPr   |    ἡ ἑλένη] om. V, ἑλένη Pr   |    ἐπύθετο] θετο Rw   |    λέγουσα om. V   |    κασίγνητε V   |    τε σός om. VRw   |    6 οὖν om. Rw   |    αὕτη BSa, αὐτὴν Rf   |    ἀπάγει BPr, ἐπιφέρει V   |    τὴν ἑαυτῆς] τὴν ἑαυτῶν Rw   |    κηδεμονίαν] V, δυσδαιμονίαν BCPrRfSa, δεισιδαιμονίαν Rw   |    τὴν τοῦ ὀρ. Rw   |    τὴν νόσον ὀρέστου transp. V   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   6 ἐπάγη C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,12–17; Dind. II.54,28–55,3

COMMENT:   Clearly this note was transmitted in a corrupt, partly illegible, or lacunose form. It is also a good example of how the B tradition often smooths out difficulties: τίς χρεία makes sense and uses a typical glossing word (often applied to χρεὼν), but the other corrupt readings point to χρεών, as Schw. saw; illegible **δεμονία has probably been adjusted (not just in B) to the generic δυσδαιμονία, whereas the specific κηδεμονία in V is more apposite.   


Or. 81.10 (rec paraphr) τί σοι λεγοιμ’ ἂν ἅ γε καὶ παροῦσ’ ὁρᾷς:  1τί χρεὼν εἰπεῖν ἅτινα εἰσορᾶς καὶ παροῦσα;  2τί δὲ ὁρᾷς;  3ἐν συμφοραῖς ὄντα τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον.  4ἐπάγει δὲ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην ἄυπνον δυσδαιμονίαν καὶ τὴν τῆς νόσου καὶ τὴν ἐπ’ αὐτοῦ αὐτῆς κακοπάθειαν.  5λέγει γὰρ [84, 86] ‘ἐγὼ μὲν … θάσσω’, ὅ ἐστι κάθημαι παρεδρεύων, αὐτὸς δὲ τῇ νόσῳ τήκεται.   —RaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   What need is there to say the things you see even being present? And what do you see? The offspring of Agamemnon being in misfortunes. And Electra continues with both the sleepless wretchedness directed toward Orestes and the suffering of the illness and her own suffering occasioned by it. For she says ‘I for my part … am sitting’, that is, I sit down in attendance on him, while he himself is wasting away with his disease.

LEMMA: S(ἄγε), ἑλένη τί σοι λεγοιμ’ ἄγε καὶ παροῦσα ὁρᾶς Rb, ἑλένη τί σοι λεγοιμ’ ἂν RaSa      REF. SYMBOL: RaSa      POSITION: after sch. 85.05 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τί χρεὼν Schw., τί ἔχω all   |    2–4 τί δὲ … ἐπὶ τὸν om. S   |    4 ἡ om. Ra   |    ἠλέκτρα] ἑλένη Rb   |    third τὴν om. Rb   |    εἰς add. before κακοπάθειαν S   |    5 spaced and punct. as separate note Sa (with ref. symbol)   |    λέγω Sa   |    μὲν] μὲν γὰρ Rb   |    παρεδρεύω Sa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐν] ἐ Rb   |    4 τῆς νόσου] τοῦ νόσου Rb, τῆς της νόσου S   |    κακοπάθηαν Ra   |    5 την νόσω Rb   


Or. 81.11 (rec gloss) ἤτοι  —O

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Apparently, this is meant to provide a connection to the next line for the purpose of paraphrase, as in ‘… which you see, namely, the offspring …’. Compare the phrasing of sentences 2–3 of 81.09.   |   


Or. 81.12 (rec gloss) ⟨τί⟩: διὰ τί  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σοι⟩: σοὶ, ἥτις πρόξενος τοῦ θρήνου γέγονας τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονος παιδί  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σοὶ] σὺ Gu   

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 81.01 above for πρόξενος θρήνου.   


Or. 81.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγοιμ’⟩: λέγω  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγοιμ’⟩: διηγησαίμην  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγοιμ’⟩: τὰ κακὰ  —Zb

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἅ γε⟩:  —V1B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ἅ γε⟩: ἥτις σὺ  —AbPrR

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ab   


Or. 81.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἅ γε⟩: καὶ ἥτις  —Ab2CrRwSOx

LEMMA: ἅτε in text CrOx       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Ab2Rw   


Or. 81.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἅ γε⟩: ἥτις, ἅττα ἢ ἅτινα  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.21 (thom gloss) ⟨ἅ γε⟩: ἥτις ἢ ἅτινα  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ om. ZbZl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.55,7


Or. 81.22 (tri gloss) ⟨ἥ γε⟩: ἥτις  —T

LEMMA: ἥ γε in text T, app. as changed by Triclinius       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἅ γε⟩: ἅτινα  —Aa2FGKMl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄτινα Aa2   |   


Or. 81.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἅ γε⟩:  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.25 (rec exeg) ⟨παροῦσ’ ὁρᾷς⟩: ἐν συμφοραῖσι δηλονότι οὐ τὸν Ὀρέστην μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμαυτὴν —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παροῦσ’⟩: ἐνταῦθα οὖσα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παροῦσ’⟩: ἐπιδημοῦσα ἐνταῦθα —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.55,7


Or. 81.28 (rec gloss) ⟨παροῦσ’⟩: παρυπάρχουσα  —CrMlOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 81.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾶς⟩: βλέπεις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.30. (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁρᾶς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁράσεις. ἀντιχρονία.  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.55,8

KEYWORDS:  ἀντιχρονισμός/ἀντιχρονία   


Or. 82.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν συμφοραῖσι⟩: δηλονότι  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν συμφοραῖσι⟩: τί ὁρᾷς; ὁρᾷς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐν συμφοραῖσι⟩: τί δὲ ὁρᾷς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν συμφοραῖσι⟩: ἡμᾶς  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.04a (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν συμφοραῖσι⟩: ἑν δυστυχίαις  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφοραῖσι⟩: δυστυχίαις τοσαύταις  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.06 (rec gloss) ⟨συμφοραῖσι⟩: θλίψεσι  —CrRwOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἐν prep. CrOx   


Or. 82.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφοραῖσι⟩: λύπαις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.08 (vet exeg) τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον:  1τὴν ἀπολογίαν δι’ ἑνὸς ἐδήλωσεν ὀνόματος·  2καὶ Ὀρέστης γὰρ κρινόμενος εἰς τὴν ⟨ἀπὸ⟩ τοῦ πατρὸς κατέφυγεν ἀπολογίαν.   —MBVCPrRbRfRw

TRANSLATION:   She made clear her grounds of defence through a single name (Agamemnon); indeed Orestes too when on trial took refuge in the defence derived from his father.

LEMMA:  Rw, τὸν ἀγαμέμνονος Rb, ἐν συμφοραῖσι MC, ἐν συμφ. τὸν ἀγαμένονος V      REF. SYMBOL: MV      POSITION: cont. from 81.09, add. δὲ (after ἀπολογίαν) BPr; cont. from 76.01 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὴν ἀπολ. δὲ BPrRf, τὴν ἀπώλειαν Arsenius   |    2 καὶ om. Rb   |    ὀρέστην γὰρ κρινόμενον V   |    κοινόμενος Rb   |    ἀπὸ add. Schwartz   |    ἀπολογίαν κατέφυγεν transp. V   |    κατέφ.] ἀπέφ. RbRw   |    ἀπολογίαν] φιλοτιμίαν BPrRbRf; φιλότητα Arsenius   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατέφυγε BPrRbRf (all before φιλοτιμία)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,9–11; Dind. II.55,4–6


Or. 82.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον⟩: δηλονότι οὐ τὸν Ὀρέστην μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτὴν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον⟩: οὐ μόνον τὸν Ὀρέστην λέγει γόνον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτήν, ἤγουν ἐν συμφοραῖς βλέπεις τὸν γόνον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἤγουν ἡμᾶς.  —Yf2


Or. 82.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον⟩: τοὺς παῖδας τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς παῖδας Ml   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross omitted by Ta.   |   


Or. 82.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον⟩: ἤγουν ἡμᾶς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον⟩: ὁρᾷς ἐμὲ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.14 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: τοῦ  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γόνον⟩: Ὀρέστην  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γόνον⟩: υἱὸν  —AaF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν prep. F2   


Or. 82.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γόνον⟩: καὶ τὴν σπορὰν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γόνον⟩: παῖδα  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨γόνον⟩: τὸν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.20 (rec exeg) ⟨γόνον⟩: γρ. δόμον  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 83.01 (vet exeg) ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος πάρεδρος:  1ἐγὼ μὲν μὴ καθεύδουσα παρεδρεύω ἕνεκα τοῦ μικρὸν ἐμπνεῖν τοῦτον.  2εἶτα δυσχεραίνουσά φησι τῷ ἀθλίῳ νεκρῷ, ἵν’ ᾖ νεκρῷ ὄντι ἀθλίῳ.  3καὶ βεβαίωσις τούτου ‘νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος’.   —MBCPrRf, partial VRw

TRANSLATION:   Without sleeping I sit beside (him) because this man has little breath of life. Then in distress she says, (beside) the wretched corpse, that is, (beside him,) being a wretched corpse. And the justification of this is ‘for this man is a corpse’.

LEMMA: MC, ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος BPrRf, πάρεδρος Rw;      REF. SYMBOL: MBRf      POSITION: cont. from 84.01 V, prep. ὁ δὲ λόγος      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μὴ add. before παρεδρεύω Rf   |    τοῦ] τῶ Pr   |    μικροῦ Rw   |    2–3 ἵν’ ᾖ κτλ om. VRw   |    2 ἵν’ ᾖ νεκρῷ om. M   |    3 νεκροῦ M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἕνεκεν C, ἔνεκεν app. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,18–21; Dind. II.55,9–11

COMMENT:   The explanation is based on taking 84 οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς with the main clause and not with νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος, a construal motivated by assuming ἕνεκα has its common meaning ‘because of’ rather than its less common idiomatic sense ‘as far as concerns’. The same punctuation is assumed in the next scholion. But sch. 84.01 reflects the correct punctuation and interpretation.   |   


Or. 83.02 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως:  1ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος θάσσω παρεδρεύουσα τῷ ἀθλίῳ νεκρῷ οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς,  2ὅ ἐστιν· ὅπως μὴ ἀποψύξας λάθῃ με, φυλάττω.   —MBVCMlMnPrRbRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   I, sleepless, sit in attendance beside the wretched corpse because of his scant breath. That is, in order that he not breathe his last without my noticing, I watch over (him).

LEMMA: MBPrRf, in marg. B; ἐγὼ μὲν V; ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      POSITION: cont. from 83.01 Rw, from 40.07 Ml      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς prep. V   |    ἐγὼ … νεκρῷ om. Rw, ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος om. Ml   |    καὶ add. before παρεδρ. PrRf   |    2 ὅ ἐστιν om. MlMnRbRwSSa   |    μὴ om. Rb   |    ἀψύξας app. M, ἀποψύχας C   |    φυλάττων Mn   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 θάσω Ml   |    παρεδρευοῦσα Mn   |    οὔνεκα VCMlPr   |    2 ἀπὸ ψύξας Ml   |    φυλάσσω BPrRf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,22–24; Dind. II.55,12–14


Or. 83.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος πάρεδρος⟩: ἀεὶ φυλάττω αὐτὸν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 83.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄυπνος πάρεδρος⟩: καὶ παρακαθημένη διηνεχῶς  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 83.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄυπνος⟩: μὴ δεχομένη ὕπνον τοῖς βλεφάροις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 83.06 (rec gloss) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: ἀχώριστος  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 83.07 (rec gloss) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: συγκάθεδρος  —Ab2SZlB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 83.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: πάρεδρος θάσσω ἀντὶ τοῦ παρακάθημαι —XXaXbT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   πάρεδρος om. G   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν G   


Or. 83.09 (thom gloss) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: παρακαθημένη  —Zb2ZcZmGuCrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 83.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παρεδρευομένη καὶ παρακαθημένη  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 83.11 (rec gram) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: ὁ παρά τὴν πλησιότητα δηλῶν  —K

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 83.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄυπνος⟩: ἄγρυπνος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 83.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀθλίῳ⟩: τῷ  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 84.01 (vet exeg) νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος:  1ἕνεκα τοῦ πνεύματος νεκρός ἐστι· 2μικρὸν γάρ τι ἔχει πνεῦμα καὶ μόλις ἀναπνεῖ.   —MBVCMnRbSa

TRANSLATION:   As far as his breathing goes, he is a corpse. For he has very scant breath and hardly respires.

LEMMA: MVC, νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος εἵνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς MnSaRb      REF. SYMBOL: MVSa      POSITION: intermarg. B; after next MnRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἕνεκα … ἐστι om. MnSa   |    πνεύματος] πατρὸς (compend.) C   |    1–2 νεκρός ἐστι μικρὸν] νεκρὸν V   |    1 ἐστι om. Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀναπνέει C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,1–2; Dind. II.55,15–16


Or. 84.02 (vet exeg) αὐτὸ γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ νεκρόν ἐστιν.  —MBRbV3

TRANSLATION:   His very breath, she says, is dead.

LEMMA: σμικρᾶς πνοῆς MnRbSa      REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. MV3; intermarg. B, cont. from prev.       

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὸ γὰρ] ἢ οὕτως αὐτὸ B   |    αὐτοῦ] του Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,3; Dind. II.55,16–17


Or. 84.03 (rec gloss) ⟨νεκρὸς⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Aa2CrMlOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 84.04 (rec rhet) ⟨νεκρὸς⟩: ἐπιδιόρθωσις  —RfGu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐπιδιόρθωσις   


Or. 84.05 (pllgn rhet) ⟨νεκρὸς⟩: ἐπιδιορθοῖ τι· οἱ γὰρ νεκροὶ οὐ ζῶσι.  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐπιδιόρθωσις   


Or. 84.06 (pllgn rhet) λύει αὖθις ὅπερ εἶπε, τὸν Ὀρέστην νεκρὸν  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   She unsays in turn the very thing she said, (that) Orestes (is) a corpse.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 84.07 (rec rhet) ⟨νεκρὸς⟩: κατασκευαστικὸν  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (The statement is) corroborative.

POSITION: s.l. (over middle of line) Pr      

COMMENT:   As a term in logic or rhetoric, κατασκευαστικός can refer to a constructive, positive argument as opposed to a destructive one; for the sense ‘tending to prove, establish’ see Lampe s.v.   


Or. 84.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨οὗτος⟩: ἐστὶν  —RZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστὶ ZlTa (but not T)   |   


Or. 84.09 (rec gloss) ⟨οὗτος⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης  —MlS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 84.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς⟩: τουτέστιν εἰ καὶ μικρὸν πνέει  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 84.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς⟩: πλὴν διὰ τὸ μικρόπνου⟨ν εἶναι⟩  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ μικρᾶς πνοῆς a.c., app. τὸ μικροπνου p.c. Sa   


Or. 84.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨οὕνεκα⟩:  1τὸ οὕνεκα λαμβάνεται καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι.  2ἔνθα οὖν ἔνι ἀναγκαῖον πεσεῖν τὸ ἕνεκα, γράφεται δὲ καὶ τὸ οὕνεκα.  3οὐ μὴν ἀνάπαλιν ἔνθα γράφεται τὸ οὕνεκα, ἵνα γραφῇ καὶ τὸ ἕνεκα.  4πῶς γὰρ μέλλει γράφειν εἰς τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν στίχον ἀντὶ τοῦ οὕνεκα τὸ ἕνεκα, τὸν λέγοντα [Hom. Il. 1.11] ‘οὕνεκα τὸν Χρύσην ἠτίμασεν’;  5οὐ γὰρ λαμβάνεται καὶ τὸ ἕνεκα διπλῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ οὕνεκα.  —Yf2

POSITION: follows sch. 85.05      

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 γραφεῖν Yf2   |    ἠτίμησεν Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.55,18–56,5

COMMENT:  ἔνι as third person form for ἐστί is occasionally found elsewhere in Palaeologan scholia.   |    Cf. Commentaria in Dionysii Thracis Artem Grammaticam, Scholia Marciana (Gram.Gr. 1:3.440) τὸ οὕνεκα τοῦ ἕνεκα διαφέρει χρήσει καὶ συντάξει· ὁ μὲν οὖν οὕνεκα ῥήματι συντάσσεται, οἷον ⟨Α 11⟩ οὕνεκα τὸν Χρύσην ἠτίμησ’ ἀρητῆρα Ἀτρείδης, τὸ δὲ ἕνεκα πτώσει γενικῇ, οἷον ⟨Ζ 356⟩ εἵνεκ’ ἐμεῖο κυνὸς καὶ Ἀλεξάνδρου ἕνεκ’ ἄτης, ⟨β 206⟩ εἵνεκα τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐριδαίνομεν, ποιητικῶς τοῦ ι πλεονάσαντος· ὁ δὲ συντάττων τὸ ἕνεκα ῥήματι σύγχυσιν ποιεῖ. See also Sch. Yf2 Hec. 787 τὸ οὕνεκα λαμβάνεται καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτι καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν· ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτι, ὡς τὸ ‘οὕνεκα τὸν Χρύσην·’ ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν, ὡς καὶ ἐνταῦθα. τὸ δὲ ἕνεκα ἀντὶ τοῦ οὕνεκα οὐ λαμβάνεται πώποτε.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 84.13 (rec gloss) ⟨οὕνεκα⟩: πλὴν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 84.14 (rec gloss) ⟨οὕνεκα⟩: χωρίς  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 84.15 (recThom gloss) ⟨οὕνεκα⟩: χάριν  —AbCrRZZaZbZlZmTGuYf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 84.16 (rec gloss) ⟨οὕνεκα⟩: διὰ  —GK

POSITION: s.l.; over σμικρᾶς GK      


Or. 84.16a (rec gloss) ⟨οὕνεκα⟩: ἐκ τῆς  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 84.17 (thom exeg) ⟨σμικρᾶς πνοῆς⟩: διότι μικρὰν ἔχει πνοὴν, ἐγγύς ἐστι νεκροῦ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., except ZmT; above 83 νεκρῷ ZbZl      

APP. CRIT.:   μικρὰν πνοὴν [ἔχει] Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.56,5


Or. 84.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σμικρᾶς⟩: ὀλίγης  —F2Yf2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 84.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨σμικρᾶς⟩: τῆς —Aa2Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 85.01 (rec gloss) ⟨θάσσω⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παρακαθέζομαι —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 85.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θάσσω⟩: καθέζομαι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 85.03 (rec gloss) ⟨θάσσω⟩: παρακάθημαι  —Ab2KPrRSYf2GB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 85.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨θάσσω⟩: κάθημαι  —CrF2RwSaOxZZaZb2ZlGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 85.05 (vet exeg) τὰ τούτου δ’ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω κακά:  1σιωπῶ τὰ κακὰ τούτου, ἵνα μὴ δόξω αὐτῷ ὀνειδίζειν τὴν μητροκτονίαν.  2καὶ διὰ μὲν τῆς σιωπῆς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν αὐτοῦ ἐσήμηνεν,  3ἐμφαίνει δὲ ὅτι σὺ μὲν ὠνείδισας αὐτῷ εἰποῦσα ὅτι [74] ‘μητρὸς ὅδε φονεύς’, ἐγὼ δὲ οὔ.   —MBVCMnPrRbRfRwSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   I keep silent about the ills of this man, so that I may not seem to reproach him for the matricide. By means of her refusal to speak of them she (Electra) indicated the great number of his ills, while on the other hand she insinuates that you reproached him by saying that ‘this man is the murderer of his mother’, but I do not.

LEMMA: MCSa, τὰ τούτου δ’ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω BV, τὰ τοῦδ’ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω MnRwb, οὐκ ὀνειδίζω Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διωπῶ Mn   |    κακὰ τούτου VMn(τοῦτ‑ a.c.)RbSaYf2, κακὰ τοῦτον M, κατὰ τοῦτον BCPrRfRw   |    φησὶν add. before ἵνα Pr   |    δόξη VRb   |    αὐτῷ] αὐτὴν Sa, αὐτὸν Mn   |    τὴν] αὐτὴν B a.c.   |    2 διὰ μὲν τῆς σιωπῆς] διὰ τοῦτο σιωπῶ RbSa, διὰ τὴν σιωπὴν Mn   |    μὲν transp. after σιωπῆς BPrRf, after τὸ VRwYf2   |    αὐτοῦ om. MnRbSa   |    ἐσήμηνεν VCRw, ἐσήμανεν others   |    3 first δὲ om. Sa   |    ὀνείδισας Rb, perhaps ἔδεισας Rf a.c.   |    αὐτῷ] αὐτὸν MnPrRfSa   |    εἰπὼν V   |    ὅτι … φονεύς] μητρὸς φονέα Sa, μητρὸς Rf   |    ὅτι om. BRbYf2   |    ὅδε] δὲ MBCMnRb, om. Rw   |    φονεὺς ἔφυ Yf2, om. ἐγὼ δ’ οὔ   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,4–7; Dind. II.56,6–9


Or. 85.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰ τούτου … κακά⟩:  ⟨οὐ⟩ λέγουσα τὴν μητροφ[ονίαν] ἀλλὰ σιωπῶ  —O

COLLATION NOTES:   Letters lost in binding.   |   


Or. 85.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨τὰ τούτου… κακά⟩: τὰς τούτου δυστυχίας  —XXaXbY2YfT+GGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τούτου om. GZc   |    at end add. τοῦ ὀρέστου Yf or Yf2   


Or. 85.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰ δ’ οὐκ⟩: τοῦ(δ’)  —Ab

LEMMA: τὰ δ’ οὐκ in text Ab       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 85.09 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ ὀνειδίζω⟩: λέγουσα τοῦτον νεκρόν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διότι prep. Zl   


Or. 85.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐκ ὀνειδίζω⟩: σιωπήσασα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 85.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ὀνειδίζω⟩: ὡς σὺ μητροφόντην εἰποῦσα  —ZuGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σὺ om. Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἴπουσα Zu   |   


Or. 85.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐκ ὀνειδίζω⟩: οὐ μέμφομαι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 85.12a (rec paraphr) ⟨ὀνειδίζω κακά⟩: ὑβρίζω τὰς τούτου δυστυχίας  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 85.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀνειδίζω⟩: καὶ λέγω  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 85.14 (rec gloss) ⟨κακά⟩: ἃ πάσχει  —RS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 85.15 (rec exeg) ⟨κακά⟩: κακὰ τὰ ὑπεράπειρα τῶν συμφορῶν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   ὑπεράπειρος, ‘immense, beyond infinite’, originated in theological contexts, but is used in other contexts by Theodorus Prodromus, carm. hist. 32c.10 (imperial encomium) and in 13–14th cent. novels and historians.   


Or. 86.01 (vet exeg) σὺ δ’ εἶ μακαρία:  1πλεονάζει τὸ ὑπαρκτικὸν ῥῆμα, ἵν’ ᾖ σὺ δὲ {εἶ} μακαρία καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ σὸς μακάριος.  2⟨ἢ⟩ εἰς τὸ πόσις τελεία στιγμή, τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς ἀπολύτως.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   The verb of being is superfluous, so that the sense is: ‘You, fortunate one, and your husband, fortunate’. Or, there is a full stop at ‘posis’ and the following phrase is to be taken separately.

LEMMA: MCRw      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: sep. from prev. by three-dot punct. B, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 σὺ] οὐ B   |    εἶ del. Schwartz   |    first ὁ om. B   |    2 ἢ add. Mastr. (alternatively, regard as two sep. notes, with Schw.)   |    εἰς] εἰς δὲ C   |    πόσις οὖν B   |    τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς] τὸ δὲ ἥκετον ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς B   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ῥήμα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,8–10; Dind. II.56,11–13

KEYWORDS:  πλεονάζει   


Or. 86.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἶ⟩: παρέλκον τὸ εἶ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παρέλκει/παρέλκον   


Or. 86.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὺ δ’ εἶ μακαρία⟩: εἰρωνικῶς τοῦτο φησί  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 86.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἶ⟩: ὑπάρχεις  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 86.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ⟩: εἶ  —V

LEMMA: ἡ in text V       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 86.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μακαρία⟩: εὐτυχὴς  —CrMlRfOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 86.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μακαρία⟩: εὐδαίμων  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 86.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μακαρία⟩: ἀξία τιμῆς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 86.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μακαρία⟩: ἐπαινετὴ  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 86.10 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μακαρία⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 86.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μακάριος⟩: ἐστὶν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 86.12 (tri gloss) ⟨θ’⟩: καὶ  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 86.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μακάριος⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 86.14 (thom exeg) πόσις:  1τινὲς στίζοντες εἰς τὸ πόσις τὸ ἑξῆς κομματικὸν ἐκφέρουσιν ἀπατηθέντες ἐκ τοῦ ὑπαρκτικοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ σὺ δ’ εἶ μακαρία, κἀνταῦθα ἕτερον προσλαμβάνοντες.  2φασὶ γὰρ οὕτω· σὺ δὲ εἶ, ὦ Ἑλένη, μακαρία καὶ ὁ σὸς πόσις μακάριος ἐστίν.  3εἶτα λέγουσι τὸ ‘ἥκετον ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἀθλίως πεπραχότας’ κομματικόν.  4τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἔστι τοιοῦτον, ἀλλ’ εἰποῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα σὺ δὲ, ὦ Ἑλένη, μακαρία εἶ, ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν καὶ ὁ σὸς πόσις μακάριος ἐστί·  5νῦν δὲ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλὰ καινοπρεπῶς ἐξήνεγκε, πρὸς μὲν τὴν Ἑλένην ὑπαρκτικῷ χρησαμένη ῥήματι ἑνικῶς τῷ εἶ, πρὸς δὲ τὸν Μενέλαον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔστι τὸ ἥκετον εἰποῦσα, συμπεριλανβάνουσα ἀμφοτέρους Ἑλένην τε καὶ Μενέλαον.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Some punctuate at ‘posis’ and pronounce the following as a separate unit, misled by the verb of being in ‘but you are blessed’, supplying another verb of being here as well. For they paraphrase it thus: ‘But you, Helen, are blessed, and your husband is blessed’. Then they pronounce as a separate unit the words ‘you two have come to us in our wretchedness’. But the construction is not like that; rather, after Electra says ‘but you, Helen are blessed’, she should have said ‘and your husband is blessed’. But as it is, she did not put it that way, but uttered it in a novel way, using with reference to Helen the verb of being in the singular form ‘ei’, but with reference to Menelaus saying, instead of ‘is’, ‘you two have come’, including (as subjects) both fo them, Helen and Menelaus.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τινὲς δὲ στ. Zb   |    δ’ εἶ] δὲ Zb   |    κἀνταῦθα … μακαρία om. ZbZl   |    2 μακαρία ὦ Ἑλένη transp. Za   |    4 ἡ om. T   |    εἶ] εἶτ’ Z, εἶτα Za   |    5 καινοπρεπὲς Za   |    first ἑλένην] ἠλ(έκτρ)αν Za   |    χρησάμενος Za, χρησαμένη transp. after ῥήματι Gu   |    τὸ εἶ ZZbZm   |    μενέλαον] μέλλοντα Zb   |    συμπαραλαμβ. T   |    τε om. Zb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κοματικὸν Zl   |    3 κοματικὸν Zl   |    4 σὺ δ’ ὦ T   |    5 first ἑλλένην Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.56,14–24

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   


Or. 86.15 (tri exeg) εἰ δὲ σύ δ’ ἡ μακαρία γράψεις, εὕρηται γὰρ καὶ οὕτω, οὐδεμίαν ἔχει ἀμφιβολίαν ὁ λόγος.  —T

TRANSLATION:   But if you write ‘you, the blessed woman’—for it is also found transmitted thus—, the sentence contains no confusion.

POSITION: cont. from prev. T      


Or. 86.16 (rec gloss) ⟨πόσις⟩: ἐστίν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 86.17 (rec gloss) ⟨πόσις⟩: Μενέλ()  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 86.18 (rec gloss) ⟨πόσις⟩: ἀνὴρ  —CrF2RwOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὁ prep. CrOx   


Or. 86.19 (rec gloss) ⟨πόσις⟩: διὸ ἐστὲ μακάριοι.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 87.01 (vet exeg) ἥκετον ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς:  1ἤλθετε πρὸς ἡμᾶς.  2τῇ προσθήκῃ δὲ τοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς τραχύτερον αὐτὸ ἐποίησεν·  3ἁρπασόμενοι γὰρ ἤλθετε ἡμᾶς, φησίν.  4ἔοικε δὲ τῷ Ἑπτὰ ἐπὶ Θήβας.   —MBVCPrRbRf

TRANSLATION:   You have come to us. By the addition of the phrase ‘to/against us’ she made it (her utterance) harsher: ‘for you have come to attack and seize us’, she says. It is like the (use of the preposition ‘epi’ in) ‘Seven against Thebes’.

LEMMA: MVCPrRf, lemma ἥκετον Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MVRbRf      POSITION: cont. from 86.01 B; after sch. 81.10 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀπολύτως prep. PrRf (from sch. 86.01)   |    ἦλθε V   |    2 τῇ προσθήκῃ δὲ om. PrRf   |    τοῦ] τὸ Rf   |    τραχύτερον αὐτὸ washed out in Rw   |    αὐτόν VRbRf, s.l. γρ. αὐτὸ V   |    3 ἁρπασάμενος M, ἁρπασόμενος V, perhaps ‑ομένους Rw   |    ἤλθετε ἡμᾶς om. M, add. s.l.   |    ἡμᾶς ἤλθετε transp. VRb   |    εἰς ἡμᾶς Rf   |    φησίν om. VRb   |    4 ἔοικε δὲ κτλ om. V   |    ἔοικε] εἴρηκε a.c. app. B, corr. in line and in marg.   |    τῷ B, τὸ others   |    θήβας B, θήβαις others   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ταχύτερον Rf   |    4 ἔοικε] ἔοικεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  ὥσπερ καὶ τὸν κύκλον ἄπειρόν φαμεν τῷ μὴ ἔχειν πέρατα, καὶ ‘χιτῶνα ἄπειρόν’ (20) φασι τὸν μὴ ἔχοντα διαίρεσιν, ἢ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι. I.106,11–13; Dind. II.56,25–57,2


Or. 87.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥκετον⟩: ἐπεὶ δηλονότι  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 87.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥκετον⟩: λείπει ἐπεὶ  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 87.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥκετον⟩: οἵτινες  —CrGuPrSOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 87.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥκετον⟩: ἦλθε⟨τε⟩ τὸ δυικόν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 87.06 (rec gloss) ⟨⟩: ἤλθετε  —AbF2PrRSZb2ZlGGuYf2B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 87.06a (rec gloss) ⟨ἥκετον⟩: παρεγεγόνατε  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Perfect forms with the augment, from ἐγέγονα and παρεγέγονα, are attested over a dozen times in TLG texts of the Byzantine period.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 87.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκετον⟩: ἥκετε —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 87.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀθλίως πεπραγότας⟩: δυστυχήσαντας  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuM3

LEMMA: πεπραχότας in text ZZaZm, a.c. T       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. ZZbZmT   


Or. 87.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀθλίως πεπραγότας⟩: τοὺς δυστυχοῦντας  —Aa2GMl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Ml   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δυστηχ- Ml   |   


Or. 87.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθλίως⟩: ἐλεεινῶς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 87.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀθλίως⟩: πῶς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 87.12 (rec gloss) ⟨πεπραγότας⟩: πράττοντας  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 87.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πεπραγότας⟩: καὶ τοὺς πράξαντας  —CrOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τοὺς om. Yf2   


Or. 87.14 (rec artGloss) ⟨πεπραγότας⟩: τοὺς  —FS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 87.15 (recTri metr) ⟨πεπραγότας⟩: long mark over first alpha  —OT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 87.16 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 88.01 (vet exeg) πόσον χρόνον δέ:  1πάντως δέδοικε μὴ ὀλίγον χρόνον δυστυχοῦσι,  2διὸ οὐδὲ τὸν χρόνον εἶπεν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα.   —MBVCPrRbSa

TRANSLATION:   Assuredly, she (Helen) is fearful that they have been unfortunate for (just?) a short time; therefore Electra did not even mention the time (in her reply).

LEMMA: MVCPr, πόσον χρόνον Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: intermarg. B; between sch. 93.03 and sch. 94.01 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πάντως] om. BSa, πῶς Pr   |    δέδοικας M, δέδοικα RbSa   |    2 οὔτε MBCPr, οὐ Sa   |    ἡ ἑλένη Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὁλίγον M   |    δυστυχοῦσιν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,14–15; Dind. II.57,4–5

COMMENT:   The analysis fits with the tendency, evident in a number of scholia in this passage, of reading the characters’ statements as full of hostile innuendo (cf. next sch.). The critic assumes that Helen would be content if the siblings’ sufferings were of long duration, and suggests that in turn Electra replies without being specific about how many days in order to frustrate Helen’s Schadenfreude.   


Or. 88.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: πανούργως ἐρωτᾷ ταῦτα ἡ Ἑλένη  —AaPr

TRANSLATION:   Helen asks this question with malicious intent.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἑλένη add. before πανούργως Aa   |    ταῦτα ἡ ἑλένη om. Pr   |   

KEYWORDS:  πανοῦργος/πανούργως   


Or. 88.04 (rec gram) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ χέεσθαι ῥεῖα  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 88.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨πόσον⟩: ἐπὶ  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 88.06 (rec gloss) ⟨χρόνον⟩: καιρὸν  —MlZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   νεκρὸν Ml   

COMMENT:   I interpret Ml’s nonsensical νεκρὸν as an anagrammatic error for κερὸν; this fits a tendency to be seen in other wild errors in Ml, as well as contributing to the group of glosses shared between Ml and Zl (e.g., in this same line, 88.09).    


Or. 88.07 (rec gloss) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: ἐν ταῖς κοίταις  —CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ prep. CrOx   


Or. 88.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: τῷ κοιτῶνι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 88.09 (rec gloss) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: ἐν τοῖς στρώμασι —MlZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν τοῖς om. Zl   


Or. 88.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: ἐν τοῖς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcB3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 88.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πέπτωχ’⟩: πεπτωκὼς κεῖται  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2B3d

POSITION: s.l., except X      


Or. 88.12 (thom gloss) ⟨πέπτωχ’⟩: κεῖται  —ZZaZbZlZmTF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 88.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: οὗτος  —ZZaZbZlZmGuCrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 88.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ὀρέστης  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 89.01 (vet exeg) ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα:  1οὐ πρὸς τὴν πεῦσιν ἀπεκρίνατο·  2ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἤρετο ἀπὸ ποίου χρόνου νοσεῖ,  3ἡ δὲ εἶπεν ἀφ’ οὗ τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλε.  4τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν ὁμοίως ἄδηλον τῇ Ἑλένῃ.   —MBVCRfRw

TRANSLATION:   She did not respond to the inquiry. For Helen asked since what point in time he has been sick, and she said since he killed his mother. And this is in turn likewise unclear to Helen.

LEMMA: MVCRfRw, ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα γενέθ(λιον) B      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ om. Rw   |    τὴν om. MC   |    ἀπεκρίναιτο B (rewritten by later hand), ἀπεκρίνετο C   |    2 ἡ μὲν … ποίου washed out in Rw   |    κατὰ ποῖον χρόνον V   |    3 ἐξ οὗ BVCRf   |    3–4 μητέρα κτλ om. Rf (no more room on 116r, but no scholia ever entered on 116v)   |    4 after ἄδηλ. add. ἐστι BVRw (‑λόν ἐστι B, ‑λον ἔστι V, ‑λον ἐστὶ Rw)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἴρετο MRf (η s.l. Rf)   |    3 εἶπε Rw   |    ἀνεῖλεν MBV   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,16–18; Dind. II.57,7–9


Or. 89.02 (rec rhet) ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα: διάλληλος δεῖξις ἀσαφὴς —V3Pr

POSITION: over κατήνυσεν V3      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀσαφὴς om. V3   

COMMENT:   The term διάλληλος δεῖξις (circular reasoning) is used often by philosophers from Sextus Empiricus to Arethas and Psellus and beyond, and is also found occasionally in rhetorical treatises and twice in the sch. to Aeschines. For this and the next note, compare esp. the example used in the following (and in several other texts as well): Elias, in Prophyr. Isagogen, CAG 18:1.9,10–14 διάλληλος δέ ἐστι δεῖξις, ὅτε δύο τινῶν ἀμφιβαλλομένων πραγμάτων ἑκάτερον διὰ τοῦ λοιποῦ θελήσωμεν πιστώσασθαι, οἷον ἀγνοῶν ποῦ μένει Θέων καὶ ποῦ μένει Δίων, εἰ ἐρωτήσω ‘ποῦ μένει Θέων’ καὶ εἴπῃς ‘ὅπου Δίων’, εἰ ἐπανερωτήσω ‘καὶ ποῦ μένει Δίων’ καὶ εἴπῃς ‘ὅπου Θέων’.   

KEYWORDS:  διάλληλος δεῖξις   


Or. 89.03 (pllgn rhet) ⟨ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα⟩: διάλληλος ἡ λέξις ἐκ τοῦ ἀσαφῶς τὸ ἀσαφές.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 89.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξ οὗπερ⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ  —KMlPrRwYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφοῦ Rw, ἀφοὗ Ml   


Or. 89.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξ οὗπερ⟩: ἀφοῦ ἀορίστως  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 89.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐξ οὗπερ⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ καιροῦ  —CrROxZZaZbZlZmGu, app. Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr   


Or. 89.07 (recMosch gloss) αἷμα γενέθλιον: τὸν φόνον τὸν μητρῷον  —MlXXaXbYYfGGrZcAa2

LEMMA: αἷμα X       POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   |    τὸν μητρῷον φόνον G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μητρῷον] κρῶον Ml   |   


Or. 89.08 (rec gloss) ⟨αἷμα γενέθλιον⟩: τὸν φόνον τὸν μητρικὸν  —F2K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 89.09 (thom gloss) ⟨αἷμα γενέθλιον⟩: ἤγουν τὸν μητρικὸν φόνον  —ZZaZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Za   


Or. 89.10 (rec gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: φόνον  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 89.11 (rec gloss) ⟨γενέθλιον⟩: μητρὸς  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 89.12 (rec gloss) ⟨γενέθλιον⟩: μητρικὸν  —V3AbCrPrRwSSaGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸ prep. CrSOx   

COLLATION NOTES:   V3 has a dot in front of this and another before 89.17 ἔχυσε, and a few dots appear elsewhere before glosses; their meaning is unclear.   |   


Or. 89.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨γενέθλιον⟩: τὸ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 89.14 (mosch exeg) γενέθλιον:  1γενέθλια πληθυντικῶς ἡ ἐν γεννήσει τινὸς τελουμένη ἑορτὴ ὥσπερ γαμήλια ἡ ἐν γάμῳ καὶ ἐγκαίνια ἡ ἐν ἐγκαινισμῷ.  2κατὰ ταῦτα ἐλέγετο καὶ Κρόνια ἡ ἑορτὴ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ Διάσια ἡ τοῦ Διὸς καὶ Τιτάνια ἡ τῶν Τιτάνων καὶ ἕτερα.  3ἐνταῦθα δὲ γενέθλιον αἷμα λέγει ἀντὶ τοῦ μητρῶον ἀπὸ τῆς γεννήσεως μετάγων τὸν λόγον ἐπὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς γεννήσεως ἤγουν τὴν μητέρα.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGu

TRANSLATION:   In the plural ‘genethlia’ means the festivity carried out at the birth of someone, just as ‘gamēlia’ refers to the celebration at a wedding or ‘engkainia’ to that at a consecration. In accordance with this pattern the feast of Cronus was called ‘Kronia’, that of Zeus ‘Diasia’, and that of the Titans ‘Titania’ and (similarly with) other examples. But here he calls the bloodshed ‘genethlion’ as equivalent to ‘maternal’, transferring the reference (of the word) from birth to the cause of the birth, that is, the mother.

LEMMA: γενέθλιον κατήνυσε G      

APP. CRIT.:   2 κατὰ] καὶ a.c. Gu   |    λέγεται Gu   |    first ἡ om. G   |    3 ἀντὶ τοῦ] τὸ G   |    καὶ add. before ἐπὶ T   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τιτάνεια G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.57,10–15

COMMENT:   The examples of the Titania, Diasia, and Kronia may derive from the list in ps.-Theodosius (Theodorus Prodromus?), περὶ γραμματικῆς 69,16–17.   


Or. 89.15 (rec gloss) ⟨κατήνυσεν⟩: ἀνεῖλεν  —OSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -λε Sa   |   


Or. 89.16 (rec gloss) ⟨κατήνυσεν⟩: κατέχυσεν  —PrRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. S   |    κατάχυσιν R, κατέλυσε Pr   


Or. 89.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατήνυσεν⟩: ἔχυσε  —V3AaCrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σεν Aa   |   


Or. 89.18 (rec gram) ⟨κατήνυσεν⟩: τὸ κατήνυσε λέξις ῥητορική ἐστιν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπλήρωσε φόνον.  —PrRSa

TRANSLATION:   The verb ‘katēnuse’ is a literary word used in the sense ‘he completed the murder’.

POSITION: marg. PrR, s.l. S      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐστι Sa, om. Pr   |    φόνου RSa   

COMMENT:   In the Etymologica and Eustathius (and once in sch. to Oppian), the words that are described as ‘rhetorical’ (usually with ῥητορικὴ δὲ ἡ λέξις) are on the whole rare, recherché, or high-flown, that is, known from literary language. Compare the second sense given in Triantafyllides for ρητορικός: επιδεικτικός, στομφώδης. κατανύω, however, is not very rare (over 240 instances in TLG, from tragedy to the middle ages).   


Or. 89.19 (rec gloss) ⟨κατήνυσεν⟩: ἐπλήρωσε  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Pr   


Or. 89.20 (rec gloss) ⟨κατήνυσεν⟩: ἐτελείωσεν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 89.21 (rec gloss) ⟨κατήνυσεν⟩: κατειργάσατο  —Aa2RwB3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 89.22 (recMosch gloss) ⟨κατήνυσεν⟩: διεπράξατο  —MlXaXbYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -ξετο Gr   


Or. 89.23 (thom gloss) ⟨κατήνυσεν⟩: ἐτέλεσεν  —ZZbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 89.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατήνυσεν⟩: ἐξέπραξεν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 89.25 (thom gloss) ⟨κατήνυσεν⟩: ἔπραξεν  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ξε Zb   |   


Or. 90.01 (vet exeg) ὦ μέλεος:  1καὶ οὗτος, ὅτι μητέρα ἀνεῖλε, μέλεος,  2κἀκείνη, ὅτι ὑπὸ παιδὸς ἀνῃρέθη, μελέα.   —MBVCMnPrRbSSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   Both this man is wretched because he killed his mother, and she is wretched because she was killed by her son.

LEMMA: MVCMn(μέλος)PrRSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MVRbSaYf2      POSITION: intermarg. B; Pr omitted first half in the sch. block, but added it vertically in margin, with ref. symbol      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ] ἔστιν δὲ καὶ Rb, ἔστιν δὲ MnSSa   |    οὗτος] αὐτὸς VMnRbSSa   |    ὅτι] ἢ ὅτι Rb   |    τὴν μητέρα CMnSa   |    μέλεος] om. V, μενέλεος M   |    2 κἀκείνη] καὶ αὕτη V   |    ὑπὸ τοῦ Yf2   |    παιδὸς αὐτῆς Pr   |    μελέα] μελέα τυγχάνει BYf2, μελέα τε ἡ ἑλένη V, μελέα τε ἑλένη τυγχάνει Sa, μελέα τῆ ἑλένη τυγχάνει MnRb; see next sch.   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὖτος M   |    ἀνεῖλεν MMnRb   |    μελαία Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,19–20; Dind. II.57,17–18


Or. 90.02 (rec exeg) ἡ Ἑλένη τυγχάνει ⟨συμπάσχων ἀμφοτέροις,⟩ κἀκείνῳ ὡς ἀναιροῦντι κἀκείνῃ ὡς ἀναιρουμένῃ καὶ ἀναιρούσῃ.  —S

TRANSLATION:   Helen happens ⟨lacuna: e.g., to share the sense of suffering with both⟩, both with him as one who kills and with her as one who is killed and kills.

POSITION: cont. from prev. S; compare app. of prev.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆ ἑλαίνη S   |    punct. after τυγχάνει S   


Or. 90.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: ὅτι τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλεν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: ὡς φονεὺς μητρός  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘O wretched one’) as (being) murderer of his mother.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: ὦ ἄθλιος Ὀρέστα  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὢ⟩: φεῦ  —Zl

LEMMA: ὢ in text Zl       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ἄθλιος  —V3Aa2Ab2CrF2MlPrRSXaXbT+YYfGGrZcOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. V3CrOx, ὁ prep. Aa2   


Or. 90.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης  —AaCrSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Aa   


Or. 90.08a (rec gloss) ⟨ἡ τεκοῦσα θ’⟩: ἀθλία ὑπάρχει  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἡ τεκοῦσα θ’⟩: ἀθλία  —RwXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ prep. G   


Or. 90.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἡ τεκοῦσα θ’⟩: μελέα  —OAaFKPrZZaZb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μέλεος Zu   


Or. 90.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τεκοῦσα⟩: μήτηρ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.12 (rec gloss) ⟨τεκοῦσα⟩: αὐτὸν app.  —R

POSITION: s.l. (above διώλετο)      


Or. 90.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς διώλετο⟩: ὡς ὑπὸ υἱοῦ ἐφθάρη.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς διώλετο⟩: παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ γεννήσασα αὐτὸν ἐφθάρη —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.15 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅπως  —MlXaXbYYfGrB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.16 (recTri gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: πῶς  —KZb2T+GB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   K cont. from 90.19 (gloss ὅτι), add. ἢ   

COMMENT:   Note how Triclinius marks this as Moschopulean, although the main Moschopulean witnesses have ὅπως instead (90.15).   


Or. 90.17 (thom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ἐπεὶ  —ZZaZmTGuZcOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: διότι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διατὶ app. V3   |    the gloss is later deleted, app. by V3   


Or. 90.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι  —V3AaAbFKRRwZuGuS

POSITION: s.l.; S cont. from 90.20, prep. ἢ      


Or. 90.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ἀφοῦ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.21 (rec gloss) ⟨διώλετο⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ παιδός  —ORw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διώλετο⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτῆς  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 90.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διώλετο⟩: ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ  —AaZuGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.24 (rec gloss) ⟨διώλετο⟩: ἐφθάρη  —CrMlOxYf2Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔφθαρε Ml   |   


Or. 91.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὕτως ἔχει τάδ’⟩: ἀσθενῶς ἔχω δῆλον.  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὕτως⟩: ταυτοτρόπως  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔχει τάδ’⟩: οὕτως ἔχει ὁ Ὀρέστης ἀτυχίας ὡς μηδὲν ἰσχύειν ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν.  —MCLp

TRANSLATION:   Orestes is in such a state of misfortune that he has no strength at all because of his troubles.

LEMMA: MC       REF. SYMBOL: M      

APP. CRIT.:   μηδὲν Lp, μὴ δὲ MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,21–22; Dind. II.57,22–23


Or. 91.04 (pllgn paraphr) ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν Ὀρέστης ἀτυχῶν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.05 (pllgn paraphr) οὕτως ἔχει ὁ Ὀρέστης ἀτυχίας ὡς μηδὲν ἰσχύειν ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν.  —Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.57,22–23


Or. 91.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: διάκειται  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.57,20

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 91.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: ἔχουσι  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.08 (thom gloss) ⟨τάδ’⟩: ἃ λέγεις  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.57,20


Or. 91.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδ’⟩: ταῦτα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὠς⟩: ὅτι  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: ἐξητόνησα  —MlXXaXbYYfGrAa2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.57,20–21


Or. 91.12 (tri gloss) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: ἐξητόνησεν  —T+Y

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   changed from ‑ησα Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 91.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: ἐξητόνηκα  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.14 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: ἀπηγόρευσα  —ZZaZlZmCrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 91.15 (tri gloss) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: ἀπηγόρευσεν  —TZb

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σε Zb   |   


Or. 91.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: ἀπεῖπον  —PrRfZu

LEMMA: ἀπείρηκα in text Rf       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: ἐγὼ ἀπέκαμον  —AbS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.17a (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: ἠδυνάτησα  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: ἀπεμηχάνησα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The verb ἀπομηχανάομαι is otherwise found in a typikon of the year 1162, where LBG renders it as ‘sich ausdenken, zu gewinnen suchen’. Here the sense seems to be ‘I have used up all my means, I have become helpless’. For unusual glosses in Zu see Prelim. Stud. 66.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 91.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: ἀπείρηκα ἀπηγόρευσα ἀπεῖπον ἤγουν οὐ δύναμαι βαστάζειν ταῦτα.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.57,21–22


Or. 91.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: καὶ ἀδυνάτως ἔχει  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: ἀπείρηκεν  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.22 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐν τοῖς κακοῖς⟩: ἐν ταῖς δυστυχίαις  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l., except X (combined with prev. gloss 91.11)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν ταῖς] ἐν τοῖς Ml, om. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.57,22


Or. 92.01 (rec gloss) ⟨πρὸς θεῶν⟩: διὰ τοὺς θεοὺς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 92.02 (rec gloss) ⟨πρὸς θεῶν⟩: καὶ διὰ θεῶν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 92.03 (rec gloss) ⟨πρὸς⟩: παρὰ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 92.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨πρὸς⟩: ἕνεκα  —MlZZaZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἕνεκεν Ml   |    τῶν add. MlZl   


Or. 92.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεῶν⟩: πρὸς  —G

LEMMA: G has an erasure before θεῶν (and a gloss above that initial word has also been erased).       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 92.06 (tri metr) ⟨θεῶν⟩: συνίζησις  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 92.07 (rec gloss) ⟨πείθοι’ ἂν … μοι⟩: ἀκούσεις ἐμοῦ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l. (spaced so that ἐμοῦ is above μοι)      


Or. 92.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πείθοι’ ἂν⟩: ὡς τὸ ‘ἦ ῥά τι πείθοιο ὅττι κεν εἴπω’  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.58,2–3

COMMENT:   This is a shortened version of Hom. Il. 14.190 ἦ ῥά νύ μοί τι πίθοιο φίλον τέκος ὅττί κεν εἴπω.   


Or. 92.09 (rec gloss) ⟨πείθοι’ ἂν⟩: πείθου  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 92.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πείθοι’ ἂν⟩: πιθοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 92.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πείθοι’ ἂν⟩: πεισθείης  —KSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πεισθεὶς Sa   


Or. 92.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πείθοι’ ἂν⟩: καταπείσθητι  —GZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 92.13 (rec gloss) ⟨πείθοι’ ἂν⟩: πείσθητι  —AbCrSOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   


Or. 92.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πείθοι’ ἂν⟩: ἄκουσον  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 92.15 (rec gloss) ⟨δῆτά⟩: δή  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 92.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δῆτά⟩: ἀληθῶς  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 92.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: τίνι  —Cr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 92.18 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨τι⟩: κατά τι —AbFSaXXaXbT+YYfGGrZ2ZaAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τι om. Za   


Or. 92.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨παρθένε⟩:  —SaZbZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.01 (vet exeg) ὡς ἄσχολός γε συγγόνου προσεδρίᾳ:  1οὕτως σοι πείσομαι ὡς ἀσχολουμένη περὶ τὴν προσεδρίαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ,  2ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰ μὲν τὸ κελευόμενον παρὰ σοῦ χωρίζει με τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, οὐ πείσομαι ὡς ἀσχολουμένη·  3εἰ δὲ οὐ χωρίζει, πείσομαι.   —MC, partial BPr

TRANSLATION:   I will obey you so much as my being occupied with the tendance of my brother permits, meaning: if what you are asking for separates me from my brother, I will not obey, since I am occupied; but if it does not separate (me), I will obey.

LEMMA: MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: in BP inserted between 1 and 2 of sch. 93.03      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὕτως … ἀδελφοῦ om. BPr   |    2 ἀντὶ τοῦ] τουτέστιν BPr, αὐτοῦ C   |    ὡς ἀσχολ. om. BPr   |    3 εἰ δὲ … πείσομαι om. M   |    εἰ δὲ οὐ] οὐδὲ οὐ B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σο app. M   |    πήσομαι M   |    προσεδρείαν C   |    2 εἰ μὲν] ἡ μὲν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,23–107,3; Dind. II.58,7–11


Or. 93.02 (rec exeg) ὡς ἄσχολός γε: 1οὔ σοι πείσομαι ὅτι ἀσχολοῦμαι περὶ τὴν προσεδρίαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ·  2εἰ μὲν τὸ κελευόμενον παρὰ σοῦ χωρίζει με τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, οὐ πείσομαι·  3εἰ δὲ οὐ χωρίζει, ποιήσω.   —VMnRbS

TRANSLATION:   I will not obey you because I am occupied with the tendance of my brother. If what you are asking for separates me from my brother, I will not obey; but if it does not separate me, I will do it.

REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   2 περὶ σοῦ Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προσεδρείαν VS   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,23–107,3; Dind. II.58,7–11


Or. 93.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1τοῦτό σοι, φησὶ, πεισθείην, ὃ μὴ ἀπασχολήσει με τῆς προσεδρίας τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ.  2ἢ παντελῶς ἀπαρνεῖται τὴν ὑπούργησιν,  3τουτέστιν· οὐ πείθομαί σοι, ὅτι ἄσχολός εἰμι τῇ προσεδρίᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτι.  4ἔνιοι δὲ λείπειν φασὶ τὸ μή, ἵν’ ᾖ εἰρωνεία·  5πείθομαί σοι, ὅτι μὴ ἄσχολός εἰμι τῇ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ προσεδρίᾳ·  6ἄσχολος γάρ ἐστιν.  7ἔνιοι ἐν ἐρωτήσει·  8πῶς οὖν, φησὶ, πεισθῶ ἀσχολουμένη τῇ νοσοκομίᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ;  9ἢ ὡς σχολὴν ⟨μὴ⟩ ἄγουσα, ἀντὶ τοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα.  10ἢ τάχα τὸ ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτε, ἵν’ ᾖ ὅτε μὴ ἄσχολος.  11λείπει γὰρ τὸ μή.   —MBCPrRw, partial V

TRANSLATION:   I would obey you in this thing, whatever will not distract me from the tendance of my brother. Or she denies her help entirely, that is to say: I do not obey you because I am occupied with the tendance of my brother, so that the word ‘hōs’ may be taken as ‘hoti’ (because). But some say that there is an ellipsis of (the negative) ‘mē’, so that there is irony: I obey you because I am not occupied with the tendance of my brother; for she is occupied. Some interpret it as a question: How then, she says, am I to obey when I am occupied in tending my sick brother? Or because (I am) not at leisure, meaning the business is great. Or perhaps take the ‘hōs’ as ‘hote’ (‘when’), so that the sense is: when I am not occupied; for (the negative) ‘mē’ is to be understood.

LEMMA: ἄλλως V, in marg. MC; ὡς ἄσχολός γε BPr, ὡς ἄσχολος Rw      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 τοῦτό σοι … πείθομαί σοι transp. Rw to follow 5 προσεδρίᾳ, prep. ἢ   |    1 φησὶ om. V, φασὶ Rw   |    πεισθεῖσα Pr   |    ὧ μὴ B   |    ἀσχολήσῃ MC   |    με om. M   |    τῆς προσεδρευούσης τῶ ἀδελφῶ Pr   |    2–10 ἢ παντελῶς κτλ om. V, leaving short space before next lemma (V3 add. εἰ δὲ ἀπασχολήσει με ἢ χωρίσει με οὐ πεισθῶ σοι)   |    2 before ἢ add. partial sch. 93.01 BPr   |    ἢ] ἢ ὅτι BPr   |    3 first ὅτι] ὡς Rw   |    4 λείπειν φασὶ] φησὶ λείπειν Pr   |    λείπει C   |    5 πείθομαί σοι … προσεδρίᾳ om. Pr   |    τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ προσεδρίᾳ] προσεδρίᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ transp. M   |    6 γὰρ ἦν BPr, γάρ (ἐστι om.) Rw   |    7 ἔνιοι ἐν ἐρωτήσει om. BPr   |    8 οὖν] σοι BPrRw   |    πεισθῶ] πιθὼ Pr   |    νεκροκομία Pr   |    9–11 ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ] ἵνα ᾖ ἐρωτηματικῶς B, ἵν’ ἦ ἐρωτηματικὸν Pr   |    8 ἀντὶ τοῦ] αὐτοῦ C   |    10 τάχα] βάχ() C, βραχὺ MRw   |    τοῦ om. C   |    11 λείπει γὰρ τὸ μή om., s.l. add. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀπασχολήση Pr   |    προσεδρείας BVCRw   |    3 προσεδρείᾳ B, ‑εία CPr, [Rw illegible, damage]   |    5 προσεδρείᾳ B, ‑εία C, perhaps Rw (damage)    |   9 πράγμα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,4–12; Dind. II.58,11–20

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   |   εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 93.04 (rec exeg) εἰ ὃ κελεύεις οὐκ ἀπασχολήσει με τῆς προσεδρίας τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ  —O

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπασχολήσει] διαχωρήσει s.l. O   


Or. 93.05 (rec exeg) μὴ ἄδειαν ἔχουσα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τῇ παρακαθίσει  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.06 (mosch paraphr) λίαν εἰμὶ ἄσχολος, ἤγουν σχολῆς ἐστερημένη, τουτέστι λίαν ἀσχολοῦμαι ἤτοι περισπῶμαι ἐν τῇ προσεδρείᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except XGr      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰμὶ … ἤτοι om. Zc   |    ἄσχολος ἤγουν om. G   |    ἀδελφοῦ μου TZc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προσεδρίᾳ Zc   |   


Or. 93.07 (thom paraphr) οὐ πεισθήσομαι παρακαθημένη τῷ ἀδελφῷ, κἀντεῦθεν οὐκ ἔχουσα ἄδειαν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., except T      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τἀδελφῷ ZGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.59,1–2


Or. 93.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς ἄσχολος⟩: ἐμμέριμνος εἰμὶ μὴ ἄδειαν ἔχουσα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.59,2

COMMENT:   ἐμμέριμνος appears mostly in religious texts, but cf. Sch. Clem. Alex. protrept. et paedagogum (p. 328, 21–23) 181, 17 ἄλυς] ἀσχολία, μέριμνα; 181, 22 ἀλύοι] ἀλύοι ἀντὶ τοῦ ⟨οὐκ⟩ [added Mastr.] ἐνευκαιρεῖ, ἐμμέριμνός ἐστιν, διὰ φροντίδος ἔχει, ἐνασχολεῖται; also Gregorius Pardus, Commentarium in Hermogenis librum περὶ μεθόδου δεινότητος (Rhet.Gr. VII.2.1287,4–5 Walz) ἀσχολία δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἐμμέριμνος φροντίς.    


Or. 93.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς ἄσχολος⟩: λείπει ἐγὼ οὐ πείσομαι  —AbPrR

REF. SYMBOL: R       POSITION: s.l. AbPr, marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   πείθομαι Ab   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 93.09a (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς ἄσχολος⟩: οὐ πεισθήσοιμαι  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πισθ- Ml   |   


Or. 93.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς ἄσχολος⟩: οὐ πείθομαι  —AaCrSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐγὼ prep. Aa   


Or. 93.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς ἄσχολος⟩: Ἀττικὸν  —F

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 93.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς ἄσχολος⟩: ἤγουν ἀσχολοῦμαι  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς ἄσχολος⟩: οὐκ ἔχω εὐκαιρίαν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: πεισθείην  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι  —V3RSGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.16 (tri gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: οὔ, ὅτι  —TZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —Aa2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ναὶ ὡσὰν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ἀλλὰ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄσχολος⟩: ἀχώριστος  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄσχολος⟩: ἀπαραίτητος  —Pr

REF. SYMBOL: Pr       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 93.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄσχολος⟩: μὴ ἔχουσα σχολὴν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄσχολός⟩: καὶ μὴ ἄδειαν ἔχουσα  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄσχολος⟩: καὶ μὴ ἄδειαν σχοῦσα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄσχολος⟩: ἄδειαν οὐκ ἔχω  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄσχολος⟩:  1σχολὴ λέγεται ἡ ἄδεια καὶ ἡ ἀργία.  1ἄσχολος δὲ τάχα ἡ οὐκ ἔχουσα σχολὴν καὶ ἄδειαν ἀλλὰ ἔχουσα ἔργον τι.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:  ‘Scholē’ is a term used for freedom to act and for lack of activity. (The corresponding adjective) ‘ascholos’ perhaps means the one who does not have ‘scholē’ and freedom to act but has some task of work.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἄσχολος Mastr., ἀσχολία Y2Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.59,4–5

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 93.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄσχολος⟩: ⟨οὐκ⟩ ἄκοπος  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄσχολος⟩: εἰμὶ ἄσχολος —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄσχολος⟩: καὶ ἐπιμελὴς εἰμὶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συγγόνου προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ Ὀρέστου· αὐτοῦ που γὰρ ἦν καθημένη ἐγγὺς καὶ προσβλέ⟨πουσα⟩ τὸν Ὀρέστην.  —Gu

APP. CRIT.:   suppl. Dind.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.58,7 app.


Or. 93.31 (rec gloss) ⟨συγγόνου⟩: ἀδελφοῦ  —F2MlGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ prep. F2Ml   


Or. 93.31a (rec gloss) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: τῇ ἐπιμονῇ  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.32 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεδρία⟩: ἐπιμονὴ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεδρεία⟩: μονὴ —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.34 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεδρεία⟩: ἡ ἐφίζησις, ἡ προκάθισις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.35 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεδρεία⟩: ἐστὶν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l. (above συγγόνου)      


Or. 93.36 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεδρεία⟩: οἷον ἔστιν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.37 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεδρεία⟩: ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.38 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεδρεία⟩: ἐμὴ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.39 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεδρεία⟩: ἐμοὶ  —AaS

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. 93.37 (that is, this need not be simply an itacistic error for ἐμὴ).   


Or. 93.40 (rec artGloss) ⟨προσεδρεία⟩:  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.41 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῇ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.42 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨προσεδρεία⟩: τῇ app.  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.43 (thom metr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩:  τὸ προσεδρία Ἰωνικὸν διὰ τὸ μέτρον· τὸ γὰρ δρει δίφθογγον γράφεται.  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ προσεδρία om. Zm   |    δρι̅ Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.59,2–3

COMMENT:   Cf. Tzetzes, Exeg. in Il. 1.262 ἴδον· τὸ ι ἰῶτα Ἰωνικὸν καὶ Ἀττικὸν ἐκ τοῦ ἰδῶ. οἱ γὰρ Ἴωνες τὸ ἰῶτα ἐν πολλοῖς προκρίνουσι τῆς διφθόγγου, τὴν προμήθειαν προμηθίαν γράφοντες καὶ τὴν ὠφέλειαν ὠφελίαν καὶ τὴν ἀναίδειαν ἀναιδίαν καὶ τὰ ὅμοια. καὶ ἑξίδιον καὶ λεξίδιον καὶ πάντα τὰ ὅμοια διὰ τοῦ ἰῶτα γράφουσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἕξις, ἕξιος καὶ ⟨λέξις⟩ λέξιος καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἰωνικόν   


Or. 93.44 (pllgn metr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἰωνικῶς διὰ τὸ μέτρον  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.45 (pllgn gram) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩:  προεδρία ἡ προτίμησις καὶ ἡ πρωτοκαθεδρία, ι̅· προσεδρεία δὲ ἡ ἐπίμονος καὶ διηνεκὴς ἀσχολία, δίφθογγον  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.58,6–7


Or. 93.46 (tri metr) ⟨προσεδρία⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 94.01 (vet exeg) βούλει τάφον μοι πρὸς κασιγνήτης μολεῖν:  1ἁπλούστερον αὐτῇ διαλέγεται, ὅτι μέλλει δεῖσθαι αὐτῆς,  2ἐν ταὐτῷ δὲ καὶ παραφυλάττεται {καὶ} μητρὸς εἰπεῖν, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ ὀνειδίζειν αὐτῇ.  3[Menander, Dysc. 492–493] ‘δεῖ γὰρ εἶναι κολακικὸν τὸν δεόμενόν του’.  4†διὰ τοῦτο οὖν συγγονίας άτω†   —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   She speaks with her in a more straightforward manner, because she is about to make a request of her, and at the same time she is also careful not to say {also} ‘of (your) mother’, so that she may not seem to reproach her. ‘For one making a request of someone has to behave like a flatterer’. (?)For this reason she used a noun of kinship (sister).(?)

LEMMA: M, βούλει τάφον μοι VC, βούλει τάφον BPr      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      POSITION: follows 88.01 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αὐτῇ διαλέγεται] μὲν αὐτ() λέγεται V   |    2 ἐνταῦθα δὲ MC, ἐν ταύτη δὲ V   |    first καὶ V, om. others   |    second καὶ del. Mastr.   |    παραφυλάττεσθαι V, περιφυλάττεται Pr   |    after εἰπεῖν add. σῆς B   |    αὐτῇ] αὐτὴν M   |    3 κολακευτικὸν Pr   |    δεόμενόν του Men., δεόμενον τινός V, δεόμενον· οὐ MC, δεόμενον BPr   |    4 διὰ … άτω] MC(ἄγω C), om. BVPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,13–16; Dind. II.59,8–10.

COMMENT:   The corrupt words at the end may have originated from something like διὰ τοῦτο ὀνόματι συγγενικῷ ἐχρήσατο (Schw., modeled on sch. 95.03).   |   


Or. 94.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βούλει τάφον μοι⟩: ἁπλουστέρως διαλέγεται τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 94.03 (mosch paraphr) βούλει: πρὸς τὸν τάφον τῆς ἀδελφῆς ἐμοῦ ἀπελθεῖν  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l.; except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμοῦ ἀπελθεῖν] ἐλθεῖν Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.59,7–8

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 94.04 (rec gloss) ⟨βούλει⟩: θέλεις  —AbCrF2ZuGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrsOx   |    ἐθέλεις Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.59,7


Or. 500. (rec gloss) ⟨τάφον⟩: πρὸς τὸν  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 94.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨τάφον⟩: τὸν  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 94.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: ἐμοῦ  —Ab2SZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 94.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨κασιγνήτης⟩: ἀδελφῆς  —V1AbCrMlOxZZa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῆς prep. CrOx, τῆς prep. Ml   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Raised thick dot preposed by V1.   |   


Or. 94.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασιγνήτης⟩: τῆς αὐταδέλφης  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 94.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨κασιγνήτης⟩: τῆς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 94.10 (rec gloss) ⟨μολεῖν⟩: ἀπελθεῖν —AbMlRG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπέλθει Ml   |   


Or. 94.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μολεῖν⟩: ἀπιέναι —AaF2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 94.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μολεῖν⟩: πορευθῆναι  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 94.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μολεῖν⟩: παραγενέσθαι  —CrZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr   


Or. 95.01 (vet exeg) μητρὸς κελεύεις τῆς ἐμῆς: νῦν μητέρα αὐτὴν ἐκάλεσε δεικνύουσα ὅτι οὐδὲ τὴν πρώτην λοιδορίαν προσήκατο. —MBVCPraPrbRbS

TRANSLATION:   Now she (Electra) called her (Clytemnestra) mother, showing that she did not even accept the first reproach (in 71 and 74).

LEMMA: MBC, μητρὸς κελεύεις VRb      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: in block Pra, s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   μητρὸς VRb   |    αὐτὴν om. S   |    δεικνύουσαν C, δεικνύσα (sic) B, om. PrsS   |    πρώην MBC   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκάλεσεν MPrb   |    δικνύουσα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,17–18; Dind. II.59,11–12


Or. 95.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μητρὸς κελεύεις τῆς ἐμῆς⟩: ἢ ὅτι διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τῆς ἐχθρᾶς μητρὸς παραιτεῖται τὴν αἴτησιν  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:  Or because she is using the mention of her hated mother to decline the request.

POSITION:  cont. from prev.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ ὅτι] ὅτι C, ἢ τάχα BPr   |    τοῦ ὀνόματος] τοῦτο C, τὸ ο̅() M   |    τῆς ἔχθρας τῆς μητρὸς M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,19; Dind. II.59,12–13


Or. 95.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ἡ μὲν κολακεύουσα συγγενικῷ ὀνόματι ἐχρήσατο,  2ἡ δὲ παραιτουμένη τὴν κολακείαν εἶπε ‘μητρός’.   —MBCPrV3

TRANSLATION:   Helen, trying to wheedle a favor, used a term of kinship (sister), but Electra, rejecting the wheedling appeal, said ‘of (my) mother’.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ MBCPr      POSITION: above 94 V3      

APP. CRIT.:   1 συγγενικοῖς ὀνόμασιν Pr   |    συγγενικῶς B   |    2 τὴν om. MC    |    μητρὸς τῆς ἐμῆς BPr; only μρ[ V3 (damage)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,20–21; Dind. II.59,14–15

COMMENT:   For the analysis cf. Sch. bT Hom. Il. 10.192 … εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φίλα τέκνα· τῷ γὰρ συγγενικῷ ὀνόματι τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου νενίκηκεν ἡδονήν (about Nestor addressing the Greek night watchmen).   


Or. 95.03a (rec paraphr) ⟨μητρὸς κελεύεις τῆς ἐμῆς⟩: κελεύει⟨ς⟩ ἐμὲ ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸν τάφον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρός;  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 95.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 95.05 (rec exeg) ⟨κελεύεις⟩: μολεῖν πρὸς τὸν τάφον  —RRwS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μολεῖν om. Rw   


Or. 95.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κελεύεις⟩: λέγεις ἀπελθεῖν πρὸς τὸν τάφον δηλονότι  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 95.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κελεύεις⟩: ἐλθεῖν ἐμὲ εἰς τὸν τάφον  —CrOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 95.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κελεύεις⟩: ἀπελθεῖν δηλονότι  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 95.09 (rec gloss) ⟨κελεύεις⟩: μολεῖν  —AbSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 95.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κελεύεις⟩: ὁρίζεις  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 95.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κελεύεις⟩: λέγεις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 95.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμῆς⟩: μητρὸς  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 95.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τίνος χάριν⟩: μολεῖν ἀποκεῖθεν  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   ἀποκεῖθεν/ἀπόκειθεν/ἀπὸ κεῖθεν is very rare, middle/late Byzantine. The adverb expressing place from which is odd here.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 95.13a (rec gloss) ⟨τίνος χάριν⟩: διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν  —Ml

REF. SYMBOL: Ml      POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ποῖαν Ml   |   


Or. 95.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίνος⟩: πράγματος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 95.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χάριν⟩: ἕνεκεν  —Zb1Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.01 (rec gloss) ⟨κόμης⟩: διὰ τῆς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόμης⟩: τῆς ἐμῆς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόμης⟩: καὶ κεφαλῆς  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόμης⟩: τριχὸς  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῆς prep. CrOx   


Or. 96.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόμης⟩: κόμας  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κόμης⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς καὶ χοὰς⟩: τὸ αὐτὸ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: ποσὰς στέλλω θυσίας, ὅπως ἀπέλθῃς.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πόσας Pr   |   


Or. 96.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: θυσίας  —V3Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: ἄκρας  —AbPrRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς prep. S   |    ἄκρα Sa   


Or. 96.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: τὰς ἄκρας τὰς τῶν τριχῶν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: δῶρα  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: †κάλλιον†  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   app. corr. from ‑ειον; corruption of καλλιστεῖον?   |   


Or. 96.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: τὰ πρῶτα  —MlZb1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.14a (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: ἐξαίρετα  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: τάξις ἦν, ὅτε τις γυνὴ ἐλθοῦσα εὕροιεν συγγενῆ τινα ἴδιον τεθνηκότα, ἀποκόψαι τὰ ἄκρα τῆς κόμης καὶ πέμψαι ὡς θυσίας ἐς τὸ σῆμα τοῦ νεκροῦ. ταύτας οὖν ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἀπαρχὰς ὀνομάζει.  —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2:   τίς Lp   |    συγγενὴν (or ‑ῆν) Lp   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.59,22–24


Or. 96.16 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: τὰς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: ἀπαρχὰς κυρίως ἐλέγετο τὰ πρῶτα τῶν καρπῶν προσφερόμενα τοῖς θεοῖς.  —ZmGuOx2

POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Ox2      

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu with cross.   |   


Or. 96.18 (vet exeg) ⟨χοὰς⟩: χοαὶ αἱ χεόμεναι τοῖς νεκροῖς σπονδαί.  —MOCV3

TRANSLATION:   ‘Choai’ (‘poured offerings’) are the libation poured for the dead.

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: intermarg. C, s.l. V3      

APP. CRIT.:   χοαὶ om. OV3   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,1; Dind. II.59,21


Or. 96.19 (rec gloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: τὰς χεομένας τοῖς νεκροῖς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.20 (rec gloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: σπονδὰς  —PrG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.21 (rec gloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: θυσίαν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.22 (recThom gloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: θυσίας  —AbCrF2MlSOxZZaZb1Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 96.23 (rec gloss) ⟨φέρουσ’⟩: κρατοῦσ’ ἐκείνη —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.24 (rec gloss) ⟨φέρουσ’⟩: κομίζουσα  —F2MlZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.25 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨ἐμᾶς⟩: ἐμῆς  —KRfTa, perhaps before erasure T

LEMMA: ἐμάς in text KTa       POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   T has χοὰς … ἐμάς, but both accents appear to have been written in erasure, implying that χοᾶς … ἐμᾶς had been written by Tz. There is no sign of ῆ over ἐμάς, but the erasure is perhaps large enough to allow speculation that it was once present s.l. This is one of the cases where a suspicion arises that Ta was looking at a lost Triclinian copy other than T.   |   


Or. 96.26 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐμάς⟩: ἡ γενικὴ καλεῖται καὶ κτητική· ἔδει οὖν εἰπεῖν ἐμῆς κόμης  —K

POSITION: in lower marg., 2 lines below verse 96      


Or. 97.01 (vet exeg) σοὶ δ’ οὐχὶ θεμιτόν:  1οὐκ ἐν καιρῷ παρρησιάζεται ἡ Ἠλέκτρα, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸ ὀλίγου φάσκουσα ἐλπίδα ἔχειν εἰς τὸν Μενέλαον.  2ἐὰν μὲν ἐν ἐρωτήσει ᾖ ὁ λόγος, μετριώτερός ἐστιν·  3ἐὰν δὲ ἑτέρως, ἄντικρυς ἐναγῆ καὶ μὴ ἀξίαν οὖσαν προσπελάζειν τῷ τάφῳ ἀποδεικνύει τὴν Ἑλένην διὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα αὐτῇ {τοῖς φίλοις}.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Electra speaks freely at an inopportune moment, and this despite saying a little earlier that she places hope in Menelaus. If the sentence is interrogative, then it is more measured; but if the other way (as a statement), she is openly declaring that Helen is polluted and not worthy to approach the tomb because of the deeds she has done {to her kin}.

LEMMA: all      REF. SYMBOL: MB      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐκ om. Pr   |    καὶ ταῦτα (from V, see next), καὶ τὰ MC, καίτοι BPr   |    ἔχειν om. MC   |    2 ἐὰν μὲν] εἰ μὲν οὖν BPr   |    ὁ λόγος ᾖ transp. BPr   |    -τερον MC   |    τὴν ἑλ. ἀποδεικ. transp. BPr   |    διὰ τῶν πεπραγμένων BPr   |    αὐτ τῶ φίλω Pr   |    τοῖς φίλοις del. Schwartz; perhaps a misplaced variant for τῷ τάφῳ   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μετριότ‑ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108.2–6; Dind. II.59,26–60,5


Or. 97.02 (rec exeg) σοὶ δ’ οὐχὶ θεμιτόν:  1οὐκ ἐν καιρῷ παρρησιάζεται ἡ Ἠλέκτρα, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸ ὀλίγου φάσκουσα ἐλπίδα ἔχειν Μενέλαον.  2καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἐν ἐρωτήσει ᾖ ὁ λόγος, μετριώτερός ἐστιν·  3ἐὰν δὲ ἑτέρως ἄντικρυ· ἐναγῆ γὰρ καὶ μεμιασμένην οὖσαν καὶ μὴ ἀξίαν εἶναι πελάζειν τῷ τάφῳ διὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα αὐτῇ {τοῖς φίλοις}.   —V

TRANSLATION:   Electra speaks freely at an inopportune moment, and this despite saying a little earlier that she has Menelaus as a (source of) hope. And if the sentence is interrogative, then it is more measured; but if the other way (as a statement), (it is) unreservedly (expressed), for (it speaks of Helen as?) being unholy and polluted and not worthy to approach the tomb because of the deeds she has done {to her kin}.

LEMMA: V(σοί δ’)       REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῖς φίλοις del. Schwartz   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108.2–6 app.; Dind. II.59,26–60,5 app.


Or. 97.03 (rec exeg) 1εἰ μὲν κατ’ ἐρώτησιν ἦν ὁ νοῦς, λέγεται οὕτω·  2οὐκ ἔστι δίκαιόν σοι ἵνα πορευθήσει εἰς τὸν τάφον τὸν προσφιλῆ;  3εἰ δὲ ⟨μὴ⟩ κατ’ ἐρώτησιν ᾖ, λοιδορεῖ αὐτὴν ὅτι οὐδὲν ἔνι δίκαιον ἵνα ὑπάγῃς σε εἰς τὸν τάφον διὰ τὸ εἶναί σε μεμιασμένην καὶ μὴ ἀξίαν πελάζειν τῷ τάφῳ διὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα.   —Rw

TRANSLATION:   If the sense is interrogative, it is meant as follows: Is it not just for you that you go to the tomb dear to you? But if it is not interrogative, she reviles her, saying that it is in no way just for you to take yourself off to the tomb because you are polluted and not worthy to approach the tomb because of your deeds.

APP. CRIT.:   2 προσφαλῆ Rw   |    3 μὴ add. Mastr.   

COMMENT:   2 δίκαιον σοι Rw   


Or. 97.04 (vet exeg) ἢ ἄλλως: πῶς; πικρῶς θέλει αὐτὴν ὁμολογῆσαι δι’ ὃ φυλάσσεται προσελθεῖν τῷ τάφῳ. —MCPr

TRANSLATION:   How (is it not proper)? With hostility she (Electra) wants her (Helen) to admit for what reason she (Helen) is wary of approaching the tomb.

LEMMA: Pr      POSITION: cont. from prev. with only high stop before ἢ ἄλλως MC      

APP. CRIT.:   punct. after πῶς add. Schw.   |    θέλει] εἰς Pr   |    ὁμολογ⟨εῖν ποι⟩ῆσαι suppl. Schw.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   διὸ CPr, δι ὃ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,7–8; Dind. II.60,5–6


Or. 97.05 (rec exeg) ⟨σοὶ⟩: ὡς ἐναγεῖ καῖ πολλῶν κακῶν αἰτίᾳ τοῖς Ἕλλησι  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 97.06 (rec gloss) ⟨σὺ⟩: σοὶ  —Rf

LEMMA: σὺ in text Rf       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 97.07 (rec gloss) ⟨θεμιτὸν⟩: δίκαιον  —V1AaAbCrMlPrSYfZb1ZcZl1Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ prep. V   |    καὶ prep. CrOx   

COLLATION NOTES:   A raised thick dot preposed in V.   |   


Or. 97.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨θεμιτὸν⟩: ἐξὸν  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross omitted by Ta.   |   


Or. 97.09 (rec gloss) ⟨θεμιτὸν⟩: πρέπον  —F2K

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ prep. F2   


Or. 97.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεμιτὸν⟩: καλὸν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 97.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεμιτὸν⟩: βουλητὸν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 97.12 (thom gloss) ⟨θεμιτὸν⟩: ὑπάρχει  —ZZaZbZlZmCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 97.13 (tri gloss) ⟨θεμιτὸν⟩: ἐστὶν  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 97.14 (rec gloss) ⟨φίλων⟩: τῶν συγγενῶν  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. G   


Or. 97.15 (rec gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: καὶ τὸν προσφιλῆ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν] τῆ S   


Or. 97.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: φιλούμενον  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν prep. Ml   


Or. 97.17 (rec artGloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: τὸν  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 97.18 (thom gloss) ⟨στείχειν⟩: πορευθῆναι  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 97.19 (recThom gloss) ⟨στείχειν⟩: πορεύεσθαι  —MlZbZlTGuCrF2GYf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 97.20 (rec gloss) ⟨στείχειν⟩: ὥστε  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 97.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάφον⟩: πρὸς τὸν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 97.22 (rec gram) ⟨τάφον⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θάπτω τάφος  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 98.01 (rec exeg) ἐφοβεῖτο γὰρ μὴ λιθολευθῇ.  —Sa

POSITION: under the line (last of page) Sa      

COMMENT:   The form implies a verb λιθολεύω, which seems to be attested in the form λελιθολευμένον in Et. Gen. λ 81 = Et. Magn. 561, 52 Gaisford, and Didymus Caecus, comm. in Zach. 3.216 (λιθολεγομένους correctly diagnosed as an error for λιθολευομένους in LBG s.v. λιθολεύω). The attested aor. pass. from simplex λεύω is ἐλεύσθην; so one could consider emending to λιθολευ⟨σ⟩θῆ or λιθολευ⟨στη⟩θῆ (from the common Byzantine verb λιθολευστέω), but more likely Sa gives us an ad hoc formation, not to be regularized.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 98.02 (rec exeg) ⟨δεῖξαι γὰρ⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἔστι μοι δίκαιον ὅτι.  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 98.03 (rec gloss) ⟨δεῖξαι γὰρ⟩: οὐκ ἔστι δίκαιον.  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 98.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨δεῖξαι γὰρ⟩: οὐ θεμιτὸν  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 98.05 (thom gloss) ⟨δεῖξαι γὰρ⟩: ναὶ οὐχὶ θεμιτὸν  —ZZaZb1T

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ναὶ om. Za   |    οὐχὶ θεμιτὸν om. T (but has Mosch. 98.05 sep. after this)   

COLLATION NOTES:   Only ναὶ separately T, placed before Mosch. version with οὐ.   |   


Or. 98.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεῖξαι⟩: φανερῶσαι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 98.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γὰρ⟩: ἀλλά· τὸ γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀλλά.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,8


Or. 98.08 (rec exeg) ⟨γὰρ⟩: τὸ γάρ περισσὸν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,9

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 98.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἀργείοις⟩: τοῖς  —F2Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 98.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σῶμ’⟩: ἤγουν ἐμαυτὴν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 98.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σῶμ’⟩: τὸ ἐμὸν  —Zb1Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 98.12 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨σῶμ’⟩: τὸ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 98.13 (rec exeg) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: πανούργως τὸν φόβον αἰδῶ ἐκάλεσε.  —VCAaPrRbSGuYf2

TRANSLATION:   With unscrupulous cunning she called her fear shame.

REF. SYMBOL: Rb to line 98      POSITION: s.l. (at 98) except R, above whole line AaPrS, above αἰσχύνομαι VCGuYf      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔδειξε γὰρ prep. Rb (corruption of δεῖξαι γὰρ as lemma)   |   ἐκαλ. αἰδῶ transp. Aa   |    αἰδῶ] αἰσχύνην Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰδὼ PrRbSYf2   |    ἐκάλεσεν AaGuYf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,14 (assigned to 101); Dind. II.60.9–10

KEYWORDS:  πανοῦργος/πανούργως   


Or. 98.14 (rec exeg) καὶ μετριώτερον διαλέγεται πείσειν οἰομένη  —VAaPrRbS

TRANSLATION:   And she (Helen) converses in more moderate terms, believing she will (thus) persuade (Electra).

POSITION: cont. from prev., s.l. except Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om., or lost to damage V   |    μεταγώτερον (sic) Pr   |    διαλέγεται V, διαλέγει others   |    πείσειν οἰομ. om. AaPrS   |    οιομένην Rb   

COMMENT:   If the fuller version is original, then the commentator is apparently disagreeing with the analysis that detects the cunning of πανουργία in Helen here (cf. 99.01, which probably argues against seeing any moderation). It is possible, however, that the shorter version is original and that the note is displaced from 97 (cf. 97.01), the phrase πείσειν οἰομένην having been added in order to accommodate its new position at 98.   |   If Pr intended the word μεταγωγότερον (‘in a way more likely to shift/persuade her’), he was using a rare Byantine adjective.   |   

KEYWORDS:  πανοῦργος/πανούργως   |   rare word   


Or. 98.15 (rec exeg) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: πανούργως, φοβοῦμαι  —O

TRANSLATION:  With unscrupulous cunning, (in place of) I am afraid.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  πανοῦργος/πανούργως   


Or. 98.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: πανοῦργον τὸ σχῆμα τῆς Ἑλένης· ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν φοβοῦμαι λέγει αἰσχύνομαι  —G

TRANSLATION:  The schema used by Helen is that of unscrupulous cunning: instead of saying ‘I am afraid’ she says ‘I am ashamed’.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  πανοῦργος/πανούργως   


Or. 98.17 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: φοβοῦμαι  —Pr

POSITION: below the line (space above full)      


Or. 98.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: ἐντρέπομαι  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 98.19 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: αἰδοῦμαι, εὐλαβοῦμαι  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 99.01 (vet exeg) ὀψέ γε φρονεῖς εὖ: οὐδαμοῦ ἀνώμαλον τὸ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας ἦθος —MVCYf2

TRANSLATION:   Nowhere is the character(ization) of Electra inconsistent.

LEMMA: V, 100 ὀρθῶς ἔλεξας C      REF. SYMBOL: V; to 100 C      POSITION: marg. M(beside 100)C, s.l. Yf2      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐδαμῶς Yf2   |    τὸ transp. after ἠλέκτρας Yf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,9–10; Dind. II.60,14

COMMENT:   The claim here is that Electra is always speaking freely and being critical of Helen, and is apparently an argument against an alternative view that she is more moderate (cf. 98.14).   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Schwartz misread M as having οὐδαμῶς.   |   

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of   


Or. 99.02 (vet exeg) ὀψέ γε φρονεῖς εὖ:  1τοῦτο φησὶ θλιβομένη.  2εἰ μὴ γὰρ σύ, φησὶν, ἀπῆλθες, ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐγίνοντο· σὺ τούτων ἀρχηγός.  3δάκνουσα δὲ τοῦτό φησιν.   —MCPr

TRANSLATION:   She says this because she is distressed. For if you had not gone off, she says, these things would not be happening; you are the first cause of these events. And she says this in a stinging manner.

LEMMA: C, p.c M (a.c. perhaps ὀψὲ εὖ γε φρονεῖς), ὀψέ γε φρονεῖς Pr      POSITION: marg. M; after sch. 90.01 Pr (among disordered notes on 14v)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 φησὶ … γὰρ σύ om. M   |    3 δάκνουσα Schw. (vol. II, Addenda), δακρύουσα all   |    τοῦτο] ταῦτα Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,11–12; Dind. II.60,15–16

COMMENT:   Knowing only the defective version of M (τοῦτο, φησὶν, ἀπῆλθες), Dindorf proposed to read εἰ μὴ τότε, φησὶν, ἀπῆλθες, which was adopted by Schwartz, who missed the version in C (and did not use Pr). The full version shows the emendation to be superfluous.   


Or. 99.03 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὀψὲ⟩: ὀψὲ τοῦ χρόνου  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X      


Or. 99.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὄψε⟩: μόλις  —MlPrRfSZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   


Or. 99.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄψε⟩: βραδέως  —FG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   


Or. 99.05a (rec gloss) ⟨φρονεῖς εὖ⟩: εἰς φρόνησιν ἦλθες  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 99.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὖ φρονεῖς⟩: νοεῖς καλῶς  —Zl

LEMMA: thus in text Zl       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 99.07 (rec gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: καὶ καλῶς  —CrF2SOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. F2   


Or. 99.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τότε λιποῦσ’⟩: λείπει οὐχὶ ἐφρόνεις εὖ ὅτε ὑπῆρχες.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπῆρχες] cf. next, ὑπῆρξες Pr   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 99.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότε λιποῦσ’⟩: μὴ φρονοῦσα τότε καλῶς ὅτε ὑπῆρχες τοὺς οἴκους λιποῦσα.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,12–13


Or. 99.10 (thom exeg) ⟨τότε λιποῦσ’⟩: ὅτε ἠκολούθησας τῷ Πάριδι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Back then’ means) ‘when you accompanied Paris’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ om. T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,13–14


Or. 99.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότε λιποῦσ’⟩: ὅτε, ἀφ’ οὗ ἔλιπες τοὺς δόμους  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 99.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τότε⟩: οὐκ ἐνόεις δηλονότι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 99.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τότε⟩: οὐκ ἐφρόνεις εὖ —CrRfOx

POSITION: s.l. (Rf over end of line)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐσωφρόνεις a.c. Rf   |    εὖ om. CrOx   


Or. 99.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λιποῦσ’⟩: καταλιποῦσα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 99.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λιποῦσ’⟩: καταλείψασα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 99.16 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχρῶς⟩: ἀναισχύντως  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 99.16a (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχρῶς⟩: κακῶς  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 99.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰσχρῶς⟩: ἀτίμως  —F2GZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 99.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόμους⟩: τοὺς οἴκους  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.01 (rec paraphr) ἀληθῶς εἶπας, οὐ μέντοι προσφιλῶς ἐμοί.  —MVCRbS

TRANSLATION:   You have spoken accurately, but not in a way friendly to me.

LEMMA: σύ δ’ εὖ ἔλεξας V(as in text V)       REF. SYMBOL: VRb       POSITION: s.l. MS, intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀληθῶς εἶπας om. S   |    ἀληθῆ V, ὀρθῶς Rb   |    μέντοι οὐ transp. C   |    προσφιλῶς Arsenius (cf. 100.15), προσφιλῆ all (προσφίλη Rb) (cf. 100.09)    

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,13; Dind. II.60,17


Or. 100.02 (pllgn exeg) διὰ τὴν αἴνεσιν ὁ λόγος τῇ Ἑλένη ⟨ … ⟩  —B3c

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔνεσιν B3c   

COMMENT:   Apparently a remnant of, or incomplete copying of, a note to the effect ‘because of the praise the remark (of Electra) was pleasing/friendly to Helen, but because of the reproach it was not’.   |   


Or. 100.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀρθῶς ἔλεξας⟩: καὶ καλῶς εἶπας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀρθῶς⟩: ἀληθῶς  —OAbF2MlSGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀρθῶς⟩: κατ’ ἀλήθειαν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀρθῶς⟩: καλῶς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔλεξας⟩: τοῦτο  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλεξας⟩: εἶπας  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ φίλως δέ μοι λέγεις⟩: οὐ μέντοι προσφιλῆ ἐμοί  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.10 (recMosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ φίλως δέ μοι λέγεις⟩: οὐ προσφιλεῖς δὲ ἐμοὶ λόγους λέγεις.  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. G   |    δέ μοι G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐμὶ Ml   |   


Or. 100.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ φίλως δέ μοι λέγεις⟩: διότι αἰσχύνεις ἐμέ —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ φίλως⟩: ὅτι ὀνειδίζεις μοι· {οὐ} καλῶς δὲ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν  —G

POSITION: s.l. over start of line, preceding 100.10      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ del. Mastr. (or read οὐ κακῶς)   


Or. 100.13 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐ φίλως⟩: διὰ τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Not in a friendly way’ is said) because of the reproach.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ φίλως⟩: οὐ ποθεινῶς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.15 (rec gloss) ⟨φίλως⟩: προσφιλῶς  —OZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.16 (thom gloss) ⟨φίλως⟩: ἀγαπητῶς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 101.01 (mosch paraphr) αἰδὼς δὲ δὴ τίς:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ τίνα δὲ αἰδῶ ἔχεις εἰς τοὺς Μυκηναίους;  2τουτέστι τίς ἐστὶν ἡ αἰδὼς ἣν αἰδῇ τοὺς Μυκηναίους;   —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: G(om. δὴ, as in text)       POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGrZc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Zc   |    δὲ om. TZc   |    αἰδὼς a.c. Yf   |    2 τουτέστι κτλ om. Zc   |    δέ add. before ἐστιν T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τουτέστιν Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,20–21


Or. 101.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αἰδὼς δὲ δὴ τίς⟩: τίς ἐστιν ἣν εἰς Ἕλληνας αἰδῇ; —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 101.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩: ἐντροπή  —CrOxYf2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,21


Or. 101.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩: φόβος  —FZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 101.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩: τοῦ ἐλθεῖν σε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 101.06 (rec gram) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩: αἰσχύνη καὶ αἰδὼς διαφέρει· αἰσχύνη μὲν ἡ διά τινα αἰτίαν γινομένη, αἰδὼς δὲ ἡ εὔλογος αἰσχύνη.  —V1Pr

TRANSLATION:   ‘Aischunē’ and ‘aidōs’ differ in sense: ‘aischunē’ is what arises because of some cause of blame, but ‘aidōs’ is a kind of ‘aischunē’ that is well-justified.

POSITION: follows sch. 103.14 V1Pr, add. V1 at end of sch. block      

COMMENT:   There are numerous texts containing a few often-repeated differentiations between the two words, but the verbal formulation in this note is not paralleled. It does, however, echo a common view that ‘aischunē’ is shame for something bad one has done, while ‘aidōs’ is an anticipatory feeling that justifiably prevents one from committing an untoward action.   

KEYWORDS:  διαφέρει   |   vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 101.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩:  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 101.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίς⟩: ποία  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 101.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: μέσον τῶν Μυκηναίων φανῆναι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,23


Or. 101.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: φανῆναι εἰς Ἕλληνας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 101.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ ίους ἔχει⟩: ἀπελθεῖν  —V3Ab2R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 101.12 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: ἐλθεῖν  —PrSGu

POSITION: s.l. (above αἰδὼς δὲ τίς S)      

APP. CRIT.:   ὥστε prep. S   |   


Or. 101.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: εἰς τὸ μὴ μολεῖν  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 101.14 (rec gloss) ⟨Μυκηναίους⟩: τοὺς Ἀργείους  —V1KSYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι εἰς prep. V1, εἰς prep. Yf2   |    τοὺς om. K   |   


Or. 101.15 (thom exeg) ⟨Μυκηναίους⟩: Ἀργείους· ἐν γὰρ τῷ Ἄργει αἱ Μυκῆναι.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Myceneans’ means) Argives. For Mycenae is in Argos.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοὺς prep. Za   |    after ἄργει add. εἰσὶ καὶ Zl   |    αἱ om. Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,22


Or. 101.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Μυκηναίους⟩: Ἕλληνας  —FB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   


Or. 101.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: κρατεῖ  —Ab2CrRSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 101.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: κατέχει  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 102.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δέδοικα⟩: μόλις ἐλεγχομένη τὸ ἀληθὲς εἶπεν.  —MOVYf2

TRANSLATION:   She (Helen) with difficulty spoke the truth when cross-examined.

POSITION: s.l., except marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   μόλις om. O   |    τὴν ἀλήθειαν O   |    λέγει Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,15; Dind. II.60,25


Or. 102.02 (rec gloss) ⟨δέδοικα⟩: φοβοῦμαι  —CrMlOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 102.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέδοικα⟩: δειλιῶ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 102.04 (rec artGloss) ⟨πατέρας⟩: τοὺς  —AbF2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 102.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: τῶν φονευθέντων ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 102.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: τῶν θνηξάντων  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 102.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: λείπει τῶν θανόντων  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 102.08 (rec gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: θανόντων  —MlZb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 102.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: ἀποθανόντων  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 102.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: πεσόντων  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν prep. YZc   


Or. 102.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: φονευθέντων  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 102.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: τῶν παίδων τῶν πεσόντων  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 102.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: τῶν φθαρέντων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 102.14 (rec gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: τῶν †φανέντων  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   e.g. φθαρέντων or φονευθέντων   |   


Or. 102.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: καὶ ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Ox   


Or. 102.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπ’⟩: ἐν τῇ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 102.17 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨νεκρῶν⟩: τῶν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ Ἄργει⟩: ἤγουν δεινῶς ἀναβοᾷ διὰ στόματος ἐν Ἄργει.  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 103.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ Ἄργει⟩:  1καὶ γὰρ χαλεπῶς ἀναβοᾷ ἤγουν ἀνακηρύττῃ τῷ Ἄργει,  2ἀντὶ τοῦ τοῖς Ἀργείοις διὰ τοῦ στόματος.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr, partial Zc

TRANSLATION:  For indeed you are bruited about harshly, that is, you are proclaimed to Argos, equivalent to (you are proclaimed) among the Argives through their mouths.

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ γὰρ and ἀναβοᾷ ἤγουν om. Zc   |    2 ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ om. Zc   |    second τοῦ om. Gr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀνακηρύττει YZc   |   


Or. 103.03 (thom exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ⟩: ναὶ φοβοῦ —ZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (To understand the causal connection, supply before the phrase) ‘yes, do be afraid’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ γὰρ δεινόν add. T   


Or. 103.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ⟩: ναὶ ἀληθῶς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.05 (rec gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: δεινὴ —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.06 (rec gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: δεινῶς  —AaAbKPrSG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 103.07 (rec exeg) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: πῶς  —V3KB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: μεγάλα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.09 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: τοῦ Ἄργους  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.10 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: τῶν Ἀργείων  —AaPrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: τῷ ἄστει τῶν Ἀργείων  —AbSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ ἀργείων ἄστει Ab   


Or. 103.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: ἐν  —F2GB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.13 (tri gloss) ⟨τ’⟩: καὶ  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.14 (vet exeg) ἀναβοᾷ:  1τὸ ἀναβοᾷ δευτέρου ἐστὶ προσώπου παθητικῆς διαθέσεως, ἀναβοᾷ σύ, ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾷ.  2ὁ δὲ νοῦς· δεινῶς γὰρ διὰ στόματος τοῦ Ἄργους ἀναβοᾷ σύ.   —MBVCAbMnPraPrbRaRbRwSY2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Anaboāi’ is second person of the passive voice, you are (your name is) loudly shouted, equivalent to shouted against. The sense is: you are terribly decried in the talk of Argos.

LEMMA: MBC      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. Yf; cont. from next sch. VRaRbRw (add. δὲ VRbRw); cont. from sch. 99.02 Pra (14v), Prb follows sch. 97.01 (15r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἀναβ. … διαθέσεως om. Ra   |    τὸ om. AbMnPraPrbS   |    ἀναβοᾷ] app. καταβοᾶ Ab   |    δευτέρου ἐστὶν προσώπου M, προσώπου ἐστι δευτέρου BCPrb, προσώπου δευτέρου ἐστὶ VRw(ἐστὶν), προσώπου δύο ἐστὶν Rb, δευτέρου προσώπου Pra, δεύτερον πρόσωπον AbMnS, δεύτερον πρόσωπον ἐστὶ Y2Yf2   |    παθητικῆς διαθέσεως] παθητικῶν PraY2, τῶν παθητικῶν VRb, παθητικὸν AbMnSYf2    |    second ἀναβοᾷ … καταβοᾷ] om. S, first sentence of sch. 103.15 interposed before ἀναβοᾷ σύ AbMn   |    ἀναβοᾷ σύ] om. BPrb, ἀναβοᾶ σοι V, ἀντὶ τοῦ βοᾶ σύ MCPra, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναβοῆσαι καὶ ἐπαπειλῆσαι Y2, ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾶσαι καὶ ἐπαπειλῆσαι Yf2   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾷ] om. RwY2Yf2, ἤγουν καταβοᾶ Pra   |    after καταβοᾷ add. σύ BPrb   |    2 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. Pra   |    νοῦς δὲ (ὁ om.) Mn   |    δεινῶς γὰρ om. VMnRaRbRwS, prob. Ab (damage)   |    διὰ τοῦ στόματος B, διστόματος Rb   |    σύ] om. BPrb; punct. before σὺ S, as of σὺ starts next lemma    |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 καταβοὰ Mn   |    2 ἔργους Mn   |    ἀναβαᾶ Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,16–18; Dind. II.61,4–6


Or. 103.15 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  διὰ τοῦ στόματος, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 10.298] ‘διά τ’ ἔντεα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα’.  —MVCAbMnPrRaRbRwY2

TRANSLATION:   (The preposition is used with the accusative in the sense) through the mouth (prep. with gen.), just as in the (Homeric) example ‘through the coat of mail and black blood’.

LEMMA: M, in marg. app. C; ἀναβοᾷ διὰ στόμα VRw, δεινὸν γὰρ ἄργει Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: before prev. sch. VRaRb, follows sch. 122.06 in Rw; cont. from Pra version of prev. Pr; AbMn insert this in prev. sch., before ἀναβοᾷ σύ      

APP. CRIT.:   note mostly lost to trimming Ra   |    ὥστε prep. Rb [Ra], ὡς τὸ prep. AbMn, διὰ στόμα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr   |    διὰ τοῦ στόμ. om. Y2   |    τοῦ om. MnPr [Ab]   |    ὡς τὸ] αὐτὸ Rb[Ra], ὥσπερ τὸ Pr   |    ἀνά τ’ ἔντεα MCPrY2 (ἀνα τ’ C, app. M)   |    καὶ] om. Mn, perhaps Ab, καὶ διὰ MC   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔντεα] εἴτεα Rb[Ra]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,19–20; Dind. II.61,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   After this sch. in Mn there are two grammatical scholia that do not relate to anything in the text: (at end of column of scholia on 11r) ξυνωρὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύνω ξύρεσθαι καὶ σύρεσθαι (mistranscribed in Dindorf IV.257,1–3); (in the bottom margin of 11r) βραχίων βραχικύων [read βραχὺς κίων] τίς ὢν οἰονεὶ βραχὺς ἦν, cf. Georg. Choerobosc. epimer. in Psalm. 119,16 and Et. Gud. (de Stefani) s.v. βραχίων.   |   


Or. 103.16 (vet exeg) 1τοῦτο δὲ ἀπολογίας ἔχεται ὡς ὅτι συμπάσχουσά σοι εἴρηκα.  2πλεονάζει δὲ ὁ τέ.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   This remark is close to an apology, alleging that ‘I have spoken in sympathy with you’. The conjunction ‘te’ is superfluous.

LEMMA: cont. from prev. MC      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἴρηκας M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,20–21

KEYWORDS:  πλεονάζει   


Or. 103.17 (pllgn exeg) εἰς φόβον ἄγει τὴν Ἑλέναν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα πλείονα.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,7


Or. 103.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: σὺ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: καταβοᾷ δεύτερον πρόσωπον παθητικόν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: δεύτερον πρόσωπον  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾶ  —RS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: καὶ λοιδορῇ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: καταλοιδορεῖ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: ἀνακηρύττῃ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.25 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: φημίζῃ καὶ κατὰ γλῶσσαν στρέφῃ.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   στρέφῃ] φέρει Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   φημίζει Zl   |    γλῶτταν T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,8


Or. 103.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: ἀπειλεῖ  —V3Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπειλῆσαι V3   


Or. 103.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: κατηγορῇ  —FV3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.28 (rec gloss) ⟨διὰ στόμα⟩: στόματος τοῦ Ἄργους —OV1

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ ἄργους om. V1 (or lost to damage)   


Or. 103.29 (rec gloss) ⟨διὰ στόμα⟩: διὰ τοῦ στόματος  —AbF2PrSGB3a

POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. S   |    διὰ om. Ab   |    τοῦ om. F2Pr   


Or. 103.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διὰ στόμα⟩: καὶ στοματικῶς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.31 (pllgn gram) ⟨διὰ στόμα⟩: οἱ Ἀττικοὶ τὴν διά ὅτε δηλοῖ ἐνέργειαν πρὸς αἰτιατικὴν συντάσσουσιν, ὡς ἔχει καὶ τὸ ‘διὰ στόμα πυριγενετᾶν’ ὅπερ Αἰσχύλος [Sept. 206–207] φησίν.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:   The Attic-speakers construe the preposition ‘dia’ with the accusative when it indicates activity (i.e., when the noun following it connotes activity?), as is the case also with ‘through the mouth of the fire-born (bits)’, which Aeschylus says.

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aeschylus   


Or. 104.01 (thom gloss) ⟨νυν⟩: δὴ  —ZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 104.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χάριν⟩: δωρεάν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 104.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χάριν⟩: εὐεργεσίαν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 104.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: τίνι  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 104.05 (recMosch paraphr) ⟨τὸν φόβον λύσασα⟩: διὰ τὸ τὸν φόβον λῦσαι  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ τὸ] διὰ MlXYGr, διὰ τοῦ GGu(τοῦ add. to Gr gloss)   |    λῦσαι τὸν φόβον transp. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λύσαι XaY, p.c. Yf (a.c. app. λύσασι Yf)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,10


Or. 104.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβον⟩: διὰ  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 104.07 (thom gloss) ⟨φόβον⟩: ἐμοῦ  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   F probably had something here, but it is too washed out to read.   |   


Or. 104.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβον⟩: ὃν φοβοῦμαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 104.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λύσασα⟩: ἐλευθερώσασα  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 104.10 (tri metr) ⟨λυσάσα⟩:  long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 104.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δός⟩: καὶ παράσχε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πάρασχε CrOx   |   


Or. 104.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δός⟩: ἄπελθε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 105.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἂν⟩: ἐσχηματισμένον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,13

COMMENT:   Either this means that the Electra is speaking with a pretended attitude or in an ironic/sarcastic tone (but it is hard to see why the commentator would say that about this line), or it indicates that οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην is an artificially or artistically formed equivalent of οὐ δύναμαι (cf. next gloss).   

KEYWORDS:  ἐσχηματισμένον   


Or. 105.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυναίμην⟩: δύναμαι  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 105.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δυναίμην⟩: δυνατὸν ἐστὶν ἀπελθεῖν με  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 105.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 105.04a (rec gloss) ⟨εἰσβλέψαι⟩: ἰδεῖν  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰδεῖν Ml   |   


Or. 105.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰσβλέψαι⟩: θεάσασθαι  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 105.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨τάφον⟩: τὸν  —F2MlOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.01 (vet gloss) ἑλ[  —H3

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This is reported by Daitz with a gamma and undeciphered trace after lambda and assigned to hand H3 (with u.v.). On his image I see only ἑλ and perhaps a faint abbreviation stroke on the lambda. I wonder whether this is a personae nota placed at the right of the line instead of the left, or in addition to the left (for an example of this in M see Prelim. Stud. 182). To be rechecked when the new images of H are publicly available.   


Or. 106.02 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχρὸν⟩: ἄτοπον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.03 (recMosch gloss) ⟨αἰσχρὸν⟩: ἄσχημον ἀπρεπές  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   |    ἄσχημον om. Zc   |    ἀπρ. ἀσχ. transp. G   


Or. 106.04 (thom gloss) ⟨αἰσχρὸν⟩: ἄτιμον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.05 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχρὸν⟩: καὶ κακὸν  —CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.06 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχρὸν⟩: ἐστὶ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰσχρὸν⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Zl

POSITION: s.l., above τοι      


Or. 106.08 (thom gloss) ⟨μέντοι⟩: δὲ  —ZlZm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.09 (vet exeg) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: κυρίως δὲ πρόσπολοι λέγονται αἱ δοῦλαι.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The slave-women are called ‘prospoloi’ in the proper sense (of the word).

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   κυρίως δὲ om. C   |    πρόπολοι C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,22; Dind. II.61,15


Or. 106.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: δούλους  —V1RfSZbZlZm2ZuTOxAa3CrF2Yf2Zcr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. T, καὶ τοὺς prep. ZuCrF2Ox   |    ἡμῶν add. Zl   


Or. 106.11 (mosch exeg) προσπόλους: πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος. πρόπολος δὲ χωρὶς τοῦ σ̅, ὁ νεωκόρος.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  ‘Prospolos’ is ‘slave’, but ‘propolos’ without the sigma is ‘warden of a temple’.

LEMMA: αἰσχρόν … προσπόλους G       POSITION: s.l., except XG      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,16


Or. 106.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος, πρόπολος δὲ χωρὶ τοῦ σ ὁ νεωκόρος. ἀμφίπολος δὲ ἡ κατὰ κύκλον περιστροφή. προπαροξύνονται δὲ ταῦτα πάντα, ὡς μετὰ προθέσεως συντιθέμενα, τὸ δὲ δικασπόλος διὰ τὸ μὴ μετὰ προθέσεως συντεθεῖσθαι παροξύνεται.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  ‘Prospolos’ means ‘slave’, but ‘propolos’ without the sigma is a temple-warden. ‘Amphipolos’ is applied to turning around in a circular motion. All these are proparoxytone (accented on the antepenult) because compounded with a preposition, but ‘dikaspolos’ (‘judge’) is paroytone (accented on the penult) because it has not been compounded with a preposition.

POSITION: s.l. (finishing in margin block)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,16–19

COMMENT:   χωρί is an alternative form of χωρίς found in a few Byzantine texts and mentioned for analogy of formation in Eustathius in Od. 20.599 (II.222,10) οὕτω δὲ καὶ δηθάκις δηθάκι καὶ αὖθις αὖθι καὶ χωρὶς χωρί. Compare also sch. Lp Hec. 860 χωρὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ καὶ χωρὶς ἀντὶ τοῦ μακράν.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 106.13 (rec gloss) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: δουλίδας  —AbPrRSB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς prep. S   


Or. 106.14 (rec gloss) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: τὰς δούλας  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.15 (rec gloss) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: φίλους  —Rwr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόσπολον⟩: τοὺς (προσπόλ)ους  —Gu

LEMMA: πρόσπολον in text Gr       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.17 (rec artGloss) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: τὰς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.18 (thom gram) ⟨προσπόλους⟩:  1πρόσπολος οὐ μόνον ὁ δοῦλος ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ δούλη.  2τοιοῦτο δέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ ἀμφίπολος, πρὸς μὲν τὸ ἀρσενικὸν ὄνομα ἀρσενικῶς ἐκφερόμενος, πρὸς δὲ τὸ θηλυκὸν θηλυκῶς.   —Zm, partial GuOx2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Prospolos’ is not only a male slave, but also a female slave. And of this same sort is the word ‘amphipolos’, treated as masculine in reference to a masculine word but as feminine in reference to a feminine word.

POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Ox      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος of Gr (106.11) allowed to serve as first words of this note by Gu   |    2 τοιοῦτος Ox2   |    πρὸς μὲν κτλ om. GuOx2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκφερόρομενος Zm   |   


Or. 106.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φέρειν⟩: ὑπομένειν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φέρειν⟩: κομίσαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φέρειν⟩: κομίζειν —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: ταῦτα  —ZlOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 106.23 (rec gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: τὰ θύματα  —AbSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: τὰς θυσίας  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 107.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τί⟩: διὰ τί  —AbF2MlRXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. R   


Or. 107.02 (rec gloss) ⟨θυγατρὸς⟩: τῆς σῆς  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 107.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨θυγατρὸς⟩: τῆς  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 107.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: περιφραστικῶς τὴν Ἑρμιόνην  —AbKMnRSSaZu

POSITION: marg. AbR, others s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὴν add. before τὴν Zu   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 107.05 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: τὴν θυγατέρα τὴν Ἑρμιόνην περιφραστικῶς  —MlXXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘Body of Hermione’ means) ‘her daughter Hermione’, by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν θυγ.] ἀντὶ τοῦ G, om. Zc   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 107.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Ἑρμιόνην τὴν σὴν θυγατέρα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 107.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: περιφραστικῶς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 107.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 107.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέμπεις⟩: οὐ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 107.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ σῶμα  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 108.01 (vet exeg) εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν παρθένοισιν:  1τί οὖν; ταῖς τελείαις τοῦτο καλόν;  2ἔστιν οὖν εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἐν Σπάρτῃ εἰώθασι γυμνάζεσθαι αἱ γυναῖκες καὶ παρθένοι,  3ὥστε δέδοται μὲν παρθένοις εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν, οὐ μὴν καθόλου,  4ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ ὡρισμένοις πράγμασιν οἷον κανηφορούσαις ἢ γυμναζομέναις,  5oὐ μὴν ἄλλο τι πραγματευομέναις.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   What then? Is this fine for adult women (to go out among a crowd)? Well then, one can say that in Sparta the wives and the unmarried girls are accustomed to take exercise, so that it has been granted to unmarried girls to go out in public, but not as a general rule, but (only) in defined circumstances, such as when carrying a ritual basket in procession or exercising, not however for any other activity.

LEMMA: MC, εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν παρθ() οὐ καλ(ον) B, εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν VPrRbRw      REF. SYMBOL: BV, app. Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἴποι τίς prep. BVPrRw, εἶπε τις prep. Rb   |    ταῖς om. Pr   |    τοῦτο] τὸ MCRw, om. V   |    2 καὶ ἔστιν Pr   |    3 δίδοται VRw   |    4 ἀλλ’ om. Pr   |    κανισκοφορούσαις VRb, κἂν ἐνφερούσαις Rw   |    5 ἀλλ’ ὅτι M, ἀλλ’ ὅτε Rb, ἀλλὰ Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἰώθασιν Rb   |    3 ὠστε Rb   |    ὅχλον C   |    4 ἐπὶ] ἐπεὶ Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,4–8; Dind. II.61,23–62,4

COMMENT:   The commentator seems unaware that funeral processions and subsequent ritual visits to the grave of a relative were also occasions for women to go out.   

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of   


Or. 108.02 (rec exeg) εἰ μὴ κανηφορούσαις ἢ γυμναζομέναις  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.03 (pllgn exeg) ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ταῖς γυναιξὶν εἰ μή τις καιρὸς νενομισμένος, ὃς κανηφορία λέγεται, ἦλθεν· εἰς ὃν ἐξήρχοντο εὐπάρυφοι παρθένοι καὶ γυναῖκες  —F

TRANSLATION:   But it is not fine even for married women unless a certain sanctioned occasion, which is called basket-bearing, has come. For this maidens and married women went out dressed in fine garments.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ] ἢ F   |   μὴ om., s.l. add. F   

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of   


Or. 108.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ταῖς νεάνισιν·  2οὐ γὰρ ταῖς ἀγάμοις.  3ἄγαμος γὰρ καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα.  4παρθένος δέ ἐστιν ἥ τε ἀμιγὴς καὶ ἡ ἄρτι ἡβῶσα.  5ἢ πάλιν κακονόως οὐ παρθένον βούλεται δεῖξαι τὴν Ἠλέκτραν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπείσθη αὐτῇ.   —MBVCPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   (By ‘parthenoisin’ Helen here means) young girls. For she does not mean unmarried girls. For Electra too is unmarried. And a ‘parthenos’ is both the girl who is still a virgin and the one who is just coming to sexual maturity. Alternatively, once again with ill will she (Helen) wants to show that Electra is not a virgin, because she (Electra) did not accede to her request.

LEMMA: Pr, in marg. B, ἕρπειν MC      POSITION: before sch. 108.01 M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ παρθένοισι prep. VRb, παρθένοις prep. BPr (perhaps lemma mistaken for first words of note)   |    2 τοῖς M   |    3 καὶ] om. VCPrRb, ἦν Rw   |    ἡ ἠλέκτρα] ἡ ἑλένη CRb   |    4 δέ] τέ MBVPrRb   |    ἡ ἀμιγής τε transp. (and second ἡ del.) Elsperger 1908: 69 n. 33   |    ἀμιγὴς om. Pr   |    ἡ om. MPrRbRw   |    5 κακοήθως VRb, κακούργως Pr   |    δεῖξαι βούλεται transp. Schw., without note   |    τὴν ἠλέκτραν] τὴν ἑλένην Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἀμιγὶς Rb, ἀμογῆς Rw   |    ἄρτι] ἄργη C   |    ἡβόωσα Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,23–109,2; Dind. II.62,5–8

KEYWORDS:  κακονόως   |   κακοήθως   |   κακούργως   


Or. 108.05 (vet exeg) τοῦτο κακοήθως εἶπεν. βούλεται γὰρ μὴ παρθένον δεῖξαι τὴν Ἠλέκτραν τῷ μὴ πεισθῆναι αὐτῇ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   She said this maliciously. For she wants to show that Electra is not a virgin, because she did not accede to her request.

REF. SYMBOL: H (to παρθ.)      

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 108.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς ὄχλον⟩: εἰς πλῆθος  —Yf2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς om. Zl   


Or. 108.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ὄχλον⟩: πλῆθος δήμου  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: τὸ ἕρπειν κυρίως ἐπὶ ὄφεως.  —HMV3C

TRANSLATION:   The (verb) ‘herpein’ is used properly of a serpent.

POSITION: s.l., except C, cont. from prev., adding δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἕρπειν om. HV3   |    ἐπὶ ὄφεων λέγεται C   |    τῆς ὄφεως app. H   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,3; Dind. II.62,8


Or. 108.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: κρυφίως βαδίζειν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: βαδίζειν —V1AbCrMlOxYf2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 108.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: διάγειν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: καὶ τὸ ἀπέρχεσθαι αὐτάς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: τὸ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρθένοισιν⟩: νεάνισιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.15 (rec exeg) παρθένοισιν: [ν]εᾶνις ἡ ἄρτι [ἡ]βῶσα παρθένος [ ]τὸν ι̅β̅ χρόνον [δ]ραμοῦσα. —Pr

TRANSLATION:   A young woman (is) the maiden who is just reaching puberty, having passed the twelfth year.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   νεάνις Pr (accentuation attested in a number in late antique and Byzantine texts)   |   

COMMENT:   The juncture χρόνον δραμεῖν is found once in Tzetzes, Chil. 4(epist.),569 ἐγγὺς πεντεκαιδέκατον τρέχοντα γὰρ τὸν χρόνον; other Byzantine authors provide two examples with διατρέχω and one with παρατρέχω. Possibly [διαδ]ραμοῦσα should be restored here, but the other lines of this note have not lost so many letters in left margin.    |   


Or. 108.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨παρθένοισιν⟩: ταῖς  —AbF2MnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   παρθένοις add. F2   


Or. 108.17 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ καλὸν⟩: οὐκ ἔστι  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.18 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ καλὸν⟩: οὐκ εὐπρεπές ἐστιν  —MlZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐστιν om. Zb2   


Or. 108.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ καλόν⟩: ἀλλὰ ἄτιμον  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.20 (rec gloss) ⟨καλόν⟩: δίκαιον ὑπάρχει  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 108.21 (rec gloss) ⟨καλόν⟩: ὑπάρχει  —CF2GKZcZuYf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.22 (108a) (rec exeg) ⟨κἀγὼ γυναικῶν ἄφρον οὐχὶ παρθένος⟩: οὗτος ὁ στίχος ἀλλότριος.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This extra verse is characteristic of the recentiores and occurs in the text in AbCrMnRfSSaOx and in the margin in GPrR.   


Or. 108.23 (108a) (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀγὼ⟩: καὶ ἐγὼ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.24 (108a) (rec gloss) ⟨γυναικῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπὸ om. Ab, either ἀπὸ or ὑπὸ Mn (damage)   


Or. 108.25 (108a) (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄφρον⟩:  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.26 (108a) (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφρον⟩: καὶ ἀσύνετε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀσύνετη (sic) CrOx   


Or. 108.27 (108a) (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρθένος⟩: εἰμὶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 109.01 (pllgn exeg) καὶ μὴν οὐ μέλλει ἀπελθεῖν ἀλλαχόθεν καὶ ἔνι μεμπτὸν εἰς τὰς παρθένους εἰ μὴ ἵνα δώσει τὰ τροφεῖα τῇ ἀναθρεψάσῃ αὐτήν.  —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   And indeed she is not about to depart for another reason, and it is a source of reproach to maidens unless (she goes) in order to give repayment for nurture to the woman who raised her.

POSITION: cont. from prev. Yf2      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.62,13–14


Or. 109.02 (rec gloss) ⟨καὶ μὴν⟩: δίκαιον ὑπάρχει  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 109.03 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴν⟩: δὴ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 109.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴν⟩: ἀληθῶς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 109.05 (rec gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: δώσει  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 109.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀνταποδώσει  —Aa2MnSSa, app. R

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   -σειν SSa, ‑σοι Aa, ending washed out in R   


Or. 109.07 (rec gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀποδώσει  —V3AbCrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    -δώσω Ab, ‑δώσ() Cr   


Or. 109.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀποδοίη  —MlXXaXbYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀποδοῖν Ml   |   


Or. 109.09 (recTri gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀποδιδοίη  —GKT+Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 109.10 (thom gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀνταποδοίη  —ZZaZbZbZlTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 109.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀποτίνοι  —XXaXbTYYf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 109.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἡ Ἑρμιόνη  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 109.13 (thom exeg) ⟨τῇ τεθνηκυίᾳ τροφάς⟩: ὑπ’ ἐκείνης γὰρ ἀνετράφη.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Repayment for nurture to the dead woman’ is said) because she (Hermione) was raised by that woman (Clytemnestra).

POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ox2      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.62,11


Or. 109.14. (thom gloss) ⟨τῇ τεθνηκυίᾳ⟩: τῇ ἐμῇ μητρὶ  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 109.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τεθνηκυίᾳ⟩: ἤγουν τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ  —CrYf2ZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Yf2   


Or. 109.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῇ τεθνηκυίᾳ⟩: τῇ ἀποθανούσῃ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 109.17 (vet exeg) ⟨τροφὰς⟩:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ τροφεῖα·  2ἀνθ’ ὧν ἀνετράφη ὑπ’ αὐτῆς, ἀμοιβὴν διδοῦσα.   —HMVC, partial OAbMnPrSSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   Meaning repayment for nurture. Giving a return for the fact that she was raised by her.

LEMMA: καὶ μὴν τίνοις ἂν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: s.l. CMnPrSSa; marg. HM; under the line (in lower margin) Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ τροφεῖα om. AbMnPrSSaYf, om. O, but sep. has (τροφ)ια above τροφὰς   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V    |    τροφεῖα] τρόφεια M, (τροφ)ια O, τρόφιν (or ‑ην changed to ‑ιν) C   |    2 ἀνθ’ ὧν om. Ab, ἀνθ’ ὧ app. Yf2   |    ἀνεστράφη Sa, ἐτράφη S, ἀνατρέφη Mn   |    ἐπ’ αὐτῆς AbMnPrSSa   |    ἀμοιβὴν διδοῦσα om. HO   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀνθῶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,9–10; Dind. II.62,11–12

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 109.18 (mosch exeg) ⟨τροφάς⟩:  ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν ἕνεκα τῆς ἀνατροφῆς ἧς ἀνέθρεψεν αὐτήν.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Trophas’, ‘nurturings’ is) used to mean ‘grateful return on account of the nurture with which she (Clytemnestra) raised her (Hermione)’.

REF. SYMBOL: Y       POSITION: s.l. XaXbTG(above 110)Gr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν om. G   |    ἕνεκα om. T   |    ἔθρεψεν G   |    αὐτήν om. G   


Or. 109.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨τροφάς⟩: ἀνατροφάς  —XXaXbT+YYfGuZc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.62,10

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross omitted by Ta.   |   


Or. 109.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τροφάς⟩: τὰς θυσίας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 109.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τροφὰς⟩: τροφεῖα  —F2GYf2Zb

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ prep. F2 G   

COLLATION NOTES:   Not quite certain it is Yf2 rather than Yf; cross in front Yf.   |   


Or. 109.22 (rec exeg) ⟨τροφώς⟩: τροφάς  —Ab

LEMMA: τροφώς in text Ab       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 109.23 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 110.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀρθῶς⟩: καλῶς  —CrSYf2ZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrZuOx   


Or. 110.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀρθῶς⟩: δικαίως  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 110.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καλῶς⟩: ὀρθῶς  —G

LEMMA: καλῶς in text G       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 110.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλεξας⟩: καὶ εἶπας —CrF2ZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. F2   


Or. 110.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πείθομαι⟩: ἀκούω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 110.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοι⟩: τίνι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 110.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κόρη⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὴν παρθένον εἶπε κόρην.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 110.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόρη⟩: Ἠλέκτρα  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   app. ἐλέκτρα Aa2 (damage)   


Or. 110.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨κόρη⟩:  —Ab2FMnRSYf2Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 111.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέμψομεν⟩: γε  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This γε is added because V had written θυγατέρα γ’ instead of γε θυγατέρ’.   


Or. 111.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέμψομαι⟩: (πέμψο)μεν  —V3

LEMMA: πέμψομαι in text by correction of V2       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μεν is deleted at a later time, app. by V3   |   


Or. 111.03 (rec gloss) ⟨πέμψομαι⟩: μεταπέμψομαι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 111.04 (moschThom gloss) ⟨πέμψομαι⟩: πέμψω  —XXaXbYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmZuT*

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 111.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θυγατέρ’⟩: τὴν ἐμὴν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 111.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨θυγατέρ’⟩: τὴν  —SOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 111.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: καὶ καλῶς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 111.08 (rec gloss) ⟨τοι⟩: σὺ  —Ab2MnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ab2   


Or. 112.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἑρμιόνη⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 112.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόμων⟩: τῶν οἴκων  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 112.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨δόμων⟩: τῶν  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 112.04 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: ἔμπροσθεν  —Ab2MlMnRSXXbT+YfGrZcZZaZb2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 112.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: ἔξω  —GGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. B3a   


Or. 112.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: καὶ ἐκτὸς  —Yf2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 113.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χοὰς⟩: ἐπὶ τῶν ὑγρῶν θυσιῶν ἐπὶ τῶν ζώντων  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 113.02 (rec gloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: θυσίας  —OAbCrYf2, app. Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὰς prep. CrOx, τὰς prep. Yf2   

COLLATION NOTES:   θυ]σι[ας Zl (water damage)   |   


Or. 113.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: τὰς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 113.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάσδ’⟩: ταύτας  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 113.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐν χεροῖν⟩: ἐν χερσὶ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 113.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χεροῖν⟩: καὶ διὰ τῶν χερῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 113.07 (rec etaGloss) ⟨κόμας … ἐμᾶς⟩: κόμης ἐμῆς  —Ab

LEMMA: ἐμάς a.c., ἐμᾶς p.c. Ab       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 113.08 (rec gloss) ⟨κόμας⟩: τρίχας  —Ab2CrMlMnSOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὰς prep. CrOx   


Or. 113.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κόμας⟩: τὰς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 114.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐλθοῦσα⟩: πορευθεῖσα  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 114.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐλθοῦσα⟩: ἀπελθοῦσα  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 114.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλθοῦσα⟩: καὶ παραγενομένη  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 114.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ⟩: ἐπὶ  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross omitted by Ta.   |   


Or. 114.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ⟩: περὶ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuGOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 114.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨Κλυταιμνήστρας⟩: τῆς  —F2SOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 114.07 (rec gloss) ⟨τάφον⟩: περὶ τὸν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 114.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τάφον⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.01 (rec gloss) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: ῥύσιν οἴνου  —AaAbMlMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οἴνου om. Ml   


Or. 115.02 (thom exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος κράματα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Melikrata’ refers to) the mixtures made of honey and milk.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl       POSITION: s.l. except ZbZl      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κράμματα ZZa   


Or. 115.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: τὴν μεμιγμένην μετὰ τοῦ οἴνου  —V3

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 115.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: μελίκρατον λέγεται τὸ μέλι μεμιγμένον μετὰ γάλακτος· νῦν δὲ μελίκρατον μέλι μεμιγμένον ὕδατι· ὅπερ λέγεται χώμελι.  —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:  Honey mixed with milk is called ‘melikraton’. But in the present passage ‘melikraton’ is honey mixed with water, what is called ‘chōmeli’.

POSITION: s.l. Y      

APP. CRIT.:   μελίκρατον λέγεται om. Y2   |    χέμελι or χΐμελι or χύμελι Yf2 (certainly not χώμελι)   

COMMENT:   χώμελι seems to be the correct decipherment of the strokes in Y; Yf is unfortunately obscure because of sloppiness and compression of the hand. This word is not in TLG; χιονόμελι is found once in Geoponica for a water/honey mixture used as medicine, made by mixing in snow. With thanks to Maria Mavroudi, Nick Nicholas and Nikos Sarantakos, I can refer to Moeris’ glossing of μελίκρατον with ὑδόμελι and οἰνόμελι; and a modern Greek word variously spelled as χούμελι, χούμελη, χουμέλι, χουμέλη, which also may refer to water with honey dissolved in it or other mixture of water and honey.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 115.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄφες⟩: πέμψον  —V1AbCrFKMlMnRfSSaZuGOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFZuOx, διὸ V1   


Or. 115.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄφες⟩: θῦσον  —AaAbPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφες⟩: χεῖ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφες⟩: χῦσον  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφες⟩: καὶ ῥάνον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.10 (vet exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει ἡ μετά, ἵν’ ᾖ μετὰ γάλακτος.  —MCMnRmargRbS

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘meta’ is omitted (and to be understood), so that the meaning is ‘with milk’.

LEMMA: μελίκρατ’ ἄφες MnRbS       REF. SYMBOL: M (to γάλακτος), Rb(to the whole line)       POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ μετά om. C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἵνα Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,11; Dind. II.63,1

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 115.11 (rec exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει τὰ μειλίγματα μετὰ τοῦ.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 115.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει ἡ μετὰ τοῦ.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 115.13 (vet gloss) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: μετὰ  —HOAaAbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γάλακτος add. H   


Or. 115.14 (rec gloss) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: διὰ  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.16 (vet exeg) οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην:  1ἐμφαντικῶς τὴν δαψιλῆ τοῦ οἴνου ῥύσιν διὰ τῆς ἄχνης ἐσήμανε.  2τοῦτο δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν κυμάτων εἴρηται [Hom. Il. 4.426]·  3‘ἀποπτύει δ’ ἁλὸς ἄχνην’.  4οἱ δὲ ἀκύρως τὴν οἰνόχροα τρίχα φασί.  5λάχνη γὰρ ἡ θρὶξ, ἀλλ’ ἄχνη τὸ λεπτὸν μέρος, ὃ κατέχειν τις οὐ δύναται, οἱονεὶ ἀέχη τις οὖσα.   —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwS

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) indicated the abundant flow of wine vividly by using the word ‘achnē’. And this word has been used of waves (in Homer): ‘the sea spits forth a foam of salt water’. Some say it is used in a transferred sense to mean wine-colored hair. For hair is called ‘lachnē’, but ‘achnē’ is used of the fine portion of hair that one is not able to grasp/control, as if being some unheld thing (‘aechē’).

LEMMA: BPr(οἰνοπόν Pr, a.c. B), μελίκρατ’ ἄφες γάλακτος οἰνοπόν τ’ ἄχνη MC, μελίκρατ’ ἄφες VMnRaRbS, ἄχνην Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      

APP. CRIT.:   Ra partly washed out   |    1 ἐκφαντικῶς C, ἐμφατικῶς Rb   |    δαψιλῆ transp. after οἴνου MBCPrRw   |    τοῦ om. Rw   |    1 διὰ τῆς] BPr, διὰ γὰρ τῆς others   |    1–2 ἐσήμανε τοῦτο δὲ] τοῦτο ἐσήμανε τοῦτο δὲ MnRaRbRw, τοῦτο ἐσήμανε. ὅμηρος γὰρ V    |    1 ἐσήμανε om. S   |    2 τῶν om. V   |    2 εἴρηται om. V   |    3 ἁλὸς] διὸς Rw   |    ἄχνην] ἄχνη V, ἄχην Mn   |    4 ἀκύρως] V, κυρίως others   |    φησὶ Mn   |    5 λεπτὸν μέρος] λεπτόμενον V   |    οὐ om. S   |    ἀέχη] ἔχνη C, ἄχη Rw, ἀέχνη Pr   |    second τις] τί M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δαψιλὴν Mn   |    ῥῦσιν Pr   |    3 ἀλὸς M, ἄλλος Pr   |    5 ἀλλ’ ἄχνη] ἀλάχλη a.c., ἀλάχνη p.c. Pr   |    first τίς Ra   |    οἰονεὶ MMn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,12–16; Dind. II.63,5–9

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 115.17 (vet exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: δαψιλῆ τοῦ οἴνου {καὶ} ῥύσιν· διὰ γὰρ τῆς ἄχνης τοῦτο ἐσήμηνεν. οἱ δὲ τὴν οἰνόχροα τρίχα φασί.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Abundant flow of wine. For this is what he indicated by using the word ‘achnē’. Others say (the phrase) means wine-colored hair.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 115.18 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: ἐμφαντικῶς τὴν τοῦ οἴνου δαψιλῆ ῥύσιν· ἄχνη δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν κυμ[άτων].  —O


Or. 115.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: οἶνον καὶ μέλι καθὼς εἶχον συνήθειαν μετὰ γάλακτος.  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl, very faint.   |   


Or. 115.20 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: ἡ ἄχνη (?)ση(μαίνει) [2–4] τὸ μέλι μετὰ τοῦ γάλακτος καὶ τὴν ὑγρὴν τρίχα τὴν οὖσαν κατὰ τὸ [ ca. 6 ] (?)κυριν(ος)(?) [ ca. 6? ].  —R

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὐγρὴν R   |   


Or. 115.21 (pllgn exeg) οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην:  1εἰς τρία διαιρεῖται ὁ οἶνος, εἰς τὸ ἄνθος, εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν οἶνον, καὶ εἰς τὸν τρυγίαν.  2καὶ ἄνθος μὲν τὸ ἐπάνω τοῦ πίθου ἤγουν τὸ πρῶτον, οἶνος δὲ τὸ μέσον, τρυγίας δὲ ἡ ὕλη ἤγουν τὸ κάτω.  3ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ αἷμα εἰς τρία καὶ τὸ γάλα.  4καὶ τὸ μὲν καθαρώτατον τοῦ αἵματος ἀποτελεῖται εἰς τὸ ἧπαρ εἰς τὸ δεξιὸν μέρος, τὸ δὲ χνοωδέστατον εἰς τὴν χοληδόχον κύστιν, ὁ δὲ τρυγίας εἰς τὸν σπλῆνα.  5ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ γάλα· τὸ μὲν καθαρώτατον καὶ λιπωδέστατον τὸ ἐπάνω ὅπερ γίνεται βούτυρος, τὸ δέ μέσον ὁ ὀρρὸς, τὸ δὲ κάτωθεν ὡς τρυγίας ὅπερ ποιεῖ τὸν τυρόν.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Wine is divided into three parts, the bloom, the wine itself, and the lees. And the bloom is the part at the top of the container, that is, the first pour; the wine is what is in the middle, and the lees are the solid matter, that is, what is below. In exactly the same way also blood and milk (are divided) into three parts. The purest form of the blood is created in the liver in the righthand part, the type most clouded by fine particles in the gall bladder, and the lees in the spleen. In the same way also milk: the purest and fattiest part is the liquid on top, which becomes butter, the middle is the whey, and the part below is as it were the lees, the part that creates cheese.

POSITION: s.l. Y2      

APP. CRIT.:   4 καθαρώτερον app. Yf2   |    χνωδέστατον Yf2   |    χολιδόχον Y2Yf2, corr. Dindorf   |    εἰς τὴν σπλῆνα δὲ ὁ τρυγίας Yf2   |    5 εἰς add. before τὸ γάλα Yf2 (εἰς had been deleted by Matt. without knowledge of Y)   |    καθαρώτερον app. Yf2   |    καὶ add. before τὸ ἐπάνω Y2   |    ὁ δὲ μέσον Yf2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τῶ κάτω Y2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.63,11–19

COMMENT:   No other passage in TLG has αἷμα described as χνοῶδες, rendered ‘cloudy’ here by BDAG (‘torbido’ in the Italian original).   |   χολήδοκος is very rare, with only two other instances in TLG, in Erasistratus fr. 146.   |   The threefold division of milk is similar to Galen, de simplicium medicamentorum temperamentis ac facultatibus, 11:677,10–18 Kühn. For discussion of similar threefold divisions of wine and oil and honey, see Plutarch, quaest. conviv. 7.3 (701d–702c).   |   The feminine as seen in Yf2 τὴν σπλῆνα is attested in some medieval astrological and medical texts.   |   Turyn 1957: 58–59 proposes that this is Planudean because Yf has a cross before it and because he finds medical topics in other possibly Planudean scholia. See, however, Prelim. Stud. 105–106.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   |   Planudes   


Or. 115.22 (rec gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: μέλαινάν τε τρίχα  —AaPrMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τε] τῆς Mn, om. AaPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλενά τε Ml   |   


Or. 115.22a (rec exeg) μέλαινα λέγεται ἡ θρίξ.  —Ml

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μελέναιν() Ml   |   


Or. 115.23 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: γρ. οἰνόποόν τ’ ἄχνην  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 115.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: τὴν οἰνάνθην  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν om. G   |    οἰνάθην app. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.63,10


Or. 115.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: τὴν τρίχωσιν τὴν οἰνόχροα ἤγουν τὴν ξανθὴν  —V3

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 115.26 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: τὴν λευκὴν τρίχωσιν· τὸ καθαρὸν τοῦ οἴνου καὶ λαμπρόν.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.63,10–11


Or. 115.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: ὁ καθαρώτατος τοῦ οἴνου  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καθαρώτερος Yf2   


Or. 115.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: δαψιλῆ ῥύσιν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.29 (rec gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν⟩: μέλαιναν  —OV3AbCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὴν prep. CrOx   


Or. 115.30 (rec gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν⟩: τὸ κρεῖττον  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν⟩: οἰνώδη  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.32 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν⟩: τὴν λεπτὴν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν⟩: traces of illegible gloss, possibly beginning with ζωντ(?)  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original B.   |   


Or. 115.34 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: ἄχνη λέγεται ἡ μέλαινα θρὶξ ἢ ῥύσις οἴνου.  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.35 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: θρίξ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.36 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: τρίχα  —AbCrRfOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 115.37 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄχνην⟩:  1τὸν λεπτότατον τόνδε οἶνον ἢ ἄχνην λέγει οἱονεὶ κορυφὴν.  2ὅταν γὰρ ἐπιχέηται οἶνος τῷ ἐκ μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος κράματι, ἐπιπολαίως κεῖται.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) this most delicate wine, or he speaks of ‘achnē’ more or less as the top part. For when wine is poured upon the mixture of honey and milk, it rests on top.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa, to οἰνωπόν Zm      POSITION: cont. from 115.02 ZbZl (Zl add. καὶ)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 prep. οἰνωπὸν ἄχνην λέγει T   |    ἢ del. Matt.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 κράμματι ZZa   |    ἐπιπολέως T (‑αίως Ta)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.63,2–4


Or. 115.38 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: κορυφὴν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.39 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: λεπτὸν ὑγρὸν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.40 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: λεπτὸν ὕδωρ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.41 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: τὴν χύσιν  —Pr

POSITION: below word since space above full      


Or. 115.42 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: οἰνάνθη τὸ κρεῖττον τοῦ οἴνου  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.43 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: τὸ καθαρώτατον —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.44 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄχνης⟩: (ἄχν)ην  —V

LEMMA: ἄχνης in text V       POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Diggle records this as V1/2; it seems to me to be the ink and letter-forms of main scribe.   |   


Or. 116.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στᾶσ’⟩: καὶ σταθεῖσα  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. F2   


Or. 116.02 (pllgn gram) ⟨στᾶσ’⟩: ἔστη τις ἑκουσίως, ἐστάθη ἀκουσίως· τὸ μὲν ἔστη μετὰ θελήματος, τὸ δὲ ἐστάθη δυναστικῶς.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Someone stood/came to a stop (intransitive aorist form) willingly, was stood up/set up (aorist passive form) unwillingly. The (intransitive) form ‘he stood’ is accompanied by willingness, but the (passive) form ‘was stood up’ occurs by command of an authority.

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀκουσίως] ἑκουσίως Y2   

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 116.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἀκροῦ χώματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπ’ ἄκρον χῶμα  —HM

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘(going) up to the top of the mound’.

POSITION: s.l. H, marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. H   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,17; Dind. II.63,20


Or. 116.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἄκρου χώματος⟩: ἐπὶ τοῦ ἄκρου τοῦ τάφου  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον Gr, ἐπ’ ἄκρου Y   |    second τοῦ om. Zc   


Or. 116.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπ’ ἄκρου χώματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ χώματος τὸ ἄκρον χῶμα λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀττικοί, ὡς ἐνταῦθα καὶ παρὰ Σοφοκλεῖ [Soph. Aj. 238–239] ‘καὶ γλῶτταν ἄκραν / ῥιπτεῖ θερίσας’, ἤγουν τὸ ἄκρον τῆς γλώττης.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  Instead of saying ‘the top part of the mound’ Attic writers say ‘the topmost mound’, as here and in Sophocles, ‘and having lopped off the outermost tongue he throws it aside’, that is, ‘the tip of the tongue’.

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   


Or. 116.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπ’ ἄκρου⟩: ἐπάνω  —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.63,20–23


Or. 116.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄκρου⟩: καὶ τοῦ ὑψηλοῦ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 116.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨χώματος⟩: τάφου  —CrMlMnPrRwSSaZZaZbZlZmZuOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ prep. MlMnPrSB3a, καὶ prep. Cr   |   


Or. 116.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χώματος⟩: τύμβου  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 116.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χώματος⟩: τοῦ σήματος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 116.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέξον⟩: εἰπὲ  —F2OxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 116.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: ταῦτα  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 117.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἑλένη σ’ ἀδελφή⟩: †ἡ ἀνάπταιστος  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The lexica provide only three attestations of ἀνάπταιστος. In Suda α 2036 ἀνάπταιστον: τὸ μὴ πταῖον in a sequence of ἀναπ‑ words), it could derive from a text where it was an error for ἄπταιστον . The others are in an astrological text (Catalogus codicum astrologorum graecorum VIII:4.208,2 and 210,15): in the first place it is only a rejected variant for ἄπταιστον, in the other it is in all three codices, but the editor prints ἀπταίστους. If we emend here to ἡ ἄπταιστος, ‘the unerring one’, or if we accept that in Byzantine Greek ἀνάπταιστος indeed existed with the same meaning as ἄπταιστος, the commentator would be making a very strange claim about Helen, particularly in the context of this passage (unless he is being sarcastic; but why use such an odd term, rather than ἡ βελτίστη, used sarcastically in sch. 120.01?). More likely, this gloss is a misunderstanding/misreading of ἀνάπαιστος, a metrical note on ἑλένη, and ἡ was originally a separate article gloss on the same word (117.03).    


Or. 117.02 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩:  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 117.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 117.04 (rec gloss) ⟨σ’⟩: σοὶ  —MnRf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 117.05 (rec gloss) ⟨σ’⟩: σοῦ  —MnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 117.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩: ὦ Κλυταιμνήστρα  —MlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 117.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩: ἡ σὴ  —CrROx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 117.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩: σου  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 117.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩:  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 117.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩: θέλεις μετὰ τοῦ ν̅ ἢ χωρὶς τοῦ ν̅  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This and the next give evidence of a variant reading ἀδελφὴν, which appears not to have been reported previously.   


Or. 117.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩: ἀδελφὴν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 117.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ταῖσδε … χοαῖς⟩: τάσδε … χοάς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 117.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τάσδε … χοάς⟩: ταῖσδε … χοαῖς  —Rf

LEMMA: τάσδε … χοάς in text Rf       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 117.14 (rec gram) ⟨ταῖσδε … χοαῖς⟩: ἀντίστροφον, ὡς τὸ ἐδωρεῖτο τὸν ἅγ(ιον) τοῖς χρυσοῖς  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   With exchange of (case‑)construction, as in the sentence ‘he gifted the saint with gold pieces’.

POSITION: s.l. (space between ἀντίστροφον and the rest)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔδωκε Mn   

COMMENT:   I have not located any passage where δίδωμι has such a construction. I assume ἔδωκε is a mistake for ἐδωρεῖτο, since (as 117.20–22 indicate) that verb can take alternative constructions for person and thing as arguments. I find no parallel for the example sentence.   

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως   


Or. 117.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταῖσδε⟩: ταύταις  —F2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 117.16 (mosch exeg) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δεξιοῦται δι’ ἐμοῦ δηλονότι διὰ φόβον τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὴν πρὸς τὸ μνῆμα τὸ σόν  —XXaXbT+YGGr

TRANSLATION:   (Your sister) greets (honors) you, that is to say, through me (scil. Hermione) because of fear of going herself to your tomb.

LEMMA: X, ταῖσδε δωρεῖται G      

APP. CRIT.:   φόβου G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δῆλον ὅτι G   |   

COMMENT:   For the sense ‘honor’ see the comment on sch. 117.21.   


Or. 117.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δι’ ἐμοῦ δηλονότι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 117.18 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δεξιοῦται  —V3AbFKMlMnPrRSSaXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr   


Or. 117.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: τιμᾷ σε  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,6


Or. 117.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩:  1τὸ δωρεῖσθαι εἰ μὲν σημαίνει τὸ χαρίζεσθαι καὶ διδόναι ἁπλῶς, συντάσσεται πρὸς μὲν τὸ πρόσωπον δοτικῇ, πρὸς δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα αἰτιατικῇ, οἷον δωροῦμαί σοι τόδε.  2ὅτε δὲ τὸ φιλοφρονεῖσθαι καὶ δεξιοῦσθαι, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, ἐναλλὰξ πρὸς μὲν τὸ πρόσωπον αἰτιατικῇ, πρὸς δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα δοτικῇ, οἷον δωροῦμαί σε τῷδε.   —Gu

TRANSLATION:   If the verb ‘dōreisthai’ (‘to gift’) denotes ‘grant as a favor’ or simply ‘give’, it is construed with the person in the dative and the thing in the accusative, as for example ‘I gift this to you’. But when it denotes ‘show favor’ or ‘honor’, as it does here, inversely it is construed with the person in the accusative and with the thing in the dative, as for example in ‘I gift you with this’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,1–6

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 117.21 (pllgn gram) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩:  1δωροῦμαι τὸ δεξιοῦμαι καὶ τιμῶ ἀπὸ αἰτιατικῆς εἰς δοτικὴν, ὡς τὸ δωρεῖται σε ταῖσδε χοαῖς ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμᾷ σε.  1δωροῦμαι δὲ τὸ παρέχω σοι τι ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀπὸ δοτικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικὴν, ὡς τὸ δωροῦμαι σοι τόδε ἢ ἵππον ἢ ἄλλο τι.   —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὡς τῷ a.c. Y2   

COMMENT:   For δεξιόομαι in the sense ‘honor’ see Lampe s.v. δεξιόω 2d–e; BDAG s.v. δεξιόομαι. For the meaning ‘gift/endow someone (acc.) with something (dat.)’, implied here, Lampe cites Greg. Naz. orat. 14 (PG 35.881,30–32) καὶ τοῖς ἐντεῦθεν χρηστοῖς πολλάκις δεξιοῦται τὸ θεῖον τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς.   

COLLATION NOTES:   No cross Yf.   |   

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 117.22 (pllgn gram) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δωροῦμαι τὸ δεξιοῦμαι αἰτιατικῇ· δωροῦμαι τὸ δίδωμι δοτικῇ.  —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa      


Or. 117.23 (rec gloss) ⟨χοαῖς⟩: θυσίαις  —CrMlMnRSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ταῖς prep. CrOx   


Or. 117.24 (rec artGloss) ⟨χοαῖς⟩: ταῖς  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 118.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβῳ⟩: ἡγησαμένη  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 118.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβῳ⟩: διὰ φόβον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 118.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβῳ⟩: διὰ φόβου  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 118.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβῳ⟩: οὖσα  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 118.05 (rec gloss) ⟨προσελθεῖν⟩: ὥστε  —AaAbMlMnPrSSaZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 118.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨προσελθεῖν⟩: τοῦ  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 118.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσελθεῖν⟩: τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτήν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 118.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσελθεῖν⟩: προσπλησιάσαι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 118.09 (thom gloss) ⟨προσελθεῖν⟩: πλησιάσαι  —Zb2ZlGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πλησιᾶσαι Zb2   |   


Or. 118.10 (rec gloss) ⟨μνῆμα⟩: εἰς τὸ  —PrGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. GuB3a   


Or. 118.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μνῆμα⟩: πρὸς τὸ  —KGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 118.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μνῆμα⟩: καὶ τάφον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 118.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μνῆμα⟩: τὸ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 118.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ταρβοῦσά⟩: φοβουμένη  —V1AbCrMlMnRSSaGZb2ZlZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMlMnOx   |    φοβοῦσα R   


Or. 118.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταρβοῦσά⟩: δειλιῶσα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 118.16 (vet exeg) ⟨τε⟩: περιττὸς ὁ τέ· βούλεται δὲ λέγειν φόβῳ ταρβοῦσα.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The conjunction ‘te’ is superfluous. She means to say ‘dreading with fear’ (that is, the dative noun ‘fear’ goes with the participle ‘tarbousa’ rather than being a separate expression).

POSITION: intermarg. MC      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,18; Dind. II.647–8

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 118.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τε⟩: περισσὸν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 119.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀργεῖον ὄχλον⟩: τοὺς Ἀργείους  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 119.02 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἀργεῖον ὄχλον⟩: τὸν  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 119.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨Ἀργεῖον⟩: τὸν τῶν Ἀργείων  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν om. Zc   


Or. 119.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄχλον⟩: πλῆθος  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 119.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄχλον⟩: ἔστειλεν ἐμέ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 119.06 (vet exeg) ⟨εὐμενῆ δ’ ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: γράφεται πρευμενῆ, ὅ ἐστι πραϋμενῆ καὶ προσφιλῆ. —MCV3MnRbS

TRANSLATION:   ‘Preumenē’ is (also) written, that is, gentle-minded (‘praümenē’) or friendly.

LEMMA: Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. V3S      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. καὶ V3CRb   |    ὅ ἐστι] ἤγουν MnRbS   |    πραϋμενῆ καὶ om. RbS   |    πραϋνομένη C, cf. πραυμένη M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προσφιλ() C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,19; Dind. II.64,9

COMMENT:   Compare sch. MBPr Hec. 538 πρευμενής: πρᾶος εὐμενής· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν δύο σύγκειται ἡ λέξις.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 119.07 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐμενῆ⟩: πραεστάτην  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 119.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐμενῆ⟩: προσφιλῆ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 119.09 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐμενῆ⟩: πραεῖαν  —MnRSCrGuOx, perhaps Ab

POSITION: s.l. except Rb; cont. from 119.06 MnRbS      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    πρᾶον Ox   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ab has been erased, but traces of (app.) ειαν; in erasure is written ‘mansa’(?) (Italian gloss).   |   


Or. 119.10 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐμενῆ⟩: εὐμενῶς ἔχειν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 119.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: λείπει παρακαλοῦσα.  —AbMlSSa

POSITION: s.l. SSa, marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει om. Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   περικαλ- Ml   |   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 119.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: ἱκέτευε αὐτὴν τὴν νεκρόν.  —Ab

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 119.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: καὶ κέλευε αὐτὴν.  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 119.14 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: κέλευε  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,10


Or. 119.15 (thom gram) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: ἀνώγω κυρίως τὸ προστάσσω.  —ZmGuOx2

POSITION: marg. Ox; cont. from gloss 119.19 Zm, add. δὲ      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,10–11

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu with cross in front.   |   


Or. 119.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: παρακάλεσον  —V1Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    app. παρακάλεσε V1   


Or. 119.17 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: παρακάλει  —FL2MnPrZZaZbZlZmTGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,10


Or. 119.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: καὶ πρόσταξον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πρόσταξε Ox, ending ον erased or damaged in Cr   


Or. 119.19 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: λέγε  —V1AaAbRfZZaZbZlZmZuTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,10


Or. 119.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: εἰπὲ  —AbKMlRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AbS   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἶπε Ml   |   


Or. 119.21 (recThom gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὴν  —V1AaF2MlMnRRfSSaZZlGuG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. MlS   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,10


Or. 120.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τε⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 120.02 (vet exeg) καὶ πόσει γνώμην ἔχειν:  1ἐνταῦθα ἡ βελτίστη οὐδὲ τὴν θυγατέρα ἑαυτῆς προέκρινε·  2τοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς μικροῦ δεῖν καὶ ἐπελάθετο.   —MCMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Here the wonderful woman did not even give precedence to her daughter over herself. As for her husband, she almost even forgot about him.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ πόσει RaRbSa, καὶ ποσι Mn, πόσει S       REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: s.l. MnSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   2 τοῦ] τοῦτο M   |    γὰρ om. Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 προέκρινεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,20–22

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of   


Or. 120.03 (mosch gloss) πόσει: τῷ ἐμῷ  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZm

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X      


Or. 120.04 (rec gloss) ⟨πόσει⟩: ἀνδρὶ  —CrF2RfZlZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῷ prep. CrOx, τῷ prep. ZlZu   


Or. 120.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόσει⟩: Μενελάῳ  —Aa2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τῶ prep. Yf2   


Or. 120.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨πόσει⟩: τῷ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 120.07 (rec gloss) ⟨γνώμην⟩: συγγνώμην  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 120.08 (thom gloss) ⟨γνώμην⟩: ὑπόληψιν  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 120.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γνώμην⟩: διάθεσιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 120.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γνώμην⟩: τρόπον συμπάθειαν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 120.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γνώμην⟩: ἀγαθήν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 120.12 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨γνώμην⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 120.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔχειν⟩: ὥστε  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 121.01 (vet exeg) τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν:  1καὶ αὐτῶν μέμνηται, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ παντελῶς λιθοκάρδιος εἶναι, ὅμως μετὰ ἀρᾶς.  2τὸ γὰρ οὓς ἀπώλεσεν θεός δοκεῖ μὲν συναχθομένη λέγειν, πανούργως δὲ ἐμφαίνει ὅτι θεοῖς ἀπηχθημένοι εἰσίν.  3οὐ γὰρ ἀπολλύει εἶπεν, ἀλλ’ ἀπώλεσεν, ὡς ἐγνωσμένης ἤδη τῆς παρὰ θεῶν δυσμενείας.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   She mentions them (Orestes and Electra) as well, in order not to seem completely stone-hearted, but even so she does it with a curse. For in uttering the phrase ‘whom god has destroyed’ she seems to be sharing their distress, but with malicious cunning she indirectly suggests that they are hated by the gods. For she did not say ‘is destroying’ but ‘has destroyed’, as if the hostility on the part of the gods is already decided.

LEMMA: all (add. τοῖνδε Rw)      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δόξῃ] λέξῃ B   |    1–2 μετὰ ἀρᾶς. τὸ γὰρ οὓς] μιαροὺς καλεῖ. οὓς γάρ φησι V   |    2 δοκεῖ] εὐδοκεῖ M   |    λέγειν om. V   |    καὶ add. before θεοῖς BVRw   |    ἀπηχθομένοι B, ἀπηχθομένα app. Pr, ἀπηχθημένη V   |    3 ἀπολλύει] οσπόλλ begun by B, but corr.; ἀπολύει MVPr   |    εἷπεν om. V   |    ὡς… δυσμενείας om. V   |    ἐγνωσμένως C   |    ἤδη om. Rw   |    παρὰ om. PrRw   |    θεῷ C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   παντελῶ Rw   |    ἁρᾶς Rw   |    2 ἀπώλεσε BCPrRw   |    3 δυσμενίας Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,23–27; Dind. II.64,12–16

KEYWORDS:  πανούργος/πανούργως   |   character, analysis of   


Or. 121.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: μέμνηται καὶ αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ παντελῶς λιθοκάρδιος εἶναι.  —H

TRANSLATION:   She mentions them (Orestes and Electra) as well, in order not to seem completely stone-hearted.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 121.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: ἤγουν τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ καὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —AbMlMnRSSaZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι R   |    τὴν ἠλέκτραν MlZl, τὴν ἠλέ() Mn   |    καὶ τῷ ὀρ.] om. Ml, καὶ τὸν ὀρέστην Zl   |    τὴν Mn   


Or. 121.04 (moschThom paraphr) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: τῷ Ὀρέστῃ καὶ τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcZcZaZmCrOxB3a

REF. SYMBOL: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   prep. ἤγουν ZmB3a   |    τῷ om. G   |    καὶ om. Zc   

COMMENT:   Although this is in ZZaZm as well as T, a combination which by the criteria of this edition causes it to be marked as Thoman, Triclinius added it when incorporating Moschopulean material and marks it as a Moschopulean gloss, not as one common to Moschopulus and Thomas.   


Or. 121.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν  —Vrec


Or. 121.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: τοῖς ἀθλίοις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 121.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τ’⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 121.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπώλεσεν⟩: ἠφάνισεν  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 121.09 (rec gloss) ⟨θεός⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων  —Ab2CrGKMlMnRSSaOxYf2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. CrOx   |    ὁ om. MlMn, spaced as if sep. article gloss Ab   


Or. 121.10 (thom exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων προστάξας τὸν φόνον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘A god’ refers to) Apollo, for having ordered the murder.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν φόνον om. Za   


Or. 121.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ἀπόλλων· αὐτὸς γὰρ αὐτοὺς εἰς μητρικὸν φόνον παρέθηξε.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 121.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεός⟩: ἡ Ἐριννύς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.01 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν: ἃ δὲ νενόμισται τοῖς νεκροῖς ποιεῖν, ταῦτα κἀμὲ ὑπισχνοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀδελφὴν ποιεῖν.  —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The things which it has become customary to do for the dead, promise that I too will do these in regard to my sister.

LEMMA: MBPrRaRb(ἀδ’ εἰς), ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν καιρός C, ὑπισχνοῦ Rw, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MBRb      POSITION: after 122.04 V      

APP. CRIT.:   first ποιεῖν] πλεῖν Pr   |    ταῦτα … ποιεῖν om. V   |    κἀμὲ] καὶ S   |    ὑπισχοῦ Rb, ἐπισχνοῦ S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,1–2; Dind. II.64,17–18


Or. 122.02 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἅπαντα τὰ τῶν νεκρῶν δωρήματα, ἃ εὔκαιρον εἰς ἀδελφὴν ἐμὴν ἐκπονεῖν, ὑπισχνοῦ.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   All the gifts for the dead, which it is timely to perform for my sister, promise (them).

LEMMA: BPrRw       POSITION: cont. from 122.01 C, from 122.11 V      

APP. CRIT.:   ἅπαντα] ἅπαντα δὲ BVPrRw, ἅπαντα δὲ δωρήματα M (with dicolon as if the words are a lemma)   |    εὐκαιρον εἰς] εὔκαιρα εἰς M, εὐκαιρεῖς Rw   |    τὴν ἐμὴν V   |    ἐκπονεῖν ἐμὴν transp. BPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,3–4; Dind. II.64,18–20


Or. 122.03 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἅπερ δὲ πρέπει τοὺς τεθνηκότας παρὰ τῶν ζώντων λαμβάνειν, ταῦτα ὑπισχνοῦ τῇ ἐμῇ ἀδελφῇ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   And whatever it is proper for the dead to receive from the living, promise these things to my sister.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 122.04 (122–123) (rec paraphr) ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν: ἃ δὲ εὔκαιρον εἰς ἀδελφὴν ἐκπονεῖν νεκρῶν δωρήματα ταῦτα ὑπισχνοῦμαι.  —V

LEMMA: V       POSITION: before 122.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῦτα (or πάντα) Mastr., ἅττα V   


Or. 122.05 (122–123) (rec paraphr) καὶ ὑπισχνοῦ ἅπαντα τὰ δῶρα τῶν νεκρῶν, ἃ καιρὸς βιάζεται πονεῖν ἢ ποιεῖν ἐμὲ εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφήν.  —Ra

REF. SYMBOL: Ra      


Or. 122.06 (122–123) (mosch paraphr) ἃ δὲ δωρήματα τῶν κάτω, τουτέστι προσήκοντα τοῖς κάτω, καιρός ἐστι δηλονότι ἁρμόδιος ἐνεργεῖν ἐμὲ εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφὴν, ἅπαντα ὑπισχνοῦ.  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

LEMMA: V       POSITION: cont. from 122.22 X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμὲ] ἐμὴ a.c. Gr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,20–22


Or. 122.07 (122–123) (pllgn exeg) 1ἃ δὲ δωρήματα τῶν νερτέρων καιρὸς ὑπάρχει ἐκπονεῖν εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφὴν, ἅπαντα ὑπισχνοῦ. 2διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἐκπονεῖν ἐδήλωσεν ὅτι μεγαλοπρεπῆ τινα, πέπλους, ἔμελλε κατασκευάσαι. 3ἦθος γὰρ εἶχον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῖς τάφοις πέπλους ἐκτίθεσθαι, 4ὡς καὶ ἡ τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως Πηνελόπη τὸν ἱστὸν, ὃν ὕφαινε θέλουσα τοὺς μνηστῆρας ἐκφυγεῖν, ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως ἔμελλε θεῖναι τάφον.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Whatever gifts for the dead below it is appropriate to produce for my sister, promise all of these. And by using the word ‘ekponein’ (produce by hard work) she indicated that she was going to make some impressive gifts, (namely) robes. For they had the custom of setting out robes on the tombs, just as Odysseus’ wife Penelope too intended to place upon the tomb of Odysseus the woven cloth that she was weaving because she wanted to elude the suitors.

APP. CRIT.:   4 τάφον Matt., αὐτὸν Yf2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 (both) ὀδυσσέος Yf2, corr. Matt.   |    μνηστήρας Yf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,23–65,2


Or. 122.08 (122–123) (rec wdord) word order α (ἅ δ’), β (δωρήματα), γ (νερτέρων), δ (ἅπανθ’), ε (ἴπισχνοῦ), ϛ (ἐκπονεῖν), ζ (εἰς ἀδ.), η (ἐμὴν), θ (καιρὸς) —MnS

APP. CRIT.:   Mn omits marks for δ–θ   


Or. 122.09 (122–123) (rec wdord) word order α (δ’), β (ὑπισχνοῦμαι), γ (ἅπανθ’), δ (δωρήματα), ε (νερτέρων), ϛ (ἃ), ζ (ἐκπονεῖν), η (ἐμήν), θ (ἀδελφὴν)  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν⟩: νενόμισται  —VS

POSITION: s.l. (above 123 ὑπισχνοῦ S)      

APP. CRIT.:   V damaged, uncertain; perhaps ἃ or something else before νενόμ.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck original V 28r 4th line from bottom.   |   


Or. 122.11. (rec gloss) ⟨ἃ⟩: ἀναθήματα, στέμματα  —VRb

POSITION: cont. from 122.01      


Or. 122.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἃ⟩: δωρήματα τῶν νερτέρων  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἃ⟩: δωρήματα  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἃ⟩: ὑπάρχουσι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἃ⟩: εἰσὶν  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὖσι Pr   


Or. 122.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἃ⟩: ἅτινα  —AbCrF2MlMnPrSaOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 122.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴν⟩: εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.18 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴν⟩: τὴν  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς ἐκπονεῖν⟩: εὐκαίρως βιάζει πονεῖν  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εὐκαιρῶς p.c. S, εὐκαιρὸς Sa   


Or. 122.20 (rec gloss) ⟨καιρὸς ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ὅτε  —V3MnRf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   Rf2 add. ὅτι καιρὸς s.l. at end of line   


Or. 122.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄξιον ἐστὶ ποιῆσαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.22 (mosch paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: καιρὸς ἐστὶν ἁρμόδιος δηλονότι  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X, prep. to sch. 122.06 X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Y   |    ἁρμ. ἐστὶ transp. Y   


Or. 122.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ὅτε ἐστὶ  —CrZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅταν Zu   


Or. 122.24 (rec exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ὅτε εὔκαιρος ἐστὶν  —Aa2Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅτε added by Aa2 to Aa-gloss εὔκαιρος (cf. 122.25)   |    ἐστὶν om. Aa2,   


Or. 122.25 (rec exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: λείπει τὸ ὅτ’ ἔσται.  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 122.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ὅτε καιρὸς καλέσει  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.27 (rec gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: εὔκαιρον  —OAa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εὔκαιρος Aa   


Or. 122.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ἁρμόδιος  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.29 (thom gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ἁρμόδιον, πρέπον  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἁρμόδιον om. Gu   


Or. 122.30 (rec gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: βιάζει  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ἀπαιτεῖ  —V3B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει prep. B3a   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 122.32 (rec gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: δεήσει  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ἐγκαίρως  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.34 (rec gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: τέως app.  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.35 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ὥστε πληροῦν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.36 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: πληροῦν  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.37 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ἐκπληροῦν  —CrMnOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 122.38 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ἐνεργεῖν  —KXXaXbT+YfGZcAaV3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.39 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: μετὰ πόνου ἐνεργεῖν  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.40 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: μετὰ κόπου κατασκευάζειν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.41 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ποιεῖν  —RZZaGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.42 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ποιῆσαι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.43 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: (ἐκ)τελεῖν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.44 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: τελειοῦν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.45 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ὥστε καὶ ἐκτελέσαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.46 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμήν⟩: ἐμέ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.47 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐμήν⟩: τὴν  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 123.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἅπανθ’⟩: ὅλα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 123.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὑπισχνοῦ⟩: ὑπόσχου  —V1Aa3F2PrZZaZlGuYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 123.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπισχνοῦ⟩: ὑποσχέθητι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 123.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨νερτέρων δωρήματα⟩: ἤγουν ἃ δωροῦνται οἱ ζῶντες τοῖς νεκροῖς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,3–4


Or. 123.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨νερτέρων δωρήματα⟩: τὰ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 123.06 (rec gloss) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: νεκρῶν  —OV1AaAbCrFKPrRSSaOxZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῶν prep. CrOx, τῶν prep. KSZu, καὶ prep. F   


Or. 123.07 (mosch paraphr) νερτέρων: τῶν κάτω ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν om. Zc, ἤγουν τῶν om. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,3


Or. 123.08 (rec gloss) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: νεκροῖς  —Ab2SSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   faint undeciphered word after this in Ab (uncertain whether part of same gloss)   


Or. 123.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δωρήματα⟩: ἐκεῖνα, ἤγουν ἅτινα νενόμισται τοῖς νεκροῖς ποιεῖν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 123.10 (rec artGloss) ⟨δωρήματα⟩: τὰ  —KPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 124.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἴθ’⟩: ἄγε  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 124.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἴθ’⟩: ἄπελθε  —AaAbCrF2OxZZaZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 124.03 (thom gloss) ⟨ἴθ’⟩: ἄπιθι  —ZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 124.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴθ’⟩: Ἀττικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄπιθι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 124.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴθ’⟩: πορεύθητι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 124.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: ἐμοῦ  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Pr   


Or. 124.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σπεῦδ’⟩: ἀγωνίζου  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 124.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σπεῦδ’⟩: καὶ σπούδαζε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 124.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨σπεῦδ’⟩: σπεύδω τὸ τρέχω ἐπὶ σώματος, σπουδάζω ἐπὶ ψυχῆς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 124.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: λοιβὴν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 124.11 (rec gloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: θυσίας  —AbZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 124.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: τὰς  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 124.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάφῳ⟩: τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 124.14 (rec gloss) ⟨τάφῳ⟩: ἐν τῷ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 124.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τάφῳ⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 125.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοῦσ’⟩: χέασα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 125.02 (rec gloss) ⟨δοῦσ’⟩: καὶ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 125.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —Aa3AbCrGKSOxZmGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   


Or. 125.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: οὕτως  —Ab

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev. gloss, prep. καὶ      


Or. 125.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάχιστα⟩: συντόμως  —OxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διασυντόμως Zl (corruption of λίαν συντ.?)   


Or. 125.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάχιστα⟩: ταχέως  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 125.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῆς πάλιν μέμνησ’ ὁδοῦ⟩: ἐνθυμοῦ ὑποστρέψαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 125.08 (recMoschThom gloss) τῆς πάλιν: τῆς εἰς τοὐπίσω  —VAbKPrRSSaXXaXbYYfGZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*Gu

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T, καὶ prep. S   |    τῆς om. AbKPrRSaZZaZbZlZmZuGu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὸ ὀπίσω Ab   |   


Or. 125.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῆς πάλιν⟩: καὶ τῆς ὄπισθεν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 125.10 (rec gloss) ⟨πάλιν⟩: ὀπίσω  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 125.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέμνησ’⟩: καὶ μνείαν ποίησον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 125.12 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 126.01 (pllgn exeg) παρυπογράφεται τήν τε ἀναχώρησιν τῆς Ἑλένης καὶ τὴν Ἑρμιόνην ἀπερχομένην ἐν τῷ τάφῳ καὶ λέγει, ὦ φύσις.  —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   She (Electra) indirectly indicates both the retreat of Helen indoors and Hermione going off to the tomb and says ‘o nature’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,28–30

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   


Or. 126.02 (rec exeg) ὦ φύσις ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν: 1τὸν τρόπον λέγει καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου γνώμην.  2ἢ φύσιν τὴν εὐμορφίαν.   —VAaMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   (By ‘phusis’) she means the character and sense of judgment of an individual. Or by ‘phusis’ she means beauty of form.

LEMMA: (with ‑οισι) VRw, ὦ φύσις ἐνο̅ι̅σι Aa, ὦ φύσις others      REF. SYMBOL: VAaRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὴν om. Rb   |    2 φύσις Aa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,5–6


Or. 126.03 (vet exeg) ὦ φύσις ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν: 1οἱ μέν φασι συνωνυμεῖν τῇ μορφῇ καὶ τῇ δομῇ,  2οἱ δὲ τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ κάλλος,  3οἱ δὲ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἑκάστου,  4ὡς μέγα κακὸν ὁ φαῦλος τρόπος καὶ ἐπιβλαβής ἐστι τοῖς κεκτημένοις καὶ πάλιν ἐπωφελής ἐστι τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις.   —MBCPr, partial VCAaRaRbRwSSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   Some say that that (‘phusis’ here) is synonymous with shape and bodily form, some with the comeliness of the body and beauty, others with the character and nature of the individual, since bad character is a great evil and harmful to those who possess it, and conversely (character) is beneficial to those who possess it in a fine way.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ὦ φύσις MnRaRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. Yf2, cont. from sch. 126.02 VAaRw      

APP. CRIT.:   Ra partially washed out   |    1–4 οἱ μέν … κακὸν om. Yf2   |    1 δομῇ] ὁρμῇ B(ὀρ‑)C, δοκιμῆ Mn, ὁράσει Pr   |    τῆ εὐπρεπεία V   |    τοῦ κάλλους Aa   |    3–4 οἱ δὲ κτλ. om. Pr, jumping to what follows κάλλος in sent. 1 of sch. 127.01 σωτήριόν τε   |    3 οἱ δὲ] ἄλλοι δὲ Sa   |    ἕκαστον Sa   |    4 ὡς μέγα κτλ om. VAaMnRaRbRwSSa (see next sch.)   |    φαῦλος del. Schw., add. κακῶς after first τοῖς   |    first ἐστι transp. to follow κακόν B   |    first καὶ om. Yf2   |    after first κεκτημένοις add. αὐτὸν Yf2   |    ὁ ἀγαθὸς add. before πάλιν B   |    ἐστι τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις om. B   |    second ἐστι om. CYf2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 second τῇ] τὴν Rw   |    4 εστιν … ἐστὶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,7–11; Dind. II.66,5–9


Or. 126.04 (vet exeg) 1οἱ μὲν τὴν εὐπρέπειαν φασὶ τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ κάλλος,  2οἱ δὲ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἑκάστου,  3ὡς μέγα κακὸν ὁ φαῦλος τρόπος καὶ ἐπιβλαβὴς τοῖς κεκτημένοις καὶ πάλιν ἐπωφελής τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Some say that that (‘phusis’ here) is the comeliness of the body and beauty, others with the character and nature of the individual, since bad character is a great evil and harmful to those who possess it, and conversely (character) is beneficial to those who possess it in a fine way.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new images when available; looks like ἐπιβλαπὴς on the image in Daitz 1970.   |   


Or. 126.05 (rec paraphr) ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακὸν: καὶ τοῖς μὲν κακῶς χρωμένοις ἐπιβλαβής ἐστι, τοῖς δὲ καλῶς κεχρημένοις ἐπωφελής.  —VAaMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   And it (‘phusis’) is harmful to those who make bad use of it, but beneficial to those who use it well.

LEMMA: all (but not punct. as sep. from note in some)       POSITION: cont. from 126.03, without mark of new scholion      

APP. CRIT.:   μὲν om. Rb   |    χρωμένοις … καλῶς om. Aa   |    after χρωμένοις add. ταύτη MnRaSSa   |    ἐπιβλαβές Rw   |    κεχρημ. om. MnSSa   |    ἐπωφελές Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπιβαβής Rb, ἐπιβλαβῆς S, ἐπιβλάβης Mn   |    ἐπωφελῆς S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110, app. at 10–11; Dind. II.66, app. at 5


Or. 126.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ φύσις⟩: 1ἰδοῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὴν Ἑλένην τεμοῦσαν μὲν ἄκρας τὰς τρίχας, σώζουσαν δὲ τὸ πρόσθεν κάλλος, ἀποτείνεται πρὸς τὴν φύσιν καὶ λέγει ταύτην εἶναι σωτήριόν τε τοῖς κεκτημένοις καλῶς αὐτὴν καὶ βλαπτικὸν τοῖς μὴ οὕτως. 2καὶ ἡ Ἑλένη φυσικῶς οὖσα κακὴ, εἰ καὶ ἔδοξε ποσῶς τὴν ἀδελφὴν θρηνεῖν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀποκεκοφέναι τὰς τρίχας, ἀλλὰ πανούργως τοῦτο πεποίηκεν, 3ἐξ ὧν ἄκρας αὐτὰς ἔτεμε τοῦτο πιστωσαμένη. 4εἰ γὰρ κατ’ ἀλήθειαν ἐθρήνει, πάντα τὸν πλόκαμον ἔδει τεμεῖν. 5καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως. 6οἱ δὲ λέγοντες φύσιν τὸ κάλλος οὔ μοι δοκοῦσι λέγειν εὐλόγως.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Electra, seeing that Helen cut the tips of her hair but preserved her previous beauty, makes an apostrophe to nature and says it (nature) is salvific for those who possess it well and harmful to those who do not do so. And Helen, being by nature vicious, even if she seemed to some extent to mourn for her sister, and for that reason to have trimmed her hair, even so did this in a cunning way, because she cut the hairs at the tip giving proof of this. For if she truly were mourning, she ought to have cut off all her tresses. And this is how to take this passage. Those who say that ‘phusis’ here means beauty do not seem to me to speak with good justification.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZl      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τεμοῦσαν] τιμῶσαν Zb   |    πρόσθεν] ἔμπροσθεν Zl   |    αὐτὴν καλῶς transp. Z, αὐτὴν om. Za   |    5 οὗτος Z   |    6 δοκοῦσι τοῦτο ZZa   |    λέγειν om. ZbZl   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀποτίνεται ZbZl   |    2 πανοῦργος ZaZm (‑ως s.l. Za)   |    6 δοκοῦσιν ZbZl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,15–24

COLLATION NOTES:   For 1 βλαπτικὸν Ta has σωτή / βλαπτικὸν (because in T βλαπτ. is right under σωτήριον).   |   

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   |   πανοῦργος/πανούργως   


Or. 126.07 (pllgn exeg) ὦ φύσις: 1φύσις διχῶς λέγεται, καὶ ἐπὶ καλοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ φαύλου. 2ἔχει τις φύσιν καλὴν ὅστις ἔνι ἀγαθὸς, ἥμερος, πρᾶος, δίκαιος. 3ἔχει καὶ ἕτερος φύσιν κακὴν ὁ κλέπτης, ὁ μοιχὸς, ὁ πόρνος, ὁ ἄδικος. 4τοῦτο ἡ Ἠλέκτρα λέγει ἐνταῦθα· 5ὦ φύσις ὡς καὶ λίαν μέγα κακὸν ὑπάρχεις ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· 6τοῖς γὰρ κακῶς τὴν φύσιν χρωμένοις ἀνθρώποις, μέγα κακὸν ὑπάρχεις, 7σωτήριόν τε πρᾶγμα ὑπάρχεις τῷ κεκτημένῳ καλῶς αὐτὴν, ἤγουν ἐπωφελὴς ὑπάρχεις τῷ καλῶς χρωμένῳ αὐτὴν.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Phusis’ is spoken of in two ways, both applying to good and applying to bad. A person has a fine nature if he is good, gentle, mild, just. Another person has a bad nature, (for example) the thief, the adulterer, the pimp, the unjust man. This is what Electra says here: O nature, how, that is, (‘hōs’ used in the sense) excessively, great an evil you are among humans, for to those people who use their nature in a bad way, you are a great evil, and you are a salvific thing for the one who possesses it well, that is, you are beneficial to the one who uses it well.

LEMMA: Y2      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἡ φύσις Yf2   |    λέγεται] λαμβάνεται Yf2   |    2 καλὴν] καλεῖ Y2   |    ἔνι] ἐστὶν Matt. (but ἔνι is legitimate in late scholia)   |    3 καὶ om. Yf2   |    ὁ πόρνος om. Y2   |    6 γὰρ] γε Yf2   |    7 first αὐτήν] αὑτήν Yf2   |    ἤγουν ἐπωφελὴς κτλ om. Yf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,30–66,4

COMMENT:   Note the use of the acc. instead of dat. with χρώμενοις in 6–7 (see also e.g. sch. 126.22, as opposed to the more ‘correct’ version 126.23).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross prefixed in Yf, Turyn 1957: 59 proposes that this is Planudean. One hopes that Planudes was more intelligent than the author of this note.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Planudes   |   Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 126.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: {ἢ} τὴν φύσιν ⟨λέγει⟩ ἤγουν τὴν εὐμορφίαν ἢ τὸν τρόπον  —F

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 126.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: ἢ τὸ κάλλος ἢ τὴν γνώμην ἢ τὸν τρόπον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.10 (rec exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: φαῦλος τρόπος ἢ εὐμορφία  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ εὐφυΐα κάλλος καὶ ὁ τρόπος  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.12 (rec gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: εὐμορφία  —V1AaCrPrMlMnRSSaOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ prep. R, καὶ prep. CrOx, app. ἤτοι prep. Mn   


Or. 126.13 (rec gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: κάλλος  —AaAbKPrRfTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.14 (rec gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: κάλλος ὀλέθριον  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.15 (recMosch gloss) φύσις: εὐφυΐα  —KXXaXbT+YfGGrZb2Zc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 126.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: τοῦ κάλλους  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: ὡραιότης  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: μορφὴ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: τὸ ἐκ φύσεως ἦθος  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.20 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀνθρώποισιν⟩: τοῖς  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνθρώποις add. F2   


Or. 126.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακόν⟩: λείπει τοῖς κεκτημένοις κακῶς.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 126.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακόν⟩: τοῖς χρωμένοις σε κακῶς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακόν⟩: τοῖς κακῶς σοι χρωμένοις  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.24 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —AbCrPrMlMnXXaXbYYfGGrZcZZbZlZmZuT*Ox

POSITION: s.l., except Pr below the word (space above full)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, ἢ prep. Zu   


Or. 126.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὄντως  —AaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. Zu   


Or. 126.26 (rec gloss) ⟨εἶ⟩: ὑπάρχεις  —AbCrF2RfSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   


Or. 126.27 (rec gloss) ⟨κακόν⟩: ἐπιβλαβὴς  —O

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 126.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακόν⟩: δεινόν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 127.01 (vet exeg) σωτήριόν τε τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις: 1πολλοὶ γὰρ τὸ κάλλος ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἐκτήσαντο, 2ὧν ἐστιν εἷς ὁ Γανυμήδης παρὰ θεοῖς εἶναι ἀξιωθεὶς καὶ ἵπποις ἀθανάτοις κοσμήσας τὴν θρεψαμένην. 3καὶ Ἀμυμώνη δὲ διὰ τὸ ἴδιον κάλλος τὸ ἄνυδρον Ἄργος πολύυδρον ἐποίησε διὰ τῆς ἐπιμιξίας τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος.   —MBVCPraPrbRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   For many persons possessed their beauty for the salvation of themselves or their country. One example of these is Ganymede, who was deemed worthy to be among the gods and adorned with immortal horses the country that raised him. And also Amymone because of her individual beauty caused (her country) waterless Argos to become rich in water through her intercourse with Poseidon.

LEMMA: MC, σωτήριόν τε τοῖς καλῶς VRw(τῆς κακῶς), ἄλλως· σωτήριόν τε B, σωτήριόν τε HPrb      POSITION: between sch. 128.01 and 129.09 M, after 129.09 Prb, after 149.01 Rw; Pra is incomplete version cont. from sch. 126.02      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πολλοὶ … κάλλος om. Pra   |    γὰρ om. Prb   |    τῆς om. HVRw   |    2–3 ὧν ἐστιν κτλ om. H   |    2 ἐστιν εἷς] εἷς ἐστι καὶ BPra   |    εἷς om. Prb   |    ὁ om. BPrb   |    εἶναι] V, om. others   |    ἵππους ἀθανάτους Prb   |    κοσμῆσαι B, κοσμήσειν Prb, κομίσας Pra   |    τῆ θρεψαμένη Prb   |    3 καὶ ἡ ἀμυμ. BVPraRw   |    second τὸ om. Pra   |    ἄργος] πέλαγος Pra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 γαννυμήδης VCPraPrbRw   |    3 ἀμυμόνη MRw, ἀμύμων Pra   |    ἐποίησεν MB   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,13–17; Dind. II.66,11–15


Or. 127.02 (vet exeg) ⟨σωτήριόν τε⟩: πολλοὶ γὰρ διὰ τὸ κάλλος εὐεργέτησαν τὰς πατρίδας.  —M

TRANSLATION:   For many have benefitted their native land because of their beauty.

POSITION: between sch. 126.03 and 128.01 M (punct. as sep., but no lemma)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,12; Dind. II.66,9–10


Or. 127.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σωτήριόν τε⟩: Φρύνη ἔσωσε τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἑαυτῆς πατρίδα τῷ Φιλίππῳ συμμιγεῖσα.  —B3a

TRANSLATION:   Phryne saved her own native city by having intercourse with Philip.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   TLG citations of Phryne do not offer any such anecdote. Phryne, a 4th-century courtesan from Thespiae, was famous for having several statues of her that were dedicated. One anecdote says that Hyperides saved her from a guilty verdict in a trial by exposing her breasts to the jurors; another says that she offered to rebuild the walls of Thebes after Alexander’s destruction if she were allowed to have an inscription on the wall saying she restored what he destroyed. This story is an autoschediasm or a misremembering of the story about the walls of Thebes.   


Or. 127.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σωτήριόν τε⟩: καὶ πάλιν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 127.05 (rec gloss) ⟨σωτήριόν⟩: ἐπωφελὴς  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 127.06 (rec gloss) ⟨σωτήριόν⟩: καὶ σωτηρία  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 127.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨σωτήριόν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ σωτηριῶδες  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2B3a

POSITION: s.l.(B3a under line), except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] XXbT, om. others   


Or. 127.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σωτήριόν⟩: σωστικὸν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 127.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σωτήριόν⟩: ὠφέλιμον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 127.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κεκτημένοις⟩: γρ. κεχρημένοις  —OAaAbPrRG

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. OPrG   |    καὶ add. before κεχρημ. Aa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κεχρωμ‑ Ab   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 127.11 (rec gloss) ⟨κεκτημένοις⟩: αὐτὴν  —MnRSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτοῖς Mn   


Or. 127.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨κεκτημένοις⟩: σὲ  —SZZbZlZmZuT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 127.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεκτημένοις⟩: καὶ ἔχουσι ταύτην  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.01 (vet exeg) εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας: 1τὸ εἴδετε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἴδοι τις ἂν, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 3.220] ‘φαίης κε ζάκοτον’ καὶ [Hom. Il. 4.223] ‘ἔνθ’ οὐκ ἂν βρίζοντα ἴδοις’. 2ἔνιοι δέ φασι ταῖς δμωσὶ ταῦτα λέγειν. 3οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὸ θέατρον, ὃ καὶ ἄμεινον. 4ἐφελκυστικὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἀεὶ μᾶλλον τῶν θεατῶν ὁ ποιητὴς, οὐ φροντίζων τῶν ἀκριβολογούντων.   —MBVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘eidete’ (‘did you see’) is equivalent to ‘idoi tis an’ (‘one might see’), as (the Homeric phrases) ‘you might say (he was) mightily angry’ and ‘there you would not see him dozing’. Some say that she addresses this to the servant-women, others say it is directed to the audience, which is indeed better. For the poet is always rather inclined to draw in the audience, showing no regard for those who are fussy about details.

LEMMA: MBC, εἴδετε Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MBRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   Ra largely washed out   |    1 ἴδετε V, εἴδε S   |    ἴδη Pr   |    φαίας V   |    after ζάκ. add. τέ τιν’ ἔμμεναι B(ἔμεναι)Pr   |    καὶ ἔνθ’ … ἴδοις om. MnSSa, app. Ra   |    καὶ] καὶ τὸ BPr   |    ἔνθ’ οὐκ ἂν om. V   |    βρίθοντα V   |    ἴδης PrRb   |    2 φησι VRaRb   |    δμωσὶ] B, δμωῆσι MVC(‑ῇσι) [Ra], δμώαισι Rb(τμω‑)MnSa, δμωέσι S, δμωΐοις Pr   |    3 πρὸς] φησι V   |    ὃ] ὅτι V, perhaps Ra, οἳ Rb   |    4 ἐφελκυστικὸν MC, ‑ικῶς Mn   |    γὰρ om. Sa   |    ὁ ποιητὴς transp. after ἐστιν MnRaRbSSa   |    μᾶλλον ἀεὶ transp. V [Ra]   |    ἀεὶ] αἳ Rb[Ra], καὶ MnSSa   |    ὁ] ὡς C   |    ἀκριβολογουμένων M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κεν M   |    ζάκουσον Pr   |    ἔνθ’] ἔντ’ Pr   |    βρύζοντα Rb   |    4 θεάτων Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,18–22; Dind. II.66,17–67,2

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   |   dramatic technique of Euripides   


Or. 128.02 (vet exeg) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: 1ἴδοι τις. 2ἔνιοι δέ φασι ταῖς δμώαισι ταῦτα λέγειν, 3ὃ ἄμεινον.   —H

TRANSLATION:   One might see. Some say she says this to the servant-women, which is better.


Or. 128.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: 1ἐθεάσασθε πῶς κατὰ τὰς ἄκρας ἀπέκοψε τὰς τρίχας φυλάσσουσα τὸ κάλλος. 2οὐ κατ’ ἐρώτησιν δὲ, ἀλλ’ ἀποφαινομένη ταῦτα λέγει.   —XXaXbT+YGrZc

TRANSLATION:   You observed how she cut off her hair at the tips, preserving her beauty. For she says this not as a question, but affirming it.

POSITION: s.l. Zc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 second τὰς om. G   |    1–2 φυλάσσουσα κτλ om. Zc   |    2 ἀποφαινόμενος G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,4–6


Or. 128.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: ἐθεάσασθε κατὰ τὰς ἄκρας  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ τ. ἄ. om. T   |   ἄκρας om. G   


Or. 128.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: οἱ μὲν δμωσὶν, οἱ δὲ θεάτρῳ, ὃ καὶ κρεῖττον.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν  —F

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 128.07 (thom exeg) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: πρὸς ἑαυτὴν τοῦτο λέγει.  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  She says this to herself.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 128.08 (vet gloss) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: ἴδοι τις ἄν  —HMlMnSSaB3a

POSITION: s.l., except marg. B3a      

APP. CRIT.:   τι app. B3a   |    ἄν om. HB3a   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἴδι Ml   |    τίς all except B3a   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original B, perhaps faint trace of a sigma?   |   


Or. 128.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἴδῃ τις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.10 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: ἐθεάσατε  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.11 (rec exeg) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: ἴδετε  —RS

POSITION: s.l. R, marg. S      


Or. 128.12 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: βλέψατε  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: εἴδετε  —Ab

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 128.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: καὶ θεάσασθε  —CrMnOxZu

LEMMA: εἴδετε in text Zu, εἴδετ’ Mn, a.c. Cr; ἴδετ’ in text Ox, p.c. Cr       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: ὁρᾶτε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.16 (rec gloss) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: σμικρῶς  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.17 (rec exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: ἐπὶ· π(ερι)ττόν  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This apparently means that παρ’ could be glossed with ἐπί (‘to the extent of’?) or considered to be superfluous.   

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 128.18 (rec exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰς ἄκρας  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.19 (thom exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: 1τὸ παρά τοῦ παρ’ ἄκρας καὶ τὸ ἀπό τοῦ ἀπέθριξε ταὐτόν ἐστι· 2τὸ γὰρ ἄκρας αἰτιατική ἐστιν. 3ἢ γενικὴν νοητέον, ἵν’ ᾖ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου αὐτὰς ἔτεμεν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The ‘para’ of ‘par’ akras’ and the ‘apo’ of ‘apethrixe’ convey the same meaning, for the word ‘akras’ is accusative. Alternatively, one should consider it genitive, so that the sense is ‘she cut them from the tip’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   Parts of Zl illegible, last word lost to trimming.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ταυτόν ἐστιν Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,6–9


Or. 128.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρ’⟩: ἀπὸ  —ZuB3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρ’⟩: ἐξ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.22 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄκρας⟩: τῆς  —AbMlMnSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.23 (vet exeg) ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας: ὡς ἐν τῇ σμικρότητι τῆς ἀφαιρέσεως μηδὲν ἀπολείποι τοῦ ὑγιοῦς.  —MVC

TRANSLATION:   In order that by the small extent of the removal she would not at all fall short of the normal (unspoiled) state (of her hair).

LEMMA: C, 129 ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή V      REF. SYMBOL: (to 129) V      POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ δὲ V   |    ἀπολείποι Mastr. (after ἀπολίποι Schw.), ἀπολείπει MC, ἀπολίποιτο V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,1–2; Dind. II.67,2–4


Or. 128.24 (vet exeg) ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας: ὡς ἐν τῇ σμικρότητι τῆς ἀφαιρέσεως μηδὲν ἀπολείπειν τοῦ ὑγιοῦς μηδὲ τῷ κάλλει λυμήνασθαί τι  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   So as, by the small extent of the removal, not at all to fall short of the normal (unspoiled) state (of her hair), nor to cause any damage to her beauty

LEMMA: B (ἄλλως in marg.), ἄλλως ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας Pr      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μικρότητι Pr   |   μὴ δὲ BPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,1–2; Dind. II.67,2–4


Or. 128.25 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅπως  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.26 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: πῶς  —AaKMnXXaXbYYfGGrZZmZuT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   prep. ἢ Zm, καὶ prep. AaMn   

COLLATION NOTES:   No cross in TTa, but T may have once had one (there appears to be an erasure here).   |   


Or. 128.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι  —AbFMlMnRRfSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. MnS   


Or. 128.28 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπέθρισεν⟩: ἀπεθέρισεν  —OGK

LEMMA: ἀπέθριξε in text GK       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   in O only ε s.l. above θρ to convey this   |    -ισε GK (as in text)   |   


Or. 128.29 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπέθρισε⟩: (ἀπέθρι)ξε  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.30 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀπέθρισε⟩: ἀπέκοψε  —Aa2F2RRfSaXXaXbT+YYfGGrB3a

LEMMA: ἀπέθριξε in text GTz       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ψεν R   |   


Or. 128.31 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπέθρισε⟩: ἔκοψε  —V1CrMlMnPrSOx

LEMMA: ἀπέθριξε in text all except V       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. V1CrOx   


Or. 128.32 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀπέθριξε⟩: ἀπέτεμε  —AbZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν T   |   


Or. 128.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπέθρισεν⟩: ἐθέρισε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.34 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπέθριξε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπομερίσασα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.35 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀπέθριξε⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θρίζω θρίξω  —Zm

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 128.36 (rec artGloss) ⟨τρίχας⟩: τὰς  —F2MnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.01 (rec gloss) ⟨σώζουσα⟩: ἔχουσα  —AaAbCrMlMnPrRSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |    πάλιν add. Sa   


Or. 129.02 (mosch gloss) σώζουσα: φυλάσσουσα  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2F2ZlB3a

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   φυλάσουσα Y, φυλάττουσα F2ZlB3a   |   


Or. 129.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σώζουσα⟩: περιποιουμένη  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σώζουσα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔσωσε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάλλος⟩: αὐτῆς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάλλος⟩: τὸ πρὶν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάλλος⟩: πρῶτον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κάλλος⟩: τὸ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.09 (vet exeg) ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή: 1ἤτοι πονηρὰ, ἢ τὰ αὐτὰ φρονοῦσα ἃ καὶ πρότερον· 2τοῦ γὰρ εἶναι εὔμορφος ἐπιμελεῖται. 3ἐλέγχει δὲ αὐτὴν ὅτι οὐδὲ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι σεσωφρόνισται, ἀλλ’ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἤθεσι μεμένηκεν.   —HMBVCAaPrRaRbSa, partial YY2

TRANSLATION:   That is, she is bad, or has the same cast of mind as previously. For she is careful about being beautiful in appearance. And she (Electra) criticizes her (Helen) because not even by her wrongful actions has she been chastened, but she has continued in the same character traits.

LEMMA: B(τ’)AaPrMnSSa, ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι Rb, lemma ἡ πάλαι γυνή MC, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MBRbSa      POSITION: s.l. YY2      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 (ἤτοι om.) πονηρὰ ἢ … φρονοῦσα written by Y, ἃ καὶ … ἐλέγχει αὐτὴν added by Y2   |    1 ἃ καὶ om. Pr   |    2 τοῦτο γὰρ BPr   |    εὔμορφον MCY2; above εὔμορφος something illegible in H (εὐμορφίας?)   |    3 ὅτι οὐδὲ κτλ] om. Y2, ὡς μὴ δέπω[ H, the rest lost   |    οὐδὲν Aa   |    τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασι AaS   |    σεσωφρόνηται AaRa, perhaps a.c. Rb, either this or ‑ησται a.c. Mn   |    αὐτοῖς om. MBCAaPrSa [H]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φρονεῖσα Pr   |    3 ἐλλέγχει MnS   |    μεμένηκε MCPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,3–6; Dind. II.67,10–13


Or. 129.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: 1τὸ ‘ἔστιν ἡ πάλαι γυνὴ’ ἢ κατὰ μορφὴν νοητέον, ἡ αὐτή ἐστι καὶ νῦν ἥτις καὶ πρὸ τοῦ τὰς τρίχας ἀποκόψαι καὶ οὐδ’ ὁτιοῦν ἠλλάττωται τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς, 2ἢ κατὰ προαίρεσιν, ὅτι ἡ αὐτή ἐστι καὶ νῦν ἥτις καὶ πρώην καὶ οὐδὲν ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν σεσωφρόνισται.   —ZZaZb(Zl)ZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The phrase ‘she is the same woman of old’ is to be interpreted either in reference to her physical appearance: she is the same woman even now as she was before cutting her hair, and her beauty has not been reduced in the slightest. Or in reference to her approach to life, that she is the same even now as previously and she has not been at all chastened by her troubles.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZl      POSITION: cont. from sch. 128.19 ZmTGu, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   note lost to damage and trimming Zl (ref. symbol at text indicates its original presence)   |    1 ἡ repeated before γυνὴ Gu   |    second ἡ] ἤγουν ZmGu   |    2 σεσωφρόνησται Za, σεσωφρόνηται Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,24–28


Or. 129.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔστι δ’⟩: ἥτις ἦν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.12 (mosch gloss) ἔστι δ’: οὐκ ἠλλάχθη  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X, καὶ prep. Aa2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἠλάχθη ZcAa2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,14


Or. 129.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἥτις ἦν πάλαι γυνὴ  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l. Pr, marg. Ab      


Or. 129.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἤγουν πρὸ τοῦ κόπτειν τὰς ἄκρας τρίχας  —AbMlMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab (cont. from prev.)       

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Ab   |    πρὸ τοῦ κόπτειν] προκόπτειν Sa   |    πρὸ] πρὸς S, om. Pr   |    ἄκρας om. Pr   


Or. 129.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: πονηρὰ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυν⟩: τὰ αὐτὰ φρονοῦσα ἃ καὶ πρότερον  —O

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 129.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: τὸ παλαιὸν κακόν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: πονηρά· ἤγουν τοιαῦτα φρονοῦσα πονηρά  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἢ κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν μορφὴν ἢ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 129.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: τουτέστιν ἡ αὐτὴ τῇ πρώτῃ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡ πάλαι⟩: καὶ ἡ πρὸ καιροῦ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡ πάλαι⟩: ἡ παλαιὰ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 130.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεοί σε⟩: εἴθε  —V3Aa

POSITION: s.l.; over μισήσειαν V3      


Or. 130.02 (thom exeg) ⟨θεοί σε⟩: λάθρα τοῦτο εἶπε.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἶπεν TGu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,15

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 130.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨θεοί⟩: οἱ  —F2SSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 130.04 (rec gloss) ⟨σε⟩: τίνα  —CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Apparently an indication that this is the acc. object; cf. sch. 217.03.   


Or. 130.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μισήσειαν⟩: ἄν ποτε  —SSaZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 130.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μισήσειαν⟩: ἐμίσησαν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 130.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μισήσειαν⟩: μισήσουσιν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 130.08 (tri metr) ⟨μισήσειαν⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 130.09 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὥς⟩: ὅτι  —AaAbCrF2V3KMlMnPrRSSaOxXXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 131.01 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨τόνδε⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V1AaAbCrMnSSaXXaXbT+YYfGGrZZaZlZcOxB3a

POSITION: s.l., cont. from next CrOx      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. V1AaAbMnSa   |   


Or. 131.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόνδε⟩: τοῦτον  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l. (with prev. appended CrOx)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 131.03 (vet exeg) πᾶσάν θ’ Ἑλλάδα:  1τὸ κατὰ μέρος εἰποῦσα ἐπήνεγκε τὸ καθόλου·  2ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 1.255–256]· ‘ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες / ἄλλοι τε Τρῶες’.   —MBVCPr, partial H

TRANSLATION:   After mentioning the individual she added the overall group: like Homer, ‘Truly Priam would rejoice, and Priam’s children and other Trojans’.

LEMMA: MBC(δ’)Pr(ἅπασαν), καὶ τόνδε πᾶσάν θ’ ἑλλάδ() V      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      POSITION: marg. H      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὰ κατὰ V   |    2 ὡς κτλ om. H   |    ὡς καὶ ὅμ. BVPr, ὥσμηρος C   |    γηθήσῃ BPr, γηθῆ() V   |    ἄλλοι τε τρῶες om. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἦ κεν] ἧκε C, ἧκεν V, εἴ κεν Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,7–9; Dind. II.67,16–18

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 131.04 (rec gloss) ⟨θ’⟩: καὶ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 131.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἑλλάδ’⟩: τὴν  —F2MnSYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 131.06 (131–135) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩:  1ἰδοῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὸν χορὸν τῶν Ἀργείων γυναικῶν ἐλθόντα ἐπισκέψασθαι τὸν Ὀρέστην, καὶ φοβηθεῖσα μή πως ἐγεροῦσιν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, διακόψασα τὸν λόγον ὃν περὶ τῆς Ἑλένης ἔλεγε μετὰ λύπης λέγει ‘ὢ τάλαινα ἐγώ’.  2αἱ φίλαι ξυνῳδοὶ, ἤγουν αἱ συνθρηνοῦσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ, αὖ καὶ πάλιν πάρεισι καὶ προσέρχονται, ὡς φαίνεται δὲ ὅτι καὶ πρῶτον ἐκεῖ ὑπῆρχον.  3ἴσως ἠρεμοῦντα τὸν Ὀρέστην μεταστήσουσι καὶ διεγεροῦσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἀπό τε τῆς ὁμιλίας καὶ τοῦ κτύπου τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν·  4ἐπεὶ γὰρ πλῆθος ἦν, θόρυβον ἔμελλε ποιῆσαι εἰσερχόμενον·  5καὶ εἰ ἐγεροῦσιν αὐτὸν, ἐκτήξουσι τὸ ἐμὸν ὄμμα ἐν τοῖς δακρύοις·  6ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔβλεπεν αὐτὸν δαιμονιζόμενον καὶ πάσχοντα, κλαίειν ἔμελλεν ὡς ἀδελφή.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Electra, noticing that the chorus of the Argive women has come to check on Orestes and having become afraid that they will somehow arouse him from his sleep, after breaking off the remark that she was making about Helen, says with anguish ‘o wretched me’. The friendly sharers of (my) song, that is, those who lament with me, again and for a second time are present and approach, and as it seems (‘again’ is used) because previously too they were present there. Perhaps they will disrupt Orestes in his rest and arouse him from sleep by their conversation and the noise of their footsteps. For since it was a large group, it was likely to create a loud noise in entering. And if they will cause him to stir, they will make my eye melt with tears. For since she saw him afflicted by the divinities and suffering, she was likely to cry for him, being his sister.

APP. CRIT.:   2 δὲ not printed by Matt.; perhaps to be deleted   |    3 διεγείρουσι Yf2, corr. Dindorf   |    5 ἐγειροῦσιν Yf2, corr. Matt.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὠ Yf2   |    3 ἡρεμοῦντα Yf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,19–68,2

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf2 with cross.   |   


Or. 131.07 (131–139) (pllgn exeg) 1θεασαμένη Ἠλέκτρα τὰς ἐρχομένας γυναῖκας ὡς ἐπ[ι]σκεψομένας ταύτην τε καὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ φοβηθεῖσα μὴ [ὑπὸ] τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν κτύπου ἔξυπνος γέ[νηται ὅτε(?)] ἐν ἠρεμία ἡσύχαζεν, (?)ἔπ[ειτα(?)] πρὸς αὐτὰς εἶπεν·  2ὦ φίλ[αι], μετὰ πάσης ἡσυχίας ἔρχεσθε [καὶ] μηδὲν ὅλως θορυβεῖτε [μηδὲ κτυ]πεῖτε· ἐπειδὴ φιλικῶς [ἔχω] πρὸς ὑμᾶς.  3ἐὰν δὲ ταράξ[ητε τὸν] Ὀρέστην, ὡς ἐχθρὰς ἀφείω(?)[a few letters, or blank?] ὑμᾶς, εἰ ἀπὸ τούτου ἐπ..[   —Zl

TRANSLATION:   Electra, having seen the approaching women, coming to check on her and Orestes, frightened that he might be awakened by the noise of their footsteps [when(?)] he was resting peacefully, then(?) said to them: Friends, approach with utter quiet and do not make any noise at all nor stamp your feet, since I am disposed as a friend toward you. But if you disturb Orestes, I dismiss(?) you as enemies, if from this man/action you/he …

REF. SYMBOL: Zl      

COMMENT:   At the end there are traces of two letters after pi, then there should be only a few more letters lost before the end of note, hardly room for a second-person verb plus object; so a third-person verb is perhaps more likely (e.g., ἐπεγ[ερθῇ]?).   |   


Or. 131.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩: ἰδοὺ διαλέγεται πρὸς τὰς δμωίδας. —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 131.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩: ἐν ἤθει ὁ λόγος.  —Zu

TRANSLATION:   The speech (is uttered) with emotion.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐν ἤθει   


Or. 131.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὢ⟩: φεῦ  —CrSaZZaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 131.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὢ⟩: βαβαὶ —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 131.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαιν’ ἐγὼ⟩: ἀθλία ὑπάρχω  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 131.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τάλαιν’⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 132.01 (vet exeg) ⟨αἳ δ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἔρχονται αἱ γυναῖκες ἰδεῖν τὸν Ὀρέστην πῶς ἔχει, καὶ ἐθεάσατο αὐτὰς.  —M

TRANSLATION:   During the pause in delivery the women come to see how Orestes is doing, and Electra caught sight of them.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,10–11; Dind. II.68,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   Schw. ascribes this to C as well as M, but this is a slip. Sch. 131.03 starts at the bottom of 14v and is completed in the first line of 15r, and sch. 140.07 follows it. No interlinear or intermarg. notes are written near 132, and fire has not damaged any notes on this page of C.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   τὸ σιωπώμενον   


Or. 132.02 (vet exeg) αἳ δ’ αὖ πάρεισι: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἔρχονται αἱ γυναῖκες ἰδεῖν τὸν Ὀρέστην πῶς ἔχει, καὶ θεασαμένη αὐτὰς ταῦτα φησὶ.  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   During the pause in delivery the women come to see how Orestes is doing, and Electra, having caught sight of them, says this.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῦτα om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,10–11; Dind. II.68,3–4

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   τὸ σιωπώμενον   


Or. 132.03 (rec exeg) ⟨αἵδ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: τοῦτο λέγει βλέπουσα τὸν χορὸν ἐρχόμενον.  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   χορὸν om. Sa   

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   


Or. 132.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αἵδ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: αὗται πάλιν προσέρχονται.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 132.05 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵδ’⟩: δεικτικῶς —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς   


Or. 132.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἵδ’⟩: ἤγουν αἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ γυναῖκες —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 132.07 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵδ’⟩: αὗται  —Ab2CrF2MlMnROx, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   faint traces in water damage Zl   |   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 132.08 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵδ’⟩: αἱ γυναῖκες  —AbS

POSITION: s.l., over πάρεισι Ab      


Or. 132.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨πάρεισι⟩: παραγίνονται  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2Zu

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    V3 app. wrote παρα, but erased it without finishing the word   |    -γίνεται Aa2Y (‑ονται Aa3)   |   


Or. 132.10 (thom gloss) ⟨πάρεισι⟩: ἔρχονται  —ZZaZbZmTGuCrOx, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   faint traces in water damage Zl   |    καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 132.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θρηνήμασι⟩: θρήνοις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 133.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨φίλαι⟩: προσφιλεῖς  —Aa2Ab2MlMnRSSaXXaXbT+YYf2GGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X (with 133.05 appended)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πρὸς φιλῆς Ml   |   


Or. 133.02 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φίλαι⟩: αἱ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 133.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ξυνῳδοί⟩: θρηνωδοὶ  —AaAbMlMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἥγουν prep. Pr   


Or. 133.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ξυνῳδοί⟩: συντραγωδοὶ  —MlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 133.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ξυνῳδοί⟩: συνθρηνήτριαι  —V3Aa2FRfXXaXbYYfGrZcZaZlZmZuT*B2/3a

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from 133.01)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FZu   


Or. 133.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξυνωδοί⟩: θρηνήτριαι  —ZZb

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 133.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξυνωδοί⟩: συνθρηνοῦσαι  —GGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 133.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξυνωδοί⟩: καὶ συνθρηνωδοὶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 133.09 (rec gloss) ⟨τάχα⟩: ταχέως  —V3AbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l. except under line Pr      


Or. 133.10 (moschThom gloss) ⟨τάχα⟩: ἴσως  —XXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*

POSITION: s.l.; a second instance in marg. X (with 133.15 appended)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 133.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: διεγείρουσιν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 133.12 (rec gloss) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: ἐγείρουσι  —AaAbCrMnPrRSOx

POSITION: s.l. except under line Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σιν R [S]   |   


Or. 133.13 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: ἐρχόμεναι δὲ μετὰ ψόφου  —Pr


Or. 133.14 (rec gloss) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: ἐξεγεροῦσι  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 133.15 (moschThom gloss) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: μετακινήσουσιν  —XXaXbYYfGGrZcZaZbZlZmT*F2

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from 133.10)      

APP. CRIT.:   -σι ZaZbZlZmTZc   


Or. 133.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: (μεταστήσουσ)ιν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 133.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ὕπνου⟩: ἀπὸ  —Aa3MnSYf2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ add. S   


Or. 133.18 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ὕπνου⟩: τοῦ  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 134.01 (rec gloss) ⟨τόνδ’ ἡσυχάζοντ’⟩: τὸν ἀδελφόν μου  —AbMlMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above 133 ὕπνου Pr)      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ (om. μου) Pr   


Or. 134.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨τόνδ’ ἡσυχάζοντ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V1SaZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. SaGu   


Or. 134.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: τοῦτον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 134.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡσυχάζοντ’⟩: κοιμώμενον  —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 134.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡσυχάζοντ’⟩: ἥσυχον ὄντα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἤσυχον Zu   |   


Or. 134.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡσυχάζοντ’⟩: ἠρεμοῦντα  —F2Y2Yf2ZlOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 134.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅμμα δ’ ἐκτήξουσ’ ἐμὸν⟩: ἐγὼ θέλω θρηνεῖν.  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 134.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨ὄμμα⟩: τὸ  —F2MnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν Mn   


Or. 134.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: τὸ τήκω ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τῶν †δερμάτων  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Compare Sch. Aesch. Prom. 526b ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τοῦ κηροῦ· τὸ γὰρ τήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ κηροῦ καὶ τῆς χιόνος λέγεται. Perhaps δερμάτων is a corruption of διαρρυέντων, although that would not give a sense with much explanatory force.   

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   


Or. 134.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: δαμάσουσι  —AaAbMlMnPrRSSaZZaZb2ZlTGuY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SSa   |    δαμάξουσι Ab, δαμα Sa (i.e. δαμά(ξουσι)?)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σιν MnRSZl   |   


Or. 134.11 (mosch exeg) ἐκτήξουσ’: ἐκτακῆναι ποιήσουσιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ διαρρυῆναι  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Ektēxousi’ means) “they will cause to melt’, used in the sense (cause) ‘to flow’.

LEMMA: ἐκτήξουσιν T       POSITION: s.l. except XT      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ διαρ. om. Aa2   |   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν G   


Or. 134.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: μέλλουσι δαμάσαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 134.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: ξηραίνουσιν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 134.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: ἐκεῖναι  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 134.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: (ἐκτήξουσ)ιν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 134.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐμὸν⟩: τὸ  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν S   


Or. 135.01 (rec gloss) ⟨δακρύοις⟩: ἐν τοῖς —CrF2SYf2Ox, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   trace in water damage in Zl   |    τοῖς om. F2S   


Or. 135.02 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀδελφὸν⟩: τὸν  —F2MnOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 135.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅταν⟩: καὶ ὁπόταν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 135.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: τὸν ἀδελφὸν  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 135.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: καὶ θεάσωμαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 135.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: καὶ βλέπω  —F2MnOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. F2   


Or. 135.07 (rec gloss) ⟨μεμηνότα⟩: ὀργιζόμενον  —V1AbMlMnRS

REF. SYMBOL: Ml       POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ml      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. MnS   


Or. 135.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μεμηνότα⟩: μαινόμενον  —AaCrFPrZb2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μενό‑ Aa   |   


Or. 135.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεμηνότα⟩: καὶ μανικὸν ὄντα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 135.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεμηνότα⟩: δαιμονιζόμενον  —YYf2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 136.01 (136–139) (pllgn paraphr) 1προσφωνεῖ τὸν χορὸν μετὰ σιγῆς εἰσέρχεσθαι, λέγουσα·  2‘ὦ φίλταται γυναῖκες, ἐν ἡσύχῳ ποδὶ χωρεῖτε καὶ ὁρμᾶτε ἐνταῦθα καὶ εἰσέρχεσθε.  3μὴ κτυπεῖτε καὶ κτύπον ποιεῖτε, μὴ δὲ ἔστω ἐν ἡμῖν κτύπος.  4ἡ γὰρ σὴ φιλία πρευμενὴς μὲν καὶ προσφιλὴς καί ἀγαπητὴ ὑπάρχει, ἤγουν θέλω ὅπως ἐστὲ ἐνταῦθα καὶ παρηγορεῖτε μοι,  5ἀλλὰ πάλιν ἐὰν εἰσέλθετε καὶ ἐξεγείρετε τοῦτον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, συμφορὰ καὶ θλίψις γενήσεται ἐν ἐμοί’.   —Y2Yf2

APP. CRIT.:   1 προσφωνεῖ … λέγουσα om. Y2   |    3 κτύπος ἐν ἡμῖν transp. Yf2 (ἡμῖν changed to ὑμῖν)   |    4 θέλ() Y2, θέλει Yf2   |    5 ἀλλὰ] καὶ Y2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 μὴ δ’ Yf2   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   No cross Yf.   |   


Or. 136.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ φίλταται γυναῖκες⟩: προσεκτικῶς μετὰ ἤθους προενεκτέον τὸν λόγον —VAbMnPrRRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The utterance is to be pronounced attentively (carefully?), with emphasis.

LEMMA: 135 δακρύοις ἀδελφόν V(prep. ἄλλως, half erased)Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION:  s.l. at 136 Pr, s.l. at 135 MlSSa, s.l. (προσ. μετὰ above 135, ἤθους πρ. above 134) Mn; marg. Ab(beside 133–4)R(beside 134–135)       

APP. CRIT.:   προσεκτὸς Ml   |    μετὰ om. R   |    προενεκτέον V, προσενεκτέον MnPrR(app. ‑ενεγκτέον)RbS, προσεκτέον MlSa, app. προσεκτικῶς corr. to ‑κὸς? Ab   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,12–13; Dind. II.68,9–10

COMMENT:   It is unclear to what this observation originally applied (Schw. printed it with V’s lemma 135 δακρύοις ἀδελφόν). Pr seems to reflect the proper position, since ‘attentively’ seems not to apply effectively to anything in 134 or 135, or even to the whole speech from 131 ὦ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ, whereas the comment might reflect a concern that in addressing the chorus and insisting on their not making noise Electra needs to be careful with how she herself speaks (compare the concern in Arg. 2c). On the possible senses of μετὰ ἤθους, see Nünlist 254–256, Kroll 1918.   |   One should also bear in mind that προσεκτικῶς could simply be a corrupt doublet of προσενεκτέον, the common corruption of προενεκτέον.    

KEYWORDS:  μετὰ ἤθους   


Or. 136.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλταται⟩: καὶ ἠγαπημέναι  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 136.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨γυναῖκες⟩:  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 136.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἡσύχῳ ποδὶ⟩: δι’ ἡσύχου ποδός  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ποδός om. TZc   


Or. 136.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡσύχῳ ποδὶ⟩: ἤγουν μετὰ ἡσυχίας πορεύεσθε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σθαι Zl   


Or. 136.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡσύχῳ⟩: ἐλαφρῷ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 136.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡσύχῳ⟩: καὶ ἀκτύπῳ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 136.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡσύχῳ⟩: ἠρέμῳ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 136.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡσύχῳ⟩: ἐν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 137.01 (rec gloss) ⟨χωρεῖτε⟩: ὁρμᾶτε  —V1CrF2MnOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMnOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ται Mn   |   


Or. 137.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨χωρεῖτε⟩: ἔρχεσθε  —SaZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 137.03 (rec gloss) ⟨χωρεῖτε⟩: εἰσέρχεσθε  —PrY2Yf2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐνταῦθα add. Zu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σθαι Zu   |   


Or. 137.04 (pllgn exeg) ἐκ παραλλήλου μὴ ψοφεῖτε μὴ δὲ ἔστω κτύπος.  —B2

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 137.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ψοφεῖτε⟩: κτυπεῖτε  —AaF2PrXXaXbT+YYfGrZcZZaZlOx

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ prep. F2Y, ἤγουν μὴ prep. Ox, καὶ prep. Pr, γράφεται prep. Aa   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 137.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψοφεῖτε⟩: ψόφον ποιεῖτε  —Zb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 137.07 (rec gloss) ⟨κτυπεῖτε⟩: ψοφεῖτε  —GMnRf2

LEMMA: κτυπεῖτε in text GMn, a.c. Rf       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γράφεται μὴ σοφεῖτε (sic) Mn   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 137.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μηδ’ ἔστω κτύπος⟩: μὴ κτυπεῖτε  —Rf2Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Rf2   


Or. 137.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔστω⟩: ἀφ’ ὑμῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 137.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔστω⟩: γινέσθω  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 137.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔστω⟩: καὶ ὑπαρχέτω  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 137.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτύπος⟩: ἦχος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 137.13 (rec gloss) ⟨κτύπος⟩: ψόφος  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 137.14 (rec gloss) ⟨κτύπος⟩: τίς  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   One could print the indefinite here (which scribes sometimes intend even when they place an accent on τις), but it is possible that the interrogative is intended: for the interrogative as gloss marking the case of a word, cf. e.g. sch. 138.15.   


Or. 138.01 (rec gloss) ⟨φιλία⟩: προσφιλὴς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 138.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φιλία⟩: ἡ συγκαθεδρία  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 138.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φιλία⟩:  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 138.04 (tri metr) ⟨φιλία⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 138.05 (vet exeg) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πραεῖα προσφιλὴς πραϋμενής.  —HMC

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘gentle’, ‘friendly’, ‘kindly’.

POSITION: marg. H, intermarg. M, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT.:   πραϋμενής om. H   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ambig. whether accent πραϋμένης or ‑μενής M   |   


Or. 138.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πραεῖα προσφιλὴς εὐμενής.  —VRb

LEMMA: φιλία Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V   


Or. 138.07 (rec gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: πραεῖα  —Aa2CrMlMnRRfSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    πραείαν Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πραεία MlSSa   |   


Or. 138.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: πραεῖα καὶ εὐμενής  —OXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa3B2

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. YZc   |    Aa3 adds καὶ ἐυμ. to Aa2’s πραεῖα   |    ὑπάρχει add. G   |   


Or. 138.09 (rec gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: εὐμενὴς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 138.10 (thom gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: συμπαθὴς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 138.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: προσφιλὴς  —Y2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 138.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἀγαπητὴ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 138.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἥμερος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 138.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ ἐμοί⟩: γρ. ἀλλ’ ὅμως  —Ab

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 138.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμοὶ⟩: τίνι  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 138.16 (rec wdord) word order α (ἐμοὶ), β (γενήσεται), γ (συμφορὰ) —Mn


Or. 139.01 (rec gloss) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην  —AaRfSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τὸν om. Rf   


Or. 139.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: τοῦτον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 139.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξεγεῖραι⟩: ἐξυπνῆσαι  —AbF2MlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 139.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξεγεῖραι⟩: ἀναστῆσαι  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀναστῆναι Y   

COMMENT:   Emendation is necessary unless the commentator mistakenly believed the compound ἐξεγείρω could be intransitive ‘awaken’ on the basis of the usage of the imperative of the simplex (ἔγειρε = ‘rise up, wake up’).   


Or. 139.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐξεγεῖραι⟩: ὑμᾶς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 139.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἐξεγεῖραι⟩: τὸ  —SXXaXbYGGrZcZaZbZlZmZuTB3aOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 139.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξεγεῖραι⟩: ἀλλὰ  —PrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 139.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩: λύπη  —Y2Yf2GuZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 139.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩: θρῆνος  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 139.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩: καὶ θλίψις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 139.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩: τὶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 139.12 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 139.13 (tri metr) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 139.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γενήσεται⟩: ἐμοὶ —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 139.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γενήσεται⟩: καὶ ὑπάρξει  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 139.16 (tri metr) coronis  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 140.01 (140–165) (tri metr) [ἡμέτερον:] σῖγα:  0τὰ ἑξῆς ταῦτα εἴδη καλεῖται ἀλλοιόστροφα. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ κατὰ σχέσιν. τῆς παρούσης οὖν στροφῆς τὰ κῶλα ιγʹ. καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς τοσαῦτα. ἐφεξῆς γὰρ κεῖται ἡνωμένη καὶ οὐκ ἐκ διαστήματος.  1τὸ αʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ τροχαϊκοῦ ἰθυφαλλικοῦ καὶ ἰαμβικῆς βάσεως ἐχούσης τὸν αʹ πόδα ἀνάπαιστον.  2τὸ βʹ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος ἀκατάληκτος.  3–4τὸ γʹ καὶ δʹ παιωνικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου.  5τὸ εʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον καθαρόν.  6τὸ ϛʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ καὶ παίωνος γʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. ἐν δὲ τῷ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κώλῳ ἀντίσπαστον ἔχει καὶ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος.  7τὸ ζʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ διιάμβου καὶ μολοττοῦ ἢ κρητικοῦ. τὸ δέ γε τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κῶλον πεντασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν διίαμβον.  8τὸ ηʹ ἐπιωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰωνικοῦ καὶ δύο συλλαβῶν ἀδιαφόρων.  9τὸ θʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς καθαρόν.  10τὸ ιʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ χορείων.  11τὸ ιαʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ὁμοίων ποδῶν.  12τὸ ιβʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ὁμοίων ποδῶν.  13τὸ ιγʹ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ παίωνος δʹ διιάμβου καὶ κρητικοῦ ἢ δακτύλου. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει ἀμφοτέρων παράγραφος.   —T

1140=153 ‒⏑‒⏑‒⏑,⏑⏑‒⏑‒
σῖγα σῖγα, λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης
πῶς ἔχει; λόγου μετάδος, ὦ φίλα
  2141=154 ⏓‒⏑‒,⏓‒⏑‒,⏒‒⏑‒
τιθεῖτε, μὴ κτύπεῖτε μηδ’ ἔστω κτύπος
ποίαν τύχαν εἴπω, ποίαν δὲ συμφοράν [with koine short symbol on second ποι]
  3142=155 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ἀποπρὸ βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖ
ἔτι μὲν ἐμπνέει
  4143=156 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏓‒
σ’ ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας
βραχὺ δ’ ἀναστένει
  5144=157 ⏑‒ ‒⏑‒
ἰδοὺ πείθομαι
τί φῄς; ὦ τάλας
  6145=158 ⏑‒ ‒ ‒,⏑⏑‒⏑,‒ / ⏑‒ ‒⏑,⏑⏑‒ ‒,‒
ἔα σύριγγος ὅπως πνοὰ
ὀλεῖς, εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις
  7146=159 ‒ ‒⏑⏑,⏑‒⏑⏔,‒⏒‒
λεπτοῦ δόνακος, ὦ φίλα, φώνει μοι
ὕπνου γλυκυτάταν φερομένωι χάριν
  8147=160 ⏑⏑⏑‒,‒ ‒⏑⏑,⏑‒
ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς ὑπόροφον
μέλεος ἐχθίστων θεόθεν ἐρ
  9148=161 ⏑‒⏑‒,‒ ‒ ‒
φέρω βοάν. ναί, οὕτω
γμάτων, τάλας. φεῦ μόχθων
  10149=162 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⌒
κάταγε κάταγε, πρόσιθ’ ἀτρέμας
ἄδικος ἄδικα τότ’ ἄρ’ ἔλακεν
  11150–163 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑
ἀτρέμας ἴθι· λόγον ἀπόδος ἐφ’ ὅτι
ἔλακεν, ἀπόφονον ὅτ’ ἐπὶ τρίποδι
  12151=164 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⌒
χρέος ἐμόλετέ ποτε
Θέμιδος ἄρ’ ἐδίκασε
  13152=165 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒⏑‒,‒⏑⏒
χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν ὅδ’ εὐνάζεται
φόνον ὁ Λοξίας ἐμᾶς ματέρος
 

TRANSLATION:   These following metrical forms (scil. of the whole lyric 140–207) are called ‘consisting of dissimilar strophes’ (scil. divided between two voices into more than two subsections), and they are in responsion as well. Now then, the present strophe has thirteen cola, and those of the antistrophe are the same number. For they are positioned as one sequence in succession and not at a distance. The first colon is compound, formed from a trochaic ithyphallic and an iambic metron with first-foot anapaest. The second colon is an acatalectic iambic trimeter. The third and fourth cola are one-and-a-half-measure paeonic lines consisting of a fourth paeon and iamb. The fifth colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic monometer of pure form. The sixth is a hypercatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. antispastic) kind, composed of a first epitrite and a third paeon and a syllable. But in the corresponding colon of the antistrophe it has an antispast and an ionic a minore (scil. followed by a syllable). The seventh colon is a catalectic ionic a maiore trimeter composed of an ionic, a double iamb, and a molossus or a cretic. The corresponding colon of the antistrophe, however, has its double iamb with five syllables (scil. because of a resolved long). The eighth colon is a brachycatalectic epionic a maiore trimeter composed of a fourth paeon, ionic, and two indifferent syllables. The ninth colon is a pure iambic hephthemimer (i.e., one and three-quarters iambic metra). The tenth is an acatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of chorei. The eleventh is a hypercatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of the same feet (scil. chorei). The twelfth is a brachycatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of the same feet (scil. chorei). The thirteenth is a catalectic ionic trimeter composed of a fourth paeon, double iamb, and a cretic or dactyl. At the end of both (strophe and antistrophe), a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. lost to damage (τρικλινίου in marg. Ta); σῖγα once T (twice Ta)      

APP. CRIT.:   8 ἐπι ἰωνικὸν T, ἰωνικὸν Ta   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.10,7–11,2; de Fav. 46

COMMENT:   Triclinius uses the term ἐπιωνικός to refer to a colon in which an ionic measure is preceded by some form of iambic, whereas when an initial ionic is followed by an iambic measure he uses the term ἰωνικός. For the former, see Sch. Tricl. Soph. Aj. 1199, El. 824 Tessier (first colon in both instances).   |   ἀνομοιόστροφα are defined in Triclinius’ sch. on Hec. 689, where he quotes Hephaestion to the effect that the criterion is the division of the strophe into multiple parts divided between two actors or between an actor and the chorus. If there are only two parts, ἑτερόστροφα is the term applied; if more than two, ἀνομοιόστροφα.   

KEYWORDS:  ἀνομοιόστροφα   


Or. 140.02 (140–165b) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων ιγʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 140.03 (pllgn exeg) ἐπιπαρόδιον μέλος· εἰσερχόμενος γὰρ ὁ χορὸς ἔλεγε τοῦτο.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   An epiparodian song. For the chorus spoke this while entering.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   ἐπιπαρόδιος or ‑διον is not extant elsewhere (not in TLG); it is an obvious formation from ἐπιπάροδος, itself attested once in Pollux 4.108 and four times in Tzetzes, de poematum generibus [in Prolegomena de comoedia] 3, lines 43, 96, 109, 177. The meaning given to it here, however, is autoschediastic, since this is neither a re-entry of a chorus that has temporarily left the orchestra (Pollux’s sense) nor the entry of a second chorus after a first chorus has departed (Tzetzes’ mistaken interpretation).   

KEYWORDS:  ἐπιπαρόδιον   |   rare word   


Or. 140.04 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς ἑαυτὰς αἱ τοῦ χοροῦ γυναῖκες λέγουσιν.  —F

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 140.05 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁ χορός.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 140.06 (pllgn exeg) ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ αὐτό.  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 140.07 (vet exeg) σῖγα σῖγα:  1ἠρέμα, ἀψοφητὶ καὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας.  2πρόσφορος τῷ πάθει ἡ τοῦ ῥυθμοῦ ἀγωγὴ δοχμιάζουσα.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwbSa, partial Rwa

TRANSLATION:   Quietly, without noise and silently. The melodic sequence of the rhythm, being dochmiac, suits the strong emotion.

LEMMA: B, σίγα σίγα MVCPrRbRwbSa, ἄλλως Rwa      REF. SYMBOL: BVSa      POSITION: follows sch. 144.01 Rwa (15r), follows sch. 122.01 (itself displaced after sch. 149.01) Rwb (16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἠρέμα … ἡσυχίας om. Rwa   |    ἡμέρα M   |    ἀψόφητον MnSa   |    2 προσφόρως VMnRwbSa, προφόρως Rb   |    after πρόσφ. add. δὲ BPr   |    δογματίζουσα MnSa, om. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἡρέμα V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,15–16; Dind. II.68,12–13


Or. 140.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: σιγηλῶς ἠρέμα μετὰ σιγῆς βαδίζετε  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ σιγηλῶς  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἔστι τὸ σῖγα καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ σιωπηλῶς.  —Zm

LEMMA: σίγα σίγα in text Zm       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σίγα Zm   |   

COMMENT:   Other scholia on tragedy note this equivalence, e.g. Sch. Soph. Trach. 813 Xenis σῖγα ἐπιρρηματικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ σιωπηλῶς· τουτέστι, διὰ τί οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ πρὸς τὸν Ὕλλον;    


Or. 140.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἐν σιγῇ ἐν σιγῇ  —V1RfB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Rf, om. second ἐν σιγῇ   


Or. 140.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἠρέμα ἠρέμα  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   second ἠρέμα om. Ab   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἡρέμα ἡρέμα R   |   


Or. 140.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἠρέμα σιωπῇ  —AaMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἑρμιώνει Ml   |    σιώπα MlSa, σιωπᾶ Mn, om. Aa   


Or. 140.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: μετὰ σιγῆς μετὰ σιγῆς ἔρχεσθε δηλονότι.  —GGuZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   second μετὰ σιγῆς om. GZc   |    δηλονότι om. G   


Or. 140.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἠρέμα ἀψοφητὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας  —V3Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μετὰ ἡσυχ. om. V3   


Or. 140.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: μετὰ σιγῆς  —AaY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Aa   |    μετὰ om. Yf2   


Or. 140.17 (rec exeg) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἀπὸ παρθένων  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Apparently this is intended to confirm the ascription of 140–141 to the chorus and reject the ascription to Electra.   |   


Or. 140.18 (vet exeg) λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ κούφως καὶ ἐλαφρῶς τιθεῖτε τὸν πόδα μετὰ τῆς ἀρβύλης.  2εἰ δὲ γράφεται λευκὸν ἴχνος, ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ ὅλον ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 1.538] ‘ἀργυρόπεζα Θέτις’.   —BPr

TRANSLATION:   Meaning ‘lightly and nimbly place your foot together with the shoe’. And if the reading is (instead) ‘white footprint’, (the adjective is applied with) the whole (indicated) from the part as in ‘silver-footed Thetis’.

LEMMA: ἄλλως ἴχνος ἀρβύλης Pr       POSITION: cont. from 140.07 B, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,17–19; Dind. II.68,14–16

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 140.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης⟩: ἤγουν περιφραστικῶς τὸν πόδα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 140.20 (mosch exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩:  1εἰ μὲν λευκόν, συνάπτεται τῷ σῖγα σῖγα καὶ λέγεται κατὰ ἀντίπτωσιν οὕτως·  2μετὰ σιγῆς, μετὰ σιγῆς τιθεῖτε τὴν ἀρβύλην τοῦ λευκοῦ ἴχνους ἤγουν τοῦ λευκοῦ ποδός.  3εἰ δὲ λεπτόν, στίζεται μετὰ τὸ σῖγα σῖγα καὶ ἔχει τὸ πᾶν οὕτως·  4μετὰ σιγῆς μετὰ σιγῆς ἔρχεσθε δηλονότι·  5εἶτα λεπτὸν τιθεῖτε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥσυχον τὸ ἴχνος, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν βάσιν, τῆς ἀρβύλης.  6ἔστι δὲ ἀρβύλη εἶδος ὑποδήματος.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   If the reading is ‘leukon’, it is joined with ‘silently, silently’ and the meaning is as follows, with substitution of one case for another: with silence, with silence place the shoe of the white footprint, that is, of the white foot. If the reading is ‘lepton’, there is punctuation after ‘silently, silently’ and the whole is rendered thus: with silence, with silence, come (understood). Then, place (so that it is) subtle, that is, quiet, the footprint, used instead of the step, of the shoe. ‘Arbulē’ is a species of footwear.

LEMMA: σίγα σίγα G      

APP. CRIT.:   1 γρ. λευκὸν prep. X   |    συνάπτεται τῷ] συντάσσεται τὸ G   |    σίγα σίγα G   |    3 σίγα σίγα G   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λευ / λευκὸν G   |    3 στήξεται X   |    4 δῆλον ὅτι G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.68,18–24

KEYWORDS:  variant readings, both explained   


Or. 140.21 (rec gloss) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: ἀψόφητον  —MlMnRfSSa

POSITION: s.l. except Sa below line (last of page)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. MnS   


Or. 140.22 (rec exeg) ⟨λευκὸν⟩: γρ. λεπτὸν, ἤρεμον  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἥρεμον O   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 140.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λευκὸν⟩: γρ. λεπτὸν, γυμνὸν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 140.24 (recMosch exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: γρ. λευκὸν.  —KRXXaXbTYYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘lepton’) the reading ‘leukon’ is found.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. KR      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 140.25 (thom gloss) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: ποταπὸν ἥσυχον  —ZZaZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   ποταπός arose as an alternative spelling of ποδαπός in the 4th c. BCE. Dictionaries tend to treat it exclusively as an interrogative (or exclamatory) word, but the modern Greek ποταπός is an indefinite (of a certain quality, ποιός rather than ποῖος), and this indefinite sense is attested not only in some scholia of Palaeologan date, such as Sch. Hipp. 421 (V3) ἀλλὰ ἐλεύθεροι καὶ ἄλλοι ποταποὶ καὶ εὐκλεεῖς καὶ ἔνδοξοι οἰκεῖεν τῶν ἀθηνῶν τὴν κλεινὴν πόλιν and sch. Mosch. Phoen. 1019 … περὶ μοῦσαν καὶ ᾠδὴν ἄλυρον καὶ κακόμουσον καὶ ἄλλην ποταπὴν Ἐριννὺν οὐλομένην καὶ φθοροποιόν …, but also a few times in earlier vernacular texts, such as vita Aesopi 32,2 Ferrari, and on an ostrakon of ca. 100–120 CE (ἀντίγραψόν μοι οὖν ἠ ἴλεφες ποταπὰ κρέα = ‘write back to me to say whether you have received meat of any kind’), and in grammatical texts cf. ps.-Hdn. Partitiones 133,3 Boissonade τηλίκον, τὸ ποταπόν; also Diogenes of Babylon fr. 20 apud Diog. Laert. 7.56 διάλεκτος δέ ἐστι λέξις κεχαραγμένη ἐθνικῶς τε καὶ Ἑλληνικῶς· ἢ λέξις ποταπή, τουτέστι ποιὰ κατὰ διάλεκτον. In Abel’s old edition of sch. recentiora on Pindar, the word is always treated as interrogative, which makes sense within some kinds of extended paraphrases, but not necessarily in short glosses. (Presumably Abel added the question mark in most or all of these places.) Smyth 1921 also printed ποταπός with a question mark in the Thomano-Triclinian scholia on Prometheus he published. But other editors of tragic scholia recentiora (e.g. Longo on Soph. OT, Massa Positano on Aesch. Pers.) have not done so. I have so far detected no question marks in any Thoman glosses on Euripides. When used in a short gloss, whether it is taken as interrogative or indefinite, ποταπός is perhaps used to indicate that the word glossed is a descriptive adjective (rather than something else, e.g., an adverbial use?). Sometimes it is used alone, and sometimes with a following specific gloss, as here.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 140.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: ἥσυχον  —CrGGuOx(Ta)

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 140.27 (thom gloss) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: ἐλαφρὸν  —ZmGuFY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λαφρὸν Y2   


Or. 140.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: κοῦφον  —B3aGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.29 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἴχνος ἀρβύλης⟩: τὸ βάδισμα τοῦ ὑποδήματος  —Sa

POSITION: cont. from gloss 140.21 Sa, below line      


Or. 140.30 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: ἴχνος δὲ λέγει τὸν πόδα καὶ ἀρβύλη ἐστὶν εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου κοίλου καὶ βαθέος.  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   By footprint he means the foot, and ‘arbulē’ is a species of women’s footwear that is hollow and deep.

LEMMA: Pr       POSITION: cont. from sch. 140.18 B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,20 app.; Dind. II.68.16–17


Or. 140.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: βάδισμα  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.32 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: τὴν βάσιν  —AaGGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν om. Aa   


Or. 140.33 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: τὸ  —MnSGGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.34 (vet exeg) ἀρβύλης: εἶδος ὑποδήματος κοίλου βαθέος γυναικείου.  —HMOC

TRANSLATION:   Species of hollow, deep women’s footwear.

LEMMA: C       POSITION: s.l. O, intermarg. M, marg. H      

APP. CRIT.:   κοίλου βαθέος γυναικείου] γυναικείου κοίλου H, κοίλου γυναικείου O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111.20


Or. 140.35 (recThom exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου  —PrZZaZbZlZmTOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Arbulē’ is) a type of women’s footwear.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.36 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁρμόζειν καὶ βύειν τοὺς πόδας  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Arbulē’ is) a type of women’s footwear, derived from fitting in (‘harmozein’) and stuffing in (‘buein’) the feet.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.68,28–69,2

COMMENT:   See 140.44.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 140.37 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος  —FRf2Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.38 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: ὑποδήματος  —V1GMlMnRSZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ prep. V1G   |    ὑποδήματα Ml   


Or. 140.39 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: καὶ τοῦ ὑποδήματος ἢ τοῦ ποδὸς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.40 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: σανδάλου  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.41 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: καλσάρου —Ab

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The word is not in TLG or LBG or Kriaras. It seems to be a borrowing of the Italian noun ‘calzare’, which means ‘footwear, shoe’. Later Greek had already borrowed κάλτιος from Latin calcei; LBG attests κάλτον, κάλτιον, καλσούνιον, and cf. καλτσόνι and κάλτσα in Kriaras.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 140.42 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: τῶν ὑποδημάτων  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.43 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: καλυγίου  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This late Greek/Byzantine word is usually spelled καλίγιον or καλήγιον. Spelling with upsilon is attested in sch. rec. anon. Arist. Nub. 719c, 858b Koster.   


Or. 140.44 (rec gram) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: παρὰ τὸ ἁρμόζεσθαι τοῖς ποσὶν ἀρμύλη τις οὖσα.  —Pr

POSITION: cont. from sch.140.30 Pr      

COMMENT:   Cf. Et. Gen. α 1113 ἀρβύλη· εἶδος ὑποδήματος. λέγεται καὶ παρωνύμως· Θεόκριτος (7, 26)· πᾶσα λίθος πταίουσά ποτ’ ἀρβυλίδεσσιν ἀείδει· παρὰ τὸ ἁρμόζεσθαι τοῖς ποσὶν ἁρμύλη καὶ ἀρβύλη; whence Et. Magn., etc.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 140.45 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: διὰ τῆς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.46 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: μετὰ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.47 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: τῆς  —V3MnSGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 141.01 (vet exeg) τιθεῖτε:  1ποιητικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ τιθῶμεν.  2εἰσελήλυθε δὲ ὁ χορὸς κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἔσω.   —HBVCAbMlMnPraRbRwSSaa, partial AbPrbSab

TRANSLATION:   (The second-person imperative is used) poetically, instead of ‘let us place’. And the chorus has come inside according to the assumed scenario.

LEMMA: B(ἄλλως in marg.)VRw, ἀλλὰ τιθεῖτε Pr, τιθεῖτε τιθεῖτε Rb, τιθεῖτε μὴ κτυπεῖτε C      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: s.l. AbMnSSaa; marg. HPrb; beneath the line (in lower margin) Sab      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ποιητικῶς … τιθῶμεν om. Prb   |    ποιητικῶς] ποιητοὺς Ml, om. Saa   |    τοῦ om. CSaa   |    θῶμεν MnRbSaaSab   |    2 εἰσελήλυθε κτλ om. Ab, om. or lost to damage Sab   |    δὲ] γὰρ Saa, om. S   |    κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθ.] VMnPrRb, om. H, κατὰ ὑπόθεσιν others   |    ἔσω] ἔνδον BPr, om. MlMnSSaaPrb, perhaps correctly   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰσελύληθε Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,21–22; Dind. II.69,3–4

COMMENT:   Both καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν and κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν are common expressions. The former is the more common, used especially in philosophers, medical and scientific writers, and writers on rhetoric, where it means ‘by assumption’ or ‘assuming for the sake of argument’ (see the example of καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν τὸ σχῆμα in sch. 288.07). With the article the phrase means ‘in accordance with the assumption already made’ or, in reference to staging, the scenario assumed by the playwright/director in presenting the action. That seems to be the sense here, as also in sch. Med. 112 κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν εἰσῆλθον οἱ παῖδες, ἡ δὲ πρεσβῦτις οὖσα ἔξωθεν ἐπιστενάζει, sch. Alc. 233 οὐκ εὖ· κατὰ γὰρ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ὡς ἔσω πραττόμενα δεῖ ταῦτα θεωρεῖσθαι.   |   Unless ἔσω/ἔνδον is a secondary addition, this note reflects the view that Orestes and Electra are actually to be imagined to be indoors, probably because of ὑπώροφον in 147, the meaning of which was much disputed: compare the gloss ὑπόσκηνον of V1 (147.37). Without ἔσω, εἰσελήλυθε δὲ ὁ χορός would simply have its standard meaning ‘the chorus has made its entrance (into the orchestra)’.   

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   ὑπόθεσις (assumed scenario)   


Or. 141.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: ποιητικῶς θῶμεν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 141.03 (rec gloss) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: τιθῶμεν  —V3FMnGu

POSITION: s.l.; in V this is beside and above supralinear variant τιθεῖτε of V      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἂς prep. V3, ἀς prep. Mn   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 141.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: σποκεῖτε  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 141.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: ποιεῖτε  —XXaXbTY2YfGrZuAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 141.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: ποίει  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 141.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: τίθεσθε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 141.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: καὶ τιθεῖτε ἥσυχον τὸ ἴχνος  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 141.09 (rec gloss) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: τὸ τοῦ ἴχνους  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 141.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: ὦ πρόμοι καὶ ὦ βοηθοί  —Yf2

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This is a rather mysterious annotation: why should Electra be thought to be addressing the chorus, in this situation, as ‘champions and helpers’? The note was written next to 141 when the margin was still empty, and other scholia were added later around it, so it is unlikely to belong to 136 φίλταται.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf without cross.   |   


Or. 141.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ψοφεῖτε⟩: γρ. τιθεῖτε  —VV1K

LEMMA: ψοφεῖτε in text VK       POSITION: s.l.; above 140 (first) σίγα V1      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. VV1   |    τιθέστε (sic) V1 (later crossed out)   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 141.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ κτυπεῖτε⟩: μὴ ἠχεῖτε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 141.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτυπεῖτε⟩: καὶ κτύπον ἀποτελεῖτε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 141.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτυπεῖτε⟩: γράφεται ψοφεῖτε —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 141.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔστω⟩: καὶ ὑπαρχέτω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 141.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτύπος⟩: τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 142.01 (mosch exeg) 1ἄπωθεν τῆς κοίτης ἐπιτείνατε εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν τὴν πορείαν.  2ἄπωθεν κατ’ ἐπίτασιν τῆς εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν πορείας.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Far off from the bed extend your movement forward. ‘Far off’ is used to exaggerate the movement forward.

POSITION: s.l. except XT      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἄπωθεν τῆς κοίτης om. G   |    2 ἤγουν add. before ἄπωθεν T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἄποθεν X   |    2 ἄποθεν G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,5–7


Or. 142.02 (pllgn exeg) ἰδοῦσα ταύτας ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἐρχομένας πρὸς τὴν στρωμνὴν τοῦ Ὀρέστου λέγει πρὸς αὐτάς· ἄπο καὶ μακρὰν πρόβατε καὶ ἐξέλθετε ἐκεῖσε καὶ ἀπεκεῖ, ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῆς στρωμνῆς μακρὰν καθίσατε. —Yf2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,2–5

COMMENT:   ἀπεκεῖ/ἀπέκει is a vernacular word not attested in other scholia currently in TLG.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 142.03 (vet exeg) ἀποπρὸ βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖσ’:  1τὸ ὁλόκληρον τούτου τινές φασι τὸ ἀπόπροθι,  2καὶ παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικὸν οὕτως ἐξεδέχοντο [Il 7.334] ‘τυτθὸν ἀποπρὸ νεῶν’.   —MBVCPrRbRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   Some say that the full version of this word (‘apopro’) is ‘apoprothi’, and they interpreted it thus in line with the Homeric passage ‘a little distant from (‘apopro’) the ships’.

LEMMA: M(ἄποπρο βάτ’ ἐκεῖσε)B(ἄποπρο βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖσε)C(ἄπο πρόβατ’ ἐκεῖσε), ἄλλως· ἀπόπρο μοι VRw, ἄποπρο βᾶσ’ ἐκεῖσε Pr      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: s.l. H; after sch. 142.04 VRbRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ὁλόκληρον written twice Rw   |    τινὲς τούτου transp. H(τοῦτο)BPr, τινές om. VRw   |    φασὶ τινὲς transp. Rb   |    second τὸ om. HBVPrRb, καὶ Rw   |    ἀπόπροθεν Rw   |    2 καὶ παρὰ κτλ om. H   |    τὸ add. before παρὰ BRw, p.c. Pr, τῶ add.V, a.c. Pr, τοῦτο add. Rb   |    παρὰ τὸ ὁμηρικὸν MC, παρὰ τῷ ὁμήρῳ BPrRw, παρ’ ὁμήρῳ VRb   |    οὕτως om. VRbRw   |    ἐξεδέχοντο VRb, ἐδέχοντο MC, ἐξεδέχετο Rw, ἐκδέχονται BPr   |    τυτθὸν om. C   |    ἀπόπρο νεῶν] ἀπρόπ(ον) τε Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὀλόκλ. Rb    |    2 ἀπόπρο B, ἀπὸ προ RbRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,23–25; Dind. II.69,8–10

COMMENT:   With some uncertainty, I print what is close to the version of MC on the assumption that B often presents a superficially ameliorated version of a corrupt or misunderstood text. In the B version the postponement of the quotation after the verb is troubling, although this could have resulted from the re-addition of the quotation to a shortened version that dispensed with it. Furthermore, M’s abbreviation for παρὰ τὸ (πτ with αο above the two letters) is one the scribe does not use very often and is likely to have been derived from a heavily abbreviated old source, so that παρὰ τὸ is less likely to be the transposition of an original τὸ παρὰ.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 142.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄποπρο βᾶτ’⟩: ἐπιτείνατε τὴν πορείαν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 142.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἄποπρο⟩: σκόπ(ει) τὰς προθέσεις  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 142.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἄπο⟩: μακράν  —AbF2MlMnRSSaZZaZbZlZmZuTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 142.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἄπωθεν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 142.08 (rec gloss) ⟨προβᾶτ’⟩: πορεύθητε  —AaAbCrFMlMnPrSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFOx   |    πορεύθητι Ml   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πρεύθητε a.c. Ab   |   


Or. 142.09 (rec gloss) ⟨προβᾶτ’⟩: προέλθετε  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 142.10 (thom gloss) ⟨προβᾶτ’⟩: ἔλθετε  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 142.11 (pllgn etaGloss) ⟨πρόβατ’⟩: πρόβητε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 142.12 (tri metr) ⟨πρόβατ’⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 142.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκεῖσ’⟩: δεικτικὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς   


Or. 143.01 (vet paraphr) ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας: πόρρω μοι καὶ χωρὶς τῆς κοίτης γίνεσθε —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   For my sake, please get far from and apart from the bed.

LEMMA: V(κοίτης)Rw, ἀποπρόβατε MnRb(ἀποπροβάτε)Sa(ἄπο πρόβατε), lemma 145 σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά MC      REF. SYMBOL: VSa, to 145 σύριγγος M      POSITION: precedes 142.03 VRbRw; follows sch.144.01 in MC; intermarg. B, s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   σύριγγος prep. MC   |    πόρρω … κοίτης om. MC    |    καὶ χωρὶς om. Pr   |    γίνεσθε] om. BPr, ἀντὶ τοῦ γίνεσθαι M, ἀντιγίνεσθε C   |    after γίν. add. τὸ δὲ ὁλόκληρον τινὲς ἀπόπροθι VMnRbRwSa (φασὶ τινὲς MnRbSa, ἀπόπροθοι VMnRw) (from 142.03)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πόρρω] χωρ changed to πρόρο, then corr. to πρόρρο Mn   |    γίνεσθαι MMnRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,26; Dind. II.69,5–6


Or. 143.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας⟩:  1διαθέσεως δέ ἐστιν ἐμφαντικὸν τὸ μοι,  2ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 19.287] ‘Πάτροκλέ μοι δειλῇ πλεῖστον’.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   The (dative pronoun) ‘to/for me’ is expressive of a disposition (of interest or concern), as (seen in) the example ‘Patroclus to wretched me most (beloved)’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 145.09 BPr (Prb version of 145.09), cont. from prev. others      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διαλέξεως Sa   |    δὲ] om. Sa, γὰρ Pr, δὲ ἀπήχησίς MC   |    ἐστιν om. BVMnPrRbRwSa   |    ἐμφαντικῶς MVCRw   |    2 after ὡς τὸ add. συρίγξεως MC   |    δειλῇ πλεῖστον om. Sa   |    δειλοὶ MV, δηλοῖ MnPrRw, δηταὶ app. Rb   |    πλεῖστον om. BPr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πόρο corr. to πόρρο Mn, after starting to write χώρις   |    2 πάτροκλ’ ἐμοὶ B, πρόκλε μοι Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,26–112,2; Dind. II.69,6–7

COMMENT:   The interpolated words in this and the previous sch. in MC, along with the incorrect lemma in MC, point to a strange conflation with elements of 145.08 and/or 145.09 (and note the placement after 145.09 in BPr).   


Or. 143.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόπρο μοι⟩: ἕνεκεν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 143.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄπο πρό⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπόπροθι  —ORf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rf   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπόπροτι Rf, corr. Rfr   |   


Or. 143.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: πόρρω  —AbMlMnRSSaZb2

LEMMA: ἀπόπροθι in text MnSSaZb2, ἄπο πρό Ml       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πόρρωθι Sa   |   


Or. 143.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: μικρὸν τι ὑποχωρήσατε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 143.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: μακρόθεν μικρὸν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 143.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: καὶ μακράν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 143.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: ἄποθεν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 143.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: ἤτοι ἄπο τῆς κοίτης  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γίνεσθε πόρρωθεν add. V3   


Or. 143.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: πρὸ τῆς κοίτης ἔξω μοι  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 143.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπόπροθι⟩: γράφεται ἀπόπρο μοι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 143.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόπροθι⟩: ἐκεῖθεν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 143.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόπροθι⟩: καὶ ἀποχωροῦντες πόρρω  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -χορ‑ Zu   


Or. 143.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: μου  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 143.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μοι⟩: τὸ μοι δηλοῖ τὴν οἰκειότητα, ἤτοι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 143.17 (rec etaGloss) ⟨κοίτας⟩: κοίτης —AbRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 143.18 (rec artGloss) ⟨κοίτας⟩: τῆς  —FMlS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 144.01 (vet exeg) ἰδοὺ πείθομαι:  1τοῦτο εἰκὸς ὀξύτερον εἰρηκέναι τὸν χορὸν, διὸ καὶ Ἠλέκτρα περιδεὴς γενομένη εἶπεν ‘ἆ ἆ’.  2φυσικῶς δὲ τὸ ἆ ἆ εἶπε πρῶτον ἐπειδὴ καὶ αὕτη ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως πρώτη φωνὴ εὕρηται.  3ἀμέλει γοῦν, ἐπειδὰν πλῆθός τι θεάσηται παράδοξον, εὐθὺς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἀναβοᾷ ἢ τὸ ἆ ἆ τῆς φύσεως ἀγούσης ἐπὶ τοῦτο.  4εἶτά φησι πρὸς τὸν χορόν·  5τοιαύτην πέμπε φωνὴν οἷός ἐστιν ὁ ἦχος σύριγγος καλάμων λεπτῶν ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσιν ἀποτελούμενος.  6οὐ γὰρ τὸ ὄργανον τῆς σύριγγός φησι·  7τοῦτο γὰρ πολύφωνον ὂν καὶ Ἐνδυμίωνα ἐγεῖραι δύναιτ’ ἄν.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa, partial Ra

TRANSLATION:   It is probable that the chorus said this rather shrilly, and for this reason in fact Electra, becoming fearful, said ‘ah ah’. In a natural way she said ‘ah ah’ first since in fact this was the first sound/vowel discovered by nature. Certainly, at any rate, whenever a throng catches sight of something unexpected it immediately shouts out nothing other than ‘ah ah’, nature leading it to this expression. Next, Electra says to the chorus: emit such voice as is the sound of a whistling (syrinx) of slender reeds that is created in marshes. For what she means here is not the musical instrument of the syrinx, for this, being many-voiced, would be able to awaken even Endymion.

LEMMA: MVCMnPrRbSa, ἆ ἆ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MVRbSa      POSITION: cont. from sch. 142.03 B, prep. τὸ δὲ ἰδοὺ πείθομαι      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 τοῦτο εἰκὸς … ἐπὶ τοῦτο om. Ra   |    1 τοῦτο] om. B, ταῦτ’ Rb, τοῦτο δὲ Pr   |    εἰκὸς] εἰρηκὼς C   |    εἰρηκέναι om. Rb   |    χορὸν] χορνὸν Rb, χρόνον Mn   |    καὶ ἡ ἠλ. VC   |    παραδεὴς Rb, πεδεὴς M   |    γινομένη MRb   |    τὸ ἆ ἆ] τοῦτο BPr   |    2 φυσικῶς … εἶπε om. MnSa   |    πρῶτον εἶπεν transp. BVPr(πρώην)Rb   |    ἐπειδὴ] ἐπεὶ Mn   |    αὕτη] αὐτη app. M, αὐτὴ MnRbSa   |    ὑπὸ τ. φύσ. πρ. φώνη] πρ. ὑπὸ τ. φύσ. φωνὴ transp. VMnRbSa   |    πρώτη MnSa (cf. H 144.02), πρῶτον others   |    φωνὴ] φυσικὴ Pr   |    εἴρηται MnRbSa   |    3 γοῦν] οὖν V   |    ἐπειδὴ VMnRbSa   |    πλῆθος om. BPr   |    τι θεάσηται] τι θεάσηταί τις B, τις θεάσηται τι Pr, τεθέαται VMnRbSa   |    παραδόξων MC, ‑ξως VMnRbSa   |    ἆ once Rw   |    εἰς τοῦτο Sa   |    4 εἶτα] ἡλέκτρα Ra   |    χορὸν] χρόνον Rb   |    5 τοιαύτην πέμπε φώνην] οὕτω φώνει μοι MnRaSa, τοιαῦτα πέμπε μοι Rb   |    πέμπει M, πέμπε μοι V   |    ὁ om. BVMnPrRbRwSa   |    ἕλεσιν] σέλεσιν M, ἕλλησιν MnPrRaRbSa   |    6 τῆς σύριγγος] σύριγγα BPr   |    φησι om. Mn   |    7 γὰρ] γοῦν Pr   |    ὂν om. MBCPrRw   |    τὸν add. before ἐνδυμ. BVMnPrRaRbRw   |    δύνατ’ ἄν Rb, δυνάμενον MBCPrRw   |    at end add. ὁ ἐνδυμίας γὰρ ἐκοιμᾶτο χρόνους ξαʹ (or ξδʹ?) Sa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἂ ἂ C, ἁ̅ ἁ̅ V   |    2 ἂ ἂ C, ἁ̅ ἁ̅ V   |    3 ἂ ἂ C, app. α̅ α̅ V   |    5 ἐστὶν initially om. by Pr (began ἦ(χος)), but immediately corrected self   |    7 πολλύφωνον Mn   |    τὸν ἐνδυμίονα δυμίαν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,3–11; Dind. II.69,11–19

COMMENT:   I have found no parallel for specifying a particular number of years that Endymion slept, as is found in the added final phrase in Sa, ‘for Endymion slept for 61 (or 64?) years’.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 144.02 (vet exeg) 1τοῦτο εἰκὸς ὀξύτερον εἰπεῖν τὸν χορὸν, διὸ καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα περιδεὴς γενομένη εἶπεν ‘ἆ ἆ’.  2φυσικῶς αὕτη εἶπεν ἐπειδὴ πρώτη φωνὴ ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως εὕρηται.   —H

TRANSLATION:   It is probable that the chorus said this rather shrilly, and for this reason in fact Electra, becoming fearful, said ‘ah ah’. In a natural way she said (this) since it was discovered by nature as the first sound/vowel.

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   2 perhaps φυσικῶς δὲ αὕτη H check new images when available; εὕρηται] mostly obscured by overlying text, check new images.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 144.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: ὡς φαίνεται ὀξύτερον ἐφώνησε τοῦτο.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 144.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: τοῦτο μετὰ βοῆς.  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 144.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: τοῦτο ὀξυφώνως εἴρηκεν ὁ χορὸς. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 144.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: βλέψον ὅτι πείθομαι ἀρτίως  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 144.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ⟩: ἢ θέασαι ἢ νῦν  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (To be interpreted as) either (imperative) ‘observe’ or (adverbial) ‘now’.

LEMMA: ἰδου with both grave and circumflex in text Zm, Gu adds circumflex to ἰδοὺ of Gr       POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,9


Or. 144.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πείθομαι⟩: ὑπακούω σοὶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.01 (mosch exeg) ἆ ἆ: ἐπίρρημα ἐφεκτικόν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcB3b

TRANSLATION:   Adverb expressive of blocking/stopping.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X and marg. B3b      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπίρρημα om. B3b   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐφετικόν Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,10

COMMENT:   Same Moschopulean annotation at 275.03, and again at Or. 1598. The expression is found several times in the younger scholia on Aristophanes. Sch. Mosch. Hec. 1069 has ἐπιφώνημα ἐφεκτικόν (‘interjection expressing blocking/stopping’), which is also attested in the Moschopulean Sch. Soph. OT 1147–48 Longo.   


Or. 145.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐπιφωνητικὸν ἐπίρρημα τὸ ἆ. —B3a

TRANSLATION:   ‘Ah’ is an adverb used in interjection.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The word is attested only in Byzantine authors. Eust. in Il. 2.112 (I.289,23–26) applies λέξις ἐπιφωνητική to νήπιος and σχέτλιος; see also Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.204 μέγ’· διὰ μέσου ἐπιφωνητικοῦ (on the phrase τραφερὴν δὲ μέγ’ ἐχθαίρουσιν ἄρουραν), apparently claiming that μέγ’ does not modify ἐχθαίρουσιν as an adverb (read ἐπιφωνητικόν?).   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 145.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩:  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐπιτιμητικὸν  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l. V3; marg. Y      


Or. 145.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν ἐπίρρημα  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  An adverb expressing astonishment.

LEMMA: ἆ` ἆ` in text Zm       POSITION: s.l.; added to Gr gloss 145.01 Gu, prep. ἢ      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπίρρημα om. Gu   

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu adds this to Gr’s gloss 145.01   |   

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 145.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩:  1τὸ ἆ δηλοῖ θορύβησιν τοῦ νοὸς, καὶ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν.  2διαφέρει δὲ τοῦ ὦ ὅτι τὸ μὲν ὦ ἔστι ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς· ὦ σύ, τὸ δὲ ἆ ψυχῆς τεθολωμένης σημεῖον.   —F

TRANSLATION:   The (exclamation) ‘ah’ indicates a disturbance of the mind, and reproach or indignation. It differs from ‘o’ because ‘o’ is the sign of a soul free of emotion (as in) ‘hey, you’, but ‘ah’ a sign of a soul that is roiled.

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   νοός is a late gen. form of νοῦς; the juncture ψυχὴ τεθολωμένη is found a few times in Iamblichus and Christian authors.   |    Cf. Eust. in Il. 11.441 (III.230.2–6) ἐν δὲ τῷ ‘ἆ δειλέ’, ὅ ἐστιν ‘ὦ δείλαιε’, κλητικὸν ἐπίρρημά ἐστι τὸ ἆ ἢ μᾶλλον προσφωνητικόν. διαφέρει δὲ τῆς διὰ τοῦ ω προσφωνήσεως, ὅτι τοῦτο μὲν ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς, τὸ δὲ ἆ πάθος ταραχῶδες δηλοῖ ψυχικόν, ὡς ἔστιν εὑρεῖν πολλαχοῦ, οἷον ἢ σχετλιασμὸν ἢ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, ἢ ἔλεον, ὡς κατωτέρω ἐν τῷ ‘ἆ δειλέ, οὐ μέν σοί γε πατήρ’ καὶ ἑξῆς. Cf. Eust. in Il. 17.201 (IV.38.17–21); Eust. was presumably the source of Sch. Aesch. Prom. 566b Herington (NcPPdXc) ἆ ἆ] τὸ ‘ἆ’ κλητικὸν ἐπίρρημά ἐστιν, ἢ μᾶλλον προσφωνηματικόν. διαφέρει δὲ τῆς διὰ τοῦ ‘ὦ’ προσφωνήσεως ὅτι τοῦτο μὲν ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς, τὸ δὲ ‘ἆ’ πάθος ταραχῶδες δηλοῖ ψυχικόν· οἷον ἢ σχετλιασμὸν ἢ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν.   

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   |   διαφέρει   


Or. 145.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἔα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

LEMMA: ἔα in text (for ἆ ἆ) T      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 145.08 (vet paraphr) ⟨σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά⟩: ἀπήχησις συρίγξεως.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The echoing sound of a whistling.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπηχήσεως M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,12; Dind. II.70,12


Or. 145.09 (vet exeg) σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά:  1ἀθορύβως φώνει μοι, ὡς πνοὴ συρίγξεως δόνακος.  1οὐ γάρ φησι σύριγγος τοῦ αὐλοῦ·  3οὗτος γὰρ καὶ Ἐνδυμίωνα ἂν ἐγείραι.   —HMBVCPraRw, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   Speak to me without disturbing noise, like the breath of the whistling of a reed. For she (or he, the poet) does not mean by syrinx the aulos. For this would awaken even Endymion.

LEMMA: CRw, σύριγγος ὅπως BPra(ἄλλως prep.), ἄλλως in marg. MBC, λεπτοῦ δόνακος V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: marg. H; after sch. 143.02 MC, after 162.24 Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὕτως prep. V   |    after ἀθορύβως add. φησι BPraPrb   |    μοι ὡς] ὥσπερ H   |    πνοὴ] φωνὴ V   |    συρίγξεως om. H   |    2–3 οὐ γὰρ κτλ om. Prb   |    οὐ γὰρ … σύριγγος τοῦ] μὴ τ(οῦ) or μὴ γ(ὰρ)(?) H   |    3 οὕτως γὰρ M   |    καὶ om. Pra   |    ἂν ἐγείραι Schw., ἂν ἐγεῖραι δύναται M, ἐγεῖραι δύναται C, ἀνεγείρει B, ἀνεγάρει Rw, ἐγείρει app. H, ἤγειρεν V, ἐγείλει Pra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φωνεῖ C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,13–15; Dind. II.70,12–14

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new image of H when available.   |   


Or. 145.10 (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν ἀθορύβως φώνει μοι ὡς φωνὴ σύριγγος ἀπὸ καλάμου γινομένη.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l. over 146 Y2      


Or. 145.11 (rec exeg) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: δόνακος, οὐ τοῦ αὐλοῦ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά⟩: συνεκδοχικῶς  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   That is, using whole for part, saying syrinx when only a single reed is meant.   |   

KEYWORDS:  synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν   


Or. 145.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: σύριγξ αὐλὸς κατασκευάζεται ἀπὸ λεπτοῦ καλάμου ὦτινι χρῶνται οἱ ποιμένες καὶ ἕτεροι.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 145.14 (rec gloss) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: αὐλοῦ  —AaPrY

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: δόνακος  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: συριγμοῦ  —V3F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps συριγμοῖ V3   |   


Or. 145.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: ἡσύχου  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.18 (rec artGloss) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: τῆς  —SZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.19 (tri metr) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 145.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅπως⟩: καθώσπερ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.21 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὅπως⟩: καθὰ  —V3AaPrXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep V3   


Or. 145.22 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὅπως⟩: ὥσπερ  —V3AbCrFMnRSSaOxZZaZlTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 145.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅπως⟩: (ὅπωσ)περ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.24 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὅπως⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὄντως ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The equivalence of ὄντως to ὅπως is not obvious and seems not be to attested elsewhere; perhaps this was a teacher’s way of glossing ὅπως introducing an independent clause with the future indicative.   


Or. 145.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πνοὰ⟩: γενομένη  —V3Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.26 (rec gloss) ⟨πνοὰ⟩: φωνή  —SZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πνοά⟩: ὁ ἦχος καὶ ἡ κίνησις  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πνοὰ⟩: ἀπηχητικῶς  —B3b

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 145.29 (thom gloss) ⟨πνοὰ⟩: ἀπήχησις  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.30 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨πνοά⟩: πνοή  —SSaXXaXbYYfTZcZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.31 (rec artGloss) ⟨πνοά⟩:  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.32 (pllgn gram) ⟨πνοὰ⟩: μέριζε τὴν φωνὴν εἰς τὴν διαφώνησιν ἢ εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν φωνὴν  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Divide (the senses of) ‘phōnē’ into the sound or the voice itself.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μερίζε V3   |   

COMMENT:   For διαφώνησις see DGE and LBG s.v.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 146.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτοῦ δόνακος⟩: δηλωτικὸν τοῦ προτέρου ἤγουν τῆς σύριγγος  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 146.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨λεπτοῦ δόνακος⟩: ἡ γενομένη διὰ τοῦ  —MnSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ and τοῦ om. Mn   


Or. 146.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λεπτοῦ⟩: †λεγομένου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Probably an anagrammatic corruption of γενομένη, with adjustment of the case. Alternatively, from λέγω (cf. 146.08), indicating that λεπτοῦ δόνακος is in apposition to σύριγγος.   |   


Or. 146.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨λεπτοῦ⟩: ἀπὸ  —XXaXbYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 146.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨λεπτοῦ⟩: τοῦ  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 146.06 (thom exeg) δόνακος:  1δόναξ κάλαμος λεπτὸς ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσι φυόμενος.  2τινὲς δὲ φασὶ τὸ λεγόμενον ἰδιωτικῶς ῥαγάζιον, οὐ καλῶς λέγοντες.  3οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ τούτου σύριγξ γίνεται.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu, partial Ox2

TRANSLATION:  ‘Donax’ is a slender reed growing in marshes. Some people say (it is) what is called in the vernacular ‘rhagazion’, not speaking correctly. For a syrinx is not made from this (plant).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἕλλησι ZbZl   |    φυόμνος om. Zl   |    2–3 τινὲς δέ κτλ om. Ox2   |    2 δὲ om. Gu   |    τὸ λεγόμενον perhaps om. Zl    |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἄριγξ Zb, σύριξ Zm   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,15–17

COMMENT:   ῥαγάζιον is also attested in Sch. rec. Arist. Ran. 243–244a Chantry φλέως: εἶδος ῥαγαζίου; see LBG s.v.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 146.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόνακος⟩: δόνακα ἐνταῦθα τὸ παπύριον φησὶ.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 146.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόνακος⟩: λέγω καλάμου  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 146.09 (recTri gloss) ⟨δόνακος⟩: καλάμου  —Ab2CrF2OxT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |   


Or. 146.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόνακος⟩: καλαμίου  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 146.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὦ φίλα φώνει⟩: ὦ φίλαι  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 146.12 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 146.13 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: φίλη  —RfZcZuTGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 146.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: Δωρικὸν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 146.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨φώνει μοι⟩: πρὸς τὴν πληθὺν λάλει.  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.; S has this earlier in line, above δόνακος ὦ φίλα      


Or. 146.16 (rec gloss) ⟨φώνει⟩: λάλει  —Ab2F2RZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κάλει Ab2   |    add. μοι R   


Or. 146.17 (tri gloss) ⟨φώνει⟩: λέγε  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 146.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φώνει⟩: οὕτως  —GuZu

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Mn at bottom of fol. 12r, below 146, last line οφ παγε, has the proverb ἀετοῦ γῆρας κορύδου νεότης.   |   


Or. 147.01 (vet exeg) ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαῖον ὡς ὑπόροφον:  1μικρὸν σὺ, φησὶ, κελεύεις με φωνεῖν, ὡς ψιθυρίζει τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου πνοῇ κάλαμος·  2ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἐλάττονα τούτου φέρω βοὴν ὡς ὑπὸ ὀρόφου γινομένην.  3ὁ δὲ ὄροφος κάλαμός ἐστιν ἀσθενής τε καὶ λεπτὸς καὶ παπυρώδης,  4οὗ μέμνηται καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 24.451]· ‘λαχνήεντ’ ὄροφον λειμωνόθεν ἀμήσαντες’.  5ἐκ τούτων δέ εἰσι καὶ αἱ γλωσσίδες τῶν αὐλῶν.  6ὡς ἀσθενὴς δὲ ἀσθενῆ ποιεῖται τὴν ἀπήχησιν τῷ μὴ ἀνθίστασθαι τῇ βίᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος.   —MBVCMlMnPrRaRb1RwSSa, partial ORb2Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   You bid me, she says, to speak softly, just as the reed whispers in the breath of the wind. And I bring a cry even softer than this, like one that is made by an orophos-reed. The orophos is a weak and slender and papyrus-like reed, which Homer too refers to: ‘having harvested from the meadow the hairy orophos’. The reeds of auloi are made of these. And since it is weak, it makes a weak reverberation because it does not resist the force of the breath.

LEMMA: MVC(all ὑπώρ‑), ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς MnRaRb1SSa (ἀτρεμέαν Rb1, a.c. S; all five mss have either no punct. after ὡς or punct. before ὡς, as if ὡς part of note), ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαῖον BPr, [ὑπώ]ροφον Rw, καὶ ἄλλως Rb2      REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlRb1Sa      POSITION: Rb2 is second version immediately after first; follows sch. 147.23 Y2Yf2      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τουτέστι prep. Rb2   |    μικρὸν ... φωνεῖν om. Ml   |    μικρὸν] BORwY2Yf2, μικρὰν MC, μικρῶς Pr, om. VMnRaRb1Rb2SSa   |    σὺ om. Y2Yf2   |    φησὶ om. OMnRaRb1Rb2SSa   |    με] μοι BVMnRRaRb1Rb2SSa, om. O, με corr. to μοι (or vice versa?) Pr   |    φωνεῖν] φωνὴν (transp. before φησὶ) M, φωνήν C   |    punct. as if new sch. at ὡς ψιθ. Ra(with ref. symbol)Rb1   |    ὡς καλάμου (ψιθ. … πνοῇ om.) O   |    ὡς om. Rw   |    τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου πνοῇ] τῆς τοῦ ἀν. πνοῆς Yf2, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου VMlMnRaRb1SSa   |    πνοῇ] κινήσει BPrRb2, φωνῇ C, πνοῆ καὶ κινήσει Rw   |    2 καὶ om. MCRw(add. s.l.)Y2Yf2, perhaps O (margin cut)   |    ἔλαττονα] ἔλαττον MBOCPrRwY2Yf2   |    τούτου] VRaSSa, p.c. Mn, τοῦτο Rb1 and a.c. Mn, αὐτοῦ MBOCPrRwY2Yf2, om. Rb2   |    φέρω MOC, φέρω σοι others (φέρωσι Ml)   |    βοὴν] φωνὴν O, βοάν MnRaSa (η s.l. MnRa)   |    ὡς] τὴν Rb2   |    ὑπορόφου VRaS, ὑπ’ ὀρόφου MnRb1Sa, ὑπὸ ῥόφου MlRb2   |    γενομένην VRaSa, after γινομένην repeated βοήν Rb2   |    3 punct. as if new sch. begins at ὁ δὲ ὄρ. Mn   |    ὁ δὲ ὀροφεας V   |    κάλαμός ἐστιν] λεπτὸς ἐστὶ κάλαμος O   |    ἐστιν] om. MC, ἐστὶν ἢ Rb1   |    τε καὶ λεπτὸς om. Rb2RwY2Yf2, λεπτὸς καὶ om. MBOCPr   |    παπυρώδως Rb1, πυρώδης M, παπυρώδης ἐς ὀροφὰς ἐπιτήδειος O   |    4 οὗ μέμνηται] ὧ χρῶνται εἰς σκέπην ὀσπητίων καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ὄροφος καλεῖται ὁ ὑπὸ τῶ ὀρόφω (τοῦ ὀρόφου Yf2) καὶ τῆ στέγη ὢν ἐπιτήδειος Y2 Yf2   |    οὗ] οὐ Rb1, οὐ καὶ Ml   |    καὶ ὅμ. μέμνηται transp. Rb2   |    4–6 καὶ ὅμηρος κτλ] om. Yf2, only καὶ ὅμ. λαχ. ὄροφον λέγει Y2   |    4 τ’ ἀμήσαντες Pr   |    5–6 ἐκ τούτων κτλ om. ORb2 (Rb2 cont. with Rb2 version of sch. 149.02)   |    5 ἐκ τούτου VMlMnRaRb1SSa, εἰς τούτων M(app. corr. from εἰς τοῦτον)   |    εἰσι] γίνονται BPr, ἐστι C   |    6 ἀσθενὴς δὲ ἀσθενῆ] ἀσθενὴ Ml   |    ἀσθενὴς] ἀσθενεῖς VC, ‑ὴς perhaps corr. from ‑εις M   |    after δὲ add. καὶ VMn   |    τὴν om. Mn   |    τῷ μὴ] τὸ μὴ MnPrSa   |    ἀνίστασθαι Rw   |    βίᾳ] βοῇ MBCMnPrRaRb1RwS   |    τὸ πνεῦμα Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σοὶ S   |    ψυθυρίζει Ml   |    before τῆς Yf2 wrote κά (κάλαμος started, not deleted)   |    2 ἐλάττωνα Ml   |    3 λευπτὸς Ra   |    4 λαχνείεντ’ C   |    λειμωνόθης Ml   |    ἀμείσαντες Rb1Rb2   |    5 δὲ εἰσὶν MMl   |    αἰ S   |    γλωσσῖδες Sa, γλωσσίδαις Mn, γλυσίδες Rb1   |    6 ποιῆται Ml   |    ἀνθίσταθαι M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,16–22; Dind. II.70,21–71,2

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Rw for lemma, damage.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 147.02 (vet paraphr) 1μικρόν μοι φησὶ †κελεύειν αδ† ὡς ψιθυρίζει κάλαμος ἀνέμου πνοῇ.  2ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἐλάττονα αὐτοῦ φέρω βοήν.   —H

TRANSLATION:   You command me to sing in a small voice, she says, as a reed whispers at a breath of wind. And I bring on a cry even smaller than that.

APP. CRIT.:   1 corrupt for κελεύεις ᾄδειν?   


Or. 147.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: ἰδοὺ  —V3AaAbCrFMlMnPrSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: ἰδοῦ  —RRfr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἴδ’⟩:  1ἴδε καὶ ἰδοὺ καὶ θέασαι.  2καὶ τὸ μὲν ἴδε ⟨καὶ⟩ ἰδοὺ φέρω βοὴν ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς καὶ λίαν ὑπώροφον,  3τὸ δὲ ἴδε καὶ θέασαι ὡς φέρω σοι βοὰν πῶς ἀτρεμαῖον ὑπώροφον καὶ μικρὰν.   —Pr

TRANSLATION:   ‘Look’ (‘ide’) means both ‘there! (behold!)’ and ‘observe’. And the one (gives the sense) ‘look ⟨and⟩ there! I bear a cry that is tranquil inasmuch as it is very indoors-like’. And the other (gives the sense) ‘look and observe how I bear a cry for you, how tranquil, indoors-like, and small’.

POSITION: after sch. 147.32 Pr (both out of order on 16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἰδοὺ] ἴδε Pr   |    2 τὸ] τοῦ Pr   |    ἰδοὺ] ἰδοῦ a.c. Pr   |   


Or. 147.06 (mosch exeg) ἴδ’: ἐπίρρημα ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδού  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZcB3a

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπίρρημα om. Zc   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδού om. B3a   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,19–20


Or. 147.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: θέασαι ἢ ἰδού  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδοὺ ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ θέασαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: θέασαι  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: ἔχε  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.11 (mosch paraphr) ἀτρεμαίαν: ἀθόρυβον, οὐ ταραχὴν ἐμποιοῦσαν  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   add. λεπτήν Gr   


Or. 147.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀτρεμαίαν⟩: ἥσυχον  —V3CrF2GL2MlMnRRfSSaOxZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxSa   


Or. 147.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀτρεμαίαν⟩: ἐν ψιθυρισμῷ  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l. (above φέρω βοάν Pr)      


Or. 147.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀτρεμαίαν⟩: μικρὰν  —AaAbPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀτρεμαίαν⟩: καὶ ἀφόβως  —V3

LEMMA: ἀτρεμαῖον in text after corr. V       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: πῶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.18 (thom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι  —ZZbZlZmZuGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὥσπερ  —S

LEMMA: ὡς om. in text S       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ὠς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.21 (vet exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩:  1ὄροφος λεπτὸς κάλαμος εἰς ὀροφὰς ἐπιτήδειος.  2τὴν μὴ διϊκνουμένην ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου, ὅ ἐστι βραχεῖαν.   —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Orophos is a slender reed suitable for thatch-roofing. (The adjective here means) the one that does not extend through and outside the roof, that is, short.

POSITION: intermarg. BC, marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὑπώροφον οὖν add. before τὴν μὴ B   |    τὸ μὴ διϊκνούμενον MC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὅ ἐστὶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,1–2; Dind. II.71,12–14


Or. 147.22 (vet exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ὄροφος κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς καὶ παπυρώδης.  —H

TRANSLATION:   ‘Orophos’ is a weak and papyrus-like reed.

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new images of H, Daitz gave ἐστιν τέ where I see [ἀσθ]ενὴς (ὴς comp.).   |   


Or. 147.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩:  ὄροφος λεπτὸς κάλαμος πρὸς ὄροφον καὶ στέγην οἴκων ἐπιτήδειος. ὑπώροφον δὲ τὴν ⟨μὴ⟩ διϊκνουμένην ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὀρόφου, ὅ ἐστι βραχεῖαν. —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l. Yf; precedes sch. 147.01 in both      


Or. 147.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩:  1τὸ μὴ διικνούμενον ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἢ ὡς ψιθυρίζει ὄροφος τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου κινήσει.  2ὄροφος δὲ κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς μικρὰν ἀπήχησιν τῷ μὴ ἀνθίστασθαι τῇ βοῇ τοῦ πνεύματος ποιῶν.   —V3

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   2 τῷ] τὸ V3   


Or. 147.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ὄροφος ἐστὶ κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς ἐξ οὗ καὶ οἱ στεγάζοντες τὰς οἰ[κίας] μετωνόμασαν τὰς στέγας ὀρόφους.  —F

TRANSLATION:   Orophos is a weak reed, from which (word) in fact those who roof over their houses changed the name of roofs (‘stegai’) to ‘orophoi’.

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 147.26 (thom exeg) ὑπόροφον:  1τινὲς φασὶν βοὴν ὑπόροφον τὴν μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἐξακούεσθαι.  2ἄλλοι δὲ ὄροφον λέγουσι λεπτόν τινα κάλαμον παπυρώδη, πιστούμενοι τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ ἄνωθεν τῆς Ἠλέκτρας λόγου.  3εἰπούσης γὰρ ἐκείνης πρὸς τὸν χορὸν ὦ φίλη φώνει ὥσπερ πνοὴ καὶ ἀπήχησις σύριγγος λεπτοῦ δόνακος, ἀπολογούμενος ὁ χορὸς φησί·  4θέασαι ὅτι φέρω βοὴν ἥσυχον ὑπόροφον, τουτέστι τὴν γινομένην ὑπὸ ὀρόφου.  5μέμνηται δὲ καὶ Ὅμηρος τοῦ ὀρόφου λέγων [Hom. Il. 24.451] ‘λαχνήεντ’ ὄροφον λειμωνόθεν ἀμήσαντα’.  6ἐκ τούτου δὲ τοῦ ὀρόφου ποιοῦσιν οἱ παῖδες αὐλοὺς λεπτὸν ἠχοῦντας καὶ μὴ δυναμένους ἐξακούεσθαι δι’ ἀσθένειαν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Some say a ‘huporophon cry’ is one that cannot be heard clearly outside the house. Others say orophos is a sort of slender papyrus-like reed, giving proof of this from the speech of Electra above. For after she said to the chorus ‘o my friend, speak like the breath and echoing sound of the syrinx of a slender reed’, the chorus says in its own defense: ‘observe how I bring a quiet “huporophon” cry’, that is, one created by a reed. Homer too mentions the orophos-reed, saying ‘having harvested from the meadow the hairy orophos ’. And from this orophos-reed children make auloi that make a faint sound and one that cannot be heard (from a distance) because of its weakness.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ οἴκου om. Zm   |    ἀκούεσθαι ZaZmT (ἐξ add. s.l. ZaZm)   |    2 ἄλλοι … παπυρώδη rewritten as follows in T (incorporating some of next sch.): ἄλλοι δὲ τὴν ὑπὸ ὀρόφου καὶ λεπτοῦ καλάμου γινομένην. ὄροφον γὰρ λέγουσι καὶ λεπτόν τινα κάλαμον ⟨πα⟩πυρώδη ᾧ χρῶνται εἰς ὀροφὰς ἄνθρωποι   |    3 after ἐκείνης add. τῆς ἠλέκτρας ZbZl   |    ἀπολογούμενος] ἀποκρινόμενος T   |    χορὸς φασὶν Zb   |    4 τουτέστιν γιν. ZbZl   |    5 ἀμήσαντες Homer   |    6 ποθοῦσιν corr. to ποιοῦσιν Gu   |    δυνάμενον ZbZmTGu [ending lost in trimming in Zl]   |    διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φασὶ ZaZl, φασι Zm   |    5 λειμανόθεν Gu   |    6 ἡχοῦντας ZZb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.71,3–12

COMMENT:   This is partly adaptated from 147.01.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 147.27 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ποταπὴν καὶ μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἀκούεσθαι ἢ τὴν ὑπὸ ὀρόφου καὶ λεπτοῦ καλάμου γινομένην, ᾧ χρῶνται εἰς ὀροφὰς ἄνθρωποι.  —ZZaZbZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Of a certain sort and not being able to be heard outside the house, or the one that is created by an orophos, that is, a slender reed, which people use for thatch-roofing.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. G      

APP. CRIT.:   ποταπὴν καὶ] om. ZbGu   |    ἐκτὸς τοῦ] ἐκτὸς Za, ἐκ τοῦ Zb   |    ἢ] ἢ καὶ ZbZmGu   |    ὑπὸ ρόφου Zb   |    λεπτοῦ] ἐπὶ τοῦ Zb   |    ᾧ] ὧν Zb   |    ὀροφὴν Za   

COMMENT:   On ποταπός see the comment on 140.25.   


Or. 147.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἀκούεσθαι  —XaZl

POSITION: s.l. (Xa cont. from 147.11, prep. καὶ)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκτὸς] ἐκ Zl   


Or. 147.29 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ἤγουν ὑπόροφον βοὴν ὡς διὰ λεπτοτάτου δόνακος καὶ μὴ μεγάλως, ἵνα μὴ τόνδε θροήσῃς.  —ZZa

TRANSLATION:  That is, ‘huporophon cry’ as if (being made) with a very slender reed and not loudly, so that you do not disturb this man.

POSITION: intermarg. Z (cont. from prev), below line Za      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] βοά Za   


Or. 147.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: καὶ μικρὰν, βραχεῖαν δίκην ὀρόφου, συγκεκλεισμένην τῷ στόματι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.31 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ἀπὸ καλάμου γενομένην  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.32 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩:  1ὑπώροφος βοὴ ἡ ὑπὸ ὀρόφου γινομένη.  2ὄροφος δὲ λεπτὸς κάλαμος. 3ἢ ὑπώροφος βοὴ ἡ μὴ ⟨δυναμένη⟩ ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἀκούεσθαι.   —Pr

POSITION: before second version of sch. 145.09 Pr (both out of order, fol. 16r)      


Or. 147.33 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: μὴ δυναμένην ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἀφικνεῖσθαι —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.34 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: μὴ δυναμένην ἔξω τῆς ὀροφῆς ἀκουτισθῆναι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.35 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: βραχείαν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.36 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: καὶ παπυρώδη καὶ μικρὰν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.37 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ὑπόσκηνον  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   ὑπόσκηνον is not attested; it would apparently mean ‘under/inside a shelter’, that is, ‘indoor’. One would expect instead a word like ὑπόστεγον.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 147.38 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀρ[όφ]ου(?) οὖσαν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   reading uncertain because of damage   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Mn 12v top margin.   |   


Or. 147.39 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: κάλαμον ἀσθενῆ  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.40 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: κάλαμον  —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   crossed out Mn   |   


Or. 147.41 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: καλαμώδη  —F

LEMMA: ὑπόροφον in text Ml       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.42 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: καὶ τὴν διὰ καλάμου ἐστεγασμένην οἰκίαν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   οἰκείαν Ox   


Or. 147.43 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: λεπτὴν  —XXbYfT+GGrZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.44 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ἀθόρυβον  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.45 (tri gloss) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ποταπὴν  —TZbZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ποταπὸν app. Zb   


Or. 147.46 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: δονακικὴν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.47 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ὄροφος εἶδος καλαμίσκου  —Gu

POSITION: below line (space above full)      

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross preposed.   |   


Or. 147.48 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: οὐ ταραχὴν ἐμποιοῦσαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.49 (mosch etaGloss) ⟨βοάν⟩: βοήν  —XXbT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 148.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ναὶ οὕτως⟩: ἀποδεκτέον ἔδοξε τοῦτο τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   It seemed to Electra that she ought to accept this (claim made by the chorus).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 148.02 (rec gloss) ⟨οὕτως⟩: λέγε  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 148.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὕτως⟩: φώνει  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 148.04 (thom gloss) ⟨οὕτως⟩: βόα  —ZmZuGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.01 (vet exeg) κάταγε κάταγε:  τὸ κάταγε ἐναντίον ἐστὶ τῇ ἀνατάσει τῆς βοῆς.  —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Bring down’ (‘katage’) is the opposite of the raising up of the cry.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MBSaRb      POSITION: between two versions of 149.02 VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ κάταγε om. V   |    ἀναστάσει MVMnRbS, ἄνω στάσει Sa   |    τῆς βοῆς om. VMnRbSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατάγε Mn   |    ἐστι CMn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,3–4; Dind. II.72,3


Or. 149.02 (vet exeg) κάταγε κάταγε:  1σημαίνει δὲ τὸ κάταγε ⟨κάταγε⟩ τὸ πρόσελθε πρόσελθε· 2ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ καταγωγαὶ οἱ λιμένες.   —HMBVaVbCMnPraPrbRb1Rb2RwSSaZu

TRANSLATION:   And ‘bring down, bring down’ (‘katage katage’) means ‘approach, approach’. From this sense also harbors are called places to bring (down) to shore (‘katagōgai’).

LEMMA: MVaC       REF. SYMBOL: VaSa; label καταγωγοί add. by later hand in B      POSITION: cont. from prev., except B, and before prev. VaRb2, s.l. HPrbZu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 σημαίνει δὲ] δὲ καὶ Mn, om. HVaPrbRb2, ἀντὶ τοῦ Zu   |    τὸ κάταγε MBCPrRb1PraRw, om. others   |    second κάταγε suppl. Schw.   |    second τὸ om. HVaPrbRb2RwZu   |    πρόσελθε twice HMVaC, once others   |    after πρόσελθε add. σημαίνει Rb2   |    2 ἐξ οὗ Prb   |    καὶ om. Va   |    καταγωγοὶ MBCPraPrbRw, s.l. Rb2, κατάγομαι Va   |    οἱ λιμένες om. VaRb2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατάγε C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,4–5; Dind. II.72,4–5

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new images of H to confirm it has καταγωγαὶ.   |   


Or. 149.03 (rec gloss) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: πρόσελθε  —OAaMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πρόσελθέ Ml   |   


Or. 149.04 (rec gloss) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: ἐλθὲ  —AbF

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   


Or. 149.05 (rec gloss) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: συγκλίθητι  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   συγκλίθητι add. over second κάταγε V3   


Or. 149.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: πέμπε πέμπε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: πρὸς ἐμὲ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.08 (rec exeg) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: σμίκρυνον τὴν φωνὴν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.09 (rec exeg) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: κατὰ μικρὸν ἄγε  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: κάτελθε καὶ σεαυτὴν φέρε  —ZZaZbZlZmT+GuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κάτατελθε Zb   |    σεαυτὸν app. Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,9–10

COMMENT:   The cross in T must be a mistake, since there is no evidence of this note in Moschopulean mss.   |   


Or. 149.11 (mosch exeg) κάταγε κάταγε: ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν καταγομένων νεῶν εἰς τοὺς λιμένας  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Bring down, bring down’ is used) by a metaphor from ships being brought down (to land) in harbors.

LEMMA: T       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοὺς om. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,8–9

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   


Or. 149.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόσιθ’⟩: διὰ τοῦτο διπλάζει τοὺς λόγους, διὰ τὸ σιγηλῶς λαλεῖν πάνυ.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.13 (recTri gloss) ⟨πρόσιθ’⟩: πρόσελθε  —MlMnRSTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρόσιθ’⟩: καὶ ἐλθὲ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρόσιθ’⟩: ἴθι  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.16 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨first ἄτρεμας⟩: ἡσύχως  —V3AaAbCrFRSXXaXbYYfZc ZZaZbZlZmZuT*GuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AbCrFSOx   |    ἤσυχος CrZcZu, s. l. Ox   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἠσύχως Ab   |   


Or. 149.17 (rec gloss) ⟨first ἄτρεμας⟩: σιγηλὰ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first ἄτρεμας⟩: ἠρεμαίως —F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἠρεμαῖον a.c. F   |   


Or. 149.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first ἄτρεμας⟩: πῶς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.20 (rec exeg) ⟨first ἄτρεμας⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς καὶ πρόσιθι ἀτρέμας.  —V

POSITION: cont. from next V      


Or. 149.21 (vet exeg) ἀτρέμας ἴθι:  1τῇ ἐπαναλήψει μεμίμηται τὴν ἠρεμαίαν προϊεμένην φωνήν·  2ἅτε γὰρ οὐκ ἐξακουομένη δεύτερον ταῖς αὐταῖς κέχρηται λέξεσι.   —MBVCPrRb

TRANSLATION:   By the repetition he (the poet) has represented a woman who projects a quiet voice. For as if not being heard clearly she has used the same words again.

LEMMA: MCPrRb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; cont. from sch. 149.02 V (Va version), add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῇ om. MC   |    τῶν λέξεων add. before ἐπαναλ. VRb   |    μέμνηται MVCRb   |    προϊεμένην Rb, ‑μένη others   |    2 ἐξακουομένην MVRb   |    ταῖς αὐταῖς] τοιαύταις V   |    λέξεσι om. MC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἡρεμαίαν MV   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,6–8; Dind. II.71,20–72,2

COMMENT:   I have used the lemma that is transmitted, which is also implied by the intermarg. position in B (which had room to place it a line higher at the level of κάταγε κάταγε), but the note may originally have applied to Electra’s whole phrase from κάταγε … ἄτρεμας ἴθι.    |   The poet is regularly the subject of μεμίμηται and the like in scholia, and even if that were not the case, the nom. προϊεμένη printed by Schwartz would give an unattested construction.   

KEYWORDS:  μιμέομαι   


Or. 149.22 (recMosch gloss) ⟨second ἄτρεμας⟩: ἡσύχως  —F2L2MlMnRSaXXaXbT*YYfGGrZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -ος written above ‑ως Ox   

COMMENT:   Triclinius reproduces the cross above used on the first instance of this gloss (149.16), even though the usual Thoman witnesses have only the first instance.   


Or. 149.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second ἄτρεμας⟩: μετὰ ἡσυχίας  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.24 (rec gloss) ⟨second ἄτρεμας⟩: σιγηλὰ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨second ἄτρεμας⟩: πῶς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ἴθι⟩: ἐλθέ  —Aa3AbF2RSaYf2OxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 149.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴθι⟩: ἄπιθι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 150.01 (thom gloss) ⟨λόγον⟩: ἀπολογίαν  —ZmZuGuL2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,11


Or. 150.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λόγον⟩: αἰτίαν app.  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 150.03 (mosch gloss) ἀπόδος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπόκριναι  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. GZc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,11


Or. 150.04 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀπόδος⟩: ἐμοὶ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 150.05 (tri gloss) ⟨ἀπόδος⟩: μετάδος  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 150.06 (150–151) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι χρέος⟩: ἐφ’ ἣν χρείαν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 150.07 (150–151) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι χρέος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δι’ ἣν χρείαν  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 150.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι⟩: ἐπὶ τί  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   χρέος add. Pr   


Or. 150.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι⟩: καὶ διὰ ποῖον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 150.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι⟩: πρὸς ὅπερ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 150.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι⟩: διὸ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 150.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐφότι⟩: διότι  —AaAbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ τὸ Ml   


Or. 150.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐφότι⟩: διὰ τί  —V3RRfSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. RfSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   διατὶ V3   |   


Or. 150.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐφ’⟩: εἰς  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 150.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐφ’⟩: ἐπὶ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 150.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅτι⟩: ἢ ὅπερ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 151.01 (rec gloss) ⟨χρέος⟩: πρᾶγμα  —AaAbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πράγμα Ml   |   


Or. 151.02 (mosch gloss) χρέος: χρείαν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcZm

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   


Or. 151.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρέος⟩: ζήτημα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 151.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμόλετέ⟩: καὶ παρεγένεσθε  —AaCrMlMnSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Aa   |    παρεγενέσθω Mn, παραγενέσθε Ml   


Or. 151.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐμόλετέ⟩: ἤλθετε  —ZZaZbZlZuTGuF2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 151.06 (thom gloss) ⟨ποτε⟩: ἄρα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAaOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἆρα ZZa   


Or. 151.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ποτε⟩: ὀψὲ —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 151.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ποτε⟩: μόλις  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 151.09 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 152.01 (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ κώλων ιγʹ  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 152.02 (vet exeg) χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν ὅδ’ εὐνάζεται:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου.  2τοῦτο δὲ ἀναφορὰν ἔχει πρὸς τὸ [149] ‘πρόσιθ’ ἀτρέμας’.  3ὁ δὲ νοῦς· χρονίως, ὅ ἐστι διὰ χρόνου, ἐκοιμήθη.   —MBVCMlMnRaRbSSa, partial H

TRANSLATION:  (‘Chronia’ is) used for ‘from a long time ago’. And this (the whole sentence) has reference to the phrase ‘approach quietly’. And the sense is: after a time, that is, after an interval, he fell asleep.

LEMMA: V, χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν C, χρόνια γὰρ MlMn(χρονίαν)RaRbSSa, χρόνια M      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRbSa      POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 149.02 B, cont. from sch. 149.21 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 χρόνια δὲ prep. BV   |    τοῦ ἀπὸ] om. C, τοῦ διὰ V, τοῦ MlMnPrRaSSa   |    πολλοῦ χρόνου] πολὺν καιρὸν Pr   |    πολλοῦ] παλαιοῦ Ra   |    2 δὲ om. Pr   |    τὸ πρόσιθι ἄτρεμας om. V, leaving blank space, words add. V1   |    3 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. H   |    χρονίως] χρόνος Sa   |    ὅ ἐστι] ἐστὶ Pr, ὅτι V   |    ἐκοιμήθην a.c. Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πρόσιθι BMnPrRaRbSSa, ποσιθε Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,9–11; Dind. II.72,5–7


Or. 152.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν⟩: πρὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου πεσὼν τῇ νόσῳ ταύτῃ, νῦν ἀναπαύεται.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 152.04 (thom exeg) χρόνια: μόλις, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ βούλομαι ὑμᾶς ὄχλον αὐτῷ παρασχούσας ἐξαναστῆσαι.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Barely (is he resting); and for this reason I do not want you to create a disturbance for him and make him wake up.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl       POSITION: s.l. except Zl      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. ZbZl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,12–13


Or. 152.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: διὰ χρόνου  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 152.06 (rec gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: διὰ μακροῦ χρόνου  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 152.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια⟩: ἀπὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου ἢ διὰ χρόνου ἐκοιμήθη  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 152.08 (mosch gloss) χρόνια: χρονίως  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   


Or. 152.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: βραδέως  —OCrMlMnSSaGOxXXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from prev. X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   


Or. 152.10 (rec gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: μετὰ χρόνου ἀκμὴν  —AaPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 152.11 (rec gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: μόλις  —MnSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 152.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: ὀψὲ ποτὲ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 152.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια⟩: καὶ χρονίως καὶ πολὺν καιρὸν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   χρονικῶς Zu   

COMMENT:   If this means ‘that is, after a time and for a long time’. the sense of χρονικῶς is very odd. If it is meant to convey that χρόνιος has two different senses (only one of which applies here), it would be ‘in a temporal sense(?) and for a long time’, but then one wonders why it is not χρονικὰ instead of the adverb.   


Or. 152.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: πῶς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 152.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: οὗτος  —MnSZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 152.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ὀρέστης  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 152.17 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐνάζεται⟩: ἐκοιμήθη  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 152.18 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐνάζεται⟩: κοιμᾶται  —V3AaAbCrMlMnPrRSSaZmOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zm, καὶ prep. V3CrOx   


Or. 152.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨εὐνάζεται⟩: ἀναπαύεται  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 152.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐνάζεται⟩: κοιτάζει  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 153.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: διάκειται  —XaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πῶς prep. Aa2   


Or. 153.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔχει⟩: διάκειται ὁ Ὀρέστης  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 153.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: ὑπάρχει  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 153.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λόγου μετάδος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπολογήθητί μοι εἰς τοῦτο ὅπερ σοι ἐρωτῶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 153.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λόγου⟩: ἀπολογίας  —Aa2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 153.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μετάδος⟩: πάρασχε  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   App. a dot in front of this.   |   


Or. 153.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μετάδος⟩: ἡμῖν  —Aa2KXaXbTYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 153.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨μετάδος⟩: ἐμοὶ  —RfZZaZmGuB3aOx2

LEMMA: μετάδος μ’ in text ZZa       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μοι B3a   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Zl is washed out here, above first line of page.   |   


Or. 153.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μετάδος⟩: τοῦ λόγου δηλονότι  —Y

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 153.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: ἤγουν ὦ προσφιλὴς  —Ox


Or. 153.11 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 153.12 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: φίλη  —V3AaAbFSaXXaXbYYfTGrZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 154.01 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον:  1ἴαμβος χρὴ εἶναι οὗτος ὁ στίχος ὡς καὶ ὁ τῆς στροφῆς.  2διὸ οὕτως ἐγράφη παρ’ ἡμῶν ‘ποίαν τύχαν ποίαν δὲ συμφοράν’, καὶ ἔστι τὸ ποι τὸ δεύτερον κοινὴ συλλαβή.  3διὸ καὶ τὸ παρ’ ἡμῶν ἐπινοηθὲν ἐπὶ ταῖς κοιναῖς συλλαβαῖς ἐπετέθη σημεῖον, ὡς καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις τοιούτοις.   —T

TRANSLATION:   This verse must be an iambus, just like the one of the strophe. Therefore it has been written by me as follows (scil. with ‘tina’ emended to ‘poian’), and the second instance of (the syllable) ‘poi’ is a koine syllable (scil. here treated as short). This is also why the sign invented by me for the koine syllables has been placed over it, just as in other similar cases.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.       POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.11,3–7; de Fav. 47

KEYWORDS:  Triclinius, emendation by   


Or. 154.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ τύχην πότερον ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄμεινον νενευκέναι.  —HMBCAaMlMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (Am I to say) that his fortune has inclined toward the worse or toward the better?

LEMMA: MCMn(τυγχαν’)RaRbSSa       REF. SYMBOL: MMlSa       POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   τύχαν MlRbSa, δυστυχίαν Aa, om. S   |    ποτέρου S   |    ἢ om. M   |    ἠμεῖνον M   |    νένευκε B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,12–13; Dind. II.72,16–17

COMMENT:   Note how B’s version smooths the grammar, whereas the transmitted infinitive requires the reader to assume εἴπω from the lemma.    |   


Or. 154.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν εἴπω, τίνα τύχην περὶ αὐτοῦ εἴπω κἂν ἐν κρείττονι μοίρᾳ ἐστὶ κἂν ἐν ἐλάττονι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 154.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: κἄντε ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον ἐστὶ κἄντε ἐπὶ τὸ ἧττον οὐκ οἶδα.  —F

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 154.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τίνα δυστυχίαν αὐτοῦ εἴπω, ἀπορηματικῶς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  ‘What misfortune of his am I to speak of?’, as a dubitative question.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τίνα om. G   |    εἴπω αὐτοῦ transp. Yf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπορρη‑ XXaTY (not Ta)   |   


Or. 154.06 (thom gloss) ⟨first τίνα⟩: ποίαν  —ZZaZbZlZmGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 154.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first τίνα⟩: ὁποίαν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 154.08 (rec gloss) ⟨τύχαν⟩: δυστυχίαν  —AbMlMnPrSSaZuYf2Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SZu   |    δυστυχίας Ml   


Or. 154.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τύχαν⟩: ἣν οὐκ ἔχει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 154.10 (rec metr) ⟨τύχαν⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 154.11 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨τύχαν⟩: τύχην  —MnST

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 154.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second τίνα⟩: ποίαν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 154.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨second τίνα⟩: ὁποίαν νὰ εἴπω  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 154.14 (tri metr) ⟨second ποίαν⟩: koine short over οι  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 154.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰν⟩: περὶ αὐτοῦ  —Vrec

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 154.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰν⟩: θλίψιν  —F2Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Z, microfilm image suggested trace, but newer image suggests not.   |   


Or. 154.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰν⟩: ἣν πάσχει  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl 56v 2nd line.   |   


Or. 154.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰν⟩: ἣν οὐκ ἔχει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 155.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτι μὲν ἐμπνέει⟩: ὀλίγον ἐμπνεῖ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 155.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: ἀκμήν  —Aa2MnYf2Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn   


Or. 155.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: ἐπὶ μικρὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 155.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: καὶ μικρὸν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 155.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: καὶ ποτὲ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 155.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμπνέει⟩: ἀναπνέει  —F2Yf2Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 155.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμπνέει⟩: πνοὴν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πνὴνα Aa2   


Or. 155.08 (tri gloss) ⟨ἐμπνέει⟩: ἤγουν ζῇ  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 156.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βραχὺ δ’ ἀναστένει⟩: μόλις ἀνασπασμὸν [ποιεῖ(?)]  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The noun ἀνασπασμός is very rare (see DGE and Kriaras), but appears to be the right interpretation of the faint and damaged word. Here it requires a verb to govern it and the meaning seems to be ‘he with difficulty makes a labored breath’.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl.   |   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 156.02 (rec gloss) ⟨βραχὺ⟩: ὀλίγον  —SaYf2Zb2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 156.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βραχὺ⟩: πρὸς ὀλίγον  —F2

LEMMA: βραχεῖ in text F       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 156.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βραχὺ⟩: ταχὺ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 156.05 (tri gloss) ⟨βραχὺ⟩: ἀμυδρόν  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 156.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναστένει⟩: ἀναστενάζει  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Dot in front.   |   


Or. 156.07 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἀναστένει⟩: στενάζει  —AbCrMnRSSaYf2TOx

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 157.01 (vet exeg) τί φὴς ὦ τάλας:  1οἰκειούμενος τὰς συμφορὰς ὁ χορὸς καὶ συναχθόμενος γεγωνότερον ἀνέκραγε τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’.  2διό φησιν [158] ‘ὀλεῖς, εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις’.   —HMBVCMlMnPrRb, partial AaRaRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Making the misfortunes their own and sharing in the grief, the chorus cried out in a louder voice ‘O, wretched one!’ Therefore she (Electra) says ‘you will destroy (him/me) if you stir his eyelids’.

LEMMA: M(ὁ τ.)BCAaMnMl(τὶ)Rb(ὁ τ.)SSa(ὢ SSa), ὦ τάλας VAaRaRw, τὶ φὴς Pr      REF. SYMBOL: MBVAaMlRbSa      POSITION: marg. H      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οἰκειούμενοι Pr   |    τὰς] περὶ Pr   |    ὁ χορὸς τὰς συμφορὰς transp. H, ὁ χορὸς om. Rw   |    συναχθήμενος Rb, συναχθόμενοι Pr   |    ἀνεκέκραγε V, ἀνακέκραγε AaMlMnRaRbRw, ἐξεβόησε H   |    τὸ] τί Mn   |    ὁ τάλ. Rb   |    2 διό κτλ om. AaRaRwSSa   |    εἰ] εἰς Rb   |    κινήσεις τοῦ ὕπνου VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οἰκιούμενος Ml   |    συχθόμενος Ml   |    γεγονότερον, ω s.l. Aa, γεγονώτερον Ml   |    ὢ τάλ. Sa, ὠ with both accents S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,14–16; Dind. II.72,20–22

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 157.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τί φὴς ὦ τάλας⟩: οἰκειούμενος τὰς συμφορὰς ὁ χορὸς γεγωνότερον εἶπεν ‘ὦ τάλας’.  —O

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 157.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί φὴς ὦ τάλας⟩: ὁ χορὸς λέγει καθ’ ἑαυτόν.  —Aa

LEMMA: Aa       REF. SYMBOL: Aa      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 157.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: 1δεῖ νοεῖν στεναγμόν τινα γεγενῆσθαι μετὰ τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’ ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ, 2ἵνα εὔλογον ᾖ τὸ παρὰ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας εἰρημένον [167] ‘σὺ γάρ νιν, ὦ τάλαινα, θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου’.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   One must understand that some kind of groan was made by the chorus after ‘o, pitiable man’, so that what Electra says—‘For you drove him from his sleep, wretched woman, by your wild cry’—makes good sense.

LEMMA: (160–161) ὦ μέλεος ὦ τάλας MC, 160 ὦ μέλεος Rw       REF. SYMBOL: M (to 160 ὦ μέλεος)       POSITION: cont. from 157.01 BPr, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δεῖ νοεῖν στεν. τινα] δεινόν τινα στεναγμὸν Rw   |    νοεῖν transp. after γεγεν. Pr   |    2 ᾖ om. Pr   |    παρὰ om. MCRw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 γεγενεῖσθαι Pr   |   2 νῦν Pr   |    θωύξας MPr, θωΰξασα Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,17–19; Dind. II.72,22–24

COMMENT:   It is not impossible that this note was originally attached to the second ὦ τάλας in 161, as suggested by the transmitted lemmata in MCRw and the position of sch. 157.05 after 160.01. But the notion that the chorus involuntarily made an inarticulate cry ‘as women are wont to do in extreme distress’ (sch. 168.05) fits their first reaction in 157 better than their more articulate comments in 160–161.   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 157.05 (rec exeg) μετὰ στεναγμοῦ ταῦτα λέγει, ὡς φησὶν Ἠλέκτρα [167] ‘σὺ γάρ νιν ὦ τάλαινα θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου’.  —VRb

TRANSLATION:   (The chorus) says this with a groan, as Electra says, ‘For you drove him from his sleep, wretched woman, by your wild cry’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 160.01 V(add. δὲ)Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   τάλαινα] τάλας V   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   θωΰξας VRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,1 app.; Dind. II.73,9–10

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 157.06 (pllgn exeg) 1ὡς ἔοικεν ὁ χορὸς συναχθόμενος τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ γεγωνότερον ἀνέκραξε τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’·  2διό φησι[158] ‘ὀλεῖς εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις’.  3δεῖ δὲ στεναγμόν τινα γενέσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ μετὰ τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’ ἵνα εὔλογον ᾖ τὸ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας εἰρημένον.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:  As it seems, the chorus, in its sympathy for Electra’s pain, cried out rather loudly ‘O wretched man’. Therefore she says ‘You will kill (him) if you stir his eyelids’. And it is necessary that there be some mournful groan by the chorus after ‘O wretched man’ so that Electra's remark will make sense.

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 157.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί φῄς⟩: πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 157.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τί φὴς⟩: τί λέγεις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 157.09 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨φής⟩: λέγεις —CrOxTZl2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrZl2Ox   


Or. 157.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλας⟩: τρανότερον ἐφώνησε.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Dot before this, in different ink.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 157.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλας⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην στρέφει τὸν λόγον.  —MlMnPrRSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 157.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcFB3a

TRANSLATION:  (The exclamation ‘o wretched man’ is made) in reference to Orestes.

POSITION: s.l. (above τί φὴς Zc)      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 157.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ὀρέστης δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 157.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: ὦ ἄθλιε Ὀρέστα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 157.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλας⟩: σὺ, ὦ Ὀρέστα  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 157.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλας⟩: Ὀρέστα  —Zl2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 157.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: ἢ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 157.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: αὐτὸς  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. K   


Or. 157.19 (thom gloss) ⟨τάλας⟩: ἐστὶ  —ZZaZbZlZmAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ὦ Ὀρέστα  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 158.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ὦ ἀδελφὲ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 158.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: φθείρεις ἐμὲ ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀπολεσθῇς  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ⟨ἐὰν⟩ ἀπολεσθῇς, ἀπολέσεις  —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ add. before ἀπολέσεις R (because of loss of ἐὰν)   |   ἀπολέσεις] ἀπολέσης AbMnS   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπολεσθὴς Mn, ἀπορεσθεὶς Ml   |   


Or. 158.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ἐμὲ  —MlMnPrRSZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from prev. R      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει prep. Pr, ἤγουν prep. MlMnS   |    δηλονότι add. Zu   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 158.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: φθείρεις  —V1CrFOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFOx   


Or. 158.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: φθερεῖς  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.08 (mosch gloss) ὀλεῖς: ἀπολεῖς ἐμέ  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   με XaYYf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,28


Or. 158.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ἐμὲ ἢ αὐτὸν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (The understood object of ‘you will destroy’ is) ‘me’ (Electra) or ‘him’ (Orestes).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμὲ ἢ om. Gu (because written right after Gr’s ἐμέ)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,28


Or. 158.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: εἰ τοῦ ὕπνου ἀλλοτριώσεις καὶ μεταστήσεις.  —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   If you will estrange (him) and shift (him) from sleep.

LEMMA: ὀλεῖς Rw       POSITION: s.l. B, marg. MC      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ] αἱ C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,20; Dind. II.72,26

COLLATION NOTES:   B rewritten here by later hand.   |   


Or. 158.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἐὰν ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου ἐγείρης —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἤγουν ἐὰν διυπνίσης αὐτὸν, ἐὰν ἐξεγείρης τοῦ ὕπνου  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,28–73,1


Or. 158.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἤγουν ἐὰν ἐξυπνήσῃς αὐτόν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   ἐξυπνέω is used as a transitive verb in later Greek, so there is no need to consider this an itacistic error for ἐξυπνίσῃς.   |   


Or. 158.14 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐὰν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.15 (thom gloss) ⟨βλέφαρα⟩: τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 158.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βλέφαρα⟩: τοῦ Ὀρέστου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.17 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨βλέφαρα⟩: τὰ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: ἐὰν μετακινήσης  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: ἐκβαλεῖς  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.20 (rec exeg) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: αὐτῷ καὶ αὐτοῦ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.21 (rec gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου  —OS

POSITION: s.l. O, marg. S      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    ὕπνου] κατὰ S   


Or. 158.22 (mosch gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: ἐκείνου  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.23 (thom gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: αὐτῷ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτῶν Zb   


Or. 158.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: αὐτοῦ  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: εἰ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.26 (tri metr) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: long mark over iota  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 159.01 (mosch paraphr) ὕπνου γλυκυτάταν φερομένῳ χαράν: ἀντὶ τοῦ φέροντος τὴν ἡδονὴν τὴν γλυκυτάτην τοῦ ὕπνου  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

LEMMA: φερομένῳ XT       POSITION: s.l. except XT; sep. ἀντὶ τ. φέρ. above φερομένῳ, rest above χαράν Yf      

APP. CRIT.:   (both) τὴν om. Zc   |    τοῦ ὕπνου om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,5


Or. 159.02 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ὕπνου⟩: τοῦ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 159.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γλυκυτάταν⟩: ἡδυτάτην  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 159.04 (tri etaGloss) ⟨γλυκυτάταν⟩: γλυκυτάτην  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 159.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φερομένῳ χαρὰν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φερόμενον ἐν χαρᾷ  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,4


Or. 159.06 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: φέροντι  —AaSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 159.07 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: καὶ κεκτημένῳ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 159.08 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: ἔχοντι  —CrSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 159.09 (thom gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: καρπουμένῳ  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,5–6


Or. 159.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: καὶ λαμβάνοντι  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 159.11 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: φερομένου  —KB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 159.12 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —V1Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. V1 (with dot before in diff. ink)   


Or. 159.13 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: τῷ βλεφάρῳ  —AbMlMnRPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ βλέφαρα Pr   


Or. 159.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: τίνι  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 159.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: αὐτῷ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 159.16 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: ἢ ἐμοὶ  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 159.17 (tri metr) ⟨φερο-⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς συλλαβῆς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 159.18 (vet exeg) χαρὰν: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου, ὃ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς [211] ‘ὕπνου θέλγητρον’ φησιν.  —MBVCRbRw

TRANSLATION:   The deepest form of sleep, what he calls in the later passage ‘charm of sleep’.

LEMMA: (no punct. after it) VRb, Rw ὕπνου γλυκυτάτου       REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. BC      

APP. CRIT.:   ὕπνου χαρὰν prep. Rw   |    ὃ καὶ V   |    ἑξῆς ὕπνου] ἐξύπνου V, ἐξ ὕπνου Rb   |    θέλγητρα Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,21–22; Dind. II.73,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   Rewritten by later hand in B.   |   


Or. 159.19 (vet exeg) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: τὸν βαθύτατον ὕπνον  —H

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 159.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου  —V3F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   βαθὺ F, app. changed from βαθοι   


Or. 159.21 (rec gloss) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: γλυκύτητα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.01 (vet exeg) ὦ μέλεος:  1μέλεος αὐτὸς διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις.  2ἠρέμα δέ πως ἀρνεῖται τὴν πρᾶξιν Ὀρέστου, εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀναφέρουσα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν.   —MBVCBPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   He himself is wretched because of how he has fared from the gods. And in a sort of tacit way she denies the deed is Orestes’, referring the wrongdoing to the god.

LEMMA: VRb, ἄλλως Pr, in marg. MC, ἐργμάτων Rw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: intermarg. B, follows sch. 157.04 MCPr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐκ] εἰς M   |    2 ὀρέστης V   |    τὸν om. B   |    ἁμαρτίαν] αἰτίαν Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δε πῶς Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,22–114,1; Dind. II.73,7–8


Or. 160.02 (vet exeg) 1μέλεος αὐτὸς διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις.  2ἀρνεῖται δέ πως τὴν τοῦ Ὀρέστου πρᾶξιν εἰς θεὸν ἀναφέρων ταῦτα.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Wretched himself because of the actions coming from gods. In a certain way she is denying the action of Orestes by attributing these things to a god.


Or. 160.03 (rec exeg) εἰς θεὸν ἀναφέρει τὴν αἰτίαν.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὢ⟩: φεῦ  —CrMnOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 160.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ἄθλιος  —AbF2MlMnRSSaZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ὑπάρχεις —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.08 (tri artGloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩:  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Triclinius removed ὦ/ὢ from the text as transmitted, without remarking on the change. Thus he adds the gloss indicating that this is an exclamatory nominative used like a vocative. The same occurs in sch. 161.01.   


Or. 160.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ἀπο τοῦ μὴ ἐλεεῖσθαι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See sch. 207.05.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 160.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐχθίστων θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν θεοστυγεστάτων πράξεων  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X; spaced as three sep. glosses Yf (ἕνεκα, τῶν θεοστ., πράξεων)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,12–13 (Arsenius’ modified version)

COMMENT:   The Moschopulean interpretation takes θεόθεν as if it were θεοῖς, to produce ‘hated by the gods’, thus ameliorating the theology, as opposed to inferring that the chorus blames the gods, as in sch. 160.01.   

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 160.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐχθίστων θεόθεν⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν θεοστυγῶν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.12 (tri paraphr) ἐχθίστων ἐργμάτων: ἤγουν ἕνεκα τῶν προσταχθέντων ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐργμάτων ἤγουν ἔργων, πράξεων, ἤτοι τοῦ φόνου  —T

LEMMA: T      

COMMENT:   Created from separate Thoman glosses below.   


Or. 160.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐχθίστων⟩: ἕνεκα  —Aa2CrFMlMnPrRSSaXZZaZbZlZmZuB3aOx

POSITION: s.l. (over ἐργμάτων F)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἕνεκεν Aa2CrSSaOx   


Or. 160.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐχθίστων⟩: μισητῶν  —AbCrMlMnSaSGZb2ZlOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μισιτῶν Ml   |   


Or. 160.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐχθίστων⟩: τῶν δεινῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐχθίστων⟩: τῶν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.18 (thom paraphr) ⟨θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: τῶν προσταχθέντων ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος πράξεων ἤτοι τοῦ φόνου  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l. (cont. from 160.13 Zm)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Za   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu does not write πράξεων, but lets Gr’s gloss serve, and places ἤτοι κτλ just after Gr’s πράξεων.   |   


Or. 160.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ θεοῦ  —F2Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεόθεν⟩: θεῶν —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.21 (rec gloss) ⟨θεόθεν⟩: τῶν γινομένων  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: κωλυμάτων ἐμποδίων  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῶν κωλυμάτων, ἤγουν τῶν ἀσθενειῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κολυμάτων a.c. Zu   |   


Or. 160.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: φόνων —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab      


Or. 160.25 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: πράξεων  —HrecV3AbCrFKMlMnSSaRfZbZc2ZlB3aOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFOx   

COLLATION NOTES:   H8 acc. to Daitz.   |   


Or. 160.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: πραγμάτων  —Pr

POSITION: below line Pr (space above full)      

COLLATION NOTES:   This gloss has a cross.   |   


Or. 160.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: ἔργων  —AbG

POSITION: s.l. G; marg. Ab      


Or. 160.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: ἐργασιῶν  —L

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 161.01 (tri artGloss) ⟨τάλας⟩:  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See sch. 160.08.   


Or. 161.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλας⟩: ἐστὶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 161.03 (tri metr) ⟨τάλας⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 161.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἕνεκα  —Aa2AbCrF2MlMnPrSaOxXXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. (over τάλας Ab)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἕνεκεν Aa2CrMlOx   


Or. 161.05 (thom gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: συμφορῶν  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from prev. T      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν prep. T   


Or. 161.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: τῶν πράξεων  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 161.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: καὶ τῶν κόπων  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῶν om. Zl   


Or. 161.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ὧν ἔχει  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 161.09 (mosch artGloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: τῶν  —XXbYfGrAa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 162.01 (162–165) (rec wdord) word order α (ἆ ἆ), β (ἄδικος), γ (ὁ λοξίας), δ (ἄδικα … ἔλακεν), ε and ϛ not detected, ζ (φόνον), η (ἀπόφονον), ι (ὅτ’ ἐπὶ τρίπ.), κ (θέμ.), λ(?) (ἐδίκασε)  —S


Or. 162.02 (162–165) (rec wdord) word order α (ἄδικος), β (λοξίας), γ (ἄδικα), δ (ὅτε), ε (ἐδίκασεν), ϛ (φόνον), ζ (ἀπόφονον), η (τρίποδι)  —Mn


Or. 162.03 (162–165) (rec wdord) word order α (ἄδικος), β (λοξίας), γ (ἄρ’), δ (τότ’), ε (ἔλακεν), ϛ (ἔλακεν), ζ (ἄδικα), η (ἀπόφονον), θ (ὅτ’), ι (ἐδίκασεν), ια (ἐπὶ), ιβ (τρίποδι), ιγ (θέμιδος) ιδ (φόνον), ιε (ἐμᾶς), ιϛ (μητέρος)  —Ab


Or. 162.04 (162–165) (rec wdord) word order α (ἄδικος), β (λοξίας), γ (ἄδικα), δ (θέμιδος)  —PrR

APP. CRIT.:   δ om. Pr   


Or. 162.05 (162–165) (pllgn exeg) ἀδίκως ἀδίκως τότε ἄρα ἔλακεν ἔλακεν ὁ Λοξίας τὸν φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς τὸν ἀπόφονον· πότε; ὅτε ἐπὶ τῇ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος ἄρα ἔκρινεν αὐτὸν ἤγουν ἀδίκως ἐχρησμοδότησεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Λοξίας φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα μας ἐπὶ τῇ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος· εἰς τρίποδα γὰρ ἀργυροῦ εἴτε καὶ χρυσοῦ ἐκάθητο ἡ παρθένος καὶ ἐνθουσιῶσα ἔλεγεν τοὺς χρησμούς. —Yf2

TRANSLATION:  Unjustly, unjustly at the time, then, did Loxias cry out, cry out (the oracle demanding) the killing of my mother, the terrible killing. When (was this)? When at the tripod of Themis he adjudged it (the killing), that is, Loxias unjustly gave the oracular response that we kill our mother at the tripod of Themis. For the virgin (priestess) sat at a tripod of silver, or else of gold, and with divine inspiration spoke the oracles.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 162.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ ἄδικος⟩: γράφεται ἄδικος  —Mn

LEMMA: ὢ ἄδικος in text Mn       POSITION: s.l., misplaced over second ἔλακεν (beginning of first line on facing page in Mn)      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 162.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὢ⟩: φεῦ  —MnSa

LEMMA: ὢ ἄδικος in text MnSa       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 162.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ⟩: γρ. ἃ ἃ  —R

LEMMA: ὢ ἄδικος in text R       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 162.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἂ ἂ⟩: φεῦ  —AbMlPr

LEMMA: ἂ ἂ ἄδικος in text AbPr, ἆ ἆ ἄδικος Ml       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 162.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἃ ἃ⟩: σίγα  —Aa2

LEMMA: ἃ ἃ ἄδικος in text Aa       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 162.11 (vet exeg) ἄδικος ἄδικα:  1τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τὸ ἀλλαχοῦ [Eur. Hipp. 701] εἰρημένον·  2‘πρὸς τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα’.  3ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔδοξεν ἀτυχῶς τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πεπτωκέναι τῆς μητρὸς ὁ φόνος, ἄδικος ὁ Λοξίας νενόμισται.  4ἢ τὸ ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ἐμφαίνει ὅτι δικαίως μὲν ἐμαντεύσατο τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός, ἀδικεῖ δὲ τῷ δράσαντι μὴ ἐπικουρῶν.  5τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς οὕτως·  6ὁ ἄδικος Λοξίας ἄδικα τότε ἐδίκασεν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον ἔλακεν ἐμῆς μητρός.   —H3MBCPrb, partial OMlMnPraRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   This is (an illustration of) the statement made elsewhere, ‘For we possess our (repute for) sense in proportion to our fortunes (that is, the outcomes of our actions)’. For because the murder of their mother seemed to have turned out unfortunately for Orestes, Loxias has been deemed unjust (by Electra). Or the phrase ‘he gave unjust judgments’ indicates that although he justly gave an oracular command for the murder of the mother, he acts unjustly in not giving aid to the one who acted. The run of the sense is: the unjust Loxias gave unjust judgments at that time when upon the tripod of Themis he proclaimed the unholy murder of my mother.

LEMMA: Rw, ἆ ἄδικος ἄδικα BC(ἂ), ἆ ἆ ἄδικος Pr      REF. SYMBOL: BMlRbSa      POSITION: after sch. 164.01 C, after sch. 160.01 Pra (15v), after sch. 173.01 Prb (16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 τοῦτ’ … οὕτως om. O, 1–4 τοῦτ’ … ἐπικουρῶν om. Pra, 1–3 τοῦτ’ … ὁ φόνος om. MlMnRbSSa, 1–2 τοῦτ’ … κεκτήμεθα om. Rw   |    1 τοῦτ’] του δε M   |    2 πρὸς τὰς φρένας γὰρ τὰς τύχας κεκτ. M, πρὸς τὰς φρένας γὰρ τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς τύχας κεκτ. (sic) C   |    3 ἐπειδὴ γὰρ BPrb   |    πεπτωκέναι corr. to περιπεπτωκέναι s.l. H3   |    ἄδικος] ἔκδιος Rb, ἔκδικος MlMnSa, δῖκος S   |    νομίζεται Rw   |    4 ἢ] ὅτι MlMnSSa   |    τὸ] τὰ MlMnSSa   |    ἄδικα] ἄκα M, ἄδικον Rw   |    ἐδίκησεν Rb, ἠδίκησεν MlMnSSa   |    ὅτι] μὲν ὅτι Prb, γὰρ ὅτι MlMnRbSSa   |    ἐμαντεύσατο] ἐψηφίσατο H3   |    4–6 τὸν φόνον κτλ om. S   |    4 ἀδικεῖ δὲ … ἐπικουρῶν] ἄδικος δὲ ὅτι οὐκ ἐπικουρεῖ H3   |    5 δὲ om. Mn   |    οὕτως] οὗτος CMnPrbRbSa (comma after it C), οὕτως ὅτι Pra   |    6 ὁ ἄδικος] ὁ ἀδικῶν Pra   |    ἄδικα τότε] ἀδικώτατα H3   |    ὅτε] ὅτι MnSa   |    τρίποδος RwSa   |    θέμιδος om. Sa   |    ἀπόφονον om. MnRbSa   |    φόνον om. MBOCPraRw, transp. after ἔλακεν Prb   |    ἔλακεν … μητρός] τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἐμαντεύσατο MnRb(ἐματ‑)Sa   |    ἐμᾶς H3BOCPrbRw, ἡμᾶς Pra   |    ματρός B, ματέρος O, μητέρος Rw [H3]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἐματεύσατο Rb   |    ἐπικούρων C   |    6 ἀπόφωνον Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,4–10; Dind. II.73,18–74,3

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 162.12 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ δικαίως ἔδοξεν εἰρηκέναι  —BRw

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘he seemed not to have spoken justly’.

LEMMA: Rw       POSITION: marg. (at 162) B      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ om. Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,18


Or. 162.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩: ἄδικος ὁ Λοξίας ἔδοξεν ἄδικα δικάσας, ἢ δικαίως ἐψηφίσατο τὸν φόνον ἀδίκως δὲ οὐ βοηθεῖ.  —V

LEMMA: V       REF. SYMBOL: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114, app. on 5–8; Dind. II.73, app. on 21


Or. 162.14 (pllgn exeg) 1ἐπεὶ ἔδοξεν ἀτυχῶς τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πεπτωκέναι τῆς μητρὸς ὁ φόνος, ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας μαντευόμενος μὲν τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς, τῷ δράσαντι δὲ μὴ ἐπικουρῶν. 2ἢ ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον ἔλακεν τῆς μητρὸς.   —V3

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,5–7 and 9–10 app.


Or. 162.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩:  1τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς ἄδικος Λοξίας· ἄδικα γὰρ τότε ἐδίκασεν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον ἔλακεν ἐμῆς μητρός.  2ἀπόφονον τινὲς τὸν ἄτοπον φόνον, τινὲς δὲ τὴν ἀ̅π̅ο̅ εἰς τὸ ἔλακεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπεφθέγξατο.   —V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114, app. on 14–16; Dind. II.73, app. on 21


Or. 162.16 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩: ὁ ἄδικος Λοξίας ἤγουν ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἄδικα τότε ἐκτύπησε κατὰ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὅτε ἐδίκασεν τὸν μιαρὸν φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρός.  —Ra


Or. 162.17 (mosch paraphr) ἆ ἆ ἄδικος:  ἄδικος ὢν ὁ Λοξίας ἄδικα ἄρα τότε εἶπεν ὅτε ἐπὶ τῷ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος ἐδίκασεν ἤγουν ἔκρινε τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἤγουν τὸν μισητὸν καὶ μὴ ἄξιον ὄντα γενέσθαι.  —XXaXbT+YfGGr

LEMMA: G       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τότε om. G   |    after τότε add. ἔλακεν ἀντὶ τοῦ XaY   |    τὴν μισητὴν X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,14–17


Or. 162.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄδικος⟩:  1οἱ λαμβάνοντες εἰς τὸ ἄδικος ἔξωθεν τὸ ὑπάρχει καὶ στίζοντες ἐνταῦθα ληροῦσι.  2τὸ δ’ οὕτως ἔχει·  3δέον γὰρ οὕτως εἰπεῖν ἀδίκως ἔλακε τότε ὁ Λοξίας ἄδικα, ὁ δὲ ‘ἄδικος’ εἶπε πρὸς τὸ Λοξίας.  4ἀπατῶνται δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἄδικα, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι τὸ ἄδικος καὶ τὸ ἄδικα ταυτοδυναμοῦσιν, ὥστε εἰ καὶ ἓν τούτων ἀπῆν, ἄρτιος ἂν ἦν ὁ λόγος.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Those who supply ‘is’ to go with ‘unjust’ (‘adikos’) and punctuate at that point speak nonsense. The situation is like this. For he (the poet) should have put it this way, ‘unjustly (‘adikōs’) Loxias at that time proclaimed unjust things’; instead he made unjust (‘adikos’) agree with Loxias. They (those expounders) are deceived by the presence of ‘adika’, not understanding that ‘adikos’ and ‘adika’ convey the same meaning, so that even if one of these were absent, the sense would be complete.

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔξωθεν εἰς τὸ ἄδικος transp. Zb [Zl]   |    ληροῦσι] ἀμαθεῖς T, οὐ καλῶς ποιοῦσι Gu   |    4 τοῦτο δυναμοῦσι ZZa   |    ἦν om. Za   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἔλακεν ZaZb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,9–14

COMMENT:   The view criticized is that of unknown teachers or commentators (clearly not Moschopulus, see prev.). The only hints of the rejected view in our scholia are in 162.05 in V and in the gloss 162.20 if the scribe of Zu intended the truncated ending of ὑπάρχ() to be supplied as ει rather ων.   

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   


Or. 162.19 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἄδικος⟩: ὢν δηλονότι  —T+Aa2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦν Aa2   |    δηλονότι om. Aa2Gu   

COMMENT:   Triclinius places the cross here because the Moschopulean paraphrase sch. 162.17 uses ὢν.   |   


Or. 162.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄδικος⟩: ὑπάρχ()  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   There is no punctuation in Zu’s text between ἄδικος and ἄδικα, so perhaps this gloss is more likely to be ὑπάρχων than ὑπάρχει (which is a common expansion of this truncation elsewhere); see on 162.18   


Or. 162.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄδικος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδίκως  —VCrYf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ CrOx, om. Yf2   


Or. 162.22 (vet gloss) ⟨ἄδικα⟩: ἀδίκως.  —HMCF2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. HF2Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,3


Or. 162.23 (vet exeg) ἔλακεν:  1καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Plut. 39] ‘ἔλακεν ἐκ τῶν στεμμάτων’ τραγικῇ λέξει χρησάμενος.  2⟨τότε δὲ⟩ ὅτε τὸν ἀπόφονον ⟨φόνον⟩ τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας.   —H3MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   And Aristophanes (also used this verb in) ‘he cried forth from the fillets’, using a tragic vocable. ⟨‘Then’⟩ (means) when Loxias at the tripod of Themis declared as verdict the horrible ⟨murder⟩ of my mother.

LEMMA: MB(no punct. after it)C; label ἀριστοφάνης add. in marg. late hand in B       POSITION: Pr cont. from sch. 162.11 (Prb version, 16r); unclear whether sep. from sch. 162.11 H3 (damage)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀριστ. φησὶν Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀπόφωνον a.c. H3   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,11–13; Dind. II.74,3–5

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes   


Or. 162.24 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1τὸ ἀπόφονον Ἀπόλλωνι, οὐκ Ὀρέστῃ ἐγκαλοῦσά φησιν.  2ἔνιοι δὲ ἀπόφονον ἐδέξαντο τὸν ἄτοπον φόνον.  3τὴν δὲ ἀπό πρὸς τὸ ἔλακεν, ἀπέλακεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπεφθέγξατο.   —H3MBCPraPrb

TRANSLATION:   She says ‘unholy’ (‘apophonon’) in criticism of Apollo, not of Orestes. And some have interpreted ‘apophonon’ as meaning the unusual/bizarre murder. And the preposition ‘apo’ (some others have interpreted as) belonging to the verb ‘elaken’, (making the compound) ‘apelaken’, equivalent to ‘proclaimed an oracle’.

LEMMA: M, in marg. C      REF. SYMBOL: H3 (to 163 ἀπόφονον)      POSITION: cont. from prev. B, add. δὲ (after ἀπόφονον), cont. from (Pra version of) sch. 162.11 Pra, add. δὲ (after ἀπόφονον) (15v last line), cont. from prev. Prb, add. δὲ after ἄφονον (16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ] τὸν MC   |    ἀπόφ-] ἄφονον Prb   |    ἐγκαλοῦσι C   |    2 ἔνιοι] ἕτεροι Pra   |    δὲ repeated after ἀπόφ. Pra   |    ἐδέξατο H   |    3 τὸ ἀπὸ δὲ πρὸς PraPrb   |    ἀπέλακεν om. PraPrb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,14–16; Dind. II.74,5–8

COMMENT:   The interpretation in the third sentence turns the pejorative ἀπόφονον into a second φόνον and seems designed to reduce the the criticism of Apollo, assisting the claim that the criticism contained in ἄδικος ἄδικα is diminished by the partiality of Electra’s perspective (sch. 160.11).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Daitz reported H as omitting τοῦ (3), but for the ἀντὶ τοῦ abbreviation compare the one in sch. 194.02 on the next page in H.   

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 162.25 (rec gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: ἤχησεν  —V1AbCrMlMnPrRRfrSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

COLLATION NOTES:   V with dot before in different ink.   |   


Or. 162.26 (vetThom gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: εἶπεν  —HZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 162.27 (rec gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: ἐβόησεν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 162.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: ἐφώνησε  —FYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν F   


Or. 162.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: ἔκρινεν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 162.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: ἐχρησμοδότησε  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 162.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: ἐφθέγξατο  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 162.32 (rec gloss) ⟨second ἔλακεν⟩: ἐφώνησεν  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 162.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second ἔλακεν⟩: εἶπεν  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 162.34 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second ἔλακεν⟩: ἐδίκασεν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 162.35 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second ἔλακεν⟩: ὁ Λοξίας  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 162.36. (pllgn gloss) ⟨second ἔλακεν⟩: ἤχησεν(?)  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   mostly washed out   


Or. 162.37 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον: τὸ ἔλακεν οὐ παρακείμενός ἐστιν ὡς οἴονταί τινες ἀλλ’ ἀόριστος βʹ. διὸ καὶ βραχὺ ἔχει τὸ λ̅α̅. λέληκα γάρ ἐστιν ὁ παρακείμενος, ὡς καὶ Ἡσίοδος [Hes. Op. 207] ‘δαιμονίη, τί λέληκας’.  —T

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘elaken’ is not perfect tense, as some believe, but second aorist. Therefore in fact it has the syllable ‘la’ as short. For the perfect is ‘lelēka’, as Hesiod (says): ‘foolish one, what are you saying?’

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,17–19; de Fav. 47

COMMENT:   The view criticized is not extant in our scholia, and indeed all the glosses and paraphrases correctly use aorist forms to render ἔλακεν.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Hesiod   


Or. 163.01 (vet gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: ἄτοπον φόνον  —H

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: τὸν ἄτοπον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: ἄδικον φόνον  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: φονικὸν  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: μισητὸν  —AbFGMlMnPrSSaZcGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸν prep. S, τὸν prep. GGuZc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μισιτὸν Ml   |   


Or. 163.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: νεμεσητὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: μὴ ἄξιον ὄντα γενέσθαι  —YGGu

POSITION: s.l. (cont. from 163.05 with καὶ Gu)      

APP. CRIT.:   ὄντως G   

COMMENT:   The phrase is extracted from the Mosch. paraphrase 162.17.   


Or. 163.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: κακόφονον ὡς αἴτιον ἡμῖν συμφορῶν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Apophonon’ means) ‘involving evil murder’, (evil) in that (it is) for us cause of misfortunes.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πολλῶν add. before συμφορῶν Z, add. after συμφ. Za   |    συμφορᾶς Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κακόφωνον ZZa   |   


Or. 163.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: κακόφονον φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: τὸν κακόφονον τὸν μισητὸν φόνον  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: τὸν κακόφονον καὶ τὸν ἄτοπον φόνον —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: κακόφονον  —B3aOx2

POSITION: s.l. Ox; marg. B3a      


Or. 163.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩:  1ὡς λέγομεν γάμος ἄγαμος, ὅταν τις οὐκ ἀγάγηται γυναῖκα ξένην, ἀλλὰ συγγένειαν ἔχουσαν μετ’ αὐτοῦ, οὕτω καὶ φόνος ἀπόφονος, ἤγουν μισητός.  2οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὁ φόνος εἰς ἕτερον ἀλλότριον, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ μητέρα.  3καὶ ἄλλο δέ· ὅτι ὁ φόνος τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ κακῷ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ·  4παράφρων γὰρ ἐγένετο ὁ Ὀρέστης καὶ εἰς ψῆφον ᾖσαν θανάτου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ἀπόφονος, ἤγουν μισητὸς.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Just as we say ‘marriage that is no true marriage’ (‘gamos agamos’) when someone marries not a woman from outside the family but one having kinship with him, in the same way too a killing is ‘apophonos’, that is, loathsome. For the murder was not directed at some other outside person, but at his mother. And another point: (it is) because the killing of his mother turned out to cause harm to him. For Orestes went mad and they (Orestes and Electra) were going to face a vote of death, and in this regard (the killing was) ‘apophonos’ or loathsome.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,20–27

COMMENT:   Yf2 has no iota subscript on ἦσαν (and normally omits it), so he could also have intended the imperfect of εἰμί, perhaps ‘they were liable to a vote of death’.   


Or. 163.14 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: τὸν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ τρίποδι⟩: καθήμενος  —GMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπῆρχε prep. S, καὶ ταῦτα prep. Mn   


Or. 163.16 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ⟩: ἀντὶ τῆς περί  —M

TRANSLATION:   (The preposition ‘epi’ is used) in the sense of ‘peri’ (‘around, nearby’).

POSITION: s.l. (above ἀπόφονον)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,17


Or. 163.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ τρίποδι⟩: ἐν τῷ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.18 (thom exeg) ⟨τρίποδι⟩:  1τὸ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος οὕτω νοητέον,  2ἢ ἐν τῷ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος τουτέστι τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐν ᾧ καθημένη ἡ Πυθία καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος κατεχομένη τὰ δίκαια πᾶσιν ἐθέσπιζεν,  3ἢ ὡς φασὶ τινὲς ὅτι ὁ τρίπους πρότερον ἦν τῆς Γῆς, εἶτα τῆς Θέμιδος.  4ἡ δὲ Θέμις θεὰ παρ’ Ἕλλησιν, ἔφορος δικαιοσύνης.  5εἶτα τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐγένετο, παρὰ Θέμιδος λαβόντος.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The phrase ‘tripod of Themis’ is to be understood as follows: either on the tripod of Themis, that is to say, of justice, sitting on which the Pythia, possessed by Apollo, used to give just oracles to all; or, as some say, because the tripod previously belonged to Earth, and thereafter to Themis. And Themis is a goddess among the Hellenes, one watching over justice. Next (the tripod) became Apollo’s, when he received it from Themis.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ] τὸ ἐπὶ T, τῷ ZbGu   |    τῆς] καὶ ZaZbGu, om. T   |    2 τουτέστι] ἤγουν Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 τρίππους Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,28–75,5

COMMENT:   τινὲς here refers to the old scholion 164.01.   


Or. 163.19 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδι⟩: ἡ εὐθεῖα ὁ τρίπους.  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.20 (rec artGloss) ⟨τρίποδι⟩: τῷ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.21 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τρίποδι⟩: τῇ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The tripod cauldron is normally ὁ τρίπους, whereas ἡ τρίπους is usually a line (γραμμή) measuring three feet. But the feminine here may have been influenced by some rare instances like Olympiodorus, Prolegomena, CAG 12:1.3,35–36 τούτων καὶ ἡ τρίπους ἡ καλουμένη Ἀπόλλωνος ἦν (scil. ἀπόκρισις?); Eust. in Od. 1.111 (I.30,12) (describing a τράπεζα).    


Or. 164.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩:  πρῶτον γὰρ εἶχεν ἡ Γῆ τὸν τρίποδα, εἶτα δεύτερον ἡ Θέμις, εἶτα Ἀπόλλων παρὰ Θέμιδος λαβών. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   At first Earth had the tripod, then secondly Themis, then Apollo, having received it from Themis.

POSITION: marg. B; after sch. 160.01 C, cont. from sch. 160.01 M, cont. from sch. 162.12 BRw      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ] δὲ BRw   |    ἡ γῆ εἶχε transp. BRw   |    εἶτα δὲ Rw   |    δεύτερον ἡ θ.] ἡ θ. δευτέρα Rw   |    Θέμις printed by Schw. as if in M (cf. sch. 163.18), θεός all (nomen sacrum θ̅σ̅ in MB)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,18–19; Dind. II.73,10–12


Or. 164.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩: τῆς δικαιοσύνης  —VAbMlMnPrRSSaZb2ZmTYf2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. PrS   |    τῆς om. PrZb2Zm [V]   

COLLATION NOTES:   There may be a faint trace of a washed out F2 gloss here, but too damaged to guess what it may have been.   


Or. 164.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩: μαντείας  —B3b

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μαντ()΄ B3b   


Or. 164.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩: ἢ ἕνεκα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 164.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩: τῆς —SZuYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 164.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασεν⟩: ἀπεφθέγξατο  —O

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 164.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασεν⟩: σε ἄδικα ἔκρινεν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Apparently ‘made unjust judgment about you, judged you unjustly’ unless σε is a mistake for σοί.   


Or. 164.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασε⟩: ἔκρινεν  —V3AbCrMlMnSaOxYYf2ZZaZb1ZlTGuB3a, perhaps F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    -ε SaYV3B3a   

COLLATION NOTES:   F washed out except suspended εν sign.   |    V with dot in front, same ink.   |   


Or. 164.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασεν⟩: δικαίως ἔκρινεν  —GuZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. Zu   


Or. 164.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασεν⟩: ἐθέσπισεν  —ZZaZb1ZlTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 164.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασεν⟩: τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 165.01 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩:  1τὸ μὲν παλαιὸν βοσκός τις ἔβοσκε πρόβατα εἰς ὄρος καὶ ἀναμεταξὺ τοῦ ὄρους ἐκείνου ἦν χάος, ὃ εὑρέθη πρῶτον ἀπὸ ἑνὸς τῶν προβάτων.  2ἰδὼν δὲ τοῦτο ὁ βοσκὸς ὅτι παρὰ φύσιν λαλεῖ τὸ πρόβατον, καὶ παρακύψας καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖσε ἤρξατο λαλεῖν στίχων πλοκὰς καὶ ἕτερα ἐξαίσια.  3ἰδόντες δὲ τοῦτόν τινες τῶν ἀνθρώπων στίχων πλοκὰς λέγοντα ἠρώτων αὐτὸν πῶς ἄρα τοιαῦτα λαλεῖ.  4ὁ δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι εἰς τὸ ὄρος, ἐν ᾧ ἔβοσκον τὰ πρόβατα, ἐκεῖσε μεμάθηκα ἀπὸ χάους τινός.  5ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐγχώριοι ἔκτισαν ἐκεῖσε ναὸν τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι  6ἐν ᾧ καὶ τρίποδα χαλκοῦν ἔστησαν, διὰ τὸ χρᾶσθαι αὐτοῦ τῇ μαντείᾳ στήσαντες ἄνωθεν τοῦ χαλκοῦ γυναῖκα παρθένον, ἵνα ἀνακρούῃ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοὺς χρησμοὺς δέχωνται.  7Λοξίαν δὲ λέγουσι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα διὰ τὸ ποιεῖσθαι ἐξεστραμμένους τοὺς χρησμούς.   —MlMnRaRbSSaPb

TRANSLATION:   In ancient times a herdsman was pasturing his sheep on a mountain and in the midst of that mountain there was a chasm, which was discovered first by one of the sheep. The herdsman, having noticed this fact, that contrary to nature the sheep was speaking, and having himself too bent down there (over the chasm), began to speak chains of verses and other extraordinary things. Some people noticed him speaking chains of verse and asked him how in the world he was speaking such things. He replied that on the mountain, on which I was pasturing my sheep, there I learned it from a certain chasm. Having heard this, the locals established there a shrine for Apollo in which they also set up a bronze tripod, in order to make use of his prophecy, placing an unmarried woman on top of the bronze vessel, so that she could strike it (to make it ring) and they would receive oracles from it. And they call Apollo Loxias because he makes his oracles twisted/ convoluted.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. MlMnSaPb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION:  follows sch. 162.11 MnSSa, foll. sch. 157.05 Rb       

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὄρος om. S   |    ἀπὸ ἑνὸς] ὑπὸ ἑνὸς Schw.   |    2 λαλεῖ] λαλὼν Mn   |    second καὶ om. MlRaPb   |    3 στίχων] ὅτι στίχων Rb   |    λέγοντα] λέγει Rb   |    5 after δέ add. τὸν τοιοῦτον λόγον Rb   |    τοῦ ἀπόλλωνος Rb   |    6 τρίποδον Mn   |    χαλκὸν MlMnRaSPb   |    first αὐτοῦ] αὐτῶ MlMnRaSSa   |    ἀνακρούῃ] ἀκούη Ra   |    αὐτὸν] αὐτὸ Rb   |    ποιῆσαι Ml   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 παρὰ φύσιν] παραφάτη Mn, περὶ φήσιν Ml   |    περικύψας Ml   |    στίχων] στοίχων Ml, στίστων Ra   |    3 ἰδώντες a.c. Mn   |    τοῦτον τινὲς Ml   |    στοίχων Ml   |    ἆρα Ml   |    4 χάους τινὸς] χ’ἃ τινος Ml   |    5 ἐγχόριοι S   |    ἔκτησαν Mn, ἔκτεισαν Ml   |    ἐκεῖσαι Ml   |    6 χράσθαι Ra   |    στείσαντες Ml   |    ἀνακρούει Mn   |    χρυσμοὺς Mn   |    δέχονται Ml   |    7 ἐξεστρεμμένους Sa, ἐξεστραμένους Pb   |    χρυσμοὺς Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,20–115,7; Dind. II.75,16–28

COMMENT:   I have not found elsewhere an aetiological story with these details.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 165.02 (thom exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩:  1Λοξίας ὁ Ἀπόλλων καλεῖται ὅτι λοξὰ καὶ διπλῶς νοούμενα ἐμαντεύετο.  2καὶ γὰρ τῷ Κροίσῳ, ὅτε στρατεύσειν κατὰ Κύρου ἔμελλεν, ἐρωτήσαντι εἰ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ περιέσται, εἶπε·  3[53 Parke–Wormell, Q100 Fontenrose] Κροῖσος βασιλεὺς Ἅλυν ποταμὸν διαβὰς μεγάλην ἀρχὴν καταλύσει.  4τοῦτο δὲ ἦν παντάπασιν ἄγνωστον, εἴτε τὴν οἰκείαν εἴτε τὴν τοῦ Κύρου.  5ὅθεν ἀπατηθεὶς ὁ Κροῖσος καὶ μεγάλην ἀρχὴν τὴν τοῦ ἀντιδίκου ὑπολαβὼν, ἐλθὼν καταλέλυκε τὴν οἰκείαν τοσοῦτον ὡς καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ἑαλωκὼς εἰς πῦρ ἐμβεβλῆσθαι,  6ὃν εἰ μὴ Ζεὺς οἰκτείρας ἀφῆκεν ὕδωρ ἐπὶ τὴν φλόγα, τάχ’ ἂν ἀπωλώλει, ἔργον πυρὸς γενόμενος.  7ἦν δὲ ὁ Κροῖσος Λυδῶν βασιλεύς.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Apollo is called Loxias because he gave oracles that were ambiguously oblique and had a double meaning. For when Croesus was intending to campaign against Cyrus and asked if he would get the better of his enemy, he said: King Croesus will undo a great empire if he crosses the Halys river. But this detail was entirely unknown, whether (the empire was) his own or that of Cyrus. Deceived because of this and having assumed the great empire was that of his rival, Croesus proceeded and destroyed his own to such a degree that he was even taken captive by his enemy and cast into fire. And if Zeus had not felt pity for him and sent water against the flame, he would quickly have perished, a victim of the fire. Creosus was king of the Lydians.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   2 στρατεύειν Za   |    κατὰ τοῦ κύρου Zl   |    εἰ om. Zm   |    3 βασιλεὺς om. T, βασιλέων (or ‑έως?) app. Zl   |    ποταμὸν om. T   |    4 δὲ ἦν] εἶπε Gu   |    5 first τὴν om. Zb   |    ἀντιδίκου] ἀδίκου ZmGu   |    κατέλυμε Zb, κατέλυσε Zl   |    ὑπὸ] ἀπὸ Zl   |    ἑαλωκέναι καὶ εἰς T   |    6 ὁ ζεὺς Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν Ta (not T)   |    3 ἄλυν ZZaZb, ἄλην Zl   |    ποτμὸν Zb   |    6 ἀπολώλει ZbT(ἀπωλ‑ Ta), app. Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.75,6–15

COMMENT:   Triclinius’ omissions in sentence 3 restore the dactylic hexameter frequently cited from Aristotle to Byzantine authors. For the expanded unmetrical version cf. Theodorus Scutariota, Chron. (CFHB Berl. 46) I.60,28 and Georg. Cedrenus, Compend. hist. (CSHB) I.241,5–6; there are also several late citations with only ποταμὸν added, e.g. Euseb. praep. evang. 5.20.10.   


Or. 165.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὁ Λοξίας⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων  —VAbCrMlMnPrRSSaOxZZaZlTB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Ox, καὶ prep. Cr   |    ὁ om. Z   |    ὅδε add. R   


Or. 165.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: Λοξίας διὰ τὸ ἐκφωνεῖν λοξὰς τὰς μαντείας καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν δηλοῦν ἀμφοτεριζούσας  —G

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 165.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: ὁ Λοξίας λέγεται διὰ τὸ τὰ ἄδικα κρίνειν.  —Ab

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   κρίνειν uncertain (damage)   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 165.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμᾶς ματέρος⟩: ἔνεκεν, περὶ τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς  —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   περὶ om. Ml   |    μητρὸς om. Sa   


Or. 165.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἐμᾶς ματέρος⟩: τῆς  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 165.08 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨ἐμᾶς⟩: ἐμῆς  —RYf2TGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 165.09 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ματέρος⟩: μητρός  —AaCrOxTGuZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZl   


Or. 165.10 (pllgnTri etaGloss) ⟨ματέρος⟩: μητέρος  —AaTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 165.11 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 166.01 (166–173) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὁρᾷς:  0σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν ἀνομοιομερὲς μὲν πρὸς τὰς στροφάς, ὁμοιομερὲς δὲ τῷ μετὰ τὴν ἑξῆς κειμένην στροφὴν συστήματι, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘θρόει τίς κακῶν’. ἔστι δὲ κώλων ηʹ.  1τὸ αʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου ἐπιτρίτου βʹ καὶ ἰάμβου.  2τὸ βʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερές.  3τὸ γʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Φερεκράτειον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ κρητικοῦ. ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸν κρητικὸν ἔχει τετρασύλλαβον.  4τὸ δʹ ἰαμβικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ.  5τὸ εʹ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.  6τὸ ϛʹ ὅμοιον ἐκ χορείων τῶν αʹ ποδῶν.  7τὸ ζʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ.  8τὸ ηʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικόν. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀντισπαστικὸν ἡμιόλιον. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος.  —T

1166=187 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒⏑‒ ‒,⏑‒
ὁρᾶις; ἐν πέπλοισι κινεῖ δέμας.
θρόει τίς κακῶν τελευτὰ μένει.
  2167=188 ⏑‒⏑‒,⏑‒⏑
σὺ γάρ νιν, ὦ τάλαινα,
θανεῖν, τί δ’ ἄλλο γ’; οὐδὲ
  3168=189 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,⏕⏑‒
θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ὕπνου. [koine short mark over ω]
γὰρ ἴσχει πόθον βορᾶς.
  4169=190 ⏒‒⏑‒,⏑‒⏑
εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα.
πρόδηλος ἄρ’ ὁ πότμος. [koine long mark over πότμ]
  5170=191 ‒⏑‒ ‒,‒⏑‒ ‒
οὐκ ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἀπ’ οἴκων
ἐξέθυσεν Φοῖβος ἡμᾶς
  6171=192 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,‒ ⏓ ‒ ‒
πάλιν ἀνὰ πόδα σόν γ’ ἑλίξεις
μέλεον ἀπόφονον δοὺς αἶμα
  7172=193 ⏑⏑⏑‒,‒⏑‒
μεθεμένα τοῦ κτύπου;
πατροφόνου ματέρος.
  8173=194 ⏑‒ ‒ ⏑‒ ‒ / ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒ ‒
ὑπνώσσει. λέγεις εὖ.
δίκα μέν. καλῶς δ’ οὔ.
 

TRANSLATION:   A metrical system divided into sections, consisting of unlike parts with respect to the strophes (scil. the preceding and following strophes, 140–152 = 153–165 and 174–186 = 195–207), but with the same parts as the system [187–194] that comes after the strophe positioned next [174–186], the opening of which is [187] ‘Speak what (end) of evils’. It is of eight cola. The first is a brachycatalectic antispastic trimeter composed of an antispast, a second epitrite, and iamb. The second is an iambic hepthemimeres. The third is a Pherecratean catalectic antispastic dimeter composed of an antispast and a cretic. Here (scil. as opposed to in the corresponding stanza) it has its cretic of four syllables (scil. from resolution of one long). The fourth is an iambic similar to the second (scil. hepthemimeres). The fifth is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter. The sixth is similar (scil. a trochaic dimeter) with the first feet consisting of chorei. The seventh is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter composed of a fourth paeon and a cretic. The eighth is a trochaic ithyphallic; or if you prefer, a one-and-a-half-measure antispast. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἆρ’ a.c. T   |   8 ‑φαλικὸν T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.11,8–18; de Fav. 47

COMMENT:   In colon 4 Triclinius treats ἄρ’ as having a long alpha despite the accent, which he changed from circumflex (as he himself initially wrote here) to acute to make clear that the particle is inferential in sense here; he explains this in his sch. 189.09 below.   |   The description of colon 8 as ‘trochaic ithyphallic’ fits with Triclinius’ capacious use of this term. It mostly applies to the expected ‒ ⏑ ‒ × ‒ ‒. But other shapes also get this designation (Sophoclean examples checked in Tessier’s edition): Hec. 706, Soph. Aj. 409 = 427 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (choreus in second foot); Hec. 944 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒; Or. 834 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ (the third foot anapaest); Or. 1466, Phoen. 655, 1039 ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑; Or. 1488, Phoen. 1513 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ (second and third feet chorei); Phoen. 320 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒; Phoen. 1288 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ (three chorei); Phoen. 1732 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (first and second feet chorei); Phoen. 1746 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (first foot anapaest); Phoen. 657 = 675 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ (this last seems to be an unconscious error on his part for lecythion).   |   In his scholia on the Euripidean triad Triclinius writes ἰθυφαλικόν rather than ‑φαλλικόν very frequently, but not everywhere.   


Or. 166.02 (tri metr) σύστημα κώλων ηʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 166.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾷς⟩: καὶ βλέπεις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 166.04 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἐν πέπλοισι⟩: τοῖς στρώμασιν  —TZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῖς om. Zl   |    -σι TaZl   


Or. 166.05 (rec gloss) ⟨πέπλοισι⟩: ἱματίοις  —V1F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 166.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέπλοισι⟩: πέπλους λέγει τὰ ῥοῦχα, ἃ ἔκειτο τὰ στρώματα καὶ τὰ ἕτερα.  —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   By ‘robes’ (‘peplois’) she (or he, the poet) means the garments, which were laid down as the bedding and the rest.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For the medieval vernacular word (to which I was guided by Ilias Nesseris) see Kriaras s.v. ροῦχον; LBG s.v. ῥοῦχον. The chi written by Yf2 here is abnormal in form, but it must be a chi.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 166.07 (rec etaGloss) ⟨πέπλοισι⟩: τοῖς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 166.08 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖτο⟩: τὸ παθητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνεργητικοῦ.  —S

TRANSLATION:   The passive verb form is used in the sense of the active.

LEMMA: κινεῖτο in text S       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 166.09 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖται⟩: γρ. κινεῖ  —RSSa

LEMMA: κινεῖται in text RSa, κινεῖτο S       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 166.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι κινεῖται.  —AbMn

POSITION: s.l. Mn, marg. Ab      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 166.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: σαλεύει  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 166.12 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: Ὀρέστης, ἐπὶ τρίτου προσώπου  —K

POSITION: bottom marg. (166 + 167 are last lines of 61r)      


Or. 166.13 (tri metr) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: long mark over iota  —T


Or. 166.14 (rec gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: σῶμα  —V1CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸ prep. CrOx   


Or. 166.15 (recThom artGloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ  —F2MnZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 166.16 (pllgn gram) ἀντιστροφὴ  —V3

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Perhaps the designation antistrophe indicates that the sense intended is equivalent to τὰ πέπλα κινεῖ τῷ σώματι.   

KEYWORDS:  antistrophe (of construction)   


Or. 166.17 (rec paraphr) [undeciphered words + πέ]πλοις  —R

POSITION: marg. (running from level of 166 to that of 168)      


Or. 167.01 (167–168) (vet exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ νιν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ‘σὺ γάρ νιν’ ἕως τοῦ ‘θωΰξασα’ τὸ κῶλον.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   The colon runs from ‘because you him …’ up to ‘having cried out loudly’.

POSITION: marg. MB, intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   second τοῦ] τὸ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,17; Dind. II.76,12–13

COMMENT:   This note could be offering advice about where to pause in reading the sentence or reminding the reader to take θωΰξασα with σὺ despite the intervening ὦ τάλαινα, which, later at least, some took as parenthetic self-address (sch. 167.10–12). Alternatively, it could be a very rare comment on the division of lyric cola. If the latter, this division produces a colon of two iambs and spondee or molossus, followed by a dochmiac ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου. In all three mss carrying this note, however, the division in the text is / σὺ … ἔβαλες / ἐξ ὕπνου /.   |   


Or. 167.02 (167–168) (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν ἐξύπνισας αὐτὸν εἰποῦσα τὸ [161] ‘ὦ τάλας’.  —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   That is, you woke him from sleep when you said ‘o wretched man’.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 167.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ νιν⟩: ναὶ κινεῖ τὸ δέμας.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 167.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σὺ γάρ νιν⟩: ἀληθῶς λέγεις διότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 167.05 (tri exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ θωΰξασα  —T

TRANSLATION:   This phrase (‘because you’) is connected to (the participle) ‘having cried out loudly’.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The comment is motivated by the fact that Triclinius accepts that ὦ τάλαινα is a parenthetic self-address (cf. 167.11).   


Or. 167.06 (rec gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 167.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὸν  —V1AbCrF2MlMnRfrSaOxYf2ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 167.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλαινα⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν ταῦτα λέγει.  —AbMlMnSSa

TRANSLATION:   She addresses this to the chorus.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λέγει ταῦτα transp. Ab   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 167.09 (tri gloss) ⟨ὢ⟩: φεῦ  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Triclinius marked this with a cross as Moschopulean, but the gloss is not found in the standard witnesses and the mark is likely to be one of the few that Triclinius places incorrectly.   


Or. 167.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἐγὼ δηλονότι  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 167.11 (tri exeg) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ὑπάρχω ἐγὼ, διὰ μέσου  —TZcr

TRANSLATION:  (With ‘unhappy woman’ supply) ‘I am’, (taking it) parenthetically.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ μέσου om. Zc   

COMMENT:   There is a period between 167.09 and this gloss, but the cross before 167.09 might be intended to cover this remark as well.   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   |   διὰ μέσου   


Or. 167.12 (rec gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: πρὸς ἑαυτὴν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 168.01 (mosch paraphr) ἀγρίως βοήσασα ἐξέβαλες τοῦ ὕπνου.  —X

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 168.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες⟩: φωνήσασα ἐξέβαλες —AbMlMnPrRSSa

REF. SYMBOL: AbR       POSITION: marg. AbR, s.l. MlMnPrSSa      


Or. 168.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες⟩: βοήσασα ἐξήγειρας  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 168.04 (vet exeg) θωΰξασ’:  1ἀγρίως βοήσασα.  2τὸ γὰρ [161] ‘ὦ τάλας’ γεγωνότερον εἶπεν ὁ χορός.   —MBVCPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   Having cried out wildly. For the chorus spoke the exclamation ‘o wretched man’ more loudly.

LEMMA: θωΰξασα BVPrRbRw, θωΰξας ἔβαλες MC      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   2 τὸν γὰρ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,8–9; Dind. II.76,13


Or. 168.05 (vet exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩:  1θηριώδει βοῇ χρησαμένη.  2καὶ ἴσως εἴρηται παρὰ τοὺς θῶας.  3τινὲς δέ φασιν ὅτι φωνῇ ἐχρήσατο θρηνώδει ὁ χορὸς γραφῆναι μὴ δυναμένῃ, ἰυγμῷ ἢ καὶ ἰυγμοῦ τραχυτέρᾳ,  4ὅπερ εἰώθασι ποιεῖν αἱ γυναῖκες ἐπὶ τοῖς ὑπερβάλλουσι κακοῖς.  5ἃ γὰρ μὴ δύναται γράφεσθαι, ταῦτα δι’ ἑτέρων προσώπων δηλοῦται,  6οἷόν τι καὶ παρὰ τῷ κωμικῷ οἰκέτου στενάξαντος ἕτερός φησιν [Com. adespota 743a Kock = Arist. fr. dub. 967 K–A]· ‘ἀκούεις, ὡς στένει’.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having used a wild (animal-like) cry. And perhaps the word (‘thōussein’) has been formed by derivation from the word ‘jackals’ (‘thōes’). And some say that the chorus used a mournful sound that cannot be written, a cry of grief or a sound even harsher than that, which is just what women tend to do in extreme distress. Whatever (sounds on stage) cannot be written, these are made clear through (the statements of) other characters. For example, also in the comic poet when a slave uttered a groan, another says ‘do you hear how he groans?’

POSITION: cont. from all, prep. θωΰξασα δὲ M(θωύξας)BCRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φωνῆ, with βοῆ s.l. Rw   |    χρησάμενος Pr   |    2 παρὰ τοὺς θῶας Dind., παρὰ θῶας Rw, π. τ. θόας BCPr, app. M; perhaps read παρὰ τὸ θῶες (see comment)   |    3 θρηνώδει] θηριώδει C   |    ἢ om. Rw   |    ἰυγμοῦ] ὑγμοῦ M, ἰυγμῷ C   |    τραχυτέρω C, ταχύτεροι app. Pr   |    5 ὃ γὰρ Pr   |    δύνανται CRw   |    γραφῆναι Pr   |    δηλοῦνται C, δηλοῦσι Pr, om. Rw   |    6 τι] ὅτι Pr   |    τῶν κωμικῶν PrRw   |    ἕτερος om. MC   |    ἀκούεις φησιν transp. MC   |    ᾧ στένει C, ὡς στενάζει Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,10–15; Dind. II.76,3–9

COMMENT:   Cf. Et. Magn. 461,3–4 θωΰσσειν: τὸ θηριώδει φωνῇ χρῆσθαι· ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ θῶες· ἢ θρηνώδη, which suggests this note may once have had παρὰ τὸ θῶες.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of literature other than Homer   |   Com. adespota   |   Aristophanes   


Or. 168.06 (vet exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: ἀγρίως βοήσασα· ἀπὸ τοῦ ζωοῦ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Having cried out wildly. (The verb is derived) from the animal (i.e., the word for ‘jackal’).

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 168.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: θηριώδει φωνῇ καὶ ἀσήμῳ χρησαμένη καὶ ἀγρίως βοήσασα —OVRb

POSITION: marg. O, cont. from sch. 168.04 VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἀσήμῳ om. O   |    καὶ ἀγρ. βοήσασα] ἐξ ὕπνου Rb, om. V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115, 9 app.


Or. 168.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: θηριωδῶς  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 168.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: καὶ βοήσασα δίκην θωὸς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 168.10 (rec gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: βοήσασα ἀγρίως  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   βοήσας V1   


Or. 168.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: ἀγρίως βοήσασα  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcL2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 168.12 (thom gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: μεγάλως βοήσασα  —ZZaZb1ZlZmTGuAa

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu reuses Gr’s βοήσασα.   |   


Or. 168.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: καὶ βοήσασα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 168.14 (rec gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: κραυγῇ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 168.15 (rec gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: †γράφεται καὶ ἐλάσασα  —MC

LEMMA: θωύξας in text M       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐγείρασα conj. Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,16

COMMENT:   Two possible explanations: (1) γράφεται καὶ has been added in error to a gloss, reflecting an interpretation of θωΰσσειν as transitive (on the ready analogy of θοάζω, perhaps even alleged derivation from it), as also attested in the next gloss and in one of the glosses offered for θωΰσσειν in Hesych. θ 1365, θηριωδῶς ὁρμᾶν; (2) γράφεται καὶ is genuine, but it was originally followed by ἔλασας, and the note applied to the next word, ἔβαλες (see Willink 1986’s commentary and Diggle’s acceptance of ἔλασας in his text).   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 168.16 (rec gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: ταράξασα  —H4


Or. 168.17 (tri metr) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: koine short over omega, long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47–48


Or. 168.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩:  1ἡ ἐξ πρόθεσις πρὸς τὸ ἔβαλες,  2ἐξέβαλες δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξήγειρας.   —MCRb, partial B

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘out of’ (‘ex’) is to be attached to ‘you cast’ (‘ebales’), and (the compound) ‘you cast out of’ (‘exebales’) is equivalent to ‘you stirred up out of (rest)’ (‘exēgeiras’).

POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. B; cont. from sch. 168.07 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἡ ἐξ … ἔβαλες om. B   |    πρόθεσις om. Rb   |    2 ἐξέβαλες δὲ om. Rb   |    δὲ om. B   |    τοῦ om. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔβαλλες Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,18–19; Dind. II.76,14–15


Or. 168.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩: ἡ ἐξ πρὸς τὸ ἔβαλες, οἷον ἐξέβαλες ἐχώρισας τοῦ ὕπνου. —V

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘out of’ (‘ex’) is to be attached to ‘you cast’ (‘ebales’), as if to say ‘you cast out of, separated from, sleep’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 168.20 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩: ἐξέβαλες τοῦ ὕπνου  —XaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐξέβαλε Zc   


Or. 168.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες ὕπνου⟩: ἐξυπνεῖν ἐποίησας Ὀ[ρέστην]. —F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   last word lost to trimmed margin   


Or. 168.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔβαλες⟩: ἐξήγειρας  —OB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 168.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες⟩: ἐδίωξας ἤγουν ἀνέστησας αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 168.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔβαλες⟩: ἐξέβαλες  —AbG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔκβαλες Ab   

COMMENT:   Cf. F, in which the glossing hand changed ἔβαλλες in the line to ἐξέβαλλες and also indicated the reading in the margin with θωΰξασ’ ἐξέβαλλες.   


Or. 168.25 (tri metr) ⟨(ἔβ)αλες⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς συλλαβῆς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 48


Or. 168.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξ⟩: ἀπὸ  —AaS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 169.01 (vet exeg) εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ.  2καθησυχάζουσα δὲ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν φησὶν ὅτι καθεύδειν αὐτὸν νομίζω.  3διὸ ἐπιφέρει τὸ [173] ὑπνώσσει, ὁριστικὸν λέγων, ὡς ἀμφίβολον εἰποῦσα οὐκ ἔπεισεν.   —BC

TRANSLATION:   (Aorist ‘I thought’) used for (present) ‘I think’. Trying to calm Electra, she (the chorus) says that ‘I believe he is sleeping’. For this reason (i.e., the use of ‘think’) she adds later ‘he is asleep’, speaking in an indicative/definite form, since when she spoke with ambiguous caution she did not persuade (Electra).

LEMMA: C       POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   2 κατηχυσάζουσα C, καθηχυσάσουσα Arsenius   |    ὁριστικὸν ὑπνώσσει transp. C, but corr. with superscript numbers   |    3 λέγων Mastr., λέγειν C, λέγει νῦν B (punct. after ὑπνώσσει and νῦν; no punct. C)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,22–24; Dind. II.76,16–18

COMMENT:   Compare 169.03. B’s νῦν appears to be secondary, and its reference is clumsy in a note on 169, although it would work in a separate note on 173.   


Or. 169.02 (rec paraphr) εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα: ἐνόμισα αὐτὸν ἐν βάθει κοιμᾶσθαι.  —V

TRANSLATION:   I thought he was resting in the depths (of sleep).

LEMMA: V       REF. SYMBOL: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,20–21; Dind. II.76,20


Or. 169.03 (rec exeg) ἄλλως:  1τὸ ἔδοξα ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ.  2ἐξ οὗ ἐπάγει τὸ [173] ὑπνώσσει ὁριστικόν, ἐπεὶ πρώην ἀμφίβολον εἶπε καὶ οὐκ ἔπεισε.   —V

TRANSLATION:   The (aorist) form ‘I thought’ is used for (present) ‘I think’. Because of this (use of ‘think’), she (the chorus) adds later ‘he is asleep’ as a definite statement (or in the indicative) since she spoke earlier with ambiguous caution and did not persuade (Electra).

LEMMA: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,22–24 app.; Dind. II.76,21–22


Or. 169.04 (thom exeg) ⟨εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα⟩: ἐθώϋξα μὲν  —ZZaZbZm

TRANSLATION:   (To understand ‘however, I thought he was sleeping’ supply before it) ‘admittedly, I did cry out’.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This explanation without ναί shares the trait also seen in many annotations beginning with or consisting wholly of ναί: it clarifies the sense by making explicit the presupposition behind the statement at issue (here the adversative or corrective force of μέν οὖν). Compare the next as well as 168.11.   


Or. 169.05 (tri paraphr) ⟨εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα⟩: ἐθώυξα μὲν, ἔδοξα δὲ κοιμᾶσθαι αὐτὸν.  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 169.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα⟩: κοιμᾶσθαι αὐτὸν ἐνόμισα.  —Zb

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.      


Or. 169.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὕδειν μὲν οὖν⟩: ὑπνεῖν οὖν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 169.08 (rec gloss) ⟨εὕδειν⟩: κοιμᾶσθαι  —V1AbCrMnPrRGuOxZlZm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMnOx   


Or. 169.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨εὕδειν⟩: ὑπνοῦν  —XXaXbXoT+YYGGrF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 169.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὕδειν⟩: ὑπνώσσειν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 169.11 (thom gloss) ⟨μέν οὖν⟩: δὲ  —ZZaZm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 169.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδοξα⟩: αὐτὸν  —GZuGuB3a

POSITION: s.l. (above εὕδειν Zu, above νιν Gu, whose text has μὲν οὖν νιν)      


Or. 169.13 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔδοξα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ —HV3

TRANSLATION:   (The aorist verb ‘edoxa’, ‘I believed’ is used) in the sense of (the present tense) ‘dokō’ (‘I believe’).

POSITION: marg. H, s.l. V      


Or. 169.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔδοξα⟩: ὑπέλαβα  —CrSSaYf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SOx   |    ὑπέλαβον CrOx   


Or. 169.15 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔδοξα⟩: ἐνόμισα  —AbF2RPrXXaXbXoT+YYfGrZb2ZcZlZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 170.01 (rec gloss) ⟨first οὐκ⟩: οὐδαμῶς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 170.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφ’ ἡμῶν⟩: πορευθῆτε  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 170.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφ’ ἡμῶν⟩: ἀπέλθῃς  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 170.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀφ’ ἡμῶν⟩: ἀποστῇς  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 170.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀφ’ ἡμῶν⟩: μακρὰν ἀφ’ ἡμῶν ἀπέρχεσθε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 170.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀφ’ ἡμῶν⟩: μακρὰν ἡμῶν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.76,25


Or. 170.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφ’ ἡμῶν⟩: πόρρω ἡμῶν  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    ἡμῶν om. Pr   


Or. 170.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπ’ οἴκων⟩: γενήσῃ δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 170.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπ’ οἴκων⟩: μακρὰν τῶν ἐμῶν οἴκων  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 171.01 (rec gloss) ⟨πάλιν⟩: εἰς τοὐπίσω  —V1AaCrMnPrSOxGuZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |    εἰς om. Aa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.76,26


Or. 171.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάλιν⟩: ὀπίσω  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 171.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ πόδα σὸν⟩: ἤτοι οὐχὶ στρέψεις εἰς τοὐπίσω τὸν σὸν πόδα ἀφ’ ἡμῶν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων οἴκων, ἀφεῖσα καὶ ἀμελοῦσα τοῦ κτύπου τοῦ ποιουμένου μετὰ σῶν ποδῶν [+ 2 short illegible words].  —Ra

REF. SYMBOL: Ra (to εἱλίξεις)      


Or. 171.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ πόδα σὸν εἱλίξεις⟩: ἀναστρέψεις τὸν σὸν πόδα, ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ πάλιν καὶ τὸ ἀνά.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Will you turn back your step, with ‘ana’ and ‘palin’ used in parallel (to express the same idea).

POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. sch. in XoTG      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν om. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.76,27–28

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 171.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ πόδα σὸν ἑλίξεις⟩: ἀνελίξεις καὶ εἰς τοὐπίσω στρέψεις  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 171.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ⟩: σύναπτε τὸ ἀνὰ πρὸς τὸ ἑλίξεις —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   Join ‘ana’ to ‘helixeis’ (to form the compound verb).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰρίξεις Zb, εἱλίξεις Zl (as in text Zl)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.76,26–27


Or. 171.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πόδα⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 171.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑλίξεις⟩: ἀνε(λίξεις)  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 171.09 (vet gloss) ⟨εἱλίξεις⟩: ὑποστρέψεις  —HMOV1CZu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. H, intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. V1Zu   |    -ψας Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,25


Or. 171.10 (rec gloss) ⟨εἱλίξεις⟩: οὐχὶ ὑποστρέφεις  —AbMlMnRSSa

REF. SYMBOL: R       POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὐχ’ SSa   |   


Or. 171.11 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨εἱλίξεις⟩: ἀναστρέψεις  —AaTL2ZcZm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 171.12 (rec gloss) ⟨εἱλίξεις⟩: οὐχὶ ἀναστρέφεις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 171.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἑλίξεις⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἀπέλθῃς αὖθις εἰς τὸν οἶκον.  —Z

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   last two words faint and uncertain   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Z.   |   


Or. 171.14 (thom gloss) ⟨ἑλίξεις⟩: κινήσεις  —Zb2ZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 171.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑλίξεις⟩: μετακινήσεις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 171.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑλίξεις⟩: καὶ μεταφέρεις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 172.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἔασον  —Sa

LEMMA: ἔα in text before μεθεμένα Sa (partial gloss intruded, cf. 172.06)       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 172.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μεθεμένα κτύπου⟩: παύου τῆς ταραχῆς.  —G

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 172.09 ἀποστᾶσα      


Or. 172.03 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: καταφρονοῦσα  —MnPrRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    καταφρονήσασα a.c. S   


Or. 172.03a (rec gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: καταφρονήσασα  —MlS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καταφρονοῦσα p.c. S   


Or. 172.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: καταλείψασα  —V1CrFPrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 172.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: ἐάσασα  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   app. ἀέσασα S   


Or. 172.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: καὶ ἀφεῖσα  —SaYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀφείσασα Sa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.77,1


Or. 172.07 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: ἀφεμένη  —KL2Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 172.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: ἀποστᾶσα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.77,1


Or. 172.09 (thom gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: ἀπολειφθεῖσα  —ZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.77,1


Or. 172.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: χωρισθεῖσα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 172.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: ἐστερημένη  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 172.12 (tri etaGloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: μεθεμένη  —TB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 172.13 (rec gram) ⟨κτύπον⟩: μεθίεμαι προίεμαι αἰτιατικῇ.  —K

LEMMA: κτύπον in text K       POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The doctrine here, as far as μεθίημι/μεθίεμαι is concerned, is the opposite of the usual: Suda μ 789 μετίημι αιτιατικῇ; and several sch. rec. on Arist. Plut. 42 and 75 have τὸ μεθίημι ἐνεργητικῶς πρὸς αἰτακὴν συντάσσεται … παθητικῶς δὲ πρὸς γενικήν or the like. For προίεμαι, however, Suda π 2395 (and some derivative lexicons) give προέσθαι προτιμήσασθαι αιτιατικῇ.   


Or. 172.14 (rec exeg) ⟨κτύπου⟩: κτύπον  —AbMlMnSSa

LEMMA: κτύπον in text p.c. S       POSITION: s.l., cont. from 172.05 ἐάσασα Ml      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ τὸν prep. S   


Or. 172.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτύπου⟩: τοῦ κτύπου οὗ ποιεῖτε  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.77,2


Or. 172.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨κτύπου⟩: τοῦ  —SZa

LEMMA: κτύπον in text p.c. S       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 173.01 (vet exeg) ὑπνώσσει:  1μὴ ταράσσου, φησὶν ὁ χορὸς, κοιμᾶται γάρ.  2τὰ γὰρ δύο σ̅σ̅ ἐνεστῶτος ποιοῦσι τὸ ῥῆμα.   —H3MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Do not be distraught, says the chorus, for he is sleeping. For the double sigma makes the verb present tense (scil. as opposed to a future, with one sigma, from transitive ‘hupnoō’).

LEMMA: MC       REF. SYMBOL: H3       POSITION: marg. B; between (out-of-order) sch. 147.05 and sch. 162.11 Pr (16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ταράσσαι H3   |    2 γὰρ] δὲ Pr   |    δύο om. C   |    ἐνεστῶτος Schw., ἐνε() H, ἐνεστωτ() B, ἐνεστῶτα M(‑ώτα)CPr   |    ποιοῦσι τὸ ῥῆμα] ῥῆμα ποιοῦσι τὸ ὑπνώσσω B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,26–27; Dind. II.76,19–20


Or. 173.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: μὴ ἔχε ταραχὴν καὶ θόρυβον ἐπεὶ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 173.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: μέλλων  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μέλλει Aa2   


Or. 173.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: [ ca. 15 ](?)μακρὰ(?) κυρίως τοῦ μέλλοντος / [? ca. 10 ].  —K

POSITION: in lower marg.      

COMMENT:   The lower left corner of the page has water damage. The three words that seem most secure suggest this note was related to 173.01 and 173.03.   


Or. 173.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: κοιμηθήσεται  —Aa2FXo2

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 173.03 Aa2      


Or. 173.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: κοιμᾶται  —CrMlMnSSaOxZZaZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κοιμᾶτται Za   |   


Or. 173.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: ἀναπαύει  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 173.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: ἡσυχάζει  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 173.09 (vet gloss) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: ὑπνώττει  —M

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 173.10 (rec gram) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: [τὸ σ]ωφρονεῖν πρὸς τὸ μαίνεσθαι· τὸ νήφειν πρὸς τὸ μεθύειν· καὶ τὸ γρηγορεῖν πρὸς τὸ ὑπνώττειν.  —K

TRANSLATION:   To be sound-minded is the opposite of to be insane. To be sober is the opposite of to be drunk. And to be awake is the opposite of to be asleep.

POSITION: in lower marg.      

COMMENT:   The only example in TLG of γρηγορεῖν and ὑπνώτττειν used as opposites is in Manuel Holobolus (13–14th cent.).   |   There is another partial line, damaged, below this. It seems to end in ]αριστῶ, perhaps ]χαριστῶ (εὐ]χαριστῶ?). Since this is not an infinitive (and there is no obvious antonym of εὑχαριστῶ), this is probably a separate note (or scribal prayer?) and not a continuation of the list of antonyms.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original K 61v lower margin.   |   


Or. 173.11 (vet exeg) λέγεις εὖ:  1ἀληθῶς καὶ καλῶς λέγεις.  2ταῦτα δέ φησι σκοπήσασα αὐτὸν κοιμώμενον.   —MBOCPr

TRANSLATION:   You speak truly and well. And she says this having seen that he is sleeping.

LEMMA: MCPr       POSITION: marg. B, s.l. O      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ καλῶς λέγεις om. O   |    2 δέ om. O   |    αὐτὸν κοιμώμενον] Schw. (from next), ἀποκοιμώμενον O, ἀπὸ τοῦ κοιμωμένου MBCPr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,1–2; Dind. II.77,3–4


Or. 173.12 (rec exeg) λέγεις εὖ:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀληθῶς λέγεις.  2ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ θεωρήσασα αὐτὸν κοιμώμενόν φησιν.   —VMnRbSSa, partial V1

TRANSLATION:   Meaning you speak truly. She says (this) since she has herself too observed him sleeping.

LEMMA:  lemma VRb       REF. SYMBOL: VRb       POSITION: s.l. except VR      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὡς καὶ κτλ om. V1   |    ὡς om. S   |    αὐτὸν θεωρ. transp. Mn   |    αὐτὸν κοιμ. om. S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,3–4; Dind. II.77,4–5


Or. 173.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγεις εὖ⟩: ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν ‘εὖ λέγεις’ προσήγγισε καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τῷ Ὀρέστῃ καὶ οὕτως λέγει τὸ εὖ. —F

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   


Or. 173.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγεις εὖ⟩: καλῶς ἔλεξας  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 173.15 (tri gloss) ⟨λέγεις εὖ⟩: καλῶς λέγεις  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 173.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγεις εὖ⟩: ἐὰν τοῦτο γένηται  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 173.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: καλῶς  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 173.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: ἀληθῶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 173.19 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 48


Or. 174.01 (174–186) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: πότνια πότνια:  0ἡ βʹ αὕτη στροφὴ κώλων ἐστὶ ιγʹ.  1τὸ αʹ τροχαϊκὸν πενθημιμερὲς ἐκ δύο χορείων. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰαμβικόν.  2‑3τὸ βʹ καὶ γʹ παιωνικὰ ἡμιόλια ἐκ παίωνων δʹ καὶ ἰάμβων.  4τὸ δʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ χορείων. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ὅμοιον τῷ αʹ καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ μακρᾶς διαλελυμένης ἐν τούτῳ.  5τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ.  6τὸ ϛʹ παιωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων πρώτων βʹ, τοῦ πρώτου πενταβράχεος, καὶ δύο συλλαβῶν ἀδιαφόρων.  7‑8τὸ ζʹ καὶ τὸ ηʹ ὅμοια τῷ βʹ.  9τὸ θʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος βʹ καὶ πρώτου.  10τὸ ιʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ βʹ ἀναπαίστων καὶ ἰάμβου. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος γʹ καὶ διιάμβου.  11τὸ ιαʹ δακτυλικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς.  12τὸ ιβʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἢ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς ἐκ τριῶν χορείων καὶ συλλαβῆς.  13τὸ ιγʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος αʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, διτροχαίου καὶ ἐπιτρίτου γʹ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον, ἢ ἰωνικοῦ. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος καὶ διπλαῖ ἔσω καὶ ἔξω νενευκυῖαι, ἡ μὲν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ κώλου, ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸ τέλος, δηλοῦσαι ἔχειν ἀνταπόδοσιν.  —T

1174=195 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,‒ / ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,‒
πότνια πότνια Νύξ, [koine short symbol twice]
ἔκανες ἔθανες, ὦ
  2175=196 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ὑπνοδότειρα τῶν
τεκομένα με μᾶ
  3176=197 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
πολυπόνων βροτῶν
τερ, ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας
  4177=198 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,⏑⏑ / ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,⏑͡⏑
Ἐρεβόθεν ἴθι, μόλε
πατέρα τέκνα τε τάδε
  5178=199 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
μόλε κατάπτερος
σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος·
  6179=200 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑⏑,⏔⏑⏑⏑,⏑⏑
τὸν Ἀγαμεμνόνειον ἐπὶ δόμον.
ὀλόμεθ’ ἰσονέκυες ὀλόμεθα. (200)
  7180=201 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ὑπὸ γὰρ ἀλγέων
σύ τε γὰρ ἐν νεκροῖς
  8181=202 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ὑπό τε συμφορᾶς
τό τ’ ἐμὸν οἴχεται
  9182=203 ⏑‒⏑⏑,‒⏑⏑⏑
διοιχόμεθ’ οἰχόμεθα
βίου τὸ πλέον μέρος ἐν
  10183=204 ⏑⏑‒⏑⏑‒,⏑‒ / ⏑⏑‒⏑,⏑‒⏑‒
κτύπον ἀγάγετ’· οὔμενουν
στοναχαῖσί τε καὶ γόοις
  11184=205 ‒⏑⏑‒⏑⏑‒⏑⏑‒
σῖγα φυλασσομένα στόματος
δάκρυσί τ’ ἐννυχίοις ἄγαμος
  12185=206 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,⏑͡⏑⏑⏑ / ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⏑͡⏑⏑
ἀνὰ κέλαδον ἄπο λέχεος
ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος ἅτε βίοτον
  13186=207 ‒⏑⏑⏑,‒⏑‒⏑,‒ ‒⏑‒
ἥσυχον ὕπνου χαρὰν παρέξεις, φίλα;
ἁ μέλεος ἐς τὸν αἰὲν ἕλκω χρόνον.
 

TRANSLATION:   This second strophe consists of thirteen cola. The first is a trochaic penthemimer consisting of two chorei; or if you prefer, iambic. The second and third cola are paeonic of one and a half measures, consisting of fourth paeons and iambs (scil. one paeon, one iamb in each). The fourth colon is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter consisting of chorei; or if you prefer, like the first colon, with the long syllable found there resolved in this one. The fifth is similar to the second. The sixth is a brachycatalectic paeonic dimeter composed of two first paeons, the first being of five syllables, and two indifferent syllables. The seventh and eighth are like the second. The ninth is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter composed of a second paeon and a first paeon. The tenth is a brachycatalectic antispastic dimeter consisting of two anapaests and an iamb; or if you prefer, an acatalectic ionic dimeter composed of a third paeon and a double iamb. The eleventh is a dactylic hephthemimer (scil. three and a half dactyls). The twelfth is a trochaic or iambic hepthemimer composed of three chorei and a syllable. The thirteenth is an acatalectic ionic a maiore trimeter composed of a first paeon in place of an ionic, a double trochee, and a third epitrite because of the (final) indifferent (syllable), or an ionic. At the end a paragraphos and diple-marks pointing inwards and outwards, one at the beginning of the colon, the other at the end, the marks indicating that (the strophe) has corresponsion.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.11,19–12,4; de Fav. 48

COMMENT:   The description of colon 6 (179=200) requires that the third syllable of Ἀγαμεμνόνειον be treated as short, although Triclinius does not apply his koine short symbol here. Matthiae proposed and Dindorf accepted τοῦ βʹ πεντασυλλάβου, Dindorf arguing that the five-short sequence was ‑νόνιον ἐπὶ, but Triclinius wrote ‑νόνειον ἐπὶ, which indeed gives an ordinary first paeon ‑νειον ἐπὶ in 179 before the two extra syllables. It is unusual, however, that he does not here note the difference in the corresponding line 200, where the second first paeon is also of five syllables.   


Or. 174.02 (174–186) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων ιγʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 48


Or. 174.03 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νύξ: ἐπικαλεῖται τὴν Νύκτα πρὸς τὸ κοιμίσαι τὸν Ὀρέστην.  —HMBVCMlMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   She invokes Night to ask her to put Orestes to sleep.

LEMMA: V, πότνια MnMlRbS       REF. SYMBOL: VMlRb       POSITION: intermarg. HMC, s.l. B      

APP. CRIT.:   πρὸς τὸ] εἰς τὸ MlMnSSaSSa, εἰς πρὸς τὸ Rb   |    κοιμῆσαι CMlRb, προκοιμῆσαι SSa, προσκοιμήσαι Mn, κοιμηθῆναι M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κοιμῖσαι H, corr. H3   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,5; Dind. II.77,11–12


Or. 174.04 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νὺξ ὑπνοδότειρα:  1ὁ κατὰ φύσιν ὕπνος ἐξ ὑγρότητος γίνεται·  2ὑγρὰ δὲ ἡ νὺξ ἀφισταμένου τοῦ ἡλίου τοῦ ξηραίνοντος καὶ θερμαίνοντος τὸν ἀέρα.  3ὁ τοίνυν Ὀρέστης ἐξηραμμένος ὑπὸ νόσου τε καὶ ἀσιτίας, ὑγρανθεὶς τῷ νυκτερινῷ καταστήματι μᾶλλον κοιμηθήσεται, ἄλλως τε καὶ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἠρεμουσῶν ἐν σκότῳ.  4ἕπεται ὕπνος ἡσυχίᾳ αἰσθήσεων καὶ κινήσεων.   —MBVCMnPrRb1Rb2SSa, partial HH3Rw

TRANSLATION:   Sleep that occurs naturally comes from moisture. Night is moist because of the departure of the sun that dries and warms the air. Thus, Orestes, dried out by sickness and lack of food, once moistened by the nighttime weather, will more likely fall asleep, especially because the senses are at rest in the darkness. Sleep follows upon inactivity of senses and movements.

LEMMA: MC, ὑπνοδότειρα B, νὺξ ὑπνοδότειρα Rw, πότνια νὺξ Pr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: cont. from prev. VMlMnRb2SSa, all with ὁ γὰρ; Rb1 version appended to sch. 162.11 (beg. last line of 92r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 written by H, 3–4 by H3   |    2 ὑγρὰ … νὺξ] ἡ νὺξ γὰρ ὑγρὰ Rw   |    ὑγρὰ] ὑγρὸν H   |    δὲ ἡ] δὲ οὖσα ἡ VMlMnRb2(οὖσαν)SSa   |    ἀφισταμένη V, ἀμφισταμένην Rb2   |    τοῦ ἡλίου] ἡλίου H, τούτου Rb1   |    καὶ θερμαίνοντος om. MMlMnRb2SSa   |    after ἀέρα add. ἐπάγει τὸν ἐξ ὑγρότητος γινόμενον ὕπνον VMl(γεν-)Rb2SSa   |    3 ἐξηράνθη Rw   |    τε transp. before ὑπὸ H3   |    αἰτίας Rw   |    3–4 ἄλλως τε καὶ κτλ om. Rw; ἄλλως written as beginning a new sch. CRb2 (with new ref. symbol Rb2)   |    3 ἄλλως τε] om. M, ἀλλ’ ὥστε Rb1, ἄλλως δὲ H3   |    τῶν om. Ml   |    ἠρεμουσῶν] θερμῶν οὐσῶν Pr   |    σκότει VCMlMnPrSSa   |    4 ὁ ὕπνος VPrRb1   |    ἡσυχ. …κινήσεων om. VMlMnRb2SSa   |    ἡσυχίαν H3M(ἠσ‑)C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀμφισταμένου Rb1   |    ξιραίνοντος Ml   |    3 ἐξηραμένος H3VMlMnRb1S (corr. s.l. H3Mn)   |    ὑπο ὑπο Mn   |    (first) τὲ Ml   |    ἀσιτείας MlMn   |    ἡρεμ. H3VS, a.c. or p.c. C   |    4 ἔπεται MC, ἔπετον Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,6–11; Dind. II.77,12–17

KEYWORDS:  scientific explanation   


Or. 174.05 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νύξ:  1τοῦτο τὸ μέλος ἐπὶ ταῖς λεγομέναις νήταις ᾄδεται καί ἐστιν ὀξύτατον.  2ἀπίθανον οὖν τὴν Ἠλέκτραν ὀξείᾳ φωνῇ κεχρῆσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα ἐπιπλήσσουσαν τῷ χορῷ.  3ἀλλὰ κέχρηται μὲν τῷ ὀξεῖ ἀναγκαίως, οἰκεῖον γὰρ τῶν θρηνούντων, λεπτότατα δὲ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα.   —H3BPr

TRANSLATION:   This song is sung on the so-called lowermost strings and is very high-pitched. So it is unconvincing (scil. as part of the poet’s duty of dramatic representation) that Electra use a high-pitched voice, especially when she is rebuking the chorus (for being too loud). But she does use the high pitch, necessarily—for this is proper to those lamenting—, but in as softly as she possibly can.

LEMMA: H3, ἄλλως in marg. B, ἄλλως Pr      REF. SYMBOL: H3      POSITION: between sch. 177.01 and 183.11 in BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦτο … ἐστιν om. H3   |    λεγόμεναι B   |    2 τῆ ἠλέκτρ()Pr   |    καὶ ταῦτα] καίτοι H3   |    3 λεπτότατα Schw., λεπτότερον all   |    δὲ ὡς κτλ om. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὀξέα B   |    ἐπιπλήσουσα H3, ἐπιπλήσουσαν Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,14–17; Dind. II.77,19–23

KEYWORDS:  ἀπίθανον   |   criticism and defence of poet   


Or. 174.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πότνια πότνια νύξ⟩: ὡς θεὸν εἶχον τὴν νύκτα τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὰ πάντα.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 174.07 (tri metr) ⟨πότνια πότνια⟩: koine short over each omicron  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 48


Or. 174.08 (recTri gloss) ⟨πότνια⟩: σεβασμία  —V1AbCrPrSaOxXo2Yf2Zb2ZlZuT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὦ prep. CrOx   


Or. 174.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πότνια⟩: ὦ τιμία  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 174.10 (recTri artGloss) ⟨νύξ⟩:  —AbST

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 175.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: ἀνάπαυσις  —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 175.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: ἡ τὸν ὕπνον διδοῦσα  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ ὕπνου a.c. V1   


Or. 175.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: ἡ δωρουμένη τὸν ὕπνον  —SaZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν ὕπνον δωρ. transp. Zc   


Or. 175.04 (mosch exeg) ὑπνοδότειρα:  1ἡ τοὺς ὕπνους δωρουμένη τοῖς πολυπόνοις βροτοῖς.  2δίδωσι δὲ τοὺς ὕπνους ἡ νὺξ ἐξαιρέτως διὰ τὸ ὑγρὰ εἶναι τῇ ἀποστάσει τοῦ ἡλίου τοῦ ξηραίνοντος τὸν ἀέρα.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   She who gives sleep to mortals who have many toils. Night in particular gives sleep because she is moist because of the withdrawal of the sun that dries the air.

LEMMA: TG       REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr      

APP. CRIT.:   2 τὸν ἀέρα om. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.77,24–78,2


Or. 175.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: τὸν ὕπνον τοῖς βροτοῖς δωρουμένη  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 175.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: διδοῦσα τὸν ὕπνον τοῦ πολυπόνου βροτοῦ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 175.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: παρεκτικὴ ὕπνου  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   παρεκτητικὴ Zb   |    τοῦ add. s.l. Zu   


Or. 175.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: ὡς ὄνομα τὸ δώτειρα λαβέ.  —Yf2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 175.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: ὕπνου χαριστική  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 176.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶν πολυπόνων βροτῶν⟩: λείπει τὸ ⟨τῷ⟩ πλήθει.  —R

TRANSLATION:   Supply ‘to the multitude’ (i.e., to govern ‘of mortals who have many toils’).

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 176.02 (thom gloss) ⟨πολυπόνων⟩: πολυμόχθων  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πομόχθων Za   


Or. 176.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πολυπόνων⟩: καὶ πολυμόχθων πόνων  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 176.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βροτῶν⟩: ἀνθρώπων  —CrOxZa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 176.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨βροτῶν⟩: τῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 177.01 (vet exeg) Ἐρεβόθεν ἴθι:  1ἔδει ἐκ Χάους εἰπεῖν, ὡς Ἡσίοδος·  2[Hes. Theog. 123] ‘ἐκ Χάεος Ἔρεβός τε μέλαινά τε Νὺξ ἐγένοντο’.   —MBVCMlMnPraPrbRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) should have said ‘from Chaos’, as Hesiod: ‘from Chaos Erebus and black Night were born’.

LEMMA: MVCMlMnRbSSa(om. ἐρεβόθεν, leaving blank space), cont. from sch. 174.04, add. δὲ, BPra; labels χάος and ἡσίοδος add. in marg. late hand in B      REF. SYMBOL: MVMlRb      POSITION: s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔδει … ὡς] καὶ Prb   |    ἔδει] ἤδη Pra   |    ἐκ] εἰς MC, καὶ ἐκ Pra   |    1–2 εἰπεῖν … χάεος om. PraPrb   |    2 ἐκ] εἰς M   |    χάεος] χάους VMlRbSSa   |    ἔρεβή app. Mn, ἐν ἐρέβους Prb   |    μέλαιναί C, μελαίνη Pra   |    ἐγένοντο] om. M, ἐγίνετο MlMnRbSSa, a.c. Pra, ἐγένετο BPrb, p.c. Pra   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐρεβός τε μελαινά τε Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,12–13; Dind. II.77,18–19

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Hesiod   


Or. 177.02 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: ἤτοι ἐκ χάους  —V1F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι om. F2   |    ἐκ τοῦ χ. F2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,12–13; Dind. II.


Or. 177.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ χάους  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 177.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ χάους  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 177.05 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ σκότους  —Aa3AbCrMlMnPr2RSSaOx

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx, ἤγουν prep. Pr2   |    ἀπὸ τοῦ lost to damage R   |   


Or. 177.06 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: ἐξ ἐρέβους  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 177.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐρέβους  —XXaXbXoYfT+GGrPr2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐρέβου Pr   |    ἴθι add. X   |   


Or. 177.08 (thom gloss) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ βάθους  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 177.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩:  1Ἐρεβόθεν ἐλθεῖν τὴν νύκτα καλεῖ, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ χάους.  2κατερχομένου γὰρ τοῦ ἡλίου εἰς τὸ ὑπὸ γῆν ἡμισφαίριον, σκότος ἐπάνω τῆς γῆς γίνεται, ὥσπερ ἐκ τῶν κάτωθεν ἀνιέναι δοκοῦν,  3οὐχ ὡς ὂν ἐν τοῖς κάτω καὶ ἀνερχόμενον, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦτο ὑφίσταται, οὐκ ἔχον αὐτὸ καθ’ ἑαυτὸ οἰκείαν ὑπόστασιν.  4ἐλθεῖν δὲ λέγει τὴν νύκτα οὐχ ἵνα γένηται νύξ  5(πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε ἡμέρας οὔσης;),  6ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ ἐν νυκτὶ ὑπνώττουσιν ἄνθρωποι, διὰ τοῦτο τοῦτο φησίν,  7ἄλλως τε καὶ οἱ κοιμώμενοι ὥσπερ νύκτα ἔχουσι διὰ τὸ μὴ ὁρᾶν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   She calls on Night to come from Erebus, that is, from the dark abyss. For when the sun goes down into the hemisphere beneath the earth, darkness occurs above the earth, seeming as it were to rise up from regions below, not because it really is in the regions below and comes up, but by the absense of light this (darkness) exists, not having in and of itself an existence of its own. And she tells night to come not in order than night may fall—for how would that be possible when it is daytime?—, but because in the night humans sleep, for this reason she says this. Above all, those who sleep have a sort of night because they do not see.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl damaged and mostly lost to trimming after 2 ἐπάνω τῆς   |    1 τὴν νύκτα ἐλθεῖν app. transp. Zl   |    2 ὑπὸ γῆς Gu   |    3 καὶ om. Zb   |    6 οἱ ἄνθρ. Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.78,3–11

KEYWORDS:  scientific explanation   


Or. 177.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩:  1ἡ ἀπουσία τοῦ φωτὸς ἐστὶν ἡ νύξ·  2ὡσαύτως ἡ ἀπουσία τῆς νυκτὸς τὸ φῶς.   —Yf2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 177.11 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἴθι⟩: ἐλθέ  —AbFRSZb2ZlT

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 177.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἴθι⟩: πρό⟨ι⟩θι καὶ εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐλθέ.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 178.01 (rec gloss) ⟨μόλε μόλε⟩: ἐλθέ ἐλθέ  —M2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 178.02 (recTri gloss) ⟨μόλε⟩: ἐλθέ  —SaXo2T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 178.03 (rec gloss) ⟨μόλε μόλε⟩: παραγίνου  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 178.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόλε μόλε⟩: παραγενοῦ  —Aa3CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 178.05 (vetThom gloss) ⟨κατάπτερος⟩: ταχεῖα  —HMOVFF2GPrRSaZZaZbZlZmZc

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. M and marg. F      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,18; Dind. II.78,11


Or. 178.06 (rec gloss) ⟨κατάπτερος⟩: καὶ ταχύπτερος  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 178.07 (mosch exeg) κατάπτερος: ταχεῖα ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως  —XXaXbXoT+Yf2Gr

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) ‘swift’, (the adjective) used instead of (the adverb) ‘swiftly’.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ταχέα X   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.78,11–12


Or. 178.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατάπτερος⟩: λίαν ταχυτάτη  —Aa3Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λίαν om. Aa3   


Or. 179.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμεμνόνειον⟩: καὶ τὸν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἤτοι τοῦ Ὀρέστου  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 179.02 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨Ἀγαμεμνόνειον⟩: τὸν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος  —F2TXo2Yf2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    τὸν om. Xo2Yf2   

COLLATION NOTES:   Indistinct traces of washed out gloss in top margin of Zl, perhaps something longer than this.   |   


Or. 179.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δόμον⟩: γράφεται καὶ ἐπὶ δόμων.  —M

POSITION: intermarg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,19

COMMENT:   Schw. emended to δόμον, assuming the note comes from a ms that (unlike M itself) had ἐπὶ γόνον in the text.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 179.04 (rec exeg) ⟨δόμον⟩: γρ. γόνον  —V3AbCrMnPrRSSaOx

POSITION: s.l. except marg. AbR      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 179.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόμον⟩: οἶκον  —Xo2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν prep. Yf2   


Or. 179.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨δόμον⟩: τὸν  —MnS, perhaps F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 180.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπὸ γὰρ ἀλγέων⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν λυπῶν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 180.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπὸ⟩: τε  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 180.03 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἀλγέων⟩: θλίψεων  —V1Zb2ZlTCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. V1, καὶ τῶν prep. CrOx   |    θλίβεων a.c. Ox   


Or. 180.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀλγέων⟩: ὀδυνῶν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 180.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀλγέων⟩: παθημάτων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 180.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀλγέων⟩: τῶν  —SYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 181.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπό τε συμφορᾶς⟩: καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 181.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορᾶς⟩: δυστυχίας  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 181.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨συμφορᾶς⟩: τῆς  —Aa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 182.01 (pllgn rhet) ⟨διοιχόμεσθ’ οἰχόμεσθα⟩: παρένθεσις  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  παρένθεσις   


Or. 182.02 (rec gloss) ⟨διοιχόμεθ’⟩: ἀπολλύμεθα  —F2MlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπολύμεθα Ml   |   


Or. 182.03 (rec gloss) ⟨διοιχόμεθ’⟩: ἀπωλόμεθα  —R

REF. SYMBOL: R       POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπολώμεθα R   


Or. 182.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨διοιχόμεθ’⟩: ἐφθάρμεθα  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.78,13


Or. 182.05 (rec gloss) ⟨διοιχόμεσθ’⟩: διεφθάρημεν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 182.06 (thom gloss) ⟨διοιχόμεσθ⟩: ἐφθάρημεν  —ZZaZlCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 182.07 (recTri gloss) ⟨διοιχόμεσθ’⟩: φθειρόμεθα  —Pr2SaT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 182.08 (rec gloss) ⟨διοιχόμεσθ’⟩: δαμαζόμεθα  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 182.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διοιχόμεσθ’⟩: καὶ τελείως ἠφανίσθημεν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 183.01 (vet exeg) ⟨κτύπον ἠγάγετ’⟩: καὶ τοῦτο κατὰ ἀναφώνησιν λέγει ἡ Ἠλέκτρα.  —MB

TRANSLATION:   This too Electra speaks as a (suddenly louder) exclamation.

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,20; Dind. II.78,14–15

COLLATION NOTES:   B probably by first hand, but rewritten later.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   |   ἀναφώνησις   


Or. 183.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτύπον⟩: ὄχλησιν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 183.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨183 κτύπον⟩:  … μ(ην) / …υν / …ες (or …ους)  —R

REF. SYMBOL: R       POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   remnant of damaged note or notes   


Or. 183.04 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἠγάγετ’⟩: ἐκομίσατε  —OxT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 183.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠγάγετ’⟩: ἐποιήσατε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.78,14


Or. 183.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠγάγετ’⟩: ἠνέγκετε(?) —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   app. erased, faint and uncertain   


Or. 183.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠγάγετ’⟩: ἐφέρετε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 183.08 (183–186) (vet paraphr) οὐχὶ σῖγα σῖγα:  1oὐ σιωπήσεις, φησὶν, ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος φυλασσομένη τὸ ἀνακελαδεῖν καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης ὕπνου χάριν ἥσυχον αὐτῷ παρέξεις;  2ἢ τὸν κέλαδον ἄπωθεν τοῦ λέχους ποιουμένη.  3οἷον· οὐ σιγήσεις καὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας αὐτὸν ἐάσεις κοιμηθῆναι;   —MBVCMlMnPrRaRbSSa, partial HO

TRANSLATION:   Will you not be silent, she says, warding off from your mouth the raising of a loud cry, and will you not let him enjoy in peace the delight of sleep that derives from the bed? Or, making the loud cry far off from the bed. As if to say, will you not be silent and let him sleep in peace?

LEMMA: οὐχὶ σίγα σίγα B, σίγα σίγα φυλασσομένα M(‑όμενα)C, σίγα σίγα VMlMnPrRbSa, ἵγα σίγα S (σίγα σίγα in text all)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ σιωπήσεις … παρέξεις om. O   |    φυλασσόμενος Rb, ‑μενον MlMn   |    τοῦ ὕπνου HVMnRaRbSSa   |    αὐτῷ] αὐτὸν M, αὐτῆ Pr   |    2 ἢ τὸν … ποιουμένη om. H   |    ἄπωθεν om. Ml   |    ποιουμένην Mn   |    3 οἷον] om. O, ἤγουν MlMnSSa   |    οὐ] οὐχὶ O, om. Pr   |    σιγήσεις] σιγὴ σὺ Ml   |    αὐτὸν] ἐαυτὸν M, αυτὸν with both breathings O   |    μετὰ τῆς ἡσυχ. Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σιωπήσει Sa, σιόπησις Ml   |    κοτης Rb   |    2 ἄπωθεν] OC, ἄποθεν others (except om. Ml)   |    λέχεος MOC   |    3 οἶον M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,21–25; Dind. II.78,19–23


Or. 183.09 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον:  ‘οὔμενουν’ γράφειν χρὴ ἐνταῦθα, ἢ ‘οὐδαμῶς’. ἁρμόζει γὰρ ἀμφότερα τῷ μέτρῳ. τὸ δὲ οὐχὶ ἐλλιπές ἐστιν. —T

TRANSLATION:   One should write here (in place of transmitted ‘ouchi’, ‘not’) ‘oumenoun’ (‘no indeed’), or ‘oudamōs’ (‘in no way’). For both fit the meter, but ‘ouchi’ is deficient (in number of syllables).

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,5–6; de Fav. 48

COMMENT:   Triclinius accepts the speaker-division found in some mss that assigns the negative to the chorus and has Electra resume with σῖγα/σίγα.   

KEYWORDS:  Triclinius, emendation by   


Or. 183.10 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨οὐχὶ⟩: οὐδαμῶς —TZl

LEMMA: οὔμενουν in text T       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 184.01 (184–186) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα φυλασσομένα⟩:  1εἰ φυλάξεις, φησὶ, τὸν κέλαδον καὶ τὸν ἦχον καὶ τὴν φώνην σου ἄπο καὶ μακρὰν τῆς στρωμνῆς αὐτοῦ,  2ἤγουν σιωπήσεις καὶ οὐ λαλεῖς πλησίον αὐτοῦ,  3δώσεις τούτῳ ἥσυχον χαρὰν ὕπνου.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   If you will keep the loud cry and the tumult and your voice away from and far from his bed, that is, will be silent and not speak near him, you will give this man peaceful enjoyment of sleep.

APP. CRIT.:   1 σου om. Yf2   |    ἀπομακρὰν (καὶ om.) Y2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 χαρᾶς Y2   |   


Or. 184.02 (rec gloss) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: σιγήσεις  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 184.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: μετὰ σιγῆς, διαλέγου δηλονότι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλονότι om. GZc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.78,16


Or. 184.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἐν σιγῇ ἐν σιγῇ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 184.05 (tri gloss) ⟨σῖγα⟩: σιωπηλῶς  —T

LEMMA: σῖγα only once in T       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 184.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φυλασσομένα⟩: τὸ ἀνά ἀπὸ τοῦ + damaged word —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The note apparently is trying to convey that ἀνα in the next line should be joined to this participle to make ἀναφυλασσομένα. In fact a hypodiastole has been added by a later hand to divide ἀνα from κέλαδον, along with a grave on the second alpha of ἀνα (one might have expected an acute to be added on the first alpha instead). The damaged word ought perhaps to be κέλαδον, but although the first trace of the damaged word does look like κ, the next trace looks more like α or ευ than ε, and the suspended remainder of the word does not look like any part of λαδον.    |   


Or. 184.07 (thom paraphr) φυλασσομένα:  ἤγουν ἀφεῖσα μεγάλα βοᾶν πλησίον τῆς αὐτοῦ κοίτης καὶ πόρρω γενομένη ὀνήσεις αὐτὸν ὡς ὑπνώσσοντα.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, ceasing to cry out loudly near his bed and removing yourself to a distance you will benefit him, since he is sleeping.

LEMMA: T       POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Gu   |    ὡς ὑπν. om. Zl (margin lost to trimming, but probably not enough space)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφῆσα Z   |    ὑπνώσοντα Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.78,23–25


Or. 184.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φυλασσομένα⟩: σιωπῶσα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 184.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φυλασσομένα⟩: φυλάσσουσα  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 184.10 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨φυλασσομένα⟩: φυλασσομένη  —AaAbSTYf2ZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 184.11 (rec metr) ⟨φυλασσομένα⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 184.12 (rec gloss) ⟨στόματος⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ λαλεῖν μεγάλως  —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab      


Or. 184.13 (rec gloss) ⟨στόματος⟩: διὰ τοῦ —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 184.14 (rec gloss) ⟨στόματος⟩: ἀπὸ  —OZuYf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ add. Yf2   


Or. 184.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στόματος⟩: ἀνὰ τοῦ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 184.16 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨στόματος⟩: τοῦ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 185.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνακέλαδον⟩: θόρυβον  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 185.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνακέλαδον⟩: τὸ ἀναβοᾶν καὶ θορυβεῖν  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Vowel ligature in ending of θορυβ‑ very faint, could perhaps be ου, not ει.   |   


Or. 185.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνακέλαδον⟩: ἤγουν τὸ κελαδεῖν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 185.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνακέλαδον⟩: ἦχον  —V1AbCrFMlMnRSSaYf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, καὶ τὸν prep. MnS, τὸν prep. Yf2   


Or. 185.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀνακέλαδον⟩: τὴν εἰς ὕψος φωνήν  —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς τὸ ὕψος G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.78,26


Or. 185.06 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀνακέλαδον⟩: μέγαν ἦχον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAa

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.78,26


Or. 185.07 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀνακέλαδον⟩: τὸν  —FKSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 185.08 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀπὸ λέχεος⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ λέχους χαράν —MC

TRANSLATION:   The delight (that derives) from the bed.

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τινὰ M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.26


Or. 185.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄπο λέχεος⟩: ἔξωθεν τοῦ λέχους ἅπτε· δεῖ λαμβάνειν ἔξωθεν σύνδεσμον ἵνα.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Link ‘of the bed’ from outside (scil. it does not go with the preposition just before it). It is necessary to supply from outside a conjunction ‘in order that’ (scil. to relate the imperatives ‘siga siga’ in 184 to the next finite verb ‘parexeis’ in 186).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἅπτε] απτ() Pr   

COMMENT:   The first sentence perhaps means that the genitive ‘the bed’ does not go with the preposition that directly precedes it but with something else (χαρὰν?). As to the second sentence, an alternative would be to consider the note incomplete and treat ἵνα as introducting ἵνα ᾖ … . In either case, the suggestion of supplying a conjunction seems to assume the imperative reading σίγα σίγα (but Pr itself has σιγᾶ σιγᾶ in its text here).   


Or. 185.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀπὸ λέχεος⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης  —XXaXbXoYGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 185.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπὸ λέχεος⟩: ἱσταμένη  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 185.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπὸ λέχεος⟩: καὶ τὴν  —O

LEMMA: ἄπο λέχεος in text O       POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This indicates that the following words form a single noun-phrase with χαράν.   |   


Or. 185.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἄπο⟩: μακράν  —AaRYf2ZZaZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 185.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄπο⟩: πόρρωθεν  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 185.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄπο⟩: πόρρω  —SaZb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 185.16 (recThom gloss) ⟨λέχεος⟩: κοίτης  —OV1RYf2ZZaZb2Zmrec

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς prep. RZb2, ἀπὸ τῆς prep. Yf2   


Or. 185.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέχεος⟩: τῆς κλίνης τοῦ Ὀρέστου  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 185.18 (rec gloss) ⟨λέχεος⟩: κραβάττου(?)  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The word is faint, perhaps from the water damage across the top of the page. I interpret the scribe as having written a truncated form κρα()ττ() (the ττ is suspended above alpha).   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck original Ab 44v top.   |   


Or. 185.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέχεος⟩: στρωμνῆς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 185.20 (rec artGloss) ⟨λέχεος⟩: τοῦ —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 186.01 (rec exeg) ἥσυχον ὕπνου χαρὰν: τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης  —Rb

LEMMA: ἥσυχον Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   κοι*τῆς Rb, perhaps κοιττ a.c.    |   


Or. 186.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥσυχον⟩: πραεῖαν —F2R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πραεῖς R, only faint traces of πρα F2   


Or. 186.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥσυχον⟩: ἡδὺ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 186.04 (tri gloss) ⟨ἥσυχον⟩: ἀτάραχον  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 186.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥσυχον⟩: εὐδιεινὸν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 186.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥσυχον⟩: γρ. ἡσύχως  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 186.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὕπνου χαρὰν⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τὸν Pr   


Or. 186.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨ὕπνου⟩: τοῦ  —Aa2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 186.09 (rec exeg) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης ἡδονήν  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 186.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: ἡδονήν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 186.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨παρέξεις⟩: αὐτῷ  —OGZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 186.12 (rec gloss) ⟨παρέξεις⟩: ὥστε  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 186.13 (rec exeg) ⟨παρέξεις⟩: εἰ τοῦτο ποιήσεις  —MnB3a

POSITION: s.l., B over φίλα (displaced by earlier glosses), Mn over ἥσυχον ὕπνου      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς Mn   


Or. 186.14 (rec exeg) ⟨παρέξεις⟩: εἰ ποιήσεις οὕτως  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ] καὶ Sa   


Or. 186.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρέξεις⟩: δώσεις  —AaCrYf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 186.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρέξεις⟩: φέρεις app.  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 186.17 (tri artGloss) ⟨φίλα⟩:  —TXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 186.18 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 186.19 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: φίλη  —Aa2F2PrRTZcZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 186.20 (tri metr) diple pointing outwards at left, paragraphos and diple pointing inwards at right —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 48


Or. 187.01 (187–194) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: θρόει τίς κακῶν:  1τὸ παρὸν σύστημα ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ πρὸ τῆς εἰρημένης στροφῆς συστήματι, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ [166] ‘ὁρᾷς ἐν πέπλοις’. 2καὶ τοῦτο γὰρ κώλων ἐστὶν ὁμοίων ηʹ. 3ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος.  —T

TRANSLATION:   The present metrical system is similar to the system [166–173] that precedes the strophe just discussed [174–186], of which the first words are [166] ‘do you see in his robes’. For this one too is of eight similar cola. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 app. κῶλον a.c. T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,7–9; de Fav. 48


Or. 187.02 (vet exeg) θρόει τίς κακῶν:  1λέγε ποῖον τέλος αὐτὸν ἐκδέχεται,  2πότερον δύναται ῥαΐσαι ἢ οὔ.   —HMBCPraPrbR, partial OG

TRANSLATION:   Say what sort of end awaits him, whether he can find relief (from his sickness) or not.

LEMMA: BPra, θρόει MC      REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: s.l. OPrbG, marg. H, intermarg. M; λέγε spaced as if sep. gloss on θρόει O; cont. from sch. 186.01 Rb, prep. ἠ θρόει (sic)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 λέγε om. H, add. H3, εἰπὲ Prb   |    ποῖον] ἀντὶ τοῦ τί Rb   |    εἰσδέχεται MPra, διαδέχεται PrbG   |    2 πότερον κτλ om. OG   |    πότερον] ἆρα B(ἄρα)PraPrb   |    δύνανται Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ῥᾶισαι Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,1–2; Dind. II.78,27–28


Or. 187.03 (vet exeg) 1εἰπὲ ποῖον ἔσται τὸ πέρας, ποῖον τέλος αὐτὸν μένει.  2ἆρά γε ῥαΐσει τῆς νόσου ἢ οὔ;   —MC, partial BPr

TRANSLATION:   Say of what sort the final conclusion will be, what sort of end awaits him. Will he indeed get relief from his sickness or not?

POSITION: cont. from prev. all (intermarg. M)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ πέρας ποῖον τέλος] τὸ τέλος ποῖον τὸ πέρας B, τέλος ποῖον πέρας Pr    |   ἑαυτὸν M(ἐ‑)C   |    2 ἆρά γε κτλ. om. BPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἄρα γε MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,3–4; Dind. II.78,28–29


Or. 187.04 (pllgn paraphr) λέγε ποῖον τέλος αὐτὸν εἰσδέχεται τῶν κακῶν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.05 (vet gloss) ⟨θρόει⟩: εἰπέ  —MMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,27


Or. 187.06 (vetMoschThom gloss) ⟨θρόει⟩: λέγε  —H3V1Aa3CrF2KMlMnRRfrSSaOxXXaXbXoYYfGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuTB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, δὲ prep. S   |    λέγει SZu   


Or. 187.07 (rec gloss) ⟨τίς⟩: ἀπώλεσεν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.08 (rec gloss) ⟨τίς⟩: ποία  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: συμφορῶν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨τελευτὰ μένει⟩: ποῦ τὸ τοῦ κακοῦ τέλος;  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨τελευτὰ μένει⟩: τί τέλος καὶ ποῦ μέλλει καταντῆσαι τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην;  —MlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μέλλει om. Mn   |    τὰ om. MlS   |    κατὰ om. MlMn   


Or. 187.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τελευτὰ μένει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τί τέλος ἀναμένει τῷ Ὀρέστῃ δηλονότι.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨τελευτὰ⟩: τέλος  —KZZaZbZlZmTGuXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.14 (rec gloss) ⟨τελευτὰ⟩: τελείωσις  —VSaGu

POSITION: s.l., linked to prev. with ἢ Gu      


Or. 187.15 (rec gloss) ⟨τελευτὰ⟩: κατάπαυσις  —B3a, perhaps B1/2

POSITION: s.l. B1/2, marg. B3      

APP. CRIT.:   B1/2 gloss erased, traces app. match this   


Or. 187.16 (rec metr) τελευτὰ: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 187.17 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨τελευτὰ⟩: τελευτὴ  —AbFRfTB3

LEMMA: τελευτᾶ in text Ab       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.18 (rec exeg) ⟨μελετᾶ⟩: τελευτὰ  —Rwrec

LEMMA: μελετᾶ in text Rw       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.19 (rec gloss) ⟨μένει⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μένει⟩: ἆρα δύναται ῥαισθῆναι τῆς νόσου ἢ οὔ;  —V3

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 187.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μένει⟩: πότερον ῥαΐσαι ἢ οὔ;  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μένει⟩: διαδέχεται  —V3F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.23 (rec gloss) ⟨μένει⟩: παραμένει  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.24 (rec gloss) ⟨μένει⟩: ἀναμένει  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.25 (mosch gloss) ⟨μένει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ προσδοκᾶται  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Aa2GZc   


Or. 187.26 (thom gloss) ⟨μένει⟩: ἀπόκειται  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 188.01 (rec gloss) ⟨θανεῖν⟩:  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 188.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θανεῖν⟩: καὶ ἀποθανεῖν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 188.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θανεῖν⟩: τὸ  —GF2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς prep. Zu   


Or. 188.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί δ’ ἄλλο⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι τί δ’ ἄλλο γ’.  —B2

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   γ (no apostrophe) B2   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 188.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί δ’ ἄλλο⟩: τέλος μένει αὐτὸν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Dot in front.   |   


Or. 188.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄλλο⟩: εἶπας  —XXaXbXoYGGrZc, a.c. Yf

POSITION: s.l.; G above γ’εἴπω, which it has in text after ἄλλο      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἶπες G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,1


Or. 188.07 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἄλλο⟩: εἴπω  —T+, p.c. Yf

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Note that Triclinius retains the marking as Moschopulean even though he implicitly corrects from the second person to the (superior) first person (if we assume that the second person found in all the usual witnesses was the Moschopulean choice).   


Or. 188.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄλλο⟩: ἕτερον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 188.09 (rec gloss) ⟨εἶπας⟩: εἴπῃς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 188.10 (rec gloss) ⟨εἶπας⟩: ἠρώτησας  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 189.01 (vet exeg) ⟨οὔτε⟩: περισσὸς ὁ τ̅ε̅.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (In the compound negative ‘oute’) the ‘te’ is redundant (and should be ignored).

LEMMA: οὔτε in text MC       POSITION: marg. MC (both beside 188)      

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 189.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόθον ἔχει⟩: οὐ ποθεῖ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 189.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόθον⟩: καὶ ὄρεξιν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,8


Or. 189.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόθον⟩: ἐπιθυμίαν  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 189.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόθον⟩: ἵμερον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 189.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόθον⟩: ἀγάπην  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 189.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόθον⟩: ἡδονὴν  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 189.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχει⟩: γρ. ζητεῖ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 189.09 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον:  1‘ἴσχει πόθον’ χρὴ γράφειν, οὐ ‘πόθον ἔχει’.  2οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ τοῦ πρώτου συστήματος κῶλον οἰκείως.  3καὶ τὸ ἄρα δὲ ἐνταῦθα, εἰ καὶ συμπερασματικόν ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ οὖν ἀντὶ μακροῦ λαμβάνεται παρὰ τοῖς ποιηταῖς ὡς καὶ τὸ ἀπορηματικὸν ἐνίοτε ἀντὶ βραχέος.  4διὰ τοῦτο μὲν περισπᾶται ἀντιστρόφως, ἐκεῖνο δὲ ὀξύνεται.   —T

TRANSLATION:   One must write ‘ischei pothon’, not ‘echei pothon’ (‘has any longing’). For thus it is suitably matched to the colon of the (corresponding) first metrical system. And the word ‘ara’ (with acute on first syllable) here (in the next line, 190), even though it is inferential (expressing a conclusion), even so it is treated as having a long (first alpha) in the poets, just as also the dubitative use (scil. ‘ara’ with circumflex on first syllable) is sometimes treated as having a short (first alpha). For this reason it (the inferential use) is circumflexed in inverse fashion (scil. compared to its normal accent), and that other one (the dubitative use) is given an acute accent.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,11–15; II.79,2–7; de Fav. 49

COMMENT:   The meaning of ‘for this reason’ in the final sentence seems to be ‘because of the poetic license just described’.   |   As Diggle’s apparatus indicates, it looks as if the acute on ἄρ’ in the text here is written in an erasure, so that Triclinius himself seems to have first written ἆρ’ in copying this page.   

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως   |   Triclinius, emendation by   


Or. 189.10 (tri gloss) ⟨ἴσχει⟩: ἔχει  —T

LEMMA: ἴσχει in text T       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 189.11 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨βορᾶς⟩: τροφῆς  —V1AaAbCrF2MlMnRSSaOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx, τῆς prep. Aa2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,8


Or. 190.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πρόδηλος ἆρ’ ὁ πότμος⟩: προφανὴς ἄρα ἡ τύχη τοῦ θανάτου δηλονότι  —XAa2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 190.02 (thom diagr) ⟨πρόδηλος ἆρ’ ὁ πότμος⟩: diagram of one large arc, two smaller arcs above forming three horns: on left Ὀρέστης, in middle οὐκ ἔχει πόθον βορᾶς, on right θανεῖται  —ZZlZmZuT, also Zx

LEMMA: label συλλογισμός Z       POSITION: marg., except in lower margin Z      

APP. CRIT.:   θανεῖται] ἐγγύς ἐστι θανάτου T   

COMMENT:   The lines of diagram are labeled in ZT with tau on left half arc and tau on full arc, pi on right half arc. What these letters stand for is unclear to me.   


Or. 190.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨πρόδηλος ἆρ’⟩: φανερὸς εἰ ταῦθ’ οὕτως ἔχει.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,11–12


Or. 190.04 (rec gloss) ⟨πρόδηλος ἆρ’⟩: †κὰτ  —Mn

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Since after ἄρ’ in his text Mn has a blank instead of ὁ πότμος, it is possible that he has misrepresented a marginal κάτω in the exemplar, which might refer to a correction in the lower margin (that is, a version of the whole line 190), a correction that Mn did not copy or pay attention to. Alternatively, the origin could be κατά indicating that πρόδηλος is equivalent to κατάδηλος: both words are found in scholiastic language, with πρόδηλος being more common than κατάδηλος; but the next glosses show that there was an interest in glossing πρόδηλος here.   |   


Or. 190.05 (rec gloss) ⟨πρόδηλος⟩: δῆλος app.  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 190.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨πρόδηλος⟩: προφανὴς  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,10


Or. 190.07 (rec gloss) ⟨πρόδηλος⟩: φανερὸς  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 190.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨πρόδηλος⟩: καὶ φανερὸς ὑπάρχει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 190.09 (rec gram) ⟨πρόδηλος⟩: ἐπίσημος καὶ κλεινὸς  —Mn

POSITION: upper right corner of 14r (190 is on 13v)      

COMMENT:   Mn occasionally has teacher’s notes in the margins, some not relevant to the text of the play. If this note is relevant, the only word on the facing folios 13v and 14r to which it might apply is πρόδηλος, and if so, presumably as a vocabulary lesson and not as an explanation of its sense in the passage.   


Or. 190.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄρ’⟩: ἀληθῶς  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 190.11 (vet exeg) ⟨πότμος⟩: εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐσθίει, τεθνήξεται.  —MVCGPrSZuB3a

TRANSLATION:   For if he does not eat, he will die.

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: marg. MCB3a, s.l. others      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ γὰρ οὐκ Pr   |    γὰρ om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐσθίῃ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,5; Dind. II.79,10


Or. 190.12 (rec gloss) ⟨πότμος⟩: ὁ θάνατος  —V1AbCrF2MlRSSaZb2ZlOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |    ὁ om. MlZl   


Or. 190.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πότμος⟩: ἡ τύχη τοῦ θανάτου δηλονότι  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλονότι om. GZc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,12


Or. 190.14 (thom gloss) ⟨πότμος⟩: ἡ δυστυχία  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 190.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πότμος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ  —Yf2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 190.16 (tri metr) πότμος: koine long over first omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 191.01 (191–193) (vet paraphr) ἐξέθυσ’ ὁ Φοῖβος ἡμᾶς:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπώλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Ἀπόλλων πατροφόνου μητρὸς αἷμα δούς,  2οἷον ἐνδοὺς ἡμῖν καὶ κελεύσας τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον ἐργάσασθαι.  3τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς μέλεον ἀποδοὺς αἷμα φόνον πατροκτόνου μητρός.   —MBVCMlMnPraRbSSa, partial HPrb

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: Apollo destroyed us by granting the bloodshed of a mother who killed our father. As it were, having granted to us and enjoined (us) to accomplish the murder of our mother. The run of the sense is: having given back (as our right) wretched bloodshed, the killing of a mother who killed our father.

LEMMA: MB(ἐξέφυσ’)CMlMnS, ἐξέθυσ’ ὁ Φοῖβος VPraRb, ἐξέθυσεν Rw (as if first word of sch.)      REF. SYMBOL: BVMlRb      POSITION: marg. H, s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἀντὶ τοῦ … ἐργάσασθαι om. Prb   |    1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. H   |    αἷμα] ἅμα M   |    2–3 οἷον κτλ om. H   |    2 ἐκδοὺς PraRb   |    ἐργάσεσθαι Mn   |    3 δὲ om. Prb   |    μέλει Pra   |    αἷμα φόνον] φόν. αἷμα transp. V   |    φόνου MnPrbRbSSa, a.c. V [Rw, water damage]   |    πατροκτόνου] πατροφόνου MlMnRbS   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 προφόνου Ml, πρὸ φονου Rb   |    αἷμα] αἰμα p.c. S (αι** a.c.)   |    3 ἐξῆς Mn   |    ἀπὸδοὺς Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,6–9; Dind. II.79,14–17


Or. 191.02 (191–193) (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ἡ ἐξ πρὸς τὸ πατροφόνου.  2τουτέστι· δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸ αἷμα καὶ τὸν φόνον τῆς πατροφόνου μητρός.  3οἷον· ἐγχειρίσας ἡμῖν καὶ κελεύσας ἀπὸ τοῦ φόνου καὶ τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς τιμωρῆσαι τῷ πατρί.  4δύναται δὲ καὶ ἀποδούς.   —MBCRw, partial VPr

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘ex’ (‘out of’) is to be taken (or understood) with ‘patrophonou’ (‘killer of a father’). That is, having granted us the bloodshed and killing of the mother who killed our father. As it were, entrusting to us and enjoining the avenging of our father from the murder and bloodshed of our mother. It can also mean ‘having given back (as due)’.

LEMMA: M(in marg.)BCPr, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, μέλεον ἀπόφονον V      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἡ ἐξ … πατροφόνου om. V   |    ἡ ἐξ om. Rw   |    2 καὶ τὸν φόνον … μητρός om. Pr   |    3 ἀπὸ τοῦ … μητρὸς om. Pr   |    after τιμωρῆσαι add. καὶ V   |    4 δὲ] γὰρ V   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 αἷματος M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,10–13; Dind. II.79,17–20

COMMENT:   The combination of different views is particularly striking here. The first and third sentence seem to reflect an (eccentric) interpretation of the genitive μητρὸς as expressing source, while the second takes the genitive as a normal objective one. One could transpose sentence 3 to follow sentence 1; but if they were once joined, one might expect to see ἐξ and not ἀπὸ used in the paraphrase. Note that the separation in sense of ἐξ from ἐξέθυσ’ is also adopted in 192.23, whereas such an interpretation is implicitly rejected in the glosses 191.08, 191.09.   


Or. 191.03 (191–193) (pllgn paraphr) ἤτοι ἀπώλεσε κελεύσας τῆς πατροφόνου μητρὸς τὸν φόνον —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι ἀπώλεσε reused from V1 gloss 191.04   


Or. 191.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξέθυσ’⟩: ἀπώλεσεν  —OV1AaAbCrFGKMlMnPrRRfSSaOxGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι prep. V1, λίαν prep. Rf, καὶ prep. CrSOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπόλ‑ AbMl   |    -σε V1KRf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,21–22


Or. 191.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξέθυσ’⟩: κατέσφαξε  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 191.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξέθυσ’⟩: ἐξέπραξε καὶ ἐφόνευσεν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 191.07 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἐξέθυσ’⟩: ἐφόνευσεν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZaZbZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -σε ZZaZbZl, ‑σα Zc   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,21

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross, and the position of the cross before the word in T is surprising since the gloss appears in so many representatives of the Z-family.   |   


Or. 191.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξέθυσ’⟩: τελείως ἐφόνευσεν  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 191.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξέθυσ’⟩: καὶ παντελῶς ἐφόνευσε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 191.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἐξέθυσεν⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 191.11 (rec gloss) ⟨Φοῖβος⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων  —V1AbF2MlMnSSaZlOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ om. V1Mn   


Or. 191.12 (tri artGloss) ⟨Φοῖβος⟩:  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.01 (192–193) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μέλεον ἀπόφονον αἷμα δοὺς⟩:  1δοὺς ἀντὶ τοῦ συγχωρήσας καὶ κελεύσας τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον ἐργάσασθαι,  2τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς τὸν μέλεον τὸν ἀπόφονον καὶ τὸν μισητὸν τὸν ἐπὶ κακῷ γεγονότα.   —Y2Yf2

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 μέλον Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,24–26


Or. 192.02 (192–193) (pllgn paraphr) δοὺς καὶ κελεύσας τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον ἐργάσασθαι  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 192.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μέλεον⟩: τὸ αἷμα πρὸς τὸ μέλεον  —V3

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 192.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλεον⟩: δυστυχές  —AbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μέλεον⟩: ἄθλιον  —Aa2AbF2MlMnSSaXXaXbXoT+YYfZcGGrZb2ZlZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SZu, τὸ prep. G   


Or. 192.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλεον⟩: μισητὸν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.07 (rec artGloss) ⟨μέλεον⟩: τὸ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.08 (pllgn wdord) word order α (ἀπόφονον), β (αἷμα)  —F


Or. 192.09 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: οὐκ ἄξιον ὄντα γενέσθαι, ἀποφυγῆς ἄξιον φόνον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGaGbGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Apophonon’ means) ‘murder that ought not to occur, that merits avoidance’.

LEMMA: TG       REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. except XGaT and Xo(οὐκ … γένεσθαι in marg., ἀποφυγῆς κτλ s.l.)      

APP. CRIT.:   φόνου Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,23–24


Or. 192.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: ἀποφυγῆς ἄξιον  —Aa2Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπὸ φυγῆς Aa2   


Or. 192.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: ἄδικον  —OZuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τὸν prep. Zu   


Or. 192.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: μισητὸν  —V3FMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S καὶ τὸ prep. FMn   


Or. 192.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: φονικὸν  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: κακόφονον  —AaZb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.15 (tri gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: ἤγουν κακὸν  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: ἄπω φόνου ἤγουν ἄδικον  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἄπου Zm   

COMMENT:   Although the root ἄπω assumed by ancient grammarians as the base of ἄπωθεν was described as μὴ εἰρημένον (Gram.Gr. 3:1.500,25) and is thus not present in dictionaries, it is treated as a legitimate form in Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 796, 804, and here ZmGu reflect that belief.   


Or. 192.17 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: τὸ  —KMn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα δούς⟩: διότι χρέος εἶχε θανεῖν ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα διὰ τὸν φόνον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.19 (rec gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: ὁ φόνος  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.20 (thom gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: φόνον —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGuFOx2Yf2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν prep. FYf2   


Or. 192.21 (rec artGloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: τὸ  —V3KMn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.22 (rec gloss) ⟨δοὺς⟩: κελεύσας  —OB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. B3a   

COLLATION NOTES:   Possibly rewritten in B over the same gloss by an earlier hand (but not the first).   |   


Or. 192.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοὺς⟩: ἡ ἐξ εἰς τὸ δούς· ἐκδούς.  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,21

COMMENT:   For the transfer in sense of ἐξ to another word compare 191.02.   


Or. 192.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨δοὺς⟩: ἐνδούς, ἤγουν συγχωρήσας  —XXaXbXoT+YYf, partial GZcZu

POSITION: s.l. except T(cont. from 192.09)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐνδούς ἤγουν om. Zc   |    ἤγουν συγχ. om. GZu   |    ἤγουν] ἀντὶ τοῦ Xo, om. Y   


Or. 192.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δούς⟩: καὶ παραχωρήσας ἡμῖν δηλονότι ὥστε κατεργάσαθαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.26 (rec gloss) ⟨δούς⟩: ὁ Φοῖβος ἡμῖν  —MlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.27 (thom gloss) ⟨δούς⟩: ἡμῖν  —ZcZaZmGuV3Aa

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. V3      


Or. 192.28 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨δούς⟩:  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 193.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πατροφόνου⟩: τῆς τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα φονευσάσης  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμὸν om. Zb2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,28


Or. 193.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πατροφόνου⟩: τῆς φονευσάσης τὸν πατέρα  —CrF2ZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς om. F2   |    ἡμῶν add. Zu   


Or. 193.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πατροφόνου⟩: τῆς φονευτρίας τοῦ πατρός  —Za

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 193.04 (rec gloss) ⟨πατροφόνου⟩: ἕνεκα  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 193.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨πατροφόνου⟩: τῆς  —AaFMnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 193.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨ματέρος⟩: τῆς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 193.07 (rec metr) ⟨ματέρος⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 193.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ματέρος⟩: μητρὸς —MlMn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 193.09 (tri etaGloss) ⟨ματέρος⟩: μητέρος  —TZcOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 194.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ὠφείλετο μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν ἀναιρεθῆναι, οὐ μέντοι ὑπὸ τοῦ παιδός.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For it was owed (necessary, fated) that she be killed, but not by her son.

POSITION: s.l. O; follows sch. 191.02 Rw, cont. from sch. 191.02 others, ἀλλ’ (from ἄλλως) prep. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   εἵλετο Pr   |    μὲν om. O   |    γὰρ] καὶ V, om. app. Rw (damage)   |    αὐτὴν MBPr, αὐτῆ V, αὐτὴ OC, αὕτη Rw   |    ὑπὸ] Dindorf, ἀπὸ MOVCRw, παρὰ BPr   |    τοῦ om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,14–15; Dind. II.80,1–2

COMMENT:   In Byzantine Greek, as in classical, ὀφείλεται/ὠφείλετο is used as a passive with words like χάρις, μισθός, and τιμωρία as its subject and the person in the dative, or sometimes as an impersonal verb with accusative and infinitive. Thus both the acc. αὐτὴν of MBPr and the dative αὐτῆ of V are possible here. Schw. and Dindorf printed nominative αὐτὴ. There are a very few late passages with the person in the nominative and the thing owed to the person in the acc., as Suda θ 78,24–25 (from Damascius, Vita Isidori) τιμὰς ἀπονέμων, οἵας ὠφείλετο πρωτεύων ἀνὴρ ἐν τῇ πόλει; sch. in Basilicorum libros I-XI, book 60, 29.7.5 ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ὠφείλετό τινα ἐκ τῆς κιβωτοῦ. That construction seems less likely with an infinitive and presumably the nominative variants of OCRw are secondary.   


Or. 194.02 (vet exeg) δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ δίκαιον μὲν αὐτὴν ἀναιρεθῆναι ἀνελοῦσαν τὸν ἄνδρα,  2οὐ μέντοι εὐκλεὲς οὐδὲ πρέπον ἦν ὑπὸ τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτὴν εὐθύνας δοῦναι τοῦ φόνου.   —MBVCMlMnPrRbRwSSa, partial H

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: it was just that she be killed because she killed her husband, but not, however, a source of glory or fitting that it be at the hands of her son that she paid the penalty for the killing.

LEMMA: MC, δίκαια μὲν BVMlMnPrRb      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: marg. H; cont. from prev. Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. VMlMnSSa   |    δίκαιον om. MlMn   |    μὲν] μὲν οὖν VMlRbSSa, οὖν Mn, μὲν ἦν Rw   |    ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτὴν transp. VMlMnSSa, αὐτὴν om. Rb   |    ἀνελοῦσαν] ἀναιροῦσα Ml   |    2 οὐ μέντοι … ἦν] ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔδει MlMnSSa   |    οὐδὲ πρέπον om. H   |    αὐτὴν εὐθύνας κτλ om. H   |    αὐτὴν om. MlMnRbRwSSa   |    εὐθύνην Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀνελοῦσα SSa   |    εὐκεὲς Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,16–18; Dind. II.80,2–4


Or. 194.03 (vet exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπομνήματι καὶ ταῦτα τῆς Ἠλέκτρας.  —MCRw

TRANSLATION:   In the commentary, these words too are assigned to Electra (instead of to the chorus).

POSITION: cont. from prev. MCRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῦτα Schw., τὰ M, τὸν CRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,18–19; Dind. II.80,5

COMMENT:   Perhaps ‘the commentary’ refers to the commentary of Didymus that was being excerpted by a later commentator. But if so, we cannot say whether the assignment of the words to Electra was advocated by Didymus or only reported by him.   

KEYWORDS:  assignment of speaker   |   Didymus   


Or. 194.04 (rec exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩:  δικ[ ca. 10–16 letters ]ξεν ὁ Λοξίας τῷ ἀδελφῷ μου εἰς τὸ σφάξαι τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα· οὐ καλῶς δὲ ὅτι οὐκ εἴασεν σ(or ε)[ ca. 10–14 letters ] —Pr

POSITION: next page Pr (top 16v), before sch. 206.00      

APP. CRIT.:   e.g. δικ[αίως μὲν προσέτα]ξεν (there is a high trace that would suit the top of the ως sign)    |   

COMMENT:   The writing surface is abraded in a diagonal strip at the top left of 16v. The begining of the second line of the page contains the end of the note, where one sees only the top portion of the arc of lunate sigma or of a tall epsilon (often used before pi), with room for two words. There is no sign of a breathing, so sigma seems more likely. One may consider σ[ώζεσθαι …] or σ[ωθῆναι … ], but the result does not seem quite right. With epsilon one may think of ἐ[κφυγ(εῖν) τ(ὴν) μανίαν], but this seems unlikely, since ἐκ would normally be a ligature with single small epsilon arc attached to the upright of kappa.   |   


Or. 194.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: δικαίως μὲν ἀντεφονεύθη· οὐ καλῶς δὲ ὅτι ὑπὸ τῶν τέκνων.  —F

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 194.06 (rec rhet) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: σχῆμα μετάστασις  —AaRRf

POSITION: s.l. (R over first word, Rf over whole phrase, Aa above καλῶς δ’ οὔ)      

APP. CRIT.:   σχῆμα om. Aa   

COMMENT:   Metastasis is the rhetorical schema of admitting a wrong has been done, but shifting the blame to someone else. This would fit better if the term referred to Electra’s strategy in 191–194 as a whole.   

KEYWORDS:  μετάστασις   


Or. 194.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: πρὸς(?) μέμψιν(?)  —Arec

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original A fol. 21.   |   


Or. 194.08 (rec exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν⟩: δικαίως ἀνῃρέθη  —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δικαίως] καλῶς Sa   


Or. 194.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δίκαια μὲν⟩: ἐμητροκτονήσετο  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 194.10 (thom exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν⟩: δικαίως δοὺς τὸ αἷμα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Just things’ implies Apollo) having justly granted the bloodshed.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔδωκεν T   |    τὸ αἷμα om. T, τόν φόνον τὸ αἷμα Gu   


Or. 194.11 (rec exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν⟩: καὶ δικαίως ἐφονεύθη ἡ μήτηρ ἡμῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 194.12 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον:  δίκα κἀνταῦθα γράφε, μὴ δίκαια. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ μέτρον ὀρθῶς. —T

TRANSLATION:   Here too write ‘dika’ (i.e., dative(?) of noun) not (adjective) ‘dikaia’. For thus it is correct with respect to the meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,16–17; de Fav. 49

COMMENT:   Triclinius writes δίκα without subscript both in the line and in this note. The gloss 194.13 presents ἐν over the delta of δίκα and an eta over the alpha, which I interpret together, with δικ being supplied from the lemma, as ἐν δίκῃ. That implies that he did intend the dative δίκᾳ here, even though he is generally (but not universally) careful about using iota subscript on dative singular endings. It is not clear, moreover, why he says ‘here too’ (κἀνταῦθα). Mostly likely, the καὶ refers to the fact that he has already suggested two changes of reading on this same folio (53v) in 183.09 and 189.09.   

KEYWORDS:  Triclinius, emendation by   


Or. 194.13 (rec gloss) ⟨δίκα μέν⟩: ἐν δίκῃ  —T

LEMMA: δίκα μέν in text T       POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See comment on prev.   


Or. 194.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δίκαια⟩: δικαίως  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 194.15 (mosch exeg) ⟨δίκαια⟩: τὰ κατὰ τὸν φόνον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘Just things’ refers to) the circumstances related to the murder.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   prep. ἐστὶ T   |    εἶπε add. G   


Or. 194.16 (rec exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι μητέρα  —MlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κοὐδαμῶς prep. Sa   


Or. 194.17 (rec exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ ⟨ὑπ’⟩ αὐτοῦ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 194.18 (mosch exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: διότι ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘But not well’) because (it occurred) at her son’s hands.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. T   


Or. 194.19 (thom exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: οὐδὲ γὰρ ὑπὸ παιδὸς αὐτὴν ἔδει θανεῖν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘But not well’) because in addition she should not have died at her child’s hands.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ γὰρ ZaZlT   |    αὐτὴν transp. after θανεῖν Gu   


Or. 194.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ὅτι ἀνῃρέθη ἀπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 194.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ὅτι πάσχεις σύ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 194.22 (mosch gloss) ⟨καλῶς⟩: εὐπρεπῶς  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 194.23 (rec gloss) ⟨δ’ οὔ⟩: οὐκ ἐγένοντο  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 194.24 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 195.01 (195–207) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ἔκανες ἔθανες:  1ἡ ἀντιστροφὴ αὕτη τῆς βʹ ἐστὶ στροφῆς, ἧς ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘πότνια πότνια νύξ’. 2καὶ αὕτη γὰρ κώλων ἐστὶν ὁμοίων ἐκείνῃ καὶ ἰσομέτρων ιγʹ. 3ἐν μέντοι τῷ ϛʹ κώλῳ πεντασυλλάβους ἔχει καὶ τοὺς δύο παίωνας. 4ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει δύο διπλαῖ, ἡ μέν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ τελευταίου κώλου, ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸ τέλος, ἀμφότεραι μέντοι ἔξω νενευκυῖαι, δηλοῦσαι ὅτι τέλος ἔσχε τὰ ἀνταποδιδόμενα. 5ἐν τῇ ιβʹ δὲ κώλῳ τὸ ἅτε ἀντὶ τοῦ καθὰ ὀφείλει νοεῖσθαι, ἵν’ εἴη βραχὺ τὸ α̅. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ τῆς στροφῆς κῶλον ὀρθῶς. 6τὸ γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥτις οὐκ ἔχει καλῶς.   —T

TRANSLATION:  This is the antistrophe of the second strophe [174–186], of which the beginning was ‘lady, lady Night’. For this too consists of thirteen cola similar to and in corresponsion with that one. In the sixth colon, however, it has the two paeons in five-syllable form. At the end two diple signs, one at the beginning of the last colon, the other at its end, both, however, being pointed outwards, indicating that the corresponsive elements have come to an end. And in the twelfth colon the word ‘hate’ should be understood in the sense of ‘katha’ (‘just as’), so that the alpha is short. For in this way it is correct with respect to the colon of the strophe. The reading (of ‘hate’) as equivalent to ‘hētis’ (‘who’, nominative feminine relative pronoun) does not work (metrically).

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἐκείνῃ] ἐκείν() T, ἐκείνῳ Ta   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,18–24; II.82,1–3; de Fav. 49


Or. 195.02 (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ κώλων ιγʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 195.03 (195–199) (pllgn paraphr) ἔκτανες καὶ ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα, ἔθανες σὺ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου, ὦ τεκομένη καὶ ὦ γεννήσασα ἐμὲ μῆτερ. ἀπώλεσας δὲ καὶ ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα. ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπώλεσας κατὰ κοινὸν τὰ τέκνα τάδε σέθεν καὶ σοῦ, ἤγουν ἐφόνευσας μὲν καὶ τὸν πατέρα, ἀπώλεσας δὲ καὶ ἡμᾶς. —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 195.04 (vet exeg) ἔκανες ἔθανες:  1φονεύσασα ἀνῃρέθης.  2τουτέστιν ὁ κατὰ σοῦ πραχθεὶς φόνος ἄμυνα ἐγένετο καὶ οὐκ ἀδικία·  3σὺ γὰρ πρώτη ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἀνῃρέθης.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having slain, you were killed. That is, the murder carried out against you occurred as vengeance, not injustice. For you acted first in killing our father, and you were killed.

LEMMA: V, ἄλλως MBCPrRw       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: follows next except in V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φονεύσασα] ἐφόνευσας καὶ V   |    2 πραχθεὶς] προσταγεὶς M, προσταχθεὶς C, γεγονὼς Pr   |    3 πρῶτον Pr   |    τὸν πατέρα om. Rw   |    καὶ ἀνηρέθης om. V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,22–24; Dind. II.80,11–13


Or. 195.05 (vet exeg) ἔκανες:  1ἐφόνευσας.  2ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν λέγεται, εἰς ὃ φέρεται ἡ ἱερουργικὴ μάχαιρα.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   You murdered. From this source (the root of ‘ekanes’) is formed the word ‘kanoun’ (‘basket’), that into which the knife for ritual slaughter is borne.

LEMMA: BPr(ἔκτανες)Rw, ἔκανες ἔθανες MC       REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: cont. from prev. V, prep. ἔκανες      

APP. CRIT.:   1–1 ἐφόνευσας om. V   |    2 τὸ] τοῦ M, καὶ V   |    ἡ om. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μάχαιρα] γέγαιρα Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,20–21; Dind. II.80,10–11

COMMENT:   Cf. Hesych. κ 650 κανεῖν· κτείνειν, ἀνελεῖν. ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τῶν καινομέ‑ νων ἱερείων κανεῖν· κτείνειν, ἀνελεῖν. ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τῶν καινομένων ἱερείων; Sch. Arist. Pac. 948b alpha Holwerda ὅτι ἐκέκρυπτο ἐν τῷ κανῷ ἡ μάχαιρα ταῖς ὀλαῖς καὶ τοῖς στέμμασιν. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τοῦ κανεῖν; Suda κ 318 s.v. κανοῦν, etc.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 195.06 (rec exeg) ἤτοι ὁ κατὰ σοῦ φόνος οὐκ ἀδικία ὅτι πρώτη φονεύουσα τὸν πατέρα ἀνῃρέθης.  —O


Or. 195.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔκανες⟩: φονεύουσα  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 195.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔκανες⟩: ἤγουν τὸν πατέρα ἔκοψας μετὰ πελέκεως.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 195.09 (recMosch gloss) ἔκανες: ἐφόνευσας  —V1Aa2AbCrF2MlMnRSOxXXaXbXoYYfGrZb2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. XXaXb, καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἐφόνευσα Ml   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.80,14


Or. 195.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔκανες⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐθανάτωσας  —XXaXbXoTYYfGGr

LEMMA: ἔθανες X       POSITION: s.l. except X; above ἔκανες T, in others appears to be over ἔθανες, because it follows the prev. gloss, usually with high dot after ἐφόνευσας, indicating this is separate      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.80,14–15, IV.257

COMMENT:   Despite X’s lemma and the appearances of position, it is not at all likely that Moschopulus believed θανατόω could be intransitive ‘died’ rather than a causative verb. So either he meant this as an alternative to the other gloss taken over from the tradition and its position misled copyists, or it does belong to ἔθανες (cf. 195.19) and is a very early corruption of ἐθανατώθης (or slip of the pen by Moschopulus himself), as Dindorf proposed in his Addenda.   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   In T this gloss is written above the next, and it is possible that the cross present there by implication applies to this gloss too.   |   


Or. 195.11 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔκανες⟩: ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα.  —ZZaZmZuT+GuV3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡμῶν add. Zu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.80,14

COLLATION NOTES:   T should have placed the cross above ἐφόνευσας.   |    V3Gu add τὸν πατέρα to the ἐφόνευσας written by V1Gr.   |   


Or. 195.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔκανες⟩: ἔσφαξας τὸν πατέρα μου. —B2/3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 195.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔκανες⟩: τὸν πατέρα  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 195.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔθανες⟩: τέθνηκας  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 195.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔθανες⟩: ἀνῃρέθης  —OAbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 195.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔθανες⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 195.17 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔθανες⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν τέκνων  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.80,15


Or. 195.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔθανες⟩: ἐφονεύθης  —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 195.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔθανες⟩: ἐθανατώθης  —Gu

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 195.17      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.80,15–16


Or. 196.01 (rec gloss) ⟨τεκομένα⟩: τέξασα  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 196.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τεκομένα⟩: ἡ γεννήσασα  —AbF2G2MlMnRSSaOxXo2Yf2Zb2ZlGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SOx   |    ἡ] om. G2Xo2   |    γεννήσασά με Zl, perhaps G2(damage or erasure)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   γενήσασα Yf2, a.c. Xo2   |   


Or. 196.03 (tri gloss) ⟨τεκομένα με⟩: τεκοῦσα με  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 196.04 (rec metr) ⟨τεκομένα⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 196.05 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨τεκομένα⟩: τεκομένη  —Aa2PrXXaXbTZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 196.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τεκομένα⟩:  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 196.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μᾶτερ⟩:  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 196.08 (rec metr) ⟨μᾶτηρ⟩: long mark over alpha —O


Or. 196.09 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨μᾶτερ⟩: μῆτερ  —AbXXaXbXoTZcOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 197.01 (vet exeg) ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας:  1ὁ δέ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ, ἵν’ ᾖ ὁ νοῦς ἐπεξήγησις ⟨τοῦ⟩ ‘ἔκανες ἔθανες’·  2ἀπώλεσας γὰρ τὸν πατέρα ζῶσα καὶ θανοῦσα τὰ τέκνα διὰ τοῦ αἵματος.   —MBVCPrRbRw, partial O

TRANSLATION:   The conjunction ‘de’ here is equivalent to ‘gar’ (‘for’), so that the meaning is an explication of ‘you killed, you died’. (That is,) for alive you killed our father and in death you have killed your children through the bloodguilt.

LEMMA: all except O (ἄλλως prep. Pr; app. οὐ δὲ ὤιλεσας M)       REF. SYMBOL: VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὁ … ἔθανες om. O   |    ἀντὶ …νοῦς om. Pr, leaving blank space   |    ἐξήγησις V, ὑπεξήγησιν Pr   |    τοῦ suppl. Schw.   |    ἔκανες] V, om. others   |    ἔθανες] om. V, ἔθανές πω MCRb   |    2 γὰρ om. OVPr   |    τὸν om. ORbRw   |    ζῶσαν MRb   |    τὰ] BCPr, om. others   |    τοῦ] τοῦ σοῦ OV, σοῦ Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπἐξήγησις C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,25–27; Dind. II.80,17–19


Or. 197.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ἀπώλεσας καὶ ζῶσα καὶ θανοῦσα  —MlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l. MlMnS; below line (last of page) Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   damage to first words Sa   |    ὅτι prep. Mn   |    ζήσας Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπόλεσας Ml   |   


Or. 197.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: διάστασιν δηλοῖ ἡ ἀπό.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘apo’ connotes separation/distance.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. Et. Gud. (de Stefani) s.v. ἀπόνοια καὶ ἀπονοεῖσθαι· ἡ ἀπό πρόθεσις χωρισμὸν δηλοῖ· ἀπονοεῖσθαι οὖν οἷον ἀπόστασιν ἔχειν τοῦ νοῦ, ἀπόνοια δὲ ἡ χωρίζουσα τοῦ δέοντος·   |   


Or. 197.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ⟨ὅρα⟩ τὴν διαχώρισιν.  —B3a

TRANSLATION:   Observe the separation (of the prefix from the verb).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   διὰ χωρισιν B3a   |   

COMMENT:   Like τμῆσις and διάλυσις and διαίρεσις, διαχώρισις can refer to the separation of two elements of a word.   

KEYWORDS:  διαχώρισις   


Or. 197.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ἀπώλεσας δὲ  —AbXXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except marg. XAb      

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ om. AbGZc   


Or. 197.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τελείως ἔφθειρας ἐθανάτωσας  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 197.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: καὶ ἐφόνευσας  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 197.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ὅτι  —AbMlR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 197.09 (rec gloss) ⟨δ’⟩: ὁ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ γὰρ  —CB2/3a

POSITION: intermarg. C, s.l. B2/3a      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ δὲ om. B2/3a   


Or. 197.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δ’⟩: γὰρ  —V3GZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 197.11 (thom exeg) ⟨ὤλεσας⟩:  1εἰποῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα πρὸς τὴν μητέρα ἐφόνευσας τὸν οἰκεῖον ἄνδρα, ἐφονεύθης δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν τέκνων, πάλιν φησίν, ὅμοιον μὲν τῇ προτέρᾳ ἐννοίᾳ, ἔχει δέ τι καὶ πλέον.  2τὸ γὰρ ἀπώλεσας πατέρα καὶ πρόσθεν εἰρήκει, τὸ δὲ καὶ τὰ τέκνα τάδε ἀπώλεσας, νῦν φησιν.  3πῶς δὲ ἀπώλεσας καὶ τὰ τέκνα;  4ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος καὶ τοῦ φόνου σέθεν καὶ σοῦ.  5ὁ γὰρ σὸς παῖς Ὀρέστης ἀποκτείνας σε δίκην ἔδωκε τῆς μητροκτονίας μανείς,  6ἧς καὶ αὐτὴ μετέχειν φησὶν ἐν στοναχαῖσι καὶ γόοις διάγουσα ἀνθ’ ὧν ὁρᾷ τὸν ἀδελφὸν μεμηνότα καὶ μηκέτ’ ὄντα καθεκτόν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   After Electra has said to her mother ‘you killed your own husband and you were killed by your children’, she says it again, in terms similar to the previous thought, but it also involves something more. For previously too she said ‘you killed father’, but now she says ‘you have also killed these children’. And how did you also kill the children? From the blood, that is, murder, of you (‘sethen’), that is, of you (‘sou’). For your son Orestes, having killed you, has paid the penalty for the matricide by going mad, and she says she herself also shares in this punishment, spending her time in groans and mourning cries because she observes her brother insane and no longer under control.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   much of Zl lost to trimming of margin   |    1 τὸ ἐφόνευσας ZaGu   |    first δὲ om. Gu   |    καὶ πάλιν Zb   |    ὅμοιον μὲν] ὁ + space of 2–3 letters Zb   |    τι] τοι T (τι Ta)   |    2 second καὶ om. Zl   |    νῦν φησιν] φησὶ καὶ νῦν Zl   |    6 μετέχει Zm   |    στοναχαῖς T   |    ὄντα] εἶναι Gu   |    καθεκτόν] καθ’ ἑαυτόν Arsenius   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 φησί Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.80,22–81,6


Or. 198.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨πατέρα⟩: ζῶσα  —XXaXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.; over 197 ὤλεσας Xo      


Or. 198.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πατέρα⟩: ἡμῶν δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 198.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πατέρα⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 198.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πατέρα⟩: τὸν  —AbF2G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 198.05 (rec gloss) ⟨τέκνα⟩: οὓς(?) ἀπώλεσας  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   damage to first letters   |   


Or. 198.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τέκνα⟩: ἤγουν ἡμᾶς —Zu, perhaps Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν[ … ] (damage) Aa   |   


Or. 198.07 (rec artGloss) ⟨τέκνα⟩: τὰ  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 198.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τε⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 199.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: δεικτικῶς φησιν ἑαυτὴν καὶ Ὀρέστην.  —HBC

TRANSLATION:   In deictic fashion she speaks of herself and Orestes.

POSITION: marg. H, intermarg. BC      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,1; Dind. II.80,21

KEYWORDS:  δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς   


Or. 199.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: δεικτικῶς ἡμᾶς  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς   


Or. 199.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: ἤγουν ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 199.04 (rec gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: ταῦτα  —CrF2ROx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 199.05 (vet exeg) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τὸν σὸν φόνον καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπολώλαμεν.  —HBOVCG

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: because of your murder we too have perished.

LEMMA: ἄλλως V(as if for 197)       POSITION: marg. H (beside 199–200), intermarg. B(cont. from 199.01)C(beside 200), s.l. OG (divided into three διὰ τὸν σὸν, φόνον, καὶ ἡμ. ἀπ. O)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἰσονέκυες δὲ prep. B   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ] om. OCG   |    φόβον C   |    ἀπολ. καὶ ἡμεῖς transp. G   |    καὶ om. B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,2; Dind. II.81,13–14


Or. 199.06 (rec exeg) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: ἤγουν διὰ τοῦ σοῦ φόνου  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπολώλαμεν add. V3   


Or. 199.07 (rec exeg) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: διὰ τὸν σὸν φόνον  —MlMnSa

POSITION: s.l. Mn; below line (last of page) Sa, cont. from sch. 197.02      


Or. 199.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: τὰ(?) ὄντα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   damage Aa   |   


Or. 199.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σέθεν⟩: σοῦ  —CrF2GOxXo2ZlGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    τοῦ prep. Gu   


Or. 199.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον τοῦ αἵματος  —AbS

REF. SYMBOL: Ab       POSITION: s.l. (above end of previous line Ab)      


Or. 199.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: ἀπὸ αἰτίας τοῦ φόνου τοῦ σοῦ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς αἰτίας Zc, αἰτίας om. G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.80,19–20


Or. 199.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: φόνου  —PrZZaZbZlZmTGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ prep. Za, διὰ τοῦ prep. Gu   


Or. 199.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 200.01 (thom gloss) ⟨ὀλόμεθ’⟩: φθείρομεθα  —ZZaZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 200.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλόμεθ’⟩: ἐφθάρμεθα  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 200.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλόμεθ’⟩: ἠφανίσμεθα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 200.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλόμεθ’⟩: καὶ ὀλέθριοι ἐγενόμεθα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὀλέθριον Zu   


Or. 200.05 (rec exeg) ἰσονέκυες:  1ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν ἰσονέκυες, κατασκευάζει πῶς εἰσιν ἰσονέκυες, λέγουσα πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην·  2σὺ γὰρ, Ὀρέστα, ἐν νεκροῖς τό τε πλεῖον μέρος τῆς ἐμῆς ζωῆς οἴχεται ἐν δάκρυσι συνεχέσι καὶ στεναγμοῖς.  3τὸ δὲ ἄγαμος ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος οὕτως συντακτέον·  4τὸ ἐπί εἰς τὸ ἕλκω καταβιβαστέον, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως·  5ἐπιέλκω δὲ, ἤτοι ἐφέλκω, εἰς τὸν αἰὲν χρόνον ἡ μέλεος τὸν βίοτον καὶ τὴν ζωήν μου ἄτεκνος ἄγαμος, ἅτε, ἀντὶ τοῦ καθά, ἄγαμος.   —VPr(Ra)Rw

TRANSLATION:   Since she has said ‘as good as dead’, she elaborates on how they are like the dead, saying to Orestes: ‘for you, Orestes, are among the dead, and the greater part of my life is gone in continual tears and lamentations’. And one must construe the phrase ‘agamos epi de ateknos’ as follows. The ‘epi’ has to be transferred forward to go with ‘helkō’, so that the sense is like this: ‘epihelkō’, that is, ‘ephelkō’, ‘I drag out’, for all time, wretched me, my life (‘biotos’), that is, life (‘zōē’), being without child, without marriage, (that is,) ‘hate’, ‘since’, used for ‘katha’, ‘inasmuch as’, unmarried.

LEMMA: VRw      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: between sch. 216.11 and 216.13 Rw, between sch. 231.08 and 216.13 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   Ra mostly washed out, but πλέον μέρος τῆς ζωῆς can be read   |    1 καὶ add. before ἐπειδὴ Pr   |    2 πλεῖον … ζωῆς om. Pr, leaving blank space   |    συνεχέσι transp. after στεναγμοῖς Pr   |    4 καταβιβαστέον] κατασκευαστέον Rw   |    4–5 ἵν’ … ἐφέλκω om. Pr, leaving blank space   |    5 τὴν βίοτον Rw   |    καὶ om. Rw   |    ἄτεκνος ἄγαμος] ἄγαμος· ἄτεκνος· ἄγαμος Rw   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,3–9; Dind. II.81,7–13


Or. 200.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: γρ. ἴσοι νέκυες  —S

LEMMA: ϋσονέκυες in text S       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 200.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἶσον νέκυες⟩: γρ. ἰσονέκυες  —Sa

LEMMA: ἶσον νέκυες in text Sa       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 200.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴσοι νέκυες⟩: ἴσοι νεκροί —F2Zl

LEMMA: thus in text F2, a.c. Zl (p.c. ἰσονέκυες)       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἴσα app. F2   


Or. 200.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἶσοι νέκυες⟩: ἶσοι νέκυες ἐσμὲν σύ τε καὶ ἡμεῖς.  —MlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   ἶσον νέκυες Sa(as in text), om. S   |    καὶ om. Mn   |    σύ τε] om. R    |    ὑμεῖς Ml (perhaps started η but immediately shifted to υ)   


Or. 200.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἶσοι νέκυες⟩: ἐξ ἴσου ἐσμὲν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l. cont. from prev.      


Or. 200.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἶσοι νέκυες⟩: νεκρῶν ἐσμὲν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 200.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἶσον νέκυες⟩: ἐσμὲν  —Vrec

LEMMA: ἶσον νέκυες in text V       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 200.13 (mosch paraphr) ἰσονέκυες: ἴσοι νεκροῖς ἐσμεν. ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅμοιοι νεκροῖς, τουτέστιν νεκροῖς ἐοίκαμεν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

LEMMA: T, ὀλόμεθα ἰσονέκυες G       POSITION: s.l. except XXoTG      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,14–15


Or. 200.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: ἴσοι νεκροῖς ἐσμὲν.  —AaGKXo

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἴσοι] ἴσον τοῖς Aa, ἴσοι τοῖς K   |    ἐσμὲν om. KXo, add. Xo2   


Or. 200.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: ἴσοι νεκροῖς ἐοίκαμεν.  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 200.16 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: ποταποὶ ἴσοι νεκροῖς  —ZZaZbZmT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ποταποὶ om. Ta   


Or. 200.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: καὶ ἴσως καὶ ὁμοίως τοῖς νεκροῖς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 200.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: καὶ ὅμοιοι νεκροῖς ἐσμὲν.  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   νεκροὺς Ox   


Or. 200.19 (tri metr) ⟨(ἰσο)νέκυ(ες)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς μακρᾶς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 200.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἴσοι⟩: νεκροῖς  —R

POSITION: s.l. (over νέκυες)      


Or. 200.21 (rec gloss) ⟨νέκυες⟩: ὥσπερ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 200.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλόμεθα⟩: καὶ ἐφθάρημεν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 201.01 (vet exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς Ὀρέστην λέγει.  —H

TRANSLATION:   She directs this utterance to Orestes.

REF. SYMBOL: H       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 201.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὁ λόγος.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 201.03 (rec exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: Ὀρέστα  —OV3AaF

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ prep. AaF   |    δηλονότι add. Aa   


Or. 201.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: ὦ μῆτερ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 201.05 (thom exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: ὦ μῆτερ ἢ ὦ Ὀρέστα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘You’ implies the address) ‘o mother’ or ‘o Orestes’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἦ Za   


Or. 201.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐν νεκροῖς⟩: ὑπάρχεις  —AbCrFMlMnSSaOxXXaXbXoT+YGGrZb2ZcZu

POSITION: s.l. (above σύ CrFOx)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ὑπάρχουσα Ab, perhaps ‑χει S   |    add. ὡς Zb   


Or. 201.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐν νεκροῖς⟩: πρός  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 201.08 (rec gloss) ⟨νεκροῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς  —S

LEMMA: ἐν om. in text S       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 202.01 (202–203) (rec paraphr) τοῦ ἐμοῦ τε βίου φθείρεται τὸ πλέον μέρος καὶ οἴχεται.  —Mn


Or. 202.02 (202–203) (mosch paraphr) πλέον μέρος: ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ τὸ πλέον μέρος τοῦ ἐμοῦ βίου ἤγουν τῆς ἐμῆς ζωῆς ἔφθαρται.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

LEMMA: T, σύ τε γὰρ ἐν νεκροῖς G       REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. except XXoTG      

APP. CRIT.:   (first τοῦ om. Ta)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,18–19


Or. 202.03 (202–203) (pllgn paraphr) καὶ μέρος τοῦ ἐμοῦ βίου ἔφθαρται.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 202.04 (202–203) (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν τὸ πλέον τῆς ἐμῆς ζωῆς ἔφθαρται.  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 202.05 (rec gloss) ⟨τό τ’ ἐμὸν⟩: τοῦ ἐμοῦ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 202.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τό τ’ ἐμὸν⟩: ἡ κτητικὴ ἀντωνυμία ἀντὶ γενικῆς.  —K

TRANSLATION:   The possessive adjective is used in place of the genitive (pronoun).

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 202.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τ’⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 202.08 (rec gloss) ⟨οἴχεται⟩: φθείρεται  —CrMlSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   


Or. 202.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴχεται⟩: ἔφθαρται  —Xo2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,17


Or. 202.10 (thom gloss) ⟨οἴχεται⟩: ἐφθάρη  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,17


Or. 202.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴχεται⟩: ᾤχετο  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 203.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βίου τὸ πλέον μέρος⟩: ἤγουν περιφραστικῶς ἡ ἐμὴ ζωή  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 203.02 (rec gloss) ⟨βίου⟩: τῆς ζωῆς  —V3SaXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Xo2   |    τῆς om. V3   |   


Or. 203.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨βίου⟩: τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 203.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πλέον⟩: τὸ  —F2

LEMMA: βίου τε πλέον in text F       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 204.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨στοναχαῖσι⟩: στεναγμοῖς  —AaMlMnSSaXXaXbT+YYfGGrZb2ZcZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἐν prep. S, καὶ prep. MlMnZu   


Or. 204.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στοναχαῖσι⟩: ἐν στεναγμῷ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 204.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στοναχαῖσι⟩: ἐν θρήνοις  —F2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 204.04 (thom exeg) ⟨στοναχαῖσι⟩: λάμβανε τὸ ‘ἐν στοναχαῖσί τε καὶ γόοις’ ἢ πρὸς τὸ οἴχεται ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἕλκω. —ZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Construe ‘in groans and lamentations’ either with ‘is gone’ or with ‘drag out’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZlZm      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81, 20–21


Or. 204.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στοναχαῖσι⟩: στοναχῇσι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The spelling with ‑ῆσι/-ῇσι is present in the text of AbMnRSa.   


Or. 204.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τε⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 204.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γόοις⟩: καὶ λύπαις  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 204.08 (recTri gloss) ⟨γόοις⟩: θρήνοις  —MlMnST

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta wrongly adds a cross.   |   


Or. 205.01 (205–207) (pllgn wdord) word order α (ἅτε), β (ἁ μέλεος), γ (τὸν ἀεὶ), δ (χρόνον), ε (ἕλκω), ϛ (βίοτον), ζ (ἄτεκνος), η (ἐπὶ δ’?), θ (ἄγαμος)  —V3

APP. CRIT.:   Some numbers obscured by repair. Further uncertainty arises from duplicate numbers: α(?) (ἐπὶ), β (ἁ μέλεος), δ (βίοτον), ε (μέλεος), ϛ (ἄτεκνος), ζ (ἅτε).   |   η is actually above ἄτ of ἄτεκνος, presumably because of pre-existing glosses and the ref. symbol over ἐπὶ δ’.   |   


Or. 205.02 (205–207) (pllgn wdord) word order α (app. ἁ [of ἁ μέλεος]), β (ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος), γ (μέλεος), δ (ἅτε), ε (ἕλκω), ϛ (βίοτον), ζ (δάκρυσι)  —Aa


Or. 205.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάκρυσί⟩: ἐν  —F2Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 205.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάκρυσί⟩: δακρύοις  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 205.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τ’⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 205.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐννυχίοις⟩: νυκτερινοῖς  —AaCrPrOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2ZcZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrPrOx   


Or. 205.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐννυχίοις⟩: ὁλονυκτίοις  —V1F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 206.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄγαμος ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄτεκνος, ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ ἄγαμος  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘childless, and in addition to this unmarried’ (that is, with the adjectives in the opposite order).

POSITION: s.l. (ἁ μέλεος κτλ Yf) except X and marg. Xo      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄτεκνος om. Zc   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   |    δὲ καὶ Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,22

COMMENT:   See comment on 206.10.   


Or. 206.02 (tri exeg) ⟨ἄγαμος ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγαμος, ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ ἄτεκνος  —T+

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘unmarried, and in addition to this childless’.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Unless the difference from the other Moschopulean witnesses (206.01) is due to an accidental substitution influenced by the words in the verse below this annotation, Triclinius has rejected the scholiastic expedient of assuming a poetic swapping of positions (antistrophe, ἀναστρέφεται in the old sch. 206.10: see comment there).    

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 206.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: δέον ἀγάμως καὶ ἀτέκνως εἰπεῖν, ὁ δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἥτις εὐθεῖαν ἐξήνεγκεν.  —ZbZmZlGu

TRANSLATION:   When he should have said (with adverbs) ‘in a manner without marriage or children’, he pronounced (the adjectives) in agreement with the nominative ‘who’ (‘hētis’).

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZm       POSITION: s.l. Zl      

APP. CRIT.:   ἥτις] εἴπης Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,23–24


Or. 206.04 (thom gloss) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: ποταπὴ  —ZZaZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: ἄνανδρος  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.      


Or. 206.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: χωρὶς γάμου  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: εἰμὶ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: ὑπάρξω  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.09 (pllgn wdord) word order [α] (?), β (δ’), γ (ἁ μέλεος), δ (ἅτε), ε (ἕλκω), ϛ (βίοτον) Aa  —Aa

APP. CRIT.:   α is not visible now; it was either omitted or erased above ἐπὶ when 206.20 was added.   


Or. 206.10 (vet exeg) ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος:  1περισσὸν τὸ ἄτεκνος·  2ἡ γὰρ ἄγαμος καὶ ἄτεκνος.  3ἀναστρεπτέον οὖν τὴν σύνταξιν· ἄτεκνος, †ἐπειδὴ† ἄγαμος·  4δυνατὸν γὰρ τὴν γήμασαν εἶναι ἄτεκνον.   —HMBC

TRANSLATION:   The term ‘childless’ is superfluous. For the unmarried woman is also childless. Therefore one should reverse the arrangement: ‘childless, and also unmarried’. For it is possible for the woman who has married to be childless.

LEMMA: B, ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος ἅτε βίοτον M(ἐπεὶ)C       REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: marg. H      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἄτεκνος περισσὸν transp. B   |    2 ἡ γὰρ ἄγαμος καὶ ἄτεκνος] ἡ γὰρ ἄτεκνος καὶ ἄγαμος transp. H, om. MC   |    3 ἀνατρεπτέον C   |    corrupt for ἐπὶ δ’   |    4 δυνατὸν] δύναται MC   |    μὴ γήμασαν B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,10–12; Dind. II.81,25–27

COMMENT:   There was probably a twofold concern among commentators and teachers over this phrase. First, one could accuse Euripides of adding ἄτεκνος in a situation where it did not add anything to what ἄγαμος already implies (according to normative notions of female behavior assumed and promoted by commentators). Second, the phrase could be viewed as morally unsuitable for students to read, as Electra could be taken to acknowledge the possibility of premarital sex (see sch. 108.04, 108.05). The second half of the note attempts to allay those concerns, and it must originally have been written for a text with ἐπὶ δ’, which was sometimes corrupted to ἐπεὶ δ’, with the corruption than spreading to M’s lemma and the text of several recentiores (or the corruption occurred first in a version of the scholion and spread to the lemma and text). When the exchanged word order is assumed, then the second epithet (now ἄγαμος) is no longer redundant.   |   

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   |   antistrophe (of word order)   


Or. 206.11 (rec exeg) ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος:  1περισσὸν τὸ ἄτεκνος.  2εἰ γὰρ ἄγαμος, καὶ ἄτεκνος.  3ἢ ἀναστρεπτέον τὴν σύνταξιν· ἄτεκνος, †ἐπειδὴ† ἄγαμος·  4δυνατὸν γὰρ τὴν γήμασαν εἶναι ἄτεκνον, διὸ προσέθηκεν ἄγαμος.   —VMlMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The term ‘childless’ is superfluous. For if a woman is unmarried, she is also childless. Or else one should reverse the arrangement: ‘childless, and also unmarried’. For it is possible for the woman who has married to be childless, and therefore he added ‘unmarried’.

LEMMA: V, p.c. Mn, ἐπεὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος MlRbS, prob. Sa(faded), a.c. Mn,       REF. SYMBOL: VMlRa      

APP. CRIT.:   3 ἢ … ἄτεκνος om. S   |    ἀνατρεπτέον MnRa   |    corrupt for ἐπὶ δ’   |    4 δυνατὸν] ἐνέδεχετο V   |    γαμεῖσαν MlMnRb, γημήσασαν V, γαμηθεῖσαν RaSSa   |    εἶναι om. V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,10–12; Dind. II.81,25–27 app.


Or. 206.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἤγουν ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ἄτεκνος  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπεὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἐπεὶ δὲ ἄτεκνος, εἰμὶ ἄγαμος.  —Mn

LEMMA: ἐπεὶ in text Mn       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπεὶ δ’⟩: ἐπειδὴ  —Pr

LEMMA: ἐπεὶ in text Pr       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: σὺν τούτοις  —CrKXoOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 206.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: σὺν τούτῳ  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: ἐπὶ τούτοις δὲ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: τούτοις  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: σὺν δὲ, ἐπειδὴ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐμὲ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄτεκνος⟩: περισσὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 206.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄτεκνος⟩: μὴ ἔχουσα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l. (above βίοτον since space above ἄτεκνος is taken)      


Or. 206.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄτεκνος⟩: ἐγὼ εἰμὶ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.24 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄτεκνος⟩: εἰμὶ ἄνευ τέκνων.  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.25 (206–207) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἅτε βίοτον ἁ μέλεος⟩: ἐπειδὴ ἐγὼ ἡ ἀθλία ἄγω χρόνον εἰς τὴν διηνεκῆ μου ζωὴν ἀτεκνίᾳ  —MlMnSSa

POSITION: cont. from sch. 206.11 MlMnSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀτεκνία p.c. S, ἀτεκνίαν MlMnSa, a.c. S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,28–29


Or. 206.26 (206–207) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἅτε βίοτον ἁ μέλεος⟩:  1ἥτις ἡ μελέα εἰς τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον ἕλκω τὸν βίοτον, ἤγουν τὴν ζωήν.  2τουτέστιν ἀκούσιον ζωὴν ἔχω.  3διὰ γὰρ τοῦ ἕλκω τὸ ἀκούσιον παριστᾷ.  4ὥσπερ φαμὲν ὅτι ἕλκουσιν οἱ βόες τὴν ἅμαξαν καὶ τὸ ἄροτρον.  5οὐ γὰρ ἑκουσίᾳ γνώμῃ ταῦτα σύρουσιν ἀλλ’ ὑπ’ ἀνάγκης.  6τοῦτό φησιν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὸν θάνατον αἱρετώτερον ἡγουμένη τῆς ζωῆς.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   (I), who, wretched woman, drag out my life (‘biotos’), that is, life (‘zōē’), for all time. That is, I have a form of life contrary to my will. For by using the verb ‘drag out’ (‘helkō’) she suggests the aspect of unwillingness. Just as we say (with this verb) that the oxen drag the wagon or the plow, for they do not pull these things along by their willing intention, but under compulsion. Electra says this because she believes death is to be preferred to her (current) life.

LEMMA: ἁ μέλεος εἰς τὸ αἰὲν G      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἅτε ἡ μελέα T   |    6 τοῦτο δὲ φησὶν ἠλέκτρα T   |    τὸν add. before αἱρ. Y   |    ἡγουμ. αἱρετ. transp. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἄμαξαν X   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.82,4–9

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 206.27 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἅτε⟩: ἥτις  —V1AaCGKMnSZZaZbZlZmZuGuZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τις (= (ἅ)τις) Mn   


Or. 206.28 (rec gloss) ⟨ἅτε⟩: ἐγὼ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.29 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἅ τε⟩: ἥ (τε)  —XXaXb

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.30 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἅτε⟩: καθὰ  —AbCrFMnSaOxT, perhaps R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMnOx; perhaps both words later deleted in Mn   


Or. 206.31 (rec gloss) ⟨βίοτον⟩: περιώδυνον  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.32 (rec gloss) ⟨βίοτον⟩: ὀδυνηρὸν δηλονότι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.33 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βίοτον⟩: λείπει τὸ ἀβίωτον.  —ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. B3a   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 206.34 (rec gloss) ⟨βίοτον⟩: ζωὴν  —AaAbGMlMnRSaZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. AaSaZc, καὶ prep. Ml   


Or. 206.35 (rec artGloss) ⟨βίοτον⟩: τὸν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.01 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἁ μέλεος⟩: ἡ ἀθλία  —AbCrF2GMlMnSSaOxZZaZbZlZuTGuZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἡ] ἢ Zc, om. ZZbZl   


Or. 207.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁ μέλεος⟩: οὖσα  —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.03 (mosch artGloss) ⟨ἁ⟩:  —XXaXbYfTZcAa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ἐγὼ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.05 (rec gram) ⟨μέλεος⟩: μέλεος γίνεται ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ ἐλεεῖσθαι. —V

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For this etymology see Theognostus, Canones [Cramer, Anecdota Gr. Oxon. II] §270,7–9 τὸ μέλεος, προπαροξύτονον, σύνθετον ὂν παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἐλεεῖν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ μὴ λῶ, ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ θέλω; sch. Sa Hec. 154 μελέα ἐτυμολογεῖται ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ ἐλεεῖσθαι, sch. Pr Hec. 149 μελέας· ἀθλίας μηδὲ ἐλέους ἀξιουμένης; sch. V Hec. 186 μέλεος ὁ ἄθλιος ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ λῶ τὸ θέλω. μέλεος δὲ καὶ ὁ κλέπτης καί πως ἄδικος, παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἐλέους ἄξιος εἶναι.   


Or. 207.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨αἰὲν⟩: διηνεκῆ  —AaCrMlMnSaOxZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν prep. AaMnSa, καὶ τὸν prep. CrOx, καὶ εἰς τὸν prep. S, καὶ prep. MlZu   |    χρόνον add. Aa   


Or. 207.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰὲν⟩: διὰ παντὸς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.08 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰὲν⟩: ἀεὶ  —AbF2Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.09 (vet gloss) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: διάγω  —MCAbMlMnRSaG, perhaps Zb

POSITION: s.l. except marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ἕλκω (or τὸ ἕλκω?) ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. M [damaged or erased]   |    καὶ prep. S   

COLLATION NOTES:   Zb’s gloss partly erased and overwritten by Zb2 gloss; original uncertain.   |   


Or. 207.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: ἔχω  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: φέρω  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: τὸ ἐπί καταβιβαστέον εἰς τὸ ἕλκω  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘epi’ is to be applied later in the sentence to the verb ‘helkō’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.13 (pllgn wdord) word order (or juncture) α (ἐπὶ), β (ἕλκω)  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.14 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: διαβιβάζω  —SaZZaZb2ZmT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: διαβιβάζω μετ’ ὀδύνης  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: βαδίζω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.17 (tri metr) diple pointing outward at beginning and end of verse  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 208.01 (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὅρα παροῦσα:  1αἱ ἑξῆς αὗται ἀμοιβαῖαι περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶν ἰαμβικῶν τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων ρηʹ, ὧν τελευταῖος [315] ‘κάματος βροτοῖσιν ἀπορία τε γίνεται’.  2μετὰ μέντοι τὸν ξζʹ στίχον καὶ τὸν ξθʹ κῶλα βʹ μονόμετρα βραχυκατάληκτα.  3ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς.   —T

TRANSLATION:   The following alternating groups of dialogue lines [208–315] consist of 108 acatalectic iambic trimeters, of which the last [315] is ‘this turns out to be toil and helplessness for mortals’. But after the sixty-seventh verse [274] and the sixty-ninth [276] there are two brachycatalectic monometric cola. At the sense-divisions a paragraphos, and at the end a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,25–29


Or. 208.02 (208–209) (rec wdord) word order α (παρθέν’), β (παροῦσα), γ (πέλας), δ (ὅρα), ε (μὴ καταθ.)  —Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 208.03 (208–209) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὅρα παροῦσα⟩: σκόπει παραγενομένη, ἵνα μὴ ἀποθανὼν ὁ ἀδελφός σου.  —X


Or. 208.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὅρα⟩: σκόπει  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 208.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅρα⟩: καὶ βλέπε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 208.06 (tri metr) ⟨ὅρα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 208.07 (rec gloss) ⟨παροῦσα … πέλας⟩: πλησιάσασα  —AbMlMnRSSaZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    πλησιάσασαι S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πληάσασα R   |   


Or. 208.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨παροῦσα⟩: παραγενομένη  —KXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 208.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨παροῦσα⟩: ἐλθοῦσα  —CrSaOxZZa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 208.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παροῦσα⟩: παρελθοῦσα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 208.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παροῦσα⟩: παρυπάρχουσα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 208.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨παρθέν’⟩:  —F2PrXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 208.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πέλας⟩: γενομένη τοῦ σοῦ ἀδελφοῦ  —Xo2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 208.14 (rec gloss) ⟨πέλας⟩: τοῦ Ὀρέστου  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 208.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέλας⟩: αὐτοῦ  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 208.16 (thom gloss) ⟨πέλας⟩: πλησίον  —ZZaZuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 208.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέλας⟩: ἐγγύς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 209.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨μὴ⟩: ἵνα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ add. G   


Or. 209.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴ⟩: πῶς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 209.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨κατθανὼν⟩: ἀποθανὼν  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 209.04 (rec gloss) ⟨σύγγονος⟩: ὁ ἀδελφὸς Ὀρέστης  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 209.05 (moschThom gloss) ⟨σύγγονος⟩: ὁ ἀδελφός σου  —XaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlT*CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T, καὶ prep. Ox   |    ὁ om. ZZaZbG   |    σου om. TZZaZbZlGCrOx   


Or. 209.06 (rec gloss) ⟨λέληθ⟩: ἡμᾶς  —AbMlMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Pr   


Or. 209.07 (rec gloss) ⟨λέληθ’⟩: λανθάνει  —SaZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 209.08 (rec gloss) ⟨λέληθ’⟩: λάθῃ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 209.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨λέληθ’⟩: ἔλαθε  —F2RSZb2ZmZuGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἔλεσθε S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν F2   |   


Or. 209.10 (rec gloss) ⟨λέληθ’⟩: παραφ⟨θ⟩ῇ(?)  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The ῆ is very small, crowded in above phi and under the letter in the line above. The unusual (or unique) sense of παραφθάνω, ‘get by, escape (the notice of)’, does not seem impossible. But perhaps the traces have not been correctly deciphered.   


Or. 209.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: οὗτος  —CrF2MlMnOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 210.01 (rec paraphr) ὅτι οὐχί μοι ἀρέσκει ἀγνώστως παρακαθέζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ καὶ διαλελυμένῳ Ὀρέστῃ καὶ μὴ εἰδέναι εἴτε ζῇ εἴτε οὔ.  —MlMnSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Ml      

APP. CRIT.:   περικαθ- Ml   |    τῷ] τοῦ Ml   |    παρακειμένῳ Mn   |    διαλελυμμένον ὀρέστην Ml   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.82,16–18

COLLATION NOTES:   In Sa only the last words καὶ μὴ εἰδέναι κτλ are written in dark ink by the main hand; it appears that the first words were written by the rubricator (as sometimes occurred in Sa), although they have almost entirely faded out.    |   


Or. 210.02 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ γάρ μ’ ἀρέσκει⟩: Ἀττικὸν τὸ σχῆμα· Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Ran. 103]· ‘σὲ δὲ ταῦτ’ ἀρέσκει’  —VRb, partial PrGu

LEMMA: VRb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. PrGu; follows sch. 210.06 in Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀριστοφ. κτλ om. PrGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,13–4; Dind. II.82,15–16

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes   


Or. 210.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μ’ ἀρέσκει⟩: Ἀττικὸν ἀντιπτωτικῶς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   ἀντίπτωσις   


Or. 210.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μ’⟩: μοι  —V1AbFMlMnRSaXXaXbXoTYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 210.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀρέσκει⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ om. ZmT   


Or. 210.06 (vet exeg) τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ: τῷ πάνυ ἐκλελυμένῳ τοῦ σώματος  —HMBOV3CRb

TRANSLATION:   By the extremely relaxed state of his body.

LEMMA: Rb      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: marg. HM, intermarg. B, s.l. OV3C      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν prep. H3   |    τῷ πάνυ om. O, πάνυ transp. after ἐκλ. V3 (adding to V1’s shorter gloss)   |    τοῦ σώματος HO(om. τοῦ)RbV3, app. σώματος O, τῷ σώματι MBC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,15; Dind. II.82,18–19

COLLATION NOTES:   O has a tiny mark suspended above final tau of σώματ, very like the omicron = ος on ἐλαφρός in the gloss below it; it is less likely to be iota, despite lack of opening, because iota is usually longer, more perpendicular than this stroke, and usually has a trema in the scholiast’s hand.   |   


Or. 210.07 (rec gloss) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: ἐκλελυμένῳ  —V1AbPrSaZuCrOx

POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above 212 δέοντι PrZu)      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ prep. Sa, ἢ prep. Zu, καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκλελειμμένω V1, ἐκλελειμένω Ox   |   


Or. 210.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: τῷ ἐκλελυμένῳ τούτῳ φίλῳ  —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   φόβω Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκλελειμένῳ S   |   


Or. 210.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: καὶ τούτῳ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 210.10 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: ἐν τῇ λίαν παρέσει  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 210.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: ἤγουν κατὰ τὸ λίαν παραλελυμένον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  That is, in respect to the excessively relaxed (condition).

REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. except XXo      

APP. CRIT.:   παραλελυμένῳ· prep. Xo (in addition to sep. gloss s.l. 210.17)   |    παραλελειμένον (υ above ει) X (λίαν παρειμένον Ta)   |   


Or. 210.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨τῷ⟩: ἐν  —OZZaZbZlZmTGuB3aF2Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. H3 addition to sch. 210.06   


Or. 210.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῷ⟩: κατὰ τὸ  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 210.14 (rec gloss) ⟨λίαν⟩: πάνυ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 210.15 (rec gloss) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: λελυμένῳ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   possibly intended to mean (παρα)λελ.   |   


Or. 210.16 (rec gloss) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: διαλελυμένῳ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 210.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: παραλελυμένῳ  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcAaZu

POSITION: s.l. (precedes 210.12 YYfGr, but punct. as sep.)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu, τῶ prep. Zc   


Or. 210.18 (thom exeg) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: παραλελυμένῳ αὐτοῦ  —ZZaZbZlT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διαλελ‑ Za   

COLLATION NOTES:   Zl water damage: of αὐτοῦ only a possible trace of the breathing remains.   |   


Or. 210.19 (thom exeg) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: παραλελυμένῳ αὐτοῦ· ὕπτιος γὰρ καὶ ὡς νεκρὸς ἔκειτο· ἢ τῇ παραλύσει.  —ZmGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   By (the) loosened state of him. For he (Orestes) was lying face-up and like a corpse. Or by his paralysis (immobility).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ om. Zm, with τῇ παρ. as sep. gloss   


Or. 210.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: τῷ ἀκινήτῳ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 210.21 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 211.01 (vet exeg) νῦν οὐ τραγῳδεῖ, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ.  —HBC

TRANSLATION:   Now he does not declaim in an impassioned way, but rather (he does so) during his madness.

REF. SYMBOL: H      POSITION: intermarg. BC      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,16

COMMENT:   On the senses of τραγῳδεῖν see Prelim. Stud. 32 with note 115.   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   |   τραγῳδεῖν   


Or. 211.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὦ φίλον ὕπνου θέλγητρον⟩: ὦ προσφιλὴς τοῦ ὕπνου θελκτικὴ δύναμις  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. except XXoT      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ om. G   |    προσφιλὴς] φίλ() Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,3


Or. 211.03 (rec wdord) word order α (θέλγητρον), β (φίλον)  —Mn


Or. 211.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: καὶ προσφιλὲς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.05 (vet exeg) ὕπνου θέλγητρον:  1τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου, τὸ μάλιστα θέλγειν δυνάμενον τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας·  2ὁ γὰρ ἐλαφρὸς φαντασίαις ἀναμέμικται.   —HMBVCMlMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The deepest form of sleep, the one that can most enchant those who are ill. For light sleep is mixed with visions.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ὦ φίλον VRb, θέλγητρον Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBVMlRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 βαθὺ τὰ τοῦ ὕπνου Ml   |    1 τοῦ ὕπνου om. Pr   |    μάλιστα om. H   |    δυνάμενον θέλγειν transp. H   |    ἀσθενοῦντας] ἀρρώστους H   |    2 after ἐλαφρὸς add. ὕπνος VMlMnSSa [Pr (damaged, app. no space for this added word)]   |    ἀναμέμνηται Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μάλιστα] μάλλιστα Mn   |    δυνάμενοι S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,17–19; Dind. II.82,27–29

COMMENT:   Compare sch. 159.18.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Sa has τὸ, μάλιστα, cf. this comma elsewhere, e.g. τὸ, κακῶν at start of sch. 234.12.   |   


Or. 211.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὕπνου θέλγητρον⟩:  1τὸν βαθύτατον·  2ὁ γὰρ ἐλαφρὸς φαντασίαις ἀναμέμικται.   —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.07 (pllgn exeg) ἤγουν τὸ δυνάμενον θέλγειν τοὺς ἀσθ[ενοῦντας· τὸ] θέλγον(?) γὰρ τοῦ κακοχουμένου γίνεται παρηγορία [καὶ] λήθη τῶν κακῶν.  —F

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck original F, 159v.   


Or. 211.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὕπνου θέλγητρον⟩: τὴν βαθύτητα τοῦ ὕπνου φησὶν.  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨ὕπνου⟩: τοῦ  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄλλως· θέλγητρον⟩: τὸ θέλγον, ἡδῦνον, τὸ προσφιλέστατον καὶ βαθύτατον καὶ κάλλιστον τοῦ ὕπνου  —V

LEMMA: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,20–21; Dind. II.82,29–30


Or. 211.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου ὀνομάζει θέλγητρον.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: τὸ βαθύτατον  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: καὶ ἥδυσμα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.14 (thom gloss) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: ἡδονή  —ZZaZbZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.15 (rec gloss) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: θεραπευτικὸν  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: ἡδονικὸν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   In magical and medical texts ἡδονικόν is a term for an aphrodisiac drug, one that heightens sexual pleasure so much that the prospect of intercourse is irresistible. (This meaning is not recognized in LSJ or BDAG.) The use here for a more general enchantment is odd.    


Or. 211.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίκουρον νόσου⟩: φυσικῶς τὸν ὕπνον οἶδεν ἐπίκουρον τῶν κακῶν  —HMBCGPr

TRANSLATION:   In terms of what is natural, he knows that sleep is a helper against troubles.

LEMMA:  s.l. C, marg. G;       REF. SYMBOL: H       POSITION: cont. from 211.05 (add. δὲ) BPr; marg. MG, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὸν οἶπνον M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,22; Dind. II.82,30–83,1

COMMENT:   The position of the adverb seems to favor taking it with the main verb, as translated above, and whoever wrote the next sch. understood the remark in this way. Such a use could be considered an obverse of the use of φυσικῶς (contrasted with ἀλληγορικῶς and μυθικῶς) in categorizing commonly-applied Byzantine modes of interpretataion. The alternative translation ‘He knows that sleep is naturally a helper against troubles’ is a point somewhat less likely to be made by a commentator.   


Or. 211.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίκουρον νόσου⟩: φυσικῶς αὐτὸ εἶπεν· παραμύθιον γὰρ τῶν κακῶν οἶδε τὸν ὕπνον.  —VRb

TRANSLATION:   He said this in terms of what is natural, for he knows that sleep is a comfort against troubles.

LEMMA: VRb(νόσον)       REF. SYMBOL: VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   π(ερι)μύθιον Rb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,23–24


Or. 211.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον νόσου⟩: βοηθὸν κατὰ τῆς νόσου  —XaXbXaXbXoTa+Tb+YGGr

POSITION: s.l. except Xo and (cont. from 211.02) XaTa      

APP. CRIT.:   βοηθὲ τῆς νόσου Ta   |    κατὰ σοῦ a.c. Y, p.c. κατὰ νόσου   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,3


Or. 211.20 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: βοηθόν  —AbF2 MlMnRSZZaZbZmZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: καὶ βοήθημα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: παραμύθιον  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: θεραπευτικὸν  —AbMl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.24 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: τὸ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.25 (thom exeg) ἐπίκουρον: τοῖς γὰρ νοσοῦσιν οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν ὕπνος ἐστὶ τῆς νόσου φάρμακον.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For to those who are sick, nothing other than sleep is a medicine for the disease.

LEMMA: T       REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl at ὕπνου, Gu at νόσου       POSITION: s.l. ZZa, cont. from 211.20      

APP. CRIT.:   Many words lost to trimming Zl   |    ἐστὶ transp. before ἄλλο ZZa   |    φάρμ. τ. νόσου transp. ZZa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τῆς] τοῖς Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,1–2


Or. 211.26 (rec gloss) ⟨νόσου⟩: τοῦ νοσοῦντος  —KRf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.27 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨νόσου⟩: τῆς  —AaF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 212.01 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —AaAbKXXaXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmTB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 212.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ἢ λίαν ἢ ὄντως  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 212.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡδὺ⟩: ἡδέως  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 212.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡδὺ⟩: γλυκύ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 212.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡδὺ⟩: καὶ εὐφραντόν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εὐφραντὴν CrOx   

COMMENT:   εὐφραντόν appears in scholia elsewhere along with, or as gloss on, ἡδύ.   |   


Or. 212.06 (rec exeg) ⟨με⟩: γρ. μοι  —MnSa

LEMMA: με in text MnSa       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 212.07 (rec gloss) ⟨προσῆλθες⟩: ἐπῆλθες  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὐπῆλθες R   


Or. 212.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: λείπει καιρῷ.  —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καιρῷ] τῶ καιρῶ R, καιρὸν φύσεως Ml   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ab partially lost in margin, with damaged kappa.   |   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 212.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: στερισκομένῳ ἢ πρέποντι καιρῷ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) ‘being in need’ (with ‘endeonti’ as one word, modifying dative ‘me’, that is, Orestes) or ‘suitable occasion’ (with ‘en deonti’ as two words, with dative ‘occasion’ understood).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν add. before πρέπ. T, s.l. Zm   |    καιρῷ lost to trimming Zl   

COMMENT:   If I have correctly inferred what Thomas meant by στερισκομένῳ, then it may be noted how the addition (Triclinius’s) of ἐν makes the explanation clearer.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu reuses Gr’s καιρῷ.   |   


Or. 212.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: ἐν πρέποντι καιρῷ —Aa3CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    καιρῷ om. S   


Or. 212.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: ἐν χρῄζοντι  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καιρῶ add. Ab   


Or. 212.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: ἐν καιρῷ  —PrZb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. PrZu (with misplaced gloss 210.07 before)   


Or. 212.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: ἢ ἐν δέοντι ἀντὶ τοῦ δεόντως καὶ εὐκαίρως Ἀττικῶς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 212.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: ἐλλείποντι  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This and the next three glosses perhaps assume reading ἐνδέοντι as one word.   


Or. 212.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: λειποθυμήσαντι θνήσκοντι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 212.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: ἀσθενοῦντι, ἢ ἐν δέοντι καιρῷ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 212.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: τῷ ἀψυχοῦντι  —V3Vrec

POSITION: s.l. (V3 above μοι)      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ om. Vrec   


Or. 212.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: τῆς ζωῆς  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This gloss and the next two perhaps assume reading ἐνδέοντι as one word.   


Or. 212.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: φίλου  —Yf

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 212.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: φύσεως  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 212.21 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δέοντι⟩: καιρῷ  —V3KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   add. δηλονότι Xo   


Or. 212.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέοντι⟩: χρειώσει  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 212.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τε⟩: γε  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 213.01 (vet exeg) ὦ πότνια λήθη τῶν κακῶν:  1πότνιαν εἶπεν αὐτήν, ἐπεὶ πάντας τιμῶμεν τοὺς παραμυθουμένους.  2τὸ δὲ ‘ὡς εἶ σοφή’ ἀντὶ τοῦ λίαν σοφῶς ἐπενοήθης ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως.  3τὸ δὲ ‘τῶν κακῶν’ οἰκείως προσέθηκεν, ἐπειδὴ καλὴ τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ λήθη.   —HMBVCMlMnPrRbRwSSa3

TRANSLATION:   He called her ‘lady mistress’ because we honor all those who comfort us. The phrase ‘how wise you are’ is equivalent to ‘you have been devised very wisely by nature’. He added the words ‘of ills’ suitably, since the forgetting of ills is good.

LEMMA: MC, ὦ πότνια λήθη V, ὦ πότνια MlMnRbRwSSa      REF. SYMBOL: HMVMlRb      POSITION: cont. from 211.17 B, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   πότνιαν δὲ BPr   |    αὐτὴν εἶπεν transp. VMlMnRbSa, αὐτὴν om. S   |    1 αὐτὴν] τὴν λήθην τῶν κακῶν B, [τὴν τῶν κακῶν or τῶν κακῶν τὴν] λήθην Pr (damage)   |    ἐπεὶ] ἐπειδὴ VPrRb   |    πάντες VMlRbS   |    1 περιμυθ- Ml   |    2 λίαν σοφῶς] λίαν· καὶ φῶς Rw   |    ἐπενοήθης σοφῶς transp. H   |    ὑπενοήθης MC, ὑπενοήθη Rw   |    ὑπὸ om. Rw   |    3 τὸ δὲ] ἡ λήθη δὲ Sa, ἡ λήθη τὸ δὲ MlMnRbS, τὸ δὲ διὰ Rw   |    first τῶν om. Rb   |    καλὴ] καλόν τι χρῆμα VMlMn(χρήμα)RbSSa   |    ἐστιν om. VMlMnRbSSa   |    at end add. ἢ ἐπειδὴ καλὴ τῶν κακῶν ἡ λήθη V   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 σοφῆ Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,25–28; Dind. II.83,10–11, 15–17


Or. 213.02 (pllgn exeg) λίαν σοφῶς ἐπενοήθης ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως· καλὴ γὰρ τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ λήθη.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 213.03 (213–216) (pllgn exeg) ὦ πότνια λήθη τῶν κακῶν:  1λήθη τῶν κακῶν ὁ ὕπνος ὑπάρχει·  2ὅσας γὰρ ἂν λύπας ἔχῃ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὑπνώσῃ, λανθάνεται αὐτῶν.  3οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ὀρέστης ὑπνώσας ἐπελάθετο τῶν κακῶν ὧν εἶχεν, ἤγουν τῆς μανίας καὶ τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός.  4ὡς ἔοικε δὲ, κατεκλίθη ἐν οἵῳ τόπῳ ἔφθασε δαιμονιζόμενος, εἶτα ἐλθὼν ἐν φρονήσει καὶ ἐξυπνίσας λέγει·  5ἀπὸ ποίου τόπου καὶ πότε ἦλθον ἐνταῦθα;  6ἀμνημονῶ γὰρ ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν, ἤγουν στερηθεὶς τῶν μανιωδῶν καὶ ἐφθαρμένων φρενῶν, καὶ εἰς νοῦν ἐλθὼν ἀρτίως τῶν ὑγιῶν φρενῶν ⟨οὐκ⟩ ἐγνώρισα ποῦ εἰμί.  7ἢ ἄλλως· ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν πρότερον σώων φρενῶν καὶ μαινόμενος γεγονὼς ἀμνημονῶ ποῦ ἦλθον καὶ ποῦ εἰμί.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Sleep is a forgetting of ills. For, however many pains a person has and (then) sleeps, he forgets them. Thus Orestes, too, after sleeping, forgot the troubles he had before, namely his madness and the murder of his mother. And as it seems, he had lain down in the place he had reached when beset by the gods, and then having come to his senses and woken up he says: from what place and when did I come here? For I do not remember, separated from my previous state of mind, that is, freed from insane and corrupted wits, and having come just now to a rational state of healthy wits I have not recognized where I am. Or an alternative way to take it: separated from my previously sound wits and having become insane, I do not recall where I have come to or where I am.

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἔχῃ Matt., ἔχει Yf2   |    ὑπνώσει Yf2    |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,18–27

COMMENT:   In 1 Matthiae (or rather Francesco de Furia, who supplied him with the collations of Florentine mss) wrongly read λήθη ἤγουν. λήθη is written with a suspended θη, and eta is distorted by the overlap of the acute and has a very ornate tail. In 3 Matthiae conjectured ὑπνώσας with punctuation before it, but his collator had missed the tiny καὶ abbreviation and ignored the punctiation after ὑπνώσει. In 4 I interpret Matthiae’s τρόπῳ also as a misreading of τόπῳ of Yf2.   |   


Or. 213.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨πότνια⟩: παρὰ πάντων τιμωμένη  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 213.05 (recThom gloss) ⟨πότνια⟩: σεβασμία  —MlZZaZbZlZuTGuCrOxXoYfZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὦ prep. Yf, καὶ prep. CrMlOx   


Or. 213.06 (tri metr) ⟨πότνια⟩: koine short over omicron  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 213.07 (thom exeg) ⟨λήθη⟩:  1οἱ γὰρ δυστυχοῦντες εὔχονται τῶν κακῶν οἷς σύνεισιν ἀπηλλάχθαι καὶ εἰς λήθην ἐλθεῖν.  2διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐν τῷ καθεστηκότι γενόμενος καὶ τῆς μανίας ἐπ’ ὀλίγον ἀπαλλαγεὶς τὴν τῶν κακῶν λήθην πότνιαν καλεῖ καὶ εὐκταίαν τοῖς δυστυχοῦσι θεόν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For those suffering misfortune pray to be released from the evils attending them and to reach forgetfulness. For this reason Orestes too, once he gets into his normal state of mind and is freed for a short time from his madness, calls the forgetting of evils ‘queen’ (‘potnia’) and a goddess prayed for by those suffering misfortune.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZmGu      

APP. CRIT.:   many words lost in Zl   |    1 oἱ γὰρ νοσοῦντες Zm [Zl]   |    γὰρ om. T [Zl]   |    λήθην] λύσιν Ta [Zl]   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀπηλάχθαι ZbZl, ἀπαλλάχθαι Zm   |    2 εὐκτέαν T [εὐκτέα in text]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,5–9


Or. 213.08 (rec gloss) ⟨λήθη⟩: ἤτοι ἡ ἠρεμία  —V1Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι ἡ om. Gu   


Or. 213.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨τῶν κακῶν⟩: τῶν ἀλγεινῶν, τῶν δυστυχιῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν (both) om. G   |    τῶν δυστ. om. Aa2Zc   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀλγεινῶν] ἰαλῶν γεινῶν a.c. Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,27–28


Or. 213.10 (thom gloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: ἐμῶν  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν prep. Za   


Or. 213.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς εἶ σοφὴ⟩: λίαν ἐπενοήθης ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπενοήθης O   

COMMENT:   Apparently σοφὴ is to be understood from the text below (cf. 213.13).   


Or. 213.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς εἶ σοφὴ⟩: σοφῶς ἐπενοήθης  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 213.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς εἶ σοφὴ⟩: ἤγουν σοφὴ ἐπινοηθεῖσα ἀπὸ φύσεως.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 213.14 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —AbCrKRPr(Sa)OxXXbZZaZbZlZmTGuZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. Zu, καὶ prep. CrOx   

COMMENT:   In Sa ὡς εἶ σοφή is omitted in the text, but in the margin, written as if a scholion, is ὡς λίαν εἶ σοφή.   


Or. 213.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὄντως  —AaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. Zu   


Or. 213.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοφὴ⟩: καλὴ  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 213.17 (rec gloss) ⟨εἶ⟩: ὑπάρχεις  —AbCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 214.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖσι δυστυχοῦσιν εὐκταία⟩: ἀξία εὐχῆς τοῖς κακοπαθοῦσι  —R

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   last two words very damaged   


Or. 214.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τοῖσι⟩: ἐν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 214.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δυστυχοῦσιν⟩: τοῖς ἐν δυστυχίᾳ οὖσι  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 214.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυστυχοῦσιν⟩: ὡς ἐμοὶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 214.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυστυχοῦσιν⟩: δυστυχῶς ἔχουσιν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 214.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπειθοῦσιν⟩: δυστυχοῦσιν  —Rwrec

LEMMA: ἀπειθοῦσιν in text Rw       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 214.07 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: ἐπιθυμητὴ  —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    ἐπιθυμητικὴ S, ἐπιθυμητὸν Ml   


Or. 214.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: ἀξία εὐχῆς —V1AbMlMnSSaZZaZbZlZm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄξια ZbZl   


Or. 214.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: εὐχῆς ἀξία  —Aa3CrRfOxXXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZcZu

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

COMMENT:   Note that Triclinus uses a cross above the gloss here, treating the alternative order of 214.08 as equivalent.   


Or. 214.10 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: εὐτυχὴς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 214.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: ἀγαθὴ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l. (cont. from 214.09, prep. καὶ)      


Or. 214.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: ποθεινή  —F2

LEMMA: εὐκταῖα in text F       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 214.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: εὐκταῖον εὐχῆς ἄξιον πολύτιμον ὑγιὲς.  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Derived from a lexicographic source: cf. Photius ε 2235, Suda ε 3549a, or Lex. Segueriana (Anecdota Gr. Bachmann I.240,26).   


Or. 214.14 (tri metr) ⟨εὐκτέα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 214.15 (rec gloss) ⟨θεός⟩: ὦ Λήθη  —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab      


Or. 214.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεός⟩: θεά  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 214.17 (rec exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 2.742] ‘κλυτὸς Ἱπποδάμ(εια)’  —K

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This citation is scholiastic shorthand for giving a parallel for adjectives with an apparently masculine ending modifying a feminine noun, as seen in sch. MV Hec. 148, sch. MVPrSa Hec. 296 (also sch. Thom. Hec. 296), sch. B Med. 63, sch. MV Andr. 711).   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 214.18 (rec exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: Ἀττικὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 215.01 (rec rhet) ἐμπερίβολος  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,2

COMMENT:   This is a late rhetorical term for ornate or intricate style of discourse, anything expanded beyond a simple and straightforward style of statement. Here it apparently applies to the double question with variation of the interrogative and of the verb of arriving.   |   

KEYWORDS:  ἐμπερίβολος   


Or. 215.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πόθεν ποτ’⟩: ἐρωτηματικὸν πόθεν ποτε.  —K

POSITION: marg. (below column)      


Or. 215.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨πόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ ποίου τόπου  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuV3

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    ἀπὸ om. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,1


Or. 215.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόθεν⟩: καὶ ποῦ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 215.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨πότ’⟩: κατὰ ποῖον καιρὸν  —V3AaZu

LEMMA: πότ’ in text VZu       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ] καὶ Zu   


Or. 215.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨ποτ’⟩: περισσὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (This word is) superfluous (and need not be translated).

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ποτε prep. X   |    ἢ prep. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,1–2

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 215.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ποτ’⟩: ἄρα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἆρα ZZa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,1


Or. 215.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἦλθον⟩: ἐγὼ Ὀρέστης  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 215.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: ὧδε  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ᾧδε XXo, ὦδε F2   


Or. 215.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: ἐν ᾧ νῦν εἰμι.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. ZbZm, ἐνταῦθα prep. T   


Or. 215.11 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: καὶ ἐνταῦθα  —CrOxZuT

POSITION: s.l. (preposed to prev. T)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. T   


Or. 215.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: κίνησιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   δηλοῖ or σημαίνει is to be understood.   


Or. 215.13 (rec exeg) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: εἰς τὴν κατάστασιν τῆς ὑγείας  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 215.14 (thom gloss) ⟨πῶς⟩: κατὰ τίνα τρόπον  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 215.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πῶς⟩: ποίῳ τρόπῳ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 215.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀφικόμην⟩: ἦλθον  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 215.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφικόμην⟩: παρεγενόμην  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 215.18 (tri metr) ⟨ἀφικόμην⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 216.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: τί πέπρακται μοι ἐν τῇ νόσῳ.  —OGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς μανίας add. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,3–4


Or. 216.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: εἴ τι καὶ πέπρακταί μοι ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς μανίας.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 216.03 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: ἐπιλανθάνομαι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,3


Or. 216.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: οὐ μέμνημαι  —Aa2Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 216.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: οὐ μιμνήσκω, ἀχαριστῶ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Note the inclusion of ἀχαριστῶ, a second meaning irrelevant to this passage.   |   


Or. 216.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: καὶ οὐκ ἐνθυμοῦμαι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 216.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶν πρὶν⟩: ἕως τούτου ὀφείλει στίζειν, εἶτα ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν.  —V

TRANSLATION:   It is proper to punctuate after ‘the previous (ills)’, and then (treat as a new phrase) ‘deprived of sense’.

LEMMA: V       POSITION: between lemma of 216.13 and content of 216.13      

APP. CRIT.:   ὀφείλεις Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,8–9; Dind. II.84,9–10

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s correction is unjustified because impersonal ὀφείλει is medieval vernacular and found in e.g. Sch. Opp. Hal. 3.29,3–4 φησὶ γάρ· τὸν ἁλιέα μήτε παχὺν ὀφείλει εἶναι, μήτε λεπτὸν ἀλλὰ κτλ.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 216.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν πρὶν⟩: κακῶν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 216.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν πρὶν⟩: ἀλγεινῶν  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 216.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρὶν⟩: πρότερον  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 216.11 (vet exeg) ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν:  1τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν ἀπολειφθεὶς, ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ.  2οὐχὶ νῦν ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν φρενῶν ἀμνημονῶ, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ νόσῳ.  3τὸ γὰρ ὄργανον, δι’ οὗ ἀναφέρομεν τὰ πραττόμενα, συννοσεῖ τῷ σώματι.  4ἀμνημονῶ τί πέπρακταί μοι ἐν τῇ νόσῳ, τῶν φρενῶν πρότερον ἀπολειφθεὶς καὶ μανείς.   —MBVCPrRbRw, partial MlMnSSa

TRANSLATION:   Deprived of my previous wits, during the madness. I am unaware not because now deprived of my wits, but rather during my sickness. For the sense organ through which we take in what is being done shares in the illness of the body. I am unaware of what has been done by me during my sickness, because I was previously deprived of my wits and became mad.

LEMMA: MVCRb, τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν B, τῶν πρὶν ἀπολ. φρ. MnS(ὁ prep.)Sa, ἀμνημονῶ γὰρ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVMlRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῶν … ἀπολειφθεὶς om. MnSSa (cf. their lemma)   |    ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν transp. Ml   |    1–2 ἐν τῇ … φρενῶν add. Sar in space left by Sa   |    1–2 ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ … ἀπολειφθεὶς om. M   |    2 νῦν] νοῦν B, perhaps Sar   |    τῶν om. MlMnSSa   |    νῦν add. before ἀμνημονῶ BVMlMnPrRbSSa   |    2–4 ἀλλ’ ἐν … ἀμνημονῶ om. Rb   |    2 ἀλλ’ ἐν] ἢ ἀμνημονῶ ἃ πέπρακτα μοι ἐν V   |    ἀλλ’ om., s.l. add. Ml   |    3–4 τὸ γὰρ κτλ om. MlMnSSa   |    3 τὸ γὰρ … σώματι om. app. Pr (damage)   |    σὺ νοσεῖ M   |    4 ἀμνημονῶ τί … νόσῳ om. V   |    τῶν φρενῶν πρότερον] τῶν προτέρων φρενῶν BPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μανίᾳ] μαντία Mn   |    2 ἀπολυφθεὶς Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,1–5; Dind. II.84,4–8

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck Sa for νῦν/νοῦν, 128v line 14.   |   


Or. 216.12 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: τί πέπονθα ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν πρὸ τῆς μανίας φρενῶν.  —V

LEMMA: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,6–7; Dind. II.84,8–9


Or. 216.13 (rec exeg) ἄλλως· ἀμνημονῶ γὰρ τῶν πρὶν ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν:  1δεῖ δὲ νοεῖν· οὐχὶ νῦν ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν φρενῶν, ἀλλὰ τότε·  2νῦν γὰρ φρονίμως διαλέγεται.   —VPrRw

TRANSLATION:   One must interpret: not now deprived of his wits, but back then. For now he is conversing intelligently.

LEMMA: V, ἀμνημονῶ ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν Pr       POSITION: follows sch. 200.05 PrRw (200.05 itself out of order Pr, bottom block 16v)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 between lemma and start of note V inserts sch. 216.07   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,10–11; Dind. II.84,10–12


Or. 216.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν⟩: στερηθεὶς τῶν πρότερον σώων φρενῶν καὶ μαινόμενος γεγονὼς ἀμνημονῶ ποῦ ἦλθον καὶ ποῦ εἰμί.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   First word is reused Y gloss.   |   


Or. 216.15 (recMosch gloss) ἀπολειφθεὶς: στερηθεὶς  —V1F2MnRfSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,12


Or. 216.16 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀπολειφθεὶς⟩: πόρρω γενόμενος ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,12


Or. 216.17 (rec exeg) ⟨φρενῶν⟩: τῶν ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ  —OB3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 216.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρενῶν⟩: μανικῶν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 216.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρενῶν⟩: καὶ διανοιῶν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 216.20 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 217.01 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —V1AaAbCrMlMnRSaOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuTB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 217.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὄντως  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 217.03 (rec gloss) ⟨μ’⟩: τίνα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Indicating that μ’ is from με and not μοι and/or that it is an acc. object. Cf. sch. 130.04.   


Or. 217.04 (tri metr) ⟨ηὔφρανας⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 217.05 (rec gloss) ⟨πεσὼν⟩: τραπεὶς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 217.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πεσὼν⟩: ἐλθών  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 218.01 (vet exeg) ⟨βούλει θίγω σου⟩: φιλαδέλφου κόρης ἦθος καὶ λόγους ἐμιμήσατο.  —MBCAaPraPrbRb

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) has represented the character and utterances of a sister affectionate toward a brother.

LEMMA: MC, 217 ὦ φίλτατ’ Rb       REF. SYMBOL: MRb       POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. AaPrb; follows sch. 221.01 Pra      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ λόγ. μιμήσατο om. Aa   |    καὶ om. Pra   |    ἦθος καὶ λόγον Prb, ἦθος λόγων Pra   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,12–13; Dind. II.84,16–17

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of   


Or. 218.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βούλει⟩: ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ ‘τί σοι θέλεις δῆτ’ εἰκάθω’ ὅ φησι Σοφοκλῆς [Soph. OT 651].  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:   (This passage) is similar (in its grammatical construction) to the line ‘what, then, do you want me to yield to you?’ that Sophocles says.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm       POSITION: s.l. Gu      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,21–22

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Sophocles   


Or. 218.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨βούλει⟩: θέλεις  —CrSaOxZZaZbTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 218.04 (thom exeg) ⟨θίγω⟩:  1διότι μὲν ἤρξατο θίγειν, θίγω ἐνεστῶτα καὶ οὐ θίξω εἶπε.  2διότι δὲ ἔμελλε κουφιεῖν, κουφίσω ἐπὶ μέλλοντος καὶ οὐ κουφίζω εἶπε.  3διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ βούλει ποσῶς μὲν πρὸς τὸ θίγω νοεῖται, τὸ δὲ ὅλον πρὸς τὸ ἀνακουφίσω.  4ἢ καὶ τὸ θίγω ὑποτακτικὸν νόει.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Because she has (already) begun to touch him, she said ‘I touch’ in the present tense and not ‘I will touch’. But because she was (still) about to raise him, she said ‘I will raise’ in the future tense and not ‘I raise’. For this reason also the verb ‘do you want’ is understood to apply to ‘I touch’ to a certain extent, but completely to ‘I will raise up’. Or, alternatively, interpret ‘I touch’ also as subjunctive.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   2 κουφίζω] κουφίσω Z [Zl]   |    4 προσ[τακτικόν] a.c. Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν Ta   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,17–21


Or. 218.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: ἵνα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 218.06 (rec exeg) ⟨θίγω⟩: ἐλλειπτικῶς  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   With ellipsis (scil. of ‘hina’ to introduce the subjunctive).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλλιπτικῶς Pr   |   

KEYWORDS:  ἐλλειπτικῶς   


Or. 218.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θίγω⟩: τὸ βούλει μετὰ ὐποτακτικοῦ συντάσσεται.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 218.08 (rec gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: προσεγγίσω  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 218.08a (rec gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: πλησιάσω  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πλησιάσει Ml   


Or. 218.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: προσεγγίζω  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 218.10 (rec gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: προσψαύσω  —V1CrOxZb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu   


Or. 218.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: ψαύσω  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 218.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: ψαύω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 218.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: καὶ βαστάσω  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 218.14 (rec gloss) ⟨σου⟩: σοι  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 218.15 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀνακουφίσω⟩: ἀνεγείρω  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 218.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀνακουφίσω⟩: ἀναψυχήσω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνασυκήσω Zl   

COMMENT:   ἀναψυχήσω is late Greek for ἀναψύξω.   


Or. 218.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀνακουφίσω⟩: καὶ ἐλαφρυνῶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 218.18 (tri metr) ⟨κἀνακουφίσω⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 218.19 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ σῶμα  —F2OxTZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   |    τὸ om. Zl   


Or. 218.20 (rec artGloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 219.01 (vet exeg) λαβοῦ λαβοῦ δῆτ’: 1σφόδρα δεομένου ἡ φωνή· 2διὸ τῇ ἐπαναλήψει κέχρηται.   —MBVCMlMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The expression is that of one earnestly entreating; therefore he uses repetition of the same word (epanalepsis).

LEMMA: MVC, λαβοῦ λαβοῦ MlMnRbRwSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MVMlRb      POSITION: intermarg. B; between sch. 168.05 and sch. 174.04 Rw, cont. from 218.01 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ σφόδρα VMlMnRbS(τὸ)Sa, τοῦ σφοδροῦ Rw   |    δεομένη Pr   |    φωνή ἐστι VMl(φωνὴ ἐστὶν)MnRbRw(ἐστιν)SSa   |    2 διὸ καὶ BVMlMnPrSSa, ἐξ οὗ καὶ Rw   |    τῇ μὲν ἐπ. MlMnRbSSa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,14–15; Dind. II.84,23–24

KEYWORDS:  epanalepsis   


Or. 219.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨λαβοῦ⟩: ἅψαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 219.03 (thom exeg) ⟨λαβοῦ⟩: ὥστε ἀνακουφίσαι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 219.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λαβοῦ⟩: κούφισον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 219.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὄμορξον⟩: ἀπόπλυνον  —V1Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 219.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὄμορξον⟩: ἀποσπόγγισον  —V3AaMlMnCrFPrRRfSSaOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOxZu   |    ἀποσπόγγια Cr, a.c. Ox   


Or. 219.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄμορξον⟩: ἤγουν ἐξόμορξον  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 219.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄμορξον⟩: ἔκμαξον  —A2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 219.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὄμορξον⟩: ἀπόμοργμα ὁ σπόγγος καὶ τὸ εἴδωλον  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu       POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   a.c. perhaps ἀπογγ*ωμα, p.c. app. ἀπόργμα Zu   

COMMENT:   For the gloss εἴδωλον, cf. Photius α 2572 καὶ ἀπόμοργμα τὸ ἐκτύπωμα καὶ ὁμοίωμα, ps.-Zonaras 253,21 ἀπομόργματα· σφραγίδων ἐκτυπώματα.   


Or. 219.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀθλίου⟩: ἐκ τοῦ  —XXaXbTYYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 219.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθλίου⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ  —Aa2FZcZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. FZu   


Or. 219.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀθλίου⟩: καὶ τοῦ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 220.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στόματος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 220.02 (vet exeg) ἀφρώδη πέλανον: τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀφροῦ  —MBOVaVbCAbMlaMlbMnaMnbPrRbSaSbSaaSab

TRANSLATION:   The caked crust (formed) from foam.

LEMMA: Va, στόματος ἀφρώδη M      REF. SYMBOL: MV      POSITION: intermarg. B; s.l. VbCAbMlbMnbSbSab; cont. from 219.01 B, cont. from 220.05 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀφρώδη δὲ πέλανον prep. Mla(ἀφρόδη)MnaRbSaSaa(ἀφθώδη Mna, δὲ om. Sa), πέλανον δὲ prep. B, πέλανον δὲ κυρίως εἶπε prep. Pr   |    καὶ prep. Sb   |    ὑπὸ] ἀπὸ VaAbMlaMlbMnaMnbSaSbSaaSab, p.c. Pr   |    τοῦ om. OVb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ῥῦπον CMlaPrSaSb, a.c. Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,17–18; Dind. II.84,27

COMMENT:   The mss all have the accentuation πέλανον, not πελανὸν, as editors print on the basis of Herodian Gram.Gr. 3:1.178,19 (but V1 writes πελανὸν in Alc. 851 and in the scholion on that line, and the original hand in M at Hipp. 147 has πελανῶν as opposed to πελάνων of other mss and M2).   |   


Or. 220.03 (rec exeg) ἀφρώδη πέλανον:  1καλῶς εἶπεν ἀφρώδη πέλανον ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ὀμμάτων οὐ δεῖ προσλαμβάνειν τὸ ἀφρώδη πέλανον, ἀλλὰ μόνον πέλανον.  2ἐπὶ γὰρ τῶν ὀμμάτων ῥύπος μὲν γίνεται, ἀφρῶδες δὲ οὔ.   —VRw(C)

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) well said ‘foamlike crust’ in application to the mouth, but in the case of the eyes one should not apply (the description) ‘foamlike crust’ but only ‘crust’. For in the case of the eyes, a dirty bit of crud does occur, but it is not foamlike.

LEMMA: C (omits content)      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: follows sch. 227.06 V, cont. from 227.06 Rw; (lemma only) between 225.15 and 234.12 C      

APP. CRIT.:   2 γὰρ] μὲν γὰρ Rw   |    ἀφρῶδες] ἀφροδίτη Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,6–8; Dind. II.85,6–9


Or. 220.04 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀφρώδη⟩: τὸν  —F2R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 220.05 (vet exeg) πέλανον:  1κυρίως πέλανος τὸ λεπτὸν πέμμα ᾧ χρῶνται πρὸς τὰς θυσίας, παρὰ τὸ πεπλατύνθαι.  2οἱ δέ φασι καὶ πᾶν ἐξ ὑγροῦ πεπηγός.  3ἔνιοι δὲ παρὰ τὴν παιπάλην·  4ἐκ γὰρ ταύτης ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον γίνεται.  5ἢ παρὰ τὸ παλῦναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκᾶναι·  6Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’.  7λευκὸν γὰρ τὸ πέμμα. 5οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάζειν καὶ ἱκετεύειν τοὺς θεοὺς δι’ αὐτῶν.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   In the proper sense, ‘pelanos’ is the light cake that people use for sacrifices, derived from (the fact of) its having been flattened (‘plat-’). Others say it also means anything that has solidified out of something moist. Some derive it from ‘paipalē’ (fine meal, flour), because for the most part ‘pelanos’ is made out of this. Alternatively, derived from ‘to besprinkle’ (‘palun-’) meaning ‘to whiten’. Homer (says): ‘(snow) lightly dusted (‘epalunen’) the fields (with white)’. For the cake is white. Others derive it from (the fact that people) ‘draw near’ (‘pelazein’) and supplicate the gods with them (the cakes).

LEMMA: MB, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MB      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κυρίως transp. after πέλ. BPrRw   |    πέλανος] Arsenius, πέλανον MBVCPr, μέλανον Rw   |    λευκόν Pr   |    ᾧ] ὃ MV   |    χρῆται Rw   |    2 ὁ δὲ φησὶ MBCPrRw   |    3 δὲ] MVRw, om. others   |    παρὰ τὸ πεπάλην VC, παρὰ τὴν πετάλην MPr (for this error compare Photius π 538 τὸ ἐκ τῆς πετάλης πέμμα)   |    4 εἰς γὰρ ταύτην M   |    τὸ om. Pr   |    5 παλῦναι] πλατύναι B, πλῦναι C   |    6 καὶ ὅμηρος VCPrRw   |    ἀργύρας Rw, ἀρούραις Pr   |    7 πέμμα] πέλημα M   |    8 οἱ δὲ] ἢ Rw   |    ἀπὸ τοῦ] παρὰ τὸ V, διὰ τὸ Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   5 παλύναι MPrRw   |    ἐστὶν M   |    λευκάναι MVCPrRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,19–130,5; Dind. II.85,1–6

COMMENT:   Similarly, sch. V Rhes. 430 ὡς πέμμα ξηρανθὲν τὸ αἷμα τοῦ φόνου. ἀκύρως δὲ κέχρηται τῷ πέλανος, ἄμεινον δὲ ἑτέρωθι [220] εἶπεν ‘ἀφρώδη πέλανον’ διὰ τὴν λευκότητα. κυρίως γὰρ ἔλεγον πελάνους τὰ πόπανα ἀπὸ τοῦ πεπλατύνθαι· ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς παιπάλης, ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ λεπτοτάτου κατασκευάζονται. καὶ Ὅμηρος τὸ λευκᾶναι παλῦναί φησιν [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ὅτε πέρ τε χιὼν ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. Cf. Harpocration 44 Keaney πέλανος· Λυκοῦργος ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῆς ἱερείας. πολλάκις ἐστὶ τοὔνομα παρὰ πολλοῖς τῶν ἀρχαίων. Ἀπολλώνιος δ’ ὁ Ἀχαρνεὺς ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῶν ἑορτῶν οὕτω γράφει: ‘ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ὁ προσαγορευόμενος πέλανος. λέγεται δὲ πέμματά τινα τοῖς θεοῖς γινόμενα ἐκ τοῦ ἀφαιρεθέντος σίτου ἐκ τῆς ἅλω’. ⟨Σαννυρίων⟩ δ’ ἐν Γέλωτί φησι: ‘πέλανον ⟨καλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς οἱ θεοί⟩ / ἃ καλεῖτε σεμνῶς ἄλφιθ’ ὑμεῖς οἱ βροτοί.’ Δίδυμος δὲ κυρίως φησὶ τὸ ἐκ τῆς παιπάλης πέμμα, ἐξ ἧς ποιοῦνται πέμματα, ἢ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πεπλατύνθαι, ἢ ὅτι λευκά ἐστιν· Ὅμηρος: ‘ὅτε πέρ τε χιὼν ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. ἢ διὰ τὸ φανὸν εἶναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκόν. Εὐριπίδης μέντοι ἐν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ [219–220] ἰδίως φησὶν· ‘ἐκ δ’ ὄμορξον ἀθλίου / στόματος ἀφρώδη πέλανον’. ὅπερ τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος ἀφρὸν δηλοῖ (the latter half also in Photius and Suda s.v. πέλανος); Et. Magn. 659,15–25; Sch. Apoll. Rhod. 1.1075–77b, etc.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 220.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀφροῦ, ἀπὸ τοῦ παλύναι ὅ ἐστι λευκάναι. Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάζειν καὶ ἱκετεύειν τοὺς θεοὺς.  —V3

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 220.07 (plan exeg) πέλανον:  1κυρίως πέλανος τὸ λεπτὸν πέμμα ᾧ χρῶνται πρὸς τὰς θυσίας.  2ἔνιοι δέ φασι καὶ πᾶν ἐξ ὑγροῦ πεπηγμένον.  3παρὰ τὸ παλῦναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκᾶναι.  4πέλανον ἐνταῦθα τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον ὑπὸ τοὺ ἀφροῦ.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa

TRANSLATION:   Properly speaking, ‘pelanos’ is the light cake/batter that people use for sacrifices. And some say it is also everything that is congealed from something liquid. Derived from ‘palunai’ meaning ‘whiten’. Here ‘pelanon’ is the dirty crust congealed from the foam (scil. of spittle or of tears).

LEMMA: ἀφρώδη πέλανον G; label μαξ in marg. Y       POSITION: cont. from sch. 220.12 X      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κυρίως transp. after πελ. Xo   |   πέλανος XoY, πέλανον others   |    3 παρὰ τὸ] ἀπὸ τοῦ G   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 παλύναι Aa, παλκῦναι Xb   |    λευκάναι X   |    4 ῥῦπον AaYf (perhaps ῥῶπον a.c. Yf)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.85,10–13

COMMENT:   Y labels this as Planudean; Yf has a cross, but there are many of these in Yf and their significance, if any, is unclear.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   Planudes   


Or. 220.08 (rec gram) ⟨πέλανον⟩: πέλανος τὸ πλακούντιον ἀπὸ τοῦ πέλειν ἐν τοῖς ναοῖς.  —Pr

COMMENT:   For πέλανος glossed with or equated to πλακούντιον or πλακοῦς cf. Hesych. π 1284, Photius α 1675, Eust. in Il. 18.573 (4.263,12–15), Sch. A. Pers. 524.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 220.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: πέλανος [καὶ] ὁ π[ερὶ τῷ στόματι] / πεπηγὼς ἀφρός [καὶ τὸ περι]/πεπηγὸς (?)ἐκ τοῦ(?) ἐξηρα[μμένου] / ὀπῶδες δάρκυ[ον].  —A2

REF. SYMBOL: A2       POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   obscured by damage and trimmed margin   

COMMENT:   The note is copied from Suda π 928 (a longer entry).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original A fol. 21.    |   


Or. 220.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩:  1πέλανος προσηγορικὸν ὄνομα, ὁ ἀφρός·  2κατὰ παντὸς γὰρ ἀφροῦ λέγεται ἡ λέξις ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάζειν ἄνω ὡς κουφότερον·  3τὰ γὰρ κοῦφα τὰ ἄνω ζητοῦσιν, ὡς τὸ ἀσκός.  4ἀποσπόγγισον τὸν ἀφρώδῃ πέλανον·  5οἱ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενοι καὶ ἐκ τῶν στομάτων αὐτῶν ἀφροὺς πέμπουσι, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀμμάτων δάκρυα, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν λήμας·  6πλεονάζει γὰρ τὸ ὑγρὸν, καὶ μὴ ἔχον ἔξοδον ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν·  7ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς πλημμελείας τοῦ στομάχου πλεονάσαν τὸ ὑγρὸν, γίνονται αἱ ἀναθυμιάσεις,  8καὶ μὴ ἔχον ἔξοδον τὸ πνεῦμα ἀνέρχεται τὰ ἄνω μέρη ζητοῦν ἔξοδον,  9καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον ἀθροιζόμενον ἐκεῖσε σκοτίζει τὸν ἐγκέφαλον, καὶ τὰ μέλη σπαράσσει ζητοῦν ἔξοδον,  10καὶ οὕτως σκοτισθέντος τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου γίνεται παράφρων ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἕως οὗ ἐκφορηθῇ τὸ πνεῦμα·  11οὕτως γὰρ εἰσέρχεται τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ σείει αὐτὴν, μὴ ἔχον τοῦ ἐξελθεῖν.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Pelanos’ is a common noun, (meaning) froth/foam. For the word is applied to every kind of froth, by derivation from ‘approaching upward’ (‘pelazein anō’) as being lighter. For light things seek the upper positions, like a leather-pouch (filled with air). Wipe off the foamy froth. For those afflicted by demons emit foam from their mouths and tears from their eyes and rheum from their eyes. For the wet element is in excess (in them), and not having a way out it emerges from the mouth and from the eyes. For when because of an imbalance of the stomach the wet element has become excessive, exhalations occur, and since the breath does not have a way out it rises up to the upper parts seeking an exit, and failing to find (one) it accumulates there and darkens the brain, and it causes convulsions of the limbs as it seeks an exit. And thus when the brain is darkened in this way the person becomes delirious, until the breath is borne outside. For in this way breath (‘pneuma’) enters also inside the earth and causes the earth to quake, since it is not able to get out.

APP. CRIT.:   2 κουφοτέρως (or ‑τερως) Yf2   |    11 ἔχον ποῦ ἐξελθεῖν tentatively Dind.   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.85,15–27

COMMENT:   No parallel for this discussion is found in TLG. But among the as yet unpublished scholia on Euripides there are similarities in sch. SSa Hec. 68 (ἀναθυμίασις rising and entering the brain to cause dreams), sch. SbS Hec. 324 (ἀναθυμίασις beneath the earth; see Prelim. Stud. 146–147). The latter is from a pre-Palaeologan source, and the same is probably true of what Yf2 has added here.   |    In 2 one could perhaps also consider κουφοτέρου (agreeing with ἀφροῦ), but in scripts like that of Yf and Yf2 the ον sign is often curved and similar to the sign for ως, so ον is the more likely origin of the error ως.   

COLLATION NOTES:   In the sloppy and crowded script of Yf2, ἀναθυμιάσεις was easily misread as ἀναθυμήσεις by Matthiae’s collator and thus corrected to ‑ιάσεις by Dindorf, but in fact the scribe wrote the correct form himself.   |   


Or. 220.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ῥύπον  —OCrFRRfOxZb2ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ῥῦπον CrFRfZuB3aOx [accent obscured Zb: app. either omitted or acute]   |   


Or. 220.12 (mosch exeg) πέλανον: τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  The caked crust.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν om. XaXoYYfGr   |    ῥύπον om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ῥῶπον a.c., ῥῦπον p.c. Yf   |   


Or. 220.13 (thom exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ἥγουν τὸν πεπηγότα σίελον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAa

TRANSLATION:  The caked spittle.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] λέγ(ει) Aa   |    τὸν ῥύπον add. Zb, ῥύπον add. Aa   

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu writes only σίελον, reusing Gr’s words.   |   


Or. 220.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ἄφρον  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 220.15 (rec gram) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ὁ ἀφρὸς, ἀπὸ τῶν πελάζειν ἄνω.  —MnPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ ἀφρὸς] om. Mn   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 220.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πέλανον⟩: τὸν λεπτὸν ῥύπον τὸν πεπηγότα  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu       POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ῥῦπον Zu   |   


Or. 220.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: τὸν ἐξ ἄφρου γενόμενον μολυσμόν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 220.18 (rec gloss) ⟨πέλανον⟩: μολυσμὸν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 220.19 (thom exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩:  1πέλανος σημαίνει δύο, τὸν σίελον ὡς ἐνταῦθα, καὶ εἶδος θύματος ἤτοι τὸν πλακοῦντα,  2ὡς Αἰσχύλος ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ [Aesch. Pers. 204, 524] φησίν.   —ZbZlZmGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Pelanos’ has two meanings, spittle as here, and a type of sacrificial offering, that is, the flat cake, as Aeschylus uses it in the third play (of the Byzantine Aeschylean triad, i.e., Persians).

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὡς καὶ Zb, but καὶ partly erased   |    φησίν om. Zl   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 αἰσχῦλος ZbZm   |    φησὶ Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.85,13–14

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aeschylus   


Or. 220.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀμμάτων τ’ ἐμῶν⟩: ἀπὸ  —GMlMnSSaZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. MlMnZu   |    τῶν add. MlMnS   


Or. 220.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων τ’ ἐμῶν⟩: λείπει τὴν λήμην.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:  (With ‘of my eyes’) ‘the rheum’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 220.22 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων τ’ ἐμῶν⟩: τὰς λήμας δηλονότι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  Obviously, (referring to) the flows of rheum (from the eyes).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς λήμης Za   


Or. 220.23 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ὀμμάτων⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 221.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ τὸ δούλευμ’ ἡδύ⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους ἀνάγκην προβάλλεται πρὸς τὸ μὴ δυσωπῆσαι τῇ θεραπείᾳ τὸν ἀδελφόν  —MBVCPraPrbRbRw

TRANSLATION:   She puts forward the compulsion deriving from kinship in order not to cause embarrassment to her brother by her attending to him.

LEMMA: MVCRb, τὸ δούλευμ’ ἡδύ Rw, κ’οὐκ ἀναίνομαι ἀδελφ’ B, κοὐκ ἀναίνομαι Pra       REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τὸν M; διὰ add. above τὴν V3   |    ἀπὸ om. V   |    μὴ om. BPraPrb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,9–10; Dind. II.86,8–10


Or. 221.02 (recMosch exeg) ἰδού: ποιῶ δηλονότι ὃ λέγεις.  —MlXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Idou’, ‘there’, indicates,) clearly, ‘I am doing what you say’.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλ. om. GZc   |    ὃ λέγεις om. Aa2Ml   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,1


Or. 221.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδού⟩: ἤδη ποιῶ τοῦτο.  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 221.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δούλευμα⟩: ἡ δουλεία  —F2Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Pr   


Or. 221.05 (recThom exeg) ⟨δούλευμα⟩: γρ. βούλευμα.  —MnZZa

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘douleuma’, ‘service’,) the reading ‘bouleuma’ (‘plan’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 221.06 (rec gloss) ⟨βούλευμα⟩: κέλευμα  —Rw

LEMMA: βούλευμα in text Rw       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 221.07 (rec exeg) ⟨βούλευμα⟩: δούλευμα  —Aa2AbYf

LEMMA: βούλευμα in text all       REF. SYMBOL: Yf       POSITION: s.l. Aa2Ab, marg. Yf      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀλλαχοῦ γρ(άφεται) τὸ prep. Yf   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 221.08 (pllgn gloss) βούλευμα: καὶ τὸ θέλημα  —Yf

LEMMA: βούλευμα in text Yf       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 221.09 (thom exeg) ⟨δούλευμα⟩: ὃ συμβουλεύεις μοι, ἢ τὸ ὑπούργημα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (If the reading is ‘bouleuma’, it means) that which you advise me to do, or (if the reading is ‘douleuma’, the meaning is) the helpful service.

LEMMA: βούλευμα in text ZbZlZm       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὃ … ἢ om. T   |    βουλεύεις Zl   |    ἢ τὸ om. Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,1–2


Or. 221.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡδύ⟩: γλυκὺ  —CrF2MlMnOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 221.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡδύ⟩: ἐστὶ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 221.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡδύ⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 221.13 (thom exeg) ⟨κοὐκ ἀναίνομαι⟩: ἀπὸ γὰρ φρονήσεως λέγεις.  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   (I obey you) because you speak rationally.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,7


Or. 221.14 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀναίνομαι⟩: ἀπαρνοῦμαι  —AaCrMlMnSXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZb2Ox, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X, καὶ prep. CrMlSOx   |    οὐκ add. before ἀπαρν. CrMlMnSOxZl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,6–7


Or. 221.15 (plan gram) ἀναίνομαι:  1συναινῶ τὸ συμφωνῶ καὶ ἐπινεύω, ᾧ ἐναντίον τὸ ἀναίνομαι.  2παραινῶ τὸ συμβουλεύω, ἐπαινῶ τὸ εὖ λέγω.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   ‘Sunainō’ means ‘I agree’ and ‘I consent’, the opposite of which is ‘anainomai’. ‘Parainō’ means ‘I advise’, ‘epainō’ means ‘I speak well of’.

LEMMA: lemma ἰδοὺ τὸ βούλευμ’ ἡδύ, κοὐκ ἀναίνομαι G       POSITION: after sch. 222.03 X; cont. from sch. 220.07 Xa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπινεύω] πιστεύω G   |    ἀπαναίνομαι G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμαίνω Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,5–6

COMMENT:   The label in Y beside sch. 220.07 seems also to apply to this note and to sch. 223.26, which are written closely after it, with a large gap before the next scholion in the side column.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 221.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναίνομαι⟩: ἀπαρνοῦμαι προίεμαι  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   From Photius α 1492, Suda α 2201, or Lex. Segueriana (Anecdota Gr. Bachmann, I.82,32).   


Or. 221.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναίνομαι⟩: ἀνανεύω app.  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 221.18 (tri gloss) ⟨ἀναίνομαι⟩: ἀπαρέσκομαι  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,4


Or. 222.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀδέλφ’⟩: ἀδελφικὰ μέλη  —V1Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 222.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀδέλφ’⟩: ἀδελφικὰ  —AaAbCrMlMnSSaOxZZaZbZlZmZuZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ prep. Sa, καὶ τὰ prep. CrSZuOx   |    ἀδελφινὰ app. Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀδελφοικὰ Ab   |   


Or. 222.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀδέλφ’⟩: ἀδελφά, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδελφικά.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:   (The spelling without elision is) ‘adelpha’, used in the sense ‘belonging to a brother’ (‘adelphika’).

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀδελφά om. XoYf   |    ἀδελφικῶς Xo   

COMMENT:   ἀδελφικῶς (as in Xo) is also reported by Günther as in Xp = Vat.gr. 1363, which I have not inspected.   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check Xp.   |   


Or. 222.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀδέλφ’⟩: γνήσια  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 222.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἀδέλφ’⟩: τὰ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 222.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀδελφῇ⟩: ἀδελφικῇ  —V1AbMlMnPrSXoYfZuZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῇ prep. Zu, καὶ prep. Pr   |    ἀδελφὴ S   |    χειρί add. Zc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀδελφοικὴ Ab, ἀδελφικὴ Mn   |   


Or. 222.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀδελφῇ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδελφικῇ  —XXaXbT+YGr

TRANSLATION:   (The simple form ‘sister’ is) used in the sense ‘belonging to a sister’.

POSITION: s.l., except X (cont. from prev.)      


Or. 222.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀδελφῇ⟩: τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ τοῦ κτητικοῦ  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   The simple (root‑)form is used instead of the (derived) possessive adjective.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 222.09 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀδελφῇ⟩: ἐν  —ZZbZlZmZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 222.10 (rec gloss) ⟨θεραπεύειν⟩: ὥστε  —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 222.11 (tri metr) ⟨θεραπεύειν⟩: long mark(?) over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50

COMMENT:   The mark is definitely lighter than the other writing on this page. Although shorter than many long marks written by Triclinius, it matches in length and positioning the clear long mark over alpha of 214 εὐκτέα on the same page. This mark is absent from the copy Ta. It may be light because it was added at the latest stage of revision, for some late additions elsewhere are in a very light ink. Or Triclinius meant to erase it but did not do a complete job: erasure would imply a self-correction, from scanning the fourth foot of the trimeter as a split anapaest to scanning it rightly as a tribrach with resolution of the long.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original T 54v third from bottom, is it really ink?   |   


Or. 222.12 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλη⟩: ἐς τὰ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 222.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨μέλη⟩: τὰ  —AbF2MlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς πλευρά⟩: ἀστείως ταῦτα πεποίηται τοῖς λόγοις καὶ τοῖς ἤθεσι καὶ τῇ κατὰ τὴν σκηνὴν διαθέσει.  —MBVCMlMnRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   This passage has been composed in a charming and refined way in respect to the words, the characters, and the disposition on stage.

LEMMA: C, ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς Rw, ὑπόβαλε πλευρά M, ὑπόβαλε Ml(ἀπο-, α by rubr.)MnRbSSa; ἄλλως V       REF. SYMBOL: MMl       POSITION: follows sch. 224.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τοῦ M, om. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἥθεσι C   |   σκηνὴν] σὴν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,11–12; Dind. II.86,11–12

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of   |   praise of poet’s skill   |   staging, position or gesture of actors   


Or. 223.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς πλευρά⟩: ὑποβαλοῦσα τὰ σὰ πλευρὰ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἀνόρθου τοὐμὸν δέμας. —C

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπόβαλε⟩: θὲς  —AbMlMnSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.04 (thom gloss) ⟨ὑπόβαλε⟩: ὑπόθες  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.05 (rec gloss) ⟨πλευροῖσι πλευρὰν⟩: τοῖς πλευροῖς πλευρὰ  —Ra

LEMMA: thus in text a.c. R      


Or. 223.06 (rec gloss) ⟨πλευροῖσι⟩: ἐν  —Sa

LEMMA: thus in text Sa       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πλευροῖσι⟩: πλευρῇσι  —MnRSa

LEMMA: πλευροῖσι in text RSa,-ῇσι Mn       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨πλευροῖσι⟩: τοῖς  —AbF2MlMnS

LEMMA: πλευροῖσι in text S, ‑ῇσι AbMn, ‑οις F       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   app. crossed out in Ab   


Or. 223.09 (thom gloss) ⟨πλευροῖς⟩: τοῖς ἐμοῖς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAa3

LEMMA: πλευρῇς in text ZZa, πλευραῖς in text Aa2 in erasure       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῖς ἐμαῖς Za   |    τοῖς om. Aa3   


Or. 223.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλευρῆς⟩: ὑποκάτω  —Zu

LEMMA: thus in text Zu       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πλευρῇσι⟩: μου  —AbMn

LEMMA: thus in text AbMn       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.12 (rec gloss) ⟨πλευρὰν⟩: τὴν σου  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The article is accented thus with a grave, and there is no significant space between the words, but perhaps the lemma word is to be supplied from below in between them, giving τὴν πλευράν σου.   


Or. 223.13 (thom gloss) ⟨πλευρὰν⟩: τὴν σὴν  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.14 (rec gloss) ⟨πλευρὰ⟩: σου  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.15 (tri gloss) ⟨πλευρὰ⟩: τὰ σὰ  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨πλευρὰ⟩: τὰ  —Aa2FMnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλευρὰ⟩: πλευρὰν  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.18 (223–224) (rec paraphr) ⟨καὐχμώδη … προσώπου⟩: καὶ αὐχμώδη κόμην ἄφελε προσώπου.  —VMlMnRbSSa

POSITION: cont. from sch. 219.01 in all, and in RbSSa followed by sch. 220.02 without division      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,24–25

COMMENT:   The paraphrase is apparently intended to clarify the crasis καὐχμώδη and indicate that the second acc. κόμην belongs with ἄφελε and not the verb in its own line.   |   


Or. 223.19 (rec gloss) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: ξηράν  —V1CrFPrXo2ZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu, καὶ τὴν prep. CrOx   


Or. 223.20 (recThom gloss) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: κατάξηρον  —AaAbMlMnRSZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ δηξηρὸν Ml   


Or. 223.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: ἄλουτον  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.22 (rec gloss) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: ῥυπαρὰν  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. S   


Or. 223.23 (recThom gloss) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: ῥυπώδη  —V3PrZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   only left edge of rho extant in Zl (trimming)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ώδες Za a.c.   


Or. 223.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: αἰσχρώ(δη)(?)  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἰσχρῶ B4   

COMMENT:   There is only one citation of αἰσχρώδης in TLG (in a medieval poem earlier than the 15th century). I assume that αἰσχρῶ here misrepresents a gloss that consisted of αἰσχρώ written above αὐχμώ with the intention that the δη be understood from below. Alternatively, it may be a corruption of αἰσχρὰν.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 223.25 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: τὴν ξηρότητος μετέχουσαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.26 (plan gram) καὐχμώδη:  1ἐπομβρία, ὅταν ἐπάλληλοι ὄμβροι ὦσιν, ᾧ ἐναντίον ἡ ἀνομβρία.  2αὐχμὸς δὲ ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνομβρίας ξηρότης, ἀφ’ οὗ αὐχμηρὸς καὶ αὐχμώδης, ἁπλῶς ὁ ξηρότητος μετέχων.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   A downpour (‘epombria’) is when rains are continuous; the opposite of this is absence of rain (‘anombria’). Drought (‘auchmos’) is the dryness resulting from absence of rain, and derived from it are (the adjectives) ‘auchmēros’ and ‘auchmōdēs’, meaning simply that which partakes of dryness.

LEMMA: G       POSITION: after sch. 224.11 X      

APP. CRIT.:   2 τῆς om. XoYYfGr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,15–17

COMMENT:   The label in Y beside sch. 220.07 seems still to apply to this note.   |   ἀνομβρία is the standard definition for αὐχμοί in the lexica. Compare in the Moschopulean περὶ σχεδῶν, p. 183, ὄμβος ἡ βροχή. ἀφ’ οὗ ἐπομβρία, ὅταν συνεχεῖς ὦσι βροχαὶ καὶ ἐπάλληλοι. ὄβριμον ὕδωρ, τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν ὄμβρων; also cf. sch. rec. Arist. Nub. 1120f Koster (from two mss of the second half of the 15th cent.): ἐπομβρία λέγεται, ὅταν ἐπάλληλοι ὄμβροι γίνωνται· οὗ/ἧς ἐναντίον ἡ ἀνομβρία.   


Or. 223.27 (rec gram) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩:  1αὖχος τὸ ὄσπριον ἀρσενικῶς, καὶ αὐχμώδους ξηροῦ ῥυπῶντος.  2ξηρὸς ὁ ῥύπος.   —B4

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 αὔχος B4   |    2 ξιρὸς B4   |    ῥῦπος B4   |   

COMMENT:   Cf. Suda σ 4545 αὖχος· τὸ ὄσπριον ἀρσενικῶς; Photius α 3273, Suda σ 4544 αὐχμώδους, ξηροῦ, ῥυπῶντος.   


Or. 223.28 (rec exeg) ⟨κόμην⟩: τὴν οὖσαν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου, [ …  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   remainder of note, if any, lost to trimmed margin   

COMMENT:   The comma is oddly large, and if it is a comma, it is hard to guess what may have followed. ἄφελε or τρίχα would not be separated by a comma; τὴν ἐμήν could be.   |   


Or. 223.29 (rec gloss) ⟨κόμην⟩: τρίχα  —CrROx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    τρίχ() R (ending omitted or effaced)   


Or. 224.01 (vet exeg) ἄφελε προσώπου:  1τουτέστιν· ἀποδιάστησον τὴν ἔμπροσθεν οὖσαν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου κόμην.  2ἀσθενῆ γὰρ λεύσσω ταῖς κόραις διὰ τὸ ἐπικεῖσθαί μοι τὰς τρίχας.   —MBVaCMlMnPraRbRwSSa, partial VbPrb

TRANSLATION:   That is, move away the hair that is in front of my eyes. For I see weakly with my eyes because my hair lies over them.

LEMMA: Rw, λεπτὰ γὰρ λεύσω κόραις MC, λεπτὰ γὰρ λεύσσω BVa, λεπτὰ γὰρ MlPra, λεπτὸν γὰρ Rb(λευτὸν)MnS, λεπτὰ Sa      REF. SYMBOL: at λεπτὰ MBVMl, marg. Rb      POSITION: s.l. VbPrb(both starting above ἄφελε προσώπου)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τουτέστιν] ἀντὶ τοῦ VaMlRbMnSSa, om. VbPrb   |    διάστησον M, ἀποδιαστήσεις Pra   |    ἔμπρ. οὖν ὀφθαλμῶν μου οὖσαν κόμην Pra   |    οὖσαν ἔμπροσθεν transp. VbPrb   |    2 ἀσθενῆ κτλ om. VbPrb   |    ἀσθενὴς Rb   |    ταῖς om. Ml   |    κόραις] κόμαις Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κώμην M   |    2 λεύσσω BPra, s.l. Rw, λεύσω others   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,13–15; Dind. II.86,18–20


Or. 224.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄφελε⟩: ἔκβαλε  —AaAbMlMnRfSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 224.03 (thom gloss) ⟨ἄφελε⟩: ἔξελε  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔξελθε a.c. Zm   


Or. 224.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφελε⟩: καθάρισον  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 224.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφελε⟩: ἀποδιάστησον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 224.06 (rec gloss) ⟨προσώπου⟩: ἀπὸ  —Aa2AbF2MlMnPrRSSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ add. Aa2S   


Or. 224.07 (rec exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: διὰ τὸ ἐπικεῖσθαί μοι τὰς τρίχας  —OAbMlMnSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Sa       POSITION: s.l. AbMnS, marg. OSa      

APP. CRIT.:   μοι τὰς τρίχας om. Ml   |    μοι om. Sa, μου Mn   


Or. 224.08 (rec gloss) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἀσθενῆ  —OAaAbCrFaFbMlMnPrRSaOx

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Fb      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ασθενὴ MlMn   |   


Or. 224.09 (rec exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: σκιώδεις τινὰς τύπους  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 224.10 (rec gloss) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: σκιώδη  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l. Zu, below word Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 224.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἤγουν ἀμυδρὰ γὰρ βλέπω τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς.  —X

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,14–15


Or. 224.12 (mosch gloss) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἀμυδρὰ  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu   


Or. 224.13 (thom exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἀσθενῆ ἐπικειμένων τῶν τριχῶν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Lepta’, ‘small’, here means) ‘weak’, because the hair is lying over (the eyes).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 224.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἀμυδρῶς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 224.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: γρ. καὶ λευκά.  —F

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 224.16 (vet exeg) ⟨λεύσσω κόραις⟩:  1γράφεται λεύσσω νόσῳ,  2ἵν’ ᾖ ἡ νόσος με ποιεῖ λεπτὸν λεύσσειν.   —MBCPr, partial VaVbMlMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   There is also the reading ‘I see because of my illness’, so that the sense is: the sickness makes me see weakly.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 224.01 all except Va (cont. from sch. 223.01)       

APP. CRIT.:   1 γρ. … νόσῳ om. VaVbMlMnRbSSa   |    after γρ. add. καὶ λεπτὰ γὰρ BPr   |    2 ἵν’ ᾖ] οἷον VbMlMnRbSSa   |    με] μὲν Ml   |    λεπτὰ VbMlPrSSa, λατ()῀ Va   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λεύσω M   |    2 ποίει Va   |    λεύσειν VaVbCMlMnRbSSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,16–17; Dind. II.86,20–21

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 224.17 (rec exeg) ἢ ἡ νόσος με ποιεῖ ἀσθενῆ βλέπειν.  —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l. SMn, marg. AbSa; cont. from sch. 224.07 all      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀσθενεῖ S, ασθενὴ Mn   


Or. 224.18 (recMosch gloss) ⟨λεύσσω⟩: βλέπω  —Aa2AbMlMnRSXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   βέπειν (sic) Mn, βλέπε Ml   |   


Or. 224.19 (vet exeg) ⟨κόραις⟩: γρ. νόσῳ  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (For ‘korais’, ‘eyes’) the reading ‘nosōi’ is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 224.20 (mosch gloss) ⟨κόραις⟩: τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν prep. Zu   |    τοῖς om. Aa2Xo   


Or. 224.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόραις⟩: ἐν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. ἐν preposed to 224.20 in Zu.   


Or. 224.22 (rec gloss) ⟨κόραις⟩: μου  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 224.23 (rec artGloss) ⟨κόραις⟩: ταῖς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.01 (vet exeg) ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες ἄθλιον κάρα:  1κατὰ ἀναστροφὴν εἶπεν·  2οὐ γάρ ἐστι τῶν βοστρύχων τὸ κάρα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ κάρατος οἱ βόστρυχοι.  3ἢ ὅτι οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐπιλείπεται τῇ κεφαλῇ ἢ μόνον οἱ βόστρυχοι, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως· ὦ τῶν βοστρύχων ἄθλιον κάρα.   —MBVCMlMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   She spoke with an inversion. For the head does not belong to the locks of hair, but the locks belong to the head. Or (interpret it) that nothing else is left for the head except only the locks of hair, so that the meaning will be thus: o wretched head of (only) locks of hair.

LEMMA: MC, ὦ βοστ. πιν. V, ὦ βοστ. MlRbS, τῶν βοστ. MnSa, ἄθλιον κάρα Rw      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRb      POSITION: cont. from 224.26 B, add. δὲ after ἀναστρ., cont. from sch. 225.15 Pr, add. δὲ after ἀναστ.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντιστροφὴν MnSa   |    2 after ἐστι add. οἱ Mn   |    τοῦ κάρ. οἱ βόστρυχοι] οἱ βόστρυχοι MCRw, οἱ βόστρυχοι τῆς κεφαλῆς BPr   |    κάρατος] κάρα V   |    οἱ βοσ.] οἱ δὲ βοσ. Rb   |    3 ὅτι] ὅταν Mn   |    ἄλλο om. S   |    ἢ om. S   |    οὕτως Schw., ὅτι MC, om. others   |    ὦ om. VMlMnRbRwSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κατ’ Pr   |    2 ἐστιν M   |    ἀλλ’ MBCPr   |    3 ἐπιλείπετε Rb   |    ἵ ἦ Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,21–121,1; Dind. II.87,1–3

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of construction)   


Or. 225.02 (vet exeg) παρακαθίσασα δὲ ἐγγύθεν καὶ εἰς πλευρὸν δεξαμένη τὸν Ὀρέστην ταῦτα λέγει.  —MBCPrZu, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Having seated herself beside him nearby and having taken Orestes against her side, she says this.

REF. SYMBOL: Zu       POSITION: cont. from prev. MBCPr      

APP. CRIT.:   παρακαθ. … καὶ om. O   |    δὲ om. Zu   |    ἔγγυθεν Mastr., ἔξωθεν all (after ἔξωθεν add. ἡ ἠλέκτρα Zu)   |    πλευρὰν Zu   |    λέγει] φησί Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,1–2; Dind. II.87, app. on 3–4

COMMENT:   Transmitted ἔξωθεν, ‘on the outside, from the outside’, has no legitmate force here. Elsewhere it is used with verbs of sitting only with an accompanying genitive, ‘outside of some place or group’, or with such a place or group implied by the context. On the other hand, ἐγγύθεν is found several times with verbs of sitting, and is common in all periods of Greek prose.   

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors    


Or. 225.03 (rec exeg) παρακαθίσασα δὲ ἐγγύθεν εἰς πλευρὰν καὶ ἁψαμένη τῶν τριχῶν ταῦτα τῷ Ὀρέστῃ λέγει.  —V MlMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Having seated herself nearby against his side and having laid hold of his hair, she says this to Orestes.

POSITION: cont. from 225.01 all      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔγγυθεν Mastr., ἔξωθεν all   |    εἰς πλευρὰν] εἰς πλευρὰν εἰς πλευρὰν ὀρέστης Mn   |    τριχῶν] βοστρυχῶν Mn (thus accent)   |    ταῦτα … λέγει] ταῦτα φησὶ πρὸς τὸν ὀρέστην V   |    τῷ ὀρ. om. S   |    ἔλεγε Rb, λέγεται Ml   

APP. CRIT. 2:   παρακαθήσασα MnR, περικαθίσασα Mlb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121, app. on 2; Dind. II.87,3–5

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   addressee identified    


Or. 225.04 (rec exeg) ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ βόστυχοι τῆς ἀθλίας κάρας πινώδεις  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες⟩: παρεπιγραφή  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Implicit stage direction.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ σχῆμα add. Xo   

COMMENT:   Presumably, this is taken as an implied stage direction within the text because the vocative is taken to imply that Electra touches Orestes’ head/hair (cf. ἁψαμένη in 225.03).   |   

KEYWORDS:  παρεπιγραφή   |   staging, position or gesture of actors   


Or. 225.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες⟩: κατὰ ἀναστροφὴν συντάσσεται.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of construction)   


Or. 225.07 (rec exeg) ἀντίστροφον  —Mn

POSITION: s.l. (above other glosses, over κάρα)      

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως   


Or. 225.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες⟩: ἀντίπτωσις  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίπτωσις   


Or. 225.09 (recMosch exeg) ⟨βοστρύχων⟩: βόστρυχοι  —V3ArAa2FMnXXaXbXoTYYfGrZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.10 (rec gloss) ⟨βοστρύχων⟩: πλοκάμων  —AaAbF2MlMnRSZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν prep. S   |    πλόκαμοι F2   


Or. 225.11 (rec gloss) ⟨βοστρύχων⟩: ἕνεκα  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.12 (vet gloss) πινῶδες: αὐχμηρὸν  —MVCAbMlMnRbS

LEMMA: Rb      REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. except Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    αὐχμηροῦ V   |    αὐμηρὸν Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,18


Or. 225.13 (vet gloss) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: ῥυπαρόν —MOVCAbCrMlMnRRbSOx

POSITION: s.l., except Rb(cont. from prev.)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |    ῥυπαροῦ V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,18


Or. 225.14 (vet paraphr) πινῶδες: ἀντί τοῦ αὐχμηρὸν καὶ ῥυπῶδες  —BPr

LEMMA: ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες B      REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: Pr cont. from sch. 216.13       

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ αὐχμ. om. Pr   |    ῥυπώδης with ε s.l. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,25


Or. 225.15 (vet exeg) πινῶδες: πῖνος ὁ ῥύπος· [Apoll. Rh. 2.200] ‘πίνῳ δέ οἱ αὐαλέος χρὼς ἐσκλήκει’.  —MBVCPraPrbRb

TRANSLATION:   ‘Pinos’ means ‘filth, dirt’: (as in a phrase in Apollonius) ‘his dry skin was hard with caked dirt’.

LEMMA: ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες Pra       POSITION: s.l. V; cont. from 224.14 BPrb, cont. from 225.13 VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   after πῖνος add. γὰρ BVPraPrbRb, add. δὲ λέγεται C   |    πίνῳ … ἐσκλήκει om. VPrb   |    αὐαλέϊ Pra   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πίνος C   |    ῥῦπος CPraPrb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,19–20; Dind. II.86,26

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Apollonius Rhodius   


Or. 225.16 (thom gloss) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: ῥυπῶδες  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuFB4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ῥυπώδεις a.c. F   


Or. 225.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: ἐρρυπωμένοι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ῥερυπ‑ XaYZc, ‑μένον TYf   

COMMENT:   The nominative plural used by Moschopulus agrees with the gloss βόστρυχοι, indicating that it is the hair and not the head that is dirty. Cf. the next two glosses.   


Or. 225.18 (recMosch exeg) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: πινώδεις  —V3ArAa2MnXXaXbXoTYYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: πινώδους  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄθλιον κάρα⟩: αἱ τρίχες μόνον ἐναπελείφθησαν.  —AaPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄθλιον⟩: ἀθλίας  —V3ArFZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς ἀθλίας B3a   |   


Or. 225.22 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἄθλιον⟩: ἀθλίου  —MnXXoTYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄθλιον⟩: δυστυχὲς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.24 (rec exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: κρατὸς  —V3MnSB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κάρατος MnS (i.e., τος above κάρα)   


Or. 225.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: κάρας  —ArAa3FZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.26 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κάρα⟩:  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.27 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 226.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς ἠγρίωσαι⟩: πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν ὁ λόγος.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 226.02 (mosch paraphr) λίαν ἠγριωμένοι ἐστὲ ὑπὸ μακροχρονίου.  —X

TRANSLATION:   You (locks of hair) have become very wild from the longstanding (lack of bathing).

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐσταὶ X   


Or. 226.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἀνεπιμέλητον ἔμεινας  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 226.04 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —V1AaAbMlMnRSSaXaXbXoZZaZbZlZmTYYfGGrZcZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SZu   


Or. 226.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὄντως  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 226.06 (vet gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἐξήρανσαι —MBVCPrGu

POSITION: s.l., except intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς prep. C   |    ἐξήρασαι Pr   


Or. 226.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠμόρφωσαι  —MlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡμώρφωσαι Mn, app. corr. to ἡμόρφ-   |    καὶ S   

COMMENT:   ἀμορφόω is attested only seven times in TLG, in middle and late Byzantine texts, except for Sch. bT Il. 2.269d.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 226.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠχρείωσαι  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν μ. om. Ab   


Or. 226.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠγριωμένοι ἐστέ  —XaXbYYfGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -μένον Y   

COMMENT:   Plural as if βόστρυχοι are addressed. See on 225.17.   |   


Or. 226.10 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠγριωμένος εἶ  —XoZcT+

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -μένον T   |    εἶ om. Zc   

COMMENT:   Perhaps the adjustment of the previous to the singular is due to Triclinius himself.   


Or. 226.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠγριωμένος ὑπάρχεις  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 226.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠγριώθητε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 226.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠγριώθης  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 226.14 (thom gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἐξετράπης  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   DGE s.v. ἐκτρέπω II.2 attests a medical use of the verb to mean ‘dislocate’ a part of the body. That sense seems bizarre here, so perhaps the first meaning given by Kriaras s.v. (μετατρέπω αλλάζω) is the relevant one here.   


Or. 226.15 (rec gloss) ⟨διὰ μακρᾶς⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς  —AaMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς om. Aa   


Or. 226.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διὰ μακρᾶς⟩: ἕνεκα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 226.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨μακρᾶς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μακροχρονίου  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   |    ὑπὸ add. before μακρ. TG   


Or. 226.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μακρᾶς⟩: ὑπὸ μακροῦ χρόνου  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 226.19 (recThom gloss) ⟨μακρᾶς⟩: πολλῆς  —SZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 226.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μακρᾶς⟩: καὶ τῆς πολυημέρου  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 226.21 (rec artGloss) ⟨μακρᾶς⟩: τῆς —AbF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 227.01 (thom gloss) ⟨κλῖνον⟩: θές  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl mostly washed out   |   


Or. 227.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κλῖνον⟩: καὶ ἐπίθες  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 227.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κλῖνον⟩: [ἐμβ]άλλε  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 227.04 (thom gloss) ⟨εὐνὴν⟩: κοίτην  —ZZaZbZlTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl mostly washed out   |   εἰς prep. F2   


Or. 227.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὖθις⟩: καὶ πάλιν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 227.06 (vet exeg) ὅταν μ’ ἀνῇ νόσος:  1περὶ γὰρ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς μανίας εὐτονοῦσιν οἱ μαινόμενοι ἐντεινομένων τῶν νεύρων καὶ πνεύματος πληρουμένων·  2χαλωμένης δὲ τῆς μανίας καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος ἐπιλείποντος παρίενται.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For during the period of madness those insane are vigorous, with their sinews taut and filled with breath; but when the madness slackens and the breath fails, they become enfeebled.

LEMMA: MVCPr, ὅταν μ’ ἀνῇ νόσος μα() B      REF. SYMBOL: BV      POSITION: follows sch. 234.12 C; follows 241.05 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 παρὰ Rw   |    γὰρ τὸν om. VRw   |    ἐκτεινομ‑ MVPr, ἐκτεινουμ‑ Rw   |    πλεύμ. πληρ.] πληρουμένων ὑπὸ πνεύματος VRw   |    2 χαλουμένης MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,3–6; Dind. II.87,9–12

COLLATION NOTES:   C’s lemma is preceded by number α as if the preceding sch. 234.12 should have been marked with β to indicate the correct order.   |   


Or. 227.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅταν⟩: ὅτε  —MlMn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 227.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀνῇ⟩: ἐν ἀνέσει γενόμενος Ὀρέστης λέλυται.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having come to be in a state of remission, Orestes is released/loosened.

POSITION: cont. from prev. MBCPr, with lemma ἀνῇ corrupted to ἐν ᾗ as part of note; cont. from prev. VRw, add. δὲ after ἀνέσει      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν ᾗ prep. MBCPr   |    γενόμενος Rw, γεγενημένος V, διαγενόμενος others   |    ὁ ὀρέστης Rw, and Pr transp. to beginnning   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,7; Dind. II.87,12–13

COMMENT:   I follow Rw in reading γενόμενος on the assumption that διὰ γεν- arose as a misreading of δὲ γεν-. But if διαγενόμενος is taken as the transmitted reading, the sense seems to be ‘having come through [scil. the period of madness?] (and arrived) in a state of remission’.   


Or. 227.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνῇ⟩:  1τὸ ἀνῇ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀφήσει καταλείψει.  2τουτέστιν· ⟨ἐὰν⟩ ἐν ἀνέσει γένωμαι.   —VV3Rw

TRANSLATION:   The verb ‘anē’ is used in the sense ‘release, abandon’. That is, if I come to be in a state of remission.

POSITION: s.l. V3; follows sch. 231.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ … τοῦ om. V3   |    ἀφήση V3   |    καταλ. om. V3   |    2 ἐὰν suppl. Schw.   |    γίνωμαι V3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καταλή[ψ]ει V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,8–9; Dind. II.87,13–14


Or. 227.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀνῇ⟩: ἀφήσῃ  —AaAbCrMlMnPrRfrSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx, ἐμὲ prep. Aa (but crossed out)   |    ἀφήσει AaAbMlMnS, ἀφήσ() Zc   |    ἡ νόσος add. Ab   


Or. 227.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀνῇ⟩: καταλείψη  —FKZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   


Or. 227.12 (227–228) (vet exeg) ⟨νόσος μανίας/μανιάς⟩:  1ἢ ἡ διὰ τῆς μανίας νόσος,  2ἢ ἐπιθετικῶς· μανιὰς νόσος.   —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Either the sickness (suffered) through madness (with ‘maniās’, gen. sing. of noun, accented on penultimate syllable), or taken as an adjective: crazed sickness (with ‘maniăs’, nom. sing. of adj., accented on last syllable).

LEMMA: ἄλλως C      POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ ἡ] ἵν’ ᾖ M   |    2 μανιὰς νόσος] μανιας νόσος B (thus without accent), ἢ μανίας νόσου MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,10; Dind. II.87,8–9


Or. 227.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨νόσος⟩:  —MlSOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 228.01 (thom exeg) ἤγουν οὐ δύναμαι χρῆσθαι ταῖς χερσὶ καὶ τοῖς ποσὶ πρὸς ὑπουργίαν καταβαλούσης τῆς νόσου.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, I am unable to use my arms and feet serviceably because the sickness has overthrown (me).

REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δυνατόν a.c. Za   |    χρῆσθαι om. Zb   |    τὴν νόσον Z   

APP. CRIT. 2:   χρήσθαι Z   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.87,16–18


Or. 228.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μανίας⟩: ἀπὸ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 228.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨μανίας⟩: τῆς  —AaAbFMlMnSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μανίας add. Ml   


Or. 228.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ἀδύναμος, μὴ δυνάμενος κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς ἄρθροις  —MBOVCPraPrbGu

TRANSLATION:   Without strength, being unable to make use of my bodily joints.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. VCPrbGu; cont. from 227.12 B, cont. from 227.08 Pra, both prep. ἄναρθρος δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀδύνατος VPraPrbGu   |    κεκτῆσθαι C   |    τὰ ἄρθρα V, τὰ μέλη τοῖς ἄρθροις MC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀδύναμ(εν)ος app. B (abbrev. stroke on mu, suspended omicron = ος)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,11; Dind. II.87,15–16


Or. 228.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ἄφθογγος  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 228.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ἀδύνατος  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 228.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ⟨διὰ⟩ τὸ χρονίως ἐν τῇ κλίνῃ κεῖσθαι πάρετος.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Paralyzed because of lying in bed for a long time.

POSITION: between sch. 225.15 (Prb version) and sch. 220.08 (in disordered group, bottom 16v) Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   πάρετος Mastr., πάρετον Pr   

COMMENT:   Because of the disorder in the scholia on this page of Pr, the reference of the note is uncertain, but this seems the most likely lemma for it. It could be intended for ἀσθενῶ μέλη rather than ἄναρθρος. If πάρετον is not emended, it could be translated ‘because of lying inert in bed for a long time’ (with accusative because of the infinitive construction, here lacking the usual attraction of such an adjective into the nominative).   |   


Or. 228.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: παραλελυμένος  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 228.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ἔκλυτος  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 228.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ἐκλελυμένος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 228.11 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰμι⟩: ἐγὼ(?)  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   damaged   |   


Or. 228.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰμι⟩: ὑπάρχω  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 228.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀσθενῶ μέλη⟩: οὐδ’ ἐ[γ]είρω  —F

POSITION: marg. (beside 224–225)      


Or. 228.14 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀσθενῶ⟩: ἀδυνατῶ —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 228.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀσθενῶ⟩: καὶ ἀσθενῶ  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 228.16 (tri metr) ⟨κἀσθενῶ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 228.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨δέμας⟩: κατὰ τὸ σῶμα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (The accusative ‘demas’, poetic word for ‘body’, here is equivalent to the preposition phrase) ‘in respect to the body’.

LEMMA: δέμας in text all except TGZc      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Xo   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross omitted by Ta.   |   


Or. 228.18 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨μέλη⟩: γρ. δέμας. —GT

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘melē ’, ‘limbs’) the reading ‘demas’ (‘body’) is found.

POSITION: s.l. G, marg. T      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 228.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨μέλη⟩: τὰ  —AbMnSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 229.01 (229–230) (rec paraphr) ἰδοὺ φίλον: τὸ κατακεῖσθαι ἐπαχθὲς μὲν ἐστὶ καὶ πονηρίας πλέων, ἀναγκαῖον δὲ τῷ νοσοῦντι.  —VPrMlMnRbSSa

LEMMA: MlMn(φίλων)RbSSa       REF. SYMBOL: MlSa       POSITION: s.l. VPr      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ … πλέων om. Sa, leaving blank space; suppl. Sar   |    κατακεῖσθαι] κατατήκεσθαι Sa, κατατήκεσθαι τὸ κατατήκεσθαι S, κατατίκτεσθαι Rb, κατατίκεσαι Ml   |    καὶ πονηρίας] ἢ μοχθηρᾶς a.c. V, ἢ μοχθηρὸν p.c. V (if not vice versa), καὶ μοχθηρὸν Pr    |    πλέων Dindorf, πλέον MlPrRbSSa, app. Mn (damage), πνέον V   |    τῷ νοσοῦντι] τοῖς κάμνουσιν MlMnRbSSa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέν ἐστι Ml, μὲν ἐστὶν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.87,19–22

COMMENT:   The orthographic variant πλέον is a legitimate form in later Greek and perhaps should not be regularized to πλέων with Dindorf: see Eust. in Il. 2.226 (I.320,8–9) καὶ ὅτι προάρχει αὐτῶν ἀρσενικὸν ὁ πλέος κοινῶς, ὃ ἐκταθὲν Ἀττικῶς ποιεῖ τὸ ἔμπλεως καὶ ἀνάπλεως καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα; Eust. in Il. 8.162 (II.552,14–16).   


Or. 229.02 (mosch exeg) ἰδού: κλίνω σε δηλονότι  —XXaXbXoT*YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Idou’, ‘there’, here indicates,) clearly, ‘I lay you down’.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 229.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰδού⟩: κλίνω  —ZZaZbZlZm(T)Ox2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Idou’, ‘there’, here indicates,) ‘I lay (you) down’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 229.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰδού⟩: ποιῶ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 229.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδού⟩: [ … ]Ἠλέκτρα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   damage, lost margin   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἡλέκτρα Aa   


Or. 229.06 (rec gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: ἀναγκαῖον  —AbMlMnRSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐστί add. R   


Or. 229.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: ἀγαπητόν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 229.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: προσφιλὲς —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2ZlAa2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 229.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: φιλούμενον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 229.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: ὑπάρχει  —CrZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 229.11 (rec gloss) ⟨τοι⟩: σοι  —AaAbFMnRSaGu

LEMMA: τι in text Gu, with τοι s.l.       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 229.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πεσοῦντι⟩: νοσοῦντι  —Ox2

LEMMA: πεσοῦντι in text Ox       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 229.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨δέμνιον⟩: ἡ κοίτη  —RZZaZbZmZuTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    ἡ om. R   


Or. 229.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨δέμνιον⟩: ἡ κοίτη ἀπὸ + damaged traces of 4–6 short words —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The traces possibly fit ἀπὸ τοῦ μένειν ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸ δέμας (cf. sch. 44.17), but this is very uncertain.    

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl 58r.   |   


Or. 229.15 (rec artGloss) ⟨δέμνιον⟩: τὸ  —F2MnSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 230.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩:  ἐφόσον γὰρ νοσῶν ἐν τῇ κλίνῃ κεῖται φόβον ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς ὁρῶσι παρέχει  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (Painful) because, inasmuch as he lies sick in the bed, he instills fear in himself and the onlookers.

REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:   νοσῶν] νοῦς Zb, τις Zl   |    ἐν τῇ] ἐπὶ Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐφ’ ὅσον T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.87,23–88,1


Or. 230.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: λυπηρὸν  —CrF2MlROxZb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 230.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: θλιβερὸν ἐμοὶ  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 230.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: ἀλγεινὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.87,23


Or. 230.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: πικρὸν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 230.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: καίπερ  —PrGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.87,23


Or. 230.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 230.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ὂν⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχον  —CrS


Or. 230.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ κτῆμα⟩: γρ. τὸ χρῆμα  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 230.10 (thom gloss) ⟨τὸ κτῆμα⟩: τοῦτο  —ZZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 230.11 (rec exeg) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: κτῆμα εἶπεν αὐτὸ τὸ κατακεῖσθαι.  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὸ κατακεῖσθαι κ⟨τ⟩ῆμα εἶπεν transp. Pr (τὸ om.)   


Or. 230.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: ἤγουν τὸ κατακεῖσθαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 230.13 (rec gloss) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: κεῖσθαι  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 230.14 (rec gloss) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: ἤγουν ἡ εὐνή  —AbMlMnSSa, perhaps R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] ἤτοι τὸ MlMn   

COMMENT:   The odd τὸ in Mn perhaps results from conflation; as a separate gloss τὸ may have been meant to clarify the element in crasis in τ’ἀναγκαῖον, which Mn has in the line for ἀναγκαῖον.   


Or. 230.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: τὸ δέμνιον δηλονότι  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.88,2


Or. 230.16 (rec gloss) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: πρᾶγμα  —F2R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 230.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναγκαῖον⟩: χρήσιμον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 230.18 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀναγκαῖον⟩: ἀπαραίτητον  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., except Za below word      


Or. 230.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναγκαῖον⟩: διὰ τὸ(?) [κατ]ακεῖ[σθαι … ]/ traces of 3 letters  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps τω changed to τὸ V3   |   first trace of second line perhaps χ   |   


Or. 230.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναγκαῖον⟩: ἡ ἀνάγκη γὰρ τῆς ἀσθενείας φέρει τοῦτο. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 230.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅμως⟩: καίτοι  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 230.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅμως⟩: τῷ νοσοῦντι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 231.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὖθίς⟩: πάλιν  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 231.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐς ὀρθὸν στῆσον⟩: ἀνόρθου  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Perhaps this gloss is misplaced too early in the line: cf. 231.07, 231.11.   


Or. 231.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀρθόν⟩: ὄρθιον  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 231.04 (rec gloss) ⟨στῆσον⟩: περίστρεψον —AbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The gloss is above στῆσον, and it is separated by spacing (or in S, where the interlinear notes are very crowded, by punctuation) from the glosses on ἀνακύκλει. But it is legitimate to wonder whether it was in fact originally a gloss on ἀνακύκλει (cf. 231.13, 231.14), although the aorist tense points rather to the aorist lemma στῆσον.   


Or. 231.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στῆσον⟩: στρέφε  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 231.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στῆσον⟩: ὅρμησον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 231.07 (vet exeg) ἀνακύκλει δέμας:  1ἀνακίνει ἀνόρθου ἐξέγειρε·  2συμβαίνει γὰρ τὸν κείμενον κυκλοτερῆ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ποιεῖσθαι.   —MBVCRbRwS, partial OMlMnPrSa

TRANSLATION:   Move, raise up, rouse up. For it comes about that the person who is lying down makes his rising motion in a circle-like form (that is, ‘circle-like’, ‘kukloterē’, explaining the verb of the lemma ‘anakuklei’).

LEMMA: MBOCPr, ἀνακύκλει RbRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBSa      POSITION: s.l. VS      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀνακίνει … ἐξέγειρε om. OMlMnSa   |    ἀνακίνει] ἀντὶ τοῦ κείνει V, ἀνακλίνει Pr, om. RwS   |    2 συμβαίνει κτλ om. Pr   |    σημαίνει Rw   |    τὸν] τὸ MlRw   |    κείμενον] ἀνακείμενον οὐ V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξέγειραι PrRw   |    2 κυκλωτερῆ B   |    συμ / συμβαίνει S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,12–13; Dind. II.88,3–5


Or. 231.08 (rec exeg) οἱ ἀσθενοῦντες κυκλοτερῆ ποιοῦνται τὴν ἔγερσιν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Those who are ill make their rousing movement in a circle-like form.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 231.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: ἔγειρε  —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 231.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: ἐξέγειρε  —MlMn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 231.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: ἀνόρθου  —CCrFPrMlMnSaOxZuB3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀνώρθου CrMnSaOx   

COMMENT:   O has the same over ἐς ὀρθὸν στῆσον, 231.02.   |   


Or. 231.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: καὶ ἀνάστα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 231.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: στρέφε  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 231.14 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: εἰς τοὐπίσω στρέψον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   στρέφε Zm, app. after erasure   


Or. 231.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: ἀνακίνει  —GuZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 232.01 (vet exeg) οἱ γὰρ νοσοῦντες οὐκ ἀρέσκονται τοῖς παροῦσιν, ἀεὶ δὲ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον ὁρῶσιν.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For those who are sick are not content with their present circumstances, but always look to the future.

POSITION: cont. from 231.07, except V cont. from sch. 227.08      

APP. CRIT.:   οἱ] οὐ M   |    ὁρῶ B (truncation mark omitted)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὁρῶσι OCPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,14–15; Dind. II.88,6–7


Or. 232.02 (pllgn exeg) κακῶς ἀρέσκει τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἐκ τῆς αὐτῶν ἀγανακτησέως(?) [ἅτι]να αὐτοῖς ἡ νόσος ἐμβά[λλει].  —Zl

TRANSLATION:   Whatever sickness brings upon them displeases those who are sick because of their irritation.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς] τῶν Zl   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl.   |   


Or. 232.03 (rec exeg) δυσθεράπευτον ἡ νόσος. μεταλαμβάνει τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς πρᾶγμα.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   Illness is hard to treat. He (the poet) uses in substitution the person (i.e., ‘those who are sick’) for the thing (i.e., ‘the sickness’).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  μετάληψις/μεταλαμβάνειν   


Or. 232.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: δυσχερῶς ἀρεσκόμενοι τινὶ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 232.05 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: δυσχερῶς ἀρεσκόμενον  —C

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 232.06 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: δυσκόλως ἀρεσκόμενον  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.88,8


Or. 232.07 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: δυσκόλως ἀρέσκονται τινὶ  —AaPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οἱ νοσοῦντες add. Aa   


Or. 232.08 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: ἀπόκοτον πρᾶγμα  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 232.09 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: ἀπόκοτον  —AbMl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀδόκητον Ab, ἀδόμυτον Ml   


Or. 232.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: πρᾶγμα  —XXaXbXoTYYfGGrKZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 232.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: πρᾶγμα ἐστὶν  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 232.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: δυσαρέστως ἔχουσι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 232.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: καὶ κακὴν ἀρεσκείαν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -κίαν Cr   


Or. 232.14 (rec gloss) ⟨οἱ νοσοῦντες⟩: ὑπάρχουσι  —KSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 232.15 (rec gloss) ⟨οἱ νοσοῦντες⟩: εἰσὶν  —AbGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σὶ Ab   |   


Or. 232.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας ὕπο⟩: ἀντίστροφον  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντίστροφοι S   

KEYWORDS:  antistrophe (of word order)   |   ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως   


Or. 232.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας ὕπο⟩: ἀναστροφή  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 232.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας ὕπο⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς ἀπορίας  —F2GPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπορίας om. F2Pr   


Or. 232.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπορίας⟩: τῆς ἀσθενείας  —SaYf2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Yf2Zu   |    τῆς om. Yf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.88,9


Or. 232.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπορίας⟩: καὶ τῆς ἀναπαύσεως  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 232.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπορίας⟩: καὶ τῆς ἀδυναμίας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 232.22 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας⟩: ἣν αὐτοῖς ἡ νόσος ἐμβάλλει  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Helplessness’ refer to) the one that the sickness imposes on them (the sick).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ νόσ. αὐτοῖς transp. Za   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αὐτῆς Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.88,9–10


Or. 232.23 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀπορίας⟩: τῆς  —AbMlRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 233.01 (233–234) (rec exeg) 1ἦ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ἐφίεσαι τοὺς πόδας κινῆσαι, ὅ ἐστι περιπατῆσαι;  2τὸ γὰρ τῇ γῇ ἁρμόσαι χρόνιον ἴχνος πάντων γλυκύτατον.  3ἡ γὰρ μεταβολή, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκ τόπου εἰς τόπον ἄμειψις, μεγίστην τὴν ὠφέλειαν παρέχει.  4τὸ δὲ χρόνιον ἴχνος σημαίνειν ⟨ … ⟩,  5οἱ δὲ τὸ κατακεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου·  6αὕτη γὰρ κώλυμα αὐτῷ τοῦ μὴ περιπατεῖν.   —C

TRANSLATION:   Do you indeed desire to move your feet upon the earth, that is, walk around? For to fix upon the earth one’s footstep after a long time is the sweetest thing of all. For the change, that is, the exchange of position from one place to another, affords a benefit that is very great. ⟨lacuna: e.g., Some say that⟩ ‘footstep after a long time’ means ⟨ lacuna ⟩, others (say that it indicates) his lying down because of the disease. For this (the disease) is what prevented him from walking around.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   2 γλυκύτατον Schw., ‑τερον C   |    3 ὅ Schw., ἥ C   |    4 e.g. σημαίνειν ⟨τινές (or ἔνιοί) φασι … ⟩; σημαίνει ⟨ … ⟩ Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,16–21


Or. 233.02 (rec wdord) word order α (ἦ), β (θέλεις), γ (ἀρμόσαι), δ (πόδας), ε (γαίης)  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 233.03 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἦ⟩: ἆρα  —AaAbCrF2MnPrSSaOxXXoZcZZaZmZuT*Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrPrSZuOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄρα CrOx   |   


Or. 233.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἦ⟩: οὕτως  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 233.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἀπὶ γαίας ἁρμόσαι πόδας⟩: μόλις πατῆσαι τὴν γῆν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 233.06 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀπὶ γαίας⟩: ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς  —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ om. R   


Or. 233.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀπὶ⟩: ἀπὸ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 233.08 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπὶ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 233.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γαίας⟩: τίνος  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 233.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁρμόσαι⟩: δῆσαι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 233.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁρμόσαι⟩: ἅψαι(?)  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   obscured by Aa2 gloss 233.12   |   


Or. 233.12 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἁρμόσαι⟩: θεῖναι  —MlXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcAa2ZZaZbZlZmT*

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   θῆναε Aa2   |   


Or. 233.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ἁρμόσαι⟩: συνάψαι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev., except before prev. Za      

APP. CRIT.:   προσάψαι Gu, with συν above προσ   


Or. 233.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁρμόσαι⟩: συμμῖξαι ἤγουν συστῆσαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -μίξαι Zu   |   


Or. 233.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁρμόσαι⟩: καὶ στηρίξαι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 233.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨πόδας⟩: τοὺς  —F2MnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος θείς⟩: †πέτομαι  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This gloss (positioned more precisely above ἴχνος) is a mystery. If it is corrupt, the ending could be from misreading of abbreviated ‑ομ(εν)ο(ς), but πορευόμενος is very far from πέτομαι; or if corrupted from ‑ομ(εν)(ον), κινούμενον would make sense if intended to go with the (separately-placed) gloss μόλις, but this is likewise very different from what is written.   |   


Or. 234.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος⟩: διὰ πολλοῦ καιροῦ μὴ κινούμενον πόδα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος⟩: ὀλίγην βημάτισιν  —AaAbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    βημ. om. Aa (ὀλίγην erased when Aa2 gloss added)   |    βημάτησιν Ab   

COMMENT:   The noun βημάτισις is attested only twice in TLG (in Theodorus Studites). βηματισμός is only slightly more common.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 234.04 (mosch paraphr) χρόνιον ἴχνος: βραδεῖαν βάσιν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   βάδισιν Y   


Or. 234.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος⟩: βραδίονα βάσιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: καὶ τὸ ἀκίνητον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: μόλις  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: ἤγουν διὰ χρόνου  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: βάσιν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: koine short over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 234.11 (rec gloss) ⟨θείς⟩: ποιήσας  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.12 (vet exeg) μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ:  1προσυπακουστέον τὸ κακῶν.  2κεκωμῴδηται δὲ ὁ στίχος.  3τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ὑγείας εἰς νόσον μεταβάλλειν οὐκ ἔστιν ἡδύ.  4φησὶ γοῦν ὁ κωμικός [Com. adespota 859 K–A, 115 Kock]·
      5‘ὁ πρῶτος εἰπὼν “μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ”
      6οὐχ ὑγίαινε, δέσποτ’ · ἐκ μὲν γὰρ κόπου
      7γλυκεῖ’ ἀνάπαυσις, ἐξ ἀλουσίας δ’ ὕδωρ’
8καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα·
      9‘ἢν δ’ ἐκ πλουσίου
      10πτωχὸν γενέσθαι, μεταβολὴ μέν, ἡδὺ δ’ οὔ.
      11ὥστ’ οὐχὶ πάντων ἐστὶ μεταβολὴ γλυκύ.’
       —MVCMlMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Change of all things is sweet: One must supply in addition the word ‘of evils’. The verse has been ridiculed in comedy. For the change from health to sickness is not pleasant. At any rate, the comic poet says: ‘The first person who said “change of all things is sweet” / was not in his right mind, master. For after heavy toil / cessation is sweet, and water after lack of bathing’ and (the passage continued with) such examples. ‘But if (it comes about) that instead of wealthy / one becomes impoverished, it is, to be sure, a change, but not sweet! / So not of all things is change sweet’.

LEMMA:  lemma MVC, μεταβολὴ RwSa, ἡ μεταβολὴ S, μεταβολῆ MlMnRb       REF. SYMBOL: MVMlRb      POSITION: out of order after sch. 225.02 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 προσυπακουστέον … πάντων no longer legible in Ra, apparently washed from side margin (remainder faintly legible in bottom margin)   |    1 τὸ] τῶν MC, δὲ τὸ Rw   |    κακόν VS   |    2 δὲ om. M   |    3 μεταβαλεῖν CMnRb   |    4 φασὶ γοῦν οἱ κωμικοὶ Rw   |    γοῦν] γὰρ VMlMnRbSa, om. S   |    5 πρῶτον V, πρῶτ() MMn   |    μεταβολῆ MMlMn, μεταβολὴν Rw   |    γλυκύ] ἡδύ V, om. S   |    6 ὑγίαινε] Porson, ὑγιαίνει all   |    δέσποτ’] Porson, δέσποτα MCS, δέποτε MlMnSa, δέποτ RaRb, δὲ ποσῶς V   |    ἐκ μὲν] εἰς μὲν M   |    7 γλυκεῖ’] γλυκίαι Mn, γλυκύτατ’ MRw, γλυκύτατος C   |    ἀνάπασις M   |    ἐξαλούσας C   |    δ’] καὶ Ml   |    τὸ add. before ὕδωρ Rb [Ra]   |    8 τὰ τοιαῦτα] ἕτερα τοιαῦτα Rw   |    9 ἢν δ’] τὸ δέ σ’ Hermann, ἢν δέῃ δ’ Nauck   |    ἢν] ἀν SSa, ἂν MlMn, εἰ Rw   |    ἐκ] εἰς M, καὶ ἐκ C   |    10 πτωχὸς γένηται MlMnRaRbSSa (πτωχῶν app. a.c. S, πτωχ()` Rb), accepted by Porson, Meineke; doubtfully πτωχὸς γένῃ σύ Schw.   |    μεταβολῆ Ml   |    ἥδε add. before ἡδὺ Rw   |    11 ὥστ’] οὕτως MC   |    οὐχὶ om. Ml   |    ἐστι] ἡ VMlMnRbSSa [Ra]   |    μεταβολῆ Ml   |    γλυκεῖα MlSSa, γλυκεία Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 στοῖχος a.c. Mn, στιχῶν changed to στίχων S   |    3 ἐξυγείας Ml, ἐξ ὑγιείας Rb   |    4 κωμικὸς] κάμιξ Rb   |    5 εἰπῶν Ml   |    μεταβολὺ S,    |    οὐχ’ Ml   |    7 γλυκεῖα VMlRaRbSSa   |    ἐξαλουσίας Ml   |    δ’] δὲ all (except καὶ Ml)   |    9 δ’] δὲ all   |    10 μεταβολὴ] μεταβολὺ V   |    δ’] δὲ all except M [Ra]   |    11 ὥστε VMnRbRwSSa [Ra]   |    οὐχὶ] οὐχ’ ἡ S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,22–122,7; Dind. II.88,14–89,2

COMMENT:   ὁ κωμικός (4) is elsewhere frequently Aristophanes (see Kassel and Austin on Arist. fr. 967 K–A), but scholars of comedy have concluded that this fragment is post-Aristophanic. For discussion of this and the next scholion see Prelim. Stud. 36–37.   |   See the app. crit. in Kassel and Austin for conjectures that tried to keep 8 καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα as part of the quoted trimeters.   

KEYWORDS:  criticism and defence of poet   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Com. adespota   


Or. 234.13 (vet exeg) μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ:  1προσυπακουστέον τὸ κακῶν.  2κεκωμῴδηται δὲ ὁ στίχος.  3τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ὑγείας εἰς νόσον μεταβαλεῖν οὔκ ἐστιν ἡδύ.  4φήσει γάρ τις ὡς ἐκ μὲν κόπου γλυκύτατον ἡ ἀνάπαυσις καὶ ἕτερα τοιαῦτα,  5ἐκ δὲ πλουσίου πτωχὸν γενέσθαι μεταβολὴ μέν, ἡδὺ δ’ οὔ,  6ὥστε οὐχὶ πάντων ἡ μεταβολὴ γλυκύ.   —BPr

TRANSLATION:   Change of all things is sweet: One must supply in addition the word ‘of evils’. The verse has been ridiculed in comedy. For the change from health to sickness is not pleasant. For someone will say that cessation from heavy toil is very sweet, and other such examples, but to become impoverished instead of wealthy is, to be sure, a change, but not pleasant! So not of all things is change sweet.

REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   6 γλυκεία Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 οὐκέστιν B   |    5 δὲ οὔ Pr   |   

KEYWORDS:  criticism and defence of poet   


Or. 234.14 (pllgn exeg) κεκωμώδηται οὗτος ὁ στίχος.  —G

POSITION: intermarg. at 236 G, sep. from s.l. gloss 236.19 by punctuation      

COMMENT:   It is possible that the scribe believed this remark applied to 236 rather than 234, assuming moral disapproval of the devaluation of truth.   


Or. 234.15 (thom exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ⟩:  1τὸ μεταβάλλεσθαι, εἴτε ἀπὸ χείρονος πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον εἴτε ἀπὸ τοῦ βελτίονος πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον, ἡδύτατόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ τῷ μεταβαλλομένῳ.  2οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν μετεβάλλετο εἰ μὴ ἥδετο τῇ μεταβολῇ.  3ὤστε οἱ λέγοντες τὸν Εὐριπίδην οὐκ ὀρθῶς εἰρηκέναι τοῦτο ληροῦσιν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   To change, whether it occurs from worse toward the better or from the better toward the worse, is most pleasant to the very person who experiences it. For he would not be making a change if he did not delight in the change. As a result those who say Euripides did not say this correctly are talking nonsense.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZl      

APP. CRIT.:   some words lost to trimming in Zl   |   1 first πρὸς] εἰς ZbZl   |    τοῦ om. ZZaGu   |    second πρὸς] εἰς Zl   |    ἤδετο] ἥδεται Z   |    3 ληροῦσιν] οὐκ ὀρθῶς αὐτοὶ λέγουσιν T, οὐ καλῶς λέγουσιν Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μεταβαλομένῳ Za   |    2 μεταβάλετο Zb, μετεβάλετο Za (λ add. s.l.)   |    εἴδετο Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,3–7

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   |   criticism and defence of poet   


Or. 234.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ⟩: λείπει τὸ κακῶν· ὅταν μεταβληθῇ τι ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν εἰς καλὸν, γλυκύ.  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,7–8

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 234.17 (pllgn exeg) μεταβολὴ:  1κατὰ τὸν Θεσσαλονικέα ἐλλειπτικῶς εἴρηται κατὰ ποιητικὸν ἔθος·  2μεταβολὴ γὰρ πρᾶγμα ἐστὶ γλυκὺ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἁπάντων ἀλλὰ πάντων τῶν κακῶν δῆλον ὅτι.   —G2

TRANSLATION:   According to the Thessalonican (scil. Eustathius)], this has been expressed elliptically in the poetic manner. For ‘change’ is a sweet thing not absolutely, that is, (alteration) of all things, but clearly (only) of all bad things.

LEMMA: G2      POSITION: in upper corner of folio, different hand, very light ink      

APP. CRIT.:   1 θεσσαλονίκης G2   

COMMENT:   I find no instances in TLG where Eustathius is referred to in this way. The passage referred to seems to be Eust. in Il. 17.36 (IV.9,8–13) ὅρα δὲ καὶ ὅτι ἐν τῷ ‘ἐχήρωσας’ λείπει κοινότερον τὸ ἀνδρός, σιγηθὲν διὰ τὸ πάνυ δῆλον. οὕτω δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ ‘χήρωσεν ἀγυιάς’ λείπει τὸ ἀνδρῶν ἢ πολιτῶν ἢ τοιοῦτόν τι. πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλαι τοιαῦται ἐλλείψεις. Σοφοκλῆς οὖν ἐν τῷ ‘πρὸς τὸν ἔχονθ’ ὁ φθόνος ἕρπει’ παρῆκε τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὡς φανερόν. πάντως γὰρ ὁ ἔχων ἀγαθόν τι φθονεῖται. τοιοῦτον καὶ τὸ ‘μεταβολὴ πάντων ἡδύ’.   |    Note that Eust. knew of another attempt (not attested in scholia) to save Eur. from criticism by an interpretation involving a sophisticated grammatical usage (positive adjective used in place of comparative): in Od. 21.288 (II.261,5–8) τὸ δὲ, ἆ δειλὲ ξείνων, ἁπλοῦν ὂν ἀντὶ ὑπερθετικοῦ εἴληπται τοῦ δειλαιότατε. ἐρρέθη δὲ οὕτως ἢ ἀπαρατηρήτως διὰ θυμὸν, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως ἁπλούστερον κατὰ τὸ ‘νικᾷ γὰρ ἡ ἀρετή με τῆς ἔχθρας πολὺ’, ἤγουν πλεῖον· καὶ τὸ ‘μεταβολὴ πάντων ἡδὺ’, ὅ ἐστιν ἡδύτερον, ὥς τινες φασί.   

KEYWORDS:  ἐλλειπτικῶς   |   Eustathius   |   criticism and defence of poet   


Or. 234.18 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: λείπει τῶν δεινῶν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 234.19 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: ἡ ἐναλλαγὴ τῶν κακῶν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.20 (mosch exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: ἡ μεταβολὴ τῶν ἴσων.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘Metabolē’, ‘exchange’, here means) ‘the exchange of equals’ (things of equal value).

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 234.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: ἡ ἐναλλαγὴ  —GuZl, app. F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ om. Gu   |    F mostly effaced, possibly ἀπ‑ instead if ἐν-   


Or. 234.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: μετακίνησις  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.23 (rec gloss) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: ἡ γνώμη  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This gloss derives from a misunderstanding of the γνωμικόν mark found in the exemplar (it is found in a number of extant manuscripts here).   


Or. 234.24 (rec artGloss) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩:  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.25 (rec gloss) ⟨πάντων⟩: κακῶν  —OV3AaMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τῶν prep. MnS, τῶν prep. V3Aa   


Or. 234.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάντων⟩: τῶν σῶν κακῶν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάντων⟩: πραγμάτων  —CrYfOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,9–10


Or. 234.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γλυκύ⟩: γρ. ἡδύ.  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 234.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡδὺ⟩: γλυκύ  —Zl

LEMMA: ἡδὺ in text Zl       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γλυκύ⟩: ὑπάρχει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 235.01 (235–236) (mosch exeg) μάλιστα δόξαν γάρ:  1καλὸν δὲ τὸ διεγείρεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν τῇ δόξῃ τῆς ὑγείας ἢ τοιούτου τινὸς  2καὶ μὴ καταπίπτειν ἐν ταῖς νόσοις ἢ ἑτέροις τοιούτοις, κἂν μακρὰν ᾖ τῆς ἀληθείας ἡ δόξα.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   It is a good thing that the soul be stirred by the appearance of health or of something similar and that it not succumb in times of sickness or other such things, even if the appearance is far from the truth.

LEMMA: 234–235 μεταβολὴ πάντων ἡδυ· μάλιστα δόξαν γάρ G (last 10 letters in dark ink, previous letters by rubr.)       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δὲ om. G   |    τὴν ψυχὺν om. G   |    2 μεταπίπτειν Yf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὑγιείας XG   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,17–20


Or. 235.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: ἡ μεταβολὴ  —AaAbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι prep. AaMn, ἤγουν prep. MlSSa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μεταβολῆ Mn, no accent Aa   |   


Or. 235.03 (rec exeg) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: ναί  —F2GRfrOxXoZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 235.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: λίαν —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 235.05 (thom exeg) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: ναὶ ἁρμόσαι βούλομαι τὸν πόδα τῇ γῇ.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Very much so’ implies) ‘yes, I do want to fix my foot upon the earth’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τόν πόδα τῇ γῇ om. Za   


Or. 235.06 (vet exeg) δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγιείας ἔχει:  1τὸ ἀναστῆναι.  2ὁπόταν γὰρ εὐθυμῇ ψυχὴ τῇ τῆς ἐλπίδος ὑπολήψει, συνδιασῴζεται τὸ σῶμα.  3καὶ Σιμωνίδης [Simonides PMG 598 = fr. 76 Bergk]· ‘τὸ δοκεῖν καὶ τὰν ἀλάθειαν βιᾶται’.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For this thing has the appearance of health: (‘This thing’ is, namely,) to stand up. For whenever a soul feels cheered up by the assumption of hope, the body is saved along with it. And Simonides (says): ‘Seeming/belief overpowers even the truth’.

LEMMA: δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγείας ἔχει MV(τόδε), δόξαν τόδ’ ὑγείας ἔχει C, δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγιείας BPr(ὑγείας), δόξαν δ’ ὑγείας Rw       REF. SYMBOL: MBV      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἐνθύμη C, ἐνθυμηθῆ M   |    ψυχῇ MCRw   |    τῇ τῆς] τῆς τὴν Rw, τῆς τῆς Pr a.c.   |    ὑπολείψει M (from the odd spacing, perhaps Rw had this a.c., but obscure in water damage)   |    3 after σιμων. add. φησὶ V   |    τὰν ἀλάθειαν Plat. Rep. 365e (codices except D), τὴν ἀλήθειαν VRw, τὰ μάλα θεῖα MB(θεία)CPr    

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,8–10; Dind. II.89,14–16

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Simonides   


Or. 235.07 (rec gloss) ⟨δόξαν⟩: ὑπόληψιν —OMlMnRfrSZlZmZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 235.08 (rec gloss) ⟨δόξαν⟩: προσδοκίαν  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 235.09 (rec gloss) ⟨δόξαν⟩: δόκησιν  —V3KAaAbFGMlMnRSSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    δίκησιν Mn   

COLLATION NOTES:   V3 has turned –δοκίαν of V into this, not recognizing that the prefix προσ‑ goes with it because the two halves of V’s word are separated by the ref. symbol to the sch. 235.06, written earlier than the gloss.   |   


Or. 235.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόξαν⟩: ἐλπίδα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 235.11 (rec gloss) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ ἀναστῆναι  —OV3PrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zu   |    τὸ om. V3   |    με add. Pr   


Or. 235.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸ θεῖναι τὸν πόδα πρὸς γῆν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ] τῷ F   |   


Or. 235.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ ἀναστῆναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀπὸ τοῦ καββάτου καὶ ἀπερεῖσαι τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὴν γῆν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ] τοῦ Mn   |   ἀπερεῖσαι (or ἐπερεῖσαι) Mastr., ἐπαρεῖσαι Mn   

COMMENT:   For the two possible corrections, cf. for the former Lucian, Anacharsis 27 οὔτε βεβαίως ἀπερεῖσαι τὴν βάσιν καὶ οὔτε ἐπιστηρίξαι ῥᾴδιον and two instances with τοὺς πόδας in Michael Ephes., in librum de animalium incessu commentarium, CAG 22:2:138,15–17; for the latter Hesych. ε 5712 ἐρεῖσαι· ἐπερεῖσαι ἐπιστηρίξαι.   


Or. 235.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ μεταβληθῆναι  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.01 (vet gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰσχυρότερον  —MOVCAaAbMlMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ MVCPr, om. others   |    ἰσχυρότερον] O, ἰσχυρὸν μὲν MC, ἰσχυρὸν others   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,11; Dind. II.89,17


Or. 236.02 (rec gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: μέγα  —VAaAbMlMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. V   


Or. 236.03 (rec gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: καλὸν  —AaAbMlMnRfSSaGB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κακὸν Mn, a.c. Aa   


Or. 236.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: καὶ καλλιώτερον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: κάλλιον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.06 (thom exeg) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν  —ZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: τῷ ἀσθενεῖ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.09 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: ἡ δόκησις  —V3AbFMlMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοκεῖν⟩: ἡ τῆς ὑγείας δόκησις  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοκεῖν⟩: τι καλὸν  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἂν⟩: ἐὰν  —S

LEMMA: ἂν in text S for κἂν       POSITION: s.l., misplaced over 235 ἔχει S      


Or. 236.13 (tri metr) ⟨κἂν⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 236.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀληθείας⟩: παραμυθίας —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.15 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀληθείας⟩: τῆς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: καὶ ἀπῇ μακρὰν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: καὶ ἀπουσία ὑπάρχει  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: μακρὰν ὑπάρχ()  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 236.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: μακρὰν ᾖ  —FG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   


Or. 236.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: ὑπάρχῃ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: πόρρω ᾖ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πόρω Aa2   


Or. 236.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: πόρρω ὑπάρχῃ  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: καὶ ἔξω ὑπάρχει  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπάρχ() Zu   


Or. 237.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: ὦ ἀδελφὲ κατὰ περίφρασιν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Brotherly head’ means) ‘o brother’ by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Xo   |    ὦ om. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,22

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 237.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: περιφραστικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ ἀδελφέ —B3a

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,21

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 237.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: ὦ ἀδελφὲ  —F2Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 237.04 (rec gloss) ⟨κασίγνητον⟩: ἀδελφικὸν —CrMlMnSSaOxZu

POSITION: s.l. (CrOx mistakenly above 235 τόδ’ ὑγιείας)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOxZu   


Or. 237.05 (thom gloss) ⟨κασίγνητον⟩: αὐτάδελφον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,22


Or. 237.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 237.07 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 238.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἕως ἐῶσιν εὖ⟩: γρ. ἕως ἐῶσ’ εὖ.  —Ra

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 238.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἕως⟩: ἐν ὅσῳ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 238.03 (thom gloss) ⟨ἕως⟩: μέχρις ἂν  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGuAa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέχρι Za   |   


Or. 238.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἕως⟩: καὶ μέχρις ὥρας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 238.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐῶσι⟩: ἀφιᾶσι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZb2ZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀφίησι Zb2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφιᾶσιν XT   |   


Or. 238.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐῶσι⟩: καταλιμπάνουσιν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 238.07 (pllgn exeg) εὖ φρονεῖν Ἐριννύες:  εἰσὶ τὰ τῶν Ἐριννύων ὀνόματα ταῦτα· Τισιφόνη ἀπὸ τοῦ τίω ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ τιμωροῦμαι· Μέγαιρα ἀπὸ τοῦ μεγαίρω ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ φθονῶ· Ἀληκτὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἂ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ λήγω ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ παύω, ἡ μὴ παύουσα κακοποιεῖν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.  —G

TRANSLATION:  The names of the Erinyes are the following: Tisiphone from ‘tiō’, which signifies ‘punish’; Megaera, from ‘megairō’, which signifies ‘begrudge’; Alecto from the alpha-privative particle and ‘lēgō’, which signifies ‘cease’, the one who does not cease doing harm to humans.

LEMMA: G       REF. SYMBOL: G       POSITION: after sch. 248.06 as last in block on this page      

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 38.07 with comment.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 238.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὖ φρονεῖν⟩: σωφρονεῖν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 238.09 (rec gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: καλῶς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 238.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρονεῖν⟩: νοεῖν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 238.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρονεῖν⟩: ὥστε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 238.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρονεῖν⟩: τινὰ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   In CrOx the text lacks σ’ as subject of the infinitive.   |   


Or. 238.13 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἐριννύες⟩: αἱ μανίαι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 238.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἐριννύες⟩: (?)διαφ⟨θ⟩αρτικαὶ(?) τῆς σῆς †ἀνάγκης  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Uncertain, check original Zl.   


Or. 238.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἐριννύες⟩: δαιμόνια μετερχόμενα τοὺς φονεῖς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοὺς] τοῦτο Zu   


Or. 238.16 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἐριννύες⟩: αἱ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 239.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨λέξεις τι καινόν⟩: πάντως καινότερόν τι ἀπαγγελεῖς.  —MVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Evidently you are going to report something rather novel.

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: s.l., except intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀγγέλ() V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπαγγέλεις M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,12; Dind. II.89,26


Or. 239.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέξεις⟩: ἐρεῖς —F2Zl2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 239.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέξεις⟩: βούλεσαι εἰπεῖν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 239.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέξεις⟩: καὶ εἴπῃς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰπεῖς CrOx   |   


Or. 239.05 (rec gloss) ⟨καινὸν⟩: νέον  —CrF2MlMnRSSaOxZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOxZu   


Or. 239.06 (rec exeg) ⟨κεἰ μὲν εὖ⟩: καὶ εἰ μὲν εἴπῃς καλῶς, φέρεις  —Ra

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 239.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεἰ μὲν εὖ⟩: καὶ καλῶς εἴπῃς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 239.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: εἴπῃς δῆλον ⟨ὅτι⟩  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἴπεις F   


Or. 239.09 (rec gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: λέγεις  —AbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 239.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: λέξεις  —GuZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 239.11 (rec exeg) ⟨εὖ⟩: ἐπὶ καλῷ ἡμῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l., except X (over καινόν G)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡμῶν] τιμῶν X   


Or. 239.12 (vet exeg) ⟨χάριν φέρεις⟩: οἱ ἐν περιστάσει ὄντες ἀεὶ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα τοῦ μέλλοντος λέγεσθαι δεδοίκασιν.  —MaMbVCMlMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Those in a critical situation are always afraid of the declaration of what is about to be said.

LEMMA: MaV, καὶ εἰ μὲν εὖ χάριν φέρεις C, κεἰ μὲν εὖ Rb       REF. SYMBOL: MaVMlRb       POSITION: s.l. MbPr      

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν ὅτι prep. MlMnRaSSa   |    οἱ om. VPr   |    παραστάσει Rb   |    τὸ ἐπάγγελμα om. S   |    μέλλοντος] μέσου Ml, om. C   |    λέγεσθαι om. Mb, γένεσθαι Pr   |    δεδοίκησιν Mn, δεδοίκαμεν Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπάγελμα Ra   |    δεδοίκασι CSa, δεδοίκα() V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,13–14; Dind. II.89,23–25


Or. 239.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨χάριν φέρεις⟩: εὐχαριστίαν ἕξεις. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from 239.11)      

APP. CRIT.:   εὐχαριστίας T (‑αν Ta)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -στείαν app. Yf   |    ἔξεις Aa2   


Or. 239.14 (thom gloss) ⟨χάριν⟩: ἡδονὴν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 239.15 (thom gloss) ⟨φέρεις⟩: ἐμοὶ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

LEMMA: φέροις in text ZZaZm       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 240.01 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ δ’ εἰς βλάβην⟩: λέξεις  —MlMnSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 240.02 (rec exeg) ⟨βλάβην τιν’⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ φέρεις.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 240.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨βλάβην τιν’⟩: ἀφορῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 240.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βλάβην τίν’⟩: οὐ φέρεις χάριν.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 240.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βλάβην⟩: λύπην  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 240.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τίν’⟩: τινὰ  —AaR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 240.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἅλις ἔχω⟩: ἀρκούντως διάκειμαι ἕνεκα τοῦ δυστυχεῖν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. glosses TYf      

APP. CRIT.:   δυστυχεῖν om. G   


Or. 240.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἅλις⟩: αὐτάρκως  —CrF2MlMnRSaOxZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu   


Or. 240.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἅλις⟩: ἱκανῶς  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 240.10 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨τοῦ⟩: τὸ  —V2/3T

LEMMA: τῶ in text V       POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This gloss is not in Ta.   


Or. 240.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ⟩: τοῦ  —B2/3V3(or V?)

LEMMA: τὸ in text B, τῶ in text V       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 240.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυστυχεῖν⟩: πάσχειν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 240.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυστυχεῖν⟩: οἴκοθεν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 241.01 (241–242) (rec wdord) word order α (ἥκει), β (μεν.), γ (κασ.), δ (σοῦ), ε (πατρός), ϛ (ὥρμισται), ζ (σέλμ.), η (νεῶν), θ (ἐν ναυπ.)  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 241.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 241.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἄρτι παραγέγονεν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἄρτι] ἀντὶ τοῦ Y, om. Zc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -γεγόνεν Aa2, ‑γέγονε XbXoYGr   |   


Or. 241.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: καὶ ἦλθεν  —CrF2OxZlZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Zl   |   ἦλθε ZlZu   


Or. 241.05 (vet exeg) σοῦ κασίγνητος πατρός:  1διὰ τοῦ ‘σοῦ κασίγνητος πατρός’ ψυχαγωγεῖ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὑπομιμνήσκουσα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ ἐλπίδας ἀγαθὰς ὑποτίθεται διὰ τοῦ θείου.  2περιπαθέστερον δὲ ποιεῖ τὸ δρᾶμα καὶ πόρρωθεν διαβάλλουσα τὸν Μενέλαον,  3καθὸ ἐλπισθεὶς βοηθῆσαι οὐκ ἐβοήθησεν.   —MBVCMlMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   By using the expression ‘brother of your father’ she encourages her brother, reminding him of his father, and through (the mention of) their uncle she sets good hopes before him. She makes the drama more emotionally affecting by criticizing Menelaus even from a far earlier point (than his arrival on stage), since although it was hoped that he would bring aid he did not help.

LEMMA: MBCPr, μενέλαος ἥκει VMlMnRwSSa, lemma ἥκει Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ σοῦ κασ. πατρὸς] τούτου BPr   |    (first) τοῦ] τὸ MlMnSSa, om. Rb   |    σοῦ om. Rw   |    κασιγνήτ(ου) V   |    ψυχαγωγεῖται V   |    τοῦ πατρὸς] τῶ πατρὶ M   |    τὸ θείου Ml (corr. from θεῖ-)   |    2 προσπαθέστερον MBCPrRw   |    ποιεῖται VMlMnSSa   |    τὸ om. Mn   |    καὶ τὸ πόρρ. BPr   |    διαβάλλεσθαι BPr, διαβάλλουσιν MCRw(‑σι CRw), ambig. διαβάλλουσ() V   |    τὸν πολέμιον τὸν μενέλαον Rw   |    3 καθὸ] καθὸν M, ἢ V   |    βοηθήσειν V   |    ἐβοήθεισαν Mn, ἐβοήθει γὰρ Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ψυχαγωγὴ Ml   |    2 δράμα MVCMnPrRbS   |    3 καθ’ ὃ Pr   |    βοηθεῖσαι Mn   |    ἐλπισθεὶς] ἐμπισθεὶς V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,16–20; Dind. II.90,7–11


Or. 241.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨σοῦ⟩: τοῦ  —F2Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 241.07 (rec gloss) ⟨σοῦ⟩: σοὶ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 241.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητος⟩: ὁ αὐταδελφός  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 241.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητος⟩: ἀδελφὸς  —OxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὁ prep. Ox   


Or. 241.10 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: τοῦ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν Ναυπλίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῷ Ἀναπλίῳ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνάπλω K   

COMMENT:   See on sch. 54.02.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 242.02 (rec gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίᾳ⟩: λιμένι Ἄργους  —OVCPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λιμὴν VCPr   


Or. 242.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ναυπλίᾳ⟩: χώρα ἀπό τινος Ναυπλίου  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίῳ⟩: λιμένι  —AaAbMlMnSSaZZaZbZlZmTGuB2

LEMMA: thus in text all except B       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν prep. MlMnS   


Or. 242.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σέλμαθ’ ὥρμισται νεῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ αἱ νῆες ὡρμίσθησαν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. Xb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὁρμ‑ X   |   


Or. 242.06 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: περιφραστικῶς αἱ νῆες  —GKPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς ναῦς Pr   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 242.07 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: τουτέστιν αἱ νῆες  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: ἤγουν τὰ πλοῖα  —Cr a.c.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   overwritten by next gloss   


Or. 242.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: καὶ αἱ καθέδραι τῶν πλοίων  —Ox, p.c. Cr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.10 (rec gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: αἱ ἀγκύραι  —AaAbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.11 (rec gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: καθίσματα  —AbMlMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ prep. Pr   


Or. 242.12 (rec gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: τὰ στηρίγματα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.13 (rec gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: καθέδρας  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For the interpretation of σέλμαθ’ = σέλματα as accusative see also 242.26.   


Or. 242.14 (recMosch gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: αἱ καθέδραι  —KSaXXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἱ om. YGB3a   


Or. 242.15 (thom exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: αἱ καθέδραι ἤτοι αἱ νῆες περιφραστικῶς —ZZaZbZlZmTOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Selmata’, ‘benches’, are) the seats (of the rowers) or the ships by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἳ] ἃ Zb   |    ἤτοι … περιφρ. add. Ox2 to right of Ox gloss 242.09   |    ἤγουν Za   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 242.16 (thom exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν· μέρος γὰρ τῶν νεῶν τὰ σέλματα.  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  The whole (expressed) by a part. For the benches are a part of the ships.

LEMMA: cont. from sch. 242.26 Gu       REF. SYMBOL: Zm      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.90,13–14


Or. 242.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν  —B3a

TRANSLATION:  The whole (expressed) by a part.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.18 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩:  παρὰ τῶν ναυτῶν λεγόμενα ταυλία· ἀπὸ τοῦ σελὶς τὸ καταβατόν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Selmata’, ‘benches’, are) what are called ‘tavlia’ by sailors. (Derived) from the word ‘selis’ meaning ‘page’.

POSITION: in left margin, written vertically      

COMMENT:   See LSJ s.v. ταβλίον, but ταβλ‑ words are commonly spelled ταυλ‑ in late Greek. The word is used in several contexts, most implying stripes or a sequence of rows or columns. The closest meaning offered in LBG s.v. ταβλίον is ‘planks of a deck’. For the derivation of σέλμα from σελίς, see Sch. A Il. 16.1 σέλμα ἐστὶ τὸ μεταξὺ τῶν σανιδωμάτων, ὃ σελὶς καλεῖται καὶ καθέδρα ἐστὶ τοῦ ἐρέτου. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ σέλμα εὔσελμος ὡς σῶμα εὔσωμος. γέγονε δὲ παρὰ τὸ σέλλω τὸ σημαῖνον τὸ ὁρμῶ· ἐξ οὗ καὶ †σέλμος† ὁ μεθ’ ὁρμῆς ῥιπτούμενος λίθος; Eust. in Il. 16.1 (794, 9–11) ἔστι δέ, φασί, σέλμα, ὡς καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ ἐδηλώθη, τὸ μεταξὺ τῶν τοίχων τῆς νεώς, ὃ καὶ ζυγὸς καὶ σελὶς καλεῖται, καθέδρα ὂν ἐρέτου, ὅθεν εὔσελμος ναῦς. γίνεται δὲ τὸ ῥηθὲν σέλμα παρὰ τὸ σέλλω, τὸ ὁρμῶ, τὸ αἴτιον ὁρμῆς τῇ νηΐ.    

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 242.19 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: σέλματα λέγονται οἱ ζυγοὶ τῆς νηός· τὰ παρὰ τῶν ναυτῶν λεγόμενα ταόλια.  —Aa

APP. CRIT.:   ταυλία to be read?   

COMMENT:   See comment on previous. Aa’s ταόλια is either an error of a scribe who was not familiar with the word, or an otherwise unattested alternative spelling.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 242.20 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: ταῖς καθίστραις τῆς νηὸς ἢ τῷ σέλματι τῆς νηός —V

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The author of this annotation takes σέλμαθ’ as σέλματι, against the usual view that it is the elided nominative σέλματα (but see 242.13 and 242.26 for σέλματα as accusative).   |   The noun καθίστρα is not currently in TLG, but there is one other instance in an inscription from Pisidia (SEG 2.727, probably to be dated to the period from Nerva to Caracalla) cited by LSJ, where the question mark about the equivalence to καθέδρα can be removed (note καθέδραι in 242.13–16).   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 242.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: καὶ ζυγῷ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   erroneously treating the elided form as σέλματι.   


Or. 242.22 (rec artGloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: τὰ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ὡρμισμέναι εἰσὶν  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡρμισμένα S, ὠρισμέναι Ml   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰσιν S   |   


Or. 242.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ὡρμίσθησαν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.25 (rec gloss) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ἐλιμενίσθη  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.26 (thom exeg) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ἐλλιμένισται, ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐλιμένισεν, ὅπερ εἰ εἴποις αἰτιατικὴν νοήσεις τὰ σέλματα.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Has been brought into harbor; or (it is used) instead of ‘he brought into harbor’, and if you adopt this view you will understand ‘the benches’ to be in the accusative.

REF. SYMBOL: Za       POSITION: s.l. ZZbZm, marg. Za      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ὥρμισται ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. T   |    after first word Zl mostly illegible   |    ἤγουν Zb   |    ἐλιμένισεν] ἑλλιμένισα Zb, ἐνελιμένισεν Ta   |    εἴπεις, s.l. perhaps ‑ης Zb   |    αἰτιατικὴ Zb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλλιμένισται] ἐλιμ‑ Z, ἑλλ‑ Zb   |    ἐλιμένισεν] ἐλλιμένισεν Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.90,12–13

COMMENT:   This is the only perfect middle-passive form of (ἐλ)λιμενίζω attested, and it is found here and in the next scholion (derived from this one). It is apparently a late Greek perfect of the compound verb without reduplication, for which Jannaris §750d gives among his examples ἐμψυχωμένος and ἐγκεντρισμέναις. Note how Triclinius pedantically turned ἐλιμένισεν into ἐνελιμένισεν to make it match the earlier form. For transitive uses of ἐλλιμενίζω see LBG s.v., and for the middle-passive see DGE s.v. 2.   


Or. 242.27 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ἐλλιμένισται τὰ σέλματα δηλονότι.  —Zc2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ὥρμισεν app.  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νεῶν⟩: ναῦς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἦλθε  —F2GOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἦλθεν Ox   


Or. 243.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παραγέγονεν  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.03 (rec gloss) ⟨φῶς⟩: ἤγουν τι καλὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨φῶς⟩: σωτηρία  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAaF3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φῶς⟩: καὶ τὸ εὐτύχημα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φῶς⟩: βοήθεια, ἀπαλλαγὴ τῶν ἐμῶν κακῶν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φῶς⟩: καὶ ἡ ἐλευθερία  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨φῶς⟩: τὸ —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐμοῖς καὶ σοῖς κακοῖς⟩: ἐμῶν καὶ σῶν κακῶν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐμοῖς καὶ σοῖς κακοῖ⟩: ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐμαῖς καὶ σαῖς δυστυχίαις  —XXaXbXoT+YGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   σωτηρίαις YGr, app. a.c. Xa   


Or. 243.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμοῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐμοῖς⟩: τοῖς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨σοῖς⟩: τοῖς  —SOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακοῖς⟩: ἤγουν τοῖς δυστυχήμασι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κακοῖς⟩: τοῖς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 244.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἀνὴρ⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 244.02 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὁμογενὴς⟩: συγγενὴς  —Aa3CrMlSaOxXXaXbXoYGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὁ prep. CrOxZu   


Or. 244.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨ὁμογενὴς⟩:  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 244.04 (vet exeg) ⟨χάριτας ἔχων πατρός⟩: ἡ παρά καὶ τὸ ἐμοῦ προσληπτέον.  —MCr

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘from’ and the (adjective) ‘my’ are to be supplied (with the genitive ‘father’).

POSITION: intermarg. MCr (M beside 241–2)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,15; Dind. II.89,25


Or. 244.05 (rec exeg) χάριτας ἔχων πατρός: λείπει τὸ παρὰ τοῦ ἐμοῦ —AbMlMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘From my’ is to be understood (with ‘father’).

LEMMA: Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. except RaRb      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει om. AbRa   |    τὸ om. AbMlSSa   |    π(ερὶ) Ra   |    ἐμοῦ] Rb, ἡμῶν RaSa, spaced as sep. gloss Mn, ἡμῶν πατρός Ml, om. AbS   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 244.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χάριτας ἔχων πατρός⟩: ἤγουν ὅστις ἔχει πολλὰς χάριτας τοῦ πατρὸς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 244.07 (mosch exeg) χάριτας: ἃς ὁ πατὴρ ἐχαρίσατο αὐτῷ, ἤγουν ἔργα εὐχαριστίας ἄξια  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Favors’ means the ones) with which his father obliged him, that is, deeds deserving gratitude.

LEMMA: XXoT       POSITION: s.l. except XXoT      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν κτλ om. ZcAa2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.90,16–17


Or. 244.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χάριτας⟩: δωρεάς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 244.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ πατρός  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 244.10 (rec gloss) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: πρὸς  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πρὸς (or παρὰ?) Mastr., πατρ(ὸς) O   


Or. 244.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: ἐμοῦ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 244.12 (rec gloss) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: πατρικὰς  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 244.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: τοῦ —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 245.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἐνδημεῖ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 245.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἦλθε  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.; mistakenly repeated in same position above 247 Ox      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἦλθεν Ox (καὶ ἦλθε in repeated instance)   


Or. 245.03 (vet exeg) τὸ πιστὸν τόδε λόγων:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ πίστευε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις.  2πίστιν δέχου ταύτην βεβαίαν καὶ ἀσφαλῆ μαρτυρίαν, τὸ καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην αὐτῷ συνεπιδημῆσαι·  3ὅπου γὰρ Ἑλένη, πάντως που καὶ Μενέλαος.   —MBVCPrRwZu, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘have faith in my words’. As guarantee accept this sure and secure evidence, the fact that Helen too has arrived here with him. For wherever Helen is, by all means, surely, Menelaus is too.

LEMMA: MBCPr, τὸ πιστὸν τόδε Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: V cont. from next, without repeating first sentence (= last of 245.04); sep. in O 2 τὸ … συνεπιδημ. above 246 ἑλένην, 3 ὅπου γὰρ κτλ in margin at 246      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἀντὶ … μαρτυρίαν om. O (but cf. 245.09   |    1 ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν Zu, ἀντὶ C   |    τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους M   |    2 πίστιν] πίστην C, πιστοῦ Pr   |    μαρτυρίαν ἀσφαλῆ transp. V   |    τὸ καὶ] τῷ καὶ BVPr, τε καὶ Rw, τὸ O   |    τὴν om. O   |    3 γὰρ] γε Rw   |    που] ἐκεῖ O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,1–4; Dind. II.90,22–91,2


Or. 245.04 (rec exeg) τὸ πιστόν τόδε λόγων:  1τὸ ἑξῆς οὕτως· τοῦτο πιστὸν δέχου τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων.  2οἱ δὲ οὕτως· τὸ πιστὸν τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων δέχου τοῦτο·  3ἀντὶ τοῦ πίστευε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις.   —VMlMnRbRwSSa, partial Ra

TRANSLATION:   The sequence is as follows: Accept this as a guarantee of my words. Others understand it this way: As the guarantee of my words accept this. Equivalent to ‘have faith in my words’.

LEMMA: Rw, ἥκει τὸ πιστόν τόδε λόγων V, ἥκει MlMnRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ … οὕτως] καὶ Ra   |    τοῦτο τὸ Ra   |    ἔχου Ra   |    τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον Ml   |    2–3 οἱ δὲ κτλ om. Ra   |    2 οἱ δὲ … λόγων om. MlSa   |    3 λόγοις] πιστοῖς Ml   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὕτω Sa   |    2 οὕτω Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,21–22; Dind. II.90,20–23

COLLATION NOTES:   Sa lemma and first three words by rubric. in empty space.   |   


Or. 245.05 (rec paraphr) ἀντὶ τοῦ πίστευε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις.  —AaMlMnSSaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν Zu   |    πίστευσον S   |    τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους Zu   


Or. 245.06 (rec paraphr) τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν μάνθανε λόγων.  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 245.07 (pllgn exeg) μετ’ αὐτοῦ δὲ καὶ Ἑλένην ἐνδημῆσαι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 245.08 (mosch paraphr) δέχου τὴν πίστωσιν τήνδε τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   δέχου transp. after λόγων G   |    τήνδε om. YfGZc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.90,19


Or. 245.09 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ πιστὸν⟩: πίστιν βεβαίαν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 245.10 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ πιστὸν⟩: τὴν βεβαίωσιν  —KB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 245.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ πιστὸν⟩: τὸ βέβαιον  —CrOxZb2Zl

POSITION: s.l.; mistakenly repeated in same position above 247 CrOx      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx (both instances)   


Or. 245.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πιστὸν⟩: ἀληθές  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 245.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λόγων ἐμῶν δέχου⟩: καθὼς λέγω σοι δηλονότι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 245.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λόγων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —Aa3Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. Aa3   


Or. 245.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨λόγων⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 245.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέχου⟩: λάμβανε  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 246.01 (rec exeg) ἔρχεται καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ Ἑλένην ἄγει ἀπὸ τῆς Τροίας.  —Ra


Or. 246.02 (rec exeg) ἔρχεται ἄγων τὴν Ἑλένην· δέχου τὸ πιστὸν τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων.  —Mn

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄγον Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.91,4–5


Or. 246.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἑλένην⟩: τὴν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 246.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγόμενος⟩: ἄγων  —Aa3Pr2, app. Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 246.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγόμενος⟩: φέρων  —FSaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FZu   


Or. 246.06 (mosch gloss) ἀγόμενος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπαγόμενος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Aa2GZc   


Or. 246.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγόμενος⟩: καὶ κομίσας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l. (repeated above 248 ἄγεται CrOx)      


Or. 246.08 (rec exeg) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν ἐκ τειχέων⟩: περίφρασις  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περίφρασις   


Or. 246.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν ἐκ τειχέων⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς Τροίας περιφραστικῶς  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘From Trojans walls’ means) ‘from Troy’ by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. ZZaZu   |    ἀπ’ αὐτῆς τῆς Zu   |    περιφραστικῶς om. ZZaZu   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 246.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν ἐκ τειχέων⟩: περιφραστικῶς ἐκ τῆς Τροίας  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 246.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν⟩: τῶν τῆς Τροίας  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 246.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν⟩: τῶν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 247.01 (vet exeg) ὡς τοῦ τὴν Ἑλένην ἀχθῆναι ἐπιμολύναντος τὴν εὐπραξίαν Μενελάου  —MVCRw

TRANSLATION:  (He says this) as if the fact that Helen was brought has befouled the good fortune of Menelaus.

LEMMA: (246) Ἑλένην ἀγόμενος V       REF. SYMBOL: V to 246       POSITION: cont. from 245.03 MCRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς τοῦ] ὥστε V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,5–6; Dind. II.91,2–3


Or. 247.02 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐὰν  —MlMnSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐνὰν Ml   


Or. 247.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόνος⟩: χωρὶς Ἑλένης  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 247.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μόνος⟩: ἤγουν ἄνευ τῆς Ἑλένης  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 247.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόνος⟩: μεμονωμένος —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 247.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐσώθη⟩: διέσωθη  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 247.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐσώθη⟩: καὶ ἦλθε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 247.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐσώθη⟩: ἤρχετο  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 247.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μᾶλλον⟩: καὶ περισσοτέρως  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l. (repeated mistakenly above 249 τυνδάρεως CrOx)      

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 247.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ζηλωτὸς⟩: αἰνετὸς  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 247.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ζηλωτὸς⟩: ἐπαινετὸς  —CrF2Pr2OxZuB3a

POSITION: s.l. (misplaced over 249 εἰς τὸν ψόγον CrOx)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu   |    ἐπαιετὸς Zu, ἐπαινετῶς CrOx   |    ἦν add. Pr2   


Or. 247.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ζηλωτὸς⟩: μακαριστὸς  —MlSaOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   |    μακαριστοί Ml   


Or. 247.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ζηλωτὸς⟩: θαυμαστὸς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 247.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἦν⟩: καὶ ὑπῆρχεν —OxZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ νὰ ὑπ. Zu   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 248.01 (rec paraphr) ἤγουν ⟨εἰ⟩ τὴν Ἑλένην γυναῖκα φέρει, διαβεβλημένον δύσφημον μέγα κακὸν αὕτη γέγονε τῇ Ἑλλάδι  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διαβεβλημένη Sar   

COMMENT:   See on 248.14.   


Or. 248.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐπειδὴ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 248.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἄλοχον⟩: γυναῖκα  —V1AbCrMlMnPrSOxZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. PrZm, καὶ τὴν prep. CrSOxZu   


Or. 248.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄλοχον⟩: σύνευνον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. T   


Or. 248.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄλοχον⟩: τὴν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 248.06 (mosch gram) ἄγεται:  1ἄγεταί τις γυναῖκα ἀντὶ τοῦ λαμβάνει.  2ἐπάγεται δὲ δοῦλον ἢ ἕτερόν τι ἀντὶ τοῦ μεθ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἄγει.  3καὶ ἐπάγεται τόδε ἐν παθητικῇ σημασίᾳ ἀντὶ τοῦ μεθ’ ἕτερον ἢ μεθ’ ἕτερα ἄγεται.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   One leads for oneself (‘agetai’) a woman/wife in the sense of ‘takes’. One brings along (‘epagetai’) a slave or something else in the sense ‘leads with oneself’. And with a passive meaning, this thing is led along (‘epagetai’) in the sense ‘it is led after something else or after some other things’.

LEMMA: εἰ δ’ ἄλοχον ἄγεται G       POSITION: cont. from 246.06 X; beside 246 Xb      

APP. CRIT.:   2 δοῦλον ἢ ἕτερόν τι] ἕτερον ἢ ἕτερόν τις Gr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἄγεταί τις] ἅγεταί τις XaYf, ἄγεται τίς X   |    2 ἅγει Xa   |   3 ἅγεται Xa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.91,5–8


Or. 248.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄγεται⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγει  —MnPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Mn   


Or. 248.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄγεται⟩: ἐπάγεται  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπάγεται a.c. Xa   


Or. 248.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγεται⟩: κομίζει  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   καὶ κομίσας here in CrOx could be a corruption of κομίζει, but there are several instances of duplicated glosses in CrOx in this passage, so I have interpreted καὶ κομίσας as a repetition of 246.07.   


Or. 248.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγεται⟩: καὶ φέρει  —FZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἤφερε Zu   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 248.11 (rec exeg) κακὸν … μέγα: μέγα γὰρ κακὸν αὕτη γέγονε τῇ Ἑλλάδι.  —VAbMlMnPrRbS

LEMMA: κακὸν ἔχων Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. except R      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ om. AbMlMnRbS   |    αὕτη om. Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αὐτὴ Rb, a.c. Ml, αὔτη Mn   |    ἑλλάδη Ml   |   

COMMENT:   One must wonder whether this is a corrupt version of 249.01, or vice versa. See also 248.01.   


Or. 248.12 (rec gram) ⟨κακὸν … μέγα⟩: τί ἐστι γυνή; μέγα κακόν.  —Pr

POSITION: upper marg.      

COMMENT:   For the juncture, compare Hipp. 627 τούτωι δὲ δῆλον ὡς γυνὴ κακὸν μέγα; Philemon fr. 132 Kock γυνὴ δὲ νικῶσ’ ἄνδρα κακόν ἐστιν μέγα; Joannes Chrysostom. PG 63.147,36–37 μέγα ἀγαθὸν γυνὴ, ὡσπεροῦν καὶ κακὸν μέγα; Epigr. exhortatoria et supplicatoria 84δ [Epigr. Anthologia III:414 Cougny] (εἰς τὸ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος) σφαγεὶς Ἀγαμέμνων δὲ συζύγου πάρα / βοᾷ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὡς κακὸν γυνὴ μέγα.   


Or. 248.13 (rec gram) ⟨κακὸν … μέγα⟩: ἑπτὰ· τὸν Θησέα, τὸν Πρωτέα, τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον, Μεν⟨έλαον⟩, Ἀχιλλ⟨έα⟩ ἐν ὀνείρῳ, καὶ Δηΐφοβον·  —Pr

POSITION: lower marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   μεν Pr, leaving a space of ca. 5 letters   

COMMENT:   The lists in sch. Andr. 229, Sch. Hom. Il. 3.140a, Sch. Lycophr. 143b Leone (τῆς πενταλέκτρου: τῆς Ἑλένης· πέντε γὰρ αὐτὴν ἔγημαν· Θησεύς, Μενέλαος, Πάρις, Δηΐφοβος, Ἀχιλλεὺς κατ’ ὄναρ) do not include Proteus. Perhaps our scholar is being clever, adding Proteus on his own. But why is the number ἑπτὰ (clear and undamaged)? A careless mistake for ἕξ? There appears to be a dicolon after δηΐφοβον, indicating nothing followed. Could the original have been μενέλαον δὶς, another display of cleverness?   


Or. 248.14 (rec gloss) ⟨κακὸν⟩: διαβεβλημένον δύσφημον  —AaMnS

LEMMA: κακῶν in text Mn, a.c. S       POSITION: s.l., perhaps meant to be taken as preposed to 248.11 MnS; above ἄλοχον Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   -μένην Aa   |    τὴν add. before δύσφ. Aa   

COMMENT:   One may speculate that the two words were originally a gloss on 249 ἐπίσημον, displaced here and conflated into 248.01 in Sa. In Aa the words are adjusted to apply to Helen.   


Or. 248.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχων ἥκει⟩: ἔχει· Ἀττικὸν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This and the next scholion apparently reflect a teacher’s idea that ἔχων ἥκει is a literary periphrasis for ἔχει.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 248.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχων ἥκει⟩: Ἀττικισμὸς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 248.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχων ἥκει⟩: καὶ φέρει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   φέρε Cr   


Or. 248.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχων⟩: φέρων  —GGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 248.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχων⟩: καὶ βαστάζων καὶ κεκτημένος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 248.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἦλθε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   I take the καὶ ἦλθε that is above 249 ἐπίσημον in CrOx to be a misplaced repetition of 247.07, but it could also be a misplaced version of this gloss.   


Or. 249.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδάρεως⟩: μέγα γὰρ αὐτὴν κακὸν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἔτεκεν  —MC

POSITION: s.l. at 248 C; intermarg. M beside 248      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὴν Dind. and Schw. as if in M, αὐτῆ or αὐτὴ M, αὐτὴ C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,7; Dind. II.91,11–12

COMMENT:   See on 248.11. If this note really does belong to 248, then αὕτη should be printed and ἔτεκεν emended to ἐγένετο.   


Or. 249.02 (vet exeg) ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδάρεως:  1Στησίχορός φησιν ὡς θύων τοῖς θεοῖς Τυνδάρεως Ἀφροδίτης ἐπελάθετο·  2διὸ ὀργισθεῖσαν τὴν θεὸν διγάμους τε καὶ τριγάμους καὶ λειψάνδρους αὐτοῦ τὰς θυγατέρας ποιῆσαι.  3ἔχει δὲ ἡ χρῆσις οὕτως [Stesichorus fr. 85 Davies–Finglass, PMG/PMGF 223]·  4‘οὕνεκά ποτε Τυνδάρεως ῥέζων πᾶσι θεοῖς μόνης λάθετ’ ἠπιοδώρου Κύπριδος,  5κείνα δὲ Τυνδάρεω κούραις χολωσαμένη διγάμους τε καὶ τριγάμους τίθησι καὶ λιπεσάνορας’.  6καὶ Ἡσίοδος δέ [Hes. fr. 176 M–W (93 Rzach)]·
      7‘τῇσιν δὲ φιλο⟨μ⟩μειδὴς Ἀφροδίτη /
      8ἠγάσθη προσιδοῦσα, κακῇ δέ σφ’ ἔμβαλε φήμῃ. /
      9Τιμάνδρη μὲν ἔπειτ’ Ἔχεμον προλιποῦσ’ ἐβεβήκει, /
      10ἵκετο δ’ ἐς Φυλῆα φίλον μακάρεσσι θεοῖσιν. /
      11ὣς δὲ Κλυταιμνήστρη ⟨προ⟩λιποῦσ’ Ἀγαμέμνονα δῖον /
      12Αἰγίσθῳ παρέλεκτο, καὶ εἵλετο χείρον’ ἀκοίτην. /
      13ὣς δ’ Ἑλένη ᾔσχυνε λέχος ξανθοῦ Μενελάου.’   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Stesichorus says that when sacrificing to the gods Tyndareus forgot Aphrodite. Angered because of this, the goddess (he says) made his daughters triple-married and husband-deserters. The passage is as follows: ‘Because Tyndareus once, when doing sacrifice to all the gods, forgot only Cypris of the gentle gifts, and that goddess becoming wrathful toward the daughters of Tyndareus makes them double-married and triple-married and husband-deserters’. And also Hesiod: ‘Laughter-loving Aphrodite, / looking upon them, grew resentful toward them, and cast evil report upon them. / Timandre then went off, abandoning Echemus, / and she came to Phyleus, a man dear to the immortal gods. / And likewise Clytemnestra, having abandoned godlike Agamemnon, / slept with Aegisthus, and chose a worse husband. / And likewise Helen shamed the bed of blond Menelaus’.

LEMMA: MCPr, ἐπίσημον: ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδ() B, τὸ ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε V, ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: punct. and rubricated in Rw as three scholia (1–2, 3–4, 5–13)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 θύων] θεοῦ M   |    ἀφροδίταν Pr   |    ἐλάθετο MVCRw   |    2 ὀργισθεῖσα MBPr   |    τὴν θεὸν] ἡ θεὸς B   |    τε om. V   |    λειχάνδρας Pr   |    τὰς θυγατέρας αὐτοῦ transp. V   |    ποιῆσαι Schw. (after Dind.), ἐποίησεν all   |    3 οὕτως om. MC   |    4 οὕνεκα Τυνδάρεος / ῥέζων ποκὰ Schneidewin (ποτὲ already transp. Suchfort)   |    ἅπασι BVPrRw   |    μόνης] VRw (μόνας Page), μιᾶς MBC, om. Pr   |    λήθετο Rw, λήθ()τ() V, ἐπελάθετο MC   |    ἡπιόδωρος V   |    5 κείνη Pr   |    τυνδ. κόραις del. Wilam. (as from Stes. fragment)   |    τυνδαρέου Schneidewin   |    κούραις] B, κούρου M, κούρας C, κόραις Rw, κόραισι V, κόρης Pr, κόρας Sitzler   |    χολωσαμένα Blomfield   |    τε om. VRw   |    ἐτίθει West   |    λιπεσάνορας scr. Schneidewin, λιπεσήνορας BCPr, λειπεσάνορας VRw, λιπεσιόρας M   |    6 δὲ om. BVPrRw   |    7 τοῖσι PrRw   |    φιλομμειδὴς Barnes, φιλομηδὴς C   |    8 προϊδοῦσα MVRw   |    κακῇ … φήμῃ Schw., κακὴν … φήμην all   |    σφ’] φη(σὶ) V, φ’ C, σφησιν Rw, φιν Nauck   |    ἥμβαλε app. M, ἔβαλλε VPr, ἔβαλε CRw   |    8–9 B punct. after φήμην, leaves blank space, om. Τιμάνδρη μὲν ἔπ; and on next line ειτ’ ἔχετον om. or washed out before προλιποῦσ’   |    9 τιμάνδρη… ἔχεμον] ἐτύχετον Pr   |    Τιμάνδρη] Geel (in C. Goettling, Hesiodi carmina, 2nd ed. 1843, prep. lx) from Eust. in Il. 2.616 (I.472,28), πεισάνδρη VRw, τις ἀνδρὶ M(τίς)C (om. BPr)   |    μὲν ἔπειτ’] V(μὲν ἐπεί τ’)Rw, μένει εἴτ’ MC (B blank space and possible traces of ειτ)   |    Ἔχεμον Geel, ἔχετον MVCRw (cf. corrupt ἐτύχετον Pr) (B unclear)   |    10 φιλία M, φλῆα VRw, φυλῆς Pr (φυλέα Eust. in four quotations, in Il. 1.404 [I.193,25 and I.194,11], in Il. 10.192 [III.43,19], in Od. 9.415 [I.353,21])   |    θεοῖσιν om. VRw, θεοῖς Pr   |    11 κλυταιμνήστρη Barnes (‑μήστρη Rzach, Merkelbach–West), ‑μνήστρα MPrRw, ‑μνῆστρα BVC   |    ⟨προ⟩ add. Cobet (λείπουσ’ Barnes, ἀτίουσα West)   |    12 αἰγίστω Pr   |    παράλεκτρος Rw, παρέλικτο Pr   |    χείραιν app. Pr   |    ἀκοίταν B   |    13 ὡδ’ or ὥδ’ M, ὡς δὴ Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 στησίχωρος Pr   |    3 χρήσις M   |    οὔνεκά MC   |    4 ἡπιοδώρου M   |    7 τῆσι MBVC   |    10 εἰς MBCPr   |    μακάρεσιν V, μακάρεσσιν Rw, μακάρεσι MC   |    θεοῖσι app. M   |    11 ὡς δὲ VCRw   |    λιποῦσα Rw   |    ἀγααμέμνονα Rw   |    13 ὡς δ’ VCRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,8–21; Dind. II.91,12–92,4

COMMENT:   G. Most in the Loeb edition of Hesiod retains (8) κακὴν δέ σφ’ ἔμβαλε φήμην. Epic idiom, however, supports Schw.’s correction, since there are no instances of such a metaphorical use of ἐμβάλλω; the usual usage has someone plant an emotion or quality or idea in a person. The juncture κακὴ φήμη is not common in classical poetry, but there is a later parallel in Manetho, Apotelesmatica 3.87–88 (in a context of adulterous persons; with ἀμφιβάλλω instead of ἐμβάλλω) καὶ δ’ αὐτοὺς φήμῃσι κακαῖς νεότητος ἐν ὥραις / ἀμφέβαλεν; compare the comparable metaphor in the proverbial phrase κακά τευ κακκέχυται φάμα. Nor is there an exact parallel for φήμην ἐμβάλλειν in φήμας βάλλειν as in Et. Gud. (de Stefani) s.v. βλάσφημος· παρὰ τὸ βλάβη καὶ τὸ φήμη γίνεται βλάσφημος, ὁ βλάβην λέγων· ἢ ὁ τὰς κακὰς φήμας κατά τινος βάλλων, ἤγουν ὁ λοίδορος.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Stesichorus   |   Hesiod   


Or. 249.03 (rec paraphr) ὁ Τυνδάρεως ἐγέννησε γένος θυγατέρων πολυθρύλητον εἰς ψόγον.  —MlMnSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Ml      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ τυνδ. add. in blank space (as if lemma) Sar    |   ὁ om. S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐγένησε S   |    πολλυθρύλλητον MnSSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,7–8


Or. 249.04 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολυθρύλητον  —MOVCPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἐπίσημον ἀντὶ C, om. OPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -θρύλλητον VPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,1; Dind. II.92,5


Or. 249.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ μέγα καὶ πρῶτον  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μεγ()΄λ() καὶ πρῶτα V   


Or. 249.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: περιβόητον  —AaAbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 249.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: καὶ διαβόητον καὶ μέγα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 249.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: σύγκριτον  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 249.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: περιφανὲς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,8


Or. 249.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἔκδηλον ἐξάκουστον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐνδ‑ ZbZl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,8


Or. 249.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: τὸ διάσημον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 249.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: περίφρασις  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Perhaps this comments on ἐπίσημον εἰς τὸν ψόγον as an indirect way to say ἐπίψογον, δύσφημον, or the like.   

KEYWORDS:  περίφρασις   


Or. 249.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔτεκε⟩: ση(μείωσαι) τὸ ἔτεκεν ὅπως ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον ἐπὶ γυναικῶν λέγεται.  —Ta2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 249.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτεκε⟩: ἐγέννησε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 249.15 (rec artGloss) ⟨Τυνδάρεως⟩:  —AbF2MnSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 249.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς τὸν ψόγον⟩: εἰς τὴν [  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   trimmed margin; e.g. [μέμψιν, [κατηγορίαν   |   


Or. 249.17 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸν ψόγον⟩: περισσὸν δὲ τὸ ἄρθρον.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The article is superfluous.

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 249.04 MC      

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 250.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γένος θυγατέρων⟩: τὴν Ἑλένην καὶ τὴν [Κλυται]μνήστραν  —B3

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,9–10


Or. 250.02 (rec exeg) ⟨γένος⟩: Ἀττικον τὸ γένος.  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 250.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨γένος⟩: τὸ  —F2Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 250.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θυγατέρων⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 250.05 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: ἐπίψογον  —VCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 250.06 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: δύσφημον  —AbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 250.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: κακὴν φήμην ἔχον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔχων Y   

COLLATION NOTES:   Günther 281 misreports the standard Moschopulean gloss here as having ἔχων.   |   


Or. 250.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: ἄδοξον  —AaF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   add. φήμην ἔχον Aa2 (from sch. 250.07)   


Or. 250.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: ἄτιμον  —AaMlMnSSaZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l. (Aa above γένος)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 250.10 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: τὸ γένος  —MlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 250.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀν’ Ἑλλάδα⟩: εἰς τὴν  —AbF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.01 (251–252) (thom exeg) 1τουτέστιν ἐπείπερ ἐκείνας ὡς φαύλας κακίζεις, σκόκει μὴ καὶ αὐτὴ περιπέσῃς τοῖς ἴσοις.  2ἀλλ’ ἀποχὴν τῶν κακῶν ἔχε καὶ μὴ μόνον τὰ ἄριστα λέγε, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ νοῦν ἀεὶ ἔχουσα πρᾶττε.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, since you revile those women as base, be careful that you do not yourself meet with the same fate. Rather, keep distant from evils and do not merely say what is best, but also always bearing it in mind act (accordingly).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl partly lost to trimming, rest very faint   |    1 παρ’ add. before ἐκείνας ZbZl   |    2 τὰ ἄριστα] ἄριστε Zb   |    second καὶ om. ZZa   |    ἀεὶ] ἂν Za   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πράττε ZaZbZmT (πρᾶττε Ta) [Zl illegible]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,11–14

COLLATION NOTES:   Note how Z’s manner of writing ἀεὶ features an ει that looks a lot like a ν, suggesting the sort of script that Za (or a source of Za) misread to get ἂν.   |   


Or. 251.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨σύ νυν διάφερε τῶν κακῶν⟩: σπεῦδε διαφέρειν τῶν κακῶν ἐν καλῷ.  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.03 (rec gloss) ⟨σύ νυν⟩: ὦ Ἠλέκτρα  —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.04 (thom gloss) ⟨νυν⟩: δὴ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

LEMMA: νυν in text ZZaTt, νῦν others       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.05 (rec gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: ἄπεχε  —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Sa   


Or. 251.06 (rec gloss) διάφερε: ἀπέχου  —AbRaP2

LEMMA: Ra       POSITION: s.l. AbP2      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,16


Or. 251.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: καὶ ἀπόσχου  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: ἀπόστηθι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.09 (rec gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: διΐστασο ἀπὸ  —MlMnRaSSa

POSITION: s.l. except Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ ἵστασο S (cont. from 251.05), διίστατο Ml   |    ἀπὸ om. MlMnS   


Or. 251.10 (rec gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: καὶ διαφορὰν ποιοῦ  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: διάφορος ἔσο  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,15


Or. 251.12 (thom paraphr) ⟨διάφερε⟩: διαφορὰν λάμβανε καὶ ἀποχήν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,15–16


Or. 251.13 (rec gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: διαφορὰν ἔχε  —AaRfZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    ἔχε om. Rf   


Or. 251.14 (rec gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: ἔξω γενοῦ  —PrGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν κακῶν add. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,16


Or. 251.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: ὑπερτέρει  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: νίκα  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν κακῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —CrOxZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. Zu   


Or. 251.18 (mosch gloss) ⟨τῶν κακῶν⟩: γυναικῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGZc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,17


Or. 251.19 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔξεστι γάρ⟩:  1αὐτεξούσιος γὰρ ἡ ἀρετή·  2καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 6.444]· ‘ἐπεὶ μάθον ἔμμεναι ἐσθλός’.   —MVCMlMnRbSSa, partial OPrRa

TRANSLATION:   For virtue is a matter of free choice. And Homer: ‘ever since I learned to be excellent’.

LEMMA: σὺ νῦν διάφερε VRb       REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: s.l. CPr, intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αὐτεξούσιον MC [ending illegible Sa]   |    γὰρ om. MCRb, app. Sa   |    2 καὶ ὅμ. κτλ om. OPrRa   |    ἐπειδὴ Sa   |    ἐσθλοῦ M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 μάθην a.c. Ml   |    2 ἔμμεναι] ἔμνεον Ml   |    ἐθλὸς Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,2–3; Dind. II.92,18–19

COMMENT:   The association of τὸ αὐτεξούσιον and ἀρετή is common in Christian authors, but the only other passage where the adjective form is applied to ἀρετή is Procopius, commentarii in Isaiam, PG 87:2:2549, 30–31 ὃς καὶ αὐτεξούσιον δεικνὺς τὴν ἀρετὴν, φησίν· ἔσεσθέ μοι δίκαιοι.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 251.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔξεστι γάρ⟩: αὐτεξούσιος  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔξεστι γάρ⟩: καλὸν γὰρ  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ om. AbMlMn   


Or. 251.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔξεστι γάρ⟩: ἐνδεχόμενον γάρ ἐστι.  —GZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκδ‑ a.c. Zc   |    γάρ om. Zc   


Or. 251.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: καλὸν ὑπάρχει σοι.  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: ἐκδεδομένον ἐστίν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfAa2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,19


Or. 251.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: δυνατὸν ἔστι σοι τοῦτο.  —ZlZuP2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. P2   |    τοῦτο om. P2, σοι or σοι τοῦτο lost to trimming Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,20


Or. 251.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: ἐξουσία ὑπάρχει.  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: καὶ δυνατὸν ὑπάρχει.  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 252.01 (rec paraphr) τοῦτο τὸ κατηγορηθὲν μήτε λέγε μήτε φρόνει.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατηγορεῖν Mn   


Or. 252.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨λέγ’⟩: καὶ λοιδώρει ἑτέροις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 252.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγ’⟩: τὰ καλὰ  —Xa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 252.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγ’⟩: τὰ ἀγαθὰ  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 252.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγ’⟩: ἃ λέγεις  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 252.06 (thom exeg) ⟨φρόνει τάδε⟩: ὄτι ἀπέχεις τῶν κακῶν  —ZZaZbZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Keep this mindset’, that is,) that you are distancing yourself from the wicked (women).

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox2      


Or. 252.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρόνει⟩: καὶ ποίει  —CrYf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 252.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρόνει⟩: καὶ ἐργάζου  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 252.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρόνει⟩: πρᾶττε  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πράττε P2   |   


Or. 252.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρᾶττε⟩: γρ. φρόνει.  —Zl

LEMMA: πρᾶττε in text Zl       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 252.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρᾶττε⟩: ἐνέργει  —Zl

LEMMA: πρᾶττε in text Zl       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 252.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τάδε⟩: καὶ ταῦτα τὰ καλά  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 252.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: ταῦτα  —AaCrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 253.01 (rec paraphr) μέχρις ὧδε ⟨οὐ⟩ παρεφύρου τὰ ῥήματα.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Up to this point you (Orestes) were not confusing your words.

POSITION: between sch. 249.02 and sch. 253.06 ὄμμα Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ῥήματα] perhaps read ὄμματα   

COMMENT:   παραφύρω is in LBG, defined as ‘verwirren’ (confuse, bewilder). With ‘up to this point’ one needs to supplement here at least the negative adverb, and if the position of the scholion is correct, then the line ought to refer to 253 and ‘up to this point you were not disturbed in your eyes’ would make better sense as a paraphrase than ‘were not confusing your words, confused in your words’. If the order of the notes is wrong (and Pr often has notes out of order), then this may be a comment on 254 ἄρτι σωφρονῶν, and ῥήματα would be more apt.   |   


Or. 253.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴμοι⟩: φεῦ  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 253.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητ’⟩: ὦ αὐτάδελφε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 253.04 (rec artGloss) ⟨κασίγνητ’⟩:  —AbMlPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 253.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητ’⟩: τίνι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   It is difficult to believe that anyone thought κασίγνητ’ represented a dative. CrOx have some instances of misplaced repeated glosses in the neighborhood, generally in the same horizontal position above the wrong line as over the the correct one. No dative is nearby except μοι at the end of 255. Another (remote) possibility is that this gloss goes with the word before, that is, with the μοι in οἴμοι.   |   


Or. 253.06 (vet exeg) ὄμμα σόν ταράσσεται:  1φυσικῶς·  2καθόλου γὰρ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς παθῶν εἰκόνες οἱ ὀφθαλμοί.  3αἰφνίδιοι δὲ τῶν λυσσωδῶν νοσημάτων αἱ μεταβολαὶ γίνονται.   —MBOVCMlMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (This detail can be explained) in terms of what is natural. For in general the eyes are the visible images of the affects of the soul. And the changes induced by diseases of madness occur suddenly.

LEMMA: BCPrRw, ὅμμα σὸν M, οἴμοι κασίγνητ’ ὄμμα V, οἴμοι κασίγνητος Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb, at 252 ἀλλὰ Ml      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φυσικῶς om. OVMlMnRaRbSSa   |    3 καὶ add. before αἰφνίδιοι VMlMnRbSSa   |    αἰφνίδιον Rw   |    δὲ om. OVMlMnRwSSa, transp. after μεταβολαὶ Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τῶν] τὸν Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,4–6; Dind. II.92,24–26


Or. 253.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ὄμμα σὸν ταράσσεται⟩: ὃ δεῖγμα τοῦ μεταπεσεῖν σε αὖθις εἰς μανίαν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Which is an indication of your falling back into madness.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὃ om. Zl   |   final words lost to trimming Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,25–26


Or. 253.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄμμα⟩: βλέμμα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 253.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨σὸν⟩: τὸ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 253.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ταράσσεται⟩: θολοῦται  —AbMlMnRaSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 253.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταράσσεται⟩: καὶ ἀγριοῦται —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 253.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταράσσεται⟩: ὀχλεῖται  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ταχὺς δὲ μετέθου⟩: ταχέως εἰς μανίαν μετεβλήθης ἄρτι σώας ἔχων τὰς φρένας  —MBVCPrRb

TRANSLATION:   Swiftly you have shifted into madness, though you just now had your wits in a sound state.

LEMMA: all (μετετέθης Pr) except ταχὺς δὲ Rb)       REF. SYMBOL: BVRb       POSITION: s.l.; between sch. 256.01 and sch. 257.02 in Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B   |    after μανίαν add. εἰς λύσσαν Rb   |    μετεβλήθησαν μετεποιήθ() Rb   |    ἄρτι] ἀρτίως V   |    ἔχων σώας transp. V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,7–8; Dind. II.93,1–2


Or. 254.02 (rec exeg) 1ὁ νοῦς· μετεποιήθης καὶ μετεβλήθης εἰς λύσσαν, ἐν δὲ τῷ πρὸ τούτου ⟨* * *⟩ 2μεταθεῖς, ἀντὶ ⟨τοῦ⟩ μετατρέχεις.   —MC

TRANSLATION:   The sense is: you have been altered and shifted into madness, but in the ⟨colloquy/time⟩ before this ⟨lacuna: e.g., you were sane. There is also the reading⟩ ‘you pursue at a run’ (‘metatheis’, from ‘metatheō’ rather than from ‘metatithēmi’), meaning ‘you run after’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. MC      

APP. CRIT.:   after τούτῳ perhaps suppl. λόγῳ or χρόνῳ   |    1–2 ἐσωφρόνεις. γράφεται καὶ suppl. e.g. Schw.   |    2 μεταθεὶς ἀντὶ C, μετὰ θήσαντ() M   |    τοῦ suppl. Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,9–10; Dind. II.93,2–3

COMMENT:   ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου without a noun seems not to be used in a temporal sense (it is found in commentaries with βιβλίῳ or προβλήματι or the like understood). ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου λόγῳ is very common, ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου χρόνῳ much less common.   |   See 254.09 for an indication of interpreting (impossibly) the form μετέθου as μετεθοῦ from μεταθέω.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 254.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταχὺς δὲ μετέθου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως εἰς μανίαν μετετράπης.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταχὺς δὲ μετέθου⟩: ταχέως μετεβλήθης, μετῆλθες εἰς τὴν λύσσαν.  —MlRa

POSITION: marg. Ra, s.l. Ml      

APP. CRIT.:   μετῆλθες om. Ra (but sep. s.l. 254.09)   |    λύσσαν om. Ml (to be supplied from line)    

APP. CRIT. 2:   ταχάως Ml   |   


Or. 254.05 (pllgn gloss) ταχὺ: ταχὺς  —V3

LEMMA: ταχὺ in text V       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ταχὺς⟩: ταχέως  —OAa2AbF2MnSSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SZu   


Or. 254.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταχὺς⟩: Ἀττικισμὸς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 254.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ταχὺς⟩: μετὰ τὴν σωφροσύνην  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.09 (rec gloss) ⟨μετέθου⟩: μετῆλθες  —AaAbF2MnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |   

COMMENT:   This reflects the mistaken idea that the verb is from μεταθέω (pursue): see 254.02. But the middle would be accented *μετεθοῦ, and this verb elsewhere has a middle only in the future (with active meaning). μεταθεόμενος and μεταθεῖσθαι occur only a few times, as passives in relation to hunting and seeking. Note, however, that for the simple verb θέω two middle forms with active meaning (ἐθέοντο, θέοιντο) are found in late Byzantine historians.   |   


Or. 254.10 (rec gloss) ⟨μετέθου⟩: μετέλαβες περιέθου  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μετέθου⟩: μετεβλήθης  —OV3AaAbCrMnRfSSaOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3a

POSITION: s.l., except X and marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |    -βλήθη Mn   


Or. 254.12 (thom gloss) ⟨μετέθου⟩: εἰσέπεσες  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu perhaps has cross before this.   |   


Or. 254.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μετέθου⟩: καὶ μετετράπης  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨μετέθου⟩: ἔστι καὶ τὸ ἐναντίον μετέθετό τις λύσσαν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπέθετο.  —ZbZlGu

TRANSLATION:   There exists also the opposite sense (with the same verb), ‘someone let go of madness’, equivalent to ‘he put it off from himself’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl       POSITION: intermarg. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl partially illegible   |   τὸ] ὅτε Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.93,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu with cross.   |   


Or. 254.15 (recMosch gloss) ⟨λύσσαν⟩: εἰς  —Aa3AbMnPrXaXbXoTYYfZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν add. Mn, τὴν λύσσαν add. Ab   


Or. 254.16 (recThom gloss) ⟨λύσσαν⟩: μανίαν  —OZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λύσσαν⟩: καὶ εἰς τὴν μανίαν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.18 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨λύσσαν⟩: τὴν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄρτι σωφρονῶν⟩: δοκεῖ γὰρ φαντάζεσθαι αὐτάς.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   αὐτὰς must be the Erinyes (256); if the note is correctly placed here (and G is a rather carefully prepared copy), then its author is anticipating the following lines in an unusual way by using the pronoun.    |   


Or. 254.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄρτι σωφρονῶν⟩: ἀρτίως ἔχων τὰς φρένας σώας  —MlR

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἄρτιον (corr. from ἀρτίων) Ml   |    σῶον ἔχ. τὰς φρ. Ml   


Or. 254.21 (thom gloss) ⟨ἄρτι⟩: πρὸ ὀλίγου  —ZZaZbZlZmGuAa3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   προ ὀλίγον Zb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προολίγου ZZaZl and p.c. Zm   |   


Or. 254.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄρτι⟩: ἀρτίως  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄρτι⟩: καὶ πρώην  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄρτι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παράχρημα  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.25 (tri gloss) ⟨ἄρτι⟩: νῦν  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.26 (pllgn gloss) ἄρτια: καὶ ὑγιῆ  —CrOx

LEMMA: ἄρτια φρονῶν in text Cr, a.c. Ox       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.27 (rec gloss) ⟨σωφρονῶν⟩: σώας ἔχων τὰς φρένας  —OAbF2MnPrSSaY2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Pr   |    ἔχων σῶας transp. Ab   

APP. CRIT. 2:   σόας O, σῶας AbMnSaGu, a.c. S   |   


Or. 254.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σωφρονῶν⟩: καὶ σῶα φρονῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σωφρονῶν⟩: φρονῶν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 255.01 (rec exeg) ὦ μῆτερ: δοκεῖ τὸ εἴδωλον τῆς μητρὸς παριστάμενον ὁρᾶν καὶ ἐπισεῖον κατ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς Ἐριννύας.  —VPrRw, partial Rfr

TRANSLATION:   He seems to see the specter of his mother standing near him and violently stirring the Erinyes against him.

LEMMA: V, ὦ μῆτερ ἱκετεύω σε Rw       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: s.l. PrRfr; follows sch. 261.13 in Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ] τι Pr   |    τῆς μητρὸς om. PrRfr   |    ὁρᾶν παριστ. transp. PrRfr   |    καὶ ἐπισεῖον κτλ om. Rfr   |    ἐπισείειν VRw   |    κατ’ om. Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,11–12; Dind. II.93,22–94,1, II.94,1–2


Or. 255.02 (vet paraphr) ὦ μῆτερ, τὰς αἱματωποὺς καὶ δρακοντώδεις κόρας ἐπ’ ἐμοὶ μὴ ἐπίσειε, ἤγουν μὴ μετακίνει.  —M

TRANSLATION:   O mother, do not shake the bloody-eyed and snakelike maidens against me, that is to say, do not impel them.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἱματοποιοὺς M   |    first μὴ Schw., μαν M   |    ἐπίσει M, corr. Schw.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπεμοὶ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,13–14


Or. 255.03 (pllgn exeg) ὦ μῆτερ, ἱκετεύω καὶ παρακαλῶ σε μὴ ἐπίσειέ μοι τὰς αἱματωποὺς καὶ δρακοντώδεις κόρας. ἐπισείειν λέγεται τις ὅταν μετὰ σεισμοῦ καὶ θορύβου καὶ βίας τι ἔρχεται.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Mother, I beseech and entreat you, do not shake threateningly at me the bloody-eyed and snakelike maidens. One is said to ‘shake at/against’ when something comes with shaking and noise and violence.

APP. CRIT.:   δρακοντώδεις κόρας om., add. in outer left margin of scholia block Y2   


Or. 255.04 (pllgn exeg) ἐφαίνετο οὗν τὸ εἴδωλον τῆς μητρὸς ἐφιστάμενον καὶ διερεθίζον τὰς Ἐριννύας κατὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο παρακαλεῖ τὴν μητέρα.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   So then, the image of his mother appeared, standing by and prodding the Erinyes against Orestes, and for this reason he invokes his mother.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   διερεθίζων V3   


Or. 255.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ μῆτερ⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν φησὶ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 255.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱκετεύω⟩: παρακαλῶ  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 255.07 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴ ’πίσειέ⟩: μὴ ἐρέθιζε  —AaAbMlMnPrRSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ om. AaAb   |    ἡρέθιζε Mn, ἐρέθιξε Ml   |    μοι add. Ab   


Or. 255.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨μὴ ’πίσειέ⟩: μὴ ἐπίφερε  —VrecAaFKMlMnRSaZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ om. VrecAaFRZZaZm   


Or. 255.09 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴ ’πίσειε⟩: μὴ ἐπικίνει  —VrecPrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    μὴ om. Vrec   


Or. 255.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μὴ ’πίσειέ⟩: μὴ ἀπείλει  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ om. K   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.94,3


Or. 255.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ ’πίσειέ⟩: ἀπειλητικῶς  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπηλ‑ Zb2   


Or. 255.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨᾿πίσειέ⟩: εἰς φόβον πρόφερε  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 255.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨᾿πίσειέ⟩: πρόσφερε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 255.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨᾿πίσειέ⟩: καὶ μετακίνει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 255.15 (rec gloss) ⟨’πίσειέ⟩: ταράξεις  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 255.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨’πίσειέ⟩: τάρασσε  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 255.17 (rec gloss) ⟨᾿πίσειέ⟩: ἐπιπέμψειε  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Possibly an error for ἐπιπέμψεις, but it cannot be excluded that someone mistook ‑σειε in ’πίσειέ as an aorist optative ending.   


Or. 255.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨᾿πίσειέ⟩: ἐπίβαλε  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 255.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: κατ’ ἐμοῦ  —Cr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 256.01 (vet exeg) τὰς αἱματωπούς:  1τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς πάσχουσί τι τοῖς προεστῶσι τοῦ πάθους θεοῖς ἀνατιθέασιν οἱ ποιηταί·  2οἷόν τι καὶ Ὅμηρός φησι περὶ τῶν Λιτῶν [Hom. Il. 9.503] ‘χωλαί τε ῥυσαί τε παραβλῶπές τ’ ὀφθαλμώ’, ἐκ τῶν ἀποβαινόντων παθῶν εἰδωλοποιήσας.  3καὶ τὸν Πλοῦτον τυφλὸν λέγουσιν, ὅτι ἀκρίτως ποιεῖ πλουσίους,  4καὶ τὸν Καιρὸν ὀπισθοφάλακρον, ὅτι τοῦ παρῳχημένου ἀδύνατον ἀντιλαβέσθαι·  5καὶ κωφὸν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Δημοσθένης [Dem. fr. incert. orat. 13.12 Baiter–Sauppe] φησὶν, ὅτι μετακαλούμενος οὐχ ὑπακούει.  6καὶ νῦν αἱματωποὺς εἶπε τὰς Ἐρινύας ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἐκ τοῦ τοὺς μαινομένους ὕφαιμον βλέπειν καὶ ταραχῶδες,  7ὡς Φοῖβος ὁ τοῦ φοιβᾶν τοὺς μάντεις, ὅ ἐστι μαίνεσθαι, αἴτιος καὶ [Eur. Phoen. 784] ‘πολύμοχθος Ἄρης’.   —MBVCPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   The poets ascribe what happens to those who have a certain experience to the gods who are in charge of the experience. For instance, Homer says of the Litai ‘lame and wrinkled and with their eyes turned aside’, forming the image from the resulting experiences. And they say that Wealth is blind, because he makes people rich indiscriminately, and that Occasion is bald on the back of his head, because it is impossible to grasp that which (or the one who) has once passed by. And Demosthenes says that he (Occasion) is deaf too, because when summoned he pays no heed. And now Euripides has called the Erinyes bloody-eyed from the fact that those who are insane have bloodshot eyes and a disturbed gaze, just as Phoebus is the one responsible for the fact that prophets (‘manteis’) rave mantically (‘phoiban’), which is to say are out of their mind (‘mainesthai’), and (another example is) ‘Ares of many toils’.

LEMMA: all except ματωπούς Rw(rubr. did not add αἱ)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: follows sch. 257.02 in Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   some parts illegible in M   |    1 τὰ om. Pr   |    τι Schw., τὰ MC, ταῦτα VRb, om. BPrRw   |    παρεστῶσι M   |    2 περὶ] ἐπὶ VRw   |    λιτῶν] αὐτῶν MBCPr   |    παραβ. τ’ ὀφθ. om. VRb   |    παραβλώπ’ ἐστοφθαλμῶν C [M obscure]   |    ὀφθαλμῶν MBCRw   |    ἐκ] καὶ Rb   |    ἀποβαινόντων] συμβαινόντων VRb   |    3–4 ὅτι φαλακρον ὅτι (ἀκρίτως … ὀπισθο om.) M   |    4 ἀδύνατον om. Pr   |    ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι MC, ἐπιλαβέσθαι V   |    5 δὲ om. VRb   |    μετὰ καλουμένου M   |    6 τὰς ἐρ. εἷπεν transp. BPr   |    ἐκ τοῦ] ἐκ Rb, ἐνδεῖ Pr   |    βλέπον Rb, βλέπειν transp. after ταραχῶδες BPr   |    7 ὡς] καὶ Rb   |    ὁ] ἐκ VRb   |    τοὺς μάντεις om. Pr   |    αἴτιον V, αἴτ() Rb   |    ὁ ἄρης VRbRw   |    at end add. καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα BPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πάσχουσιν MBRb   |    app. πόθους a.c. Pr   |    2 ὅμηρος φησὶ all (φησὶν Rw, φη() M)   |    ῥυσσαί Pr, p.c. B   |    ὀφθαλμῶ Pr   |    εἰδωλοποήσας Rb   |    3 λέγουσι M   |    6 εἶπεν M   |    ἐριννύας VPrRw, p.c. B (later hand)   |    7 ἐστὶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,15–25; Dind. II.93,9–19

COMMENT:  For Kairos being bald in back, compare Posidippus 142,7–10 Austin–Bastianini (Anth. Plan. 275) on Lysippus’s statue Kairos: —ἡ δὲ κόμη τί κατ’ ὄψιν; —ὑπαντιάσαντι λαβέσθαι, / νὴ Δία. —τἀξόπιθεν δ’ εἰς τί φαλακρὰ πέλει; / —τὸν γὰρ ἅπαξ πτηνοῖσι παραθρέξαντά με ποσσὶν / οὔτις ἔθ’ ἱμείρων δράξεται ἐξόπιθεν.   |    Demosth. fr. 12 in the edition of Baiter–Sauppe is from Tzetzes, who knew it from this scholion: Chil. 10.323, 282–3 [scil. χρόνον] καὶ Δημοσθένης δὲ κωφὸν καὶ φαλακρόν που λέγει, / ὡς τοῦτον ὄντως ἔγραψεν ὁ Λύσιππος ἐκεῖνος; cf. Chil. 8.200, 424–427 πανσόφως ἠγαλμάτωσε τοῦ χρόνου τὴν εἰκόνα, / πάντας ἐντεῦθεν νουθετῶν, χρόνον μὴ παρατρέχειν, / κωφόν, ὀπισθοφάλακρον, πτερόπουν ἐπὶ σφαίρας, / πρὸς τὸ κατόπιν μάχαιραν τινὶ διδόντα πλάσας.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation); citation of literature other than Homer; Demosthenes   


Or. 256.02 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩:  1αἱματωποὺς τὰς Ἐριννῦς λέγει, ὡς τοὺς μαινομένους ὕφαιμον ποιούσας βλέπειν καὶ ταραχῶδες.  2τὰ συμβαίνοντα γὰρ τοῖς πάσχουσι τοῖς προεστῶσι θεοῖς τοῦ πάθους ἀνατιθέασιν οἱ ποιηταὶ,  3οἷόν τι καὶ Ὅμηρος φησὶ [Hom. Il. 9.503] ‘χωλαί τε ῥυσσαί τε παραβλῶπες τ’ ὀφθαλμώ’, ἐκ τῶν ἀποβαινόντων παθῶν εἰδωλοποιήσας αὐτάς.  4οὕτω καὶ τὸν Πλοῦτον τυφλὸν λέγουσιν ὅτι ἀκρίτως ποιεῖ πλουσίους.  5καὶ τὸν Καιρὸν ὀπισθοφάλακρον ὅτι τοῦ παρωχημένου λαβέσθαι ἀμήχανον.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   He says the Erinyes are bloody-eyed because they make those who are insane have bloodshot eyes and a disturbed gaze. For poets ascribe what happens to those who have an experience to the gods who are in charge (of it). For example, Homer says (of the Litai) ‘lame and wrinkled and with their eyes turned aside’, forming the image of them from the resulting experiences. Thus they also say that Wealth is blind, because he makes people rich indiscriminately, and that Occasion is bald on the back of his head, because there is no way to grasp that which (or the one who) has once passed by.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl very faint, partly lost to trimming   |    1 ποιοῦσαι ZZa, ποιήσας Zbac   |    ὀφθαλμῶ Zb, ὀφθαλμῶν ZZaZmTGu, ὀφθαλμοῖς Zl   |    παθῶν] κακῶν ZZa   |    4 οὕτω … λέγουσιν om. Zm   |    καὶ οὕτω καὶ Zb   |    τοὺς add. before πλουσίους Zb   |    5 τῶν παρωχημένων Z(παροχ‑)Za   |    τοῦ om. ZbZl   |    ἐπιλαβέσθαι ZbZm   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φησὶν Zb   |    3 παραβλῶτες Zb   |    ἐκ ὧν Zb   |    εἰδολοπ‑ ZbGu   |    5 ὀπισθοφάρακλον ZZa   |    παρῳχημήνεου Zm   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.93,7–8 and 9–15 app.

COMMENT:   For the very tiny ων abbrev. used by Za in 3 ὀφθαλμῶν, compare the one s.l. at 252 κακῶν on the same page.   


Or. 256.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς πάσχουσι ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς ποιηταῖς ἀνατιθέναι τοῖς προεστῶσι τοῦ πάθους θεοῖς.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 256.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα καὶ Ἀληκτώ  —Aa

POSITION: in margin to right of 278–279 on 44r, at the level of 255–256 on the facing 43r      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μαίγερα Aa   

COLLATION NOTES:   With cross Aa.   |   


Or. 256.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: καὶ τὰς ποιούσας τὰς κόρας αἱματηρὰς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς πλούσας app. Pr   |   


Or. 256.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰς αἱματώδεις ἐχούσας προσόψεις καὶ καταπληκτικὰς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 256.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰς αἷμα ἐχούσας ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l. (second instance above 257 Ox, crossed out)      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς ἐμὰς ἐχούσας αὐτὰς/ῶν(?) ὀφθαλμῶν Ox (both instances)   

COLLATION NOTES:   In both instances in Ox the abbreviated ending on αὐτ looks like a conflation of ας and ῶν.   |   


Or. 256.08 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱματωποὺς⟩: ἀλλοπαθὲς  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (The adjective is) causative in sense.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Whereas in grammatical texts from antiquity this term is applied to distinguish non-reflexive pronouns from reflexive (αὐτοπαθές), in medieval sources it also means ‘transitive’ in reference to verbs (Eust., Tzetzes, other sch.) and also ‘causative’ in reference to adjectives (not noted in the lexica): Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.150 ἀΐδηλον· ἀφανῆ. ἀΐδηλον· καὶ ἀφανείας ἐμποιητικὸν θάνατον, ἐστὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἀλλοπαθές, also Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.559 πικρός· ὁ πικροποιὸς, καὶ θανατηφόρος, ὁ ἰοβόλος· ἀλλοπαθὲς τὸ σχῆμα, ἐπειδὴ ἄλλως πικραίνει ὁ ὄφις. So here ‘causative’, that is, ‘making eyes bloody’ rather than ‘having bloody eyes’.   


Or. 256.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: φονευτρίας  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 256.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰς αἱματώδεις  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 256.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἱματωποὺς⟩: καὶ αἱματώδεις κατὰ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἱματώσεις Zu   

COMMENT:   The alternative repair αἱματώσεις ⟨ἐχούσας⟩ is less likely, given the presence of αἱματώδεις in other glosses here and given that the usual meaning of αἱμάτωσις in Galen and others is ‘production of blood, changing into blood’ (but cf. Cyranides 3.45 ταύτης [scil. τῆς φάσσης] τὸ αἷμα θερμὸν ἐνσταζόμενον ὀφθαλμῶν αἱμάτωσιν ἰᾶται).   


Or. 256.12 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱματώδους⟩: αἱματωποὺς  —Ab

LEMMA: αἱματώδους in text Ab       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 256.13 (rec exeg) ⟨δρακοντώδεις κόρας⟩: διὰ τὸ βλοσυρὸν λέγει αὐτὰς δρακοντώδεις.  —MlMnRSa

TRANSLATION:   He calls them snakelike because of their terrifying quality.

POSITION: s.l. MnSa, marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὰς om. R   |    δρακοντώδεις om. Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   βλοσσυρὸν MnSa, βλησηρὸν Ml   |    δρακοντώδης Ml   |   


Or. 256.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δρακοντώδεις⟩: θηριώδεις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 256.15 (thom gloss) ⟨δρακοντώδεις⟩: ἀγρίας  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   The last letter is washed out in Z; autopsy did not confirm Günther’s report that Z has ἄγριαι.   


Or. 256.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρακοντώδεις⟩: διὰ τὸ ἄγριον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 256.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρακοντώδεις⟩: δρακοντώδεις δὲ λέγει τὰς ἔχουσας δράκοντος ἤτοι ὄφεως ὀδόντας.  —ZbZlGu

TRANSLATION:   He calls snakelike those (maidens) who have the teeth of a snake, that is, of a serpent.

POSITION: app. cont. from prev. Zl      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.93,21–22

COMMENT:   A particularly poor etymology.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 256.18 (recMosch gloss) ⟨κόρας⟩: ἤγουν τὰς Ἐριννύας  —VAa2AbCrFMlMnPrRRfSaOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZaZbZlZmT*B3a

POSITION: s.l. (above τὰς αἱματωποὺς VAbMlMnSa); follows next in ZaZbZmT, T with punct. between      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. VAbFRYGGrZaZbZlZmB3a, ἤγουν τὰς om. RfZc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐρινύας Ml   |   


Or. 256.19 (thom gloss) ⟨κόρας⟩: τὰς παρθένους —ZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l. (precedes prev. except in Gu)      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς om. Za   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   No trace survives in Z; if it was originally there, it has been completely washed out.   |   


Or. 257.01 (vet exeg) ⟨αὗται γὰρ αὗται⟩: τὰς Ἐρινύας ἐνθουσιαστικῶς φαντάζεται ὁρᾶν. —MBOVCPrRb

TRANSLATION:   In the manner of one possessed he (Orestes) imagines that he sees the Erinyes.

POSITION: intermarg. M (beside 257), s.l. C (above 256 δρακοντώδεις κόρας); cont. from sch. 259.02 BPr, cont. from sch. 256.01 VRb; beside 255–256 O      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅθεν καὶ οὗτος prep. B, αἱματωποὺς δὲ prep. VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐνσιαστικὸς Rb   |    ἐριννύας VPr, ἐρινὺς MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,26; Dind. II.94,14


Or. 257.02 (vet exeg) αὗται γὰρ αὗται:  1ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς ὑπέθετο τὰς Ἐρινύας αὐτὸν διωκούσας, ἵνα τὴν δόξαν τοῦ μεμηνότος ἡμῖν παραστήσῃ·  2ὡς εἴγε παρήγαγεν αὐτὰς εἰς μέσον, ἐσωφρόνει ἂν Ὀρέστης τὰ αὐτὰ πᾶσιν ὁρῶν.  3ταῦτα δὲ νεώτερα·  4Ὅμηρος γὰρ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εἶπε περὶ Ὀρέστου.   —MBVCPr, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) created/assumed the scenario of the Erinyes pursuing him without being visible, so that he could instill in us the impression of one who is insane. Since if he had actually brought them (visibly) on stage, Orestes would be of sound mind, seeing the same things as everyone. This (treatment of the story) is an innovation (i.e., post-Homeric). For Homer said nothing like this about Orestes.

LEMMA: MBVCRw, αὗται γὰρ Pr      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔθετο MBCPr   |    αὐτὰς Rw   |    διακούσας B, διοικούσας MCRw   |    τοῦ μεμ.] αὐτοῦ μεν. Pr   |    2 ὡς … αὐτὰς om. V, leaving blank space; suppl. V1   |    εἴγε] ἤγαγε Rw   |    αὐτὰς] αὐτοῦ V1   |    ἂν om. MCRw   |    2–4 ὀρέστης κτλ om. Rw   |    2 τὰ αὐτὰ] ταῦτα V   |    3 ταῦτα] τὰ MVC   |    δὲ om. VPr   |    4 καὶ ὅμηρος (γὰρ om.) V   |    τοιοῦτον om. MC, transp. after ὀρέστου V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννύας VPrRw (and as rewritten in B)   |    παραστήσει a.c. V   |    4 εἶπεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,1–5; Dind. II.94,4–8

KEYWORDS:  ὑπόθεσις (assumed scenario)   


Or. 257.03 (pllgn exeg) ‘αὗται γὰρ αὗται’ φανταζόμενος ὁ Ὀρέστης λέγει. οἱ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενοι φαντάζονται προσδοκῶντες βλέπειν τι.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Orestes says ‘for these, these’ because he has a vision of them. For those afflicted by the supernatural have visions, supposing that they see something.


Or. 257.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὗται γὰρ αὗται⟩: αἱ Ἐριννύες  —AaZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zl   


Or. 257.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γὰρ⟩: διότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 257.06 (rec gloss) ⟨πλησίον⟩: καὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐμοῦ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 257.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλησίον⟩: ἐγγύς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 257.08 (rec gloss) ⟨θρῴσκουσ’⟩: πηδῶσι  —V1/2MlMnP2SSaXo

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. P2S   |    πηδοῦσι V1/2, πῆδουσα Ml   


Or. 257.09 (thom gloss) ⟨θρώσκουσι⟩: κινοῦνται  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κινοῦσι Zl   


Or. 257.10 (thom gloss) ⟨θρώσκουσι⟩: ὁρμῶσι  —ZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σιν Z   


Or. 257.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θρώσκουσι⟩: καὶ ἀναστρέφονται  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 257.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: καὶ ἐμοῦ  —CrOx

LEMMA: μοι in text Cr (μου Ox)       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 258.01 (rec gloss) ⟨μέν’⟩: ἐπίμενε  —AbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 258.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέν’⟩: ἔχε  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 258.03 (thom gloss) ⟨μέν’⟩: κεῖσο  —ZZaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 258.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέν’⟩: ἔσο  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 258.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦ ταλαίπωρ’⟩: ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 258.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταλαίπωρ’⟩: ἄθλιε  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὦ prep. Ox   


Or. 258.07 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἀτρέμα(ς)⟩: ἡσύχως  —Aa2P2PrSaXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Aa2   |    ἥσυχον Sa   


Or. 258.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀτρέμας⟩: καὶ ἥσυχος  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 258.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀτρέμας⟩: ἀτάραχος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 258.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀτρέμας⟩: ἐπίρρημα  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 258.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀτρέμας⟩: πῶς  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 258.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨σοῖς⟩: τοῖς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 258.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: τοῖς στρώμασι  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 258.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: καὶ κοίταις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 258.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: στρωμναῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 259.01 (vet exeg) ὁρᾷς γὰρ οὐδέν: τὰ γὰρ φαντασιώδη ἀνυπόστατα.  —MOVCMlMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   (She says that Orestes sees nothing) because the objects of mental representation are insubstantial.

LEMMA: Rb, ὧν δοκεῖς σαφ’ εἰδέναι VRw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb       POSITION: s.l. MCPrSSa, at level of 259 ORa      

APP. CRIT. 2:   φαντασιώδ(εις) Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,6; Dind. II.94,11


Or. 259.02 (vet exeg) ὁρᾷς γὰρ οὐδέν:  1ὃ γὰρ τὸ τῶν σωφρονούντων ὄμμα διαφεύγειν συμβέβηκεν,  2τοῦτο κατὰ τὴν πλάνην τοῖς μαινομένοις ὁρᾶσθαι συμβέβηκεν.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For that which turns out to escape the sight of those of sound mind, this turns out to be seen by madmen during their frenzy.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ἄλλως VRw       REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὃ] εἰ Rw   |    τὸ om. VCRw   |    ὄμμα] ἅπαντα VRw   |    διαφυγεῖν VRw   |    2 τοῦτο κτλ add. V1 in space left vacant by V   |    τὴν om. V1Rw   |    μαινομένοις] γινομένοις V1Rw   |    ὁρᾶσθαι om. MC; perhaps read ὁρᾶν   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμβέβηκε VRw   |    2 συμβέβηκε Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,7–8; Dind. II.94,12–13

COMMENT:   τοῖς μαινομένοις ὁρᾶν συμβέβηκεν would be better syntax, and the omission in MC may indicate that ὁρᾶσθαι is a repair of a defective text.   


Or. 259.03 (pllgn paraphr) ἀληθῶς οὐκ ἔστι τι ὧ⟨ν⟩ νομίζεις εἶναι.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 259.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾷς⟩: καὶ βλέπεις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 259.05 (rec gram) ⟨ὁρᾷς⟩: ὁρῶ σωματικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ νοῶ, νοῶ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁρῶ.  —K

POSITION: marg. (beside 263, two lines lower in columnn than 259)      

COMMENT:   This appears to be a general comment on the Homeric/archaic sense of νοέω. LSJ s.v. νοέω quotes Aristot. de anima 427a26–27 πάντες γὰρ οὗτοι [scil. οἱ ἀρχαῖοι] τὸ νοεῖν σωματικὸν ὥσπερ τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι ὑπολαμβάνουσιν. ‘Seeing in physical reality’ is not applicable to the usage in this passage.   


Or. 259.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐδὲν⟩: οὐδαμῶς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 259.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: ἀφ’  —Aa3MlMnPrSOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὧν add. PrOxYZuB3a   


Or. 259.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: ἐξ ὧν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 259.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοκεῖς⟩: ὑπολαμβάνεις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr   


Or. 259.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοκεῖς⟩: φαίνῃ βλέπειν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 259.11 (rec gloss) ⟨σάφ’⟩: ἀληθῶς  —AbFMlMnRSSaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FS   


Or. 259.12 (rec gloss) ⟨σάφ’⟩: φανερῶς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 259.13 (mosch exeg) ⟨σάφ’⟩: σάφα ποιητικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ σαφῶς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Sapha’ (is used) poetically as equivalent to ‘saphōs’ (‘clearly, reliably’).

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   σάφα om. Xo, σάφα ποιητ. om. Aa2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.94,18


Or. 259.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σάφ’⟩: σαφῶς· τὸ σάφα ποιητικόν.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 259.15 (thom gloss) ⟨σάφ’⟩: σαφῶς  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTZcAa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 259.16 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: ἰδεῖν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 259.17 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: ὁρᾶν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 259.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: γινώσκειν  —CrOxZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 259.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: γνῶναι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 259.20 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: βλέπειν εἰπεῖν ἔμελλεν, ὅτι δὲ ὃ βλέπει τις γινώσκει, οὕτως ἐξήνεγκεν.  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:   He was going to say ‘to see’ (‘blepein’), but because one recognizes/knows that which one sees, he expressed it this way (scil. with ‘to know’, ‘eidenai’).

REF. SYMBOL: Gu (note displaced from position over lemma)       POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.94,19–20


Or. 260.01 (rec gloss) ⟨Φοῖβ’⟩: Ἀπόλλων  —CrROx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὦ prep. CrOx   


Or. 260.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Φοῖβ’⟩: Ἄπολλον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 260.03 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀποκτενοῦσι⟩: φονεύσουσι  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZuOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εύουσι ZOx   |   


Or. 260.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἱ κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ ἀναίσχυντοι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 260.05 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱ κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ ἀναίσχυντοι ἢ αἱ ποιοῦσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἔχειν κυνὸς ὀφθαλμοὺς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 260.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι ὦπας κυνῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 260.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἱ κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ κυνόφθαλμοι  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr   


Or. 260.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨αἱ κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ ἄγριαι  —Aa2AbMlMnSSaXXaXbXoT+YYfG

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄγραι a.c. Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,4


Or. 260.09 (thom gloss) ⟨αἱ κυνώπιδες⟩: ἤγουν αἱ ἀναιδεῖς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuA2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. GuA2B3aZl   |    αἱ om. ZbTGuA2B3a   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,4


Or. 261.01 (rec gloss) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: Ἐρινύες  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἱ prep. S   |    undeciphered wd add. Ab (looks like βάρθηλ..)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐρινν‑ AbMn, ἐρινῆες Ml   |   


Or. 261.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι γοργοὺς τὰς ὦπας  —AaMnRSSaZu

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦπας φοργοὺς (om. τὰς) Zu   


Or. 261.03 (rec gloss) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: γοργόφθαλμοι  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 261.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: γορφῶπις ὁ γοργόφθαλμος  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   From Suda γ 398; cf. ps.-Zonaras 447, 34 s.v. γοργωπός   


Or. 261.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: γοργώπιδες  —X2XaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   γοργόπ‑ Zc   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,5


Or. 261.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: αἱ γοργονοπρόσωποι  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 261.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: ὦπας καταπληκτικοὺς ἔχουσαι  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -πληκτηκοὺς R   |   


Or. 261.08 (rec gloss) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: αἱ καταπληκτικαὶ  —VrecCrPrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    αἱ om. Vrec   


Or. 261.09 (thom paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: καταπληκτικαὶ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς αἱ γοργόνες add. ZZa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,5–6


Or. 261.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: καταπληκτικὰ ἔχουσαι ὄμματα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,6


Or. 261.11 (rec artGloss) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: αἱ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 261.12 (vet exeg) ἱέρειαι δειναὶ θεαί: τὸ ἱέριαι προπαροξύνουσιν ὡς τὸ τιμώριαι καὶ αἴτιαι  —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   They accent ‘hiériai’ on the antepenult just like ‘timṓriai’ and ‘aítiai’.

LEMMA: MC, ἱέρειαι Rw      POSITION: follows 257.01 B, add. δὲ; follows 256.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἱέριαι om. Rw   |    τὸ δὲ BPr   |    ἱέριαι B, ἱέραι C, ἱέρειαι M, ἱέρεια Pr   |    προπαροξύ() B, παροξύτονον Pr   |    ὡς τὸ τιμώριαι καὶ om. Pr, τὸ τιμώριαι om. B   |    second τὸ] om. M, αἱ a.c. Rw   |    τιμώριαι Rw, τιμωρίαι MC   |    at end add. καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα BPr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,9–10; Dind. II.94,15

COMMENT:   On the claim about such accents, see Chandler, Greek Accentuation §214; Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:1.403, 16–23 ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῦ μονογενοῦς ἡμέρα ἡμέραι παροξυτόνως· οἱ μέντοι Ἀθηναῖοι ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς λέξεως, καὶ μάλιστα οἱ νεώτεροι, προπαροξύνουσιν· πέντε γὰρ ἥμεραι καὶ δέκα ἥμεραι φασὶ προπαροξυτόνως, ὡς ἀπαγγέλλουσιν οἱ περὶ Ἀττικῆς συνηθείας γράψαντες· οὐ μόνον δὲ ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς λέξεως τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν, λέγω δὴ προπαροξύνουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν παραληγομένων τῷ ι, οἷον εὐπράξιαι τιμώριαι αἴτιαι τραγῴδιαι ὁμίλιαι κωμῴδιαι· οὕτω γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν μονογενῶν προπαροξυτόνως λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι. Cf. briefly ps.-Arcadius de accent., pp. 288–289 Roussou αἱ εἰς ΑΙ εὐθεῖαι παρεσχηματισμέναι ἀρσενικοῖς ὁμοτονοῦσι ταῖς εὐθείαις τῶν ἰδίων ἀρσενικῶν· τύπτοντες τύπτουσαι, χαρίεντες χαρίεσσαι, ταχέες ταχεῖαι (εἰ καὶ μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τόνον), ἐναντίοι ἐναντίαι, Βυζάντιοι Βυζάντιαι, ἥμεροι ἥμεραι (τὸ τριγενές, ἡμέραι δὲ τὸ μονογενές). οἱ δὲ Ἀθηναῖοι προπαροξύνουσί τινα μονογενῆ· ἥμεραι εὐπράξιαι τιμώριαι αἴτιαι. Herodian seems to be the source of this doctrine, if by ‘later Attic’ he meant classical Attic as opposed to Homeric ‘Attic’: Sch. A Il. 2.339b, συνθεσίαι τε: οὕτως συνθεσίαι τε ὡς θυσίαι τε. ὅσοι δὲ προπαροξύνουσι, πταίουσι· τῆς γὰρ μεταγενεστέρας Ἀτθίδος ἡ τοιάδε ἀνάγνωσις (Gram.Gr. 3:2.34, 3–4); Sch. A Il. 5.54 οὕτως ἑκηβολίαι ὡς εὐστοχίαι· ἔφαμεν γὰρ ὅτι τὸ ἀναδιδόναι τὸν τόνον τῶν μεταγενεστέρων ἐστὶν Ἀττικῶν, ὅτε περὶ τοῦ ‘πῇ δὴ συνθεσίαι’ διελαμβάνομεν (Gram.Gr. 3:2.47, 37–39). See further Probert 2004: 66 n. 30; Probert 2006. [The passage in de prosod. cath. Gram.Gr. 3:1.423,5–11 is cobbled together by Lentz and need not be taken into account.] See also 425.03.   


Or. 261.13 (rec exeg) ἐνέρων ἱέρειαι:  1ἱερείας αὐτὰς καλεῖ παρόσον ἐξυπηρετοῦνται αὐτοῖς·  2ἀποστέλλουσι γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὰς ψυχάς.   —MBVCMlMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   He calls them priestesses (of those below) inasmuch as they serve them (the gods of the underworld). For they send the souls to them.

LEMMA: V       REF. SYMBOL: VMlRb       POSITION: marg. S; cont. from prev. MBCRw, add. δὲ; cont. from prev. add. γὰρ Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐξυπηρετεῖται Ml(ἐξὑπ-)MnRaRbSSa   |    αὐτοῖς] αὐτ()῀ V, αὐταῖς MlMnRaRbSSa   |    ἀποστέλλουσι γὰρ αὐτοῖς om. MlMnSSa   |    τύχας VRaRbMnS, τρίχας Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἱέρειας S, ἱρείας Mn, ἱερεῖα Pr, θερίας Ml (θ by rubr.)   |    παρ’ ὅσον MlMnRbS   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,11–12; Dind. II.94,16–17


Or. 261.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐνέρων ἱέρειαι⟩: παρ’ ὅσον ὑπηρετοῦσιν αὐτοῖς —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτῶ O   


Or. 261.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνέρων ἱέρειαι⟩: δίκην γὰρ ὑπουργῶν βοηθοῦσι τοῖς φονευθεῖσι τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς.  —G

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   For δίκην ὑπουργῶν, ‘help to afford or execute justice’, see Gennadius Scholarius, Refutatio erroris Iud. 286,25–26 οὗτοι τοῖς πρότερον μὲν γνησίοις υἱοῖς, τότε δὲ ἀλλοτριωθεῖσι, τὴν θείαν ὑπούργουν δίκην; contrast sch. Yf2 Hec. 843 ἀγαθοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς ὑπάρχει τὸ ὑπουργεῖν καὶ τὸ ὑπηρετεῖν τῇ δίκῃ, ἤγουν τὸ πράττειν τὰ δίκαια.   


Or. 261.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐνέρων⟩: καταχθονίων  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 261.17 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐνέρων⟩: νεκρῶν  —VAaAbCrFGKMnRRfSSaOxZZaZuTXoYf2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῶν prep. CrSaOxZuYf2, τῶν prep. VKS   


Or. 261.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνέρων⟩: νεκρῶν τῶν ἀδίκως φονευθέντων  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   φονευθέντων] θνησκόντων Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,6–7


Or. 261.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐνέρων⟩: ἤγουν τῶν κάτω θεῶν  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 261.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: δουλεύτριαι  —V3AaAbCrL2MlMnRSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἱ prep. AaL2S, καὶ prep. CrOx, καὶ αἱ prep. V3   


Or. 261.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: αἱ τιμωροῦσαι τοὺς φόνους τῶν νεκρῶν  —MlMnR

POSITION: s.l. MnR, intermarg. Ml      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὰς φωνεὶς Ml   |   


Or. 261.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: σφάκτριαι, ὡς ὁ τῶν θυμάτων ἱερεύς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 261.23 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: φονεύτριαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

REF. SYMBOL: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,12


Or. 261.24 (thom gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὡς θανατοῦσαι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,12


Or. 261.25 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὑπηρέτιδες  —FPrG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 261.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὑπηρέτριαι  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 261.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὑπουργοὶ τῶν θ[εῶν]  —Rw

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 261.28 (thom gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὑπουργοὶ  —ZmZuGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -γαὶ Gu; uncertain whether ‑οὶ or ‑αὶ Zm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,12


Or. 261.29 (rec gram) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὑπουργῶ γενικῇ, ὡς τὸ ὑπουργήσασά σου τὸ σῶμα.  —Pr

POSITION: marg. (top margin of folio)      

COMMENT:   This teacher’s note reflects knowledge of the use of ὑπουργός as gloss here, although Pr itself does not have that word.   


Or. 261.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ἱερεῖαι ἐλέγοντο αἱ τοῖς θεοῖς ἀνακείμεναι γυναῖκες  —Zb2

REF. SYMBOL: Zb2      


Or. 261.31 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: αἴτιαι  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The intended meaning is ‘the accent is like that of aítiai’.   


Or. 261.32 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον:  1ἱερίαι γράφε Ἰωνικῶς, ἵν’ ἔχῃ πρὸς τὸ μέτρον ὀρθῶς.  2τὰ γὰρ διὰ τοῦ εια ταῦτα προπαροξύτονα Ἰωνικῶς οἱ ποιηταὶ παροξύτονα ποιοῦντες διὰ τοῦ ι γράφουσιν,  3τὸ αὐθάδεια αὐθαδία λέγοντες καὶ τὸ εὐσέβεια εὐσεβία καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὃ καὶ ἐξετάζων εὑρήσεις.   —T

TRANSLATION:   Write ‘hieríai’ in the Ionic manner, so that the reading may be correct with respect to the meter. For these words with accent on the antepenult ending in ‑eia the poets in the Ionic manner accent on the penult and spell with iota (that is, ending ‑ia in place of ‑eia); thus the poets say ‘authadía’ for ‘authádeia’ and ‘eusebía’ for ‘eusébeia’ and the like, which you will indeed discover by examination.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔχη Ta, ἔχει T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,8–12; de Fav. 50

COMMENT:   Triclinius probably knew of the spelling with iota in place of epsilon-iota from sch. 261.12 (or from O, where it is in the text), but the decision to make the word paroxytone instead of proparoxytone appears to be his own.   

KEYWORDS:  Triclinius, emendation by   


Or. 261.33 (mosch gloss) ⟨δειναὶ⟩: φοβεραί  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Xo   


Or. 261.34 (thom gloss) ⟨δειναὶ⟩: καταπληκτικαὶ  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 261.35 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεαί⟩: ἤγουν αἱ Ἐριννύες  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 262.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὔτοι μεθήσω⟩: παρεπιγραφή  —Rw

TRANSLATION:   Implicit stage direction.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παρεπιγραφή   


Or. 262.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὔτοι⟩: οὐδαμῶς  —CrOxZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr   


Or. 262.03 (pllgn gram) ⟨οὔτοι⟩: σοι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   If this is not a corruption of σε (meant for μεθήσω), then it is a teacher’s note to remind one about the equivalence in some places (not here) of τοι and σοι.   


Or. 262.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθήσω⟩: καταλείψω  —V3AbCrMlMnRSOx

POSITION: s.l. (repeated over ἐμπλέξασ’ Ox)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    σε add. MlS   |   


Or. 262.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨μεθήσω⟩: ἀφήσω  —XXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,13


Or. 262.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθήσω⟩: ἀφήσω σέ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐδαμῶς prep. Zb   |    σε om. Za   |   


Or. 262.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεθήσω⟩: ἐάσω  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 262.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθήσω⟩: σε  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 262.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨χεῖρ’⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 262.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: γυρώσασα  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 262.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: ἐμβαλοῦσα  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,13


Or. 262.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: συμβαλοῦσα  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 262.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: καὶ περιβαλοῦσα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -βαλλ‑ Ox   


Or. 262.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: περιπλέξασα  —ZlZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 262.15 (tri metr) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 262.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐμὴν⟩: τὴν  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 263.01 (rec gloss) ⟨σχήσω⟩: κρατήσω  —V3FPrRfrSaZlZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   |    σε add. Sa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,15


Or. 263.02 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨σχήσω⟩: κωλύσω  —AbCrMlMnRSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2ZcZZaZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l. except X; twice in T      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |    σε add. MlMnRSZZb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,14


Or. 263.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨σχήσω⟩: ἐπισχήσω  —XXaXbTYGGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 263.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨σχήσω⟩: ἐφέξω  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,14


Or. 263.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πηδᾶν⟩: σκιρτᾶν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 263.06 (rec gloss) ⟨πηδᾶν⟩: εἰς τὸ μὴ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 263.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πηδᾶν⟩: μὴ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 263.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πηδᾶν⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   read τοῦ?   


Or. 263.09 (rec gloss) ⟨πηδᾶν⟩: ὥστε  —AaCrPrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 263.10 (rec gloss) ⟨δυστυχῆ⟩: εἰς τὰ  —AbMlRSSa, app. Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 263.11 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨δυστυχῆ⟩: τὰ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 264.01 (vet exeg) μέθες μί’ οὖσα:  1μία οὖσα τῶν κατ’ ἐμοῦ Ἐρινύων ἀπόστα.  2Ἐρινύων δὲ τῶν μανιῶν, ἵν’ ᾖ ἄνες με τῆς μανίας ἀναχωρήσασά μου.   —MBVCMlMnPraRaRbRwSSa, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   Being one of the Erinyes afflicting me, get away (from me). By ‘of Erinyes’ (he means) ‘of the madnesses’, so that the sense is ‘release me from madness by withdrawing to a distance from me’.

LEMMA: BVCS, γρ. μέθες μί’ οὔσα Ml (with confused diacritics over ιου), μέθες PraRb, also Rw (punct. as if 1 μί’ … ἐριννύων is also part of lemma), μί’ οὖσα M       REF. SYMBOL: BVMlRb       POSITION: s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ σὺ prep. VPrbRaRb, μέθες καὶ σὺ prep. SSa, σὺ μέθες καὶ σὺ prep. MlMn   |    κατ’ ἐμοῦ BVPra, κατ’ ἐμὲ MC, ἐμῶν MlMnRaRbRwSSa, om. Prb   |    ἀπόστα MCPrb, ἀπόστηθι others   |    2 ἐρινύων δὲ κτλ om. Prb   |    ἐριν. δὲ] τινὲς δὲ ἐριν. VMlMnRaRbSa, τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἐριν. Rw, τινὲς ἐριν. S, om. Prb   |    μηνιῶν C   |    ἵν’ ᾖ] ἴν καῖς Rb, om. Pra   |    ἄφες Pra   |    με] μοι RwSa, om. Pra   |    ἀναχωρίσασαί M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννύων VMnPraPrbRwSa, ἐριννίων Ml   |    2 ἐριννύων VMnPraRwSa   |    ἀναχωρίσασά Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,13–15; Dind. II.95,18–20


Or. 264.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μέθες⟩: ἀπόστα  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 264.03 (rec gloss) ⟨μέθες⟩: ἤγουν ἐμὲ  —AaAbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. AaAbR   |    με R   


Or. 264.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨μέθες⟩: ἔασον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZl

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   transp. G   


Or. 264.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨μέθες⟩: ἄφες  —Aa2AbCrF2RSaOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZaZb2Zl

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from prev. gloss in Mosch. witnesses (inverse order in G)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 264.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μί’ οὖσα⟩: Ἠλέκτρα  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἡλέκτρα O   |   


Or. 264.07 (rec exeg) ⟨μ’ ἰοῦσα⟩: γρ. μέθες μι’ οὖσα  —MnRaSar

LEMMA: μ’ ἰοῦσα in text R, μί’ οὖσα in text Mn(μι’)Sa       POSITION: prep. to 264.01 MnSa      

COMMENT:   In Sa this looks like part of the lemma to 264.01, but it is a peculiarity of Sa that sometimes the rubricator had to supply more than just the lemma in the space left during the copying done with normal dark ink.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 264.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨μί’⟩: μία  —AbFRZZaZbZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ prep. Zb, καὶ prep. F   

COLLATION NOTES:   Almost all washed out in T, unless the gloss has been incompletely erased; Ta has the word.   |   


Or. 264.09 (rec gloss) ⟨μ’⟩: ἤγουν ἐμέ  —MlRa

LEMMA: μ’ ἰοῦσα in text R, app. p.c. by rubr. Ml      


Or. 264.10 (rec gloss) ⟨οὖσα⟩: σὺ  —AaMlMnSaZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 264.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὖσα⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχουσα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 264.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῶν ἐμῶν Ἐριννύων⟩: αἵτινες κινοῦσιν ἐμὲ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 264.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨τῶν⟩: ἀπὸ  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν add. Y   


Or. 264.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἐριννύων⟩: μανιῶν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 265.01 (rec exeg) ⟨μέσον μ’ ὀχμάζεις⟩:  1συνέχεις ἐπαίρεις.  2ἴδιον δὲ τῶν μαινομένων τὸ τοὺς κηδομένους ἀποσείεσθαι καὶ δοκεῖν βλάπτεσθαι μᾶλλον.   —MBOVCMlMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   You embrace, you lift up. It is distinctive of those out of their mind that they shake off those who try to tend to them and imagine rather that they are being harmed.

LEMMA: MCMlMn(ὀσχάζεις)RbSSa, ὀχμάζεις VPrRw       REF. SYMBOL: VMlRaRb       POSITION: cont. from 264.01 B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὀχμάζεις δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B, ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr   |    συν. ἐπαίρεις om. O   |    καὶ ἐπαίρεις B, ἢ ἐπαίρεις VMlMnRaRbRwSSa   |    2 ἴδιον] ἰδία V[Ra]   |    δὲ om. OPr   |    τῶν μαιν. τὸ τοῦς κηδ.] τοὺς κηδομένους τῶν μαινομένων VRw   |    κηδομένους] κηδεμόνους M, μὴ μαινομένους Pr   |    δοκεῖ MlMnSa   |    μᾶλλον βλάπτεσθαι transp. VRw   |    at end add. παρ’ αὐτῶν BPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 μενομένων Ml   |    μηδομένους Ml   |    ἀποσίεσθαι Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,16–18; Dind. II.95,21–23

COMMENT:   M’s reading may point to κηδεμόνας, but κηδομένους is somewhat more likely to have been used in scholiastic language.   


Or. 265.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μέσον⟩: διὰ μέσου  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 265.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέσον⟩: καὶ μέσως  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 265.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέσον⟩: κατὰ τὸ  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 265.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὀχμάζεις ἵνα βάλῃς⟩: συνέχεις με, κινεῖς με, ὡς βάλῃς με εἰς Τάρταρον.  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς μὲ transp. V   


Or. 265.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: συνέχεις  —OA2Aa2CrMlMnPrSSaOxZZaZbZmTGuY2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,23


Or. 265.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: κρατεῖς  —AaAbFMlMnRRfSSaGuZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FSZu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,23


Or. 265.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: κουφίζεις  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κουφίζης X   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,23


Or. 265.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: βαστάζεις  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 265.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: κινεῖς κατακόπτεις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 265.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: ἐπαίρεις  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,24


Or. 265.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: συντρίβεις  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   συντρίβης Ox2   |   


Or. 265.13 (tri metr) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: koine short over omicron  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 265.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅπως  —AaAbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 265.15 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ἵνα  —FPrSaXaXbXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZmZuTOx2

POSITION: s.l. except Xa(cont. from 265.08)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 265.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨βάλῃς⟩: ῥίψῃς  —Aa2KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZb2

POSITION: s.l. except X(cont. from 265.15)      


Or. 265.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰς Τάρταρον⟩: εἰς μέσον τοῦ Ταρτάρου  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 265.18 (thom gloss) ⟨εἰς Τάρταρον⟩: εἰς ἀπώλειαν  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς om. Gu   


Or. 265.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς Τάρταρον⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὸν ᾍδην  —F2Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν εἰς om. F2   


Or. 266.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴ⟩: φεῦ  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 266.02 (tri metr) ⟨οἴ⟩: koine short above  —T


Or. 266.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἡ ἀθλία  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr   


Or. 266.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἐγὼ  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 266.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 266.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τίν’ ἐπικουρίαν λάβω⟩: τὸ ἀπορηματικὸν ὑποτάσσει.  —K

TRANSLATION:   He subordinates (in the subjunctive) the expression of doubt. (or: The expression of doubt entails the subjunctive.)

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 266.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίν’⟩: ὁποῖα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 266.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐπικουρίαν⟩: βοήθειαν  —V1CrF2RfrOxZZaZbTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,3


Or. 266.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπικουρίαν⟩: παρηγορίαν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 267.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπεὶ⟩: ἀφοῦ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 267.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨τὸ θεῖον⟩: τοὺς θεοὺς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Xo, app. blotted out; ἤγουν prep. Aa2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,4

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta misplaces the cross, adding it to the Thoman gloss 267.03 instead.   |   


Or. 267.03 (thom gloss) ⟨τὸ θεῖον⟩: ἤγουν τὰς Ἐριννύας  —ZZaZbZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τῆς ἐρριννύας Ox2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,4


Or. 267.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον⟩: ἢ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ἢ τὰς Ἐριννύας  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 267.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον⟩: πραγματικῶς, τουτέστιν ὁ θεός  —K

TRANSLATION:   (The term is used) in a manner to express actual fact, that is, the god.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 267.06 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσμενὲς⟩: ὀργιζόμενον  —Ab or Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   gloss damaged or erased   |   


Or. 267.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δυσμενὲς⟩: ἐχθρὸν  —SSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    ἐχθροὺς G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,4–5


Or. 267.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυσμενὲς⟩: πολέμιον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 267.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυσμενὲς⟩: καὶ ἐναντίον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 267.10 (rec gloss) ⟨κεκτήμεθα⟩: ἔχομεν  —F2SZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 268.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δὸς τόξα μοι⟩: τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν ὡς τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐψαυκυιῶν αὐτοῦ.  —MBOVCMnRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   He said this as if the Erinyes had touched him.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. BC; cont. from 268.07 VMnRbRwSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν] VRw, τὸ δὲ εἶπεν MnRbSSa, om. MBOC   |    τῶν] τὸ S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐριννύων OMnRw, ἐρινίων Rb   |    ἐψαυκύων MRbSa, ἐψαυκυίων S, ἐψαυκίων Mn, ἔψαν κύων C [only ἐψαυκ now readable in Rw (water damage)]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,19


Or. 268.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δὸς τόξα μοι⟩: μαινόμενος λέγει ταῦτα.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨τόξα⟩: τὰ  —AbF2MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: μου  —RSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μου⟩: γρ. μοὶ  —AbS

LEMMA: μου in text AbS       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 268.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: τίνι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.07 (vet exeg) κερουλκά:  1διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἕλκοντα τὴν νευρὰν ἢ τὸ βέλος, ὡς τὸ κεραελκὴς ταῦρος.  2ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἐκ κεράτων εἶναι καὶ ἕλκεσθαι.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSaZu

TRANSLATION:   Drawing by means of the horns the bow-string or the arrow, as used in the phrase ‘bull drawing (a plow or cart) by the horns’; or derived from being made of horn and being drawn.

LEMMA: MBVCPrRw, δὸς τόξα μοι κερουλκὰ MnRbSSa (‑λκᾶ S, κελεουρκὰ Mn),      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: s.l. Zu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὰ prep. MnPrRbSSaZu, τὰ τῶν prep. Ra   |    διὰ τῶν om. B   |    after κεράτων add. τὰ διὰ τῶν S   |    ἔχοντα Rb, ἑλκόντων Rw   |    ἢ] ἤτοι VRbRw, ἤγουν MnS   |    τὰ βέλη PrZu   |    ὡς τὸ κερ. ταῦρος om. Zu   |    ὡς τὸ] ἢ M, ὡς BCPr   |    κεραελκὴς V, κεραελκεῖς BPr, κεραλκῆς M, κεραλκὴς CRw, κεραλκ() Rb, κερουλκὸς MnSSa   |    ταύρους BPr   |    2 ἐκ] εἰς M   |    καὶ om. MnRw   |    at end add. τοῦ ὀρέστου MnRbSSa (i.e. ⟨ὑπὸ⟩ τοῦ ὀρέστου?)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔλκοντα MRa   |    2 ἔλκεσθαι M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,20–22; Dind. II.96,11–14

COMMENT:   For κεραελκής with ταῦρος, cf. Call. hymn. Dian. 179 and schol. διὰ τὸ τοῖς κέρασιν ἕλκειν τὸ ἄροτρον; Oppian. Cyneg. 2.103, in a long series of epithets of οἱ Σύριοι ταῦροι (100). There are types of yoke that are secured to the horns (rather than with an oxbow around the neck).   |    For the different senses found in various scholia here, compare Nonnus’ uses of κεραελκής, usually just ‘having horns’, but once ‘dragged by the horns’ (ἐξ ἐλάφων κεραελκέα δίφρον, Dionys. 11.344), and once as here in Or. κεραελκέα τόξα (Dionys. 20.225, although Peek, Lexikon zu den Dionysiaka des Nonnos s.v. gives ‘made of horn’). See also E. Fernandez-Galiano, Lexico de los Himnos de Calimaco, 352–353 s.v. κεραελκής.   |   


Or. 268.08 (vet exeg) 1Στησιχόρῳ [Stesichorus fr. 181a–b Davies–Finglass, PMG 217] ἑπόμενος τόξα φησὶν αὐτὸν εἰληφέναι παρὰ Ἀπόλλωνος.  2ἔδει οὖν τὸν ὑποκριτὴν τόξα λαβόντα τοξεύειν.  3οἱ δὲ νῦν ὑποκρινόμενοι τὸν ἥρωα αἰτοῦσι μὲν τὰ τόξα, μὴ δεχόμενοι δὲ σχηματίζονται τοξεύειν.  4εἰ δὲ καὶ μαινόμενος ἐπ’ ἐνίων ὑγιαίνει, μὴ θαυμάσωμεν.  5ἡ γὰρ νόσος ποικίλη τῶν μεμηνότων, ὡς κἀν ταῖς Τρῳάσιν ἡ Κασάνδρα [Eur. Tro. 367]·  6‘τοσόνδε δ’ ἐκτὸς στήσομαι βακχευμάτων’.   —MBC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   Following Stesichorus, he (Euripides) says that he (Orestes) has received a bow and arrow from Apollo. So then, the actor should take a (real) bow and (actually) shoot. But those who nowadays enact the part of the hero ask for the bow and arrow, but not receiving it they make the gestures of shooting. And if even in his madness Orestes is sensible in some matters, let us not be surprised. For the sickness of those who have gone mad is complex, as also (seen when) in Troades Cassandra (says) ‘but to this extent I will stand outside of my ravings’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all (B add. δὲ)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 στησίχορος MC   |    τόξον Pr   |    παρὰ om. MC   |    ἀπόλλων M   |    2 τόξα om. MC   |    3–5 οἱ δὲ νῦν … μεμηνότων om. Pr (same passage incomplete in B, with several blank spaces)   |    3 at beg. ὁ δὲ νοῦς + blank space (sufficient for οἱ δὲ νῦν ὑποκρι) + νόμενοι B   |    τὰ] τὸ B, then τόξον μὴ om. B (blank space)   |    μὴ ἐχόμενοι MC   |    ται τοξεύειν om. B (blank space)   |    4 ἀπ’] ὑπ’ MBC   |    ἐνίων ὑγίαιν om. B (blank space)   |    5 ὠς κἀν] οὐκ ἂν Pr   |    νόσος ποικίλη om. B (blank space)   |    6 τοσόνδ’ ἐκτὸς Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐπόμενος M   |    3 εχόμενοι M   |    4 ὑπἐνιων M, ὐπενίων C   |    5 κασσάνδρα B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,1–6; Dind. II.96,14–20

COMMENT:   Cf. the papyrus commentary on lyric poets (= Stes. fr. 181a Davies–Finglass), giving examples of tragic poets’ indebtedness to Stesichorus, which offers (after the example of the recognition in Aesch. Choe.): (lines 14–21, omitting minor restorations) Εὐριπίδης δὲ τὸ τόξον τὸ Ὀρέστου ὅτι ἐστὶν δεδομένον αὐτῷ δῶρον παρὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος· παρ’ ᾧ μὲν γὰρ λέγεται· [quotation of 268–269].   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Stesichorus   |   Euripides, Troades   


Or. 268.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόξα⟩: πληθυντικῆς εἶπε τὰ τόξα ἤγουν τὸ τόξον.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἕλκοντα τὴν νευρὰν ἢ τὸ βέλος  —ORa

TRANSLATION:  Drawing by means of the horns the bow-string or the arrow.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.11 (recThom exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἕλκοντα τὴν νευράν  —FKPrZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  Drawing by means of the horns the bow-string.

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: s.l. except F      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. F   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,1


Or. 268.12 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ κέρατος κατασκευασθέντα  —V

TRANSLATION:  The ones fashioned from horn.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.13 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ κέρατος ἑλκόμενα  —Rw

TRANSLATION:  The ones drawn by the horn.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.14 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν κεράτων ἐσκευασμένα  —Sa

TRANSLATION:  The ones made out of horns.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.15 (mosch exeg) κερουλκά: τὰ ἐκ κεράτων κατεσκευασμένα καὶ ἑλκυόμενα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION:  The ones made out of horns and being drawn.

LEMMA: T       REF. SYMBOL: XoT       POSITION: s.l. except XXo      

APP. CRIT.:   κατασκ‑ Y   |    καὶ ἑλκ. om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,23–24


Or. 268.16 (thom exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: ἢ τὰ ἐκ κεράτων συντεθειμένα  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  Or the ones put together out of horns.

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from gloss above ZmGu      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,2


Or. 268.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἑλκυόμενα ἤγουν κατεσκευασμένα  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἑλκόμενα a.c. G   


Or. 268.18 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἑλκόμενα  —CrRf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ] καὶ CrOx   


Or. 268.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ ἑλκόμενα διὰ τῶν κεράτων. εἰ γὰρ ἦσαν ξύλα, οὐκ ἂν εἵλκοντο.  —Y2


Or. 268.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ διὰ κεράτων ἑλκόμενα ἢ τὰ κῆρα καὶ θανατηφόρον μοῖραν φέροντα.  —B2/3a

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,10–11

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 268.21 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὸν βιὸν διὰ τῶν κεράτων ⟨ἑλκόμενον⟩  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἐκ κεράτων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.23 (rec artGloss) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν Sa   


Or. 268.24 (rec exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩: ὡς τῆς τοξικῆς ἐφόρου λέγει δῶρον αὐτοῦ.  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀφόρου or εὐφόρου K   


Or. 268.25 (rec exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩:  δʹ τέχναι ἀνατίθενται τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι· τοξικὴ μαντικὴ μουσικὴ καὶ ἰατρικὴ.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Compare two scholia on Il. 1.603 (from C. G. Heyne’s edition) τέσσαρες γὰρ τέχναι ἀνατίθενται τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, μουσικὴ, τοξικὴ, ἰατρικὴ, μαντική; (from Genev. gr. 44, ed. J. Nicole) τέσσαρες τέχναι τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος· τοξικὴ μουσικὴ ἰατρικὴ μαντική; and Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Plut. 11 Massa Positano ἰατρὸς καὶ μάντις, ὅτι τέσσαρες τέχναι ἀνάκεινται τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, τοξικὴ μουσικὴ ἰατρικὴ μαντική.   


Or. 268.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩: ἔφορος γὰρ τῆς τοξικῆς ὁ Ἀπόλλων.  —Y2


Or. 268.27 (thom exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩:  1τὸ δῶρα Λοξίου λέγει ἢ ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας δοκῶν χαρισθῆναι αὐτῷ ταῦτα παρὰ Ἀπόλλωνος  2ἢ διότι τοξικός ἐστιν ὁ θεός καὶ τὰ παρ’ ἀνθρώποις τόξα ὡσπερεὶ δῶρα ἐκείνου.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   He uses the expression ‘gifts of Loxias’ either because in his madness he thinks these have been given as a favor to him by Apollo, or because the god is connected to archery and the bow and arrow among human beings is, as it were, a gift of that (god).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ om. Gu   |    ἀπόλλωνος] τοῦ ἀπ. begun by T, but corr. self, ἀπόλυσιν Zb   |    2 δῶρα] τόξα a.c. Gu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λοξέου Zb   |    παρ’ ZZa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,21–23


Or. 268.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δῶρα⟩: τὰ τόξα  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.29 (rec gloss) ⟨δῶρα⟩: λέγω  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.30 (rec artGloss) ⟨δῶρα⟩: τὰ  —AbF2MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.31 (rec gloss) ⟨Λοξίου⟩: Φοίβου  —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.32 (rec gloss) ⟨Λοξίου⟩: τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος  —F2Rf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 269.01 (rec gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: ἐν  —CrF2SOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οἷς add. CrOx   


Or. 269.02 (rec gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: οἷστισιν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 269.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: δι’ ὧν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   |    τόξων add. G   


Or. 269.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἶπ’⟩: καὶ ἔλεξε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 269.05 (rec gram) Ἀπόλλων: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀεὶ βάλλειν  —Mn

LEMMA: Mn      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,3

COMMENT:   I have not found this etymology elsewhere. Several other etymologies are offered in Et. Gud. (de Stefani) s.v. Ἀπόλλων· παρὰ τὸ ἀπόθετα βάλλειν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἄποθεν βάλλειν τὴν ὀργήν· ἢ ἀπελαύνων καὶ ἀπολύων ἀφ’ ἡμῶν τὰς νόσους· ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἁπλοῦν καὶ λύειν τὸ συνεστὸς τῆς οὐσίας καὶ τὸ σκότος.    

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 269.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: βοηθῆσαι  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 269.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: τιμωρεῖν  —AaAbCrMlMnRSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   


Or. 269.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: τιμωρῆσαι  —V3FPrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τιμῆσαι Pr   


Or. 269.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: τιμωρήσασθαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 269.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: διῶξαι  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 269.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: ἀποδιῶξαι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.; joined to 269.08 with καὶ V      


Or. 269.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: μάχεσθαι  —ZZaZbTGuG, a.c. Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 269.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: μαχέσασθαι  —Gu, p.c. Zm

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,4–5


Or. 269.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: ἀποσοβήσασθαι  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,3–4


Or. 269.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: ἀποσοβεῖν  —GY2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 269.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: ἀμύνω τὸ βοηθῶ ἐνεργητικὸν δοτικῇ, ἀμύνομαι δὲ παθητικὸν τὸ μάχομαι αἰτιατικῇ.  —G

TRANSLATION:   ‘Amunō’ in the active voice meaning ‘go to the aid of’ is used with the dative, but ‘amunomai’ in the (middle‑)passive meaning ‘fight (against)’ with the accusative.

LEMMA: G      


Or. 269.17 (tri metr) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 269.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεάς⟩: τὰς Ἐριννύας  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 269.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨θεάς⟩: τὰς  —AbF2MlMnRSOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.01 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴ⟩: ἐπειδὴ  —F2SZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπεὶ Zu   


Or. 270.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴ⟩: καὶ ὅπερ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨εἴ⟩: εἰ  —XXaXbXoT+Y

POSITION: s.l. except X      

COMMENT:   Glossed because the text could be ambiguous between elided εἰμὶ and elided εἴ με.   |   


Or. 270.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκφοβοῖεν⟩: ἐκφοβήσουσιν  —AaAbF2MlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σι Aa, ἐκφοιβοίσουσιν Ml   |   


Or. 270.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκφοβοῖεν⟩: ἐκφοβοῦσι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκφοβοῖεν⟩: καὶ ταράσσουσιν  —Cr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐκφοβοῖεν⟩: εἰς φόβον ἄγοιεν  —XXaXbXoTYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from 270.03 XoT      


Or. 270.08 (vet exeg) μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν: ταῖς μανιώδεσι λύσσαις. σχῆμα δέ ἐστι περίφρασις.  —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   The insane frenzies. The schema is periphrasis.

LEMMA: μανιάσι λυσσήμασι C(μανιᾶσι)V, μανίαισιν λυσσήμασιν M, μανιάσι δὲ λυσσήμασι· prep. B(λυσσήμα())Pr       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: marg. M; cont. from 268.08 B      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ δὲ σχῆμα (om. ἐστι) V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,7–8; Dind. II.97,12–13

KEYWORDS:  περίφρασις   


Or. 270.09 (vet exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν⟩:  1ὡς τὸ [TrGF adespota 566d] ‘φοίνικι λίνῳ’, ἀρσενικὸν μετὰ οὐδετέρου.  2ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἡ μανιὰς τὸ μανιάσι.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   (The usage is) like that seen in ‘red thread/linen’, masculine form (‘phoinix’) with a neuter (‘linon’). And from (nominative) ‘hē manias’ comes (dative plural) ‘maniasi’.

POSITION: marg. M, cont. from prev. all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ταῖς μανιαῖσι λυσσήμασι prep. M(‑σιν ‑σιν)C, ταῖς μανιάσι λυσσήμα() prep. B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἡ μανίας M, ἡ μανὰς Pr   |    τὸ μανιᾶσιν C, τὸ μανίασιν, with another σ add. above σ, M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,9–10; Dind. II.97,13–15

COMMENT:   Cf. Sophronius, Gram.Gr. 4:2.408,26–29 οὐκ ἀγνοητέον δὲ ὡς εὑρίσκονται πτώσεις οὐδετέρως κείμεναι, οὐ μέντοι ἀπὸ οὐδετέρων κεκλιμέναι, ὡς ἔχει τὸ αἴθωνι βελέμνῳ καὶ φοίνικι λίνῳ καὶ γέροντι βάκτρῳ καὶ ἐθάδων ἐδεσμάτων καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· ἅπαντα ἀρσενικὰ ὄντα ποιητικῶς οὐδετέροις συνετάγη. Similarly, but claiming fem. gender, Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:2.339,14–16 οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἄτοπον, εἰ ἀρσενικὸν ὂν ἢ θηλυκὸν οὐδετέρῳ ἄρθρῳ συνετάγη· ἰδοὺ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ φοίνικι λίνῳ τὸ φοίνικι θηλυκὸν ὂν τῷ λίνῳ τῷ οὐδετέρῳ συνετάγη.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Trag. adespota   


Or. 270.10 (vet exeg) 1μανιώδεσι λυσσήμασιν·  2ἢ μανίαις καὶ λυσσήμασιν.   —MB

TRANSLATION:   Mad frenzies; or madnesses and frenzies.

POSITION: s.l. M; cont. from prev. B      

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λυσσήμασι M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,11; Dind. II.97,14–15

COLLATION NOTES:   By an oversight, Schw. lists this as being in C as well.   |   


Or. 270.11 (rec exeg) ⟨μανιάσι λυσσήμασι⟩: ἐν μανικαῖς λύσσαις  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.12 (rec exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασι⟩: τὸ σχῆμα κατὰ γένος.  —MnSB3d

TRANSLATION:   The schema is that according to gender.

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text MnS       POSITION: s.l. MnS, marg. B3d      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. B3d   

COMMENT:   This schema applies to expressions in which the adjective appears to be in a different gender from the noun it modifies. A fuller form of this note is found in Sch. Soph. Aj. 62b Christodoulou (from Laur. plut. 32.40, ca. 1300, perpendicular in inner margin of 3r): τὸ σχῆμα κατὰ γένος, ὡς τὸ [Nicand. Ther. 129] ‘ψολόεντος ἐχίδνης’ [ψολώεντος αἰχίδνης ms]. Christodoulou was wrong to assign this note to Aj. 62 τοὺς ζῶντας; it really goes with Aj. 59, which in this manuscript ends not with μανιάσιν νόσοις, but with μανιᾶσι λυσσήμασι, by reminiscence of Or. 270. Apart from these scholia, σχῆμα κατὰ γένος is not found elsewhere in a TLG search.   

KEYWORDS:  σχῆμα κατὰ γένος   


Or. 270.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν⟩: ἡ λύσση ἡ μανιὰς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.14 (thom exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν⟩:  1πάντες τὸ μανιάσι πρὸς τὸ λυσσήμασιν συνάπτοντες οὕτω φασί· μανικοῖς λυσσήμασιν, ἀγνοοῦντες ὅτι τὸ μὲν μανιάσι θηλυκόν ἐστι, τὸ δὲ λυσσήμασιν οὐδέτερον.  2σὺ δὲ τούτους χαίρειν ἐάσας, κεχωρισμένως λέγε ἀσυνδέτως οὕτως·  3εἴ με ἐκφοβοῖεν ἐν μανιάσι καὶ μανίαις, ἐν λυσσήμασι καὶ μανίαις, ἵν’ ὦσιν ἀμφότερα τὸ αὐτό.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Attaching the word ‘maniasi’ to the word ‘lussēmasin’, everyone thus interprets this as ‘mad frenzies’, being unaware that ‘maniasi’ is feminine, but ‘lussēmasin’ is neuter. But for your own part, dismiss these interpreters and take the words separately in asyndeton as follows: if they should terrify me with ‘maniasi’ (that is, ‘madnessesÆ), with ‘lussēmasi’ (that is, ‘madnesses’), so that both may be the same thing.

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text ZZaZbGr, λυσσήμασι in text ZbZm       REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀγνοοῦντες … τὸ δὲ λυσσήμασιν om. Zb   |    2 χαίρειν om. TGu   |    ἀσυνδέτως λέγε κεχωρισμένως transp. Gu   |    3 εἴ με] εἰ μὴ Gu   |    first ἐν om. Gu   |    first μανίαις] ἐν μανίαις ZbZm   |    second μανίαις] ἐν μανίαις ZbZmTGu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1–2 μανιᾶσι (all three places) Gu   |    1 λυσσήμασι ZaZmTGu   |    φασί·] ZmT, φασὶ· Gu, φασὶν (no punct.) ZZaZb   |    2 οὕτως] οὕτω Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,6–11

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   


Or. 270.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανιάσι λυσσήμασι⟩: κεχωρισμένως λέγε ἀσυνδέτως  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.16 (rec gloss) ⟨μανιάσιν⟩: μανιώδεσι  —OAaAbRMlMnSSa

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text all except O       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν prep. AbMlMnSSa   |    μανώδ‑ Aa   


Or. 270.17 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μανιάσιν⟩: μανικοῖς  —KXXaXbT+YYfGGrZb2Aa3F2

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text GrZbAa       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μανικῆς app. Aa3   


Or. 270.18 (thom gloss) ⟨μανιάσιν⟩: μανίαις  —ZcZmTGu

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text Gr       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc   


Or. 270.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μανιάσι⟩: καὶ ταράγμασιν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Although the gloss makes sense if the glossator is following the Thoman view that μανιάσι(ν) can be treated as a noun in asyndeton (270.24, 270.18), it may be instead a corruption/misunderstanding of Cr’s gloss ταράσσουσι on the following ἐκφοβοῖεν (270.06). Cr’s gloss is written in such a fashion that it could easily be misread as ταράγμασιν, and it is positioned a little to the right of its lemma, as is often the case with Cr’s glosses.   |   


Or. 270.20 (rec exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν⟩: μανιὰς μανιάδος  —K

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   K app. started to crowd this gloss above the word, but found too little space, so erased it there.   |   


Or. 270.21 (rec exeg) ⟨λυσσήμασιν⟩: ἢ καὶ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original O.   


Or. 270.22 (rec gloss) ⟨λυσσήμασι⟩: λύτταις  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λυσσήμασι⟩: νοσήμασι  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.24 (rec gloss) ⟨λυσσήμασι⟩: τουτέστι γλώσσαις  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   That is, (insane) utterances.(?)

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 270.12      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τοῦτέστι Mn   |   

COMMENT:   Possibly the glossator has chosen a feminine noun to make the gloss agree with μανιάσι(ν). The gloss remains an odd one.   


Or. 270.25 (thom gloss) ⟨λυσσήμασιν⟩: μανίαις  —ZmTGuY2

LEMMA: -μασι in text Zm       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λυσσήμασι⟩: ἐν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.27 (rec exeg) ⟨λυσσήμασιν⟩: προσηγορικὸν  —K

TRANSLATION:   (This word is a) common noun.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Perhaps this observation is a way to indicate that μανιάσιν is adjectival modifying λυσσήμασιν.   


Or. 271.01 (rec paraphr) ἢ δύναται τρωθῆναί τις τῶν θεῶν ἐκ χειρὸς ἀνθρωπίνης;  —AaPr

REF. SYMBOL:  Aa       POSITION: s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ om. Aa   |    ἐν χειρὶ ἀνθωπίνη Aa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τρωθῆναι τίς AaPr   |   


Or. 271.02 (rec exeg) λείπει ἢ οὔ.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 271.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨βεβλήσεται⟩: τρωθήσεται —AbCrFMlMnPrSSaOxZZaZbZmT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFPrSOx   |   


Or. 271.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βεβλήσεται⟩: μέλλει τρωθῆναι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 271.05 (rec gloss) ⟨βεβλήσεται⟩: ἐτρώθη  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See on 271.12.   


Or. 271.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βεβλήσεται⟩: τρωθῇ  —VrecAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Aa2 has τρωθῆ with a clear circumflex, while the accent of Vrec is obscure (possibly a damaged or erased circumflex). Subjunctive as gloss on future is possible, but it is also possible that this gloss arose as a misinterpretation of a gloss τρωθή where the ending σεται was to be supplied from the word below (= 271.03).   


Or. 271.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨βεβλήσεται⟩: τοξευθήσεται  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἆρα τοξ. τις G   


Or. 271.08 (rec gloss) ⟨τις θεῶν⟩: ὁ θεὸς —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 271.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨θεῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —MnSSaOxXXaXbXoYfGGrZcZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. SaZuB3a   


Or. 271.10 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θεῶν⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 271.11 (tri metr) ⟨θεῶν⟩: συνίζησις  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 271.12 (rec exeg) ⟨βροτησίᾳ χερί⟩: ὦ ἄφρον  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This vocative should be understood to be an address to Orestes by Electra, to whom this line is assigned in Ab and most mss. That assignment and the interpretation of 271 as a question presumably are motivated by reluctance, for philosophical, moral, or religious reasons, to take 271 as a threatening assertion. A similar concern may lie behind 270.01, 270.05 (note the unexpected aorist glossing a future perfect).   

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 271.13 (rec gloss) ⟨βροτησίᾳ χερί⟩: ἐν  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 271.14 (mosch paraphr) ⟨βροτησίᾳ χερί⟩: διὰ χειρὸς ἀνθρωπίνης  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   |    διὰ om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,16–17


Or. 271.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βροτησίᾳ⟩: ἀνθρωπίνῃ  —CrF2GuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox, καὶ ἐν prep. Cr   


Or. 271.16 (tri metr) ⟨βροτησίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

APP. CRIT.:   long mark om. Ta   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 272.01 (vet paraphr) εἰ μὴ ’ξαμείψει: εἰ μὴ ἀποστήσεταί τις τῶν Ἐρινύων τοῦ ἐμοῦ προσώπου.  —MBVCMlMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Unless any of the Erinyes will stand away from my face.

LEMMA: all except BRa (μὴξ ἀμείψῃ MRb, μηξαμείψη C, μὴξαμείψει VMlMnS, μὴ ἐξαμείψει Sa)       REF. SYMBOL: VMlRb      POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπιστήσεταί p.c. Ml   |    τις] τί φησι V, τι Ml   |    after ἐριν. add. φησὶ MMnRaRbSSa   

APP. CRIT. 2:      |    after ἐριν. add. φησὶ MMlMnRaRbSSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,12–13; cf. Dind. II.97,18–19

COMMENT:   The appearance of φησὶ in M and others perhaps suggests that an abbreviation of δηλονότι after τις τῶν ἐρινύων was misread as an abbreviation of φησὶ.   


Or. 272.02 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν  —B3

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The addressee is identified to conform to assigning 271 to Electra, 272 to Orestes. Similarly, several of the following scholia react to such assignments.   |   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 272.03 (rec exeg) ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐπε(?)[  —V3

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   final letter uncertain, rest lost to damaged margin   |   


Or. 272.04 (rec exeg) λείπει πείσῃ κακὸν  —K

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 272.05 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ  —CrMlMnSSaZuB3aOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 272.06 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ βλήσετ(αι)  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Perhaps ⟨βε⟩βλήσεται, but there is one instance of βλήσεται in PG 89.90, 59 (Antiochus, Pandecta scripturae sacrae, 7th c.), and dozens of instances of future principal part βλήσω in etymological explanations of ‑βλη‑ by way of a supposed byform of βάλλω, βλῶ βλήσω.   


Or. 272.07 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ βεβλήσεται  —ZZaZbZmTGuP2

TRANSLATION:  (Before ‘ei mē’, ‘unless’, understand) ‘yes, one will be shot at’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ναὶ καὶ Zb   |   


Or. 272.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ τοξευθήσεται  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa3aF

TRANSLATION:  (Before ‘ei mē’, ‘unless’, understand) ‘yes, one will be shot at with a bow and arrow’.

POSITION: s.l. except X and marg. Aa3      

COLLATION NOTES:   In this place T has a cross above the ναὶ of 272.07 and then another cross in front of τοξευθήσεται.   |   


Or. 272.09 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐὰν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 272.10 (rec gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψῃ⟩: ἐκφύγῃς  —AbMlMnRS

LEMMA: ἐξαμ‑ in text Mn, ‑ψει S       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκφυγ() S, ἐκφύγεις Ml   |   


Or. 272.11 (rec gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψει⟩: ἐκφύγῃ  —AaRwSaB3aP2

LEMMA: ἐξαμ‑ in text RwSa, ‑ψῃ AaB       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκφεύγη P2   


Or. 272.12 (rec gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψει⟩: ἐξέλθῃ  —Sa

LEMMA: ἐξαμ‑ in text Sa      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 272.13 (rec gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψῃ⟩: ἐξέλθῃς  —AaMlMnRS

LEMMA: ἐξαμ‑ in text Mn, ‑ψει S       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔξελθε S, ἐξέλθ()Mn   


Or. 272.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψει⟩: ἀπέλθῃ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 272.15 (rec gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψῃ⟩: ἀποστήσεται  —CrPrRfrOx

LEMMA: ἐξαμ‑ in text PrRf       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 272.16 (rec gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψῃ⟩: μεταβῇ  —RfZu

LEMMA: ἐξαμ‑ in text RfZu, ‑ψει Zu       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 272.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψει⟩: πορευθήσεται  —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. G, add. μακρὰν (in addition to sep. gloss 272.24)   


Or. 272.18 (thom gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψει⟩: ἀποχωρήσει  —ZZaZbZmTGuY2Ox2

LEMMA: -μείψη in text Ox       POSITION: s.l. (twice in Gu, crowded above and below Gr glosses)      

APP. CRIT.:   -ρήσας Zb, ‑ρήσ() Z   


Or. 272.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψῃ⟩: [..]αλ⟨λ⟩άσσῃ  —B2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   traces suggest [ἐξ]αλ⟨λ⟩άσση rather than [ἀπ].   

COLLATION NOTES:   This gloss appears to be earlier than the B3a gloss.   |   


Or. 272.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψει⟩: μετασταθῇ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 272.21 (rec paraphr) ⟨’ξαμείψῃ⟩: ὑποστρέψῃ παλινδ⟨ρ⟩όμως  —Mn

LEMMA:  ἐξαμ‑ in text Mn       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑποστρέψω Mn   


Or. 272.22 (rec paraphr) ⟨’ξαμείψῃ⟩: σὺ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα παρέλθῃς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 272.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψει⟩: ἀποστῇ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 272.24 (pllgn gram) ⟨’ξαμείψει⟩:  ἀμείβω τὸ μακρὰν ἔρχομαι· οἱ γὰρ τρέχοντες ἀμείβουσι τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν κατὰ διαδοχὴν τιθέντες τὸν ἕνα καὶ τὸν ἕτερον κινοῦντες. ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς ἀμοιβῆς δὲ τῶν ποδῶν λέγεται καὶ ἀμείβω τὸ μακρὰν ἀποχωρῶ· οἱ γὰρ ἀμείβοντες τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν φεύγουσιν.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Ameibō’ (may have the sense) ‘I go far away’. For those who run interchange their feet, planting them in succession, moving one and then the other. So as if from the interchange of the feet (the plain verb) ‘ameibō’ is also used in the sense ‘I go far off’, for those who are interchanging their feet are fleeing.


Or. 272.25 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨χωρὶς⟩: μακρὰν  —AbCrKMnRSSaOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZb2ZmT*

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   


Or. 272.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χωρὶς⟩: καὶ μακρόθεν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 272.27 (rec gloss) ⟨χωρὶς⟩: πόρρω  —FPrGuZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. PrZu   |    στείη add. Pr (for σταίη)   


Or. 272.28 (rec gloss) ⟨χωρὶς⟩: ἔμπροσθεν  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 272.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀμμάτων ἐμῶν⟩: ἀπὸ  —FZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν add. Zu   


Or. 272.30 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐμῶν⟩: τῶν ἐμῶν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 273.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ εἰσακούετ’⟩: πρὸς τὰς Ἐριννῦς ὁ λόγος ὅτι οὐ θεωροῦνται, ὅπως μὴ τὸ κατατοξεῦσαι ὑμᾶς ᾖ πρὸς τὸν χορὸν τῶν γυναικῶν.  —Rw

TRANSLATION:   The speech is addressed to the Erinyes, because they are not seen, (to be so understood) in order that the words ‘shoot you (pl.)’ not be directed to the chorus of women.

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps θεωρεῖται Rw (damage)   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Rw.   |   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 273.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ εἰσακούετ’⟩: ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὰς Ἐριννύας· ἀκούετε ζητοῦντος μου τὰ τόξα.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   written on either side of Y-gloss ἀκούετε, which it incorporates.   |   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 273.03 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ εἰσακούετ’⟩: ὦ Ἐριννύες  —ZZaZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (Understand with ‘do you not listen’) ‘o Erinyes’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ om. Ox2   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 273.04 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ εἰσακούσετ’⟩: γρ. οὐκ εἰσακού[ετε(?)].  —Ra

LEMMA: -ούσετε (changed from ‑ούετ’) in text R       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 273.05 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰσακούετ’⟩: εἰσακούσετ’  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 273.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨εἰσακούετ’⟩: ἀκούετε  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐκ prep. G   


Or. 273.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐχ ὁρᾶθ’⟩: οὐ βλέπετε  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 273.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑκὰς καὶ πόρρωθεν βάλλεσθαι τὰ [τόξα]  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Dot before; end lost to damage.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 273.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: τῶν μακρόθεν βαλλόντων  —AaAbF2MlMnRSSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. F2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μαακρόθεν (sic) βαλόντων Ml   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Aa damaged, and last letters in binding, but enough legible to confirm.   |   


Or. 273.10 (mosch paraphr) ἑκηβόλων: τῶν μακρὰν βαλλόντων —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   μακρῶν Y   

APP. CRIT. 2:   βαλόντων Zc   |   


Or. 273.11 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: τῶν μακρὰν πεμπόντων τὰ βέλη  —ZZaZbZmTOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μακρῶν Za   


Or. 273.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: τὰ βέλη τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 273.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: καὶ τῶν μακρόθεν βαλλομένων καὶ πεμπομένων ἢ τῶν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.01 (rec gloss) ⟨τόξων πτερωτὰς γλυφίδας⟩: τὰ πτερωτὰ βέλη  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.02 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τόξων⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πτερωτὰς γλυφίδας⟩: πλή(ρη) γὰρ τῶν γλυφίδων τὰ πτερὰ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨πτερωτὰς γλυφίδας⟩: τά βέλη  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.05 (thom gloss) ⟨πτερωτὰς γλυφίδας⟩: τοὺς ἐπτερωμένους ὀϊστοὺς  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,22


Or. 274.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨πτερωτὰς⟩: τὰς  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.07 (rec gloss) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: ὀϊστοὺς  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.08 (rec gloss) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: βέλη  —RGuZcOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ prep. Zc   


Or. 274.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: τὰ βέλη ἀπὸ μέρους  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.10 (rec gloss) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: τὰς σαγίττας  —V1F2KPrSaG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Sa   |    τὰς om. V1Pr, after τὰς add. πτερωτὰς G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   σαγίτας all except Pr   |   


Or. 274.11 (rec gloss) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: †γαρης  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The letters are clearly written (without accent, as often with the glosses in Ab), but no such word is known.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 274.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: κόκας  —Aa (or Aa3?)

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   κόκκα (I) in Kriaras VIII.221 (from Italian cocca; also spelled κόκα), notch in an arrow for the bowstring (Erotocritos Β 614).   |   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 274.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: γλυφͅίδας τὰς χηλὰς τῆς ἀκίδος αἷς τὴν νευρὰν προσάγομεν, παρὰ τὸ ἐγγε[γλ]ύφθαι ὅ ἐστι κεκοιλάνθαι.  —A2

TRANSLATION:  ‘Gluphidas’ (‘notches’), the clefts of the arrow in which we insert the bowstring, derived from its having been chiseled in (verb ‘gluphō’), that is, hollowed out.

REF. SYMBOL: A2       POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   From Photius γ 153, Suda γ 321, or Lex. Segueriana, Anecdota Gr. Bachmann, I.185,32–186,2.   


Or. 274.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: γλυφὶς ἡ ἐκκωπὴ τοῦ βέλους, παρὰ τὸ ἐγγεγλύφθαι ὅ ἐστι κοιλάν⟨θ⟩αι, καὶ ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ κίονος, παρὰ τὸ γλάπτω γλαφὶς καὶ γλυφὶς. καὶ τὸ γλυφικὸν ἐργαλεῖον.  —B4

TRANSLATION:  ‘Gluphis’ is the notching of the arrow, derived from its having been chiseled in (verb ‘gluphō’), that is, hollowed out, and the head of a column, dervied from ‘glaptō’ (‘scrape, engrave’), (whence) ‘glaphis’ and ‘gluphis’. And (there is also the term) ‘gluphikon ergaleion’ (‘sculpture workshop’).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   γλάπτο B4    |    κλυφὶς B4   |   

COMMENT:   Cf. ps.-Zonaras 440,18–22 (which also has the same corruption κοιλάναι) and Et. Magn. s.v. γλυφίς.   


Or. 274.15 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένας⟩: ἐξερχομένας  —MlZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένας⟩: πεμπομένας  —GZb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 274.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένας⟩: κινουμένας  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένας⟩: τεινομένας ἐλκομένας  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένας⟩: τὰς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 275.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: πρὸς τὰς Ἐριννύας  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 275.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: θαυμαστικὸν καὶ ἐκπληκτικὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 275.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐπίρρημα ἐφεκτικόν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:   Adverb expressive of blocking/stopping.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐφετικόν XaY   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,23

COMMENT:   See on 145.01.   


Or. 275.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐκφευκτικὸν ἐπίρρημα  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 275.05 (vet exeg) τί δῆτα μέλλετ’· ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα: στιγμὴ εἰς τὸ μέλλετε.  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Punctuation after ‘mellete’.

LEMMA: MC(μέλετ’), τί δῆτα μέλλετε BPr(μέλετε)       REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   στιγμὴ] στῶ μὴ Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλετε CPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,14–15; Dind. II.97,24


Or. 275.06 (rec paraphr) τί δῆτα μέλλετε:  1ὦ Ἐρινύες τί βραδύνετε·  2τὰ ἄκρα καταλαμβάνετε τοῦ ἀέρος καὶ παίετε τὸν αἰθέρα.   —MlMnaMnbSSa

TRANSLATION:   O Erinyes, why do you delay? Occupy the heights of the air, and strike the ether.

LEMMA: ἂ ἂ τί δῆτα μέλλετε Mn(μέλλεται)Sa       POSITION: s.l. except Mna      

APP. CRIT.:   2 after ἄκρα add. τοῦ αἰθέρος Mna, but deleted   |    τὸν ἀέρα Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννύες MnaMnbSa   |    βραδύνεται MlMnaMnb   |    2 ‑λαμβάνεται Ml(-λαβάν- a.c.), a.c. Mna   |    παίεται MlS   |   


Or. 275.07 (rec gloss) ⟨τί δῆτα μέλλετε⟩: Ἐριννύες  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 275.08 (vetMosch gloss) ⟨μέλλετ’⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ βραδύνετε  —MV3AaCrPrROxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZuB3a

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] M, καὶ CrOx, om. others   |    βραδύνετε p.c. Aa (first letters rewritten, a.c. uncertain), βραδύνεται V3, s.l. Zu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,3


Or. 275.09 (vet paraphr) ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα:  τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς εἰς τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος πέτεσθε καὶ μέμφεσθε τὰ λόγια τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ μὴ ἐμέ.  —MBVCMlMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The whole sense is: fly to the heights of the ether and reproach the oracles of Apollo and not me.

LEMMA: VMl(ἐξακριβήσετ’)MnRb, ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰ S(incomplete)       REF. SYMBOL: VMl       POSITION: cont. from 275.05 MBCPrSa, follows next Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς om. VMlMnRaRbSSa   |    εἰς τὰ κτλ mostly washed out, perhaps part om. Ra   |    ἀπόλλωνος] ἡλίου V   |    at end add. μέμφεσθε V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐξῆς MC   |    πέτεσθαι MlPr   |    μέμφεσθαι Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,15–16; Dind. II.97,24–98,2


Or. 275.10 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος καταλαμβάνετε.  —MaMbCaCbORaZu

TRANSLATION:   Occupy the heights of the ether.

LEMMA: C       POSITION: s.l. except MaCaRa; cont. from prev. Ma, precedes prev. Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Mb, ἀντὶ prep. Cb   |    τὸ ἄκρον Zu   |    καταλ. τοῦ αἰθ. transp Zu   |    λαμβάνετε O, perhaps Ra(mostly washed out)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καταλαμβάνεται Zu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,17; Dind. II.98,4


Or. 275.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: τῶν ἄκρων τοῦ αἰθέρος ἐπιλαμβάνεσθε καὶ πέτεσθε εἰς τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος. —V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν ἄκρων] changed to τὸ ἄκρον by V3   

COMMENT:   See also 275.22.   


Or. 275.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: βαίνετε εἰς τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ αἰθέρος, ἢ δι’ ἄκρων πτερῶν αἰθέρα λαμβάνετε.  —PrRf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   βαίνετε transp. after αἰθέρος Rf   |    ἢ κτλ om. Rf   


Or. 275.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος πέτεσθε ἢ διὰ τῶν ἄκρων πτερῶν καταλαμβάνετε τὸν αἰθέρα  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 275.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: εἰς τὸν ἄκρον αἰθέρα φθάσατε.  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 275.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: καὶ εἰς τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ αἰθέρος πορεύεσθε.  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 275.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: εἰς ἄκρον (?)αἰθέρος/ἀέρος(?) ἴτε.  —B3c

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Extremely faint and sloppy, damaged; check original B.   |   


Or. 275.17 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: πτερωτὰς δὲ καὶ οὗτος τὰς Ἐρινύας ὑπέθετο. —MBVCMlMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   This one too (Orestes) assumed that the Erinyes are winged. (or: This one too (the poet) posited that the Erinyes are winged.)

POSITION: cont. from sch. 275.10 MC, from 275.05 BPr, from 275.09 VMlRb, from 275.06 MnSSa; marg. Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ καὶ οὗτος] om. Rb, δὲ οὗτος Pr, δὲ VMnSSa, καὶ Ml   |    ὑποτίθεται BPr, ἐπέθετο MlMnRbSSa, καλεῖ ἐπιθέτως Ra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὔτως M   |    ἐριννύας MnPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,18; Dind. II.98,2

COMMENT:   Starting in the third quarter of the 5th cent. there are both winged and unwinged depictions of the Erinyes in vase painting. Aesch. Eum. 51 calls them ἄπτεροι, but Groeneboom pointed out that this condition could have been necessitated by the practicality of costuming the chorus. But what other character or poet did the commentator have in mind by saying ‘this one too’? If a character is meant, it may be an internal reference to the fact that the chorus makes them winged in lines 316–322. If a poet is meant, the most likely possibility is Homer. Although the Homeric ἠεροφοῖτις Ἐρινύς has a well-established explanation as ‘traveling invisibly in mist’, in sch. Or. 322.01 the commentator points to this Homeric phrase right after noting that the Erinyes are winged, and some later Greek authors treated the word as ‘flying through the sky’: ps.-Phocylides 171 (of a bee); Sch. Opp. Hal. 3.166 ἠερόφοιτα· ἀέρι πετόμενα; and Nonnus uses both ἠεροφοίτης and ἠερόφοιτος as ‘traveling through the air/sky’.   


Or. 275.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’⟩: [ἀντὶ] τοῦ πέτεσθε  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 275.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’⟩: {γρ.} λαμβάνετε —Ab

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 275.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’⟩: βαίνετε  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 275.21 (mosch paraphr) ἐξακρίζετε: εἰς τὸν ἄκρον αἰθέρα τρέχετε.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: T       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. T   |    ἄκρον om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,4–5


Or. 275.22 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’⟩: ἤγουν τῶν ἄκρων τοῦ ἀέρος ἐπιλαμβάνεσθε.  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. T   |    αἰθέρος ZZa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,6

COMMENT:   Apparently derived from 275.11.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Z washed out, but most of it confirmed by autopsy.   |   


Or. 275.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’⟩: ἀκρότατον πάντων ὁ αἰθὴρ, ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου δὲ αἰθέρος ἐξακρίζετε ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ αἰθέρος φεύγετε μακράν.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   The ether is the highest of all things, and based on(?) (the notion of) the lofty ether, ‘exakrizete’ is equivalent to ‘flee far off into the high point of the ether’.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπὸ] read ἐπὶ?   

COMMENT:   It is far from clear that the translation suggested above for ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου δὲ αἰθέρος is legitimate. Emending to ἐπὶ would produce instead ‘and because (used) in application to the lofty ether … ’ (not very convincing either).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross in front.   |   


Or. 275.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’⟩: ἀκρίζω τὸ ἄκρον κόπτω.  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,3

COMMENT:   Cf. Suda α 983.; Dindorf reports this from Arsenius (add. δὲ).   


Or. 275.25 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰθέρα⟩: ἀέρα  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 275.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰθέρα⟩: εἰς  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 275.27 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨αἰθέρα⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 276.01 (rec gloss) ⟨πτεροῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῖς om. Sa   


Or. 276.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πτεροῖς⟩: [δ]ιὰ πτερῶν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 276.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὰ Φοίβου δ’ αἰτιᾶσθε θέσφατα⟩: τὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος μέμφεσθε μαντεύματα, τὰ λόγια, καὶ μὴ ἐμέ.  —Ra

REF. SYMBOL: Ra (at θέσφατα)       POSITION: in lower margin      


Or. 276.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰ Φοίβου δ’ αἰτιᾶσθε θέσφατα⟩: μέμφεσθε τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος τὰ μαντεύματα.  —Aa

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 276.05 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰ Φοίβου δ’ αἰτιᾶσθε θέσφατα⟩:  1τὸ τὰ Φοίβου θέσφατα αἰτιᾶσθε λέγει·  2καὶ γὰρ ἄνωθεν εἶπεν ὅταν ἀπῄτει τὴν Ἠλέκτραν τὰ τόξα ὡς Ἀπόλλων αὐτῷ ἐπέταξε μάχεσθαι Ἐριννύσι τοῖς τόξοις.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   He says ‘blame the oracles of Phoebus’; for in fact above he said, when he was asking Electra for the bow and arrow, that Apollo commanded him to fight the Erinyes with the bow and arrow.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm       POSITION: in Zb on 38v (ending at 275 ἆ ἆ; 276 itself was on lost bifolium containing Or. 275–367)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ … λέγει om. ZmGu   |    θέσφατα] κελεύσματα Zb, θέσφατα ἤγουν κελεύσματα T   |    2 ὅτε Za   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἠλέκτρα Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,7–9


Or. 276.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τὰ τοῦ Φοίβου⟩: τὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος  —AbCrF2MlMnSOx

POSITION: s.l. (repeated above 274 τόξων CrOx)      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ τοῦ om. AbF2; ἤγουν τοῦ Ox (both instances), καὶ τοῦ Cr (both instances)   |   


Or. 276.07 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰτιᾶσθε⟩: μέμψασθε  —ORa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σθαι O   


Or. 276.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨αἰτιᾶσθε⟩: μέμφεσθε  —AbCrF2MlMnRSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X; repeated above 275 γλυφίδας CrOx      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx (both instances CrOx)   |    μέμφετε Ab, μέμφεται Ml   |   


Or. 276.09 (thom gloss) ⟨αἰτιᾶσθε⟩: αἴτια ἡγεῖσθε  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σθαι Zm a.c.   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,7


Or. 276.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨θέσφατα⟩: τὰ λόγια καὶ μὴ ἐμέ  —ORa

POSITION: s.l. O; cont. from sch. 276.07 Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ om. O   


Or. 276.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨θέσφατα⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ θεοῦ μαντεύματα  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 276.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨θέσφατα⟩: μαντεύματα  —AbCrFMlMnRfOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuB3a

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu, καὶ τὰ prep. CrFOx   |    μαντεύεται Ml   


Or. 276.13 (rec gloss) ⟨θέσφατα⟩: μαντεῖα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 276.14 (thom gloss) ⟨θέσφατα⟩: κελεύσματα  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu      


Or. 277.01 (vet exeg) ἔα: ἐκπληκτικὸν ἢ θαυμαστικὸν ἐπίρρημα τὸ ἔα.  —MVCMlMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Eā’ is an adverb expressive of astonishment or wonder.

LEMMA: VCRb      REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. MMnS, marg. Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμπληκτ‑ S, ἐκπλητ- Ml   |    ἢ] καὶ MlMnS, om. Sa   |    τὸ ἐπίρρ. MnRaRbSa   |    τὸ ἔα om. VMlMnRaRbSSa   |    at end add. δὲ τὴν ἅλην Rb [conflation from sch. 277.11]   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπίερή() with horizontal stroke over eta Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,19; Dind. II.98,10

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 277.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrB4

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ] ἐπίρρημα Gr   

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 277.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 277.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐπίρρημα ἐφεκτικόν  —G

TRANSLATION:   Adverb expressive of blocking/stopping.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Compare 275.03. It is possible that G has misplaced the annotation here accidentally, but the transfer could also be deliberate.   


Or. 277.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: θαυμαστικὸν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.06 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔα⟩: φεῦ —ZZaZmTGuAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: νῦν ἦλθεν εἰς αἴσθησιν.  —FGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   Now he has come to (true) awareness.

POSITION: s.l. GuOx2, marg. F      

APP. CRIT.:   νῦν om. GuOx2   


Or. 277.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐλθὼν εἰς ἑαυτὸν καὶ γνωρίσας οἷα πάσχει λέγει εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἔα θαυμαστ⟨ικ⟩ὸν.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Having come to his senses and realized what is happening to him, he addresses to himself ‘eā’ as an exclamation of amazement.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 277.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἄφες  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.10 (vet paraphr) τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω: διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἀδημονῶ;  —MBOC

LEMMA: MC       POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ποῖαν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,20; Dind. II.98,11


Or. 277.11 (vet exeg) τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω:  1τί τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ τίς ἡ νόσος αὕτη, καθ’ ἃ ἀδημονῶ καὶ ἠπόρημαι;  2παρὰ τὴν ἄλην [Hom. Il. 5.352]· ‘ἡ δ’ ἀλύουσ’ ἀπεβήσετο’.   —MBVCMlMnPraRbSSa, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   What is the matter and what it this sickness, because of which I am distressed and left in confusion? (The verb ‘aluō’ is) derived from the noun ‘alē’ (‘wandering, distraction’): (Homer uses this verb:) ‘and she in sore distress went off’.

LEMMA: BVPr, τί χρῆμ’ Rb, τί χρῆμα MlMnSSa, ἄλλως C      REF. SYMBOL: BVMlRb      POSITION: s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ om. Rb   |    1–2 καθ’ ἃ κτλ om. Prb   |    1 καθ’ ἣν MlMnSSa   |    ἠπόρημαι καὶ ἀδημονῶ transp. BPra   |    2 περὶ VCMlPr   |    τὴν ἄλλην MV(om. τὴν)CPra, τῶν ἄλλων MlMnSSa   |    ἡ δ’ … ἀπεβήσετο om. VMlMnSSa   |    ἀπεβήσατο CPra   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πράγμα M   |    αὔτη Mn   |    καθὰ MCPraRb   |    2 ἅλην BRb   |    ἦ δ’ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,21–22; Dind. II.98,11–13

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 277.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω⟩: διὰ τί ἀδημονῶ; τί ἄρα ἔχω;  —Y2

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 277.08      


Or. 277.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω⟩: τίς ἡ νόσος μου;  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.14 (rec gloss) ⟨τί χρῆμ’⟩: διὰ τί πρᾶγμα  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τί χρῆμ’⟩: καὶ διὰ ποῖον πρᾶγμα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.16 (rec gloss) ⟨τί χρῆμ’⟩: διὰ τί  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τί χρῆμ’⟩: ὑπάρχει τοῦτο  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.18 (mosch gloss) ⟨τί χρῆμ’⟩: τί ἐστι τὸ πρᾶγμα;  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 277.19 (rec gloss) ⟨χρῆμ’⟩: πρᾶγμα ἐστὶ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.20 (rec gloss) ⟨χρῆμ’⟩: πρᾶγμα  —AbF2Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ prep. Zc   


Or. 277.21 (thom exeg) ⟨χρῆμα⟩: τοῦτο τὸ κατ’ ἐμέ  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.22 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἐξηπόρημαι, παρὰ τὴν ἄλ{λ}ην.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   I have been left at a loss; (the verb is) derived from ‘alē’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐξ(ης) πόρημα M   |    πε(ρὶ) C   


Or. 277.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἀπορῶ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἀδημονῶ  —V1AbCrKMlMnRfrSSaOxZaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀδημον S, ἀδυμονῶ Mn   |   


Or. 277.25 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἀδημονῶ διὰ τὰ προσόντα μοι κακά.  —ZZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.26 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἐν ἀμηχανίᾳ εἰμί.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: λυπῶ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἀλύω σημ(αίνει) τό ἀδημονῶ δυσχεραίνω ἀθυμῶ ἀπορῶ.  —A2

REF. SYMBOL: A2       POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Cf. Hesych. α 3320 ἀλύω· ἀδημονῶ ἀθυμῶ; Et. Gen. s.v. ἀλύσκω: τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀλύω ἢ τὸ ἀδημονῶ σημαίνει καὶ ἀπορῶ; Sch. Thom. Aesch. Se. 391m: ἀλύων] ἀδημονῶν, δυσχεραίνων ὅτιπερ οὐκ ἐᾷ ὁ μάντις περᾶν.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Partly obscure; check original A.   |   


Or. 277.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἀλύει ἀδη[μο]νεῖ δυσ[χε]ραίνει ἀθυ[μ]εῖ ἀπορεῖ [καὶ] τὸ χαίρω ἐνίοτε.  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   δυσ[χε]ρένει B4   |   

COMMENT:   From Suda α 1427.   |   


Or. 277.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πνεῦμ’ ἀνεὶς ἐκ πλευμόνων⟩:  1μαινόμενος γὰρ μεγάλα ἄσθματα ἀπετέλει.  2ὡς ὅτε λέγεται κοινῶς λαφύσσει τις ὅταν τρέχῃ ἢ ὅταν πάσχῃ.  3ἐκ δὲ τοῦ πνεύμονος ἐξέρχεται τὸ πνεῦμα·  4σπογγοειδὴς γάρ ἐστι,  5καὶ τὸ μὲν καθαρώτατον πνεῦμα δέχεται, τὸ δὲ λιγνυῶδες ἀποπέμπει ἔξω.  6διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὅταν φθάσωσι καὶ φραγῶσιν ὀπαὶ, οὐδὲν δύναται ἀναπνεῦσαι ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὡς θέλει.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   For, being in state of madness, he was drawing great breaths. Just as when it is said in common parlance that someone gulps (air) when he runs or when he suffers. The breath comes out of the lung; for (the lung) is sponge-like. And it takes in the purest breath, but sends back out the polluted breath. And because of this indeed whenever the openings manage to become closed, a person cannot catch his breath as he wishes.

APP. CRIT.:   3 πνεύματος a.c. Y2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τίς Y2   |    5 λιγνιῶδες Y2   |   

COMMENT:   No similar passage has been found in TLG.   


Or. 277.31 (rec gloss) ⟨πνεῦμ’⟩: ἄσθμα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.32 (thom gloss) ⟨πνεῦμ’⟩: πνοὴν  —ZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.33 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀνεὶς⟩: πέμπων  —VAbFPrRSaZZaZu

POSITION: s.l., except Pr under the line      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FZu   


Or. 277.34 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀνεὶς⟩: ἀναπέμπων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πνεῦμα prep. G   

COLLATION NOTES:   For T, I have counted the cross before 277.26 as also applying to ἀναπέμπων, which follows closely on εἰμί.   |   


Or. 277.35 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνεὶς⟩: καὶ ἀποπέμπων —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.36 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀνεὶς⟩: πέμψας  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.37 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνεὶς⟩: ἐνδούς, πέμπων, ὅ ἐστι λειφθεὶς τῶν φρενῶν μου  —MlSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Sa       POSITION: s.l. S, marg. Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ληφθεὶς S   |   

COMMENT:   (Addendum in release 1.1) This note should have the lemma πλεῦμ’ ἀνεὶς and should appear after 237.30.   


Or. 277.38 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνεὶς⟩: ἀναδοὺς  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.39 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνεὶς⟩: ἀφεὶς  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.40 (rec artGloss) ⟨πνευμόνων⟩: τῶν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 278.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ποῖ ποῖ⟩: ποῦ ποῦ  —AbMlMnSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Ox   |    ποῦ once AbOx   


Or. 278.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πῆ πῆ⟩: ποῖ ποῖ  —Zm

LEMMA: thus in text p.c. Zm       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 278.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ποθ’⟩: ἆρα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 278.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ποθ’⟩: καὶ πότε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 278.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἡλάμεσθα⟩: ἐπηδήσαμεν  —AaCrMlMnPrRSSaOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrPrOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπιδήσαμεν XOx, ἐπιπηδήσαμεν Sa, ἐπειδήσαμεν Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,22


Or. 278.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡλάμεσθα⟩: ἐπηδοῦμεν  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This is a Byzantine vernacular form rather than a corruption of ἐπηδῶμεν.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 278.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡλάμεσθα⟩: πηδῶμεν  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 278.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡλάμεσθα⟩: ἢ ἐπλανώμεθα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 278.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡλάμεσθα⟩: πεπλανήμεθα  —KRf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπλανήμεθα K   


Or. 278.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ἡλάμεσθα⟩: ἐπλανήθημεν  —ZZaZmTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,22


Or. 278.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡλάμεσθα⟩: ἀπήλθομεν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 278.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ἡλάμεσθα⟩: ἐκινήθημεν  —ZZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,22


Or. 278.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡλάσμεσθα⟩: ἀπηλαυνόμεθα  —Zu

LEMMA: Zu       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 278.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡλάσμεσθα⟩: ἐλαυνόμεθα  —Gu

APP. CRIT.:   ἠλαυνόμεθα Dindorf (without note)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,22–23


Or. 278.15 (rec artGloss) ⟨δεμνίων⟩: τῶν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.01 (vet exeg) ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖθις αὖ γαλήν’ ὁρῶ:  1κεκωμῴδηται ὁ στίχος διὰ Ἡγέλοχον τὸν ὑποκριτήν·  2οὐ γὰρ φθάσαντα διελεῖν τὴν συναλοιφὴν ἐπιλείψαντος τοῦ πνεύματος τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις τὴν γαλῆν δόξαι λέγειν τὸ ζῷον, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ τὰ γαληνά.  3πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν αὐτὸ διέπαιξαν τῶν κωμικῶν, Ἀριστοφάνης ⟨ … ⟩ καὶ Στράττις ἐν Ἀνθρωπορέστῃ [Strattis fr. 1 K–A (Kock)]·
      4‘καὶ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων οὐκ ἐμέλησέ μοι μελῶν,
      5Εὐριπίδου δὲ δρᾶμα δεξιώτατον
      6διέκναισ’ Ὀρέστην, Ἡγέλοχον τὸν Κυντάρου
      7μισθωσάμενος τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἐπῶν λέγειν’.
8καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις παίζων φησί [Strattis fr. 63 K–A (60 Kock)]·
      9‘A: γαλήν’ ὁρῶ. B: ποῖ πρὸς θεῶν, ποῖ ποῖ γαλῆν;
      10A: γαληνά. B: ἐγὼ δ’ ᾤμην σε γαλῆν λέγειν ὁρῶ’.
11καὶ Σαννυρίων ἐν Δανάῃ [Sannyrion fr. 8 K–A (Kock)]·
      12‘τί οὖν γενόμενος εἰς ὀπὴν ἐνδύσομαι·
      13ζητητέον. φέρ’ εἰ γενοίμην ⟨ ‒ ⟩ γαλῆ·
      14ἀλλ’ Ἡγέλοχος ⟨εὐθύς⟩ με μηνύσειεν ⟨ἂν⟩
      15ὁ τραγικὸς ἀνακράγοι τ’ ἂν {εὐθὺς} εἰσιδὼν μέγα·
      16ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖθις αὖ γαλῆν ὁρῶ’.
       —MBCPr, partial VKRw

TRANSLATION:   The verse has been the butt of ridicule in comedy because of Hegelochus the actor. For (the story goes that) when he did not manage to express the division of the elision (‘galēn’ for ‘galēna’) because he ran out of breath, he seemed to the audience to be saying ‘galēn’ (‘weaselÆ), the animal, and not ‘galēna’ (‘calm conditions’). Accordingly many of the comic poets made a joke of it, such as Aristophanes ⟨lacuna: in Frogs 303–304?⟩ and Strattis in Anthroporestes: ‘I did not care about the other songs, / but he mutilated a very clever drama by Euripides, / Orestes, when he hired Hegelochus son of Cyntarus / to speak the first actor’s verses’. And in other lines he says in jest: ‘A: I see calm conditions (‘galēn’). B: Where, in the name of the gods, where, where do you see a weasel (‘galēn’)? / A: Calm conditions (‘galēna’). B: I thought you were saying “I see a weasel”.’ And Sannyrion in Danae: ‘What then shall I turn myself into to get into the chink-hole? / I have to think of an answer. Come, what if I should turn into a weasel? / But Hegelochus would right off inform against me, / the tragic actor, and he would cry out aloud when he spotted me: / “For after stormy seas I see again a weasel”.’

LEMMA: V(γαλῆν’), ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖθις γαλήν’ ὁρῶ MC, ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖ γαλήνην ὁρῶ Rw, αὖθις αὖ γαλήν’ ὁρῶ B, αὖθις γαλήν’ ὁρῶ Pr; label ἠγέλοχος add. in marg. B4      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   3–16 πολλοὶ μὲν κτλ om. K   |    3 οὖν om. Rw   |    ταῖς κωμικαῖς Rw   |    ἀριστ. δὲ καὶ Pr   |    στράγις VRw, στρα with blank space after alpha Pr   |    ἀνθρωποραίστῃ B (as in Arsenius), whence Schw. followed Matt., Dind., Meineke, and Kock in printing Ἀνθρωπορραίστῃ (an epithet of Dionysus)   |    4 ἠμέλησε Pr   |    5 εὐριπίδης B   |    6 διέκναισ’] δι’ αἰκνες V, διέκρινας Rw   |    ὀρέστῃ B, ὀρέστη CPr, ὀρέστην ἢ VRw   |    κύντρ (= κύντερον) VRw; Κιννάρου Bentley ClJ 12 (1815) 105, Κυννάρου Dindorf, Κυττάρου Kaibel   |    9 ποῖ πρὸς] ποῖ ποῖ πρὸς MBCPr   |    θεῶν] θεόν MC   |    9–10 ποῖ ποῖ … γαληνά om. Pr   |    9 after ποῖ ποῖ add. χρῆ με παρὰ τὸ θέλημα ποιεῖν VRw   |    10 σε … ὁρῶ] σε λέγειν γαλῆν ὁρῶ Bentley, γαλῆν λέγειν σ’ ὁρᾶν Dindorf   |    σε … λέγειν] ὁ … λέγων Pr   |    ὁρᾶν Pr, ὁρᾶς VRw   |    11–16 καὶ σαννυρίων κτλ om. VRw   |    11 ἐν δανάη Pr (as in Arsenius), ἐν θανάῃ MBC   |    13 φέρων MC   |    ⟨νῦν⟩ γαλῆ Dobree (P. P. Adversaria, Cambridge 1833, II.168), ⟨ἂν⟩ γαλῆ or ⟨δὴ⟩ γαλῆ Kassel, μυγαλῆ anonymous in Dind.   |    14 ἀγήλαχός Pr   |    εὐθὺς suppl. Schwartz, οὗτος suppl. Bergk 1838 and Dindorf, both transposing from next line   |    μήνυεν MC, μὴ νόσειεν Pr   |    ἂν suppl. Bergk   |    15 ὁ στρατηγικὸς Pr   |    εὐθὺς] MC (del. Schw.), οὗτος BPr, del. Bergk (and Dind., who believed that οὗτος was also in M)   |    εἰσίδην ἢ C, εἰσὶ δ’ ἢ M (acc. to Schw.; eta and its grave accent not now visible), εἰς ἐχθροὺς Arsen. (and eds. before Dind.)   |    16 αὖ om. MPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἠγέλοχον BVPr, without breathing sign M [KRw illegible from damage]   |    2 συναλιφὴν MBC, app. K   |    τοῖς] τῆς app. Rw   |    τὴν γαλὴν MVCPr   |    3 διέπεξαν M   |    5 δράμα VCPr   |    6 ἠγέλοχον BVPrRw   |    9 γαλήν’] Bentley, γαλήν M, γαλῆν B, γαλὴν VCRw   |    γαλῆν] γαλὴν VCRw, γαλήν’ M   |    10 γαληνά] γαλῆνα MVRw   |    δ’] δὲ MBVCPr   |    γαλῆν] γαλὴν VCPrRw, γαλήν M   |    11 σαννιρίων Pr   |    13 γαλή MCPr   |    16 γαλῆν’ B, γαλὴν’ C, γαλὴν M, γαλήν’ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,23–127,17; Dind. II.98,24–100.3

COMMENT:   For 6 τὰ πρῶτα λέγειν K–A compare Dem. 19.246 τὰ τρίτα λέγων, of Aeschines as third actor.   |   For other versions of the story of Hegelochus, see the many scholia on Arist. Ran. 303.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes   |   Strattis   |   Sannyrion   


Or. 279.02 (pllgn exeg) 1κεκωμωδεῖται ὁ στίχος παρὰ Ἀριστοφάνους καὶ ἑτέρων·  2οὐ φθάσας γὰρ διελεῖν τὴν συναλοιφὴν ἐπιλείψαντος τοῦ πνεύματος τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις τὴν γαλὴν δοκεῖν λέγειν τὸ ζῷον, οὐ τὰ γαληνά.   —V3

TRANSLATION:   The verse has been the butt of ridicule in comedy on the part of Aristophanes and others. For (he story goes) when he did not manage to express the division of the elision (‘galēn’ ’ for ‘galēna’, ‘calm conditions’) because he ran out of breath, he seemed to the audience to be saying ‘galēn’ (‘weasel’), the animal, and not ‘galēna’ (‘calm conditions’).

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀκροομένοις V3   


Or. 279.03 (rec paraphr) καὶ ἐκ τοῦ κλύδωνος τῆς μανίας μετετράπου εἰς ὑγιεινοτέραν κατάστασιν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   From the sea-swell of madness you have shifted to a more healthy state.

COMMENT:   The commentator must have believed that a speech of Electra begins at 279 rather than 280 (where it begins in Pr and many others).   |   


Or. 279.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γαλήν’ ὁρῶ⟩: ἤγουν ἐκ τῆς μανίας ἐγενόμην εἰς αἴσθησιν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἐκ τῶν ὀχλήσεων  —CrMnSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἐκ τῶν om. Mn   


Or. 279.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: τῶν τῆς μανίας  —V3Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps ἐκ prep. Aa (damage)   


Or. 279.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἐκ τῶν τῆς μανίας ζαλῶν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ τοῦ τῆς μανίας κλύδωνος  —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘From waves’,) that is, from the billowing wave of madness.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Gu   


Or. 279.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῶν κλυδισμάτων τῆς μανίας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   κλύδισμα is not currently present in the TLG (nor is the corresponding verb in ‑ιζω). On unusual glosses in Zu, see Prelim. Stud. 66.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 279.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῶν τρικυμιῶν τῶν τῆς μανίας  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἐκ τῶν μανιωδῶν λυσσημάτων  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.12 (rec gloss) ⟨κυμάτων⟩: τῶν ταραχῶν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.13 (rec gloss) ⟨κυμάτων⟩: κλυδώνων  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κυμάτων⟩: κλυδωνισμῶν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὖθις αὖ⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 279.16 (rec exeg) ⟨γαλήν’ ὁρῶ⟩: γρ. γαλήνην ὁρῶ  —Ab

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   γαλήνην ὁρῶ is found in the lemma of 279.01 in Rw.   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 279.17 (rec exeg) ⟨γαλήν’⟩: τινὲς γαλῆν γράφουσι, λέγοντες ὡς ὅτε τὸ δρᾶμα ἀνεγίνωσκε ὁ ποιητὴς γαλῆν κρατῶν, ταύτην ἀπέλυσε μέσον.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Some choose the reading ‘galēn’, saying that when the poet was reading the play aloud while holding a weasel, he released it in the midst (of doing this).

POSITION: between sch. 286.02 and sch. 294.01      

APP. CRIT.:   γαλὴν (both places) Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δράμα Pr   |   

COMMENT:   Perhaps ⟨εἰς⟩ μέσον, ‘into the open’, should be read.   |   


Or. 279.18 (rec gloss) ⟨γαλήν’⟩: γαληνῶς  —KSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γαλήν’⟩: πῶς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.20 (recMosch gloss) ⟨γαλήν’⟩: γαληνά  —AbMlMnRSXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZu

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 279.21 (recThom gloss) ⟨γαλήν’⟩: ἥσυχα  —CrPrOxZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 279.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: βλέπω —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 280.01 (pllgn exeg) σκόπ(ει)· τὰ πάντα ὁ Ὀρέστης φησὶ κἂν καὶ Ἠλέκτρα φαίνεται.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Observe: Orestes speaks everything, even though Electra appears (to be speaking).

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The comment reacts to the incorrect assignment of 280 to Electra, and there is extra ink on the personae nota here in V, not easy to notice but probably meant to cancel it. Note that in Z the pers. notae at 280 and 281 have been erased, and there is also a brief erased or damaged marginal note beside them, not now recoverable: it may have commented on the problem.   |   


Or. 280.02 (rec gloss) ⟨σύγγονε⟩: ἀδελφέ  —CrSarOxYfGr, p.c. Y

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Sar, καὶ ὦ prep. CrOx   


Or. 280.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨σύγγονε⟩: ἀδελφή  —XXaXbXoT+GAa2, a.c. Y

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ prep. Aa2   


Or. 280.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύγγονε⟩: ὦ αὐταδέλφη  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 280.05 (thom exeg) ⟨σύγγονε⟩: πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν  —ZZaZmGu

TRANSLATION:  Addressed to Electra (after the self-addressed lines that precede).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 280.06 (tri gloss) ⟨σύγγονε⟩: Ἠλέκτρα  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 280.07 (rec artGloss) ⟨σύγγονε⟩:  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 280.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί κλάεις κρᾶτα⟩: διὰ τί κλαίεις τὸ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Apparently the comment takes κρᾶτα as the object of κλάεις rather than θεῖσ’ (κρᾶτα is to be added to the paraphrase from the line below). Another gloss in Aa (280.17) perhaps takes this view as well.   


Or. 280.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τί⟩: διὰ τί  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |   


Or. 280.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κλάεις⟩: θρηνεῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 280.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κλάεις⟩: Ἀττικόν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 280.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨κρᾶτα⟩: τὴν  —AbRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 280.13 (recMosch artGloss) ⟨κρᾶτα⟩: τὸ  —KXXXaXbTYGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ κρᾶτα X   


Or. 280.14 (mosch gloss) ⟨κρᾶτα⟩: τὴν κεφαλὴν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from prev. X)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxYf   |    κεφαλὴν X2 in erasure   


Or. 280.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨θεῖσ’ εἴσω πέπλων⟩: καὶ κρύψας ἐντὸς τῶν ἱματίων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐντὸς τῶν ἱματίων om. Cr   


Or. 280.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεῖσ’⟩: καὶ ἐμβαλοῦσα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 280.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεῖσ’⟩: †βα  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   βα is written above the line (not quite as high as other glosses) a little before the theta, so βαθεῖσα seems to be one possible interpretation of what was intended (if so, κρᾶτα is no longer the object of θεῖσ’: see on 280.08). But aorist passive forms from ‑βαθην are found only in compounds, so such a simplex form would be anomalous. Instead, this may result from a misunderstanding of truncate βαλ() or β()λ(), standing for βαλοῦσα.   |   


Or. 280.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέπλων⟩: ἱματίων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 280.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨πέπλων⟩: τῶν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 281.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: καὶ ἐντρέπομαι  —CrOxYf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,10


Or. 281.02 (thom exeg) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: ἴσθι ὅτι ἐγὼ μᾶλλον  —Z2Za

TRANSLATION:  (To convey the connection of thought, understand ‘I am ashamed’ as) ‘know that I am very much (ashamed)’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 281.03 (tri metr) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 281.04 (tri exeg) ⟨σε⟩: σοι  —Tz

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 281.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σοι⟩: σε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 281.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μεταδιδοὺς⟩: παρέχων  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 281.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨μεταδιδοὺς⟩: μετέχειν διδούς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,10–11


Or. 281.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεταδιδοὺς⟩: μεταλαμβάνων  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 282.01 (rec gloss) ὄχλον: ταραχὴν  —AaAbF2MlMnRaSSarZu

LEMMA: Ra       POSITION: s.l. except Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 282.02 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὄχλον⟩: ὄχλησιν  —V3KMlMnPrRaSSarOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZmT*2B3a

POSITION: s.l. except Ra (cont. from prev.)      

APP. CRIT.:   ὄχλησις Z   


Or. 282.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τε⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 282.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρέχων⟩: διδοὺς —Aa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 282.05 (rec gloss) ⟨παρθένῳ⟩: oὔσῃ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 282.06 (rec gloss) ⟨παρθένῳ⟩: σοὶ τῇ  —AbMlMnRSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   add. παρθέν(ῳ) R   

COLLATION NOTES:   Sa very faint.   |   


Or. 282.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨παρθένῳ⟩: σοὶ  —AaCrFGMnRfOxZmGu

POSITION: s.l.; Mn has this separately from prev. gloss      

APP. CRIT. 2:   σῇ Rf   


Or. 282.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨παρθένῳ⟩: τῇ  —Aa2F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 282.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρθένῳ⟩: τῇ Κλυταιμ()στ()  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Normally, this truncated name would be taken as dative Κλυταιμ(ν)ήστρᾳ, which would be an instance of unconscious substitution of one mythical name for another (such as occurs occasionally in scholia as well as in modern scholarly writing). It is less likely that the intention was τῇ Κλυταιμ(ν)ήστρας, ‘daughter of Clytemnestra’, which would be an odd way to indicate this sense when παρθένῳ rather than θυγατρὶ is the lemma.   


Or. 282.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νόσαις ἐμαῖς⟩: διὰ τῶν ἐμῶν νόσων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὸν ἐμὸν Yf   |   


Or. 282.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨νόσοις⟩: ἐν  —AaSZZmTOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 282.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐμαῖς⟩: ταῖς  —AaAbS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   παῖς Ab   


Or. 283.01 (thom gloss) ⟨μὴ⟩: τοίνυν  —Z2Za

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 283.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἕκατι⟩: ἕνεκεν  —VAaAbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |   ἕνεκα V   


Or. 283.03 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἕκατι⟩: χάριν  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZuT*CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 283.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἕκατι⟩: ἕκατι καὶ χάριν τῶν ἐμῶν κακῶν  —Aa

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 283.05 (recTri metr) ⟨ἕκατι⟩: long mark over alpha  —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 283.06 (rec gloss) ⟨συντήκου⟩: λύου  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λύει R   


Or. 283.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συντήκου⟩: ἀσθένει  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 283.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συντήκου⟩: λιποῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 283.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨συντήκου⟩: ἐν σεαυτῇ φθείρου, διαρρέου  —XXbXoT+YfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   διαρρέου om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,12


Or. 283.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συντήκου⟩: φθείρου  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 283.11 (thom gloss) ⟨συντήκου⟩: πάσχε  —ZZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,13


Or. 283.12 (thom gloss) ⟨συντήκου⟩: δαμάζου  —ZZaZmTGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,13


Or. 283.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨κακῶν⟩: ἕνεκα τῆς ἐμῆς κακοπαθείας  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 283.14 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: τῶν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 284.01 (vet exeg) σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπένευσας τάδ’, εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοί:  1ἐγὼ μὲν εἰργασάμην, σὺ δὲ ἐπένευσας.  2θέλει δὲ εἰπεῖν ὅτι οὐ μετέχεις τοῦ φόνου, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ ἔπραξας·  3διὸ οὐδὲ ὀφείλεις ἄχθεσθαι.   —MBVCMlMnRaRbRwSSa, partial OPr

TRANSLATION:   I carried out the deed, and you assented to it. He means to say that you do not have a share in the murder, since neither did you perform it. Therefore neither should you be vexed.

LEMMA: MC, σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπένευσας τάδε Sa, σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπέν() B, σὺ μὲν ἐπένευσας Pr, σὺ μὲν γὰρ MlMnRbS, εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοὶ V, εἴργασται Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVMlRb      POSITION: s.l. O      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἐγὼ … ὅτι om. O   |    1 ἐγὼ … ἐπένευσας om. Pr   |    μὲν] μὴ M, μὲν γὰρ B, μὲν δὲ Rb, δὲ Sa   |    σὺ δ’ ἐπένευσας om. Sa   |    2 θέλει] θέλεις Sa, θέλουσι V   |    οὐ] συ Ml   |    οὐδὲ] οὖν οὐκ V   |    3 διὸ om. V   |    οὐδὲ] οὐκ O   |    ὀφείλει Mn, ὀφείλ() V   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 εἱργ- Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.127,18–20; Dind. II.100,17–19


Or. 284.02 (pllgn paraphr) οὐ μετέχεις φησὶ τοῦ φόνου ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔπραξας.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 284.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπένευσας τάδ’⟩: στίξον εἰς τὸ τάδε· εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοί.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:  Punctuate after ‘these things’ before ‘(they) have been done by me’.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 284.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπένευσας⟩: κἂν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 284.05 (rec gloss) ἐπένευσας: ἤτοι συνεβουλεύσω  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 284.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἐπεύνευσας⟩: συνῄνεσας  —AaAbFMlMnRSSarXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZmT*

LEMMA: σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπεύνευσας X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   |    before συνήνεσας add. γρ(άφετ)αι Mn   |    συνήνευσας Aa, συνήνεγκας ZZa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,14

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 284.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπένευσας⟩: ἐβουλεύσω  —AaMlMnRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐβούλευσας R   


Or. 284.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπένευσας⟩: συνεβούλευσας  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,14


Or. 284.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπένευσας⟩: συγκατέθου  —AaCrMlMnRSOxZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrZuOx   |    συγκατετέθου Mn, συνγκατέθου Ml   


Or. 284.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπένευσας⟩: παρεκίνησας  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 284.11 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐπένευσας⟩: κατένευσας  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,14


Or. 284.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπένευσας⟩: καὶ συνείργησας  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,15


Or. 284.13 (mosch exeg) τάδ’: τὸ κτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘These things’ means) ‘the killing of our mother’.

LEMMA: τάδε X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,15


Or. 284.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: τὸ φονευθῆναι τὴν μητέρα  —G

TRANSLATION:  (‘These things’ means) ‘our mother’s being murdered’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 284.15 (thom exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: ἃ ἔπραξα  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘These things’ means) ‘what I carried out.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,16


Or. 284.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδ’⟩: ταῦτα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 284.17 (moschThom gloss) ⟨εἴργασται⟩: ἐπράχθη  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZmT*

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. G      

APP. CRIT.:   after ἐπράχθη add. δὲ XoG (cont. with 284.22)   


Or. 284.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴργασται⟩: καὶ ἐπράχθησαν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 284.19 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴργασται⟩: ἐφονεύθη  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 284.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴργασται⟩: γέγονε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 284.21 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐμοὶ⟩: ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. G; cont. from 284.18 XXoYfG      

APP. CRIT.:   only (ἐμ)οῦ Aa   


Or. 284.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμοὶ⟩: καὶ παρ’ ἐμοῦ  —AaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   only (ἐμ)οῦ Aa   


Or. 285.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μητρῷον αἷμα⟩: ὁ τῆς μητρὸς φόνος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ transp. after μητρὸς Zc   


Or. 285.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μητρῷον αἷμα⟩: ἤγουν ὁ μητρικὸς φόνος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 285.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μητρῷον⟩: τὸ τῆς μητρός  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 285.04 (rec exeg) ⟨μητρῷον αἷμα⟩: ποῖα ταῦτα; τὸ (μητρῷον αἷμα).  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This and the next scholion assume that τάδ’ is the subject of εἴργασται, and αἷμα is in apposition.   |   


Or. 285.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μητρῷον αἷμα⟩: λέγω  —MlMn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λέγ() Mn   


Or. 285.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨μητρῷον⟩: τὸ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 285.07 (rec gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: τουτέστι τὸν φόνον  —SB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τουτέστι τὸν om. B3a   


Or. 285.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: τὸ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 285.09 (285–287) (vet exeg) Λοξίᾳ δὲ μέμφομαι: οὐ σοὶ μέμφομαι ἀλλὰ τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, ὅτι πείσας με μητέρα φονεῦσαι οὐ βοηθεῖ.  —MBVCMlMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   I reproach not you, but Apollo, because after persuading me to kill my mother he does not come to my aid.

LEMMA: VC, λοξίᾳ δὲ MlMnRbSSa, μέμφομαι Rw, ἄλλως B(ἄλλως ι:~)Pr       REF. SYMBOL: VMlRbSa       POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ … ἀπόλλωνι] τῷ λοξίᾳ μέμφομαι ἤτοι τῷ ἀπόλλω(νι) καὶ οὐχὶ σοί BPr   |    μητ. φον.] π(ατέ)ρα φον. MC, φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα VMlMn(φωνῆσαι)PrRaRbRw(om. τὴν)SSa   |    νῦν add. before οὐ βοηθεῖ Pr   |    οὐ βοηθεῖ add. V1 in blank space left by V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σοι] σι Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,1–2; Dind. II.100,23–24, II.100.24–101,1


Or. 285.10 (285–287) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μέμφομαι⟩: πείσας με φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα ὁ Λοξίας οὐ βοηθεῖ.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μοι above end of πείσας, but deleted V3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὀ V3   |   


Or. 285.11 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ δέ μέμφομαι⟩: δοτικῇ ποιητικῶς  —Ra

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 285.12 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ δέ μέμφομαι⟩: δοτικῇ  —MlMnSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -ικὴ Mn   


Or. 285.13 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ δέ μέμφομαι⟩: δοτικῇ, παρὰ δὲ τῷ Φάλαρι [Phalaris, epist. 2] αἰτιατικῇ ὡς τὸ ‘μέμφομαι τὴν ἀχαριστίαν’.  —Pr

POSITION: first word s.l., cont. in left margin with ref. symbol      

COMMENT:   Cf. Phalaris, epist. 2 οὐ μέμφομαι τὴν ἀχαριστίαν ὑμῶν πολλάκις εὐηργετημένων, ὅτι κτλ.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Phalaris   


Or. 285.14 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ⟩: οὐ σοὶ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 285.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Λοξίᾳ⟩: τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 285.16 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ⟩: τίνι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 285.17 (rec artGloss) ⟨Λοξίᾳ⟩: τῷ  —Aa2MnSSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 285.18 (tri metr) ⟨Λοξίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 285.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέμφομαι⟩: ὀνειδίζω  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 285.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέμφομαι⟩: κατηγορῶ —Aa2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 286.01 (vet paraphr) ὅστις μ’ ἐπάρας: ἀναπτερώσας καὶ ἀναπείσας εἰς ἔργον ἀνοσιώτατον  —MVCMlMnRaRbRw

TRANSLATION:   Having made eager and persuaded toward a most unholy deed.

LEMMA: M(μεπάρας)VC, ἐπάρας MlMnRbRw       REF. SYMBOL: VMl      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. MlMn   |    καὶ om. Rw   |    ἀνατείνας C, διατείνας M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀναπτείσας Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,3–4; Dind. II.101,5–6


Or. 286.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὅστις μ’ ἐπάρας⟩: τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει τὸ ἐπάρας, ἀναπτερώσας καὶ πείσας εἰς ἔργον ἀνοσιώτατον.  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   For this is what ‘having raised up’ means (here): having made eager and persuaded toward a most unholy deed.

POSITION: cont. from 285.09 BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,3–4 app.; Dind. II.101,2–3


Or. 286.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅστις⟩: μετάκλησις, ὦ  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   A summons/address, (to be understood as) ‘o, (you who incited)’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὧ Mn   |   


Or. 286.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅστις⟩: Φοῖβος  —AaAbMlMnRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ prep. S, ἤγουν ὁ prep. Sa   


Or. 286.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: ἀναπείσας  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.101,7


Or. 286.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: ἀναπτερώσας  —Y2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 286.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: διεγείρας  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.101,6


Or. 286.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: παρακινήσας  —AaMnRRfSZZaZmZuTGu, app. Sar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.101,6


Or. 286.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: κινήσας —AbPrB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   app. κηνήσας a.c. Ab   |   


Or. 286.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: ὑψώσας καταπείσας  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.101,6–7


Or. 286.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: ποιῆσαι  —AaAbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ποιῆσας Mn   


Or. 286.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: καὶ τελειῶσαι —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐτελείωσε CrOx, final ε changed to αι by Ox2   


Or. 286.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἐπάρσας.  —MnRSar

LEMMA: ἔσπαρας in text Mn       POSITION: s.l. MnSar, marg. R      

COLLATION NOTES:   With the new online image magnified it is clear that R wrote this and not ἐπ’ ἄρας as reported by Diggle’s apparatus in the OCT.   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 286.14 (recTri metr) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: long mark over first alpha —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 286.15 (vet exeg) ἔργον ἀνοσιώτατον: ἀπειρηκὼς τῇ νόσῳ ὃ πρὶν εὐσεβὲς ᾤετο νῦν ἀνόσιον καλεῖ.  —MBOVCMlMnRaRbRwZm

TRANSLATION:   Exhausted by his sickness, that which he previously believed pious he now calls unholy.

LEMMA: MC       POSITION: intermarg. B, cont. from 287.01 VMlMnRaRbZm, cont. from sch. 286.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπειρηκὼς τῇ νόσῳ om. ORw   |    ἀπειρηκότος δὲ Ml(ἀπηρ-)MnRaRb   |    πρὶν μὲν MCRw   |    εὐσεβεὶς Ml ,perhaps corrected, εὐσεβὴς Mn   |    ἀνοσιώτατον Zm   |    ἀποκαλεῖ Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πρὴν Ml   |    ὦστο MlMn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,5–6; Dind. II.101,7–8

COLLATION NOTES:   Schw. read M as ἀσεβὲς not εὐσεβὲς, but the ductus is similar to other cases of ευ in M and not similar to the alpha in ἀσεβήσαντας in arg. 1 on 42v.   |   


Or. 286.16 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἔργον⟩: εἰς  —OFGKTB4a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 286.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔργον⟩: φόνον  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 286.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔργον⟩: τοῦ φόνου δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 286.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔργον⟩: εἰς τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 286.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνοσιώτατον⟩: μυσαρώτατον  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 286.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνοσιώτατον⟩: καὶ ἄδικον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 286.22 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀνοσιώτατον⟩: τὸ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις ηὔφρανε⟩: ὡς ὑποσχομένου τοῦ θεοῦ βοηθήσειν  —MOVCMlMnRaRb

TRANSLATION:   (He says ‘cheered with words’) because the god promised he would bring aid to him.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 286.01 all except O      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ θεοῦ ὑποσχομένου transp. O   |    βοηθῆσαι μοι V, βοηθεῖν Ml, βοήθειαν RaRb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑποσχουμένου MlRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,7; Dind. II.101,9–10


Or. 287.02 (thom gloss) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις⟩: οἷς εἶπε  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις⟩: εἶπε γὰρ ὡς δεῖ ἐκδικητὴν τοῦ πατρώου φόνου γενέσθαι με.  —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For he said that I must become the avenger of my father’s murder.

REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: s.l. except T      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.101,3–4


Or. 287.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις⟩: τὸ φονεῦσαι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις⟩: ταῖς ὑποσχέσεσιν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις⟩: ἐν  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις⟩: διὰ μὲν τῶν λόγων  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λόγοις⟩: ⟨διὰ⟩ λόγων  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.09 (tri metr) ⟨ηὔφρανε⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 287.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῖς δ’ ἔργοις⟩: διὰ δὲ τῶν ἔργων  —Ox

LEMMA: thus in Ox       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔργοισιν⟩: ⟨διὰ⟩ ἔργων  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔργοισιν⟩: τοῖς ἐμοῖς  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.13 (rec gloss) ⟨οὔ⟩: βοηθεῖ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὔ⟩: οὐκ ηὔφρανε δηλονότι  —AaGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλονότι om. Aa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.101,10


Or. 287.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὔ⟩: οὐκ ἐβοήθησεν ἡμῖν, οὐδαμῶς ηὔφρανεν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.16 (rec gloss) ⟨οὔ⟩: οὐδαμῶς  —CrMnOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr   


Or. 288.01 (288–293) (rec paraphr) 1εἰ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς εἶδον τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ αὐτὸν ἐξέταζον καὶ ἀνηρώτων εἰ κτεῖναι με προσήκει τὴν μητέρα μου, 2πολλὰ ἂν ἐλιτάνευσε καὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ γενείου ἥπτετο καὶ ἀπέτρεπε τοῦ μὴ ὦσαι τὸ ξίφος κατὰ τῆς μητρός. 3ἐν ᾗ σφαγῇ οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἀναζῆσαι πάλιν ἤμελλεν ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐγὼ ὁ τλήμων ἔμελλον τοιάδ’ ἐκπλήσειν κακὰ διὰ τὸ σφάξαι τὴν μητέρα μου.   —C

TRANSLATION:   If I had seen my father with my own eyes and interrogated him and asked him whether it was suitable that I kill my mother, he would have made many entreaties and would have been grasping my chin and dissuading me from thrusting my sword against my mother. By which slaughter neither was that man going to come to life again, but instead I, wretched one, was destined to fulfill such sufferings for having killed my mother.

POSITION: follows 289.06 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῖς ἐμοῖς Mastr., τὰ ἐμὰ C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐκπλήσσειν C   |   


Or. 288.02 (288–293) (rec paraphr) 1εἰ νῦν τὸν ἡμέτερον πατέρα κατ’ ὄψιν ἐξιστόρουν καὶ ἔδει ἵνα κτείνω τὴν μητέραν εἰς ἀναζώωσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν ἐμῶν κακῶν,  2πολλὰς λιτὰς παρέσχε μοι ἂν, ἵνα ταύτην, ἐὰν μὴ ἐκεῖνος ἔμελλε ζῆν, μὴ κτείνω.   —Mn

TRANSLATION:   If now I were asking my father face to face and it were necessary that I kill my mother in order for him to return to life and for me to be freed of my troubles, he would have directed many prayers to me in order that I not kill this woman if he were not going to live.

POSITION: follows sch. 289.06 Mn      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὴν ἡμετέραν a.c., τὴν μητέραν p.c. Mn   |    2 μὴ κτείνω punct. as if a separate sch. Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.101,17–20

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 288.03 (288–293) (rec paraphr) 1νομίζω εἰ τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα ἐθεασάμην εἰς ὦπας, ἠρώτησα ἂν αὐτὸν εἰ δεῖ ἐμὲ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα μου,  2καὶ εἰ κεῖνος εἶπε μοι φόνευσον, ἔδει με πολλὰς παρακλήσεις δοῦναι.   —Ra

TRANSLATION:   I believe if I had looked my father in the face I would have asked him whether it was right for me to kill my mother, and if he had told me ‘kill (her)’, I would have had to produce many entreaties.

APP. CRIT.:   1 sch. 289.06 inserted between παρακλήσεις and δοῦναι Ra   

COMMENT:   For the false view that it was Orestes entreating Agamemnon, see also 290.04 and perhaps 289.09.   


Or. 288.04 (288–293) (pllgn paraphr) 1οἶμαι δὲ καὶ ὑπολαμβάνω ὅτι ἐὰν κατ’ ὄμματα καὶ φανερῶς καὶ ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ἔβλεπον τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα καὶ ἐξιστόρουν καὶ ἠρώτουν νιν καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν πατέρα ἐὰν χρὴ καὶ ἐνδέχεται φονεῦσαι ἐμὲ τὴν μητέρα,  2οἶμαι κατὰ κοινοῦ, πολλὰς ἂν λιτὰς καὶ ἱκετείας ἐκτεῖναι τὸν πατέρα κατὰ τοῦδε τοῦ γενείου ἤγουν κατὰ τοῦ ἐμοῦ μήπω καὶ μηδαμῶς ὦσαι καὶ ἐμβαλεῖν τὸ ξίφος εἰς τὰς σφαγὰς τῆς μητρός,  3εἰ καὶ ἐπειδὴ οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἔμελλεν ἀναλαβεῖν φῶς ἤγουν ἐκ δευτέρου ζῆσαι φονευθεὶς παρὰ τῆς μητρός,  4ἐγὼ δὲ ὁ τλήμων ἔμελλον ἐκπληρῶσαι τοιαῦτα κακὰ ἤγουν μητροκτονῆσαι καὶ παραφρονῆσαι.   —Y2a

TRANSLATION:   I believe, that is, I assume, that if I were looking upon my father eye to eye and openly and face to face and interrogated, that is, asked him (poetic form ‘nin’), that is, him (prosaic form ‘auton’), my father, whether it is necessary, that is, it is proper, for me to kill my mother, I believe, (this verb being) understood in common (from before), my father would have extended many prayers, that is, supplications, to this chin, that is, to my chin, that I never, that is, in no way, thrust, that is, drive in, the sword for the slaughter of my mother, if, that is, since, neither was that man going to regain the light, that is, live for a second time after being slain by my mother, and I, wretched one, was destined to fulfill such evils, namely, killing my mother and going mad.

LEMMA: σύ(νταξις) in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   λιτὰς] λύπας a.c. Y2   

COMMENT:   For this style of throughgoing paraphrase with glossing words added with καὶ, compare the Yv-paraphrast as illustrated in Prelim. Stud. 44–59.   


Or. 288.05 (rec rhet) ⟨οἶμαι δὲ πατέρα⟩: ὑποθετικὸν ὅταν λέγ() πρᾶγμα μὴ γεγονὸς.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λέγῃ, λέγῃς, or λέγηται may be intended   

KEYWORDS:  ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν   


Or. 288.06 (rec rhet) ⟨οἶμαι δὲ πατέρα⟩: τὸ σχῆμα ὑποθετικὸν.  —S, app. F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ perhaps om. F2   

KEYWORDS:  ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν   


Or. 288.07 (pllgn rhet) ⟨οἶμαι δὲ πατέρα⟩: καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν τὸ σχῆμα.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν see on 141.01. Similar identification of the schema occurs in 495.02, and in sch. V3Y2 Or. 507, sch. V Med. 386, 1107, and the term occurs in sch. BVC Or. 646.   

KEYWORDS:  ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν   


Or. 288.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἶμαι δὲ πατέρα⟩: εἴπερ ἦν δυνατὸν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 288.09 (rec gloss) ⟨οἶμαι⟩: καὶ ὑπολαμβάνω  —CrPr2SOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Pr2   


Or. 288.10 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πατέρα⟩: τὸν  —Ox, perhaps F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 288.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν ἐμὸν⟩: ἰδεῖν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 288.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨κατ’ ὀμμάτων⟩: τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα βλέπων  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   βλέπ() Pr   


Or. 288.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ κατ’ ὄμματα⟩: ἐὰν ὑπῆρχον βλέπω⟨ν⟩  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 288.14 (recMosch gloss) ⟨κατ’ ὄμματα⟩: κατὰ πρόσωπον  —VAaAbCrMlMnPrSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc, perhaps Sar

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx, εἰς τὸ prep. Ab(τῷ a.c.)R, εἰς κατα Mla   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.101,20


Or. 288.15 (thom gloss) ⟨κατ’ ὄμματα⟩: ἐνώπιον  —ZZaZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.101,20


Or. 288.16. (pllgn exeg) ⟨κατ’ ὄμματα⟩: ἐνώπιον μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνου θάνατον  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνου θάνατον, compare the additional phrase reported in the apparatus for ZmGu in 289.02.   


Or. 288.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατ’ ὄμματα⟩: κατ’ ὀφθαλμούς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 288.18 (rec gloss) ⟨κατ’ ὄμματα⟩: ὑπ’ ὄψιν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 288.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατ’ ὄμματα⟩: πρὸς πρόσωπον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 288.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατ’ ὄμματα⟩: καὶ ἄντικρυς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 288.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατ’ ὄμματα⟩: φανερῶς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 288.22 (rec gloss) ⟨κατ’⟩: εἰς  —MnSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 289.01 (289–290) (thom exeg) τὸ νιν πρὸς τὸ ἐκτῖναι σύναπτε εἰς τὴν σύνταξιν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ ἱστόρουν τὸν πατέρα.  —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Attach the pronoun ‘nin’ (him) to the infinitive ‘pay in full’ for the construction, and attach ‘the father’ to the verb ‘interrogated’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaT      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκτίναι p.c. Zm, ‑τειναι a.c.; ἐκτεῖναι Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.101,24–25

COMMENT:   In the text of 289 we find ἐκτῖναι in Z and p.c. T, ἐκτίναι p.c. Zm. ἐκτῖναι is well attested in the note itself. Thomas’ gloss on the individual word is δοῦναι (230.18), which would be rather loose if he assumed ἐκτεῖναι, but rather more apposite if he really thought ἐκτῖναι should be read here.   


Or. 289.02 (vetMoschThom gloss) ἐξιστόρουν: ἠρώτων  —MBOVCAaAbCrKMlMnPrSSarOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZmZuT*

LEMMA: B, ἐξιστόρουν νιν C       POSITION: s.l. except XC, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   erased or damaged in Zu   |   καὶ prep. CrPrSOxZu, ἀντὶ prep. C   |    ἠρώτουν AaCrPrOxXYGrZZa (possibly a.c. G), ἠρώτ() K   |    μετὰ τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον add. Zm(κατὰ)Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,8; Dind. II.101,21

COLLATION NOTES:   Very faint gloss of B2 may be ἠρώτων; check original B.   |   


Or. 289.03 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐξιστόρουν⟩: ἐξέταζον  —MBVCFPrY2

POSITION: s.l. except cont. from prev. BC      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἐξέτ. Pr, ἐξήταζον VY2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,8; Dind. II.101,21


Or. 289.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξιστόρουν⟩: ἔβλεπον  —V3AbFMlMnSSarYf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐὰν prep. Mn, κἂν prep. S, καὶ prep. Yf   


Or. 289.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξιστόρουν⟩: ἐθεώρουν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 289.06 (vet gram) νιν: τὸ νίν ἐπὶ τῶν τριῶν γενῶν λαμβάνεται, αὐτόν, αὐτήν, αὐτό.  —MBVCMlMnRaRwS

TRANSLATION:   The pronoun ‘nin’ is used in the three genders, as ‘him’, ‘her’, ‘it’.

LEMMA: ἐξιστόρουν νιν VRw, cont. from 289.02, add. δὲ, BC, inserted within 288.03 Ra       REF. SYMBOL: MVMl       POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ νίν transp. after λαμβάνεται MlMnRaS   |    τῶν τριγενῶν Rw   |    γενῶν om. S   |    λαμβάνουσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ Rw   |    αὐτὸν … αὐτό om. Ra   |    αὐτό] αὐτή S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,9; Dind. II.101,22


Or. 289.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὸν  —AbCrF2MnRSSarOxZZaT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    αὐτὴν Ox (placed over μητέρ’) [Cr’s gloss in same position], τὸν SSa, positioned as if article for μητέρ’   


Or. 289.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μητέρ’⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 289.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ κτεῖναί με χρὴ⟩: ἐὰν καὶ εἶπε μοι ‘φόνευσον’  —MlMnRaSSar

POSITION: s.l. except Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐὰν, καὶ S, om. MlRa   |    φόνευσαν (changed to or from ‑σην?) S   

COMMENT:   See on 288.03.   


Or. 289.10 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐὰν  —AbS

POSITION: s.l. (above χρή S)      


Or. 289.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: εἴπερ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 289.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτεῖναι⟩: τίνα  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 289.13 (rec gloss) ⟨χρή⟩: καὶ πρέπον ἐστι  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 289.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρή⟩: καὶ πρέπον ὑπῆρχεν  —Zu

LEMMA: μ’ ἐχρῆν changed to με χρὴ in text Zu       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 289.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨χρή⟩: πρέπει  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrV3CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 289.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρή⟩: ἐνδεδομένον ὑπῆρχεν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 289.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρή⟩: ἐνδέχεται —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.01 (rec exeg) οἶμαι ὅτι ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.02 (pllgn paraphr) ἤτοι πολλὰ ἂν ἐπαρεκάλεσε ἐμὲ ὁ πατήρ μου ἵνα μὴ φονεύσω τὴν μητέρα μου.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -κάλεσα αὐτὸν a.c. V3   


Or. 290.03 (pllgn paraphr) (?)ὁ π(ατ)ὴρ [ἐλιτά]νευσε ἐ[μὲ] πο[λλὰ]. —V3

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   Uncertain, obscured by damage and repair tape.   |   


Or. 290.04 (pllgn paraphr) εἰπόντος ἐκείνου χρή  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See on 288.03.   


Or. 290.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πολλὰς⟩: πολαμβάνω  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πολλὰς⟩: ἂν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨γενείου⟩: πρὸς  —XXa2XoYfTZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γενείου⟩: ἐπὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l. (to right over ἂν ἐ)      

COMMENT:   Alternatively, this could be a misunderstanding of ἐπι applied to ἐκτεῖναι, equivalent to the full gloss ἐπιτεῖναι. But Zu has ἐκτῖναι and glosses it with καὶ ἀνταποδοῦναι τὸν πατέρα.   


Or. 290.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γενείου⟩: ἁπτόμενος τοῦδε τοῦ γενείου δηλονότι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γενείου⟩: ἁψάμενον  —Aa2GOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -μενος Aa2   


Or. 290.11 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨γενείου⟩: τοῦ  —Aa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.12 (rec gloss) ⟨τοῦδ’⟩: ἤτοι ἡμετέρου  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῦδ’⟩: ἐκείνου  —FXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: ἐξαπλῶσαι  —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐξήπλωσα MlRS, ἐξήπλῶσαι (sic) Mn   

COMMENT:   The first person indicative form in RS is presumably related to the interpretation seen in some other scholia here that Orestes is the one who would have supplicated and Agamemnon the recipient.   


Or. 290.15 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: διὰ τῆς ἐκτάσεως τῶν χειρῶν ποιῆσαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν πατέρα prep. Y2   


Or. 290.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: καὶ ποιῆσαι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.17 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: δοῦναι  —AbMlMnRSSarZZaZmTGu

LEMMA: ἐκτῖναι in text Z, p.c. T, ἐκτίναι p.c. Zm       POSITION: s.l. (Gu misplaced above 289 κτεῖναι)      


Or. 290.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: ἀποδοῦναι  —V3Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: καὶ ἀνταποδοῦναι τὸν πατέρα  —FZu

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg. F, s.l. Zu      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν πατέρα om. F   


Or. 290.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: ἔμελλεν ὁ πατήρ μου  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: ἔμελλεν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: ἐμοὶ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above 289 κτεῖναι)      


Or. 290.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λιτάς⟩: καὶ παρακλήσεις —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λιτάς⟩: ἱκεσίας  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 291.01 (vet paraphr) μήποτε τεκούσης: μηδέποτε ἐπὶ τῇ σφαγῇ τῆς μητρὸς ὠθῆσαι τὸ ξίφος  —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Never to thrust the sword for the slaughter of my mother.

LEMMA: μήπω τεκούσης M(μήπο)VC (as in text all)       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   μήποτε VPr   |    τῇ om. VPr   |    σφαγὴν Pr   |    ὠθῆσαι τὸ ξίφος om. V, leaving blank space   |    ὠθῆσαι] ὠθεῖ τίς Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,10–11; Dind. II.101,26–27


Or. 291.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μήποτε τεκούσης⟩: μήποτε τὸ ξίφος εἰς σφαγὰς τῆς μητρὸς ἐπιβαλεῖν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 291.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μήποτε τεκούσης⟩: ἤτοι μὴ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα μου —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 291.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τεκούσης⟩: τῆς μητρός —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zu   


Or. 291.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τεκούσης⟩: τῆς γεννησάσης ἐμὲ δηλονότι  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 291.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨τεκούσης⟩: τῆς  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 291.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰς σφαγὰς ὦσαι⟩: εἰς σφαγὴν κινῆσαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 291.08 (rec gloss) ⟨σφαγὰς⟩: σφαγὴν  —MnRfS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 291.09 (plan gram) ⟨σφαγὰς⟩: σφαγὴ καὶ ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ σφάζεταί τις καὶ ἡ ἐνέργεια αὐτή.  —XoY

TRANSLATION:   ‘Sphagē’ is both the place (of the body) at which someone is slaughtered and the activity itself.

LEMMA: μαξ in marg. Y      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτῆς Y   

COMMENT:   Cf. Hesych. σ 2826 σφαγή· ὁ κατὰ τὴν κατακλεῖδα τόπος; Sch. Aesch. Prom. 863 Herington (in DPPdW) σφαγαῖσι] τοῖς τόποις τοῦ σώματος ἐν αἷς καίριαι καὶ θανάσιμοι πληγαὶ γίνονται.   


Or. 291.10 (tri metr) ⟨σφαγὰς⟩: long mark over second alpha —T


Or. 291.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὦσαι⟩: ὠθῆσαι  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 291.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὦσαι⟩: κινῆσαι  —AbMlMnRSarGB4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   νῆσαι B4, κι app. om. rather than lost to damage   


Or. 291.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὦσαι⟩: ἐμβαλεῖν  —V1CrF2MlMnSSarOxZZaZmZuTY2YfGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOxYfZu   |    ἐμβαλεῖν] μὴ βαλεῖν Yf   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐμφαλεῖν Ox   |   


Or. 291.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦσαι⟩: ὥστε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 291.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὦσαι⟩: μήπως  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 291.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨ξίφος⟩: τὸ  —F2SOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 292.01 (pllgn paraphr) εἰ καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου ἀποθανὼν ἔμελλε ζῆσαι φονεύσας ἐγὼ τὴν μητέρα μου  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The nominative φονεύσας ἐγὼ is perhaps used instead of the genitive absolute, a lapse from ‘correct’ style that is found in some younger scholia; but another possibility is that the words are meant to paraphrase ἐγὼ δ’ ὁ τλήμων in the next line.   |   


Or. 292.02 (pllgn paraphr) οὐ διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς ἔμελλε ἀναζῆσαι, ἤγουν οὐ μετὰ τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα ἔμελλεν ἀναζῆσαι ἐκεῖνος.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 292.03 (pllgn exeg) διὰ τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 292.04 (rec paraphr) ἐὰν μὴ ἐκεῖνος ἔμελλε ζῆν  —AbMlRS

REF. SYMBOL: Ml      POSITION: s.l. except Ml      


Or. 292.05 (pllgn paraphr) εἰ μὴ ἔμελλεν ζῆν ἐκεῖνος  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 292.06 (pllgn paraphr) ἐπειδὴ οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἔμελλε ζῆσαι  —V3

POSITION: intermarg.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὔτε] οὕτως V3   


Or. 292.07 (mosch paraphr) ἐπειδὴ οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἀναβιῶναι —X


Or. 292.08 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐπειδὴ  —V3A2Aa2FMnPrSXaYGrZZaZc2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. S, καὶ prep. Zc   |    ἐπεὶ Z   


Or. 292.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨εἰ μήτ’⟩: ἐπειδὴ οὔτε  —XbXoT+YfG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκεῖνος add. G   


Or. 292.10 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐὰν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 292.11 (thom gloss) ⟨μήτ’⟩: οὔτε  —ZmGuZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 292.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μήτ’⟩: τὸ μὴ ἀντὶ τοῦ οὔ.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 292.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναλαβεῖν ἤμελλε φῶς⟩: ἔμελλε [ … ](?)  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   ἔμελλε can be read, faintly, under UV light, and there is possibly a trace of a word (presumably an infinitive) after it. But if appearances are deceiving, ἔμελλε by itself would be a gloss on ἤμελλε because of its double augmentation.   |   


Or. 292.14 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀναλαβεῖν⟩: ἤγουν ἀναβιῶναι  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. YGZc   


Or. 292.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναλαβεῖν⟩: ἀνευρεῖν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 292.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτ’⟩: εἰς τὸ ἑξῆς  —Zm

LEMMA: ἔτ’ in text before ἔμελλε in Zm, but later deleted       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 292.17 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔμελλε⟩: εἰς τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα  —ZZaGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 292.18 (rec gloss) ⟨φῶς⟩: ζωὴν  —FK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 293.01 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐγὼ⟩: ἔμελλον  —ZZaZmTOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 293.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁ τλήμων⟩: ὁ ἄθλιος  —V3CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 293.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨τλήμων⟩: ἔμελλον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuV3Aa

POSITION: s.l. (above τοίαδ’ Aa)      


Or. 293.04 (thom exeg) ⟨τοιάδ’⟩: οἷα νῦν πάσχω  —ZZaZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Of this kind’ means) ‘of the sort that I now suffer’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 293.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοιάδ’⟩: τοιαῦτα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 293.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: ὑποστῆναι  —AaMlMnRS, app. Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 293.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: ἐπὶ πολὺ ὑπομεῖναι  —Ab2MlMnRa1Ra2S, app. Sar

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ra2      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ πολὺ om. AbRa1   |    ὑπέμεινα Ra1   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑπομῆναι MnRa2   |   


Or. 293.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: παθεῖν —AaMlMnRS, app. Sar

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   παθὼν Mn   


Or. 293.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: ὐπομένειν πάσχειν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 293.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: ὑπομενεῖν  —ZZaZmTGuOx2

LEMMA: ἐκτλήσειν in text Zm       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 293.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: ὑφίστασθαι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 293.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: ἐκπληρώσειν  —V1XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZuB4

POSITION: s.l. except X and marg. Xo      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 293.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: πληρώσειν  —ZZaZmG

LEMMA: ἐκτλήσειν in text Zm       POSITION: s.l. except marg. Zm      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. ZZa (joining to 293.10)   


Or. 293.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπλήσσειν⟩: πληρῶσαι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 293.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: undeciphered gloss  —F2

LEMMA: ἐκπλήσειν in text with second sigma s.l. F       POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original F 160v.   |   


Or. 293.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: καρτερήσειν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 293.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: καὶ ἀπολαβεῖν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 293.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: γρ. ἐκτλήσειν  —ZZaGu

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘ekplēsein’, ‘fulfill completely’) the reading ‘ektlēsein’ (‘endure to the end’) is found.

LEMMA: ἐκπλήσσειν in text Gu       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 293.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκτλήσειν⟩: γρ. ἐκπλήσειν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκπληρώσειν.  —XoZm

LEMMA: ἐκτλήσειν in text XoZm       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 294.01 (vet exeg) καὶ νῦν ἀνακάλυπτ’:  1τὴν ὄψιν δηλονότι·  2ἐσκεπάσατο γὰρ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ λυπεῖν τὸν ἀδελφὸν δακρύοις.   —MBVCPraPrbRw

TRANSLATION:   (Uncover) her face, obviously. For she (Electra) veiled herself in order not to vex her brother with tears.

LEMMA: MBV, καὶ νῦν ἀνακάλυπτω C, ἀνακάλυπτε Rw       REF. SYMBOL: BV       POSITION: cont. from sch. 279.17 Pra, prep. καὶ νῦν ἀνακαλύπτει; Prb in normal order      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἐσκέπαστο V, ἐσκευάσατο Rw   |    γὰρ om. Prb   |    ὑπὲρ τοῦ] ἐπὶ τῶ V, ἀπὸ τοῦ Rw   |    τὴν ἀδελφὴν Prb   |    δακρύοις om. V (after punct. καὶ δακρύων prep. to next sch.)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,12–13; Dind. II.102,7–8


Or. 294.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1σεαυτὴν ἀποκάλυπτε·  2ἔκλαιε γὰρ [280] ‘κρᾶτα θεῖσ’ εἴσω πέπλων’.   —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Uncover yourself. For she (Electra) was crying, ‘having put her head inside her robes’.

LEMMA: MBCPrRw       POSITION: cont. from prev. V; ἑαυτὴν ἀποκάλυπτε s.l. O, rest in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ δακρύων prep. V   |    σεαυτὸν ἀποκάλυπτω V   |    2 κρατηθεῖσα V, τὴν κρατὴ καταθεῖσα Pr   |    τῶν πέπλων Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σἀυτὴν B, σαυτὴν Pr   |    2 κράτα MO   |    θεὶς MC, θεῖσα O   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,14–15; Dind. II.102,8–9


Or. 294.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνακάλυπτ’⟩: ὄμμα  —V3AaRf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 294.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνακάλυπτ’⟩: ἀποσκέπασον  —AaAbMlMnRSSarOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SOx   |    -σκέπαζε Ox   


Or. 294.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνακάλυπτ’⟩: ἀνέγειραι  —MlRaSar

POSITION: s.l. Sar      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀλλ’ ἔγειραι MlRa   


Or. 294.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνακάλυπτ’⟩: ἄνοιξον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 294.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀνακάλυπτ’⟩: ἀνακάλυπτε σαυτὴν δηλονότι, ἤγουν ἀνακαλύπτου  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except XXoT      


Or. 294.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνακάλυπτ’⟩: καὶ ἀνακαλύπτου τὴν ὄψιν δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 294.09 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀνακάλυπτ’⟩: ἑαυτὴν  —ZZaZm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἑαυτὸ p.c. Zm (i.e. αὐτὸ to agree with κάρα?)   


Or. 294.10 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἀνακάλυπτ’⟩: σεαυτὴν  —Aa2ZcT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   σαυτὴν Aa2   


Or. 294.11 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἀνακάλυπτ’⟩: ἀνακαλύπτου  —GKTB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 294.12 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ὄμμ’⟩: τὸ  —F2

LEMMA: F2 rewrites line 294 as ἀνακάλυπτ’ ὄμμ’ ὦ κασ. κάρα       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 294.13 (mosch exeg) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: ὦ ἀδελφὴ κατὰ περίφρασιν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Brotherly head’ means) ‘o brother’ by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l. except XT; cont. from 294.07 T      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ om. G   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 294.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: ἤγουν ἀδελφή  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 294.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: ὦ αὐταδέλφη  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 294.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητον⟩: καὶ ἀδελφικὸν —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 295.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παῦσαι τῶν δακρύων  —BOPr

POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,13


Or. 295.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: μηδὲν δακρύῃς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 295.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: ἤγουν μὴ κλαίῃς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κλαίεις Zu   |   


Or. 295.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: εἰς τὸ μὴ κλαίειν μετάβηθι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,13–14


Or. 295.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: παύθητι τῶν δακρύων  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 295.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκ⟩: ἀπὸ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 295.07 (rec artGloss) ⟨δακρύων⟩: τῶν  —Aa2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 295.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄπελθε⟩: ἤγουν παύθητι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 295.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄπελθε⟩: παῦσον  —AaAbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    παῦσαι Aa   


Or. 295.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄπελθε⟩: ἀπόστηθι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 295.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄπελθε⟩: καὶ πόρρω γενοῦ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 295.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄπελθε⟩: ἀπέχου  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 295.13 (rec gloss) ⟨κεἰ⟩: καὶ ἐὰν  —AbMlMnRSY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. AbMlSY2   


Or. 295.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεἰ⟩: καίπερ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 295.15 (thom gloss) ⟨μάλ’⟩: λίαν  —ZaTGuCrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

COLLATION NOTES:   Perhaps also in Z, but too washed out to determine.   |   


Or. 295.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθλίως⟩: καὶ δυστυχῶς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 295.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθλίως⟩: δεινῶς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   faint, uncertain   |   


Or. 296.01 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἔχομεν⟩: διακείμεθα  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZaZmOx

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 296.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχομεν⟩: ὑπάρχομεν —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 296.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅταν δὲ τἄμα θυμήσαντα ἴδῃς⟩: γράφεται ὅταν δ’ ἔτ’ ἔμ’ ἀθυσαντ’ ἴδῃς.  —SSar

LEMMA: thus in text S(τἄμμα)Sa       POSITION: s.l. S, under line Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   γράφεται ὅτα[ Sar, rest lost to damage    

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 296.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅταν δὲ τἄμ’ ἀθυμήσαντα ἴδῃς⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ὅταν δέ τ’ ἔμαθον μήσαντες ἴδῃς.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 296.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τἄμ’ ἀθυμήσαντ’⟩: καὶ τὰ ἐμὰ δυστυχήματα  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 296.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τἄμ’⟩: τὰ ἐμὰ  —AbCrMlMnRSSarOx

POSITION: s.l. (above ἀθυμήσαντ’ R)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 296.07 (recMosch exeg) ⟨τἄμ’⟩: ἤγουν ἐμέ —Aa2PrRXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘My things’,) that is, ‘me’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. PrR   


Or. 296.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἄμ’⟩: εἶπε πληθυντικῶς τὰ ἐμὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμέ, ὡς τὸ ὑγιαίνομεν ἡμεῖς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐγώ. —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 296.09 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀθυμήσαντ’⟩: λειποθυμήσαντα  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 296.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθυμήσαντ’⟩: καὶ ὀλιγοψυχήσαντα  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 296.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀθυμήσαντ’⟩: μαινόμενα  —Mn

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 296.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀθυμήσαντ’⟩: ἤγουν μανέντα —ZZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Ox2   


Or. 296.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀθυμήσαντ’⟩: λυπούμενον  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λυποῦντα Ab   

COMMENT:   Passive forms of λυπέω are often paired with active forms of ἀθυμέω in texts and also appear as alternative glosses on ἀσχάλλω (Hesych. α 7971); moreover, λυπούμενος glosses ἀθυμῶν in Hesych. α 1634. So Ab’s active form here must be a mistake for the passive.   


Or. 296.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθυμήσαντ’⟩: λυπηθέντα  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 296.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθυμήσαντ’⟩: ἀδημονήσαντα παραφρονήσαντα  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 296.16 (tri metr) ⟨ἀθυμήσαντ’⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 296.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴδῃς⟩: καὶ θεάσῃς  —CrOx


Or. 297.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ δεινὸν⟩: τὸ φοβερὸν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 297.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ δεινὸν⟩: τὸ ἄστατον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 297.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ δεινὸν⟩: τὸ χαλεπὸν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 297.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨διαφθαρὲν⟩: τὴν διαφθοράν  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. XTYf   |    διαφοράν X, corr. X2   


Or. 297.05 (thom gloss) ⟨διαφθαρὲν⟩: μανὲν  —ZZaZmT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 297.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διαφθαρὲν⟩: παρακοπέν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 297.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διαφθαρὲν⟩: καὶ τὸ διατραπὲν, ἤγουν τὸ λογιστικὸν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This apparently means ‘that which is twisted awry, namely, the reasoning mind (is what is being twisted awry)’; but one may contemplate τὸ διατραπὲν {ἤγουν} τοῦ λογιστικοῦ, ‘the distorted quality of your mind’ with λογιστικοῦ glossing φρενῶν.   |   


Or. 297.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨διαφθαρὲν⟩: καὶ τὸ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 297.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρενῶν⟩: ἐμοῦ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 297.10 (rec gloss) ⟨φρενῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 297.11 (rec artGloss) ⟨φρενῶν⟩: τῶν  —SB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 298.01 (vet exeg) ἴσχναινε:  1λέπτυνε.  2παρὰ τὸ ἴσχω ἰσχνῶ ἰσχναίνω παραγώγως·  3ὅθεν καὶ ἰσχάς.   —MBOVCMlMnRaRbRwSSaY2

TRANSLATION:   Reduce/attenuate. Derived from ‘ischō’ by a modification ‘ischnō’, ‘ischnainō’ (dry up). From which also one gets ‘ischas’ (dried fig).

LEMMA: MB(ἴσχαινε a.c.)C, ἴσχανε Rw       REF. SYMBOL: BSa       POSITION: cont. from 298.04 OVMnRaRbS, cont. from sch. 298.05 MlSa; λέπτυνε in left marg., the rest in right marg. Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἴσχανε δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. V   |    λέπτυνε om. OY2, λέπτυνε παραμυθοῦ MlMnRaRbRwSSa   |    2 παρὰ τὸ] περὶ Ml   |    2 τὸ] τῶ Sa   |    ἴσχω ἰσχνῶ] Schw., ἴσχω VRw, ἰσχῶ RbY2, ἴσχε O, ἰχῶ M, ἰχνῶ C, ἱσχνῶ B, ἰσχνῶ MlMnRaSSa   |    ἰσχναίνω BY2, ἰχναίνω MC, ἰσχάνω VRw, ἰσχνήσω MlMnRaSSa, ἰσχήσω Rb, ἴσχανε O   |    παραγώγως om. O   |    3 καὶ om. MlMnSSa   |    ἰσχνάς Ml(-ᾶς)MnRaSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 παραγνώσω Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,16–17; Dind. II.102,15–16

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s supplement is based on the closely similar explanation found in many sources, starting from Orion 77,1–3 and Et. Gen. AB (ἰσχάδες· τὰ λεπτυνθέντα σύκα ἐν τῷ ξηραίνεσθαι. παρὰ τὸ ἴσχω παράγωγον ἰσχνῶ, καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἰσχνάδες αἱ λεπταί. καὶ ἀποβολῇ τοῦ ν̅ ἰσχάδες, [Theocr. 1.147] ‘καὶ ἀπ’ αἰγείρου ἰσχάδα τρώγοις’, conjectured to be from Philoxenus [fr. 506* Theodoridis]).   


Or. 298.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴσχναινε⟩: ἰσχ⟨ν⟩ῶ ἰσχναίνω τὸ λεπτύνω, ὅθεν ἡ ἰσχάς.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 298.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἴσχναινε⟩: γράφεται καὶ ἴσχανε, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔπεχε πράϋνε κούφιζε  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   (For ‘ischnaine’, ‘dry out’) there is also the reading ‘ischane’, meaning ‘restrain’, ‘make gentle’, ‘lighten’.

POSITION: cont. from 298.01 all (M with dicolon before γράφεται)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἴσχαινε B   |    τοῦ om. C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,18; Dind. II.102,16–17

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 298.04 (rec exeg) ἴσχανε: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔπεχε πράϋνε κούφιζε —OVMlMnPraPrbRaRbRfrS

LEMMA: Ml(ἴσχαναι a.c.)MnRbS, ἴσχανεν V, ἄλλως ἴσχναινε Pra       REF. SYMBOL: VMlRb       POSITION: s.l. PrbRfr; precedes 298.01 OVRaRb; follows sch. 307.01 Pra      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. ORfr   |    ἔπεχε om. Ra, ἐπέσχε Rb   |    πράϋνε κούφιζε] κούφιζε πράϋνε transp. Ml, παῦε κούφιζε πράϋνε RaRbS   |    πράϋνε om. O   |    κούφιζε om. Prb   


Or. 298.05 (rec exeg) ἴσχανε: ἀντὶ τοῦ κράτει παῦε κώλυε κούφιζε  —Sa


Or. 298.06 (vet exeg) ⟨ἴσχανε⟩: γράφεται καὶ ἴσχναινε. —MC

TRANSLATION:   (For ‘ischane’, ‘restrain’) there is also the reading ‘ischnaine’ (‘dry out’).

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,19

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 298.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἴσχανε⟩: κράτησον  —AaAbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κράτισον Ab   


Or. 298.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴσχανε⟩: κράτει  —CrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    κράτ() B3a   


Or. 298.09 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἴσχανε⟩: ἔπεχε —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZmZuT*

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 298.10 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἴσχανε⟩: κώλυε  —AaCrMlMnSSaOxXXaXbXoYYfGrZcZZaZmT*B4

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from prev.)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    κώλυσον Aa, κώλυσεν Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κώλιε Zm, κόλυε Ml   |   


Or. 298.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴσχανε⟩: πράϋνε  —FY2GuZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 298.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴσχανε⟩: κούφιζε  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 298.13 (rec gloss) ⟨παραμυθοῦ⟩: παρηγόρει —MnY2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 298.14 (tri metr) ⟨παραμυθοῦ⟩: long mark over first upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 298.15 (thom gloss) ⟨θ’⟩: καὶ  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 298.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στένῃς⟩: θλίβεσαι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 298.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στένῃς⟩: λυπῆσαι νοσῇς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 298.18 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨στένῃς⟩: στενάζης  —OxT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   |    -ζεις Ox   


Or. 298.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στένῃς⟩: κλαίῃς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 299.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς παρόντας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παρόντα ἐμὲ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 299.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς παρόντας⟩: ἐμὲ παρόντα  —PrY

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 299.03 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς⟩: ἐμὲ  —RfXXaXbXoT+YfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘Us’ is here used for) ‘me’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   


Or. 299.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς⟩: καὶ ἐμὲ Ἀττικῶς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 299.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς⟩: Ἀττικὸν  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 299.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρόντας⟩: ὑγιαίνοντας  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 299.07 (rec exeg) ⟨παρόντας⟩: ἤτοι φρονίμους ὄντας  —V1Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι om. Pr   


Or. 299.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρόντας⟩: ἤγουν φρονίμους ὄντας· ὁ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενος οὐκ ἔστι παρών.  —Zu

TRANSLATION:   That is, being of sound mind. For the person afflicted by demons is not ‘present’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 299.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρόντας⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχοντας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 299.10 (vet exeg) χρή σε νουθετεῖν φίλα:  1νουθετεῖν σε τὰ φίλα καὶ παραμυθεῖσθαί σε τὰ φίλα καὶ προσηνῆ λέγοντα.  2λείπει οὖν τὸ λέγοντα· τὰ φίλα λέγοντα.   —MBCMlMnPrRbRwS, partial Sa

TRANSLATION:   Admonish you with friendly advice, and encourage you by saying what is friendly and gentle. So ‘saying’ is to be understood: ‘saying friendly things’.

LEMMA: M(χρῆ)C, χρή σε νουθετεῖν MlMnPrRSSa       REF. SYMBOL: MMlRb      POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 first σε τὰ φίλα del. Schw.   |    first τὰ om. Rb   |    (first) καὶ ... τὰ φͅιλα om . Ml   |    first καὶ om. Rw   |    second καὶ om. CRw   |    second σε] με Pr   |    after προσηνῆ add. φίλα Sa   |    λέγοντα] λέγε Pr   |    2 λείπει οὖν κτλ om. Sa   |    λείπει] λοιπὸν Mn   |    λέγοντα τὰ om. S   |    τὰ om. BMlMnRbRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,20–22; Dind. II.102,18–20

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 299.11 (rec exeg) χρή σε νουθετεῖν φίλα: νουθετεῖν σε τὰ φίλα καὶ παραμυθεῖσθαι τὰ φίλα, ἢ φίλα ἀντὶ τοῦ φίλως.  —V

TRANSLATION:   Admonish you with friendly advice, and encourage you with friendly encouragement, or else take ‘friendly things’ in the sense of ‘in a friendly manner’.

REF. SYMBOL: V      


Or. 299.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨νουθετεῖν φίλα⟩: παραμυθεῖσθαι λέγοντα σοι τὰ φίλα  —AbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.(above 298, first lineof page, Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ φίλα λέγ. σοι transp. Sa   


Or. 299.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νουθετεῖν φίλα⟩: παραμυθεῖσθαι τὰ προσφιλῆ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. glosses TYfZc      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ om. Zc   |    φίλα Gr, προσφιλῆ Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,20 and 21

COLLATION NOTES:   T also has a second cross above τὰ προσφιλῆ, already entered as Thoman.   |   


Or. 299.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νουθετεῖν φίλα⟩: ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ σου  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 299.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νουθετεῖν⟩: παραινεῖν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,20


Or. 299.16 (rec gloss) ⟨νουθετεῖν⟩: παραμυθεῖσθαι  —GKB4

POSITION: s.l. (originally above 298 παραμύθου 298 B4, but erased there)      


Or. 299.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νουθετεῖν⟩: παρακαλεῖν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 299.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νουθετεῖν⟩: καὶ λέγειν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 299.19 (vet exeg) ⟨φίλα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φίλως  —MLp

TRANSLATION:   (The neuter accusative plural adjective ‘phila’ is used as) equivalent to (adverb) ‘philōs’ (‘in a friendly manner’).

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,21


Or. 299.20 (rec exeg) ⟨φίλα⟩: λείπει τὸ λέγοντα.  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λέγειν R   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 299.21 (rec artGloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: τὰ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 299.22 (rec gloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: τὰ προσηνῆ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ] τ(ὴν) V3   

COMMENT:   If the article is not emended from τὴν to τὰ, then this gloss would appear be intended for the reading φίλην (that is, agreeing with σε); but V3 has added η above the alpha of φίλα, and not ην.   |   


Or. 299.23 (recThom gloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: προσφιλῆ  —PrZZaZmTOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 299.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: ἢ τὰ φίλα καὶ τὰ προσφιλῆ  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 299.25 (pllgn etaGloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: φίλη  —V3ZmLp

POSITION: s.l. (cont. from 299.19 Lp with ἢ)      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ prep. Lp   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,21


Or. 299.26 (rec artGloss) ⟨φίλα⟩:  —FS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 300.01 (rec paraphr) αἱ παραμυθίαι γίνονται τοῖς φίλοις καλαί.  —Ra


Or. 300.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπικουρίαι⟩: τὸ παρηγορεῖν φίλος τὸν φίλον ἢ ἀδελφὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Note the use of the nom. as subject of infinitive, which is found in a few Palaeologan scholia.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 300.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπικουρίαι⟩: ἤγουν αἱ παραμυθίαι  —AaAbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. AaAb   


Or. 300.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπικουρίαι⟩: καὶ αἱ παρηγορίαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 300.05 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἐπικουρίαι⟩: βοήθειαι  —CrOxF2Pr2Xo2YT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ αἱ prep. CrXo2Ox, αἱ prep. F2   


Or. 300.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπικουρίαι⟩: αἱ σαὶ καὶ ἐμαὶ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 300.07 (thom exeg) ⟨αἵδε⟩: αὗται αἱ παρ’ ἀλλήλων πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπικαίρως γινόμεναι  —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘These’ here conveys) ‘these (acts of assistance) that are given by each other to each other at the needful moment’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὗται om. Za   |    ἐγκαίρως ZmTGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,22–23


Or. 300.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἵδε⟩: αὗται  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 300.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῖς φίλοις⟩: ἐν ἡμῖν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 300.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῖς⟩: ἐν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 300.11 (rec artGloss) ⟨φίλοις⟩: τοῖς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 300.12 (rec gloss) ⟨καλαί⟩: εἰσὶν  —RGu, perhaps Ab

POSITION: s.l. (above φίλοις Ab)      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Ab 47r.   |   


Or. 300.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καλαί⟩: ὑπάρχουσιν  —CrOxY2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 300.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καλαί⟩: λ(είπει) δὲ γίνονται.  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 301.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἀθλία  —F2X2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 301.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨βᾶσα⟩: πορευθεῖσα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2CrOx

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X, καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 301.03 (rec gloss) ⟨βᾶσα⟩: εἰσελθοῦσα  —AbY2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 301.04 (thom gloss) ⟨βᾶσα⟩: ἐλθοῦσα  —ZaZmZuTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 301.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δωμάτων⟩: τῶν οἴκων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 301.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨δωμάτων⟩: τῶν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 301.07 (tri gloss) ⟨εἴσω⟩: ἐντὸς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 301.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴσω⟩: καὶ ἔσωθεν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.01 (302–305) (vet paraphr) 1διὰ τούτων φησὶν μὴ ἄγαν ἀγρυπνίᾳ καὶ λιμῷ διάφθειρε σαυτὴν, ἵνα μὴ νοσήσῃς· 2εἰ γὰρ τῷ προσεδρεύειν μοι κτήσῃ νόσον τινὰ καὶ ἀποστῇς, κἀγὼ τῆς σῆς παρουσίας ἐστερημένος ἀπόλλυμαι.   —MBVCMlMnPrRbRwSSaY2

TRANSLATION:   With these words he says: ‘Do not thoroughly ruin yourself with sleeplessness and hunger, lest you fall ill. For if you catch some illness by sitting in tendance beside me and withdraw, I too am destroyed once deprived of your presence’.

LEMMA: 303 σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι MBC, σῖτον τ’ ὄρεξε (αι s.l.) Pr, lemma 304 εἰ γὰρ προλείψεις με VRw, εἰ γὰρ προλείψεις MlMnRbSa, οὐ γὰρ προλείψεις S      REF. SYMBOL: (to 304) VMlRbSa      POSITION: between 319.01 and 317.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τούτων φησὶν] πάρασχε σεαυτῇ βρώματα Y2   |    διὰ τοῦτο BVMlMnPrRbRwSSa   |    ἀγρυπνίᾳ VRwY2, ἀγρύπνει others (ἀγρύπνη Rb)   |    διαφθεῖραι MCRb(app. δηα‑ a.c.), διαφθείρεσαι Sa, διαφθείρησε Ml, διαφθείρη S, δη αὐθερήσης Mn (corr. to διαυ‑)   |    σαυτὴν om. Sa, αὐτὴν MlMn, αὐτὰ Pr   |    2 γὰρ] γὰρ ἐν Y2   |    τῷ] τὸ MMlPrRbSa   |    μοι] μὴ CSa   |       |    κτήσειν Rb, κτήσει Pr   |    νόσω Mn, s.l. Rb   |    ἀποστῆ MPr, ἀποστήσης VRw, ἀποσταίης Y2   |    κἀγὼ] ἐγὼ Pr   |    σῆς om. C   |    ἐστερουμένος M   |    ἀπόλλυσθαι Pr (corr. from ἀπόλυσθαι)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φησὶ Ml   |    λειμῶ MMn (perhaps corr. Mn)   |    σἀυτὴν B, σεαυτὴν S   |    νοσήσεις Ml   |    κτήσῃ νόσον] κτή νόσον p.c. Ml, a.c. κτήνησον   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,1–4; Dind. II.103,9–12


Or. 302.02 (302–305) (pllgn exeg) καὶ μὴ ἀγρύπνει καὶ λιμῷ διαφθείρου, ἀλλ’ ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τροφὴν. εἰ γὰρ καταλίπῃς με ἢ τινὰ νόσον ἀπὸ τῆς προσεδρείας κτήσῃ, ἀπόλλυμαι.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Do not stay awake and be ruined by hunger, but stretch your hand out to nourishment. For if you abandon me or catch some sickness from your tendance (on me), I am destroyed.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 302.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὕπνῳ τ’ ἄυπνον … δός⟩: ἤγουν κοιμήθητι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.04 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ὕπνῷ τ’ ἄυπνον βλέφαρον⟩: (ὕπν)ον (ἀύπν)ῳ (βλεφάρ)ῳ  —MnRfSXXaXbXoTYYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὕπνῳ⟩: τῷ ἀύπνῳ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨ὕπνῳ⟩: τῷ  —SXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄυπνον⟩: ἄγρυπνον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄυπνον⟩: τὸ  —RSaY

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.09 (rec exeg) ⟨βλέφαρον⟩: ἀντίστροφον  —MnRwB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps ἀντιστρ[όφως Rw (damage, no accent visible over iota)   

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως   


Or. 302.10 (thom gloss) ⟨βλέφαρον⟩: τὸ ὄμμα  —ZZaZmTGuAaOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. ZaAa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.7–8


Or. 302.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: οἱ γὰρ κοιμώμενοι ἐκτείνονται ἐν τοῖς στρώμασιν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: ἐξαπλωθεῖσα  —AbKMlMnRSSsXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SXo   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -θεῖα Ml   |   


Or. 302.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: πρὸς τὴν κλίνην ἀνακλιθεῖσα —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνακ. π. τ. κ. transp. T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,8


Or. 302.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: δαμασθεῖσα  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: πεσοῦσα  —CrGOxZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu   


Or. 302.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: ἐκτακεῖσα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δούς⟩: ὕπνῳ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 303.01 (mosch exeg) πρωθύστερον  —XXaXbXoT+YYf

TRANSLATION:  Prothusteron.

POSITION: marg. (beside 302 Yf)      

APP. CRIT.:   πρωθύστερα XbXoT   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,7

COMMENT:  The term πρωθύστερον can be attached either to the first item of the reversed pairing or to the second item. See Sch. Tri. Hec. 762 vs. the old sch. on the same line, Sch. Pr Hec. 226, and Sch. Hec. 266, where some witnesses place this designation over the first term and some over the second. If the term here applies to 303 only, the implication is that bathing properly comes before eating (as in Homeric hospitality). If the term applies to 303 as the second term paired with 302 (cf. Yf’s placement), the implication is that bathing and eating ought to have come before sleeping.   

KEYWORDS:  πρωθύστερον   


Or. 303.02 (vet paraphr) σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι: ἔκτεινον τὰς χεῖράς σου εἰς τροφήν.  —MBCPrRfr

TRANSLATION:   Extend your hands to nourishment.

POSITION: s.l., except marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς τροφὴν τὰς χεῖρας transp. PrRfr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,5; Dind. II.103,12


Or. 303.03 (vet paraphr) σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκτείνασα τὴν χεῖρα λάβε.  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: ‘having extended your hand, take’.

POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. CPr      

APP. CRIT.:   βάλε M, βάλευ C; φάγε anonymi (Schw. I.xiv, Addenda)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,6; Dind. II.103,12–13


Or. 303.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι⟩: τροφῆς μετάλαβε  —AbMlMnRSSa

LEMMA: σίτον in text AbMnR, s.l. Sa; σῖτα S)      POSITION: s.l., except marg. R; as two sep. gl. AbMnS      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. to both words S   |    μετέβαλε Ml   


Or. 303.05 (rec gloss) ⟨σῖτον⟩: φάγημα  —O

LEMMA: σίτον in text O      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 303.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σῖτον⟩: βρῶμα  —V3CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 303.07 (mosch paraphr) σῖτον: ἤγουν τροφὴν λάβε  —X


Or. 303.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨σῖτον⟩: τροφὴν  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrF2ZcZlrec

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τροφά Yf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,14


Or. 303.09 (rec exeg) ⟨σίτων⟩: σῖτον  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 303.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σῖτον⟩: εἰς  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 303.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: πάρασχε  —V1F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 303.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: φάγε  —V1

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev. with ἤτοι      


Or. 303.13 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: λάβε  —KXaXbXoYYfGGrAa3B4Zlrec

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 303.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: παρέχε  —Oxr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 303.15 (thom gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: ἑαυτῇ  —ZZaZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σεαυτῆ Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,14


Or. 303.16 (tri gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: δὸς σεαυτῇ  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,14


Or. 303.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: παρέχε σεαυτῇ  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σεαυτῆ Ox2 add. to original gloss   


Or. 303.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: τῷ στόματι δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 303.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨λουτρά τ’ ἐπὶ χροῒ βάλε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ νίψαι  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZlrec

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   νίψε Xo   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,15


Or. 303.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λουτρά τ’ ἐπὶ χροῒ βάλε⟩: καθαρίσθητι  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 303.21 (thom gloss) ⟨λουτρά⟩: καθάρσια  —ZZaZl2ZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,15


Or. 303.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ χροῒ βάλε⟩: καὶ δὸς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 303.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χροῒ⟩: καὶ τῷ σώματι  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῷ om. F2   


Or. 303.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χροῒ⟩: γράφεται χρωτί.  —MlMnSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   χρωτοὶ Mn, changed to χρωῒ   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 303.25 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨χροῒ⟩: τῷ  —Aa2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 303.26 (tri gloss) ⟨χροὸς⟩: τοῦ σώματος  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 303.27 (thom exeg) ⟨βάλευ⟩: βαλοῦ αἰολικόν  —ZZaZmZuGu

TRANSLATION:  (The form ‘baleu’, ‘throw for yourself’, is the Attic/Koine) ‘balou’, in Aeolic dialect.

LEMMA: βάλευ in text all      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἰολικόν βαλοῦ transp. Gu   |   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Zu   |   βάλε Zu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰωλικὸν Zu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,16


Or. 303.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βάλε⟩: βαλοῦ  —Ox2

LEMMA: βάλε in text p.c. (βάλευ a.c.?)      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.01 (304–305) (vet paraphr) εἰ γὰρ καταλίπῃς με ἀπολιγωρήσασα τῆς νοσοκομίας ἀπόλλυμαι.  —BOC

TRANSLATION:   For if you abandon me, neglecting to tend to my sickness, I am destroyed.

POSITION: marg. B, s.l. OC      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ γὰρ om. O   |   ἀπόλλυμαι om. OC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καταλείπης a.c. O   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,6; Dind. II.103,18–19


Or. 304.02 (304–305) (pllgn diagr) apparently two syllogism diagrams, now incomplete because of trimmed upper margin: left node of right diagram has trace of θαν (θανεῖν?), and below the lower arc ἀσυλλόγισθη ὡς μερικό[ν] (read ἀσυλλόγιστον).  —Z

COMMENT:   The collocation of μερικὴ (πρότασις) and ἀσυλλόγιστον is common in commentators on Aristotle. Only slightly less common are collocations of μερική/μερικόν with συλλογίζομαι, so an alternative correction would be ἐσυλλογίσθη.   


Or. 304.03 (mosch gram) ζήτει  —XXa

REF. SYMBOL: Xa      POSITION: marg. X      

COMMENT:   Probably a reminder to seek an explanation of this line or something in it. Günther 288 commented on this note ‘ad 307 relatum’, which I do not understand.   


Or. 304.04 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐὰν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.05 (rec gloss) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἤγουν θάνῃς  —AaMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] ἤτοι εἰ R, ἤτοι Aa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   θάνεις AaMlS, a.c. Mn   |   


Or. 304.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἐάσεις, ἤγουν πρὸ τοῦ νενομισμένου καιροῦ θάνῃς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: καὶ πρὸ καιροῦ καταλείψεις  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: καταλείψεις  —V3GP2

POSITION: s.l.; inserted after ἀφήσεις in 304.09 G      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep V3P2   


Or. 304.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἀφήσεις, ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀποθάνῃς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   after ἀφήσεις add. καταλείψεις G   |    ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀποθ. om. Zc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφήσης XXaYfGr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,17


Or. 304.10 (thom gloss) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἐάσεις θανοῦσα  —ZZaZl2ZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἀποθάνῃς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀποθάν() B3a   


Or. 304.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μ’⟩: τίνα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῷ προσεδρεύειν μοι  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.14 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: προσκαρτερίᾳ  —AaAbMnRSSa

LEMMA: -δρείᾳ in text AbR, ‑δρεία AaMnSSa      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   προσκαρτερίᾳ R, ‑ρία MnSSa, ‑είᾳ Ab, ‑ρεία Aa   


Or. 304.15 (thom paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῇ ἐμῇ προσκαθίσει  —ZZaZl2ZmGuOx2

LEMMA: -ρίᾳ in text Zm, ‑ρεία Gu, ‑ρία others      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -καθήσει Zl2   |   


Or. 304.16 (tri paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἤγουν τῷ προσκαθῆσθαι ἐμοί  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: καὶ τῇ ἀσχολήσει  —CrOx

LEMMA: -ρία in text CrOx      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῇ ἄγαν  —V3

LEMMA: -ρείᾳ in text V      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: καὶ ἐν τῇ παρακαθεδρίᾳ  —Zu

LEMMA: -ρεία changed from ‑ρία in text Zu      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: προσεδρείᾳ, αἰολικὸν  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προεδρείᾳ⟩: αἰολικὸν  —Gu

LEMMA: -ρεία in text Gr      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρείᾳ⟩: τῇ ἐπιμονῇ σου  —GuB3a

LEMMA: -ρεία in text Gr      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῇ and σου om. Gu   |   


Or. 304.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεδρείᾳ⟩: ἐν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεδρεία⟩: προσέγγι[σις]  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεδρεία⟩: βοηθεία{ς}  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.26 (tri metr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 304.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νόσον⟩: ἀρρωστίαν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀρρωστί(οις) Xo2   


Or. 305.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτήσῃ⟩: ἐπισπάσῃ  —f2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 305.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτήσῃ⟩: λάβῃς  —Aa3Oxr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   λα() Aa3   |   


Or. 305.03 (rec gloss) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: ἀπολλύμεθα  —AbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -μεσθα RSa   |   


Or. 305.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: ἐφθάρμεθα  —XXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZcB4

POSITION: s.l. except X      

COMMENT:   With the cross above, T treats the Thoman and Moschopulean glosses as the same, despite the difference in tenses.    


Or. 305.05 (thom gloss) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: ἐφθάρημεν  —ZZaZl2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 305.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: ἐφθάρην  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 305.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: κινδυνεύομεν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 305.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: καὶ φθαροίμεθα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 306.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: βοηθὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrF2OxZl2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu   


Or. 306.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄλλων⟩: συγγενῶν  —AaMlMnRSSaXo2Zl2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι prep. R   |    συγγονῶν Ml   


Or. 306.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄλλων⟩: τῶν  —F2SXo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 306.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 306.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔρημος⟩: μεμονωμένος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZl2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 306.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρημος⟩: ἐστερημένος  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 306.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤν⟩: ἐγὼ δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 306.08 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 307.01 (vet exeg) οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοί: ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν αὐτῇ εἰ προλείψεις με, φησὶν οὐκ ἔστι, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ προλείψω σε.  —MBVCMlMnPrRbSaZu

TRANSLATION:   Since he said to her ‘if you will abandon me’, she says ‘it is not possible’, meaning ‘I will not abandon you’.

LEMMA: MC, οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοὶ κατθανεῖν V, οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοὶ θανεῖν Pr, οὐκ ἔστιν MlMnRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRbSa      POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Zu; between sch. 299.10 and 298.04 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπεὶ Zu   |    αὐτῇ] αὐτὸς V, αὐτὴ Ml, αὐτὴν Mn, αὐτῶ Pr   |    εἰ γὰρ προλ. BVMl(ἡ γὰρ)RbSSa   |    προλείψει Pr   |    ἐμὲ Rb   |    φησὶν om. B   |    οὐκ ἔστι, ἀντὶ τοῦ] ὅτι VMlMnRbSSa   |    τοῦ om. BC   |    σε om. PrZu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   φησὶ Mn   |    ἔστιν PrZu   |    προλήψω Sa, προλλείψω M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,7–9; Dind. II.104,1–2


Or. 307.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: οὐχ ὑπάρχει τοῦτο παρ’ ἐμοὶ, ἤγουν οὐκ ἀποδέχομαι σὲ μὲν μόνον ἐᾶσαι ἐνταυθοῖ κεῖσθαι, αὐτὴ δὲ τροφαῖς τε καὶ ὕπνῳ προσέχειν.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   This (action) is not present in me, that is, I do not accept letting you lie here alone while I myself attend to nourishment and sleep.

POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:   παρ’ ἐμοῦ Gu   |    μὲν om. Gu   |    ἐνταυθοῖ κεῖσθαι om. Za   |    ἐνταῦθα T   |    αὐτὴν Zl   |    τε om. ZlZmT   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑπάρπάρχει Zm   |    ἐάσαι ZlZm   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,2–4


Or. 307.03 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ προλείψω σε  —OV3G

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V3G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,4


Or. 307.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: οὐ γενήσεται τοῦτο  —CrSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 307.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔστι⟩: δυνατὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 307.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔστι⟩: δυνατὸν τοῦτο, ἤγουν οὐ φάγω, οὐχ ὑπνώσω, οὐ καταλείψω σε.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦτο κτλ added to Y-gloss by Y2   


Or. 307.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σὺν σοὶ⟩: μετὰ σοῦ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 307.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατθανεῖν⟩: ἀποθανεῖν  —F2Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 307.09 (recTri gloss) ⟨αἱρήσομαι⟩: προκρίνω  —V1AaMnRTXo2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   προκρινῶ TAa, προκριθῶ Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,5


Or. 307.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἱρήσομαι⟩: κρίνω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 307.11 (thom gloss) ⟨αἱρήσομαι⟩: βουλήσομαι  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,5


Or. 307.12 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨αἱρήσομαι⟩: θελήσω  —CrOxF2GT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 308.01 (vet exeg) ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν: 1τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταὐτόν ἐστιν, ἐὰν σὺ τελευτήσῃς. 2ἢ τὸ ἔχει ἀντὶ τοῦ σχήσει· 3ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἐὰν σὺ ἀποθάνῃς, ταὐτόν μοι πάθος γενήσεται, 4ὅ ἐστι· κἀγὼ συντεθνήξομαί σοι.   —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   My living and my dying are the same (to me) if you die. Or take (present) ‘entail’ (‘echei’) as used for (future) ‘will entail’, and the sense (is this): If you die, the same experience will befall me, that is, I too will die along with you.

LEMMA: BPr, καὶ ζῆν· ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν MC, καὶ ζῆν V      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔχει γὰρ prep. (om. ἐστιν later) V   |    after ἀποθανεῖν repeated με B (but deleted with dots)   |    σὺ] οὐ M   |    2 ἀντισχήσει (τοῦ om.) C   |    3 πάθος] παθεῖν V   |    4 τεθνήξομαι Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 σχήση M   |    3 ἀποθάνη M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,9–12; Dind. II.104,10–12


Or. 308.02 (rec paraphr) τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταὐτόν ἐστιν ἐὰν σὺ φθαρῇς.  —MlMnRSSa

REF. SYMBOL: MlSa      POSITION: marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅτι prep. R   |    με] μὲν Mn   |    καὶ τὸ ἀποθ. R   

APP. CRIT. 2:   απαθανεῖν Mn   |    ταὐτό R, ταυτόν SSa, αὐτόν Mn   |    φθρ(ῆς) R, φθαρείς Ml   |   


Or. 308.03 (rec paraphr) ὁ θάνατος ὁ μετὰ σοῦ καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἕν ἐστι.  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.04 (rec paraphr) ὁ θάνατος καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἡ μετὰ σοῦ ἕν εἰσιν.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.05 (pllgn paraphr) 1τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταυτόν ἐστιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅμοιον καὶ ἕν. 2ὅπερ σὺ πάθῃς, τοῦτο καὶ ἐγώ.   —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν⟩: ἕξει γὰρ ταὐτόν με πάθος, ὅπερ καὶ σέ.  —MOVC

TRANSLATION:   The very same fate will hold me that holds you.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. M; spaced out (with γὰρ and ταὐτὸν supplied from line) O      

APP. CRIT.:   ἕξεις Matt. (as if in O), ἤξ(εις) app. M, ἥξει OVC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,13; Dind. II.104,13–14


Or. 308.07 (thom exeg) ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν: 1ἤγουν ὁμοίως ἔχουσιν ἐμοὶ ἀμφότερα· 2 ὁ γὰρ σὸς θάνατος καὶ ἐμὸς θάνατός ἐστι, καὶ ἡ σὴ ζωὴ ἐμὴ ζωή. 3ἥκιστα γάρ μοι τὸ ζῆν ἥδιστον σοῦ θανόντος, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ νέκρωσις νομισθήσεται διὰ τὸ ἔρημον ἀπολειφθῆναι με βοηθείας.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, both things are the same for me. For your death is my death too, and your life my life. For living is not at all very sweet to me if you have died, but rather it will even be considered death because of my being left bereft of assistance.

LEMMA: T, ἔχει ταυτόν ZZa      REF. SYMBOL: all except T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἤγουν ὁμοίως] ὁμοίως γὰρ ZlZm, ὁμοίως Gu   |    2 ἐμὸς] ἐμοὶ Gu   |    3 με om. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,6–9


Or. 308.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἤτοι κἀγὼ συντεθνήξομαι  —O

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,14


Or. 308.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: συντεθνήξω κἀγὼ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δῆλον  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἤγουν ταυτὸν ἔχω τὸ ζῆν καὶ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 308.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (They are the same,) that I live and that I die.

LEMMA: ταυτόν X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   |   τῷ G   


Or. 308.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: τὸ θανεῖν ἐμὲ μετὰ σοῦ καὶ ζῆν  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (They are the same,) that I die with you and that I live (with you).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχει ἐν ἐμοὶ, ἤγουν τὸ θανεῖν ἐμέ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: σχήσει  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: ἔστι  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: διάκειται  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ταυτόν⟩: ὅμοιον  —CrGPrROxZm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, καὶ τὸ prep. Zm   


Or. 308.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταυτόν⟩: ἴσον  —AaF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἢν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.21 (mosch gloss) ⟨κατθάνῃς⟩: ἀποθάνῃς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐὰν prep. G   


Or. 309.01 (rec gloss) ⟨γυνὴ⟩: οὖσα ἐγὼ  —AaAbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 309.02 (recMosch gloss) ⟨γυνὴ⟩: οὖσα  —PrRXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrF2OxZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 309.03 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨δράσω⟩: ποιήσω  —TXo2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 309.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δράσω⟩: πράξω  —CrF2Y2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 309.05 (recTri metr) ⟨δράσω⟩: long mark over alpha  —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 309.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μόνη⟩: οὖσα ἐγώ  —MlMnSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 309.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόνη⟩: ἐγὼ δηλονότι  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 309.08 (rec exeg) ⟨πόνη⟩: γρ. μόνη.  —Ab

LEMMA: πόνη in text Ab      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 309.09 (thom gloss) ⟨σωθήσομαι⟩: βιώσομαι  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 309.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σωθήσομαι⟩: σωθῶ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: χωρὶς ἀδελφοῦ  —AaAbMlMnRSSaZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |   ἀδελφῶν R, ἀδελφ() Mn, ἀδελφὸν Ml   


Or. 310.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: ἄνευ ἀδελφοῦ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: δίχα τινὸς ἀδελφοῦ  —F2Y

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τινὸς om. F2   


Or. 310.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: ἐστερημένη ἀδελφοῦ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: οὖσα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφὸς, ὁ ἐστερημένος ἀδελφοῦ. καὶ διὰ τὴν χασμωδίαν πλεονασμῷ τοῦ ν ἐγένετο ἀνάδελφος εὐφωνοτερὸν ὥσπερ καὶ ἀνάργυρος.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   From alpha privative prefix and the word ‘adelphos’, the one who has been deprived of a brother. And because of the hiatus (between successive alphas) by the arbitrary addition of nu it became ‘anadelphos’, more euphonious, just as also in the case of ‘anarguros’ (without silver).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπάτωρ ἄφιλος⟩: χωρὶς πατρὸς καὶ φίλου  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   χωρὶς prep. Zl2 (Zl intended it to be supplied from prev. gloss)   


Or. 310.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπάτωρ⟩: ἄνευ πατρός  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπάτωρ⟩: δίχα πατρὸς  —F2Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπάτωρ⟩: (ἐστερημένη) πατρὸς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   ἐστερημένη is understood from 310.04 earlier in the line.   


Or. 310.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφιλος⟩: δίχα φίλου  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφιλος⟩: χωρὶς φίλου  —Zl2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφιλος⟩: (ἐστερημένη) φίλου  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   ἐστερημένη is understood from 310.04 earlier in the line.   


Or. 310.14 (310–311) (vet paraphr) εἰ δέ σοι δοκεῖ: τουτέστιν· εἰ βούλει με φαγεῖν, πείθομαι.  —MBOCMlMnRbS

TRANSLATION:   That is, if you want me to eat, I obey.

LEMMA: MlMnRbS      REF. SYMBOL: MlRb      POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT.:   τουτέστιν om. O   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τουτἔστιν Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,14; Dind. II.104,15


Or. 310.15 (310–311) (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ δέ σοι δοκεῖ⟩: εἴ σοι ἀρέσκει φαγεῖν με, πείθομαι.  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 310.16 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ δέ⟩: ὅμως δὲ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.17 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐπειδὴ  —V3RGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοι⟩: τίνι  —CrOxY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τινὶ Y2   


Or. 310.19 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: ἀρέσκει  —AaAbCrMlMnPrSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 310.20 (thom gloss) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: ἀρεστὸν φαίνεται  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.21 (rec gloss) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: ἀγαθὸν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: ἤγουν τὸ ὑ[ … ]  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps ὑπάρχειν μόνον/μόνῳ or ἄνευ ἐμοῦ or similar   


Or. 310.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: τὸ φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν ἐμέ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.01 (thom exeg) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ τάδ’⟩: τὸ δρᾶν τάδε κατὰ συνεκδοχὴν καὶ πρὸς τὸ δοκεῖ καὶ πρὸς τὸ χρὴ ληπτέον.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The words ‘to do these things’ are to be taken, by shared construal (synecdoche), both with ‘it seems best’ and with ‘it is necessary’.

POSITION: s.l. ZlGu; cont. from sch. 308.07 ZZa      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,16–17

COMMENT:   Here synecdoche, rather than referring to the usual trope (Lausberg §§572–577), seems to have a literal, etymological sense, virtually the same as ἀπὸ κοινοῦ.   

KEYWORDS:  synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν   


Or. 311.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ τάδ’⟩: χρεὼν νὰ τὰ πράξω  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ τάδ’⟩: να πράξω τάδε  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δράσω  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   


Or. 311.05 (rec gloss) ⟨δρᾶν⟩: φαγεῖν  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   φυγεῖν Ab   


Or. 311.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δρᾶν⟩: πράττειν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.07 (rec gloss) ⟨δρᾶν⟩: ποιεῖν  —AbF2Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρὴ⟩: καὶ πρέπει  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρὴ⟩: πρέπον  —FP2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἶναι add. P2   


Or. 311.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: ἅπερ δηλονότι λέγεις, τὸ λουθῆναι καὶ φαγεῖν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: τὸ ὑπνῶσαι με  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.12 (rec gloss) ⟨τάδ’⟩: τό(δ’)  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλλὰ⟩: ὅμως  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κλῖνον⟩: θὲς  —Aa2Zl2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κλῖνον⟩: ἀνάπαυσον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.16 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐνὴν⟩: κοίτην  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐνὴν⟩: στρωμνὴν  —Zl2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.18 (rec artGloss) ⟨εὐνὴν⟩: τὴν  —Aa2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ σὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: καὶ τὸ σῶμα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.21 (rec artGloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 312.01 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν ἄγαν ἀποδέχου: 1μὴ ἐν ὑποψίᾳ ἔχε μηδὲ φαντάζου τὸ ἐκφοβοῦν σε. 2ἀποδέχου δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑποδέχου προσδέχου.   —MBVCPrRb, partial HMlMnRaRwS

TRANSLATION:   Do not hold in fearful apprehension nor imagine that which panics you. And ‘accept/receive’ (compound with ‘apo’) is used in the sense of ‘receive hospitably’ (compound with ‘hupo’), ‘admit in’ (compound with ‘pros’).

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν VMl(τὸ παραβοῦν)MnRwS, μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν Pr, καὶ μὴ ταρβοῦν Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: marg. B; punct. as two notes in Rb, with second ref. symbol       

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ prep. B   |    μὴ om. MlMnRaRbS   |    ἐν ὑποψίᾳ VRaRbS, τὴν ὑποψίαν HMBCPrRw, ἀν ὑποψίαν Mn (perhaps corr. to ‑ία)   |    μηδὲ] μὴ Rb   |    τὸ om. Pr   |    εἰσφοβοῦν M   |    2 ἀποδέχου … προσδέχου om. MlMnRaS, ἀποδέχου … ὑποδέχου om. HRw   |    τοῦ om. C   |    προσδέχου] μηδὲ προσδέχου Rw, om. VRb, running on into sch. 313.10   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μὴδὲ Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,15–16; Dind. II.104,18–20

COMMENT:   Since all three compounds of δέχομαι can be used with very similar meanings, the second half of the note is somewhat odd. Perhaps it is meant to forestall taking ἀποδέχου in the meaning ‘praise, approve’.   


Or. 312.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: μὴ δοκῇς εἶναι ἀληθές  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   δοκεῖς K   |   


Or. 312.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: τὸ φοβοῦν ἔχε κατὰ νοῦν  —Zl2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔχει Zl2   


Or. 312.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ ταρβεῖν ποιοῦν ἤγουν φοβεῖσθαι ποιοῦν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   first ποιοῦν om. Y   


Or. 312.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: τὸ φοβεῖσθαι, τὸ ταρβεῖν ποιοῦν, τὸ φεύγειν ποιοῦν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 312.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: τὸ ἐνοχλοῦν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 312.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταρβοῦν⟩: ταρβεῖν ποιοῦν  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 312.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταρβοῦν⟩: καὶ δειμαῖνον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   δειμαίνον Zu   |   


Or. 312.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀκφοβοῦν⟩: καὶ ἐκδιῶκον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 312.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀκφοβοῦν⟩: καὶ τὸ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 312.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀκφοβοῦν⟩: καὶ ἐκ(φοβοῦν)  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 312.12 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀκφοβοῦν⟩: καὶ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 312.13 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ φοβοῦν⟩: γρ. κἀκφοβοῦν.  —MnRSa

LEMMA: καὶ φοβοῦν in text MnRSa      POSITION: s.l. MnSa, marg. R      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 312.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκ δεμνίων⟩: ἐκ τῆς κοίτης  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 312.15 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨δεμνίων⟩: τῶν στρωμάτων  —Y2T

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. Y2   


Or. 312.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨δεμνίων⟩: τῶν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 313.01 (thom exeg) ἀποδέχου: 1τουτέστι μὴ ἔχε τὴν ὑποψίαν ἀεὶ κατὰ νοῦν τῆς μανίας. 2τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ ἄγαν ἀποδέχου. 3ταρβοῦν δὲ ἐκ δεμνίων λέγει οὐχ ὅτι τὰ δέμνια ἐποίει αὐτὸν μαίνεσθαι, 4ἀλλ’ ὅτι κείμενος ἐκεῖσε φόβον ἐξ Ἐριννύων ἐδέχετο κατεχόμενος τῇ μανίᾳ.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, do not always have the fearful apprehension of madness in your mind. For that is what is meant by ‘receive too much’. He says ‘causing terror from the bedsheets’ not because the bedsheets were causing him to be mad, but because while lying there he received terror from the Erinyes, being possessed by madness.

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZmGu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κατὰ νοῦν ἀεὶ transp. ZmTGu, app. Zl (also p.c. Ta, with s.l. β and a)   |    4 ἐκεῖ T   |   [ἐριν]νύος Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,20–23

COMMENT:   It is a little surprising that Triclinius did not modify Thomas’ implausible interpretation of ἐκ δεμνίων.   


Or. 313.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: ὑποδέχου  —OAaMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀποδέχου Sa   


Or. 313.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: προσδέχου  —OCrOxGuP2

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev. with ἢ O      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |   προσδέχομαι P2   


Or. 313.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: μὴ φαντάζου  —OV3

POSITION: marg. O, s.l. V3      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἐκφοβοῦν σε add. V3   


Or. 313.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: εἰς ὑποψίαν ἔχε  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 313.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: πίστευε  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 313.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: προσδόκα  —V1F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. F   


Or. 313.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μὴ προσδόκα καὶ μὴ λογίζου  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 313.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: καὶ ἔλπιζε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 313.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨μένε δ’ ἐπὶ στρωτοῦ λέχους⟩: προσδόκα τῆς νυκτὸς  —VMlMnRbSSa

POSITION: s.l., except VRb continued from sch. 312.01      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς νυκτὸς] τὴν ἐκτός V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προσδίκα S, πρὸσδόκα Mn   |   


Or. 313.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μένε⟩: προσκαρτέρει  —AbMlMnRSSaXo2

POSITION: s.l.a      


Or. 313.12 (thom gloss) ⟨μένε⟩: κεῖσο  —ZZaAa3F2Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 313.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μένε⟩: ἡσύχαζε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 313.14 (rec gloss) ⟨στρωτοῦ⟩: τοῦ πεπταμένου  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶ (or τὼ?) πεπλωμένω Ab   |   


Or. 313.15 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨στρωτοῦ⟩: ἐστρωμένου  —F2T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 313.16 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨στρωτοῦ⟩: τοῦ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 313.17 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨λέχους⟩: τῆς κοίτης  —Xo2TY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ prep. Y2   


Or. 314.01 (vet exeg) κἂν μὴ νοσῇς γάρ: 1Καλλίστρατος [Callistratus fr. 54 Montana LGGA] τὴν ἐκτὸς τοῦ σ̅ γραφὴν διδάσκει· 2‘κἂν μὴ νοσῇ γάρ, ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ νοσεῖν’, 3ἵν’ ᾖ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου εἰς κοινὸν μεταβεβηκὼς ὁ λόγος.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Callistratus teaches the reading without the sigma (that is, verbs with third-person ending rather than second-person): ‘for even if one is not ill but believes he is ill’, so that the statement has transitioned from Orestes (the addressee) to general application.

LEMMA: all (νοσήσης MC, νοσῆ Pr, γὰρ om. Rw)      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πεισίστρατος Pr   |    διδάσκει] δοξάζει C, δοκιμάζει Rw   |    2 νοσήσῃ MC   |    δοξάζει MC, δόξει Rw   |    3 ᾖ om. MC   |    τοῦ om. Rw   |    εἰς τὸ κοινὸν BRw   |    μεταβεβληκὼς Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σίγματος Pr   |   3 ἵνα Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,18–20; Dind. II.104,24–105,2

KEYWORDS:  Callistratus   |   variant reading, specific scholar; citation of historian or scholar   


Or. 314.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κἂν μὴ νοσῇς γάρ⟩: 1Καλλίστρατος [54 Montana LGGA] χωρὶς τοῦ σ̅ γράφειν δοκιμάζει· 2‘κἂν μὴ νοσῇ, ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ νοσεῖν’, 3ἵν’ ᾖ ἐκ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἐπὶ τὸ κοινὸν μεταβεβηκὼς ὁ λόγος.   —V

LEMMA: ἀλλὰ δοξάζεις V      

APP. CRIT.:   2 νοσῆς … δοξάζεις V   |   νοσεῖν] s.l. V, in line p.c. V1, a.c. νοσ* (νοσῆ?) V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,18–20 app.; Dind. 105,2 app.


Or. 314.03 (pllgn rhet) ἀρχὴ  —Ta

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This annotation, of uncertain meaning, is not present in T.   


Or. 314.04 (rec exeg) ⟨κἂν μὴ νόσῃς γὰρ⟩: γρ. κἂν μὴ νοσῇ γὰρ.  —B3

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 314.05 (rec paraphr) κἀν μὴ νοσῇ τις ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ, δοκῇ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.06 (thom exeg) κἂν μὴ νόσῃς γὰρ: 1τοῦτο καθολικῶς ἔδει ἐξενεγκεῖν οὕτω· κἂν μὴ νοσῇ τις ἀλλα δοξάζει νοσεῖν, κάματος αὐτῷ καὶ ἀπορία γίνεται. 2νῦν δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ τοῦ γνωμικοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐπέφερε, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ καθόλου εἶπεν. 3ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο καινόσχημον, εἰ καὶ ληρῶν ὁ Καλλίστρατος τὴν ἐκτὸς τοῦ σ̅ διδάσκει γραφήν. 4καὶ μὴν καὶ ἑτέρα καινότης ἔστιν ἐνταῦθα· 5ἡ γὰρ πρότασις ἑνικῶς ἐκφέρεται, ἡ δὲ ἀπόδοσις πληθυντικῶς, δηλοῦντος τοῦ ποιητοῦ ὅτι εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους τοῦτο γίνεται.   —ZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   This should have been expressed as a generalization thus: ‘Even if someone is not sick but believes he is sick, weariness and confusion befall him’. But as it is he applied half of the gnomic statement to Orestes, and spoke half of it universally. And this is innovatively (unusually) constructed, although Callistratus, speaking nonsense, teaches the reading without the sigma. And indeed there is also another unusual feature here: for the conditional clause is expressed in the singular, but the main clause in the plural, with the poet making clear that this occurs in reference to all human beings.

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: ZaZlZmGu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 νοσῇ] δοξάζη Gu   |    3 μονόσχημον Zm, κακόσχημον T   |    ληρῶν om. Gu   |    4 ἑτέρα καινοτ(ε)ρα Za   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δοξάζη GuTa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,4–11

COMMENT:   Note the alternative designations of what Thomas tries to describe (or perhaps defend) as novel or unusual: in Zm καινόσχημον is replaced by μονόσχημον (if this is not merely a clumsy error, it perhaps means ‘uniquely constructed’ in the sense ‘unparalleled, unusual’—but that is not its meaning elsewhere, see on 31.03), while Triclinius seems to be more critical of Eur.’s style by using κακόσχημον (‘badly constructed, clumsy’). Triclinius elsewhere softens expressions like Thomas’ scornful ληρῶν, but here he retains it, and only in Gu is it edited out.   

KEYWORDS:  καινόσχημον   |   μονόσχημον   |   κακόσχημον   


Or. 314.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὴ νοσῇς⟩: καὶ οὐ μαίνῃ ἄρτι  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.08 (rec gloss) ⟨νοσῇς⟩: νοσῇ τις  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γὰρ⟩: νῦν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃς νοσεῖν⟩: μετ’ ὀλίγον ὑπολαμβάνεις παραφρονῆσαι  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς νοσεῖν⟩: δόκησιν ἔχῃς μανίας —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.12 (vet exeg) δοξάζῃς: ἀντὶ τοῦ δοξάζῃ τις, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 3.220] ‘φαίης κε ζάκοτόν τ’ ἔμμεναι’.  —MBC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘(if) someone believes’, as in the passage ‘you might say that he was furious’.

LEMMA: M(‑εις)C, ἄλλως BPr      POSITION: cont. from 314.01 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντί τοῦ] κἂν μὴ νοσῇ τίς· ἀλλὰ BPr   |    τις om. BPr   |    ὡς τὸ κτλ om. Pr   |    τέ τιν’ ἐμμέναι Il. 3.220   |    ἔμμεναι om. B   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δοξάζει M    |   κεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,21–22; Dind. II.105,2–3

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 314.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨δοξάζεις⟩: ὑπολαμβάνεις  —A2CrMlMnRSSaOxZZaZlZmT

REF. SYMBOL: R       POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -βάνης Aa2Zl (δοξάζης in text AaZl)   |   


Or. 314.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: καὶ δόξαν καὶ δόκησιν δίδως  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: καὶ δόξαν καὶ δόκησιν ἔχεις  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ δόξαν om. Zu   


Or. 314.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: δόξαν ὑπόληψιν δίδως  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: δίδως δόκησιν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: δοξάζῃ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: φαίνῃ  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: φαίνεσαι νῦν  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,11

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 314.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νοσεῖν⟩: μαίνεσθαι  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νοσεῖν⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς φορᾶς τῆς ἀνάγκης  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.23 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨νοσεῖν⟩: τὸ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.01 (pllgn exeg) ἕπεται γὰρ ἐκ τῆς νόσου τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀρτὶ ληγούσης ἡ ταλαιπωρία.  —P2

REF. SYMBOL: P2      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:  ταλεπωρία P2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,13–14


Or. 315.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάματος⟩: ἐκ τούτου γὰρ τοῦ δοξάζειν ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς ἀπηλλαγμένους τῆς νόσου ἀμελεῖται, καὶ οὕτως γίνεται κάματος.  —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπηλαγμένους Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,11–13


Or. 315.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: κόπος  —V1Aa2AbMlMnPrRSaZcZaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ prep. Aa2MlMnSa   


Or. 315.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάματος⟩: ὁ διὰ τῆς νόσου κόπος  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.05 (rec gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: θλίψις  —V1FPr

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from 315.03 with καὶ V1      


Or. 315.06 (rec gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: ἀνάγκη  —AbCrMlMnRSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ ἡ prep. CrOx   


Or. 315.07 (rec gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: δυστυχία  —PrB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.08 (rec gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: ἀπορία  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.09 (thom gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: κακοπάθεια  —ZmGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,15


Or. 315.10 (thom gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: ἀγανάκτησις  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,16


Or. 315.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: βάρος  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: καὶ λύπη  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨κάματος⟩:  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.14 (rec gloss) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: ἐν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.15 (rec exeg) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,15


Or. 315.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: καὶ ἐν τοῖς φίλοις αὐτοῦ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτῶ V3   


Or. 315.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: βροτῶν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: τοῖς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπορία τε γίνεται⟩: ἀσθένειαν, ἀπελπισμὸν προξενεῖ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: δυστυχία  —AbMlMnRSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: ἀσθένεια  —RfYf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Yf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,16 (and misread 105,15)


Or. 315.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: ἀμηχανία  —PrGZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 315.24 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: ἀπόγνωσις  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,17


Or. 315.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: καὶ ἀδυναμία  —CrOxP2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,16


Or. 315.26 (tri metr) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: long mark over final alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 315.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τε⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.28 (recThom gloss) ⟨γίνεται⟩: τοῦτο  —AbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:  Omitted by Ta.   


Or. 315.29 (tri metr) ⟨γίνεται⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 315.30 (tri metr) coronis  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 316.01 (316–331) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: αἶ αἶ:  0τὰ τοιαῦτα εἴδη τῶν χορῶν καλεῖται κατὰ σχέσιν, ὡς εἴρηται. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ᾆσμα μιᾶς στροφῆς. εἰσὶ δὲ τὰ κῶλα τῆς στροφῆς ιϛʹ, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς τοσαῦτα.  1τὸ αʹ ἰαμβικὸν μονόμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἤτοι κώλου τμῆμα.  2τὸ δεύτερον παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων δʹ δύο.  3τὸ γʹ ὅμοιον ἡμιόλιον, ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου.  4τὸ δʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου, παίωνος αʹ καὶ δʹ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον.  5τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον τῷ γʹ.  6τὸ ϛʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἀντισπάστου, παίωνος αʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον.  7τὸ ζʹ χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ χοριάμβου, ἐπιτρίτου αʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. τὸ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς δὲ κῶλον πεντασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν ἐπίτριτον.  8τὸ ηʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ παιωνικῶν ἡμιολίων δύο συγκείμενον. ἕκαστον δὲ ἐκ παίωνος ἐστὶ δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου.  9–10τὸ θʹ καὶ ιʹ κατὰ πάντα ὅμοια.  11το ιαʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ, παίωνος αʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀκατάληκτον τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς διτροχαίου πεντεσυλλάβου.  12τὸ ιβʹ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ χοριάμβου καὶ μολοσσοῦ. τὸ δέ γε τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κῶλον ἐπίτριτον ἔχει γʹ ἀντὶ χοριάμβου.  13τὸ ιγʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου γʹ καὶ αʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. τὸ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς δὲ κῶλον διαλελυμένην ἔχει τὴν τοιαύτην συλλαβὴν εἰς δύο βραχείας.  14τὸ ιδʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον, τῶν πρώτων δύο ποδῶν χορείων.  15τὸ ιεʹ παιωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων δʹ δύο, τοῦ δευτέρου ἐνταῦθα μὲν πεντασυλλάβου, ἐν δὲ τῷ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κώλῳ ἑξασυλλάβου, καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον.  16τὸ ιϛʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ παίωνος δʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, διιάμβου καὶ κρητικοῦ.  17ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει τῆς μὲν στροφῆς παράγραφος, τῆς δὲ ἀντιστροφῆς κορωνίς.   —T

1316=332 ‒ ‒
αἶ αἶ
ὦ Ζεῦ
  2317=333 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒
δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι
τίς ἔλεος, τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν
  3318=334 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ποτνιάδες θεαί
φόνιος ἔρχεται
  4319=335 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒⏑⏑⏑,⏑⏑⏑‒
ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον ἐλάχετ’ ἐν
θοάζων σε τὸν μέλεον; ὃ δάκρυα
  5320=336 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
δάκρυσι καὶ γόοις
δάκρυσι συμβάλλει
  6321=337 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒⏑⏑⏑,‒⏑‒
μελαγχρῶτες Εὐμενίδες, αἵτε τὸν
πορεύων τις ἐς δόμον ἀλαστόρων
  7322=338 ‒⏑⏑‒,⏑‒ ‒⏔,‒⏑‒
ταναὸν αἰθέρ’ ἀμπάλλεσθ’, αἵματος
ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει [koine short mark over ευ]
  8323=339 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
τινύμεναι δίκαν, τινύμεναι φόνον
κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι
  9324=340 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
καθικετεύομαι καθικετεύομαι
ὁ μέγας ὄλβος οὐ μόνιμος ἐν βροτοῖς
  10325=341 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον ἐάσατ’ ἐκ-
ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος ὥς τις ἀκάτου θοᾶ
  11326=342 ⏑‒ ‒ ‒,‒⏑⏑⏑,‒ / ⏑‒ ‒ ‒,‒⏑⏑͡⏑‒
λαθέσθαι λύσσας μανιάδος
τινάξας δαίμων κατέκλυσεν
  12327=343 ‒⏓⏑‒,‒ ‒ ‒
φοιταλέου. φεῦ μόχθων
δεινῶν πόνων ὡς πόντου
  13328=344 ‒ ‒⏑‒,⏑‒ ‒ ‒,⏔
οἵων, τάλας, ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις
λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασιν
  14329=345 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑‒⏑‒,⏑
τρίποδος ἀπόφατιν ἃν ὁ Φοῖβος
τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος οἶκον ἄλλον
  15330=346 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,‒⏑‒ = ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,‒⏑‒
ἔλακε δεξάμενος ἀνὰ δάπεδον
ἕτερον ἢ τὸν ἀπὸ θεογόνων γάμων
  16331=347 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒⏑‒,‒⏑‒
ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται μυχοί
τὸν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου σέβεσθαί με χρή
 

TRANSLATION:   Such forms of choral songs are called ‘in responsion’, as has been said. And the song is of a single strophe, and the cola of the strophe number sixteen, and those of the antistophe are as many. The first colon is a brachycatalectic iambic monometer, or a portion of a colon. The second colon is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter consisting of two fourth paeons. The third colon is a one-and-a-half-measure line of the same rhythm, consisting of a fourth paeon and an iamb. The fourth colon is an acatalectic antispastic trimeter made of an antispast, a first paeon and a fourth paeon because of the final anceps syllable. The fifth colon is similar to the third. The sixth colon is a catalectic antispastic trimeter made of an antispast, a first paeon and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable. The seventh colon is a catalectic choriambic trimeter formed from a choriamb, a first epitrite, and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable, but the colon of the antistrophe has its epitrite in five-syllable form (with resolution of one long). The eighth colon is asynartete formed from a compound of two one-and-a-half-measure paeonic units, and each one consists of a fourth paeon and an iamb. The ninth and tenth cola are similar (to the eighth) in every respect. The eleventh colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter made of a first epitrite, a first paeon, and a syllable; but if you prefer, an acatalectic colon with the second foot a five-syllable ditrochee. The twelfth colon is a catalectic choriambic dimeter made of a choriamb and molossus, but the colon of the antistophe has a third epitrite in place of the choriamb. The thirteenth colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter formed by a third epitrite, a first epitrite, and syllable. But the colon of the antistrophe has such a syllable resolved into two shorts. The fourteenth is a hypercatalectic iambic dimeter, the first two feet being chorei. The fifteenth colon is an acatalectic paeonic trimeter made of two second paeons—the second being here (in the strophe) five syllables, but in the colon of the antistrophe six syllables—and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable. The sixteenth colon is a catalectic ionic a minore trimeter, formed by a fourth paeon in place of the ionic, a double iamb, and a cretic. At the end of the strophe a paragraphos, and of the antistrophe a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   4–6 καὶ δʹ διὰ … παίωνος αʹ om. Ta   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,30–13,21; de Fav. 51–52

COMMENT:   The scansion of colon 7 is problematic. What is said would make most sense if Triclinius had read ὅς σ’ in 338, with the third element long and resolution in the fourth element consisting of ἀνα-; but his text is ὅ σ’ ανα‑ and he places his note about resolution, ἀντὶ μιᾶς, over ὅ σ’ α-, which leaves the fourth element short and the metron an antispast and not an epitrite, unless without comment or justification he is counting the second alpha of ἀνα‑ as long. This may be a case where Triclinius changed his mind and did not bring his description into full accord with the text, or vice versa. Note also that in 338 he treats ευ as short before ει to make ‑βακχεύει a cretic (338.34).   


Or. 316.02 (316–331) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων ιϛʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 316.03 (recTri gloss) ⟨αἶ αἶ⟩: φεῦ  —AbT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 317.01 (vet exeg) δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι: 1πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.  2ἢ περιτρέχειν ποιοῦσαι τοὺς μεμηνότας.   —MBVCKMlMnPrRbRwSSa, partial GRaRf

TRANSLATION:   (‘Dromades’ means) running around everywhere and punishing humans; or causing those who have gone mad to run around.

LEMMA: MBCPr, δρομάδες VMlMnRbRwSS      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRaRbRfSa      POSITION: s.l. GK      

APP. CRIT.:   αἱ prep. Rf   |    πανταχοῦ … καὶ om. Ra   |    πάντα τρέχουσαι G   |    τιμωροῦσαι VMlMnRaRbRfRwSSa   |    2 ἢ περιτρ. κτλ om. GRf   |    παρὰ τὸ τρέχειν MlSSa   |    καὶ add. before τοὺς μεμ. MlMnRbS   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ποῦσαι Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,23–25; Dind. II.106,5–7


Or. 317.02 (rec exeg) ⟨δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι ⟩: πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωροῦσαι τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας ἢ περιφέρουσαι καὶ ποιοῦσαι τρέχειν τοὺς τιμωρουμένους.  —V

TRANSLATION:  (‘Dromades’ means) running around everywhere and punishing wrongdoers; or carrying around or causing to run those being punished.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 317.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι⟩: δρομάδας λέγει ὡς ταχυτάτας. πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. τὸ γὰρ θεῖον πανταχοῦ πάρεστι. πτεροφόρους λέγουσι τοὺς δαίμονας ὡς καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους μὴ ὄντας· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἄϋλοι, πῶς πτερὰ ἔχουσιν; ὅμως δὲ διότι ταχύτατα τῶν ζώων πτερὰ ἔχουσιν, κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας ὡς ταχυτάτους λέγομεν ἔχειν πτερά.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   He calls them ‘dromades’ (running) as being very swift. Running around everywhere and punishing humans. For that which is divine is present everywhere. They call the minor divinities (i.e., the Erinyes) ‘wing-bearing’ just as (we so call) the angels, though angels are not so. For since they are not corporeal, how do they have wings? But nevertheless because the swiftest of animals have wings, on this principle we also say that the minor divinities, since they are very swift, have wings.


Or. 317.04 (pllgn exeg) αἱ πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι εἰς τιμωρίαν τῶν κακῶς πραττόντων ἢ αἱ ποιοῦσαι περιτρέχειν τοὺς μεμηνότας  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 317.05 (rec gloss) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι  —OCRP2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. O      

APP. CRIT.:  αἱ prep. P2   |   ἐπιτρέχουσαι O   


Or. 317.06 (thom exeg) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: αἱ πανταχοῦ τρέχουσαι ἢ αἱ πανταχοῦ τρέχειν ποιοῦσαι τοὺς μαινομένους  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Dromades’ means) ‘those running everywhere’ or ‘those causing the insane to run everywhere’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ αἱ κτλ om. Zm   


Or. 317.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: δρομικαὶ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  δρομιστικαὶ T   


Or. 317.08 (moschThom gloss) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: ταχεῖαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZaZlZmT

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from prev. X); twice in T (Mosch. instance cont. from prev.)      


Or. 317.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: καὶ σύντομοι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 317.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ τρέχω  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 317.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: ταχεῖαι  —AbCrMlMnRSSaOxZm

POSITION: s.l.; at first above δρομάδες Ab, but erased there      

APP. CRIT.:  ὦ prep. AbMlMnSa, καὶ ὦ prep. S, καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 317.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: αἱ φέρουσαι πτερὰ ὡς ταχεῖαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 317.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: ταχύτατοι  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 317.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: ταχύτατα γὰρ τὰ πτερὰ.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 317.15 (rec artGloss) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: ὦ πτεροφόροι  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 318.01 (vet exeg) Ποτνιάδες θεαί: 1μανιοποιοί.  2Πότνιαι γὰρ χωρίον ἐστὶ Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα φαγοῦσαι βοτάνην αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι καὶ μανεῖσαι διεσπάσαντο τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην Γλαῦκον τὸν Βελλεροφόντου πατέρα ἐν τῷ ἐπιταφίῳ Πελίου. ||  3Πότνιαι δὲ πόλις Βοιωτίας, ὅθεν καὶ Γλαῦκος ⟨ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος⟩ ἁλιεὺς ⟨ * * καὶ αὐτὸς⟩ γευσάμενος ἐμμανὴς γέγονε καὶ ἥλατο εἰς θάλασσαν {ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος}.   —MBVCMlMnPrRaRbRwSSa, partial HORf

TRANSLATION:   Instilling madness. For Potniae is a place in Boeotia, where the mares of Glaucus, having eaten a plant and gone mad, tore apart their own master, Glaucus the father of Bellerophon, at the funeral-games of Pelias. || And Potniae is a city of Boeotia, from which also Glaucus the Anthedonian, a fisherman ⟨lacuna: (missing words) — and himself⟩ having tasted it he went mad and jumped into the sea.

LEMMA: MVC, ὦ ποτνιάδες Sa; ποτνιάδες MlMnRbRwS (ἱστορία in marg. S)      REF. SYMBOL: VMlSa      POSITION: marg. H, s.l. O; cont. from 317.01 BPrRf, prep. ποτνιάδες δὲ BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μανιοποιοί] οἱ μαν. Pr, om. RaRfRw   |    2 πότνια PrRw   |    γὰρ om. HRaRf   |    χωρίον ἐστὶ] ἐστὶ Pr, χώρά ἐστι V, compend. χώ() ἐστι H   |    τῆς Βοιωτίας Rf   |    words after Βοι‑ lost to trimming H, not enough room for whole remainder before next ref. symbol   |    βοτάμνας Ml   |    αἱ om. MnRb   |    γλαύκου] γλαυκος V, corr. V2/3   |    διεσπάσαντο om. S   |    2–3 γλαῦκον τὸν κτλ om. Rf   |    2 βελλερεφόντα Ml   |    2–3 ἐν τῷ κτλ om. O   |    2 ὡς ἐν τῶ MlMnRaSSa   |    πελίου] ὀρπεδίου V, πέλει Ml   |    3 πότνιαι] πότνια MCPrRw, ποτνιάδες VMn, τὸ ποτνιάδες MlRaRbSSa   |    δὲ] οὖν BPr, καὶ Rb, om. Mn   |    πόλις om. VMlMnRaRbSSa   |    καὶ om. MlMnPrRaRbS   |    ὁ ἀνθηδ. transp. here from end Mastr. (after Schw., quoting Et. Magn.)   |    γλαῦκος ἁλιεὺς Rw, γλαῦκος others   |    καὶ αὐτὸς suppl. e.g. Mastr.; ⟨ *** ⟩ γευσάμενον ⟨ *** ⟩ Schw. (from Et. Magn.)   |    γευσάμενος] δοξάμενος Ra, om. B (between γλαῦκος and ἐμμ‑ blank space ca. 12 ltrs.)   |    ἐκμανεὶς C   |    γεγονὼς Rw   |    εἰς τὴν θάλ. MnPrRw   |    ὁ ἀνθηδόνιος om. Pr, del. Schw.   |    ὁ] ὡς ὁ C; οὕτως Rw, om. BS (B leaving space for ca. 4 letters before ἀνθηδ())   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μανοποιεῖ Ml   |    2 πότναι Rb   |    ἐστιν Ml   |    βιωτίας MlMn   |    βελεροφ. VRb, βελλερεφ. MlRa, βελερεφ. Mn   |    πελίου] πελλίου C, πέλει MnSSa, πέλ() RaRb   |    3 βιωτίας MnRb, βιωτ()῀ Ml, βοιοτ(ίας) Ra   |    ἐμμανεῖς Ra   |    γέγονεν M   |    ἤλατο MVRaRb, ἥλλατο BPrSa, ἤλλατο CMnRwS   |    ἀνθηδ() B, ἀνθης Rw, θηδόνιος RaRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,1–6; Dind. II.106,9–14

COMMENT:   The note offers two different explanations of the epithet ‘Potnian’ based on the myths of two different mythological figures named Glaucus. These explanations are found in the same sequence in Et. Magn. 685,40–49 s.v. Ποτνιάδες θεαί (probably based on a fuller commentary on this play): αἱ μανιοποιοί. Εὐριπίδης Ὀρέστῃ, περὶ τῶν Ἐρινύων. Πότνιαι γὰρ χωρίον Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα φαγοῦσαι βοτάνην αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι τοῦ Βελλεροφόντου, καὶ μανεῖσαι, διεσπάσαντο τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην. ἄλλως [Schw., ἀλλὰ codd.] καὶ Γλαῦκος ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος ἁλιεὺς, ἑωρακὼς ἰχθῦν παρὰ ψάμμῳ βοτάνης γευσάμενον καὶ ἀναζήσαντα, φαγὼν καὶ αὐτὸς, ἐμμανὴς γέγονε καὶ ἥλατο εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. ἢ ὅτι ἀθάνατος μὲν, οὐκ ἀγήρως δὲ γεγονὼς, ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἑαυτὸν κατεπόντισεν. Clearly in the tradition of the scholia there was some damage to the last portion: ὁ ἀνθηδόνιος was part of the illegible text but was perhaps supplied in the margin at some point and later was inserted at the end of the note; ἀλιεὺς remarkably is still read in Rw, and since Rw does not restore anything else from the Et. Magn. version, this seems to be a genuine survival of a version where a little more of the damaged passage had been read (compare Rw’s sole testimony to τέχνημα in sch. 25.10). Schw. may be right to emend to γευσάμενον and assume a lacuna before and after it on the assumption that words like those in the Et. Magn. version were once present before and after the participle. But the original that was damaged may have had modified wording and with only one lacuna γευσάμενος could be kept in reference to Glaucus himself (‘having seen a fish … and himself tasting it’). The lacuna could even be quite short, e.g., ⟨βοτάνης τινὸς⟩ γευσάμενος, and one may wonder whether the similarity of (ἁ)λιευς and γευσ‑ may have prompted an omission (repaired in the margin, with the marginal words later becoming mostly illegible). See also sch. Or. 364.01, sch. Ph. 1124; Sch. Lycophr. 754a Leone (with the parallels there cited). For the Euboean Glaucus who became a sea-god, see Gantz 732–733, and for Glaucus of Potniae see Gantz 175.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new image of H when available.   |   


Or. 318.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: μανι⟨ο⟩ποιοί· Πότνια χώρα βοιωτίας, ἐν ᾗ ἀναφύεται βοτάνη θανατηρὰ καὶ μαν⟨ι⟩οποιά· ταύτην γὰρ φαγόντες οἱ τοῦ Γλαύκου ἵπποι ἀπεσφαίρισαν ἐκεῖνον καὶ φθορὰν ὑπέστη τὴν παντελῆ.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 318.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: 1ποτινάδες δὲ μαν⟨ι⟩οποιαί.  2Πότνια γὰρ χώρα ἐστὶ Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα μανεῖσαι αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην Γλαῦκον διεσπάραξαν.   —Lb

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔστι Lb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106,15–17


Or. 318.04 (pllgn exeg) ἄλλως: 1Ποτνιάδας φησὶ τὰς Ἐριννύας ἀφ’ ἱστορίας τοιαύτης.  2Πότνιά ἐστι τόπος ἐν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ·  3ἐφύοντο γοῦν ἐκεῖ βοτάναι μανίας ἐμποιητικαὶ·  4εἰς ὃν, ὡς λόγος εἴρηται, παραγενόμενος καὶ Γλαῦκος μετὰ τῶν ἵππων αὐτοῦ,  5⟨γευσάμεναι⟩ τῶν βοτανῶν καὶ ἐμμανεῖσαι διέφθειραν τὸν Γλαῦκον.  6ἐπειδὴ καὶ Ἐριννύες αἴτιαι μανιῶν εἰσι, διὰ τοῦτο ταύτας φησὶ Ποτνιάδας.   —Lb

TRANSLATION:  He calls the Erinyes ‘Potniades’ because of a mythical tale like this: Potnia is a place in Boeoetia. Now, there grew in that place plants that instill madness. As the story has been told, when Glaucus too together with his horses arrived at this place, they (the horses), having tasted of the plants and gone made, killed Glaucus. Because the Erinyes too are responsible for fits of madness, for this reason he calls them ‘Potniades’.

LEMMA: Lb      

APP. CRIT.:   3 μανίας] Dind., μανίαι Lb (read as μανίαν by Matt.)   |    4 εἴρηται Mastr. ἐρεῖ Lb   |    5 suppl. e.g. Mastr. (i.e., with nominative absolute preceding) or ⟨αἳ γευσάμεναι⟩ with anacoluthon), ⟨γευσάμενος⟩ Dind.   |    6 ἐρίννυσι Lb, corr. Matt. after King   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννὰς Lb, corr. Matt.   |    τοιαῦτης Lb   |    2 πότνια ἐστὶ Lb   |    βοτᾶναι Lb   |    6 εἰσὶ Lb   |    ταῦτας Lb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106,17–23


Or. 318.05 (rec gloss) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: μανιοποιοί  —M2CAaAbGMlMnPrRRfrSSaGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. S, ἀνιοποιοὶ prep. Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μανοποιοὶ Gu, μαινοποιοί G, μανιοποιὸν Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106,23


Or. 318.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: κακομανιοποιοί  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106,1


Or. 318.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἀπὸ ⟨τῶν⟩ Ποτνιάδων ἵππων μετήνεγκεν, αἳ μανεῖσαι ἔφαγον τὸν Γλαῦκον .  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) created a transferred sense (of the epithet) taken from the horses of Potniae, who went mad and ate Glaucus.

LEMMA: C      POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν Dindorf (as if in mss)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀποτνιάδων C   |    μανῆσαι M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,7–8; Dind. II.106,8–9


Or. 318.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: αἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ποτνίου χωρίου  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ om. Cr   

COMMENT:   The adjective Πότνιος is otherwise attested only in Steph. Byz. s.v. Πότνια.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 318.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: τίμιαι  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 318.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἢ ἔντιμοι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 318.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: σεβάσμιαι  —KZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 318.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἔστι κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν  —Ab

REF. SYMBOL: Ab      POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις   


Or. 318.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἄτιμοι κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 318.14 (thom exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Potniades’, ‘honored ladies’, is used) by euphemism.

POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Zm      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106.23

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 318.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μισηταὶ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106,23


Or. 318.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεαί⟩: Ἐριννύες  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 318.17 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θεαί⟩:  —Xo2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 319.01 (vet exeg) ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον: 1ἤτοι κακοβάκχευτον, τὸν κακὴν ἔχοντα βακχείαν οὐ πρέπουσαν τῷ Διονύσῳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν θρήνοις καὶ γόοις ἐξεργαζομένην.  2ἢ παρόσον ἄοινα καὶ νηφάλια ταῖς θεαῖς ταύταις τὰ ἱερὰ συντελεῖται.  3ἢ τὸν μεγάλως ἐκβακχεύοντα.   —MBVCPrRw, partial(?)H

TRANSLATION:   (‘Without revelry’,) that is, with harmful revelry, the one having a harmful revelry not suiting Dionysus but produced in dirges and lamentations. Or, inasmuch as the sacrifices that are accomplished for these goddesses are without wine and sober. Or, the one that rouses to a great frenzy.

LEMMA: MC(αἲ), ἀβάκχευτον θίασον B(θίασσον)Pr, ἀβάκχευτον VRw      REF. SYMBOL: HBV      

APP. CRIT.:   H mostly lost, length cannot be estimated accurately   |    1 ἥτοι om. Sa, ἤτοι τὸν Pr   |    τὸν] τὸ MC, ἢ τὸν Pr   |    ἐξεργαζομένην Mastr., ἐξεταζομένην all except διεξεταζομένην Pr   |    ταύταις] ταῦτα V   |    τὰ om. Pr   |    3 βακχεύοντα Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἥτοι M   |    2 ἄοιν M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,9–12; Dind. II.106,24–107,3

COMMENT:   This reflects three standard explanations of alpha-privative compounds in poetry: α‑ equivalent to κακο-, α‑ actually privative, and α‑ as an intensifier. Transmitted ἐξεταζομένην seems doubtful, since even when it means something like ‘be numbered among’ the context implies some kind of examination, which hardly applies here. Against ἐξεργαζομένην, however, one must admit that the passive use of this present participle is extremely rare (e.g., [Aristot.] Ath. Pol. 16.4 ἐξεργαζομένης τῆς χώρας).   


Or. 319.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον ἐλάχετ’⟩: οὐ βακχεύουσαι ὡς ὁ Βάκχος, ἀλλὰ κακῶς  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,4


Or. 319.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: δυσ(βάκχευτον)  —MLp2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Lp   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,4


Or. 319.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: ἀμείλικτον  —M2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 319.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: ἀτερπῆ  —AbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. S   |    ἀτρεπῆ Ml   

COLLATION NOTES:   Above this gloss in R is an undeciphered damaged phrase: π[ or τ[ ca. 5 ]υσαῖ or ]υσὠ[(?).   |   


Or. 319.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: κακοβάκχευτον, οὐ πρέποντα τῷ Διονύσῳ, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐξεταζόμενον  —OC

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  πρέπουσαν C   |    τῷ om. O   |    ἀλλὰ τ. ἐξ. om. C   

COMMENT:   For ἐξεταζόμενον, which gives no apparent sense (the phrase is only in O), see on sch. 319.01. Perhaps this is a failed attempt to interpret ἐν θρήνοις καὶ γόοις ἐξεταζομένην.   


Or. 319.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: κακοβάκχευτον, ὅ ἐστι μὴ πρέποντα τῷ Βάκχῳ ἤγουν τῷ Διονύσῳ  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   διονύσσω S   |   


Or. 319.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: κακοβάκχευτον  —CrPrOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 319.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: τὸν μὴ χαίροντα  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 319.10 (rec exeg) ἀβάκχευτον: ἤγουν τὴν κακὴν ἔχοντα βακχείαν καὶ οὐ πρέπουσαν τῷ Διονύσῳ  —V3Rf

LEMMA: Rf      POSITION: s.l. V3      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. V3   |    βακχείαν ἔχοντα transp, V3   |    τοῦ διονύσου Rf   


Or. 319.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: μανιώδη  —FPrP2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 319.12 (thom exeg) ἀβάκχευτον: ποταπὸν λυπηρὸν, εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἔστι βακχεύσασθαι καὶ χαρῆναι  —ZZaZlZmT

TRANSLATION:  Of a certain quality, (namely) painful, one to which it is not possible to revel or take delight.

LEMMA: T      POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:  ποταπὸν sep. s.l. T, om. ZaGu   


Or. 319.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: ἀβάκχευτον μὴ ἔχοντα χαράν, βάκχεια γὰρ ἡ χαρὰ καὶ ἡ μανία.  —Zm

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 319.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: οὐ προσήκοντα τῷ Διονύσῳ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 319.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: ἄγριον λυπηρὸν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 319.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: καὶ ἄνυμφον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 319.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: πολυτάραχον  —AaMlSSa

POSITION: s.l.; prep. to sch. 319.23 SSa, above θίασον Ml      


Or. 319.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: τὸ α̅ ἐπίτασιν δηλ(οῖ), τὸ πολύ  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 319.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: πολὺ μεθὺ οὖσαι  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 319.20 (rec gloss) ⟨αἳ⟩: αἵτινες  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. S   


Or. 319.21 (recTri gloss) ⟨θίασον⟩: χορὸν  —AaAb2CrGF2OxXo2TZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOxZu, τὸν prep. F2   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ab2 has another undeciphered (damaged, or erased?) gloss on this word.   |   


Or. 319.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θίασον⟩: κλῆρον  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,5


Or. 319.23 (pllgn gram) ⟨θίασον⟩: θίασος τὸ ἀθροιζόμενον πλῆθος ἐπὶ τιμῇ θεῶν. τάττεται δὲ ἐπὶ παντὸς ἀθροίσματος. θιασῶται δὲ οἱ κοινωνοῦντες τοῦ θιάσου.  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Cf. Suda θ 380, Photius θ 180.   


Or. 319.24 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐλάχετ’⟩: ποιεῖτε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ταράσσειν  —MlSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ποιεῖται ταράσειν Ml   |   


Or. 319.25 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐλάχετ⟩: ποιεῖτε  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 319.26 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἐλάχετ⟩: ἐκληρώσασθε  —Aa2MnXo2ZmT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκληρώσασθαι Aa2Mn   |   


Or. 319.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλάχετ’⟩: κλῆρον ἐλάβετε  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 319.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλάχετ’⟩: ἐκληρώθητε  —Y2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 320.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν δάκρυσι καὶ γόοις⟩: οὐχὶ ἐν χοροῖς καὶ μέλεσιν ὡς οἱ θίασοι τοῦ Διονύσου  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 320.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨δάκρυσι⟩: ἐν  —Aa2AbXo2ZZa

LEMMA: ἐν om. in text AbZZa, present in prev. line Xo      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 320.03 (thom gloss) ⟨γόοις⟩: ἐν  —ZZaB4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   app. τ’ἐν B4   


Or. 320.04 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨γόοις⟩: θρήνοις  —CrOxT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 320.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γόοις⟩: καὶ ἐν θρήνοις  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 321.01 (vet exeg) μελαγχρῶτες: 1μέλαιναι· χθόνιαι γάρ εἰσιν.  2ὡς καὶ πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον Ὀρέστης φησὶν [408]· ‘ἔδοξ’ ἰδεῖν τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς κόρας’.   —MBVaCPrRw, partial OVbRb, app. H

TRANSLATION:   (‘Black-skinned’ means) black, for they are chthonic (deities). (Black,) just as Orestes in fact says to Menelaus: ‘I believed I saw three maidens similar to night’.

LEMMA: MCRw(BPr). lemma μελανοχρῶτες VaRb      REF. SYMBOL: HVaRb      POSITION: s.l. OVb; cont. from 319.01, prep. μελαγχρῶτες δὲ, BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   H lost except for a few letters in sentence 2   |    1 χθόνιοι Pr, οὖ χθόνια M, οὐ χθόνιαι C, ἐπεὶ χθόνιαι (γὰρ om.) O   |    after εἰσιν sch. 321.03 inserted MBVaCPrRw   |    2 ὡς καὶ κτλ om. OVbRb   |    ὁ ὁρέστης (sic) Va   |    ἔδοξεν MC   |    προσφορεῖς M   |    κόρας om. B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μέλεναι Rb   |    γάρ εἰσίν M, γάρ εἰσι VbRb, γὰρ εἰσὶν VaRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,13–15; Dind. II.107,6–8

COMMENT:   The anomalous accentuation μελαγχρῶτες is universal in the manuscripts of the text and scholia here, and is also found in the editions of a few other texts. The expected accentuation μελάγχρωτες found in editions of Eur. and in Schwartz here is due to L. Dindorf.   


Or. 321.02 (rec exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: μέλαιναι, ὡς καταχθόνιαι οὖσαι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 321.03 (vet exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ἢ μελαίνουσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας  —MBOVaVbCaCbPraPrbRw

TRANSLATION:   Or (it means) making black those who are ill.

POSITION: s.l. OCbVbPrb; inserted between sent. 1 and 2 of sch. 321.01 MBCaVaPraRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ] om. Cb, καὶ Vb, ἢ ὡς Pra, ἢ αἱ Prb   |    τοὺς νοσ. μελ. transp. Vb   |    μελαίνουσι M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,13–14; Dind. II.107,6–7


Or. 321.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ὡς μέλαιναι οὖσαι ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς Νυκτὸς γινόμεναι καὶ τοῦ Ἐρέβους, ἢ ὅτι ὡς μελαίνουσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας  —F

TRANSLATION:   As being black because born from Night and Erebus, or because making black those who are ill.

REF. SYMBOL: F      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 321.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ὦ μέλαιναι μελανοχρόες, χθόνιαι γάρ εἰσιν.  —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὦ om. Ab   |    μελανχρῶες (sic) μέλαιναι transp. Ab, μέλαιναι χρῶες Ml   |    χθόνιοι Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μελανογχρόες Sa   |    γάρ εἰσὶν Ml   |   


Or. 321.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: μελανοσώματοι  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,9


Or. 321.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: καὶ μέλανα σώματα ἔχουσαι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλαινα Ox (see on sch. 320.09)   |   


Or. 321.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: διότι πάντα τὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ μέλανα εἰσὶ.  —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 321.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: τὰ γὰρ δαιμόνια μέλαινα ὑπάρχουσιν ὡς καὶ ζωγράφουσιν αὐτά.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   In later Greek the masc./neuter stem could be μελαιν(ο)‑ as well as μελαν(ο)-; cf. μελαινονέφης, μελαινοφόρων, μελαινότερος and ‑τατος.   


Or. 321.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι τὸν χρῶτα μέλαινα  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See on 320.09.   


Or. 321.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: αἱ μέλανα χρῶτα ἔχουσαι  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,8–9


Or. 321.12 (thom exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: τοῦτο λέγει διὰ τὸ τοὺς μαινομένους μέλανας τὸ χρῶμα ποιεῖν.  —ZZaZlZmTG

TRANSLATION:  He says this (‘black-skinned’) because they make the insane black in color.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  first τὸ om. T   |    μέλαν T, μέλαινας Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,9–10


Or. 321.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: μελανοποιοί  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 321.14 (recTri gloss) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: μέλαιναι  —RT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 321.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ἀφανεῖς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 321.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩:  —RZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 321.17 (rec gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: Ἐρινύες  —AbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l. (app. cont. from 321.05 MlSSa)      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐριννύες MnSa   |   


Or. 321.18 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν  —V3FPrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuB3a

TRANSLATION:  (‘Eumenides’ is the name used) in euphemism.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατ’ εὐφημισμῶν Zu, κατεφημισμόν Yf   |   

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 321.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: δυσμενεῖς  —Xo2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 321.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: ἐχθραὶ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 321.21 (thom exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: καὶ τοῦτο κατ’ εὐφημισμόν· δυσμενίδες γάρ εἰσι κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν καὶ ἀληθῆ λόγον.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   This word (‘Kindly Ones’) too is used euphemistically. For (these goddesses) are hostile according to a correct and truthful reckoning.

POSITION: s.l. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:  app. τοῦτο ὃ λέγει εὐμενίδες κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν φησὶ Zl (damage)   |    καὶ τοῦτο om. Gu   

COMMENT:   καὶ τοῦτο, ‘this too’, refers to 318.14 κατ’ εὐφημισμόν, applying to ποτνιάδες (only in ZmGu).   

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 321.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: καὶ τιμωρητικαὶ θεαὶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.01 (vet exeg) ταναὸν αἰθέρ’: 1ἀνὰ τὸν αἰθέρα πάλλεσθε πτερωταὶ οὖσαι.  2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 9.571]· ‘ἠεροφοῖτις Ἐρινύς’.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   You leap/dart through the ether, being winged. Homer: ‘Erinys who travels in the air/mist’.

LEMMA: MC, τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρα BPr, ἄλλως VRw      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: follows 322.03 VRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀνὰ τὸν αἰθ. om. Pr (no punct. between lemma and note)   |    πτερωταῖς οὔσαις VRw   |    2 καὶ ὅμ. VRw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πάλλεσθαι VRw   |    2 ἱεροφοῖτις M, ἱεροφόνται Pr   |    ἐρινῦς B, ἐριννύς PrRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,16–17; Dind. II.107,14–15

COMMENT:   See on 275.17.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 322.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ταναὸν αἰθέρα τὸν λεπτομερῆ, τροπικῶς·  2τὰ γὰρ τεινόμενα τῶν σωμάτων λεπτύνεται.  3τὸ δὲ ἀμπάλλεσθε ὡς ἀνακινοῦσιν αὐτὸν τὸν ἀέρα ἐμφαντικῶς,  4τουτέστιν ἀναπάλλεσθε τοῖς πτεροῖς,  5κατὰ τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν [Hom. Il. 13.17–19] Ποσειδῶνα τὸν σείοντα τοῖς ποσὶ καὶ τῇ πορείᾳ τὸ ὄρος.   —MBCPr, partial O

TRANSLATION:   ‘Rarefied ether’ in the sense ‘composed of subtle particles’, figuratively. For those bodies that are stretched out are made subtle. And the word ‘you vibrate’ (is used) because they stir up the air itself, in a vivid usage. That is, you make (it) vibrate with your wings, similar to the Homeric Poseidon who with his feet and his movement makes the mountain shake.

LEMMA: M(in marg.)C      POSITION: cont. from 322.01, add. δὲ, BPr; 1–2 left marg., rest s.l. and right marg. O      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ταναὸν … λεπτομερῆ om. O   |    3 τὸ δὲ ἀμπ. ὡς] ὅτι O   |    δὲ om. MC   |    4 τουτέστιν· ἀναπάλλεσθε om. O   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τινόμενα M   |    4 τοῦτέστιν B, τουτἔστιν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,1–5; Dind. II.107,15–19

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer   


Or. 322.03 (rec exeg) τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρα: 1τὸν λεπτομερῆ, μεταφορικῶς·  2τὰ γὰρ τεινόμενα τῶν σωμάτων λεπτύνεται.  3ἐμφαντικῶς τὸν αἰθέρα ἀμπάλλεσθε ὡς ἀνακινουσῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἀέρα τοῖς πτεροῖς,  4κατὰ τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν [Hom. Il. 13.17–19] Ποσειδῶνα τὸν λείποντα καὶ τῇ πορείᾳ τοῖς ποσὶ σείοντα τὸ ὄρος.   —VMlMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Composed of subtle particles’, metaphorically. For those bodies that are stretched out are made subtle. In a vivid usage ‘you vibrate the ether’ as if they are stirring up the air with their wings, similar to the Homeric Poseidon who leaves and in his movement makes the mountain shake with his feet.

LEMMA: all      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRaRbSa      POSITION: follows sch. 326.02 S      

APP. CRIT.:   1 λεπτομερῶς Ml   |    3–4 punct. and rubr. initial as if sep. scholion Rw   |    3 ἐμφ. om. S, ἐμφανῶς Rw, ἐμφατικῶς Ml   |    τὸν αἰθέρα om. MlMnRaRbSSa   |    ἀμπάλλεσθε] ἀμπάλεσθε a.c. V, ἐμπάλλεσθαι Rw, ἀπάλλεσθαι Ra, ἀπάλλεσθε Sa, ἀμπέλεσθαι MlRb   |    ἀνακινοῦσαι RaRb   |    αὐτῶν] αὐτὸν Rb   |    after πτεροῖς add. αὐτῶν Ra   |    4 ὅμηρον V   |    λείποντα Sa, λειπόντα Mn, εἰπόντα others   |    τῇ om. a.c. V   |    τοῖς ἐπὶ ποσὶ Ml   |    τοὺς ὄρους Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ὀμηρικὸν Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,15–19 app.

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of Homer   


Or. 322.04 (pllgn paraphr) τὸν λεπτομερῆ αἰθέρα ἀνακινοῦσαι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρ’⟩: ἀνὰ  —AaFMnPrRXXaXbXoT+YYfGrB3a

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3a      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν add. Aa   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross om. Ta.   |   


Or. 322.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ταναὸν αἰθέρ’⟩: λεπτὸν ἀέρα  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ταναὸν αἰθέρ’⟩: τὸν ἐπὶ πολὺ τεταμένον αἰθέρα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Tanaon’ is applied to the ether in the sense) ‘the ether that is stretched out to a long distance’.

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 322.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν πολὺ τεταμένον  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.09 (vet gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν λεπτομερὴ  —HMPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: λεπτὸν  —OFGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ τὸν prep. F   


Or. 322.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν ἐπιμήκη  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν πλατὺν  —VAbMlMnRSSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. MnS   |    τὸν om. AbRSaB3a   


Or. 322.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν κεχυμένον  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu with cross.   |   


Or. 322.14 (thom gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: καὶ μέγαν  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.      


Or. 322.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: διακεχύμενον  —Aarec

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν ἐξηπλωμένον  —PrGZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν om. G   


Or. 322.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: ἐκτεταμένον  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκτετραμμένον P2   


Or. 322.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: καὶ τὸν μακρὸν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.19 (tri metr) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 322.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἰθέρ’ ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: ὡς ἠεροφοίτης  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: ἀνα  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: πέτεσθε  —AaR

REF. SYMBOL: R      POSITION: s.l. Aa, marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:  εἰς τὸν add. R   


Or. 322.23 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: κινεῖσθε  —AaAbFMlMnRRfSSaZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. FS   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κινεῖσθαι MlZl, a.c. Zm   |   


Or. 322.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: ἀνέρχεσθε  —MlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀνέχεσθε MnS, ἀνέρχεσθαι Ml (corr. from ἀνέρχαι)   


Or. 322.25 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: πάλλεσθε  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from 322.07)      


Or. 322.26 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: ἔρχεσθε  —ZZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔρχεσθαι Zl   |   


Or. 322.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: διέρχεσθε  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: καὶ ἀναστρέφεσθε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: πηδᾶτε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.30 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: ὑπὸ φόνου  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.31 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: ἕνεκεν αἵματος καὶ φόνου  —MlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      


Or. 322.32 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: ἕνεκεν  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.33 (thom gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: φόνου  —ZmTGuZc2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.34 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 322.35 (pllgn gram) ⟨αἵματος⟩: αἷμα ὁ φόνος. αἷμα τὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. καὶ αἷμα ἡ συγγένεια.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.36 (rec artGloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τοῦ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.01 (mosch paraphr) τινύμεναι δίκαν: 1τινύμεναι δίκην αἵματος, ἤγουν λαμβάνουσαι δίκην φόνου, τουτέστι κολάζουσαι διὰ φόνον.  2τινύμεναι φόνον, ἤγουν φονεύουσαι.   —AaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Exacting a penalty for bloodshed, that is, taking a penalty for murder, that is, punishing because of murder. Exacting murder, that is, killing.

LEMMA: G(τιννύ‑)      

APP. CRIT.:  1 φόνου] φόνον Yf   |    κολάζουσι X   |    διὰ τὸν φόνον T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τιννύ‑ AaG   |    2 τιννύ‑ AaXbG   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.108,10–12


Or. 323.02 (pllgn rhet) διπλασιάζει τὰς λέξεις.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   For διπλασιασμός indicating anaphora or epanaphora, cf. sch. Thom Ph. 1054 ὁ γὰρ τῶν ὀνομάτων διπλασιασμὸς ὑπερβολὴν θαύματος δηλοῖ.    

KEYWORDS:  διπλασιασμός   


Or. 323.03 (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: διὰ τὸ μέτρον ἓν ν̅ ὀφείλεις γράφειν εἰς τὸ τινύμεναι. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ κῶλον τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς οἰκείως.  —T

TRANSLATION:   Because of the meter you should write one nu in ‘tinumenai’ (not ‘tinnumenai’ with two, as in some manuscripts). For thus it is properly formed with respect to the colon of the antistrophe.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.13,22–23; de Fav. 52


Or. 323.04 (vet paraphr) first τινύμεναι: τιμωρίαν λαμβάνουσαι ὑπὲρ αἵματος καὶ φόνου  —MBVCPraPrbRb

TRANSLATION:   Exacting punishment for bloodshed and murder.

LEMMA: VRb, τινύμεναι φόνον C      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: intermarg. M; s.l. (above ἀμπάλλεσθ’ αἵματος) Prb; cont. from 322.02 BPra      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸ τινύμεναι δίκαν ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. BPra(τιννύ-, δίκην Pra), πανταχοῦ prep. Prb   |    ὑπὲρ τοῦ C   |    καὶ om. Pra   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,6; Dind. II.107,20–21


Or. 323.05 (rec gloss) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: λαμβάνουσαι  —OXo2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: λαμβανόμεναι  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.07 (rec gloss) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: ζητοῦσαι  —VFPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.08 (rec gloss) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: ἀποδιδοῦσαι  —AaAbGMlMnRSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -δοῦσα Ml   |   


Or. 323.09 (thom gloss) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: ἀνταποδιδοῦσαι  —ZZaZlZmZuTGuCrOxZc2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOxZu   |    ἀνταποδιδοῦναι Zu   


Or. 323.10 (rec gloss) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: τιμωρούμεναι  —Rf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: τουτέστι κολάζουσαι διὰ φόνον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.12 (tri metr) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 323.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨δίκαν⟩: τιμωρίαν  —OVAaAbFMlMnRSaPrXo2Zc2ZmGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R; positioned as if first word of 323.17 Ml      


Or. 323.14 (tri etaGloss) ⟨δίκαν⟩: δίκην  —TGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.15 (thom exeg) ⟨τινύμεναι φόνον⟩: 1Ἐριννύες θεαὶ τρεῖς παρ’ Ἕλλησιν ἔφοροι φόνου καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς.  2καλοῦνται δὲ Ἀληκτὼ Μέγαιρα καὶ Τισιφόνη.  3πῶς δὲ ἐνταῦθα λέγει ‘τιννύμεναι φόνον’;  4οὐ γὰρ ἀνταποδιδοῦσιν αὗται φόνον, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐκδικοῦσιν τοὺς φόνους.  5λέγομεν οὖν ὅτι ἐξ ὧν ποιοῦσι τοὺς φονεῖς μαίνεσθαι παραπλήσιον ποιοῦσιν, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ καὶ ἐφόνευον.  6ἢ τὸ τιννύμεναι φόνον ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς νοητέον.  7τίω γάρ ἐστιν οὐ μόνον τὸ ἀνταποδίδωμι ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τιμῶ καὶ τὸ τιμωρῶ,  8ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ μὲν αἵματος τιννύμεναι δίκαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνταποδιδοῦσαι, τὸ δὲ τιννύμεναι φόνον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκδικοῦσαι τὸν φόνον καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς.  9ἢ εἰ τὸ φόνων μεγαλογραφεῖται λάβοις ἂν ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ δίκαν καὶ τὸ τιννύμεναι ὡς καὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἐρεῖς.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The Erinyes are three goddesses among the Greeks who oversee murder and punish murderers. And they are called Alecto, Megaera, and Tisiphone. And how does he say here ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) murder’? For these goddesses do not give back murder in return, but rather punish murders. So we explain that from the way they make murderers go crazy they do almost the same as if in fact they were killing them. Or, one must understand the phrase ‘exacting murder’ to mean ‘punishing the murderers’. For the verb ‘tiō’ means not just ‘give back in return’, but it also means ‘honor’ and ‘avenge/punish’, so that ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) penalty of bloodshed’ means ‘giving back in return’, but ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) murder’ means ‘avenging the murder and punishing the murderers’. Or, if you write the word with a long vowel (genitive ‘of murders’ instead of accusative ‘murder’), you would take ‘penalty’ in common (with both phrases) and you will say ‘exacting’ (‘tinnumenai’) in the same way as the first one.

REF. SYMBOL: ZlZm at 321 εὐμενίδες; at 318 θεαί ZZa      POSITION: on fol. with 323–335 T, fol. with 321–346 Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἀλητὼ ZZaZmT, prob. Zl   |    καὶ om. Gu   |    3 λέγει ἐνταῦθα transp. Zm   |    3 φόνον] δίκην Gu   |    5 καὶ om. T   |    6 νοητέον τοὺς φονεῖς transp. ZlZmTGu   |    8 δίκην ZZaGu (δίκην in text ZZa)   |    9 δίκην Za [Zl ending washed out]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννύαι Zm   |    2 μέγαρα Za   |    3–9 τινύμεναι T (all places)   |    4 ἐκδιοκοῦσι Gu   |    6 νοτέον Za   |    9 λάβης Zm   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,11–13 and 108,1–10


Or. 323.16 (rec gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: ἀναζητοῦσαι  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.17 (rec gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: λαμβάνουσαι  —MlMnSaXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.18 (thom gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: ἐκδικοῦσαι  —ZZaZlZmTGuAa2Zc2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Zc2   


Or. 323.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: τιμωροῦσαι  —Zc2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: τιμωρούμεναι  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: ἤγουν φονεύουσαι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: καὶ ἀνταποδιδοῦσαι  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.23 (rec gloss) ⟨φόνον⟩: ποινὴν  —VGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.24 (rec gloss) ⟨φόνον⟩: δίκην  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.25 (rec exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: τίνα; τοῦ Ὀρέστου δηλονότι.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶ ὀρέ() Pr   


Or. 323.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: χάριν τοῦ αἵματος  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.27 (rec gloss) ⟨φόνον⟩: φόνους  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόνον⟩: διὰ τὸν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: φόνου  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: φόνων  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόνου⟩: δίκην ἀπὸ κοινοῦ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 324.01 (324–326) (rec paraphr) καθικετεύω ὑμᾶς ἐᾶσαι τὸν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος παῖδα ἐπιλαθέσθαι τῆς μανίας τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς νόσου τῆς ἐπιφοιτώσης αὐτῷ εἰς μανίαν.  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὑμῖν K   |    καὶ add. before ἐπιλαθ. K   |    τὰς μανίας … τὰς ἐπιφοιτώσας K   |    καὶ om. G   |    αὐτὸν K   


Or. 324.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨καθικετεύομαι καθικετεύομαι⟩: καθικετεύω καθικετεύω  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 324.03 (rec exeg) ⟨first καθικετεύομαι⟩: καὶ καθικετεύω, τὸ παθητικὸν ἀντὶ ἐνεργητικοῦ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 324.04 (rec gloss) ⟨first καθικετεύομαι⟩: ἱκετεύω  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 324.05 (thom gloss) ⟨first καθικετεύομαι⟩: λίαν παρακαλῶ  —ZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  λίαν lost to damage Zl   


Or. 324.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first καθικετεύομαι⟩: ὑμᾶς  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 324.07 (rec gloss) ⟨second καθικετεύομαι⟩: ὑμᾶς ὦ ἐρίνυες  —AaAbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.; above first καθικ. S      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. MlMnSSa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἡμᾶς Ml   |    ἐρίννυες AaRSa   |   


Or. 324.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second καθικετεύομαι⟩: ὑμᾶς  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 325.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: τοῦ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 325.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨γόνον⟩: υἱὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrF2

POSITION: s.l. (above τὸν Cr)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr   


Or. 325.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γόνον⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.; above ἐκλαθ. Aa      


Or. 325.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γόνον⟩: γρ. δόμον.  —Za

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 325.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόμον⟩: γρ. γόνον.  —Z

LEMMA: δόμον in text Z      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 325.06 (325–326) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐάσατ’ ἐκλαθέσθαι⟩: καὶ ἐπιλήσμονες γένεσθε  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 325.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐάσατ’⟩: καταλείψατε  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 325.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐάσατ’⟩: ἄφετε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 325.09 (tri metr) ⟨ἐάσατ’⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 325.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐκλαθέσθαι⟩: ὥστε  —OMnPrXXaXbXoTYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 325.11 (325–326) (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκλαθέσθαι⟩: ἐπιλαθέσθαι  —Xo2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 325.12 (325–326) (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκλαθέσθαι⟩: ἀποπαῦσαι  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 326.01 (326–327) (vet exeg) ⟨λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου⟩: λύσσα καὶ μανία καὶ φοῖτος ἕν ἐστιν.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Insanity (‘lussa’) and madness (‘mania’) and wandering (‘phoitos’) are one thing.

POSITION: intermarg.; appended to sch. 327.01, add. δὲ, M      

APP. CRIT. 2:   φοιτὸς C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,9; Dind. II.108,17


Or. 326.02 (326–327) (vet exeg) λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου: τῆς λύσσης τῆς καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιούσης καὶ φοιτᾶν, ὅ ἐστι περιϊέναι  —MCMnRbSSa, partial O

TRANSLATION:   The mental disturbance that makes one both go mad and roam about, that is, ‘go around’.

LEMMA: λύσσας Sa, λύσας MnRb      POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. OC; between 319.07 and 322.03 S      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς λύσσης om. O   |    first τῆς om. S   |    τῆς καὶ] Schw., καὶ τοῦ MC, τοῦ ORb, καὶ τῆς τοῦ MnSSa   |    ποιοῦσαι MCRb, ποιοῦσα O   |    καὶ φοιτᾶν κτλ om. O   |    second καὶ om. MCRb   |    ὅ ἐ. περ. om. C   |    at end add. λύσσα καὶ μανία Rb (cf. sch. 326.01)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λύσης Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,7–8; Dind. II.108,14–15 app.


Or. 326.03 (326–327) (rec paraphr) ⟨λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου⟩: τῆς ποιούσης τοὺς μαινομένους ὁρμᾶν μανίας  —AbMlMnRSSaGu

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   μανίας om. AbMlRGu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὁρμὰς Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.108,13–14


Or. 326.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λύσσας⟩: καὶ τῆς μανίας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l. CrOx      


Or. 326.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λύσσας⟩: τῆς νόσου  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 326.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨λύσσας⟩: τῆς  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 326.07 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨λύσσας⟩: λύσσης  —AaRRfXTB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 326.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μανιάδος⟩: μανιώδους  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 326.09 (moschThom gloss) ⟨μανιάδος⟩: μανικῆς  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZlZmT

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. H      


Or. 326.10 (326–327) (rec gloss) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: μανικῆς  —VPrB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 326.11 (326–327) (rec gloss) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: κινητικῆς  —VK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 326.12 (326–327) (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: ὁρμητικῆς  —H4V3Aa2CrPrOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZlZmZuT*B4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ τῆς prep. V3, καὶ prep. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.108,13


Or. 326.13 (326–327) (rec gloss) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: τῆς ἐπερχομένης  —AbMlRS

REF. SYMBOL: Ml       POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ml; twice in R (also above ‑λαθέσθαι)      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. S   |    τοὺς ἐπερχομένους S   


Or. 326.14 (326–327) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: τῆς ἐμποιούσης φοῖτον, ἐνθουσιαστικῆς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 326.15 (326–327) (pllgn gloss) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: φονευτικῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  crossed out later   


Or. 327.01 (vet exeg) φεῦ μόχθων: τὸ φεῦ μόχθων καθ’ ἑαυτό. τουτέστι δυστυχής ἐστι χάριν τῶν μόχθων.  —MBCKPr

TRANSLATION:   The phrase ‘alas for the toils’ is by itself. That is, he is unfortunate because of his toils.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. K      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ φεῦ μόχθων] τοῦτο Pr, om. K   |    ἐστι καὶ MC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καθεαυτὸ C, καθεαυτὸν M, καθ’ ἑαυτὸν Pr   |    τοῦτέστι B   |   τὸν μόχθον C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,10–11; Dind. II.108,16–17


Or. 327.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τοῦτο κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀναπεφώνηται.  2ἢ τὸ φεῦ συντέτακται, ἵν’ ᾖ φεῦ {ἰὼ Ζεῦ} οἵων μόχθων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις.   —MC, app. H

TRANSLATION:   This phrase has been uttered by itself. Or the exclamation ‘pheu’ (‘alas’) has been connected syntactically, so that it means: ‘Alas for the sort of toils that you, poor man, reached for and were ruined’.

LEMMA: C      POSITION: follows 332.01 MVC (cf. sch. 332.02 in HO); H app. has it in proper sequence      

APP. CRIT.:   H almost entirely lost   |    1 ἀναπεφώνηκεν M [H]   |    2 ἰὼ ζεῦ del. Schw.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κατιδίαν M   |    2 ὀρεχθεὶς by correction M (perhaps began ἔρρ)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,12–13; Dind. II.108,20–22

COMMENT:   The similarity of sch. 332.02 seems to have led to the displacement of this note and the interpolation of ἰὼ ζεῦ by a misunderstanding of 332.01, leading to the improbable idea that ἰὼ ζεῦ goes closely with φεῦ.   


Or. 327.03 (rec exeg) ⟨φεῦ μόχθων⟩: ὦ τῆς ἀνάγκης· φεῦ σοι τῷ δυστυχεῖ χάριν τῆς κακοπαθείας  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὦ τῆς ἀν. om. Pr   


Or. 327.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φεῦ μόχθων⟩: σοι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: χάριν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἕνεκεν τῶν πόνων  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν om. R   


Or. 327.07 (rec gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἔνεκεν τῶν κόπων  —MlMn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἕνεκεν τῶν  —CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.; Ox as two sep. glosses      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν om. Cr   


Or. 327.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: τῶν πόνων  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: τῶν κακῶν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.11 (thom exeg) ⟨μόχθων⟩: πόνων λέγω δὴ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς φόνου  —ZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (Genitive ‘of toils’ means) ‘of the pains, I mean, (deriving) from the murder of the mother’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν prep. T   |    δὴ om. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.108,18

COMMENT:   λέγω δὴ means that Thomas advocated taking μόχθων as in apposition to λύσσας, not as genitive of cause with the exclamation, as others did.   


Or. 327.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: δυστυχιῶν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἔργων  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἐν ἄλλῳ μόχθων κακῶν  —Ar

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: ἐν ἄλλῳ   


Or. 327.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨κακῶν μόχθων⟩: ἕνεκα  —XXaXoTYYfGGrZc

LEMMA:  κακῶν μόχθων in text XXaXoYfGr      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.16 (327–328) (vet exeg) οἵων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς: 1πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπέτεινε τὸν λόγον·  2οἵων πραγμάτων ὁ τάλας ἐπιθυμήσας·  3λέγει δὲ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ κατὰ τῆς μητρός·  4οἴχῃ καὶ διέφθαρσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος δεξάμενος τὴν μαντείαν ἣν ὁ Φοῖβος ἔλακεν.   —MBCPr, app. H

TRANSLATION:   (The chorus) turned its speech to address him (Orestes): ‘Having longed for what sort of things, poor man’. (The chorus) is speaking of the murder directed at his mother: ‘You are gone and have been destroyed, having received from the tripod the oracle that Phoebus cried forth’.

LEMMA: BPr, ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις C      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   H almost totally lost   |    1 ὡς πρὸς BCPr   |    ἀποτίνει (om. τὸν λόγον) C   |    2 ὁ] σὺ ὁ BPr, ὦ C   |    4 διεφθάρης C   |    τοῦ om. M   |    ἃν M, ὃν Pr   |    ἐλάλησεν Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ὤχη M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,16–18; Dind. II.108,22–109,2


Or. 327.17 (pllgn paraphr) δι’ οἵων κακῶν δηλονότι ἔρρεις ἑαυτὸν κτεῖναι  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,3


Or. 327.18 (rec exeg) ⟨οἵων⟩: πραγμάτων, φόνου τῆς μητρός  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.19 (rec gloss) ⟨οἵων⟩: πραγμάτων  —Aa2MnPrB2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  λείπει prep. Pr   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 327.20 (rec gloss) ⟨οἵων⟩: ὁποίων  —CrKRSOxZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   


Or. 327.21 (rec gloss) ⟨οἵων⟩: ποίων  —AbMlMn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.22 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἵων⟩: κακῶν δηλονότι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 327.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: σύ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁ τάλας⟩: Ὀρέστης  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ⟩:  —Ab


Or. 327.26 (tri artGloss) ⟨τάλας⟩:  —T

LEMMA: no ὁ/ὦ in his text T      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.27 (tri metr) ⟨τάλας⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 328.01 (vet exeg) ὀρεχθεὶς: ἐπιθυμήσας· ἐκτείνεται γὰρ τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ ἐπιθυμῶν.  —MaMbCaCbV

TRANSLATION:   (‘Having reached for’ here means) ‘having longed for’. (This word is suitable) because the one who desires stretches forth his thought.

LEMMA: CbV      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: s.l. Mb, appended to sch. 332.01 Cb      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκτείνονται … οἱ ἐπιθυμοῦντες MaV   |    ὁ ἐπιθυμ. τὴν διάνοιαν transp. Ca   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπιθυμὼν Ca   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,14–15; Dind. II.108,19–20


Or. 328.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἐπιθυμήσας· ὁ γὰρ ἐπιθυμῶν ἐντείνεται †ὥσπερ† τὴν διάνοιαν πρὸς τὸ ποθούμενον.  —B

TRANSLATION:   (‘Having reached for’ here means) ‘having longed for’. (This word is suitable) because the one who desires, as it were, stretches forth his thought toward the thing longed for.

POSITION: intermarg.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps transpose ὥσπερ ἐντείνεται τὴν διάνοιαν or ὥσπερ πρὸς τὸ ποθ.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,14–15; Dind. II.108,19–20 app.


Or. 328.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἐπιθυμήσας  —OV3AaAbFGKMlMnPrRSXoZZaZlZmZuTGuOx2Y

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FPrZu   |    V3 adds ἐκτείνεται γὰρ ὁ ἐπιθυμῶν (cf. prev. sch.)   


Or. 328.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἀγαπήσας  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,4


Or. 328.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἑαυτὸν κτεῖναι  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,3


Or. 328.05a (rec exeg) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: γρ. ἔρρῃ.  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 328.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: φθείρῃ  —VAaAbMlMnRSSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   φθείρει Gr (η s.l.), a.c. app. Yf, φθήρει Ml   |   


Or. 328.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: διεφθάρης  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 328.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: διέφθαρσαι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 328.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: ἐφθάρης  —CrFKPrOxZZaZlZmZuTGuB3a, app. Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFPrOxZu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐφθάρεις FB3a   |   


Or. 328.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: φθείρεις ἑαυτόν  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,3–4


Or. 328.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: 1τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ παθητικοῦ·  2τὸ γὰρ ἔρρω καὶ ἡ ἐνέργεια πάθος ση(μαίνει), ὡς καὶ τὸ χαίρομαι τὸ παθητικὸν χαρὰν ση(μαίνει). οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν πάθος ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 8.164] ‘ἔρρε, κακὴ γλήνη’.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   The active voice used with a passive sense. For with the verb ‘errō’ even the activity indicates passivity, just as also in the case of ‘chairomai’, the passive indicates delight. Thus too here the passive form indicates passivity, as in (the Homeric phrase) ‘off with you, poor sissy’.

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 328.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: 1ἔρρω τὸ φθείρω πρωτότυπον. ὁ μέλλων ἐρρήσω.  2οὐ γὰρ ἐστὶν ὁ μέλλων ἐρῶ δι’ ἑνὸς ρ̅ ἵνα μὴ συνεμπέσῃ τὸ ἐρῶ καὶ λέξω.  3ὅπου μαρτυρεῖ καὶ ὁ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Eq. 4]· ‘ἀφ’ οὗ γὰρ εἰσηρρησεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν’.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Errō’ meaning ‘I ruin’ is the base form. The future is ‘errēsō’. For the future is not ‘erō’ written with one rho, in order that the form not coincide with ‘erō’ meaning ‘I will say’. Since Aristophanes too gives evidence: ‘because ever since he made his damned way (‘eisērrēsen’) into the house’.

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes   


Or. 329.01 (329–330) (rec paraphr) δεξάμενος σὺ τὴν μαντείαν ἣν Ἀπόλλων ἐλάλει ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος εἰς τὴν γῆν  —Ra


Or. 329.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδος ἄπο φάτιν⟩: καὶ τὴν γενομένην ἀπὸ τοῦ ναοῦ  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ τὴν γεν. om. AbMlMn   


Or. 329.03 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδος ἄπο φάτιν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ μαντ(είου) τοῦ ὄντος που  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 329.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδος ἀπόφασιν⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς μαντείας  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 329.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τρίποδος ἀπόφατιν⟩: δεξάμενος  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 329.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τρίποδος⟩: ἀπὸ  —OAa2GK

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὴν prep. K   |    τοῦ add. Aa2G   


Or. 329.07 (rec artGloss) ⟨τρίποδος⟩: τοῦ  —FS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 329.08 (vet exeg) ἀπόφατιν: ἀπόφασιν πρόσταξιν  —BOVC

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) declaration, command.

LEMMA: C      POSITION: intermarg. B, cont. from 328.02, add. δὲ; s.l. OV      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ prep. C   |    πρόσταξιν ἀπόφασιν transp. B, πρόσταξιν om. O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,19; Dind. II.109,5


Or. 329.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: διὰ τὴν ἀπόφασιν. πρόσταξιν τὴν κακήν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  formed by adding words to V gloss 329.08   


Or. 329.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: μαντείαν  —OAa1AbKMlMnRSZZaZlZm

LEMMA: ἀπόφασιν in text Zm, ἄπο φάτιν RS      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ τὴν prep. S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μαντίαν MnS   |   


Or. 329.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: κακὴν μαντείαν  —PrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

LEMMA: ἀπόφασιν in text Zc      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  τὴν prep. PrXo   |    μαντ. κακήν transp. G   


Or. 329.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: χρησμὸν  —FPr

LEMMA: ἄπο, φάτιν in text p.c. Pr      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ους add. under gloss (= χρησμοὺς) F   


Or. 329.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: γρ. ἀπόφασιν καὶ ἀπόφατιν.  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 329.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄπο φάτιν⟩: γρ. ἀπόφασιν.  —R

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 329.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο, φάτην⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἀπόφατιν.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 329.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφασιν⟩: γράφεται ἄπο φάτιν.  —Zm

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 329.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόφασιν⟩: ἀπόφατιν  —ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 329.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόφασιν⟩: φάτιν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 329.19 (rec gloss) ⟨φάτιν⟩: διὰ τὴν  —CrMnSOx

LEMMA: ἀπόφασιν in text CrOx      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὴν om. Mn   


Or. 329.20 (rec metr) ⟨ἃν⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 329.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἃν⟩: ἥντινα  —CrOxZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 329.22 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨ἃν⟩: ἣν  —AaAbGMlMnRSaT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἢν Ml, with ἄν in text   |   


Or. 329.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἃν⟩: Δωρικὸν  —B3d

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 329.24 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ὁ Φοῖβος⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων  —TZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 330.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: εἶπεν  —OXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἶπε YfZl    |   


Or. 330.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἐφθέγξατο  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 330.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἐφώνησε  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 330.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἐβόησεν  —AbMlMnRa1Ra2SZmZu

REF. SYMBOL: Ra1      POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ra1      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι prep. Ra1, καὶ prep. S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐβόησε Zu   |   


Or. 330.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἐλάλησεν  —AaAbMlMnRSG

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλάλησε S, ἀλάλησε Mn   |   


Or. 330.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἤχησεν  —CrF2SaOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 330.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἐμαντεύσατο  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 330.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ὁ Φοῖβος  —GOx2

POSITION: s.l. G, marg. Ox2      


Or. 330.09 (rec gloss) ⟨δεξάμενος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκτελέσας  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 330.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨δεξάμενος⟩: σὺ  —AbMnRZZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,6

COMMENT:   The gloss is intended to forestall the temptation to take δεξάμενος as part of the relative clause, thus applying to Apollo (see also 329.01). That misconstrual is evident in the gloss 330.11.    


Or. 330.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεξάμενος⟩: ὁ οἰκῶν  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,6

COMMENT:   The participle is interpreted as modifying ὁ Φοῖβος.   


Or. 330.12 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατ’ ἐκεῖνο τὸ πέδον  —BOC

TRANSLATION:   In that land.

POSITION: s.l. O, marg. B; cont. from 329.08 (with no punct.) BC      

APP. CRIT.:   πεδίον O, δάπεδον C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,20


Or. 330.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: ἀνὰ πλατὺ πέδον  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐκεῖνον (sic) add. V3   


Or. 330.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν τόπον ἤγουν τὸ οἴκημα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 330.15 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατὰ τὴν γῆν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,6–7


Or. 330.16 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος οἴκημα τὸ καλούμενον Δελφούς  —ZZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   That is, at the dwelling of Apollo called Delphi.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. T   |    εἰς om. GuOx2   |    τοῦ om. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,7–8


Or. 330.17 (rec gloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: τὴν γῆν  —AbFMlMnRSZu

LEMMA: ἀναπέδον in text MnS      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὴν om. F   


Or. 330.18 (rec gloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: τὸ γήδιον  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 330.19 (thom gloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: τὸ ἔδαφος  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.; a second instance in marg. Zm      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸ om. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,7


Or. 330.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: ναὸν  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 330.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: καὶ τὸ οἴκημα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 330.22 (rec artGloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: τὸ  —AbF2MlMnRS

LEMMA: ἀναπέδον in text MnS      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 330.23 (tri metr) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52

COMMENT:   Triclinius wrongly adjusts the length of the alpha to suit his scheme. He apparently treated the alpha as short in the trimeter Or. 1645 (no mark) as well as in Andr. 117, Ion 121, and IA 756 (all in L).   


Or. 331.01 (vet exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται: 1ὀμφαλὸς κέκληται ἡ Πυθὼ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χρηστηριαζομένας.  2ἢ παρὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἰκουμένης τὴν Πυθώ.  3λέγεται γὰρ τὸν Δία μαθεῖν βουλόμενον τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς δύο ἀετοὺς ἰσοταχεῖς ἀφεῖναι, τὸν μὲν ἀπὸ δύσεως, τὸν δὲ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς,  4καὶ ἐκεῖσε αὐτοὺς ἀπαντῆσαι, ὅθεν ὀμφαλὸς ἐκλήθη.  5ἀνακεῖσθαί τε χρυσοῦς ἀετούς φασι τῶν μυθευομένων ἀετῶν ὑπομνήματα.   —(H)MBOCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Pytho is called ‘navel’ (‘omphalos’) by derivation from the prophetic utterances (‘omphai’) given as oracles by the god. Or because Pytho is in the middle of the inhabited world. For it is said that when Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth he released two equally swift eagles, one from the west and one from the east, and they met at that place, wherefore it was called navel. And they say that golden eagles have been set up as dedications memorializing the eagles told of in the mythical story.

LEMMA: MC(prep. ἄλλως), μεσόμφαλοι Rw; label ἱστορία in marg. Pr      REF. SYMBOL: H      POSITION: follows 322.02 in M, follows next in C; follows sch. 327.16 (with punct.), add. δὲ, B      

APP. CRIT.:   only small traces survive in H   |    1–2 ὀμφαλὸς … ἢ om. O   |    1 κέκληται] λέγεται Rw   |    ἡ πυθία Pr   |    παρὰ τὰς Schw. (from next sch.), παρὰ τὸ τὰς MBRw, παρὰ τὸ CPr, H uncertain   |    second τὰς om. M   |    ὑπὸ θεοῦ BPr   |    after χρηστ. add. λέγειν BPr   |    2 εἶναι om. C, transp. after οἰκουμένης O   |    τὴν πυθώ om. BPr   |    3 δύο ταχεῖς ἀφεῖναι ἀετοὺς Pr   |    ἀφιέναι MOCRw   |    μὲν] δὲ O   |    4 συναντῆσαι BPr   |    ὅθεν καὶ HPr   |    5 τε δύο ἀετοὺς χρυσοῦς H   |    ἀετούς] ἀε M   |    φη(σὶν) Pr   |    μεμυθευμένων O   |    ὑπομνήματα] μνημεῖα H, ἀπομιμήματα Valckenaer    |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πυθῶα (sic) M   |    2 πυθῶ M   |    5 χρυσοὺς Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,1–7; Dind. II.109,9–15

COMMENT:   The addition of λέγειν after χρηστηριαζομένας provides the infinitive expected with παρὰ τὸ and could conceivably be meant to provide the lambda that a full etymology would want to account for. But it likely to be secondary, that is, a correction in the B-tradition after the accidental intrusion of τὸ.   |   Valckenaer’s emendation is to be found in Theocriti decem Idyllia ... cum notis edidit eiusdemque Adoniazusas uberioribus adnotationibus instruxit L. C. Valckenaer (Leiden 1773) 402–403, where he reports an excerpt from this scholion with the reading ἀπομνήματα (found in Barnes’ edition, although Arsenius correctly printed ὑπομνήματα).   


Or. 331.02 (vet exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται μυχοί: ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαιτάτη ἐστὶ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου. ἢ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων. ἢ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς καὶ τὰς φήμας.  —BC

TRANSLATION:   (‘Mesomphalos’, ‘in the midmost navel’ is used) because Delos is at the very middle of the entire world. Or (in the middle of) the Cycladic islands. Or (‘mesomphalos’) is derived from the oracular voices and pronouncements.

LEMMA: C; ἄλλως in marg. B      POSITION: precedes prev. in C      

APP. CRIT.:   παρὰ τὸ τὰς C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,21–23; Dind. II.109,15–17

COMMENT:   Outside the scholia on this play, there is no other extant claim that Delos is at the midpoint of the world, and the most likely explanation of the origin of the note is that in a short note stating that Delphi was at the center of the world the proper name was corrupted to Delos by some combination of visual similarity and mental association. (Proper names of mythological persons, gods, and places are sometimes accidentally substituted for one another both by ancient scribes and by modern scholars.) Once this error occurred, someone added the more traditional doctrine that Delos is in the middle of the Cyclades, found in Sch. Hom. Od. 5.123c1 Pontani, Sch. Callimach. Hymn. 4.325a, and elsewhere. The idea of Delos as a midpoint in a different sense is found once in Galen, when he names it as a temperate midpoint between hot Africa and cold Scythia: in Hipp. prognost. comm. iii, 18b:314,5–8 Kühn Λιβύηϲ μὲν γὰρ ὡϲ θερμῆϲ, Ϲκυθίαϲ δ’ ὡϲ ψυχρᾶϲ, Δήλου δ’ ὡϲ εὐκράτου καὶ μέϲηϲ ἀμφοῖν, ἕνεκα παραδείγματοϲ ἐμνημόνευϲεν.   


Or. 331.03 (rec exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται: 1ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαίτατον ἐστὶ παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων.  2ἢ ὀμφαλὸν τὴν Πυθὼ λέγει.  3λέγεται γὰρ τὸν Δία μαθεῖν βουλόμενον τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς δύο ἀετοὺς ἀφεῖναι ἰσοταχεῖς, τὸν μὲν ἀπὸ δύσεως, τὸν δὲ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς,  4καὶ ἐκεῖσε αὐτοὺς ἀπαντῆσαι.  5ὀμφαλὸς δὲ κέκληται ἡ Πυθὼ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς τὰς ὑπὸ θεοῦ χρηστηριαζομένας.   —VMlMnRbSSa, partial Ra

TRANSLATION:   (‘Mesomphalos’, ‘in the midmost navel’ is used) because Delos is at the very middle of the entire world and of the Cycladic islands. Or by ‘omphalos’ he means Pytho. For it is said that when Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth he released two equally swift eagles, one from the west and one from the east, and they met there. Pytho is called navel by derivation from the prophetic utterances (‘omphai’) given as oracles by the god.

LEMMA: V, ἵνα μεσόφαλοι (sic) Rb, μεσόμφαλοι MlMnS      REF. SYMBOL: VMlSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἡ δῆλος … λέγει om. Ra   |    1 μεσαιτάτη Ml   |    2 λέγειν V   |    3 γὰρ om. RaRb   |    τὸ δια μαθεῖν (or τὸ διαμαθεῖν) (sic)Ml   |    ἀνατολῆς] ἀνατ()λ()῀ VRa, ἀνατολῶν MlRbMnSSa   |    5 παρὰ τὰς RaRb, παρὰ τὸ VMnSSa, περὶ Ml   |    ἀπὸ Ml   |    at end add. λέγειν V, add. ἤτοι μαντευομένας Ra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πυθῶ Ml, a.c. Mn   |    3 δύο] διὸ Ml   |    4 ἐκῆσαι Ml   |    5 πυθῶ MlRa   |   χρηστηριζομένας Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,9 app.


Or. 331.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαίτατον ἐστὶ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου, ἢ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων.  2ἢ παρὰ ⟨τὸ⟩ τὰς ὀμφὰς καὶ τὰς φήμας ἅλλεσθαι.   —Pr

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ] ἡ Pr   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 331.05 (thom exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι: 1βουλόμενος ὁ Ζεὺς τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς μαθεῖν δύο ἀετοὺς ἰσοπετεῖς εἰληφὼς ἀφῆκε, τὸν μὲν ἐξ ἀνατολῆς, τὸν δὲ ἐκ δυσμῶν.  2συνηντήθησαν οὖν εἰς Δελφούς, ἔνθα τὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐστὶ μαντεῖον.  3ὅθεν καὶ εἰς τοῦτο κατασκευάσαντες χρυσοῦς ἀετοὺς δύο ἀνέθεσαν ἐκεῖ εἰς ὑπόμνημα τῶν πρόσθεν ἀετῶν.   —ZZaZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   When Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth, he took two eagles that flew at the same pace and released them, one from the east, the other from the west. The came together, then, at Delphi, where the oracle of Apollo is. Therefore also in response to this, having procured two golden eagles, they dedicated them there as a remembrance of the earlier eagles.

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZmGu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἰσοταχεῖς T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 αἰετοὺς ZGu   |   ἀφῆκεν Zm   |   2 συνητήθησαν Ox2   |   3 αἰετῶν Z, αὐτῶν Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109 app. on 12


Or. 331.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἵνα⟩: ὅπου  —V1/2AaAbCrF2MlMnPrRSOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZlZuT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 331.07 (rec gloss) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: ἡ Πυθὼ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: εἰς Πυθίαν  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πυθήαν V (perhaps corrected)   |   


Or. 331.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: οἱ μέσοι τόποι τῆς γῆς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: τόποι τῆς γῆς οἱ μεσόμφαλοι  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: οἱ μέσοι  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.12 (thom paraphr) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: οἱ μέσοι ὀμφαλοί  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: καὶ τὰ μέσα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: τὸ μέσον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: ὅπου, γίνωσκε, ὁ Παρνασσὸς τυγχάνει ἐν τῇ Πυθίᾳ.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 331.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: παρὰ τὸ (?)ὀμφαλὸν(?) εἶναι ἐν μέσῳ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   mostly erased   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 331.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: βʹ ὁ (?)Δῆλος(?) ὀμφ(ά)λη(?) / ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐλέγοντο.  —B3a

POSITION: marg. beside 323–324      

COMMENT:   The reading is extremely uncertain, and the note seems incomplete, but the possibility that Delos and ‘omphal‑’ are mentioned suggests the note belongs here. The words have no discernible relevance to 323–324.   


Or. 331.18 (rec artGloss) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: οἱ  —PrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.19 (rec gloss) ⟨λέγονται⟩: εἶναι  —AaKMnSGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.20 (rec gloss) ⟨λέγονται⟩: ὑπάρχειν  —PrXoY

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  δηλονότι add. Y, δηλονότι μυχοὶ add. Xo   


Or. 331.21 (thom gloss) ⟨λέγονται⟩: καλοῦνται  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,18


Or. 331.22 (thom gloss) ⟨λέγονται⟩: ᾄδονται  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,18


Or. 331.23 (rec gloss) ⟨μυχοί⟩: τὰ βάθη  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨μυχοί⟩: καταδύσεις οἰκήσεις  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Xo   |    οἰκήσεις om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,18–19


Or. 331.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μυχοί⟩: κοιλότητες  —GuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,19


Or. 331.26 (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: περισσὸν ἦν τὸ γᾶς· ἤγουν μυχοὶ γᾶς. διὸ καὶ ἐξεβλήθη παρ’ ἐμοῦ. ἀρκεῖ γὰρ τὸ δάπεδον.  —T

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘gās’ was superfluous (scil. in the reading ‘muchoi gās’ found in the manuscripts). (‘Hollows’ by itself) means ‘hollows of the earth’. Therefore the word has been removed from the text by me. For the word ‘ground/land’ (330 ‘dapedon’) is sufficient (to indicate the meaning).

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,20–21; de Fav. 52

KEYWORDS:  Triclinius, emendation by   |   περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 331.27 (rec artGloss) ⟨μυχοί⟩: οἱ  —AbS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.28 (rec etaGloss) ⟨γᾶς⟩: γῆς  —AbF2MnRSGuZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῆς prep. F2   


Or. 331.29 (rec artGloss) ⟨γᾶς⟩: τῆς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.30 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 332.01 (vet exeg) ἰὼ Ζεῦ: πρὸς τὰ ἄνω τοῦτο σχετλιαστικῶς μετὰ ἤθους ἀναπεφώνηται.  —MCPr

TRANSLATION:   In reaction to the preceding words, this is enunciated complainingly with controlled emotion.

LEMMA: MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: s.l. Pr; after (out-of-order) sch. 335.19 M      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἄνω printed by Dind. (and Schw.) without note   |    τοῦτο om. M, transp. before πρὸς Pr   |    σχετλιαστικὸν MC   |    μετὰ] μέτρον Pr   |    at end add. ἰὼ ζεῦ μόχθων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρει Pr, cont. with sch. 328.01 MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,8–9; Dind. II.110,4–5

COMMENT:   See on 136.02.   

KEYWORDS:  μετὰ ἤθους   


Or. 332.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἰὼ Ζεῦ⟩: τοῦτο κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀναπεφώνηται.  —HO

TRANSLATION:   This is enunciated on its own.

POSITION: intermarg. H      


Or. 332.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἰὼ Ζεῦ⟩: θαυμαστικὸν  —AbKMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 332.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰὼ Ζεῦ⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὁ λόγος.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 332.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἰὼ⟩: βαβαὶ  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 332.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἰὼ⟩: φεῦ  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOxZl

LEMMA: ὦ in text T      POSITION: s.l. except X (above ζεῦ G)      


Or. 332.07 (mosch artGloss) ⟨Ζεῦ⟩:  —XXaXbXoYYfGrAa2Ox

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ὦ ζεῦ X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.110,6


Or. 332.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ζεῦ⟩: ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῇ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (The invocation of Zeus is spoken) apotropaically.

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from prev. X, from 332.06 T      

APP. CRIT.:  φεῦ prep. X   |    ἀποτροπῆς Xo, ἀποτροπ()῀ T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.110,6

COMMENT:   The usual construction in describing exclamations is ἐπὶ + gen., as in the more common ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως, and the gen. is found here in Xo and in sch. rec. Arist. Nub. 1372c alpha Koster ὥσπερ ἐστὶ τὸ ‘ὦ Ἄπολλον’ ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῆς, οὕτω καὶ τὸ ‘ὦ ἀλεξίκακε’· τὸ δὲ ‘ὦ Ἡράκλεις’ ἐπὶ θαυμασμοῦ λαμβάνεται. On the other hand, ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῇ + objective gen. is quite common in various authors, and that usage may have influenced the choice of dative, if that was Moschopulus’ choice.   


Or. 333.01 (vet exeg) τίς ἔλεος: 1εἰς τὸ τίς ἔλεος στιγμὴν δεδωκότες λείπειν τῷ λόγῳ φήσομεν τὸ γενήσεται καὶ τὸ ἄλλο τίς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς,  2ἵν’ ᾖ ὁ νοῦς οὕτως· τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται, ἀντὶ τοῦ τίς ἐλεήσει σε, Ὀρέστα;   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having placed punctuation at ‘what pity’ we shall say that the verb ‘will come about’ is missing in the phrase and that the second ‘what’ is to be understood as ‘none’, so that the sense is as follows: ‘what pity will come about?’ meaning ‘who will have pity on you, Orestes?’

REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: follows 327.16 in M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 στιγμὴν δεδωκ.] στίξαντες Pr   |    στιγμὴ M   |    ἄλλο del. Matt.   |    2 ὁ νοῦς om. Pr   |    τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται om. Rw   |    after γενήσεται add. τῷ ὀρέστῃ BPr   |    second τίς] τίς τοῦτον ἐλεήσει, τίς ἄρα Rw   |    σε ὀρέστα] τὸν ὀρέστην Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,11–13; Dind. II.110,7–10

COMMENT:   Taking the second τίς as equivalent to ‘no one’ implies punctuation after the second τίς. The many mss I have checked have punctuation and/or extra space after ἔλεος, but none after the second τίς, except F (where it appears to be by the text hand) and V, where is it clearly added by corrector V2. Cf. the glosses with οὐδείς, 333.10, 333.18, as well as 333.05, which says correctly that the answer to the rhetorical question τίς ἔλεος must be supplied mentally (ἔξωθεν). The present note would make good sense if ἄλλο were deleted with Matthiae so that the remark applied to the first τίς, but ἄλλο appears to be confirmed by δεύτερον in 333.28 and the suprelinear note 333.29 (although these could of course have been derived from the discursive note after it was corrupted).    

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 333.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: στιγμή  —H4

POSITION: intermarg.      


Or. 333.03 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἄρα, φησὶ, τοῦτον ἐλεήσει,  2τίς δὲ ὁ κίνδυνος οὗτος καὶ ἡ μανιώδης νόσος ἐπέρχεται ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον, ταχύνων σε καὶ ἐξεγείρων.  3τουτέστιν· ἆρα δαίμων τις ἐπιπέμπει τούτῳ τὰς Ἐρινύας;   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Who, then, (the chorus) says, will pity this man? And what danger is this and what insanity-like sickness that comes upon you, wretched man, speeding you and arousing you? That is, is some divinity sending the Erinyes against this man?

LEMMA: MC, in marg. B      POSITION: cont. from 333.01 PrRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς … ἐλεήσει om. Rw (cf. app. to prev.)   |    2 ἐπὶ σὲ] ἐπὶ δὲ Pr   |    ταχύνων] ταχίστων Rw   |    3 δαίμων ἆρα transp. M   |    ἀποπέμπει Rw   |    τούτῳ] om. Rw, οὕτω Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἄρα] ἆρα M   |   3 ἆρα] ἄρα C   |   ἐριννύας PrRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,14–16; Dind. II.110,10–13


Or. 333.04 (rec paraphr) τίς ἔλεος: λείπει τὸ γενήσεται ἵν’ ἦ ὁ νοῦς· τίς ἐλεήσει σε, Ὀρέστα, τίς δὲ ὁ κίνδυνος οὗτος καὶ ἡ μανιώδης νόσος ἐπέρχεται ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον, ταχύνων καὶ ἐξεγείρων.  —V

TRANSLATION:   The verb ‘will come about’ is to be understood so that the sense is: Who will pity you, Orestes, and what danger, that is, insanity-like sickness, is this that comes upon you, wretched man, speeding and arousing (you)?

LEMMA: ἰὼ ζεῦ τίς ἔλεος V      REF. SYMBOL: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,11–6 app.; Dind. II.110,7 app.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 333.05 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: 1τίς ἐλεήσει αὐτόν·  2ἔξωθεν ἀκουσόμεθα τὸ οὐδείς.  3διὰ τί; οὗτος γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ κίνδυνος, ὁ ἐκ τῶν Ἐρινύων, ἐπέρχεται φόνιος, μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Who will pity him? We will supply from outside (the answer) ‘no one’. Why (will no one pity him)? Because this danger, the one from the Erinyes, is coming upon him in bloody fashion, carried along with strong impulse against you, wretched man.

LEMMA: M, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως C, ἢ ἄλλως PrRw(ἄλλος), ἄλλως in marg. B      POSITION: cont. from 333.03 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἀκουσώμεθα M, ἀκουστέον Pr   |    3 οὗτος] app. οὐτω or οὔτω M   |    αὐτοῦ Pr   |    second ὁ om. Rw   |    ἐκ om. C   |    ἔρχεται BPrRw   |    after ἔρχεται scholion-ending punct. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐριννύων Pr   |   μεθορμῆς MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,17–19; Dind. II.110,13–15

COMMENT:   See on 333.01.   


Or. 333.06 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἔλεός ἐστι τούτῳ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, τίς, ὦ Ζεῦ,  2ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλεταί τις ἀλάστωρ, πορεύων εἰς δόμους, ἀντὶ τοῦ περιέλκων αὐτὸν τῇ μανίᾳ καὶ ἀναβακχεύων κατὰ τὸν οἶκον,  3ὅστις, ὁ ἀλάστωρ, ἐγείρει τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός.   —MBVCPraPrb

TRANSLATION:   What pity is there for this Orestes, what pity, o Zeus, (for this one) for whom some avenging demon (‘alastōr’) adds tears upon tears, making (him) enter the house, meaning dragging him around in madness and making him revel thoughout the house; who, the avenging demon, arouses the blood of his mother.

LEMMA: VCPra, in marg. MB      POSITION: follows 335.01 M, follows 335.19 V; Prb version follows Prb version of 338.10      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς ἔλεος … ζεῦ om. Prb   |    τίς ὦ ζεῦ om. BPra   |    2 ἀλαστόρων V, τῶν ἀλαστόρων Prb   |    δόμους αὐτοὺς VPrb, δόμον Pra   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ Prb   |    ἕλκων B, ἥκων Pra   |    αὐτὸν] om. VPrb, αὐτῷ C   |    after μανίᾳ add. τὸ γὰρ πορεύων δηλοῖ τὸ περιέλκον αὐτὸν τῆ μανία C   |    καὶ ἀναβακχεύων del. Schw.   |    καὶ om. Prb   |    ἀναβακχεύω V   |    κατὰ τῶν οἴκων VPrb   |    3 ὁ M, om. others   |    ἀλαστόρων V   |    ἐγείρει] om. Pra, ἀνεγείρει V   |    at end add. V sch. 337.17, add. Pra πορεύεσθαι καὶ διατρέχειν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ποιοῦντα   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐστὶν M   |   2 ᾧ] ὦ C   |   συμβάλεται C   |   ἀλλάστωρ M   |   3 ἀλλάστωρ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,20–23; Dind. II.110,16–111,2


Or. 333.07 (rec paraphr) ἢ ᾧτινι σοι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πορεύων ἤτοι φέρων εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς δόμους τοῦ ᾍδου τὴν σὴν μητέρα ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα συμμίγει. ἢ οὕτως· ἐν ᾧτινι τῷ φόβῳ καὶ τῷ κινδύνῳ καὶ τῇ μανιώδει νόσῳ δάκρυα ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσιν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Or, for whom, that is, for you, Orestes, (the struggle) conveying or bringing your mother into the house of the avenging demons, meaning into the house of Hades, mixes tears upon tears. Or this way: in which, (namely) the fear and danger and insane sickness, (the struggle mixes) tears upon tears.

POSITION: cont. from Prb version of 333.06      


Or. 333.08 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἔλεός ἐστι τούτῳ, ᾧ δάκρυα ἐπιβάλλει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων δαιμόνων, τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρὸς πορεύεσθαι καὶ διατρέχειν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ποιοῦν;  2τινὲς δὲ ἤκουσαν εἰς ἀλαστόρων δόμον ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς Ἅιδου, εἰς τὸν οἶκον τῶν ἀλαστόρων·  3καὶ τίς δὲ ἡ νόσος πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ποιοῦσα εἰς Ἅιδου;  4ἡ δὲ περικοπή· οἵων μόχθων ἐπιθυμήσας, ὦ τάλας, διέφθαρσαι, δεξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος τὴν μαντείαν, ἣν ὁ Ἀπόλλων εἶπε κατὰ τοὺς Δελφοὺς, ἔνθα γῆς ὀμφαλὸς λέγεται.  5τίς ἐλεήσει αὐτὸν, ὦ Ζεῦ;  6τί; οὗτος γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ ἀγὼν ἐκ τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐπέρχεται διὰ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον, μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον.  7μετέβαλε δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγου εἰς τὸν πρὸς αὐτόν.   —BC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   What pity is there for this man, upon whom one of the alastor-demons imposes tears, the blood of his mother causing him to go and to run throughout the house? Some have understood (that the phrasing is) to the house of the alastors, meaning to Hades, to the dwelling of the alastors. And what is the sickness causing him to go to Hades? And the passage as a whole runs: having set your heart on what toils, o wretched man, you have been ruined, after receiving the oracle from the tripod, which Apollo spoke in Delphi, where the navel of the earth is said to be. Who will pity him, o Zeus? Why (do I ask this)? Because this struggle comes upon him from the Erinyes because of the murder of his mother, carried along with strong impulse against you, wretched man. The chorus shifted from speaking about him to speaking to him.

LEMMA: BC      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς … ποιοῦν om. Pr   |    τούτῳ τῷ ὀρέστῃ B   |    διατρέχων αὐτὸ C   |    ποιεῖ C   |    2 first εἰς] τὸ B   |    τοῦ om. C   |    εἰς τὸν] κατὰ τὸν B, rewritten as εἰς τὸν later   |    3 εἰς ἅδην Pr   |    4 οἷον C   |    τοὺς δελφοὺς] τὴν ἀδελφὴν Pr   |    5–7 τίς ἐλεήσει κτλ om. Pr   |    6 τί, οὗτος C, τοιοῦτος B   |    τὸν om. C   |    after ὁρμῆς add. δὲ B   |    φερομένη C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   6 μεθορμῆς C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,1–11; Dind. II.111, 3–13


Or. 333.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: τίς ἐλεήσει τοῦτον;  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται, ὦ Ὀρέστα, τίς, ἤγουν οὐδεὶς.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 333.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: τίς ἐλεήσει σε;  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.12 (mosch exeg) τίς ἔλεος: ἀντὶ τοῦ πόθεν ἂν γένοιτο ἔλεος;  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: from where might pity come?

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   |    ἂν γέν. ἔλεος om. Aa2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,17–18


Or. 333.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: ὑπάρξει ἐν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.14 (thom paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: ἔσται σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,17


Or. 333.15 (vet exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: λείπει τὸ γενήσεται.  —H

TRANSLATION:   (The verb phrase) ‘will there be’ is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 333.16 (rec gloss) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: γενήσεται  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: γένηται  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς  —Pr

POSITION: below the word, because space above full      


Or. 333.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλεος⟩: οἰκτρότης  —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  οἰκτρότ(α)τ() S   


Or. 333.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλεος⟩: ἤγουν ἐλεημοσύνη  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.21 (333–338) (vet paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν ⟨φόνιος⟩ ἔρχεται ἕως τοῦ ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ⟨ὅ σ’⟩ ἀναβακχεύει: 1τὸ ἑξῆς τίς φόνιος οὗτος ἀγὼν, ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ὅ σε ἀναβακχεύει, ἔρχεται θοάζων σὲ τὸν μέλεον,  2ᾧτινι, τῷ ἀγῶνι, δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων μαίνεσθαί σε ποιῶν κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους.   —MCMlMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense (is): What (is) this bloody struggle, the blood of your mother that makes you revel, (that) comes agitating you, the wretched one? For/In/With which, that is, the struggle, one of the alastors mixes tears with tears, causing you to rave in madness throughout the house.

LEMMA: M(om. τίς)C(ὃ δ’), τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν ἕως τοῦ ὃς ἀναβακχεύει Ml(ὁ δὲ, ὁς ἀνα-)MnRaRb(‑εύειν)S(ὃς ναβακ‑)Sa, τίς εἰς δόμους Rw      REF. SYMBOL: RaRbSa      POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς] MC, om. others   |    σῆς Rw   |    ὅ σε] Rw (ὃς s.l.), ὅ σ’ MnSSa, ὅτι MCRb [Ra]   |    ἀναβακχεύει] sch.-ending punct. after this word Sa (ἔρχεται … μέλεον by rubr.)   |    ἔρχεται om. Rw   |    μέλεον] μενέλαον Ml, sch.-ending punct. after this word M   |    2 συμμίσγει] συμμίγει RaSa, συμμίσγεις Rb   |    τις om. Ml   |    σε] σοι C, a.c. M, om. Ra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 app. οὑτὸς or οὑτὸ M   |    θοάζων σε MRaS, βοάζων σε Ml   |    2 ὦτινι M   |    συμισγεῖ Mn   |    τίς all (except τῆς Rb)   |    ἀλλαστόρων Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,12–16; Dind. II.111 app. at 7


Or. 333.22 (rec paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν φόνιος ἔρχεται ἕως τοῦ ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς: 1τίς οὗτός σε φόνιος ἀγὼν ἔρχεται θοάζων μέλεον,  2ᾧτινι, τῷ ἀγῶνι, δάκρυα δάκρυσι συνεισάγει ⟨τις⟩ τῶν ἀλαστόρων,  3ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς, ὃς ἀναβακχεύει καὶ ἀνακινεῖ πορεύων καὶ μαίνεσθαί ⟨σε ποιῶν⟩ κατὰ τοὺς δόμους.   —VC

TRANSLATION:   What is this bloody struggle that comes agitating you, wretched one, to which, namely the struggle, one of the alastors contributes tears upon tears, the blood of your mother, (the alastor, or the struggle) which makes you revel and stirs you to motion, conveying (you) and making you go mad throughout the house?

LEMMA: V (but punct. and rubr. as if note begins with ἔως), ἄλλως C      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς … ἀγὼν] τὸ ἑξῆς τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν φόνιος V   |    2 τῷ om. V   |    3 ματέρος om. C   |    ἀναβ. καὶ om. V   |    ἀναβακχεύει] cf. prev. sch., ‑εύων C   |    πορεῦον V   |    μαίνεσθαι] σημαίνεσθαι C   |    σε ποιῶν suppl. from prev. sch.   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὗτος σε C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,12–16 app.; Dind. II.110 app. at 7


Or. 333.23 (338–338) (mosch paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγών: 1τίς ὅδε ὁ κίνδυνος φόνιος ἔρχεται παροξύνων σε τὸν μέλεον,  2ᾧτινι ἤγουν σοὶ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συνάπτει τις ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν  3πορεύων εἰς τοὺς δόμους τὸ αἷμα ἤγουν τὸν φόνον τῆς σῆς μητρός, ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   What is this murderous danger that comes sharply urging you on, wretched man, for whom, that is, for you, one among the hostile (spirits) joins tears to tears, conveying into the house the blood, that is, the murder of your mother, which makes you revel in madness?

LEMMA: G      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔρχεται φόνιος transp. a.c. Xo   |    2 ᾧτινι ἤγουν σοὶ] ὃς T   |    δάκρυσι] δάκρυα G   |    ἀπὸ] λέγω T   |    3 χορεύων, πο s.l. G (same reading and s.l. variant in text G)   |    εἰς τὸν δόμον T, εἰς τούσδε G   |    τῆς om. Xo   |    ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει om. X, ὃς ἀναβακχεύει (‑εύων a.c.) G   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τίς all except τὶς G   |    3 σ’] σε T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,13–16


Or. 333.24 (333–338) (rec wdord) word order (α) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν, (β) ἔρχεται, (γ) φόνιος, (δ) σε, (ε) τὸν μέλεον, (ϛ) θοάζων, (ζ) ᾧ, (η), τις, (θ) ἀλαστόρων, (ι) συμβάλλει, (ια) δάκρυα, (ιβ) δάκρυσι, (ιγ) πορεύων, ⟨(ιδ) ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς⟩(?), (ιε) εἰς δόμους  —V1/2

APP. CRIT.:  ιε app. changed from ιδ; corrected placement of ιδ either effaced or omitted   


Or. 333.25 (rec paraphr) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ποία αὕτη ἡ ἀνάγκη καὶ ἡ βία καὶ ὁ κίνδυνος καὶ ὁ φόνος  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 333.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ἐστὶν  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.28 (vet exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: τὸ δεύτερον τίς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς.  —M

TRANSLATION:   The second ‘tis’ (‘which?’) conveys the sense of ‘none’.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,10

COMMENT:   For this note and the next two, see above on 333.01.   


Or. 333.29 (vet exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: ἢ οὐδείς  —HOCSa

TRANSLATION:   Or (to put it in other words) ‘none’.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ] ἀντὶ τοῦ CSa, om. O   


Or. 333.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: οὐδεὶς· ἢ οὕτως· τίς τοῦτ’ ἐλεήσει;  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.31 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ὁ κίνδυνος οὗτος  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.32 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ἡ καταλαμβάνουσά σε μανία  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘This struggle’ here refers to) the madness that possesses you.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,18–19


Or. 333.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: οὗτος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.34 (333–335) (rec paraphr) φόνιος ἔρχεται: ὁ κίνδυνος ὁ ἐκ τῶν Ἐριννύων ἔρχεται φόνιος μεθ’ ὁρμῆς ἐπιφερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν ἄθλιον.  —Rf

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐρριννύων Rf   |   


Or. 333.35 (333–334) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀγὼν φόνιος ἔρχεται⟩: ἐπέρχεται κίνδυνος καὶ φόνος  —MB

TRANSLATION:   Danger and killing approach.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  φόβος M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,20–21


Or. 333.36 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: κίνδυνος φόβος  —CSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ κίνδ. καὶ ὁ φόβ. Sa   


Or. 333.37 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: ὁ κίνδυνος  —PrV3XXaXbXoT+YGGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ om. V3XoGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,18


Or. 333.38 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: νόσος  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,18


Or. 333.39 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: ἤγουν ἡ μανιώδης νόσος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μανιοδὴς Zu   |   


Or. 333.40 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: πόνος  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.41 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν Ἐριννύων  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.42 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 334.01 (thom gloss) ⟨φόνιος⟩: ποταπὸς  —ZmT

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   This note omitted by Ta.   |   


Or. 334.02 (thom gloss) ⟨φόνιος⟩: φονικὸς  —ZmTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,20


Or. 334.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόνιος⟩: φονευτικός  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 334.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόνιος⟩: δαιμονιώδης  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,20


Or. 334.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρχεται⟩: ὅστις  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   To be understood along with 333.27, that is, τίς ἐστιν (ἀγὼν) ὅστις ἔρχεται.   


Or. 335.01 (vet exeg) θοάζων: 1ἐπιδιώκων ταχύνων διεγείρων ἐκμαίνων.  2‘κῆτος θοάζον’ [Eur. Andromeda fr. 145.2] Ἀνδρομέδᾳ.   —MaCaB, partial MbCbRw

TRANSLATION:   Pursuing, hastening along, agitating, driving mad. ‘Sea-monster speeding along’ in Andromeda.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. MbCb, cont. from 333.05, add. δὲ, MbCb      

APP. CRIT.:   2 κῆτος κτλ om. MbCbRw   |    θοάζον Plut. de aud. poetis 6 (Mor. 22E), θοάζων MaBCa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀνδρομέδ() MaB (‑μέδᾳ printed by Dindorf), ἀνδρομέδη Ca   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,17–18; Dind. II.111,22–23

COMMENT:   The Andromeda passage contains an intransitive use, according to Plutarch (κινεῖσθαι), and that is certain if line 1 of Eur. fr. 145 (ὁρῶ δὲ πρὸς τὰ παρθένου θοινάματα / κῆτος θοάζον ἐξ Ἀτλαντικῆς ἁλός) is correctly joined to line 2 (as Fritzsche first proposed). The reading θοάζων within the isolated line provides the typical commentator’s support for the transitive or causative sense offered by the four gloss-words. Perhaps the line was cited in a commentary that offered transitive and intransitive examples from more than one text, and when the note was shortened at a later stage to include only the Andromeda example (because from Eur. himself?), someone felt the need to change θοάζον to θοάζων to make the example work.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Euripides, Andromeda   


Or. 335.02 (vet gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: διώκων  —HOAbFMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.03 (vet gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: διεγείρων  —HAaAbKMlMnSB3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.04 (rec exeg) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ἤτοι τὸν Ὀρέστην διεγείρων διώκων  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.05 (rec gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ταράσσων  —VRfrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ταράττων Zu   


Or. 335.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ἐκταράττων  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: κινῶν  —VKPrZZaZlZmTGuZcOx2

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from 333.05 V      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. VPrZc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,23


Or. 335.08 (rec gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: μαίνεσθαι ποιῶν  —VFG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ταχύνων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ἐπιφέρων  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: παροξύνων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,23


Or. 335.12 (thom gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ἐκμαίνων  —ZZaZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,23


Or. 335.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: καὶ ἐκπλήττων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος  —V3

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 335.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σὲ⟩: ἐπὶ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τὸν μέλεον⟩: τὸν ἄθλιον  —CrPrOxXXaXbXoTYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν μέλεον⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν νέστ(ο)ρα V2   


Or. 335.18 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μέλεον⟩: τὸν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Since Aa has τὸν μέλεον in the text, this article gloss is abnormal. Perhaps it is an incomplete copying of Moschopulean τὸν ἄθλιον.   


Or. 335.19 (335–338) (vet exeg) ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι: 1συνάγει καὶ συμμίσγει ἐπάλληλα δάκρυα.  2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 4.453]· ‘συμβάλλετον ὄβριμον ὕδωρ’.  3ἢ συνάπτει, ἵνα ᾖ ἡ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν συμβαλλόντων τοῖς σχοινίοις ἕτερα καὶ ἐπιμηκέστερα ποιούντων,  4οἷον· ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσι συνάπτει δάκρυα.  5Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Pac. 36–37]· ‘ὥσπερ οἱ σχοινία / συμβάλλοντες εἰς τὰς ὁλκάδας’.   —MBCPr, partial HVRw

TRANSLATION:   He brings together and mixes together tears in close succession. Homer: ‘the two (torrents) combine their mighty streams of water’. Or (the meaning is) ‘ties together’, so that the metaphor is from those who combine other things with ropes and make the things greater in length, as if to say ‘he joins tears to the tears’. Aristophanes: ‘just like those who plait ropes for towed barges’.

LEMMA: MC(δάκρυσιν)Rw, ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλει B(δά() δάκρυ())Pr, ᾧ δάκρυσιν V      REF. SYMBOL: HBV      POSITION: between sch. 331.01 and 332.01 M; follows next C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 συνάγει ἀλλεπάλληλα δάκρυα καὶ συμμίσγει H(δάκρυα om.)Rw   |    συνάγει] ἄγει MVC (ἄγει καὶ crossed out by a later hand in V)   |    ἀλλεπάλληλα δακρύων V   |    2–3 ὅμηρος … ποιούντων om. V, ὅμηρος … ᾖ om. H, ὄμηρος … ἢ om. Rw   |    2 καὶ add. before ὅμ. M   |    2–5 συμβάλλετον] συμ[. rest lost to trimming H   |    2 συμβάλλετον] συμβάλλει τὸ BPr [H]   |    ὄβριμον B, ὄμβριμον MCPr, s.l. B   |    3–4 ἕτερα … ἐπὶ] ἕτε (ρα … ἐπὶ om.) M   |    3 ἕτερον ἑτερ(ον) Rw   |    καὶ om. C   |    ποιούντων] τοιούτων Rw, om. Pr   |    4 συνάπτειν C   |    5 ἀριστοφάνης κτλ om. VRw   |    οἱ om. BPr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμμίγει Pr   |    2 συμβάλετον MC   |    3 ἵν’ Pr   |    συμβαλόντων MC   |    5 ὀλκάδας Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,19–23; Dind. II.111,25–112,3

COMMENT:   The quotation is inexact; for σχοινία Arist. has τὰ σχοινία / τὰ παχέα.   

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes   


Or. 335.20 (335–338) (vet paraphr) ᾧ δάκρυα: ᾧ, τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, δάκρυα δαίμων τις κακὸς ἀλλεπάλληλα συνάπτει, δίκην τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ εἰσπραττόμενος.  —MCRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   For whom, namely Orestes, some evil demon joins together tears in close succession, exacting punishment for the bloodshed of his mother.

LEMMA: M(ὦ)C; ἄλλως Rw      POSITION: intermarg. MH; precedes prev. in C; follows 333.21 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   ᾧ, τῷ] ᾥτινι HRw   |    κακὸς om. H   |    δίκην κτλ om. H   |    τοῦ δὲ αἵματος Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὦ M   |   ἀλλ’ ἐπάλληλα MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,1–2

COLLATION NOTES:   Daitz gives the last words in H as συν⟨άπτ⟩ε⟨ι δίκην⟩, but there does not seem to be enough space in the intermarg. corner for δίκην (also the truncated scholion would be misconceived, since δίκην goes with εἰσπραττόμενος). Check new images of H when available.   |   


Or. 335.21 (335–338) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ᾧ δάκρυα⟩: τίς τῶν ἀλαστόρων περιέλκων σε καὶ τῷ μανιώδει νόσῳ ἀναβακχεύων κατὰ τὸν οἶκον διὰ τὸν φόνιον ἀγῶνα τῆς μητρὸς μαίνεσθαι σε ποιεῖ τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα συνάπτων.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Which one of the alastors, dragging you around and with the insanity-like sickness making you revel throughout the house, because of the bloody struggle of your mother makes you be insane, joining tears to tears?

REF. SYMBOL: V3      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 335.22 (335–338) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὃ δάκρυα:  1ὃ γράφε ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅστις καὶ δόμον μὴ δόμους, λέγων οὕτως·  2ὃ καὶ ὅστις ὁ ἀγὼν δηλονότι ὁ φόνιος συμβάλλει καὶ συνάπτει τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα.  3ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐποίει ταῦτα ὁ ἀγών, ἀλλά τις τῶν θεῶν, ἐπήγαγε,  4τις λέγω τῶν ἀλαστόρων καὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν πορεύων καὶ ἐπιφέρων εἰς τὸν δόμον τὸ αἷμα τῆς σῆς μητρὸς ὅπερ σε ποιεῖ μαίνεσθαι.  5οἱ δὲ γράφοντες τὸ ω μέγα διὰ τὸ συμβάλλει ἀγνοοῦσι τὰ μέτρα.   —T

TRANSLATION:   Write here ‘ho’ meaning ‘hostis’ (masculine relative pronoun) and ‘domon’ not ‘domous’, explaining it thus: which, that is, which contest, obviously, the bloody one, brings together and joins together tears with tears. But since the contest was not doing these things, but rather one of the gods, he continued with: one (I mean) of the alastors and the hostile (spirits) conveying and bringing into the house the blood of your mother, which makes you go mad. And those who write an omega (that is, ‘hō’ = ‘hōi’, dative relative pronoun) on account of ‘sumballei’ (which often takes a dative) do not understand the meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. (barely visible now; τρικλινίου in marg. Ta)      POSITION: on next page T (lemma last line of its page)      

APP. CRIT.:  2 first ὁ om. Ta   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 τίς T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.112,5–11; de Fav. 52


Or. 335.23 (335–337) (rec wdord) word order α (ᾧ), β (τις), γ (ἀλαστόρων), δ (πορεύων), ε (συμβάλλει), ϛ (δάκρυα), ζ (δάκρυσι), η (εἰς δόμους)  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.24 (rec exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τῷ ἀγῶνι δηλονότι ἢ ᾧτινι σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —VMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὥτινι prep. Sa   |    δηλονότι om. MnSSa   |    σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ om. S, σὺ τὼ μελέω Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὦ αγῶνι] ὦ αγών ἢ a.c. Mn   |   


Or. 335.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τῷ ἀγῶνι ἢ τῷ μελέῳ σοί  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 335.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: ἀγῶνι σοῦ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: ἀγῶνι τῆς μανίας  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.28 (rec gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τῷ ἀγῶνι  —AaAbMl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.29 (mosch gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: σοὶ  —XXaXbXoYYfGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: Ὀρέστῃ σοὶ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.31 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: καὶ ᾧτινι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ ἤγουν σοὶ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.32 (thom exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: σοὶ ἢ τῷ ἀγῶνι  —ZZaZlZmGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (The masculine relative pronoun has as antecedent) ‘you’ or ‘the struggle’.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,24


Or. 335.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: καὶ ᾧτινι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.34 (tri exeg) ⟨ὃ⟩: ὅστις ἀγών  —T

TRANSLATION:  (The relative pronoun ‘ho’ is here masculine, meaning) ‘which struggle’ (with ‘which’ in its relative use).

LEMMA: ὃ in text T      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.35 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάκρυα⟩: ἕτερα  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 336.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάκρυσι⟩: ἐπάνω τοῖς δάκρυσι  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 336.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάκρυσι⟩: ἐπὶ τοῖς  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 336.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨δάκρυσι⟩: τοῖς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 336.04 (rec gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συνεισάγει καὶ συνεισφέρει  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 336.05 (rec gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συμμίγει  —AbMlMnSSaGuZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  συμμίσγει S, συμμίγνυσι Zu   


Or. 336.06 (rec gloss) ⟨συμβάλλειν⟩: συμμιγνύειν  —Rf

LEMMA: συμβάλειν in text Rf      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 336.07 (rec gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: μιγνύει  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 336.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συνέρχονται  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The plural assumes that δάκρυα is the subject and that the verb is intransitive.   


Or. 336.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συνέρχεται  —MlB3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 336.10 (rec gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συνεισφέρει  —PrGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 336.11 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συνάπτει  —AaFMlPrXXaXbYYfGrZcZZaZlZmT*Ox2

LEMMA: συμβάλλη in text Zl      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   συνάπτη Zl   |   


Or. 336.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συντάττει  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨πορεύων τις εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: πορευόμενος ἢ πορεύων τὸν Ὀρέστην ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνακινῶν κατὰ τοὺς δόμους καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιῶν  —V

TRANSLATION:   Conveying himself, or conveying Orestes, equivalent to making him move throughout the house and making him insane.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.02 (vet gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ περιέλκων  —MCPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Pr, τοῦ om. C   |   τῆ μανία add. M2   


Or. 337.03 (rec gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: ἄγων τῇ μανίᾳ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.04 (rec gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: διώκων περιφέρων  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: ἐπιδιώκων  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: κινῶν  —V1AaFMlMnPrRSSaXXaXbXoYYfGGrB3a

REF. SYMBOL: Ml      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  σε add. V1   


Or. 337.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: ἐπιφέρων  —KZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta wrongly places a cross with this gloss, app. misreading the rectilinear breathing sign in T.   |   


Or. 337.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: φέρων  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: καὶ ἄγων  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: καὶ παρακινῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: πορευόμενος  —AbCrMlMnRSOxP2

REF. SYMBOL: Ml      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   |    -ομένην S   


Or. 337.12 (rec exeg) ⟨πορεύων⟩: καὶ πορευόμενος, τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ παθητικοῦ  —S

TRANSLATION:   That is, conveying himself; the active form used in place of the passive.

POSITION: below the line, last of page      

APP. CRIT.:  παθητικὸν … ἐνεργητικοῦ S   


Or. 337.13 (rec gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: ἐρχόμενος  —RfrYf

POSITION: s.l. Rf, marg. Yf      


Or. 337.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τις⟩: δαίμων  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.15 (tri gloss) ⟨τις⟩: λέγω  —T

LEMMA: τίς in text T (indefinite: 335.22)      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.16 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἢ εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς δόμους τοῦ Ἅιδου τὴν σὴν μητέρα ἢ σέ, τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V

TRANSLATION:   Alternatively, (the syntax is) to the house of the alastors, meaning to the house of Hades, (carrying) your mother or you, Orestes.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,3–4

COMMENT:   Schw. ignores or suppresses the initial ἢ and treats εἰς δ. ἀλ. as a lemma, but V does not rubricate the initial of ἀντὶ.   


Or. 337.17 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: τινὲς δὲ ἤκουσαν εἰς ἀλαστόρων δόμον ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς Ἅιδου πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ποιεῖ εἰς τοὺς καταχθονίους.  —V

TRANSLATION:   Some have understood it as to the house of the alastors, meaning ‘makes him go to Hades to those below’.

POSITION: appended to sch. 333.06 V      

APP. CRIT.:  αὐτῶ V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133 app. at 1–11


Or. 337.18 (tri gloss) ⟨εἰς δόμον⟩: εἰς τὸν οἶκον  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨δόμους⟩: τοὺς  —SGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: δαιμόνων τις  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: τις ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν  —PrB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τις ἤγουν om. B3d   


Or. 337.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: τιμωρητικῶν θεῶν  —MlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τιμωριτ‑ RMlMn   |   


Or. 337.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: θεῶν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.24 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: τιμωρητικῶν δαιμόνων  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Alastores’ are) punishing divinities.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τιμωρητικῶν ὀργάνων· δαιμόνων Za   


Or. 337.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν τιμωρητικῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.27 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2B3a

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3a      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀπὸ om. T   |    τῶν om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐχρῶν Aa2   |   


Or. 337.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: καὶ τῶν δαιμόνων  —CrFOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῶν om. F   


Or. 337.29 (rec gram) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀλῶ τὸ πλανῶ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 338.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: ἕνεκεν τοῦ αἵματος τῆς σῆς μητρὸς ὅπερ σε μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ.  —R

REF. SYMBOL: R       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 338.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: ἕνεκεν τοῦ αἵματος  —AbMlMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.134,13


Or. 338.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.04 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨ματέρος⟩: μητέρος  —Aa2AbRXXaXbXoT

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:  μητρός Aa2RT   


Or. 338.05 (rec gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ  —V3FRSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸ add. R, γὰρ add. Sa (app. by misreading of τὸ)   


Or. 338.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: φόνον  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν prep. KT   


Or. 338.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.08 (thom artGloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: τὸ  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.09 (recMoschThom etaGloss) ⟨σᾶς⟩: σῆς  —AaAbSXXaXbGrZZaZmT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.10 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: 1διχῶς στίζουσιν ΟΣ ἀναβακχεύει.  2ἀποδίδοται οὖν πρὸς μὲν τὴν πρώτην στιγμήν·  3τίς οὗτος φόνιος ἔρχεται ἀγὼν, ᾧ ἀγῶνι δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει καὶ συμβάλλει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων  4πορεύεσθαι ποιῶν τὸ αἷμα τῆς σῆς μητρὸς εἰς τοὺς οἴκους καὶ μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον,  5[ἢ] ὅ σε, τὸ αἷμα δηλονότι, ἀναβακχεύει καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ.  6πρὸς δὲ τὴν δευτέραν στιγμὴν οὕτως·  7τίς οὗτος ἔρχεται φόνιος ἀγὼν, ⟨ᾧ, τῷ ἀγῶνι,⟩ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων,  8ὅς σε ἀναβακχεύει πορεύων καὶ περιέλκων ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς,  9ὅ ἐστιν· ἀνακινῶν τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός σου κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους καὶ μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον.   —MBCPra, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   They punctuate/segment ‘os anabackcheuei’ in two different ways. Now then, it is rendered with the first segmentation (that is, ‘ho s’’, neuter relative pronoun with elided pronoun ‘se’): What bloody contest is this that comes, to which contest one of the alastors mixes in and adds tears to tears, causing the blood of your mother to move into the house and not permitting it to rest unavenged, which thing, the blood clearly, makes you revel and causes you to go mad? With the second segmentation (that is, ‘hos’, masculine relative pronoun without a pronoun), (it is rendered) as follows: What bloody contest is this that comes, for which, that is, the contest, one of the alastors mixes tears with tears, (one) who makes you revel, conveying (or: making dance?) and forcing around the blood of your mother, that is, causing the blood of your mother to move through the house and not allowing it to rest unavenged?

LEMMA: BPra(‑χεύσει), ὃς ἀναβακχεύει C, ὥς (or ὅς) ἀναβακχεύει app. M      POSITION: between 340.02 and 341.01 C, between 351.01 and 333.06 Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 διχῶς … πρώτην στιγμὴν om. Prb   |    1 ΟΣ ἀναβακχεύει] ὃς ἀναβ. C, ὡς ἀναβ. M, om. BPra   |    2 μὲν] μίαν Pra   |    3 δάκρυα om. PraPrb   |    4 ποιῶν πορεύεσθαι transp. BPraPrb   |    σῆς om. BPraPrb   |    εἰς τοὺς] prob. thus B, κατὰ τοὺς after rewriting of faded ink at a later time   |    5 ἢ del. Schw.   |    ὅ σε] ὅς σε M   |    δηλονότι om. BPraPrb   |    6–9 πρὸς δὲ τὴν δευτ. κτλ om. Prb   |    6–7 οὕτως· τίς οὗτος Schw., ὅτι τοσοῦτον all   |    7 after ἀγὼν add. καὶ BPra, ᾧ τῷ ἀγῶνι suppl. Schw.   |    8 πορεύων] om. Pra, χορεύων C   |    σᾶς om. Pra   |    9 σου om. Pra   |    μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν] Pra, οὐκ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν B, μὴ ἠρεμῶν αὐτὸ εἶναι M(‑μὸν or ‑μὼν)C, μὴ ἠρεμεῖν αὐτὸ ἐῶν Schw.    |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 διχὸς M   |    3 ᾧ] ὦ M   |    συμμίγει PraPrb   |    συμβάλει C   |    ἀλλαστόρων M   |    7 συμμίγει Pra   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,5–14; Dind. II.112,17–26


Or. 338.11 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: 1τινὲς στίζουσιν ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει, ἵν’ ᾖ ὅπερ σε, τὸ αἷμα.  2γράφεται δὲ καὶ ὅς σε ἀναβακχεύει, ὁ ἀλάστωρ ⟨ὅς⟩ σε ἀνακινεῖ καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ.   —MCMlMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Some punctuate/segment (with neuter relative pronoun and elided pronoun, ‘ho s’’) ‘which makes you revel’, so that the sense may be ‘which very thing … you’, (namely) the blood. But it is also written (as one word ‘hos’, masculine relative pronoun) ‘who makes you revel’, (namely) the alastor who agitates you and makes you go mad.

LEMMA: Mn, ὥς or ὅς ἀν. M, ὃς ἀν. CMlRb, ὁς or ὅς ἀν. S, Sa faded and illegible      REF. SYMBOL: MlRb      POSITION: marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 after στίζ. add. εἰς τὸ MCRb   |    ὅ σ’] Sa, ὄ σ’ Mn, ο̅ς̅ Rb, ὃς MCMl, ὅς S   |    πόντου add. before ἵν’ Rb   |    2 γράφεται δὲ om. MlMnRbSSa   |    σε om. Ml   |    ὁ om. MCMn   |    ὃς suppl. Schw.   |    ποιεῖ μαίνεσθαι transp. MnSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἵνα MnRbSSa   |    2 ἀλάστωρ written over ἵνα ἦ (repeated from prev. sentence) Mn   |    second σὲ Ml   |    ἀνακεινεῖ Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,15–17; Dind. II.112,14–17

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 338.12 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: τουτέστιν· ὅπερ, ⟨τὸ αἷμα⟩ τῆς μητρὸς, ἀναβακχεύει σε καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. ἢ ὅστις ἀλαστόρων ἀνακινεῖ τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός σου μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον.  —B

TRANSLATION:   That is, which thing (neuter relative pronoun), ⟨the blood⟩ of your mother, makes you revel and makes you insane. Or, which (masculine relative pronoun) of the alastors arouses the blood of your mother, not allowing it to rest unavenged.

POSITION: follows 333.08 with period, not scholion-ending punct.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,18–20; Dind. II.112,12–14


Or. 338.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ὅπερ μαίνεσθαί σε ποιεῖ  —AbMlMn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  σε] με Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μένεσθαί Ml   |   ποιεῖ] πα()῀ Ml    |   


Or. 338.14 (tri paraphr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ὅπερ σε ἐκμαίνει  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.15 (tri metr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀν(αβακχεύει)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52

COMMENT:   The note is above the first two syllables. This does not agree with the description of the colon in 316.01, which indicates that at some point Triclinius read ὅς σ’ ἀνα- and treated ανα as the resolution. See on 316.01.   


Or. 338.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅ⟩: ἢ ὃ καὶ ὅπερ τὸ αἷμα  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ ὃ om. S   |    ὅπερ τὸ αἷμα] ὕπερ τίνα S   


Or. 338.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅ⟩: ὅπερ  —Aa2CrPrOxZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrZcOx   


Or. 338.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅ⟩: ἤγουν τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρὸς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅ⟩: αἷμα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.20 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ κινεῖ, μαίνεσθαι κατὰ σοῦ ποιεῖ.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   Meaning sets in motion, causes to rage madly against you.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ om. C   


Or. 338.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: διεγείρει  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ταράσσει  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: κινεῖ  —VH4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἀναταράττει  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἤτοι μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: μανιοποιεῖ ἀνεγείρει  —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  μανίαις ποιεῖ Mn, μανοποιεῖ Ml   

COMMENT:   The verb μανιοποιεῖν is attested in TLG only in Philodemus, περὶ ὀργῆς fr. 17, col. 34,26 and Et. Magn. 547*,337.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 338.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἀνακινεῖ  —CrFPrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 338.28 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: μαίνεσθαι κινεῖ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps read μαίνεσθαι ⟨ποιεῖ,⟩ κινεῖ (338.31, 338.23)   


Or. 338.29 (moschThom gloss) ἀναβακχεύει: ἐκμαίνει  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcZZaZlZmAa2

LEMMA: ὅσ’ ἀναβακχεύει X      POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 338.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἐκμαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ  —GGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ποιεῖ μαίνεσθαι  —ZbB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.32 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: τιμωρεῖ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.33 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ⟨βάκχος⟩ ἢ ὁ οἶνος ἀπὸ τοῦ χέειν βοήν. ⟨ἢ⟩ βάκχος ὁ μαινόμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βοᾶν τὸν Ἴακχον, τουτέστι τὸν Διόνυσον. πίνοντες γὰρ εἰς τὰς τοῦ Διονύσου ἑορτὰς ἐβόων τὸ Ἴακχε.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Bacchus’ either means wine, from pouring a loud cry (‘boēn cheein’); or ‘bacchus’ means the one who rages madly, from shouting (the name of) Iacchus, that is, Dionysus. For when people were drinking in the festivals of Dionysus, they used to shout ‘Iacchus’.

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 338.34 (tri metr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: koine short over ευ  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 339.01 (tri metr) ⟨κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι⟩: long mark over each upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 339.02 (recTri gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: θρηνῶ  —RT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 339.03 (thom gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: λίαν θρηνῶ  —ZmGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 339.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: δακρύω  —F2Xo2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 339.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: λυποῦμαι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 339.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: καὶ κλαίω  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 339.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: πενθῶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 339.08 (thom gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: σὲ  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 339.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second κατολοφύρομαι⟩: θρηνῶ  —Aa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 339.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second κατολοφύρομαι⟩: λίαν θρηνῶ  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 339.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second κατολοφύρομαι⟩: δακρύω  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 340.01 (340–344) (vet exeg) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος: περισσὸν τὸ ἓν ὡς.  —MVCMlMnRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   One (instance of) ‘as’ (in 341 or in 343) is superfluous.

LEMMA: all (ὄλβος om. Rb)      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRbSa      POSITION: marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   punct. before ὠς, as if ὡς begins 340.03 Ml   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἓν] ἐνὰς Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,21; Dind. II.113,6

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 340.02 (340–344) (vet exeg) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος οὐ μόνιμος: 1καὶ ἔσται ὁ λόγος· οὐ μόνιμος ὁ μέγας ὄλβος.  2κατέκλυσε γὰρ αὐτὸν δαίμων τις, ὡσεὶ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς τινάξας κατέκλυσε τοῖς ὀλεθρίοις καὶ λάβροις κύμασι πόντου.  3τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων ἐν μέσῳ ἀναπεφώνηται.  4ἢ οὕτως· ὡς δὲ πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι δαίμων τις ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος κατέκλυσεν,  5οὕτως καὶ τὸν μέγαν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων.   —MBCPrRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   And the sense (of the whole long sequence) will be: Great prosperity is not lasting. For some divinity has overwhelmed it, as if he has shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel and overwhelmed it with the destructive and violent waves of the sea. The words ‘of terrible sufferings’ are pronounced separately in the middle. Or (take it) this way: just as in the violent destructive waves of the sea some divinity has overwhelmed the sail of a swift vessel, so too he has shaken violently and overwhelmed great prosperity with terrible sufferings.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: marg. M; cont. from prev. MCRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ ἔσται ὁ λόγος om. BPr [H]   |    οὐ … ὄλβος om. Pr   |    2 first κατέκλυσε] κατέλυσε M(‑εν)C   |    τις transp. before αὐτὸν M   |    ὡσεὶ] ὡς εἰς Pr   |    λαῖφος transp. after θοᾶς Pr   |    second κατέκλυσε] κατέκλυσεν ἐν M, κατέκλεισε C   |    πόντου] πάντως Rw   |    4–5 ἢ οὕτως κτλ om. H   |    4 ἢ om. Rw   |    4–5 κατέκλυσεν … ὄλβον om. M   |    5 ὑπὸ om. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τίς all except H (uncertain, damaged)   |    λάβροισι Rw   |    κύμασι] κύμασιν M   |    4 τίς all   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,22–135,2; Dind. II.113,6–9


Or. 340.03 (340–344) (rec exeg) 1ὁ λόγος δὲ οὐ μόνιμος ὁ μέγας ὄλβος.  2κατέκλυσε γὰρ αὐτὸν δαίμων τις, ὡσεὶ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς τινάξας κατέκλυσε τοῖς ὀλεθρίοις καὶ λάβροις κύμασι πόντου.  3οὕτω καὶ τὸν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων.  4ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη.   —VMlMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The sense is ‘great prosperity is not lasting’. For some divinity has overwhelmed it, as if he has shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel and overwhelmed it with the destructive and violent waves of the sea. So too he has shaken violently and overwhelmed prosperity with terrible sufferings. For as much power as wind has over a ship in the sea, so much does fortune have over humans (or: so much does the fortune of human beings have).

POSITION: cont. from prev. all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὁ δὲ λόγος transp. V   |    δὲ] καὶ Ml   |    2 first κατέκλυσε] κατέλυσε MnSa   |    γὰρ] τὸν Sa   |    second κατέκλυσε] κατέλυσε Sa   |    4 οὐ δύναται Sa   |    κατὰ νηὸς πνεῦμα transp. Ml(κατα)MnSSa   |    ἐκ θαλάσσης Rb, ἐν θαλάσσης Ml   |    ἄνθρωπον V, ἀν(θρώπ)ου Rb, τῶν ἁνθρώπων S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τίς Ml   |    2 first κατέκλυσε] κατέκλεισε Ml   |    2 λέφος Ml   |    2 θοὰς S, θεὰς Mn, θεᾶς Ml   |    λαύροι Mn   |    πνότου Mn   |    3 οὕτως V   |    4 κατέκλισεν Ml   |    τεινάξας Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,22–24 app.; Dind. II.113,6–10


Or. 340.04 (340–344) (rec paraphr) ἄλλως: ὡς ἐν πόντῳ λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι δαίμων τις ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος κατέκλυσεν, οὕτως καὶ τὸν μέγαν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων.  —V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134 app.; Dind. II.113,11–13


Or. 340.05 (340–344) (rec paraphr) 1σύνταξις οὕτως· ἀνατινάξας τις δαίμων κατέκλυσε τὸν ὄλβον ὑπὸ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων  2καθώσπερ τις ἄνεμος κατέκλυσεν ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι τοῦ πόντου τὸ λαῖφος τῆς ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἢ τῆς ταχυτάτης νηός.   —MlMnRaRbSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Ml      POSITION: cont. from prev. without punct. SSaRb      

APP. CRIT.:  1 σύνταξις οὕτως Rb, om. others   |    2 κατέλυσεν Sa, κατέκλυσεν τὸν ὄλβον S   |    τὸ λαῖφος … ἢ] Rb, τὸ ἅρμενον others (ἄρμ‑ Mn)   |    at end add. ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς, τοσοῦτον ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη Ra   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀντινάξας S   |    τίς all   |    2 καθ’ ὥσπερ Ml   |    λαύροις Mn   |    ταχυτάτην Ml   |   


Or. 340.06 (rec paraphr) ἡ εὐδαιμονία ἐν τοῖς βροτοῖς οὐκ ἐπιμένει.  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 340.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὄλβος⟩: ἡ εὐτυχία  —SarG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 340.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ὄλβος⟩: εὐδαιμονία  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἡ prep. T, ἡ μεγάλη prep. Zl   


Or. 340.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄλβος⟩: πλοῦτος  —CrF2OxAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 340.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ μόνιμος⟩: οὐκ ἐν μονῇ ἐστὶν, ἤγουν οὐ μένει  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐ om. Xo   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,6


Or. 340.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ μόνιμος⟩: ἀλλὰ φθείρεται  —Y2

POSITION: s.l. (perhaps meant to supplement prev.)      


Or. 340.12 (rec gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: αἰώνιος  —H4Pr2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 340.13 (rec gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: ἀΐδιος  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 340.14 (thom gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: διηνεκής  —ZcZaZlZmAaCrGOxZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. ZZcCrOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δηϊνεκὴς Aa   |   


Or. 340.15 (thom gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: στάσιμος  —ZmZuGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,7


Or. 340.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: καὶ βέβαιος  —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ] οὐ F2   


Or. 340.17 (thom gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: ἐστὶν  —ZZlZm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστὶ Zl   |   


Or. 340.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Aa2GZuP2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.01 (341–344) (vet exeg) ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος: 1ἀνατινάξας δέ τις δαίμων τὸν ὄλβον κατέκλυσεν αὐτὸν καὶ κατεπόντισεν, ὡς ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασιν.  2ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον κατὰ τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη.   —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Some divinity, having shaken prosperity violently, has overwhelmed it and sunk it in the sea, like the sail of a swift vessel with the sea’s violent destructive waves. For just as much force as wind has against a ship at sea, so much does fortune have in the life of humans.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως BPr      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: cont. from 341.04 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πόντου om. Pr   |    λάβ. καὶ ὀλ. BPr   |    κύμασι transp. before λάβροις Pr   |    2 ὅσον] ὃς M   |    γὰρ om. MC   |    τοσοῦτον καὶ κατὰ BV   |    ἡ τύχη τῶν ἀνθρώπων transp. MC   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δὲ τίς MV   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,2–6; Dind. II.114,4–7 and 113,20–23


Or. 341.02 (341–344) (rec exeg) 1ἀνατινάξας δὲ δαίμων τις τὸν ὄλβον, ὡς λαῖφος τι ἀκάτου θοᾶς κατέκλυσε λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι.  2τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων ἐμ μέσῳ καταπεφώνηται.  3ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον κατὰ τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη.   —O

APP. CRIT.:   3 νηὸς perhaps corr. from νῆα O   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τίς O   |   λέφος τί O   |   


Or. 341.03 (341–344) (rec paraphr) ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος: 1οὕτως κλύζεσθαι δαίμων τις παρεσκεύασεν ὑπὸ ἀστάτων ἔργων, δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον,  2ὡς λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἀνατινάξας κλύζεσθαι ἐποίησεν ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις καὶ ὀλεθρίοις.   —VCRw

TRANSLATION:   In such a way some divinity caused (it) to be flooded by unceasing actions, (it being) namely prosperity, in the same way that, having shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel, he caused it to be washed in the violent and destructive waves of the sea.

LEMMA: all (prep.ἄλλως C)      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὡς] ἢ Rw   |    ἐποίησεν added by V1 in space left by V   |    ἐν λάβροις V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τίς Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,12–14; Dind. II.113,13–16


Or. 341.04 (341–344) (rec exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: 1ἀνατινάξας γὰρ δαίμων τις, ὅ ἐστιν ἄνωθεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πνεύσας, δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον,  2οὕτως κλύζεσθαι ἐποίησεν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀστάτων ἔργων ὡς ναῦν ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις καὶ ὀλεθρίοις.  3τὸ γὰρ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς περιφραστικῶς τὴν ναῦν.   —VC, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   For some divinity, having shaken (it) violently, which is to say having blown from above from heaven, (it being) namely prosperity, has caused it to be flooded by unceasing actions just like a ship in the sea’s violent and destructive waves. For ‘sail of a swift vessel’ is used periphrastically for ‘ship’.

LEMMA: V      POSITION: cont. from prev. CRw, prep. ἢ οὕτω      

APP. CRIT.:   1 γὰρ om. Rw   |    πνεύσας Mastr., πέμψας all   |    2–3 ὑπὸ τῶν κτλ om. Rw   |    2 τῶν om. C   |    3 γὰρ om. C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τίς all   |   οῦρανοῦ] ὀρὰν Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,15–18; Dind. II.113,16–20


Or. 341.05 (341–344) (mosch exeg) τινάξας δαίμων: 1ἀνατινάξας δέ τις δαίμων αὐτὸν δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον ὥσπερ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοῆς κατέκλυσεν ὥσπερ ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις.  2τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων διὰ μέσου, ἀντὶ τοῦ φεῦ ἕνεκα τῶν δεινῶν πόνων.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Some divinity having violently shaken it, prosperity itself, just like the sail of a swift vessel, flooded (it) as if in the sea’s violent destructive waves. The words ‘of terrible sufferings’ are parenthetic, meaning ‘alas because of the terrible sufferings’.

LEMMA: G      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δὲ om. Gr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δῆλον ὅτι G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.114,13–16

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 341.06 (341–343) (rec wdord) word order α (ἀνὰ), β (τινάξας), γ (τις), δ (δαίμων), ε (κατέκλυσε), ϛ (ὡς), ζ (λαῖφος), η (ἀκάτου θοᾶς), θ (λάβροις), ι (πόντου)  —M2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.07 (341–343) (rec wdord) word order α (ἀνὰ), β (τινάξας), γ (τις), δ (δαίμων), ε (κατέκλυσε), ϛ (δεινῶν πόνων), ζ (second ὡς), η (first ὥς), θ (λαῖφος), ι (ἀκάτου θοᾶς), ια (πόντου)  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.08 (341–342) (rec wdord) word order α (ἀνὰ), β (τινάξας), γ (δαίμων), δ (ὥς τις), ε (κατέκλυσε), ζ (λαῖφος), η (ἀκάτου)  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.09 (341–342) (rec wdord) word order α (δαίμων), β ((?)πόντου), γ (δεινῶν), δ (πόνων ὡς), ε (ὤστης), ϛ (τινάξας), ζ (λαῖφος(?)), η (ἀκάτου), θ (κατέκλυσε)  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  some numbers are obscure, uncertain   


Or. 341.10 (341–342) (pllgn wdord) word order α (δαίμων), β (τινάξας), γ (λαῖφος), δ (θοᾶς)  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  some numbers are obscure, uncertain   


Or. 341.11 (341–342) (pllgn exeg) τὸ ἀνά εἰς τὸ τινάξ[ας]  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 341.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨λαῖφος⟩: ἄρμενον  —AbCrF2MlRSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZl

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx, καὶ τὸ prep. S, ὡς prep. F2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἅρμενον MlSXXaXbXoT+YfGrZlZc, ἄραμενος R   |   


Or. 341.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ὥς τις⟩: ὤστης  —AbPrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ὤστης⟩: ὥς τις  —Mn

LEMMA: ὤστης in text Mn      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὤστης⟩: ἄνεμος  —AbMlMnRSSar

LEMMA: ὤστης in text MnRSa      POSITION: s.l. (a second time in marg. R)      


Or. 341.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ὥς⟩: οὕτως  —H4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.17 (thom gloss) ⟨ὥς⟩: ὥσπερ  —ZcZaZm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὥς⟩: καθὰ  —Aa3GY2P2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.19 (rec gloss) ⟨τις⟩: δαίμων  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀκάτου θοᾶς⟩: τῆς ταχυτάτης νηός  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.21 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀκάτου⟩: νηὸς  —CrMlRSXo2ZZaZlZmTGuOx2B3a

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrS   


Or. 341.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀκάτου⟩: πλοίου  —GMlRSZc

POSITION: s.l. (second instance in marg. R)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc   


Or. 341.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀκάτου⟩: πλοιαρίου  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.24 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨θοᾶς⟩: ταχείας  —CrMlRSOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZlZmT*

POSITION: s.l. (second instance in marg. R)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ταχίας Ml   |   


Or. 341.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοᾶς⟩: ταχυτάτου  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοᾶς⟩: ταχινῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.27 (pllgn etaGloss) ⟨θοᾶς⟩: θοῆς  —AaGrXbB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.01 (rec gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: ἀνα(τινάξας)  —KSXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: τὸν ὄλβον  —V3F2RB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. R   


Or. 342.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: αὐτὸν τὸν πλοῦτον δηλονότι  —Aa2F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  αὐτὸν om. F   |    δῆλον F   


Or. 342.04 (rec gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: ἀνακινήσας  —SarY2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: στρέψας  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.06 (thom gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: ταράξας τοῦτον  —ZZaZlZmTGuGOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦτον om. G   


Or. 342.07 (rec gloss) ⟨δαίμων⟩: ἡ τύχη  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.08 (rec gloss) ⟨δαίμων⟩: τις  —OAbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τίς AbMl   |   


Or. 342.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨δαίμων⟩:  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.10 (vet exeg) κατέκλυσεν δεινῶν: 1κλύζεσθαι παρεσκεύασεν, ἄστατον ὄντα ὑπὸ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων, τουτέστιν ἔργων.  2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 1.467]· ‘αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ παύσαντο πόνου’.  3ὡς γὰρ κλύζεται ναῦς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, οὕτω καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τύχη ὑπὸ ἀστάτων ἔργων.  4[Men. Georg. fr. 4.5 Sandbach = 94 Kock, 1 Koerte] ‘τὸ τῆς τύχης γὰρ ῥεῦμα μεταπίπτει ταχύ’.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Caused (prosperity) to be washed over, being unstable because of the terrible toils, that is, deeds. (‘Ponos’ is used as in) Homer, ‘but when they ceased from toil’. For just as a ship is washed over in the sea, thus too the fortune of humans (is affected) by unceasing actions. (Menander writes:) ‘For the flow of fortune shifts quickly’.

LEMMA: M(‑σε)C, ἢ οὕτως BPr      REF. SYMBOL: M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 παρεσκεύασέν τις θεῶν τὸν ὄλβον ἄστατον BPr (‑ασε τίς Pr)   |    ἀπὸ Pr   |    3 κλύζεσθαι Pr   |    οὕτω … ταχύ] τοσοῦτον καὶ κατὰ τὸν βίον ἡ τύχη τῶν ἀνθρώπων MC [from sch. 341.01 above]   |    4 τῆς τύχης γὰρ Menander, γὰρ τῆς τύχης all   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τοῦτέστιν B   |    3 οὕτως Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,7–11; Dind. II.114,7–12

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation); citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation); Menander   


Or. 342.11 (rec gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: κατέλυσε  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.12 (rec gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: κατεπόντισε  —ORfY2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 342.13 (thom gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: ἠφάνισε  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σεν T   |   


Or. 342.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: κατεβύθισε  —Y2

LEMMA: κατέλυσε in text Y      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: καὶ ἐβύθισε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.16 (rec gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: δηλαδὴ τὸν ὄλβον  —AbMlMnPrRSF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  δηλαδὴ om. Pr   |    αὐτοῦ add. R   


Or. 342.17 (rec gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: ναῦν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.19 (rec exeg) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: κατὰ τῶν κυμάτων τῶν δεινῶν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: ἐν τοῖς κύμασι  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.21 (342–343) (rec exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν  —OAbFMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ prep. Pr   |    ἀπὸ Ab   |    τῶν om. OAbMn   |    δεινῶν add. S   


Or. 342.22 (342–343) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: τῶν μακρῶν πόνων (?)καὶ(?) [ ]πιλύν(?)  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  obscured by fold in parchment   


Or. 342.23 (342–343) (rec exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: ἐλλειπτικτὸν, φεῦ καμάτων  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐλλειπτικῶς   


Or. 342.24 (342–343) (mosch exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: φεῦ ἕνεκα  —XXaXbXo2T+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἕνεκεν Aa2   |    τῶν add. Xo2, τῶν χαλεπῶν δυστυχιῶν add. T (from Thoman glosses 342.25, 343.06)   


Or. 342.25 (thom gloss) ⟨δεινῶν⟩: χαλεπῶν  —ZZaZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.01 (rec gloss) ⟨πόνων⟩: ἔργων  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.02 (thom gloss) ⟨πόνων⟩: δυστυχιῶν  —ZZaZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πόνων⟩: τῶν  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὡς πόντου⟩: καὶ καθώσπερ ἄνεμος κατέκλυσε τῆς θαλάσσης  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς πόντου⟩: λείπει ἄνεμος  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 343.06 (thom gloss) ⟨ὡς πόντου⟩: κύμασι δηλονότι  —ZZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: καθώς  —H4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: καθὰ  —Aa3AbGKMlMn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὥσπερ  —ZcZuP2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὣς⟩: οὕτως  —B3d

LEMMA: in text ὡς changed to ὣς by B3d       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόντου⟩: ὑπὸ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόντου⟩: ἐπὶ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόντου⟩: καὶ θαλάσσης  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.15 (rec artGloss) ⟨πόντου⟩: τοῦ  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.16 (thom exeg) ⟨λάβροις⟩: 1τὸ λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι πρὸς τὸ δεινῶν πόνων σύναπτε, καὶ μὴ λάμβανε ὑπὸ ἔξωθεν,  2μηδὲ τὸ ὡς πόντου μετὰ τόνου τὸ ὥς ἔκφερε, ὥς τινές φασιν. οὕτω δέ·  3ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ μεγάλη εὐδαιμονία οὐ μόνιμος καὶ διηνεκής ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς βροτοῖς,  4ἀνατινάξας δὲ καὶ ταράξας αὐτόν τις δαίμων ὥσπερ λαῖφος ἀκάτου καὶ νηὸς θοᾶς καὶ ταχείας κατέκλυσε  5καὶ ἠφάνισεν ἐν λάβροις καὶ σφοδροῖς ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι δεινῶν πόνων καὶ δυστυχιῶν, ὥσπερ πόντου κύμασι δηλονότι.  6ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι ἐπειδὴ λαῖφος εἶπε διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κατέκλυσεν εἶπε καὶ κύμασι,  7δεικνὺς ὅτι ἡ τοῦ ὄλβου ἀνατροπὴ ἀνατροπῇ λαίφους ἔοικε καὶ αἱ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων ἐπελεύσεις κύμασιν ὀλεθρίοις.  8τὸ δὲ [346] ‘θεογόνων γάμων’ λέγει ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὁ Τάνταλος υἱὸς ἦν Διός.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Join ‘in violent destructive waves’ to ‘of terrible sufferings’, and do not understand from outside ‘by means of/because of’ (‘hupo’); and do not pronounce ‘as of the sea’ with an accent as ‘thus (of the sea)’, as some say, but rather (the sense is) like this: Great prosperity, that is, great wealth/success, is not lasting, that is, continuous, among mortals, but some divinity, having shaken it violently and disturbed it just like the sail of a vessel, that is, a ship, a speedy one, that is, a swift one, has engulfed, that is, destroyed, it in violent, that is, intense, destructive waves of terrible sufferings, that is, misfortunes, just as if with waves of the sea, obviously. One should understand that since he (the poet) spoke of a sail, for this reason he also used ‘engulfed’ and ‘with waves’, showing that the overturning of prosperity is similar to the overturning of a sail, and the attacks of terrible sufferings (are similar) to destructive waves. And he uses the term ‘of god-born marriages’ because in fact Tantalus was a son of Zeus.

LEMMA: ἡ σύνταξις in marg. Z (at level of sentence 3)       REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐν om. Zl   |    2 first τὸ om. Gu   |    τόνου] πόνου Zl   |    4 ταράξας] ἀναταράξας Zl   |    5 first κύμασι transp. before λάβροις T   |    6 first καὶ om. Zl   |    7 ἀνατροπῇ om. Gu   |    ἀπελεύσεις Zl   |    κύμασιν] κύμασι θαλάσσοις [sic] T (θαλάσσης Ta)   |    8 διὸς ἦν υἱός transp. Za   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 μὴ δὲ all   |    τινες φασὶν Zl   |    3 εὐδαινία Za   |    7 ἔοικεν Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.114,16–115,1

COMMENT:   The target of Thomas’ disagreement about understanding ὑπὸ with δεινῶν πόνων is to be found in earlier scholia such as 340.02–05, 340.10, 342.21. As for his other objection, concerning the second ὡς (in ὡς πόντου), there is the later evidence of 343.10, and of the almost 50 mss I checked, the following have ὣς πόντου (or ὣς, πόντου) in the text: (contemporary with Thomas) AL and (later) B3dNYvZd. For the earlier ὡς of ὥς τις being taken as οὕτως one can cite 341.16, earlier than or nearly contemporary with Thomas. But that gloss is ambiguous: it could mean either that ὥς is to be treated as οὕτως here, or that one should paraphrase οὕτως (scil. τὸν ὄλβον ἀνετίναξεν) ὡς.   

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   


Or. 343.17 (thom exeg) 1ἢ οὕτω· κατέκλυσε δὲ αὐτόν τις δαίμων, ὥσπερ ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι δεινῶν πόνων,  2ὥσπερ κατακλύζει λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι πόντου, ἀνατινάξας καὶ ἀνατρέψας τοῦτο.   —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Or (paraphrase it) in this way: Some divinity engulfed it, as if in violent destructive waves of terrible sufferings, just as he engulfs the sail of a swift vessel in violent destructive waves of the sea, having violently shaken and overturned this (sail of a ship).

POSITION: sep. from prev. by space Zm, by dot Gu, by small cross Zl      

APP. CRIT.:  2 ἀνατρέψας] ἀναταράξας Zl   |    τοῦτον Gu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὕτως Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,1–5


Or. 343.18 (rec gloss) ⟨λάβροις⟩: ἐν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.19 (recThom gloss) ⟨λάβροις⟩: μεγάλοις  —V3AbMnRZcZaZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.20 (moschThom gloss) ⟨λάβροις⟩: σφοδροῖς  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZcZaZlZmT*Aa3CrOxB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

COLLATION NOTES:   In F, there is a possible trace of a gloss by F2. The trace is above ὀλεθρίοις and looks like a phi, so it may have been σφοδροῖς intended for λάβροις.   |   


Or. 343.21 (thom gloss) ⟨ὀλεθρίοις⟩: χαλεποῖς  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλεθρίοις⟩: καὶ κακοῖς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.23 (tri metr) ⟨ὀλεθρίοις⟩: koine long over epsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 344.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν κύμασι⟩: κατέκλυσε τὴν ναῦν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 344.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν κύμασι⟩: τινάξας τὸ λαῖφος  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 344.03 (tri metr) ⟨κύμασιν⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 344.04 (tri metr) ⟨(κύ)μασιν⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 345.01 (vet exeg) τίνα γὰρ: 1ἀλγῶ οὖν, φησὶν, τὴν ψυχὴν ὡς ἐπὶ ἰδίοις κακοῖς καὶ συνυποφέρομαι τὴν τύχην.  2τίς γὰρ ἕτερος οἶκός ἐστι σέβεσθαι παρ’ ἡμῶν ἄξιος ἢ οὗτος, ὃς ἐκ θεῶν ἔχει τὴν καταβολήν.  3ἀρχηγὸς γὰρ τῆς γονῆς ὁ Ζεὺς, ὅστις ἐφύτευσε Τάνταλον Πλουτοῖ συνελθών.   —MBCMlMnPrRbRwSSa, partial (H)OV

TRANSLATION:   Therefore I am pained, the chorus says, as if over personal sufferings and I suffer along with (them, Orestes and Electra) their misfortune. For what other house is worthy to be revered by us compared to this one, which has its origin from the gods? For Zeus is the first origin of their birth, he who begot Tantalus when he had intercourse with Pluto.

LEMMA: M, τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος VCMl(ἐπὶ πάρος)MnRbSSa, lemma τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος οἶκον BPr, τίνα γὰρ πρὸς οἶκον Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBVMlRbSa      POSITION: marg. O      

APP. CRIT.:   in H all that survives is the ref. symbol at the text and possible remants of ἰδίοις and σέβεσθαι in the left margin.   |    1–2 ἀλγῶ … καταβολήν om. O   |    1 ἀλγῶ … τύχην om. V   |    οὖν om. BMlMnPrRbS   |    τὴν ψυχὴν om. BPr   |    ὡς om. PrRw   |    συνυποφέρομαι τὴν τύχην Schw., συναποφέρομαι τὴν ψυχὴν all   |    2 τίνα γὰρ ἕτερον V(ἕτερον corr. to ἕτερος V1)   |    ἕτερος om. PrRw   |    οἶκος ἔστι om. V, add. in blank space V1   |    ἐστι om. BPr   |    παρ’ ἡμῖν V   |    ἄξιος ἢ … ἐκ om. V, ἢ οὕτως ὅτι ἐκ add. in blank space V1   |    ἄξιος BPr, om. others   |    ἢ] ὡς Rw   |    οὗτος] οὕτως Pr   |    ὃς] BPr, ὅτι others   |    ἔχειν MMl, ἔχων V(ἔχω with ν above ω)   |    καταβολήν] καταμονήν V   |    3 ἀρχηγὸς om. V, add. in blank space V1, ἀρχηγός ἐστι Rw   |    τῆς om. O   |    γονῆς] ζωῆς MnRbSSa, ἐμῆς ζωῆς Ml   |    ὅστις … ταντάλου om. V, add in blank space V1   |    ὅστις] ὃς BOPr   |    ἔφυγε Ml   |    τὸν τάνταλον CRw   |    πλουτοῖ συνελθών om. VMlMnSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἁλγῶ Ml   |    2 οἶκος ἐστὶ Ml   |    3 πλουτοὶ M, πλούτω Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,19–22; Dind. II.115,8–12

COMMENT:   Schwartz restored συνυποφερ‑ from Sch. Or. 1.04 συνυποφέρει τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὴν τύχην and the same sense is seen in Maximus Confessor, Capita de caritate 3.79 φίλος ἐκεῖνός ἐστι γνήσιος ὁ τὰς ἐκ περιστάσεως θλίψεις καὶ ἀνάγκας καὶ συμφορὰς ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ συνυποφέρων τῷ πλησίον ὡς ἰδίας ἀθορύβως καὶ ἀταράχως (cf. 4.93). The verb is not common (and some instances in TLG may be corruptions of συναποφερ‑), and the use of the middle here appears to be unique, apparently reinforcing the idea of making the burden one’s own.   |   The note was clearly corrupt or hard to decipher in V’s source, and the variants suggest other difficulties from a corrupt tradition. Possibly the majority reading ὅτι (2) is right and BPr’s ὃς a rewriting. Certainly, their omission of τὴν ψυχὴν early in the first sentence is best understood as an intervention to remove repetition after τύχην became ψυχήν, since ἀλγῶ τὴν ψυχήν is well attested in scholia and elsewhere. On the same lines, BPr’s ἄξιος could simply be a repair of a lost word of different appearance.   |   Schwartz noted of the first sentence ‘referenda sunt ad vs. 339’ (i.e., κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι). I do not know whether he intended to say the words were originally a note on 339. The periphrasis offered here shares the view of the next note that this passage carries on the thought of 339.   


Or. 345.02 (vet exeg) 1πρὸς τὰ ἄνω.  2πρὸς τὸ [339] ‘κατολοφύρομαι’ τὸ ‘τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος’.   —HMBC

TRANSLATION:   (Uttered) with reference to the passage above. The phrase ‘for which in preference’ (has its causal meaning) in reference to ‘I lament’.

POSITION: marg. H, s.l. MC, intermarg. B (beside 342; also wrote first three words at 345, but erased them)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἄνω Schw. (after Dindorf), ἄνω κακά· τοῦτέστιν HB, ἄνω κακά C, ἄνω καὶ κατα κάτω M   |    κατολοφύρομαι Schw. (after Dindorf, sch. Mosch.), ὀλοφύρομαι MBH, ὁλοφυρόμενον C   |    second τὸ H (suppl. Schw.), om. MBC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,23–24; Dind. II.115,13


Or. 345.03 (mosch exeg) τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος: πρὸς τὸ [339] ‘κατολοφύρομαι’ ἀποδίδοται  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   (This clause of explanation) refers back to ‘I lament’.

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπὸ δοτικῆς G   |   τὸ τίνα add. T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,13–14


Or. 345.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος⟩: ἀλγῶ ὡς ἐπὶ ἰδίῳ κακῷ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 345.05 (rec gloss) ⟨τίνα⟩: ποῖον  —CrPrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ποῖος Ox   


Or. 345.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: ἢ νῦν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l. (above πάρος)      


Or. 345.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 345.08 (rec gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: πρὶν  —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 345.09 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: πρότερον  —AbCrMlMnSSarXXaXbXoYGZc ZZlZmTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrZcOx   


Or. 345.10 (rec gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: κατὰ προτίμησιν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 345.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: ἐν προτιμήσει  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 345.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: ἔμπροσθεν  —V3Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 345.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: πρὸ τούτου  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 345.14 (rec gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: τῶν πρὶν ὄντων  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 345.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἶκον ἄλλον⟩: μετὰ ταῦτα  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 345.16 (345–346) (rec exeg) ⟨ἄλλον ἕτερον ἢ⟩: μόνον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 345.17 (345–346) (tri exeg) ⟨ἄλλον ἕτερον⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ ἄλλον ἕτερον.  —T

TRANSLATION:  ‘Other another’ is ‘in parallel’ (a pleonastic pairing of synonyms).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 345.18 (345–346) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄλλον⟩: γρ. ἕτερον.  —Xo

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘allon’, ‘other’), the reading ‘heteron’ (‘another’) is found.

LEMMA: ἕτερον om. in text Xo      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 346.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἢ⟩: παρὸ  —AaAbGMlMnRSZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 346.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ θεογόνων⟩: τὸν οἶκον τὸν ὄντα  —AbMlMnRSSar

LEMMA: τῶν ἀπὸ θ. in text Sa      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν om. Aa   |    τὸν ὄντα om. AaS   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οἶκτον S   |   


Or. 346.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ θεογόνων⟩: ἤγουν τὸν ἐκ τοῦ Διὸς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 346.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ⟩: τὸν καταγόμενον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν om. XaXoYYfGr   |    καταγομένων s.l. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,15


Or. 346.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ⟩: κατερχόμενον  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 346.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ⟩: τὸν ὑπάρχοντα  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 346.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπὸ θεογόνων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν θείων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  water damage, hand might be F, not F2   


Or. 346.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: θεογόνων γάμων λέγει τὴν Ἀγαμεμνόνειον γενεὰν· ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ Ταντάλου κατήγοντο.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 346.09 (pllgn diagr) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: Πλουτοῦς καὶ Διὸς, ἢ Τμώλου ἄλλοι λέγουσι, with line down from Πλουτοῦς to Τάνταλος  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 346.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: ἤτοι τοῦ Ταντάλου· ὁ γὰρ Τάνταλος ἀπὸ τοῦ Διὸς εἶχε τὸ γένος.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 346.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: Τμώλου καὶ Πλουτοῦς ὁ Τάνταλος  —Vrec

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τμόλου Vrec   |   


Or. 346.12 (tri metr) ⟨θεο(γόνων)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 346.13 (rec gloss) ⟨γάμων⟩: ἀπὸ  —Aa3Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 347.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῶν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: ὅτι υἱὸς τοῦ Διὸς ὁ Τάνταλος  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 347.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τῶν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: τῶν καταγομένων  —AbMlMnRSar

LEMMA: τῶν ἀπὸ ταντ. in text AaMl (also τῶν s.l. Pr)      POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      


Or. 347.03 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: τὸν καταγόμενον  —AaPr, perhaps H4

LEMMA: τῶν ἀπὸ ταντ. in text Aa      POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   For H Daitz reports here τ̣ανʹʹ, but I see the traces as [κ]α̣τ̣αγ̣ό̣[μενον]. Check new image of H when available.   |   


Or. 347.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: [(?)ὁ Τάνταλ]ο[ς] ἦν υἱὸς τοῦ Διὸς.  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 347.05 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸν⟩: λείπει οἶκον  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 347.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨τὸν⟩: λέγω  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 347.07 (recTri gloss) ⟨σέβεσθαι⟩: τιμᾶν  —Aa2AbCrF2MlMnPrRSarOxXo2T

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 347.08 (rec gloss) ⟨χρή⟩: ἔπρεπεν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 347.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨χρή⟩: πρέπει  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 347.10 (tri metr) coronis  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 348.01 (348–355) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς: 1τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπωδὸς ὡς ἄν τις ἴσως οἰηθείη διὰ τὸ κεῖσθαι μετὰ τὴν στροφὴν καὶ ἀντιστροφὴν, ἀλλὰ καλεῖτα σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικὸν ὡς προσφθεγγόμενον τὸν Μενέλαον προσιόντα.  2αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπωδοὶ οὐκ εἰσὶ μονοειδοῦς μέτρου ἀλλὰ διαφόρων, τοῦτο δὲ μονοειδοῦς·  3κώλων γάρ ἐστιν ἀναπαιστικῶν ηʹ, ὧν τὸ τρίτον καὶ τὸ ϛʹ μονόμετρα, ἤτοι ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις.  4τὰ λοιπὰ δίμετρα ἀκατάληκτα, τὸ δὲ ηʹ καταληκτικὸν ἤτοι ἑφθημιμερὲς ὃ καλεῖται παροιμιακόν.  5ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει μόνη παράγραφος.   —T

1348 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑‒ ‒ ‒
καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὅδε δὴ στείχει
  2349 ⏑⏑‒⏑⏑‒,‒⏑⏑⏑⏑‒
Μενέλαος ἄναξ, πολλῇ ἁβροσύνηι,
  3350 ‒⏑⏑‒ ‒
δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι
  4351 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,‒ ‒⏑⏑‒
τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν.
  5352 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑‒ ‒ ‒
ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας
  6353 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒
εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν,
  7354 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,‒⏑⏑‒ ‒
χαῖρ’· εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς,
  8355 ⏑⏑‒ ‒ ‒,⏑⏑‒ ‒
θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου.
 

TRANSLATION:   This is not an epode, as one might perhaps believe because it is placed after the strophe and antistrophe. Rather, it is called an epiphthegmatic system since it addresses Menelaus as he approaches. For epodes are not formed of a meter of a single type but of different types, whereas this one has a single type. For it consists of eight anapaestic cola, of which the third and sixth are monometers, or an anapaestic base. The rest are acatalectic dimeters, but the eighth is catalectic, or the three-and-a-half-foot measure that is called paroemiac. At the end a sole paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.13,24–31; de Fav. 53

COMMENT:   On the term σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικόν see Smith 1975, 206 n. 82. It is found many times in the Triclinian scholia on Aeschylus, but not in extant texts by anyone else.   


Or. 348.02 (348–355) (tri metr) σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικὸν κώλων ηʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 348.03 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴν βασιλεύς: ἐν τοῖς τέλεσιν εἰώθασιν οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ μεταλλάττειν φεύγοντες τὴν μονῳδίαν τοῦ λόγου.  —MBaBbVCPr

TRANSLATION:   At the ends (of choral odes) the chorus members are accustomed to make a shift, avoiding (the use of) a monotonous delivery of their speech.

LEMMA: BaV, καὶ μὴν ὅδε βασιλεύς Pr      REF. SYMBOL: BaV      POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. BbC      

APP. CRIT.:   τέλεσιν om. V, leaving blank   |    οἱ ἀπὸ] τί κατὰ V   |    μεταλλάττειν] πλάττειν τι V   |    φεύγ. … λόγου om. MBaPr   |    λόγου] λέγειν V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μεταλάττειν MBaBbC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,1–2 ; Dind. II.115,16–17

COMMENT:   For μονῳδία as ‘monotony’, a sense omitted by dictionaries, see Plut. Mor. 7C μονῳδία γὰρ ἐν ἅπασίν ἐστι πλήσμιον καὶ πρόσαντες, ἡ δὲ ποικιλία τερπνόν, καθάπερ κἀν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν, οἷον ἀκούσμασιν ἢ θεάμασιν (where Babbitt in the Loeb translation appropriately renders with ‘monotony’).   


Or. 348.04 (vet paraphr) καὶ μὴν βασιλεύς: 1τὸ ἑξῆς καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὅδε δὴ στείχει Μενέλαος ἄναξ,  2τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν, πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense (with the word order simplified) is: And, behold, here comes the king, lord Menelaus, being of the blood of the Tantalids, and conspicuous to see with much luxurious glamor.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὧδε στείχει Rw      POSITION: cont. from prev. BPr, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς … στείχει om. Rw   |    ὅδε] ὧδε C, ὦδε M   |    δὴ om. MCPr   |    2 πολλὴ MC (with ἁβροσύνη), πολὺ B, πολὺς Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξῆς M   |   2 πολλή δ’ C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,3–5; Dind. II.115,17–19


Or. 348.05 (rec gloss) [ 3–4 ]ως ἀφε/[τ]ήριον  —K

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Damaged and uncertain, but perhaps ‘the starting-point of [something]’ if ως is the ending of a genitive singular noun.   


Or. 348.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴν⟩: δὴ  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 348.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴν⟩: ἤδη  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 348.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨βασιλεὺς⟩:  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 348.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧδε⟩: δεῦρο  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 348.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧδε⟩: καὶ ἐνταῦθα  —CrSOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Zl   


Or. 348.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδε⟩: γρ. ὧδε.  —SarXo

LEMMA: ὅτε in text Sa      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. Xo   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 348.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: οὗτος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 348.13 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨στείχει⟩: ἔρχεται  —AbCrF2MlMnPrRSSarOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   


Or. 348.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στείχει⟩: καὶ πορεύεται  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 348.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨στείχει⟩: ἔρχεται διὰ τοῦ ποδὸς, ποδί  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔρχεται of Gr (348.13) reused by Gu   


Or. 349.01 (tri exeg) ⟨Μενέλαος ἄναξ⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ βασιλεὺς ἄναξ.  —T

TRANSLATION:  ‘King lord’ is ‘in parallel’ (a pleonastic pairing of synonyms).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 349.02 (rec artGloss) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩:  —AbOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 349.03 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 349.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄναξ⟩: ὁ βασιλεὺς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 349.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄναξ⟩:  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 349.06 (349–350) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ δῆλος ὁρᾶται⟩: ὁρᾶται δῆλος ἐν πολλῇ ἁβροσίᾳ.  —Lp

LEMMA: this in text Lp      POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,3

COMMENT:   This is the only attestation known so far for ἀβροσία, a formation that is contrary to analogy. It may have arisen from a misunderstanding of a truncated form of ἀβροσύνῃ, which is the word one would expect in a paraphrase that simply rearranges the word order.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 349.07 (rec gloss) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: πολλῇ δόξῃ  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 349.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: διὰ τῆς πολλῆς δὲ ἁβροσύνης ἤγουν τρυφερότητος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X and marg. Yf      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς om. G   |    δὲ] ἐξ X, om. TG (δ’ om. in text T)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,22–23


Or. 349.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: βασιλικῷ μεγέθει  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,23


Or. 349.10 (rec exeg) ⟨πολλῇ⟩: πολὺς  —V3Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 349.11 (thom gloss) ⟨πολλῇ⟩: ἐν  —ZZaZmTF

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 349.12 (tri metr) ⟨πολλῇ⟩: koine short over eta  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 349.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δ’⟩: γρ. γ’  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 349.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τῇ τρυφῇ τοῦ βαδίσματος ἢ τῆς ὄψεως  —MVC, app. H

TRANSLATION:   With luxuriance of walk or of appearance.

POSITION: s.l. MVC (in M above whole line); punct. after τρυφῇ as if two notes V      

APP. CRIT.:   only σμα survives in trimmed margin of H   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,7; Dind. II.116,1–2


Or. 349.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: πλούτῳ  —V

POSITION: s.l. (prep. to 349.14)      


Or. 349.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: λαμπρότητι  —AaAbFMlMnPrRSSarZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   


Or. 349.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: πλουσιότητι  —RfZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πλουσιώτητι Zu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,2


Or. 349.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τρυφῇ ἱματίων καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἀκολούθων  —ZZaZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   With luxuriance of garments and of the attendants accompanying him.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τρυφῆς Za   |    καὶ τῶν κτλ om. Ox2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,1


Or. 349.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τρυφῇ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 349.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τρυφερότητι  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 349.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: καὶ περιουσίᾳ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 349.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: ἔστι καὶ ἁβροσύνη ὅταν τις καὶ φιλοτίμως ἐστόλισται.  —GK

TRANSLATION:  It is in fact a (mark of) luxury whenever one has attired oneself lavishly.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 350.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: φανερὸς ὑπάρχει εἰς τὸ ὁρᾶσθαι  —AbKMlMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπάρχων S, ὑπάρχ() AbMl, ἐστὶ RK   |    εἰς τὸ ὁρᾶσθαι transp. before φανερός ἐστι K   |    ὁρᾶσθαι om. R   


Or. 350.02 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨δῆλος⟩: φανερὸς  —CrOxF2GXo2TZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἐστι add. G   


Or. 350.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δῆλος⟩: ἐπίδηλος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 350.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: ὥστε  —V, perhaps H

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   I read H as having ῞̣σ̣τ̣ with raised epsilon; Daitz interprets it as ῾̣σ̣η̣. Check new image of H when available.   


Or. 350.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: γνωρίζεσθαι  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 350.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: βλέπεσθαι  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 350.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: φαίνεσθαι  —AaF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 350.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁρᾶται⟩: ὁρᾶσθαι  —Gu

LEMMA: ὁρᾶται in text Gr      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 350.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾶται⟩: φαίνεται  —Xo2

LEMMA: ὁρᾶται in text Xo      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 351.01 (vet exeg) τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν: ὅ ἐστι διὰ τῆς ὄψεως ἐμφαίνει τὴν εὐγένειαν.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   That is, through his appearance he indicates indirectly his noble birth.

LEMMA: BC, δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι πολὺ δ’ ἁβροσύνη V      REF. SYMBOL: V (at δῆλος, in prev. line)      POSITION: s.l. MO (above ὁρᾶσθαι in prev. line O); cont. from 348.04 PrRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅ ἐστι] ἤτοι O   |    after ἐστι add. πολὺ δ’ ἁβρότατος ἰδεῖν καὶ V   |    διὰ om. Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,6; Dind. II.115,20


Or. 351.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῶν Τανταλιδῶν⟩: τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ταντάλου  —XXaXbXoYYfGrF2

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 351.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν Τανταλιδῶν⟩: τῶν τοῦ γένους τοῦ Ταντάλου  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 351.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν Τανταλιδῶν⟩: ἀπόγονον  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 351.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐξ αἵματος⟩: ἐκ τοῦ γένους  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrCrF2OxZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἐκ τοῦ om. CrF2OxZu   


Or. 351.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤν⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.01 (vetThom exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας: δι’ ὧν δοκεῖ αὐτὸν ἐπαινεῖν, διὰ τούτων λυπεῖ ἀναμιμνήσκουσα τῶν ἀπολομένων ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ.  —HMBVCMlMnPrRbRwaRwbSSaZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Through the words with which (the chorus) seems to praise him, through these they pain him by reminding him of those killed at Troy.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως: ὦ χιλιόναυν B; ἄλλως Rwa, εἰς γῆν ἀσίαν MlMnPrRbS      REF. SYMBOL: (at χιλιόναυν) MZmZlGu, (at 353 εἰς γῆν)MlPrRb      POSITION: beside 353–354 εἰς γῆν … εὐτυχίᾳ H; cont. from 352.02 B, cont. from or follows 352.03 VMlMnPrRbRwbSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   δι’ … ἐπαινεῖν om. Sa   |    between ὧν and δοκεῖ a line drawn of ca. 10 letters width V   |    δοκεῖν Ml   |    ἐπαινεῖν] τιμᾶν H   |    τούτων λυπεῖ] τὰ τῶν λυπηρῶν Rwa   |    διὰ τοῦτο Rb, διὰ τοῦτο δὲ Rwb   |    μιμνήσκουσα M   |    τῶν ἀπολομένων Rb, τοὺς ἀπολλυμένους Rwb, τῶν ἀπολλυμένων others (ἀπολυ‑ V, ἀπωλλυ‑ Gu, ἀπολλύμενον Mn)   |    ἐν τροίᾳ Rwa, εἰς τὴν τροίαν VRwb, εἰς τροίαν MlMnPrRbSSaZlGu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   διὧν BRwaRwb   |    διατούτων MMn   |    ἀναμιμνύσκουσα Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,8–10; Dind. II.116,6–8


Or. 352.02 (vet exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν: 1ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτὸν ἐγκωμιάζει, ἀφ’ ὧν ἐμεγαλύνετο.  2τῷ δὲ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἀριθμῷ ἐχρήσατο· τοσαῦται γὰρ ἦσαν αἱ νῆες τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ͵α̅ρ̅π̅ϛ̅.   —(H)MBC

TRANSLATION:   (The chorus) praises him on the basis of those deeds on which he prided himself. He (the poet) (or it, the chorus) used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks (at Troy) were this many: 1,186.

LEMMA: B, 353 εἰς γὴν ἀσίαν MC      REF. SYMBOL: M(to 353 εἰς γῆν)B      POSITION: precedes 352.01 B      

APP. CRIT.:   H mostly lost, but [τοσαῦτ]αι γὰρ suggests it had this version, not 352.03   |    2 ἐχρήσατο ἀριθμῷ transp. B   |    χίλιαι πρὸς ρ̅ π̅ ϛ̅ B   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀφῶν M, ἀφὧν B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,11–13; Dind. II.


Or. 352.03 (rec exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν: 1ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτὸν ἐγκωμιάζει, ἀφ’ ὧν ἐσεμνύνετο.  2τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ δὲ ἀριθμῷ ἐχρήσατο· ἦσαν γὰρ αἱ νῆες τῶν Ἑλλήνων ͵α̅ρ̅π̅ϛ̅.   —VMlMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The chorus praises him on the basis of those deeds for which he prided himself. He used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks were 1,186.

LEMMA: all except Ra (‑ναυ RbMnS; χιόναυν a.c. Rw, χιλιόναν app. Ml)      REF. SYMBOL: VMlPrRbSa      POSITION: precedes 352.01 VPrRbSSaMn; follows 356.02 Rw; cont. from 352.08, add. δὲ, Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐγκωμίαζεν ἀφ’ ὧ Sa   |    after ἀφ’ ὧν add. αὐτὸν Ml (also αὐτὸν before ἀφ’, but crossed out)   |    2 τῶ ἀπαρτισμένω Sa, τῶν ἀπηρτισμένων Rw   |    ἐχρήσαντο Ml   |    αἱ] καὶ Ml   |    ϛ̅] VRw, ζ̅ others   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀφὧν Mn   |   2 εἶσαν Ra   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,11–13 app.; Dind. II.116,4–6 app.


Or. 352.04 (pllgn exeg) ἀποστροφὴ πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον  —Xo2

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  apostrophe; addressee identified   


Or. 352.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας⟩: πλῆθος νηῶν ὁρμήσας καὶ στρατὸν πολὺν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ χιλιόναυν⟩: ἐγκωμιάζει ὁ χορὸς τὸν Μενέλαον.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὦ χιλιόναυν⟩: Μενέλαε  —AaAbMlMnPrSRSarGuZlZuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.08 (rec exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: ἔχοντα χιλίας καὶ ρ̅ π̅ ζ̅ ναῦς  —Ra

REF. SYMBOL: Ra      


Or. 352.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: χίλιαι ἑκατὸν π̅ϛ̅ νῆες ἔπλευσαν πρὸς τὴν Τροίαν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ μέτρῳ ἐχρήσατο.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 352.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: χιλίων νηῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.11 (thom exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἐχρήσατο ἀριθμῷ. αἱ νῆες γὰρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ͵α̅ πρὸς ταῖς ρ̅π̅ζ̅ ἦσαν.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  He used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks were 1000 in addition to 186.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm      POSITION: follows sch. 352.01 Zm, cont. from 352.01 ZlGu      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐχρήσατο δὲ τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἀρ. GuZl   |    νῆες om. Zm   |    ͵α̅] χιλίαι GuZl   


Or. 352.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: καίτοι γε πλεῖσται ἦσαν αἱ νῆες παρὸ χίλιαι. ὅμως δὲ διὰ τὸ πολὺ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ ἐκάλεσεν οὕτως. οὐ γὰρ εἶχεν ἄλλως εἰπεῖν.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Truly, however, the ships were very many, more than one thousand. But nevertheless because of the large size of the number he described (the expedition) thus. For he could not say it otherwise.


Or. 352.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: πολυάριθμον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.14 (tri metr) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: long mark over first iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 352.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: ὁ ποιήσας πλεῦσαι  —H8

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: παρορμήσας  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,12


Or. 352.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: παρακινήσας  —XXbT+YGZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 352.18 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: κινήσας  —XaXoTYfGrF2

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from next with ἢ T      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,12


Or. 352.19 (thom gloss) ⟨ὁρμίσας⟩: ἐλλιμενίσας  —ZlZmTGu

LEMMA: ὁρμίσας in text ZlZm, ὁρμήσας TGu      POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,13


Or. 352.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: ὁρμίσας  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρμίσας⟩: εἰς ὅρμον ἀγαγών  —B3a

LEMMA: ὁρμήσας in text changed to ὁρμίσας by B3a      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: καὶ ἀγαγὼν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.23 (rec artGloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩:  —Aa2AbMnSSar

LEMMA: ὁρμίσας in text Aa      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.24 (tri metr) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 353.01 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: εἰς τὴν Τροίαν  —AbMlMnPrSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τροῖαν Ml   |   


Or. 353.02 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: εἰς τὴν ἀνατολὴν ἢ εἰς τὴν Τροίαν  —ZZa

TRANSLATION:  (‘To the land Asia’ means) ‘to the east’ or ‘to Troy’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  first εἰς τὴν om. Z   |    ἤτοι Z   


Or. 353.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: κατὰ τὴν Τροίαν  —Zc

TRANSLATION:  (‘To the land Asia’ means) ‘in Troy’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 353.04 (vet exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: νεώτερον τὸ τῆς Ἀσίας ὄνομα.  —BVCMlMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The name Asia is more recent (i.e., not used by Homer).

POSITION: marg. B, intermarg. C; cont. from 352.01, add. δὲ, others (from Rwb version Rw) except Rb       

APP. CRIT. 2:   νεωτὰς Sa   |    ἁσίας Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,14; Dind. II.116,15


Or. 353.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: ἀνατολὴν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 353.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: Ἀσιανήν, τὴν Τροίαν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Asia’ is to be taken as adjectival,) ‘Asian’, (‘Asian land’ thus meaning) ‘Troy’.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. XXoYf   |    ἀθανασίαν a.c. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,14


Or. 353.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: Ἀσίαν νῦν τὴν Τροίαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 353.08 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ἀσίᾳ ἡ Τροία.  —ZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Asia’) because Troy is in Asia.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 353.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: ἀνατολικήν. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ κτητικοῦ οἷον ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ [Aesch. Pers. 2] ‘Ἑλλάδ’ ἐς αἶαν’.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:   (‘Asia’ is here adjectival in meaning) ‘of the east’. It is an instance of the simple noun used instead of the (derived) possessive adjective, such as also in (Aeschylus’) phrase ‘to the Grecian land’.

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 353.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: τὴν ἀνατολικήν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 353.11 (rec diagr) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: circle divided in halves by horizontal diameter, Ἀσία in upper half; lower half divided by vertical radius, eith Εὐρώπ(η) in left quarter, Λιβύη in right  —Ab

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 354.01 (vet exeg) εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς: σὺ, φησὶν, οὐ μετέχεις τῆς δυστυχίας τῶν Τανταλιδῶν.  —MBVCK

TRANSLATION:   You, (the chorus) says, do not share in the misfortune of the Tantalids.

LEMMA: χαίρ’ εὐτυχία C      REF. SYMBOL: M (at χαῖρ’)      POSITION: s.l. VK (K above 350 τῶν ταντ. ἐξ αἱμ.), intermarg. M, marg. B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,15; Dind. II.116,11


Or. 354.02 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς⟩: σὺ μὲν οὐ μετέχεις τῆς δυστυχίας τῶν Τανταλιδῶν, ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης δυστυχεῖ.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 354.03 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ … ὁμιλεῖς⟩: εὐτυχεῖς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 354.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ⟩: εὐδαιμονίᾳ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 354.05 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ⟩: ἐν  —AbFXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 354.06 (tri metr) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 354.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δ’⟩: γὰρ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l. (gloss repeated above ὁμιλεῖς Aa)      


Or. 354.08 (rec gloss) ⟨αὐτὸς⟩: μόνος  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 354.09 (rec gloss) ⟨αὐτὸς⟩: σύ  —AaAb

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 354.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: συνυπάρχεις  —AbMlMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  σὺ ὑπάρχεις R   


Or. 354.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: διάγεις  —H4V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 354.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: συνδιάγεις  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,16


Or. 354.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: διαλέγῃ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 354.14 (tri metr) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: long mark over iota  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 355.01 (vet exeg) θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου: 1τὸν γὰρ πόλεμον κατορθώσας ἔλαβε τὴν Ἑλένην.  2σὺ μὲν οὖν, φησὶν, εὐτυχῶς ἀπηλλάχθης, ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης δυστυχεῖ.   —(H)MaMbBCaCbVMlPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (Menelaus had success) because, having succeeded in the war, he captured Helen. You, then, (the chorus) says, ended up with good fortune, but Orestes suffers misfortune.

LEMMA: MaC, θεόθεν πράξας VMlMnPrRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MaVMlRb      POSITION: s.l. Mb; 1 intermarg., 2 s.l. at 354 Cb; follows 353.04 Sa, cont. from 352.01 B      

APP. CRIT.:   only small traces survive in H   |    τὸ δὲ θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου προσέθηκεν ἐπειδὴ prep. B   |    1 τὸν … ἑλένην om. Mb   |    τὸν γὰρ] γὰρ τὸν transp. S, τὸν B   |    2 μὲν οὖν om. Cb, οὖν om. BSa   |    ἀπηλάχθαι Mb   |    ὁ δὲ δυστυχῶς (om. ὀρ.) MbCbV ([ … δυστυχ]εῖ H)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἕλαβε τὴν ἑλλένην Ml   |    2 ἀπηλάγχθης MaRb, ἀπολάχθεις Ml, ἀπηλλέχθης Sa   |    ρέ(στης) Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,16–18; Dind. II.116,8–10


Or. 355.02 (mosch paraphr) ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τελέσας ἅπερ δι’ εὐχῆς ἐποιοῦ.  —X


Or. 355.03 (thom paraphr) ἤγουν τῇ τῶν θεῶν βοηθείᾳ τὴν σὴν λαβὼν ξυνάορον  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 355.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨θεόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ  —SXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcF2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. S   |    τοῦ om. TF2Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,17


Or. 355.05 (rec gloss) ⟨πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου⟩: νικήσας  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 355.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨πράξας⟩: τελέσας  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τελεὶς Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,17


Or. 355.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πράξας⟩: κατώρθωσας  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 355.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πράξας⟩: καὶ ποιήσας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 355.09 (tri metr) ⟨πράξας⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 355.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἅπερ ηὔχου⟩: τὴν ἑλένην ἔλαβες.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 355.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εὔχου⟩: δι’ εὐχῆς ἐποιοῦ  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,17–18


Or. 355.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ηὔχου⟩: ἐπεθύμεις  —MnSarZl

POSITION: s.l. (follows next with καὶ linking Mn)      


Or. 355.13 (rec gloss) ⟨εὔχου⟩: ὠρέγου  —Mn

POSITION: s.l. (follows next with καὶ linking)      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὀρέγου Mn   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Lighter on image, possibly rubricator, check original Mn.   |   


Or. 355.14 (rec gloss) ⟨εὔχου⟩: ἤθελες  —F2MnZl

POSITION: s.l. (precedes prev. Mn)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn   |    perhaps ἔθελες Mn (first letter tiny, ambig.)   


Or. 355.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὔχου⟩: ἐπαρεκάλεις  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 355.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὔχου⟩: ηὔχου  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 355.17 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T


Or. 356.01 (356–728) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὦ δῶμα τῇ μέν σε: 1αἱ ἑξῆς αὗται περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶ τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων τοαʹ [=371], ὧν τελευταῖος [728] ‘κρείσσων γαλήνης ναυτίλοισιν εἰσορᾶν’.  2ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς.   —T

TRANSLATION:   The following groups of lines [356–728] consist of 371 acatalectic (iambic) trimeters, of which the last is ‘better to see than a calm sea for sailors’. At the sense-divisions a paragraphos, and at the end a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.13,32–14,2; de Fav. 53

COMMENT:   The count of lines is correct. 356–728 is only 371 lines because numbers 499 and 719 are skipped in the modern conventional numeration.   


Or. 356.02 (vet exeg) ὦ δῶμα: 1ἀπὸ πρώτης παρόδου σημειοῦται τὸ κακόηθες τῆς γνώμης Μενελάου.  2καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ εἰς Σπάρτην ἀνήχθη, ἀλλὰ πρότερον εἰς Ἄργος ὡς ἐξελάσων Ὀρέστην, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς δῆλός ἐστι.  3καίτοι παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ εὑρίσκεται τῶν πάλαι πολεμίων φειδόμενος·  4ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ζ ῥαψῳδίᾳ [Hom. Il. 6.37–65] κωμῳδεῖται συγχωρῶν ζῆν τὸν Ἄδραστον δόσιν χρημάτων ἐπαγγελλόμενον.   —MBVCRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   From his first entrance, the malice of Menelaus’ attitude is marked as noteworthy. For he did not even land his vessel at Sparta, but first moored at Argos in order to drive Orestes out, as is clear about him in what follows. And yet in the poet (Homer) he is found to be one who spares even his longtime enemies. For in Book 6 (of the Iliad) he is mocked for granting life to Adrastus when the latter was promising a payment of money.

LEMMA: MB, ὦ δῶμα τῆ μὲν σ’ ἡδέως C, 357 τροίαθεν ἐλθὼν V, ἄλλως Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBV      POSITION: follows 352.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   only line ends extant in H   |    1 ἀπὸ τῆς πρ. V [H]   |    πρώτου προόδου Rw   |    2 οὐδὲ … πρότερον] πρότερον οὐκ εἰς σπάρτην κατήχθη ἀλλ’ V   |    οὐδὲ written twice C   |    σπάρτην] πράπειν M   |    ἀνηνέχθη M   |    πρότερος MC   |    εἰς τὸ ἄργος Rw   |    first ὡς om. MCRw   |    after ὀρέστην add. τῶν οἴκων V   |    second ὡς] ὡς καὶ BV   |    ἔσται Rw   |    3–4 καίτοι κτλ om. H   |    3 καίτοι] καὶ MVCRw   |    παρὰ … φειδόμενος] παρ’ ὁμήρῳ VRw   |    παρὰ … εὑρίσκεται om. B   |    παρὰ τὸ (abbrev.) M   |    εὑρίσκεται τῶν] ἔρις τοῦτον M [not τούτου as Schw.]   |    4 γὰρ om. VRw   |    κωμωδεῖται παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ B   |    ζῆν om. MC   |    ἄδραστον] ἄνδρα τὸν V, ἀνδρ() τὸν Rw   |    ἐπαγγειλάμενον C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐξῆς M   |    ἐστὶν M   |    4 Ζ] ἑβδόμῃ C   |    ἐπαγγελόμενον MVRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,19–137,2; Dind. II.117,18–23

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 356.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ δῶμα⟩: οὐ πρὸς Σπάρτην ἀνήχθη ἀλλὰ πρότερον εἰς Ἄργος ὡς ἐξελάσων Ὀρέστην.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  Menelaus did land his vessel at Sparta, but first at Argos, intending to drive Orestes into exile.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm      POSITION: beside 361 Gu, beside 351–352 Zl      

APP. CRIT.:  ὡς om. ZlGu   


Or. 356.04 (rec paraphr) ὦ οἴκημα καὶ ἡμετέρα γῆ πότε σε καλῶς προσόψομαι;  —Rf


Or. 356.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦ δῶμα⟩: καὶ ὦ οἴκημα  —Aa2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ ὦ om. As2   


Or. 356.06 (vet exeg) ⟨τῇ μέν⟩: τῇ μὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν μέρει  —B

TRANSLATION:   ‘In this respect’ is used for ‘in part’.

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,23


Or. 356.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῆδε μὲν⟩: κατά τι  —O

LEMMA: τῆδε μὲν in text O      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨τῇ μὲν⟩: τῇ μὲν ἑτέρᾳ μερίδι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘In this respect’ is used for) ‘in one part (of two)’.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μερήδι Aa2   |   


Or. 356.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πῆ μὲν⟩: ἐνταῦθα ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ μέρει  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ μὲν⟩: ἀναμέρος  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.11 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: γρ. πῆ  —AbRa1Ra2SGu

LEMMA: πῆ in text Ab      POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ra2      

APP. CRIT.:  γρ. Ra2, om. others   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 356.12 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: ποτὲ  —V1AbMlRSB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆ prep. Ml   |    μὲν add. AbMlR   


Or. 356.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: ποῦ  —V3

LEMMA: in text πῆ by V2      POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   In this and the next scholion the gloss may be meant to be indefinite, our που and πως; but note the interrogative interpretation in 356.04.   


Or. 356.14 (recThom exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: πῶς  —GMnZZaZlZmTGu

LEMMA: τῇ in text TGu      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: τῇ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡδέως⟩: γλυκερῶς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡδέως⟩: εὐφραντῶς  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.18 (rec gloss) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: προσβλέπω σε  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.19 (recThom gloss) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: βλέπω  —AbCrMlMnPrSarZaZlB4Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   I mark this as Thoman because the gloss may have been in Z as well; in Z 356 is the first line of its page, and glosses on first lines have often been washed out.   


Or. 356.20 (mosch gloss) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: πρὸς σὲ βλέπω  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: προσορῶ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: καὶ βλέπομαι  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: καθορῶ †καταλάβει† νῦν πρός σε  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  app. καθορῶ by corr. (from καθωρᾶ?) Mn (but rho is not clear)   |    corruption of καταβλέπω? ει written over or corrected to ω?   


Or. 357.01 (thom gloss) ⟨Τροίαθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς Τροίας  —ZZaZlTGuAa2CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Aa2CrOx   |    τῆς om. T   


Or. 357.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Τροίαθεν⟩: καὶ ἐκ τῆς Τροίας  —Zc2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 357.03 (rec gloss) ⟨Τροίαθεν⟩: ἀπὸ  —AbB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 357.04 (recTri metr) ⟨Τροίαθεν⟩: long mark over alpha  —OT


Or. 357.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλθών⟩: ἐρχόμενος  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀρχ‑ Aa2   


Or. 357.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐλθών⟩: ἐγὼ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 357.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ δ’⟩: τῷ δὲ ἑτέρῳ μέρει  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 357.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: τῇ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 357.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: ποτὲ  —AbMlRSB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆ prep. Ml   |   δὲ add. AbR, μὲν add. Ml (from 356)   


Or. 357.10 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: γρ. πῆ.  —AbRSGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:  γρ. om. AbS   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 357.11 (recThom exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: πῶς  —MnPrZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  

LEMMA: ποῖ in text Zl, τῇ TGu      POSITION: s.l. (above πῆ of 357.10 Gu)      

COMMENT:   Either this means that πῆ is to be understood adverbially, a typical us of πῶς, or despite its accent πῶς is intended to be the indefinite, ‘in some way’ (perhaps disagreeing with the view in 357.09 that ‘at some time’ is a suitable gloss).   


Or. 357.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰδὼν⟩: βλέπων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 357.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἰδὼν⟩: σὲ  —MnGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 357.14 (thom gloss) ⟨καταστένω⟩: στενάζω  —ZZaZlTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,24


Or. 357.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καταστένω⟩: καταστενάζω  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 357.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καταστένω⟩: λυποῦμαι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 357.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καταστένω⟩: καὶ θρηνῶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 357.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καταστένω⟩: θλίβομαι  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,24


Or. 358.01 (358–359) (rec paraphr) τοῖς κακοῖς κυκλωθεῖσαν σε ὁρῶ, ὡς οὔπω ἄλλον ὑπὸ δυστυχιῶν.  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὑπὸ δυστυχιῶν om. K   


Or. 358.02 (rec gloss) ⟨κύκλῳ⟩: καθόλου  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 358.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κύκλῳ⟩: γύρῳ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 358.04 (rec gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: συστραφεῖσαν  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 358.05 (rec gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: περικυκλωθεῖσαν  —VMnCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 358.05a (rec gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: περιελιχθεῖσαν  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   περιληχθεῖσα Ml   

COMMENT:   Alternatively, Ml’s error could be a corruption περιληφθεῖσαν (358.06).   


Or. 358.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: περιληφθεῖσαν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2B3d

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,25


Or. 358.07 (thom gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: κυκλωθεῖσαν  —ZZaZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,25


Or. 358.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: συσχεθεῖσαν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,25–26


Or. 358.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: κρατηθεῖσαν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 358.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: ἑλίσσω τὸ συστρέφω  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   From Et. Magn., ps-Zonaras.   


Or. 358.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀθλίοις κακοῖς⟩: ὑπὸ ἀθλίων δυστυχιῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2B3d

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. T   |    ἀπὸ Yf   


Or. 358.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθλίοις κακοῖς⟩: ἐν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 358.13 (tri metr) ⟨ἀθλίοις⟩: koine long over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 359.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨οὐπώποτ’⟩: οὔπω ποτέ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὔπο X   |   


Or. 359.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐπώποτ⟩: καὶ ποτὲ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 359.03 (rec gloss) ⟨μᾶλλον⟩: ἤγουν δυστυχεστέραν  —AbMlMnPrSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. Sar   |    δυστυχέστερον Mn   


Or. 359.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μᾶλλον⟩: πλεῖον  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 359.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μᾶλλον⟩: σοῦ  —AaMnRGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 359.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μᾶλλον⟩: παρὸ σὲ  —V3

POSITION: s.l. (above ἑστίαν)      


Or. 359.07 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἑστίαν⟩: οἰκίαν  —Aa2CrF2RRf2OxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZlZmT*B3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οἰκείαν Aa2, a.c. Ox   |   


Or. 359.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑστίαν⟩: οἶκον  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 359.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἑστίαν⟩: τὴν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 359.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἑστίαν⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 360.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 360.02 (mosch artGloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: τοῦ  —XXaXbXoTYYfGGrF2Aa2OxB3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 360.03 (rec gloss) ⟨τύχας⟩: δυστυχίας  —AaF2RfOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ τὰς prep. Ox, τὰς prep. F2   


Or. 360.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τύχας⟩: ἤγουν τὰ συμβεβηκότα τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3d

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. GZc   |    τῷ ἀγ. om. Zc   


Or. 360.05 (recTri metr) ⟨τύχας⟩: long mark over alpha  —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 360.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἠπιστάμην⟩: οἶδα  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 360.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἠπιστάμην⟩: ἐνόησα  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 360.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἠπιστάμην⟩: ἔμαθον  —AbCrOxZaZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 360.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠπιστάμην⟩: ἔγνων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 360.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠπιστάμην⟩: τοῦτο ἤδη ἐγνώρισα  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦτο ἤδη erased or damaged   


Or. 361.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ θάνατον οἵῳ⟩: οἵῳ θανάτῳ δηλονότι παρὰ τῆς γυναικός  —C

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  περὶ C   


Or. 361.02 (rec gram) ⟨καὶ θάνατον οἵῳ⟩: κλίσις καὶ μετάκλισις  —V1

TRANSLATION:   Case and change of case.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Apparently, another way to point out that the poet does not use οἵῳ θανάτῳ with both forms in the same case.   


Or. 361.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨θάνατον⟩: τὸν  —AbF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 361.04 (thom gloss) ⟨οἵῳ⟩: ἐν  —ZZlZmTGuXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 361.05 (rec gloss) ⟨οἵῳ⟩: θανάτῳ  —V3AbKMlMnPrRSSarGGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   θανάτω Ml   


Or. 361.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἵῳ⟩: ὁποίῳ  —AaCrF2Rf2ZaZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὁποίω θανάτω CrOx   |   


Or. 361.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἵῳ⟩: καὶ τίνι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 361.08 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πρὸς δάμαρτος⟩: παρὰ τῆς γυναικός —AaAbMlMnCrPrSSaρRf2XXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaTB3dOx

POSITION: s.l. except X (spaced as two sep. ZZa)      

APP. CRIT.:   περὶ Ml   |    τῆς om. Z   


Or. 361.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨πρὸς⟩: παρὰ  —KZlZm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 361.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: τῆς γυναικός  —Zl2ZcF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 361.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: καὶ τῆς γυνῆς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 361.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: τῆς  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 361.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤλετο⟩: ἀπώλετο  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 361.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤλετο⟩: καὶ ἐφθάρη  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ὄρος Λακωνικῆς· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.287]· ‘Μαλειάων ὄρος αἰπύ’.  —HBVC

TRANSLATION:   A mountain of Laconia. And Homer (refers to it): ‘the steep mountain of Maleae’.

REF. SYMBOL: app. H      POSITION: s.l. VC, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  after λακωνικῆς add. ἐστι τὸ μάλεον B   |    καὶ om. B   |    second ὄρος om. V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὅρος (both) C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,3–4; Dind. II.117,27–118,1

COLLATION NOTES:   V does carry αἰπύ, contra Schw.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 362.02 (rec exeg) τὴν ναῦν τῷ Μαλέῳ προσπελάσας ὄρει Λακωνικῆς· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.287] ‘Μαλ⟨ε⟩ιάων ὄρος αἰπύ’.  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  προσπελάζων G   |    λακωνικῷ G   |    μαλίδων G   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 362.03 (pllgn exeg) Μαλέᾳ: ὄρος Λακεδαιμονίας  —GB3c

LEMMA: G       POSITION: marg. G, s.l. B3c      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸ prep. B3c   


Or. 362.04 (rec gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ὄνομα ὄρους  —AbMlRPrSSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.05 (rec gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτηρίῳ  —OZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶ prep. Zl   


Or. 362.06 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Λακωνικῆς  —FMlPrRSSaXXoYf

TRANSLATION:  (Malea is) an promontory of Laconia.

POSITION: s.l. PrSSar, marg. FRYf      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ Μαλέας prep. F   |    after ἀκρ. add. ἐστὶ F   


Or. 362.07 (rec gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριον  —V3AaCrRfOxB3cB3d

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3c      


Or. 362.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριον ἐν τοῖς Λακωνικοῖς  —XaXbT+YGr

TRANSLATION:  (Malea is) an promontory in Laconian territory.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριόν ἐστιν ὁ Μαλέας περὶ Λακεδαιμονίαν, λεγόμενον παρά τισιν ἰδιωτικῶς ὄνου κατωμάγουλον.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Maleas is a promontory around Lacedaemonia, which is called by some in ordinary (uncultured) language ‘lower jaw of the ass’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlGu      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατομ‑ Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,1–3

COMMENT:   κατωμάγουλον appears in TLG only here and in Digenes Akritas; see LBG s.v. The ancient equivalent was Ὄνου γνάθος, mentioned in Strabo 8.5.1–2, Paus. 3.22.10, 3.23.1, lexica and scholia.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   |   Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 362.10 (pllgn exeg) ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λέγεται καὶ Ξυλοφάγος.  —ZlGu

TRANSLATION:   And the same is also called ‘Timber-devourer’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. ZlGu      

APP. CRIT.:  ξυλοφάγος damaged or erased in Gu, partially obscured in Zl   

COMMENT:   For this as the name of Cape Caphereus in Euboea see ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. epitome 6.11 and Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 373, 1095, and the Thoman 432.02 below; of an unspecified cape, Joannes Apocaucus, Notit. et epist. 65,27; of Maleas, Georgius Pachymeres, Hist. brevis 507,4.   


Or. 362.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἐν τῷ ὄρει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: λιμένι  —Zc2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  δηλονότι add. Zc2   


Or. 362.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἐν τῷ τόπῳ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἐν τῷ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩:  —Aa

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  expunction dots around ὁ, perhaps iota subscript on μαλέα was added, not original   


Or. 362.16 (thom artGloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: τῷ  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.17 (rec metr) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: long mark over second alpha  —O


Or. 362.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσίσχων πρώραν⟩: προσσκαλώσας νῆα  —H4

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The Byzantine verb σκαλόω/σκαλώνω is known; this compound occurs only here.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 362.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσίσχων πρώραν⟩: τότε ἔμαθον τὸν φόνον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου. περὶ δὲ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τί οὐκ ἐγίνωσκε;  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   That is when I learned of the murder of my brother. But why did he not learn about Clytemnestra?

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.20 (rec exeg) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: προσορμίζων. τὸ δὲ ἴσχω ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔχω τὸ ἐλαύνω· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 5.829, etc.] ‘ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔλαυνε.  —V

TRANSLATION:   Bringing to mooring near. And (the root verb) ‘ischō’ is from ‘echō’ in the sense ‘drive’. And Homer (uses this verb in) ‘hold the single-hooved horses’ in the sense ‘drive’.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 362.21 (rec gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: προσεγγίζων  —VAaAbMlPrSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck original Sa 131v first line.   |   


Or. 362.22 (rec gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: πλησιάσας  —CrMlRPrSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 362.23 (rec gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: πελάσας  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πελάσασα S   


Or. 362.24 (rec gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: προσεμβάλλων  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.25 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: πλησιάζων  —SarXaXbXoYYfGrZcZZaZlZmT*B4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πλησιάζον Zc   |   


Or. 362.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: ἐλλιμενίσας  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.27 (thom gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: ἐλλιμενίζων  —ZZaZlZmZuTGuAa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλλημεν‑ Zl   |   


Or. 362.28 (rec gloss) ⟨πρώραν⟩: τὴν νῆα  —AbCrMlRPrSSarOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. CrOx   |    τῆ νῆ ἀεί Ml   


Or. 362.29 (thom gloss) ⟨πρώραν⟩: τὴν τῆς νεώς  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὴν om. ZaT, spaced as sep. Zm   


Or. 362.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρώραν⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν.  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.31 (362–364) (rec wdord) word order α (ἐκ δέ κυμάτων), β (προφήτης), γ (ὁ ναυτίλοισι), δ (μάντις), ε (νήρεως), ϛ (ἐξήγγειλε)  —MnPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.32 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: ἐξελθὼν ὁ Γλαῦκος  —MlPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. Ml      


Or. 362.33 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: λείπει ἐξελθὼν.  —AbF

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  λείπει om. Ab   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 362.34 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: ἤγουν ἐκβὰς ἐκ τῶν κυμάτων  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.35 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: προκύψ[ας]  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ψ uncertain, ύ very faint (damage)   


Or. 362.36 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκ⟩: ἔξωθεν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.37 (mosch gloss) ⟨δὲ⟩: γὰρ  —XaXbXoTYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.38 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κυμάτων⟩: τῆς θαλάσσης  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.39 (rec metr) ⟨κυμάτων⟩: long mark over upsilon  —O


Or. 363.01 (rec exeg) ὁ ναυτίλοισι ⟨μάντις⟩: τοῖς γὰρ ναύταις οὗτος, ὃς φίλος καὶ θαλάσσῃ ἐστὶ καὶ ἰχθύσι, τὰ πεπρωμένα βάζει  —VMlMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   For this (being), who is friendly both to the sea and to fish, speaks to sailors what is fated.

LEMMA: all      REF. SYMBOL: VMlSa, (to νηρέως προφ.) Rb      POSITION: follows 364.01 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῖς S   |    ὃς] Schw., ὡς all   |    βάζει om. MlSa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ναῦτες a.c. Mn   |   φίλως (a.c.?) Mn   |   ἰχθῦσι MlS   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,5–6; Dind. II.118,6–7


Or. 363.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὁ ναυτίλοισι μάντις⟩: ὁ ναυτῶν μάντις  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 363.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁ ναυτίλοισι⟩: τῶν ναυτῶν ὁ φίλος  —AbMlMnPrSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ φίλ. τ. ναυτ. transp. Ab   |    τῶν αὐτῶν Ml   


Or. 363.04 (vet gloss) ⟨ναυτίλοισι⟩: τῶν ναυτίλων  —H

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 363.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ναυτίλοισι⟩: τῶν ναυτῶν  —AbXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. T, ὁ prep. G   |    τῶν om. Ab   


Or. 363.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ναυτίλοισι⟩: ἐν τοῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 363.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ναυτίλοισι⟩: τοῖς  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 363.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μάντις⟩: προφήτης  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 363.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μάντις⟩: ὁ Γλαῦκος  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 363.10 (rec artGloss) ⟨μάντις⟩:  —Aa2Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 363.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξήγγειλέ μοι⟩: εἶπε μοι πάντα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 363.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξήγγειλέ⟩: ἤτοι τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος  —MlMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀγαμέμνωνος Ml   |   


Or. 363.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξήγγειλέ⟩: διηγήσατο  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 363.14 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἐξήγγειλέ⟩: εἶπεν  —CrOxT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἶπε CrOx   |   


Or. 363.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξήνεγκε⟩: ἐξήγγειλε  —Rf

LEMMA: thus in text Rf      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 364.01 (vetThom exeg) Νηρέως προφήτης: 1οὗτος Ἀνθηδόνιος ἁλιεύς·  2ἑωρακὼς δὲ ἰχθὺν παρὰ τὴν ψάμμον βοτάνης γευσάμενον καὶ ἀναζήσαντα, φαγὼν καὶ αὐτὸς γέγονεν ἀθάνατος, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀγήραος,  3ἐφ’ ᾧ κατεπόντισεν ἑαυτόν.  4μαντεύεται δὲ ὡς ὁ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Od. 4.365 sq.] Πρωτεὺς καὶ παρὰ Πινδάρῳ [Pyth. 4.20] Τρίτων τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις.   —HMBOVCCrMlMnPrRbRwSaZlZmGuOx

TRANSLATION:   This was a fisherman from Anthedon. (or: This was Anthedonius, a fisherman.) And having observed a fish (marooned and dying) on the beach that tasted a plant and came back to life, by eating (the plant) himself too he became immortal, but not free of old age; for which reason he threw himself into the sea. He gives prophecies as (do) the Proteus in Homer and, in Pindar, Triton to the Argonauts.

LEMMA: MBCMlMnPrRbSa, 363 ὁ ναυτίλοισιν Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBMlPr, (at 363 ὁ ναυτίλοισι) Rb, (at γλαῦκος) ZlZmGu      POSITION: precedes 363.01 in Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 Ἀνθηδόνιος] ὁ ἀνθ. MlRb, ὁ ἀνθ. ὁ ἀπὸ ἀνθηδονίας πόλεως ὢν Ml(ἀνθιδ-)MnPrSa, ὁ γλαῦκος ἀνθ. Zl   |    ἦν add. before ἁλιεὺς OVMlMnPrRZlZmGubSa   |    2 δὲ om. CrRwOx   |    παρὰ] περὶ MnPrSaRb ZlZmGu   |    τὴν om. VMlMnPrSaRb   |    βοτάνην MOCRw, βοτάν(ην) φαγόντα καὶ H   |    γεγευμένον Sa [H]   |    first καὶ om. CrMlPrSaZlZmGuOx, app. Mn (damage)   |    after φαγὼν add. ὁ γλαῦκος MlMnPrSa   |    γέγονεν] ἔμεινεν CrOx   |    ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀγήραος om. Gu   |    ἀγήρατος V, αγήρμως (sic) Sa, ἀγήρως RwOx, ἀγήραιος Pr   |    3 ἐφ’ ᾧ … ἑαυτόν om. VMlPrRbSaZlZmGu   |    4 ὡς ὁ] ὡς VMl, καὶ OCrRwOx, ὡς καὶ MnPrRbSaZlZmGu [H]   |    πρωτεὺς κτλ om. HO   |    παρὰ πινδάρῳ] πατὼν Sa, παπινδ(άρῳ) PrMn, παπίνδης Ml, πινδάρω CrRwOx   |    τρίτων BZlZmGu, τριτο M, τρίτον CCrRwOx, τριπ() V, τρισσοῖς (om. τοῖς) Ml MnPrSa, τρισὶν (om. τοῖς) Rb (with a second σ above σ)   |    ἀργαυτῶν (or ‑αιτῶν?) corr. to ἀργαύτην (or ‑αίτην) app. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀνθιδόνιος MMl, ἀναθηδόνιος Mn   |    ἣν Ml   |    ἀλιεύς MRb   |    2 ἰχθῦν BRb   |    φαγῶν B   |    3 ἐαυτὸν M, αὑτὸν O, αὐτὸν Rw   |    4 πρῶτον Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,6–11; Dind. II.118,8–12

COMMENT:   See on 318.01. For the belief that Ἀνθηδόνιος was a proper name here, cf. 364.09.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer   |   citation of literature other than Homer   |   Pindar   


Or. 364.02 (thom exeg) τὴν δὲ βοτάνην ἧς ἐγεύσατο φασί τινες ἀείζωον εἶναι.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   And some say that the plant he tasted is houseleek (in Greek, ‘ever-living’).

POSITION: cont. from prev. all      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,12–13


Or. 364.03 (pllgn exeg) 1ὁ Γλαῦκος ὡς λέγεται κολυμβητὴς ἦν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν ἄριστος.  2συνέβη δὲ κατὰ τύχην μίαν καταβῆναι εἰς τὸ τῆς θαλάσσης βάθος καὶ εὑρὼν βοτάνην ἔφαγεν αὐτην καὶ φαγὼν ἀπηθανατίσθη, γενόμενος καὶ μάντις.  3ἦν γοῦν ἀπὸ τότε καιροῦ ἐντὸς τῆς θαλάσσης.  4καὶ ἐπεὶ μάντις ἦν, ἐγίνωσκε τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ.  5ὃς προγνοὺς καὶ τὸν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος θάνατον διαβαίνοντος ἐκεῖσε τοῦ Μενελάου μετὰ τῶν νηῶν ἐξεῖπε περὶ τοῦτον πρὸς αὐτόν.  6οὕτω γὰρ διαβαινόντων ἐκεῖσε τινῶν γινώσκων ἐκεῖνος τὰ ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις αὐτῶν ἐξερχόμενος τῶν κυμάτων ἔλεγε ταῦτα.  7κατὰ τούτου λέγεται ὡς μάντις τῶν ναυτῶν Νηρέως προφήτης ἤτοι τοῦ θαλασσίου δαίμονος.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Glaucus, the story is told, was an excellent diver into the sea. It came about on one occasion that he went down to the depths of the sea and, finding a plant, ate it and after eating it was rendered immortal, becoming also a prophet. So, then, from that moment on he was in the sea. And since he was a prophet, he knew about events taking place in the world. Knowing in advance of the death of Agamemnon too, when Menelaus was crossing the sea there with his ships, he spoke out about this to him. For in this way when people were crossing there, he, knowing the affairs in their houses, used to come out of the waves and tell these things. In this respect he is spoken of as ‘seer of sailors, prophet of Nereus’, that is, of the sea divinity.

APP. CRIT.:   6 διαβαινόντων] Mastr., διαβαινομένων Y2   

COMMENT:   For Glaucus as diver, see Athenaeus 7.47 (Mnaseas fr. 12, FHG III.151). Compare the rationalized version of the story in Michael Apostolius 5.49 [Paroem. Gr. II.346 Leutsch].   |   The few instances of διαβαινόμενος in TLG are all passive in sense, and no other middle-passive forms from the present stem διαβαίνω are found.   


Or. 364.04 (rec gloss) ⟨Νηρέως⟩: ἤτοι τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος  —V1Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι om. Gu   


Or. 364.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨Νηρέως⟩: ὁ τῆς θαλάσσης  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ om. GAa2   |    δαίμων add. Y2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   θαλάττης XaXbYYfG   |   


Or. 364.06 (thom gloss) ⟨Νηρέως⟩: τοῦ θαλασσίου δαίμονος  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 364.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Νηρέως⟩: τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 364.08 (tri metr) ⟨Νηρέως⟩: συνίζησις  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 364.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προφήτης⟩: ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος  —B3c

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 364.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προφήτης⟩: ὁ Γλαῦκος  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 364.11 (rec artGloss) ⟨προφήτης⟩:  —AaAb

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 364.12 (rec exeg) ⟨Γλαῦκος⟩: γρ. μάντις.  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 364.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Γλαῦκος⟩: ὁ λεγόμενος ἰδιωτικῶς γλάρος  —Zc

TRANSLATION:   The one called in vernacular speech ‘seagull’ (‘glaros’).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 364.14 (recMosch artGloss) ⟨Γλαῦκος⟩:  —AbXXaXbXoZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 364.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀψευδὴς⟩: ἀληθής  —F2PrSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ prep. F2   


Or. 364.16 (recMosch artGloss) ⟨ἀψευδὴς⟩:  —AbXXaXbXoTZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 364.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεός⟩: Γλαῦκος  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Rw has neither Γλαῦκος nor μάντις in the line, so this may be a misplacement of a marginal note originally intended to supply the missing word.   


Or. 364.18 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θεός⟩:  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅς μοι τάδ’ εἶπεν⟩: Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος τὸ ἐξήγγειλε καὶ τὸ εἶπεν.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   (It is an example of) Homeric emulation (to use both) ‘he announced’ (in 363) and ‘he said’ (in 365).

REF. SYMBOL: Gu      POSITION: s.l. Zm, marg. Zl      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἶπε Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,4–5

COMMENT:   The term Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος is applied in scholia and Eustathius to a variety of features of vocabulary, syntax, and narrative technique. For other cases in the Eur. scholia cf. sch. Vo Andr. 17 Schw. (perhaps really belonging to Andr. 20, to judge from a similar note by V3 on 20 Θετίδειον), sch. Andr. 107, sch. Thom. Hec. 976, Ph. 17 and 88. The point of interest here is apparently the duplication of the verbs of saying introducing direct speech, and the commentator may have in mind phrases like ἐνένιπεν ἔπος τ’ ἔφατ’ ἔκ τ’ ὀνόναζεν (Od. 16.416, 19.89, etc.) or εἶπεν ἔπος τ’ ἔφατ’ ἔκ τ’ ὀνόμαζεν (Od. 7.330, 21.248).   

KEYWORDS:  Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος   


Or. 365.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὅς μοι τάδ’ εἶπεν⟩: ὅς μοι πλησίον σταθεὶς τάδε εἶπεν ἐμφανῶς.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. XaTYGrAa2, marg. Yf      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τάδ’ Gr   |   εἶπε Aa2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,16


Or. 365.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅς⟩: καὶ ὅστις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.04 (rec gloss) ⟨τάδ’⟩: τὰ κακὰ  —Ab

LEMMA: τὰδ’ (sic) in text Ab      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδ’⟩: ταῦτα  —F2

LEMMA: τάδ’ in text F      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόδ’⟩: καὶ τοῦτο  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐμφανῶς κατασταθείς⟩: εἰς πρόσωπον ἐλθών  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐμφανῶς κατασταθείς⟩: τουτέστιν οὐκ ἐντὸς θαλάσσης ὢν καὶ ἀφανῶς μοι τοῦτο εἰπών, ἀλλ’ ἐμφανῶς καὶ ἐνώπιον στὰς καὶ διηγησάμενος.  —ZrZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, not being within the sea and having invisibly told me this, but having stood visibly and face to face and told the story.

POSITION: s.l. Zm      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐνφανῶς Zm   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,14–16


Or. 365.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμφανῶς κατασταθείς⟩: φανερωθεὶς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: φανερῶς καὶ οὐ διά τινος φαντάσματος  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  Openly and not by some kind of apparition.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐ om. Za   |    φάσματος ZlT   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,17–18


Or. 365.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: φανερῶς  —AbCrF2MlMnPrRSOxXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 365.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: πλησίον  —G

POSITION: s.l. (sep. from 365.17)      


Or. 365.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: ἔμπροσθεν ἄντικρυς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: προδήλως  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,17


Or. 365.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: πλησίον ἐλθών  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: πλησιάσας  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: ἤγουν πλησίον ἐμοῦ σταθεὶς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: πλησίον σταθεὶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.19 (tri gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: πλησίον στάς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.20 (rec gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: παρασταθείς  —AbOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.21 (rec gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: στάς  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: ἤγουν σταθείς  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.23 (rec gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: λέγων  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.24 (rec gloss) ⟨παρασταθείς⟩: ἐμοῦ  —Mn

LEMMA: thus in text Mn      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 366.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: λέγων τοῦτο  —Aa2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 366.02 (rec artGloss) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩:  —Aa2AbCrF2Xo2ZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 366.03 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 366.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεῖται⟩: πέπτωκεν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 366.05 (tri gloss) ⟨κεῖται⟩: ἤγουν ἀπέθανεν  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 366.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨σὸς⟩:  —AbF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 366.07 (rec gloss) ⟨κασίγνητος⟩: αὐτάδελφος  —F2Rf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 366.08 (thom gloss) ⟨κασίγνητος⟩: ἀδελφός  —ZaTCrOx, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, ὁ prep. T   


Or. 366.09 (rec gloss) ⟨θανών⟩: ἀποθανὼν  —PrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 366.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θανών⟩: φονευθείς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 366.11 (rec gloss) ⟨θανών⟩: θανατωμένος  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Vernacular form of τεθανατωμένος.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 367.01 (rec exeg) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: λουσαμένῳ γὰρ τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι τὸν χιτῶνα προσήνεγκεν.  —OV3

TRANSLATION:   For after Agamemnon bathed, she brought the (entrapping) robe upon him.

POSITION: s.l. V3      

APP. CRIT.:  τῷ ἀγαμ. om. V3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ήνεγκε V3   |   


Or. 367.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: ἃ ἡ ἄλοχος ἔλουσεν αὐτὸν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:   (The bath) that his wife gave him.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118, 19


Or. 367.03 (thom paraphr) λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου: τουτέστιν ἐν λουτροῖς ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας γυναικὸς ἀνῃρέθη.  —ZZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, he was killed during his bath by his own wife.

LEMMA: T(λουτροῖς)      POSITION: s.l. except ZmT      

APP. CRIT.:  after τουτέστιν add. περιπεσὼν Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,19–20


Or. 367.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: ἡ γὰρ Κλυταιμνήστρα ἔλουσε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ὅταν ἐφονεύθη.  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu      POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  κλυτ.] ἑλένη Zu   


Or. 367.05 (rec gloss) ⟨λουτροῖσιν⟩: παρὰ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 367.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λουτροῖσιν⟩: ἐν τοῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 367.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλόχου⟩: γυναικός  —V1CrOxZaZlB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῆς prep. CrOx   |    αὐτοῦ add. Zl   


Or. 367.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀλόχου⟩: τῆς ὁμοκοίτου  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 367.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλόχου⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς  —AaAbMlMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 367.10 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀλόχου⟩: τῆς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 367.11 (vet exeg) περιπεσὼν πανυστάτοις: 1περισσὴ ἡ περί.  2καί ἐστιν ὁ νοῦς· ἀποθανὼν, πεσὼν, ἀπολωλὼς τοῖς πανυστάτοις λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου.  3ἢ περιπεσών ἀντὶ τοῦ συντυχὼν τοῖς λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου·  4λουσαμένῳ γὰρ τὸν χιτῶνα περιήγαγεν·  5ὡς ἐν Ἑκάβῃ [1281]· ‘κτεῖν’, ὡς ἐν Ἄργει φόνια λουτρά σ’ ἀναμένει’.   —MBVCMlMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   The prefix/preposition ‘peri’ is superfluous. And the sense is ‘having died, having fallen, having been destroyed by the final bath given by his wife’. Or else, (the compound with ‘peri’ means) ‘falling in with’ in the sense ‘meeting with the bath given by his wife’. For as he was bathing she wrapped the robe around him. As in Hecuba: ‘go ahead and kill me, since in Argos a murderous bath awaits you’.

LEMMA: MBVC, περιπεσὼν MlMnPrSa, πανυστάτοις Rb, λουτροῖσι Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlPrRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 περισσὴ … ἀλόχου] παρὰ τοῖς πανύστοις λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου πεσὼν ὅ ἐστιν ἀπολωλὼς Rw   |    1 ἢ prep. C   |    2 ἀποθανὼν … ἀπολωλὼς om. B   |    after ἀλόχου add. πεσών· ὅ ἐστιν ἀπολωλῶς B   |    3 ἢ … ἀλόχου om. VMlMnSa   |    4 γὰρ τὸν om. M   |    after γὰρ add. ἀγαμέ(μνονι) B, τῷ ἀγαμέμνονι Rw   |    πε(ρι)ἤγαγεν M, προσήγαγεν C, προσήγαγ() V, προσήγαγε MlMnPrRbSa, προσήνεγκε BRw   |    5 ὡς] καὶ VMnRbRwSa   |    ἐν ἐκάβῃ] ἐν ἑκάστω Mn(ἓν)Pr   |    ἑκάβῃ φησὶ B   |    κτεῖν’ om. VMlMnPrRbSa   |    ἐν om. Ml   |    φόνια λουτρὰ om. Rb   |    λουτρά σ’ ἀναμένει] λουτρ’ ἀναμένει C, λουτρά M, om. B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀπωλωλὼς Sa   |    5 κτεῖναι Rw   |    λουτρᾶ Ml   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,12–16; Dind. II.118,21–119,2

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 367.12 (rec exeg) ⟨περιπεσὼν⟩: ἀποθανὼν. καὶ ἔστι περισσὴ ἡ περὶ. ⟨περι⟩πεσὼν ἀντὶ συντυχών  —C

POSITION: intermarg.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἔτι C, perhaps corrected by a later hand   |    ⟨περι⟩ suppl. from prev.   

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 367.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨περιπεσὼν⟩: συντυχών  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 367.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨περιπεσὼν⟩: περιτυχών  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 367.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨περιπεσὼν⟩: ἀπολωλώς  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπολολῶς B4   |   


Or. 367.16 (rec gloss) ⟨πανυστάτοις⟩: ἐσχάτοις  —AbCrMlMnPrRRf2SOx, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔσχατον τοῖς Ml   |   


Or. 367.17 (thom gloss) ⟨πανυστάτοις⟩: ὑστέροις  —ZmGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 367.18 (tri gloss) ⟨πανυστάτοις⟩: τελευταίοις  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 367.19 (pllgn gram) ⟨πανυστάτοις⟩: πανύστατον πάντων ἔσχατον  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Cf. Hesych. π 428 (similar in Photius, Suda, etc.).   


Or. 368.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔπλησεν⟩: ὁ μάντις  —AbMlMnPrRa1Ra2S

POSITION: s.l. (except marg. Ra2)      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι prep. Ra1Ra2   |    ὁ om. Ra2   


Or. 368.02 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἔπλησεν⟩: ἐπλήρωσεν  —F2TZb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 368.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔπλησεν⟩: καὶ ἐγέμισεν  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐγέμησεν Cr   |   


Or. 368.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμέ⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Μενέλαον  —AaAbMlMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l. (second instance in marg. R)      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. R (both instances), ἤτοι Ab   


Or. 368.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ναύτας⟩: τοὺς  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 368.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἐμοὺς⟩: τοὺς  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.01 (vet exeg) ἐπεὶ δὲ Ναυπλίας: ἀπὸ Ναυπλίου τοῦ πατρὸς Παλαμήδους  —MBOCMlMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   Derived from Nauplius the father of Palamedes.

LEMMA: MlMnPrRb(ἐπειδὴ δὲ)Sa, ναυπλίας Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MlRb      POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ om. OC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,17; Dind. II.119,4


Or. 369.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπεὶ⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ  —Ab2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.03 (rec gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίας⟩: ὄνομα λίμενος  —AbMlMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.04 (mosch exeg) Ναυπλίας: Ναύπλιος λιμήν· ἀπὸ τούτου καὶ Ναυπλία χθών.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:   Nauplius (is) a harbor, and from this also (derives) Nauplia, a country.

LEMMA: ἐπεὶ δὲ ναυπλίας G      REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr, above 368 Aa2      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ ναυπλία χθών om. Aa2 (no punct. before ἀπὸ)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.119,3–4


Or. 369.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίας⟩: τοῦ Ναυπλίου λιμένος  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίας⟩: τῆς ἐν Ναυπλίῳ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.07 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ναυπλίας⟩: τῆς  —Aa2Mn, app. Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: ἔψαυσα  —AaFMnRfXXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. AaXo, καὶ prep. F   


Or. 369.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: πρὶν ἔψαυσα  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: πλησιάζω  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: ἔχωμαι  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: ἡψάμην  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: ἅπτομαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: προσεγγίζω  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: καὶ προσήγγισα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χθονός⟩: γῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 369.17 (rec artGloss) ⟨χθονός⟩: τῆς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 370.01 (rec exeg) ἤδη δάμαρτος: μέμνηται τῆς γυναικὸς οὐκ ἐν δέοντι, ἔρωτι δὲ μεγίστῳ μᾶλλον.  —VMlMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   He mentions his wife not in an opportune (rhetorically suitable) moment, but rather because of very great love (for her).

LEMMA: all except Mn      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRb      POSITION: follows 371.01 MlMnRbSa, follows 376.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ μεγίστῳ] Mastr., μεγίστῳ VRw, μεγίστω δὲ MnPrRbSa   |    at end add. δοκῶν ὀρέστου παῖδα Rw (corrupt lemma for 371.01)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,18–19; Dind. II.119,6–7

COMMENT:   Punctuation is found after ἔρωτι in PrSa, and Dind. and Schw. punctuate there as well, but the other mss have no punctuation. οὐκ ἐν δέοντι is a standard phrase in criticism, so the punctuation must be there. I have moved δὲ on the assumption that after accidental omission, it was restored in the wrong position in the ancestor of the witnesses that carry it. Alternatively, one could accept that ἔρωτι μεγίστῳ cohere as a unit and that the conjunction follows the unit.   


Or. 370.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἤδη⟩: καὶ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 370.03 (rec gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: ἤτοι τῆς Ἑλένης  —AbCrRRfZuB3aOx

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι om. B3aRf, ἤγουν CrZuOx   |    τῆς om. Rf   


Or. 370.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: ἤγουν τῆς γυναικός  —AaCrF2MlMnPrSSarOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν] om. AaF2, καὶ CrOx, ἤτοι S   |    τῆς om. Aa   


Or. 370.05 (thom gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: τῆς ἑμῆς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  γυναικὸς prep. T   


Or. 370.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: ἐμοῦ  —V3Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 370.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: ἐλθεῖν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 370.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: ἐνταῦθα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 370.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένης⟩: ἀποπεμπομένης  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 370.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένης⟩: καὶ ἐξερχομένης  —CrOxXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Xo2   


Or. 370.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένης⟩: κινουμένης  —Zb

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 370.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένης⟩: παραγενομένης  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 371.01 (vet exeg) δοκῶν Ὀρέστην: 1ὕπουλα πάντα τὰ ῥήματα Μενελάου,  2ἀφ’ οὗ ὁ ποιητὴς τὸ ἄστατον τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων γνώμης κωμῳδεῖ,  3ὡς καὶ ἐν Ἀνδρομάχῃ [445–446]· ‘ὦ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποισιν ἔχθιστοι βροτῶν, / Σπάρτης ἔνοικοι, δόλια βουλευτήρια’.  4πρὸ γὰρ Διοκλέους, ἐφ’ οὗ τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐδίδαξε, Λακεδαιμονίων πρεσβευσαμένων περὶ εἰρήνης,  5ἀπιστήσαντες Ἀθηναῖοι οὐ προσήκαντο, ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Θεοπόμπου, ὅ ἐστι ⟨ἔτεσιν β̅⟩ πρὸ Διοκλέους.  6οὕτως ἱστορεῖ Φιλόχορος [Philochorus 328 F 139a].   —MBVCRw, partial OMlMnPrRbSa

TRANSLATION:   All the words of Menelaus are deceitful, (a portrayal) by which the poet mocks the unreliability of the Lacedaemonians’ attitude/mind, as also in Andromache: ‘O, most hateful of mortals for all people, / dwellers in Sparta, deceitful counselors’. For before Diocles, in whose archonship [409–408] he produced Orestes, when the Lacedaemonians sent ambassadors about peace, the Athenians, distrusting them, did not accept it, during the archonship of Theopompus, that is, two years before Diocles. Thus Philochorus records it.

LEMMA: MBC, δοκῶν Ὀρέστην παῖδα V(but not punct. as lemma)      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: cont. from 370.01 V, from 369. 01, add. δὲ, MlMnPrRbRwSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὕπουλος Ml   |    πάντα om. MlMnPrRbSa   |    τοῦ μενελάου OSa, τοῦ μενέλεο Ml, τῶ μενελ() Rb   |    2–6 ἀφ’ οὗ κτλ om. O   |    2 ὁ ποιητὴς om. Rb, ὁ om. Ml   |    γνώμης λακεδαιμονίων transp. Ml(-δαιμόνων)MnPrRbRwSa   |    ἐκωμώδει MVC, καμωδεῖ Rb   |    3 ὡς … ὦ om. MlMnPrRbSa   |    ἀροδρομάχην (or ἀρειδρομάχην?) Rw   |    ὦ] ὡς MVC   |    ἀνθρώποισιν om. MlMnPrRbRwSa   |    βροτοὶ PrSa, βροτοῖς MnRbRw   |    3–6 δόλια βουλευτ. κτλ om. MlPrRbSa, βουλευτήρια κτλ om. Mn   |    4 ἀφ’ οὗ VRw   |    πρεσβευσάμενος V   |    5 ἀθηναῖοι om. V   |    προσήκουσαν Rw   |    5–6 ἐπὶ … οὕτως om. VRw   |    5 ὅ ἐστι] ὃς ἦν B   |    ἔτεσιν β̅ suppl. Jacoby   |    6 οὕτως] ὡς B, οὒ των app. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ποιητῆς Ml   |    2 λακιδαιμ‑ Mn   |    3 σπάρτοις Rb   |    βουλευτηρία M   |    4 ἐδίδαξεν MV   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,20–138,2; Dind. II.119,8–14

COMMENT:   Poets are usually said to satirize someone with the present κωμῳδεῖ. The imperfect ἐκωμῳδεῖτο with the target of ridicule as the subject is found in sch. Arist., but the present κωμῳδεῖται is about seven times more common in the same sense. Thus active ἐκωμῴδει as in MCV need not be preferred to B’s κωμῳδεῖ.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of historian or scholar   |   Philochorus   |   Euripides, Andromache   


Or. 371.02 (rec gloss) ⟨δοκῶν⟩: ἐγὼ  —AaAbMnR

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      


Or. 371.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨δοκῶν⟩: νομίζων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcB4

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 371.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοκῶν⟩: καὶ ὑπολαμβάνων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 371.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοκῶν⟩: προσεδόκουν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 371.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ὀρέστην⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 371.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παῖδα⟩: καὶ υἱὸν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 371.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨παῖδα⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 371.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: τοῦ  —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 372.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨φίλαισι χερσὶ περιβαλεῖν⟩: προσφιλέσι, φιλικαῖς χερσὶ περιπτύξασθαι  —X


Or. 372.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨φίλαισι⟩: προσφιλέσι, φιλικαῖς  —XaXbXoT+YYfGr Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 372.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλαισι⟩: ἀγαπηταῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 372.04 (vet gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ περιλαβεῖν  —M

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,3; Dind. II.119,18


Or. 372.05 (rec gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: κρατεῖν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 372.06 (rec gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: περιπλέξαι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 372.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: περιπλέξασθαι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 372.08 (rec gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: †περιπλακεῖν†  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   corrupt for περιπλακῆναι (see next) or περιπλέκειν?   


Or. 372.09 (thom gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: περιπλακῆναι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   περιπλακῆχαι Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.119,19


Or. 372.10 (rec gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: καὶ ἀσπάσαι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  κατασπᾶσαι a.c., ασπᾶσαι p.c. Mn   


Or. 372.11 (rec gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: καὶ ἀσπάζειν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 372.12 (rec gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: περιβαλοῦμαι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Apparently to indicate that the lemma is to be read as future and not aorist.   


Or. 372.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: περιπτύξασθαι  —XaXbXoT+YYfGrZcF2B3d

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.119,18–19


Or. 372.14 (mosch gram) περιβαλεῖν: 1περιβάλλω τινὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ περιπτύσσομαι.  2καὶ ‘περιβάλλει ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐν νεφέλαις’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνδύει.  3καὶ παρὰ Φιλοστράτῳ [Philostratus Jun. 1.4.2] ‘περιβάλλων τοῖς τείχεσιν ἄνδρας ὡπλισμένους’ ἀντὶ τοῦ κύκλῳ τιθείς.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   ‘I cast around someone’ in the sense ‘I embrace’. And ‘god surrounds the sky in clouds’ in the sense ‘clothes it’. And in Philostratus, ‘casting armed men around the walls’ in the sense ‘placing them in a circle around’.

LEMMA: χερσὶ περιβαλεῖν G      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἐν om. XoTYfG   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 περιφάλλων a.c. Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.119,15–18

COMMENT:   The first quotation is based on Psalm 146:8 τῷ περιβάλλοντι τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐν νεφέλαις, which is often paraphrased in Christian writers with the participle in the nominative or converted to the indicative.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Psalms   


Or. 372.15 (rec gloss) ⟨μητέρα⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν  —V1Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι Ab, om. τὴν   


Or. 372.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μητέρα⟩: αὐτοῦ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 372.17 (thom gloss) ⟨μητέρα⟩: ἐκείνου  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 372.18 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μητέρα⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 373.01 (vet exeg) ὡς εὐτυχοῦντας: 1εἰώθασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὰς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀτυχίας εὐτελεῖς λογίζεσθαι βουλόμενοι μέχρι θανάτου τὴν ἀτυχίαν αὐτῶν προκόπτειν.  2καὶ ὁ Μενέλαος τοίνυν ἔφεδρος ὢν τῇ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἀρχῇ μόνον τὸ ζῆν αὐτὸν εὐτυχίαν ὁρίζεται.   —MBVCRbRw, partial MnMlPrSSa

TRANSLATION:   People are accustomed to reckon the misfortunes of their enemies as unimportant, because they want their misfortune to proceed to the point of death. And Menelaus, accordingly, being the successor looming over Orestes’ realm, defines his merely being alive as good fortune.

LEMMA: MBC, 371 δοκῶν ὀρέστην Rw, ἄλλως V, καὶ ἄλλως MlMnPrRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: follows 373.06 VMlMnPrRbSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἰώθασιν μὲν M, εἰώθαμεν VMlMnPrRbSSa   |    οἱ om. Rb   |    τῶν om. MnPrRbSSa   |    ἀποτυχίας Rw   |    εὐτελεῖς] εὐτυχεῖς MlMnPrRbSSa   |    θανάτου δὲ Rb   |    ἀτυχίαν] εὐτυχίαν Sa   |    αὐτῶν] αὐτοῖς Schw. (as if it were in M; cf. αὐτοῖς in O’s 373.04), αὐτὸν Mn, αὐτὴν Rw   |    2 καὶ ὁ μεν. κτλ om. MlMnPrSSa   |    ἔφεδρος ὢν] C, ἐφέδρ(ας) ὦν M, ἐφεδρεύων BVRbRw   |    ἀρχὴ δὲ μόνον Rb   |    χωρίζεται Rb, πορίζεται Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,4–7; Dind. II.119,21–120,3


Or. 373.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ἠπιστάμην καὶ τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον ἐδάκρυσα,  2ἐλπίζων δὲ περιπτύσσεσθαι τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν μητέρα ὡς σῳζομένους,  3παρ’ ἐλπίδας ἤκουσα τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τὸν θάνατον.  4τὸ γὰρ εὐτυχοῦντας ἀντὶ τοῦ σώους καὶ ὑγιεῖς.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   I knew of what happened to Agamemnon and I wept for his death, but hoping I would embrace Orestes and his mother as safely surviving, contrary to my hopes I heard of the death of Clytemnestra. For (he uses) the word ‘having good fortune’ in the sense ‘safe and healthy’.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλὰ in all      POSITION: cont. from prev. in all      

APP. CRIT.:   περιπτύσσεσθαι transp. after ὀρέστην Rw   |    τὴν αὐτοῦ μητέρα Rw   |    τοῦ om. M   |    καὶ om. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 περιπτύσεσθαι MRw   |    3 παρελπιδας MRw   |    κλυτεμν‑ M   |    4 σῷους B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,8–11; Dind. II.120,3–7


Or. 373.03 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὰ κατὰ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἠπιστάμην καὶ τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον ἐδάκρυσα,  2ἐλπίζων δὲ τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν μητέρα περιπτύσσεσθαι ὡς σῳζομένους,  3ἤκουσα τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ἀνόσιον φόνον.   —VRb

TRANSLATION:   I knew of what happened to Agamemnon and I wept for his death, but hoping I would embrace Orestes and his mother as safely surviving, I heard of the unholy murder of Clytemnestra.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλὰ VRb      POSITION: cont. from prev. VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὰ κατὰ] ἐν Rb   |    2 ἐλπίζω Rb   |    3 καὶ add. before ἤκουσα V   |    ἀνόσιον] ἀλλόσιον Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 περιπτύσεσθαι Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,8–11 app.; Dind. II.120,3–7 app.


Or. 373.04 (rec exeg) 1ἔθος ἐστὶ τὰς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀτυχίας εὐτελεῖς λογίζεσθαι βουλόμενοι μέχρι θανάτου τὴν ἀτυχίαν αὐτοῖς προκόπτειν.  2καὶ ὁ Μενέλαος οὖν ἐφεδρεύων τῇ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἀρχῇ μόνην τὴν ζωὴν αὐτοῦ εὐτυχίαν ὁρίζεται.  3κἂν τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς ἐδάκρυον θάνατον, ἤλπιζον σὲ καὶ τὴν σὴν μητέρα ὑγιεῖς περιπτύσσεσθαι.   —O

TRANSLATION:   It is customary to reckon the misfortunes of enemies as unimportant, wanting misfortune to proceed to the point of death for them. And Menelaus, accordingly, looming over Orestes’ realm as successor, defines his merely being alive as good fortune. Even though I was weeping for the death of your father, I was hoping to embrace you and your mother in good health.


Or. 373.05 (vet exeg) τὸ εὐτυχοῦντας κακοήθως.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘enjoying good fortune’ (is used) maliciously.

POSITION: cont. from 373.02 without punct. MC      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,12; Dind. II.119,21 app.

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 373.06 (rec exeg) ὡς εὐτυχοῦντας: κακοήθως, ὡς ὑγιῶς ἔχοντας  —VMlMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Maliciously (expressed), as if (meaning) in a healthy condition.

LEMMA: all (ὡς τοὺς εὐτ. Rb)      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRb      POSITION: follows 370.01 Ml, cont. from 370.01 without marking of lemma Sa; precedes sch. 373.01 MlPr      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔχωντας Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,12 app.; Dind. II.119,21

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 373.07 (vet gloss) ⟨ὡς εὐτυχοῦντας⟩: σώους καὶ ὑγιεῖς  —HO

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 373.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς εὐτυχοῦντας⟩: καὶ ὡς καλῶς ἔχοντας  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ ὡς om. F2   


Or. 373.09 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐτυχοῦντας⟩: εὐτυχῶν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This could be a way of interpreting the accusative (plural) as used by antiptosis for the nominative (singular), or a grammatical note simply giving the nominative from which the lemma is formed.   


Or. 373.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔκλυον⟩: ἤκουον  —AbZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 373.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔκλυον⟩: ἤκουσα  —Aa2CrF2Xo2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 373.12 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: 1τῶν ἁλιέων, ἀπὸ τοῦ κτυπεῖν ταῖς κώπαις.  2ἢ τῶν ναυτῶν.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) of the fishermen, (the word being) derived from ‘strike with oars’. Or (meaning) of the sailors.

REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῶν om. BRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,13; Dind. II.120,7–8


Or. 373.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: τῶν ἐν ἁλὶ κτυπούντων ἠχούντων  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. Sch. M Hipp. 754b Cavarzeran κῦμ’ ἁλίκτυπον] τὸ ἐν τῇ ἁλὶ κτυποῦν; Sch. M Hipp. 754c Cavarzeran κῦμ’ ἁλίκτυπον] τὸ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἠχοῦν.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 373.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: ἁλιέων ναυτῶν  —MlMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτῶν Ml, αὐτὸν Mn (perhaps changed from ναυτον)   


Or. 373.15 (vet gloss) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: τῶν ναυτῶν  —HFKZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   |    τῶν om. FKZu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ναύτων Zu   |   


Or. 373.16 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: πλεόντων ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 373.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: ναυτιλούντων  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 373.18 (mosch exeg) ἁλικτύπων: ἁλιέων, οἳ ταῖς κώπαις τύπτουσι τὴν θάλασσαν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Of fishermen, who strike the sea with their oars.

LEMMA: ἁλιτύπων (as in text) Yf      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἁλιέων om. Yf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.120,8–9


Or. 373.19 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: ἁλιέων  —XYfZZaZbZlAa3CrOxB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῶν prep. CrOxB3d   |    ἁλιεύς Aa3   


Or. 373.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: τῶν κτυπούντων τὴν θάλασσαν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 373.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: ἁλιέων, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν τῇ ἁλὶ κτύπον ποιεῖ  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 373.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: ἁλικτύπου  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 373.23 (rec exeg) ⟨τινὸς⟩: λείπει τὸ λέγοντος.  —GMlMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  λείπει om. S, λείπει τὸ om. G   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 373.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τινὸς⟩: παρά τινος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 374.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τῆς Τυνδαρείας⟩: τῆς τοῦ Τυνδάρεω  —ArAbMlMnPrSSarXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῆς om. ArAbMlMnS   |    τοῦ om. ArPrSar   |    τυνδάρεως Zc   


Or. 374.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τῆς Τυνδαρείας⟩: ἡ κτητικὴ ἀντὶ γενικῆς  —K

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 374.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῆς Τυνδαρείας⟩: τῆς θυγατρὸς τοῦ Τυνδάρεω  —F2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τυνδάρεως Zl   


Or. 374.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῆς Τυνδαρείας⟩: ἤγουν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας  —AaCrZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. Aa   


Or. 374.05 (vet exeg) ⟨παιδὸς⟩: γράφεται θυγατρός.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (For ‘paidos’, ‘child’) the reading ‘thugatros’ (‘daughter’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,16; Dind. II.120,16

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 374.06 (rec exeg) ⟨θυγατρὸς⟩: γρ. παιδὸς.  —SXo

LEMMA: θυγατρὸς in text SXo      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  γρ. om. S   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 374.07 (vet exeg) ἀνόσιον φόνον: δέον εἰπεῖν εὐσεβῆ φόνον, κακοήθως ἀνόσιον καὶ ἀσεβῆ φόνον καλεῖ τὴν τιμωρίαν Κλυταιμνήστρας.  —BCRw

TRANSLATION:   Although he should have said ‘pious murder’, maliciously he calls the punishment of Clytemnestra ‘unholy and impious murder’.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   δέον ἦν Rw   |    first φόνον] φη(σι) Rw   |    after κακοήθως add. οὖν Rw   |    τὸν φόνον καλεῖ (om. τὴν τιμ.) Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,14–15; Dind. II.120,11–12

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 374.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνόσιον φόνον⟩: δέον εἰπεῖν εὐσεβῆ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 374.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνόσιον φόνον⟩: 1ἀνόσιον φόνον λέγει τὸν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ ταύτης υἱοῦ Ὀρέστου ἐπράχθη.  2ἔδει μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν οὐχ ἅπαξ ἀλλὰ καὶ μυριάκις ἀπολωλέναι, αὐτόχειρα ἤτοι φονέα τοῦ οἰκείου ἀνδρὸς γενομένην.  3ἔδει δὲ ὑπ’ ἄλλου του καὶ οὐχ ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου γεγενῆσθαι τοῦτο.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   He calls the killing of Clytemnestra unholy murder because it was done by this woman’s son, Orestes. For she should have been put to death not once but countless times, because she proved to be the ‘autocheir’, that is, murderer of her own husband. But this should have come about at someone else’s hands, not at Orestes’.

LEMMA: ση() written twice above the note in Z      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὀρέστης Zb   |    2 καὶ om. ZbZl   |    ἤτοι] ἤγουν Zb   |    γενομένη Zb   |    3 ὑπ’] καὶ ἀπ’ Zb   |    τοῦτοΐ ZmTGu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ὑπ’ ὀρέστου Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.120,10–11 and 12–15


Or. 374.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνόσιον⟩: τὸν ἄδικον  —F2Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 374.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνόσιον⟩: καὶ τὸν αἰσχρὸν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 374.12 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φόνον⟩: τὸν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 374.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ξένον⟩: φόνον  —Rf

LEMMA: ξένον in text Rf      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 375.01 (375–376) (vet paraphr) ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅπου ἐστὶν ὁ Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνος  —M

TRANSLATION:   (The interrupted word order is) equivalent to ‘where the offspring of Agamemnon is’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   γώνος app. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,17; Dind. II.120,17–18


Or. 375.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅπου⟩: ποῦ  —F2K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 375.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐστὶν⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 375.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴπατ’⟩: ἀναγγείλατε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 375.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴπατ’⟩: ἔλεξα  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The glossator has misread εἴπατ’ as if it were εἶπα τ’.   


Or. 375.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νεάνιδες⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν τοῦτο φησίν  —AaZa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦτο om. Aa   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 375.07 (rec metr) ⟨νεάνιδες⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 376.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: τοῦ  —F2OxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 376.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παῖς⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ὀρέστης  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 376.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παῖς⟩: ὁ υἱός  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 376.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨παῖς⟩:  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 376.05 (vet exeg) ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη κακά: 1καὶ ἐκ τούτου δῆλός ἐστιν ὁ Μενέλαος πονηρῶς ταῦτα λέγων.  2δέον γὰρ εἰπεῖν ‘ὃς ἤμυνε τῷ πατρί’, φησὶν ‘ὃς τὰ δεινὰ εἰργάσατο κακά’.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   From this detail too it is clear that Menelaus says these things maliciously. For when he should have said ‘who avenged his father’, he says ‘who accomplished the dreadful evils’.

LEMMA: C, ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη M      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. B (at 377 on next page)      

APP. CRIT.:   2 δέον] δὲ M   |    first ὃς] ὡς Rw   |    εἴργασται MBRw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κἀκ τούτων B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,18–20; Dind. II.120,19–21

COLLATION NOTES:   κακά in M is blurred and ambiguously written, but it probably is κακά rather than καλά, as Schw. read.   |   


Or. 376.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη κακά⟩: δῆλος ἐστὶ πονηρ[ὸς ὁ] Μενέλαος· δέον [γὰρ] εἰπεῖν ‘ὃς ἤμυνε τῷ πατρὶ’.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  Restored letters obscured in binding.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.120,22–23


Or. 376.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὃς⟩: καὶ ὅστις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 376.08 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰ δείν’⟩: τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον  —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘The terrible evils’ refers to) the murder of his mother.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν φθόνον τῆς μητρὸς transp. Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.120,21


Or. 376.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὰ δείν’⟩: τὰ κακὰ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 376.10 (thom gloss) ⟨δείν’⟩: φοβερὰ  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Zm      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.120,21


Or. 376.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δείν’⟩: δεινά  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 376.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔτλη⟩: εἴργασται  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  εἴργασθαι O   


Or. 376.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτλη⟩: εἰργάσατο  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 376.14 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔτλη⟩: ἐκαρτέρησε  —Aa2MnZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ησεν Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.120,22


Or. 376.15 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔτλη⟩: ἐτόλμησεν  —MlXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3d

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ησε GZcB3d   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.120,22


Or. 376.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτλη⟩: ἐποίησε  —V3CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 376.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτλη⟩: ἔπραξε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 376.18 (rec gloss) ⟨κακά⟩: ποιῆσαι  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 377.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἦν⟩: ὑπῆρχεν  —Aa2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    τότε add. Aa2   


Or. 377.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότ’⟩: ὁπότε ἀπεδήμησα δηλονότι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 377.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨Κλυταιμνήστρας⟩: τῆς  —F2Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 377.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χεροῖν⟩: χερσί  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 377.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨χεροῖν⟩: ταῖν (or ταῖς?)  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 378.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξέλιπον⟩: ἐγὼ  —AbMlMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 378.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐξέλειπον⟩: κατελίμπανον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3d

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 378.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξέλιπον⟩: ἀφῆκα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 378.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέλαθρον⟩: εἰς τὸν οἶκον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 378.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλαθρον⟩: τὸ οἴκημα  —Aa2AbCrMlMnPrRRf2SSarOxXo2ZlTa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ praef. CrSaOx   |    τὸ om. MnRf2Zl   


Or. 378.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨μέλαθρον⟩: οἴκημα, τὸ μέσον τῆς στέγης ξύλον  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. ps.-Zonaras 1347,12–14 μέλαθρον· οἴκημα. κυρίως δὲ τὸ μέσον τῆς στέγης ξύλον, ὃ καλοῦμεν ὑπότονον. ἀπὸ τοῦ μελαίνεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ καπνοῦ.   


Or. 378.07 (tri metr) ⟨Τροίαν⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 378.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ἰών⟩: ἐρχόμενος  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 378.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰών⟩: ἀπερχόμενος  —Xo2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 378.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰών⟩: ἀπελθών  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 378.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰών⟩: καὶ ἐλθὼν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 379.01 (mosch exeg) ὥστ’ οὐκ ἂν γνωρίσαιμ’ ἄν: ὅτε ἐν ἑνὶ ῥήματι δύο λέγεται ἂν, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, τὸ μὲν ἓν ἐστὶ δυνητικὸς σύνδεσμος, τὸ δέ ἕτερον παραπληρωματικὸς ἀντὶ τοῦ δή.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   When in a single clause two (instances of the particle) ‘an’ are spoken, as here, the one is the particle of potentiality, and the other is a filler particle used in the sense of ‘dē’ (‘indeed’).

LEMMA: G (γνωρίσοιμ’ with αι s.l. above οι)      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐν om. TYYf   |    λέγεται δύο transp. X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.120,24–26


Or. 379.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸν γνωρίσαιμ’ ἄν⟩: διὸ ἦν βρέφος  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 379.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first ἂν⟩: δὴ  —ZcGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 379.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γνωρίσαιμ’⟩: γνωριῶ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 379.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰσιδὼν⟩: θεασάμενος  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 379.06 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T


Or. 380.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: ὧδε —RfSarP2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  γρ. prep. P2   


Or. 380.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦδ’⟩: ὅδ’  —MnZc

LEMMA: ὧδ’ in text Zc, ὦδ’ Mn      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 380.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: οὗτος  —MnOx

LEMMA: ὦδ’ in text Mn (ὅδ’ s.l., between ὦδ’ and gloss)      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 380.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: ἐγώ  —AaFXo2GuZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 380.05 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴμ’⟩: ὑπάρχω  —AbF2MlMnPrSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   |    ὑπάρχει Ml   


Or. 380.06 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴμ’⟩: εἰμὶ  —RZl

LEMMA: εἶμ’ in text RZl      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 380.07 (recTri artGloss) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩:  —AaF2MnPrRSaOxrGGrTZu

LEMMA: μενέλαε in text Zu      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 380.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩: ὦ Μενέλαε  —XXaXbXoY

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 380.09 (vet exeg) ὃν ἱστορεῖς: 1ἢ περὶ οὗ ἐρωτᾷς, ἢ ὃν ὁρᾷς.   2εἴρηται γὰρ ἡ ὄψις ἱστορία, ὡς ἂν εἴποιμεν ‘ἱστόρησα τὴν πόλιν’.   —BCRw

TRANSLATION:   Either ‘concerning whom you are asking’, or ‘whom you see’. For vision is called ‘historia’, as we might say ‘I saw (‘historēsa’) the city’.

LEMMA: CRw      POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  1 οὗ] ὃν C   |    2 ὄψις om. Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,21–22; Dind. II.121,8–9

COMMENT:   For the juncture in the example, see Plutarch, Pompey 40.1 βουλόμενος ἱστορῆσαι τὴν πόλιν, Julian. epist. 79,11 (also a few times in Byzantine authors).   


Or. 380.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃν ἱστορεῖς⟩: ὅντινα ἐρωτᾷς ἢ ὃν ὁρᾷς  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 380.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃν ἱστορεῖς⟩: ἢ ὃν θεωρεῖς  —MlMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  in Mn damaged continuation, perhap [ἢ] περ[ὶ οὗ] ἐρωτᾶς (the ἐρωτᾶς of 380.16 is separate)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἢ ὄν· θεωρείς Ml   |   


Or. 380.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὃν⟩: περὶ οὗ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 380.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ὃν⟩: δι’ ὃν  —SaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   |    δι’ ὧν Sa   


Or. 380.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὃν⟩: καὶ ὅντινα  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 380.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: 1ἢ ἐρωτᾷς, ἢ βλέπεις.   2εἴρηται γὰρ ἡ ὄψις ἱστορία.   —OV3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  1 first ἢ om. O   |    ἢ βλέπεις om. O   


Or. 380.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ἐρωτᾷς  —AbGMlMnPrRSSarZmZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐρωτὰς S   |   


Or. 380.17 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ζητεῖς  —CrROxXbXoT+YfGGrZcZZaZbZlTB3d

POSITION: s.l.; twice in T      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,9


Or. 380.18 (thom gloss) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ἐρευνᾷς  —ZZaZbZlTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,10


Or. 380.19 (thom gloss) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ὁρᾷς  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,10


Or. 380.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ὁρᾷς οὐ γνωρίζων  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,10


Or. 380.21 (thom gloss) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: λέγεις  —ZTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,10


Or. 380.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: διερωτᾷς  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 380.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ἢ θεωρεῖς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 380.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: βλέπεις  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 381.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἑκὼν⟩: ἑκουσίως  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 381.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑκὼν⟩: ἐθελοντής  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 381.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἑκὼν⟩: ἐθελουσίως  —CrSOxZb2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 381.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑκὼν⟩: θέλων  —Za

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 381.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑκὼν⟩: βουλόμενος  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 381.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοι⟩: τίνι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 381.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨τἀμά⟩: ἤγουν ἐμαυτὸν οὕτω κακῶς ἔχοντα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘My ills’,) that is, myself being in such a bad state.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. G   |    κακῶς Gr changed to καλῶς by Gu or later hand   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,11


Or. 381.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τἀμά⟩: τὰ ἐμὰ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 381.09 (tri metr) ⟨τἀμά⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 381.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μηνύσω⟩: ἀναγγελῶ app.  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 381.11 (rec gloss) ⟨σημανῶ⟩: δηλώσω  —AbCrF2MlMnPrSOx

LEMMA: σημανῶ in text all except μηνύσω FS      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 381.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακά⟩: δεινά  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 382.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γονάτων⟩: ποδῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 382.02 (vet exeg) πρωτόλεια θιγγάνω: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸ πάντων σε λιτανεύω καὶ ταύτην πρώτην ἱκεσίαν ἐπὶ σὲ ποιοῦμαι οὐπώποτέ τινα ἄλλον ἱκετεύσας.  2πρωτόλεια δὲ κυρίως ἡ τῆς λείας ἀπαρχή·  3νῦν δὲ πρωτόλειά φησι τῆς ἱκεσίας τὴν ἀπαρχήν.  4καταχρηστικῶς γὰρ πρωτόλεια πάντα τὰ πρῶτά φασιν.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   Meaning ‘I beseech you before all else and I direct toward you this supplication as my first, never yet having supplicated anyone else’. ‘Prōtoleia’ is properly the firstfruits of plunder, but now he uses it to mean the firstfruits of supplication. For they (authors) use the term catachrestically of all things that are first.

LEMMA: MBC, θιγγάνω Rw      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸ πάντων] ἀντιπροσωπούντων C   |    ἱκεσίαν πρώτην transp. Rw   |    ἐπὶ σοῦ B, σοῦ Rw   |    3 πρωτόλειαν φησὶ Rw   |    ἱκέτευσα Rw   |    4 γὰρ] δὲ CRw   |    πρωτόλεια om. Rw   |    φασιν Dindorf, φη(σί) all (φησὶ transp. before πάντα B)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,23–27; Dind. II.121,13–17

KEYWORDS:  catachresis   


Or. 382.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια θιγγάνω⟩: 1πρὸ πάντων σε λιτανεύω.   2κυρίως δὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ τῆς λείας.   —OV3

POSITION: as sep. phrases in sep. margins O, s.l. V3      

APP. CRIT.:  2 after δὲ add. πρωτόλεια V3   |    ἡ τῆς λείας ἀπαρχή transp. V3   |    ἀρχὴ O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,21–22


Or. 382.04 (rec exeg) τῶν σῶν δὲ γονάτων πρωτόλεια: πρωτόλειον μὲν κυρίως λέγεται τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς λείας ἐξαίρετον, τὸ ἀνατιθέμενον τῷ θεῷ· ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸ πρωτόλειον ὡς ἐπίρρημα ἐδέξατο ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ πρῶτον λόγον ἢ πρωτοτύπως.  —V

TRANSLATION:   ‘Prōtoleia’ is used properly of the choice portion of the plunder, the part dedicated to the god. But here he interpreted the word as an adverb, equivalent to ‘in first speech’ or ‘in the first instance’.

LEMMA: V      REF. SYMBOL: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,2–5; Dind. II.121,18–20


Or. 382.05 (rec gloss) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: πρωτοτύπως  —VF

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 382.06 (vet exeg) πρωτόλεια: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρῶτον, σύνθετον ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ  —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   Used for ‘prōton’ (‘first’), compound form in place of simple form.

LEMMA: B       POSITION: cont. from 382.02 Rw, s.l. MC, intermarg. B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,1; Dind. II.121,17–18


Or. 382.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἱκεσίας  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῆς] τὴν O   


Or. 382.08 (rec gloss) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: ἀπαρχάς  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 382.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: ἐπίρρημα ἀντὶ τοῦ πρώτως  —AbMlMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πρῶτος Mn, (ως) abbrev. conflated with ον Ml   |   


Or. 382.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: πρώτως  —RfSarXXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZcZm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ prep. G, καὶ prep. Zc   |    πρῶτον a.c. TZm, πρῶτος SarZc   

COMMENT:   T’s use of the cross above seems somewhat loose here, as the Thoman gloss is πρῶτον, which he changed to πρώτως while adding the cross above.   


Or. 382.11 (thom gloss) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: πρῶτον  —ZZaZbZlGu, a.c. TZm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 382.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: καὶ πρότερον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πρω‑ a.c. Ox   |   


Or. 382.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: καὶ πρωτολείως  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The adverb is not currently attested in TLG.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 382.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: πρωτόλεια κυρίως τὸ πρῶτον τῶν κούρσων, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ ἐτέθη ἐνταῦθα.  —Y2

COMMENT:   κοῦρσον is a mid-Byzantine word for ‘marauding party’ (GLRBP and Kriaras s.vv. κούρσο, κούρσος).   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 382.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: κατὰ πρῶτον λόγον  —V3Y2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καί prep. Zu, ἢ prep. V3   |    κατὰ om. Y2    


Or. 382.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Rewritten by B3d.   |   


Or. 382.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: σύνθετον ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ, πρωτόλεια ἀντὶ τοῦ πρῶτα πάντων  —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2:   πρώτα Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,20–21


Or. 382.18 (recThom gloss) ⟨θιγγάνω⟩: ἅπτομαι  —M3VZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄπτομαι M3   |   


Or. 382.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨θιγγάνω⟩: ψαύω  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAaZaCrOxB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 382.20 (rec gloss) ⟨θιγγάνω⟩: προσψαύω  —H8F2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   H uncertain (Daitz read it differently); check new image when available.   |   


Or. 383.01 (vet exeg) ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου στόματος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ στεμμάτων  —HMOVCMlMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘without garlands’.

LEMMA: MCSa, ἄλλως ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου στόματος V, ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου MlMnPrRbRwS      REF. SYMBOL: HMlRb      POSITION: follows 383.06 V      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. OVMlRbSa, τοῦ om. C   |    στέμματος V, στόματος MlMnPrRbSSa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,6; Dind. II.122,9


Or. 383.02 (vet exeg) 1τὴν φυλλάδα ἱκετεύοντες προέτεινον, ὡς παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Il. 1.14] ὁ Χρύσης ‘στέμματ’ ἔχων ἐν χερσίν’.  2κέκληται δὲ φυλλάς, ἐπεὶ ἐκ φύλλων ἤτοι ἐλαίας ἢ δάφνης {ἢ, ὥς τινες, τὸ ἐκ τούτων ἄνθος} ἐστί,  3καὶ ταύτην τῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτουσι τῶν ἱκετευομένων.  4ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς ἱκετεύουσι φυλλάδα προτείνειν, τοῦτο δὲ νῦν οὐ πάρεστι, διὰ τοῦτό φησι τὴν ἐκ στόματος καὶ λόγων μόνων ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι.  5τὸ δὲ ἐξάπτων ἔφη παρόσον οὓς ἱκέτευον, τούτοις παρετίθεσαν τὰς ἱκετηρίας.  6Ἀχαιὸς Ἀζᾶσι [Achaeus TrGF 20 F 2]·
      7‘νῦν οὖν ἡμεῖς ἱκέται θαλλούς
      8τε θεῶν τε σέβας τίθεμεν πρὸ ποδῶν
      9τῶν σῶν λῆξαι τῆς ἀστερόπου
      10Ζηνὸς θυσίας’.
11τινὲς δὲ ἀφύλλου στόματος ἤκουσαν τοῦ κατεξηραμμένου διὰ τὴν νόσον {ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ ἱκετηρίας}  12ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν δένδρων, ἅτινα μὴ ἔχοντα φύλλα ὡς ἐπὶ πολὺ ξηρὰ εὑρίσκεται.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   When supplicating, they used to hold out the leafy branch, as in Homer Chryses ‘having garlands in his hands’. (This branch) is called ‘phullas’ because it is made of leaves (‘phulla’) either of olive or laurel {or as some say the blossom from these}, and they hang these from the knees of those supplicated. Now, since it is customary for those supplicating to hold out a leafy branch, and this is not possible at this moment, for this reason he says he is making the supplication that comes from his mouth and from words alone. And he said ‘attach/hang from’ because they used to set the suppliant branches beside the people whom they were supplicating. Achaeus (attests this) in his Azanes: ‘Now, then, we suppliants place before your feet the branches and the respectful offering to the gods, asking that we cease from the sacrifice to flashing Zeus’. Some have understood ‘mouth without foliage’ to mean ‘dried out by the sickness’ {equivalent to ‘without suppliant branch’} by a metaphor from trees, which, if they do not have foliage, are generally found to be dry.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all, except cont. from 382.02 B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀφύλλου δὲ στόματος ὅτι prep. B   |    τὴν om. Rw   |    προέτειναν S   |    στέμμ’ Rw   |    after χερσὶν add. ἑκη() B, add. ἑκηβολ() ἀπόλλων Rw   |    2 κέκληται δὲ Schw., ἢ κέκληται δὲ MC, ἢ κέκληται BRw   |    καὶ add. before φυλλὰς M   |    ἐκ φύλλων] εἰς φύλλον MC   |    ἢ ὡς … ἄνθος del. Schw.   |    second ἐκ] εἰς M   |    2–3 ἐστὶ καὶ ταύτην om. B   |    4 τοῦτο δὲ] Rw (cf. 383.03), τούτῳ δὲ others   |    παρῆν Rw   |    μόνην Rw   |    5 δὲ om. M   |    ἐξάπτειν Rw   |    ἔφησε Rw   |    οὓς] οἷς MC   |    παρεπίθεσαν M, παρετίθεντο Rw   |    6 ἀχαιὸς ἀζᾶσι om. M   |    7 οὖν om. Rw   |    8 τε θεῶν] στεφέων Wilam. Kl.Schr. 4.672   |    θών or θεόν M, θεοῦ Rw   |    τε σέβας] γέρας Arsen. (editions before Dind.; γέρας del. Matt.)   |    τίθεμαι M   |    πεδῶν app. Rw   |    9 τῆς] τὰς Rw   |    ἀστεροπῆς C, ἀστεράπ() Rw, ἀστόργου Wilam.   |    11 second τοῦ om. C   |    12 ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ BRw   |    εὑρίσκονται Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 προύτεινον B   |    3 ἐξάπτουσιν M   |    4 πάρεστιν M   |   τοῦτο φησὶ BC (MRw unclear)   |    5 παρ’ὅσον B   |    6 ἀζάσι B, ἄζασι Rw   |    7 θαλούς BC   |    11 κατεξηραμέν(ου) MRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,8–19; Dind. II.122,9–21

COMMENT:   In the quoted fragment of Achaeus, Wilamowitz’s two emendations would change the translation to ‘the branches and the respectful offering of crowns’ and ‘from the sacrifice to cruel Zeus’.   

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Achaeus   


Or. 383.03 (rec exeg) 1τὴν γὰρ φυλλάδα ἱκετεύοντες προέτεινον, καὶ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Il. 1.14] Χρύσης ‘στέμματ’ ἔχων’.  2ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔθος τοῖς ἱκετεύουσι φυλλάδα προτείνειν, τοῦτο δὲ νῦν οὐ πάρεστι, διὰ τοῦτό φησι τῶν ἐκ στόματος λόγων μόνον ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι.  3τινὲς δὲ ἀφύλλου τοῦ κατεξηραμμένου διὰ τὴν νόσον {ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ ἱκετηρίας}  4ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν δένδρων, ἅτινα μὴ ἔχοντα φύλλα ξηρὰ εὑρίσκονται.   —VMlMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   For when supplicating, they used to hold out the leafy branch, and in Homer Chryses ‘having garlands’. So, since it was a custom for those supplicating to hold out a branch, and this is not possible at this moment, for this reason he says he is making his supplication with words from his mouth alone. Some (understand) ‘without foliage’ to mean ‘dried out by the sicknessÆ {equivalent to ‘without suppliant branch’} by a metaphor from trees, which, if they do not have foliage, are found to be dry.

POSITION: cont. from. 383.01 all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 προέτειναν S   |    χρύσης om. MlMnPrSSa   |    ἔχων] ἔχω τε corr. to ἔχω γε Mn   |    2 φυλλάδα] φῦλλον Sa, φύλλειν S, φύλλων MnPr, φυλλ()΄ Rb, φίλον Ml   |    τοῦτο δὲ] τὸν τῶνδε V, τότε δὲ S   |    παρ[έ]στη Mn (damage)   |    στομάτ() Rb   |    μόνον om. Rb. transp. after ἱκεσίαν S   |    3–4 τοῦ κατεξηραμ. … φύλλα om. Rb   |    4 after φύλλα add. ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ Pr   |    ξηρὰ δὲ εὑρ. Sa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 στέματ’ Mn   |    2 πάρεστιν Rb, π(αρα)/ἐστι Sa   |   διατοῦτο VPrRbSa [Mn]   |    τοῦτο φησὶ all   |    τῶν] τὸν Ml   |    3 ἀφύλου a.c. Mn   |    κατὰ ξηρ‑ Mn, ‑ξηραμένου all except Sa (om. Rb)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,8–19 app.; Dind. II.123,5–11

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 383.04 (vet exeg) εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ λιτανεύοντες κλάδους φ[έρειν … ὡς] παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ. διὰ τοῦτο φησὶ φύλλων μὴ ὄντων τὴν ἐκ στόματος μό[ν…  —H

TRANSLATION:   Those making prayers in supplication are accustomed to carry branches [ … as] in Homer. For this reason he says that, there being no leaves, [he makes] the [supplication] from his mouth only.

POSITION: cont. from 383.01 H      

APP. CRIT.:   extent of first gap undetermined; e.g., τοῖς ἱκετευομένοις or καὶ τῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτων   |    e.g. μό[νου ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι] Daitz   


Or. 383.05 (rec exeg) ἐκ φυλλάδων ἐστεφανοῦντο τὸ πρότερον  —O

TRANSLATION:   They (suppliants) were crowned with leafy branches in previous time.

POSITION: cont. from 383.01      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐστεφάνοντο O   


Or. 383.06 (vet exeg) ἀφύλλου στόματος ἐξάπτων λιτάς: 1τὸ ‘ἀφύλλους λιτάς’ ἐνταῦθα εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ Μενελάου Ὀρέστης εἶπε ταῖς μεγίσταις τιμαῖς βιάζων ἐκεῖνον γενέσθαι αὐτῷ εἰς βοηθόν.  2οἱ γὰρ ποιούμενοι τὰς λιτὰς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἀεὶ κλάδους ἐπεφέροντο νεωστὶ δρεφθέντας ἐκ δένδρων καὶ θάλλοντας καὶ φύλλων κομῶντας καὶ εἰρίοις πολυχρόοις ἀναδεδεμένους, οὓς καὶ εἰρεσιώνας ἐκάλουν.  3τρόπον οὖν τινα ταῦτα λέγει ὁ Ὀρέστης πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον ὅτι ἔδει τὰς λιτὰς ὡς θεῷ σοι προσαγαγεῖν μετὰ κλάδων,  4νῦν δὲ διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τοῦτο, ἐπειδὴ πανταχόθεν εἰλοῦμαι παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις καὶ κωλύομαι, τοῦ ἐκ στόματος προαγομένου ⟨λόγου⟩ ταύτας προσάγω.   —V

TRANSLATION:   Orestes said here ‘suppliant prayers without foliage’ to honor Menelaus, trying to force him by very great honors to become his rescuer. For those who made their suppliant prayers to divinity always used to carry branches freshly cut from trees and flourishing and covered with leaves and bound up with wool strips (‘eiria’) of many colors, which they in fact used to call ‘eiresiōnai’. Thus in a certain way Orestes says this to Menelaus, that ‘I should have brought suppliant prayers to you as to a god along with branches, but as it is, because I cannot do this, since I am surrounded on all sides by bronze armor and am prevented, I bring these prayers of speech conveyed from my mouth.’

REF. SYMBOL: V (above ἱκέτης)      

APP. CRIT.:   2 δρεθέντας V   |    4 κωλύομαι Schw., κωλυόμενος V   |    λόγου suppl. Mastr. (cf. 383.03 τῶν ἐκ στόματος λόγων ἱκεσίας); τὰς ἐκ στ. προαγομένας Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,20–140,3; Dind. II.122,22–123,4

COLLATION NOTES:   For δρεθέντας rather than δρεσθέντας as read by Schw., compare εθ in ἔθος 12 lines later in V.   |   


Or. 383.07 (thom exeg) 1εἰώθασιν οἱ παλαιοὶ ὅτε ἱκέτευον τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας φέρειν ἐν χερσὶ στέφανον ἐκ φύλλων ἢ δάφνης ἢ ἐλαίας.  2ὁ δὲ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· πρὶν διηγήσομαι τὰ ἐμὰ κακά, ἅπτομαι τῶν σῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτων καὶ φέρων παρακλήσεις ἐξ ἀφύλλου στόματος.  3τουτέστι μόνον διὰ λόγων δέομαι καὶ οὐ προτείνω κλάδον ὡς ἔθος.  4ἢ τὸ ἀφύλλου στόματος νοητέον ἀντὶ τοῦ καταξήρου ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου.  5περιαιρεθέντων γὰρ τῶν φύλλων ἐκ τῶν δένδρων ξηρὰ τὰ δένδρα τυγχάνει.  6διὰ τί δὲ ἐκ δάφνης ἢ ἐξ ἐλαίας φύλλα προέτεινον καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἄλλου φυτοῦ;  7φαμὲν ὡς ἐπεὶ ταῦτα τὰ φυτὰ ἀειθαλῆ τυγχάνει καὶ ἱερά,  8ἡ μὲν γὰρ δάφνη τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι ὡς μαντικῷ ἀνετίθετο, ἡ δὲ ἐλαία τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ ὡς καταδειξάσῃ πρώτῃ αὐτὴν ἐν Ἀθήναις,  9διὰ τοῦτο ἐξιλεοῦντο τούτοις μόνοις καὶ οὐκ ἄλλοις τισὶ φυτοῖς.  10πρωτόλεια δὲ κυρίως αἱ πρῶται τῆς λείας ἀπαρχαί, ἃς ἀνέφερον τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς αἰτίοις τῆς νίκης.  11δέον δὲ εἰπεῖν ἱκετικῶς, ἱκέτης εἶπε πρὸς τὸ θιγγάνω.   —ZZaZbZmTGu, partial Ox2

TRANSLATION:   The ancients were accustomed, when they were supplicating those superior to them, to carry in their hands a crown made of leaves either of laurel or olive. The overall sense is like this: before I explain my troubles, I clasp your knees, attaching and bringing prayers from a leafless mouth. That is, I beg solely through words and do not hold forth a branch according to custom. Or else one should take ‘leafless mouth’ to mean ‘dried up by illness’. For once the leaves have been stripped off from the trees, the trees are dry. And why did they hold forth leaves from laurel or from olive and not from another plant? We say that because these plants are evergreen and sacred—for the laurel was dedicated to Apollo as the prophetic god, and the olive to Athena as the one who first revealed it in Athens—for this reason they used to propitiate with these alone and not some other plants. ‘Prōtoleia’ are properly the first selected offerings from the plunder, which they used to offer to the gods as responsible for their victory. And though it would have been proper to say (using the adverb) ‘in the suppliant manner’, he said (using the noun) ‘suppliant’ construed with (the unexpressed subject of) ‘I touch’.

REF. SYMBOL: at ἀφύλλου ZZa, at στόματος Zl, at ἐξάπτων Zm, at λίτας Zb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–9 om. Ox2   |    1 τὸν ὑπερέχοντα Zb   |    3 μόνον διὰ λόγου Zl, διὰ λόγων μόνον transp. ZZa   |    4 τοῦ add. before ἀφύλλου Zb   |    5 δένδρα] φύλλα ZZa   |    6 φύλλα] κλάδους Zl   |    7 καὶ add. before φαμέν Zl   |    8 ἀνετέθη Za   |    πρώτην Zb   |    αὐτῆ, ὴν s.l., Gu   |    9 τισὶ om. Za   |    10 αἰτίοις] αἰτίον changed from αἰτίος (accent thus) Ox2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 προτίνω Zb   |    8 καταδίξαση ZT (not Ta)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,25–122,8 and 121,22–24


Or. 383.08 (pllgn exeg) ἔθος εἶχον οἱ ἱκετεύοντες κρατεῖν ἐν ταῖν χεροῖν καὶ τεθηλὸς κλάδον. νῦν δὲ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἱκετεύων καὶ μὴ κρατῶν κλάδον λέγει πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον τῶν σῶν γονάτων πρωτόλεια καὶ κατὰ πρῶτον λόγον θιγγάνω, ἱκέτης ὑπάρχων ἐξάπτων καὶ κρεμῶν λιτὰς ἀφύλλου στόματος, ἤγουν κλάδον μὴ κρατοῦντος.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   I find no parallel for κλάδον treated as neuter as here (neuter κλάδος, κλάδους is attested in LBG).   


Or. 383.09 (pllgn exeg) ἔθος ἦν τοῖς παλαιοῖς τοῖς περί τι ἱκετεύουσι κλάδον ἐλαίας ἢ φύλλον κατέχειν ἐν τῷ στόματι διὰ τὸν ἔλεον. φησὶν οὖν ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐνταῦθα πρὸς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ὅτι τίθημι λιτὰς ἐκ τοῦ ἀφύλλου στόματος, μὴ κατέχων κλάδον ἐλαίας.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀγαμέμνονα sic, by error of association for μενέλαον   


Or. 383.09a (rec gloss) ⟨ἱκέτης⟩: ἱκετικῶς  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱκέτης⟩: εἰμὶ  —AaAbMlMnPrSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱκέτης⟩: ὡς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱκέτης⟩: ὢν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱκέτης⟩: σου  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱκέτης⟩: παρακλήτωρ  —MnXo2ZZu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Mn      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   |    -κλήτηρ app. Mn   


Or. 383.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: τοῦ κατεξηραμμένου διὰ τὴν νόσον, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν δένδρων  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/παρέλκειμεταφορικῶς   


Or. 383.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἀγεννοῦς  —AbMlMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:  ἀγεννᾶ S, ἀγενοῦς AbMl   


Or. 383.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: καταξήρου  —AaAbCrMlMnPrRSOxZb1

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τοῦ prep. CrOx   


Or. 383.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἢ τοῦ καταξήρου· τὸ γὰρ φύλλον ὑγρόν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: καταξήρου ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου, ξηροῦ  —Gu, app. B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ξηροῦ, τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος τινὰ ὑγρότητα  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ξηροῦ  —V1Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἀφύλλους  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.23 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἀκλάδου  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3d

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 383.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἤγουν ἄνευ κλάδου  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 383.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: καὶ ἀκλαδηφόρου  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The gloss word is currently unattested in TLG.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 383.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἤγουν χωρὶς κλάδου ποιοῦντος ἱκεσίαν  —B4

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 383.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἤγουν μὴ ἔχοντος κλάδους· ἔθος γὰρ τοῖς ἱκετεύουσι κλαδηφορεῖν, ὡς καὶ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ ‘στέμματ’ ἔχων ἐν χερσίν’ ἢ φυλλάδας· ἤγουν καταξηροῦ.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  φυλλάδας] φυλλ() Zu   


Or. 383.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: καὶ ἀφίλου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀφίλου] only ί written above ύ Zu   


Or. 383.29 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ  —V3Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ om. V3   


Or. 383.30 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξάπτων⟩: διδοὺς  —AaAbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.31 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξάπτων⟩: παρέχων σοι  —MlMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  σοι om. RSar   |    παρέχω σοι] παρέχωσιν   


Or. 383.32 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐξάπτων⟩: ἀνατιθείς  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3d

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 383.33 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐξάπτων⟩: ἐκφέρων  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.34 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξάπτων⟩: φέρων  —H4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.35 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξάπτων⟩: καὶ προσφέρων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.36 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξάπτων⟩: ἐπιφέρων  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.37 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξάπτων⟩: λέγων  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.38 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λιτάς⟩: παρακλήσεις  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 384.01 (pllgn exeg) ἢ σῶσον ἐμὲ ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν, ἢ ἀφῖξαι εἰς καιρὸν τῶν κακῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων  —Y2

COMMENT:   The first paraphrase assumes the parenthesis proposed by Brunck on the basis of punctuation in ms A (faint raised dot after μ’ and comma after καιρὸν). A comma after καιρὸν also occurs in Aa.   


Or. 384.02 (rec gloss) ⟨σῶσον⟩: λύτρωσαι  —AbMlMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 384.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σῶσον⟩: διατήρησον  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 384.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀφῖξαι δ’ αὐτὸς⟩: ὅτι καὶ σὺ  —AbMlMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Ml   


Or. 384.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφῖξαι⟩: παρεγένου  —AaAbMlMnPrRfSSarY2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. RfZu   |    παραγενοῦ Zu, παραγίνου Sa   |    σὺ add. Mn   


Or. 384.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφῖξαι⟩: ἦλθες  —V3CrFROxXo2Zb1GuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. V3CrFOx   


Or. 384.07 (rec gloss) ⟨δ’⟩: γὰρ  —GMlPrRf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 384.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὐτὸς⟩: σύ  —Aa2FXo2Y2Zb1Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Aa2   


Or. 384.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰς καιρὸν κακῶν⟩: εἰς τὴν ἀκμὴν τῶν κακῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν and κακῶν om. G   


Or. 384.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨εἰς καιρὸν κακῶν⟩: ἤγουν ἐγκαίρως καὶ συμφερόντως τοῖς ἐμοῖς κακοῖς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Gu   |    τοῖς ἐμ. κακ. om. or lost to trimming Zl   


Or. 384.11 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰς καιρὸν⟩: εἰς εὐκαιρίαν  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 384.12 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰς καιρὸν⟩: ἐγκαίρως  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐγκέρκ(ων) corr. to ἐγκαίρκ(ων) app. Mn   


Or. 384.13 (rec gloss) ⟨καιρὸν⟩: ἀκμὴν  —MlZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ml   


Or. 384.14 (rec gloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: ἀνάγκης  —MlMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνάγκη Ml   


Or. 384.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: τῶν ἐμῶν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 384.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: τῶν  —F2G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 384.17 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 385.01 (pllgn exeg) ἰδὼν ὁ Μενέλαος Ὀρέστην ταῦτα σχετλιάζων φησί.  —Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,12–13


Or. 385.02 (tri metr) ⟨θεοί⟩: συνίζησις  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 385.03 (mosch paraphr) τί βλέπω; τίνα βλέπω ἀπὸ τῶν κάτω;  —X

TRANSLATION:   What do I see? Whom of those below do I see?


Or. 385.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨τίνα δέδορκα νερτέρων⟩: τίνα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν βλέπω  —M

TRANSLATION:   Whom of the dead do I see?

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,4; Dind. II.123,13–14


Or. 385.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨λεύσσω⟩: βλέπω  —M3Aa2AbCrF2MlMnPrRSOxXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb1ZcZlB3b

REF. SYMBOL: M3      POSITION: s.l. except M3      

APP. CRIT.:   τί prep. Y, ὅπερ prep. Aa2, καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 385.06 (thom gloss) ⟨λεύσσω⟩: βλέψω  —ZZa

LEMMA: λεύσω in text ZZa      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 385.07 (rec exeg) ⟨δέρκομαι⟩: γρ. δέδορκα  —MnPrRS

LEMMA: δέρκομαι in text all      POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:  τί add. before δέδ. R   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 385.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δέδορκα⟩: δέρκομαι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 385.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨δέδορκα⟩: βλέπω  —XaXbXoYYfGGrZbCrF2Ox

LEMMA: δέρκομαι in text CrOx      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 385.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: δοκῶν ὅτι εἴδωλον βλέπει τινὸς τῶν νεκρῶν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 385.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: νεκρῶν  —M3VAaAbCrF2MlPrRSOxZZaZbZlZmB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῶν prep. CrOx, τῶν prep. F2, add. before Aa gloss Aa2   


Or. 385.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν κάτω ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. except Xo      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀπὸ om. TZc    |    ἤγουν τῶν om. GZc   |    second τῶν om. Y   


Or. 385.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: ἀπὸ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 386.01 (vet exeg) εὖ γ’ εἶπας: 1καλῶς με νεκρὸν ἐκάλεσας·  2οὐ γὰρ ζῶ ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν.   3ὅσον ἥκει εἰς τὰ κακά, ⟨οὐ⟩ ζῶ.   —HMBC, partial VAaSar

TRANSLATION:   You correctly called me a corpse. For I am not alive because of my troubles. As far as pertains to my troubles, I am ⟨not⟩ alive.

LEMMA: MCSa      POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. VAaSar      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φησὶ (or e.g. [εἰκότως]/ φησὶ?) prep. H   |    νεκρὸν με transp. Aa   |    ἐκάλεσας] ὠνόμασας B   |    2–3 οὐ γὰρ κτλ om. Aa   |    2 οὐ] οὕτως C   |    ζῶ] ζῶν C   |    3 ὅσον … ζῶ om. VSar   |    ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τ[ H, rest lost in cut margin   |    ἥκει Schw., ἧκεν MBC [H]   |    οὐ suppl. Schw.   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,5–6; Dind. II.123,15–16

COMMENT:   In the first sentence in H we cannot tell whether any preceding word occurred in the lost margin. Beginning a scholion with the word φησὶ is rare, but attested. In the third sentence, with δὲ included, it is possible that H had a different version, paraphrasing φάος δ’ ὁρῶ, such as ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τ[ὸ φῶς ὁρᾶν ζῶ].   


Or. 386.02 (rec gloss) ⟨εὖ γ’ εἶπας⟩: νεκρὸν  —OF

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 386.03 (thom exeg) ⟨εὖ γ’ εἶπας⟩: ὅτι νεκρὸς εἰμί  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘You said well’) that I am one dead.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 386.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὖ γ’ εἶπας⟩: ὅτι τινὰ νερτέρων δέδορκας.  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,17–18


Or. 386.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: καλῶς  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 386.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ζῶ κακοῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς κακοῖς ὑπάρχω, οὐ ζῶ.  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 386.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ζῶ⟩: οὐκ ἄλλο κέκτημαι τῶν ζώντων εἰ μὴ μόνον τὸ ὁρᾶν τὸ φάος.  —Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,18–19


Or. 386.08 (rec gloss) ⟨κακοῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς (κακοῖς) ὢν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 386.09 (rec gloss) ⟨κακοῖς⟩: διὰ τὰ κακὰ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 386.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨κακοῖς⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. T   |    κακῶν om. Aa   


Or. 386.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακοῖς⟩: ἕνεκα κακῶν  —ZlB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  κακῶν om. Zl   


Or. 386.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φάος δ’⟩: μόλις  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 386.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φάος δ⟩: ὅμως  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 386.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φάος⟩: φῶς  —Aa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 386.15 (rec gloss) ⟨δ’⟩: ἀλλὰ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 387.01 (mosch paraphr) λίαν ἠγριωμένος εἶ κατὰ τὸν πλόκαμον τὸν κατάξηρον.  —X

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,20–21


Or. 387.02 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —AaAbMlMnPrRXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZbZmZuB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. AbZu, τως (= ⟨οὕ⟩τως?) prep. Aa   


Or. 387.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἐξήρανσαι  —VF

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐξήνρανσαι V   |   


Or. 387.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠγριώμενος εἶ  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2B3d

REF. SYMBOL: Aa2      POSITION: s.l. except marg. Aa2; cont. from 387.02 T      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Aa2   


Or. 387.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠγριώθης  —KZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 387.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πλόκαμον αὐχμηρὸν⟩: ἔχων σὺ  —AaAbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔχον Mn   |   


Or. 387.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨πλόκαμον αὐχμηρὸν⟩: κατὰ τὸν πλόκαμον τὸν κατάξηρον  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (The plain accusative ‘parched hair’ means) ‘in respect to my dry hair’.

POSITION: s.l.; as two sep. glosses GZc      


Or. 387.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλόκαμον⟩: κατὰ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 387.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλόκαμον⟩: καὶ τὴν τρίχα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 387.10 (rec gloss) ⟨αὐχμηρὸν⟩: ῥυπαρόν  —H4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 387.11 (rec gloss) ⟨αὐχμηρὸν⟩: κατάξηρον  —M3AaAbMlMnPrRSSarB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν prep. B3d   


Or. 387.12 (thom exeg) ⟨αὐχμηρὸν⟩: ποταπὸν κατάξηρον. ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο ἑρμηνεία τοῦ ἠγρίωσαι.  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Of some sort, (namely) dry. And this is an explanation of ‘you have become wild’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ποταπὸν om. ZaGu(Ta)   |    κατάξηρον] ξηρόν a.c. Zm, om. Gu (allowing Gr’s κατάξηρον below to serve)   |    ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο ἑρμηνεία] ἑρμηνεία δέ ἐστι T, τὸ αὐχμηρὸν ἐρμηνεία ἐστὶ ZbZmGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,21–22


Or. 387.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὐχμηρὸν⟩: καὶ ξηρὸν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 387.14 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨αὐχμηρὸν⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 387.15 (rec gloss) ⟨τάλας⟩: σὺ  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 387.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλας⟩: καὶ ὁ ἄθλιος  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 387.17 (rec artGloss) ⟨τάλας⟩:  —AbSZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: λυπεῖ ἐμὲ  —MnSSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: τὸ ‘οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις’ οὐ πρὸς τὸν λόγον τοῦ μέσου τὸ [387] ‘ἠγρίωσαι’ ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ [385] ‘τίνα δέδορκα νερτέρων’.  —ZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The words ‘not the sight’ are not a response to the statement of the intervening line, ‘you have been made wild’, but to the (earlier) line ‘whom of the dead do I see?’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZlT      POSITION: s.l. ZmGu      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ μέσου TGu, τοῦ μενελάου others (truncated μεν() ZbZm)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,24–25

COMMENT:   This unconvincing view is a rejection of the kind of interpretation offered in several of the following scholia and glosses. The Mosch. gloss 388.08 ἡ θεωρία perhaps espouses a similar view.    


Or. 388.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: 1οὐχὶ τὸ εἶναι με τακερὸν καὶ ὠχριωμένον καὶ πανταχῶς πινώδη αἰκίζεται ἤγουν λυπεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔργον ὃ εἰς τὴν μητέρα ἐπεπράχειν.  2μετανοῶν δὲ τοῦτο φησι.  3οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου πάσχω αὐχμηροῦ ὄντος ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων ὧν ἔπραξα.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   It is not the fact of my being wasted and ghostly pale and entirely filthy that torments, that is, pains, but the deed which I accomplished against my mother. He says this in repentance. I do not suffer from my visage, which is dry, but from the deeds that I did.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  3 second ἀπὸ] ὑπὸ a.c. Y2   


Or. 388.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: τὰ ἔξω φαινόμενα  —VSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: ἡ ὄψις  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: ἡ ἰδέα  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: ἤγουν ἡ πιναρότης τοῦ προσώπου  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The only instance of πιναρότης in TLG is Eust. in Od. 6.230 (I.251,33).   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 388.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: ἡ θεωρία  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2B3d

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 388.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλὰ τἄργ’⟩: ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔργον ὃ εἰς τὴν μητέρα ἐπεπράχθει  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἄργ’⟩: ἔργον ἤγουν ὁ φόνος  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.11 (pllgn gram) ⟨τἄργ’⟩: πληθυντικῶς γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ λογογραφίᾳ  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   For (the word ‘ergon’, ‘deed’, is used) in the plural also in prose writings.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 388.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τἄργ’⟩: αἱ πράξεις  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἄργ’⟩: τὰ ἔργα  —AaF2Xo

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Aa   


Or. 388.14 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: λυπεῖ  —V3AbKMlPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: μαστίζει  —XXaXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2B4

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,25–26


Or. 388.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: μαστίζουσι  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 388.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: καὶ μαστίζεται  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.18 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: ἀφανίζει  —H4Za

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.19 (thom paraphr) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: ἀφανίζει, λυπεῖ εἰς μνήμην ἰόντα  —ZZbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τουτέστιν prep. Zl   |    ἀφαν. λυπεῖ om. Ox2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,26


Or. 388.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: δαμάζει  —Za

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: (αἰκίζ)ει  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: φθείρει  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,26


Or. 388.23 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: ἐμέ  —AbMlPrR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 389.01 (rec gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: ὀξύ  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 389.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν  —AbMlMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 389.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: ἄγριον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuAa2CrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 389.04 (thom gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: χαλεπὸν φοβερόν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.124,2


Or. 389.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: ἠγριωμένον  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 389.06 (rec exeg) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: πῶς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 389.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: δεινῶς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 389.08 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨λεύσσεις⟩: βλέπεις  —Aa2AbF2MlPrRSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 389.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων ξηραῖς κόραι⟩: τῶν γὰρ ἀύπνων οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ξηροί.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For the eyes of people who lack sleep are dry.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.124,3–4


Or. 389.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων ξηραῖς κόραις⟩: ἐξέλιπε γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀμμάτων τὸ ὑγρὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν δακρύων.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   For the moisture has been lost from the eyes because of the multitude of tears shed.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 389.11 (vet gloss) ⟨ξηραῖς⟩: κατεσκληκυίαις νεκραῖς  —HBCFV3Y2

POSITION: s.l. HCY2, intermarg. B, marg. F      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B, ταῖς prep. H   |   νεκρ. κετεσκλ. transp. V3, νεκρ. καὶ κετεσκλ. F   |    νεκραῖς om. H   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.124,2–3


Or. 389.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ξηραῖς⟩: app. ἤγουν ξηρ[αῖς (?)ταῖς νεκραῖς(?)]  —H4

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new image of H when available.   |   


Or. 389.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξηραῖς⟩: ἀγρί[αις]  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 389.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ξηραῖς⟩: ἐν ταῖς  —AaAbFGMlMnPrSXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ταῖς om. AaFG   


Or. 389.15 (rec gram) ⟨ξηραῖς⟩: ξηρὸν ᾄδει· ξηραὶ κόραι· ὑγραὶ κόραι· ὑγρὸν ᾄδει.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   He sings hoarsely (‘xēron’); dry (‘xērai’) eyes; moist (‘hugrai’) eyes; he sings with wavering(‘hugron’) voice.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   after second κόραι punct. in Mn as if end of note (:~)   

COMMENT:   Apparently this illustrates some possible sense of ‘dry’ and ‘moist’. I find no other collocation of ξηρόν with ἀείδω, but Oppian Hal. 2.412 has ὑγρὸν ἀείδων (of a drunk man as he walks home at night); medical writers attest phrases such as τὸ κατὰ τὴν κόρην ὑγρόν, τὸ ὑγρὸν τῆς κόρης, but no instances are found where ὑγρός modifies κόρη.   


Or. 390.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον⟩: ἐστὶ δηλονότι, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἠφάνισται ὑπερβολικῶς.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:   Understand ‘is’, with the meaning ‘has been destroyed’, used in hyperbole.

POSITION: s.l. except X; over second half of line Y      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐστὶ δηλονότι om. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.124,7–8

KEYWORDS:  ὑπερβολή/ὑπερβολικῶς   


Or. 390.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φροῦδον⟩: ἐστὶ δηλονότι  —Aa2GY2

POSITION: s.l. (above δ’ὄνομ’ Aa2)      


Or. 390.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον⟩: 1ἐπεὶ ὁ Μενέλαος εἶπε πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὅτι [389] ‘δεινὸν λεύσσεις ὀμμάτων ξηραῖς κόραις’,  2ἀποκρινόμενος ὁ Ὀρέστης φησί·  3τί λέγεις; ἅπαν μου τὸ σῶμα ἀπωλώλει, καὶ σὺ περὶ τῶν ὀμμάτων μου μόνον λόγον ποιῇ;   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Because Menelaus said to Orestes ‘you have a fearsome gaze because of the dry pupils of your eyes’, in reply Orestes says: ‘What are you saying? My entire body was destroyed, and you speak only about my eyes?’

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πρὸς om. Zl   |    2 ὁ om. T   |    3 second μου om. Zm   |    λόγον ποιῇ] ποιῆ τὸν λόγον a.c. Gu, p.c. τὸν deleted and α, β added to restore order λόγον ποιῆ   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λεύσεις all except T   |   2 φησὶν Zb   |   3 ἀπολώλει ZbGu [Zl]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.124,10–13


Or. 390.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον⟩: τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον γενήσεται· τὸ δὲ ὄνομα ἤγουν τὸ καλεῖσθαι με φονέα οὐκ ἐκλείπεται.  —Zu

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  φροῦδον] φρονηκὸν Zu; alternative conj. φθόριμον   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκλήπεται (ἐκλ corr. from ἐκπι) Zu   |   


Or. 390.05 (rec gloss) ⟨φροῦδον⟩: ἀφανές  —M3AbCrMlMnPrRSOxY2

REF. SYMBOL: M3      POSITION: s.l. except marg. M3      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 390.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φροῦδον⟩: ἠφάνισται  —ZcB4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 390.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φροῦδον⟩: ἄθλιον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 390.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨φροῦδον⟩: τὸ πρὸ ὁδοῦ γενόμενον  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 390.09 (vet exeg) τὸ δ’ ὄνομ’ οὐ λέλοιπέ μοι: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς ὄνομα μόνον λείπεται τὰ ἐμά.  2καὶ εἰς ὄνομα μόνον σαλεύει τὰ κατ’ ἐμέ, ἐπεὶ τὸ σῶμα ἅπαν μοι φροῦδον γέγονεν.   —HMBVCMlPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘my situation/existence is left (reduced) to a name alone’. And the situation with me is storm-tossed/totters, (reduced) to a name alone, since my entire body is gone.

LEMMA: V, perhaps Sa (faded), lemma τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον MC, οὐ λέλοιπέ μοι MlMn(app. a.c. λέπέ)PrRbS(λέλειπέ)      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRb      POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς ὄνομα] ἐν ὀνόματι B [H, Sa now illegible]   |    τοῦ om. C   |    τὸ add. before ὄνομα MnPrRbS   |    μόνον om. Ml   |    after ἐμὰ repeated καὶ εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα λείπεται τὰ ἐμὰ Rb   |    2 καὶ εἰς ὄν. μόν. om. MlMnPrRbSSa   |    σαλεύει] λείπεται M(‑ετε)C   |    ἐπειδὴ H   |    πᾶν V, πάνυ MlMnPrRbSSa [H]   |    γεγονός V   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λείπεται] λείπετε M   |   2 γέγονε Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,7–9; Dind. II.124,5–7


Or. 390.10 (rec gloss) ⟨δ’⟩: ἀλλὰ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 390.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ὄμμα.  —MnPr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 390.12 (thom exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι Ὀρέστην  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Name’ here means) ‘my being called Orestes’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  after καλεῖσθαι add. με Zl   |    ὀρέστης Z, ὀρέστης ἢ φονεύς ZcZa, ὀρέσ() ZlZm   


Or. 390.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: Ὀρέστην μητροφόνον  —G

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 390.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: τὸ μητροφόντης  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 390.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸ καλεῖσθαι με φονέα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 390.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι με μητροκτόνον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 390.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: τὸ τοῦ φόνου  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 390.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ λέλοιπέ με⟩: μόνον κατελείφθη ἐν ἐμοί  —Y2

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 390.05 above τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον      


Or. 390.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ λέλοιπε⟩: οὐκ ἠφάνισται  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 390.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέλοιπε⟩: κατελείφθη  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 390.21 (rec gloss) ⟨με⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 391.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦ⟩: Ὀρέστα  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 391.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ὦ⟩: φεῦ  —MnGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 391.03 (rec exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: γρ. παρὰ λόγον(?)  —MnPrR

POSITION: s.l. MnPr, marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. R   |    π(αρα)λόγ‑ Pr, περιλόγ‑ Mn   |   ending sign uncertain in MnPr, possibly ως rather ον (or even ους Pr); see 391.06.    

COMMENT:   παρὰ λόγον is in the text only in P, and there is a small grave as well as large acute on παρα in O (the grave is not large enough or positioned in a way that would make it certain that it is the correction; it may have been written first and corrected in scribendo). Aa has an apparent dot added between παρά and λογον, which is perhaps meant to indicated παρὰ λόγον as a correction.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 391.04 (rec gloss) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: παράδοξον  —C

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 391.05 (rec gloss) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον  —AbMlMnSPrRZu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸ om. Zu   |    προσῆκον om. S   


Or. 391.06 (rec gloss) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: παραλόγως  —VAaFRw

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See 391.03 for the possibility that MnPr attest γρ. παραλόγως.   


Or. 391.07 (rec gloss) ⟨παράλογον⟩: παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 391.08 (rec gloss) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: παρὰ τὸ πρέπον  —CrRfOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 391.09 (rec exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: πῶς  —GKSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Sa   


Or. 391.10 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: παρ’ ἐλπίδα  —FKXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*GuAa2B3aB4

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. B3a; cont. from next, prep. καὶ, ZZaZbZlZmTGu      

APP. CRIT. 2:   παρελπίδα FXXaZZbZmTAa2, a.c. Y [not Ta]   |   


Or. 391.11 (thom gloss) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: ἄτοπον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 391.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: ἤγουν παρ’ ἐλπίδα διὰ τὸ πραχθὲν παρὰ σοῦ, ἢ παρὰ τὸ πρέπον  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 391.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: διὰ τὸ παράνομον ὅπερ ἐποίησας  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 391.14 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨σὴ⟩:  —Aa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 391.15 (rec gloss) ⟨φανεῖσ’⟩: ἐφάνη  —AbMnPrRfS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 391.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμορφία⟩: ἡ κακὴ ὄψις  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 392.01 (vet exeg) ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς τῆς ταλαιπώρου φονεύς: 1ἤτοι ὅτι μετανοεῖ ἀνελὼν αὐτήν, ταλαίπωρόν φησιν·  2οὐ γὰρ πρὸ πράξεως καὶ μετὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν οἱ αὐτοὶ τυγχάνομεν·  3ἢ προαγόμενος αὐτὸν εἰς ἔλεον διὰ τοῦ καθομολογεῖν τὴν ἀνοσίαν ἑαυτοῦ πρᾶξιν·  4ἢ ὑπομιμνήσκων αὐτὸν ὅτι ἔκδικος τοῦ πατρὸς ὑπάρχει.  5τὸ δὲ ταλαίπωρος παρὰ τὴν πώρην, ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ πένθος.  6Ἀντίμαχος [Antimachus fr. 54 Matthews = 48 Wyss]· ‘πωρητὺν ἀλόχοισι καὶ οἷς τεκέεσσιν ἕκαστος’, ἀντὶ τοῦ πένθος.   —MBC, partial VMlMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Either because he regrets having killed her, he uses ‘unhappy’ (‘talaipōros’). For we are not in fact the same (in our judgment) before action and after the action. Or (he uses the term) because he is inducing him to feel pity by admitting his own unholy action. Or because he is reminding him (Menelaus) that he (Orestes) is the avenger of his father. And the word ‘talaipōros’ is derived from ‘pōrē’, which means grief. Antimachus (uses this root): ‘they each of them (caused) grief for their wives and children’, (with ‘pōrē’) equivalent to ‘penthos’ (grief).

LEMMA: V, ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς τῆς ταλαι() B, ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς MCRw, ὅδ’ εἰμὶ Ml, ὧδ’ εἰμὶ MnPrRbSSa (ὦδ’ MnRb; εἶμι MnPrS, app. Sa)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 ἤτοι … διὰ τοῦ add. in blank space V1   |    1 μετανοεῖ ἀνελὼν] ἀνεῖλεν V1Rb, ἀνεῖλον MnPrSSa, ἀνείλιον Ml, μετανοῶν Rw   |    αὐτὴν τὴν MlMnPrRbSSa   |    ταλαίπωρον ἔφη BRw   |    2 οὐ γὰρ … τυγχάνομεν om. V1MlMnPrRbRwSSa, transp. after 3 ἑαυτοῦ πρᾶξιν B   |    οὐ γὰρ B, εἰ γὰρ MC   |    after τυγχάνομεν add. ταλαίπωρον ἔφη MC   |    3 ἢ om. BRw   |    προαγ‑ RbS, προσαγ‑ others (except προσώμενος Sa), ‑όμενον MV1C   |    διὰ τὸ MBCRwSa   |    τὴν ἀνόσιον VMnRwSSa, τὸ ἀνόσιον Rb   |    ἑαυτοῦ BV, αὐτοῦ others [Pr]   |    4 ἢ om. M   |    μιμνήσκων M   |    αὐτὸν] ἑαυτὸν V   |    ἔνδικος S   |    τοῦ om. Rb   |    5–6 τὸ δὲ ταλαίπωρος κτλ om. VMnPrRbSSa   |    τὸ δὲ ταλαίπωρος] τὸ δὲ ταλαιπώρου MC, ταλαίπωρος δὲ B, ταλαίπωρος Rw   |    6 ἀντίμαχος κτλ om. Rw   |    πωρητὺν Dind. (after Sopingius), πώρητυ ἀλόχοισι B, πωρηαλέχοισιν M, πώρηαλόχοισι C   |    τέκεσι M   |    τοῦ om. C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἤτοι] εἴ τι S   |    3 πράξιν Mn   |    4 ὑπομιμνήσκον   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,10–16; Dind. II.124,16–22

COMMENT:   For the statement in 2, since σύνεσις appears strikingly a few lines later, it may be relevant that commentators on Aristotle note the difference between φρόνησις and σύνεσις in similar terms of before and after: e.g. Eustratius CAG 20:369,4–5 ἡ μὲν γὰρ πρὸ τῆς πράξεως καὶ τοῦ τέλους, ἡ φρόνησις, ἡ δὲ (scil. σύνεσις) μετὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν καὶ τὸ τέλος.   |   In 3 προάγειν εἰς ἔλεον is attested in Lycurg. in Leocrat. 33 and Aristot. Rhet. 1354a25, while προσάγειν εἰς ἔλεον is not attested.   |   The third explanation (in 4) is hard to understand unless it reflects an alternative, far-fetched construal in which the adj. refers to Orestes, ‘the mother of a wretched man’.   |   For Antimachus (6), see Matthews, Wyss, and Sch. Soph. OC 14 Xenis. G. Sopingius restored the correct spelling πωρητὺν in the quotation in Sch. Soph. OC 14 in his note on Hesychius πωρητὺς· ταλαιπωρία, πένθος, p. 808 of ΗΣΥΧΙΟΥ ΛΕΞΙΚΟΝ cum variis doctorum virorum notis etc., Leiden 1668.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Antimachus   


Or. 392.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: οὗτος  —AbOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Ox   |    οὕτως Ab   


Or. 392.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: ἐγώ  —F2GXo2ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 392.04 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰμὶ⟩: διάκειμαι  —MlMnPrS

LEMMA: εἶμι in text MnS      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 392.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰμὶ⟩: ὑπάρχω  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 392.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῆς ταλαιπώρου⟩: καὶ τῆς ἀθλίας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 392.07 (rec gloss) ⟨φονεύς⟩: ὢν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 392.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φονεύς⟩:  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἤκουσα⟩: ἐγὼ αὐτὸ ἤκουσα  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἤκουσα⟩: ὅτι σὺ ἐφόνευσας σὴν μητέρα  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.03 (vet exeg) φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις λέγειν κακά: 1λείπει τὸ ὥστε·  2ἤκουσα, ὥστε φείδου λέγειν τὰ κακά.  3οἷον παραιτοῦ τὰ κακὰ πολλάκις λέγειν.  4ὀλιγάκις δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδ’ ὅλως, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 5.800] ‘ἦ ὀλίγον οἱ παῖδα ἐοικότα γείνατο Τυδεύς’.   —MBC, partial VMlMnPrRbRwSSaGu

TRANSLATION:   ‘So that/and so’ is to be supplied. I heard, and so spare speaking of the evils. As if to say, refrain from mentioning the evils repeatedly. And ‘few times’ is used in place of ‘not at all’, as in the (Homeric) line ‘Indeed Tydeus fathered a son little similar to himself’.

LEMMA: MC, φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις others except Gu (ὀλιγάκεις Ml)      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 λείπει … λέγειν] φείδου δὲ καὶ παραιτοῦ Gu   |    1–2 λείπει … κακά om. Rw   |    1 λείπει τὸ ὥστε] ἵν’ ᾖ VMlMnPrRbSSa   |    τὸ om. M   |    2 τὰ om. VMnPrRbSSa   |    3 οἷον … λέγειν om. VMlMnRbSSa   |    4 ὀλιγάκις δὲ] ὀλιγάκις RwGu, τὸ δὲ ὀλιγάκις VMlMnPrRbSSa   |    τοῦ om. C   |    ὡς τὸ κτλ om. MlMnPrSSa   |    ὡς τὸ] ὅμηρος Rw   |    παῖδες (ἐοικότα γ. τ. om.) VRb   |    ἐοικότες (om. γείνατο τυδεύς) Rw   |    τυδεύς om. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 κουσα Ml   |    4 οὐδ’ ὅλως B, οὐδόλως Gu, οὐδὲ ὅλως others (ὀδὲ ὅλως Mn) [M illegible]   |    ἧ B, ἢ VRb [M]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,17–20; Dind. II.125,2–5, 125,7–9

COMMENT:   The full explanation applies ὥστε to the connection between ἤκουσα and φείδου, but since a conjunction is present, λείπει is oddly applied (e.g. for ἀντὶ τοῦ). Perhaps at an earlier stage λείπει τὸ ὥστε was intended to apply to λέγειν, since that has to be taken as an epexegetic infinitive if one does not emend the line, and such an infinitive often attracts as gloss ὥστε or λείπει ὥστε (as in 393.22).   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 393.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἤκουσα· φείδου δ’⟩: λείπει τὸ ὥστε  —H

TRANSLATION:   ‘So that/and so’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 393.05 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: οὕτως συντάξεις· φείδου λέγειν τὰ κακά, ἀντὶ τοῦ πεφεισμένως λέγε τὰ κακά. ⟨ἢ⟩ ‘ὀλιγάκις δὲ’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘καὶ ὀλιγάκις’, τοῦ δέ ἐνταῦθα ἀντὶ τοῦ καί κειμένου.  —VRw

TRANSLATION:   You will construe it like this: ‘spare speaking of the evils’, meaning ‘speak of the evils in a sparing manner’. ⟨Or⟩ ‘and/but few times’ is used for ‘and few times’, with the conjunction ‘de’ (‘and/but’) here being used in the sense of ‘kai’ (‘and’).

LEMMA: V      

APP. CRIT.:  ⟨ἢ⟩ Mastr., or ⟨τὸ⟩ or ⟨ἢ τὸ⟩ J. Benjamins (personal communication)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,1–3

COMMENT:   In the second explanation, it is uncertain whether the original comment quoted the transmitted text δ’ (or δὲ) ὀλιγάκις and then the citation was corrupted to ὀλιγάκις δὲ, or the commentator was just careless. This commentator must be taking λέγειν as equivalent to an imperative, as does Moschopulus.   


Or. 393.06 (thom exeg) ⟨φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις⟩: ἤγουν ἡ φειδὼ μὴ ἄλλη τις ἔστω σοι ἢ τὸ λέγειν τὰ κακὰ ὀλιγάκις.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, let the sparing be nothing other for you than speaking of the evils (only) a few times.

POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κακὰ] κὰ Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.125,6–7

COMMENT:   Thomas appears to interpret the infinitive as epexegetic.   


Or. 393.07 (rec gloss) ⟨φείδου⟩: παῦε  —AbMlMnPrSZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φείδου⟩: ἐγκρατεύου  —CrGOxY

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 393.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φείδου⟩: εὐλαβοῦ  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φείδου⟩: παραιτοῦ  —GuB4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φείδου⟩: ἐντρέπου  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φείδου⟩: συστέλλου  —M3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φείδου⟩: ἤγουν πεφεισμένως λέγε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  λεγειν F   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πεφειμένως F   |   


Or. 393.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φείδου⟩: ἔλεον λάμβανε  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.15 (rec gloss) ⟨δ’⟩: καὶ  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δ’ ὀλιγάκις⟩: καὶ θέλε  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.17 (vet gloss) ⟨ὀλιγάκις⟩: οὐδὲ ὅλως  —HMCAbCrMlMnPrSOxY2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, ἤγουν prep. Gu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὐδόλως CCrOxY2Gu, οὐδόλως or οὐδ’ὅλως H   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.125,10


Or. 393.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλιγάκις⟩: μὴ δ’ ὅλως  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλιγάκις⟩: οὐδαμῶς Ἀττικῶς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 393.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλιγάκις⟩: ἤγουν σπανίως  —Zb2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 393.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλιγάκις⟩: πρὸς ὀλίγον  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀλιγάκις⟩: πλειστάκις κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις   


Or. 393.23 (rec gloss) ⟨λέγειν⟩: ὥστε  —MlMnB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.24 (rec gloss) ⟨λέγειν⟩: λέγε  —Aa2Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  crossed out in Aa   


Or. 393.25 (mosch exeg) ⟨λέγειν⟩: θέλε λέγειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγε  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:   ‘Be willing to speak’, (infinitive used as) equivalent to (imperative) ‘speak’.

POSITION: s.l. except XXo      

APP. CRIT.:  θέλε λέγειν om. G   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγε om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.125,10–11


Or. 393.26 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κακά⟩: τὰ  —F2Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 394.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φειδόμεθ’⟩: λέγειν τὰ κακὰ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 394.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φειδόμεθ’⟩: φείδομαι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 394.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φειδόμεθ’⟩: συστελλόμεθα  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.125,14


Or. 394.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φειδόμεθ’⟩: φείδομαι τὸ ἐλεῶ, τὸ ἀκριβολογοῦμαι καὶ τὸ ὑποστέλλομαι, ὡς ἐνταῦθα.  —Lp

REF. SYMBOL: Lp      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀκριβολογοῦμου (changed from ‑ούμου) Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.125,14–15


Or. 394.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ὁ δαίμων … πλούσιος κακῶν⟩: διὸ λέγειν ἀναγκάζεται πλουσίως καὶ πολυτελῶς ἔχων τὰ κακά.  —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   For that reason he is compelled to speak, having his ills richly and sumptuously.

POSITION: s.l., except cont. from 393.03 B      

APP. CRIT.:  διὸ λ. ἀναγ. om. V   |    after ἀναγκάζεται add. ὁ ὀρέστης B   |    ἔχω B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,4–5; Dind. II.125,5–6


Or. 394.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁ δαίμων⟩: ἡ δυστυχία  —VAa2FKXo2Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἡ om. F   


Or. 394.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὁ δαίμων⟩: ἡ τύχη  —CrMnOxZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 394.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πλούσιος κακῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πλουσίως ἔχω τῶν κακῶν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 394.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλούσιος⟩: πολύς ἐστι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 394.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλούσιος⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Zb2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 394.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πλούσιος⟩: ἐστὶ  —AaAb

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 394.12 (rec gloss) ⟨πλούσιος⟩: χορηγὸς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 394.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλούσιος⟩: χρηστὸς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 394.14 (mosch gloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: ἕνεκα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 395.01 (pllgn paraphr) διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἢ τίνα νόσον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ποῖαν Zu   |   


Or. 395.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τί χρῆμα⟩: τί πάθος  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 395.03 (vet gloss) ⟨χρῆμα⟩: πρᾶγμα  —MBCrF2GOxZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,6


Or. 395.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάσχεις⟩: νοσεῖς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 395.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίς⟩: ποία  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 395.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόλλυσιν⟩: φθείρει  —CrGOxZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 395.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἀπόλλυσιν⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 395.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νόσος⟩: ἀσθένεια  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.01 (vet exeg) ἡ σύνεσις ὅτι σύνοιδα: 1ἐγκαλοῦσί τινες·  2πῶς γὰρ, φασὶν, αἰτιᾶται τὴν σύνεσιν, τὸ πᾶν αἴτιον τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐχουσῶν;  3ἀγνοοῦσι δὲ ὅτι ὑπὸ δισσῶν φησιν ἀπόλλυσθαι, περὶ μὲν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ὑγιείας ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως, ἐν δὲ τῇ λύσσῃ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων·  4ὃ καὶ ἐπάγει [400]· ‘μανίαι τε’.   —MBVCRw, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Some find fault (with this line). For how, they say, does he blame awareness/conscience when the Erinyes are fully responsible? They do not realize that he is saying he is destroyed by two things, during the time of his (mental) health by his consciousness (of his crime), and in his madness by the Erinyes, as he in fact mentions hereafter, ‘and fits of madness’.

LEMMA: MVC, ἡ σύνεσις BRw      REF. SYMBOL: BV      POSITION: between sch. 397.01 and sch. 397.02 Rw; in two parts O, with (3) ἐν δὲ … ἐριννύων written beside 400 and a line from συνειδήσεως to ἐν      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 om. O   |    2 γὰρ om. C   |    φασὶν Dindorf, φη(σὶν) all   |    αἰτιατικῆ Rw   |    σύνεσιν] σύνταξιν a.c. Rw   |    ἐρινύων om. Rw   |    3 ὑπὲρ δισσῶν V   |    φησιν ἀπόλλυσθαι] ἀπόλλυμι O (a.c. ἀπόλυμι)   |    περὶ] παρὰ VRwO   |    τῶ καιρῶ O   |    second ὑπὸ] ὑπὲρ V, ἐκ MC, ἀπὸ Rw   |    4 ὃ … μανίαι τε om. O   |    at end add. μητρός add. M(app.)CRw, add. defective version of sch. 400.01 (beginning with μητρός θ’) B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 παναίτιον V, παραίτιον Rw   |    ἐριννύων V   |    3 ὑγείας OCRw   |    ἐριννύων OVRw   |    4 ἐπάγη C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,7–11; Dind. II.125,19–24

COMMENT:   περὶ τὸν καιρόν is common in all periods of Greek, and in tragic scholia see sch. 227.06 περὶ [παρὰ Rw] γὰρ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς μανίας, Sch. Aesch. Prom. 55a περὶ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ σοῦ γάμου. In contrast, παρὰ (τὸν) καιρόν is common in the sense ‘contrary to what the occasion demands’, but for a temporal sense see perhaps Sch. Soph. OC 1530–4 Xenis παρὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς τελευτῆς (παρὰ L and T, περὶ others, but they also omit τῆς τελευτῆς).   

KEYWORDS:  criticism and defence of poet   


Or. 396.02 (vet exeg) σύνοιδα: μετὰ γὰρ τὴν μανίαν ἡ ἔννοια τῶν κακῶν αὐτὸν ἐδάμαζεν.  —MBOVCMlMnPrRbSa

TRANSLATION:   For after his madness the thought of his evils overcame him.

LEMMA: MlMnPrRbSa, ὅτι σύνοιδα δεῖν’ εἰργασμένος (not punct. as start of sch.) BV(δείν’)C(δεῖν)      REF. SYMBOL: Ml       POSITION: s.l. (at 395 τίς ἀπ. νόσος) M, beside 395 O; cont. from prev. V, cont. from 397.02 BC      

APP. CRIT.:   μετὰ] κατὰ Sa   |    γὰρ om. MlMnPrRbSa   |    μανίαν] κακίαν M   |    αὐτὸν om. MOMl, αὐτῶν C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐδάμαζε CSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,12; Dind. II.125,17–18; 126,14–15


Or. 396.03 (pllgn exeg) ἐκ τῆς συνέσεως γεννᾶται ἡ λύπη.  —V3Y

TRANSLATION:   From the sense of awareness is begotten pain.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.04 (vetMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἡ συνείδησις  —HCrFRfOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmZuT*B4

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. B4      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἡ om. RfZu, perhaps B4(obscured in binding)   


Or. 396.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: τὸ συνειδός  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἡ μετάνοια  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 396.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἡ μετάγνωσις  —AbMlMnPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἡ μετεμέλ⟨ε⟩ια· μέση λέξις  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  μέση λέξις   


Or. 396.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἡ ἐνθύμησις τῶν κακῶν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἡ γνῶσις  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἀπόλλυσιν ἐμέ  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.12 (rec gram) συνέσις ἡ συνείδησις καὶ ἡ μίξις τῶν ποταμῶν  —RfRw

TRANSLATION:   ‘Sunesis’ means (both) consciousness and the confluence of rivers.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἡ συνείδησις om. Rf   

COMMENT:   The latter sense is attested only in Od. 10.515 and references to it in scholia and in Eustathius (in Od. 10.515 [I.392,5–8] and in Il. 1.8 [I.36,1]).   


Or. 396.13 (mosch gram) ⟨σύνοιδα δείν’ εἰργασμένος⟩: σύνοιδα δεινὰ εἰργασμένος, καὶ σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ δεινὰ εἰργασμένῳ.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

APP. CRIT.:  first three words punct. as lemma G   |    second δεινὰ om. XaXbYGGr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.126,2–3

COMMENT:   A comment on the two possible supplementary participle constructions with σύνοιδα.   


Or. 396.14 (rec gloss) ⟨σύνοιδα⟩: ἐμαυτῷ  —MnG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.15 (thom gloss) ⟨σύνοιδα⟩: συνεπίσταμαι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύνοιδα⟩: ἔγνων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύνοιδα⟩: ἔγνωκα  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύνοιδα⟩: γινώσκω  —CrOxY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 396.19 (rec gram) ⟨σύνοιδα⟩: τὰ γνωστικὰ ῥήματα μετὰ μετοχῆς συντάσσονται.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   Verbs of knowledge are construed with a participle.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This sch. is close to sch. Hec. 244 in Gu (misplaced above 249) πάντα τὰ γνωστικὰ ῥήματα καὶ τὰ ἐναντία τούτων μετὰ μετοχῆς συντάσσονται. The only other instance of γνωστικὰ ῥήματα in TLG at present is from Max. Planudes, dialogus de grammatica, Anecdota Gr. Bachmann II.84,14: Ὅμηρος τὰ γνωστικὰ ῥήματα γενικῇ συντάσσει, οἷον ‘τόξων εὖ εἰδώς’.   

KEYWORDS:  Planudes   


Or. 396.20 (rec gloss) ⟨δείν’⟩: κακὰ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δείν’⟩: ἄδικα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.22 (rec gloss) ⟨δείν’⟩: δεινὰ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.23 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰργασμένος⟩: ὅτι εἰμί  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨εἰργασμένος⟩: πεποιηκώς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 396.25 (thom gloss) ⟨εἰργασμένος⟩: ἐργασάμενος  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Faint traces of washed out gloss by F2 might be this or the previous.   |   


Or. 397.01 (vet exeg) πῶς φῄς: διὰ τὸ μὴ πρὸς ἔπος ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, τούτου ἕνεκεν λέγει αὐτὸν ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκέναι.  —MBVCMlMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   Because he (Orestes) did not reply with a (clear, exact) fit to the (preceding) utterance, for this reason he (Menelaus) says he has spoken unclearly.

LEMMA: all, except σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές B      REF. SYMBOL: BVMlRb      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦτον V, τούτων Rw   |    λέγειν V   |    ἀσαφῶς] BC, σαφῶς VMlMnPrRbSa, ἄσα ὅτι M, om. Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τοῦτου a.c. Mn   |   ἔνεκεν Mn, ἕνεκα VRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,14–15; Dind. II.126,9–10


Or. 397.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἐπεὶ αὐτὸς μὲν τὴν ἰδέαν ἐπύθετο τῆς νόσου, ὁ δὲ τὸ συνειδὸς ἔφη, τοῦτο δὲ οὐ πάντως νόσος,  2τούτου χάριν φησὶν αὐτὸν ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκέναι.  3τίς οὖν ἐστιν ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως νόσος;  4ἡ λύπη, ὡς ἑξῆς λέγει.   —BVCRw

TRANSLATION:   Since he himself asked for the form of the sickness, but the other replied with ‘consciousness’, and this is not in every circumstance a sickness, for this reason he (Menelaus) says that he (Orestes) has spoken unclearly. What, then, is the sickness from consciousness? Anguish, as he says next.

LEMMA: B(repeated in marg.)C, σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές VRw      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μὲν om. C   |    πύθετο Rw   |    ὁ] ὡς C   |    τὸ συνειδὸς] συνειδὼς Rw   |    2 αὐτὸν] αὐτῶ V   |    ἀσαφὲς Rw   |    at end add. sch. 396.02 BC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,16–19; Dind. II.126,10–14


Or. 397.03 (rec exeg) τὴν ἰδέαν ἠρώτησα, σὺ περὶ τῆς συνειδήσεως λέγεις.  —O

TRANSLATION:   I asked for the type (of the sickness), you speak about consciousness.


Or. 397.04 (pllgn exeg) ἀκούσας ὁ Μενέλαος τὸν Ὀρέστην λέγοντα ὅτι ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως αὐτοῦ ἀπόλλυται, μὴ νοήσας τί λέγει ἀνταποκρίνεται πρὸς αὐτὸν ὡς ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκότα.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   When Menelaus heard Orestes saying that he is being undone by his consciousness, failing to understand what he means, he replies to him as to one who has spoken unclearly.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.05 (thom gloss) ⟨φῄς⟩: λέγεις  —ZZaZbZlZmGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 397.06 (vet paraphr) οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφὲς λέγειν ἐστὶ σοφόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ σαφὲς λέγειν.  —M

TRANSLATION:  

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ λέγειν σαφές M, transp. Mastr.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,20; Dind. II.


Or. 397.07 (vet paraphr) οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφῶς λέγειν ἐστὶ σοφόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ σαφῶς.  —B

TRANSLATION:   It is not speaking unclearly that is wise, but (speaking) clearly.

POSITION: intermarg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,20 app.; Dind. II.126,15–16


Or. 397.08 (pllgn gram) τὸ σοφὸν καὶ σαφὲς ὑπάρχει. οὐ μὴν δὲ τὸ σαφὲς καὶ σοφὸν.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   What is wise is also clear. However, what is clear is not (necessarily) also wise.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 397.09 (thom exeg) ⟨σοφόν τι⟩: 1τοῦτο ἔμφασιν ἔχει ὅτι μόνον τὸ σύνεσις ἤκουσε Μενέλαος καὶ οὐ τὸ ὅτι σύνοιδα.  2τοῦτο γὰρ σαφέστατόν ἐστι.  3τὸ δὲ σύνεσις μόνον ἔχει τὴν ἀσαφείαν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   This phrase carries an indication that Menelaus heard only the word ‘consciousness’ and not the words ‘because I am aware (that I have done terrible things)’. For this (latter phrase) is utterly clear. But the word ‘consciousness’ alone involves lack of clarity.

REF. SYMBOL:  ZZaZlGu, (to σαφὲς) Zb      POSITION: s.l. Zm      

APP. CRIT.:  1 ἔμφασιν written twice a.c. Gu   |    ἤκουσεν ὁ μεν. Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἀσαφεία Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.126,6–8


Or. 397.10 (rec gloss) ⟨σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές⟩: ἐστὶν  —AaAbGMnRSZu, app. Zl

LEMMA: σοφόν τι in text AGZu, a.c. Zl      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστι AaGS, compend. Ab   |   


Or. 397.11 (rec gloss) ⟨σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές⟩: ὑπάρχει  —CrF2KOx

LEMMA: σοφόν τι in text CrFOx      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 397.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοφόν τι⟩: λέγειν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοφόν⟩: φρονιμὸν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ σαφές⟩: ἤγουν τὸ λέγειν εὐκόλως, εὐλύτως  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ σαφές⟩: τὸ εὔδηλον  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ σαφές⟩: καὶ εὔκολον  —Cr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.17 (rec gloss) ⟨first σαφὲς⟩: φανερὸν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first σαφὲς⟩: εὔγνωστον  —Zb1Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφές⟩: ὃ νοεῖ τις, ἐκεῖνο ἀποφαίνεται καὶ σοφὸν εἶναι· ὃ δὲ μὴ νοεῖ οὐδὲ σοφὸν δύναται ἐπιγνῶναι.  —G

TRANSLATION:   What someone comprehends, that he declares also to be wise. What he does not comprehend, he is unable even to recognize as wise.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  οὔτε G   


Or. 397.20 (mosch gloss) ⟨οὐ⟩: ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ  —XaXbXoT+YGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.21 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ μὴ σαφές⟩: ἐστὶ σοφόν  —PrRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὅ prep. Pr   


Or. 397.22 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ μὴ σαφές⟩: ὑπάρχει σοφόν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ μὴ σαφές⟩: τὸ μὴ γινωσκόμενον  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ μὴ σαφές⟩: ἤγουν τὸ δύσκολον  —F2Y

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν τὸ om. F2   


Or. 397.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ μὴ σαφές⟩: ἤγουν τὸ ἀσαφές  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ σαφές⟩: ἄγνωστον  —Zb1Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 398.01 (rec exeg) ⟨λύπη μάλιστα γ’ ἡ διαφθείρουσά με⟩: γρ. λύπη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ διαφθείρουσα, κατὰ κοινοῦ δέ.  —C

TRANSLATION:   It is also written ‘for it is anguish that is destroying (me)’, and (the phrase) is to be taken in common (with the nominatives in line 400).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 398.02 (rec gloss) ⟨λύπη⟩: ἐστὶ  —AaMnXo2

POSITION: s.l. (above μάλιστα Mn)      


Or. 398.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λύπη⟩: αἰκίζεται  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 398.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λύπη⟩: καὶ ἡ θλίψις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 398.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λύπη⟩: ἣν διὰ μνήμης φέρω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 398.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ διαφθείρουσα⟩: ἡ θεὸς ἤτοι ἡ λύπη  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 398.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡ διαφθείρουσα⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Zb1Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 398.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διαφθείρουσα⟩: δαμάζουσα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 398.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διαφθείρουσα⟩: ἀπολλύουσα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 398.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διαφθείρουσα⟩: διόλου  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 399.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨δεινὴ⟩: χαλεπή  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 399.02 (thom exeg) ⟨δεινὴ⟩: ναὶ ἀφόρητος, μεγάλη  —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘yes’ (and then take ‘deinē’ as) ‘irresistible, great’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ναὶ] om. Z, ναὶ γὰρ Gu   


Or. 399.03 (thom gloss) ⟨δεινὴ⟩: δύσκολος καὶ ἀφόρητος  —Za

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 399.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεινὴ⟩: ἰσχυρὰ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 399.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεινὴ⟩: φοβερὰ  —CrFOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 399.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἡ θεός⟩: ἡ λύπη  —V1AaAbCrFMlMnPrRRfSOxXo2ZZaZlZmZuTYGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι prep. V1AbMlMnPrSB3a, ἤγουν prep. AaCrOxZu   |    ἡ om. Rf   


Or. 399.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ θεός⟩: θεὸν καλεῖ τὴν λύπην· πάντα γὰρ τὰ πράγματα παρὰ τοῖς παλαιοῖς εἶχον θεούς.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  He calls the pain (‘lupē’) a god. For among the ancients they considered all things to be gods.

REF. SYMBOL: Lp      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.126,19–21


Or. 399.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὅμως⟩: πρόσεστι τῇ λύπῃ καὶ χαρά.  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This seems an odd comment, as if ἰάσιμος were not there or were separate from ἀλλ ὅμως. The phrase does not appear to be proverbial.   


Or. 399.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὅμως⟩: ὅτι ⟨οὐκ⟩ ἀπόλλει  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  suppl. Mastr.   

COMMENT:   Instead of emending, one could view the gloss as misplaced, belonging actually with δεινὴ earlier in the line.   


Or. 399.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἰάσιμος⟩: θεραπευτικὴ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 399.11 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἰάσιμος⟩: δυναμένη θεραπευθῆναι  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZbZlZmT*

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 399.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰάσιμος⟩: δυναμένη ἰασθῆναι  —V3Za

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  δυναμένη om. V3   


Or. 399.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰάσιμος⟩: ἐν παραμυθίαις  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 399.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἰάσιμος⟩: ἐστί  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 399.15 (tri metr) ⟨ἰάσιμος⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 400.01 (vet exeg) μανίαι τε μητρὸς αἵματος τιμωρίαι: 1αἱ τιμωρητικαὶ τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς,  2ἃς ὑφίσταμαι τιμωρίαν ταύτην διδοὺς ὑπὲρ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς φόνου.   —MBVCMlMnPrRbRwSa, partial O

TRANSLATION:   The ones that take vengeance for the bloodshed of my mother, the ones that I endure in giving this atonement for the killing of my mother.

LEMMA: M(θ’ αἵματος)C(om. τε), μανίαι τε μητρὸς Rw, μητρός θ’ αἵματος (not punct. as lemma) B, αἵματος τιμωρίαι others except O      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRb      POSITION: cont. from 396.01 B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αἱ τιμωρητικαὶ τοῦ αἵματος om. B, αἱ om. O   |    αἵματος] φόνου s.l. O   |    2 ἃς τιμωρ. κτλ om. O; punct. and rubr. as if ἃς begins new sch. Mn   |    ἃς] ἣν B   |    τιμωρίαν … τῆς om. Sa   |    φόνου τῆς μητρός transp. Rw   |    φόνου] μόρου MlMnPrRbSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τιμωριτ‑ a.c. Mn, τιμωρητικὸν Ml   |    αἷματος M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,21–23; Dind. II.126,22–23


Or. 400.02 (pllgn exeg) μανιάδες ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν ἤτοι αἱ Ἐριννύες, ὡς ἄντικρυς δὲ οὖσαι μανίαι ὠνόμασεν αὐτὰς οὕτως.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   He should have said (instead of ‘maniai’, ‘madnesses’) goddesses of madness (‘maniades’) or ‘the Erinyes’; but since they are precisely (nothing other than) madnesses, he named them thus.


Or. 400.03 (mosch paraphr) μανίαι τε μητρός: μανίαι τέ με διαφθείρουσι καὶ ἐκδικήσεις τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:   And the fits of madness and the punishments for the killing of my mother are destroying me.

LEMMA: G      POSITION: s.l. XaXbYYfGrZcAa2; καὶ ἐκδ. κτλ sep. in marg. with ref. Aa2      

APP. CRIT.:   αἱ prep. T   |    μανίαι τέ με om. Aa2   |    καὶ αἱ ἐκδ. T, καὶ ἡ ἐκδίκησις Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.126,24–25


Or. 400.04 (rec exeg) ⟨μανίαι τε μητρός⟩: φθείρουσί με  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανίαι τε μητρός⟩: ἐμὲ φθείρουσι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανίαι τε μητρός⟩: καὶ φθείρουσι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.07 (thom exeg) ⟨μανίαι τε μητρός⟩: αἱ διαφθείρουσαι εἰσί  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μανίαι τε μητρός⟩: ἃς ἔχω  —AbMlMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μανίαι⟩: αἱ  —F2Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Xo   


Or. 400.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τε⟩: δὲ  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: περὶ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.12 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.13 (vet exeg) ⟨αἵματος τιμωρίαι⟩: κατὰ κοινοῦ τὸ [398] ‘διαφθείρουσά με’.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Understand ‘destroying me’ in common here.

POSITION: s.l. MC, intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀπὸ κοινοῦ C   |    διαφθείρουσά Schw., ‑ουσί M, ‑ουσι BC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,24; Dind. II.126,25–26


Or. 400.14 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵματος τιμωρίαι⟩: εἰσὶν ἐμοί  —AbMlMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἵματος τιμωρίαι⟩: ὑπάρχουσιν  —Aa3, app. F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: φόνου  —XXaXbXoYfGGrZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.17 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τοῦ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.18 (rec gloss) ⟨τιμωρίαι⟩: βο[ή]θ[ειαι](?)  —H4

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new image of H when available.   |   


Or. 400.19 (moschThom gloss) ⟨τιμωρίαι⟩: ἐκδικήσεις  —XXbXoYfZbZlZmT*CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox, καὶ αἱ prep. Cr   |    ZmT in erasure (see next)   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta misses the cross above in T, which is not obvious.   |   


Or. 400.20 (thom gloss) ⟨τιμωρίαι⟩: ἐκδικήτριαι  —ZGuZuF, a.c. ZmT

LEMMA: τιμώριαι in text before erasure ZmT (see 261.12)      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  something more follows in F, too damaged to read (ἤγουν …)   


Or. 400.21 (rec gloss) ⟨τιμωρίαι⟩: οὖσαι  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τιμωρίαι⟩: αἱ τιμωρητικαὶ  —FB3d

POSITION: s.l. B3d, marg. F      


Or. 400.23 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρίαι⟩: long mark over first iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 401.01 (vet exeg) ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης πότε: 1καὶ τοῦτο πονηρῶς.  2θέλων γὰρ ἐλέγξαι ὡς θεομισῆ φησιν ‘ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης πότε’.  3ἤθελε γὰρ μαθεῖν εἰ χρόνιόν ἐστι τὸ νόσημα καὶ δυσίατον.   —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   This too (he says) maliciously. For it is because he (Menelaus) wants to convict him (Orestes) of being hated by the gods that he says ‘when did you begin your madness?’ For he wanted to ascertain whether the sickness is longstanding and hard to cure.

LEMMA: MBV, ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης C      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   2 μὴ θέλων MVC   |    ἐξελέγξαι τὸν ἀνέψιον B   |    δὲ om. V   |    3 ἐθελ‑ initially M, but corrected   |    δύσ at end of line, om. ιατον V; on next line with ecthesis and enlarged capital, ἄψαυστον followed by three-dot punctuation (usual mark of separation between end of one scholion and lemma of the next)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστὶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,25–27; Dind. II.127,1–3

COMMENT:   Unless there has been a major confusion of two notes expressing different opinions, μὴ θέλων in MVC must be an accidental mistake, or a very clumsy attempt to make Menelaus more kindly toward Orestes. Compare the absence of μὴ in O’s version 401.02.   


Or. 401.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης πότε⟩: κακοήθως καὶ τοῦτο ἐξετάζει ἵνα εἴσεται εἰ χρόνιον ἐστὶ καὶ ⟨μὴ⟩ ἰάσιμον τὸ νόσημα.  —O

TRANSLATION:   This point too he (Menelaus) examines maliciously, in order to ascertain whether the sickness is longstanding and ⟨not⟩ curable.

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ suppl. Mastr.   |    κακοῆθος O   

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 401.03 (pllgn rhet) [π]αράλληλος [ἡ] δεῖξις.  —F

TRANSLATION:   The demonstration is parallel (or pleonastic).

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This must be a reflection on the essentially similar meanings of the two questions in the line, although one would rather expect ἐκ παραλλήλου αἱ ἐρώτησεις. I find no other combination of παράλληλος (or ἐκ παραλλήλου) with δεῖξις, nor with ἀπόδειξις except in a difficult sentence in Concilium universale Constantinopolitanum tertium (680–681), Concilii actiones I–XVIII, document 11, 504,23–24 + 506,1–4 ἐκ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων συγγραμμάτων πρὸς παράλληλον ἀπόδειξιν τῆς ὁμοφροσύνης τῶν ἤδη προκομισθεισῶν αἱρετικῶν χρήσεων παρὰ τῶν τοῦ μέρους τοῦ ἀποστολικοῦ θρόνου τῆς πρεσβυτέρας Ῥώμης τὰς ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν συγγραμμάτων προφανεῖς βλασφημίας παρεκβληθῆναι καὶ συνταγῆναι τοῖσδε τοῖς πεπραγμένοις δέον καθέστηκε.   


Or. 401.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἤρξω⟩: σὺ  —AbMlMnPrR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 401.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἤρξω⟩: ἀρχὴν ἔλαβες  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   πότε prep. Aa2   


Or. 401.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἤρξω⟩: ἀρχὴν πότε ἔλαβες τῆς αὐτῶν ἀνάγκης;  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 401.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἤρξω⟩: ἀρχὴν ἐποιήσω  —CrOxGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐποίησας CrOx   

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu lets Gr’s ἀρχὴν serve.   |   


Or. 401.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λύσσης⟩: μανίας  —CrF2GOxZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῆς prep. CrOxZu, τῆς prep. F2   


Or. 401.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λύσσης⟩: τῆς βλάβης  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 401.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πότε⟩: ἀπὸ ποίου χρόνου  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 401.11 (thom gloss) ⟨τίς⟩: ποία  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 401.12 (tri metr) ⟨ἡμέρα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 401.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότ’⟩: ὅτε τοῦτο συνέβη σοι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 401.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἦν⟩: ὑπῆρχεν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.01 (vet paraphr) ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν: ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ὑψηλοποίουν τὸ τῆς μητρὸς μνῆμα.  —MVC

TRANSLATION:   On the day on which I built high the tomb of my mother.

LEMMA: MC(μῆτερ), ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μνήμα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,1–2; Dind. II.127,9–10


Or. 402.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν⟩: ὁ δὲ φησὶν ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ τὸ τῆς μητρὸς μνῆμα ἐξώγκουν [ταύτην] τιμῶν, καὶ τὸ χῶμα ἐπιβάλλων ὑψηλοποίουν.  —B

TRANSLATION:   He (Orestes) says ‘(it was) on the day on which I heaped up the tomb of my mother, honoring her, and by placing the mound on top I built (it) high’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 401.01      

APP. CRIT.:   ταύτην suppl. Mastr. (damage in B)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑψιλοποίουν B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,1–2 app.; Dind. II.127,3–4


Or. 402.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν ταφῷ⟩: γράφεται ἐν ᾗ ταλαίνης μητρὸς ἐξώγκουν τάφον.  —MB

TRANSLATION:   There is (also) the reading ‘(day) on which I heaped up the tomb (with accusative instead of dative) of my wretched mother’ (with genitive instead of accusative).

POSITION: cont. from sch. 402.01 M; intermarg. B       

APP. CRIT.:   τάλαιναν M, and perhaps μ(ητ)ρ(ὸ)ς corrected to μ(ητέ)ρ’   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,3; Dind. II.127,5–6

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 402.04 (mosch gloss) ἐν ᾗ: ἡμέρᾳ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZb1Aa2

LEMMA: X conflates lemma and gloss as beginning of sch. 402.08       POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 402.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν ᾗ⟩: ἐν ἐκείνῃ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐν ᾗ⟩: ἀφοῦ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ᾗ⟩: καὶ ᾗτινι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἥτινι Ox   


Or. 402.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν⟩: τῇ ταλαίνῃ μητρὶ ἐξώγκουν τὸν τάφον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   |    τῇ om. Zc   |    ἐξώγκουν] ἀντίστων G   |    τὸν om. TZc, a.c. Y   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 402.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τάλαιναν μητέρ’⟩: γρ. ταλαίνῃ μητέρι  —KZmB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. μητέρι Zm, and separately η over (τάλαιν)αν   |   γρ. om. B3d   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 402.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαιναν⟩: τὴν ἀθλίαν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.11 (rec artGloss) ⟨τάλαιναν⟩: τὴν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.12 (rec gloss) ⟨τάλαιναν⟩: καὶ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l. (above αν of τάλαιναν)      

COMMENT:   It is likely that this gloss is misplaced in Mn. Did it once belong to τίς in 401?   


Or. 402.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: τῆς  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξώγκουν τάφῳ⟩: ὅ ἐστι· τὸ χῶμα ἐπέβαλλον.  —MOV3C

TRANSLATION:   Which means: I placed the mound on top.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 402.03 M, from 402.01 C, s.l. OV3      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅ ἐστι om. OV3   |    τῶ O   |    ὑπέβαλον O   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπέβαλον C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,4; Dind. II.127,6 (cf. 127,14)


Or. 402.15 (thom exeg) ἐξώγκουν τάφῳ: 1εἰκότως δὲ εἶπε τὸ ἐξώγκουν·  2οἱ γὰρ τῶν παλαιῶν τάφοι συναγωγὴ χώματος ἦσαν εἰς ὕψος διήκουσα βουνῷ ἐοικυῖα.  3ὅθεν καὶ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν τύμβην ταύτην κατονομάζουσιν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   With good reason he used the word ‘I caused to be heaped up’, for the tombs of the ancients were a gathering of heaped earth reaching to a height, similar to a mound. Therefore even up to the present they term this (gathering of earth) ‘tumbē’ (‘mound’).

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZmT, Zb to μητέρ’      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κατεχώννυον ἐκάλυπτον (402.13) prep. TZb, δὲ add. after εἰκότως T, after τὸ Zb   |    2 συναγωγὴν Zb, συναγωγοὶ Gu   |    εἰς ὕψος om. Zb   |    βουνοῦ Zl   |    3 ὅθεν κτλ. T, om. others   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξώκουν Za (in text ἐξώγγουν)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.127,10–13

COMMENT:   The third sentence appears to be a Triclinian contribution. τύμβη (not in LSJ or other lexica so far) is a Byzantine vernacular term for a mound. Joannes Pediasimus uses it several times of mounds of various large dimensions, and the Acta of several monasteries use the term in describing heaps that hold boundary markers referred to in legal descriptions of land parcels. I do not believe it is necessary to emend τύμβην to τύμβον with Arsenius (followed by subsequent editors, who did not know of the reading of T).   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 402.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξώγκουν τάφῳ⟩: καὶ ἐπάνω τοῦ τάφου ὄγκον ἤτοι λίθον ἐτίθουν.  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.17 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: ἐτίμων  —HH3MV3CGuY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Y2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,5; Dind. II.127,10


Or. 402.18 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: ὑψηλοποίουν  —HF

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: ἔθαπτον  —V3AbMlMnPrRSaSbSarZu

POSITION: s.l. (Sa here (152r), Sb wrongly above 404 (152v))      


Or. 402.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: ἐδόξαζον ὑψοποίουν  —MlMnPrRSaSbSar

REF. SYMBOL: R      POSITION: marg. R, s.l. others (Sa here (152r), Sb wrongly above 404 (152v))      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑποποίουν Mn   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑψοποιοῦν R   |   

COMMENT:   ὑψοποιόω (or ‑έω?) is attested in 12–13th cent. rhetor Nicolaus Mesarites (TLG), so this gloss is not a mistake for ὑψηλοποίουν.   


Or. 402.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: ἔταφον  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.22 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: κατεχώννυον ἐκάλυπτον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

LEMMA: ἐξώγγουν in text here in ZZaZmGu       POSITION: s.l. except TZb, which prepose this to sch. 402.15      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.127,10


Or. 402.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: ὄγκον εἶπεν διὰ τὸ μνῆμα· ἀναχωματίζοντες γὰρ οἱ Ἕλληνες τὰ μνήματα ὄγκους ἐποίουν, οἱονεὶ ἐπαναστήματα τινά.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   He said ‘heap/mound’ (‘ongkon’) because of the tomb. For by heaping up earth on top the Greeks used to make their tombs mounds, like some sort of eminences.


Or. 402.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: ἀνίστων  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: ὕψουν  —Aa2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: ὀρθὸν ἐποίουν  —Zb1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.27 (rec exeg) ⟨τάφῳ⟩: τάφον  —KXoZuB3a

LEMMA: τάφων in text Zu       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.28 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τάφῳ⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάφον⟩: ἀναχωματισμὸν  —B3a

LEMMA: τάφον is s.l. reading of B3a       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.30 (rec artGloss) ⟨τάφον⟩: τὸν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 403.01 (vet exeg) πότερα κατ’ οἴκους: 1ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἤρξω, τουτέστιν ἐν ποίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ἤρξω καὶ ἐν ποίῳ τόπῳ.  2κακοήθως δὲ καὶ τοῦτο.   —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION:   Understand ‘did you begin’ from the earlier use: in other words, on what day and in what place did you begin? This point too (is made) maliciously.

LEMMA: all (κατοἴκους M, κατοίκους C) except 401 ἤρξω δὲ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἤρξω om. Rw   |    τουτέστιν … ἤρξω] δὲ ποίαν ἡμέραν (punct. after κοινοῦ) V   |    τουτέστιν] τοῦ δέ ἐστιν M   |    ἐν ποίᾳ] ἐμποῖα M   |    2 κακόηθες (δὲ …. τοῦτο om.) V   |    δὲ om. Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,6–8; Dind. II.127,16–18

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 403.02 (vet exeg) ⟨πότερα κατ’ οἴκους⟩: κακοήθως καὶ τοῦτο.  —H

TRANSLATION:   This point too (is made) maliciously.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 403.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πότερα κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἆρα ἐν τῇ πυρκαϊᾷ τῆς μητρὸς καθήμενος ἥ κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους; —G

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 403.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨πότερα κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἐν ποίῳ τόπῳ  —O


Or. 403.05 (vet gloss) ⟨πότερα⟩: ἆρα  —BV1Ab2CrF2ROxZb1Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄρα V1Zb1, ὅρα Cr, a.c. Ox (ἅρα p.c.)   |   


Or. 403.06 (rec gloss) ⟨κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἐμάνης  —MlMnPrRSSarZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐμάνεις Ml   |   


Or. 403.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἦλθε  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 403.08 (moschThom exeg) ⟨κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἤρξω τῆς λύσσης  —XaXbYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmT*

TRANSLATION:  (Supply as predicate in the elliptical question) ‘began your madness’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 403.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἤρξω.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 403.10 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεδρεύων⟩: προσκαθήμενος  —GRfZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    καθήμενος G (perhaps intending προσ‑ in line to be understood as prefix)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προσκαθίμενος Zu   |   


Or. 403.11 (moschThom gloss) ⟨προσεδρεύων⟩: παρακαθήμενος  —XXaXbYYfGrZZaZbZlZmT*AaCrOx

POSITION: s.l. except X, which combines it with sch. 403.08      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 403.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεδρεύων⟩: προσβάλλων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 403.13 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πυρᾷ⟩: τῷ τάφῳ  —CrMnRfOxXXaXbT+YYfGGrZZa, app. F2

POSITION: s.l. except X, which combines it with sch. 403.08; preposed to 403.14 with καὶ ZZa      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἐν prep. CrOx   |    τῷ om. F2Rf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.127,20


Or. 403.14 (thom exeg) ⟨πυρᾷ⟩: τῇ τοῦ σώματος καύσει  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Pura’ here means) ‘the burning of the body’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ σώματος om. ZbZl   |    αὐτῆς add. after σώμ. ZmT   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.127,20–21

COMMENT:   We can here observe the occasional split between ZZa and ZmTGu, since the latter confine themselves to the single interpretation that takes πυρᾷ as the burning of the corpse rather than the place where the burning occurs, but the former offers both possibilities, the gloss τῷ τάφῳ being known from the tradition as carried in the recentiores or from Moschopulus. Note that Triclinius considers τῷ τάφῳ to be a Moschopulean contribution, not one common to both him and Thomas.   


Or. 403.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πυρᾷ⟩: τῇ θυσίᾳ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.01 (vet exeg) νυκτὸς φυλάσσων: 1ὁ δὲ φιλαλήθως [ca. 10–12 letters washed out] πέπονθα·  2μήποτέ τις ἀφέληται τὰ ὀστᾶ.  3ἢ παρατηρῶν πότε σβεσθείσης τῆς φλογὸς ἀφέλωμαι τὰ ὀστᾶ.   —B, partial OVCRbRw

TRANSLATION:   And he (Orestes) truthfully [says ‘by night(?)] I suffered’. (The sense is: watching) lest anyone take away the bones. Or ‘watching for the moment when, the flame having died out, I may pick out the bones (for burial)’.

LEMMA: CRw; ὀστέων ἀναίρεσιν V, ὀστέων Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: cont. from sch. 403.01 B; O has second sentence s.l., third in margin      

APP. CRIT.:   1 in B only; for washed out letters, Arsenius gives λέγει κατὰ τὴν νύκτα   |    2 μή τις O   |    3 σβεσθείσης] ἀφεθείσης C   |    3 τὰ ὀστᾶ] ταῦτα VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀφέλ() V   |    2 ὀστά OCRb   |    3 ἀφέλομαι OVCRb, ἀφέληται Rw   |    3 ὀστά OC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,9–10; Dind. II.127,18 app.


Or. 404.02 (vet exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς φυλάσσων⟩: φυλάττων πότε σβεσθῇ [ἡ(?)] κα[ῦσις(?)] ἵν[α] μὴ (?)ἀφέληται(?) τὰ ὀστᾶ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Watching for the moment when the burning would be extinguished so that (someone?) not could remove the bones.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   either σβεσθεῖ or ‑ῆ H   |   


Or. 404.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς φυλάσσων⟩: τηρῶν πότε ἀφέλωμαι τῆς φλογὸς τὰ ὀστᾶ μή τις ἀφέληται ταῦτα. ἀναιρῶ γὰρ τὸ λαμβάνω.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Watching for the moment when I might pick up the bones from the flame, in order that no one remove them. For ‘anhairō’ (here) means ‘take’.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ποτὲ Y2   |    ἀφέλομαι Y2   |   


Or. 404.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς φυλάσσων⟩: τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἀναιρέσεως νυκτὸς τηρῶν μή τις ἀφέληται τὰ ὀστᾶ τῆς μητρὸς, ἢ ἐκδεχόμενος σβεσθῆναι τὴν πυράν  —G

TRANSLATION:   Watching for the proper moment of the night for picking up (the bones), lest anyone take away the bones of my mother, or waiting for the pyre to be extinguished.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς φυλάσσων⟩: μή τις ἀφέληται ταῦτα  —V3G

POSITION: intermarg. V3      


Or. 404.06 (rec gloss) ⟨νυκτός⟩: ἐμάνην  —AaMlMnPrRSSarZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλονότι add. Zu   


Or. 404.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨νυκτός⟩: ἐπὶ τῆς  —XaXbXaXbXoT+YYfGrZu

POSITION: s.l. except Xa      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς om. Xo   |    νυκτὸς add. Xa   


Or. 404.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨νυκτός⟩: ἤγουν κατὰ τὴν νύκτα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ τῆς νυκτὸς prep. X   |    ἤγουν om. F2GZc   


Or. 404.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νυκτὸς⟩: κατὰ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.10 (rec gloss) ⟨νυκτός⟩: οὔσης  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ νυκτὸς prep. G   


Or. 404.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔννυκτος⟩: καὶ κατὰ μέσην τῆν νύκτα  —Cr

LEMMA: ἔννυκτος in text Cr       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔννυκτος⟩: καὶ κατὰ τὸ μέσον τῆς νυκτὸς  —Ox

LEMMA: ἔννυκτος in text Ox       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς⟩: οἱ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενοι ἐξαιρέτως κατὰ τὴν νύκτα δαιμονίζονται.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   For those who are afflicted by demonic powers are so afflicted especially during the night.


Or. 404.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φυλάσσων⟩: ἐπιτηρῶν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φυλάσσων⟩: παρατηρῶν  —Zb1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.16 (thom exeg) ὀστέων ἀναίρεσιν: 1ἤγουν πότε τὸ σῶμα ἀναλωθὲν ἡμεῖς τὰ ὀστᾶ λάβωμεν.  2ἢ ἀναίρεσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ φθοράν, ἤγουν σκοπῶν μὴ τὰ ὀστᾶ φθαρῇ τῷ πυρί.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, when, the body having been consumed, we may take the bones. Or (interpret) ‘anhairesin’ as meaning ‘destruction’, that is, watching to see that the bones not be destroyed by the fire.

LEMMA: ZZaZb      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbT      POSITION: ZlZmGu s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀνάληψιν add. before ἤγουν Zb (cf. sch. 404.24, 404.25)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λάβομεν ZZa   |   2 ὀστὰ Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.127,22–128,1


Or. 404.17 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ὀστέων⟩: τῶν  —Aa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: κλοπήν, καταδάμασιν  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The simplex noun δάμασις is attested only a few times (the oldest instance probably in Sch. Pind. Ol. 13.98b). Neither καταδάμασις nor any other compound form is currently attested elsewhere.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 404.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: συλλογὴν ἢ ἀφαίρεσιν  —AbMlMnPrRSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὴν prep. Mn   


Or. 404.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: συλλογήν  —YGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,2


Or. 404.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: καὶ τὴν ἀφαίρεσιν  —CrOxZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν om. Zu   


Or. 404.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: κλοπὴν τὴν ἀφαίρεσιν. ἢ μὴ κύων ἁρπάσῃ αὐτά.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κύων μὴ transp. Y2   


Or. 404.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: τὴν κλοπὴν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.24 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἀνάληψιν ἢ φθοράν  —ZZa

TRANSLATION:  (‘Anhairesis’ here means either) ‘picking up’ or ‘destruction’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.25 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἀνάληψιν  —ZbZlZm1TGuXo

TRANSLATION:  (‘Anhairesis’ here means) ‘picking up’.

POSITION: s.l.; second instance prep. to 404.16 Zb      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τὴν prep. Xo   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,1–2

COLLATION NOTES:   In Xo, in the dark ink of the scholia rather than the light ink of most glosses, but same hand.   |   


Or. 404.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἤγουν ἀνακομιδὴν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,1


Or. 404.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἀφανισμὸν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἔπαρσιν  —B3c, app. F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. F2   


Or. 404.29 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: τὴν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 405.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨παρῆν⟩: σοὶ  —XXbXoTYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 405.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρῆν⟩: καὶ παρυπῆρχε  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 405.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τις ἄλλος⟩: ἄνθρωπος δηλονότι  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 405.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὃς σὸν ὤρθευεν δέμας⟩: καὶ παρεκίνει τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα σου.  —V3

REF. SYMBOL: V3      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 405.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὃς⟩: ὅστις  —Aa2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 405.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨σὸν⟩: τὸ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 405.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὤρθευεν δέμας⟩: σφαλλόμενον δηλονότι ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Held your body upright’ is said because his body was) rendered unstable, clearly, by the madness.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλονότι om. GZc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   σφαλόμ‑ YGrAa2   |   


Or. 405.08 (pllgn metr) ⟨ὤρθευεν δέμας⟩: τὸ ν̅ διὰ τὸ μέτρον ἐνταῦθα εἰ καὶ σύμφωνον ἐπιφέρεται τὸ δ̅.  —Za

TRANSLATION:   The nu (is added to the verbal ending) here because of the meter, even though the consonant delta follows.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 405.09 (vet gloss) ⟨ὤρθευεν⟩: ἐνοσοκόμει  —HMOVC

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐνοστοκόμει C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,4–5


Or. 405.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὤρθευεν⟩: περιεποιεῖτο  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 405.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὤρθευεν⟩: ἐπεμελεῖτο  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπιμ‑ Rf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,4


Or. 405.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὤρθευε⟩: ἐκίνει  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 405.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ὤρθευεν⟩: ἐκυβέρνα  —ZZbZlZmTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,5


Or. 405.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤρθευεν⟩: ἐβοήθει  —Y2

REF. SYMBOL: Y2       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 405.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤρθευεν⟩: ἀνώρθου  —AaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀνόρθου Zu, ἀνώρθουν app. Aa   |   


Or. 405.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤρθευεν⟩: ὤρθου  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 405.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὥρθευεν⟩: καὶ ἀνεβάσταζε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 405.18 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ  —Z

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 406.01 (recThom exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: ναὶ  —SarZZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘yes’ (to precede this line).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 406.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: ἦν  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 406.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Φανοτέως, ἤτοι ὁ ἐξάδελφός μου  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   As in sch. 33.06 in V, Phanoteus is here treated as a personal name, not a toponymic adjective, possibly from a misunderstanding of Soph. El. 45; cf. Sch. Soph. El. 45 Xenis, which has, after the correct explanation, τινὲς δὲ ὄνομά φασι τὸ Φανοτέως.   

COLLATION NOTES:   V represents ἐξάδελφος by placing a stigma = ἕξ in front of αδελφος.   |   


Or. 406.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: πρωτεξάδελφος τοῦ Ὀρέστου, τῆς Ἀναξιβοίας υἱὸς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The word πρωτεξάδελφος is mainly used in legal texts and is probably not attested before the 11th century.   


Or. 406.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩:  —Aa2AbCrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 406.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁ συνδρῶν⟩: ὁ συμπράττων  —V1CrZb1ZlOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ὁ om. or del. V, om. Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   συνπρ‑ Zb1   |   


Or. 406.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συνδρῶν⟩: συμπράξας  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 406.08 (rec gloss) ⟨συνδρῶν⟩: ὁ συνεργῶν  —Ab2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ] καὶ Zu   


Or. 406.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨συνδρῶν⟩: ἐμοὶ  —RfXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2B3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει prep. Rf   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 406.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα καὶ μητρὸς φόνον⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ αὐτό.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 406.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: εἰς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 406.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: τὸ  —F2Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 407.01 (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν τίς φαντασία ποιεῖ σε νοσεῖν ταῦτα ἃ νοσεῖς;  —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2:   σὲ Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,9


Or. 407.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ φασμάτων⟩: φαντασμάτων  —F2RZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 407.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ φασμάτων⟩: ὑπὸ φοβημάτων ποίων πανθάνῃ ταῦτα καὶ φαντασμάτων;  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   πανθάνω is late Greek for πάσχω and all attestations in TLG are active, but G has pedantically formed a middle-passive.   


Or. 407.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκφασμάτων⟩: ἓν μέρος λόγου  —V3

TRANSLATION:   A single unit of speech (not a prepositional phrase).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἓν] αʹ V   |   

COMMENT:  Compare the next, and the ὑφ’ ἕν symbol added in B by B3d.   


Or. 407.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκφασμάτων⟩: τινὲς λέγουσι τοῦτ’ εἶναι δύο μέρη τοῦ λόγου· ἀλλ’ οὐχί· ἔστι δὲ ἔκφασμα ἓν μέρος λόγου.  —Aa

TRANSLATION:   Some say this is two units of speech, but not so: the word is ‘ekphasma’, one unit of speech.

LEMMA: Aa       REF. SYMBOL: Aa      


Or. 407.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκφασμάτων⟩: ἐκπλήξεων  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 407.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φαντασμάτων⟩: γρ. ἐκ φασμάτων  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 407.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φαντασμάτων⟩: φαντασιῶν  —CrOxXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 407.09 (rec gloss) ⟨δὲ⟩: καί  —MlR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 407.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: ταῦτα  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 407.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: ἤγουν τὸ τῆς †ναι***μαινόμεν[ον]  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Water damage in Aa: it could be ναλ rather than ναι, but hardly any words begin with ναλ; nor does ναι suggest anything promising.   |   


Or. 407.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νοσεῖς⟩: πάσχεις  —F2Xo2Y

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 407.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νοσεῖς⟩: ἀσθενεῖς  —Zb1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 407.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ποίων ὕπο⟩: ἢ ὑπὸ ἄλλων ποίων δη[λονότι]  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 408.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔδοξ’⟩: ἐνόμισα  —AaAbF2MlMnSSarXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZl

POSITION: s.l. except X, which adds ἰδεῖν after ἐνόμισα and continues with sch. 408.02      


Or. 408.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔδοξ’⟩: ἐδόκησα  —V1/3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 408.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδοξ’⟩: καὶ ὑπέλαβον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 408.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς⟩: τρεῖς κόρας νυκτὶ ὁμοίας ἤγουν μελαίνας  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2, partial GXo2ZcZu

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from sch. 408.01) and Xo      

APP. CRIT.:   τρεῖς … ἤγουν om. GZu, but G adds ὁμοίας νυκτὶ as separate   |    τρεῖς … ὁμοίας om. Xo2   |    νυκτὶ … ἤγουν om. Zc, separating into two parts   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.11–12

COLLATION NOTES:   Water damage Aa, last two words very uncertain.   |   


Or. 408.05 (vet exeg) νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς: ἀντὶ τοῦ φοβεράς· νυκτὶ ὁμοίας, ὡς ὁ ποιητής [Hom. Il. 1.47]· ‘νυκτὶ ἐοικώς’.  —MBPr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Similar to night’ is here) equivalent to ‘terrifying’. ‘Like the night’, as the poet (Homer puts it): ‘appearing like the night’.

LEMMA: Pr with preposed τὸ δὲ      POSITION: s.l. M, marg. B; cont. from sch. 410.07 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ φοβεράς om. BPr   |    νυκτί ὁμοίας om. M. ὁμοίας νυκτὶ transp. Pr   |    ὁ om. Pr   |    after ποιητής add. φη(σι) Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,11–12; Dind. II.128,10–11

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 408.06 (rec exeg) ⟨νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς⟩: Ὁμηρικῶς λέγει.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l. (above κόρας)      


Or. 408.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νυκτὶ⟩: σκότει  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 408.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨προσφερεῖς⟩: ὁμοίας  —VAaAbCrF2MlMnPrRSSarOxXo2ZZaZbZlZmZuT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu   

COLLATION NOTES:   Aa gloss crossed out by Aa2 when entering longer gloss.   |   


Or. 408.09 (rec gloss) ⟨προσφερεῖς⟩: ἐμφερεῖς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 408.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσφερεῖς⟩: ἐγγὺς  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 408.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόρας⟩: νεάνιδας  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 408.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόρας⟩: γυναῖκας  —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 408.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόρας⟩: τὰς Ἐριννύας  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 408.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόρας⟩: καὶ παρθένους  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 409.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἶδ’⟩: γινώσκω  —CrOxZb2ZlXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 409.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἶδ’⟩: ἔγνων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 409.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἶδ’⟩: ἐπίσταμαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 409.04 (thom gloss) ⟨ἃς ἔλεξας⟩: ἤγουν τὰς Ἐριννῦς  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Za   


Or. 409.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἃς⟩: καὶ ἅστινας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 409.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλεξας⟩: εἶπας  —OxXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἴπας Ox   |   


Or. 409.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλεξας⟩: λέγεις  —F2Z

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 409.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὀνομάσαι⟩: εἰπεῖν τὸ ὄνομα  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 409.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀνομάσαι⟩: εἰπεῖν αὐτὰς ὁποῖαι εἰσὶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 409.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀνομάσαι⟩: καὶ εἰπεῖν Ἐριννύας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 409.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀνομάσαι⟩: εἰπεῖν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 409.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ὀνομάσαι⟩: λέξαι  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 409.13 (rec gloss) ⟨βούλομαι⟩: ἐγώ  —AbMlRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 409.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βούλομαι⟩: θέλω  —F2GuOxZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ prep. F2Zb2, καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 410.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨σεμναὶ γάρ⟩: ὅτι σεμναί εἰσι  —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰσι om. Ml   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰσὶν Ab   |   


Or. 410.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σεμναὶ γάρ⟩: κατ’ εἰρωνείαν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 410.03 (recMosch gloss) ⟨σεμναὶ⟩: σεβάσμιαι  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 410.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σεμναὶ⟩: τίμιαι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σεμναὶ γὰρ⟩: εἰσὶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.06 (vet exeg) εὐπαίδευτα δ’ ἀποτρέπου: 1κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπαιδεύτως.  2ἢ οὕτως· εὐπαιδεύτως δὲ ποιεῖς ὀνομάζειν αὐτὰς Ἐρινύας παραιτούμενος.   —MBCRw, partial V3

TRANSLATION:   By use of the opposite term, used instead of ‘boorishly/ignorantly’. Or interpret in this way: you act in a well-educated manner in declining to call them by the name Erinyes.

LEMMA: MC; ἄλλως· εὐπαίδευτα B; σεμναὶ γὰρ εὐπαίδευτα Rw      POSITION: follows sch. 410.07 in B      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 κατὰ … οὕτως om. V3   |    1 τοῦ om. C   |    2 δὲ om. MV3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὀνομάζ M   |   ἐριννύας RwV3   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.127,13–15; Dind. II.128,21–23

COLLATION NOTES:   After the scholion-ending mark Rw fills the small remainder of last line of the scholia block on fol. 18v with τίς φερ(ὲς)(?) συμφερ(ὲς)(?) and possibly καὶ(?) π[ appears below (erased, washed out?).   |   

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις   


Or. 410.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἀπαιδεύτως φυλάττου ὀνομάζειν αὐτάς.  2πῶς δὲ ἀπαιδεύτως;  3καλῶν αὐτὰς Ἐρινύας.   —MBVCMlMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Guard yourself from boorishly/ignorantly naming them. And in what sense ignorantly? By calling them Erinyes.

LEMMA: MC; εὐπαίδευτα BV(‑δευτ())Rb, ἀπαίδευτα Mn(ἀπέδ‑)PrSSa      REF. SYMBOL: BVMlRb      POSITION: precedes 410.06 in B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. BVMlMnPrRbSSa, before that δὲ καλῶν αὐτὰς ἐρινύας crossed out Rb    |    ἀπαιδεύτως] ἀπαίδευτα VMlSSa, ἀπαιδεύτους C, ἀπαίδευτα εὐπαίδευτα Rb   |    φυλάττουσιν V   |    αὐτοῖς S, αὐτὰ app. Mn   |    2 πῶς … 3 αὐτὰς om. Pr   |    2 ἀπαιδεύτως] ἀπαίδευτα MlMnRbSSa, a.c. V (corr. V1)   |    3 καλῶν written in blank space by V1   |    after ἐριν. add. παραιτούμενος Pr (cf. 410.06)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀπεδεύτως Mn   |    2 ἀπέδευτα Mn   |    3 ἐριννύας VMnPrSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,16–17; Dind. II.128,20–21


Or. 410.08 (rec exeg) εἰρω(νικῶς)· φυλάττουσιν ὀνομάζειν. πῶς δ’ οὐκ ἀπαίδευτον καλεῖν αὐτὰς Ἐριννύς;  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (Expressed) ironically: people avoid naming (them). And how is it not ignorant to call them Erinyes?

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   corruption of φυλάττου σὺ?   

COMMENT:   There is a punct. dot after εἰρω(), and indeed the word is not quite on the level of the following phrase and may have been intended to be a separate annotation.   

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 410.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὐπαίδευτα δ’ ἀποτρέπου⟩: ἀποτρέπου δὲ λέγειν αὐτὰς τὸ εὔφημον ὄνομα τὸ Εὐμενίδες ἀπαιδεύτως. καὶ λέγε ‘φονεύτριαι Ἐριννύες’.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Avoid calling them by the euphemistic name Eumenides, ignorantly. And say ‘murderous Erinyes’.

APP. CRIT.:   αὐταῖς Y2   |    ἀπαίδευτον Y2   

COMMENT:   Cf. 410.22 for a closely similar note. If one adds punctuation after ὄνομα, it is possible to keep ἀπαίδευτον, translating ‘the name Eumenides is ignorant’.    


Or. 410.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπαίδευτον δ’ ἀποτρέπ()⟩: τοῦ μὴ ὀνομάζειν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.11 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐπαίδευτ’ ἀποτρέπου⟩: εὐπαίδευτόν ἐστι τὸ μὴ ταύτας ὀνομάζειν.  —K

TRANSLATION:   It is well-educated not to name these (maidens).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.12 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐπαίδευτα⟩: ἀντίφρασις ἀπαι(δεύτ)ως  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις   


Or. 410.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐπαίδευτα⟩: ἀπαιδεύτως ποιεῖς  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπαίδευτα⟩: ἀπαιδεύτως  —RXo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨εὐπαίδευτα⟩: εὐπαιδεύτως  —XXaXbGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπαίδευτα⟩: ἤγουν κακοφήμως  —Zu

POSITION: s.l., but above σεμναὶ γάρ      

APP. CRIT.:   κακοφημένως Zu, corr. Mastr.   


Or. 410.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπαίδευτα⟩: τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν  —AbMlMnS

LEMMA: ἀπαίδευτο(ν) in text S      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαίδευτ’⟩: καὶ ἀπαιδεύτως, ὅτι οὐ θέλεις εἰπεῖν τὰ αὐτῶν ὀνόματα. —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαίδευτ’⟩: πῶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.20 (tri metr) [ἡμέτερον:] ἀπαίδευτον: ἀπαίδευτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐνταῦθα γράφων ἀπαίδευτα καὶ τῶν μέτρων παντάπασιν ἀμαθής. σὺ δ’ εἰ βούλει μὴ ἀπαίδευτος εἶναι, ἀπαίδευτον ἑνικῶς γράφε. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ μέτρον ὀρθῶς.  —T

TRANSLATION:   Uneducated is the person who writes here ‘apaideuta’ (‘uneducated’, neuter plural), and completely ignorant of meters. As for you, if you want not to be uneducated, write ‘apaideuton’ in the singular. For in this way it is correct with respect to the meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. lost to damage (τρικλινίου in marg. Ta)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,17–19; de Fav. 54

COLLATION NOTES:   Written in light ink by T3.   |   


Or. 410.21 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀποτρέπου λέγειν⟩: ἤγουν μέμφεσθαι αὐτὰς ἀφίστασο.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Gu   |    αὐτοὺς Zb   |    ἀφίστατο Za   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,15–16


Or. 410.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀποτρέπου λέγειν⟩: τὸ λέγειν ταύτας Εὐμενίδας καὶ λέγε αὐτὰς φονευτρίας Ἐριννύας.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   (Avoid) calling them Eumenides and call them murderous Erinyes.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See on 410.09 above.   


Or. 410.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποτρέπου⟩: σὺ  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀποτρέπου⟩: παραιτούμενος  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀποτρέπου⟩: παραιτοῦ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀποτρέπου⟩: ἔδει εἰπεῖν ἀπ()τρέπ()· τὸ σχῆμα παρὰ πολλοῖς ἦν.  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The note apparently means ‘he should have said “you avoid” (ἀποτρέπῃ)’ or ‘he should have said “you avoided” (ἀπετρέπου)’. The unnamed schema would then appear to be a substitution of imperative for indicative.    


Or. 410.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποτρέπου⟩: φυλάττου  —AbMlMnSB4

LEMMA: ἀποτρέπ() in text S, ἀποτρέπουσι in text Mn       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   φυλάττουσι Mn (a corruption of φυλάττου σύ?); φυλάττ() S (with ἀποτρέπ() in text)   


Or. 410.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀποτρέπου⟩: ἀποστρέφου  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀποτρέπου⟩: μὴ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.30 (tri metr) ⟨ἀποτρέπου⟩: koine long sign over ποτ  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 410.31 (mosch gloss) ⟨λέγειν⟩: ὀνομάζειν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὰς ἐριννύας add. Y2   


Or. 411.01 (vet exeg) αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι: 1κακοήθως τῷ ὀνόματι ἐχρήσατο ⟨ἀντὶ⟩ τῆς μανίας.  2κακόηθες δὲ καὶ τὸ ὑπομιμνήσκειν αὐτὸν τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός.  3ἤρκει γὰρ ‘αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι’.   —MBVCMlMnPrRbRwSa, partial H

TRANSLATION:   Maliciously he used the word (‘bakcheuō’, ‘make rave, afflict with divine madness’) instead of ‘madness’ (‘mania’). And it is also malicious that he reminds him (Orestes) of the murder of his mother. For it was sufficient to say ‘these (goddesses) make you rave’.

LEMMA: M(‑ουσιν)BVCPr, αὗταί σε Rb, συγγενεῖ φόνω Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVMlRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῖς ὀνόμασιν V   |    ἐχρήσαντο MC   |    ⟨ἀντὶ⟩ τῆς Schw., τὸν τῆς M, τῆς others   |    τῆς μανίας transp. before ἐχρήσατο H   |    2–4 κακόηθες κτλ om. H   |    2 κακόηθες] κακοήθως M   |    καὶ om. MlRbRw   |    τὸ ὑπομιμνήσκειν] τὸ μὴ εἴπης ἀνακωχὴν τῶν κακῶν τὸν θάνατον ὑπομιμνήσκειν Sa (cf. sch. 415.06)   |    αὐτὸν om. V   |    3 ἤρκει γὰρ treated as beginning of new note Mn(punct.)Sa(first words by rubr.)   |    γὰρ] γὰρ τὸ VS, τὸ Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μανείας Ml   |    3 αὐταί Ml   |    3 βακχεύουσιν MCPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,18–20; Dind. II.128,26–129,1

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   |   κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 411.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι⟩: ἃς εὐτελίζεις καὶ ἐξουθενεῖς  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εὐτελίζειν Y2   |   app. ἐξουθενοῖς V3   


Or. 411.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὗται⟩: αἱ Ἐριννύες  —F2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὗται⟩: αἱ κόραι  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨βακχεύουσι συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: ἀναταράσσουσί σε χάριν τοῦ φόνου  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.06 (vet gloss) ⟨βακχεύουσι⟩: illegible gloss  —H

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨βακχεύουσι⟩: ταράσσουσι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ταράττ‑ G   |   -σιν XXbYfG   |   


Or. 411.08 (thom gloss) ⟨βακχεύουσι⟩: ἐκμαίνουσι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.09 (rec gloss) ⟨βακχεύουσι⟩: μανιοποιοῦσι  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.10 (rec gloss) ⟨βακχεύουσι⟩: μαίνεσθαι ποιοῦσι  —CrGKPrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ποι. μαίν. transp. B3a   


Or. 411.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βακχεύουσιν⟩: καὶ ἐμμανῆ ποιοῦσι καὶ ἀναταράττουσιν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βακχεύουσι⟩: καὶ μανικὸν ποιοῦσι σὲ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.13 (vet exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: λείπει ἡ διά, ἵν’ ᾖ διὰ τὸν συγγενῆ φόνον.  —HMaMbBC

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘dia’ is to be understood, so that the sense is ‘because of the kindred murder’.

LEMMA: συγγενῆ φόνον in text Rw (φόνον alone s.l. in M)      POSITION: s.l. HMbC, marg. B, cont. from 411.01, add. δὲ, Ma      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει om. or compend. obscured under overwritten text H   |    ἵν’ ᾖ] H, om. MbBC   |    τὸ MbC   |    φόνον om. MbC (unless s.l. (φόν)ον in M is meant to be a continuation of note positioned somewhat to the left)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   συγγενὴ Mb, συγγενεῖ H   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,20–21; Dind. II.129,8–9

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 411.14 (rec exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: τὸ δὲ συγγενεῖ φόνῳ διὰ τὴν μητέρα φησίν.  —VMlMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   He (Menelaus) says ‘by kindred murder’ because of (Orestes’) mother.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 411.01 all      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶ δὲ MnSSa   |    φησίν om. V   

APP. CRIT. 2:  συγκενεῖ a.c. Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,22; Dind. II.129,5


Or. 411.15 (rec exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν om. S   


Or. 411.16 (rec exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: διὰ τὸν συγγενῆ φόνον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ συγγενοῦς φόνου κινούμεναι δηλονότι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘By the kindred murder’ is used in that the Erinyes were) aroused to action, clearly, by the kindred murder.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. except XXo      

APP. CRIT.:   φόνον Y   |   δηλονότι om. Zc   


Or. 411.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: χάριν τοῦ συγγόνου φόνου  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.19 (rec gloss) ⟨συγγενεῖ⟩: συγγενικῷ  —F2KZaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν τῷ prep. Zu, app. τῷ prep. F2   


Or. 411.20 (thom gloss) ⟨συγγενεῖ⟩: τῷ μητρικῷ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOxB3d

POSITION: s.l. (cont. from prev. with ἤγουν Za)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. ZaCrOx   |    τῷ om. GuB3d   


Or. 411.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συγγενεῖ⟩: (συγγεν)ῆ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 412.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οἴμοι⟩: ὡς ἔοικεν αὖθις μανὼν λέγει ταῦτα.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   As it appears, he says this having become crazed again.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   μανὼν is formed from the aorist ἔμανον, coined by late grammarians as a step in etymologizing principal parts of μαίνομαι (Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:2.141,17, Et. Parv. μ 32, Et. Gud. s.v. μηνιεῖ).   


Or. 412.02 (pllgn paraphr) ὑφ’ ὧν διωγμῶν ἐλαύνομαι ὁ τάλας.  —G

POSITION: s.l., misplaced above 409      


Or. 412.03 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς τὰς Ἐριννῦς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l. (above τάλας)      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 412.04 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨διωγμῶν⟩: ἕνεκα  —AbCrF2KMnOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcAa2ZZbZlZmZuTB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἕνεκεν Aa2CrOx   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Mn lighter ink (rubricator?): check original Mn.   |   


Or. 412.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διωγμῶν⟩: τιμωριῶν  —VrecY2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 412.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨διωγμῶν⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 412.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: ὑφ’ ὧν  —AaKSXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T; καὶ app. prep. Aa (sloppy and probably corrected)   


Or. 412.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: δι’ ὧν  —F2Za

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 412.09 (rec gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: διότι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 412.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: αἷς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Fem. agreeing with earlier gloss τιμωριῶν (412.05).   


Or. 412.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: ἐν  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 412.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: δι’  —CrOx

LEMMA: ὧν in text CrOx       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 412.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐλαύνομαι⟩: κολάζομαι  —V3FGPrY2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 412.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐλαύνομαι⟩: πειράζομαι ὑπ’ αὐτῶν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 412.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλαύνομαι⟩: ἀναβακχεύομαι  —Za

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 412.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλαύνομαι⟩: διώκομαι  —AaCrOxZlZm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 412.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλαύνομαι⟩: ἀποπέμπομαι  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 412.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλας⟩: καὶ ὁ ἄθλιος  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 412.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨τάλας⟩:  —AbF2Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.01 (vet exeg) οὐ δεινὰ: 1γυμνὸν ἐνταῦθα δείκνυται τὸ ἦθος τοῦ Μενελάου·  2κατέκρινε γὰρ αὐτὸν χωρὶς κρίσεως.   —MBCMlMnPraPrbRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Here the character of Menelaus is shown laid bare: for he condemned him (Orestes) without a trial.

LEMMA: RSSa, app. Mn([οὐ] δείνα sic], οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν Rw      POSITION: cont. from sch. 411.01 BPra; s.l. MCMlPrb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 prep. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸ (τῶ B) εἰπεῖν· οὐ δεινὰ (δεῖνα Pra) πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς εἰργασμένους. BPra   |    γυμνὸν] γυμνῶς PrbRw, οὐ δεινὰ Ml, om. MnRbSSa   |    ἐνταῦθα om. BPra   |    δείκνυται] φαίνεται C   |    ἦθος τοῦ] κακόηθες B, ἦθος τὸ κακὸν Pra   |    τοῦ om. Rw   |    2 κατακρίν() Prb   |    χωρὶς] ἄνευ Schw., incorrectly implying it is in M (χω()΄)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 app. χω(ρ)(ικὸν) Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.143,1–2; Dind. II.129,1–5

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 413.02 (rec exeg) ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀναφορὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς Ὀρέστης εἶπεν, ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς πεπραγμένους καὶ κατέκρινεν αὐτὸν {φησὶν Ὀρέστης} χωρὶς κρίσεως.  —V

POSITION: cont. from sch. 411.14      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,22–25; Dind. II.129,5–8

COMMENT:   A confused note, either jumbled in transmission or very badly paraphrasing as if 414 preceded 413.   


Or. 413.03 (pllgn paraphr) σεαυτὸν μέμφου, μὴ τὰς θεὰς, ἐπειδὴ χρὴ παθεῖν σε κακὰ ὡς κακὰ πράξαντα.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.04 (pllgn paraphr) μὴ μέμφου τὰς θεὰς ἀλλ’ ἑαυτόν· οὐ γὰρ ἄδικον τὸ πάσχειν δεινὰ τὸν πράξαντα δεινά.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 413.05 (pllgn gram) ὡς φίλα φίλον, ἀχθεινὰ ἀχθεινὸν, οὕτως καὶ δεινὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ δεινὸν.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   As (neuter plural) ‘phila’ (can mean singular) ‘philon’ (‘dear’), and (neuter plural) ‘achtheina’ (can mean singular) ‘achtheinon’ (‘painful’), so too (plural) ‘deina’ is used instead of (singular) ‘deinon’ (‘terrible’).

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 413.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν⟩: οὐκ ἄξιον πάσχειν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ δεινὰ⟩: χρὴ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.08 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ δεινὰ⟩: δίκαιον  —PrB3d

LEMMA: οὐ δεινὸν in text Pr       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δίκασ(ον) app. Pr   |   ἐστι add. B3d   


Or. 413.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ δεινὰ⟩: {οὐ} δίκαια· οὐ θαυμαστὰ ὑπάρχει  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ δεινὰ⟩: οὐ δεινὸν ὑπάρχει  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ δεινὸν⟩: δεινὰ  —PrZc

LEMMA: οὐ δεινὸν in text PrZc       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.12 (mosch gloss) ⟨first δεινὰ⟩: χαλεπά —XXaXoT+YYfGrZcAa

LEMMA: δεινὸν in line Zc       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   χαλεπὸν Aa   |   


Or. 413.13 (mosch gloss) first δεινὰ: θαυμαστόν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ prep. Xb, ἤγουν οὐ prep, T   |   


Or. 413.14 (recThom gloss) ⟨first δεινὰ⟩: δεινὸν ἐστὶ  —AaMlMnRfSZZbZlZmTGuOx2

REF. SYMBOL: Ml      POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ml      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν οὐ prep. T, οὐ prep. MlMnS   |    δεινὸν om. ZbZl   |    ἐστὶ om. AaRf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστὶν Ml   |   


Or. 413.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first δεινὰ⟩: καὶ ἄδικα ὑπάρχουσιν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.16 (thom gloss) ⟨πάσχειν⟩: κολάζεσθαι δυστυχεῖν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κολάζεσθαι om. Za   


Or. 413.17 (rec exeg) ⟨πάσχειν⟩: ⟨διὰ⟩ τό τι ποιεῖν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὸ τὶ Pr   


Or. 413.18 (rec gloss) ⟨πάσχειν⟩: τῷ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Lighter ink, rubricator or later hand: check original Mn.   |   


Or. 413.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨second δεινὰ⟩: χαλεπά  —XXaXbXoT+YfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 413.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨second δεινὰ⟩: καὶ δίκαια  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.21 (mosch gloss) ⟨τοὺς εἰργασμένους⟩: τοὺς πεποιηκότας  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   χαλεπὰ δημολόντι add. Xb   


Or. 413.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοὺς εἰργασμένους⟩: τοὺς ποιοῦντας  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοὺς εἰργασμένους⟩: καὶ τοὺς πεπραχότας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.24 (rec gloss) ⟨τοὺς εἰργασμένους⟩: δεινὰ  —AbKMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   add. δῆλον K   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ab has ση(μείωσαι) in margin.   |   


Or. 414.01 (414–415) (mosch exeg) 1τὸ ἑξῆς οὕτως· ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀναφορὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς ὁ Φοῖβος κελεύσας διαπράξασθαι τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον.  2ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος διακόψας τὸν λόγον φησί· μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς δηλονότι.  3ὑπελάμβανε γὰρ τοῦτο βούλεσθαι προτείνειν αὐτόν.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   The continuous text (would be) as follows: But we have as a recourse for our misfortune Phoebus, who ordered (me) to accomplish the killing of my mother. But Menelaus interrupts the utterance and says: Do not speak of the death, namely, that of your father. For he (Menelaus) assumed that he (Orestes) wanted to put forward this claim.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν G      REF. SYMBOL: T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός XaY   |    2 εἰπεῖν a.c. Yf   |    τοῦτο] τοῦτον Dindorf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ξυμφορὰς Yf   |   2 δῆλον ὅτι G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.129,15–19

COLLATION NOTES:   ὁ Φοῖβος κελεύσας] ἐφ’ οἷς ἐκέλευσας Ta (because T here has a barbell beta that could be mistaken for lunate sigma, and the omicron (= ος) above that beta is exceedingly small).   |   


Or. 414.02 (414–415) (thom exeg) 1ὁ μὲν Ὀρέστης διὰ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα εἶπεν, ὡς κελεύσαντα τὸν φόνον, τὸ ‘ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀναφορὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς’. 2τουτέστιν εἰς Ἀπόλλωνα ἀναφέρομεν τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν παρόντων. 3ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος, οἰόμενος αὐτὸν λέγειν τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς θάνατον, ἐκλύων αὐτὸν τῆς ἀπολογίας φησί·  4μὴ τὸν θάνατον τοῦ πατρὸς προβαλλόμενος λέγε ὡς δι’ ἐκεῖνον τὴν μητέρα ἀποκτείνας εἰς τὰ παρόντα ἐμπέπτωκα.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Orestes said ‘we have as a recourse for our misfortune’ because of Apollo, on the grounds that he ordered the killing. That is, we refer the cause/blame for the present situation to Apollo. But Menelaus, supposing that he is speaking of the death of his father, says, depriving him of his defence: Do not put forth the death of your father as a defence and say that ‘it is because I killed my mother on his behalf that I have fallen into the present difficulties’.

REF. SYMBOL: all (at 414 ἀναφορά ZZa, at 415 θάνατον others)      

APP. CRIT.:   4 τοῦ πατρὸς om. Zb, app. Zl   |    ἐμπέπτωκας ZbZlTGu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 φησίν ZbGu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.129,19–24

COLLATION NOTES:   4 προβαλλόμενος om. Ta   |   


Or. 414.03 (414–415) (rec exeg) ὁ μὲν Ὀρέστης τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα λέγει αἴτιον τῆς μανίας, ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος ᾤετο τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς λέγειν θάνατον. —Rf

POSITION: beside 416–417, first lines of 121v      


Or. 414.04 (vet exeg) ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀναφορά: 1ἐπεὶ εἶπεν ὁ Μενέλαος [413] ‘οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς εἰργασμένους’ καὶ κατέκρινεν αὐτὸν δεινὰ πεπραχέναι, φησὶν Ὀρέστης·  2ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν τῆς συμβάσης τύχης ἀναφορά, ὅ ἐστι·  3δυνάμεθα τοῦ συμβάντος πράγματος τὴν αἰτίαν ἀναγαγεῖν εἴς τινα, ὥστε μὴ εἶναι ἡμᾶς αἰτίους δεινῶν πράξεων.  4εἶτα ὁ Μενέλαος· μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς τοῦ πατρός· οὐ γὰρ σοφόν.  5εἰ γὰρ καὶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα ἀνεῖλες τὴν μητέρα, δεινὰ πέπραχας·  6σὺ γὰρ οὐκ ὤφειλες θάνατον ἐπαγαγεῖν τῇ μητρί, ἀλλ’ ἡ δημοσία κρίσις.  7εἶτα Ὀρέστης λέγει ὅτι ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔκρινε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δεινὰ διεπραξάμην, εἴγε θεὸς ὁ κρίνας καὶ κελεύσας.  8εἶτα ὁ Μενέλαος· τοῦτο τὸ δεινὸν ἔκρινεν ἀμαθὴς ὤν.  9εἶτα Ὀρέστης· εἴτε ἀμαθεῖς εἴτε σοφοὶ οἱ θεοὶ οὐκ οἶδα, τοῦτο δὲ οἶδα ὅτι δουλεύομεν καὶ πειθόμεθα αὐτοῖς, ὁποῖοι ἄν εἰσιν, εἴτε σοφοὶ εἴτε φαῦλοι.  10εἶτα ὁ Μενέλαος· εἰ αὐτός σοι ἐκέλευσε, πῶς οὐκ ἐλεεῖ νοσοῦντα καὶ μαινόμενον;  11εἶτα Ὀρέστης· ἴσως ἐλεήσει, ἀεὶ γὰρ βραδύνει τὸ θεῖον.   —MaBVCPr, partial Mb

TRANSLATION:   Because Menelaus had said ‘it is not a shocking thing for those who have done terrible things to suffer the same’ and had condemned him as having done terrible things, Orestes says: But we have a recourse for the fortune that has befallen us, which is to say, we can refer the cause/blame for what happened to someone (else) so that we not be responsible for terrible deeds. Then Menelaus: Do not speak of the death of your father. That is not wise. For even if you killed your mother because of your father, you have done terrible things. For you should not have been the one imposing death on your mother, but (it should) rather (have been) the verdict of the people. Next, Orestes says that Apollo decided it and therefore I did not do terrible things, since the one who decided and commanded was a god. Then Menelaus: He decided on this terrible act, being ignorant. Then Orestes: I do not know whether the gods are ignorant or wise, but this I do know, that we are their slaves and we obey them, of whatever nature they are, whether wise or unwise. Then Menelaus: If he himself commanded you, how is it that he does not pity you in your sickness and madness? Then Orestes: Perhaps he will show pity, for the divine always acts slowly.

LEMMA: MaCPr, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἀναφορά B, ἀναφορὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς V      REF. SYMBOL: BV      POSITION: Mb s.l. at 415; as three sep. notes Pr (1–7, and after intervening sch. 416.01, 8–10 and 11)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–4 ἐπεὶ εἶπεν … μενέλαος om. Mb   |    1–2 ἐπεὶ … ἀναφορά om. V   |    1 second δεινὰ om. CPr   |    τοῖς εἰργασμένοις MaC   |    κατέκρικεν app. Ma   |    δεινὰ πεπραχέναι] Schw., δεινὰ κεκρικέναι MaC, om. BPr   |    2 ὅ ἐστι] ἢ V, corr. V1   |    3 ἀγαγεῖν Pr   |    μὴ] νῦν Pr, om. V, with ἀναιτίους for αἰτίους   |    δεινῶν] δεῖνα Pr   |    4 τοῦ] τὸν τοῦ V   |    οὐ γὰρ] τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ BPr (οὐ s.l. Pr)   |    5 εἰ γὰρ καὶ] καὶ γὰρ Pr   |    διὰ τὸν] διὰ τὸν σὸν V, διὰ Mb   |    ἀνεῖλες] ἀνἦιλες Ma, ἀνῆλες Mb, πρὸς V   |    πέπρακας MaMbC   |    6–11 om. Mb   |    7 λέγει] ἀντιλέγει V   |    ὅτι ὁ ἀπόλλων] ὁ φοῖβος V   |    διεπράξαμεν C   |    εἴγε] εἰ γὰρ Ma   |    8 ἀμαθὴς ὢν transp. before τοῦτο B, ἀμαθὴς ὢν τοῦ καλοῦ transp. before τοῦτο Pr, ἀμαθὴς ὢν τοῦ καλοῦ V (without transposition)   |    9 οἱ om., add. s.l. B   |    δουλευόμεθα C   |    after αὐτοῖς add. ὅτι θεοὶ V   |    10 αὐτός] οὗτος V   |    σοι] σε Pr   |    11 ἀεὶ … θεῖον] τὸ δὲ θεῖον ἀεὶ μακροθυμεῖ V   |    after θεῖον add. καὶ μακροθυμεῖ Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   7 ἔκρινεν Ma   |    9 (second) εἴτε ] εἶτε Ma   |    9 (third) εἴτε ] εἶτε Ma   |    10 ἐκέλευσεν Ma   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.143,4–18; Dind. II.129,25–130,14


Or. 414.05 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1ὅρα τὸ εὐφυὲς τοῦ ποιητοῦ, πῶς δι’ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν προσώπων τούτων, τοῦ Ὀρέστου καὶ τοῦ Μενελάου, τὰς ἐναντίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων δόξας ὑποδηλοῖ.  2ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἱ μὲν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λέγουσι τιμωρεῖν τὸ θεῖον τοῖς πάσχουσιν, οἱ δ’ ⟨ὅτι οἱ θεοὶ⟩ ἀδιαφοροῦσι, διὰ μὲν τοῦ Ὀρέστου τὸ βοηθεῖσθαι παρὰ τοῦ θείου τοὺς κάμνοντας συνίστησι, διὰ δὲ τοῦ Μενελάου σοφιστικῶς ἀπαγορεύει.  3ἐκεῖθεν δὲ τὴν ὑφὴν τοῦ λόγου προὐκατεσκεύασεν.  4εἰπόντος γὰρ τοῦ Μενελάου ἀπὸ τοῦ [409] ‘οἶδα μὲν αὐτὰς, ὀνομάσαι δ’ οὐ βούλομαι’ καὶ καθεξῆς, τοῦ Ὀρέστου εἰς μομφὴν τῶν Εὐμενίδων κινηθέντος ὁ Μενέλαος τρόπον τινὰ τοῦτον ἀπεστρέψατο  5εἰπὼν [411] ‘αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι συγγενεῖ φόνῳ’, δηλονότι ἃς κατευτελίζεις καὶ οὐ θέλεις καλεῖσθαι Εὐμενίδας λέγων [410] ‘εὐπαίδευτα δ’ ἀποτρέπου λέγειν’,  6ἤτοι ἀπόφευγε τὸ προστιθέμενον αὐταῖς ὄνομα, τὸ Εὐμενίδες, παρὰ τῶν εὖ πεπαιδευμένων καὶ σοφῶν λέγειν καὶ λέγε δήπουθεν τὸ οἰκεῖον αὐταῖς ὄνομα ἤγουν αἱ ἀλάστορες, αἱ Τελχῖνες, αἱ φονεύτριαι.  7πρὸς τὸ βακχεύουσιν ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐπιτατικῶς εἶπε τὸ [412] ‘οἴμοι διωγμῶν οἷς ἐλαύνομαι τάλας’, ὁ δ’ ἀντεῖπεν [413] ‘οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς εἰργασμένους’ ἤγουν μὴ τὰς θεὰς μέμφου, ἑαυτὸν δὲ τὸν αἴτιον τοῦ πάσχειν τὰ δεινὰ ὡς δεινὰ ἐργασάμενον.  8εἶτα ἐκείνου φεύγοντος τὴν πρᾶξιν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Φοῖβον ταύτην ἀναφέροντος ὁ Μενέλαος ἀπεστρέψατο μὴ εἶναι λέγων τὸ θεῖον ἀμαθὲς τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τοῦ δικαίου.  9ἐκείνου δὲ ἐπιμείναντος τῇ ἐνστάσει καὶ λέξαντος ὅτι δουλεύομεν τοῖς θεοῖς, ἤτοι ποιοῦμεν ἃ παρ’ αὐτῶν κελευόμεθα κἂν μὴ λίαν ἐπιστάμεθα τί πρᾶγμά εἰσιν οἱ θεοί,  10ὁ Μενέλαος τὸν οἰκεῖον βουλόμενος συστῆσαι λόγον ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐκεῖνο, ἀλλ’ ἐκ θυμοῦ τὸ πραχθέν, φησὶν ὅτι πάντως ἂν ἐβοήθησέ σοι ὁ θεὸς, εἴπερ καὶ προσέταξεν.  11ὡς δ’ εἶπεν ἐκεῖνος μέλλει τὸ θεῖον, ἤτοι βραδύνει ἐν ταῖς ἀντιδόσεσι ταῖς φαύλαις τε καὶ ταῖς ἀγαθαῖς ὡς ὂν φύσει τοιοῦτον, σοφιστικῶς ἐκεῖνος ἐπήγαγε τὸ [423] ‘ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθόν σ’ αἷμα μητρὸς αἱ θεαί’, ἤτοι ἀπῄτησαν.  12ἔκλεψε δ’ αὐτὸν διὰ τῆς μέσης ἐρωτήσεως τῆς [421] ‘πόσον χρόνον δὲ μητρὸς οἴχονται πνοαί’.  13ἀποκριθέντος δ’ ἐκείνου τὸ πόσον τοῦ καιροῦ, ἀνεῖλεν ἐκεῖ τὸ μέλλει τὸ θεῖον διὰ τοῦ [423] ‘ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθόν σ’ αἷμα μητρός’.   —V

TRANSLATION:   Observe the natural talent of the poet, how through both these characters, Orestes and Menelaus, he suggests the contradictory opinions of humans. For since some people say that the divine avenges those who suffer, while others say that the gods are indifferent, through Orestes he affirms the view that those in distress are aided by the divine, but through Menelaus he denies this through sophistic argumentation. From that point he made a preliminary exposure of the web of the argument. For after Menelaus has pronounced his speech from the line ‘I know them, but I do not want to name them’ and what follows that, and Orestes has been moved toward reproach of the Eumenides, Menelaus in a certain way turned him away from his point, by saying ‘these (goddesses) drive you mad because of kindred bloodshed’, namely (the goddesses) whom you (Orestes) disparage and do not want to be called Eumenides when you say ‘avoid speaking in the manner of a well-educated person’, in other words, avoid speaking the name Eumenides that is applied to them by those who are well educated and wise, and say rather the name that is proper to them, that is, ‘alastores’ (‘avenging demons’), Telchines, murderesses. In response to ‘they drive you mad’ Orestes said with intensity ‘Woe is me for the persecution by which I am driven, wretched man’, and the other said in contradiction ‘It is not a shocking thing for those who have done terrible things to suffer the same’, meaning do not reproach the goddesses, but rather yourself, the one responsible for suffering terrible things because you did them. Next, when Orestes tries to disown the deed and refers it to Phoebus, Menelaus rejected this point by saying the divine is not ignorant of what is good and just. When he (Orestes) persisted in the objection and said ‘we are slaves to the gods’, that is, we do what we are commanded to do by them even if we do not really understand what the gods are, Menelaus, desiring to confirm his own argument that that deed did not come from a god, but from strong emotion, says that by all means the god would have come to your rescue if he had in fact given the order. And when that one (Orestes) said ‘the divine procrastinates’, that is, acts slowly both in bad and good repayments (for human action), because the divine is such by nature, that other (Menelaus) added sophistically the point ‘how swiftly the goddesses pursued you for the bloodshed of your mother’, that is, demanded their due. He tricked him (Orestes) with the intervening question, ‘how long since your mother breathed her last?’ When that one (Orestes) replied with the quantity of time, he (Menelaus) refuted at the point the claim ‘the divine procrastinates’ with his ‘How swiftly they pursued you for the bloodshed of your mother’.

APP. CRIT.:   2 suppl. Mastr.   |   4 ἀπεστρέψατο Schw., ἀπεπέμψατο V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.143,19–144,23; Dind. II.130,15–131,21

COMMENT:   See Prelim. Stud. 200–203.   


Or. 414.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: μετ(αφορὰ)  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 414.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: ἀνακωχή  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 414.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: κουφισμὸς  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 414.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: μετάθεσις  —V3AaAbCrRMnSOxY2B3a

POSITION: R marg., others s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   joined to sch. 414.08, adding καὶ, V3   |    καὶ prep. AaCrOx   |    app. μετάθεσιν B3a   


Or. 414.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: συγγνώμη  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 414.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: πρόφασις μετάθεσις ἄνεσις —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 414.12 (rec gram) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: θεία λέξις  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Term properly applicable to gods. (or: Divine utterance.)

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   θεία λέξις is a specifically Eustathian expression with the meaning ‘term properly applicable to gods’; he applies it to ἄναξ, σέβειν, καθαίρειν, παντοῦργος, πάπας, etc. Once in ps-Chrysostomus the juncture is found with the meaning ‘divine utterance’ (de sacerdotio, Bk. 7, PG 48.1070, 35).   


Or. 414.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: ἀνάθεσις  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 414.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: ἀφορμή  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 414.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: ἀνάμνησις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 414.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩:  παραμυθία  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  παραμυθίας Zu   


Or. 414.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: εἰς Ἀπόλλωνα γὰρ ἀναφέρει  —ZlGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ ἀναφέρει om. Zl   


Or. 414.18 (tri metr) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: long mark over final alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 414.19 (vet paraphr) ⟨τῆς ξυμφορᾶς⟩: τῶν συμβάντων πραγμάτων  —MBPr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Of the event’ here means) ‘of the events that occurred’.

POSITION: s.l. MPr, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ συμβὰν τῶν πραγμάτων Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.143,3; Dind. II.129,25


Or. 414.20 (mosch gloss) ⟨τῆς ξυμφορᾶς⟩: τοῦ συμβεβηκότος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 414.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῆς συμφορᾶς⟩: καὶ τῆς δυστυχίας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 414.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῆς συμφορᾶς⟩: τῆς θλίψεως  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 414.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῆς συμφορᾶς⟩: ἧς πάσχω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 414.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῆς συμφορᾶς⟩: ἕνεκεν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐνεκεν app. F   |   


Or. 415.01 (vet exeg) μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς: 1ὁ μὲν τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ᾐνίξατο αἴτιον τῆς μανίας, ὁ δὲ ᾤετο τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς λέγειν θάνατον.  2ἐκκλείων οὖν αὐτὸν ἀπολογίας φησὶ·  3μὴ λέγε τὸν θάνατον τοῦ πατρὸς μηδ’ αὐτὸς ἁμαρτὼν εἰς τὸν πατέρα ἀνάφερε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν.  4εὔηθες γὰρ τὸ αὐτόν τινα ἁμαρτάνοντα ἄλλῳ περιτιθέναι τὴν αἰτίαν.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   The one (Orestes) hinted that Apollo was responsible for his madness, but the other (Menelaus) thought he was speaking of the death of his father. Therefore, blocking him out of a defence, he says: ‘Do not speak of the death of your father, nor when you yourself did the wrong refer the wrong to your father’. For it is foolish for a person who has himself committed a wrong to attach the blame to another.

LEMMA: MBCPr; φοῖβος Rw       REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ πατρὸς] τῆς μητρὸς MC   |    2 ἀποκλείων MCRw, ἐγκλείων Pr   |    αὐτὸν ἀπολογίας] αὐτὸν Rw, αὐτῷ MC   |    3 τοῦ πατρὸς] σοι τῆς μητρὸς ἀπὸ μανίας MC, τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπὸ μανίας Rw   |    ἁμαρτήσας B   |    εἰς τὴν μητέρα MCRw   |    ἀνάφερε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν] ἁμαρτίαν εἰς ἄλλον ἀνατίθει Rw   |    4 τὸν αὐτὸν τινὰ MCRw   |    ἄλλῳ] ἀλλα M   |    αἰτίαν] ἁμαρτίαν BPr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 μὴ δὲ Pr   |    ἁμαρτῶν MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.144,24–28; Dind. II.131,29–132,3

COMMENT:   The version of MC is extraordinarily different. Perhaps an instance of πρϲ was misread as μρϲ and then other instances were made to conform. But there are corruptions beyond that, and MC may descend from unsuccessful decipherment of a damaged note in an exemplar. See also 415.09 for the view that it is the mother’s death and not the father’s.   


Or. 415.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς⟩: 1σὺ γὰρ, φησὶν, αὐτὸς αἴτιος τυγχάνεις. ἢ οὕτω·  2μὴ ὀνομάσῃς τὸν {περὶ} μητρὸς φόνον μηδὲ λέγε ὅτι τοῦτον προστέταξαι παρὰ τοῦ κρείττονος πράττειν.  3οὐ γὰρ ἁρμόζει θεῷ τὸ πρόσταγμα, ὅθεν σιώπα καὶ κρύπτε τὸ ἀμαθὲς τοῦ δαίμονος.  4ἢ μὴ εἰς τὴν εἱμαρμένην καὶ τὸν θάνατον ἀνενέγκῃς·  5οὐ γάρ ἐστι σοφὸν τοῦτο.   —MCRw

TRANSLATION:   (Do not mention death) because, he (Menelaus) says, you yourself are to blame. Or take it this way: Do not mention the killing of your mother nor claim that you were commanded to carry this out by a stronger power. For the command is not fitting for a god, and therefore keep silent about and conceal the folly of the divinity. Or (the sense is) do not refer the matter to destiny and death. For that is not wise.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 415.01 all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αἴτιος αὐτὸς transp. Rw   |    2 περὶ del. Schw.   |    τῆς μητρὸς Rw   |    προσέταξε περὶ C   |    3 ἁρμόζει θεῷ] θεῶν C   |    τοῦτο add. before τὸ Rw   |    πρόσταγμα] πράγμα (sic) M   |    ἀπαθὲς MCRw   |    4 ἢ μὴ] εἰ μὴ M   |    ἀνενέγκης αἰτίαν C, ἀπενέγκης τὴν αἰτίαν Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὕτω] οὕτως CRw, changed to οὗτος C   |    3 ἀρμόζει M   |    4 ἡμαρμ() M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.144,29–145,2; Dind. II.132,3–7


Or. 415.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: τὸν θάνατον τοῦ πατρός. τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ βέβαιον· οὐ γὰρ δεῖ ἀντιφονεύειν τοὺς φονέας.  —MCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   (He means) the death of his father. For this is not a secure point. For one should not kill the killers in return.

LEMMA: M (ἀλλὰ); μὴ θάνατον εἴπης Rw      POSITION: cont. from 415.02 MC; s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   βέβαιον] δίκαιον Pr   |    οὐ γὰρ om. M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   βαίβεον M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,3–4; Dind. II.132,7–8


Or. 415.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ὁ Μενέλαος βουλόμενος αὐτὸν θανεῖν λέγει †τὸ νομίζον ὅτι μέλλει λέγειν θάνατον, ἐν ἑαυτῷ βουλόμενος τὸν θάνατον ἀγαγεῖν.†  —CRw

TRANSLATION:   Menelaus, wanting him to die, (remainder is corrupt in Greek; if emended, the sense might be:) uses the term ‘death’ (or: says this?), as if believing that he (Orestes) is about to say mention ‘death’, because he wants to impose death on himself.

LEMMA: ἄλλως C, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως Rw      POSITION: cont. from sch. 415.03 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ νομιζόμενον ὅτι μέλλει⟨ς⟩ λέγειν θάνατον {ἐν ἑαυτῷ βουλόμενος θανεῖν} conj. Schw.; τὸ ⟨θάνατον⟩ (or ⟨τοῦ⟩το), ⟨ὥσπερ⟩ νομίζων ὅτι μέλλει λέγειν θανεῖν {ἐν} ἑαυτῷ βουλόμενος τὸν θάνατον ἀγαγεῖν Mastr. (cf. next sch.)   |    ἐν αὐτῷ Rw   |    τὸν θάνατον om. C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,5–6


Or. 415.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς⟩: εἰ σὺ ἁμαρτὼν ἀναφέρεις εἰς τὸν πατέρα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. ἢ θάνατον βούλει ἀγαγεῖν ἑαυτῷ;  —O

TRANSLATION:   (Do not say this) if, having yourself committed a wrong, you refer the wrongdoing to your father. Or (the sense is) do you want to impose death on yourself?


Or. 415.06 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς⟩: μὴ εἴπῃς ἀνακωχὴν τῶν κακῶν τὸν θάνατον.  —AbMlMnSa

TRANSLATION:   Do not speak of death as a cessation of troubles.

POSITION: s.l. Mn; in Sa phrase wrongly inserted before ὑπομιμνήσκειν in sch. 411.01      

APP. CRIT.:   εἶπ a.c. Mn (app. corr. by rubr.)   |   ἀνακ. τῶν κακ. om. Ab   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀνακοχὴν Ml   |   


Or. 415.07 (pllgn exeg)⟨μὴ θάνατον⟩: τοῦ πατρὸς εἴπῃς καὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ἢ τὴν τύχην ἢ τὴν εἱμαρμένην αἰτιάσῃ· οὐ γὰρ σοφὸν τοῦτο.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Do (not) mention (the death) of your father and blame Apollo or fortune or destiny. For that is not wise.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 415.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θάνατον εἴπῃς⟩: τοῦ πατρὸς ἀναφέρῃς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 415.09 (rec gloss) ⟨θάνατον⟩: μητρός  —OV

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μητρὸς V, πατρὸς V3   


Or. 415.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θάνατον⟩: τὸ φονεῦσαι σε σεαυτὸν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:  A later hand has cancelled these words with two thin lines in yellowish ink.   


Or. 415.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θάνατον⟩: ἤτοι (?)ἀϊστῶσαι σε  —B3c

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Very faint; certainly not room for τὸ θανατῶσαι or even just θανατῶσαι, which one might expect.   |   


Or. 415.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨θάνατον⟩: τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς δηλονότι  —XaXbXoT*YYfGrZcAa2CrOx

TRANSLATION:  (‘Death’, that is,) clearly, that of his father.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τόν om. CrOx   |   

COLLATION NOTES:  Aa2 writes τὸν at some distance before Aa’s τοῦ πατρὸς and adds δηλ. right after it.   


Or. 415.13 (recThom exeg) ⟨θάνατον⟩: τοῦ πατρὸς  —V3AaFGKZZmZb

POSITION: s.l. (above εἴπῃς)      


Or. 415.14 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θάνατον⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 415.15 (thom gloss) ⟨εἴπῃς⟩: ἀναφορὰν  —ZZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀναφορὰς Zb   


Or. 415.16 (rec gloss) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: εἰ λέγεις  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 415.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: τὸ λέγειν τὴν αἰτίαν δι’ ἣν ἀπέθανεν ὁ πατήρ  —Xo2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 415.18 (mosch gloss) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: οὐ φρόνιμον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ] ἢ G   


Or. 415.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: οὐ καλόν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 415.20 (vet gloss) ⟨σοφόν⟩: (?)καλόν ἐστι(?)  —B

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Washed out and uncertain: check original B.   |   


Or. 415.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοφόν⟩: καὶ καλὸν ὑπάρχει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 415.22 (thom gloss) ⟨σοφόν⟩: ἐστί  —ZZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 415.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοφόν⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.01 (rec exeg) Φοῖβος κελεύσας: 1ἀπὸ κοινοῦ οὕτως συντάξεις ὅτι ἐκέλευσεν ἂν τοῦτο ὁ Φοῖβος καὶ ἐπιστεύθης ἀληθεύειν, ἐὰν ἦν ἀμαθέστερος καὶ πλέον σοῦ ἀμαθὴς τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τοῦ δικαίου.  2τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν ὡς φαυλίσας τὴν ἀναφοράν, ὡς τάχα ψευσαμένου τοῦ Ὀρέστου καὶ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ φεύγοντος τὴν μομφὴν τοῦ μητρικοῦ φόνου.  3κρείσσων γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἡ αἰτία, ἐὰν ἦν αὕτη ὁ θάνατος τοῦ πατρός, τοῦ θεὸν ⟨* * * ⟩   —VPr

TRANSLATION:   You will construe this in common (‘apo koinou’, i.e., continuing the syntax from the previous line) in this way, that Phoebus would have commanded this and you would have been believed to be speaking truly, if he (the god) were more ignorant (‘amathesteros’), that is to say, more ignorant than you of what is fine and just. He (Menelaus) said this as one who dismissed as unimportant the reference (of the action to the god) on the grounds that perhaps Orestes made the story up and is trying in this way to escape the reproach for the murder of his mother. For the cause would have been greater, if this (cause) were the death of his father, †(gen.) the (acc.) god … (left unfinished)

REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀμαθῶς VPr, corr. Schw.   |    2 φεύγοντι Pr   |    3 κρεῖσσον VPr, corr. Schw.   |    ἂν om. V   |    at end empty space left by V (more than half a full-width line) and sign of omission added in marg.; Pr ends with normal punctuation for end of sch.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,7–12; Dind. II.131,22–27


Or. 416.02 (rec exeg) ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔκρινε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δεινὰ ἐπράξαμεν εἴ γε ὁ θεὸς ἔκρινεν.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.03 (pllgn paraphr) οὐ τοῦτο βούλομαι εἰπεῖν δηλονότι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Φοῖβος.  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.132,10–11


Or. 416.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Φοῖβος⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων  —Za

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.05 (recThom artGloss) ⟨Φοῖβος⟩:  —F2MnZZmGuXoOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨Φοῖβος⟩: ὑπάρχει ἀναφορά  —KZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ add. before ὑπάρχει Gu (implying ὁ φοῖβος)   |    ἀναφορά om. K   


Or. 416.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Φοῖβος⟩: ἐστὶ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.08 (rec gloss) ⟨Φοῖβος⟩: ἦν  —AaAbMlMnPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.09 (thom exeg) ⟨κελεύσας⟩: ἐμὲ τοῦτον ἐργάσασθαι  —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (With ‘having ordered’ supply) ‘me to perform this (murder)’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σεσθαι Zb   |   


Or. 416.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κελεύσας⟩: προστάξας  —CrOxZa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὁ prep. CrOx   


Or. 416.11 (rec gloss) ⟨κελεύσας⟩: ἐμὲ  —AbMlMn2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨κελεύσας⟩:  —AbF2Pr2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: τῆς  —F2Mn2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.14 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐκπρᾶξαι⟩: διαπράξασθαι  —MlXXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2GZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -πρᾶξαι Y, -πράξεσθαι Ml   


Or. 416.15 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐκπρᾶξαι⟩: τελέσαι  —ZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμὲ add. Zm   


Or. 416.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπρᾶξαι⟩: τελειῶσαι  —VAaPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπρᾶξαι⟩: διεργάσασθαι  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπρᾶξαι⟩: καὶ ποιῆσαι  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπρᾶξαι⟩: ὥστε  —AaMn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.20 (rec artGloss) ⟨φόνον⟩: τὸν  —F2Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.01 (vet exeg) ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὤν: 1εἰ τοῦτο ἐκέλευσεν, ἀμαθής ἐστιν, ἵνα ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων δηλώσῃ ὅτι οὐκ ἐκέλευσεν ὁ θεός·  2οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς ἀμαθής.   —MBVCMlMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   If he commanded this, he is ignorant, (which Menelaus says) in order to show from the opposite that the god did not command (it). For the god is not ignorant.

LEMMA: MBVPr, ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὢν τοῦ καλοῦ C, ἀμαθέστερος ὢν MlMnRbRwSSa(in dark ink as if start of note)      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: cont. from sch. 413.01 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἰ] εἰς BMlPr   |    τοῦτο om. Rb   |    φησὶν add. after first ἐκέλ. BPrRw   |    ἐστιν] ὢν Pr   |    ἐκ τῶν ἐκ τῶν V   |    τοῦ ἐναντίου BPr   |    δουλώση Mn   |    second ἐκέλευσεν] ἔλεξεν Pr   |    2 οὐ γὰρ … ἀμαθής] οὐδὲ προσέταξε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι V, δηλονότι οὐ προσέταξε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι MlMnRb(προέτ‑)SSa   |    ἐστι θεὸς Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 first ἐκέλευσε BPrRw   |    ἐστι MnS   |    ἵν’ app. B   |    perhaps δηλώσει M   |    οὐ καὶ κἔλευσεν Ml   |    second ἑκέλευσε B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,13–15; Dind. II.132,13–15


Or. 417.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1μετὰ συλλογισμοῦ τοῦτο εἴρηκεν·  2εἰ γὰρ οὐκ ἀμαθὴς ὁ θεός, δῆλον ὅτι οὐδὲ προσέταξε τοῦτο ποιεῖν.   —MBVCMlMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Menelaus said this using a syllogism. For if the god is not ignorant, it is clear that neither did he command (Orestes) to do this.

LEMMA: MBCPr, καὶ ἄλλως MlMnRbSSa, ἀλλὰ V      POSITION: cont. from sch. 417.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μετὰ … εἴρηκεν] τοῦτο ἐκ συλλ. εἴρηκεν V, τοῦτο ἐκ συλλ. εἴρηται MlMnRbSSa   |    2 εἰ] οὐ Rb   |    δῆλον ὅτι om. VMlMnSSa   |    οὐδὲ] οὐ VMlMnRbSSa   |    τοῦτο ποιεῖν] blank space left by V, ποιῆσαι add. V1   |    ποιεῖν om. MlMnSSa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,16–17; Dind. II.132,15–16

KEYWORDS:  συλλογισμός   


Or. 417.03 (rec exeg) συλλογίζεται  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 417.04 (rec exeg) γρ. ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὢν τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τῆς δίκης.  —MnR

POSITION: marg. R, between 423.01 and 424.01 Mn      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. Mn   |    γ’ ὢν] γ’ ὢ Mn, om. R   

COMMENT:   MnR are among the many mss that lack γ’ in this line, hence the annotation of the correct version.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 417.05 (rec exeg) κατ’ ἐρώτησιν  —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: marg. R, s.l. AbMnS      

COMMENT:   Reinterpretation of a statement as a question is a strategy for removing something that seems objectionable (cf. 97.02, 97.03); here the strategy satisfies an educational or philosophical/religious viewpoint.   

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 417.06 (rec exeg) διότι ἆρα  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 417.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: 1θέλει ἐνταῦθα δεῖξαι ὁ Μενέλαος τῷ Ὀρέστῃ ὅτι οὐχ ὁ Ἀπόλλων προσέταξεν αὐτῷ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον, ἀλλ’ οἴκοθεν ἐργασάμενος τοῦτον, ἐπεὶ δυστυχεῖ, προβάλλεται τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα.  2ἐδήλωσε δὲ τοῦτο διὰ τὸ εἰπεῖν ‘ἀμαθέστερος ὢν’.  3πρὸς ὃ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἀπαντᾷ λέγων·  4ὑποτασσόμεθα τοῖς θεοῖς, ὅ τι ἄρα εἰσί, εἴτε ἀμαθεῖς εἴτε μή.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Menelaus here wants to show Orestes that Apollo did not command him (to carry out) the killing of his mother, but that having performed this of his own volition, once he suffers misfortune, he puts Apollo forward as a pretext. He (Menelaus) indicated this by saying ‘being rather ignorant’. To which Orestes counters by saying: We are subordinate to the gods, whatever they in fact are, whether ignorant or not.

REF. SYMBOL: all      POSITION: after 420.18 Zm (correct order marked with β and α)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οἴκοθεν] οἴ Zb   |    ἐπειδὴ ZmGu [Zl lost to trimming]   |    2 διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν ZbTGu [Zl]   |    after ὢν add. τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τῆς δίκης Za   |    3 ὁ om. ZbTGu [Zl]   |    4 ὅ τι ZZa, ὅπερ ZbZmTGu [Zl]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἆρα Zb [Zl]   |    εἰσίν ZlT   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.132,17–21


Or. 417.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: τοῦτο ἐπρόσταξεν  —O

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:  ἐπρόσταξα for προσέταξα is common in medieval Greek, and there are other verbs in προσ‑ that sometimes show the same kind of augment in Byzantine Greek.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 417.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ἀμέθεκτος  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ἀμέτοχος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: μωρὸς  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: καὶ ἀπαίδευτος  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ὁ θεὸς  —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὢν add. Ab   


Or. 417.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀμαθής ἐστιν  —MBVC

POSITION: s.l., except B marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἐν ἤθει ἵν’ ᾖ B, om. C   |    ἐστιν om. BVC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,18; Dind. II.132,12–13


Or. 417.15 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ἀμαθὴς  —MnPrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. PrZu   

COMMENT:   The unfinished gloss ἀ on this word in S may have been the beginning of ἀμαθὴς (or of ἀπόλλων, 417.24).   


Or. 417.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ὡς τὸ ‘νεώτερος ἐγενόμην’ [Psalm 36.25] ἀντὶ τοῦ νέος.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   (The comparative adjective is used) as in (the phrase) ‘I became younger’ meaning ‘young’.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Symmachus (quoted by Eusebius, comm. in Psalm., PG 23.333,6) explains the passage in Psalm 36 as equivalent to νέος ἐγενόμην.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Psalms   


Or. 417.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: τὸ συγκριτικὸν ⟨ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ⟩  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.19 (rec gram) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: Ἀττικὸν  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 417.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: σαρκασμὸς  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀρκασμ()` Rf   

COMMENT:   Rf’s ἀρκασμός is not an attested word (note, however, Hesych. ε 5922 ἐρκάζειν· σκώπτειν, a hapax). The next two notes support the correction.   

COLLATION NOTES:   There is no suspended omicron over the final mu, only a diagonal that I interpret as grave accent; it is less likely to be the abbreviation for ‑ον (with accent omitted).   |   


Or. 417.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: σαρδώνιος γέλως  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: κατ’ εἰρωνείαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 417.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: σοῦ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὢν⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.25 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τῆς δίκης⟩: τοῦ δικαίου  —VrecMlXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. VrecMl   


Or. 417.26 (recThom gloss) ⟨τῆς δίκης⟩: δικαιοσύνης  —CrPrZZaZbZlZmTOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς prep. ZaZl, καὶ prep. Pr, καὶ τῆς prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.132,22


Or. 417.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῆς δίκης⟩: τῆς δικαιοσύνης εἰ τοῦτο ἐκέλευσεν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῆς δίκης⟩: κρίσεως  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῆς δίκης⟩: ἐκέλευσε σὲ τοιαῦτα πρᾶξαι.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.01 (vet exeg) δουλεύομεν θεοῖς: 1†ἀνθρώπων ἐχόντων τὴν μορφήν.†  2ἢ ὁποίας ὦσι δυνάμεως ἢ κρίσεως, δουλεύομεν αὐτοῖς.  3τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς τὸ ‘ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὤν’.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   (corrupt phrase untranslated) or, of whatever power or judgment the gods may be, we are slaves to them. This is directed at the words ‘being rather ignorant’.

LEMMA: δουλεύσομεν θεοῖς Pr       REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δουλεύομεν αὐτοῖς ἀνθρώπων ἔχουσι τ. μ. Barnes (but mss punctuate first two words as lemma); a corruption of the first sentence of sch. 418.02, as Schw. indicated   |    2 (second) ἢ] B, καὶ C, om. M   |    αὐτοῖς] αὐτὴν Pr   |    3 γ’ ὤν om. MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,19–21; Dind. II.132,25–133,2


Or. 418.02 (rec exeg) δουλεύομεν θεοῖς: 1ἀνεπίγνωστον γὰρ ἔχουσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν γνώμην.  2ὁποίας ἄρα, φησὶν, εἰσὶ δυνάμεως, δουλεύομεν αὐτοῖς.   —VMlMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   For they (the gods) keep their judgment inscrutable to humans. He says, of whatever power they are then, we are slaves to them.

LEMMA: Rb, δουλεύομεν V(washed out)MlMnSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῖς ἀνθ. om., in marg. add. Mn   |    2 ὁποῖα S   |    καὶ ὅμως add. before δουλεύομεν MlMnRbSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὁ ποῖας ἄρας Ml   |    2 ἆρα S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,25–6; Dind. II.132,23–25


Or. 418.03 (rec exeg) δουλεύομεν θεοῖς: εἴτε ἀμαθεῖς εἴτε σοφοὶ οἱ θεοὶ οὐκ οἶδα, τοῦτο δὲ οἶδα ὅτι δουλεύομεν καὶ πειθόμεθα αὐτοῖς, ὁποῖοι ἄν εἰσιν, εἴτε σοφοὶ εἴτε φαῦλοι.  —Pr

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 414.04 (9).   


Or. 418.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δουλεύομεν⟩: πειθόμεθα  —AbMlMnRS

LEMMA: δουλεύσωμεν in text Mn       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πειθώμεθα Mn   


Or. 418.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δουλεύομεν⟩: ὑποταττόμεθα  —V1PrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι prep. V1, ἤγουν prep. Pr   |   τοῖς (scil. θεοῖς) add. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -τασσ‑ V1PrT   |   


Or. 418.06 (thom gloss) ⟨δουλεύομεν⟩: ὑπακούομεν  —ZZaZlZmTGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 418.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δουλεύομεν⟩: καὶ ὑπηρετοῦμεν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:  ὑπηρετοῦμε Zu   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 418.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δουλεύομεν⟩: ὑποκείμεθα  —AaF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θεοῖς⟩: τοῖς  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.10 (vet exeg) ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶν ⟨οἱ⟩ θεοί: 1ἀκαίρως τοῦτο·  2ἑώρακε γὰρ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα καὶ ἀκήκοεν αὐτοῦ {αἴτιον}·  3ὡσεί τις ἰδὼν ἀετὸν λέγει· τί ποτέ ἐστιν; ἦ ἀετός;   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   This comment (is made) inopportunely. For he (Orestes) saw Apollo and heard him. It is as if someone who saw an eagle says: ‘What in the world is it? An eagle?’.

LEMMA: M(εἰσὶ)C(ὅτί), ὅτί ποτ’ εἰσί (ἄλλως in marg.) B, ἄλλως· ὅτι πάντα εἰσιν Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τούτου a.c. Pr   |    2 ἑωρακὼς MC   |    τόν ἀπόλλωνα καὶ ἀκ. αὐτοῦ] ἀκήκοε τὸν ἀπόλλωνα BPr   |    ἀκηκοὼς MC   |    αὐτοῦ] αὐτὸν Dind. (as if in M), om. BPr   |    αἴτιον del. Mastr.   |    3 ὡσεί] εἴ MC   |    ἀετὸν om., add. s.l. C   |    ἦ] Schw., ἢ BCPr, om. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,22–25; Dind. II.133,2–4

COMMENT:   αἴτιον could be a corruption of a variant αὐτὸν for αὐτοῦ, or of an anticipation of ἀετὸν.   


Or. 418.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶν θεοί⟩: ὁποῖοι εἰσιν ἢ καλοὶ ἢ φαῦλοι, πρέπον ἀκούειν αὐτοὺς.  —Gu

LEMMA: thus in text Gu (ὅτί)       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶ θεοὶ⟩: μὴ εἰδότες ὁποῖοι εἰσὶν κἄντε ἀγαθοὶ κἄντε κακοὶ  —MnPr

LEMMA: thus in text Pr(πότ’), ὅτί ποτι’ εἰσὶ θεοὶ in text Mn       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ποῖοι Mn   |   


Or. 418.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶν οἱ θεοὶ⟩: ὁποίας ὦσι δυνάμεως οὐκ οἴδαμεν ἢ κρίσεως  —Y2

LEMMA: thus in text Y(πότ’)       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶ θεοὶ⟩: ἤτοι ὁποίας εἰσὶ δυνάμεως οὐ γινώσκομεν ἢ ὅτι εἰσὶ  —V3

LEMMA: thus in text V(ὅτί)       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶν θεοὶ⟩: ἀγνοοῦμεν  —GK

LEMMA: thus in text G(ὃτί sic)K       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶ θεοί⟩: κἂν ὦσι θεοὶ  —AbR

LEMMA: thus in text AbR (ὅτί both)       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦσι θεοὶ om. Ab   


Or. 418.17 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶ θεοί⟩: ἀμαθεῖς εἴτε τοὐναντίον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Whatever the gods are’, namely,) ignorant or the opposite.

LEMMA: thus in text ZZaTGuZu(ὅτί all, εἰσὶν TGu), ὅτί ποτ’ εἰσιν οἱ θεοί Zl, ὅτ’ εἰσί ποτε θεοί Zm       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἴτε prep. ZaT, ἢ prep. Zl   |    εἴτε] ἢ ZZbZl   


Or. 418.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅτι ποτ’⟩: διότι ἄρα  —MlS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἆρα MlS   


Or. 418.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅτι⟩: καὶ διὰ τί  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅτι⟩: καὶ τί  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ποτ’⟩: παρέλκον  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (The word ‘pote’ is) superfluous.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παρέλκει/παρέλκον   


Or. 418.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ποτ’⟩: ἄρα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰσὶ⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχουσι  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.24 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θεοί⟩: οἱ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 419.01 (vet exeg) κᾆτ’ οὐκ ἀμύνει: 1πανούργως ἔχει πᾶσα ἡ ἐρώτησις.  2ὁ μὲν γάρ φησιν ὅτι ὁ Ἀπόλλων μοι ἐκέλευσεν ἀνελεῖν τὴν μητέρα, ὁ δὲ ἀντεπάγει·  3καὶ πῶς ὁ κελεύσας ἀνελεῖν τὴν μητέρα οὐκ ἐλεεῖ σε μαινόμενον;  4τοῦ δὲ εἰπόντος ὅτι μελλητικόν ἐστι τὸ θεῖον, πάλιν ὁ Μενέλαός φησι·  5πῶς οὖν Ἐρινύες σε ταχέως μετῆλθον; οὐκ εἰσὶ καὶ αὗται θεαί;  6ἐλέγχει οὖν αὐτὸν ὡς καταψευδόμενον.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   The entire interrogation is malicious. For the one (Orestes) says: Apollo ordered me to kill my mother, but the other (Menelaus) counters: And how is it that the one who ordered you to kill your mother shows no pity for you in your madness? After Orestes says that the divine is given to slow action, in return Menelaus says: How is it then that the Erinyes came after you swiftly? Are not these gods as well? Thus he refutes him (Orestes) as presenting a false claim.

LEMMA: M(κατουκαμύνει)BC(κατ’)Rw      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πανούργως … 2 μητέρα om. Pr   |    1 πανοῦργος (ἔχει om.) BRw   |    2 φασιν Rw   |    second ὁ om. Rw   |    ἀνελεῖν] σε ἀναιρεῖν M   |    3 ὁ κελεύσας] ἐκέλευσας Rw   |    3 ἀνελεῖν τ. μ. om. Rw   |    ἐλεεῖ σε] ἐλεῆσαι Rw   |    ἀλλὰ μέλλει add. after μαινόμενον Rw   |    4 τοῦ] τούτου M   |    5 πῶς οὖν] λίαν Rw   |    αἱ add. before ἐριν. BPr   |    ταχὺ Rw   |    σε om. BPr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐκέλευσε Rw   |    2 ἀντεπάγη C   |    3 ἐλεῆ C   |    4 μελητικόν C, μελωτικὸν Pr   |    5 ἐριννύες PrRw   |    αὐταὶ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,1–6; Dind. II.133,6–11


Or. 419.02 (rec exeg) εἰ αὐτός σε ἐκέλευσε, πῶς οὐκ ἐλεεῖ νοσοῦντα;  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ αὐτὸς Mastr., ὁ αὐτ with ambig. ending Pr (αὐτὸ with ῶν above?)   


Or. 419.03 (rec gloss) ⟨κᾷτ’⟩: καὶ εἶτα  —AaCrM3MlRSZb2Ox

LEMMA: κατ’ in text MZb, κἆτ’ Ml, κᾶτ’ others      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. AaM3RZb2   


Or. 419.04 (pllgn gram) ⟨κᾷτ’⟩: ἔκθλιψις κρᾶσις συναίρεσις  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   (In this form are found) ecthlipsis, crasis, synaeresis.

LEMMA: κᾶτ’ in text Y       POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This is taken from the doctrine of grammarians: in καὶ εἶτα the iota of καὶ is removed by ecthlipsis, the alpha combines with the epsilon in crasis, and the incorporation of the iota of ει with the alpha as ᾳ is synaeresis. E.g., Epimer. Homer. π 165 Dyck ἔκθλιψις δὲ καὶ κρᾶσις καὶ συναίρεσις ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ οἱ αἰπόλοι ᾡπόλοι· ἐκθλίβεται γὰρ τὸ ι τῆς οἱ, καὶ κιρνᾶται τὸ ο καὶ α εἰς ω, καὶ συναιρεῖται τὸ ω καὶ τὸ ι εἰς τὴν ῳ δίφθογγον; Tryphon, περὶ παθῶν 1.24,12–13 κατ’ ἔκθλιψιν, κρᾶσιν καὶ συναίρεσιν, οἷον καὶ εἶτα κᾷτα, οἱ αἰπόλοι ᾡπόλοι.   


Or. 419.05 (rec gloss) ⟨κᾷτ’⟩: ἔπειτα  —AbMlS

LEMMA: κᾶτ’ in text AbS, κἆτ’ Ml       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 419.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κᾷτ’⟩: καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα  —CrOx

LEMMA: κᾶτ’ in text CrOx       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 419.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἀμύνει⟩: οὐ συνεργεῖ ὁ Ἀπόλλων  —Rf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.133,12


Or. 419.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἀμύνει⟩: καὶ οὐ βοηθήσει σε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 419.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀμύνει⟩: ἐκδικεῖ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐκ prep. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.133,11–12


Or. 419.10 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἀμύνει⟩: βοηθεῖ  —V1Aa2AbF2KMnPrTY2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 419.11 (tri metr) ⟨ἀμύνει⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 419.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: καὶ ὁ Ἀπόλλων  —CrF2OxZl

POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above 421 οἴχονται F2)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὁ om. F2, καὶ om. Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   perhaps ἀπόλλον F2   |   


Or. 419.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨Λοξίας⟩:  —F2MnROx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 419.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῖς σοῖς κακοῖς⟩: ἐν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 419.15 (rec gloss) ⟨κακοῖς⟩: δυστυχήμασι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δυστυχήσασι Pr   


Or. 420.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μέλλει⟩: βραδύνει  —VAaAbFMlMnPrSXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 420.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέλλει⟩: μακροθυμεῖ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See on 420.11.   


Or. 420.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέλλει⟩: καὶ ἀπόκειται  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:  ἀπόκειτε Zu   


Or. 420.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέλλει⟩: καὶ φροντίζει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλλει⟩: βοηθῆσαι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέλλει⟩: βοηθεῖν σοι  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.07 (rec exeg) τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει: ἀεὶ τὸ θεῖον ὀκνηρὸν ἐστὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀμοιβὰς γυμνάζον ἡμῶν τὴν γνώμην.  —VMlMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The divine is always sluggish in reciprocation (for good or bad behavior), training our resolve by practice.

LEMMA: Ml(φήσει)MnSSa; μέλλει Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MlR      POSITION:  s.l. V      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν μέλλει prep. MlMnSSa   |    τὸ θεῖον τὸ θεῖον S (no punctuation between them)   |    ἐστὶ] εἶναι Sa   |    πρὸς om. Ml   |    γυμναζόντων Rb   |    γνώμην V, διάνοιαν MlMnRbSSa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀμειβὰς γυμνεξον Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.133,19–20

COMMENT:   The idea of exercising or testing the sufferers may have a Christian tinge. See also the Thoman version of this idea in 420.17.   


Or. 420.08 (rec exeg) ἴσως ἐλεήσει· ἀεὶ γὰρ βραδύνει τὸ θεῖον· ὀκνηρὸν γὰρ πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας ἀμοιβὰς γυμνάζον ἡμῶν τὴν γνώμην.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Perhaps he will show pity (eventually). For the divine always acts slowly. For it is sluggish in such cases of reciprocation, training our resolve by practice.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει⟩: βραδύνει ἀεὶ τὸ θεῖον γυμνάζον τὴν διάνοιαν ἡμῶν.  —R

TRANSLATION:   The divine always acts slowly, training our attitude of mind by practice.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.10 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει⟩: βραδύνει γὰρ τὸ θεῖον ἐν ταῖς ἀντιδόσεσι ταῖς χρησταῖς καὶ ταῖς φαύλαις.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   For the divine acts slowly in good repayments and in bad ones.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει⟩: τὸ θεῖον δὲ ἐν τῆ φύσει τοιοῦτον ἔνι ἵνα μακροθυμῇ.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   The divine is such in its nature that it is slow (or slow to help?).

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The sense of μακροθυμέω is commonly ‘to be patient’, but for ‘be slow to help’ in a context of testing the sufferers see Joannes Chrysostom., In Matthaeum, PG 57.351,13–15 καὶ γὰρ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πολλάκις ἀφῆκεν αὐτοὺς εἰς χαλεπωτέρους χειμῶνας πραγμάτων ἐμπεσεῖν, καὶ ἐμακροθύμησε. See also 420.02.   


Or. 420.12 (pllgn rhet) ⟨τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει⟩: ἀνθυποφορά  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Anthypophora (rejoinder to an objection).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀνθυποφορά   


Or. 420.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ θεῖον⟩: ὁ θεὸς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐστὶ⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.15 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: ἤγουν βραδύ  —AbMlRSXXaXbXoT+YYfGrAaZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] τουτέστι AbMlRS, om. YZc   |   βραδύν Zc   


Or. 420.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: κατὰ τὸ βραδύνειν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.17 (thom exeg) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: ἤγουν μέλλει καὶ πρὸς βοήθειαν καὶ πρὸς κόλασιν, πρὸς μὲν βοήθειαν ἵνα δοκίμιον λήψεται τῆς προαιρέσεως τῶν τῆς βοηθείας αὐτοῦ ἀπολαύσειν μελλόντων, πρὸς δὲ κόλασιν ἵνα τῷ χρόνῳ ἐπανάξῃ αὐτοὺς πρὸς ἃ δεῖ.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, he delays both in helping and in punishing: in helping in order that he may get proof of the resolve of those who are to benefit from his help, and in punishing in order that by the passage of some time he may bring them back to what is required.

REF. SYMBOL: ZaZmT      POSITION: ZZbZl s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δόκιμον ZbZl   |    αὐτοῦ om. Za   |    ἀπολαύειν Za   |    αὐτοὺς om. Za   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλει a.c. Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.133,15–18


Or. 420.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: ἤγουν βραδὺ πρὸς βοήθειαν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: εἰς βοήθειαν βραδύ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: μακρόθυμον  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: δοκιμαστικὸν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: τὸ μέλλειν  —B3d

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 420.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φύσει⟩: ἐν  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φύσει⟩: λίαν  —AaZm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. Zm   


Or. 420.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φύσει⟩: τῇ θεϊκῇ δηλονότι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.26 (rec artGloss) ⟨φύσει⟩: τῇ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.01 (vet exeg) δὲ μητρὸς οἴχονται πνοαί: ἐχρῆν εἰπεῖν πόσῳ χρόνῳ. τὸ δὲ μητρός κακοήθως καὶ δυσωπητικῶς.  —MBCPrRw, partial Aa

TRANSLATION:  He ought to have said ‘within how much time’ (dative instead of accusative). And (using) the word ‘mother’ (is done) maliciously and in a manner meant to shame and disturb him.

LEMMA: M; πόσον χρόνον δὲ μητρὸς BCPr, πόσον χρόνον Rw      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν add. before πόσω Aa   |    τὸ δὲ κτλ om. Aa   |    καὶ om. M   |    δυσωπητικῶς mostly lost to damage Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,7–8; Dind. II.133,23–24

COMMENT:   The plain accusative of duration was confusing to some later readers (although it is perfectly idiomatic in classical Greek), as a few of the subsequent scholia show. The claim that the dative πόσῳ χρόνῳ would have been appropriate is slightly odd, since ‘in/within how much time?’ is much more commonly ἐν πόσῳ χρόνῳ than plain πόσῳ χρόνῳ.   

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 421.02 (pllgn rhet) σχῆμα βίαιον  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Powerful/violent schema.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This schema is called simply βίαιον in ps.-Hermogenes περὶ εὑρέσεως 3.3 ἔστι καὶ τρίτον εἶδος λύσεως, τὸ παραδοξότατον καὶ ἰσχυρότατον καὶ νικητικώτατον, ὃ καὶ βίαιον κέκληται· γίνεται δέ, ὅταν εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον περιιστάναι δυνώμεθα τὸν λόγον ἐξ αὐτῶν αἱροῦντες τὸν ἀντίδικον, οἷς θαρρῶν εἰσέρχεται. It refers to the entrapment effected by this seemingly harmless question, as described in more detail in sch. 414.05. The phrase σχῆμα βίαιον may reflect the influence of Tzetzes, who uses it in Exeg. in Hom. Il. 355 Papathomopoulos; Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Plut. 590a Massa Positano βίαιον τὸ σχῆμα. See also sch. rec. Arist. Plut. 587a Chantry τοῦτο τὸ σχῆμα λέγε⟨τα⟩ι παρὰ τοῖς ῥήτορσι ‘βίαιον’, ὅταν τις κλέψῃ τι, δοκῶν εἶναι ἐκεῖνο ἀναμφίβολον—καὶ οἷον ἀναπολόγητον—, μᾶλλον ἀπὸ τούτου κρατηθῇ, ὡς νῦν ἡ Πενία, δοκοῦσα λέγειν ἀναμφίβολα, μᾶλλον ἐκ τούτου ἐφάνη μὴ ἔχειν οὕτως.   

KEYWORDS:  σχῆμα βίαιον   


Or. 421.03 (pllgn paraphr) πόσον χρόνον ἔχει ἡ μήτηρ ἐσφαγμένη;  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.04 (rec gloss) ⟨πόσον δὲ χρόνον⟩: ἔχει  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: οὕτως σύνταξον· ἐν πόσῳ χρόνῳ ἢ κατὰ πόσον χρόνον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: καὶ διὰ πόσου καιροῦ διάστημα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: μέχρι τοῦ νῦν χρόνου  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   χρόνου om. Gu   


Or. 421.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: πόσῳ χρόνῳ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: ἐπὶ  —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνον⟩: καιρὸν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: σοῦ  —AbMlR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: τῆς  —AbF2MlMnR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἴχονται⟩: ἐφθαρμέναι εἰσίν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB4

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰσί B4   |   


Or. 421.14 (thom gloss) ⟨οἴχονται⟩: ἐφθάρησαν  —ZZaZlZmTGuAa2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

COLLATION NOTES:   Z rubr. wrote only ἐφθάρη, σαν added in dark ink by main hand.   |   


Or. 421.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴχονται⟩: ἐπαιδεύθησαν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Kriaras s.v. παιδεύω I.7 cites a passage where παιδεύω is said to mean ‘destroy, kill’.   |   This gloss is also in Zd, not yet otherwise collated.   


Or. 421.16 (rec gloss) ⟨οἴχονται⟩: ᾤχοντο  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.17 (rec gloss) ⟨πνοαί⟩: ἤγουν τὸ αἷμα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πνοαί⟩: ἤγουν ἡ ψυχή  —Xo2

POSITION: intermarg.      


Or. 421.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πνοαί⟩: αἱ ζωτικαὶ ἐνέργειαι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.20 (rec artGloss) ⟨πνοαί⟩: αἱ  —AbMlMn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 422.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τόδ’ ἦμαρ⟩: ἤγουν ἡ παροῦσα ἡμέρα  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 422.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τοῦτο  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 422.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἦμαρ⟩: ἐξ οὗ εἰσὶν ἐφθαρμέναι  —XXaXoT+YYfGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰσὶν om. Aa2, with ἐξ οὗ to left of and ἐφθαρμέναι to right of 422.05 ὑπάρχει (written at different time, probably earlier)   


Or. 422.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἦμαρ⟩: ἐστί  —AbSZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 422.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἦμαρ⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Aa2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὔπαρχει Aa2   |   


Or. 422.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἧμαρ⟩: ἡ ἡμέρα  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 422.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: ἀκμήν  —Y2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 422.08 (thom gloss) ⟨πυρὰ⟩: καῦσις  —ZZaZbZlTGuF

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 422.09 (recThom exeg) ⟨πυρὰ⟩: ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ τὸ σῶμα ἐκαύθη  —PrZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Pura’ is) the place in which the body was burned.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ σῶμα om. Pr, transp. after ἐκαύθη Gu   |    ἐκαφθάρη p.c. Zm, a.c. ἐκάφ**   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκάφθη Pr   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zm.   |   


Or. 422.10 (tri metr) ⟨πυρὰ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 422.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πυρὰ⟩: ἐστὶ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 422.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨πυρὰ⟩:  —AbF2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 422.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τάφου⟩: τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 423.01 (vet exeg) ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθόν σ’: 1διὰ τούτων ἐλέγχει αὐτὸν ὡς ἀθέως πεπραχότα τὸν φόνον, ὅπου γε αἱ μὲν Ἐρινύες εὐθέως τῇ μητρὶ συνεμάχησαν, ὁ δὲ Ἀπόλλων ἀναβάλλεται τὴν συμμαχίαν.  2καὶ ἀνθυποφορά ἐστι τοῦ εἰρημένου ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου [420] ‘τὸ θεῖόν ἐστι τοιοῦτον φύσει’.   —MBVCMnRbRw, partial OMlSSa

TRANSLATION:   With these words he (Menelaus) refutes him (Orestes), showing that he carried out the killing impiously, inasmuch as the Erinyes immediately fought on the side of his mother while Apollo delays his help. And this is a rejoinder to the objection stated by Orestes: ‘The divine is such by nature’.

LEMMA: MRw(σε), ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθον VMlMnSSa, ὡς ταχὺ Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRb      POSITION: between 425.03 and 427.01 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τούτων] καὶ διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν δὲ ὡς (δὲ ὡς om. Pr) ταχὺ μετῆλθον σε BPr, καὶ διὰ τούτων VMlMnRbSSa, om. O   |    αὐτὸν om. Sa   |    ἀθεεὶ VMlMnRbS, θεοὶ Sa   |    τὸν φόνον om. Sa   |    ὅπου γε … συμμαχίαν om. O, but sep. s.l. (at θεαί) ὁ Ἀπόλλων δὲ ἀναβάλλεται    |    γε om. Pr   |    ἀπόλλων] ἥλιος VMnRbSSa, ὅλιος Ml   |    2 καὶ ἀνθυπ. κτλ om. MlSSa, καὶ om. O   |    ἀνυποφορά V   |    ἐστι om. Rw   |    τὸ εἰρημένον C, πρὸς τὸ εἰρημένον O, τὰ εἰρημένα V (after this sch., punct. as if a sch., Pr has γρ. ἀν⟨θ⟩υποφορὰ ἐστὶ τὰ εἰρημένα)   |    ὑπὸ] παρὰ τοῦ Pr   |    τῆ φύσει Rw, φύσει τοιοῦτον transp. Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐλλέχει Rb   |    ἀθεεῖ Rb, accent lost to damage Mn   |    πεπρακότα MlMnS   |    ἐριννύες VMnPrRwSa   |    συμαχίαν S   |    2 ἀνθ’ ὑποφορά M   |    ἐστὶν M (both places)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,9–13; Dind. II.133,24–134,2

KEYWORDS:  ἀνθυποφορά   


Or. 423.02 (mosch paraphr) λίαν ταχέως ἤγουν τάχιστα ἐτιμωρήσαντό σε διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa

POSITION: s.l. except Xo; TZc treat this as two separate items, dividing after ταχέως (a second cross before ἤγουν T); Gr as three, dividing after ταχέως and τάχιστα, Aa as three, dividing after ταχέως and ἐτιμ.; G separates λίαν      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τάχιστα om. AaGZc   |    ἐτιμώρησαν Aa   |   σε om. AaG   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.134,11–12


Or. 423.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —AbCrMlMnROxZaZmB4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 423.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς⟩: (?)[ἐν] εἰρων(είᾳ)(?)  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   damage (wormhole), and possibly the gloss was crossed out   

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 423.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταχὺ⟩: ταχέως  —CrF2OxXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 423.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταχὺ⟩: συντόμως  —Zb2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 423.07 (thom exeg) ⟨μετῆλθον⟩: 1τὸ μετῆλθον, εἰ μὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐτιμωρήσαντο εἴπῃς, εὐθεῖαν τὸ αἷμα νοήσεις, οὕτω· 2 λίαν ταχὺ ἐτιμωρήσαντο σὲ αἱ θεαὶ, τὸ αἷμα καὶ ὁ φόνος τῆς μητρός.  3εἰ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπῄτησαν, αἰτιατικὴν οὕτω·  4λίαν ταχέως ἀπῄτησαν σὲ αἱ θεαὶ τὸ αἷμα καὶ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   If you interpret ‘they pursued’ in the sense ‘they punished’, then you will interpret ‘blood’ as nominative case (in apposition), as follows: very swiftly the goddesses, the blood and killing of your mother, punished you. But if (you interpret it) as ‘they demanded back’, (take it as) accusative, as follows: very swiftly the goddesses demanded back from you the blood and killing of your mother.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ μετ. … αἷμα lost to trimming Zl   |    τοὶ μὲν μετῆλθον Zb   |    εἴποις ZbTGu   |    3 οὕτω om. ZZa, s.l. add. Z   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὕτως Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.134,7–11


Or. 423.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨μετῆλθον⟩: ἀπῄτησαν  —VPrZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 423.09 (rec gloss) ⟨μετῆλθον⟩: ἐτιμώρησαν  —KPrB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. B3d   


Or. 423.10 (rec gloss) ⟨μετῆλθον⟩: ἐτιμωρήσαντο  —MlXo2Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 423.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μετῆλθον⟩: ἐκόλασαν  —VrecCrF2PrRwOxGuY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 423.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μετῆλθον⟩: ἐζήτησαν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 423.13 (rec gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸ  —V1AbCrKMlMnROxY2Zl2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. MlB3aZl2   


Or. 423.14 (rec exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: ὑπὲρ αἵματος  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 423.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον  —Xo2GuZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 423.16 (thom gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: τὸν φόνον  —ZZaZbZm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 423.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: καὶ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 423.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἕνεκεν τοῦ αἵματος  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.134,13


Or. 423.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨μητέρος⟩: τῆς  —AbMlXo2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 423.20 (rec gloss) ⟨θεαί⟩: ἤτοι αἱ Ἐριννύες  —V1Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι om. Xo2   


Or. 423.21 (rec gloss) ⟨θεαί⟩: αἱ τιμωρητικαὶ  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 423.22 (rec artGloss) ⟨θεαί⟩: αἱ  —AbF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.01 (vet exeg) οὐ σοφός: 1οὐ σοφὸς διαρρήδην μοι ὀνειδίζων τῆς μητρὸς τὸ αἷμα, ἀληθὴς δέ.  2ἀληθεύει γὰρ διὰ τὸν φόνον ἀμύνεσθαι αὐτὸν τὰς Ἐρινύας.   —MBVCMlMnPrRbRwSSa, partial O

TRANSLATION:   (You are) not wise/clever openly reproaching me for my mother’s bloodshed, but you are truthful. For he (Menelaus) states truly that the Erinyes are avenging him because of the murder.

LEMMA: MBVCRb, οὐ σοφόν app. Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVMlRbSa      POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ σοφὸς om. OVRw, after οὐ σοφὸς add. εἷ BPr, add. ὑπάρχεις MlMnSSa, ὑπάρχ() Rb   |    ὀνειδίζων μοι transp. MlMnRbSSa, ὀνειδίζει (om. μοι) Rw   |    τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρὸς transp. OVMlMnRbSSa, τὸ τῆς μητρὸς αἷμα Rw   |    ἀληθὲς Rw   |    2 ἀληθ. κτλ om. O   |    ἀληθεύειν V, ἀληθεὶς δὲ φόνου δοτικὴ· ἀληθεύεις Mn, ἀληθὲς Schw.   |    γὰρ] om. VMn   |    λέγων add. after γάρ BRw, after φόνον Pr   |    ἀμύνασθαι PrRwSSa   |    αὐτὸν om. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 διαρήδην Ml   |    2 ἐρίννυας MnPrRwSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,14–16; Dind. II.134,15–17

COLLATION NOTES:  Entire note written by rubr. in Sa.   


Or. 424.02 (rec exeg) οὐ σοφὸς: 1πρὸς ὃ κλαπεὶς ὁ Ὀρέστης εἰς κολακείαν αὐτοῦ προὔθετο τὸ ‘οὐ σοφὸς, ἀληθὴς δ’ εἰς φίλους ἔφυς κακός’.  2τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ἔπος ἐναντιοφανές ἐστιν.  3ἐναντιοφανῆ δὲ λέγεται τὰ ῥητὰ τὰ μὴ τῇ ἄνωθεν ἑαυτῶν {τῆ ἀπάτη} κειμένῃ φράσει συναρμοζόμενα, νοήματι δὲ ἢ συντάξει θεραπευόμενα.  4σκόπει γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς ὕβριν ἐστὶ τοῦ Μενελάου τὸ οὕτως εἰπεῖν ‘οὐ σοφὸς ἔφυς, ἀληθὴς δὲ καὶ τέλειος κακὸς εἰς τοὺς φίλους’ καί που δέον τὸν ἱκέτην ὑβρίζειν τὸν ἱκετευόμενον.  5θεραπεύεται δὲ τὸ ἔπος τῇ συντάξει οὕτως·  6οὐ σοφὸς κακὸς εἰς φίλους ἔφυς, ἀληθὴς δὲ ἔφυς σοφός.  7τὸ δὲ νόημα τοιοῦτον· σοφὸς μὲν ἀληθὴς λέγεται ὁ ὄντως σοφός, σοφὸς δὲ κακὸς ὁ σοφιστὴς καὶ ἀπατεὼν καὶ πιθανολογούμενος.  8λέγει τοίνυν αὐτῷ κολακικῶς ὅτι ⟨οὐκ⟩ ἐσόφισάς με, ὦ Μενέλαε, εἰπόντα βραδὺ εἶναι τὸ θεῖον πρὸς συνασπισμὸν ἀντειπὼν ‘ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθόν σ’ αἷμα μητέρος θεαί’, σὺ δὲ ἀληθὴς εἶ σοφὸς, οὐ κακὸς σοφὸς εἰς φίλους, ἤγουν διὰ τῆς σοφιστείας καὶ πιθανότητος πλανήτης τῶν φίλων.   —VRw

TRANSLATION:   Tricked in relation to this (the sophistic move in the preceding lines 421–423), to flatter him (Menelaus), Orestes offered the reply ‘not wise, but you are a true villain toward your friends/kin’. This verse is one with an apparent contradiction. We speak of as apparently contradictory the utterances that do not fit with the phrase positioned before them, but are ameliorated by thought or construal. For observe that it is insulting to Menelaus to put it this way, ‘You are not wise, but a true and complete villain toward your friends/kin’, as if it were the proper thing for the suppliant to abuse the one he supplicates. But the verse is ameliorated by the construal as follows: ‘You are not a clever villain toward your friends, but you are a true wise man’. The thought is like this: One who is really wise is called a true wise man, but the sophist and deceiver and speaker of mere plausibilities is called a clever villain. So he (Orestes) is saying to him (Menelaus) by way of flattery: You did not trip me up sophistically, Menelaus, after I said that the divine is slow to help out, by retorting ‘How quickly the goddesses pursued you for the bloodshed of your mother’, but you are a true wise man, not a clever villain toward your friends, in other words, not one who misleads his friends with sophistry and plausibility.

LEMMA: Rw, ἄλλως V      POSITION: follows out-of-sequence 427.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πρὸς ὃ Schw., πρὸς ὃν VRw   |    κλαπεὶς] τραπεὶς Rw   |    after εἰς add. οὐ Rw, but crossed out   |    τὸ om. Rw   |    3 λέγονται Rw   |    τὰ ῥήματα Rw   |    τῇ Schwartz, τοῖς V, om. Rw   |    ἄνωθεν ἑαυτῶν τῆ ἀπάτη del. Schw., τῆ ἀπάτη del. Mastr.   |    ἑαυτῶν] Rw, p.c. V (ἑα written over τη)   |    δὲ transp. before νοήματι Rw (punct. at φράσει)   |    4 καί που] Mastr., καὶ ποῦ VRw   |    δεῖ Rw   |    6 second σοφός] κακός Rw   |    7 τὸ add. before τοιοῦτον Rw   |    8 λέγει τοίνυν κτλ om. Rw   |    ⟨οὐκ⟩ Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,17–147,2; Dind. II.134,18–135,5

COMMENT:   A continuation of sch. 414.05 above. For discussion see Prelim. Stud. 201–203 (but I now consider interrogative ποῦ δέον worthy of more consideration; ποῦ δεῖ is attractive but likely to be secondary).   

KEYWORDS:  ἐναντιοφανές   


Or. 424.03 (rec rhet) σχῆμα ἐναντιοφανές  —FPr

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   σχῆμα om. F   

KEYWORDS:  ἐναντιοφανές   


Or. 424.04 (pllgn rhet) 1οὐ σοφὸς κακὸς ἔφυς εἰς τοὺς φίλους, ἀληθὴς δὲ σοφὸς ἔφυς.  2ἔστι δὲ τὸ σχῆμα ἐναντιοφανές.  3ἐναντιοφανὲς ἐστι τὸ ἄλλως λεγόμενον καὶ ἄλλως θεραπευόμενον κατά τε νοῦν καὶ σύνταξιν.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   You are not a clever villain toward your friends, but a true wise man. The schema is apparent contradiction. An apparent contradiction is that which is spoken one way and ameliorated another way in sense and construal.

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἀντιοφανὲς Y2   

KEYWORDS:  ἐναντιοφανές   


Or. 424.05 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩: πανοῦργος ὡς σχηματίζεσθαι μὲν φιλίαν, τὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν δὲ φρονεῖν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Malicious so as to pretend friendship, but to have the intentions that enemies would have.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.135,12


Or. 424.06 (rec wdord) word order α (οὐ σοφὸς), β (ἔφυς), γ (ἀληθὴς), δ (κακός), ε (εἰς φίλους)  —V1/3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.07 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩: κρύφιος  —G2KSarY

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ prep. G   


Or. 424.08 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ σοφὸς⟩: τέλειος  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.09 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩: ἠπατημένος  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.10 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ σοφὸς⟩: ἀπατεὼν κακὸς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφὸς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ κρύφιος ἀλλὰ διάδηλος  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩: πανοῦργος  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩: οὐκ ὠφέλιμος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.14 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩: εἶ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.15 (mosch gloss) οὐ σοφός: εἶ δηλονότι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.135,10–11


Or. 424.16 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩: 1ὀνειδίζοντος Μενελάου Ὀρέστην, φησὶν οὗτος πρὸς αὐτὸν·  2ἐπεὶ διαρρήδην ἡμᾶς ὀνειδίζεις, οὐ σοφὸς εἶ,  3ἀληθὴς δὲ κακός, ἀληθὴς μὲν ὡς οὐδὲν ὧν κατ’ ἐμοῦ λέγεις ψευδῶς λέγων (ἀληθεύεις γὰρ διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς λέγων ἀμύνασθαι τὰς Ἐριννύας ἐμέ), κακὸς δὲ ὡς ἐναργῶς ὀνειδίζων.  4ἐχρῆν γάρ σε χρωματίζοντα τοὺς λόγους ἐκφέρειν πρὸς παραμυθίαν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς λύπην, εἴπερ σοφὸς ἦσθα κακός.  5νῦν δὲ ἀφ’ ὧν ποιεῖς ἀναφανδὸν δεικνύεις τὴν σεαυτοῦ κακίαν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   When Menelaus reproaches Orestes, the latter says to him: Since you reproach me openly, you are not clever, but a truthful villain, truthful in that you are saying falsely nothing that you say against me—for you speak truly when you say the Erinyes are avenging me because of the murder of my mother—, but villainous in that you are reproaching me in very clear terms. For you should have colored your words and pronounced them with a view to consolation rather than to causing pain, if you were a clever villain. But now by what you are doing you manifestly show your own villainy.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZmT      

APP. CRIT.:   3 μὲν] δὲ ZbZl   |    ὧν om. Gu   |    first λέγων erased in Gu   |    ἀληθεύεις … ἐμέ om. ZZaT   |    τῆς μητρὸς om. ZlZmGu   |    ἀμύνεσθαι ZbZl   |    5 νῦν δὲ κτλ. Za, om. others   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 second λέγων] γων Zb   |    4 σοφῶς Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.135,6–10


Or. 424.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩:  1ὑπάρχεις διότι με ἐλέγχεις, ὅμως δὲ ἀληθὴς ὑπάρχεις.  2εἰς τοὺς φίλους δὲ ἔφυς κακὸς.   —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  1 (first) ὐπάρχω a.c. Zu   |    ἐλέγχως Zu (app. not corrected)   


Or. 424.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφὸς⟩: ὑπάρχεις ἐν τῷ ὀνειδίζειν με  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀληθὴς δ’⟩: κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἦς φίλος.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀληθὴς δ’⟩: ἀλλὰ ὀρθῶς, ἀλλ’ ἰθὺς  —S

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀλλὰ] ἀλλα S   |   

COMMENT:   It is unclear whether the adverbs were intended to paraphrase adjectival ἀληθὴς or originated in a text that had ἀληθῶς δ’ in the line (as Bothe and Paley conjectured here).   


Or. 424.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀληθὴς δ’⟩: ἀλλὰ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.22 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀληθὴς⟩: ὀρθὸς κατ’ ἀλήθειαν —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατ’ ἀλήθ. om. R   |   


Or. 424.23 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀληθὴς⟩: ὁμολογούμενος  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀληθὴς⟩: διάδηλος  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀληθὴς⟩: ἤγουν ἐπιτήδειος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. (not clearly separated from 424.15 in XoYYfAa2)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. GZc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.135,11


Or. 424.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀληθὴς⟩: φανερὸς σοφὸς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀληθὴς⟩: φανερὸς  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.28 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φίλους⟩: τοὺς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰπὼν κακῶς⟩: ὑβρίσας  —Xo2

LEMMA: thus in text Xo       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰπὼν κακῶς⟩: ἔφυς κακός  —Y

LEMMA: thus in text Y       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.31 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς φίλους κακὸς⟩: ἔφυς  —Mn

LEMMA: ἔφυς om. in text Mn       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.32 (vet gloss) ⟨ἔφυς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπάρχεις  —MCrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ Ox, om. F2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,3; Dind. II.135,13


Or. 424.33 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔφυς⟩: εἶ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.34 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔφυς⟩: ἐγεννήθης  —AbMlRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.35 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔφυς⟩: γέγονας  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.36 (tri exeg) ⟨ἔφυς⟩: γρ. εἰπὼν  —T

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘ephus’, ‘you are’) the reading ‘eipōn’ (‘having spoken’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 424.37 (tri metr) ⟨ἔφυς⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 424.38 (rec exeg) ⟨κακὸς⟩: ἔλεγχος  —AbMlMnRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔλεγκος Ml   |   


Or. 424.39 (rec exeg) ⟨κακός⟩: σοφὸς κακὸς, ὁ ἀπατεών  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 425.01 (vet exeg) πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τί σ’ ὠφελεῖ τιμωρία: 1ἐν ἐρωτήσει ὁ λόγος ἀντὶ τοῦ   2τὸ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τοῦ πατρὸς τιμωρίαν σε λαμβάνοντα φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα τί δύναται συνάρασθαί σοι πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν παθεῖν ὡς φονέα;  3ἢ οὐ προέστη σου ὁ πατὴρ, ὥστε ἀποσοβῆσαι τὰς Ἐρινύας;   —MVCRw

TRANSLATION:   The line is interrogative, meaning: As for the fact that you killed your mother because you were exacting vengeance for the killing of your father, what force does that have to assist you toward not suffering anything as a murderer? Or; Did not your father protect you and frighten off the Erinyes?

LEMMA: MC(δή τις), πατρὸς δέ δὴ τίς V, πατρὸς δὲ δὴ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ om. C   |    2 τὸ om. MCRw, transp. after πατρὸς V, placed here by Schw.   |    τῆς om. M   |    λαβόντα C   |    τί Schw., τίς all   |    συνάρασθαί (B next sch.)] συναρέσθαι V, συνερᾶσθαί MCRw   |    3 πρόσεστί V, προέστημεν Rw   |    σου (B next sch.)] σοι MVC, om. Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐριννύας Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,4-8; Dind. II.135,17–19


Or. 425.02 (vet exeg) πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τί σ’ ὠφελεῖ: 1ἐν ἐρωτήσει ὁ λόγος· ὠφελεῖ τί σε ἡ εἰς τὸν πατέρα γενομένη ἐκδικία;  2ἢ οὕτως· οὐ προέστη σου ὁ πατὴρ, ὥστε ἀποσοβῆσαι τὰς Ἐρινύας;  3ἄλλως· τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τοῦ πατρὸς τιμωρίαν σοῦ λαμβάνοντος τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα τί δύναται συνάρασθαί σοι πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν παθεῖν ὡς φονέα;  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   The line is interrogative: What benefit is it to you that vengeance occurred for your father? Or like this: Did not your father protect you and frighten off the Erinyes? Another way: As for the fact that you killed your mother because you were exacting vengeance for the killing of your father, what force does that have to assist you toward not suffering anything as a murderer?

REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐκδικίαι B   |    3 σοῦ λαμβ. τὸ] συλλαμβ. τοῦ Pr   |    τί Schw., τίς BPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,4-8 app.; Dind. II.135,15–19


Or. 425.03 (vet exeg) πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τί σ’ ὠφελεῖ τιμωρία: 1οἱ Ἀττικοὶ προπαροξύνουσι μόνον τὸ τιμώρια⟨ι⟩.  2τὸ δὲ ⟨δη⟩ τι σ’ ἄμεινον βαρύνειν· δὴ τί σ’.   —MBCPrRwLp

TRANSLATION:   Attic-speakers accent the antepenult only of the (nominative plural) ‘timōriai’ (whereas the other cases are accented on the penult). The sequence ‘dē ti’ is better accented with a grave (on the first word), (that is) ‘dḕ tí s’ ’ (with interrogative ‘ti’; not with acute on ‘dē’ and indefinite ‘ti’).

LEMMA: πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τίς ὠφελεῖ M(δή τίς)C, πατρὸς δέ Lp      REF. SYMBOL: Lp      POSITION: marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ δὲ τιμωρία prep. BPr   |    οἱ om. MCRw   |    μόνον τὸ Mastr., μόνον τοῦτο MCLp, τοῦτο μόνον transp. Rw, om. BPr, del. Schw.   |    τιμώρια⟨ι⟩ Mastr.   |    2 τὸ δὲ] καὶ τὸ B, καὶ Pr   |    ⟨δη⟩ Schw.   |    τίς σ’ ἄμ. B, τίς σε ἄμ. Pr, τίς ἄμ. MCRwLp   |    βαρύ() B, βαρυτονοῦσι Pr   |    δὴ τί σ’ Schw., δή τις σ’ BPr, δή τίς MLp, δή τις CRw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τιμωρια or τιμωρία Rw, τιμωρία Pr, τιμώρα Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,9–10; Dind. II.135,20–21

COMMENT:   See the comment on 261.12.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   


Or. 425.04 (vet exeg) ἐν ἐρωτήσει ἀναγνωστέον.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   One should read (this) as a question.

POSITION: M s.l., C intermarg.      


Or. 425.05 (rec paraphr) ἕνεκεν τῆς τιμωρίας τοῦ πατρὸς τί ὠφελήθης;  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 425.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: τοῦ  —Aa2F2MlOxXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 425.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τί⟩: κατὰ τί  —MlXXaXbXoTYYfGGrZcAa2

LEMMA: τίς σ’ in text Ml       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τί om. MlXGZc   

COLLATION NOTES:   T has no cross.   |   


Or. 425.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σ’⟩: ἢ σὲ ἢ σοί· τὸ γὰρ ὠφελῶ καὶ πρὸς δοτικὴν συντάσσεται ὡς ἔχει καὶ τὸ τοῦ Αἰσχύλου [Aesch. Pers. 842] ‘ὡς τοῖς θανοῦσι χρήματ’ οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ’. ἔστι δὲ καὶ πρόσθεν μικρὸν [402] εἰς τὸ παρὸν δρᾶμα.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:   (The unelided form of ‘you’ is) either (accusative) ‘se’ or (dative) ‘soi’. For the verb ‘ōphelō’ is construed also with the dative, as is shown in the line of Aeschylus ‘since money is no benefit to the dead’. It is found also a little earlier in the present play.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   δράμα Zm   |   

COMMENT:   The text of Aeschylus has πλοῦτος, not χρήματ’, although G. Hermann in his edition II.246 notes that χρήματ’ is found in his Cantabr. 1 [= Lc of modern editions, Bibl. Univ. Nn.III.17A]; see also Sch. Thom. Or. 681, Sch. Thom. Aesch. Prom. 342 Smyth, Sch. Thom. Soph. Ant. 560 (Squire), and Thom. Mag. Ecloga 408, 12 Ritschl.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aeschylus   


Or. 425.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὠφελεῖ⟩: ὠφέλησεν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 425.10 (mosch gloss) τιμωρία: ἐκδίκησις  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*V3AaCrF2Ox

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ ἡ prep. AaCrZuOx, ἡ prep. V3F2G   


Or. 425.11 (rec gloss) ⟨τιμωρία⟩: βοήθεια  —V1AbMlMnSY2B2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ prep. S, καὶ ἡ prep. AbMl   


Or. 425.12 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρία⟩: long marks over first iota and over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 426.01 (pllgn paraphr) ἀκμὴν οὐκ ἐβοήθησε μοι ὁ πατήρ μου. τὸ μέλλον δὲ ἴσον ὑπάρχει τῇ ἀπραξίᾳ. οὕτως ὑπάρχει τὸ μέλλον ὡς ἄπρακτον.  —Y2


Or. 426.02 (mosch paraphr) οὔπω ὠφέλησε, μέλλει δὲ ὠφελήσειν δηλονότι.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa

POSITION: s.l. except XXo; GZc as two sep. notes      

APP. CRIT.:  μᾶλλον δὲ ὠφελήσει T   |    δηλονότι] ἀρτίως Aa2, om. GZc (both separating into two parts)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὠφέλησιν Aa2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.135,23–24


Or. 426.03 (rec gloss) ⟨οὔπω⟩: ἐβοήθησε  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.04 (rec gloss) ⟨οὔπω⟩: ἐβοηθήθην  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.05 (thom gloss) ⟨οὔπω⟩: ὠφελεῖ  —ZZb2ZmTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὐ φωλελεῖ Z   |   


Or. 426.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὔπω⟩: γέγονεν ἐκδίκησις  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὔπω⟩: οὐδὲν  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.08 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ⟩: οὔπω  —Rf

LEMMA: οὐ in text Rf      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 426.09 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον ἴσον⟩: εἶναι  —AbMlMnSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.10 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον ἴσον⟩: γενέσθαι  —CrPrMnOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον ἴσον⟩: ὅτι ὑπάρχει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.12 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: τὸν βραδυσμὸν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.135,24

COMMENT:   βραδυσμός is otherwise attested so far in TLG only in Theodorus Prodromus, Rhodanthe et Dosicles 3, 401 ὁ μὲν βραδυσμὸς ἐστρόβει τὴν καρδίαν.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 426.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: τὴν βραδύτητα  —V3GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: τὸ βραδύνειν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,1


Or. 426.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: τὸ βραδῦνον  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  reading uncertain (faint, partly erased?)   


Or. 426.16 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: τὰ μέλλοντα  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἴσον ἀπραξίᾳ λέγω⟩: ἐπίσης τῇ ἀποτυχίᾳ νομίζω.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴσον⟩: ὄμοιον  —CrF2OxGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ὅμοιος F2   


Or. 426.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀπραξίᾳ⟩: ἀργίᾳ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,1


Or. 426.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπραξίᾳ⟩: ἀποτυχίᾳ  —Y2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,2


Or. 426.21 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἀπραξίᾳ⟩: τῇ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.22 (rec gloss) ⟨λέγω⟩: νομί[ζω]  —Ab

POSITION: margl.      


Or. 426.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγω⟩: κρίνω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.24 (rec gloss) ⟨λέγω⟩: ἐγὼ  —AbMlMnSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγω⟩: λείπει τὸ οὔ.  —V2/3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   In V this is added above ἀπραξίᾳ, while in Y it is above λέγω (but the space above ἀπραξίᾳ was already taken by two glosses). The intention of this analysis is opaque, but perhaps it is a morally inspiring interpretation, turning Orestes’ despairing comment into an expression of hope. See the note on the next sch.   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 426.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγω⟩: ἢ εἰς τὸ λέγω ὑποδιαστολή (or ‑στέλλεται?) / καὶ λαμβάνεται ἀντὶ τοῦ λέξ[ω]  —B3d

TRANSLATION:   Or (interpret as follows): a minor pause is marked before ‘I say’, and the word is taken as equivalent to ‘I will say’.

REF. SYMBOL: B3d      POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑποδιαστέλλεται] or perhaps ὑποδιαστολή (ending is obscured in images by the curvature of the binding)   

COMMENT:   Among the many mss I have checked, I find that Y2 has added punctuation before λέγω in Y, and in F there is a mark that may be punctuation added in the ink of F scholia (or it may not be punctuation or not ink, since F contains stray marks and stains here and there).    |   This recommendation may make some sense if the interpreter is viewing τὸ μέλλον δ’ ἴσον ἀπραξίᾳ as parenthetic, so that the main sentence is οὔπω λέξω, ‘I will not yet say (that it helps)’.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original B 35v.   |   


Or. 426.27 (pllgn gram) ἀργὸν τὸ δῶρον, ματαία ἡ χάρις  —Yf

TRANSLATION:   The gift is ineffective (or slow?), the favor in vain.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,2

COMMENT:   The note sounds proverbial, and while the first half seems unparalleled, Arethas confirms the proverbial status of the second part in Scripta minora, Opus 38, 294,11–16 ἢ οὐκ οἶσθα τὸ σοφὸν τοῦτο καὶ χαριεντισμοῦ πλῆρες γράμμα, ὅ φησιν οὕτως· ‘ὠκεῖαι χάριτες γλυκερώτεραι· ἢν δὲ βραδύνῃ, / πᾶσα χάρις κενεή, μηδὲ λέγοιτο χάρις’· καὶ τὸ δημῶδες τοῦτο ‘βραδεῖα δόσις, ματαία χάρις’. The juncture ματαία χάρις is also attested in Theognis 105 and Aesch. Agam. 422, and a few times in Christian authors.    


Or. 427.01 (vet exeg) τὰ πρὸς πόλιν δὲ πῶς ἔχεις: πονηρῶς πάλιν ἐρωτᾷ, ἵνα, εἰ μὲν εὐμενεῖς ἔχει τοὺς πολίτας, ἀφέξηται τοῦ ἐπιχειρήματος, εἰ δὲ ἐχθραίνοντας, ἐπιθέμενος κρατήσῃ.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Maliciously again he asks the question, so that, if he (Orestes) has the citizens favorably disposed toward him, he (Menelaus) may refrain from his attempt against him, but if (the citizens) hate (Orestes), he may attack him and overpower him.

LEMMA: M, τὰ πρὸς πόλιν δὲ πῶς ἔχεις δράσας BCPr(δράσας ἔχεις transp.), πρὸς πόλιν δὲ V, τὰ πρὸς πόλιν Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BV      POSITION: between 424.01 and 424.02 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ μὲν om. V   |    εὐμενὲς V   |    ἔχη VC   |    ἀφέξεται BOVC, ἀφίξεται Rw   |    ἐχθραίν. ἐπιθέμενος] διἐχθραίνοντας ἔπει (sic) V   |    κρατήσειν C, κρατήσει O, κρατήσ() Rw, κρατ(ῆ)σ() V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,11–13; Dind. II.136,5–7


Or. 427.02 (rec paraphr) ὁποῖα δὲ ἐστὶ τὰ πρὸς πόλιν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁποῖος Mn   |    πρὸς λόγους Mn   |   


Or. 427.03 (rec paraphr) πράξας σὺ ταῦτα πῶς ἔχουν οἱ πολῖται ⟨πρὸς⟩ σὲ.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πολίται Mn   |   


Or. 427.04 (thom paraphr) τουτέστι πῶς διάκεινται περὶ σὲ οἱ πολῖται τὸν τῆς μητρὸς ἐργασάμενον φόνον.  —ZaZbZlZmTGu

REF. SYMBOL: T      POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:  τουτέστι] ἤγουν Gu   |    πρὸς σὲ Za   |    φόνον ἐργασ. transp. Za   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,3–5


Or. 427.05 (rec gloss) ⟨τά πρὸς πόλιν⟩: εἰς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 427.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨τά πρὸς πόλιν⟩: κατὰ  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcAa2B3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὰ prep. G   


Or. 427.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρὸς πόλιν⟩: καὶ παρὰ τῶν πολιτῶν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 427.08 (rec gloss) ⟨πρὸς⟩: εἰς  —Z

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 427.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόλιν⟩: ἤγουν τοὺς πολίτας  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 427.10 (mosch artGloss) ⟨πόλιν⟩: τὴν  —XXaXbXoTYYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 427.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχεις δράσας τάδε⟩: γρ. ἔχει δράσαντος σοῦ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 427.12 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔχεις⟩: διάκεισαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 427.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχεις⟩: ὑπάρχεις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 427.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δράσας⟩: καὶ πράξας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 427.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δράσας⟩: ποιήσας  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 427.16 (tri metr) ⟨δράσας⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 427.17 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: τὸν φόνον  —Xo2T

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Xo2   


Or. 427.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: ταῦτα  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 428.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μισούμεθ’⟩: παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 428.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μισούμεθ’⟩: ἀποστρεφόμεθα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 428.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὥστε μὴ προσεννέπειν⟩: καὶ τόσον ὅσον μὴ ἐστὶ δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν  —AbMlRaSSar

POSITION: s.l. except Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ om. Ml   


Or. 428.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὥστε μὴ προσεννέπειν⟩: ὡς μηδὲ συλλαλεῖν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 428.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μὴ προσεννέπειν⟩: μὴ προσαγορεύειν ἡμᾶς ποτε  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This is a slight modification of 428.10.   


Or. 428.06 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: προσλέγειν  —V1Ab2Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 428.07 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: προσφωνεῖν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 428.08 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: ὁμιλεῖν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 428.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: καὶ προσομιλεῖν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 428.10 (recMosch paraphr) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: προσαγορεύειν ἡμᾶς τινα  —MlXXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: intermarg. Ml, s.l. others except X      

APP. CRIT.:  τινὰ ἡμᾶς transp. Zc, τινα om. Ml   

COMMENT:   See also G’s modification 428.05.   


Or. 428.11 (thom paraphr) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: προσφθέγγεσθαι τινὰ τῶν πολιτῶν ἡμᾶς  —ZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  -φθέγγηται Zb   


Or. 428.12 (thom gloss) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: χαιρετίζειν τινὰ τῶν πολιτῶν ἡμᾶς  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 428.13 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: χαιρετίζειν  —V2Aa2K

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  Aa2 app. written over an earlier gloss ending ασθαι or εσθαι   


Or. 428.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: καὶ χαιρετήσειν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This could be an error for χαιρετίσειν, but χαιρετάω and χαιρέτημα are attested in Byzantine Greek.   


Or. 428.15 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: τινὶ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 428.16 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: τινὰ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.01 (vet exeg) οὐδ’ ἥγνισαι σὸν αἷμα: 1νόμος γὰρ ἀποκαθαίρεσθαι τοὺς ἐμφύλιον φόνον πεπραχότας.  2ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐκ ἐκαθάρθης ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπὸ σοῦ πεπραγμένου φόνου.  3ἢ σὸν αἷμα ἀντὶ τοῦ συγγενικὸν φόνον.   —MVCRbRw, partial MnSY2

TRANSLATION:   For it was the custom/law that those who had committed kin-murder be ritually purified. The sense (runs): You have not been cleansed from the murder carried out by you. Or else ‘your blood’ means ‘kindred bloodshed’.

LEMMA: M(ἤγν.)C, οὐδ’ ἥγνισαι V(ἤγν.)Rb, οὐδ’ ἥγνισται MnRw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: marg. S      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀποκαθαίρεσθαι] αὐτοῖς καθαίρεσθαι V, αὐτοῖς καθαιρεῖσθαι RbS, αὐτοῖς καθαρεῖσθαι Mn   |    ἐμφυλίους φόνους S, ἐμφίλους φόνους Mn   |    φόνον] πόλεμον VCRbRw   |    πεπραχότας] δρῶντας Rw   |    2–3 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. MnSY2   |    ὁ δὲ νοῦς om. Rw   |    πεπραγμ.] γενομένου Rw   |    3 ἢ σὸν αἷμα om. Rb   |    ἢ om. V   |    τοῦ om. C   |    συγγενῆ VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πεπραμένα app. Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,14–17; Dind. II.126,11–14


Or. 429.02 (vet exeg) 1τὸ δὲ οὐδ’ ἥγνισαι σὸν αἷμα φησὶν ἐπειδὴ νόμος ἀποκαθαίρεσθαι τὸν ἐμφύλιον δράσαντα φόνον.  2ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐκ ἐκαθάρθης ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπὸ σοῦ πεπραγμένου φόνου.  3ἢ σὸν αἷμα ἀντὶ τοῦ συγγενικὸν.   —BPr

TRANSLATION:   He says ‘have you not even been purified of your blood-pollution’ since it was the custom/law that the one who had done kin-murder be ritually purified. The sense runs: You have not been cleansed from the murder carried out by you. Or else ‘your blood’ means ‘kindred bloodshed’.

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐδ’ om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,14–17 app.; Dind. II.136,11–14 app.


Or. 429.03 (vet exeg) νόμος γὰρ ἐκκαθαίρεσθαι τοὺς ἐμφύλιον φόνον δράσαντας.  —MOC

TRANSLATION:   For it was a custom for those who have done kin-murder to be ritually purified.

POSITION: s.l. MC      

APP. CRIT.:  φόνον] νόμον M, πόλεμον O   |    δρῶντας O   


Or. 429.04 (mosch paraphr) οὐδὲ ἐκαθάρθης κατὰ τοὺς νόμους τὸν φόνον τῶν σῶν χειρῶν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except XXoT; spaced as three sep. glosses G      

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ τοὺς νόμους om. G   |   σῶν om. YfZc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὐδ’ GZc   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,10–11


Or. 429.05 (thom exeg) οὐκ ἐκαθάρθης εἰς τὸν φόνον ὃν ἐποίησας, καθώς ἐστι νόμος καθαίρεσθαι τοὺς φονεῖς τὰς χεῖρας τὰς ἐργασαμένας τὸν φόνον.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   You have not been cleansed in regard to the murder which you did, according to the law/custom that murderers purify the hands that accomplished the murder.

REF. SYMBOL: all (at ἥγνισαι) except Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐκ] οὐδ’ Zb, οὐδὲ Zl   |    καθά ZZa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   νόμως Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,15–17


Or. 429.06 (pllgn exeg) νόμος γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῖς τοὺς ἐμφύλιον πεπραχότας φόνον καθαγνίζεσθαι.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐμφύλιον] ἀμφὶ Zu   


Or. 429.07 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐδ’ ἥγνισαι⟩: οὐκ ἐκαθάρθης  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἥγνισαι⟩: κεκάθαρσαι  —Aa2CrF2MnPrSaOxrXoZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrMnSarZb(καὶ καὶ)ZlOx, οὐ prep. F2, οὐδὲ prep. Aa2   |    κάθαρσαι Sar   


Or. 429.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥγνισαι⟩: ἐκαθαρίσθης  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.10 (rec exeg) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: τοῦ σοῦ αἵματος, ἀντίπτωσις, ἀντὶ τοῦ παρὰ σοῦ πεπραγμένου φόνου.  —AbMlMnS

TRANSLATION:   Of your (act of) bloodshed; antiptosis (exchange of cases, accusative for genitive) equivalent to ‘of the murder performed by you’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντίπτωσιν Ml   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Mn   |    περὶ MlMn (S ambig.)   |    φόν. om. Mn (or hidden in binding)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πεπταγμένον (πεφρα‑ a.c.) Mn   |   

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίπτωσις   


Or. 429.11 (rec gloss) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: ἤτοι τῆς μητρός σου  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: τὸ συγγενικὸν  —PrZmGu

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from 429.14 ZmGu      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,17


Or. 429.13 (rec exeg) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: ἤτοι ἀπὸ τοῦ συγγενικοῦ φόνου  —V3K

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὑπὸ V3   |    φόνου om. K   


Or. 429.14 (thom exeg) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: ἤγουν ὅνπερ ἔδρασας φόνον  —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Your bloodshed’), that is, the murder you carried out.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. ZmGu   |    οὗπερ … φόνου T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,17


Or. 429.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: ἤγουν τὸν φόνον ὃν σὺ πεποίηκας  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: ἤγουν τὸ μητρικόν σου  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.17 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: τὸ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σὸν⟩: σῶν  —B3b

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.19 (rec exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ  —V3PrXo

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ διὰ τὸ Pr   


Or. 429.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸ μητρικὸν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κατὰ νόμους⟩: καὶ καθὼς νόμιμον ὑπάρχει  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νόμους⟩: νόμον  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.23 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨νόμους⟩: τοὺς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.24 (rec gloss) ⟨χεροῖν⟩: ἀπὸ  —FPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χεροῖν⟩: διὰ τῶν χειρῶν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.26 (rec gloss) ⟨χεροῖν⟩: χερῶν  —RfZl2B3c

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.27 (rec gloss) ⟨χεροῖν⟩: ἢ ἐν ταῖς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.28 (thom gloss) ⟨χεροῖν⟩: ἐν  —TGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.01 (pllgn paraphr) εἰς οἷον δὲ οἶκον ἔλθω, οὐκ ἐῶσι με ἐντὸς εἰσελθεῖν· καὶ πῶς μέλλω ἁγνισθῆναι;  —Y2


Or. 430.02 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨ἐκκλείομαι γὰρ⟩: οὐχί  —Aa2XYfZcTGu

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘no’ (before this sentence).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐ Gu, a.c. T   

COMMENT:   This (obvious) gloss certainly is attested in witnesses that carry many Moschopulean glosses, but its absence from XaXbXoGr along with the lack of a cross in T have led to its being classified not as Moschopulean, but as in a category shared with 30 other glosses in Or. 1–500, where Triclinius has a gloss that is not attested in at least two other standard Thoman sources but is shared with Palaeologan witnesses that have eclectic collections of glosses.   


Or. 430.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκκλείομαι⟩: ἐκβάλλομαι  —FGKPrSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκκλείομαι⟩: καὶ ἀποδιώκομαι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.05 (mosch gram) ἐκκλείομαι: ἐκβάλλεται ὁ ἔνδον ὤν, ἐκκλείεται δὲ ὁ μὴ εἰσελθεῖν συγχωρούμενος.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfG

TRANSLATION:   A person who is inside is (said to be) cast out, but one who is not allowed to enter is (said to be) shut out.

LEMMA: G(add. γὰρ)      REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. XaXbYYf      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔνδων Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,20–21

COMMENT:   This is possibly a place where Moschopulus is reacting to an inferior gloss in the previous teaching tradition (430.03), or even a rare instance in which he is (modestly) indicating a choice between available readings of the text (since some recentiores have ἐκβάλλομαι).   


Or. 430.06 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐκκλείομαι⟩: ἔξω κλείομαι καὶ οὐκ ἐῶμαι εἰσελθεῖν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   I am shut outside and I am not allowed to enter.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Zm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,19


Or. 430.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκκλείομαι⟩: κατέχομαι  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκκλείομαι⟩: καὶ ἀσφαλίζομαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκβάλλομαι⟩: ἐκ⟨κ⟩λείομαι  —S

LEMMA: this in text S      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκβάλλομαι⟩: διώκομαι  —AbMlMnRS

LEMMA: this in text all      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.11 (rec gloss) ⟨δωμάτων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.12 (rec gloss) ⟨δωμάτων ὅπη⟩: ὅπου τῶν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅπη⟩: ὅπου  —Aa2MlOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 430.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅπη⟩: ποῦ  —Ab, app. Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὅπη⟩: ἂν  —XXoTYfG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.16 (rec gloss) ⟨μόλω⟩: ἀπέλθω  —Ab2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨μόλω⟩: ἔλθω  —XXbXoT+YfGGrZb2Zm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐλθών G (with μολών in text)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἑλθῶ Zm (with μολῶ in text)   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits the cross.   |   


Or. 430.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόλω⟩: καὶ παραγίνομαι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.19 (thom exeg) ⟨μόλω⟩: ἐπὶ τὸ ἁγνισθῆναι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘I go’, namely,) to be given purification.

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from 430.06 Zl      

APP. CRIT.:  τῷ ZbZlT   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,20


Or. 431.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίνες⟩: ποῖοι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 431.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨πολιτῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν om. B3a   


Or. 431.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨πολιτῶν⟩: τῶν  —F2MlMn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 431.04 (tri metr) ⟨πολιτῶν⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 431.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνταί σε γῆς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φιλονεικοῦσιν, ἐκβαλεῖν σε τῆς γῆς σπουδάζοντες.  —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   In the sense ‘they strive bitterly, eagerly seeking to exile you from the land’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B; cont. from prev. 431.08 BV      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ om. BV, τοῦ om. C   |    ἐκβαλεῖν] C, ἐκβάλλειν M, ἐκβάλλ[ B (ending illegible on images), ἐκβάλλουσι V   |    τῆς om. V   |    σπουδάζ(ου)σ(ι) V (σπουδ corr. from σπουξ)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,18–19; Dind. II.136,23–24

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original B.   |   


Or. 431.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται σε γῆς⟩: ἐκβάλλουσι σε γῆς  —OSarGY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  σε γῆς om. SarG, γῆς om. Y2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.137,2–3


Or. 431.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνταί σε γῆς⟩: ἐκβαλεῖν τῆς γῆς σπεύδουσιν  —XXaXbXoT+YfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  σπεύδ. ἐκβ. transp. Zc, om. τῆς γῆς   


Or. 431.08 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἐκδιώκουσιν  —MBVAaFPr

POSITION: s.l. except marg. MB      

APP. CRIT.:  add. ἐνἤλακται δὲ ἡ πτῶσις M (conflated from 432.09)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ουσι BFPr, truncated V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,20; Dind. II.136,24


Or. 431.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἀποδιώκουσι  —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 431.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἀποπέμπουσι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.137,3


Or. 431.11 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: διώκουσιν  —CrKOxXXaXbXoT+Y2YfGr ZZaZlZmTGuB3a

POSITION: s.l. (twice in T)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ουσι B3a   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.137,1–2


Or. 431.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἐξελαύνουσιν  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ουσι ZlGu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.137,2


Or. 431.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: καὶ ἐκφοβοῦσι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 431.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: καὶ ταράσσουσι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 431.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ὡς ἔοικε γὰρ, τρέχων ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἁμιλλῶνται οἱ πόδες, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀγωνίζονται τίς μέλλει ἔρχεσθαι ἔμπροσθεν. ὅθεν καὶ ἅμιλλα ἡ μετὰ σπουδῆς φυγή.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   For, as it appears, when a person is running, his feet compete against each other, in the sense that they contest which one is going to go in front (of the other). Whence flight made in haste can also be (called) ‘competition’.

COMMENT:   I have added the comma after γὰρ and translated on the assumption that ἄνθρωπος is not the subject of ἔοικε (which would give a clumsy construction), but a nominativus pendens or (in Byzantine vernacular terms) nominative absolute participial phrase.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 431.16 (rec gloss) ⟨γῆς⟩: ἀπὸ  —GPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῆς add. G   


Or. 431.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γῆς⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 432.01 (vet exeg) Οἴαξ τὸ Τροίας μῖσος: 1Ναυπλίου καὶ Κλυμένης τῆς Κατρέως ἐγένοντο Οἴαξ καὶ Παλαμήδης.  2ὁ δὲ Παλαμήδης ἀπελθὼν εἰς Τροίαν τὰ μέγιστα ὤνησε τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν λαόν.  3λιμωσσόντων γὰρ ἐν Αὐλίδι καὶ περὶ τὴν διανομὴν τοῦ σίτου δυσχεραινόντων τε καὶ στασιαζόντων, πρῶτον μὲν τὰ Φοινίκια διδάξας γράμματα αὐτοὺς ἴσην καὶ ἀνεπίληπτον τὴν διανομὴν ἐν τούτοις ἐπραγματεύσατο.  4ἔπειτα καὶ περὶ κύβους ἔτρεψεν αὐτῶν τὴν ὀλιγωρίαν, καὶ μέτρα ἐξεῦρε καὶ ψῆφον ὥστε μέγα σχεῖν ὄνομα παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.  5ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ φθονήσαντες οἱ περὶ Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Ὀδυσσέα καὶ Διομήδην τοιόνδε τι σκευωροῦσι κατ’ αὐτοῦ.  6λαβόντες γὰρ Φρύγα αἰχμάλωτον χρυσίον κομίζοντα Σαρπηδόνι ἠνάγκασαν γράψαι Φρυγίοις γράμμασι περὶ προδοσίας ὡς παρὰ Πριάμου πρὸς Παλαμήδην.  7καὶ τοῦτον μὲν φονεύουσι, θεράποντα δὲ Παλαμήδους πείθουσι χρήμασιν ἅμα τοῖς Τρωϊκοῖς χρήμασι καὶ τὸ γραφὲν πινάκιον ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην θέσθαι Παλαμήδους.  8αὐτοὶ δὲ παρελθόντες προδοσίαν κατήγγελλον τοῦ ἥρωος καὶ φωραθῆναι τὴν σκηνὴν ἐκέλευον.  9εὑρεθέντος δὲ τοῦ πινακίου καὶ τῶν χρημάτων ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην λίθοις φονεύεται Παλαμήδης.  10Ναύπλιος δὲ ἀκούσας ἧκεν εἰς Ἴλιον δικάσαι τὸν φόνον τοῦ παιδός.  11τῶν δὲ Ἑλλήνων κατολιγωρούντων αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸ κεχαρισμένον τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἀποπλεύσας εἰς τὴν πατρίδα καὶ πυθόμενος ἀποπλεῖν τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἧκεν εἰς Εὔβοιαν  12καὶ χειμῶνα φυλάξας φρυκτωρίας ἧψε περὶ τὰς ἄκρας τῆς Εὐβοίας.  13οἱ δὲ εὐεπίβατον νομίσαντες τὸν τόπον προσορμίζονται καὶ ἐν ταῖς πέτραις ἀπόλλυνται.   —MBOVCPrRw, partial Rf

TRANSLATION:   From Nauplius and Clymene the daughter of Catreus were born Oeax and Palamedes. Palamedes went off to Troy and produced the greatest benefits for the Greek army. For when they were suffering famine in Aulis and were displeased and disagreeing about the distribution of the grain, first by teaching them Phoenician letters he arranged that the distribution was equitable and beyond reproach among them. Secondly, also by busying them with dice games he overcame their apathy (or disrespect, i.e., of the leaders’ authority?), and he discovered measures and pebbles for counting/voting so that he acquired a big name among the Greeks. Agamemnon, Odysseus, and Diomedes became jealous because of this and contrive the following sort of plot against him. For they took a Phrygian captive while he was carrying money to Sarpedon and they compelled him to write about betrayal in the Phrygian alphabet, as if it were a letter from Priam to Palamedes. This fellow they put to death, but they bribe an attendant of Palamedes to place the written tablet together with the Trojan money under Palamedes’ cot. They themselves came forward (in assembly) and denounced the hero for treason and ordered that his tent be searched. When the tablet and the money were discovered under the cot, Palamedes is killed by stoning. Hearing of this, Nauplius came to Ilium to seek justice for the killing of his son, but when the Greeks disrespected him in order to please their kings, having sailed back to his homeland and having learned (later) that the Greeks were sailing home, he went to Euboea; and having watched for a storm, he lit signal fires around the headlands of Euboea. The Greeks, believing the place to offer a good landing-place, approach it for mooring and are destroyed on the rocks.

LEMMA: MBCPr, οἴαξ VRw      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 ναυπλίου … σίτου partly lost to trimming O   |    1 ναυπλίας MC [O]   |    τῆς om. M   |    κἀτρέως B, καστρέως Rw, ἀτρέως M, τοῦ ἀτρέως Pr, κεντρέως C, κρατεροῦ V, κεστέ(ως) app. O, κρανέως Rf   |    ἐγένετο VPr, υἱοὶ Rf   |    2 ὁ δὲ παλαμήδης] ὃς ORfRw, om. Pr   |    ἐπελθὼν Rf   |    τὰ μέγιστα] om. Rw, τὰ ὡς μέγιστα V, μέγιστα Rf   |    λαόν] λεών Rw, στρατὸν Rf   |    3–13 λιμωσσόντων κτλ om. Rf   |    3 γὰρ] δὲ Rw   |    first καὶ om. V   |    παρὰ Pr   |    τοῦ σίτου] αὐτῶν MV   |    δυσχεραίνοντες … στασιάζοντες V   |    τε om. OVRw   |    δυστασιαζόντων Rw   |    πρῶτα ORw   |    τὰ φοινίκων M   |    γράμματα Schw. after Dind., om. MOV, ἦγεν BCPrRw   |    αὐτοὺς ἴσην Schw., αὐτοῖς ἴσην BCPr, ἴσην αὐτοῖς MV, αὐτοῖς Rw, αὐτοὺς O   |    καὶ] τε καὶ BPr   |    ἀνεπίληστον OCRw, perhaps B (appearance could be caused by rewriting)   |    ἐν τούτοις om. OVRw, ἐκείνοις Pr   |    ἐπραγματεύσαντο M   |    4 ἔτρεψεν] ἐράϊσεν V   |    αὐτῶν] αὐτοῖς V, αὐτὴν O   |    καὶ μέτρα … ψῆφον om. V   |    ὄνομα σχεῖν transp. O, ἔχειν ὄνομα V   |    παρὰ ἕλλησιν V, παρὰ τῶν ἑλλήνων C   |    5 ἐπὶ om. BPr   |    τούτῳ] τοῦτο MB, τούτοις O   |    τι om. ORw   |    σκαιοροῦσι BORw   |    6 αἰχμάλωτον φρύγα transp. O   |    φρύγια γράμματα VPr(φρύγεια)   |    περὶ πριάμου C, παράμου Rw, ἀπὸ πριάμου Pr   |    7 first καὶ om. M   |    first χρήμασι corr. from γράμμασι Rw, transp. after ἅμα O   |    second χρήμασι om. CRw, χρήματα OPr   |    πιττάκιον Rw, πινακίδιον Pr   |    8 παρελθόντες om. Rw   |    προδοσίαν] προδοσίας BV   |    κατήγγειλον OV, κατήγγελον MC [Rw]   |    σκηνὴν] σκῆψιν V   |    9 εὑρεθέντων Rw   |    πιττακίου Rw, app. πινακιδίου Pr (compend.), πινα[κ(?)]άκου O (small high trace suits upper right of kappa)   |    καὶ … κλίνην om. V   |    λίθοις φον.] καταλύεται V   |    10 ἧκεν] ἦλθεν Pr   |    εἰς om. V   |    τοῦ παιδὸς δικάσαι τὸν φόνον transp. Pr   |    11 δὲ om. O   |    ὀλιγωρούντων V   |    πευθόμενος V, πειθόμενος Pr   |    ἦκεν εἰς εὔβοιαν om. Rw   |    12–13 καὶ χειμῶνα κτλ om. O   |    12 ἧψε φρυκτ. transp. Rw   |    after φρυκτωρίας Pr inserts from next sch. (but crosses out) καὶ μέτρα καὶ σταθμοὺς καὶ πεττοὺς καὶ γράμματα καὶ φυλακὰς καὶ δίκας καὶ ἀστρολογίας   |    παρὰ MRw, πρὸς Pr   |    ἀκτὰς BCPrRw   |    τῆς app. om. Rw   |    13 καὶ προσορμίσαντες ἐν Rw   |    τε καὶ BV   |    at end add. πάμπολλοι BPrRw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὤνησεν M [O], ὄνησε Rf   |    3 λιμωττόντων BOCPrRw   |    φοινίκεια Pr   |    4 ἐξεῦρεν M   |    ἕλλησι Pr   |    5 ὀδυσέα O   |    τοῖονδέ τι M   |    σκευοροῦσι M   |    6 γρᾶψαι app. M   |    γράμμασιν M   |    7 φονεύουσιν M   |    πείθουσιν M   |    ἇμα M   |    second χρήμασιν M   |    10 δικᾶσαι M   |    11 κατωλιγωρούντων MC, κατηγ‑ changed to κατολιγ‑ Rw   |    κεχωρισμένον app. Rw   |    εὐοίαν V, εὔβοιαν p.c. O (perhaps εὔζοιαν a.c.)   |    12 εὐοίας V   |    13 ἀπώλυνται Rw, ἀπόλυνται V, ἀπόλλονται M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,21–148,19; Dind. II.137,7–138,15

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s solution in 3 (αὐτοὺς ἴσην) seems best, although it is also possible that it is secondary to αὐτοῖς ἴσην and that M’s ἴσην αὐτοῖς is original (but in that case it would be best to delete ἐν τούτοις).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Rw for 8 κατήγγελλον (obscured by damage).   |   


Or. 432.02 (thom exeg) 1ἡ περὶ τοῦ Παλαμήδους ἱστορία πλατυκώτερον καὶ ἀκριβέστερον οὕτως ἔχει.  2Ναυπλίου καὶ Κλυμένης τῆς Ἀτρέως ἐγένοντο Οἴαξ καὶ Παλαμήδης. ὃς ἀπελθὼν εἰς Τροίαν μέγιστα ὤνησε τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν λαόν.  3λιμώττοντας γὰρ παρεμυθήσατο γράμματά τε ἐξευρὼν καὶ κύβους καὶ ἄλλ’ ἄττα παίγνια,  4ἐν οἷς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς τρέποντες διέφερον τὴν ἔνδειαν ὥστε διὰ ταῦτα μέγα τόν Παλαμήδην σχεῖν ὄνομα.  5φθονήσαντες δὲ τούτῳ οἱ περὶ Ὀδυσσέα καὶ Διομήδην καὶ Ἀγαμέμνονα τοιόνδε σκαιωροῦσι κατ’ αὐτοῦ.  6λαβόντες γὰρ αἰχμάλωτον Φρύγα χρυσίον κομίζοντα Σαρπηδόνι ἠνάγκασαν γράψαι Φρυγίοις γράμμασι περὶ προδοσίας ὡς παρὰ Πριάμου πρὸς Παλαμήδην.  7καὶ τοῦτον μὲν φονεύουσι, θεράποντα δὲ Παλαμήδους πείθουσι τά τε χρήματα καὶ τὴν συσκευασθεῖσαν ταύτην γραφὴν ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην θέσθαι Παλαμήδους,  8αὐτοὶ δὲ παρελθόντες εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον προδοσίαν κατήγγελον τοῦ ἥρωος καὶ φοραθῆναι τὴν σκηνὴν διετείνοντο.  9εὑρεθέντων δὲ τῶν χρημάτων καὶ τῆς γραφῆς ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην λίθοις φονεύεται Παλαμήδης.  10ὃς ὅτε ἔθνησκεν ἔφη [Tzetzes, Carmina Iliaca 1.385] ‘χαῖρε ἀλήθεια κυδρή. πρόθανες γὰρ ἐμοῖο’.  11Ναύπλιος δὲ ἀκούσας ἦλθεν εἰς Ἴλιον δικάσαι τὸν φόνον τοῦ παιδός.  12τῶν δὲ Ἑλλήνων κατολιγωρούντων αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸ κεχαρισμένον τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἀπῆλθεν ἄπρακτος.  13καὶ πρότερον μὲν παραπλέων τὰς Ἑλληνίδας χώρας παρεσκεύασε τὰς τῶν Ἑλλήνων γυναῖκας ἑτέρους ἁρμόσασθαι, ὡς ἐκείνων ἀπολωλότων.  14ἔπειτα τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀκούσας ἐπάνοδον ἧψε φρυκτοὺς περὶ τὰ κοῖλα τῆς Εὐβοίας ἃ Καφηρεὺς καὶ Ξυλοφάγος καλεῖται,  15ὅποι προσπελάσαντες ἐν τῷ δοκεῖν λιμένα εἶναι διεφθάρησαν.   —ZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   The story about Palamedes in a more extensive and more detailed version goes thus. From Nauplius and Clymene the daughter of Atreus were born Oeax and Palamedes. The latter went off to Troy and produced the greatest benefits for the Greek army. For when they were suffering famine he assuaged them by his invention of letters and dice games with tokens and some other amusements, turning themselves toward which they postponed their feeling of lack, so that because of these things Palamedes acquired great renown. Odysseus, Diomedes, and Agamemnon became jealous of this and conspire in the following plot against him. For they took a Phrygian captive while he was carrying money to Sarpedon and they compelled him to write about betrayal in the Phrygian alphabet, as if it were a letter from Priam to Palamedes. This fellow they put to death, but they persuade an attendant of Palamedes to place under Palamedes’ cot both the money and this letter they had trumped up. They themselves came forward before the army and denounced the hero for treason and insisted that his tent be searched. When the money and the letter were discovered under the cot, Palamedes is killed by stoning. As he was dying, he said: ‘Farewell, glorious Truth. For you died before me’. Hearing of this, Nauplius came to Ilium to seek justice for the killing of his son, but when the Greeks disrespected him in order to please their kings, he left with nothing accomplished. And first sailing along the Greek territories he arranged that the wives of the Greeks should take other men as husbands, in the belief that those (at Troy) had perished. Then, when he heard of the return voyage of the Greeks, he lit signal fires around the hollows of Euboea that are called Caphareus and Timber-devourer. Drawing close to this place in their belief that there was a harbor, they were completely destroyed.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. Zm      POSITION: follows 432.05 in all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 περὶ τοῦ] τοῦ Gu, περὶ Zl   |    2 λαόν] στρατὸν Zl   |    3 λιμώττοντες Gu   |    γράμματ’ ἐξευρὼν Gu   |    4 τὸν παλ. μέγα transp. ZbZlGu   |    5 δὲ om. Zb   |    τούτῳ] τοῦτο a.c. Zb   |    6 ἠνάγκασεν Zb   |    7 σκευασθεῖσαν Zl, σκλασθεῖσαν Zb   |    ταύτην τὴν γραφὴν Zb   |    8 φοραθῆναι ταῦτα κατὰ τὴν σκ. Gu   |    10 ὅτε] ὅτι Zl   |    ἔθνησκεν] τέθνηκεν Zl   |    ἐμεῖο Tzetzes (ed. 1840 Lehrs and Dübner)   |    12 αὐτοῦ] τῶ Zb   |    13 περιπλέων app. Gu   |    14 ἔπειτα δὲ ZbZlGu   |    φρυκτοὺς] φανοὺς Zl   |    15 ὅποι] ὅπου Gu, καὶ ὅπου ZbZl   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἄλλἀτα GuZl   |    8 κατήγγειλον Zb   |    10 ὅτε] ὅτ’ Gu   |    προύθανες Zb, προέθανες Gu, πρόφανες Zl   |    χαῖρ’ Zl   |    12 κατωλιγ‑ Zb   |    13 ἀπωλωλότων Gu   |    14 ἧψαι Zb   |    15 λιμέναν Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.137, app. 7

COMMENT:   For Ξυλοφάγος see on 362.10.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Tzetzes   


Or. 432.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὸν Παλαμήδους θάνατον οἱ μὲν ἐν Γεραιστῷ, οἱ δὲ ἐν Τενέδῳ, οἱ δὲ ἐν Κολωναῖς τῆς Τρῳάδος ὑποτίθενται.  2φασὶ δὲ αὐτὸν εὑρεῖν φρυκτωρίας καὶ μέτρα καὶ σταθμοὺς καὶ πεττοὺς καὶ γράμματα καὶ φυλακὰς καὶ ἀστρολογίας.   —MBCPr, partial V

TRANSLATION:   Some posit that the death of Palamedes (took place) in Geraestus, some in Tenedus, some in Colonae in the Troad. They say he invented signal fires, measures of length and weight, board-games with tokens, writing, guardwatch systems, and the studies of the stars.

LEMMA: CPr, ἄλλως in marg. B (with τὸν παλ. θάν. punct. as lemma)      POSITION: cont. from 432.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸν παλ. … ὑποτίθενται om. V   |    τὸν] τὸν δὲ παλ. MC, om. Pr   |    κολωνοῖς all, corr. Schw.   |    2 φασὶ … εὑρεῖν] τὸν δὲ παλαμήδην φησὶν εὑρηκέναι V   |    φησὶ Pr   |    φρυκτωρίαν C, φρυκτήρια V, φρυκτωρί() M (ambig. stroke, ω or α or ων?)   |    πεττείας BC   |    πεττοὺς γράμματα φυλακὰς V   |    after φυλακὰς add. καὶ δίσκους B, add. καὶ δίκας Pr   |    ἀστρολογίας] ἀστραγάλους Matt.   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὑποτίθονται C   |   2 εὐρεῖν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.148,20–23; Dind. II.138,15–19

COMMENT:   Matthiae’s emendation ἀστραγάλους inserts a term too similar to πεττοὺς, whereas explanation of the movements of the stars is associated with Palamedes elsewhere (Soph. Nauplius, fr. 432 Radt; Philostratus, Heroicus 33.7; Sch. Hom. Od. 5.272k Pontani) and also is among the gifts of the alternative discoverer, Prometheus (Aesch. Prom. 457–458).    


Or. 432.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Οἴαξ⟩: 1Οἴαξ ἦν πατὴρ τοῦ Παλαμήδους.  2τοῦ μὲν Παλαμήδους κατηγορηθέντος ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως, προσέταξεν ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων καὶ ἐλίθασαν αὐτὸν.  3καὶ οὕτως ἐτελεύτησεν ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ ἀδίκως ὑπὸ τῶν λιθοβολιῶν.   —MlMnSSaRb

TRANSLATION:   Oeax was father of Palamedes. When Palamedes was accused by Odysseus, Agamemnon gave the order and they (the Greeks) stoned him. And thus he died at Troy unjustly by stoning.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. S      REF. SYMBOL: MlSa, (to 433) Rb      

APP. CRIT.:  1 οἴαξ ἦν] ὁ Rb   |    2 ἀπὸ Ml   |    ἐλίθαξαν Rb, ἐλίθαξεν Ml   |    3 οὕτως om. Rb   |    ἀδίκως transp. after λιθοβολιῶν Rb   |    at end add. τινὲς δὲ φασὶν Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 παλαμήδου Ml   |    ὀδυσέως Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.138, app. 20


Or. 432.05 (thom exeg) ⟨Οἴαξ⟩: 1Οἴαξ ἀδελφὸς ἦν Παλαμήδους,  2ὃς εἰς Τροίαν μετὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων στρατεύσας καὶ θαυμασθεὶς ὡς οὐδείς πω τῶν πώποτε γενομένων ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ, φθονηθεὶς ὑπὸ Ὀδυσσέως καὶ Διομήδους καὶ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀνῃρέθη λίθοις,  3ἀνθ’ ὧν ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ Οἴαξ ἀμυνόμενος Ἀγαμέμνονα,  4τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ Τροίας μίσος ἀναφέρων πατρὶ,  5συναγωνίζεται τὸν κατὰ τοῦ Ὀρέστου θάνατον.  6διὸ καὶ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐρωτηθεὶς ὑπὸ Μενελάου τίς ἐστὶν ὁ διώκων αὐτὸν ‘Οἴαξ’ φησίν.  7οὗτος ὁ Παλαμήδης λέγεται εὑρηκέναι ιζ γράμματα μήπω τότε ὄντα, ἀλλὰ Φοινίκων ἐχρῶντο γράμμασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλα.  8εὗρε δὲ καὶ πεττοὺς πρὸς παραμυθίαν τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ φρυκτωρίας καὶ σταθμοὺς καὶ ψήφους καὶ ἀστρολογίας.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Oeax was the brother of Palamedes, who having gone to war at Troy along with the Greeks and having earned admiration for wisdom like no one yet of those who had ever existed, incurred the envy of Odysseus, Diomedes, and Agamemnon and was killed by stoning. Because of this, his brother Oeax, trying to take vengeance on Agamemnon—for that is what is meant by ‘assigning to my father the blame for the hateful deed at Troy’—joins in seeking the death penalty against Orestes. That is also why when Orestes is asked by Menelaus who it is who pursues him, he says ‘Oeax’. This Palamedes is said to have invented seventeen letters that were not yet in existence at that time, but people were using the letters of the Phoenicians, different groups (using) different sets of them. He also invented board games with tokens to assuage the Greeks, and signal fires and weights and pebbles for counting/voting and studies of the stars.

LEMMA: in marg. ἱστορία περὶ παλαμήδους T      REF. SYMBOL: all except ZmGu      POSITION: precedes 432.02 ZbZlZmGu      

APP. CRIT.:   2 εἰς τὴν τροίαν Zb   |    5 τοῦ κατὰ transp. Gu   |    6 first ὁ om. Gu   |    ὁ add. before οἴαξ ZbZlZmTGu   |    7 λέγεται om. Zb, leaving blank   |    δεκαεπτὰ ZbZmTGu   |    οἱ om. TGu   |    8 καὶ φρυκτωρίας κτλ om. ZZaT   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μίσος ZZa   |   app. πεσσοὺς a.c. T; πετοὺς ZZaZbTGu, T after initial correction (πεττοὺς after second corr. T)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.138,20–139,10


Or. 432.06 (rec exeg) ⟨Οἴαξ⟩: ὁ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ Παλαμήδους  —CrKPrRfOxZu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. K      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. CrOx   |    ὁ om. PrRf   |    τοῦ om. PrRf   |    τοῦ παλ. transp. before ὁ ἀδ. CrOx   


Or. 432.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Οἴαξ⟩: Ναύπλιος ἔσχε δύ[ο υἱοὺς] τὸν Οἴακα καὶ τὸν Παλαμήδη.  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  or δύ[ο παῖδας] F   


Or. 432.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨Οἴαξ⟩:  —F2Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 432.09 (vet exeg) τὸ Τροίας μῖσος: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ ἐπὶ Τροίας μῖσος τοῦ πατρὸς ἀναφέρων εἰς ἐμέ·  2ἐνήλλακται ἡ πτῶσις·  3πατρὶ γὰρ εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρός.   —MaBVCPrRw, partial Mb

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘referring/applying to me his hatred of my father at Troy’. The case has been exchanged, for he said (dative) ‘patri’ for (genitive) ‘patros’.

LEMMA: οἴαξ τὸ τροίας μῖσος C, τροίας μίσος Rw      POSITION: s.l. MaVCPr, marg. B, cont. from 431.08 Mb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ … ἐμέ om. Mb   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. B, τοῦ om. C   |    τὸ om. MaVPrRw   |    τροία B   |    εἰς ἐμέ] ἐμέ V, ἐμοὶ Pr   |    2 δὲ ἡ MbRw   |    3 πατρὶ γὰρ κτλ B, om. others   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μίσος B   |   2 ἐνἤλακται Mb, ἐνήλακται Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,1–2; Dind. II.139,11–12


Or. 432.10 (mosch paraphr) τὴν ἐν Τροίᾳ ἔχθραν ἀνατιθεὶς τῷ πατρί  —X

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 432.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ Τροίας μῖσος⟩: τὴν ἐν Τροίᾳ ἔχθραν  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐν] ἐπὶ τῇ G   


Or. 432.12 (rec gloss) ⟨Τροίας⟩: ἐπὶ  —FKPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 432.13 (rec exeg) ⟨μῖσος⟩: τὸ πρὸς Παλαμήδην γεγονὸς  —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   γεγονὼς Mn   |   


Or. 432.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨μῖσος⟩: μύσος τὸ μίασμα ἀπὸ τοῦ μύω τὸ καμμύω καὶ τοῦ ὄσσος ὁ ὀφθαλμός. ὁ γὰρ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ ἀνέχεται βλέπειν τοιαῦτα. μῖσος δὲ ἡ μανία καὶ ἡ μάχη ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ ἔχειν ἰσότητα.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Musos’ meaning ‘miasma’ is from ‘muō’ meaning ‘close (one’s eyes)’ and from ‘ossos’ meaning ‘eye’. For the eye cannot endure looking upon such things. ‘Misos’ meaning ‘madness’ and ‘battle’ is from not (‘mē’) having equality (‘iso-’).

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The first etymology includes the traditional connection with μύω; other sources lack the explicit claim about ὄσσος, but Eust. in Il. 3.262 (I.649,5–7) comes close, τὸ γοῦν μῖσος ἐκ τοῦ μύειν παρῆκται, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ τὸ μῦσος· μύει γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὁ μισῶν, ἤγουν ἀλλὰ ὄσσε πάλιν κλίνει μηδὲ εἰσορᾶν ἐθέλων; also Eust. in Il. 20.9 (IV.358,6–7) ὡς γὰρ μύω μύσω, φασί, μῦσος, εἰς ὃ μύομεν μὴ ἐμβλέπειν ἀνεχόμενοι, ἢ πρὸς ὃ τὰ χείλη μύομεν οὐ προσφωνοῦντες; cf. Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.6 μῖσος τὸ μῖ ι δηλονότι ἀπὸ τοῦ μισῶ, μῦσος δὲ τὸ ἁμάρτημα ἀπὸ τοῦ μύω τὸ καμμύω· καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἰδὼν ἁμάρτημα αἰσχρὸν μύει. The second etymology is a more elaborate version of that in Orion 98,18 μῖσος. παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἴσον εἶναι; Et. Magn. 588,50–52 μῖσος: παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἴσος εἶναι, ὡς ἀνάρσιος ὁ ἐχθρός· ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ μύω μύσω, μύσος καὶ μῖσος, ὃ πάντες μύοντες ἐκφεύγομεν.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 432.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀναφέρων⟩: ἀνατιθεὶς  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2ZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 432.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναφέρων⟩: ἀνάγων  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 432.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναφέρων⟩: ἀναμνημονεύων  —V3PrY2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 432.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναφέρων⟩: ἐνθυμούμενος  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 432.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναφέρων⟩: ἀναλογιζόμενος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 432.20 (rec gloss) ⟨πατρί⟩: Ἀγαμέμνονι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 432.21 (recThom gloss) ⟨πατρί⟩: τῷ ἐμῷ  —AbMlMnRSZaZlZmTGu, perhaps Z

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   too washed out in Z to be certain   |   τῷ om. ZlZmT   


Or. 432.22 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πατρί⟩: τῷ  —GZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 432.23 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πατρός⟩: τοῦ  —F2

LEMMA: πατρός s.l. variant F      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 433.01 (recThom gloss) ⟨συνῆκα⟩: ἐνόησα  —V1Xo2ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐννό‑ Zu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.139,13


Or. 433.02 (rec gloss) ⟨συνῆκα⟩: οἶδα  —AbF2R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 433.03 (rec gloss) ⟨συνῆκα⟩: καὶ ἐγνώρισα  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 433.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συνῆκα⟩: ἔμαθον  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 433.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συνῆκα⟩: καὶ γινώσκω  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 433.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Παλαμήδους σε τιμωρεῖ φόνου⟩: τιμωρεῖται σε ἤγουν κολάζει ἕνεκα τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Παλαμήδους.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except XXo      

APP. CRIT.:  after κολάζει add.. σε Xo   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἕνεκεν XaXbYYf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.139,14–15


Or. 433.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Παλαμήδους σε τιμωρεῖ φόνου⟩: ἕνεκα τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Παλαμήδους κολάζει.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 433.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Παλαμήδους σε τιμωρεῖ φόνος⟩: μετῆλθεν ὁ φόνος τοῦ Παλαμήδους.  —Gu

LEMMA: φόνου in text Gr (but φόνος in Thoman mss)      POSITION: crowded beneath συνῆκα and gloss ἐκεῖνος on 434      


Or. 433.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Παλαμήδους⟩: χάριν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 433.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Παλαμήδους⟩: ἕνεκα  —V3Zb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 433.11 (rec artGloss) ⟨Παλαμήδους⟩: τοῦ  —F2MnXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 433.12 (thom exeg) τιμωρεῖ: 1κολάζει· δι’ ἐκεῖνον γάρ σοι μάχεται Οἴαξ.  2τιμωρῶ δὲ οὐ μόνον τὸ βοηθῶ ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ κολάζω, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ τιμωροῦμαι κατ’ ἀμφοτέρας εὑρήσεις τὰς χρήσεις.   —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   He punishes, for because of that man (Palamedes), Oeax is fighting you. And (the active verb) ‘timōrō’ means not only ‘to come to the aid of’ but also ‘to punish’, just as you will find (the middle form) ‘timōroumai’ too in both senses.

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: T      POSITION: s.l. except TGu; as two sep. notes Zl      

APP. CRIT.:  1 ἤγουν prep. T, τιμωρεῖ καὶ prep. Gu   |    2 δὲ om. Zl   |    εὑρήσεις τὰς χρήσεις om. Zl   |    εὑρήσεις om. Zb, εὕροις TGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.139,15–18


Or. 433.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τιμωρεῖ⟩: κολάζει  —CrMnOxXo2ZaZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMnOx   |    σε add. Mn   


Or. 433.14 (rec gloss) ⟨τιμωρεῖ⟩: ὁ Οἴαξ  —KZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 433.15 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρεῖ⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 433.16 (rec gloss) ⟨φόνου⟩: ἕνεκα  —KXo2Zc

LEMMA: φόνος in text Zc      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ φόνου add. Zc   


Or. 433.17 (rec artGloss) ⟨φόνος⟩:  —AbF2Ox

LEMMA: φόνος in text αλλ      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.01 (pllgn paraphr) οὐ μετουσία ὑπῆρχεν ἐμοὶ τοῦ φόνου, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἄλλων ἀπόλλυμαι.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐκοῦν μετῆν μοι⟩: οὐ μέλει μοι περὶ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Παλαμήδους.  —PrY2

LEMMA: thus in text Y; οὔ γ’ οὐ μετῆν in text Pr      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλλει PrY2   |   


Or. 434.03 (mosch paraphr) οὐκοῦν μετῆν μοι: οὔκουν μετουσία ἦν μοι τοῦ φόνου, ἤγουν οὐ μετεῖχον, οὐκ ἐκοινώνουν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: G      REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. except XXoG      

APP. CRIT.:  οὔκουν] X, οὐ T, οὐκ G, om. others (i.e., to be supplied from οὔκουν in line)   |    μετουσία … ἤγουν om. Zc   |    ἦν ἐμοὶ μετουσία transp. G   |    οὐκ] οὐδ’ Zc   |    ἐκοινώνησα G   |    add. ἐγὼ τὸν φόνον ἐκεῖνον Y2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.139,19–20


Or. 434.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκοῦν μετῆν μοι⟩: οὐδαμῶς μετουσία ἦν ἐμοὶ.  —Zb2

LEMMA: thus in text p.c. Zb (a.c. οὗ γ’ οὐ)      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  app. οὐδὲ a.c. Zb2   


Or. 434.05 (thom gloss) ⟨οὗ⟩: ἐκεῖνος  —ZZaZmTGu

LEMMA: οὔκουν in text Gr      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὗ⟩: καὶ οὗτινος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨μετῆν μοι⟩: μετουσία ὑπῆρχεν ἐμοὶ  —CrKOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἐμοὶ om. CrOx   


Or. 434.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨μετῆν⟩: ἡ μετουσία τῶν δρωμένων ὑπῆρχε.  —AbMlRS, perhaps Sar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὑπῆρχε om. AbMlS   


Or. 434.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨μετῆν⟩: ἡ μετουσία ὑπάρχει  —V1MnZaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   |    ἡ om. ZaZu   |    μοι add. Mn   


Or. 434.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μετῆν⟩: μετουσία ὑπάρχει ἤγουν φροντὶς.  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μετῆν⟩: μετουσία ὑπῆρχε τοῦ φόνου.  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.12 (rec gloss) ⟨μετῆν⟩: μετουσία  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.13 (thom gloss) ⟨μετῆν⟩: μετουσία ἦν  —ZZmAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μετῆν⟩: φροντίς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μετῆν⟩: μέτεστι  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.16 (rec gloss) ⟨μετῆν⟩: τοῦ φόνου  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.17 (vet exeg) διὰ τριῶν δ’ ἀπόλλυμαι: 1πρῶτον τῶν πολιτῶν, δεύτερον Οἴακος.  2διὸ ἐπάγει ‘τίς ἄλλος’, ἵνα πληρώσῃ τοὺς τρεῖς.  3τινὲς δὲ τριῶν φασι τῶν Ἐρινύων.  4προεῖπε γὰρ [408] ‘ἔδοξ’ ἰδεῖν τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς κόρας’.  5τινὲς δέ φασι τῆς συνέσεως, τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς μανίας.  6ἐν δὲ τοῖς Καλλιστράτου γέγραπται·  7ἐπιζητήσειεν ἄν τις πῶς διὰ τριῶν εἴρηκεν, εἰ μὴ διὰ τὸ Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Διομήδην καὶ Ὀδυσσέα μετασχεῖν τοῦ φόνου Παλαμήδους.   —MBC, partial VMlMnPrRaRbRwSaSbScSa

TRANSLATION:   First the citizens, secondly Oeax. Therefore he (Menelaus) follows up with ‘who else?’ so that he may fill out the three. Some say by three he (Orestes) means the Erinyes, because he said previously ‘I thought I saw three maidens similar to night’. Some (others) say the three are awareness (of guilt), pain, and madness. And in the commentaries of Callistratus (this) is written: ‘One might seek (in vain) an answer to the problem in what sense he has said ‘through three’, unless (it is) because Agamemnon, Diomedes, and Odysseus participated in the murder of Palamedes’.

LEMMA: MBC, (435) τίς δ’ ἄλλος VMlMnRbRwScSa      REF. SYMBOL: B, (at 435 τίς δ’ ἄλλος) VMlRbSa      POSITION: s.l. (at 435) Pr; between 439.02 and 457.04 Rw; in S, two incomplete versions SaSb are followed by lemma and version Sc      

APP. CRIT.:   1–4 om. RaSaSb   |    2 διὸ ἐπάγει] ἐπάγει δὲ VMnPrRbRwScSa, ἐπάγω δέ (τις) Ml   |    δ’ ἄλλος B   |    3 τινὲς] τίνων C   |    δὲ om. RbSc   |    φασι τριῶν transp. BRbRw, τριῶν om. MlMnPrScSa   |    ἐρινύων ἐστὶν M   |    4 προεῖπε … κόρας om. Pr   |    γὰρ om. Sa (punct. προεῖπε as end of sch., quoted line rubr. as if a lemma)   |    ἰδεῖν] εἰδέναι VRw   |    νυκτὶ om. MlMnScSa   |    κόρας om. B   |    5 δὲ om. MnRb   |    φασι om. Pr   |    τῆς συνέσεως om. Sb   |    first τῆς om. Rb   |    λύπης] λύσσης C   |    καὶ τῆς om. M, καὶ om. VMn   |    6–7 ἐν δὲ κτλ om. VMlMnPrRaRbRwSaSbScSa   |    7 εἰρήκει B   |    διὰ τὸ] διὰ τὸν M, διὰ τὸ τὸν B   |    ὀδ. καὶ διομ. transp. B   |    at end add. χρήσης M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐπάγη C   |    πληρώσει Ml   |    3 ἐριννύων MnPrRwSa   |    4 προεῖπεν MB   |    πρὸς φερεῖς Rb, πρὸς φέρειν Mn   |    ἔδοξα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,3–9; Dind. II.139,22–140,3

COLLATION NOTES:   Schw. reported B as εἰρήκοι in 7; I cannot see this on the image, but there is rewriting here, and it may be visible by autopsy. Check original B.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Callistratus   


Or. 434.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ πολλῶν  —MC

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,10; Dind. II.140,4


Or. 434.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ πολλῶν· ἄλλως γὰρ νοεῖσθαι οὐ δύναται.  —Lp

REF. SYMBOL: Lp      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.140,4–5


Or. 434.20 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: οἱ μὲν διὰ πολλῶν, οἱ δὲ διὰ συνέσεως καὶ λύπης καὶ μανίας.  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.21 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων  —V1AbMlRRfSZcZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. AbMlSZu, ἤτοι V1   |    ὑπὸ τῶν om. RfZc, ὑπὸ om. V1ZuB3a   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐριννύων V1RRfZcZu   |   


Or. 434.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: Ἐριννύες  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: 1[σύνεσ]ις, λύπη, μανία ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἐρ[ιννύ]ων·  2ἢ τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τοῦ Οἴακος καὶ ἔτι Ἐριν[νύων] καὶ τούτων τριῶν·  3ἤγουν τῶν ἀπ’ Αἰγίσθου φίλων.   —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 434.24 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: σύνεσις λύπη μανία  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: τῶν πολιτῶν, τοῦ Οἴακος καὶ τῶν Ἐριννύων· τινὲς δὲ λέγουσι τὴν σύνεσιν τὴν λύπην καὶ τὴν μανίαν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: διὰ τῶν Ἐριννύων ἢ τῆς συνέσεως τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς μανίας, ἢ Ἀγαμέμνονος Ὀδυσσέως καὶ Διομήδους.  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  διὰ app. crossed out   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.140,5–6


Or. 434.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: διὰ τῶν πολιτῶν  —B3d

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 434.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: ἤγουν διὰ πολλῶν ἤγουν τῶν Ἐριννύων  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.29 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τριῶν⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόλλυμαι⟩: μόνος  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 435.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τίς δ’ ἄλλος⟩: τιμωρεῖ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ  —MnZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀπὸ κοινοῦ om. Mn   


Or. 435.02 (thom gloss) ⟨τίς δ’ ἄλλος⟩: ἀπόλλυσι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σιν Zm, ἀπόλλυσε Zl, ἀπέλλυσε Zb   |   


Or. 435.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίς δ’ ἄλλος⟩: [μ]άχεταί σε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The dative is normal with μάχομαι even in very late authors, but the accusative is sometimes found, as in Georgius Acropolites, Annales 70,13; 71,65; 72,3.   


Or. 435.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίς δ’ ἄλλος⟩: μετέχει  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 435.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίς δ’ ἄλλος⟩: ἔστι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 435.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἦ που⟩: ἆρα  —AaAbCrF2MlMnRSarOx XXaXbXoTYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from next T (perhaps intended to be single phrase)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄρα CrOx, app. Aa   |   


Or. 435.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ἦ που⟩: ὄντως  —ZZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 435.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τῶν⟩: τίς  —AbF2MlMnRXXaXbXoTYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὶς F2G   

COMMENT:   It is ambiguous, as often, whether τίς is intended to be understood as interrogative or indefinite; the indefinite is unambiguous in F2G.   


Or. 436.01 (pllgn paraphr) ἐκεῖνοι ὑβρίζουσιν ἐμὲ ὧν ἀκούει ἡ πόλις.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐμοὶ Y2   

COMMENT:   I could find no evidence of the dative with ὑβρίζω in late Greek authors.   


Or. 436.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὗτοι⟩:  ἤτοι οἱ φίλοι τοῦ Αἰγίσθου  —V1

POSITION: s.l. (above ὧν πόλις)      


Or. 436.03 (mosch paraphr) οὗτοι: ἤγουν οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ Αἰγίσθου  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν] οὗτοι Xo   


Or. 436.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὗτοι⟩: οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ Αἰγίσθου  —Zb2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  οἱ om. Gu (συγγενεῖς add. above Gr’s τοῦ αἰγίσθου)   |   


Or. 436.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὗτοι⟩: οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ Αἰγίσθου· καθ’ ὑπόληψιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The meaning of καθ’ ὑπόληψιν is uncertain. It is not attested in scholia or rhetorical texts. In others it usually appears to mean ‘by (mere) assumption’; it might mean ‘by continuation (of the interlocutor’s thought)’, which fits the passage somewhat better.   

KEYWORDS:  ὑπόληψις   


Or. 436.06 (rec gloss) ⟨οὗτοι⟩: τοῦ Αἰγίσθου  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰγίστου Mn   |   


Or. 436.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑβρίζουσ’⟩: ἄτιμον ποιοῦσι  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 436.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑβρίζουσ’⟩: ἀτιμάζουσιν  —F2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ουσι Zl   |   


Or. 436.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑβρίζουσ’⟩: διώκουσι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 436.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑβρίζουσ’⟩: ἁμιλλῶνται  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀμιλλ‑ Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.140,10


Or. 436.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὧν πόλις τὰ νῦν κλύει⟩: ὧντινων φίλων τῶν ἀπ’ Αἰγίσθου ἀκούει ἡ πόλις.  —AbMlS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπαἰγ‑ AbS, ‑γίστω Ab   |   


Or. 436.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὧν⟩: καὶ ὧντινων τὰς ὕβρεις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 436.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: τούτων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 436.14 (rec gloss) ⟨πόλις⟩: ἐκεῖνοι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 436.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πόλις⟩:  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 436.16 (rec gloss) ⟨κλύει⟩: ἀκούει  —F2PrXZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 436.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨κλύει⟩: ὑπακούει  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐπακούει GrB3d   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.140,11


Or. 436.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κλύει⟩: ὑπόκειται  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὑποκεῖνται a.c. V2   


Or. 436.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κλύει⟩: πείθεται  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 436.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κλύει⟩: ὀνομάζεται ἢ ἀκούει  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.140,11


Or. 437.01 (vet exeg) Ἀγαμέμνονος δὲ σκῆπτρ’: πάλιν φιλοπράγμονος ὁ Μενέλαος παραγυμνοῖ τὸ ἦθος φροντίζων περὶ τῆς βασιλείας.  —MBVCMlMnPrRbRwSSaY2

TRANSLATION:   Again Menelaus indirectly bares his character as meddlesome, showing his concern for the kingship.

LEMMA: C, ἀγ. δὲ σκ. ἐᾷ σ’ B, ἀγαμ. σκῆπτρα ἐῶσα Pr, ἀγαμέμνονος δέ VRw, ἀγαμέμνονος MlMnRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: BVMlRb      POSITION: s.l. M      

APP. CRIT.:   πάλιν φασὶ Rb, but φασὶ del.   |    φιλοπράγμονος Schw., ‑πραγμόνως all except ‑πραγμονεῖ MCY2   |    καὶ παραγ. Y2   |    perhaps περιγυμνοῖ MnRb   |    ἦθος] εἶδος VMlMnSSaRbY2   |    περὶ] παρὰ S, om. Y2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μενέλεως Ml   |    παραγυμνεῖ Sa   |    φροντίζον MlSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,11–12; Dind. II.140,13–14


Or. 437.02 (pllgn exeg) Μενέλαος Σπάρτην, Ἀγαμέμνων Μυκήνας  —V2

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  μυκ. ἀγαμ. transp. a.c. V2   


Or. 437.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: τοῦ  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 437.04 (rec exeg) ⟨σκῆπτρ’⟩: συνεκδοχικὸν, ἀπὸ συμβόλου τὸ κύριον.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   Synecdochic, from the symbol (scepter) the proper term (kingship).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν   


Or. 437.05 (moschThom gloss) ⟨σκῆπτρ’⟩: τὴν βασιλείαν  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 437.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σκῆπτρ’⟩: ἤγουν τὰς ἀρχὰς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 437.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨σκῆπτρ’⟩: τὰ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 437.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐᾷ⟩: καὶ ἐκατέλειψε  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 437.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐᾷ⟩: καὶ καταλιμπάνει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 437.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐᾷ⟩: παραχωρεῖ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 437.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐᾷ⟩: ἄφες  —Ab

LEMMA: ἐᾶ in text Ab      POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The gloss suits imperative ἔα, for which the glossator has mistaken ἐᾶ.   


Or. 437.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨πόλις⟩:  —AbF2Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.01 (vet exeg) πῶς οἵτινες ζῆν: τὸ οἵτινες οὐ πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει  —MVaVbCPr

TRANSLATION:   The relative pronoun (masculine plural) does not agree with the city (feminine singular) but with those in the city.

LEMMA: Va      REF. SYMBOL: Va      POSITION: s.l. except Va      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅτι prep. Va   |    πρὸς om. Pr   |    τὴν om. Va   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,13–14; Dind. II.140,15–16


Or. 438.02 (mosch paraphr) πῶς οἵτινες ζῆν: κατὰ τίνα τρόπον ἐάσουσιν ἔχειν τὰ σκῆπτρα οἵτινες οὐκέτι ἐῶσιν ἡμᾶς ζῆν;  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGaGbGr

LEMMA: πῶς οἵ γε ζῆν Ga(as in text G)      REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. except XXoYfGa      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐκέτι] οὐκ GaGb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.140,16–17

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 438.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πῶς⟩: ἐάσουσι βασιλεύειν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῶς⟩: μέλλουσιν ἐᾶσαι βασιλεύειν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῶς⟩: ἔνι τοῦτο δυνατὸν γενέσθαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.06 (rec gloss) ⟨πῶς⟩: οὐδαμῶς  —CrMnOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  δηλονότι add. CrOx   


Or. 438.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πῶς⟩: κατὰ τίνα τρόπον  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἵτινες … ἔτι⟩: ὅτι θέλωσι θανατῶσαι με  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐκ ἐῶσ’⟩: οὐ θέλουσιν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐκ ἐῶσ’⟩: καὶ οὐκ ἀφίνωσι  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 438.11 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐῶσ’⟩: ἀφιᾶσι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐῶσ’⟩: ζῆν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡμᾶς⟩: ἐμὲ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.14 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: εἰς τὸ ἑξῆς  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: καὶ εἰς τὸ νῦν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: εἰς τὸ μέλλον  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.140,17


Or. 439.01 (vet exeg) τί δρῶντες: 1εἰπέ μοι σαφῶς ὃ ἔχεις εἰπεῖν·  2τί δρῶντες οὐκ ἐῶσί σε ζῆν.  3οὐ γὰρ αἰτιῶδες νῦν τὸ ὅτι, ἀλλὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ τί Ἀττικῶς.   —MBCPrRw, partial VMlMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Tell me clearly what you have to say: By doing what do they not allow you to live? For in this place the word ‘hoti’ is not causal, but used for (interrogative) ‘what’ in the Attic manner.

LEMMA: MBVCPrRw      REF. SYMBOL: BVMlRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 εἰπὲ … δρῶντες om. V   |    1 εἰπὲ … εἰπεῖν om. MlMnRbSSa (ἐστι MnS)   |    2 οὐκ ἐῶσι] ἀκεῶσι S   |    σε om. Sa   |    γάρ ἐστιν BVPrMnRbRwSSa   |    3 αἰτιῶδες] αἰτιολογικὸν MlMnSSa   |    νῦν] τὸ νῦν Mn, om. Pr   |    punct. after αἰτιῶδες, then as sep. note τὸ ὅτι γὰρ ἀντὶ κτλ Pr   |    τὸ] δὲ V   |    ἀλλὰ … ἀττικῶς] om. VMlMnRbSSa   |    ἀττικὸν PrRw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐῶσι σε Ml   |    2 ζὴν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,15–16; Dind. II.140,19–21

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 439.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ὁ λόγος· εἰπέ μοι σαφῶς ὅ τι δρῶντες οὐκ ἐῶσί σε ζῆν.  2καὶ ἔστιν Ἀττικὸν, τὸ ὅτι ἀντὶ τοῦ τί.  3ἐὰν δὲ γράφηται ‘ἢ τί’, ὁ στίχος οὕτως·  4τί δρῶντες· ἢ τί καὶ σαφὲς εἰπεῖν ἔχεις.   —BCPrRw, partial MVMlMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense (is): Tell me clearly by doing what they do not allow you to live. And it is an Attic construction, ‘hoti’ used for ‘ti’ (what). But if the reading is ‘ē ti’ (‘or what’), the verse (is to be taken) as follows: ‘Doing what? Or what can you say that is indeed clear?’

LEMMA: BRw      POSITION: cont. from prev. Pr; cont. from prev., add. δὲ, MVCMlMnRbSSa; follows next Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀττικός prep. B, τὸ ἀττικὸν καὶ prep. Rw   |    1–2 ὁ λόγος … τοῦ τί om. Pr   |    1 σαφὲς B   |    1–4 οὐκ ἐῶσί κτλ om. VMlMnRbSSa   |    1–2 οὐκ ἐῶσί … τοῦ τί om. M   |    2 καὶ ἔστιν … τοῦ τί] τὸ ὅτι γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ τί ἀττικ() B   |    καὶ] ἀλλ’ Rw   |    3 γράφηται] γρ() M   |    3–4 οὕτως· τί] ἐστὶν ὅτι Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,17–19; Dind. II.140,21–23

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 439.03 (rec exeg) ἄλλως· τί δρῶντες ὅτι καὶ σαφὲς: 1⟨τί⟩ ποιοῦντες;  2ἔχεις τι καὶ σαφὲς εἰπεῖν ἐμοί;  3τὸ γὰρ ὅτι νῦν ἀορίστως κεῖται.   —Rw

TRANSLATION:   Doing what? Can you tell me anything that is indeed clear? For ‘hoti’ is used in this place indefinitely.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: between 439.01 and 439.02      

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τί Rw   |   


Or. 439.04 (pllgn paraphr) ἢ ⟨τί⟩ δρῶντες, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐῶσιν ὑμᾶς ζῆν;  —G

LEMMA: thus in text G      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 439.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τί δρῶντες⟩: οὐκ ἐῶσι σοι ζῆν ἐκεῖ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 439.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨τί δρῶντες⟩: οὐκέτι δηλονότι ἐῶσιν ὑμᾶς ζῆν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (With the elliptical question supply the predicate), clearly, ‘no longer allow you to live’.

REF. SYMBOL: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐῶσιν δηλονότι transp. XaY   


Or. 439.07 (thom exeg) ⟨τί δρῶντες⟩: οὐκ ἐῶσιν  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (With the elliptical question supply the predicate) ‘do not allow’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐῶσι Zl   |   


Or. 439.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δρῶντες⟩: καὶ ποιοῦντες  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ] τὶ F2   


Or. 439.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δρῶντες⟩: πράττοντες  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 439.10 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὅτι καὶ σαφὲς ἔχεις εἰπεῖν ἐμοὶ⟩: εἰπὲ  —VAaAbCrFMlMnPrROxXXbXoGGrZcZZaZlZmT*

TRANSLATION:  (Supply to govern this clause the imperative) ‘tell’.

POSITION: s.l.; above δρῶντες Mn, others over ὅτι καὶ or over middle of phrase      


Or. 439.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅτι καὶ σαφὲς ἔχεις εἰπεῖν ἐμοὶ⟩: εἰπὲ σαφῶς ὃ ἔχεις εἰπεῖν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 439.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅτι⟩: ὅπερ  —CrF2PrOxZbZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ὅπως Pr, ἥπερ CrOx   


Or. 439.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨σαφὲς⟩: ἀληθὲς  —SaZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 439.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σαφὲς⟩: φανερόν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 439.15 (rec gloss) ⟨σαφὲς⟩: σαφῶς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 439.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔχεις⟩: καὶ δύνασαι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 440.01 (recThom gloss) ⟨ψῆφος⟩: ἀπόφασις  —CrGKMlXo2ZZaZbZlZmTY2GuOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 440.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψῆφος⟩: κρίσις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 440.03 (rec gloss) ⟨οἴσεται⟩: ἐπενεχθῇ  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 440.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨οἴσεται⟩: ἐξενεχθήσεται  —FGKPrRfZZaZbZlZmTGuY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐξενεθήσεται Y2   |   


Or. 440.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨οἴσεται⟩: ἐξοίσεται  —MlXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 440.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴσεται⟩: ψηφισθήσεται  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 440.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴσεται⟩: κομισθήσεται  —Aa2Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 440.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴσεται⟩: φέρεται  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 440.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴσεται⟩: καὶ δοθήσεται  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 440.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨⟩: τὸ οἴσεται ἐνεργητικὴν ἔχον σημασίαν καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ κομίσει λαμβανόμενον ἐνταῦθα παθητικὴν ἔχει καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξενεχθήσεται λαμβάνεται.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  The (so-called future middle) form ‘oisetai’, having an active sense and being (normally) taken as ‘he/she/it will convey’, here has a passive sense and is taken as ‘he/she/it will be brought forth’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,1–3


Or. 440.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῇδ’ ἡμέρᾷ⟩: κατὰ τήνδε τὴν ἡμέραν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from 440.05 X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   


Or. 440.12 (rec gloss) ⟨τῇδ’⟩: ἐν τῇ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 440.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῇδ’⟩: ταύτῃ τῇ  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 441.01 (rec exeg) ἐπαινεῖται ὁ στίχος.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   The line is praised.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   One would like to know why the line was praised (by a schoolmaster or teacher of rhetoric?). Perhaps because of the neat balance of the two halves. Contrast the rejection of 440–441 by Weil, Diggle, Willink 1986, and Kovacs, with Willink 1986’s aspersions on this line in particular.   


Or. 441.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨φεύγειν πόλιν⟩: ἐξορισθῆναι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. TYf   


Or. 441.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φεύγειν⟩: ἀποδιδράσκειν  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 441.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φεύγειν⟩: ἐξορίζειν  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 441.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πόλιν⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως, ὡς τὸ [Anacreontea fr. 4 West] ‘τί με φεύγεις τὸν γέροντα;’  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   (‘City’, the accusative object of ‘flee’, is equivalent to) ‘away from the city’, as in the line ‘Why do you flee from me, the old man?’

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Bergk (Poetae Lyrici Graeci 4th ed. fr. 61 = 3rd ed. fr. 64) identified this as a poetic fragment from Sch. Gu Hec. 1064 in Dindorf. This scholion was assumed to be Thoman by West, but, like a number of other notes of Gu, is revealed not to be Thoman by its absence from the standard Thoman witnesses and from T. The phrase is also found in longer quotations in Nicephorus Callistus Xanthopulus, Hist. ecclesiastica 2.42,77 (PG 145:872B), and (without τὸν) in ps.-Sophronius, Vita Mariae Aegyptiacae, chap. 1 (PG 87:3.3705,34).   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Anacreontea   


Or. 441.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πόλιν⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς πόλεως  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 441.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τήνδ’⟩: ταύτην  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 441.08 (thom exeg) ⟨μὴ θανεῖν⟩: ἀλλ’ ἑτέρως κολασθῆναι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Not to die’,) but rather be punished in another way.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 441.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second θανεῖν⟩: καὶ ἀποθανεῖν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 442.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπ’ ἀστῶν⟩: γρ(άφεται) ὑπ’ αὐτῶν.  —ZZaZbZm

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘hup’ astōn’, ‘at the hands of the citizens’) the reading ‘hup’ autōn’ (‘at their hands’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 442.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀστῶν⟩: πολιτῶν  —V1AaAbCrF2MlMnRRf2SOxXo2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὑπὸ τῶν prep. Rf, καὶ τῶν prep. CrOx, τῶν prep. F2, καὶ prep. Zl   


Or. 442.03 (rec gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθασίμῳ  —V1GPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 442.04 (rec gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθαστικῷ  —AbCrKMlMnRSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 442.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθοβολησίμῳ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   λιθοφολ‑ a.c. Zc, ‑ισίμω Zc   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,7


Or. 442.06 (thom gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθοβολικῷ  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 442.07 (thom gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθολευστικῷ  —ZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  λιθοβολευστικῷ Zm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,7


Or. 442.08 (rec exeg) ⟨πετρώματι⟩: †γρ. βλησήματι†  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  app. βλησίματι p.c. (or second eta blotted out, intending βλήσματι (but accent has not been changed)   

COMMENT:   It seems likely that this derives from a misunderstanding of a damaged or corrupt gloss. If the gloss was on πετρώματι, both βλῆσις and βλῆμα exist, and this could be a conflation of them. Alternatively, there may have been a gloss such as λιθοβολήματι, πετροβολήματι, λιθοβολησίμῳ or even *λιθοβλησίμῳ (unattested, but there is one example of an adj. μεταβλήσιμα in Sch. vet. Hes. Theog. 81), damaged and then mistaken for a γράφεται variant (adjusting the form to the shape of πετρώματι could have produced βλησήματι).   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 442.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πετρώματι⟩: πετροβολισμῷ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 442.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πετρώματι⟩: λιθοβολήματι  —F2G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 442.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πετρώματι⟩: λιθάσματι  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κᾆτ’⟩: καὶ διὰ τί  —CrOx

LEMMA: κᾶτ’ in text CrOx      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.02 (rec gloss) ⟨κᾆτ’⟩: ἔπειτα  —Ab

LEMMA: κᾶτ’ in text Ab      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.03 (rec gloss) ⟨κᾆτ’⟩: καὶ εἶτα  —MlMnR

LEMMA: κᾶτ’ in text MnR      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.04 (rec gloss) ⟨κᾆτ’⟩: εἶτα  —OAaF2SGuZb2

LEMMA: κᾶτ’ in text all except κατ’ Ζβ      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.05 (thom exeg) ⟨φεύγεις⟩: ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο πείσῃ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Flee’, that is,) in order that you not suffer this (stoning by the citizens).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨γῆς⟩: τῆς γῆς τῆς σῆς δηλονότι ἤγουν τῆς πατρίδος σου  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Of the land’, namely,) your land, obviously, that is, your fatherland.

POSITION: s.l. except XXoYf      

APP. CRIT.:  σου om. XaY   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,9–10

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta no cross.   |   


Or. 443.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γῆς⟩: τῆς σῆς πατρίδος  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλὼν⟩: ἐκβαίνων  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.09 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλὼν⟩: ὑπερβὰς  —PrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZm

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,10

COMMENT:   T has the cross before and not above this gloss (as would be expected), perhaps because it applies to 443.18 as well, which follows this without gap.   |   


Or. 443.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλὼν⟩: φυγὼν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.; initially above φεύγεις, partly erased and rewritten here      


Or. 443.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλὼν⟩: ἐκφεύγων  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλὼν⟩: ἐκφυγὼν  —V3FXoGuY2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλὼν⟩: ὑπερφυγών  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλὼν⟩: διαφυγὼν  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλὼν⟩: (ὑπερ)τρέχων  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλὼν⟩: καὶ ἐκδραμὼν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλὼν⟩: ἐκτρέχων  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.18 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλὼν⟩: παρελθών  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,11


Or. 443.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλὼν⟩: διαβὰς ὑπερ[ … ]  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:  No accent is visible before the damage, so this is not the preposition, but the beginning of a participle such as ὑπερβάς (443.09) or ὑπερτρέχων (443.15).    


Or. 443.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλὼν⟩: ἀφεὶς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπερβαλλὼν⟩: (ὑπερ)θέων  —Mn

LEMMA: thus in text Mn      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅρους⟩: τοὺς ὁρισμούς  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.23 (rec artGloss) ⟨ὅρους⟩: τοὺς  —F2MnOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ Ox   


Or. 444.01 (mosch exeg) οὐ δύναμαι, περικυκλούμεθα γὰρ ἀνδράσιν ὡπλισμένοις ἤγουν ὑπὸ ἀνδρῶν ὡπλισμένων.  —X

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘I cannot (flee)’ (and take the remainder as) ‘because I am encircled by armed men (dative phrase without preposition), that is, by armed men (prepositional phrase with ‘hupo’).

REF. SYMBOL: X      


Or. 444.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: λείπει οὐ δύναμαι  —AbR

TRANSLATION:  ‘I cannot (flee)’ is to be understood.

POSITION: marg. beside 443      

APP. CRIT.:  δύναμαι] δυνασ() app. R   

COMMENT:   The suspended character above alpha in R is uncertainly read as a sigma. If it is sigma, R means δύνασαι, the person of the gloss having perhaps been adapted to seem to fit 443.   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 444.03 (rec exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: οὐ δύναμαι φεύγειν  —GK

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘I cannot flee’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.04 (recMosch exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: οὐ δύναμαι  —MlXaXbXoTYYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘I cannot (flee)’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.05 (thom exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: οὐ δυνατόν  —ZZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘it is impossible’ (to flee).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: οὔ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  changed to οὐχί Aa2   


Or. 444.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κύκλῳ⟩: γύρωθεν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἱλισσόμεθα παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις⟩: συγκλειόμεθα γὰρ ὑπ’ ἀνδρῶν ὁπλισμένων.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨εἱλισσόμεθα⟩: περικυκλούμεθα γὰρ  —CrMlPrOxXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    -κυκλώμεθα Ml   |    γὰρ om. CrMlPrOxYfZc   


Or. 444.10 (thom exeg) εἱλίσσομεθα: τουτέστι φυλασσόμεθα ὑπ’ ἀνδρῶν ὡπλισμένων ἵνα εἰ βουληθείημεν φυγεῖν μὴ σχῶμεν ἄδειαν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, we are being guarded by armed men so that, if we should wish to escape, we may not find a safe way to do so.

LEMMA: T      POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐκ ἔστι δυν. prep. Za   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τουτέστιν Zb   |   ὑπὸ ZbZlTGu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,14–15


Or. 444.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἱλίσσομεθα⟩: κυκλούμεθα  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἱλίσσομεθα⟩: φρουρούμεθα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἱλίσσομεθα⟩: πεφυλάγμεθα  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἱλίσσομεθα⟩: φυλασσόμεθα  —Y2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἱλίσσομεθα⟩: περιτειχίσμεθα  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Byzantine perfect without reduplication.   


Or. 444.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨εἱλίσσομεθα⟩: εἱλίσσω οὐχὶ ἑλίσσω  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνδράσιν ὡπλισμένοις ἤγουν ὑπὸ ἀνδρῶν ὡπλισμένων  —XaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘By means of all-bronze weapons’ is) equivalent to ‘by armed men’ (dative phrase without preposition), that is, ‘by armed men’ (prepositional phrase with ‘hupo’).

POSITION: s.l. except XoYf      

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 444.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις⟩: καὶ παγχρύσοις ἅρμασι δηλονότι  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παγχάλκοις⟩: σιδηροῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.01 (rec exeg) 1τουτέστι κοινῇ φρουρήσει φυλάττῃ ἢ ἰδίᾳ;  2τουτέστι παρὰ τινῶν ἐχθρῶν φυλάττῃ ἢ παρὰ τῆς πόλεως ὅλης;   —MlMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   That is, are you guarded by a common watching or an individual one? That is, are you guarded by some enemies or by the entire city?

REF. SYMBOL: Ml       POSITION: follows sch. 456.01+458.01 in Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τουτέστι om. Rb   |    2 second παρὰ] περὶ Ml, perhaps Rb   |    ὅλως Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τουτἔστι Ml   |    κοινὴ Mn   |    φρουρήση MlS   |    φυλάττει Mn, φυλάτη Ml   |    ἡ ἰδία S, ἢ δία Ml   |    2 τουτἔστι παρά τινων Ml   |    φυλάττει Ml   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,16–18


Or. 445.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰδίᾳ πρὸς ἐχθρῶν⟩: μονομερῶς παρὰ τῶν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἰδίᾳ⟩: χωρὶς  —MlMnRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἰδίᾳ⟩: ἰδικῶς  —KGuZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰδίᾳ⟩: ἱδίως  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰδίᾳ⟩: κατ’ ἰδίαν  —Aa2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   καταιδία Aa2   |   


Or. 445.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰδίᾳ⟩: καὶ μεμονωμένως  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδίᾳ⟩: πῶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.09 (thom exeg) ⟨πρὸς ἐχθρῶν⟩: φυλάσσεσθε  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρὸς ἐχθρῶν⟩: παραφυλάσσεσθε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εσθαι Zu   |   


Or. 445.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨first πρὸς⟩: παρὰ  —AbMlMnRSSarXXaXbXoYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  περὶ MlX   |    τῶν add. MlMnS   


Or. 445.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐχθρῶν⟩: ἤτοι τὸ στράτευμα τοῦ Αἰγίσθου  —V1PrY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι] τουτέστι Y2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰγίστου Y2   |   


Or. 445.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐχθρῶν⟩: τῶν τοῦ Αἰγίσθου ἢ τοῦ Οἴακος  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 445.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐχθρῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨second πρὸς⟩: παρὰ  —XXbTYfGZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.16 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἀργείας χερός⟩: Ἀργείων χερῶν  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.17 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἀργείας χερός⟩: τῶν Ἀργείων  —F2Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν om. Rf   


Or. 445.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀργείας χερός⟩: καὶ παρὰ πάσης  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨χερός⟩: δυνάμεως  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   


Or. 445.20 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨χερός⟩: τῆς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.21 (rec exeg) ⟨χερός⟩: γράφεται χθονός.  —VCAbPrSar

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,20

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 445.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χθονός⟩: γρ. χερὸς.  —S

LEMMA: thus in text S      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 446.01 (thom exeg) ⟨πρὸς ἀστῶν⟩: εἱλίσσομαι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (Supply with ‘by (all) the citizens’) ‘I am encircled’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  εἱλισσόμεθα ZaZlGu   


Or. 446.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸς ἀστῶν⟩: καὶ παρὰ τῶν πολιτῶν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 446.03 (rec gloss) ⟨πρὸς⟩: παρὰ  —RXo2Yf (or Yf2)

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 446.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀστῶν⟩: πολιτῶν  —AbF2MlMnRSarXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν prep. F2MlXo2 (at a distance to the left above πάντων, Ml also has ἀντὶ, perhaps meant to go with this, i.e., ἀντὶ (τοῦ) πρὸς τῶν πολιτῶν)    


Or. 446.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ἵνα  —XXaXbTYYfGrZb2ZcAa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 446.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅπως  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 446.07 (vet exeg) ⟨βραχὺς λόγος⟩: 1τοῦτο καθ’ ἑαυτό.  2βραχέως, φησὶ, καὶ συντόμως εἴρηκα ὅπερ ἔδει.   —MBCaCbVPr

TRANSLATION:   This phrase stands by itself. Briefly, he says, and concisely I have said what was necessary.

LEMMA: πάντων πρὸς ἀστῶν MC      POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. BCb, s.l. VPr      

APP. CRIT.:  1 ambig. καθεαυτ(ὸ) or καθεαυτ(οῦ) V, καθ’ ἑαυτῶ Pr   |    2 βραχέως] εἴρηκα VPr   |    εἴρηκα ὅπερ ἔδει om. M   |    ὥσπερ V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 καθεαυτό B, καθεαυτὸν M, καθ’ ἑαυτὸν Cb, καθαυτὸν Ca   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,21–22; Dind. II.141,21–22


Or. 446.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨βραχὺς λόγος⟩: ὡς ἐν συντόμῳ εἴπω  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 446.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βραχὺς λόγος⟩: τὸ βραχύτατον, τὸ μικρόν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 446.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βραχὺς λόγος⟩: ἤτοι με φυλάσσουσι.  —B3d

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 446.11 (rec gloss) ⟨βραχὺς⟩: σύντομος  —OF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 446.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βραχὺς⟩: ὀλίγος  —CrOxXo2ZcZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 446.13 (mosch gram) ⟨βραχὺς⟩: τῷ βραχεῖ ἐναντίον τὸ μακρόν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶ βραχύ Yf   


Or. 446.14 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨λόγος⟩:  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 447.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: τάχα θλίβεται, πλὴν κακοήθως ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν ἦλθες εἰς τὴν τελευταίαν ψῆφον τοῦ θανάτου.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Perhaps he (Menelaus) is distressed, but (it is spoken, or he speaks) maliciously starting with ‘now you have come to the final vote of death’.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The commentator recognizes that the lemma does not agree well with the view advocated repeatedly in the old scholia that Menelaus speaks to Orestes maliciously from the beginning of the scene, but he tries to save the viewpoint.   

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 447.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: καὶ ὦ ἄθλιε  —CrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ ὦ om. B3a   


Or. 447.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὢ⟩: φεῦ  —F2Zl

LEMMA: ὢ in text Zl, ὤ F      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 447.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ἄθλιος εἶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 447.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἥκεις⟩: ἦλθες  —CrF2MnOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu   


Or. 447.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥκεις⟩: Ἀττικὸν  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 447.07 (rec gloss) ⟨συμφορᾶς⟩: τῶν δεινῶν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 447.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορᾶς⟩: δυστυχίας  —Zb2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 447.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨συμφορᾶς⟩: τῆς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 447.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πρὸς τοὔσχατον⟩: πρὸς τὴν ἀκμὴν τῆς συμφορᾶς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: πρὸς in text all except GTZc      POSITION: s.l. except XXo      


Or. 447.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς τοὔσχατον⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὸ τελευταῖον  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν εἰς om. F2   


Or. 447.12 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰς τοὔσχατον⟩: εἰς τὸ ἔσχατον  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 447.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τοὔσχατον⟩: μέγα  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 447.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοὔσχατον⟩: καὶ ὕστερον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 448.01 (pllgn paraphr) ἡ ἐμὴ ἐλπὶς εἰς σὲ ἔχει τὰς καταφυγάς.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καταφυγάς Mastr., κατὰ Y2   


Or. 448.02 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰς σ’⟩: εἰς σὲ  —CrF2ROx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 448.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλπὶς⟩: πᾶσα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 448.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡμὴ⟩: ἡ ἐμὴ  —F2R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 448.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨καταφυγὰς⟩: ἤγουν τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῶν κακῶν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 448.06 (rec gloss) ⟨καταφυγὰς⟩: ἐλευθερίαν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,32


Or. 448.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καταφυγὰς⟩: τὸ θάρρος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 448.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨καταφυγὰς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καταφυγήν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (The plural form ‘kataphugas’ is) used for the (singular) ‘kataphugēn’ (‘refuge’).

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἔχει add. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,33


Or. 448.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨καταφυγὰς⟩: τὰς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 448.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: καὶ ἀνάκειται  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 448.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨κακῶν⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν δυστυχιῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (Interpret the genitive ‘of evils’ as) ‘for the sake of my misfortunes’ (or ‘as far as concerns my misfortunes’).

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. except XXo      


Or. 448.12 (rec gloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: ἕνεκα  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 448.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 449.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθλίως πράσσουσιν⟩: τοῖς δυστυχοῦσιν  —CrOxXo2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    τοῖς om. Xo2   

COLLATION NOTES:   Perhaps F2 had this, but the faint traces in damage are insufficient to confirm reading.   |   


Or. 449.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθλίως πράσσουσιν⟩: [ἀθλ]ίως ἀτυχοῦσιν  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 449.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀθλίως⟩: ἐλεεινῶς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 449.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀθλίως⟩: δυστυχῶς  —SarZZaZb2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 449.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨πράσσουσιν⟩: διακειμένοις ἡμῖν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἡμῖν om. Xb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,34


Or. 449.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨πράσσουσιν⟩: ἡμῖν  —KPrRZZaB4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 449.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐτυχὴς⟩: ὑγιὴς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 449.08 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐτυχὴς⟩: σὺ  —AaGMn

POSITION: s.l., above μολῶν Mn      


Or. 449.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐτυχὴς⟩: εὐτυχῶς  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 449.10 (rec gloss) ⟨μολών⟩: παραγενόμενος  —CrGROx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 449.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μολών⟩: ἐλθών  —PrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐλθών] καὶ ἀλλὰ Pr   |   


Or. 449.12 (thom gloss) ⟨μολών⟩: ἐκ Τροίας  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 449.13 (rec gram) ⟨μολών⟩: τὸ θέμα μόλω τὸ παραγίνομαι, ὁ μέλλων μολῶ.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 450.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨μετάδος⟩: μετασχεῖν δός  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.142,3


Or. 450.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλοισι⟩: ἐν τοῖς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 450.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φίλοισι⟩: τοῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 450.04 (rec artGloss) ⟨σοῖσι⟩: τοῖς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 450.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨σῆς⟩: τῆς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 450.06 (thom gloss) ⟨εὐπραξίας⟩: εὐτυχίας  —CrGF2OxXoZZaZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 450.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐπραξίας⟩: γενικῆς  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  thus an earlier faint hand, rewritten as γενικῆ by B3a   


Or. 451.01 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴ μόνος τὸ χρηστὸν ἀπολαβὼν ἔχε: 1Ἀττικὸν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπόλαβε τὰ κατὰ σαυτὸν φυλάσσων.  2ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ [Soph. fr. 893 Radt] ‘εὐφημίαν μὲν πρῶτα κήρυξας ἔχω’, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκήρυξα.   —MBVC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   (The periphrasis with ‘echō’ and aorist participle is) an Attic construction, giving the sense ‘preserving your own state of affairs, keep it separate’. It is similar to the line ‘having first proclaimed ritual silence I keep it so’, equivalent to ‘I proclaimed’.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴ μόνος τῶν χρηστῶν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀττικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ] B, om. MC, μὴ μόνος VPr   |    ἀπολάμβανε B, ἀπόλαυε VPr   |    after σαυτὸν add. μόνον B   |    2 ὅμοιον κτλ om. Pr   |    ὅμοιον δέ V   |    τῷ] τὸ MVC   |    ἔχω om. V   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκήρυξα] ἀνακεκηρυχέναι V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,23–25; Dind. II.142,5–7

COMMENT:   Compare sch. B Med. 33 ἀτιμάσας ἔχει: Ἀττικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἠτίμασε. τὸ γὰρ ἔχει ἐκ περισσοῦ. Σοφοκλῆς [Soph. fr. 892 Radt] ‘παῖδας γὰρ οὓς ἔφυσ’ ἀναλώσας ἔχει’ καὶ πάλιν [Soph. fr. 893 Radt] ‘εὐφημίαν μὲν πρῶτα κηρύξας ἔχω’.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Sophocles   


Or. 451.02 (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν μὴ τρύφα τὴν σὴν εὐτυχίαν μόνος.  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 451.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὴ μόνος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μὴ μόνον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 451.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨τὸ χρηστόν⟩: τὴν εὐπραξίαν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  εὐπραγίαν XaXoYGr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.142,7–8


Or. 451.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ χρηστόν⟩: τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.142,9


Or. 451.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ χρηστόν⟩: τὴν εὐτυχίαν  —FB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὴν om. F   


Or. 451.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ χρηστόν⟩: τῆς εὐτυχίας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 451.08 (rec exeg) ἀπολαβὼν ἔχε: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπολάμβανε  —VPrY2

LEMMA: V (as incorporated first words)      POSITION: s.l. PrY2; cont. from 451.01 V      


Or. 451.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπολαβὼν⟩: καὶ ἀπολύσας  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 451.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπολαβὼν⟩: ἰδιωσάμενος  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 451.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπολαβὼν⟩: ἐγκρύψας(?)  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ambig. written   


Or. 452.01 (vetMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἀντιλάζου⟩: ἀντιλαμβάνου  —MOVAaAbFKMlMnRSSarOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*

LEMMA: ἀντιάζου in text Z, a.c. Za      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOxZu   |    ἀντιλάμβανε CrOx, ἀντὶ τοῦ λαμβάνων Ml   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,1; Dind. II.142,10


Or. 452.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀντιλάζου⟩: ἐπιλαμβάνου  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 452.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀντιλάζου⟩: μεταλαμβάνου  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 452.04 (mosch gram) ἀντιλάζου: τὸ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι λέγεται ὅταν τι διώκῃ καὶ ἅπτηταί τινος δεόμενον ἢ καὶ καθ’ ἕτερόν τινα τρόπον, τὸ δὲ ἀναδέχηται καὶ οὐκ ἀποστρέφηται.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘antilambanesthai’ (‘to latch onto’) is used whenever something seeks and grasps something, being in need of it or else in some other manner, and that thing accepts (the grasping) and does not turn away.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ ἀντιλάζου G      

APP. CRIT.:  διώκηται T   |    δεόμενος XaY   |    second καὶ om. G   |    δὲ om. Xo   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὅτάν τι all (ὅτ’ ἄν τι G)   |   ἅπτηται τινὸς all except G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.142,10–12


Or. 452.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πόνων⟩: τῶν συγγενικῶν ἤγουν τῶν ἐμῶν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 452.06 (rec gloss) ⟨πόνων⟩: θλίψεων  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 452.07 (thom exeg) ⟨πόνων⟩: κόπων τῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Toils’, that is,) ‘pains on our behalf’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν prep. Gu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἱμῶν Zl   |   


Or. 452.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόνων⟩: τῶν δυστυχιῶν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 452.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόνων⟩: δυστυχούντων  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 452.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν τῷ μέρει⟩: μερικῶς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 452.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐν τῷ μέρει⟩: μερικῶς τῆς συγγενείας σου  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Perhaps the intended sense is ‘particularly (the toils) of your relatives’; otherwise the genitive is obscure. The correct interpretation of ἐν τῷ μέρει in terms of reciprocation (‘in your turn’) is recognized in the next glosses.   


Or. 452.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐν τῷ μέρει⟩: ἀνὰ μέρος  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 452.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐν τῷ μέρει⟩: ἤγουν ἐκ μ[έρους]  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 452.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῷ μέρει⟩: σοῦ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 453.01 (mosch exeg) χάριτας: ἤγουν ἃς ὁ πατὴρ ἐποίησεν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Favors’), that is, the ones that his father (Agamemnon) did.

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σε XoG   |   


Or. 453.02 (tri metr) ⟨πατρώας⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 453.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκτίνων⟩: ἀνταποδιδούς  —AbMlMnRSZu

LEMMA: ἐκτείνων in text Ml      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ ἀνταποδίδων Zu   


Or. 453.04 (recMoschThom gloss) ἐκτίνων: ἀποδιδοὺς  —CrKF2OxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*Gu

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἀποδούς Yf   


Or. 453.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκτίνων⟩: διδοὺς  —Aa2Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 453.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκτίνων⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δοῦναι  —Mn

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This could also be a corruption of ἀποδοῦναι, which could have been a gloss on δεῖ at the end of the line.   


Or. 453.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨εἰς οὓς⟩: εἰς ἐκείνους  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from453.04)      

APP. CRIT.:  εἰς om. T   


Or. 453.08 (thom gloss) ⟨εἰς οὓς⟩: εἰς ἡμᾶς  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. ZmCrOx   |    δηλονότι add. Zu   


Or. 453.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς οὓς⟩: ἡμῖ[ν]  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 453.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὓς⟩: ἐκείνους τοὺς ἀνθρώπους  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 453.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὓς⟩: ἐκγόνους  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 453.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὓς⟩: τοὺς ἀνεψίους σου ἡμᾶς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 453.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨δεῖ⟩: ἐκτίνειν  —XaXbXoT+YGGrZbZcZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 453.14 (thom gloss) ⟨δεῖ⟩: ἀποδιδόναι  —ZcZa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 453.15 (rec gloss) ⟨δεῖ⟩: πρέπει  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 453.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεῖ⟩: χρὴ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 453.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεῖ⟩: ἁρμόζει  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 454.01 (454–455) (pllgn exeg) κ̅ δ̅ χρόν(ον) τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι Ἡλίῳ  —V2

TRANSLATION:   For the twenty-fourth year for Apollo Helios.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   It is unclear what this means or whether its insertion is inspired by anything in the text in the vicinity of these lines. There is no reason to believe that someone calculated the age of Orestes as 24 years old. For the possible connection of that number with Helios, Michael Zellmann-Rohrer notes (in personal communication) that in one astrological system known from Ptolem. Apotelesmatica (Tetrabiblos) 4.10.4–12 the 24th year falls within the division of human life that is under the power of Helios.   


Or. 454.02 (454–455) (vet paraphr) ὄνομα γὰρ: 1οἱ φίλοι, εἰ μὴ ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς τῶν φίλων εἰσὶ φίλοι, οὐδέ εἰσι φίλοι,  2ἀλλὰ λόγῳ μέν εἰσιν, ἔργῳ δ’ οὔ.   —MBPr

TRANSLATION:   Friends, if they are not friends amidst the misfortunes of their friends, are not even friends, but they are so in name, not in reality.

LEMMA: Pr      REF. SYMBOL: M (at οἱ μὴ 455)      POSITION: intermarg. MB      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἰ … first εἰσὶ] οἱ … εἰσὶ Pr, οἱ … ὄντες B   |    οὐδέ] ὥστε οὐδέ M, οὐκ B   |    2 εἰσιν] εἰσὶ φίλοι Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δὲ οὔ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,3–4; Dind. II.142,14–16


Or. 454.03 (pllgn exeg) οὐ γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα τὴν ἐνέργειαν παριστᾷ, ἀλλ’ ἡ ἐνέργεια τὸ ὄνομα· τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ πατρὸς καὶ ἀδελφοῦ καὶ μητρὸς καὶ παντὸς συγγενοῦς.  —Lb

TRANSLATION:  For the (mere) word does not give proof of the actuality, but the actuality (gives proof of) the word. This applies to (the terms) ‘father’ and ‘brother’ and ‘mother’ and every (term for a) kinsman.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐνεργείαν … ἐνεργεία Lb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.142,16–18


Or. 454.04 (mosch gloss) ὄνομα γὰρ: μόνον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 454.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὄνομα γὰρ⟩: (ὄνομα) γὰρ μόνον ἔχουσι φίλου.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 454.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄνομα⟩: ἤγουν διὰ λόγου  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 454.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὄνομα⟩: τῆς φιλίας  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 454.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ὄνομα⟩: φίλου  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 454.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄνομα⟩: κατὰ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 454.10 (rec exeg) ἔργον δὲ οὐκ ἔχουσιν οἱ φίλοι: καὶ γὰρ τοιούτους οἱ σοφοὶ λέγουσιν ὁμωνύμως καλεῖσθαι, οὐ μὴν συνωνύμως. φίλοι γὰρ συνωνύμως οἱ καὶ ὄνομα καὶ ἔργον ἔχοντες φίλου.  —Rw

TRANSLATION:   For in fact the wise say that such (friends) are so called by homonymy (equivocally, having the same name but different natures/definitions), not indeed by synonymy (having the same name and the same nature/definition). For those who possess both the name and the action of a friend are friends by synonymy.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: follows sch. 457.04 Rw with only high stop and small space      

COMMENT:   The contrast of ὁμωνύμως/συνωνύμως is very common in commentators on Aristotle’s Categories from late antiquity through to late Byzantine authors and crops up in Photius, Arethas, and Psellus; but no connection specifically with the word φίλος is found in TLG.   


Or. 454.11 (vet exeg) ⟨φίλοι⟩: ἔδει οἱ συγγενεῖς εἰπεῖν.  —B

TRANSLATION:   He should have used the expression ‘the kinsmen’.

POSITION: intermarg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,2


Or. 454.12 (rec gloss) ⟨φίλοι⟩: καὶ συγγενεῖς  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.142,18


Or. 454.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλοι⟩: ἔχουσιν  —Cr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 454.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔργον⟩: ἤγουν ἐν πράξει  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 455.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οἱ μὴ ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι οἱ μὴ ’πὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς.  —Mn

LEMMA: thus in text Mn      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μὴπὶ Mn   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 455.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἱ μὴ⟩: ἐκεῖνοι οἱ φίλοι  —CrOxZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐκεῖνοι om. Zb2   


Or. 455.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταῖσι συμφοραῖς⟩: ταύταις ταῖς δυστυχίαις  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 455.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφοραῖς⟩: θλίψεσιν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 455.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄντες⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχοντες  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 455.06 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 456.01 (vet paraphr) καὶ μὴν γέροντι: τὸ ἑξῆς γέροντι ποδὶ βαδίζει ἐνταῦθα.  —MBVAbMlMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense is: with an aged foot he walks here.

LEMMA: VRb, καὶ μὴν γέροντι δεῦρο MlMnSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VMlRb      POSITION: s.l. MAb, intermarg. B; follows 457.04 Ml      

APP. CRIT.:   ποδὶ κτλ om. V, add. V1 in blank space   |    βαδίζει] transp. before γέροντι Ab, βαδίζειν Ml   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,5; Dind. II.142,20


Or. 456.02 (mosch paraphr) καὶ μὴν γέροντι: σπεύδει δεῦρο ποδὶ γεροντικῷ ἤγουν μετὰ σπουδῆς ἔρχεται ὧδε.  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

LEMMA: καὶ μὴν γέροντικῷ X (but in text γέροντι X)      POSITION: s.l. except XTYf      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ᾧδε XXb   |   


Or. 456.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καὶ μὴν⟩: ἀλλὰ  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴν⟩: δὴ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.05 (rec gloss) ⟨γέροντι⟩: ἐν  —OPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.06 (rec gloss) ⟨γέροντι⟩: ἀσθενεῖ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γέροντι⟩: γεροντικῷ  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2ZcAaZmZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu, ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Aa   


Or. 456.08 (rec exeg) ⟨γέροντι⟩: τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ κτητικοῦ.  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨γέροντι⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δεῦρ’ ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: ὧδε μετὰ σπουδῆς ἔρχεται.  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.11 (recTri gloss) ⟨δεῦρ’⟩: ἐνταῦθα  —AbCrOxT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 456.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεῦρ’⟩: ὧδε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.13 (vet gloss) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: βαδίζει  —MV3GPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. V3   


Or. 456.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: ἔρχεται  —V2GKMlMnRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ prep. K, καὶ prep. V2   


Or. 456.15 (thom gloss) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: σπουδαίως ἔρχεται  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Zm   


Or. 456.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: σπεύδει  —KXo2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: δι’ ἀγῶνος  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: ἀγωνίζεται  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: ἤγουν σπουδαίως καὶ μετὰ ἁμίλλης καὶ ἀγῶνος ἔρχεται.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: ἀγωνιστικῶς βαδίζει, ἔρχεται  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 456.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: κινεῖται  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Barest traces of ται remain; if the traces are deceptive, the position of κινεῖ could imply that ται is to be supplied from the lemma below.   |   


Or. 456.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: καὶ πορεύεται  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.23 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ποδί⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 457.01 (mosch paraphr) ὁ Σπαρτιάτης: ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZlZmZu

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. XZu   |    ἀπὸ] ἐκ Zl   


Or. 457.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁ Σπαρτιάτης⟩: καὶ ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 457.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁ Σπαρτιάτης⟩: ὁ βασιλεὺς Τυνδάρεως  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 457.04 (vet exeg) Τυνδάρεως μελάμπεπλος: 1Οἰβάλου τοῦ Περιήρους παῖδες οὗτοι·  2Τυνδάρεως, Ἰκάριος, Ἀρήνη, καὶ νόθος ἐκ Νικοστράτης Ἱπποκόων.  3οὗτοι μετὰ θάνατον Οἰβάλου ἐστασίασαν περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς.  4Ἰκάριος δὲ συνθέμενος μετὰ Ἱπποκόωντος ἐξελαύνει τὸν Τυνδάρεων τῆς Σπάρτης.  5ὁ δὲ οἰκεῖ ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις τῆς Λακεδαιμονίας καὶ γαμεῖ Λήδαν τὴν Θεστίου τοῦ Αἰτωλοῦ,  6ἐξ ἧς ἔσχε Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην καὶ Τιμάνδραν καὶ Κλυταιμνήστραν καὶ Ἑλένην.  7ὕστερον δὲ Ἡρακλῆς ἐπὶ τῷ φόνῳ τοῦ Οἰωνοῦ φονεύσας Ἱπποκόωντα ἅμα τοῖς παισὶ καὶ καταγαγὼν τὸν Τυνδάρεων ἀπὸ Φρίξης καὶ Πελλάνης ἐγχειρεῖ αὐτῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς Σπάρτης.  8ἐγάμει γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς Δηϊάνειραν τὴν Λήδας ἀδελφιδῆν.   —MBCPrRw, partial VMlMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   These are the children of Oebalus the son of Perieres: Tyndareus, Icarius, Arene, and an illegitimate son Hippocoon born of Nicostrate. After the death of Oebalus these children fell into strife over ruling. Icarius, having made a compact with Hippocoon, drives Tyndareus from Sparta. The latter resides in the farthest outskirts of Lacedaemonia and marries Leda, daughter of Thestius son of Aetolus. And from her he got as children Castor and Polydeuces and Timandra and Clytemnestra and Helen. But later Heracles, having slain Hippocoon and his sons on the occasion of their killing of Oeonus and having brought Tyndareus home from Phrixe and Pellane, entrusts the rule of Sparta to him. For Heracles was married to Deinaneira the niece of Leda.

LEMMA: MC, τυνδάρεως MlMnSSa, ὁ σπαρτιάτης BPr, (459) τυνδάρεως ὅδε V, τυνδ. ὧδε στείχει Rw, ὧδε Rb (without punct.)      REF. SYMBOL: B, (to 459) V, (to 452 ἀντιλάζου) Ml      POSITION: cont. from sch. 456.01 without punct. Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 Οἰβάλου] (blank space left)βάλου B, βάλου Pr, οἰβάρου S   |    Περιήρους] B, περιήρου VMlMnPrRbSa, περὶ οἴρου S, π(ερι) ἥρος M, περίηρ(ος) Rw, περιῆρος C   |    οὗτοι] οἵδε V, p.c. Rb, οἳ αἵδε Ml(οἱ)SSa, a.c. Rb, αἵδε Mn   |    2 and 4 Ἰκάριος Pk (in 457.05), whence King here (cf. ps.-Apollodorus), ἴκαρος all (ἵκαρος Rw), and witnesses of several other sources (see comment)   |    ἀρήνη ps.-Apollodorus, ἄρνη all except ἄνη Ml (with space between α and ν), ἄρηου or ἄρνου (with omicron above ου) Rb   |    2 Νικοστράτης] στρατονίκης VMlMnRbSSa   |    2–4 Ἱπποκόων … μετὰ om. M   |    3 οὗτοι] οὕτως Sa, οὗτοῦ Rb, οὗτος MlMnS   |    βάλου BPrRw   |    ἐστασίασε MlMn, ἐστίασε SSa   |    τῆς om. VCMlMnRbSSa   |    4 ἐξελαύνει τὸν] τῆ γεγονυῖα ἐπὶ ἐξελαύνει τῶ πένθει:~ τὸν Mn (extra words displaced from sch. 458.15)   |    τὸν om. Rw   |    ἀπὸ τῆς σπ. Sa, ἐκ τῆς σπ. MlMnS   |    5 ὤκει RbSSa, ὤκεις Mn   |    ἐν ἐσχατιᾶ VMlMnRb(αἰσχ.)SSa, ἑαυτὸν ἐσχάτης Rw   |    τῆς λακεδαίμονος VRbSa   |    ἐγάμει VMl(ἐγάμη)MnRbSSa   |    λήδα V, ληδην Rb   |    τὴν θυεστίου C, ζ τοῦ θεστίου Ml, τοῦ θυέστου Sa, (τὴν om.) θαιστίου Rw, τοῦτ(εστι) app. Mn   |    τοῦ αἰτωλῶν VS, τοῦ αἰτολικῶν Rb, τῶν αἰτωλῶν Ml(ἐτ-)Sa, τοῦ αἰτῶλος Mn   |    6 second καὶ om. Rb   |    6–8 καὶ τιμάνδραν κτλ. om. V(τιμάνδραν καὶ ἑλένην:~ add. V1)MlMnSSa   |    6–8 καὶ κλυτ. κτλ om. Rb   |    7 ἐπὶ τὸν φόνον MC   |    τοῦ υἱωνοῦ BPr, τοῦ ὑωνοῦ (or υἱω-?) a.c. M, τῶν υἱῶν Rw   |    ἱπποθόοντα M   |    φρίζης a.c. or p.c. M   |    Πελλάνης Matt. (after Πελλήνης Meursius), πέλλης MBCPr, πέλης Rw   |    ἐγχειρίζει BPr   |    8 ἀδελφιδῆν Barnes, ἀδελφήν all   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οἰβάλλου MlRb(οἱβ-)   |    2 ἱπποκόου Mn, ἱππικόων Ml   |    3 οἱβάλου Rb   |    4 ἱπποκόοντος VMn, p.c. Rw, ἱπποκόεντος MlSSa, ὑπηκόοντος Rb   |    ἐξελαύνη Ml   |    τυνδάρεον Mn   |    οἰκεῖ] ὤκι Ml   |    6 perhaps ἔσχεν M   |    κάστωρα Ml   |    ποδεύκην Rb   |    7 ἱπποκόοντα Rw   |    8 δϊϊάνειραν Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,6–15; Dind. II.142,24–143,9

COMMENT:   For the genealogy and names, cf. ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. 3.117, 3.123 [where the names Arene and Icarius are correctly transmitted], Sch. Hom. Il. 2.581–6 [ἴκαρος and ἄρνη codd.], Sch. Hom. Od. 15.16 [ἰκάριος with no variant in the witnesses checked by F. Pontani], Sch. vet. Lycophr. 547a Leone [ἴκαρος codd.], Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 511b [ἴκαρος and ἄρνη codd.]. The corruption to Hippothoon seen in one place in M is matched in the mss of Sch. Hom. Il. 2.581–6, where Bekker corrected the name.   |   For Pellana in Laconia as the residence in exile of Tyndareus, see Paus. 3.1.4 and 3.21.2. Schwartz accepted Meursius’ Πελλήνης (Johann Meurs, Miscellanea Laconica, Amsterdam 1661, 4.8, p. 275), but Pellene normally refers to a city in Achaea near Sicyon. Phrixa is in Triphylia, a region which could be said to be Elean or Arcadian, and the location is nowhere else associated with Tyndareus (or with Heracles or Hippocoon or Oeonus). Thus it is not clear why it is included here.   |   In the outer margin beside this sch. V2 has added λήδα on one line and after a blank line ζεὺς τῆς / κρήτης / βασιλεὺς. This is probably a comment on the adjacent sch., indicating the alternative parentage of Polydeuces and Helen with the rationalizing variant that Zeus was really a human king. This seems more likely than that it is meant to be a note on 464 Λήδα.   |   Deianeira is daughter of Althaea, who is sister of Leda; hence Barnes’ correction ἀδελφιδῆν.   

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   |   mythography, genealogical   


Or. 457.05 (pllgn exeg) 1Οἰβάλου παῖδες οὗτοι·  2Τυνδάρεως, Ἰκάριος, Ἀρήνη, καὶ νόθος ἐκ Νικοστράτης Ἱπποκόων.  3ἀποθανόντος δὲ τοῦ Οἰβάλου ἐστασίασαν περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς οἱ παῖδες.  4Ἰκάριος δὲ συνθέμενος εἰς τὸν Ἱπποκόωντα ἐξελαύνει τὸν Τυνδάρεων τῆς Σπάρτης.  5ὁ δὲ οἰκεῖ ἐν Λακεδαίμονι ὅπου ἔφυγε καὶ γαμεῖ Λήδαν τὴν Θεστίου τοῦ Αἰτωλοῦ,  6ἐξ ἧς ἔσχε Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην καὶ Κλυταιμνήστραν καὶ Ἑλένην.  7ὕστερον δὲ Ἡρακλῆς φονεύσας τὸν Ἱπποκόωντα ἅμα τοῖς παισὶ ἀπαγαγὼν τὸν Τυνδάρεων ἐνεχείρισεν αὐτῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς Σπάρτης.  8ἐγάμει γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς Δηϊάνειραν τὴν Λήδας ἀδελφιδῆν.   —Pk

APP. CRIT.:  2 ἄρνη καὶ νῆθος Pk   |    8 ἀδελφὴν Pk   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οἱβάλλου Pk   |    3 οἰβάλλου Pk   |    5 λήδεν Pk   |    αἰτώλου Pk   |    6 κλυτεμνήστραν Pk   |   

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   |   mythography, genealogical   


Or. 457.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μελάμπεπλος⟩: δυσείμων  —VV2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. V2   


Or. 457.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελάμπεπλος⟩: μελανειμονῶν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 457.08 (recMosch gloss) μελάμπεπλος: μελανείμων  —AaMnPrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZmB4

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. X   


Or. 457.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελάμπεπλος⟩: ὁ μελαμφόρος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 457.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελάμπεπλος⟩: μελανοφορῶν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 457.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελάμπεπλος⟩: καὶ μελανοχίτων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 457.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελάμπεπλος⟩: μαυροφόρος  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 457.13 (rec gloss) ⟨μελάμπεπλος⟩: ὑπάρχων  —AaMlRSZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὑπάρχει R, ὑπα[ Aa (damage)   


Or. 457.14 (rec gloss) ⟨μελάμπεπλος⟩: ὢν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 458.01 (vet exeg) κουρᾷ τε θυγατρός: δείκνυται τῇ κουρᾷ τῇ ἐκθέσμῳ ὅτι ἐπὶ πένθει ἐξύρηται. —MV1MnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   It is shown by the abnormal haircut that he has been shorn close to express mourning.

LEMMA: Mn(ται)SSa      REF. SYMBOL: Sa      POSITION: s.l. M; cont. from 456.01, prep. κοῦρα (κουρᾶ p.c. V1) τε θυγατρὸς, V1Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   δείκνυται Schw., δεικτικὴ κεῖται V1, καὶ δοτικὴ κεῖται MMn, καὶ δοτικῶς κεῖται RbSa, καὶ δοτι κεῖται S   |    τῇ ἐκθέσμῳ Schw., τῆς ἐν θέσμω M, om. others   |    ὅτι] ὅ ἐστι M   |    ἐπὶ τῶ πένθει V1, ἐπὶ πένθους M, ἐπὶ τῶν πενθῶν RbSSa, ἐπὶ πενθῶν Mn   |    ἐξύρηται Schw., ἐξεύρηται all   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,17; Dind. II.143,11


Or. 458.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨κουρᾷ τε θυγατρὸς⟩: τῇ γεγονυίᾳ ἕνεκεν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.143,10


Or. 458.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨κουρᾷ⟩: τῇ τῶν τριχῶν ἐκκοπῇ  —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῇ] τὴν Ml, om. R   |    τῆ ἐκκ. τῶν τρ. transp. Ab   


Or. 458.04 (rec gloss) ⟨κουρᾷ⟩: ἐν  —FPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 458.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κουρᾷ⟩: κουρεύσει  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 458.06 (rec etaGloss) ⟨κουρᾷ⟩: κουρῇ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 458.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨θυγατρὸς⟩: ἕνεκα  —AbKMlMnPrRXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἕνεκε R, ‑εν MlMn   |    τῆς add. G   


Or. 458.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θυγατρὸς⟩: χάριν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 458.09 (rec gloss) ⟨πενθίμῳ⟩: τῇ λύπῃ  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   V had first written as gloss πενθίμ, then rubbed it out and entered the correct gloss.   |   


Or. 458.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πενθίμῳ⟩: λυπηρῷ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 458.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πενθίμῳ⟩: πένθει  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 458.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πενθίμῳ⟩: θρηνητικῷ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 458.13 (vet gloss) ⟨κεκαρμένος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξυρημένος  —M

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐξυρημένος Schw., ἐφ’ οἷς ἥμενος M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,19


Or. 458.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεκαρμένος⟩: καὶ κεξυρημένος  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This form of reduplication, whether for ξυρέω or for any other verb beginning in ξ, is not attested in TLG.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 458.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨κεκαρμένος⟩: λελυπημένος τῇ ἐκκοπῇ τῶν τριχῶν τῇ γεγονυίᾳ ἐπὶ τῷ πένθει  —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς ἐκκοπ()῀ Ml   |    τῇ γεγον. κτλ om. Mn (but the words are conflated within 457.04)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   γεγονῆα Ml   |    πένθω Ml   |   


Or. 458.16 (rec gloss) ⟨κεκαρμένος⟩: λελυπημένος  —AbRSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  λελυμμένος Sa   


Or. 458.17 (rec gloss) ⟨κεκαρμένος⟩: κεκομμένος  —SarY2Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 458.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεκαρμένος⟩: τὴν κόμην ἀφῃρημένος  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 458.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεκαρμένος⟩: κεκουρευμένος  —Aa2GGuZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 458.20 (rec gloss) ⟨κεκαρμένος⟩: τὰς τρίχας  —PrZb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 458.21 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 459.01 (pllgn exeg) ἰδὼν Ὀρέστης τὸν πάππον αὐτοῦ ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῷ θεάσασθαι τὸν Μενέλαον, ἀκούσαντα ὅτι εἰς τὸ Ἄργος ἦλθε, καὶ αἰδεσθεὶς αὐτὸν διότι πολλῶν ἔτυχε παρ’ αὐτοῦ τῶν καλῶν, ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἐφόνευσε τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, λέγει αἰδεσθεὶς ‘ἀπωλόμην, Μενέλαε’.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Orestes, spotting his grandfather coming to see Menelaus, because he (Tyndareus) heard that he (Menelaus) had arrived at Argos, and feeling shame before him (Tyndareus) because he received many fine things from him, but he killed his mother, says in his shame ‘I am destroyed, Menelaus’.


Or. 459.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπωλόμην⟩: συμφορᾷ περιέπεσον  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 459.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπωλόμην⟩: ἐφθάρην  —CrZb2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 459.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπωλόμην⟩: ἀπόλλυμαι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 459.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩:  —Aa3AbF2MnPrOxXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 459.06 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 459.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Τυνδάρεως⟩:  —F2Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 459.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: οὗτος  —ZZaF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 460.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨στείχει⟩: ἔρχεται  —AbCrF2OxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 460.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στείχει⟩: βαδίζει  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 460.03 (pllgn wdord) word order (α) οὗ, (β) ἐλθεῖν, (γ) ὄμμα, (δ) μάλιστα, (ε) ἔχει, (ϛ) αἰδώς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 460.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὗ μάλιστ’ αἰδώς μ’ ἔχει⟩: ὅντινα μάλιστα αἰδοῦμαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrCr2ZcOx

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν preo. T, περὶ prep. Ox   |    οὗτινα Yf   |    μάλιστα om. Zc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὄντινα Cr2   |   


Or. 460.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὗ μάλιστ’ αἰδώς μ’ ἔχει⟩: ὅντινα μᾶλλον εὐλαβοῦμαι  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 460.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὗ⟩: ὑπὲρ οὗ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 460.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὗ⟩: περὶ  —Cr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The gloss is probably related to the fact that in 460.04 Ox has περὶ preposed to govern ὅντινα.   


Or. 460.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨οὗ⟩: τοῦ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 460.09 (rec gloss) ⟨οὗ⟩: οὗτινος  —AbMlMnSZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. AbZu   


Or. 460.10 (rec gloss) ⟨μάλιστ’⟩: λίαν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 460.11 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰδώς μ’ ἔχει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ αἰδοῦμαι  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 460.12 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰδώς⟩: καὶ φόβος  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 460.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰδώς⟩: αἰσχύνη  —F2G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 460.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰδώς⟩: ἐντροπὴ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 460.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: συνέχει  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 460.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: καὶ κρατεῖ  —CrOxZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 461.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰς ὄμματ’ ἐλθεῖν⟩: τουτέστι νὰ τὸν ἴδω  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 461.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰς ὄμματ’ ἐλθεῖν⟩: εἰς ὄψιν ὥστε ἐλθεῖν  —X


Or. 461.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨εἰς ὄμματ’⟩: εἰς ὄψιν  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCr2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Ox   |    εἰς om. Zc   |    ἐλθεῖν add. Y   


Or. 461.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς ὄμματ’⟩: καὶ εἰς θεωρίαν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 461.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄμματ’⟩: ὀφθαλμούς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 461.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐλθεῖν⟩: ὥστε  —XbT+Y2GZcCr2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 461.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοις⟩: ἐν τοῖς ἡμαρτημένοις  —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐν om. Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ημένος Mn (and in line a.c. ‑ασμένος)   |   


Or. 461.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοις⟩: διὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 461.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοι⟩: διὰ τὰ πραχθέντα  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 461.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοις⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν ἐξειργασμένων  —CrKMnRfOxB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν om. Rf   


Or. 461.11 (recTri paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοις⟩: διὰ τὰ ἐξειργασμένα  —AbT+Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Note that Triclinius marks the gloss as Moschopulean even though he has adapted 461.12 to his preferred reading in the text.   


Or. 461.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἡμαρτημένοις⟩: διὰ τὰ ἡμαρτημένα  —XaXbXaXbXoYYfGGrCr2

LEMMA: thus in text all except G      POSITION: s.l. except Xa      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Cr2   |    only διὰ Xb   


Or. 461.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἡμαρτημένοις⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν ἡμαρτημάτων  —V2

LEMMA: this in text V      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 461.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἡμαρτημένοις⟩: χάριν τῶν ἡμαρτημένων  —Y2

LEMMA: this in text Y      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 461.15 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐξειργασμένοις⟩: πεπραγμένοις  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῖς prep. F2   |    ἐμοὶ add. ZmGu   


Or. 462.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔθρεψε⟩: ἀνέθρεψε  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2Cr2ZlOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Cr2Ox   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ψεν T   |   


Or. 462.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔθρεψε⟩: ὁ Τυνδάρεως  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 462.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄντα⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχοντα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 462.04 (462–463) (vet exeg) πολλὰ δὲ φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλησε: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολλῶν φιλημάτων με ἐξεπλήρωσεν, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 10.298] ‘διά τ’ ἔντεα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα’. —MBVCMnPrRbSa

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘he filled me with many kisses’, (with the accusative used instead of expected genitive) just as in the (Homeric) example ‘through the coat of mail and black blood’.

LEMMA: M(‑σεν)BCPr(‑ματα, ‑σεν), πολλὰ δὲ VRbSa      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: follows 462.07 in Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. C   |    πολλῶν] ἀπὸ πολλῶν δὲ VRb, πολλῶν δὲ Mn   |    φιλ. με ἐξεπλ. om. VMnRbSa   |    ἐπλήρωσεν Pr   |    διά τ’ ἔντεα] διὰ τοὺς διένους καύτῶν κανστατην καὶ πολυδεύκην: τ’ ἔντεα Mn (app. conflated from a note like R’s at 465.16)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δία τ’ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,20–21; Dind. II.144,9–10

COMMENT:   This Homeric example was at first used to explain case usage with διά (as in sch. 103.15) but later was also cited for any use of the accusative in place of the genitive, as here and in Sch. Phoen. 350, Sch. Soph. Trach. 50 Xenis.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 462.05 (462–463) (rec exeg) πολλὰ δὲ φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλησε: πολλῶν με φιλημάτων ἐξεπλήρωσεν.  —O


Or. 462.06 (462–463) (pllgn exeg) ⟨πολλὰ δὲ φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλησε⟩: ἐξηριθμήσατο καὶ ἐπλήρωσε τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν.  —VMnRbSa

POSITION: cont. from 462.04 all      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,23


Or. 462.07 (462–463) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῶν φιλημάτων εἰς ἐμὲ ἐτέλεσεν. —MBVCMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘he fulfilled upon me his desire for kisses’.

LEMMA: BC, in marg. M, φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλη() V, φιλήματα Mn, φιλήματι Sa, φιλήματ() Rb      POSITION: s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. C   |    εἰς ἐμὲ transp. before τὴν ἐπιθ. VMnPrRbSSa   |    ἐτέλεσας Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐτέλεσε Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,1; Dind. II.144,10–11


Or. 462.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πολλὰ δὲ φιλήματ’⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολλῶν φιλημάτων  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 462.09 (462–463) (rec exeg) ⟨πολλὰ⟩: πολλῶν  —FGPrRfYZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr   


Or. 463.01 (rec exeg) ⟨φιλήματ’⟩: φιλημάτων  —FGRf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 463.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξέπλησε⟩: ἐγέμισε  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 463.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐξέπλησε⟩: ἐπλήρωσε  —Aa2FGRSarZZaZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σεν Ta (not T)   |   


Or. 463.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξέπλησε⟩: ἐξεπλήρωσε  —AbCrMlMnSOx

LEMMA: ἐξήπλωσε in text S      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 463.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐξέπλησε⟩: ἔδωκεν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa3Cr2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -κε Aa3Cr2Zc   |   


Or. 463.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξέπλησε⟩: ἔπλησε  —Zb

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 463.07 (vet exeg) τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος: 1ὡς περὶ ἑτέρου φησίν.  2ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν περιφέρων ἐμὲ εἶπε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμὲ, παῖδα ὄντα.  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   He speaks as if about someone else. Instead of saying ‘carrying me around’, he said ‘the son of Agamemnon’, meaning ‘me, being son (of Agamemnon)’.

LEMMA: M      POSITION: marg. C; cont. from 462.07 BPr, prep. τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος παῖδα      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὡς περὶ] ὥσπερ Pr   |    ὡς om. MC   |    δέ add. before φη() BPr   |    2 τοῦ εἰπεῖν om. C   |    τὸν ἀγαμ. om. MC   |    second τοῦ om. C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν BC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,3–4; Dind. II.144,12–13


Or. 463.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: ὁ δὲ λόγος περιφέρων καὶ περιάγων ἐμέ.  —VMnRbSa

TRANSLATION:   The sense (with adjusted word order) is ‘bearing around and carrying around me’.

POSITION: cont. from 462.04 all      

APP. CRIT. 2:   π(ερί)γων Rb   |   


Or. 463.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: σεμνύνεται ἐνταῦθα τῷ πατρικῷ.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   He takes pride here in his father’s name.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 463.10 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: ἐμὲ  —OV2F2G

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. V2   


Or. 464.01 (rec gloss) ⟨παῖδ’⟩: ἐμὲ  —CrMnOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.02 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨παῖδ’⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγκάλαισι⟩: ἐν ταῖς  —Aa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.04 (rec gloss) ⟨περιφέρων⟩: περιάγων  —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. MlMnR   


Or. 464.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨περιφέρων⟩: κατέχων  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨περιφέρων⟩: καὶ περικρατῶν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨περιφέρων⟩: βαστάζων  —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.08 (rec gloss) ⟨περιφέρων⟩: ἐμὲ  —AbRXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.09 (464–465) (mosch paraphr) Λήδᾳ θ’ ἅμα: καὶ ἅμα τῇ Λήδᾳ τιμῶντες με οὐδὲν ἔλαττον ἢ τοὺς Διοσκούρους, ἤγουν τὸν Κάστορα καὶ τὸν Πολυδεύκην.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrCr2Ox

LEMMA: G      POSITION: s.l. (above 465) XaXbYGrCr2Ox      

APP. CRIT.:  after οὐδὲν add. καὶ Cr2Ox (also high stop at οὐδὲν Ox)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λύδᾳ X   |   

COMMENT:   The added καὶ in Cr results from Cr2 incorporating Cr’s καὶ ἔλαττον (465.11). Here it seems certain that Ox is derived directly or indirectly from Cr.   


Or. 464.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Λήδᾳ θ’ ἅμα⟩: ἤγουν σὺν τῇ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.11 (rec gloss) ⟨Λήδᾳ⟩: τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ  —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.12 (thom gloss) ⟨Λήδᾳ⟩: τῇ αὐτοῦ γυναικί  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.13 (rec gloss) ⟨Λήδα⟩: ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Λήδα⟩: ἡ Λήδα ἦν γυνὴ τοῦ Τυνδάρεως ὡς μυθεύονται. ἐμοίχησε δὲ ταύτην ὁ Ζεύς. ἐξ ἧς ὁ μὲν Τυνδάρεως εἶχε τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν μετὰ ταύτης, ὁ δὲ Ζεὺς ἐποίησε τὴν Ἑλένην καὶ τοὺς Διοσκούρους. εἰς χῆνα δὲ μεταβληθεῖσαν συνεγένετο μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐπεὶ καὶ ὠὸν ἀπέτεκεν ⟦αὐτὴν⟧, ἀφ’ οὗ ὁμοῦ ἐγένοντο οἱ Διόσκουροι.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Leda was wife of Tyndareus, as they are said to be in the mythical story. Zeus committed adultery with her. And from her (Leda), Tyndareus had Clytemnestra with her, while Zeus begot Helen and the Dioscuri. And when she (Leda) had been changed into a goose he (Zeus) had intercourse with her, since she in fact gave birth to an egg, from which the Dioscuri were born together.

COMMENT:   It is possible that μυθεύονται is middle rather than passive: ‘as people tell the mythical story’.   


Or. 464.15 (rec artGloss) ⟨Λήδᾳ⟩: τῇ  —AbF2B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.16 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Λήδα⟩:  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This later hand does not change the text reading λήδαι, but implies the alternative reading of the nominative; the same hand supplied the dative article in prev.   


Or. 464.17 (tri metr) ⟨Λήδᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 464.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θ’⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἅμα⟩: ὁμοῦ  —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 465.01 (vet exeg) τιμῶντε μ’ οὐδὲν ἧσσον: 1τιμῶντές με οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ τοὺς Διοσκόρους.  2Ἀττικὴ δὲ ἡ σύνταξις, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ ἔλαττον τῶν Διοσκόρων.  —MBCPraPrb, partial MnRb

TRANSLATION:   Honoring me no less than (they honored) the Dioscuri. The syntax is Attic, used instead of ‘no less than the Dioscuri’ (i.e., with Dioscuri as genitive of comparison without ‘than’).

LEMMA: M, διοσκούρω MnRb      POSITION: intermarg. C, s.l. Prb; cont. from 463.07 BPra      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τιμῶντες … διοσκόρους om. MnRb   |    τιμῶντές με οὐδὲν] τιμῶν με B, τιμῶν μὲν Pra, ἤτοι ἐμὲ παῖδα ὄντα τιμῶντες Prb   |    οὐδὲν] οὐχ B, οὐχ’ PraPrb   |    με] σε C   |    διοσκούρους PraPrb   |    2 δὲ om. MnRb   |    τοῦ om. C   |    διοσκόρων BC, διοσκούρων others   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὡσκ ἔλλαττον Mn, οὐχ’ ἔλαττον PraPrb (app. ἕλαττον a.c. Prb)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,5–7; Dind. II.144,13–15

COLLATION NOTES:   In 1 Schw. reports τιμῶμεν for B (last line of 36r), but B certainly has τιμῶν and the suspended sign over the following mu is a compendious form of epsilon used elsewhere in B: while it is very similar to the suspended sign for εν, it is still distinguishable (compare εἶπ(εν) in the penultimate line of this page).   |   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 465.02 (pllgn paraphr) οὐδέν ἔλαττον τῶν Διὸς κόρων  —O


Or. 465.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιμῶντε⟩: ὁ Τυνδάρεως καὶ ἡ Λήδα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 465.04 (rec gloss) ⟨τιμῶντε⟩: τιμῶντες  —AaK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 465.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιμῶντε⟩: δυϊκόν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 465.06 (tri metr) ⟨τιμῶντε⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 465.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τιμῶν τ’⟩: ἀγαπῶν  —F2

LEMMA: in text ambig. τιμῶντ’/τιμῶν τ’ ἐμ’ F      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 465.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μ’⟩: τίνα  —Cr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 465.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐδὲν … Διοσκόρω⟩: οὐδὲν ἔλαττον ἢ τοὺς Διοσκούρους Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην· ἡ ἀπόφασις ἔχει τὸ ἔλαττον τῆς καταφάσεως.  —G

TRANSLATION:   No less than the Dioscuri Castor and Polydeuces. The negative expression has the lesser (lesser force?) than the affirmative statement.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   διοσκόρους a.c. G   |   

COMMENT:   The translation is uncertain. If the intended meaning is as interpreted here, why is it not simply ἔχει ἔλαττον?   


Or. 465.10 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐδὲν ἧσσον⟩: ἐπίσης δὲ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 465.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἧσσον⟩: ἔλαττον  —CrF2Xo2ZcZlZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐκ prep. F2Xo2, καὶ prep. CrZu   


Or. 465.12 (thom exeg) ⟨ἢ Διοσκόρω⟩: Ἀττικὴ ἡ σύνταξις  —ZmGu

REF. SYMBOL: Zm      POSITION: marg. Zm, below line Gu (space above full)      

APP. CRIT.:  σύνταξις ἀττικὴ (ἡ om.) transp. Gu   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 465.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἢ Διοσκούρω⟩: τῶν Διοσκούρων  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 465.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἢ⟩: παρὸ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 465.15 (thom exeg) ⟨Διοσκόρω⟩: 1ὁ Ζεὺς κύκνος γενόμενος καὶ συγγενόμενος Λήδᾳ τῇ Τυνδάρεω γυναικί, ἐποίησεν αὐτὴν δύο ὠὰ τεκεῖν, τὸ μὲν μονολέκυθον, τὸ δὲ διλέκυθον.  2καὶ ἐκ μὲν τοῦ ἕνα ἔχοντος λέκυθον γενέσθαι φασὶ τὴν Ἑλένην, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ δύο ἔχοντος Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην, οἳ παρ’ ἡμέραν ἔζων.  3τὸ δ’ αἴτιον τῆς τοιαύτης ζωῆς ἦν τοῦτο.  4ὅσον μὲν γὰρ ἦν ἐν τῷ διλεκύθῳ ὠῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Τυνδάρεω σπορᾶς, Κάστωρ ἔγένετο καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἦν θνητός, ἅτε θνητοῦ υἱὸς τοῦ Τυνδάρεω.  5ὅσον δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Διὸς σπορᾶς, Πολυδεύκης ἐγένετο καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἦν ἀθάνατος.  6μέλλοντος οὖν Κάστορος τελευτᾶν, ἐδεήθη Πολυδεύκης Διὸς ἵνα Κάστορα κοινωνὸν τῆς αὐτοῦ λάβῃ ἀθανασίας καὶ αὐτὸς συμμετάσχῃ τῆς ἐκείνου θνητότητος.  7διὰ ταῦτα οὖν παρ’ ἡμέραν ἔζων ἀμφότεροι, οὓς καὶ ἀλληγοροῦσιν εἰς ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Zeus, turning into a swan and having intercourse with Leda, the wife of Tyndareus, caused her to give birth to two eggs, one with a single yolk, the other with two yolks. And from the egg having a single yolk they say that Helen was born, but from the one with two, Castor and Polydeuces, who lived on alternate days. And the cause of such a form of life was this. For whatever in the two-yolked egg came from the semen of Tyndareus became Castor, and therefore he was mortal, since he was the son of a mortal, Tyndareus. But whatever came from the semen of Zeus became Polydeuces, and therefore he was immortal. So then, when Castor was about to die, Polydeuces begged Zeus that he be given Castor as the companion of his own immortality and that he himself share in Castor’s mortality. For this reason, then, both of them lived on alternate days. People also interpret them as an allegory of day and night.

LEMMA: in marg. ἱστορία περὶ τῶν διοσκούρων T      REF. SYMBOL: all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὁ om. Zl   |    τοῦ add. before τυνδ. Gu   |    τυνδάρεως Za   |    after μονολέκυθον add. τουτέστι μονό[ ] Zl (trimmed margin]   |    2 ἕνα] ἑνὸς Zb, app. Zl   |    ἔχοντος λέκυθον] [μο]νολεκύθου Zl   |    φησὶν Zb   |    4 τυνδάρεως Za   |    καὶ add. before θνητὸς Zl   |    τοῦ om. Zb   |    6 after κοινωνὸν add. αὐτοῦ Zb   |    λάβη τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀθαν. transp. Zl   |    7 οὖν om. Zb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 δὲ Zl   |    4 κάστορ Zb, corr. s.l.   |    7 ἀληγορ. Gu   |    νύκταν a.c. Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.144,17–145,5

COMMENT:   I have found no other source for the idea of the single-yolked and double-yolked eggs, which is perhaps Thomas’ own clever detail.   |   Dind. notes here that λεκυθ‑ for λεκιθ‑ is ‘frequens in libris scriptura’, and see also the evidence in Thes. Graecae Linguae s.v. λέκιθος (col. 178). Since the manuscripts cited here are unanimous in using the form in upsilon, this was clearly how Thomas and his circles believed it should be spelled, and I do not change it. The compounds μονο‑ and διλέκυθος are not attested elsewhere.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   |   allegory   


Or. 465.16 (rec exeg) ⟨Διοσκόρω⟩: τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς αὐτῶν Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην  —MlR

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτοῦ Ml   

COMMENT:   See also the app. at 462.04 for a corrupt version of this conflated into that note in Mn.   


Or. 465.17 (thom exeg) ⟨Διοσκόρω⟩: τὸν Κάστορα καὶ τὸν Πολυδεύκην  —ZZaZlZmT

TRANSLATION:  (‘Dioskorō’ are) Castor and Polydeuces.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  second τὸν om. ZZl   


Or. 465.18 (rec gloss) ⟨Διοσκόρω⟩: Διοσκόρους  —AaFPrRf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοὺς διοσκούρους Pr, (διοσκόρ)ους AaFRf (F treats this as a correction, crossing out omega)   


Or. 465.19 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Διοσκόρω⟩: τὼ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 465.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Διοσκόρους⟩: τοὺς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 466.01 (466–467) (pllgn exeg) τοῖς φιλήμασιν ἀπέδωκεν οὐ καλὰς ἀμοιβάς· εἶτα ‘ὦ τάλαινα καρδία’.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 466.02 (recThom exeg) ⟨οἷς⟩: τῷ Τυνδάρεω καὶ τῇ Λήδᾳ  —V2/3AbKPrZZaZbZlZmZuTGuXo2

TRANSLATION:  (‘To whom’, namely,) Tyndareus and Leda.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. PrXo2Zu, τουτέστι app. prep. K   |    τῷ om. V2/3Ab   |    τῆς λήδας Zu, τῆ ἑλένη Pr   |    τῇ om. Ab   |   


Or. 466.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἷς⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Τυνδάρεως καὶ ἡ Λήδα  —AaMnRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ om. MnRS   |    καὶ ἡ om. R, ἡ om. MnS   |    λήδας S   


Or. 466.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: οἷστισι  —AaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Zu   


Or. 466.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: καὶ διότι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 466.06 (rec gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: ἀγαθοῖς  —M2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 466.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλαινα καρδία⟩: διὰ μέσου —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 466.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἀθλία  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 466.09 (rec gloss) ⟨καρδία⟩: λείπει ἀθλία.  —Pr

LEMMA: τάλαινα ψυχὴ καρδία τ’ ἐμή in text Pr      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 467.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπέδωκ’⟩: ἀπέτισα  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 467.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπέδωκ’⟩: ἀνταπέδωκα  —F2ZmZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 467.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀμοιβὰς οὐ καλάς⟩: ἔκτεινα γὰρ τὴν αὐτῶν θυγατέρα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (A return that was not fine) because I killed their daughter.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  αὐτοῦ Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   θυγατέραν Zb   |   


Or. 467.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμοιβὰς⟩: ἀνταλλαγὰς  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 467.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀμοιβὰς⟩: ἀντιδόσεις  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 467.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμοιβὰς⟩: καὶ ἀνταποδόσεις  —CrOc

POSITION: s.l., above ἀπέδωκ’ both      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀνταποδώσεις CrOx   |   


Or. 467.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμοιβὰς⟩: χάριτας  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 467.08 (vet exeg) ⟨τίνα σκότον λάβω⟩: λείπει ἵνα μὴ ὁρῶμαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ. —MOVCPrV3Y2

TRANSLATION:   One must supply ‘in order that I not be seen by him’.

POSITION: s.l. (above 468 λάβω M, above 467 C, above end of 469 V, cont. from 468.06 Pr) except marg. OV3Y2 (beside 467 V3, beside 468–469 OY2      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει MC, om. others   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αὐτάς C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,11; Dind. II.145,7 app.

COMMENT:   With the inclusion of λείπει (as in MC) this remark fits betters with τίνα σκότον λάβω than with 469 γέροντος ὀμμάτων φεύγων κόρας. But when the phrase is divorced from λείπει, it fits the latter very well, as the position in other witnesses suggests. I have left the alternative version of this in BPr as part of 468.07 on the supposition that someone has consciously adapted it to paraphrase 469.   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 467.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίνα⟩: ποῖον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 467.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σκότον⟩: ἀφάνειαν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 467.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨σκότον⟩: ἀορασίαν  —CrSarOxZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 467.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σκότον⟩: κάλυμμα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 467.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σκότον⟩: σκοτασμόν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 467.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σκότον⟩: ἀποκρυφὴν  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 467.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σκότον⟩: καὶ ἀποκρυβὴν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 468.01 (rec gloss) ⟨λάβω⟩: περιβάλλομαι  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 468.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λάβω⟩: λήψομαι  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 468.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λάβω⟩: πῶς συγκαλύψω ἐμαυτόν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 468.04 (rec gloss) ⟨προσώπῳ⟩: ἐν  —GKPrXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶ add. Pr   


Or. 468.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσώπῳ⟩: τῷ ἐμῷ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 468.06 (vet exeg) ποῖον ἐπίπροσθεν νέφος: ποίαν Ἄϊδος κυνέην ἢ ποῖον νέφος προβάλωμαι; —MPr

TRANSLATION:   What helmet of Hades (helmet of invisibility) or what cloud am I to put before me as protection?

LEMMA: M(ἐπίπροσθε)      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: s.l. Pr, starting above 467 τίνα σκότον, cont. over 468      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ om. Pr   |    προβάλωμαι] Arsenius, προβάλλομαι Pr, προσβάλλομαι M,   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,8–9; Dind. II.145,6–7


Or. 468.07 (vet paraphr) ποῖον ἐπίπροσθεν νέφος: ποίαν Ἄϊδος κυνέην ἢ ποῖον νέφος προβάλωμαι ἵνα μὴ ὁρῶμαι ὑπὸ τοῦ γέροντος;  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   What helmet of Hades (helmet of invisibility) or what cloud am I to put before me as protection, in order that I not be seen by the old man?

LEMMA: Pr(ἐπίπροσθε)      POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  προβάλωμαι] Arsenius, προβάλλομαι BPr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,11 app.; Dind. II.145,6–7

COMMENT:   See on 467.08.   


Or. 468.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίπροσθεν⟩: ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ προσώπου  —MnXo2GuZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ προσώπου om. Xo2   |    μου add. Mn   


Or. 468.09 (thom gloss) ⟨νέφος⟩: ἀχλύν  —ZZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Zm   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀχλήν Zb   |   


Or. 468.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νέφος⟩: κάλυμμα  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 468.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νέφος⟩: καὶ περικάλυμμα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -κάλλυμα Ox   |   


Or. 468.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νέφος⟩: ἐπὶ κακὸν λαμβάνεται.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   The word (‘nephos’, ‘cloud’) is applied in a pejorative sense.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 469.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨θῶμαι⟩: ἐν προσώπῳ θῶμαι  —MC

TRANSLATION:   Am I to place before my face.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  θεῶμαι C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,10; Dind. II.145,8


Or. 469.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θῶμαι⟩: θήσω  —CrXo2ZmZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 469.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θῶμαι⟩: ἐπιθῶ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 469.04 (rec exeg) ⟨γέροντος ὀμμάτων φεύγων κόρας⟩: παρόσον οἱ γέροντες μελαγχολικοὶ εἰσὶν  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Inasmuch as old men are irrascible.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 469.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γέροντος ὀμμάτων φεύγων κόρας⟩: ἤγουν μὴ ὁρῶμαι ὑπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 469.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γέροντος ὀμμάτων φεύγων κόρας⟩: φεύγων θεαθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ  —Lb

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,9


Or. 469.07 (rec artGloss) ⟨γέροντος⟩: τοῦ  —AbF2Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 469.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀμμάτων⟩: τῶν ἐμῶν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 469.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ὀμμάτων⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 469.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φεύγων⟩: ἀποδιδράσκων  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 469.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόρας⟩: τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς  —CrOxXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. CrOx   


Or. 469.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨κόρας⟩: τὰς  —AbF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 469.13 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 470.01 (vet exeg) ποῦ ποῦ θυγατρὸς: οὐκ ἐπιζητεῖ τὴν Ἑλένην δυσαρεστῶν τοῖς πεπραγμένοις αὐτῇ. —MBOPr

TRANSLATION:   He does not seek Helen (but rather asks for Menelaus) because he is displeased at what she has done.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. M      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν om. M   |    πεπραγμένοις] πραχθεῖσιν O   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αὐτῇ] αὐτή M [O]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,12; Dind. II.145,14–15


Or. 470.02 (rec exeg) ποῦ ποῦ θυγατρὸς: οὐκ ἐπιζητεῖ τὴν Ἑλένην Τυνδάρεως δυσαρεστῶν οἷ’ ἔπραξεν αὐτή. —VRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Tyndareus does not seek Helen because he is displeased at the sorts of things she herself did.

LEMMA: VRw, ποῦ ποῦ RbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ τυνδ. SSa   |    οἷ’] οἷς Rw   |    αὐτή] αὐτὴ ἡ ἑλένη SSa, αὐτῆ VRb, αὐτούς Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οἷα SSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151, app. 12; Dind. II.145,14 app.


Or. 470.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θυγατρός⟩: τῆς Ἑλένης  —CrOxGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. CrOx   


Or. 470.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θυγατρός⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 470.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴδω⟩: ἵνα  —V2/3Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   να V2/3   |   


Or. 470.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴδω⟩: ὄψομαι  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 470.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴδω⟩: καὶ θεάσομαι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 470.08 (rec gloss) ⟨πόσιν⟩: τὸν ἄνδρα  —CrF2Rf2OxXo2ZlZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrZuOx   |    τὸν om. Rf2Zl   |    ἄνδραν Rf2   


Or. 470.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόσιν⟩: ὄντα  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 470.10 (rec artGloss) ⟨πόσιν⟩: τὸν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 471.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Μενέλαον⟩: τὸν  —Ab2CrF2OxXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 471.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαον⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 471.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ γὰρ⟩: ἀπελθὼν  —RwrXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 471.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Κλυταιμνήστρας⟩: τῆς ἐμῆς θυγατρὸς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 471.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Κλυταιμνήστρας⟩: τῆς  —F2Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.01 (vet exeg) χοὰς χεόμενος: 1εὐοικονομήτως ἐποίησε τὸν Τυνδάρεων ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης διὰ τὰς χοὰς τῆς θυγατρὸς ἐληλυθέναι,  2ἵνα εὐκαίρως τῷ Μενελάῳ καὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ διαλεχθῇ.  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   With skillful arrangement of the plot he (the poet) represented Tyndareus as having come from Sparta because of the libations for his daughter, in order that he may opportunely converse with Menelaus and Orestes.

LEMMA: M(χεύμενος)      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: cont. from 470.01, add. δὲ, BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸν om. C    |    2 καὶ μεν. καὶ ὀρέστη Pr   |    at end add. μενέλαον καὶ ἑλένην C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐποίησεν M   |   2 ἵν’ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,14–16; Dind. II.145,15–17

COMMENT:   See Nünlist 27–28.   

KEYWORDS:  οἰκονομία   


Or. 472.02 (rec exeg) 1οἰκονομικῶς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης ποιεῖται τὸν Τυνδάρεων προσεληλυθότα  2ἵνα χοὰς τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ προσαγάγῃ καὶ συντύχῃ Μενελάῳ καὶ Ὀρέστῃ.  —VRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   With skillful arrangement he (the poet) represents Tyndareus as having come from Sparta in order that he bring libations for Clytemnestra and cross paths with Menelaus and Orestes.

POSITION: cont. from 470.02 all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐληλυθότα VRw   |    τὸν] τῶν Rb   |    2 προσαγάγη] om. V, ἐπιχέη Rw   |    first καὶ om. Rw   |    συντύχημα καὶ ὀρέ() V, συντύχη· ἅμα δὲ καὶ ὀρέ() Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τυνδάρεω V, τυνδ()ρ() S   |   2 συντύχει S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,14–16 app.; Dind. II.145,14 app.

KEYWORDS:  οἰκονομία   


Or. 472.03 (rec exeg) ⟨χοὰς χεόμενος⟩: εἰς Ἄργος ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης ἐλθὼν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.04 (recThom rhet) ⟨χοὰς χεόμενος⟩: τρόπος ἐτυμολογικός  —V2GKZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Figura etymologica.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. K      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐτυμ. τρόπος transp. K   |    ἐτυμολογίας G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,18

KEYWORDS:  figura etymologica   


Or. 472.05 (rec exeg) ⟨χοὰς χεόμενος⟩: Ἀττικῶς  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Either this note treats the figura etymologica as ‘Attic’, in the sense ‘literary’ or ‘stylistically artful’; or the note refers to the rare use of the χεόμενος with a future sense.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   figura etymologica   


Or. 472.06 (rec gloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: θυσίας  —M2CrF2OxXo2Zb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxXo   


Or. 472.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: σπονδὰς  —Y2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.08 (rec gloss) ⟨χεόμενος⟩: χέων  —AaKMlMnPrSZmZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. MlPr, ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Aa   |    ἐγώ add. Zu   


Or. 472.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χεόμενος⟩: ἐκχέων ἢ ἐκχύσας  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔκλυον⟩: ἤκουον  —AbMlRSZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔκλυον⟩: ἤκουσα  —Aa3CrF2GOxXo2Zb2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 472.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς εἰς Ναυπλίαν⟩: Μενέλαος  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.13 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι  —Aa3Cr2FMlMnRSSarXXaXbXoTYYfGGrZb2ZmZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 472.14 (vet gloss) ⟨εἰς Ναυπλίαν⟩: εἰς τὸ Ἄργος  —MBVCPr

POSITION: s.l. except marg. MB; above χοὰς C      

APP. CRIT.:  ἄργος] ὄρος Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,17; Dind. II.145,18 (misread or misprinted)


Or. 472.15 (rec gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίαν⟩: λιμ(ήν)(?)  —M2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίαν⟩: ὄνομα λιμένος  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίαν⟩: γῆν δηλονότι  —Aa3F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.18 (thom gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίαν⟩: χθόνα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίαν⟩: τόπος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίαν⟩: ναύσταθμον  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ναυπλίαν⟩: ἀπὸ τινὸς ἀνθρώπου Ναυπλίου  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.22 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ναυπλίαν⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 473.01 (mosch paraphr) ἦλθε σὺν γυναικὶ διὰ πολλῶν ἐτῶν  —X


Or. 473.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἥκοι  —Mn

LEMMA: ἥκει in text Mn      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 473.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἔρχεται  —Ab

LEMMA: ἥκει in text Ab      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 473.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥκοι⟩: ἧκεν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 473.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἥκοι⟩: ἦλθε  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAaCrF2ZmB3aOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx, ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Aa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν Zm   |   


Or. 473.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨σὺν ἀλόχῳ⟩: σὺν γυναικὶ  —XaXbXoT*YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 473.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀλόχῳ⟩: γυναικὶ  —ZZaZbZlZmTCrF2OxZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ τῆ prep. CrOx   


Or. 473.08 (rec gloss) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: πολλῶν ἐτῶν  —AbMlR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 473.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: μετὰ πολλῶν ἐτῶν  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 473.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: διὰ πολλῶν ἐτῶν  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCr2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Ox   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πολῶν Cr2   |   


Or. 473.11 (thom gloss) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: ποταπὸς  —ZZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,19

COLLATION NOTES:   This note omitted in Ta.   |   


Or. 473.12 (thom gloss) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: πολυχρόνιος  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from prev. with καὶ Z      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ prep. F2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,19


Or. 473.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: ἤγουν μετὰ πολλὰ ἔτη  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,19–20


Or. 473.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: ὁ ἐ[λθὼν(?)] διὰ πολλῶν χρόνων  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  first two letters tiny and very uncertain   


Or. 473.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: ἤγουν ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἐτῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 473.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σεσωσμένος⟩: σωθεὶς  —Aa2

LEMMA: σεσωσμ‑ in text Aa      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.01 (474–475) (pllgn paraphr) φέρετέ με πρὸς τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ, θέλω γὰρ στὰς ἀσπάσασθαι.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.02 (474–475) (rec wdord) word order α (θέλω), β (γὰρ), γ (ἀσπάσαθαι), δ (στὰς), ε (πρὸς and δεξιὰν both marked)  —M2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.03 (474–475) (rec wdord) word order α (θέλω), β (ἀσπάσασθαι)  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.04 (474–475) (pllgn paraphr) στὰς πρὸς τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ θέλω ἀσπάσασθαι αὐτὸν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄγετε⟩: πρὸς τοὺς προσπόλους  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 474.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄγετε⟩: πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 474.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄγετε⟩: ὦ θεράποντες  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (With imperative ‘lead’ understand) ‘o attendants’.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,23

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 474.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ἄγετε⟩: πρὸς ἐκείνον  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  εἰς Gu   


Or. 474.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγετε⟩: καὶ φέρετε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ crossed out Ox   


Or. 474.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸς δεξιὰν⟩: πλησίον τῆς δεξιᾶς  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρὸς δεξιὰν⟩: τιμιώτερος γὰρ ἦν ὁ Τυνδάρεως.  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,23–24


Or. 474.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρὸς⟩: εἰς  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρὸς⟩: παρὰ  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεξιὰν⟩: χεῖρα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨δεξιὰν⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.16 (tri metr) ⟨δεξιὰν⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 475.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στὰς⟩: ἤγουν σταθεὶς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀσπάσασθαι⟩: (ἀσπά)ζε(σθαι)  —V2

LEMMA: ἀσπάσθαι in text V      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀσπάσασθαι⟩: φιλῆσαι  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.04 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀσπάσασθαι⟩: χαιρετίσαι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuXo2Ox2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  αὐτὸν add. ZmGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,25


Or. 475.05 (rec gloss) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: μετὰ χρόνον  —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  χρόνου R, χρόνων Ml   


Or. 475.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: διὰ πολλῶν χρόνων  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.07 (rec gloss) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: βραδὺν  —AbZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 475.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: βραδέως, μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfG GrZcZmCr2Ox

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Zm   |    βραδέως om. ZcZm, transp. after χρόνον G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πολλὸν Zc   |   


Or. 475.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: διὰ χρόνου  —F2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: διὰ μακροῦ χρόνου  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.11 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰσιδὼν φίλον⟩: αὐτὸν  —M2

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 475.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰσιδὼν⟩: καὶ θεασάμενος  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.13 (rec gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: Μενέλαον  —OV

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: ἐλθόντα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.15 (pllgn gram) ⟨φίλον⟩: πᾶς συγγενὴς καὶ φίλος· οὐ πᾶς δὲ φίλος καὶ συγγενής.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Every kinsman is also a ‘philos’ (‘friend’ or ‘close associate’), but not every ‘philos’ is also a kinsman.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.16 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.17 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55


Or. 476.01 (rec paraphr) ὦ ἔντιμε καὶ ὁμόλεκτ(ρε) τοῦ Διὸς κεφαλή  —Rf


Or. 476.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρέσβυ⟩: γέρον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 476.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρέσβυ⟩: καὶ γεραιὲ  —Xo2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ] ἤγουν ὦ Ox   


Or. 476.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χαῖρε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχε χαρὰν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 476.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα⟩: φασὶν ὅτι ὁ Ζεὺς ἐμίγη τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ Λήδᾳ.  —SSa

TRANSLATION:   They say that Zeus had intercourse with his (Tyndareus’) wife Leda.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐμίγη ὁ ζεὺς transp. S   


Or. 476.06 (rec exeg) ⟨Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα⟩: τὴν γὰρ Λήδαν Ζεὺς καὶ Τυνδ(άρεως) ἔγημαν.  —C

TRANSLATION:   For Zeus and Tyndareus made Leda their wife/sexual partner.


Or. 476.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα⟩: διὰ τὸ συνευνᾶσθαι τὸν Δία τῇ Λήδᾳ.  —F

TRANSLATION:   Because of the fact that Zeus slept with Leda.

REF. SYMBOL: F      


Or. 476.08 (pllgn exeg) Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα: ἐπεὶ, ὡς εἴρηται, ἐπεμίγνυτο καὶ ὁ Ζεὺς τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ. ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁμοῦ ἔχετε τὴν κοίτην περιφραστικῶς τὴν γυναῖκα.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Since, as has been said, Zeus too used to have intercourse with his (Tyndareus’) wife. Equivalent to ‘you (both) possess the bed in common’, (‘the bed’ being) a periphrasis for the woman/wife.

LEMMA: Y2      


Or. 476.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα⟩: διὰ τὴν Λήδα⟨ν⟩ τοῦτο φησί.  —Xo2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 476.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ζηνὸς⟩: Διὸς  —Ab2CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ τοῦ prep. CrOx, τοῦ prep. F2   


Or. 476.11 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ζηνὸς⟩: τοῦ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 476.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: σύγκοιτον  —CF2Y2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  σύγκοιτε a.c. Y2   


Or. 476.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: ὅμοιον ἔχων  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 476.14 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: ὁμόλεκτρε  —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. XXbYfG   


Or. 476.15 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: ὁμόκοιτον, τουτέστιν ἅμα τῷ Διὶ τὴν κοίτην ἔχον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   With shared bed, that is, that has a bed/wife together with Zeus.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἔχων Za, a.c. ZmT   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,27–28

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Z 45v inner margin (app. ἔχο[ν] but not entirely certain).   |   


Or. 476.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: ὁμόκοιτον  —Aa2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 476.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: ὁμόκοιτε  —Cr2G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 476.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: ὁμόλεχον  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Gu has the redundant gloss ὁμόλεκτρον, which is perhaps a mistake for this.   |   ὁμόλεχος is essentially a grammarians’ coinage to explain the etymology of ἄλοχος, but it is used in other contexts a few times in Byzantine authors (Arethas, Thedorus Hexapterygus).   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 476.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: τῇ Λήδᾳ ᾗ συνεκοιμᾶτο ὁ Τυνδάρεως αὐτῇ καὶ ὁ Ζεύς  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 476.20 (rec exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐντιμοτέρου μέρους τὸ πᾶν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (Implying) the whole (person) from the more respected part (the head).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 476.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 476.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάρα⟩: κρανίον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 476.23 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55


Or. 477.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩: Μενέλαε  —XXaXbXoYf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 477.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩: Μενέλαος  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 477.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 477.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ κηδεστὰ ἐμέ  —BO

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘my kinsman by marriage’.

POSITION: marg. BO      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,29–30


Or. 477.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: ὁ ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς  —O

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 477.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: συγγένεια, γαμβρὸς, ὁ ἐμὸς συγγενὴς  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γαμβρὸς] γαμικὸς Mn   |   ὁ om. Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   συγκένεια Mn   |   


Or. 477.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: συγγένεια ἢ ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἡ app. Ab   |   


Or. 477.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: κηδεστά μου  —XXbXoT+YYfGZcCr2B4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  μου om. B4   


Or. 477.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: ἔγγονός μου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l., misplaced above 482 στύγημ’ ἐμόν      


Or. 477.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: ὦ γαμβρέ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 477.11 (rec gram) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: τὸ ἐμὸν ἐνταφίασμα  —Rf2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This is an alternative sense of κήδευμα, not the one in this passage: see 477.15.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 477.12 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩:  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 477.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨κήδευμ’⟩: ἐπιγάμβρευμα  —V2AaCrFPrOxZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrFOx, τὸ ἐμὸν prep. Zu   


Or. 477.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κήδευμ’⟩: ἐπιγαμβρία  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 477.15 (pllgn gram) ⟨κήδευμ’⟩: κήδευμα τὸ γάμβρευμα· κήδευμα τὸ ἐνταφίασμα· ὅθεν κῆδος ὁ τάφος.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Kēdeuma’ (may mean) ‘kinship by marriage’. ‘Kēdeuma’ (may mean) ‘funerary preparation/rite’.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   ἐνταφίασμα is a rare, late word, otherwise cited only from Sch. Hom. Od. 1.291 Ludwich and two authors from the 16th century or later. See also 477.11.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 477.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κήδευμ⟩: undeciphered gloss  —Cr3

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The gloss seems to have been erased. Even a recent color image (taken for me with a phone camera by Mario Telò) does not allow the traces to be resolved into anything that makes sense: the traces look most like ἀνδρα (or ἄνδρα) λίθος.   


Or. 478.01 (vet paraphr) ἔα· τὸ μέλλον ὡς κακὸν τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι: 1εἰ γὰρ ᾔδειν παρόντα Ὀρέστην, ἥκιστα ἂν ἐληλύθειν.  2ἔοικε, φησὶ, τῷ ὄντι κακὸν εἶναι τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι τὸ μέλλον.  3ἦ γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἦλθον, εἰ τοῦτον προσεδόκων ἐνθάδε.  —MVCMlRbRfRwSSa, partial BOPr

TRANSLATION:   For if I knew that Orestes was present, I would scarcely have come. It seems, he says, that in reality not knowing the future is a bad thing. For surely I would not have come if I expected this man here.

LEMMA: MCMlRbSSa, τὸ μέλλον ὡς κακὸν BPr, lemma ἔα τὸ μέλλον VRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlRbRfSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 εἰ γὰρ … ἐληλύθειν transp. after ἔοικε … μέλλον BPr   |    ἥκιστα] οὐκ Pr   |    2–3 ἔοικε κτλ om. O   |    2 ἔοικε δὲ M(‑κεν)C   |    φασὶ Rw   |    τῷ ὄντι om. Rf, transp. before φη(σι) MPr   |    κακὸν εἶναι transp. after μέλλον Rf   |    3 ἦ γὰρ κτλ om. BPr   |    ἦ] εἰ Ml    |    ἂν om. Rf   |    εἰ τοῦτον om. Sa   |    εἰ] εἰς MMlRbS   |    τοῦτον] RfRw, τοῦτο MVCMlRbS   |    προσεδ. ἐνθάδε om. Ml   |    προσεδόκων] προσεδρεύων RbSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἤδει Rf, εἰδεῖν Ml   |    ἥκυστα ἀνεληλύθην Ml   |    2 φησὶν C   |    τῷ] τὸ Ml   |    3 ἦ] ἡ app. M, ἢ S   |    προσεδόκουν Rf, προσδόκων Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,18–21; Dind. II.146,4–6


Or. 478.02 (rec paraphr) ἐὰν γὰρ ἤδειν ὅτι ἐνταῦθα ἐστὶν ὁ Ὀρέστης οὐκ ἂν ἐλήλυθειν.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.03 (rec paraphr) ὅτι ἐὰν ἐγίνωσκον ὅτι ἐνταῦθα παρῆν ὁ φονεὺς οὗτος, οὐκ ἂν ἐλήλυθα ὧδε.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.04 (pllgn exeg) 1ἰδὼν ὁ Τυνδάρεως τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐξαίφνης κείμενον καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ἀστράπτοντας λέγει  2‘ἔα· τὸ μέλλον ὡς καὶ λίαν κακὸν ὑπάρχει ἐν τῷ μὴ εἰδέναι καὶ ἐν τῷ μὴ γινώσκειν’.  3ὁ γὰρ Τυνδάρεως οὐκ ἤλπιζεν εὑρεῖν ἐκεῖσε τὸν Ὀρέστην,  4καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὡς ἀνελπίστως αὐτὸν ἰδὼν λέγει ἐκπληκτικῶς ὡς κακὸν ὑπάρχει τὸ μέλλον.  5τοιοῦτοι γὰρ οἱ μαινόμενοι, ἄγριοι τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὥσπερ δράκων τις.  6τοῦ γὰρ δράκοντος ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς ὡς πυρὸς οὕτως ἐκβάλλει τὰς ἀστραπὰς.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   When Tyndareus suddenly saw Orestes lying there and saw his eyes gleaming with madness, he says ‘Oh! How, that is, (with ‘hōs’ in the sense) excessively, the future is an evil in one’s not knowing (it), that is, not recognizing (it)’. For Tyndareus did not expect to find Orestes there, and therefore having spotted him unexpectedly he says in astonishment that the future is an evil. For the insane are like this, wild in their eyes like some serpent. For the eye of a serpent casts forth gleaming flashes just as (the gleams) of fire.

APP. CRIT.:  4 ἰδόντα Y2 (which could be kept as vernacular form)   |    6 perhaps emend to πῦρ   

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 478.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἰδὼν τὸν Ὀρέστην κείμενον λέγει τὸ ‘ἔα’.  —Sar

TRANSLATION:   Spotting Orestes lying (there), he says ‘Oh!’

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: καταπληκτικὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.07 (mosch exeg) ἔα: ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrCr2Ox

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except XYf and marg. T      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκπλίξεως Cr2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.146,7

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 478.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν καὶ ἐπιτιμητικὸν· ἐπιτιμᾶται αὑτὸν ὡς μὴ προειδότα τὰ μέλλοντα.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Expressive of astonishment and of reproach. He reproaches himself for not having foreseen future events.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 478.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν  —ZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 478.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔα⟩: θαυμαστικὸν  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔα⟩: φεῦ  —PrZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: παρεπιγραφή  —Zm

TRANSLATION:   Implicit stage direction.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παρεπιγραφή   


Or. 478.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἄφες  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.14 (tri metr) ⟨ἔα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 478.15 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ μέλλον ὡς κακὸν⟩: ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνελπίστως τὸν Ὀρέστην ἰδὼν ἐταράχθην.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Since even I myself have been shaken by seeing Orestes unexpectedly.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν ὀρ.] τοῦτον ZbZlTGu   |    εἰσιδὼν Gu   |    ἐταράχθη Zb   


Or. 478.16 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: ἐστὶ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.17 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς κακὸν⟩: ὡς κακὸν τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι τὸ μέλλον.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrCr2

POSITION: s.l. except XYf, Yf cont. from 478.07      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλον Cr2   |   


Or. 478.18 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —V3AaAbCrFMlMnROxZZb2ZmZuGuGZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrZcZmZuOx   


Or. 478.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακὸν⟩: ὑπάρχει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.20 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴ εἰδέναι⟩: τινὰ  —AbMl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.21 (tri metr) ⟨μὴ⟩: koine short above  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55


Or. 478.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: καὶ γινώσκειν  —CrOxY2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ om. Y2   


Or. 478.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: γνῶναι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: τὸ μέλλον  —GZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 479.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ μητροφόντης⟩: μητροφόντην εἶπε τὸν Ὀρέστην.  —Rf

TRANSLATION:   By ‘mother-killer’ he meant Orestes.

REF. SYMBOL: Rf      


Or. 479.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὁ μητροφόντης⟩: ὁ τῆς μητρὸς φονεύς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCr2Zl

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ om. Zc   


Or. 479.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὁ μητροφόντης⟩: ὁ τὴν μητέρα φονεύσας  —CrOxZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ φον. τὴν μητ. transp. Zb2   


Or. 479.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁ μητροφόντης⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 479.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μητροφόντης⟩: μητροκτόνος  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 479.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: οὗτος  —AaF

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 479.07 (vet exeg) πρὸ δωμάτων δράκων: 1εἶδος ἀντὶ εἴδους ἔλαβεν·  2γένος μὲν γὰρ ὁ ὄφις, εἶδος δὲ ὁ δράκων καὶ ἔχις καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν ὄφεων·  3νῦν δὲ δράκων ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχις.  4οὗτοι γὰρ οὐκ ἐξ ὠῶν γεννῶνται, ἀλλὰ ζῳοτοκοῦνται καὶ τικτόμενοι διαρρηγνύουσι τὰς τῶν μητέρων γαστέρας,  5ὥς φησι Νίκανδρος [Nic. Ther. 134]· ‘γαστέρ’ ἀναβρώσαντες ἀμήτορες ἐξεγένοντο’.  6διὸ ἔχιν αὐτὸν ὡς μητροκτόνον φησίν.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   He substituted one species for another species. For the genus is ‘ophis’ (snake), and ‘drakōn’ is a species, as also ‘echis’ and the rest of the snakes. And here ‘drakōn’ is used for ‘echis’. For these latter are not born from eggs, but they are born alive and as they are being born they break apart the bellies of their mothers, as Nicander says: ‘Having devoured the belly they were born motherless’. Therefore he says he (Orestes) is an ‘echis’ as a mother-killer.

LEMMA: all except V (δάρακων M), ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: follows 479.09 in V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ MPr   |    εἴδους] γένους Brec, γένη Pr (app. γένης a.c.)    |    2 both ὁ om. Pr   |    3 τοῦ om. C   |    4 ἐξ ὠῶν γεννῶνται Rw, ἐξωῶνται V, ἐκ ζώων γεννῶνται others   |    ἀλλὰ ζῳοτ. om. M   |    τικτόμενος M   |    διαρρήγνυσι V   |    τῶν om. Pr   |    5 γαστέρ’ V, γαστέρων others (γαστέρρων M)   |    ἀναβρόξαντες M, ἀναβρώξαντες C   |    6 αὐτὸν repeated after μητροκτόνον B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔλαβε VCPrRw   |    3 νὺν M   |    5 ὡς φησὶν C   |    6 δι’ ὃ M   |    φησὶ Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,22–152,2; Dind. II.146,11–16

COMMENT:   The printing of the first words as εἶδος ἀντὶ γένους had been passed along in all editions since Arsenius (who may have gotten it from Mu, a copy of B) until Schw. in his Addenda et Corrigenda (I.xiv) noted that the γένους still printed in his text should be changed to εἴδους; Dindorf had already collated the correct reading εἶδος ἀντὶ εἴδους. It is not clear how early the sloppy correction was made in B; one would have guessed in the 15th or 16th century, but note that the original hand in Pr ca. 1300 wrote γένη here. (It appears that he first wrote γένης to make a genitive ending to suit ἀντὶ, but immediately he covered the small sigma with the large epsilon of ἔλαβε.)   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check Mu.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Nicander   


Or. 479.08 (rec exeg) 1ὡς δράκων ἤγουν ἔχιδνα·  2αὕτη γὰρ τικτομένη δια⟨ρ⟩ρήγνυσι τὰς τῶν μητέρων γαστέρας, ⟨καὶ⟩ ἐξέρχονται,  3ὡς φησὶ Νίκανδρος [Nic. Ther. 134] ‘γαστέρ’ ἀναβρώσαντες ἀμήτορες ἐξεγένοντο’.   —Rf

TRANSLATION:   Like a serpent (‘drakōn’), that is, an ‘echidna’. For this snake when being born breaks apart the bellies of the mothers, and they come out, as Nicander says: ‘Having devoured the belly they were born motherless’.

POSITION: cont. from 479.01      

APP. CRIT.:  3 ἐξεγένετο Rf   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Nicander   


Or. 479.09 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγριος ὡς δράκων, ὅτι ὠμῶς ἔπραξεν.  2λείπει δὲ τὸ ὡς, ἵν’ ᾖ ὡς δράκων.   —BaCaVPra, partial MBbCbPrbRw

TRANSLATION:   (‘Drakōn’, ‘serpent’, is used) with the meaning ‘fierce like a serpent’, because he acted savagely. The word ‘like’ is to be understood, so that it is ‘like a serpent’.

LEMMA: BaCaPra, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, πρὸ δωμάτων δράκων V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: s.l. MCbPrb, marg. Bb; precedes 479.07 in V      

APP. CRIT.:  1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rw, τοῦ om. CaCb   |    1–2 ὅτι ὠμῶς κτλ om. MBbCbPrbRw   |    1 ὠμῶς] ὡς μὲν Pra   |    2 λείπει] C, ἐλλείπει others (ἐνλείπει V)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔπραξε Ca   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,3–4; Dind. II.146,16–17

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 479.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨πρὸ δωμάτων⟩: ἔξω τῶν (δωμάτων)  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἔσω Pr   


Or. 479.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πρὸ δωμάτων⟩: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν δωμάτων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  δωμάτων om. Yf   


Or. 479.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸ δωμάτων⟩: καὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν οἰκημάτων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ τῶν δωμάτων add. Cr2   


Or. 479.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρὸ⟩: ἔξω  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 479.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρὸ⟩: ἔμπροσθεν  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 479.15 (479–480) (rec wdord) word order α (στίλβει), β (δράκων), γ (στύγημ’)  —M2


Or. 479.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δράκων⟩: τὸ δράκων εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχις, εἶδος ἀντὶ εἴδους.  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 479.17 (thom exeg) ⟨δράκων⟩: 1δράκοντα εἶπε τὸν Ὀρέστην ὠς μητροκτόνον,  2ἐπεὶ καὶ αἱ ἔχιδναι κτείνουσι τὰς ἑαυτῶν μητέρας, τιτρώσκουσαι τὰς γαστέρας αὐτῶν, ὅτε εἰς φῶς προελθεῖν μέλλουσιν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   He called Orestes a serpent as (being) a mother-killer, since (the snakes called) ‘echidnai’ also kill their own mothers, wounding their bellies when they are about to emerge into the light.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      POSITION: marg. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἶπε τὸν ὀρ.] τὸν ὀρ. λέγει Zl   |    εἶπε om. Zb   |    ὡς] καὶ Ox2   |    2 αἰ om. ZZa   |    τιτρώσκουσι γὰρ Zl, τιτρώσκουσι Zb   |    προελθεῖν om. Zl   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 κτείνουσι] τὰς ἑονουσι or τὰς ἑ·νουσι Zb   |   μέλλουσι ZbGu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.146,18–20


Or. 479.18 (rec gloss) ⟨δράκων⟩: ὡς  —OAbMnY2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 479.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δράκων⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 479.20 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨δράκων⟩:  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 480.01 (vet exeg) ⟨στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς⟩: τὴν μανίαν λέγει.  —MBVPr

TRANSLATION:   He is speaking of the madness (of Orestes).

REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg. B, s.l. VPr; cont. from 480.03 B, add. δὲ after μανίαν      

APP. CRIT.:  at end add. νόσον B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,5; Dind. II.146,21 and 22–23


Or. 480.02 (vet exeg) στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς: 1νόσον δηλονότι. ὅ ἐστιν †ὠδίνει†.  —MV

TRANSLATION:   (‘He gleams with sickly flashes’ means ‘he gleams with) sickness’, clearly. Which is to say, he †gives birth to (sickly flashes)/he is in great pain.†

LEMMA: στίλβει νοσώδεις V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: follows 481.01 in V      

APP. CRIT.:   νόσον] νόσων M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,6; Dind. II.146,21–22


Or. 480.03 (vet exeg) ⟨στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς⟩: ἀντὶ ⟨τοῦ⟩ νοσεῖ  —B

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘he is sick’.

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.146,22


Or. 480.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς⟩: ἀποπάλλει μανιώδεις ἀστραπάς  —X

LEMMA: X      


Or. 480.05 (rec gloss) ⟨στίλβει⟩: ἀποπέμπει  —AbCrMlMnRRfSOxZb2ZlB3a

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3a      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |   


Or. 480.06 (rec gloss) ⟨στίλβει⟩: ἐκπέμπει  —Sar


Or. 480.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨στίλβει⟩: ἀποπάλλει  —XaXbXoYYfGGrB4

POSITION: s.l. (Y as s.l. variant above 480.08)      

APP. CRIT.:  -ειν a.c. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.147,2

COMMENT:   See comment on next.   


Or. 480.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨στίλβει⟩: ἀπολάμπει  —YT+

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  -ειν a.c. Y   

COMMENT:   Although it is possible that Triclinius has unconsciously read ἀποπάλλει as ἀπολάμπει, one must also consider whether ἀπολάμπει is in fact the gloss intended by Moschopulus, and ἀποπάλλει is an early corruption that got copied almost everywhere. On the one hand, στίλβω and λάμπω are often paired, and the latter is often a gloss on the former; on the other hand, ἀποπάλλω is found half a dozen times in connection with ἀστραπή in Byzantine authors, so its use in 480.07 could be conditioned by the object ἀστραπάς rather than the verb στίλβω.   


Or. 480.09 (thom paraphr) ⟨στίλβει⟩: πέμπει ἐκ τῶν ὀμμάτων  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.147,2–3


Or. 480.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στίλβει⟩: ἀστράπτει  —F2G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 480.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στίλβει⟩: καὶ ἀπαστράπτει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 480.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στίλβει⟩: ἀποβάζει  —Cr2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 480.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νοσώδεις ἀστραπὰς⟩: διὰ τὸ ἔχειν ὄμματα αἱματώδη  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 480.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨νοσώδεις ἀστραπὰς⟩: τὰς νοσερὰς ἐκφλογώσεις  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τουτέστι prep. V3   


Or. 480.15 (rec exeg) ⟨νοσώδεις⟩: παρυπόνοια ὅτι ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν πυρώδεις.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   A secondary hint that he ought to have said ‘fiery’.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   παρυπονοέω is very rare, and the noun παρυπόνοια is known in only one other place, in the 12th-cent. author Georgius Tornices, epist. 7, 213,2; LBG renders ‘Andeutung’.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 480.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨νοσώδεις⟩: μανιώδεις  —XaXbXoYYfGGrCr2OxB4

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.146,23


Or. 480.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νοσώδεις⟩: μανικὰς  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.146,23


Or. 480.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨στύγημ’ ἐμόν⟩: τὸ ἐμὸν μίσημα  —Rf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 480.19 (mosch paraphr) στύγημ’ ἐμόν: ἤγουν ὁ ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ μεμισημένος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCr2B4

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν ὁ om. GZcB4, ὁ om. X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.147,3


Or. 480.20 (thom paraphr) ⟨στύγημ’ ἐμόν⟩: ἤγουν ὃν αὐτὸς μισῶ  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 480.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨στύγημ’ ἐμόν⟩: τὸ μεμισημένον ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 480.22 (rec gloss) ⟨στύγημ’⟩: μίσημα  —CrROx, app. Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   |    Zl mostly washed out   


Or. 480.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στύγημ’⟩: τὸ μῖσος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 480.24 (recMosch artGloss) ⟨στύγημ’⟩: τὸ  —PrXXaXbXoTYYf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 480.25 (recMosch artGloss) ⟨ἐμόν⟩: τὸ  —AbF2XXbXoYf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.01 (vet exeg) Μενέλαε, προσφθέγγῃ νιν: 1προσφθέγγῃ αὐτὸν, τὴν ἀνοσίαν κεφαλήν;  2ἔθος γὰρ ἦν μὴ διαλέγεσθαι τοῖς ἐναγέσιν.  —MBCPraPrb, partial VMlRbSSar

TRANSLATION:   Are you speaking to him, the unholy creature? For it used to be customary not to converse with those polluted with bloodshed.

LEMMA: MVC, μενέλαε MlRbSSa, προσφθέγγῃ νιν ἀνόσιον κάρα B, lemma προσφθέγγῃ νῦν Pra      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbSar      POSITION: s.l. Prb, marg. Sar      

APP. CRIT.:   1 προσφθέγγῃ … κεφαλήν om. VMlRbSSar   |    προσφθέγγῃ om. Prb   |    2 γὰρ om. VMlRbSSar   |    διαλέγεσθαι] δε λέγεσθαι M, δὲ φθέγγεσθαι C   |    τοῖς ἐνδεέσιν S [Sar]   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐναγέσι MBCPra[Sar]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,7–8; Dind. II.147,4–5


Or. 481.02 (mosch paraphr) διαλέγῃ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὴν ἀνοσίαν κεφαλήν;  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCr2

TRANSLATION:   Are you conversing with him, the unholy creature?

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  μενέλαε prep. X   |    τὴν ἀν. κεφ. om. Zc   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 481.03 (pllgn exeg) νόμος γὰρ ἦν μὴ προσφθέγγεσθαι τοῖς φονεῦσιν.  —Zm

POSITION: s.l. (above κάρα)      


Or. 481.04 (pllgn exeg) νόμος ἦν μὴ διαλέγεσθαι τοῖς φονεῦσιν.  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 481.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: ἀποστροφὴ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  apostrophe   


Or. 481.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩:  —CrF2OxXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.07 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 481.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨προσφθέγγῃ⟩: προσλαλεῖς  —F2MlMnRZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  προσλαλῆ or προσλαλεῖ app. Zl   


Or. 481.09 (rec gloss) ⟨προσφθέγγῃ⟩: προσομιλεῖς  —Rf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσφθέγγῃ⟩: καὶ συνομιλεῖς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσφθέγγῃ⟩: διαλέγῃ  —Aa2B4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: πρὸς  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.13 (recTri gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὸν  —OCrF2Rf2SarOxTB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   |    αὐτὸ B3a   


Or. 481.14 (rec gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: ἤτοι τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.15 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀνόσιον κάρα⟩: 1γράφεται καὶ ἀκάθαρτον κάρα.  2εἶπε δὲ τοῦτο, ὅτι οὐκ ἦν καθαρός.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   There is also the reading ‘uncleansed head’. And he said this because Orestes was not purified.

POSITION: cont. from 481.01 MBC (add. δὲ B; also add. δὲ Pr, where note punct. as sep.)      

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν MB   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,9–10; Dind. II.147,5–6

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 481.16 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀνόσιον κάρα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ἀνοσίαν κεφαλήν  —MV

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνόσιον κάρα⟩: ὑπάρχοντα  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.18 (recTri artGloss) ⟨ἀνόσιον κάρα⟩: τὸ  —KTB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνόσιον⟩: ἄδικον  —F2GuZcZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  2   


Or. 481.20 (rec gram) ⟨ἀνόσιον⟩: ἐπὶ ἀρσενικοῦ, θηλυκοῦ, καὶ οὐδετέρου  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (The same form is used) in the masculine, feminine, and neuter.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.21 (rec gloss) ⟨κάρα⟩: κεφαλὴν  —OZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.22 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55


Or. 482.01 (thom exeg) ⟨τί γάρ⟩: ναί  —ZZaZlZmZuTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘yes’ (to precede the line).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 482.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τί γάρ⟩: κακὸν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 482.03 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τί⟩: διὰ τί  —CrSarOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   |    τί om. X   


Or. 482.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨τί⟩: διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 482.05 (vet exeg) φίλου μοι πατρός ἐστιν ἔκγονος: 1δέον εἰπεῖν ὅτι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου υἱός ἐστι, φησὶ τοῦ πατρός μου ἔκγονος.  2ἔκγονος γὰρ τοῦ Ἀτρέως Ὀρέστης.  —MBVCMlPrRbRwSSaZu

TRANSLATION:   When he should properly have said ‘he is the son of my brother’, he says (he is) the offspring (descendant) of my father. For Orestes is a descendant of Atreus.

LEMMA: MBC, τί γὰρ φίλου μοι πατρὸς ἐστὶν ἔκγονος MlS(ἔγκονος)Sa(ἔστιν), τί γὰρ φίλου μοι πατρὸς V, τί γὰρ φίλου Rb, φίλου μοι πατρὸς PrRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlRbSaZu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δέον] δεῖν M, ἔστι δέον V [from incorrect punct. of lemma], ἀντὶ τοῦ Zu   |    ὅτι om. VRbZu   |    first μου om., add. s.l. Pr   |    υἱός ἐστι] om. V, οὗτος ἔγγονος Rb, ἐστὶν οὗτος υἱὸς Zu   |    φησὶ] φησὶν ὄτι MlSSaZu, οὗτος δέ φησι V, φη(σὶ) δὲ Pr   |    second μου] μοι B   |    ἔκγονος] ἔκγονός ἐστιν ἔκγονος BPr, ἔγγονος Ml, om. MRb   |    2 ἔγγονος Ml   |    τοῦ om. MlRwSSaZu   |    ὁ ὀρέστης MlSSaZu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐστὶν M   |    1 ἔγγονος SZu   |    2 ἔγγονος SSaZu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,11–13; Dind. II.147,8–9


Or. 482.06 (vet exeg) ἄλλως· φίλου μοι πατρός: 1ὅ ἐστι συγγενοῦς μοι πατρὸς υἱός.  2πάλιν δὲ τὸ κακόηθες τοῦ ἀνδρὸς δείκνυται, ὅτι τὸν ἀδελφὸν φίλον εἶπεν.  —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   That means ‘son of a father who is akin to me’. Again the maliciousness of the man is shown, because he called his brother ‘dear’.

LEMMA: C, ἄλλως: πατρὸς φίλου μοι MB, ἄλλως πατρὸς φίλου μοι PrRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μου a.c. Rw   |    πατρὸς om. B   |    2 τοῦ] σοῦ app. Rw   |    φίλον om. Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπε CRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,14–16; Dind. II.147,10–12

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 482.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨φίλου μοι πατρός ἐστιν ἔκγονος⟩: ἤτοι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου υἱός  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 482.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλου μοι πατρός ἐστιν ἔκγονος⟩: ἐπεὶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l. (above ἐστὶν)      


Or. 482.09 (rec exeg) ⟨φίλου μοι πατρός⟩: ἀδελφοῦ μου, ἤτοι τοῦ Ἀτρέως  —MlMnR

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  μου om. Mn   |    ἤγουν MlMn   


Or. 482.10 (rec gloss) ⟨φίλου⟩: συγγενοῦς  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 482.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλου⟩: ἀγαπητοῦ  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 482.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλου⟩: προσφιλοῦς  —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ prep. F2   


Or. 482.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: ἐμοῦ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 482.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐστὶν⟩: οὗτος  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 482.15 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔκγονος⟩: υἱὸς  —OV2AaAbCrF2KOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr ZlZmZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 482.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔγγονος⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἔκγονος.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 482.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔκγονος⟩: ἐκγόνους τοὺς υἱοὺς  —K

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  perhaps add ⟨λέγομεν⟩ or ⟨φαμεν⟩ or ⟨καλοῦμεν⟩   


Or. 483.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κείνου … πέφυκε;⟩: οὐκ ἔστιν  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 483.02 (rec gloss) ⟨κείνου⟩: ἔκγονος  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 483.03 (rec gloss) ⟨κείνου⟩: ἐξ ἐκείνου  —FGRXo2Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. F   |    ἔξω Zb2   |    ἐκείνου om. Xo2Zb2   


Or. 483.04 (rec gloss) ⟨κείνου⟩: ἀπ’ ἐκείνου  —Aa2KMn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐκείνου om. Mn   


Or. 483.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κείνου⟩: καὶ ἐκείνου  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 483.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 483.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: καὶ οὗτος  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 483.08 (rec gloss) ⟨πέφυκε⟩: ὑπάρχει  —AbCrRYZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Cr   


Or. 483.09 (rec gloss) ⟨πέφυκε⟩: ἐγεννήθη  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 483.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέφυκε⟩: ἐγένετο  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 483.11 (mosch gloss) πέφυκε: ὑπάρχει υἱός  —XXaXbXoT+YfGGrZcCr2Ox

LEMMA: πέφυκεν X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx, ἤγουν prep. X   |    υἱὸς ὑπ. transp. Zc   


Or. 483.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέφυκε⟩: υἱός  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 483.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέφυκε⟩: ὀνομάζεσθαι δῆλον  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   One might have expected ὀνομάζεσθαι ἄξιος δῆλον.   


Or. 483.14 (tri metr) ⟨πέφυκε⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55


Or. 483.15 (thom gloss) ⟨τοιοῦτος⟩: ἤγουν φονεύς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.147,13–14


Or. 483.16 (rec gloss) ⟨γεγώς⟩: γενόμενος  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 483.17 (rec gloss) ⟨γεγώς⟩: γεγονὼς ὁ Ὀρέστης  —MlS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ om. S   


Or. 483.18 (mosch gloss) ⟨γεγώς⟩: γεγονώς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2ZcCr2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 483.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γεγώς⟩: ὑπάρξας  —Aa2Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 484.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: ναὶ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 484.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: ἐξ ἐκείνου ὑπάρχει  —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐξ om. or lost to damage Ab   


Or. 484.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: ἐξ ἐκείνου δῆλον  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 484.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: ὑπάρχει  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCr2Ox

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 484.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: ἐστὶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 484.06 (tri metr) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T


Or. 484.07 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐπεὶ  —Aa2Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 484.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δυστυχεῖ⟩: εἰς ἃ πάσχει  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 484.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 484.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: ἄξιος τιμᾶσθαι  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcB4Cr2, p.c. T*

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἄξιον a.c. Yf   |    τιμᾶσθαι changed from Thoman τιμῆς T   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 484.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: ἄξιος τιμῆς  —AbF2ZZbZlZmGu, a.c. T

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zm   


Or. 484.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: καὶ ἄξιος ὑπάρχει τιμῆς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὑπὲρ Ox   


Or. 484.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: ἄξιος ὑπάρχει  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 484.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: καὶ ἄξιος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 484.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: γρ. μισητέος.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 484.16 (tri metr) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: long mark over iota  —T


Or. 485.01 (485–487) (mosch exeg) βεβαρβάρωσαι: 1ἤθη καὶ νόμους βαρβαρικοὺς μεμάθηκας πολὺν χρόνον ὢν ἐν βαρβάροις καὶ τῆς τάξεως ἐπελάθου τῶν Ἑλλήνων.  2πρὸς ὃ ἀπαντᾷ ‘Ἑλληνικόν τοι τὸν ὁμόθεν τιμᾶν ἀεί’.  3πρὸς ὃ πάλιν ὁ Τυνδάρεως Ἑλληνικόν τι δηλονότι καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν εἶναι ἰσχυρότερον τῶν νόμων,  4ὅπερ δηλονότι ποιεῖς σὺ τιμῶν τοῦτον ὃν οἱ νόμοι ἀπόβλητον ἔχουσιν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr, partial Cr2

TRANSLATION:   You have learned barbarian customs and laws by being among barbarians for a long time, and you forgot the civilized arrangements of the Greeks. To which he (Menelaus) counters: ‘Indeed it is the Greek way always to honor someone of the same family as yourself’. To which again Tyndareus replies that it is surely a Greek custom also not to want to be stronger than the laws, the very thing that, obviously, you are doing when you honor this man whom the laws consider an outcast.

LEMMA: G      

APP. CRIT.:   1–4 καὶ τῆς τάξεως κτλ om. Cr2   |    2 τοι] τι XoTGGr, a.c. Yf   |    3 τι] τοι XbYf, om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 δῆλον ὅτι G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.147,21–148,2

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits everything after 2 ἀπαντᾷ, having there reached bottom of a page, then forgetting to finish the note at top of next.   |   


Or. 485.02 (vet exeg) εἰς παροιμίαν ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἐχώρησεν.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   This verse became a proverb.

POSITION: s.l. C (at 485); marg. at 485 M, cont. from 485.15, add. δὲ after παροιμίαν (but also dicolon punct.); marg. at 486 B, cont. from 486.04, add. δὲ after παροιμίαν      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,19; Dind. II.147,18

COMMENT:   On the basis of M, this was assigned to 485 in Dindorf (the first to edit this note); Schwartz reassigned it to 486 on the basis of B. It appears that Dindorf’s choice is the more probable. Neither line appears in the paroemiographic corpora, but whereas 486 is attested elsewhere only once (Sch. Ap. Rhod. 2.238), line 485 is imitated in an epistle of the Roman period or later (Apollonii epist. 36,4), and then quoted or alluded to in middle Byzantine authors: Tzetzes explains it in Chil. 6.92 περὶ τοῦ ‘βεβαρβάρωσαι χρόνιος ὢν ἐν βαρβάροις’ and quotes it as the basis of a conceit in his epist. 13, p. 21,3; Michael Choniates uses it on three separate occasions, Demetrius Chomatenus once, and Andreas Lopadiotes has it as an example in Lex. Vindob. χ 12 (Guida = 8 Nauck) s.v. χρόνιος.   |   The final words are not legible in B on the Gallica image, but can be read on Turyn’s photograph.   


Or. 485.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: καὶ βάρβαρα τὰ ἤθη σοῦ ἐγένοντο.  —CrMnOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  βάρβαρος Mn   |    ἐγέν. transp. before τὰ ἤθη σου CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐγένοντα Ox   |   


Or. 485.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: τὰ βαρβάρων ἔθη μεμάθηκας.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zm   


Or. 485.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: ἤθη βαρβαρικὰ μεμάθηκας.  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 485.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: τὰ τῶν βαρβάρων φρονεῖς.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 485.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: †βάρβαρον γλῶσσαν ἐγένου†  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  e.g., βάρβαρος ⟨τὴν⟩ γλ. ἐγένου, or βάρβαρον γλῶσσαν ⟨ἔμαθες καὶ βάρβαρος⟩ ἐγένου   


Or. 485.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: ὡμοιώθης τοῖς ⟨βαρ⟩βάροις.  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 485.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιος ὢν⟩: πολὺν χρόνον ὢν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πολλὺν Zc   |   


Or. 485.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρόνιος⟩: πολὺν χρόνον  —Aa2AbZm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zm   |   χρόνον πολύν transp. Aa2Zm   


Or. 485.11 (thom exeg) ⟨χρόνιος⟩: οὐ μόνον χρόνιος ἦλθον φαμὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ χρόνον πολύν, ἀλλὰ καὶ χρόνιος ἦν ἐν τῷδε τῷ τόπῳ ἀντὶ τοῦ χρόνον πολύν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   We not only say I came ‘chronios’ meaning ‘after much time’, but also I was in this place ‘chronios’ meaning ‘for a long time’.

POSITION: marg. Z, s.l. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:  φαμὲν ἦλθεν transp. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,3–5


Or. 485.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνιος⟩: διὰ χρόνου  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 485.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὢν⟩: σὺ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 485.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὢν⟩: ἐλθών  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 485.15 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐν βαρβάροις⟩: γράφεται ἀφ’ Ἑλλάδος.  —MV3C

TRANSLATION:   There is (also) the reading ‘away from Greece’.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. V3C      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀφελλάδα M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,17; Dind. II.147,17–18

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 485.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βαρβάροις⟩: Τρωσὶ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 485.17 (rec gram) ⟨βαρβάροις⟩: βάρβαρος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαρέως αἴρειν τὴν βοήν  —MnPr

TRANSLATION:   The word barbarian derives from ‘raising heavily’ (‘bareōs airein’) the war-cry (or shout).

POSITION: in top margin 20v (containing 496–540) Pr; marg. beside 481 on 23r (containing 470–484) Mn      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.147,18–19

COMMENT:   This etymology is otherwise unattested, but a related play on βαρύς is seen in Athanasius, Exposit. in Psalmos, PG 27:224,14–17 γηγενεῖς μὲν τοὺς βαρυτέρους τῶν ἀνθρώπων καλεῖ, τοὺς βαρβάρους, καὶ ἐν ἐρημίαις οἰκοῦντας, καὶ μὴ νομίμως πολιτευομένους.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 486.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἑλληνικόν⟩: τὸ ἔθος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 486.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἑλληνικόν⟩: ἐστὶ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 486.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἑλληνικόν⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Aa2CrOxGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 486.04 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν πρὸς γένους συγγενῆ  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   The one kindred by family blood.

POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν] τοῦ MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,18


Or. 486.05 (recThom gloss) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν συγγενῆ  —OVAbMlMnPrRSF2ZmGuB3a

POSITION: s.l. (cont. from 486.10 ZmGu)      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν om. OAbF2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   συγκενὴν a.c. Mn, συγγενὴν p.c. Mn   |   


Or. 486.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς γενεᾶς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 486.07. (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: καὶ τὸν ὁμογενῆ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μονογενῆ CrOx   


Or. 486.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν ἀπὸ μιᾶς ῥίζης ἤγουν τὸν κατὰ γένος προήκοντα  —XaXbXoT+YGr, partial ZcB4

TRANSLATION:   The one from the same root, that is, the one who is related by family blood.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  first τὸν om. B4   |    ἤγουν κτλ om. ZcB4   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,6–7


Or. 486.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν ἀπ’ αὐτῆς τῆς γενεᾶς καὶ ῥίζης, τὸν κατὰ γένος προήκοντα  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 486.10 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν ἐκ ταυτοῦ γένους  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘The one from the same place’ here means) ‘the one from the same family’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Gu   |    ἤτοι τὸν συγγενῆ add. ZmGu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τοῦ αὐτοῦ Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,7–8


Or. 486.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: ἤγουν τὸν ὄντα ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς φυλῆς ἤγουν συγγενείας  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 486.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁμόθεν⟩: ἐξ ὁμοῦ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 486.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθετον⟩: γρ(άφεται) τὸν ὁμόθεν.  —MnS

LEMMA: ὁμόθετον in text MnS      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 486.14 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τιμᾶν⟩: τὸ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 486.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀεὶ⟩: πάντοτε  —AbCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 487.01 (487–488) (vet exeg) καὶ τῶν νόμων γε μὴ πρότερον εἶναι θέλειν: 1σὺ τοίνυν ἀδικεῖς τοὺς νόμους ἀγαπῶν τὸν μιαιφόνον.  2ὁ δέ φησιν ὅτι ἀναγκάζει με τὸ συγγενές.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   You, then, do wrong to the laws in showing affection for the polluted murderer. But he (Menelaus) says ‘kinship compels me’.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ τῶν νόμων γε μὴ πρότερον BPr, καὶ τὸ τῶν νόμων Rw, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: follows sch. 488.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὅτι om. Rw   |    με] μὲν V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀγαπὼν B, ἀπατῶν Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,20–22; Dind. II.148,9–11


Or. 487.02 (rec exeg) σὺ τοίνυν ἀδικεῖς τοὺς νόμους ἀγαπῶν τὸν μιαιφόνον, τὸν παρὰ νόμους καὶ παρὰ φύσιν τὴν μητέρα ἀνελόντα.  —O

TRANSLATION:   You, then, do wrong to the laws in showing affection for the polluted murderer, the one who destroyed his mother contrary to the laws and to nature.


Or. 487.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἐπεὶ Ὀρέστης καὶ παρὰ νόμους καὶ παρὰ φύσιν τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλε,  2καίτοι, φησὶν, Ἑλληνικὸν τὸ μὴ κρείττονα τῶν νόμων ἐθέλειν εἶναι τῇ τούτων βούλησει ⟨ … ⟩   —MBCMlPrRw, partial RbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Since Orestes killed his mother both contrary to laws and contrary to nature, he (Tyndareus) says ‘Yet it is a Greek practice not to want to be stronger than the laws, ⟨lacuna: e.g., opposing⟩ their will’.

LEMMA: MCPr, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως BRw, καὶ τῶν νόμων γε MlRb(γε om.)SSa      REF. SYMBOL: MlRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπεὶ om. Rb   |    ὁ ὀρέστης Sa   |    παρὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ παρὰ τὴν φύσιν Sa, περὶ τὸν νόμον καὶ περὶ τὴν φύσιν Ml   |    παρὰ νόμους καὶ om. S   |    2 καίτοι κτλ om. RbSSa   |    κρεῖττον Rw   |    e.g. ⟨ἐναντιούμενον⟩, ⟨ἐναντίον ὄντα⟩ or the like Mastr., καὶ φθάνειν τὴν τούτων βούλησιν Schw. (from next sch.)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀνεῖλεν MRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,23–25; Dind. II.148,11–13


Or. 487.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1καὶ τοῦτο, φησὶν, Ἑλληνικὸν τὸ μὴ κρείττονα τῶν νόμων ἐθέλειν εἶναι καὶ φθάνειν τὴν τούτων βούλησιν.  2οὗτος δὲ καὶ παρὰ νόμους τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλεν.  —V

TRANSLATION:   This too, he says, is a Greek practice, not to want to be stronger than the laws and frustrate(?) their will. This man killed his mother even contrary to the laws.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλὰ in V      POSITION: cont. from prev.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,25 app.

COMMENT:   The usage of φθάνειν here is odd. The two other instances of φθάνω governing τὴν βούλησιν/τὰς βουλήσεις in TLG have the usual sense, ‘anticipate’: Joannes Chrysost. Homiliae, PG 59:117,48–49 οὐ φθάνει τὰς βουλήσεις ἡμῶν ὁ Θεὸς ταῖς δωρεαῖς; Manuel II Palaeologus, Epitaphium in fratrem Theodorum, CFHB Thess. 26:275,31–33 οὐ γὰρ δυσμενῶν εἷλε πόλεις, τὰς μὲν πολιορκήσας τε καὶ παραστησάμενος, τὰς δ’ αὐθωρὸν τῷ πολέμῳ, τὰς πλείους δ’, οἶμαι, φθάσας αὐτοῦ τὴν βούλησιν καὶ πρὶν ἢ πορθηθῆναι παραδοθείσας; The unusual usage here probably results from a rewriting of the lacunose version 487.03.   


Or. 487.05 (rec paraphr) Ἑλληνικόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν εἶναι κρείττονα τινὰ τῶν νόμων.  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.06 (rec paraphr) καὶ τοῦτο Ἑλληνικόν ἐστι, τὸ μὴ κρείττονα τινὰ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν εἶναι.  —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν Ml   |    καὶ] ὡς Ml   

COMMENT:   The annotation expects τῶν νόμων to be supplied from the line.   


Or. 487.07 (rec paraphr) καὶ πάλιν Ἑλληνικὸν καὶ τὸ μὴ προτιμότερον εἶναι τινὰ.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The annotation expects τῶν νόμων to be supplied from the line.   


Or. 487.08 (pllgn paraphr) Ἑλληνικὸν καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν εἶναι τινὰ προτιμότερον τῶν νόμων.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.09 (rec paraphr) ἀξιώτερον τιμάσαι τὸν νόμον ἢ τὸν ὁμόθεν.  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁμοθέτον Ab2(as in line 486 Ab)   

COMMENT:   Byzantine and early Modern Greek texts in TLG currently attest three instances of forms from the present stem τιμάζω, so this is the first attestation of an aorist form.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 487.10 (pllgn paraphr) ἀλλ’ ἔστι καὶ τοῦτο Ἑλληνικόν, τὸ μὴ εἶναι τινὰ ὑπέρτερον τῶν νόμων.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,15–16


Or. 487.11 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: πάλιν Ἑλληνικὸν τὸ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: τοῦτο Ἑλληνικόν ἐστι  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.13 (thom exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: Ἑλληνικὸν  —ZZbZmT

TRANSLATION:  (Supply ‘is) Greek’ (to complete the syntax of the line).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ναὶ prep. Zm   |    ἑλληνικῶν Zb   


Or. 487.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναὶ Ἑλληνικὸν ἐστὶν ὅ λέγεις.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναί, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν εἶναι προτιμότερον τῶν νόμων Ἑλληνικόν ἐστι.  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλλην‑ Zc   |   


Or. 487.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναὶ Ἑλληνικὸν ὑπάρχει  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναὶ ἀλλὰ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναὶ  —V3

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 487.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: καί τι ἄλλο ὑπάρχει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   καὶ τί CrOx   |   


Or. 487.20 (rec artGloss) ⟨τῶν νόμων⟩: τὸ  —AbGuB3a

POSITION: s.l. (above μὴ AbB3a)      


Or. 487.21 (rec gloss) ⟨πρότερον⟩: προτιμότερον  —V2CrFSarOxY2GuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. V2CrFOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προτιμώτερον F   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,14


Or. 487.22 (rec gloss) ⟨πρότερον⟩: κρείττονα  —RY2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.23 (rec gloss) ⟨πρότερον⟩: τιμιώτερον  —AaRf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,14


Or. 487.24 (thom gloss) ⟨πρότερον⟩: ὑπέρτερον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,14


Or. 487.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρότερον⟩: ἰσχυρότερον  —YGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,14–15


Or. 487.26 (rec gloss) ⟨εἶναι θέλειν⟩: τὸ μὴ τινὰ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.27 (thom gloss) ⟨εἶναι θέλειν⟩: τινὰ  —ZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἶναι θέλειν⟩: ἤγουν τὸν συγγενῆ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   συγγενῆν Zu   |   


Or. 488.01 (vet exeg) πᾶν τοὐξ ἀνάγκης δοῦλόν ἐστ’ ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς: 1ἡ τῆς φύσεως ἀνάγκη, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ συγγένεια, πάντα δουλοῖ κατά τε τὴν κρίσιν τῶν νόμων καὶ τῶν σοφῶν.  2δοῦλον οὖν ἀντὶ τοῦ δουλοποιόν·  3οὐχ οἷόν τε γὰρ παραιτήσασθαι τὴν συγγένειαν.  —MBVCMlPrRbSa, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   The compulsion of nature, which means kinship, enslaves everything according to the judgment both of the laws and of the wise. Therefore ‘doulon’ (‘slave/slavish’) is used for ‘making a slave’. For it is not possible to avoid the claims of kinship.

LEMMA: M(πάν τ’οὐξανάγκης)C, πᾶν τοὐξ ἀνάγκης B(τ’οὐξ)VPrRw, lemma πᾶν τ’ ἐξ ἀνάγκης Ml(ἐξαν-)RbSa(as in text Sa)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlRb      POSITION: follows 482.05 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅ om. CMl   |    πάντας VMlSa, καὶ πάντας Rw   |    δουλοῖ] δοῦλοι C, δηλοῖ Pr   |    κατά τε τὴν κρίσιν τῶν νόμων] κατὰ νόμων τῶν νόμων Sa   |    τε τὴν om. Ml, τὴν om. Rb   |    2 δοῦλον] δῆλον Rb   |    οὖν] ἂν MlSa   |    τοῦ om. C   |    δηλοποιὸν Rb   |    3 οὐχ οἷόν κτλ om. Rw   |    γὰρ om. C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δουλοποιον Ml   |    οἷον τε Ml   |    3 π(αρα)τήσασθαι Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,1–4; Dind. II.149,10–13

COMMENT:   The exegeses of this line in the scholia are quite different from the meaning of the line according to modern understanding (well explained by Willink 1986).   


Or. 488.02 (rec exeg) 1ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνάγκη τῆς φύσεως.  2οὐχ οἷον γάρ ἐστιν παραιτήσασθαι τὴν συγγενείαν κατὰ τὴν κρίσιν τῶν νόμων καὶ τῶν σοφῶν.   —O

APP. CRIT. 2:  γὰρ ἐστὶν a.c. O   


Or. 488.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως· δοῦλον: 1δουλοποιόν.  2τουτέστι παρὰ τοῖς φρονίμοις ἡ ἀνάγκη νικᾷ.  3τιμῶμεν οὖν τὸν Ὀρέστην διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν καὶ δουλεύομεν τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Making a slave (enslaving). That is, in the eyes of the prudent, compulsion triumphs. Thus we honor Orestes because of our kinship and we are slaves to this compulsion.

LEMMA: V, ἀλλὰ δοῦλον MBCPr      POSITION: cont. from prev. Rw; sep. from 488.01 by 487.01 and 487.02 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. V   |    δουλοποιὸν om. Rw   |    2 παρὰ φρονίμων V   |    νικᾷ om. Rw   |    3 καὶ add. before τιμῶμεν MBCRw   |    δουλεύομεν] τιμῶμεν Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τουτέστιν M   |   νικὰ app. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,5–7; Dind. II.149,13–15


Or. 488.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης δοῦλόν ἐστι καὶ ὑπήκοον, οἷον πάντα κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν.  2καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῶν σοφῶν κρίσιν πάντα τὰ ἀπ’ ἀνάγκης δουλοῖ καὶ ὑπηκόους ποιεῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.  3καθὸ προείρηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ὀρέστου [484] ‘εἰ δὲ δυστυχεῖ, τιμητέος’, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν εἶπε ⟨ … ⟩.  4ἔστι δὲ ὁ λόγος ὅτι τιμᾶν ἀναγκαῖον τὸν Ὀρέστην διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν.  5ταῦτα δὲ ἐν ὑποκρίσει λέγει, οὐ σπουδῇ.  6ὁ δὲ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Byz. fr. 386 Slater] φησὶ ⟨ … ⟩.  7πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης γινόμενον δουλοῖ, οἷον ταπεινοῖ, κατὰ τὴν τῶν σοφῶν κρίσιν.  8δύναται καὶ οὕτως· πᾶν τὸ ἀναγκαῖον δοῦλόν ἐστιν, οἷον ὑπήκοον, καὶ πάντα κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν διότι δουλοῖ πᾶν.  —MBVCPr, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   Everything deriving from necessity/compulsion is slave (enslaved) and subservient, as if to say we do everything according to necessity. And according to the judgment of the wise all things deriving from compulsion enslave humans and make them subservient. Because he said previously about Orestes ‘and if he suffers misfortune, he must be honored’, for this reason he nows also says ⟨ lacuna ⟩. The meaning is that it is necessary to honor Orestes because of their kinship. He says these things adopting a pose, not in earnest. But Aristophanes (the Alexandrian scholar) says ⟨ lacuna ⟩ All that comes about by necessity enslaves, or makes humble, according to the judgment of the wise. It can also be taken like this: Every compulsory thing is slavish, that is, subservient, and we do everything according to necessity because it enslaves everything.

LEMMA: MBCPr, καὶ ἄλλως Rw      POSITION: cont. from prev. V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτως prep. V   |    πάντα] πάντα τὰ B, πάντως τὰ Pr   |    ποιοῦμεν] γινόμενα δουλοῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους V   |    2 καὶ κατὰ] κατά τε VRw   |    τὰ om. PrRw(πάντ’)   |    ὑπ’ ἀνάγκης M(ὑπαν.)BCPr   |    δηλοῖ Pr   |    ποιεῖται M   |    3–4 καθὸ … τὴν συγγένειαν om. Rw   |    3 προείρηκεν Schw., εἶπεν all (but transp. after ὀρέστου MVC)   |    3–4 εἰ δὲ δυστυχεῖ … ὀρέστην om. M   |    3 εἶπε Schw., προείρηκεν BV(‑κε)CPr   |    lacuna Schw. (who inserts quotation of 488); alternatively, e.g. ⟨ταῦτα⟩   |    4 δὲ] γὰρ BPr   |    ὅτι Arsenius, ὅθεν BVCPr   |    ἀναγκαῖον] αὐτὸν C   |    5 ταῦτα … σπουδῇ] om. V, τῆ(?) ἐν(?) ὑποκρίσει καὶ οὐ σπουδῆ [φη(σιν)(?)] Rw (damage, not enough space for ταῦτά φη(σιν))   |    λέγων MC   |    6–8 ὁ δὲ ἀρ. κτλ om. Rw   |    6 ἀριστοφάνης] ἀρίσταρχος V   |    φησὶ] λέγει Pr   |    lacuna Schw.   |    7 γινόμενον] τιμώμενον C   |    δηλοῖ Pr, δουλοῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους V   |    8 ὑπήκοον] ἀπήκει Pr   |    καὶ πάντα κατὰ κτλ] καὶ πᾶν τὸ κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν BPr, om. διότι δουλοῖ πᾶν   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τοὐξ V   |    ἐξανάγκης M   |    ἐστὶν M   |    2 ἀπὸ ἀν. V   |    7 τοὐξ Pr   |    ἐξανάγκης M   |    ταπεινοὶ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,8–17; Dind. II.149,15–150,6

COMMENT:   I agree with Schwartz that we have lost Aristophanes’ opinion here. See Prelim. Stud. 17 n. 68.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Rw 20r top line.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of historian or scholar   |   Aristophanes of Byzantium   


Or. 488.05 (rec exeg) 1τουτέστιν παρὰ φρονίμοις ἡ ἀνάγκη κρατεῖ καὶ νικᾷ.  2οἷον τιμῶμεν τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν συγγένειαν ⟨καὶ⟩ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταῦτα ⟨ποιοῦμεν⟩.  3δύναται δὲ καὶ ὅτι πᾶν τοὐξανάγκης δοῦλον ἐστὶ καὶ ὑπήκοον, οἷον πάντα κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν.   —V

TRANSLATION:   That is, among the prudent necessity holds sway and triumphs. As if to say, we honor Orestes and kinship and we do this by necessity. The sense can also be that everything derived from necessity is slavish and subservient, that is, we do all things in accordance with necessity.

POSITION: cont. from prev. V      

APP. CRIT.:  2 suppl. Mastr. (punct. after ταῦτα in V)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,17 app.


Or. 488.06 (mosch exeg) 1οἷον ἡ συγγενικὴ φιλία καὶ στοργὴ ἢ ἕτερόν τι τοιοῦτον, ἐπεὶ ἐξ ἀνάγκης φυσικῆς ἐστι, δούλη ἐστὶ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀμβλύνεται,  2οὐδὲ ἄλλως γενέσθαι δύναται, ὃ τὰ ἐλευθέρως καὶ χωρὶς ἀνάγκης γινόμενα δύναται.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   As if to say, the affection and love of kinsmen, or some other such thing, since it arises from natural compulsion, is ‘slave’ (enslaved), and because of this it does not become blunted, nor is it able to be otherwise, which those things coming about freely and without compulsion can do.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: cont. from 485.01 G      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οἷον] ἤγουν Xo   |    2 τὰ] τοὺς Y   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξανάγκης Yf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.149,6–9


Or. 488.07 (thom exeg) 1εἰπόντος τοῦ Μενελάου πρὸς τὸν τοῦ Τυνδάρεω λόγον, τὸ [485] ‘βεβαρβάρωσαι χρόνιος ὢν ἐν βαρβάροις’, ὡς ἄρα Ἑλληνικὸν τὸ τιμᾶν τοὺς συγγενεῖς,  2φησὶν ὁ Τυνδάρεως· ναί, ὃ λέγεις Ἑλληνικόν ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ ἔστι καὶ τοῦτο Ἑλληνικόν, τὸ μὴ εἶναι τινὰ ὑπέρτερον τῶν νόμων.  3σὺ οὖν, ὦ Μενέλαε, παρανομεῖς φονέα προσφθεγγόμενος.  4ἀπαγορεύουσι γὰρ οἱ νόμοι τὴν μετ’ αὐτῶν συνουσίαν.  5πρὸς ὃ ἀπαντᾷ Μενέλαος ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης γινόμενον δοῦλον ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς ἐστι.  6τουτέστι πάντες καὶ παλαιοὶ καὶ νέοι ποιηταὶ φιλόσοφοι συγγραφεῖς ῥήτορες τρανῶς ἄνω καὶ κάτω τοῖς λόγοις διακηρύττονται  7ὡς ἄρα πάντες ἀνάγκης εἰσὶ δοῦλοι καὶ πάντων αὕτη κρατεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ μέχρι θεῶν ἐξάγει τὸ κράτος.  8[Simonides 37,29–30 = 542 PMG] ‘ἀνάγκᾳ’ γὰρ ‘οὐδὲ θεοὶ’ φασὶ ‘μάχονται’.  9ἐγὼ γοῦν εἰ καὶ παρανομεῖν σοι δοκῶ μητροκτόνῳ συνὼν καὶ φθεγγόμενος, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῆς φύσεως ἀναγκαζόμενος τοῦτο ποιῶ.  10ὥστε τὴν τοιαύτην ἀνάγκην ᾧ προεβάλου νόμῳ παρεξετάσας μείζω ταύτην εὑρήσεις δυναμένην τοῦ νόμου.  11οἱ δὲ λέγοντες τὸ δοῦλον ἀντὶ τοῦ δουλοποιὸν ληροῦσι τὰ μάλιστα.  12ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὑποστικτέον, οὕτω· πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὑπάρχον, ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς ἐστι δοῦλον.  13τουτέστι πάντα τὰ ἐξ ἀνάγκης δουλείαν οἱ σοφοὶ κρίνουσιν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   After Menelaus said, in response to Tyndareus’ line ‘You’ve been made a barbarian by being so long among barbarians’, that it is a Greek practice to honor one’s kinsmen, Tyndareus says: ‘Yes, what you mention is a Greek practice, but this too is a Greek practice, that no one be above the laws. You, therefore, Menelaus, break the law in addressing a murderer. For the laws forbid associating with them’. To which Menelaus replies that everything that comes about by compulsion is slave (enslaved) in the judgment of the wise. That is, everyone—both ancient and modern, poets, philosophers, historians, orators—clearly all the way throughout in their writings proclaim that all people are slaves of necessity and this (necessity) conquers all, and not just human beings, but it even extends its sway far enough to be over gods. For they say that ‘Not even the gods do battle with necessity’. At any rate, even if I seem to you to break the law by associating with and speaking to a mother-killer, nevertheless it is under the compulsion of nature that I do this. So, if you examine such compulsion side by side with the law you put forward in argument, you will find this to be more powerful than the law. Those who say that ‘doulos’ (slave/enslaved) is used to mean ‘making one a slave’ are speaking complete drivel. Or, one can put a comma after ‘that by necessity’, (and understand) as follows: everything that exists by necessity, in the eyes of the wise is slavish. That is, all things caused by compulsion wise men judge to be slavery.

REF. SYMBOL: at 488 πᾶν ZbZlZmGu, at 487 νόμων ZZa, at 485 βεβαρβάρωσαι T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 first τὸ] τὸν TGu   |    ἐν] τοῖς Z   |    3 ὦ μενέλαε] μενέλαε Zb, ὁ μενέλαος ZZa   |    6 καὶ οἱ παλαιοὶ Gu   |    συγγ. καὶ ῥήτ. Zb   |    7 αὕτη om. Zl   |    8 ἀνάγκη Zl   |    οὐδὲ οἱ θεοὶ Ta (not T)   |    9 μητροφόντῃ ZZa   |    10 ᾧ om. Zb   |    δυν]αμένου τοῦ νόμου (or ]άμενον τὸν νόμου?) app. Zl   |    11 ληροῦσι] ἀμαθεῖς T, οὐ καλῶς λέγουσιν Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ὧν changed to οὖν Zl   |    8 φασὶν Zb   |    12 ἐστὶ ZbZl, ἔστι Z   |    13 κρίνουσι Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,17–149,5

COMMENT:   It is not clear how the punctuation recommended in the alternative interpretation (12) makes a difference. But it does seem that the last paraphrase by Thomas (13) comes close to the way the line is understood by moderns.   

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Simonides   


Or. 488.08 (pllgn exeg) ἤτοι τὸ συγγενὲς δουλοποιεῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ παρασκευάζει ὑποκεῖσθαι ἀλλήλοις, ἤτοι περὶ τῆς ἐκδικήσεως.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Either kinship enslaves human beings and makes them be subservient to each other; or (he is saying this?) about the vengeance (enacted by Orestes)/punishment (threatening Orestes).

REF. SYMBOL: at ἀνάγκης Y2      

APP. CRIT.:  δηλοποιεῖ Y2   |    ἀλλήλ() Y2   


Or. 488.09 (pllgn exeg) τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης γινόμενον συγχωρεῖται ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς.  —Zu

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 488.10 (pllgn exeg) ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἔστι τὸ νὰ ἀγαπῶ τὸν υἱόν μου.  —V2

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 488.11 (rec exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: τὸ συγγενὲς  —OF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.12 (rec exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: ἡ τῆς φύσεως ἀνάγκη, ἡ συγγένεια  —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l. RS; intermarg. Ml; cont. from 488.29 MnRS.      

APP. CRIT.:   first ἡ] ἤτοι Ml   |    second ἡ] ἢ Ml   


Or. 488.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: ἤγουν τὸ τῆς συγγενείας ἤγουν τὸ τῆς φύσεως καὶ δουλοποιὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.14 (rec exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: τὸ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης γεγονὸς  —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐξανάγκης Ml   |    γεγονὼς Mn   |   


Or. 488.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: τὸ ὑπ’ ἀνάγκης  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: καὶ τὸ ἐκ φύσεως  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.18 (thom gloss) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: γινόμενον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: τὸ γενόμενον  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡ συγγένεια ἡ φυσική  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: ὑπάρχον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνάγκης⟩: συγγενείας  —GSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.23 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνάγκης⟩: ἤγουν τῆς φύσεως καὶ τῆς συγγενείας  —V1Y2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ om. Gu   


Or. 488.24 (rec exeg) ⟨δοῦλον⟩: τινὲς δουλοποιοῦν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  app. ‑ποιόν a.c. O   


Or. 488.25 (rec gloss) ⟨δοῦλον⟩: δουλοποιὸν  —GKMlMnY2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Mn   


Or. 488.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔστ’⟩: ὑπάρχει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Cr, but app. erased   


Or. 488.27 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς φρονίμοις· ὅπου βία πρόκειται οἱ νόμοι ἀσθενοῦσιν.  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   For the maxim, cf. Aesop. Proverb. 136 Perry ὅ⟨που ἡ⟩ βία πάρεστιν οἱ νόμοι ἀσθενοῦσιν; Documenta concilii Constantinopoleos 2.13,4–6 ἔτι δὲ καὶ ὁ πάπας Γελάσιος περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγει, ὅτι ὅπου βία οὐ πρόκειται, ἀμετάτρεπτοι διαμενέτωσαν οἱ τῶν πατέρων θεσμοί.   


Or. 488.28 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς⟩: ὡς ἔλεγον οἱ σοφοὶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.29 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς νόμοις  —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l. RS      

COMMENT:   Perhaps νόμοις was at some time a false variant; or this might result from a corruption of ἐν τοῖς φρονίμοις (cf. 488.30).   


Or. 488.30 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐν⟩: παρὰ  —OXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 488.31 (rec gloss) ⟨τοῖς σοφοῖς⟩: τοῖς φρονίμοις  —V2/3MnGuZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῖς om. GuZl   |    ἀνδράσιν add. Mn   


Or. 488.32 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοφοῖς⟩: συνετοῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοφοῖς⟩: ἐν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   ἐν is correctly present in the text in Aa.   


Or. 489.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κέκτησο⟩: ἔχε  —Aa2CrF2OxZb2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 489.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κέκτησο⟩: ὑπολάμβανε  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.150,7


Or. 489.03 (rec gloss) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: τὸ τοιοῦτον  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 489.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: τὸ συγγενές  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 489.05 (pllgn exeg) τοῦτο: τὸ ὑπείκειν τῇ ἀνάγκῃ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA:  νῦν σὺ τοῦτο X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.150,8

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 489.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: ὃ λέγεις  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 489.07 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐ κτήσομαι⟩: τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν φρόνημα  —MBCY2

TRANSLATION:   (I will not take as my own) the Greek frame of mind (you just mentioned).

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦτέστι prep. B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,18; Dind. II.150,7–8


Or. 489.07a (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ κτήσομαι⟩: τὸ τοιοῦτον  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 489.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ κτήσομαι⟩: οὐχ ἕξω  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 489.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κεκτήσομαι⟩: θελήσω ποτὲ ἔχειν  —Zl

LEMMA: thus in text Zl      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.01 (vet exeg) ὀργὴ γὰρ ἅμα σου καὶ τὸ γῆρας: 1πρὸς τῷ εἶναί σε γέροντα καὶ ὀργίλος εἶ.  2διὰ τοῦτο, φησὶ, παραιτῇ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς σοφοῖς φρονεῖν, ἐπεὶ συνελθοῦσα τῷ γήρᾳ σου ἡ ὀργὴ ἀπαίδευτόν σε ποιεῖ·  3ὡς καὶ Σοφοκλῆς [Soph. fr. 894 Radt]· ‘ὀργὴ γέροντος ὥστε μαλθακὴ κοπὶς / †ἐν χειρὶ θήγει†, ἐν τάχει δ’ ἀμβλύνεται’.  —MBVCPr, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   In addition to your being an old man you are irascible. Because of this, he means, you decline to share the opinion of the wise, since, joining with your old age, your wrath makes you unrefined. As also Sophocles: ‘The wrath of an old man, like a blunt cleaver, †sharpens in the hand† but soon grows dull’.

LEMMA: MBPr, ὀργὴ γὰρ ἅμα σου V, ὀργὴ γὰρ ἅμα σου καὶ τὸ γῆρας οὐ σοφόν· οὐ σοφόν· (sic) C, καὶ ἄλλως Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MV      POSITION: follows 490.03 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πρὸς … εἶ om. Rw   |    τῷ] Matt., τὸ all   |    καὶ om. MC   |    2 παραιτῇ τὰ] παραιτεῖται MVC   |    τοῖς σοφοῖς τὰ αὐτὰ transp. Rw   |    τὸ γῆρας σου MC   |    ἡ om. CRw   |    3 ὡς κτλ om. Rw   |    ὡς om. BVCPr   |    3 κώπης MC [Pr]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 perhaps ὀργῆ a.c. Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,19–23; Dind. II.150,10–15

COMMENT:   Arsenius had printed μαλθακὴ νοτὶς, which Valckenaer (on Hipp. 240) emended to κοπίς before it was collated from BV. Radt’s apparatus gives many attempts to emend the quotation, to which may be added Lloyd-Jones’ βραδεῖα θήγειν in the Loeb ed. (which hardly fits the notion that old men are irascible).   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Sophocles   


Or. 490.02 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἡ ὀργή σου καὶ τὸ γῆράς σου ἅμα γεγονότα οὐ σοφόν σε ποιεῖ.  —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Your anger and your old age, occurring together, make you not wise.

LEMMA: BVCPr, in marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ] ὅτι V   |    second σου om. BVPr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,1; Dind. II.150,16–17


Or. 490.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1αὐτὸ καθ’ ἑαυτὸ τὸ γῆρας μελαγχολικώτερόν ἐστι τῆς νεότητος·  2εἰ δὲ συμβῇ τοὺς γέροντας ὀργισθῆναι, διπλάσιον γίνεται τὸ κακόν.  3τὸ γῆράς σου οὖν, φησὶν, ἅμα ὀργῇ γεγονὸς οὐ σκοπεῖ τὸ δέον.  —MBVCPrRw, partial Y2

TRANSLATION:   In and of itself old age is more irritable than youth. And if it comes about that old men get angry, the evil becomes twice as great. Your old age, then, he says, occurring together with anger, does not regard what is appropriate.

LEMMA: in marg. M, καὶ τὸ γῆρας οὐ σοφόν V, καὶ τὸ γῆρας Rw       REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: cont. from prev. B, add. γὰρ [Pr damaged, room for ἄλλ(ως) or γὰρ]      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αὐτὸ] οὐ τὸ V   |    μελαγχονικώτερον M   |    2 διπλὸν V   |    3 τὸ γῆράς σου κτλ om. Y2   |    σου om. V   |    οὐ σκοπεῖ] ἀσκοπεῖ Pr   |    δέον] σοφόν Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 καθεαὐτὸ M καθ’αὑτὸ BVY2, app. Pr   |    2 συμβεῖ M   |    3 ὀργὴ C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,3–5; Dind. II.150,17–20


Or. 490.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀργὴ γὰρ⟩: εἰκότως  —ZZaZlZmT

TRANSLATION:  (To make clear the causal connection here, supply to introduce this line) ‘as one might reasonably expect’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀργὴ γὰρ⟩: εἰκότως οὐ κτήσῃ  —GuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:  εἰκότος οὐ κτίσαν Ox2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,1


Or. 490.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὀργὴ … σου⟩: ἥτις ἔστι σοι  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.07 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀργὴ⟩: ὀργῇ διὰ τοῦ ι̅  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (Spell) ‘orgē’ with iota (adscript/subscript).

LEMMA: thus in text MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,6


Or. 490.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀργὴ⟩: ὁ θυμὸς  —ZlB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ om. Zl   


Or. 490.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ὀργὴ⟩:  —CrOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἅμα⟩: συνελθόντα  —V2/3GXoY2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,1


Or. 490.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἅμα⟩: δύο  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἅμα⟩: ὁμοῦ  —CrOxXo

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Xo, καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 490.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σου⟩: σε  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   To be understood along with the gloss ποιεῖ (490.16).   


Or. 490.13a (rec gloss) ⟨σου⟩: ἔστι σοι  —Ml

LEMMA: σοῦ in text Ml      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.14 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ γῆρας⟩: συγκραθὲν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ γῆρας⟩: ἔστι σοι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ γῆρας⟩: ποιεῖ  —MnS

POSITION: s.l. (above καὶ S, possibly intended for lemma ὀργὴ)      


Or. 490.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ γῆρας⟩: ὑπάρχει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.18 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: σὲ ποιοῦσι  —CrGPrOxY2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: ποιοῦσιν οὐ σοφὸν σὲ δηλονότι.  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: σὲ ποιεῖ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,2


Or. 490.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: πεποιήκασι σὲ δηλονότι  —Xo

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 490.22 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: οὐκ ἔστι  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.23 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: ὑπάρχουσι  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: 1ἀλλ’ ἀνόητον δηλονότι, καὶ τὸν τοῦ προσήκοντος λόγον οὐ ποιούμενον·  2σοφοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς τὸ τιμᾶν τοὺς προσήκοντας.   —GuZl

TRANSLATION:   (Not wise,) but rather senseless, clearly, and taking no account of a relative. For it is a trait of a wise man to honor his relatives.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  1 δηλονότι om. Gu   |    οὐ ποιούμ. λόγον transp. Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,2–4


Or. 490.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: οὐ καλὸν  —ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.26 (recMosch gloss) σοφόν: φρόνιμον  —AaMnXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB4

LEMMA: οὐ σοφόν X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. X, οὐ prep. XoTGZc, καὶ οὐ prep. Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,1–2


Or. 491.01 (vet exeg) πρὸς τόνδ’ ἀγὼν τίς σοφίας ἥκει πέρι: 1οἷον· ἡ περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην μητροκτονία οὐ δεῖται ἀγῶνος σοφίας.  2προῦπτος γὰρ ἡ κρίσις, ὥστε μάτην ἡμᾶς οὐ σοφοὺς ἀπεκάλεσας.  3οὐ σοφισμάτων γὰρ προσδεῖται ἡ κρίσις, τουτέστιν οὐ καιρὸς ἡμᾶς περὶ σοφίας ἀγωνίζεσθαι·  4περὶ γὰρ μητροκτονίας ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος.  —MBC, partial PrRwZu

TRANSLATION:   That is, the matricide involving Orestes does not require a contest of wisdom. For the verdict is foreseen, so to no purpose did you call us not wise. For the judgment does not require clever arguments, that is, it is no proper time for us to compete in wisdom, because the discussion concerns matricide.

LEMMA: MC(om. πέρι), πρὸς τόνδ’ ἀγὼν τίς BPrRw(ἀγών τις PrPw)      REF. SYMBOL: MZu      POSITION: follows 495.01 in C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἡ om. Pr   |    μητροφονία Zu   |    ἀγὼν Pr   |    2 γὰρ om. Zu   |    οὐ om. Rw   |    ἀπεκάλεσεν Zu   |    3–4 οὐ σοφισμάτων κτλ om. Zu   |    3 οὐ σοφισμ. … κρίσις om. Pr   |    ἡ om. Rw app.   |    3–4 τουτέστιν κτλ om. Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,7–11; Dind. II.151,5–9


Or. 491.02 (rec exeg) οἷον· ἡ περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην μητροκτονία οὐ δεῖται ἀγῶνος σοφίας. προῦπτος καὶ προφανὴς ἡ κρίσις τοῦ Ὀρέστου.  —O

TRANSLATION:   That is, the matricide involving Orestes does not require a contest of wisdom. The judgment about Orestes is foreseen and utterly clear.


Or. 491.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸς τόνδ’ ἀγών⟩: εἰς τὸν περὶ τῆς μητροκτονίας λόγον οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγὼν τῆς σοφίας, τουτέστιν οὐ καιρὸς νῦν ἡμᾶς περὶ σοφίας ἀγωνίζεσθαι· περὶ γὰρ μητροκτονίας ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος, ὥστε μάτην ἡμᾶς ⟨οὐ⟩ σοφοὺς ἀπεκάλεσας.  —V

TRANSLATION:   Regarding the discussion of the matricide there is not a contest of wisdom. That is, it is not now a proper moment for us to compete in wisdom, because the discussion concerns matricide, so to no purpose did you call us not wise.

LEMMA: V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: follows next V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,7–10 app.; cf. Dind. II.151,9


Or. 491.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἐπεὶ εἶπεν ὁ Μενέλαος [490] ‘καὶ τὸ γῆρας οὐ σοφόν’, φησὶν ὁ Τυνδάρεως  2ὅτι τίς χρεία ὅλως σοφίας, ὅπου γε προφανὲς τοῦ Ὀρέστου τὸ πλημμέλημα.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Since Menelaus said ‘and old age not wise’, Tyndareus says: ‘What need is there at all for wisdom, in a case where the error of Orestes is utterly clear?’

LEMMA: BPr, in marg. M, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως Rw      POSITION: cont. from sch. 490.03 V, add. δὲ; cont. from 491.01 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ] σου M   |    φησὶν om. V   |    second ὁ om. Pr   |    2 ὅτι om. V   |    σοφίας om. M   |    προφανῶς PrRw   |    τὸ τοῦ ὀρ. transp. V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,12–14; Dind. II.151,10–12


Or. 491.05 (thom exeg) ἤγουν τί δεῖ πρὸς τοῦτον φονέα ὄντα ἀγωνίζεσθαι καὶ σπουδάζειν σοφοὺς δοκεῖν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, what need is there to contest with this man, who is a murderer, and to strive to seem clever/wise.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σοφὸς δοκεῖν· prep. Zb (om. at end)   |    ἤγουν οὐ δεῖ T   |    σοφοὺς δοκεῖν om. GuZbZl, σοφὸν δοκεῖν T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὄντα] ὄνντρα app. a.c. Zb   |   ἀναγκάζεσθαι Zl, ἀνανίζεσθαι Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,13–14


Or. 491.06 (pllgn exeg) ὡς φαίνεται, πρὸς τοῦτον ἀγών ἐστι(?) περὶ τῆς σοφίας διαλεχθῆναι.  —M3

REF. SYMBOL: M3      POSITION: in right marg. at 90 degrees to text      

COMMENT:   The word following ἀγών is much damaged, but the space and traces seem to fit ἐστι better than τις.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck M original 52v.   |   


Or. 491.07 (vet exeg) ἐρωτηματικῶς  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (Understand the line) interrogatively (i.e., ‘tis’ is accented and interrogative, not enclitic and indefinite).

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. C (beside 490)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,15


Or. 491.08 (tri rhet) προκατάστασις  —T

TRANSLATION:   Preamble.

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta places this under first words of 490, last line of its page.   |   


Or. 491.09 (pllgn exeg) φανερὰ ὄντα τὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ κακὰ αὐτοῦ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 491.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V1CrMlMnPrRRfSOxZZaZbZlZmTGuZcB3a, perhaps a.c. Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. V1ZcZl, app. Aa, ἢ prep. Gu   |    τὸν om. Rf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,13


Or. 491.11 (recMosch gloss) τόνδ’: τὸν Μενέλαον  —KXXaXbXoYYfGGrZb2, p.c. Aa

LEMMA: πρὸς τόνδ’ X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,12


Or. 491.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: διένεξις  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Late antique and Byzantine Greek features several abstract nouns in ‑ένεξις (from the Ionic form ἐνέκω) as alternatives to the older nouns in ‑φορά.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 491.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: καὶ ἔρις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 491.13a (rec gloss) ⟨σοφίας⟩: φρονήσεως  —Ml

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 491.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σοφίας⟩: γρ. οὐ σο(φίας).  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   τίς οὐ σοφίας is in the text in ZZaZbZlTz (but οὐ has been erased in ZZl); compare P τις σοφίας with a blank space left between the words, enough for two letters.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 491.15 (rec gloss) ⟨τίς⟩: οὐδεὶς  —V2MnPrRf

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   The ductus looks like V2, but the ink is an unusually light brown for that hand.   |   


Or. 491.16 (rec gloss) ⟨σοφίας … πέρι⟩: περὶ σοφίας  —AaPrR

POSITION: s.l. AaPr, marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:  σοφίας om. Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   περι R   |   


Or. 491.17 (rec gloss) ⟨σοφίας⟩: περὶ διαλέξεως  —CrMnOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   περὶ] καὶ CrOx   


Or. 491.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἥκει⟩: γρ. κεῖται.  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 491.19 (rec exeg) ⟨κεῖται⟩: γρ. ἥκει.  —MnS

LEMMA: κεῖται in text MnS      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 491.20 (thom gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἔρχεται  —ZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 491.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἦλθε  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 491.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: τις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 491.23 (rec exeg) ⟨πέρι⟩: κατὰ ἐπαναστροφὴν  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Using reversal (of word order).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐπαναστροφή   |   anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 492.01 (492–493) (rec paraphr) εἰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις δῆλα καὶ τὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ μὴ καλὰ, ἀσύνετος ὁ Ὀρέστης μὴ πράξας καλῶς.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 492.02 (pllgn paraphr) εἰ ἔστι πᾶσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ καλὰ πράγματα καὶ τὰ μὴ καλὰ {εἰσὶ} φανερά  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 492.03 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐπειδὴ  —V3FMnPrY2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 492.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐπεὶ  —AaXB3a

POSITION: s.l. AaB3a, marg. (at 493) X      


Or. 492.05 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐὰν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 492.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὰ καλὰ⟩: ἔργα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 492.07 (rec gloss) ⟨πᾶσι⟩: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῖς om. G   


Or. 492.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨πᾶσι⟩: τοῖς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 492.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φανερὰ⟩: καὶ δῆλα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 492.10 (rec gloss) ⟨φανερὰ⟩: εἰσὶν  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 492.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φανερὰ⟩: ἐστὶ  —Za

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 492.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φανερὰ⟩: ὑπάρχει  —GZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 492.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ⟩: μὴ ὄντα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 493.01 (493–496) (pllgn rhet) προβολὴ τὸ σχῆμα. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὸ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους.  —F

TRANSLATION:   The schema is that of putting forward the case. And after this (the schema is) that of point-by-point examination.

REF. SYMBOL: at 493 τούτου; a second symbol above τὸ ἀπαρχῆς within note corresponds to one at 496 ἐπεὶ.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπαρχῆς F   |   ἄρχρι a.c. F   |   

COMMENT:   The term (τὸ/τὰ) ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους (‘sequence of events from beginning to end’) refers to a comprehensive point-by-point treatment of the events that are the basis of the accusation: see Hermogenes, περὶ στάσεων 3,79–96 (see Heath 37–38 for translation and 84–85 for commentary); ps.-Hermogenes, περὶ εὑρέσεως 3.10; Lausberg §387. Cf. 494.01 (V3Y2), 496.02 (GPr).   

KEYWORDS:  (τὸ/τὰ) ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους   


Or. 493.02 (rec rhet) προβολὴ τὸ σχῆμα.  —V3FPrY2

TRANSLATION:   The schema is that of putting forward the case.

POSITION: marg. (but V3 crosses out marg. version and writes it s.l.)      

APP. CRIT.:   περιβολὴ Pr   


Or. 493.03 (pllgn rhet) καταδρομὴ καὶ καταφορὰ  —B3d

TRANSLATION:   Invective-attack and tirade-attack.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 493.04 (mosch paraphr) τούτου τοῦ Ὀρέστου τίς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐγένετο ἀνοητότερος;  —X


Or. 493.05 (pllgn paraphr) πάντως ἀσύνετος ἐστὶν ὁ Ὀρέστης μὴ καλῶς πράξας.  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l. Y2, intermarg. V3 (beside 492)      


Or. 493.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τούτου⟩: τοῦ Ὀρέστου  —V1AaF2KMlMnSarXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. V1   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,15


Or. 493.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τούτου⟩: τοῦ πράγματος  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 493.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίς⟩: ἤγουν οὐδείς  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 493.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀνδρῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —AaMnXaXbXoYYfGGrZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν om. Zb2   


Or. 493.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνδρῶν⟩: τῶν ἀνθρώπων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 493.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γένοιτ’ ἂν⟩: ἐγένετο  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 493.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀσυνετώτερος⟩: μωρότερος  —V1PrRf2Zm

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,16


Or. 493.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀσυνετώτερος⟩: ἀνοητότερος  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrAaF2Ox2B4Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ώτερος a.c. Aa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,15–16


Or. 493.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀσυνετώτερος⟩: καὶ ἀφρονέστερος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 493.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀσυνετώτερος⟩: καὶ ἄγνωστος  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 494.01 (pllgn rhet) τὰ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l. V3, marg. Y2      

APP. CRIT.:  τὰ om. V3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπαρχῆς Y2   |   

KEYWORDS:  (τὸ/τὰ) ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους   


Or. 494.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅστις⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 494.03 (rec gloss) ⟨δίκαιον⟩: ἤγουν τὸ ἄγραφον  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 494.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δίκαιον⟩: ἀληθὲς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 494.05 (vet gloss) ⟨οὐκ ἐσκέψατο⟩: οὐ κατενόησεν  —MBOCMlPrRSV3YZm

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B (misplaced above 495 ἦλθεν O)      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐκ ἐνενόησεν Pr   |    οὐ om. OMlRSZm   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σε SZm   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,16; Dind. II.151,17


Or. 494.06 (vet gloss) ⟨οὐκ ἐσκέψατο⟩: οὐκ ἔμαθεν  —MBCPrV3Y

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐ κατέμαθεν B   |    οὐκ om. V3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὐκέμαθεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,16; Dind. II.151,17


Or. 494.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐκ ἐσκέψατο⟩: οὐκ ἐσκόπησεν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 494.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐσκέψατο⟩: ἐνόησεν  —AaMnXXaXbXoT+YfGGrZcZb2Zl

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from 494.03 Mn (i.e., not over ἐσκέψατο)      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐκ prep. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σε XaZcZb2Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,17


Or. 494.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐσκέψατο⟩: καὶ ἐπενόησε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 494.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐσκέψατο⟩: καὶ εἶδε  —KMn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ ἐσκέψατο add. K   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἴδε Mn   |   


Or. 495.01 (vet exeg) οὐδ’ ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν κοινόν: 1ὡς ἐπὶ ὁδοῦ· οὐκ ἐβάδισε κατὰ τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν νόμον.  2ὁ γὰρ νόμος οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει αὐτόχειρά τινα γίνεσθαι.  —MBVCPraPrbRfRw

TRANSLATION:   As if upon a road. He did not make his way in accordance with Greek law. For the law does not permit one to become a murderer.

LEMMA: MVCRw, οὐδ’ ἦλθεν BPr      REF. SYMBOL: BVRf      POSITION: s.l. Prb; between 490.03 and 491.01 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὡς ἐπὶ ὁδοῦ· οὐκ ἐβάδισε] οὐδὲ ἐβάδισεν ἐπὶ ὁδοῦ Rf, οὐκ ἐβάδισεν ὡς ἐπὶ ὀδὸν Pr   |    ὡς ἐπὶ … οὐκ] ὡς ἐπρο and blank space (ca. 5 letters) V   |    ὡς ἐπὶ ὁδοῦ transp. after νόμον Rw   |    κατὰ] ἐπὶ Rw   |    ἑλλήνων V   |    2 τινα om. Rf   |    γενέσθαι C, a.c. M, perhaps correctly   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐβάδισεν Rw   |   2 αὐτόχειρα τινὰ Rw (αὐτόχειρα, om. τινα, Rf)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,17–19; Dind. II.151,19–21


Or. 495.02 (rec rhet) καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν (?)ἐξετάζων(?)  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Examining by using an assumption.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐξετάζων partly washed out, uncertain, end of word looks more like δόξων   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καθυπόθεσιν Pr   |   

COMMENT:   See on 141.01 and on 288.07.   

KEYWORDS:  ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν   


Or. 495.03 (mosch exeg) οὐδ’ ἦλθεν: ἐπὶ τὸν νόμον τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὸν κοινόν, ἤγουν ἐφ’ ᾧ πάντες Ἕλληνες ὁμογνωμονοῦσιν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr, partial G

TRANSLATION:   To the common law of the Greeks, that is, the one on which all Greeks think alike.

LEMMA: X      REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. except XXoYf      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐπὶ … ἤγουν om. G   |    ἅπαντες Ta (not T)   |    ἕλληνες om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐφ’] φ’ Y   |   -μονοῦσι YfG   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,21–22


Or. 495.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἦλθεν⟩: καὶ ἐβάδισεν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 495.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ τὸν κοινὸν⟩: ἐπὶ τὸν νόμον τὸν καθολικὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 495.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν κοινὸν⟩: τὸν διενεργούμενον  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This juncture is matched by one passage in TLG: Nicephorus Callistus Xanthopulus, Historia ecclesiastica 3.37,15–16 (PG 145:973D, 976A) οἷς τὸ βάπτισμα ἔθος ἐκ παλαιοῦ καὶ νόμος οὗτος διενεργεῖσθαι [read ‑εῖται] ἀσάλευτος.   


Or. 495.07 (thom exeg) ⟨κοινὸν⟩: κοινὸς γὰρ νόμος Ἑλληνικὸς τὸ τὸν φονέα τῆς χώρας ἐκβάλλειν πρὸς ἑτέραν ἄχρις ἂν ἐκεῖ κάθαρσιν ἔλαβε καὶ ἀπεπλύνθη τοῦ φόνου.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   For it was a common law of the Greeks that they exile the murderer from their country to another until he got purification there and was cleansed of the murder.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl      POSITION: s.l. Zm, marg. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ φόνου] τὸν φόνον ZlGu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκβαλεῖν a.c. Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,23–24


Or. 495.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κοινὸν⟩: νόμος Ἑλληνικὸς τὸ τὸν φονέα ἐκβαλεῖν τῆς χώρας πρὸς ἑτέραν μέχρις ἂν κάθαρσιν ἔλαβε καὶ ἀπεπλύθη.  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu      

COMMENT:   The stems ‑πλύθη‑ and ‑πλύνθη‑ are both legitimate aorist forms, but the former outnumbers the latter by more than 4 to 1 in TLG texts; in the tradition of some authors (e.g. Galen, Joannes Chrysostom.) both forms are attested.   


Or. 495.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἑλλήνων⟩: τῶν  —AbF2Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 496.01 (496–506) (tri rhet) τετράκωλος περίοδος  —TZcr

TRANSLATION:   Four-part phrase.

POSITION: intermarg. T, marg. Zcr, both written vertically      

COMMENT:   On the rhetorical term τετράκωλος περίοδος as specifically Triclinian, see Turyn 1957: 245; Schartau 1973, 58–59; Smith 1975, 200 n. 74. The four parts are apparently 496–498 ἐπεὶ γάρ … ποτέ, 500–502 χρῆν … μητέρα, 502–503 τὸ σῶφρόν … ἦν, 504–506 νῦν δ’ … κτανών (alternatively, 496–498, 500–503, 504, 505–506). The same label is applied to Hec. 16–27 (meaning 16–18, 19–20, 21–24, 25–27: temporal protasis, apodosis, temporal protasis, apodosis) in T, and Zc lacks the label but these same subunits are annotated s.l. with πρῶτον κῶλον through τέταρτον κῶλον. Triclinius wrote horizontally in the margin of L (106r) the same phrase applying to Hel. 60-63 ἕως μὲν … γαμεῖν με (same pattern of clauses as in Hec. 16–27).    |   In T, lines 496–500 are the last of 63r and 501–507 the first of 63v, with the two words thus on different pages; there is a dicolon after the second word. This caused the scribe of Ta to place the two words as separate annotations (each with punctuation), for he has on 75r τετράκωλος in the right margin by 496–500, περίοδο (sic) in the left margin at 501–505, with the final sigma in the left margin of 506, the first verse of the 75v. Zc too has (on the same page) a dicolon after each word and a gap between them, as if they were two annotations. At Hec. 16–27 T has dicolon after περίοδος, while Ta has no punctuation.   


Or. 496.02 (rec rhet) τὰ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς μέχρι τέλους  —GPr

TRANSLATION:   Point-by-point examination.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἄχρι G   

KEYWORDS:  (τὸ/τὰ) ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους    


Or. 496.03 (tri rhet) διήγησις περιληπτική  —T

TRANSLATION:   Comprehensive narrative.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   These two terms are conjoined elsewhere only in a distinction between διήγημα and διήγησις found in Nicolaus, Progymnasmata 12,2–4 οἱ δὲ πλείονες διήγημα μὲν τὸ περὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα, διήγησιν δὲ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν περιληπτικὴν πραγμάτων, ὡς ποίησιν καὶ ποίημα and in similar terms in Joannes Sardianus, Comm. in Aphthon. Progymnasmata 16,14–16 διαφέρει δὲ διηγήσεως, φησί, διήγημα· διήγησις μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἡ πολλῶν πραγμάτων περιληπτικὴ ἔκθεσις, διήγημα δὲ ἡ περὶ ἑνὸς πράγματος ἔκθεσις. With this term Triclinius is noting the same phenomenon that attracted the use ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους in 493.01, 494.01, and 496.02.   


Or. 496.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐπεὶ⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ  —AaCrF2KPrOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZb2

POSITION: s.l.; follows the next, with ἢ, CrOx      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφοῦ AaCrOxTZc   |   


Or. 496.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπεὶ⟩: καὶ διότι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 496.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξέπνευσεν … βίον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐτελεύτησε  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 496.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξέπνευσεν⟩: καὶ τελείως ἀπώλεσεν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 496.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξέπνευσεν⟩: ἀπώλεσεν  —AbMlMnRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 496.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξέπνευσεν⟩: ἀπέδωκεν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 496.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξέπνευσεν⟩: ἀπέθανεν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 496.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξέπνευσεν⟩: ἀφῆκε  —Zb2

LEMMA: ἐξέπνευσ’ in text Zb      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφῖκε Zb2   |   


Or. 496.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνων⟩:  —AaMnOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 496.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βίον⟩: λιπὼν τὴν ζωὴν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 496.14 (rec gloss) ⟨βίον⟩: τὴν ζωὴν  —SarZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὴν om. Zl   


Or. 496.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βίον⟩: τὴν ψυχήν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 496.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨βίον⟩: τὸν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.01 (rec rhet) πῶς· ἐφερμηνευτικὸν  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (Telling) how: explanatory (of how Agamemnon died).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.02 (rec paraphr) ὑπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς θυγατρὸς τὴν κάρα  —Ra


Or. 497.03 (tri paraphr) πληγεὶς τὸ κάρα ὑπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς θυγατρός  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.04 (vet exeg) πληγεὶς τῆς ἐμῆς: οὐκ εἶπεν ὑπὸ Αἰγίσθου, ἀλλὰ τὴν δοῦσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν αἰτίαν ἡγήσατο. —MBVCMlMnPraPrbRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   He did not say (Agamemnon was killed) by Aegisthus, but he considered the woman who provided the starting-point to be to blame.

LEMMA: MC, πληγεὶς θυγατρός VPra, πληγεὶς MlMnPrbRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: Ml      POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; second version Prb follows 498.01      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐκ εἶπεν] οὐκ ἐπειδὴ MBC, ἐπειδὴ οὐχ’ Pra   |    ὑπὸ] τοῦ Mn   |    τὴν δοῦσαν om. Pra   |    ἀσίαν ᾐτήσατο Sa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰγίστου a.c. Mn   |   ἀργὴν Rb   |   αἴτ() Rb   |   ἠγήσατο S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,20–21; Dind. II.152,1–2


Or. 497.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πληγεὶς⟩: φονευθείς  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πληγεὶς⟩: καὶ τρωθεὶς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θυγατρὸς⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς  —GB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῆς om. B3a   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.152,3


Or. 497.08 (rec gloss) ⟨θυγατρὸς⟩: παρὰ  —AaPrRfXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διλονότι (sic) add. Aa2   

COMMENT:   Aa has παρὰ above ἐμῆς, and the addition by Aa2 is placed at some distance to the right, above γατρ, but there seems no other way to interpret δηλονότι than as as intended to supplement the earlier gloss.   


Or. 497.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θυγατρὸς⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τῆς ἐμῆς⟩: ὑπὸ  —Aa3FPrSarXXaXbYYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.; above ὑπὲρ Pr      


Or. 497.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῆς ἐμῆς⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπὲρ κάρα⟩: ἄνωθεν  —M2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπὲρ κάρα⟩: ὑπὸ τὴν  —AbMlPrRRfS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὴν om. PrRf   |    κάρα add. Ab   


Or. 497.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπὲρ κάρα⟩: ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπὲρ κάρα⟩: ὑπεράνω τοῦ κάρα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑπὲρ ἄνω Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.152,4


Or. 497.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπὲρ⟩: ἄνω  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπὲρ⟩: παρὰ  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπὲρ⟩: κατὰ  —V3PrY2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨κάρα⟩: τὸ  —AaGK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.20 (rec artGloss) ⟨κάρα⟩: τὴν  —MnPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.21 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55


Or. 498.01 (vet exeg) αἴσχιστον ἔργον: ὅπερ ἔχθιστον ἔργον, πληγῆναι τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας γαμετῆς. —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Which very thing (was) a most hateful deed, that Agamemnon was stricken by his own wedded wife.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; cont. from 497.04 MCPr      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅπερ … ἔργον] τὸ Rw   |    γαμετῆς] γυναικός CPr, γυναικός γρ() γαμετῆς Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,22–23; Dind. II.152,2–3

COMMENT:   αἰσχιστ-/ἐχθιστ‑ are often variants in manuscipts. This note may imply a text containing ἔχθιστον, or may itself originally have contained αἴσχιστον.    


Or. 498.02 (rec gloss) ⟨αἴσχιστον ἔργον⟩: ὅπερ ἦν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 498.03 (thom gloss) ⟨αἴσχιστον⟩: μισητὸν  —ZlZmGuXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 498.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἴσχιστον⟩: ἄτιμον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 498.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἴσχιστον⟩: κακὸν  —AaCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 498.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἴσχιστον⟩: πρῶτον(?)  —Zb

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ρω very uncertain, initial π and circumflex and τον are clear   


Or. 498.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔργον⟩: ποιησάσης  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 498.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔργον⟩: παθών  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcV3AaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 498.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔργον⟩: πράξας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 498.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔργον⟩: τοῦτο  —ZZaZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 498.11 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἔργον⟩: τὸ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 498.12 (pllgn rhet) ⟨οὐ γὰρ αἰνέσω ποτέ⟩: μεσεμβόλημα  —Zm

TRANSLATION:   Parenthetic statement.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  μεσεμβόλημα   


Or. 498.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨αἰνέσω⟩: ἐπαινέσω  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAaCrF2OxZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 498.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰνέσω⟩: τοῦτο  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 498.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰνέσω⟩: τὸ κακὸν δηλονότι  —Xo2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 500.01 (tri rhet) γνώμη συμβουλευτική  —T

TRANSLATION:   A judgment giving advice.

POSITION: marg      


Or. 500.02 (pllgn rhet) μετάληψις  —V3Y2GGu

POSITION: marg. except s.l. V3      

COMMENT:   Metalepsis (translatio) as a στάσις (status) in forensic rhetoric applies to an argument used to defend against a charge; it is a tactic of arguing that the legal action should not have been brought in the way it was. Here we seem to have a fairly loose use of the term, since the argument is applied by a prosecuting speaker, and the argument is that a legal action should have been brought instead of direct personal action.   


Or. 500.03 (rec gloss) ⟨χρῆν⟩: ἐνεδέχετο  —V1Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ ἠνεδέχετο V1   


Or. 500.04 (rec gloss) ⟨χρῆν⟩: ἔπρεπε  —AbCrGMlMnPrRSOx, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν CrGOx   |   


Or. 500.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨χρῆν⟩: πρέπον ἦν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 500.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρῆν⟩: ἔδει  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 500.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρῆν⟩: ἐχρῆν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 500.08 (recMosch gloss) αὐτὸν: τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V1AaMlMnPrRSXXaXbXo+YYfGGrZb2, perhaps Zl

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. V1Aa   


Or. 500.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπιθεῖναι⟩: (ἐπι)θήσειν  —M2

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 500.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπιθεῖναι⟩: ποιῆσαι  —V1AbZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 500.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπιθεῖναι⟩: (ἐπι)βαλεῖν  —AaG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 500.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπιθεῖναι⟩: ἐπαγαγεῖν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 500.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐπιθεῖναι⟩: αὐτῇ  —ZZaZbZmTGuOx2, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 500.14 (tri metr) ⟨ἐπιθεῖναι⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55

COMMENT:   This certainly looks like a macron (and in copying, Ta took the mark to be a macron), not just a carelessly written diaeresis. Triclinius would be scanning ‑ον ἐπι as a split anapaests in the second foot.   


Or. 500.15 (rec exeg) ⟨μὲν⟩: περιττὸς(?) † —Mn

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  πετικὸς or π(ερι)τικός app. Mn   

COMMENT:   The scholion is written in the left margin of the verse, with π and above it ε (which could stand for ερι), followed at the same higher level by τ and an iota (with diaeresis) that continues downward into a squiggle so that the whole may be taken as compendious for ικ, and suspended above this character is ὸ (for ὸς). If περιττὸς is what lies behind this, it would be ‘the particle (σύνδεσμος) is superfluous’, someone’s reaction to the lack of a δέ to answer μέν.   

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 500.16 (rec exeg) ⟨αἵματος⟩: ἔκεκα τοῦ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 500.17 (mosch exeg) αἵματος: ἕνεκα τοῦ φόνου  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc, app. Zl

TRANSLATION:  (Interpret ‘of the bloodshed’ as) ‘on account of the bloodshed’.

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.152,5


Or. 500.18 (recThom gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τοῦ φόνου  —V1AaF2MlRZZaZbZmTOx2B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. F2   |    τοῦ om. V1MlROx2B3a   

COLLATION NOTES:   T has separately (above αι μὲν) 500.17 with cross in front and this gloss above αἵματος. There is a trace of εν before this gloss, as if Triclinius had started to convert the Thoman into the Moschopulean version. Ta carries only the Moschopulean 500.17.   |   


Or. 500.19 (rec exeg) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τοῦ φόνου τοῦ πατρὸς  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  first τοῦ om. MnPr   


Or. 500.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τοῦ φόνου τοῦ πατρικοῦ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.152,6


Or. 500.21 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τοῦ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 500.22 (recTri gloss) ⟨δίκην⟩: τιμωρίαν  —V1CrF2OxTXo2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Xo2      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, τὴν prep. F2   


Or. 500.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δίκην⟩: ἐκδικίαν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 500.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δίκην⟩: ἐκδίκησιν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 500.25 (rec artGloss) ⟨δίκην⟩: τὴν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1693.01 (vet exeg) ⟨subscription⟩: πρὸς διάφορα ἀντίγραφα παραγέγραπται ἐκ τοῦ Διονυσίου ὑπομνήματος ὁλοσχερῶς καὶ τῶν μικτῶν.  —MBCCrNeRRwXaGuZcZl, also LbPaPkXfXmZx2

TRANSLATION:   By reference to various copies, (these annotations) have been written in the margin (or cited or extracted?) from the commentary of Dionysius entirely (or in general?) and from the mixed commentaries.

POSITION: follows arg. 3 ἡ κατάληξις τῆς τραγῴδίας κτλ in all; marked as separate by punct. or extra space in MBCRRwZcXaXf(missing initial)GuCrNe, run together with arg. 3 in LbPkXmZl      

APP. CRIT.:   M mostly washed out, but traces and spacing fit the given text.   |    ἀντίγραφα] δὲ Pa   |    ἐκ] ἐκ δὲ C, ἐν τῆ Rw   |    διονυσίου p.c. C, perhaps ‑σσί‑ or ‑σϊει‑ a.c.?; διονύσου CrGuZlLbPkZx2 (in margin γρ. διονυσίου Gu)   |    ὑπομνήματα Cr   |    ὁλοσχερῶς καὶ τῶν μικτῶν] καὶ μικτῶς XaXfZc (only καὶ μ[ visible on image of Xf)   |    μικτῶν] κωμικῶν R, μικρῶν Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:  μίκτων LbPk   

COMMENT:   This note became attached to the note presented in this edition as Or. arg. 3 (which appears at the end of the play in many manuscripts and among the prefatory matter in others), and thus the subscription survived in many manuscripts that do not carry old scholia. For discussion see Prelim. Stud. 13–14.   |   Schartau 1973: 81–82 n. 24 reports that this notice is also in in EsLvXu (in the prefatory matter). I have not seen Es or Lv, but Xu has only arg. 3 and not the subscription.    

COLLATION NOTES:   M partly washed out    |   




Creative Commons License icon  CC License details.

Feedback and corrigenda are welcome. Please use the Contact link in the footer.